NPR HOLDING CORP
S-4/A, 1998-10-29
Previous: SFS BANCORP INC, 8-K, 1998-10-29
Next: QUEEN SAND RESOURCES INC, DEFA14A, 1998-10-29




   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 29, 1998
    
   
                                                  REGISTRATION NO. 333-52599
                                                                  -333-52599-10 
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
   
                                       TO
    
                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                              THE HOLT GROUP, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>                         <C>
         DELAWARE                      4400                     23-2932358
 (State or Incorporation)       (Primary Standard            (I.R.S. Employer
                                    Industrial            Identification Number)
                               Classification Code
                                     Number)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
             701 NORTH BROADWAY, GLOUCESTER CITY, NEW JERSEY 08030
                                 (609) 742-3000
              (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
       INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                      SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
                            ------------------------
 
                             JOHN A. EVANS, ESQUIRE
                  GENERAL COUNSEL, VICE PRESIDENT & SECRETARY
                              THE HOLT GROUP, INC.
                               701 NORTH BROADWAY
                       GLOUCESTER CITY, NEW JERSEY 08030
                                 (609) 742-3000
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                            ------------------------
 
                                With a copy to:
                            Lisa D. Kabnick, Esquire
                           Robert A. Friedel, Esquire
                              Pepper Hamilton LLP
                             3000 Two Logan Square
                             18th and Arch Streets
                        Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103
                                 (215) 981-4000
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: A soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
                            ------------------------
 
     If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box.  / /
 
     If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  / /
 
     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /
 
                            ------------------------
   
    
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP
                                                                                             CODE, AND TELEPHONE
    EXACT NAME OF         STATE OR OTHER       PRIMARY STANDARD                             NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA
    REGISTRANT AS        JURISDICTION OF          INDUSTRIAL           IRS EMPLOYER         CODE, OF REGISTRANTS'
  SPECIFIED IN ITS        CORPORATION OR        CLASSIFICATION        IDENTIFICATION         PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE
       CHARTER             ORGANIZATION          CODE NUMBER              NUMBER                   OFFICES
- ---------------------  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------  ----------------------------
<S>                    <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Holt Cargo Systems,          Delaware                4491               23-1664146       701 North Broadway
Inc.                                                                                     Gloucester City, New Jersey
                                                                                         (609) 742-3000
 
Holt Hauling and           Pennsylvania              6519               22-1646716       701 North Broadway
Warehousing System,                                                                      Gloucester City, New Jersey
Inc.                                                                                     (609) 742-3000
 
Murphy Marine                Delaware                4491               51-0355907       701 North Broadway
Services, Inc.                                                                           Gloucester City, New Jersey
                                                                                         (609) 742-3000
 
Wilmington                   Delaware                4491               51-0123806       701 North Broadway
Stevedores, Inc.                                                                         Gloucester City, New Jersey
                                                                                         (609) 742-3000
 
San Juan                     Delaware                6519               52-2098606       701 North Broadway
International                                                                            Gloucester City, New Jersey
Terminals, Inc.                                                                          (609) 742-3000
 
SJIT, Inc.                   Delaware                4491               52-2098607       701 North Broadway
                                                                                         Gloucester City, New Jersey
                                                                                         (609) 742-3000
 
NPR, Inc.                    Delaware                4424               22-3357134       212 Fernwood Ave.
                                                                                         Edison, NJ 08837
                                                                                         (732) 225-2121
 
NPR-Navieras                 Delaware                4499               22-3357120       212 Fernwood Ave.
Receivables, Inc.                                                                        Edison, NJ 08837
                                                                                         (732) 225-2121
 
NPR Holding                  Delaware                4400               22-3351317       212 Fernwood Ave.
Corporation                                                                              Edison, NJ 08837
                                                                                         (732) 225-2121
 
NPR, S.A., Inc.              Delaware                4412               22-3549966       212 Fernwood Ave.
                                                                                         Edison, NJ 08837
                                                                                         (732) 225-2121
</TABLE>
    
 
<PAGE>

   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 29, 1998
    
PROSPECTUS
 
                               OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                          9 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2006
                  ($140,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING)
                          FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING
                        9 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2006 OF
 
                              THE HOLT GROUP, INC.
 
                    GUARANTEED BY HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.,
                   HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.,
           MURPHY MARINE SERVICES, INC., WILMINGTON STEVEDORES, INC.,
   
         SAN JUAN INTERNATIONAL TERMINALS, INC., SJIT, INC., NPR, INC.,
    
            NPR-NAVIERAS RECEIVABLES, INC., NPR HOLDING CORPORATION
              AND NPR S.A., INC. (COLLECTIVELY, THE "GUARANTORS")
 
     THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [     ,
1998] (AS SUCH DATE MAY BE EXTENDED, THE "EXPIRATION DATE").
 
     The Holt Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby offers
(the "Exchange Offer"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
in this Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal") to exchange its outstanding 9 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2006 (the "Old
Notes"), of which $140,000,000 aggregate principal amount is outstanding as of
the date hereof, for a like aggregate principal amount of its newly issued
9 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2006, which have been registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "New Notes"). The New Notes are being offered
hereby in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company under the
Registration Rights Agreement (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), dated
January 21, 1998, among Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation (the
"Initial Purchaser"), the Company and the Guarantors. The form and terms of the
New Notes will be the same as those of the Old Notes except that the New Notes
will have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), and consequently will not be subject to certain transfer
restrictions, registration rights and related liquidated damages provisions
applicable to the Old Notes. The New Notes will evidence the same debt as the
Old Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of an indenture (the
"Indenture"), dated as of January 21, 1998, among the Company, the Guarantors
and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The Indenture provides for
the issuance of both the Old Notes and the New Notes. The Old Notes and the New
Notes are referred to herein collectively as the "Notes" and holders of the
Notes are sometimes referred to herein as the "Holders."
 
     The Company will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes that are validly
tendered prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Tenders
of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any
minimum principal amount of the Old Notes being tendered for exchange. However,
the Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, which may be
waived by the Company, and to the terms and provisions of the Registration
Rights Agreement. The Old Notes may be tendered only in multiples of $1,000. See
"The Exchange Offer."
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 19 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS PRIOR TO TENDERING THEIR OLD NOTES IN THE
EXCHANGE OFFER.
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
     NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
          COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR
            PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
                     ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
                                CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
    
 
               The date of this Prospectus is             , 1998

Information Contained Herein is Subject to Completion or Amendment. A
Registration Statement Relating to These Securities Has Been Filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These Securities May Not Be Sold Nor May
Offers to Buy Be Accepted Prior to the Time the Registration Statement Becomes
Effective. This Prospectus Shall Not Constitute an Offer to Sell or the 
Solicitation of an Offer to Buy Nor Shall There Be Any Sale of These Securities
in Any State in Which Such Offer, Solicitation or Sale Would Be Unlawful Prior
to Registration or Qualification under the Securities Laws of Any Such State.
 
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Available Information.                                          1
Disclosure Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.............    2
Prospectus Summary..........................................    3
Risk Factors................................................   19
The Acquisition and the Refinancings........................   29
Reorganization of the Company...............................   30
The Exchange Offer..........................................   31
Capitalization..............................................   39
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Data................   40
Selected Historical Financial Data..........................   42
NPR Selected Historical Financial Data......................   43
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
  and Results of Operations.................................   44
Business....................................................   59
Management..................................................   78
Certain Transactions........................................   83
Sole Stockholder............................................   84
Description of Certain Indebtedness.........................   84
Description of New Notes....................................   89
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.....  116
Plan of Distribution........................................  119
Legal Matters...............................................  120
Experts.....................................................  120
Change of Accountants.......................................  120
</TABLE>
    
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
   
     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement (which
term shall include any amendments thereto) on Form S-4 under the Securities Act
(the "Registration Statement") with respect to the securities offered by this
Prospectus. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration
Statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, to which reference is hereby
made. Each statement made in this Prospectus referring to a document filed as an
exhibit or schedule to the Registration Statement is not necessarily complete
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the exhibit or schedule for a
complete statement of its terms and conditions. In addition, upon the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission, the
Company and the Guarantors will become subject to the informational requirements
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and, in
accordance therewith, the Company will file periodic reports and other
information with the Commission relating to its business, financial statements
and other matters, including therein, where applicable, financial statements of
the Guarantors. Any interested parties may inspect and/or copy the Registration
Statement, its schedules and exhibits, and other information filed in connection
therewith, at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and
at the Commission's regional offices located at Citicorp Center, 500 W. Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and 7 World Trade Center, Suite
1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such materials can be obtained at
prescribed rates by addressing written requests for such copies to the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at its principal office at Judiciary Plaza,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549. The Commission also
maintains a site on the World Wide Web, the address of which is
    
 
                                       1
<PAGE>

   
http://www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
Commission. The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Exchange
Act to file periodic reports and other information with the Commission may, to
the extent that such obligations arise from the registration of the New Notes,
be suspended, under certain circumstances, if the New Notes are held of record
by fewer than 300 holders at the beginning of any fiscal year and are not listed
on a national securities exchange. The Company has agreed that, whether or not
it is required to do so by the rules and regulations of the Commission, for so
long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the holders of
the Notes and file with the Commission (unless the Commission will not accept
such a filing) all annual, quarterly and current reports that the Company is or
would be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d)
of the Exchange Act. In addition, for so long as the Company or any Guarantor is
subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the Exchange Act
and any registrable securities remain outstanding, the Company and the
Guarantors have agreed that they will comply with the reporting obligations
under the Securities Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and that if it
ceases to be required to file periodic reports thereunder, it will upon the
request of any holder of registrable securities (a) make publicly available such
information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the
Securities Act, (b) deliver such information to a prospective purchaser as is
necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and
(c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each
case, to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell its
registrable securities without registration under the Securities Act within the
limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the Securities Act,
as such rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any
similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the Commission.
    
 
     NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS, OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MAY NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR
SOLICITATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES OFFERED
HEREBY OR AN OFFER TO OR SOLICITATION OF ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY DISTRIBUTION OF SECURITIES HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO
CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY
SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
   
     This Prospectus, including the "Prospectus Summary," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business" sections, contains "forward-looking statements," which can be
identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as "may," "intend,"
"will," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate" or "continue" or the negative thereof
or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. In particular, any
statement, express or implied, concerning future operating results or the
ability to generate revenues, income or cash flow to service the Notes are
forward-looking statements. Although the Company believes that the expectations
reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, there can be no
assurance that such expectations will prove to have been correct. All
forward-looking statements are expressly qualified by such cautionary
statements. See "Risk Factors."
    
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The following is a summary of certain information contained elsewhere
herein. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to such
information. Unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise
requires, (i) the "Issuer" refers to The Holt Group, Inc.; (ii) "Holt" refers to
the following direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of the Issuer (the
"Holt Subsidiaries"): Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., Holt Cargo
Systems, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corporation, Murphy Marine Services,
Inc., Wilmington Stevedores, Inc. (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Murphy Marine
Services, Inc.) San Juan International Terminals, Inc. and SJIT, Inc. and; (iii)
"NPR" refers to the following direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of
the Issuer: NPR Holding Corporation, NPR-Navieras Receivables, Inc. and NPR,
Inc.; and (iv) the "Company" refers to the consolidated entity consisting of the
Issuer, Holt and NPR.
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     The Company is a leading provider of integrated cargo transportation and
logistics management services in the United States. The Company's predecessor
was founded in 1926 by Leo A. Holt, Sr., and the Company is wholly owned by his
son, Thomas J. Holt, Sr., the Company's Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer. Through Holt, the Company owns and operates marine terminal facilities,
including the largest private integrated marine terminal complex in the United
States, and provides related services. Through NPR, which commenced operations
through its predecessor in 1974 and was acquired by the Company on November 20,
1997 (the "Acquisition"), the Company is a leading operator of cargo ships in
the U.S.-Puerto Rico market under the trade name "Navieras." NPR provides
containerized cargo transportation and related services between the United
States, Puerto Rico, the Caribbean and, through a joint venture, South America.
As a result of the Acquisition, the Company expects to realize significant cost
savings and capitalize on new revenue opportunities. Pro forma for the
Acquisition, the Company's revenues, EBITDA (as defined herein) and net income
for the year ended December 31, 1997 would have been $364.3 million, $34.1
million and $5.3 million, respectively. At June 30, 1998, the Company had
outstanding $226.2 million of consolidated indebtedness, of which $86.2 million
was senior to the Notes. In addition, at June 30, 1998, the Company had
outstanding guarantees of third-party debt totaling $31.6 million.
    
 
     Through Holt, the Company offers a variety of cargo services, including
stevedoring (the loading and unloading of ships), warehousing (the storage of
cargo) and inland trucking. Holt also leases port facilities to third-party
stevedores, warehousemen and other lessees (the "Lessee-Operators"). These
services are performed at three facilities (the "Holt Facilities"), all of which
are located on the Delaware River, a key waterway for commerce on the East Coast
of the United States. The Gloucester Marine Terminal (the "Gloucester Facility")
in Gloucester City, New Jersey, is owned by the Company and is leased to the
Lessee-Operators. The Packer Avenue Marine Terminal (the "Packer Avenue
Facility") in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, which is owned by an agency of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, is subleased by the Company for a term expiring in
2040 (including all renewal options). At the Packer Avenue Facility, Holt
provides stevedoring, warehousing and inland transportation of containerized and
other cargoes. The Company provides stevedoring services at the Port of
Wilmington, Delaware (the "Wilmington Facility"), owned by an agency of the
State of Delaware, where the Company's subsidiary, Wilmington Stevedores, Inc.
("Wilmington Stevedores"), has operated since 1974. In 1997, the Company and the
Lessee-Operators loaded and/or discharged an aggregate of 689 ships and 5.5
million tons of cargo at the Holt Facilities.
 
   
     Since inception, the Company has invested over $130.0 million in the
Gloucester Facility and the Packer Avenue Facility. The Gloucester Facility
features 4,200 lineal feet of deep water frontage, 18 warehouses with
approximately one million square feet of dry space and approximately one million
square feet of refrigerated space, and two container cranes. The Packer Avenue
Facility features 3,800 lineal feet of deep water frontage, three dry warehouses
with approximately 278,000 square feet of storage space, one refrigerated
warehouse with approximately 168,000 square feet of storage space and five
container cranes. With the most refrigerated warehouse space of any marine
terminal operator in
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>

   
the United States, the Company believes it is currently the leader in providing
refrigerated facilities and related services in the United States, with a
substantial portion of the frozen beef and fruit imported by ship to the East
Coast passing through the Holt Facilities. The Company believes it is the
leading contract stevedore in the Wilmington Facility, as it handled in excess
of 95% of the aggregate container volume and approximately 75% of the aggregate
tonnage of cargo handled in the Wilmington Facility during 1997.
    
 
   
     Through NPR, the Company is a leading provider of containerized cargo
service between the United States, Puerto Rico, the Caribbean and through a
joint venture, South America. Containerized cargo encompasses a variety of goods
transported in standard sized containers. NPR currently operates four ships to
provide service three times per week between San Juan, Puerto Rico and the
United States via the port of Jacksonville, Florida and weekly service between
San Juan and the ports of Miami, Florida and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. These
three ports of entry provide efficient gateways to major commercial areas
throughout the United States and Canada, ranging from the New York metropolitan
area to the West Coast. In addition, through charter arrangements, NPR provides
service three times a week between San Juan and the Dominican Republic and also,
through a slot charter arrangement (i.e. the use of space on another carrier's
vessel), services the Caribbean island of Trinidad and the United States Virgin
Islands.
    
 
   
     NPR's predecessor was formed in 1974 by the Puerto Rico Government and was
sold to an investor group (including certain members of NPR's current
management) in March 1995 (the "Privatization"). Following the Privatization,
NPR's management team significantly improved the operating performance of NPR by
implementing a strategic turnaround plan which consisted of increasing its share
of the cargo transported between the United States and Puerto Rico and reducing
its operating costs. During 1997, NPR transported approximately 31.8% of the
fully containerized cargo carried between the United States and Puerto Rico, as
compared to approximately 26.8% of such cargo during 1996. After the
Privatization, NPR reduced the number of vessels in continuous operation from
five to four and the number of ports of call in the United States from five to
two (subsequently increased to three in April 1998), while at the same time
increasing the aggregate volume of cargo carried. In addition, NPR consolidated
customer service activities into one service center located in Tampa, Florida,
and trimmed corporate overhead by reducing the headcount from 676 at the time of
the Privatization to 448 at December 31, 1997. Additional savings were realized
through lower intermodal transportation costs due to commitment of higher cargo
volumes to railroads and trucking companies, reduced advertising costs and
elimination of excess container capacity. As a result of these initiatives,
NPR's EBITDA increased from $8.2 million for the year ended January 5, 1997 to
$13.1 million for the period beginning January 6, 1997 and ended November 20,
1997, while for the same periods its revenues decreased from $269.1 million to
$245.3 million and its net income increased from a loss of $14.9 million to net
income of $1.5 million.
    
 
   
     The Company believes numerous benefits will result from integration of the
operations of Holt and NPR, including cost savings and new revenue
opportunities. Integration commenced immediately upon consummation of the
Acquisition when the Company relocated NPR's northeastern port of call from
Elizabeth, New Jersey to the Packer Avenue Facility, and the integration is
continuing. The Acquisition also provides opportunities for the Company to
cross-market its expanded services to Holt's and NPR's respective customer
bases. The Company believes that these expanded services create new revenue
opportunities both in its existing markets and through expansion into new
markets.
    
 
OPERATING STRENGTHS
 
     The Company's objective is to maintain and enhance its position as a
leading provider of integrated cargo transportation and logistics management
services, and to expand its service offerings through controlled internal
growth. The Company intends to achieve its objective by capitalizing on the
following operating strengths:
 
                                       4
<PAGE>

  MARKET LEADERSHIP
 
   
     Holt and NPR are leaders in their respective businesses and the Company
believes that each has significant opportunities to continue to enhance its
market position. Over its 70-year history, Holt has established itself as a
market leader by pursuing a niche-market strategy that focuses on certain
segments of the cargo handling industry. For example, the Holt Facilities
provide the largest amount of refrigerated warehouse space of any marine
terminal operator in the United States, handling a substantial portion of the
frozen beef and fruit imported by ship to the East Coast. The Holt Facilities
became leaders in the handling of refrigerated cargo as a result of Holt's
investment in extensive refrigerated warehousing facilities and development of
expertise in the optimal methods of handling such cargo. NPR also attained a
leading position by implementing a successful operational turnaround since the
Privatization which has resulted in an increase in its market share. During
1997, NPR ranked first overall, having transported approximately 31.8% of the
fully containerized cargo carried between the United States and Puerto Rico.
Further improvements in NPR's market position are expected both from continued
emphasis on elements of the turnaround plan and entry into new market segments.
In order to facilitate its expansion to the 53-foot "big-box" container market,
NPR has also commenced the modification of four of its vessels to accommodate
53-foot containers in addition to all other standard-sized containers. This "big
box" segment, which the Company believes has attractive growth prospects,
currently constitutes approximately 11.8% of the container market between the
United States and Puerto Rico. See "Business -- NPR -- Overview of Operations"
and "Risk Factors -- Growth Strategies."
    
 
  LONG-TERM COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES
 
     The Company possesses certain long-term competitive advantages to help
sustain its leading market positions. Holt's competitive advantages include the
following: (i) control of scarce waterfront property through its ownership of
the Gloucester Facility and its long-term lease of the Packer Avenue Facility;
(ii) availability of extensive warehouse space, especially refrigerated
warehouse space; (iii) efficient operations derived from years of experience and
expertise; and (iv) superior customer service driven primarily by advanced
capabilities in logistics and management information systems, such as the cargo
tracking system ("CTS") offered to customers at the Holt Facilities. NPR's
competitive advantages include the following: (i) the quality of its service,
including its high-speed vessel service and its efficient routing system; (ii)
long-term customer relationships; (iii) control of approximately 60% of the
available waterfront container terminal facilities at Puerto Nuevo, San Juan,
the largest container port in Puerto Rico, which allows for the growth of the
Company's third-party stevedoring business; and (iv) the requirement that only
vessels meeting the requirements of the Jones Act (the "Jones Act") be used in
the domestic trade (i.e., generally, the ships must be United States built,
owned and crewed). All of NPR's ships meet such requirements, and the limited
availability of such vessels in the marketplace creates a competitive advantage
for NPR.
 
  HIGH QUALITY, VALUE-ADDED SERVICES
 
   
     The Company provides high quality, value-added services to its customers.
CTS offers customers at the Holt Facilities a state-of-the-art bar coding system
to provide up-to-the-minute tracking of cargo that can be accessed by customers
remotely via modem. Services and facilities offered at the Holt Facilities are
attractive to customers due to (i) the ability to stevedore, warehouse and
transport cargo at the same facility, which gives customers flexibility and
convenience, (ii) the availability of specialized services, including extensive
refrigerated storage space, and (iii) the efficiency of the operations at the
Holt Facilities which provide reliability and cost efficiency for customers.
Holt's stevedoring operations at the Packer Avenue Facility achieve productivity
levels of up to 30 container lifts per hour and truck turnaround time of 30
minutes or less. The Company believes that these productivity measures are
superior to those of other operators in competing ports such as New York and
Baltimore. In addition, in connection with NPR's comprehensive operational
turnaround since the Privatization, NPR has improved the quality and enhanced
the value of its services by, among other things, (i) consolidating its customer
service functions in one location to monitor and maintain
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>

consistently high quality customer service, (ii) enhancing the on-time
performance of its high speed vessel service, and (iii) offering efficient
intermodal connections to trucking and rail carriers.
 
  SIGNIFICANT BENEFITS OF THE ACQUISITION
 
     The Company believes the Acquisition creates significant opportunities to
realize cost savings and capitalize on new revenue opportunities.
 
   
     o Cost savings.  The Company believes the combination of Holt and NPR has
       created significant cost saving opportunities, including savings
       resulting from the relocation of NPR's northeastern port of call from
       Elizabeth, New Jersey to Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and efficiencies to
       be realized from improving NPR's stevedoring operations in San Juan. NPR
       initiated service on November 20, 1997 to the Packer Avenue Facility. In
       addition, the Company believes that it can significantly improve the
       efficiency of its stevedoring operations in San Juan, by, among other
       things, the move in the third quarter of 1998 of two of Holt's high-speed
       cranes to that terminal. These cranes are capable of lifting larger
       containers, stacking containers on vessels an additional tier higher and
       operating at greater speeds and with less maintenance than the cranes
       previously operated by NPR.
    
 
   
     o Revenue opportunities.  The combination of Holt and NPR has created
       significant opportunities for growth in revenues upon completion of the
       integration of the operations of Holt and NPR, with little additional
       capital investment. Foremost among these opportunities is the ability to
       cross market Holt's and NPR's services to each other's customer base. The
       Company now positions itself as a one-stop solution to its customers'
       cargo transportation and handling needs. When CTS is integrated into
       NPR's operations, the Company will have the ability to offer this feature
       to all customers shipping to and from Puerto Rico, which the Company
       believes will give NPR a competitive advantage. The CTS technology will
       also enhance the Company's stevedoring business in San Juan, where it
       currently handles third-party ships in addition to its own. In addition,
       the move in the third quarter of 1998 of two of Holt's high-speed cranes
       to San Juan will allow the Company to increase its third-party
       stevedoring business, an incrementally profitable element of the
       Company's strategic growth plan.
    
 
     The Company intends to expand its services, grow its businesses and
increase its revenues and cash flow primarily through controlled internal growth
that capitalizes on the foregoing operating strengths. In addition, although the
Company is not seeking actively to make acquisitions, the Company may, from time
to time, make opportunistic acquisitions of complementary businesses that the
Company believes will enhance its ability to provide fully integrated and
value-added cargo transportation services to its customers.
 
                      THE ACQUISITION AND THE REFINANCINGS
 
     On November 20, 1997, the Company acquired NPR's outstanding common stock
for an aggregate purchase price of $69.0 million. In connection with the
Acquisition, the Company also repaid $39.7 million of NPR's outstanding
indebtedness, repaid $31.6 million of Holt's outstanding indebtedness and
redeemed NPR's outstanding preferred stock for $0.7 million (collectively, the
"Refinancings"). The Company obtained the funds required to complete the
Acquisition and the Refinancings from (i) the issuance of 10.5% senior unsecured
increasing rate notes (the "Bridge Notes") to an affiliate of the Initial
Purchaser in the principal amount of $100.0 million, (ii) the issuance of 12.5%
subordinated unsecured increasing rate notes to the former shareholders of NPR
in the principal amount of $25.0 million (the "Seller Notes"), and (iii) the
sale/leaseback of certain NPR containers, gensets and chassis that generated
cash proceeds of $24.0 million. See "The Acquisition and the Refinancings."
 
     The following table sets forth the sources and uses of funds in connection
with the Acquisition and the Refinancings. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness."
 
                                       6

<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
                                                              ---------------------
<S>                                                           <C>
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
  Sale/leaseback of equipment...............................         $ 24.0
  Seller Notes..............................................           25.0
  Bridge Notes..............................................          100.0
                                                                     ------
     Total Sources..........................................         $149.0
                                                                     ======
 
USES OF FUNDS:
  Purchase NPR common stock.................................         $ 69.0
  Refinance NPR debt........................................           39.7
  Redeem NPR preferred stock................................            0.7
  Refinance Holt debt.......................................           31.6
  Transaction expenses......................................            4.8
  Working capital...........................................            3.2
                                                                     ------
     Total Uses.............................................         $149.0
                                                                     ======
</TABLE>
 
                         REORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY
 
     The Issuer was capitalized in October 1997 to consolidate the operations of
the Holt Subsidiaries under the Issuer. On October 31, 1997, Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
contributed all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the Holt
Subsidiaries to the Issuer, all of the outstanding stock of which is owned by
Mr. Holt (the "Reorganization"). Following the Reorganization, each of the Holt
Subsidiaries became a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Issuer.
See "Reorganization of the Company."
 
     The Issuer was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in
1997. The Issuer and all of its subsidiaries are treated for federal and certain
state income tax purposes as S corporations under subchapter S of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Accordingly, the Company's
taxable income is reported by and taxed directly to the Company's sole
shareholder. The Company's headquarters are located at 701 North Broadway,
Gloucester City, New Jersey 08030, and its telephone number is (609) 742-3000.
 
                    INVESTMENT IN ATLANTIC CONTAINER LINE AB
 
   
     In early 1997, The Riverfront Development Corporation ("Riverfront"), a
wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer, purchased approximately 1.1 million
shares (subsequently converted into 2.2 million shares as a result of a 2-for-1
stock split) (the "ACL Shares"), or approximately 17% of the outstanding shares,
of Atlantic Container Line AB ("ACL"), a Swedish shipping line publicly traded
on The Oslo Stock Exchange, for a total of approximately $23.5 million. ACL
operates five roll-on, roll-off container ships between North America and
Europe. Riverfront is not a Guarantor of the Notes.
    
 
   
     In May and June, 1998, Riverfront purchased options to acquire up to an
aggregate of 1.5 million shares of ACL at 102.50 Norwegian krone (approximately
$13.30) per share. The options expire as to 1.2 million shares on March 1, 1999
and as to 325,000 shares on March 18, 1999. Riverfront paid 39.1 million krone
(approximately $5.2 million) for the option, approximating the amount received
by Riverfront in April 1998 as a dividend with respect to the ACL shares. If
Riverfront were to exercise all of the options, it would own approximately 27%
of the outstanding shares of ACL.
    
 
   
     The market value of the ACL shares as of October 23, 1998 was $12.92 per
share. The market value of the Company's investment in ACL (including the
options) as of October 23, 1998 was approximately $30.1 million, representing a
decrease of $9.8 million from the June 30, 1998 value. Riverfront financed a
portion of its investment in ACL with funds borrowed from Finansbanken ASA, of
which $8.9 million was outstanding as of June 30, 1998.
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>

   
     In June 1998, the Company and ACL's management commenced discussions
concerning a possible acquisition of ACL by the Company. In August 1998, such
discussions terminated with no offer to acquire ACL having been made by the
Company.
    
 
   
                           ISSUANCE OF THE OLD NOTES
    
 
   
     The Old Notes were issued in a transaction (the "Offering") pursuant to
which the Company issued an aggregate of $140.0 million principal amount of the
Old Notes to the Initial Purchaser on January 21, 1998 (the "Closing Date")
pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated January 21, 1998 (the "Purchase
Agreement") among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser. The net
proceeds of the Offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering
expenses, were approximately $135.0 million. Approximately $101.8 million of the
net proceeds was used to repay the Bridge Notes, including accrued interest of
$1.8 million and $25.5 million was used to repay the Seller Notes, including
accrued interest of $0.5 million. The balance of the net proceeds of the
Offering have been and are being used for working capital and general corporate
purposes. See "The Acquisition and the Refinancings." The Initial Purchaser
subsequently resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities
Act and certain other exemptions under the Securities Act. The Company, the
Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser also entered into the Registration Rights
Agreement, pursuant to which the Company granted certain registration rights for
the benefit of the holders of the Old Notes. The Exchange Offer is intended to
satisfy certain of the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights
Agreement with respect to the Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer -- Purpose and
Effect."
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>

   
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
    
 
   
The Exchange Offer................  The Company is offering, upon the terms and
                                    subject to the conditions set forth herein
                                    and in the accompanying letter of
                                    transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"),
                                    to exchange $1,000 in principal amount of
                                    its 9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2006 (the "New
                                    Notes," and together with the Old Notes,
                                    sometimes collectively referred to herein as
                                    the "Notes") for each $1,000 in principal
                                    amount of the outstanding Old Notes (the
                                    "Exchange Offer"). As of the date of this
                                    Prospectus, $140.0 million in aggregate
                                    principal amount of the Old Notes is
                                    outstanding, the maximum amount authorized
                                    by the Indenture for all Notes. As of
                                    October 28, 1998, CEDE & Co. ("CEDE") was
                                    the sole registered holder of the Old Notes
                                    and held $140.0 million of aggregate
                                    principal amount of the Old Notes for 30 of
                                    its participants. See "The Exchange Offer --
                                    Terms of the Exchange Offer."
    
 
   
Expiration Date...................  5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
                                    ________________, 1998, as the same may be
                                    extended. See "The Exchange Offer --
                                    Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments."
    
 
   
Conditions of the Exchange Offer..  The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon
                                    any minimum principal amount of Old Notes
                                    being tendered for exchange. However, the
                                    Exchange Offer is subject to the condition
                                    that it does not violate any applicable law
                                    or interpretation of the staff of the
                                    Commission. In addition, as a condition to
                                    its participation in the Exchange Offer,
                                    each Holder of Old Notes will be required to
                                    furnish certain written representations to
                                    the Company and the Guarantors. See "The
                                    Exchange Offer -- Conditions of the Exchange
                                    Offer."
    
 
   
Termination of Certain Rights.....  Pursuant to the Registration Rights
                                    Agreement and the Old Notes, Holders of Old
                                    Notes (i) have rights to receive Liquidated
                                    Damages (as defined herein) and (ii) have
                                    certain rights intended for the holders of
                                    unregistered securities. "Liquidated
                                    Damages" means an amount equal to $0.05 per
                                    week per $1,000 in principal amount of old
                                    Notes held by such Holder (amounting to
                                    $1,000 per day in the aggregate for the
                                    $140.0 million principal amount of Notes
                                    outstanding) for each week or portion
                                    thereof that a Registration Default (as
                                    defined herein) continues for the first
                                    90-day period immediately following the
                                    occurrence of such Registration Default. The
                                    amount of the Liquidated Damages shall
                                    increase by an additional $0.05 per week per
                                    $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer
                                    Restricted Securities with respect to each
                                    subsequent 90-day period until all
                                    Registration Defaults have been cured, up to
                                    a maximum amount of Liquidated Damages of
                                    $0.50 per week, per $1,000 in principal
                                    amount of Transfer Restricted Securities.
                                    The Company shall not be required to pay
                                    liquidated damages for more than one
                                    Registration Default at any given time.
                                    Following the cure of all Registration
                                    Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages
                                    will cease. See "The Exchange Offer --
                                    Termination of Certain Rights," "--
                                    Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" and
    
 

                                       9

<PAGE>
   
                                    "Description of New Notes -- Registration
                                    Rights; Liquidated Damages."
    
 
   
Accrued Interest on the Old Notes.. The New Notes will bear interest at a rate
                                    equal to 9 3/4% per annum from and including
                                    their date of issuance. Holders whose Old
                                    Notes are accepted for exchange will have
                                    the right to receive interest accrued
                                    thereon from the date of original issuance
                                    of the Old Notes or the last Interest
                                    Payment Date, as applicable, to, but not
                                    including, the date of issuance of the New
                                    Notes, such interest to be payable with the
                                    first interest payment on the New Notes.
                                    Interest on the Old Notes accepted for
                                    exchange, which accrues at the rate of
                                    9 3/4% per annum, will cease to accrue on
                                    the day prior to the issuance of the New
                                    Notes.
    
 
   
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes. Unless a tender of Old Notes is effected
                                    pursuant to the procedures for book-entry
                                    transfer as provided herein, each Holder
                                    desiring to accept the Exchange Offer must
                                    complete and sign the Letter of Transmittal,
                                    have the signature thereon guaranteed if
                                    required by the Letter of Transmittal, and
                                    mail or deliver the Letter of Transmittal,
                                    together with the Old Notes and any other
                                    required documents (such as evidence of
                                    authority to act, if the Letter of
                                    Transmittal is signed by someone acting in a
                                    fiduciary or representative capacity), to
                                    the Exchange Agent (as defined) at the
                                    address set forth on the back cover page of
                                    this Prospectus prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
                                    City time, on the Expiration Date. Any
                                    Beneficial Owner (as defined) of the Old
                                    Notes whose Old Notes are registered in the
                                    name of a nominee, such as a broker, dealer,
                                    commercial bank or trust company and who
                                    wishes to tender Old Notes in the Exchange
                                    Offer, should instruct such entity or person
                                    to promptly tender on such Beneficial
                                    Owner's behalf. See "The Exchange Offer --
                                    Procedures for Tendering Old Notes." By
                                    tendering Old Notes for exchange, each
                                    registered holder will represent to the
                                    Company that, among other things, (i)
                                    neither the Holder nor any Beneficial Owner
                                    is an affiliate of the Company or any
                                    Guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405
                                    under the Securities Act, (ii) any New Notes
                                    to be received by the Holder or any
                                    Beneficial Owner are being acquired in the
                                    ordinary course of business, and (iii)
                                    neither the Holder nor any Beneficial Owner
                                    has an arrangement or understanding with any
                                    person to participate in the distribution of
                                    the New Notes.
    
 
   
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures..... Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender
                                    their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are
                                    not immediately available or (ii) who cannot
                                    deliver their Old Notes or any other
                                    documents required by the Letter of
                                    Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to
                                    the Expiration Date (or complete the
                                    procedure for book-entry transfer on a
                                    timely basis), may tender their Old Notes
                                    according to the guaranteed delivery
                                    procedures set forth in the Letter of
                                    Transmittal. See "The Exchange Offer --
                                    Procedures for Tendering Old Notes --
                                    Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
    
 
                                       10

<PAGE>
   
Acceptance of Old Notes and Delivery
  of New Notes....................  Upon satisfaction or waiver of all
                                    conditions of the Exchange Offer, the
                                    Company will accept any and all Old Notes
                                    that are properly tendered in the Exchange
                                    Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
                                    time, on the Expiration Date. The New Notes
                                    issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
                                    be delivered as soon as practicable after
                                    acceptance of the Old Notes. See "The
                                    Exchange Offer -- Acceptance of Old Notes
                                    for Exchange; Delivery of New Notes."
    
 
   
Withdrawal Rights.................  Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any
                                    time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
                                    on the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
                                    Offer -- Withdrawal Rights."
    
 
   
Certain Federal Income Tax
  Considerations..................  Generally, the exchange pursuant to the
                                    Exchange Offer will not be a taxable event
                                    for federal income tax purposes. See
                                    "Certain United States Federal Income Tax
                                    Considerations -- The Exchange Offer."
    
 
   
The Exchange Agent................  The Bank of New York is the exchange agent
                                    (in such capacity, the "Exchange Agent").
                                    The address and telephone number of the
                                    Exchange Agent are set forth in "The
                                    Exchange Offer -- The Exchange Agent;
                                    Assistance."
    
 
   
Fees and Expenses.................  All expenses incident to the Company's
                                    consummation of the Exchange Offer and
                                    compliance with the Registration Rights
                                    Agreement will be borne by the Company. See
                                    "The Exchange Offer -- Solicitation of
                                    Tenders; Fees and Expenses."
    
 
   
Resales of the New Notes..........  Based on interpretations by the staff of the
                                    Commission set forth in no-action letters
                                    issued to third parties, the Company
                                    believes that New Notes issued pursuant to
                                    the Exchange Offer to a Holder in exchange
                                    for Old Notes may be offered for resale,
                                    resold and otherwise transferred by such
                                    Holder (other than (i) a broker-dealer who
                                    purchased the Old Notes directly from the
                                    Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A
                                    under the Securities Act or any other
                                    available exemption under the Securities Act
                                    or (ii) a person that is an affiliate of the
                                    Company or any Guarantor within the meaning
                                    of Rule 405 under the Securities Act),
                                    without compliance with the registration and
                                    prospectus delivery provisions of the
                                    Securities Act, provided that the Holder is
                                    acquiring the New Notes in the ordinary
                                    course of business and is not participating,
                                    and has no arrangement or understanding with
                                    any person to participate, in a distribution
                                    of the New Notes. Each broker-dealer that
                                    receives New Notes for its own account in
                                    exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes
                                    were acquired by such broker as a result of
                                    market making or other trading activities,
                                    must acknowledge that it will deliver a
                                    prospectus in connection with any resale of
                                    such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."
    
 

                                       11
<PAGE>

   
                            DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES
    
 
   
     The Old Notes were issued under an indenture, dated as of January 21, 1998
(the "Indenture"), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The New
Notes will be issued under the Indenture as it relates to the New Notes. The
form and terms of the New Notes will be identical in all material respects to
the form and terms of the Old Notes, except that (i) the New Notes have been
registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends
restricting the transfer thereof, (ii) subject to certain limited exceptions,
holders of New Notes will not be entitled to Liquidated Damages otherwise
payable under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement in respect of Old
Notes held by such holders during any period in which a Registration Default is
continuing, and (iii) holders of New Notes will not be, and upon the
consummation of the Exchange Offer Holders of Old Notes will no longer be,
entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement intended for
the holders of unregistered securities. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed
consummated upon the delivery of New Notes by the Company to the Registrar under
the Indenture in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal
amount of Old Notes that are validly tendered by holders thereof pursuant to the
Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer -- Termination of Certain Rights" and
"-- Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" and "Description of New Notes."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Notes Offered................................  $140.0 million aggregate principal amount of
                                               9 3/4% Senior Notes due 2006.
 
Issuer.......................................  The Holt Group, Inc. (for purposes of this
                                               section, the "Company")
 
Maturity Date................................  January 15, 2006.
 
Interest Rate and Payment Dates..............  Interest on the New Notes will accrue at 9 3/4%
                                               per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on
                                               January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing
                                               July 15, 1998.
 
Ranking......................................  The New Notes will be senior unsecured
                                               obligations of the Company and will rank pari
                                               passu with all existing and future
                                               unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company and
                                               senior in right of payment to all existing and
                                               future subordinated indebtedness of the Company.
                                               The New Notes, however, will be effectively
                                               subordinated to secured indebtedness of the
                                               Company and the Guarantors (including
                                               indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility
                                               and Other Indebtedness) with respect to the
                                               assets securing such indebtedness. The New Notes
                                               also will be effectively subordinated to claims
                                               of creditors of the Company's subsidiaries,
                                               except to the extent that such subsidiaries are
                                               Guarantors. As of June 30, 1998 the Company had
                                               outstanding $226.2 million of consolidated
                                               indebtedness, of which $86.2 million was secured
                                               indebtedness to which the Notes were effectively
                                               subordinated. See "Description of Certain
                                               Indebtedness."
 
Optional Redemption..........................  The New Notes will be redeemable in whole or in
                                               part, at the option of the Company, at any time
                                               on or after January 15, 2002, at the redemption
                                               prices set forth herein, plus accrued and unpaid
                                               interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the
                                               date of redemption. See "Description of the New
                                               Notes -- Optional Redemption." In addition, at
                                               any
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                                               time on or before January 15, 2001, the Company
                                               may redeem up to 35% of the sum of the
                                               originally issued aggregate principal amount of
                                               (i) the Notes and (ii) any Additional Notes (as
                                               defined herein) with the net proceeds of a
                                               Public Equity Offering (as defined herein), at a
                                               redemption price equal to 109 3/4% of the
                                               principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
                                               unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
                                               to the date of redemption; provided however,
                                               that not less than 65% of the sum of the
                                               originally issued aggregate principal amount of
                                               (i) the Notes and (ii) any Additional Notes is
                                               outstanding immediately after giving effect to
                                               such redemption. See "Description of the New
                                               Notes -- Optional Redemption."
 
Guarantees...................................  The New Notes will be irrevocably,
                                               unconditionally and fully guaranteed on a joint
                                               and several basis, as to the payment of
                                               principal, premium, if any, and interest by
                                               certain of the Company's existing and future
                                               subsidiaries. The guarantees will rank pari
                                               passu with all existing and future
                                               unsubordinated indebtedness of the Guarantors
                                               and senior in right of payment to all existing
                                               and future subordinated indebtedness of the
                                               Guarantors. The obligations of each Guarantor
                                               under its guarantee, however, will be limited in
                                               a manner intended to avoid it being deemed a
                                               fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See
                                               "Description of the New Notes -- General," "--
                                               Guarantees; Certain Bankruptcy Limitations" and
                                               "-- Certain Covenants."
 
Change of Control............................  Upon a Change of Control, each holder of New
                                               Notes will have the right to require the Company
                                               to repurchase all or a portion of such holder's
                                               New Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of
                                               the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
                                               unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
                                               to the date of repurchase. See "Description of
                                               the New Notes -- Certain Covenants."
 
Certain Covenants............................  The Indenture under which the New Notes will be
                                               issued (the "Indenture") contains certain
                                               covenants that, among other things, limits: (i)
                                               the incurrence of additional indebtedness and
                                               the issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock (as
                                               defined herein) by the Company and the
                                               Guarantors; (ii) the payment of dividends on,
                                               and redemption of, capital stock of the Company
                                               and the Guarantors and the redemption of certain
                                               subordinated obligations of the Company and
                                               Guarantors; (iii) restrictions on the ability of
                                               the Subsidiaries of the Company and the
                                               Guarantors to pay dividends or make other
                                               restricted payments; (iv) the incurrence of
                                               liens securing indebtedness; (v) sales of assets
                                               and Subsidiary stock; (vi) transactions with
                                               affiliates; (vii) mergers, consolidations and
                                               transfers of all or substantially all of the
                                               Company's assets; (viii) investments; and (ix)
                                               lines of business. These covenants are subject
                                               to important exceptions and
</TABLE>
    
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                                               qualifications. See "Description of the New
                                               Notes -- Certain Covenants."
 
Registration Rights; Liquidated
  Damages....................................  The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial
                                               Purchaser have entered into a Registration
                                               Rights Agreement pursuant to which the Company
                                               and the Guarantors agreed, for the benefit of
                                               the Holders of the Notes, that they would, at
                                               their cost, (i) no later than April 21, 1998,
                                               file a registration statement under the
                                               Securities Act (an "Exchange Offer Registration
                                               Statement") with the Commission with respect to
                                               a registered offer to exchange (the "Exchange
                                               Offer") the Old Notes for New Notes with terms
                                               substantially identical to the Notes (including
                                               the Guarantees), except that such New Notes will
                                               not contain transfer restrictions, and (ii) use
                                               their best efforts to cause such Exchange Offer
                                               Registration Statement to be declared effective
                                               under the Securities Act no later than July 20,
                                               1998 and to consummate the Exchange Offer within
                                               30 business days after the Exchange Offer
                                               Registration Statement is declared effective.
                                               The Registration Statement, of which this
                                               Prospectus forms part, constitutes the Exchange
                                               Offer Registration Statement. In certain
                                               circumstances, the Company and the Guarantors
                                               will, at their expense, be required to file and
                                               use their best efforts to cause to be declared
                                               effective a shelf registration statement
                                               covering resales of the Notes. If the Company
                                               and the Guarantors fail to satisfy their
                                               registration obligations under the Registration
                                               Rights Agreement, the Company will be required
                                               to pay Liquidated Damages to holders of the Old
                                               Notes under certain circumstances. Liquidated
                                               Damages accrue in the amount of $1,000 per day
                                               in the aggregate for the $140.0 million
                                               principal amount of Notes outstanding during the
                                               first 90 days (and at a greater rate thereafter)
                                               following a Registration Default and cease
                                               accruing when all Registration Defaults are
                                               cured. As a result of the Registration Statement
                                               not yet having been declared effective by the
                                               Commission, Liquidated Damages are accruing,
                                               currently at the rate of $2,000 per day in the
                                               aggregate for the $140.0 million principal
                                               amount of Notes outstanding. See "Description of
                                               New Notes -- Registration Rights; Liquidated
                                               Damages."
 
Absence of a Public Market for the
  New Notes..................................  The New Notes are new securities for which there
                                               is currently no established trading market. The
                                               Company does not intend to apply for listing of
                                               the New Notes on any securities exchange or for
                                               quotation through The Nasdaq Stock Market.
                                               Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the
                                               development or liquidity of any market for the
                                               New Notes.
 
Risk Factors.................................  An investment in the New Notes involves a high
                                               degree of risk. Prospective investors should
                                               carefully consider the matters set forth under
                                               "Risk Factors."
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
   

                SUMMARY PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following summary pro forma financial information was derived in part
from, and should be read in conjunction with, the historical consolidated
financial statements of the Company and the historical consolidated financial
statements of NPR and the respective notes thereto, "Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
historical consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and of NPR for the period beginning January 6, 1997 and ended
November 20, 1997 have been audited. The Pro Forma Financial Data (as defined
herein) for the year ended December 31, 1997 give effect to the Acquisition, the
Refinancings and the Offering as if they had been completed as of January 1,
1997. The Pro Forma Financial Data do not purport to be indicative of the
Company's results of operations that would actually have been obtained had the
Acquisition, the Refinancings and the Offering been completed as of January 1,
1997, or to project the Company's results of operations for any period
subsequent to 1997.

    

    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                      ------------------------------------
                                                                                 COMPANY
                                                      COMPANY(1)     NPR (2)    PRO FORMA
                                                      -----------   ---------   ----------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Revenues..........................................   $118,998     $245,341     $364,339
  Operating income..................................     18,414        5,476       21,327
 
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA (3)........................................     27,066       13,094       34,089
  Interest expense, net.............................      9,211        5,973       19,610
  Depreciation and amortization.....................      8,652       10,618       15,762
  Capital expenditures..............................      9,674          854       10,520
  Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed 
     charges (4).....................................        --           --          1.2x
 
MARGINS:
  EBITDA (3)........................................       22.7%         5.3%         9.4%
  Operating income..................................       15.5%         2.2%         5.9%
</TABLE>
    
 

                                       15

<PAGE>

   
- ------------------

(1) Includes NPR from November 20, 1997, the date of its acquisition by the
    Company. Also includes Riverfront, which is not a Guarantor, and which owns
    the ACL Shares. At December 31, 1997, Riverfront had total assets of
    approximately $44.1 million and stockholder's equity of approximately $20.0
    million (including unrealized appreciation of approximately $16.6 million on
    marketable securities). In 1997, Riverfront had dividends from marketable
    securities of approximately $1.6 million (which is not included in revenues)
    and net income of approximately $1.0 million (which is not included in
    operating income). See "-- Investment in Atlantic Container Line AB."

(2) All data for NPR is for the period beginning January 6, 1997 and ended
    November 20, 1997.

(3) The term EBITDA as used herein represents operating income plus depreciation
    and amortization, adjusted to exclude certain non-recurring revenues and
    expense. EBITDA has been presented because the Company believes it is
    commonly used in this or a similar format by investors to analyze and
    compare operating performance and to determine a company's ability to
    service and/or incur debt. However, EBITDA should not be considered in
    isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flow from operations or
    any other measure of income or cash flow that is prepared in accordance with
    generally accepted accounting principles, or as a measure of a company's
    profitability or liquidity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Unaudited Pro Forma
    Condensed Financial Data" and the historical financial statements of Holt
    and NPR and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

(4) For purposes of this computation, fixed charges consist of interest expense,
    amortization of deferred financing costs and one-third of rental expenses,
    representing an approximation of that portion of rental expenses
    attributable to interest. Earnings consist of income before income taxes,
    extraordinary items and cumulative effect of changes in accounting
    principles, plus fixed charges.
    




                                       16
<PAGE>

 
   
                    SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
    
 
   
    The following summary historical financial information was derived in part
from, and should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated
financial statements of the Company and the historical consolidated financial
statements of NPR and the respective notes thereto, "Selected Historical
Financial Data," "NPR Selected Historical Financial Data" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The historical consolidated financial
statements of the Company as of and for each of the years ended December 31,
1993 through 1997 have been audited. The summary historical consolidated
financial and operating information of the Company for the six month periods
ended June 30, 1997 and June 30, 1998 were derived from the unaudited historical
consolidated financial statements of the Company included elsewhere herein, and
include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to present
fairly the data for such periods. The results of operations for the six months
ended June 30, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations
to be expected for the year ending December 31, 1998 or for any future period.
The historical consolidated financial statements of NPR for the period beginning
March 3, 1995 and ended December 31, 1995, the year ended January 5, 1997 and
the period beginning January 6, 1997 and ended November 20, 1997 have been
audited.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       JUNE 30,
                                         ----------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                           1993       1994       1995       1996       1997       1997       1998
                                         --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
COMPANY (1)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Revenues.............................  $ 50,235   $ 54,409   $ 69,350   $ 73,076   $118,998   $ 44,797   $187,619
  Operating income (loss)..............    (2,744)     8,709     15,173     15,759     18,414     14,193     12,454
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
  Total assets.........................   147,509    145,556    164,754    172,479    382,378    198,630    397,387
  Total debt...........................    94,802     88,993     97,159     99,203    213,433    110,318    226,206
  Equity (deficit).....................    35,786     38,455     44,172     49,422     72,729     64,497     72,612
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  Ratio of earnings to fixed
     charges (2).......................        --(3)     1.4x      1.7x       1.7x       1.6x       3.0x       1.5x
  EBITDA (4)...........................     1,490     12,839     19,548     19,784     27,066     16,849     20,617
  Cash flows provided by (used in)
    operating activities...............    (2,925)    (4,039)    (2,810)    17,205     24,533     25,417     15,166
  Cash flows provided by (used in)
    investing activities...............    (7,589)     9,743     (3,249)   (16,365)   (87,614)   (28,682)   (25,178)
  Cash flows provided by (used in)
    financing activities...............    11,917     (7,060)     6,426     (1,419)    67,918      7,075      4,221
  Interest expense, net................     5,340      6,090      7,875      8,154      9,211      4,126      9,338
  Depreciation and amortization........     4,234      4,130      4,375      4,025      8,652      2,656      8,163
  Capital expenditures.................     6,412     11,922      6,034      6,936      9,674      8,114     10,235
MARGINS:
  EBITDA (4)...........................       3.0%      23.6%      28.2%      27.1%      22.7%      37.6%      11.0%
  Operating income (loss)..............      (5.5)      16.0       21.9       21.6       15.5       31.7        6.6 
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               MARCH 3, 1995     YEAR ENDED    JANUARY 6, 1997
                                                              TO DECEMBER 31,    JANUARY 5,    TO NOVEMBER 20,
                                                                   1995             1997             1997
                                                              ---------------   ------------   ----------------
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>            <C>
NPR
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Revenues..................................................     $233,767         $269,097         $245,341
  Operating income (loss)...................................       (6,394)          (6,354)           5,476
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
  Total assets..............................................      161,035          146,135          130,603
  Total debt................................................       49,485           58,717           40,613
  Equity (deficit)..........................................        2,890          (11,989)         (10,496)
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA(4).................................................        4,305            8,170           13,094
  Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities.....        6,429           (7,736)          15,662
  Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities.....      (63,352)           3,068            3,226
  Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities.....       58,946            4,495          (18,812)
  Interest expense, net.....................................        5,812            7,171            5,973
  Depreciation and amortization.............................       10,669           14,524           10,618
  Capital expenditures......................................        4,063            3,342              854
  Investment Loss...........................................     $     --         $     --              500
MARGINS:
  EBITDA(4).................................................          1.8%             3.0%             5.3%
  Operating income (loss)...................................         (2.7)            (2.4)             2.2
</TABLE>
    
 


                                       17
<PAGE>


   
- ------------------

(1) Includes NPR from November 20, 1997, the date of its acquisition by the
    Company. Also includes Riverfront, which is not a Guarantor, and which owns
    the ACL Shares. At December 31, 1997, Riverfront had total assets of $44.1
    million and stockholder's equity of $20.0 million (including unrealized
    appreciation on marketable securities of $16.6 million). In 1997, Riverfront
    had dividends from marketable securities of $1.6 million (which is not
    included in revenues) and net income of $1.0 million (which is not included
    in operating income). At June 30, 1997 and 1998, Riverfront had total assets
    of $34.8 million and $44.5 million, respectively, and stockholder's equity
    of $10.6 million and $20.1 million, respectively (including unrealized
    appreciation on marketable securities of $6.8 million and $11.2 million,
    respectively). During the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998,
    Riverfront had dividends from marketable securities of approximately $1.6
    million and $5.8 million respectively, (which is not included in revenues)
    and net income of $1.4 million and $5.4 million, respectively, (which is not
    included in operating income). As of the end of and for all other periods
    presented (i.e. 1993-1996), Riverfront had no material amount of assets,
    stockholders' equity, revenues or net income. See "-- Investment in Atlantic
    Container Line AB."

(2) For purposes of this computation, fixed charges consist of interest expense,
    amortization of deferred financing costs and one-third of rental expenses,
    representing an approximation of that portion of rental expenses
    attributable to interest. Earnings consist of income before income taxes,
    extraordinary items and cumulative effect of changes in accounting
    principles, plus fixed charges.

(3) Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $6.2 million in 1993.

(4) The term EBITDA as used herein represents operating income plus depreciation
    and amortization, adjusted to exclude certain non-recurring revenues and
    expenses. EBITDA has been presented because the Company believes it is
    commonly used in this or a similar format by investors to analyze and
    compare operating performance and to determine a company's ability to
    service and/or incur debt. However, EBITDA should not be considered in
    isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flow from operations or
    any other measure of income or cash flow that is prepared in accordance with
    generally accepted accounting principles, or as a measure of a company's
    profitability or liquidity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Unaudited Pro Forma
    Condensed Financial Data" and the historical financial statements of Holt
    and NPR and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    

                                       18
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective investors should consider carefully, in addition to the other
information contained in this Prospectus, the following factors before
purchasing the New Notes offered hereby. The matters set forth below constitute
cautionary statements identifying important factors with respect to certain
forward-looking statements appearing in this Prospectus, including certain risks
and uncertainties, that could cause actual results to differ materially from
those in such forward-looking statements.
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE AND ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT
 
   
     The Company has substantial indebtedness and significant debt service
obligations. The Company had outstanding $226.2 million of consolidated
indebtedness as of June 30, 1998, of which $86.2 million was senior to the
Notes. In addition, at June 30, 1998, the Company had outstanding guarantees of
third-party debt totaling $31.6 million. The Indenture permits the Company to
incur additional indebtedness, including guarantees, subject to certain
limitations, from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures
and other general corporate purposes. The Company's ratio of earnings to fixed
charges for the six months ended June 30, 1998 was 1.5, and its pro forma ratio
of earnings to fixed charges for the year ended December 31, 1997 (giving effect
to the Acquisition, the Refinancings, the Offering and the application of the
net proceeds therefrom) was 1.2. See "Capitalization" and "Description of the
New Notes -- Certain Covenants."
    
 
     The degree to which the Company is leveraged could have important
consequences to holders of the Notes, including the following: (i) a substantial
portion of the Company's cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the
payment of the principal of and interest on its outstanding indebtedness and
will not be available for other purposes; (ii) the Company's ability to obtain
additional financing in the future for working capital needs, capital
expenditures and general corporate purposes may be materially limited or
impaired or such financing may not be available on terms favorable to the
Company; (iii) indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain of
the Other Indebtedness and Financings (as defined herein) will be secured and
will mature prior to the maturity of the Notes; (iv) certain of the Company's
borrowings may be at variable rates of interest, including future borrowings
under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain of the Other Indebtedness and
Financings, which will expose the Company to the risk of increased interest
rates; and (v) the Company's high degree of leverage may reduce its ability to
withstand competitive pressure and make it more vulnerable to a downturn in its
business or the economy in general. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
 
     The Company's ability to satisfy its interest payment obligations under its
indebtedness will depend largely on its future performance which, in turn, is
subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other
factors beyond its control. In addition, certain amounts owed under the
Revolving Credit Facility and under certain Other Indebtedness and Financings
will become due before any principal payments on the Notes are scheduled to
become due and such amounts may need to be refinanced. Furthermore, the Company
does not expect to be able to repay the principal amount of the Notes at
maturity from available cash and, accordingly, will need to refinance the Notes,
or repay the Notes with the proceeds of an equity offering, at or prior to their
maturity. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to generate
sufficient cash flow to service its interest payment obligations under its
indebtedness or that cash flows, future borrowings or equity financings will be
available for the payment or refinancing of the Company's indebtedness. To the
extent that the Company is not successful in repaying or negotiating renewals of
its borrowings or in arranging new financings, it may have to sell significant
assets, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and
results of operations. Among the factors that will affect the Company's ability
to effect an offering of its capital stock or to refinance the Notes are
financial market conditions and the value and performance of the Company at the
time of such offering or refinancing. There can be no assurance that any such
offering or refinancing can be successfully completed. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --
Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness."
 
                                       19
<PAGE>

HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE
 
     The Issuer is a holding company the only material assets of which are the
stock of its subsidiaries, which hold substantially all of the Company's
operating assets and generate its operating income. Accordingly, the Issuer is
dependent on dividends and other distributions from its subsidiaries to generate
the funds necessary to meet its obligations, including the interest and
principal payments on the Notes. The ability of the Issuer's subsidiaries to pay
dividends to the Issuer is subject to, among other things, the terms of the
Revolving Credit Facility and the Other Indebtedness and Financings to which
they are subject, as well as future debt instruments of the subsidiaries and
applicable law. Certain of the Other Indebtedness and financings restrict
distributions from the Issuer's subsidiaries to the Issuer to a percentage of
cumulative net income, subject to certain adjustments. There can be no assurance
that any such distributions will be adequate to fund the interest and principal
payments of the Notes when due. The Guarantees provide that if the Issuer fails
to satisfy any payment obligation under the Notes, the holders of the Notes
would have a direct claim against the Guarantors. However, if a court were to
invalidate the Guarantees under fraudulent conveyance laws or other legal
principles or if, by the terms of such Guarantees, the obligations thereunder
were reduced as necessary to prevent such avoidance, the claims of the other
creditors of the Guarantors, including trade creditors, would to such extent
have priority as to assets of such Guarantor over the claims of the holders of
the Notes (except to the extent that the Issuer had an enforceable claim as a
creditor of such Guarantor). The Guarantee of the Notes by any Guarantor will be
discharged upon the sale of such Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of
the Indenture. See "-- Fraudulent Transfer Considerations" and "Description of
the New Notes -- Guarantees; Certain Bankruptcy Limitations."
 
     The Guarantees are senior unsecured obligations of the Guarantors. The
Indenture provides that the Guarantors shall not incur any Indebtedness that is
senior in right of payment to the Guarantees, except as set forth therein. See
"Description of the New Notes -- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Incurrence
of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock."
 
ASSET ENCUMBRANCES
 
   
     As of June 30, 1998, the Company had outstanding $226.2 million of
consolidated indebtedness, of which $86.2 million was secured indebtedness to
which the Notes were effectively subordinated. The Revolving Credit Facility
currently is secured by the Company's vessels and claims of the holders of the
Notes are effectively subordinated to the extent of such assets. The Other
Indebtedness and Financings are secured by mortgages on the Gloucester Facility,
certain material handling equipment and the ACL Shares. Claims of the holders of
the Notes also will be effectively subordinated to the extent of such assets.
The claims of holders of the Notes upon any distribution of assets of any
subsidiary of the Company in the event of liquidation or reorganization of such
subsidiary will be subordinated to the prior claims of present and future
creditors of such subsidiary to the extent such claims are secured. In such an
event, there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or
all of the Notes then outstanding. The Indenture permits subsidiaries of the
Issuer, under certain circumstances, to incur indebtedness and permits the
Issuer and its subsidiaries, under certain circumstances, to secure
indebtedness. See "Description of the New Notes -- Certain Covenants --
Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
Capital Stock" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness."
    
 
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
 
     The Indenture, the Revolving Credit Facility and certain of the Other
Indebtedness and Financings contain certain financial and other covenants,
including covenants requiring the Company to maintain certain financial ratios
and restricting the ability of the Company to incur indebtedness or to create or
suffer to exist certain liens. The ability of the Company to comply with such
provisions may be affected by events beyond its control. Should the Company be
unable to comply with the financial or other restrictive covenants under the
Indenture, the Revolving Credit Facility or the Other Indebtedness and
Financings at any time in the future, there can be no assurance that the lenders
thereunder would agree to any necessary amendments or waivers. In such a case,
the failure to obtain amendments or waivers could have a material adverse effect
upon the Company and its ability to meet its obligations in respect of the
Notes. A failure to make any required payment under the Revolving Credit
Facility or
 
                                       20
<PAGE>

the Other Indebtedness and Financings or to comply with any of the financial and
operating covenants included in the Revolving Credit Facility or the Other
Indebtedness and Financings could result in an event of default thereunder,
permitting the lenders to accelerate the maturity of the indebtedness under the
Revolving Credit Facility and the Other Indebtedness and Financings and,
depending upon the action taken by such lenders, delaying or precluding payment
of principal of or interest on the Notes. Such an acceleration also would permit
the acceleration of the other indebtedness of the Company which contain
cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions, including the Indenture. The
Indenture also has certain covenants which, if not complied with, would result
in an event of default thereunder permitting holders of the Notes, under certain
circumstances, to accelerate the Notes. Any such event of default or
acceleration also could result in an event of default or acceleration of other
indebtedness of the Company. If the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility
or the Other Indebtedness and Financings or the holders of the Notes accelerate
the maturity of the indebtedness thereunder there can be no assurance that the
Company will have sufficient assets to satisfy its obligations under the Notes.
In addition, other indebtedness of the Company that may be incurred in the
future may contain financial or other covenants more restrictive than those
applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility, the Other Indebtedness and
Financings or the Notes. See "Description of the New Notes -- Certain Covenants
- -- Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Capital Stock."
 
CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
 
   
     Each of the Company's businesses is capital intensive, and the Company will
continue to require substantial capital in order to operate and expand its
business. The stevedoring, trucking and shipping industries each require
extensive investment in capital equipment. The Company historically has relied
upon vessel charters and on debt and equipment leases to finance capital
equipment, and it has granted its lenders liens on substantially all of its
tangible assets. Although NPR's five ocean-going vessels are subject to a
rigorous dry-docking program which is expected to permit such vessels to remain
in operation at least an additional five to ten years, and although the Company
has no current plans to replace any of its existing vessels or to acquire any
additional vessels, there can be no assurance that any such replacement or
acquisition will not be required in order to maintain or grow the Company's
shipping operations. If in the future the Company were unable to borrow
sufficient funds, enter into acceptable lease arrangements, sell or trade its
used equipment at acceptable prices, or raise additional equity capital, the
resulting capital shortage would limit the Company's growth and force the
Company to operate its capital equipment for longer periods, which would be
likely to adversely affect the Company's growth and profitability.
    
 
RISKS RELATED TO THE ACQUISITION AND INTEGRATION OF NPR
 
   
     The full benefits of a business combination of Holt and NPR require the
integration of each company's administrative, finance, sales and marketing
organizations, and the implementation of appropriate operations, financial and
management systems and controls in order to capture the efficiencies and the
cost reductions that are expected to result from the Acquisition. The process of
integrating the operations commenced immediately upon completion of the
Acquisition with the relocation of NPR's northeastern port of call from
Elizabeth, New Jersey to the Packer Avenue Facility, and the integration is
continuing.
    
 
   
     However, the integration of NPR into the Company's operations will involve
a number of risks, including the possible diversion of management's attention
from other business concerns, the possible loss of key employees of NPR,
potential difficulties in integrating the operations of NPR with those of the
Company and the potential inability to replicate successfully Holt's operating
efficiencies in NPR's operations. Furthermore, the Company may not be able to
realize some or all of the anticipated cost savings or to successfully pursue
some or all of the anticipated revenue opportunities. Consequently, no assurance
can be given as to the effect of the integration of NPR on the Company's
business or results of operations or as to when the integration will be
completed. In addition, the Company's contractual recourse against the former
shareholders of NPR under the Acquisition agreement is extremely limited.
Accordingly, unanticipated events or liabilities related to NPR's business could
materially and adversely affect the Company.
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>


   
UNIONIZED WORK FORCE
    
 
     At December 31, 1997, all of Holt's non-supervisory work force, 34.2% of
NPR's office workers and all of NPR's shipboard and non-supervisory stevedoring
employees were covered under collective bargaining agreements, and the number of
employees of the Company covered by collective bargaining agreements could
increase in the future. In the past, Holt has experienced labor strikes, the
most recent of which was with the International Longshoreman's Association
("ILA") and took place in 1996. In addition, Holt has in the past engaged in
legal proceedings with labor unions and its subsidiary, Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.
("Holt Cargo") is currently the claimant in an arbitration with the ILA.
Although Holt Cargo and certain of the other Holt Subsidiaries currently have
"no strike" clauses in all of their collective bargaining agreements, there can
be no assurance that the unions will not engage in a work stoppage or strike in
the future. Although the Company believes that relations with the unions are
satisfactory, a prolonged work stoppage or strike by its unionized work force
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. See
"Business -- Holt -- Employees" and "-- NPR -- Employees and Labor Relations."
 
POTENTIAL WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY AT PORT OF NEW YORK
 
     NPR has an obligation to contribute to the NYSA-ILA Pension Fund for the
benefit of unionized stevedores who handle NPR's ships in the port located in
Elizabeth, New Jersey. The Pension Fund is a multiemployer pension plan subject
to the withdrawal liability provisions of ERISA. In the event NPR incurs a
complete withdrawal from the Pension Fund, either by completely terminating all
contributing operations in the Port of New York, or by permanently ceasing to
have a legal obligation to contribute to the Pension Fund, NPR will incur a
withdrawal liability that currently is estimated at up to approximately $17.1
million plus interest, payable over an eight-year period.
 
     In the event NPR does not make contributions to the Pension Fund during
three consecutive years equal to at least 30% of the highest yearly level in
effect during the prior five years, NPR will incur a partial withdrawal
liability equal to a fraction of the complete withdrawal liability. The fraction
will be based on a comparison of NPR's contributing operations in the year after
the partial withdrawal to the five-year average level of operations prior to the
year of withdrawal (or prior to the three-year decline). Partial withdrawal also
would be payable over the same period as a complete withdrawal, commencing at
least one full year after the year of partial withdrawal.
 
     Pursuant to a settlement agreement with NPR's predecessor, the Puerto Rico
government has established an escrow account with the Pension Fund. If NPR
incurs a complete withdrawal or partial withdrawal and does not pay the assessed
liability when due, the Pension Fund is entitled to collect against the escrow
account. NPR is required to indemnify the Puerto Rico government for its
liability in this regard and the Puerto Rico government is entitled to confess
judgement against NPR for such liability. In addition, any withdrawal liability
obligations are joint and several liabilities of all members of NPR's control
group, including the Company, pursuant to ERISA.
 
     Although the Company plans to structure the relocation of NPR's
northeastern port of call from Elizabeth, New Jersey to the Packer Avenue
Facility in a manner designed to ensure that a partial or complete withdrawal
will not occur, there can be no assurance that such plans will be successful or
that such plans will not change. Accordingly, there can be no assurance (i) that
the Company will not incur a partial withdrawal liability or the full withdrawal
liability (currently estimated at up to approximately $17.1 million plus
interest, payable over eight years), (ii) that the full withdrawal liability
will not exceed $17.1 million plus interest or (iii) that any withdrawal
liability incurred would not be required to be paid over less than eight years.
 
NPR'S RELIANCE ON LIMITED MARKETS
 
   
     Most of NPR's revenues currently are attributable to freight moving either
to or from Puerto Rico, accounting for 88.2% of NPR's ocean revenues in 1996 and
88.8% in 1997. Accordingly, NPR's results are affected by economic conditions
and business cycles in Puerto Rico that may or may not be similar to those in
the continental United States. NPR's reliance on the Puerto Rico market makes it
susceptible to changes to which it would not otherwise be exposed if it operated
in a more geographically diverse market, including a downturn in the local
economy, local competitive factors,
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>

   
changes in government regulations and changes in government administrations and
other political changes. For example, over time, there has been a significant
increase in the amount of foreign (non-United States) exports into Puerto Rico
such that, based on the Company's estimates, foreign cargo (containerized and
non-containerized), has grown from approximately 24% of total imports to Puerto
Rico in 1992 to approximately 29% in 1996. In addition, the United States
Congress has passed legislation that establishes a phase-out of Section 936 of
the Code which allows for favorable United States tax treatment of profits
resulting from manufacturing operations in Puerto Rico. The phase-out began in
January 1996 and continues until January 2006. This favorable tax provision has
contributed to economic growth in Puerto Rico in the past by enticing United
States corporations to establish manufacturing operations in Puerto Rico.
Furthermore, any change in Puerto Rico's political status with the United
States, or the ongoing debate on such status, could affect the economy of Puerto
Rico. The ultimate effect of the phase-out of Section 936 or of possible changes
in Puerto Rico's governmental and political status is uncertain and,
accordingly, there can be no assurance that such issues will not adversely
affect NPR.
    
 
POTENTIAL LOSS OF JONES ACT PROTECTION
 
     The Company's marine operations are conducted primarily in the United
States domestic trade, which, by virtue of a set of federal laws known as the
Jones Act, require that only United States built, owned and crewed vessels move
freight between ports in the United States, including the non-contiguous areas
of Puerto Rico, Alaska, Hawaii and Guam. There have been repeated attempts to
modify these laws, and efforts to effect such modifications are expected to
continue in the future. The Company already is subject to vigorous competition,
and modification or relaxation of Jones Act requirements could lead to potential
additional competition in its marine operations, including competition by
companies with financial resources greater than the Company that could be
committed to the construction of new vessels. While the Company believes that
the modification or relaxation of the Jones Act is unlikely at this time,
significant modification or relaxation of the Jones Act could result in
additional competition from larger or lower cost carriers. There is no assurance
that any modification or relaxation of the Jones Act would not have a material
adverse effect on the value of the Company's vessels or on the results of
operations of the Company in the domestic trades it now serves or expects to
serve in the future.
 
GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
     The Company intends to expand its services and grow its businesses
primarily through controlled internal growth and pursuit of growth opportunities
created by the Acquisition. See "Business -- The Company -- Operating
Strengths." The Company also may, from time to time, make opportunistic
acquisitions of complementary businesses. Each of these growth strategies
requires both capital investments and commitment of management resources, and
there can be no assurance that, even after such investments and commitment of
resources, such strategies will be successful.
 
   
     The Company has in the past engaged in discussions with ACL's management
concerning the possible acquisition of ACL by the Company, and such discussions
may continue in the future. In addition, the Company owns options to purchase a
total of 1.5 million shares of ACL at an aggregate purchase price of 156.3
million Norwegian kroner (approximately $20.3 million). The acquisition of ACL
or the exercise of the options would require a substantial capital investment,
and the acquisition of ACL would involve a substantial commitment of management
resources. There can be no assurance that the Company will have available cash
or borrowing capacity to finance any exercise of the options or acquisition of
ACL if the Company were to determine to pursue either such transaction. See
"Prospectus Summary -- Investment in Atlantic Container Line AB."
    
 
   
     In order to facilitate its expansion to the 53-foot "big box" container
market, NPR has commenced the modification of four of its vessels to accommodate
53-foot containers in addition to all other standard-sized containers at a cost
of approximately $3.5 million. There can be no assurance that new business
opportunities will be developed to justify this investment. See "Business -- NPR
- -- Overview of Operations."
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>

RELATED ENTITY TRANSACTIONS
 
     Significant assets utilized by the Company, including the lease for the
Packer Avenue Facility and the ownership of the management information systems
used in Holt's operations, including CTS, are held by Astro Holdings, Inc.
("AHI") or SLS Services, Inc. ("SLS"), both of which are owned by Thomas J.
Holt, Jr., Leo A. Holt and Michael J. Holt, each of whom is a director of the
Company and a son of Thomas J. Holt, Sr., the Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company. AHI subleases the Packer Avenue Facility
(which includes four container cranes) and leases certain additional equipment
to Holt. SLS provides the Company with certain administrative services such as
accounting, billing, MIS (including CTS) and risk management services. In
addition, certain other companies which are majority owned by Thomas J. Holt,
Sr. (the "Non-consolidated Affiliates") provide to or procure from the Company
various assets and services, including warehouse space, building and equipment
maintenance and stevedoring services. See "Certain Transactions" and Note 9 of
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" of the Company.
 
     The Company may enter into other material transactions and agreements with
these companies (or other companies under the control of such directors and
executive officers of the Company) from time to time in the future. The terms of
any future transactions and agreements may be more or less favorable to the
Company than the terms of the arrangements and agreements currently in effect.
The ability of the Company to enter into transactions with related parties is
limited pursuant to the Indenture. See "Description of the New Notes -- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates."
 
     The interests of certain of the Company's directors in AHI, SLS and/or the
Non-consolidated Affiliates (or other companies under their control) could give
rise to conflicts of interest. Such conflicts could arise for example, in
transactions involving business dealings between the Company and such companies
or in connection with potential acquisitions or other business opportunities.
There can be no assurance that any such conflicts of interest would be resolved
in a manner satisfactory to the holders of the Notes.
 
DEPENDENCE ON CERTAIN CUSTOMERS
 
     For the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, Holt's 15 largest
customers accounted for 52.0%, 50.1% and 48.8% respectively, of total revenues.
No customer accounted for more than 10% of Holt's total revenues for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1996 or 1997, other than Columbus Line, Inc., which
accounted for 11.8%, 10.5% and 10.5% of such revenue during such respective
periods. For the period from March 3, 1995 to December 31, 1995, the year ended
January 5, 1997 and the period beginning January 6, 1997 and ended November 20,
1997, NPR's 15 largest customers accounted for 29.9%, 26.6% and 28.5%,
respectively, of NPR's total revenues. No customer accounted for more than 10%
of NPR's total revenues in any such period.
 
     Most of Holt's customer contracts have terms of one to five years, but are
terminable on notice of between 30 and 180 days by either party. There can be no
assurance that existing customer contracts will not be terminated prior to the
end of their term or that such customer contracts will be renewed or that new
customer contracts will be entered into on terms favorable to the Company. A
majority of NPR's customers are parties to Time-Volume Agreements ("TVAs") or
fixed rate contracts which are generally one year in duration and terminable by
the customer at any time upon payment of a specified penalty. The sudden loss of
or reduction in demand for its services from a significant group of customers of
any of the Company's subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's or such subsidiary's business and results of operations. See "Business
- -- Holt -- Customers" and "-- NPR -- Customers."
 
EFFECTS OF ECONOMIC FACTORS
 
     Economic recession, changes in fuel prices and the supply of fuel,
increases in fuel or energy taxes, interest rate fluctuations, changes in the
cost of insurance and customers' business cycles are economic factors that
affect the Company's business, but over which the Company has little or no
control. NPR, like its competitors, currently passes fuel price increases
through to substantially all of its customers, including customers who are
parties to TVAs or fixed rate contracts. To the extent that
 
                                       24
<PAGE>

increased expenses resulting from these factors cannot be passed through to
customers, there could be a material adverse effect on the Company's
profitability. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
 
COMPETITION
 
     Each of the industries in which the Company operates is highly competitive.
Competition in the cargo handling and transportation industry is based upon,
among other things, price, timeliness of delivery, adequacy and location of
facilities and quality of service. NPR faces price competition from competitors
in the Puerto Rico market some of which are part of larger transportation
organizations which possess greater financial resources than the Company. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully
against current and future sources of competition or that the current and future
competitive pressures faced by the Company will not adversely affect its
profitability or financial performance. See "Business -- Holt -- Competition"
and "-- NPR -- Competition."
 
RISK MANAGEMENT AND CLAIMS EXPOSURE
 
   
     The Company's current operations utilize a limited number of major items of
capital equipment, including container cranes and oceangoing vessels, the loss
of any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The
operation of any marine vessel involves the risk of catastrophic events due to
various perils of the sea. In addition, certain of the Company's ports are
vulnerable to the risk of hurricanes. The hazards associated with these events
include (i) the risk of loss of or damage to the Company's facilities, vessels
or third parties (including customers) from impact, fire or explosion, (ii) loss
or contamination of cargo, (iii) personal injury of employees or third parties,
and (iv) pollution and other environmental damages. In the event of either a
total loss of or major damage to any vessel, container crane or port facility,
there can be no assurance that the Company could locate a suitable replacement
or, if available, that such replacement could be obtained on suitable terms.
Although the Company maintains insurance coverage against these hazards, there
can be no assurance that such insurance will be adequate to cover any losses or
damages resulting from such hazards. Although the Company owns a fifth vessel
which is available to be rotated into service when one of the four others
vessels currently in operation is in need of maintenance or repair, there can be
no assurance that the loss of, damage to or significant required repair to any
of the Company's vessels, container cranes or port facilities in the future
would not have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, to the
extent that the Company experiences a significant increase in the frequency or
severity of accidents or workers' compensation claims, or unfavorable
developments on existing claims, the Company's operating results and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. Significant increases in the
Company's claims and insurance cost, to the extent not offset by rate increases,
would reduce the Company's profitability.
    
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company's operations are subject to various environmental laws and
regulations dealing with the transportation, storage, presence, use, disposal
and handling of hazardous materials and hazardous wastes, discharge of storm
water and vessel fuel delivery. The Company is not aware of any material fuel
spills on land or at sea or any material hazardous substance contamination on
its properties and believes that its operations are in material compliance with
existing environmental laws and regulations. However, if any material hazardous
substance contamination were found on the Company's properties or if the Company
were found to be in material violation of applicable laws and regulations, the
Company could be responsible for material clean-up costs, property damage, and
fines or other penalties, any one of which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company. See "Business -- Holt -- Environmental Matters" and "-- NPR --
Environmental Matters."
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     The Company is subject to regulation by various federal and state agencies,
including the Surface Transportation Board, the United States Maritime
Administration ("MARAD"), the Federal Maritime Commission and the United States
Coast Guard. These regulatory authorities have broad powers, generally governing
activities such as authority to engage in motor carrier operations, operational
 
                                       25
<PAGE>

safety, accounting systems, tariff filings of freight rates, certain mergers,
consolidations and acquisitions, contraband, environmental contamination and
financial reporting. NPR's containerized shipping operations are conducted
primarily in the United States domestic trade, which, by virtue of the Jones
Act, require that only United States built, owned and crewed vessels move
freight between ports in the United States, including the noncontiguous areas of
Puerto Rico, Alaska, Hawaii and Guam. The Company also is subject to regulations
promulgated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") and
similar state agencies. Although the Company believes that its operations are in
material compliance with current laws and regulations, there can be no assurance
that current regulatory requirements will not change or that any noncompliance
with such requirements will not occur or be discovered. See "Business -- Holt --
Government Regulation" and "-- NPR -- Government Regulation."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
     The success of the Company is dependent upon its senior management team, as
well as its ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. The Company's
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Thomas J. Holt, Sr., and
certain of the Company's other executive officers have extensive experience in
the maritime cargo handling industry. The Company does not maintain "key man"
life insurance on Mr. Holt or any other member of the Company's senior
management team. Loss of the services of certain of these individuals could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's operations. Additionally, there is
substantial competition for qualified personnel in the cargo handling and
transportation industry. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to retain its existing senior management team or attract additional qualified
personnel. See "Management."
 
CONTROLLING STOCKHOLDER; CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
     Thomas J. Holt, Sr. owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company, which is the only class of capital stock of the Company outstanding.
See "Sole Stockholder." As a result, Mr. Holt has the ability to elect the Board
of Directors of the Company, to approve or disapprove other matters requiring
stockholder approval, and to control the affairs and policies of the Company.
The interests of Mr. Holt as the sole equity holder of the Company may differ
from the interests of holders of Notes.
 
     There can be no assurance that Mr. Holt will continue to control the
Company. A change of control would be an event of default under the Revolving
Credit Facility and certain of the Other Indebtedness and Financings, permitting
the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain Other Indebtedness
and Financings to exercise remedies, and would require the Company to make an
offer to purchase all of the outstanding Notes under the Indenture. The
inability to repay indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and certain
Other Indebtedness and Financings, if accelerated, or to purchase all of the
Notes, would also constitute an event of default under the Indenture. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness" and "Description of the Notes -- Certain
Covenants." No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to comply
with its obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility and Other Indebtedness
and Financings in the event of a change of control or to refinance any of its
obligations thereunder or other obligations that might become due by the reason
of these provisions. Thus, in the event the Company was unable to meet its
obligations, there may not be any resources available to meet claims for payment
on the Notes.
 
   
PENDING LITIGATION
    
 
   
     NPR is the defendant in a lawsuit filed in November 1996 in the United
States District Court for the District of Puerto Rico (Ocean Logistics
Management, Inc. v. NPR, Inc., No. 96-2388 DRD). The plaintiff seeks damages
arising out of an agreement between the plaintiff and NPR whereby NPR offered a
discounted freight rate to the plaintiff in exchange for shipment of a
guaranteed volume of containers between the mainland United States and Puerto
Rico. The plaintiff claims that NPR unilaterally terminated the agreement
approximately two and one-half months before its termination date, allegedly
causing damages to the plaintiff. In its first amended complaint, the plaintiff
asserted causes of action claiming breach of contract, breach of a distribution
contract pursuant to Puerto Rico law, tortious interference with contractual
relations, liability for outstanding commissions and trucking claims and $12
million for the fifth claim (presumably because of the treble damages provisions
of the
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>

   
Sherman act). NPR has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which remains
pending. NPR intends to vigorously defend itself against the lawsuit. Although
the Company believes that any liability of NPR in connection with the lawsuit
will be substantially less than $4 million, there can be no assurance in that
regard or that the resolution of this lawsuit will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations. See
"Business -- NPR -- Legal Proceedings."
    
 
FRAUDULENT TRANSFER CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The obligations of any Guarantor under its Guarantee may be subject to
avoidance under state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws or federal
bankruptcy law. If a court were to find, in a lawsuit by an unpaid creditor of a
Guarantor or a representative of creditors, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, (i)
that such Guarantor incurred the indebtedness represented by its Guarantee with
the intent to hinder, delay or defraud present or future creditors, or received
less than a reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for any such
indebtedness and (ii) at the time of such incurrence (a) was insolvent, (b) was
rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence, (c) was engaged or about to
engage in a business or transaction for which its remaining assets constituted
unreasonably small capital to carry on its business, or (d) intended to incur,
or believed or reasonably should have believed that it would incur debts beyond
its ability to pay as such debts matured, such court could avoid such
Guarantor's obligations under its Guarantee, subordinate such Guarantee to all
other indebtedness of such Guarantor or take other action detrimental to the
holders of the Notes. In such an event, there can be no assurance that any
payment on such Guarantee could ever be recovered by holders of the Notes. In
addition, any payments by any Guarantor pursuant to such Guarantor's Guarantee
could be avoided and may be required to be returned to such Guarantor or to a
fund for the benefit of its creditors.
 
     The measures of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing considerations
will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding with respect to the
foregoing. Generally, however, a Guarantor would be considered insolvent if the
sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than the fair
salable value of all of its assets at a fair valuation or if the present fair
salable value of its assets were less than the amount that would be required to
pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent
liabilities, as they become absolute and mature. Although the Company believes
that each of the Guarantors is solvent under the foregoing standards, there can
be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply in making such
determination or that a court would reach the same conclusion. See "Description
of the Notes -- Guarantees; Certain Bankruptcy Limitations."
 
     In rendering their opinions with respect to the validity of the Notes and
the Guarantees, counsel for the Issuer and the Guarantors and counsel for the
Initial Purchaser will not express any opinion as to the applicability of
federal or state statutes relating to fraudulent conveyances and obligations.
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES
 
   
     The New Notes are a new issue of securities, have no established trading
market, and may not be widely distributed. The Company does not intend to list
the New Notes on any national securities exchange or to seek the admission
thereof to trading in The Nasdaq Stock Market. The Initial Purchaser has advised
the Company that it intends to make a market in the Notes as permitted by
applicable laws and regulations; however, the Initial Purchaser is not obligated
to do so, and may discontinue any such market making activities at any time
without notice. In addition, such market making activity may be limited during
the Exchange Offer. Therefore, no assurance can be given that an active public
or other market will develop for the New Notes or as to the liquidity of or the
trading market for the New Notes. If a trading market does not develop or is not
maintained, holders of the New Notes may experience difficulty in reselling the
New Notes or may be unable to sell them at all. If a market for the New Notes
develops, any such market may be discontinued at any time. If a public trading
market develops for the New Notes, future trading prices of the New Notes will
depend on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest
rates, the Company's results of operations and the market for similar
securities, and the price at which the holders of New Notes will be able to sell
such New Notes is not assured and the New Notes could trade at a premium or
discount to their purchase price or face value. Depending on prevailing interest
rates, the market for similar
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>

   
securities and other facts, including the financial condition of the Company,
the New Notes may trade at a discount from their principal amount.
    
 
ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION UNDER STATE SECURITIES LAWS
 
     The New Notes have not been registered or qualified under any state
securities laws. The Exchange Offer is being made both to U.S. institutional
investors, pursuant to exemptions from such laws for sales to such investors,
and to non-U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities
Act), as state securities laws do not apply to sales to persons who are not
residents of any state. In order to acquire the Old Notes, each Holder of Old
Notes was required to represent to the Company that it was either (i) a
"qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of the Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, (ii) an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning
of subparagraph (a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act or
(iii) a non-U.S. person within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities
Act. Holders who wish to exchange their Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will be required to represent to the Company that they remain
institutional investors or non-U.S. persons, as they represented at the time
they acquired their Old Notes. Any Holder who no longer qualifies as such an
institutional investor (e.g., a bank whose charter has been revoked) or who is
no longer a non-U.S. person, as the case may be, will not be entitled to
exchange such Old Notes for New Notes in the Exchange Offer, unless another
state securities law exemption is available. If no such exemption is available,
the Holder will continue to hold the Old Notes, which will continue to be
subject to the restrictions on transfer as set forth in the legend thereon.
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
 
     Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a
consequence of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant to exemptions from, or in
transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes may not be
offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to
an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. The Company does not currently anticipate that
it will register the Old Notes for resale under the Securities Act. New Notes
issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered
for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any
such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities Act and other than any broker-dealer who purchased Old
Notes directly from the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act)
without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of
the Securities Act provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary
course of such holders' business and such holders have no arrangement with any
person to participate in the distribution of such Notes. Each broker-dealer that
acquired Old Notes for its own account as a result of market making or other
trading activities and that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states
that, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will
not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time
to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes
received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the
effective date of this Prospectus, it will make this Prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, available to any broker-dealer for
use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution." However, to
comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if applicable, the New
Notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified
for sale in such jurisdictions or an exemption from registration or
qualification is available and is complied with. To the extent that Old Notes
are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for
untendered and tendered but unaccepted Old Notes will be adversely affected.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>

                      THE ACQUISITION AND THE REFINANCINGS
 
     On November 20, 1997, the Issuer acquired NPR pursuant to a Stock Purchase
Agreement dated September 25, 1997, with NPR Holding Corporation and the former
shareholders (the "Sellers") of NPR Holding Corporation (as amended, the
"Agreement"). Pursuant to the Agreement, on November 20, 1997, the Issuer paid
to the Sellers $44.0 million in cash and issued to the Sellers $25.0 million in
aggregate principal amount of Seller Notes. In connection with the Acquisition,
the Issuer also contributed $39.7 million to NPR which was used to repay
outstanding indebtedness of NPR, repaid $31.6 million of Holt's outstanding
indebtedness and redeemed NPR's outstanding preferred stock for $0.7 million
(collectively, the "Refinancings"). The Issuer obtained the funds required to
complete the Acquisition and the Refinancings from: (i) the issuance by the
Company of Bridge Notes to an affiliate of the Initial Purchaser in the
principal amount of $100.0 million; (ii) the issuance of $25.0 million of Seller
Notes to the Sellers; and (iii) the sale/leaseback of certain NPR containers,
gensets and chassis which generated cash proceeds of $24.0 million.
 
     In addition, in connection with the Acquisition, NPR entered into five-year
employment agreements with certain members of NPR management ("NPR Senior
Management") including the key employees of NPR set forth under "Management --
Executive Officers, Directors and Key Employees." In addition, NPR granted NPR
Senior Management "Phantom Stock Units" representing the right to receive, in
the aggregate, the fair market value of up to 10% of the NPR common stock
outstanding on the grant date, computed on a fully diluted basis as if the
Phantom Stock Units were outstanding shares of NPR common stock, subject to
vesting based on the achievement of specified performance goals and subject to
certain conditions. See "Management -- NPR 1997 Phantom Stock Plan." Pursuant to
the terms of the Agreement, NPR also distributed to the Sellers 10% of the
outstanding capital stock of TNX and retained a 40% ownership interest in TNX.
Contemporaneous with the closing, NPR caused $670,000 in cash bonuses to be
distributed to certain management employees of NPR (excluding NPR Senior
Management).
 
     The Issuer's contractual recourse against the Sellers under the Agreement
is extremely limited. The Agreement does not provide for contractual
indemnification from the Sellers and provides that no representations and
warranties of the Sellers survive closing, except as to title to the acquired
shares.
 
     The following table sets forth the sources and uses of funds in connection
with the Acquisition and the Refinancings. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
                                                       ---------------------
<S>                                                    <C>
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
  Sale/leaseback of equipment........................         $ 24.0
  Seller Notes.......................................           25.0
  Bridge Notes.......................................          100.0
                                                              ------
     Total Sources...................................         $149.0
                                                              ======
 
USES OF FUNDS:
  Purchase NPR common stock..........................         $ 69.0
  Refinance NPR debt.................................           39.7
  Redeem NPR preferred stock.........................            0.7
  Refinance Holt debt................................           31.6
  Transaction expenses...............................            4.8
  Working capital....................................            3.2
                                                              ------
     Total Uses......................................         $149.0
                                                              ======
</TABLE>
 
                                       29
<PAGE>

                         REORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY
 
     The Issuer was capitalized in October 1997 to consolidate the operations of
the Holt Subsidiaries under the Issuer. On October 31, 1997, pursuant to the
Reorganization, Thomas J. Holt, Sr. contributed all of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of each of the Holt Subsidiaries to the Issuer, all of the
outstanding stock of which is owned by Mr. Holt. Following the Reorganization,
each of the Holt Subsidiaries became a direct or indirect wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Issuer. The Holt Subsidiaries remain liable for all of their
existing and contingent liabilities relating to periods prior to the
Reorganization. The Issuer is a holding company and conducts no business and
holds no assets other than the outstanding capital stock of Holt and NPR. See
"Risk Factors -- Holding Company Structure." Upon consummation of the
Acquisition, NPR became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Issuer. See "The
Acquisition and the Refinancings."
 
     Historically, the Holt Subsidiaries and the Non-consolidated Affiliates
were operated as a group under the common control of Thomas J. Holt, Sr. The
Non-consolidated Affiliates are engaged in businesses which are not directly
related to the Company's business, including steamship agency and chartering,
ice manufacturing, real estate rental and warehouse labor subcontracting. The
Non-consolidated Affiliates will continue to be controlled by Thomas J. Holt,
Sr. after completion of the Offering. Holt and the Non-consolidated Affiliates
provide services and goods to each other. See "Risk Factors -- Related Entity
Transactions" and "Certain Transactions."
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
PURPOSE AND EFFECT
 
     The Old Notes were sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers on January
21, 1998, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Purchaser subsequently
resold the Old Notes in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and
certain other exemptions under the Securities Act. The Company and the Initial
Purchaser also entered into the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which
the Company agreed, with respect to the Old Notes, to (i) cause to be filed, on
or prior to April 21, 1998, a registration statement with the Commission under
the Securities Act concerning the Exchange Offer, (ii) use its reasonable best
efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective by the
Commission on or prior to July 20, 1998 and (iii) to cause the Exchange Offer to
remain open for a period of not less than 30 days. This Exchange Offer is
intended to satisfy the Company's exchange offer obligations under the
Registration Rights Agreement.
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     The Company hereby offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth herein and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, to exchange $1,000
in principal amount of the New Notes for each $1,000 in principal amount of the
outstanding Old Notes. The Company will accept for exchange any and all Old
Notes that are validly tendered on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date. Tenders of the Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior
to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The Exchange Offer is
not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of Old Notes being tendered
for exchange. However, the Exchange Offer is subject to the conditions, terms
and provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement. The form and terms of the
New Notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of
the Old Notes, except that (i) the New Notes have been registered under the
Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting the transfer
thereof, (ii) subject to certain limited exceptions, holders of New Notes will
not be entitled to Liquidated Damages, and (iii) holders of New Notes will not
be, and upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, Holders of Old Notes will no
longer be, entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement
intended for holders of unregistered securities. See "-- Conditions of the
Exchange Offer."
 
     Old Notes may be tendered only in multiples of $1,000. Subject to the
foregoing, Holders may tender less than the aggregate principal amount
represented by the Old Notes held by them, provided that they appropriately
indicate this fact on the Letter of Transmittal accompanying the tendered Old
Notes (or so indicate pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer).
 
   
     As of the date of this Prospectus, $140.0 million in aggregate principal
amount of the Old Notes is outstanding, the maximum amount authorized by the
Indenture for all Notes. As of October 28, 1998, CEDE was the sole registered
holder of the Old Notes and held $140.0 million of aggregate principal amount of
the Old Notes for 30 of its participants. Solely for reasons of administration
(and for no other purpose), the Company has fixed the close of business on
_________, 1998, as the record date (the "Record Date") for purposes of
determining the persons to whom this Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal
will be mailed initially. Only a Holder of the Old Notes (or such Holder's legal
representative or attorney-in-fact) may participate in the Exchange Offer. There
will be no fixed record date for determining Holders of the Old Notes entitled
to participate in the Exchange Offer. The Company believes that, as of the date
of this Prospectus, no such the Holder is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405
under the Securities Act) of the Company.
    
 
     The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes
when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering Holders
of Old Notes and for the purposes of receiving the New Notes from the Company.
 
     If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein or
otherwise, certificates for any such unaccepted
 
                                       31
<PAGE>

Old Notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering Holder thereof as
promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.
 
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
 
   
     The Expiration Date shall be ___________, 1998 at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the Exchange Offer, in
which case the Expiration Date shall be the latest date and time to which the
Exchange Offer is extended (which will in no event exceed 90 days from the
commencement of the Exchange Offer).
    
 
     In order to extend the Exchange Offer, the Company will notify the Exchange
Agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will make a public
announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next
business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date. Such notice and
public announcement shall set forth the new Expiration Date of the Exchange
Offer.
 
     The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, (i) to delay
accepting any Old Notes, (ii) to extend the Exchange Offer, (iii) if any of the
conditions set forth below under "Conditions of the Exchange Offer" shall not
have been satisfied, to terminate the Exchange Offer by giving oral or written
notice of such delay, extension or termination to the Exchange Agent, and (iv)
to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner. If the Exchange Offer is
amended in a manner determined by the Company to constitute a material change,
the Company will, in accordance with applicable law, file a post-effective
amendment to the registration statement (a "Post-effective Amendment") and
resolicit the registered holders of the Old Notes. If the Company files a
Post-effective Amendment, it will notify the Exchange Agent of an extension of
the Exchange Offer by oral or written notice, and will make a public
announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next
business day after the effectiveness of such Post-effective Amendment. Such
notice and public announcement shall set forth the new Expiration Date, which
new Expiration Date shall be no less than five days after the then applicable
Expiration Date.
 
CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of
Old Notes being tendered for exchange. However, the Exchange Offer is subject to
the condition that it does not violate any applicable law or interpretation of
the staff of the Commission.
 
     Further, as a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each
Holder of Old Notes (including, without limitation, any Holder who is a
Broker-Dealer) will be required to furnish a written representation to the
Company and the Guarantors (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal
contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that
(i) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (ii) it is not engaged in, or does
not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person
to participate in, a distribution of the New Notes to be issued in the Exchange
Offer and (iii) it is acquiring the New Notes in its ordinary course of
business. Each Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution
of the New Notes will be required to acknowledge and agree that, if the resales
are of New Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Old Notes acquired
directly from the Company or an affiliate thereof, it (1) could not, under
Securities and Exchange Commission policy as in effect on the date of the
Registration Rights Agreement, rely on the position of the Commission enunciated
in Morgan Stanley and Co., Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon
Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the
Commission's letter to Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993) and K-III
Communications Corporation (available May 14, 1993), or similar no-action or
interpretive letters, and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Exchange Act in connection with a secondary resale
transaction and that such a secondary sale transaction must be covered by an
effective registration statement containing the selling security holder
information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K,
unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available.
 
     In addition, each Holder of Old Notes will be required to furnish a written
representation to the Company and the Guarantors (which may be contained in the
Letter of Transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement)
to the effect that they are either (A) a "qualified
 
                                       32
<PAGE>

institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act,
(B) an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning of subparagraph
(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act or (C) a non-U.S.
person within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act.
 
TERMINATION OF CERTAIN RIGHTS
 
   
     The Registration Rights Agreement provides that, subject to certain
exceptions, in the event of a Registration Default (as defined herein), Holders
of Old Notes are entitled to receive Liquidated Damages. A Registration Default
will be deemed to have occurred if (i) any registration statement required by
the Registration Rights Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior
to the applicable filing deadline, (ii) any registration statement has not been
declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the applicable effectiveness
deadline, (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been consummated within 30 days after
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is first declared effective by the
Commission or (iv) any registration statement required by the Registration
Rights Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to
be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose without being
succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Registration
Statement that cures such failure and that is itself declared effective
immediately. Liquidated Damages shall be calculated as an amount equal to $.05
per week per $1,000 in principal amount of Old Notes held by a Holder for each
week or portion thereof that the Registration Default continues (amounting to an
aggregate of $1,000 per day for the $140.0 million principal amount of Notes
outstanding) for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of
such Registration Default. The amount of liquidated damages shall increase by an
additional $.05 per week per $1,000 in principal amount of Old Notes with
respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have
been cured, up to a maximum amount of liquidated damages of $.50 per week per
$1,000 in principal amount of Old Notes. As a result of the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part not yet having been declared
effective by the Commission, Liquidated Damages are accruing, currently at the
rate of $2,000 per day in the aggregate for the $140.0 million principal amount
of Notes outstanding. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed consummated upon the
occurrence of the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture
of New Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal
amount of Old Notes that are validly tendered by holders thereof pursuant to the
Exchange Offer. See "Description of New Notes -- Registration Rights --
Liquidated Damages."
    
 
ACCRUED INTEREST ON THE OLD NOTES
 
     The New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 9 3/4% per annum from
and including their date of issuance. Holders whose Old Notes are accepted for
exchange will have the right to receive interest accrued thereon from the date
of their original issuance or the last Interest Payment Date, as applicable, to,
but not including, the date of issuance of the New Notes, such interest to be
payable with the first interest payment on the New Notes. Interest on the Old
Notes accepted for exchange, which interest accrued at the rate of 9 3/4% per
annum, will cease to accrue on the day prior to the issuance of the New Notes.
See "Description of New Notes -- General."
 
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES
 
     The tender of a Holder's Old Notes as set forth below and the acceptance
thereof by the Company will constitute a binding agreement between the tendering
Holder and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in
this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal. Except as set
forth below, a Holder who wishes to tender Old Notes for exchange pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must transmit such Old Notes, together with a properly
completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, including all other documents
required by such Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at the address set
forth on the back cover page of this Prospectus prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Expiration Date. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, LETTERS
OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF
THE HOLDER. IF SUCH DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL,
PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY
MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED
 
                                       33
<PAGE>

THAT THE HOLDER USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES,
SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY.
 
     Each signature on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed unless the Old Notes surrendered for exchange
pursuant hereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder of the Old Notes who has
not completed either the box entitled "Special Exchange Instructions" or the box
entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" in the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) by
an Eligible Institution (as defined). In the event that a signature on a Letter
of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, is required to be
guaranteed, such guarantee must be by a firm which is a member of a registered
national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, a commercial bank or
trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or
otherwise be an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (collectively, "Eligible Institutions"). If the
Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of
the Old Notes, the Old Notes surrendered for exchange must either (i) be
endorsed by the registered holder, with the signature thereon guaranteed by an
Eligible Institution or (ii) be accompanied by a bond power, in satisfactory
form as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, duly executed by the
registered holder, with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution. The term "registered holder" as used herein with respect to the Old
Notes means any person in whose name the Old Notes are registered on the books
of the Registrar.
 
     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be
determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be
final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all
Old Notes not properly tendered and to reject any Old Notes the Company's
acceptance of which might, in the judgment of the Company or its counsel, be
unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or
irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to particular Old Notes
either before or after the Expiration Date (including the right to waive the
ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Old Notes in the Exchange
Offer). The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer
(including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) by the
Company shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or
irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes for exchange must be
cured within such period of time as the Company shall determine. The Company
will use reasonable efforts to give notification of defects or irregularities
with respect to tenders of Old Notes for exchange but shall not incur any
liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of the Old Notes will
not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or
waived.
 
     If any Letter of Transmittal, endorsement, bond power, power of attorney or
any other document required by the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a trustee,
executor, corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such person should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the
Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company, in its sole discretion, of
such person's authority to so act must be submitted.
 
     Any beneficial owner of the Old Notes (a "Beneficial Owner") whose Old
Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust
company or other nominee and who wishes to tender Old Notes in the Exchange
Offer should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such
registered holder to tender on such Beneficial Owner's behalf. If such
Beneficial Owner wishes to tender directly, such Beneficial Owner must, prior to
completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and tendering Old Notes, make
appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such
Beneficial Owner's name. Beneficial Owners should be aware that the transfer of
registered ownership may take considerable time.
 
     By tendering, each registered holder will represent to the Company that,
among other things (i) the New Notes to be acquired in connection with the
Exchange Offer by the Holder and each Beneficial Owner of the Old Notes are
being acquired by the Holder and each Beneficial Owner in the ordinary course of
business of the Holder and each Beneficial Owner, (ii) the Holder and each
Beneficial Owner are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have
no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the
distribution of the New Notes, (iii) the Holder and each Beneficial Owner
acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for
 
                                       34
<PAGE>

the purpose of distributing the New Notes must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a
secondary resale transaction of the New Notes acquired by such person and cannot
rely on the position of the staff of the Commission set forth in no-action
letters that are discussed herein under "Resales of New Notes," (iv) that if the
Holder is a broker-dealer that acquired Old Notes as a result of market making
or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
resale of New Notes acquired in the Exchange Offer, (v) the Holder and each
Beneficial Owner understand that a secondary resale transaction described in
clause (iii) above should be covered by an effective registration statement
containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of
Regulation S-K of the Commission, and (vi) neither the Holder nor any Beneficial
Owner is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the
Company except as otherwise disclosed to the Company in writing. In connection
with a book-entry transfer, each participant will confirm that it makes the
representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal.
 
     Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.  Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes
and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver
their Old Notes or any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal to
the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date (or complete the procedure for
book-entry transfer on a timely basis), may tender their Old Notes according to
the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Letter of Transmittal.
Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through an
Eligible Institution and a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as defined in the
Letter of Transmittal) must be signed by such Holder, (ii) on or prior to the
Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the Holder and the
Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the
name and address of the Holder, the certificate number or numbers of the
tendered Old Notes, and the principal amount of tendered Old Notes, stating that
the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three business
days after the date of delivery of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the
tendered Old Notes, a duly executed Letter of Transmittal and any other required
documents will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent,
and (iii) such properly completed and executed documents required by the Letter
of Transmittal and the tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or
confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at DTC) must be received by the Exchange Agent within three
business days after the Expiration Date. Any Holder who wishes to tender Old
Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure
that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and Letter of
Transmittal relating to such Old Notes prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the Expiration Date.
 
     Book-Entry Delivery.  The Exchange Agent will establish an account with
respect to the Old Notes at the DTC ("Book-Entry Transfer Facility") for
purposes of the Exchange Offer promptly after the date of this Prospectus. Any
financial institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility's system may make book-entry delivery of the Old Notes by causing such
facility to transfer Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account in accordance
with such facility's procedure for such transfer. Even though delivery of Old
Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's
account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, a properly completed and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof), with
any required signature guarantees, or an Agent's Message (as defined below) in
connection with a book-entry transfer, and other documents required by the
Letter of Transmittal, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the
Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth on the back cover of this
Prospectus before the Expiration Date, or the guaranteed delivery procedure set
forth above must be followed. Delivery of the Letter of Transmittal and any
other required documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute
delivery to the Exchange Agent. The term "Agent's Message" means a message
transmitted by the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to, and received by, the
Exchange Agent and forming a part of a book-entry confirmation, which states
that such Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received an express acknowledgment
from the participant in such Book-Entry Transfer Facility tendering the Old
Notes that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of
the Letter of Transmittal and that the Company may enforce such agreement
against such participant.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>

ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF NEW NOTES
 
     Upon satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions to the Exchange Offer,
the Company will accept any and all Old Notes that are properly tendered in the
Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
The New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be delivered as soon as
practicable after acceptance of the Old Notes. For purposes of the Exchange
Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes,
when, as, and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the
Exchange Agent.
 
     In all cases, issuances of New Notes for Old Notes that are accepted for
exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt
by the Exchange Agent of such Old Notes, a properly completed and duly executed
Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents (or of confirmation of a
book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC);
provided, however, that the Company reserves the absolute right to waive any
defects or irregularities in the tender or conditions of the Exchange Offer. If
any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for any reason, such unaccepted Old
Notes will be returned without expense to the tendering Holder thereof as
promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange
Offer.
 
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
 
     Tenders of the Old Notes may be withdrawn by delivery of a written notice
to the Exchange Agent, at its address set forth on the back cover page of this
Prospectus, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the
person having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii)
identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or
numbers and principal amount of such Old Notes, as applicable), (iii) be signed
by the Holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of
Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required
signature guarantees) or be accompanied by a bond power in the name of the
person withdrawing the tender, in satisfactory form as determined by the Company
in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder, with the
signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution together with the other
documents required upon transfer by the Indenture, and (iv) specify the name in
which such Old Notes are to be re-registered, if different from the Depositor,
pursuant to such documents of transfer. Any questions as to the validity, form
and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined
by the Company, in its sole discretion. The Old Notes so withdrawn will be
deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the
Exchange Offer. Any Old Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which
are withdrawn will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such Holder
as soon as practicable after withdrawal. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be
retendered by following one of the procedures described under "The Exchange
Offer -- Procedures for Tendering Old Notes" at any time on or prior to the
Expiration Date.
 
THE EXCHANGE AGENT; ASSISTANCE
 
     The Bank of New York is the Exchange Agent. All tendered Old Notes,
executed Letters of Transmittal and other related documents should be directed
to the Exchange Agent. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for
additional copies of the Prospectus, the Letter of Transmittal and other related
documents should be addressed to the Exchange Agent as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                       <C>
 By Registered or Certified Mail:      By Hand/Overnight      Facsimile Transmission:
                                            Express:
       The Bank of New York           The Bank of New York        (212) 815-6339
        101 Barclay Street           101 Barclay Street, 7E
 Corporate Trust Services Window    New York, New York 10286    To confirm receipt:
           Ground Level                    Attention:             (212) 815-5924
     New York, New York 10286            Reorganization
     Attention: Jackie Warren               Section

</TABLE>
 
                                       36
<PAGE>

SOLICITATION OF TENDERS; FEES AND EXPENSES
 
     No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representation in connection with the Exchange Offer other than those contained
in this Prospectus. If given or made, such information or representations should
not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company. Neither the
delivery of this Prospectus nor any exchange made hereunder shall, under any
circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the
affairs of the Company since the respective dates as of which information is
given herein. The Exchange Offer is not being made to (nor will offers be
accepted from or on behalf of) holders of Notes in any jurisdiction in which the
making of the Exchange Offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in
compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction. However, the Company may, at its
discretion, take such action as it may deem necessary to make the Exchange Offer
in any such jurisdiction and extend the Exchange Offer to holders of Notes in
such jurisdiction.
 
     All expenses incident to the Company's consummation of the Exchange Offer
and compliance with the Registration Rights Agreement will be borne by the
Company, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees
(including, without limitation, fees and expenses of compliance with state
securities laws), (ii) printing expenses (including, without limitation,
expenses of printing certificates for the New Notes in a form eligible for
deposit with DTC and of printing Prospectuses), (iii) messenger, telephone and
delivery expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and
the Guarantors, (v) fees and disbursements of independent certified public
accountants, (vi) rating agency fees, (vii) internal expenses of the Company and
the Guarantors (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of
officers and employees of the Company performing legal or accounting duties),
and (ix) fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing, if any, of
the New Notes on a securities exchange.
 
     The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptance of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay the
Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse
it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
     The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old Notes,
as reflected in the Company's accounting records on the date of the exchange.
Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by the Company for accounting
purposes. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be amortized over the term of
the New Notes.
 
RESALES OF THE NEW NOTES
 
     Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that the New
Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer to a Holder in exchange for Old
Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by such Holder
(other than (i) a broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes directly from the
Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other
available exemption under the Securities Act, or (ii) a person that is an
affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions
of the Securities Act, provided that the Holder is acquiring the New Notes in
the ordinary course of business and is not participating, and has no arrangement
or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the New
Notes. The Company has not requested or obtained an interpretive letter from the
Commission staff with respect to this Exchange Offer, and the Company and the
Holders are not entitled to rely on interpretive advice provided by the staff to
other persons, which advice was based on the facts and conditions represented in
such letters. However, the Exchange Offer is being conducted in a manner
intended to be consistent with the facts and conditions represented in such
letters. If any Holder acquires New Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose
of distributing or participating in a distribution of the New Notes, such Holder
cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission
 
                                       37
<PAGE>

enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and
Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in
the Commission's letters to Shearman and Sterling (available July 2, 1993) and
K-III Communications Corporation (available May 14, 1993), or similar no-action
or interpretive letters and must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary
resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise
available. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in
exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market making or other trading activities, must acknowledge that
it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes.
The Company has agreed that for a period of 180 days after the effective date of
this Prospectus, it will make this Prospectus, as amended and supplemented,
available to any broker-dealer who receives New Notes in the Exchange Offer for
use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
 
     Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions
on transfer of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a
consequence of the offer or sale of the Old Notes pursuant to an exemption from,
or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Old Notes
may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except
pursuant to an exception from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable states securities laws. The Company does not
currently anticipate that it will register the Old Notes under the Securities
Act. See "Risk Factors -- Consequences of Failure to Exchange."
 
OTHER
 
     Participation in the Exchange Offer is voluntary, and holders of Old Notes
should carefully consider whether to participate. Holders of the Old Notes are
urged to consult their financial and tax advisers in making their own decisions
on what action to take.
 
     As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all
validly tendered Old Notes pursuant to the terms of, this Exchange Offer, the
Company will have fulfilled a covenant contained in the Registration Rights
Agreement. Holders of Old Notes who do not tender their Old Notes in the
Exchange Offer will continue to hold such Notes and will be entitled to all the
rights, and limitations applicable thereto, under the Indenture, except for any
such rights under the Registration Rights Agreement that by their terms
terminate or cease to have further effectiveness as a result of the making of
this Exchange Offer. See "Description of New Notes." All untendered Old Notes
will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the
Indenture. To the extent that Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the
Exchange Offer, the trading market for untendered Old Notes could be adversely
affected.
 
     The Company may in the future seek to acquire untendered Old Notes in open
market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers
or otherwise. The Company has no present plan to acquire any Old Notes which are
not tendered in the Exchange Offer.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The following table sets forth as of June 30, 1998 the capitalization of
the Company. This table should be read in conjunction with the historical
consolidated financial statements of the Company, together with the notes
thereto, and the information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere herein.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AS OF
                                                                 JUNE 30, 1998
                                                             ----------------------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>
Cash and cash equivalents..................................         $  2,214
Marketable securities......................................           39,898(1)
                                                                    --------
  Total....................................................         $ 42,112
                                                                    ========
 
Debt (including current maturities)
  Revolving Credit Facility................................         $  6,500
  Senior secured debt......................................           79,706
  Notes issued in the Offering.............................          140,000
                                                                    --------
     Total debt............................................          226,206
 
Total stockholder's equity.................................           72,612(1)
                                                                    --------
 
Total capitalization.......................................         $298,818
                                                                    ========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
   
(1) Includes $20.1 million of stockholder's equity (including unrealized
    appreciation on marketable securities of approximately $11.2 million) of
    Riverfront, which is not a Guarantor. As of October 23, 1998, such
    unrealized appreciation had declined by $9.8 million, to $1.4 million.
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>

   
                  UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL DATA
    
 
   
     The following unaudited pro forma condensed financial data (the "Pro Forma
Financial Data") have been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments
to the historical financial statements of the Company which give effect to the
Acquisition and the Offering as if they had been completed as of January 1,
1997. The Pro Forma Adjustments and Eliminations give effect to the November 20,
1997 acquisition of NPR's common stock by the Company.
    
 
   
     The unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December
31, 1997 assumes the Acquisition, the Refinancings and the Offering had occurred
as of January 1, 1997. The pro forma adjustments are described in the
accompanying notes. The Pro Forma Financial Data should be read in conjunction
with the historical financial statements of the Company and NPR and the notes
thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
                              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
                       CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      For the Year Ended December 31, 1997
                             (Dollars in thousands)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRO FORMA
                                                                                  ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                                      AND         COMPANY
                                                          COMPANY(a)     NPR      ELIMINATIONS   PRO FORMA
                                                          ----------   --------   ------------   ---------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>
Revenues................................................   $118,998    $245,341                  $364,339
Operating expenses......................................    100,584     239,865       7,724 (1)   343,012
                                                                                     (3,508)(2)
                                                                                     (1,653)(3)
                                                           --------    --------     -------      --------
Income (loss) from operations...........................     18,414       5,476      (2,563)       21,327
Interest expense, net...................................      9,211       5,973      13,650 (4)    19,610
                                                                                     (3,966)(4)
                                                                                     (5,683)(4)
                                                                                        425 (5)
Other (income)..........................................     (1,545)        500                    (1,045)
Miscellaneous expense (income), net.....................         (7)     (2,490)                   (2,497)
                                                           --------    --------     -------      --------
  Net income (loss).....................................   $ 10,755    $  1,493     $(6,989)     $  5,259
                                                           ========    ========     =======      ========
 
Calculation of EBITDA:
Operating income (loss).................................     18,414       5,476      (2,563)       21,327
Depreciation and amortization...........................      8,652      10,618      (3,508)       15,762
Nonrecurring other revenue..............................                 (3,000)                   (3,000)
                                                           --------    --------     -------      --------
EBITDA..................................................   $ 27,066    $ 13,094     $(6,071)     $ 34,089
                                                           ========    ========     =======      ========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
   
(a) Includes NPR from November 20, 1997, the date of its acquisition by the
    Company.
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>

   
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      For the Year Ended December 31, 1997
                             (Dollars in thousands)
    
 
(1) Pro forma adjustment reflects the operating lease payments to a related
    party of $738 per month related to the sale/leaseback transaction with a
    term of 60 months less amounts previously expensed in the historical
    accounts of NPR. In order to fund in part the Acquisition and the
    Refinancings, the Company entered into a sale/leaseback of certain NPR
    containers, gensets and chassis for consideration of $35 million that
    consisted of $24 million in cash and $11 million of a subordinated note
    issued to NPR. The Company has the option to terminate the lease after 48
    months and return the equipment for approximately $2.8 million.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DEBIT          CREDIT
                                                            --------       --------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>
Operating expenses...................................          7,724
</TABLE>
 
(2) Pro forma adjustment eliminates amortization on the capitalized overhaul
    costs and NPR's historical goodwill and reflects the change in depreciation
    and amortization expense resulting from (i) a new depreciable basis based on
    an independent valuation of NPR's fixed assets and (ii) a sale/leaseback
    transaction effected at the time of the Acquisition. (See Note 1)
 
<TABLE>
    Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment
    based on the new basis of $101,540 over estimated useful lives
    ranging from 5 to 15 years.                                          (7,110)
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
    Depreciation and amortization based on the historical cost
    basis per NPR's financial statements.....................            10,618
                                                                       --------
    Net decrease in depreciation and amortization............             3,508
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DEBIT          CREDIT
                                                                     --------       --------
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>
    Depreciation and amortization............................                         3,508
</TABLE>
 
(3) Pro forma adjustment eliminates the 1997 pension expenses and reflects the
    reduction or elimination of required contributions to the NPR defined
    benefit pension plan resulting from elimination of future benefit accruals
    as of January 31, 1998.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                             DEBIT          CREDIT
                                                            --------       --------
<S>                                                         <C>               <C>  
    Operating expenses...................................                     1,653

</TABLE>
 
(4) Pro forma adjustment reflects interest expense on the $140.0 million of the
    Notes and the elimination of Holt's and NPR's historical interest expense
    relating to the debt repaid in connection with the Acquisition and the
    Refinancings.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DEBIT          CREDIT
                                                            --------       --------
 <S>                                                         <C>            <C>
   Total interest expense on the Notes..............         13,650
    Holt's historical interest expense...............                         3,966
    NPR's historical interest expense................                         5,683
</TABLE>
 
     This adjustment does not include a $1.1 million expense relating to the
write-off of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the Refinancing.
 
(5) Pro forma adjustment reflects the amortization of $3.4 million of debt
    issuance costs associated with the Offering over an estimated useful life of
    eight years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DEBIT          CREDIT
                                                            --------       --------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>
    Interest expense.....................................        425
</TABLE>
 
   
(6) The relocation of NPR's northeastern port of call from Elizabeth, New
    Jersey, to the Packer Avenue Facility could result in a withdrawal liability
    estimated at $17.1 million plus interest, that the Company believes would be
    payable over an eight year period. The Company does not believe that it will
    incur such liability, and as such, no such liability is reflected in the Pro
    Forma Financial Data. See "Risk Factors -- Potential Withdrawal Liability at
    Port of New York."
    
 
                                       41

<PAGE>
                       SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following table sets forth the selected historical consolidated
financial and operating data of the Company as of and for each of the five years
ended December 31, 1997 which have been derived in part from the audited
historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and the notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected historical
consolidated financial and operating data as of and for the years ended December
31, 1993 and 1994 are also audited and not included elsewhere herein. The
selected historical consolidated financial and operating data of the Company for
the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and June 30, 1998 were derived from
the unaudited historical consolidated financial statements of the Company
included elsewhere herein, and include, in the opinion of management, all
adjustments necessary to present fairly the data for such periods. The results
of operations for the six months ended June 30, 1998 are not necessarily
indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the year ending
December 31, 1998 or for any future period. The data presented below should be
read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements of the
Company and the related notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere herein.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                SIX MONTHS
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                           ENDED JUNE 30,
                                         --------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                            1993         1994         1995         1996         1997         1997         1998
                                         ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA (1):
  Revenues.............................  $   50,235   $   54,409   $   69,350   $   73,076   $  118,998   $   44,797   $  187,619
  Operating expenses:
  Terminal expenses....................      20,149       13,102       19,753       24,125       30,431       12,542       55,133
  General and administrative
    expenses...........................       7,737        7,875        9,591        8,865       26,112        5,595       28,007
  Equipment maintenance................       5,277        7,722        9,470       10,720       15,796        6,011       24,554
  Insurance and safety.................       5,412        5,415        4,291        4,797        2,998        1,839        2,550
  Vessel...............................           0            0            0            0        5,815           --       23,723
  Transportation.......................       2,885        2,506        2,857        2,917        9,346        1,473       29,434
  Depreciation and amortization........       4,234        4,130        4,375        4,025        8,652        2,656        8,163
  Allowance for losses on advances to
    joint venture......................          --           --           --           --           --           --        2,910
  Other operating expenses.............       7,285        4,950        3,840        1,868        1,434          488          691
                                         ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Total operating expenses.............      52,979       45,700       54,177       57,317      100,584       30,604      175,165
                                         ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Operating income (loss)..............      (2,744)       8,709       15,173       15,759       18,414       14,193       12,454
  Interest expense, net................       5,340        6,090        7,875        8,154        9,211        4,126        9,338
  Other (income).......................      (1,905)      (1,256)         (19)        (694)      (1,552)      (1,548)      (5,778)
                                         ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Income before taxes..................      (6,180)       3,875        7,317        8,299       10,755       11,615        8,894
  (Provision for) recovery of income
    taxes..............................         556           44            0            0            0           --           --
                                         ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Net income (loss)....................  $   (5,624)  $    3,919   $    7,317   $    8,299   $   10,755   $   11,615   $    8,894
                                         ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD) (1):
  Fixed assets, net....................  $  102,357   $   85,327   $   87,013   $   90,056   $  194,427   $   95,565   $  193,909
  Total assets.........................     147,509      145,556      164,754      172,479      382,378      198,630      397,387
  Total debt...........................      94,802       88,993       97,159       99,203      213,433      110,318      226,206
  Stockholder's equity.................      35,786       38,455       44,172       49,422       72,729       64,497       72,612
OTHER DATA(1):
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    (2)................................          --(3)       1.4x        1.7x         1.7x         1.6x         3.0x         1.5x
  EBITDA (4)...........................  $    1,490   $   12,839   $   19,548   $   19,784   $   27,066   $   16,849   $   20,617
  EBITDA margin (4)....................        3.0%        23.6%        28.2%        27.1%        22.7%        37.6%        11.0%
  Cash flows provided by (used in)
    operating activities...............      (2,925)      (4,039)      (2,810)      17,205       24,533       25,417       15,166
  Cash flows provided by (used in)
    investing activities...............      (7,589)      (9,743)      (3,249)     (16,365)     (87,614)     (28,682)     (25,178)
  Cash flows provided by (used in)
    financing activities...............     (11,917)      (7,060)       6,426       (1,419)      67,918        7,075        4,221
  Capital expenditures.................  $    6,412   $   11,922   $    6,034   $    6,936        9,674        8,114       10,235
  Number of ship calls.................         270          317          481          706          689          376          460
  Tonnage of cargo handled.............   1,284,814    1,251,160    3,099,226    5,048,135    5,456,721        1,137        1,437
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
   
(1) Includes NPR from November 20, 1997, the date of its acquisition by the
    Company. Also includes Riverfront, which is not a Guarantor, and which owns
    the ACL Shares. At December 31, 1997, Riverfront had total assets of $44.1
    million and stockholder's equity of $20.0 million (including unrealized
    appreciation on marketable securities of $16.6 million). For the year ended
    December 31, 1997, Riverfront had dividends from marketable securities of
    $1.6 million and net income of $1.0 million. At June 30, 1997 and 1998,
    Riverfront had total assets of $34.8 million and $44.5 million,
    respectively, and stockholder's equity of $10.6 million and $20.1 million,
    respectively (including unrealized appreciation on marketable securities of
    $6.8 million and $11.2 million, respectively). During the six months ended
    June 30, 1997 and 1998, Riverfront had dividends from marketable securities
    of $1.6 million and $5.8 million respectively, (which is not included in
    revenues) and net income of $1.4 million and $5.4 million, respectively
    (which is not included in operating income). As of the end of and for all
    other periods presented (i.e. 1993-1996), Riverfront had no material amount
    of assets, stockholder's equity, revenues or net income. See "Prospectus
    Summary -- Investment in Atlantic Container Line AB."
    
 
   
(2) For purposes of this computation, fixed charges consist of interest expense,
    amortization of deferred financing costs and one-third of rental expenses,
    representing an approximation of that portion of rental expenses
    attributable to interest. Earnings consist of income before income taxes,
    extraordinary items and cumulative effect of changes in accounting
    principles, plus fixed charges.
    
 
   
    
   
(3) Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $6.2 million in 1993.
    
 
   
(4) The term EBITDA as used herein represents operating income plus depreciation
    and amortization, adjusted to exclude certain non-recurring revenues and
    expenses. EBITDA has been presented because the Company believes it is
    commonly used in this or a similar format by investors to analyze and
    compare operating performance and to determine a company's ability to
    service and/or incur debt. However, EBITDA should not be considered in
    isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flow from operations or
    any other measure of income or cash flow that is prepared in accordance with
    generally accepted accounting principles, or as a measure of a company's
    profitability or liquidity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial
    statements of Holt and NPR and the related notes thereto included elsewhere
    in this Prospectus.
    
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                     NPR SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following table sets forth the selected historical consolidated
financial and operating data of NPR for the period beginning March 3, 1995 and
ended December 31, 1995, the year ended January 5, 1997 and the period beginning
January 6, 1997 and ended November 20, 1997, which have been derived in part
from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of NPR and the
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The data presented below
should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial
statements of NPR and the related notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere
herein.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     MARCH 3, 1995                          JANUARY 6, 1997
                                                          TO              YEAR ENDED              TO
                                                   DECEMBER 31, 1995    JANUARY 5, 1997    NOVEMBER 20, 1997
                                                   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA (1):
  Revenue........................................      $233,767            $269,097            $245,341
 
  Operating expenses:
  Vessel.........................................        48,012              48,941              43,915
  Cargo handling.................................        49,006              57,662              50,287
  Terminal.......................................        55,010              56,145              52,793
  Transportation.................................        34,512              49,535              42,144
  Selling, general and administrative............        42,922              48,644              40,108
  Depreciation and amortization..................        10,699              14,524              10,618
                                                       --------            --------            --------
  Total operating expenses.......................       240,161             275,451             239,865
                                                       --------            --------            --------
  Operating income (loss)........................        (6,394)             (6,354)              5,476
                                                       --------            --------            --------
 
  Other (income) expenses:
  Interest expense, net..........................         5,812               7,171               5,973
  Other, net.....................................           (33)             (1,407)              1,990
                                                       --------            --------            --------
  Total other (income) expense...................         5,779               8,578               3,983
                                                       --------            --------            --------
  Net income (loss)..............................      $(12,173)           $(14,932)              1,493
                                                       ========            ========            ========
 
OTHER DATA:
  EBITDA (1).....................................      $  4,305            $  8,170            $ 13,094
  EBITDA margin..................................          1.8%                3.0%                5.3%
  Cash flows provided by (used in) operating
    activities...................................         6,429              (7,736)             15,662
  Cash flows provided by (used in) investing
    activities...................................       (63,352)              3,068               3,226
  Cash flows provided by (used in) financing
    activities...................................        58,946               4,495             (18,812)
  Capital expenditures...........................      $    534            $  3,342                 854
  Total container volume transportated...........        97,641             115,595             107,156
  Southbound container volume transported........        72,330              84,426              77,235
  Northbound container volume transported........        25,311              31,169              29,921
  Average ocean revenue/container................      $  2,337            $  2,293               2,199
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
  Fixed assets, net..............................      $101,447            $ 94,249            $ 83,446
  Total assets...................................       161,035             146,135             130,603
  Total debt.....................................        49,485              58,717              40,613
  Shareholders' equity (deficit).................         2,890             (11,989)            (10,546)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
(1) The term EBITDA as used herein represents operating income plus depreciation
    and amortization, adjusted to exclude certain non-recurring revenues and
    expenses. EBITDA has been presented because the Company believes it is
    commonly used in this or a similar format by investors to analyze and
    compare operating performance and to determine a company's ability to
    service and/or incur debt. However, EBITDA should not be considered in
    isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash flow from operations or
    any other measure of income or cash flow that is prepared in accordance with
    generally accepted accounting principles, or as a measure of a company's
    profitability or liquidity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial
    statements of the Company and NPR and the related notes thereto included
    elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
     The following should be read in conjunction with the "Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Financial Data" and the historical consolidated financial statements
of the Company and the historical consolidated financial statements of NPR and
the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
OVERVIEW
 
     Holt began operations in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania in 1926 as a one
man/one truck cargo hauling operation run by its founder, Leo A. Holt, Sr. In
the early 1950s, Holt entered the warehousing business with the acquisition of
its first warehouse in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. As management of Holt passed
from the founder to his sons, Leo A. Holt, Jr. and Thomas J. Holt, Sr., Holt
continued to expand its warehousing business with the acquisition of additional
warehouses in Philadelphia and Camden, New Jersey. In 1967, Holt entered the
stevedoring business through the acquisition of the Gloucester Facility. Holt
has continued the expansion of its services since then through upgrades of its
existing facilities and additions of new facilities. In 1973, Holt broadened the
types of cargo it handled to include perishables, including meat and fruit, by
acquiring its first refrigerated warehouse. In recognition of a significant
trend toward containerization in the cargo transportation business, Holt
undertook a major construction program from 1977 to 1984 that enabled the
Gloucester Facility to handle containerized cargo. Upon the retirement of Leo A.
Holt, Jr. in 1982, Thomas J. Holt, Sr. became the majority stockholder of Holt,
and Thomas J. Holt, Sr. currently owns 100% of the capital stock of the Company.
The Packer Avenue Facility, owned by an agency of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, is leased by AHI pursuant to a lease expiring in 2040, including
all renewal options. AHI subleases the Packer Avenue Facility to Holt. See "Risk
Factors -- Related Entity Transactions" and "Certain Transactions." In 1991,
Holt consolidated its container operations at the Packer Avenue Facility. In
1993, Holt began to lease the Gloucester Facility to Lessee-Operators. In 1994,
Holt established a base in the port of Wilmington, Delaware through its
formation of Murphy Marine Services, Inc. ("Murphy Marine") which, subsequent to
its acquisition of Wilmington Stevedores, Inc. in July 1995, has grown to become
that port's largest stevedore.
 
     Holt has been an innovator in the methods of properly handling refrigerated
cargo, enabling the Lessee-Operators to reduce labor costs and pass through some
of their savings to their customers. In 1994, Holt implemented an intra-terminal
transit system to directly discharge refrigerated cargo in one movement from the
ship into the warehouse via a transit shed, while maintaining the product at a
constant temperature. This bypasses the need to truck the cargo from the pier to
an offsite warehouse, which helps minimize handling costs. Holt has constructed
three warehouse extensions to existing transit sheds, one each in 1994, 1996 and
1997. The implementation of this system has resulted in increases in rental fees
paid to Holt by the Lessee-Operators at the Gloucester Facility, as customers
find it increasingly attractive to transport and store their refrigerated cargo
through that facility.
 
     In addition, CTS is available at the Holt Facilities and utilizes a special
bar-coding technology that provides customers with an innovative tracking system
for their cargo. The system is especially effective when the cargo is unitized
or characterized by contents of different weights, moisture content, or other
unique characteristics.
 
     Today, Holt offers a broad range of services, including stevedoring,
warehousing and inland trucking of cargo. Holt also leases port facilities to
the Lessee-Operators at the Gloucester Facility. Through their operations at the
Holt Facilities, the Company and its Lessee-Operators handle various types of
cargoes, including refrigerated perishables, wood, steel, automobiles and
containerized cargo. Stevedoring and warehousing services are billed on a per
container basis for containerized cargo and a per weight or per unit basis for
breakbulk cargo. Holt's stevedoring services, which are charged for each
movement of cargo, consist of the loading or unloading of a ship and may include
pick-up of cargo from or delivery of cargo to, a destination in the marine
terminal. Fees for Holt's warehousing services, which consist of the handling
and storage of cargo, are based on a handling charge (both in
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
and out of the warehouse) and a storage charge. Holt's trucking services are
billed on either a tonnage or a per load basis. In addition, the Gloucester
Facility is leased to the Lessee-Operators for periods of one to five years on
the basis of a fixed lease charge and, in some cases, a variable charge based on
the tonnage of cargo moved through the marine terminal. Holt also receives
revenues from ancillary activities, such as the maintenance and repair of
customer equipment.
 
   
     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the Company's
revenues, in thousands of dollars, by type of revenue and as a percentage of
total revenues:
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                ----------------------------------------------------------
                                     1995                 1996                  1997
                                ---------------      ---------------      ----------------
                                   $        %           $        %           $         %
                                -------   -----      -------   -----      --------   -----
<S>                             <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Stevedoring..................   $44,993    64.9%     $44,001    60.2%       44,481    37.4%
Warehousing..................     9,847    14.2%       9,984    13.7%       11,887    10.0%
Inland trucking..............     2,477     3.6%       2,779     3.8%        3,285     2.8%
Other operating revenues.....     2,224     3.2%       1,039     1.4%        1,269     1.1%
Rental income................     8,385    12.1%      14,995    20.5%       24,007    20.1%
Ocean revenues...............        --      --           --      --        31,404    26.4%
Other........................       674     1.0%         269      .4%        2,610     2.2%
Revenue from nonconsolidated
  affiliates.................       750     1.0%          19      --%           55      --%
                                -------   -----      -------   -----      --------   -----
Total revenues...............   $69,350   100.0%     $73,076   100.0%     $118,998   100.0%
                                =======   =====      =======   =====      ========   =====
 
<CAPTION>
                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                               -------------------------------------
                                    1997                  1998
                               ---------------      ----------------
                                  $        %           $         %
                               -------   -----      --------   -----
<S>                            <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Stevedoring..................  $24,183    54.0%     $ 24,434    13.0%
Warehousing..................    6,618    14.8%        8,295     4.4%
Inland trucking..............    1,686     3.8%        2,016     1.1%
Other operating revenues.....       --      --%           --      --%
Rental income................   11,564    25.8%       16,116     8.6%
Ocean revenues...............       --      --%      130,501    69.6%
Other........................      146      .3%        6,257     3.3%
Revenue from nonconsolidated
  affiliates.................      600     1.3%           --      --%
                               -------   -----      --------   -----
Total revenues...............  $44,797   100.0%     $187,619   100.0%
                               =======   =====      ========   =====
</TABLE>
    
 
     Holt's major operating expense categories are as follows: (i) terminal;
(ii) general and administrative; (iii) equipment maintenance; (iv)
insurance/safety; and (v) transportation. Holt's terminal expenses consist
primarily of labor charges related to stevedoring and warehousing. General and
administrative expenses are comprised, for the most part, of corporate overhead.
Holt's equipment maintenance expenses are routine expenses which include the
maintenance of Holt's forklifts, cranes, truck, tractors, trailers, etc. The
insurance/safety expense provides for Holt's cost of insurance or claims filed
against it. Finally, Holt's transportation expense is comprised of the costs
associated with Holt's trucking operations, including labor, fuel, maintenance
and other expenses associated with its own fleet and fees paid to owner
operators.
 
     In November 1997, the Company entered the marine transportation business
through the acquisition of NPR, whose predecessor was formed in 1974 by the
Puerto Rico Government in recognition of the vital importance of maritime
transportation to the economic development of Puerto Rico. When NPR's
predecessor commenced operations, it had a virtual monopoly. Over time, however,
the reemergence of competition, bureaucratic management and periodic turnover in
political administrations negatively affected its competitive position and
operating performance. In November 1992, the Puerto Rico Government began
publicly evaluating the merits of liquidating or divesting its interest in the
shipping business. Uncertainty surrounding the Puerto Rico Government's
intentions and the possibility of liquidation provided competitors with the
opportunity to increase their market shares. In March 1995, an investor group,
including certain members of NPR management, purchased NPR's business from the
Puerto Rico Government in the Privatization.
 
   
     Since the Privatization, NPR's management has implemented various programs
to improve its operating performance. During 1997, NPR transported approximately
31.8% of the fully containerized cargo carried between the United States and
Puerto Rico, as compared to approximately 26.8% of such cargo during 1996.
Following the Privatization, NPR's management reduced operating costs by (i)
decreasing vessel expenses by reducing the number of vessels in operation from
five to four and reducing the number of ports of call in the United States from
five to two, while at the same time increasing the aggregate volume of cargo
carried, (ii) consolidating customer service activities into one service center
located in Tampa, Florida, (iii) trimming other corporate overhead by reducing
headcount from 676 at the time of the Privatization to 448 at December 31, 1997,
(iv) reducing intermodal transportation costs through the commitment of high
cargo volumes to railroads and trucking companies, (v) reducing advertising
costs and (vi) eliminating excess container capacity.
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>

   
     NPR provides service three times per week between San Juan, Puerto Rico and
the United States via the port of Jacksonville, Florida and weekly service
between San Juan and the ports of Miami, Florida and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
In addition, through charter arrangements, NPR provides service three times a
week between San Juan and the Dominican Republic and, through a slot charter
arrangement, also services the Caribbean island of Trinidad and the United
States Virgin Islands.

     NPR's ocean revenues are realized primarily through its northbound and
southbound ocean freight operations. In general, NPR bases its pricing on (i)
direction of the cargo (i.e. northbound or southbound), (ii) type of commodity
transported, (iii) destination of the transported cargo and (iv) market
conditions. In addition, a majority of the cargo transported by NPR in 1997 was
subject to time volume agreements ("TVAs") or fixed rate contracts which provide
NPR's customers with rates which are lower than NPR's "any quantity" tariff
rates, so long as the customer agrees to ship a minimum quantity of cargo over a
specified time period. NPR generates other revenues through third party
stevedoring in San Juan and demurrage (penalties assessed against customers for
holding NPR equipment beyond the contracted period).

     NPR's operating expenses can be broadly categorized as follows: (i) vessel,
(ii) cargo handling, (iii) terminal, (iv) transportation and (v) selling,
general and administrative. Vessel expenses are directly attributable to the
operation and/or dry docking of vessels such as fuel expenses, crew wages and
repair costs. Cargo handling expenses are comprised of all of the costs
associated with loading and unloading a vessel, including stevedoring charges,
port assessments, wharfage and dockage. Terminal expenses include expenses
associated with NPR's land-based operations, including facilities and equipment
maintenance and repairs, warehousing, etc. Transportation expenses are all the
expenses associated with the in-land movement of cargo off-site via rail or
truck. Finally, selling, general and administrative expenses are comprised of
NPR's corporate overhead as well as its marketing expenditures.
    
 
                                       46
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY
 
     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the Company's
actual operating results in thousands of dollars and as a percentage of total
revenues:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                             SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                             ---------------------------------------------------------      -------------------------------------
                                  1995                 1996                 1997                 1997                  1998
                             ---------------      ---------------      ---------------      ---------------      ----------------
                                $        %           $        %           $        %           $        %           $         %
                             -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      --------   -----
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                          <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating revenues........   $59,541    85.9%     $57,803    79.1%      92,326    77.6%     $32,487    72.5%     $165,246    88.1%
Rental income.............     8,385    12.0       14,995    20.5       24,007    20.2       11,564    25.8        16,116     8.6
Other revenues............       674     1.0          269     0.4        2,610     2.2          146     0.3         6,257     3.3
Revenues from
  non-consolidated
  affiliates..............       750     1.1            9      --           55      --          600     1.4            --      --
                             -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      --------   -----
Total revenues............    69,350   100.0       73,076   100.0      118,998   100.0       44,797   100.0       187,619   100.0
                             -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      --------   -----
 
Operating expenses:
  Terminal................    19,753    28.5       24,125    33.0       30,431    25.6       12,542    28.0        55,133    29.4
  General and
    administrative........     9,591    13.8        8,865    12.1       26,112    21.9        5,595    12.5        28,007    14.9
  Equipment maintenance...     9,470    13.7       10,720    14.7       15,796    13.3        6,011    13.4        24,554    13.1
  Insurance and safety....     4,291     6.2        4,797     6.6        2,998     2.5        1,839     4.1         2,550     1.4
  Vessel..................        --      --           --      --        5,815     4.9           --      --        23,723    12.6
  Transportation..........     2,857     4.1        2,917     4.0        9,346     7.9        1,473     3.3        29,434    15.7
  Depreciation and
    amortization..........     4,375     6.3        4,025     5.5        8,652     7.3        2,656     5.9         8,163     4.4
  Allowances for losses on
    advances to joint
    venture...............        --      --           --      --           --      --           --      --         2,910     1.6
  Other operating
    expenses..............     3,840     5.5        1,868     2.6        1,434     1.2          488     1.1           691     0.3
                             -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      --------   -----
    Total operating
      expenses............    54,177    78.1       57,317    78.4      100,584    84.5       30,604    68.3       175,165    93.4
                             -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      --------   -----
Operating income..........   $15,173    21.9%     $15,759    21.6%     $18,414    15.5%     $14,193    31.7%     $ 12,454     6.6%
                             -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      -------   -----      --------   -----
Net income................   $ 7,317    10.6%     $ 8,299    11.4%     $10,755     9.0%     $11,615    25.9%     $  8,894     4.7%
                             =======   =====      =======   =====      =======   =====      =======   =====      ========   =====
 
Calculation of EBITDA:
  Operating income........    15,173               15,759               18,414               14,193                12,454
  Depreciation and
    amortization..........     4,375                4,025                8,652                2,656                 8,163
    EBITDA................    19,548    28.2       19,784    27.1       27,066    22.7       16,849    37.6        20,617    11.0
</TABLE>
    
 
   
  SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
    
 
   
     Revenues.  Revenues increased to $187.6 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998 from $44.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, an
increase of $142.8 million, or 318.8%. This increase was attributable primarily
to the inclusion of $130.5 million of ocean freight revenue due to the
acquisition of NPR. For the six months ended June 30, 1998, total loads from
ocean freight operations was 62,115 loads from 59,981 loads for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 prior to the acquisition of NPR, an increase of 2,134 loads.
The increase in loads was offset by lower revenue per unit due to rate pressure
in the US-Puerto Rico trade routes. This competitive rate pressure is expected
to continue to impact NPR's revenues for the foreseeable future. Trucking,
warehousing and stevedoring revenue also increased $2.4 million due to increased
vessel calls and container handling.
    
 
   
     Rental income increased to $16.1 million for the six months ended June 30,
1998 from $11.6 million for the comparable period in 1997, an increase of $4.5
million, or 38.8%. This increase was attributable to additional facility space
which was placed in service during the second quarter of 1997 which resulted in
increased revenues of $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998. The
remaining $2.8 million increase was due to increased leasing revenues from the
Lessee-Operators at the Gloucester Facility associated with increased tonnage of
cargo handled due to the more efficient intra-terminal handling system for
refrigerated cargo combined with the continued roll-out of the CTS bar-coding
system as well as increased storage and handling capacity due to additional
facility space as noted above.
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>


     The remaining increase of $5.3 million was due primarily to the inclusion
of third party stevedoring revenues at the San Juan terminal due to the
acquisition of NPR and was comparable to NPR's third party stevedoring revenues
for the six months ended June 30, 1997, prior to acquisition.

     Terminal Expenses.  Terminal expenses increased to $55.1 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1998 from $12.5 million for the six months ended June
30, 1997, an increase of $42.6 million, or 340.8%. Terminal expenses as
percentage of revenues were 29.4% for the 1998 period compared to 28.0% for the
1997 period. This increase was primarily attributable to $38.2 million of
expenses associated with NPR's Jacksonville, San Juan and Gloucester terminal
operations. The remaining $4.4 million increase was due to the transfer of
stevedoring costs from the Port of Elizabeth to the Packer Avenue facility which
resulted from changing ports of call. Other than increased expenses associated
with the operations of NPR, terminal expenses were unchanged for the six month
periods ending June 30, 1998 and 1997.

     General and Administrative Expenses.  General and administrative expenses
increased to $28.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998 from $5.6
million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, an increase of $22.4 million, or
400.0%. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were
14.9% for the 1998 period compared to 12.5% for the 1997 period. This increase
was attributable primarily to the inclusion of $21.7 million of general and
administrative expenses related to the operations of NPR. The remaining $0.7
million increase represents increases in professional fees associated with this
purchase.

     Equipment Maintenance Expenses.  Equipment maintenance expenses increased
to $24.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998 from $6.0 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1997, an increase of $18.6 million, or 310.0%.
Equipment maintenance expenses as a percentage of revenues were 13.1% for the
1998 period, compared to 13.4% for the 1997 period. This increase was primarily
attributable to $14.9 million of expenses associated with NPR's Jacksonville and
San Juan terminal operations. The remaining $3.7 million increase was due to the
transfer of equipment rental coasts from the Port of Elizabeth to the Packer
Avenue facility which resulted from changing ports of call. Other than increased
expenses associated with the acquisition of NPR, equipment maintenance expenses
were unchanged for the six months ending June 30, 1998 and 1997.

     Insurance and Safety Expenses.  Insurance and safety expenses increased to
$2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998 from $1.8 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1997, an increase of $0.8 million, or 44.4%. Insurance
and safety expenses as a percentage of revenues were 1.4% for the 1998 period
compared to 4.1% for the 1997 period. This increase was attributable primarily
to the inclusion of $0.7 million of insurance and safety expenses related to the
operations of NPR.

     Vessel.  Vessel expenses totaled $23.7 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998 and did not exist at June 30, 1997 as it was wholly attributable
to the acquisition of NPR.
 
   
     Transportation Expenses.  Transportation expenses increased to $29.4
million for the six months ended June 30, 1998 from $1.5 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1997, an increase of $27.9 million, or 1,860.0%.
Transportation expenses as a percentage of revenues were 15.7% for the 1998
period compared to 3.3% for the 1997 period. This increase was attributable to
$27.3 million of expenses associated with NPR's intermodal operations. In order
to remain competitive within the industry, NPR has absorbed a significant amount
of intermodal expenses which had historically been passed through and paid for
by NPR's customers. This practice is expected to continue. Other than increased
expenses associated with the operations of NPR, transportation expenses were
unchanged for the six month periods ending June 30, 1998 and 1997.

     Depreciation and Amortization Expenses.  Depreciation and amortization
expenses increased to $8.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 1998 from
$2.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, an increase of $5.5
million, for 203.7%. Depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of
revenues were 4.4% for the 1998 period compared to 5.9% for the 1997 period.
This increase was attributable to vessel depreciation of $4.2 million as well as
$1.2 million of amortization of financing costs. Losses on Investment in Joint
Venture.  
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>

   
     Losses on Investment in Joint Venture totaled $2.9 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1998. The Company expects to continue to incur an
immaterial amount of expenses relating to its minority interest in the TNX joint
venture until the completion of the wind-down of TNX's operations, scheduled for
the fourth quarter of 1998.
 
     Other Operating Expenses.  Other operating expenses, which consist of
operating taxes and licenses, traffic and sales expenses and charges from
Non-consolidated Affiliates, increased to $0.7 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998 from $0.5 for the six months ended June 30, 1997, an increase of
$0.2 million, or 40%. Other operating expenses as a percentage of revenues were
0.2% for 1998 and 0.9% for the 1997 period.
 
     Net Income.  Net income decreased to $8.9 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1998 from $11.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, a
decrease of $3.0 million, or 25%. Net income as a percentage of revenues was
4.7% for the 1998 period compared to 25.9% for the 1997 period. The decrease in
net income was primarily attributable to competitive pricing pressures which
have reduced ocean revenue per load and has caused Holt to absorb a significant
portion of its intermodal expenses. Additionally, for the six months ended June
30, 1998, Holt incurred a charge of $2.9 million for joint venture investment
losses as noted above. Dividend income totaling $5.8 million partially offset
the reductions described above.
 
     EBITDA.  EBITDA increased to $20.6 million for the six months ended June
30, 1998 from $16.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997, an increase
fo $3.7 million, for 21.9%. EBITDA as a percentage of revenues was 11.0% for the
1998 period compared to 37.7% for the 1997 period. The increase in EBITDA was
attributable to the changes in revenues and expenses as discussed above.
    

 
  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
     Revenues.  Revenues increased to $119.0 million in 1997 from $73.1 million
in 1996, an increase of $45.9 million, or 62.8%. Operating revenues increased
$34.5 million which was due primarily to the November 20, 1997 acquisition of
NPR which accounted for $31.4 million of the increase. Rental income increased
to $24.0 million for 1997 from $15.0 in 1996, an increase of $9.0 million, or
60%. This was due to increased leasing revenues from the Lessee-Operators at the
Gloucester Facility associated with increased tonnage of cargo handled and the
continued roll-out of a more efficient intra-terminal handling system. Other
revenue increased $2.3 million which was due to the acquisition of NPR which
accounted for $1.3 million due to demurrage and miscellaneous sales. The
remaining increase of $1.0 million was due to proceeds from the sale of scrap
materials.
 
   
     Terminal Expenses.  Terminal expenses increased to $30.4 million in 1997
from $24.1 million in 1996, an increase of $6.3 million, or 26.1% the increase
was attributable to the inclusion of $6.9 million of NPR terminal expenses.
Terminal expenses as a percentage of revenue were 25.6% in 1997 compared to
33.0% in 1996. This decrease was attributable primarily to reduced labor costs
resulting from the negotiation of favorable work rules with the ILA by the Port
of Philadelphia effective October 1, 1996.
    
 
     General and Administrative Expenses.  General and administrative expenses
increased to $26.1 million in 1997 from $8.9 million in 1996, an increase of
$17.2 million, or 194.5% The increase was attributable to the inclusion of $12.9
million of NPR general and administrative expenses. The remaining $4.3 million
increase was due to (i) a $1.0 million increase in bad debt expense resulting
from the loss of one container customer that filed for bankruptcy and ceased
operations, (ii) increased legal expenses incurred in connection with the
acquisition of NPR and (iii) general increases. General and administrative
expenses as a percentage of revenue were 21.9% in 1997 compared to 12.1% in
1996. The increase in general and administrative expenses as a percentage of
revenue was due to the inclusion of NPR which incurs a higher percentage of
general and administrative expenses to total revenue.
 
     Equipment Maintenance Expenses.  Equipment maintenance expenses increased
to $15.8 million in 1997 from $10.7 million in 1996 an increase of $5.1 million,
or 47.3%. The increase was due to (i) $2.7 million in warehouse operating lease
payments incurred in connection with the sub-lease of an additional warehouse
and (ii) $2.2 million in equipment rental expenses due to increased volume of
 
                                       49
<PAGE>

business at the Packer Avenue Facility due to NPR's change in port of call from
Elizabeth to Philadelphia as well as overall volume increases. Equipment and
maintenance expenses as a percentage of revenue were 13.3% in 1997 and 14.7% in
1996. The decrease in equipment and maintenance expense as a percentage of
revenue was the result of leveraging of the equipment maintenance expenses over
increased revenues.
 
     Insurance and Safety Expenses.  Insurance and safety expenses decreased to
$3.0 million in 1997, from $4.8 million in 1996, a decrease of $1.8 million, or
37.5%. Insurance and safety expenses as a percentage of revenue was 2.5% in 1997
compared to 6.6% in 1996. The decrease in insurance and safety expenses was the
result of the decrease in premiums due to lower overall experience rates.
 
     Vessel Expenses.  Vessel expenses were $5.8 million in 1997 and were
incurred due to the acquisition of NPR. Holt did not have any vessel expenses
prior to the acquisition of NPR.
 
     Transportation Expense.  Transportation expense increased to $9.3 million
in 1997 from $2.9 million in 1996, an increase of $6.4 million, or 220.4%. The
increase was due primarily to the acquisition of NPR which accounted for $6.0
million of the increase. Transportation expense as a percentage of revenue was
7.9% in 1997 compared to 4.0% in 1996. The increase was due to the greater
percentage of transportation expense from NPR's shipping operations, compared to
Holt's stevedoring and warehousing operations.
 
     Depreciation and Amortization Expenses.  Depreciation and amortization
expenses increased to $8.7 million in 1997 from $4.0 million in 1996, an
increase of $4.7 million, or 115%. Depreciation and amortization expenses as a
percentage of revenues were 7.3% for the 1997 period compared to 5.5% for the
1996 period. The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses was
primarily due to (i) the amortization of $2.3 million of capitalized costs
associated with the acquisition of NPR, (ii) NPR depreciation of $1.0 million
and (iii) $1.3 million resulting from additions of machinery and equipment
during 1996 and 1997.
 
     Other Operating Expenses.  Other operating expenses, which consist of
operating taxes and licenses, traffic and sales expenses and charges from
Non-consolidated Affiliates, decreased to $1.4 million in 1997 from $1.9 million
in 1996, a decrease of $0.5 million, or 23.2%. Other operating expenses as a
percentage of revenues were 1.2% for the 1997 period compared to 2.6% for the
1996 period.
 
   
     Net Income.  Net income increased to $10.8 million for 1997 from $8.3
million for 1996, an increase of $2.5 million, or 30.1%. Net income as a
percentage of revenues was 9.0% for 1997 compared to 11.4% for 1996. The
increase in net income was primarily attributable to the increased revenues at
the Gloucester Facility combined with reduced terminal expenses as a percentage
of revenue due to the negotiation of favorable work rules with the ILA by the
Port of Philadelphia effective October 1, 1996.
    
 
     EBITDA.  EBITDA increased to $27.1 million in 1997 from $19.8 million in
1996. EBITDA as a percentage of revenue was 22.7% in 1997 compared to 27.1% in
1996. The changes in EBITDA were attributable to the changes in revenues and
expenses as discussed above.
 
   
    
   
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
    
 
     Revenues.  Revenues increased to $73.1 million in 1996 from $69.4 million
in 1995, an increase of $3.7 million, or 5.4%. This increase was attributable
primarily to increased rental income which increased to $15.0 million in 1996
from $8.4 million in 1995, an increase of $6.6 million, or 78.8%. This increase
was attributable primarily to increased leasing revenues from the
Lessee-Operators at the Gloucester Facility associated with increased tonnage of
cargo handled due to the implementation of a more efficient intra-terminal
handling system for refrigerated cargo. This increase was partially offset by a
decrease in operating revenues, which decreased to $57.8 million in 1996 from
$59.5 million in 1995, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 2.9%. This decrease in
operating revenues was attributable primarily to a decrease in tonnage handled
at the Packer Avenue Facility, which resulted from the loss of one container
customer that filed for bankruptcy and ceased operations.
 
     Terminal Expenses.  Terminal expenses increased to $24.1 million in 1996
from $19.8 million in 1995, an increase of $4.4 million, or 22.1%. This increase
was attributable primarily to the inclusion of
 
                                       50
<PAGE>

a full year of terminal expenses associated with the operations of Wilmington
Stevedores, which was acquired in July 1995. Terminal expenses as a percentage
of revenues were 33.0% in 1996 compared to 28.5% in 1995. This increase as a
percentage of revenues was attributable primarily to lower operating margins at
the Wilmington Facility, as compared to the Packer Avenue Facility, because the
Company's services at that location are limited to stevedoring services, which
are lower margin services than the value added services provided at the Packer
Avenue Facility.
 
     General and Administrative Expenses.  General and administrative expenses
decreased to $8.9 million in 1996 from $9.6 million in 1995, a decrease of $0.7
million, or 7.6%. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of
revenues were 12.1% in 1996 compared to 13.8% in 1995. This decrease as a
percentage of revenues was due to the leveraging of the general and
administrative expenses over increased revenues.
 
     Equipment Maintenance Expenses.  Equipment maintenance expenses increased
to $10.7 million in 1996 from $9.5 million in 1995, an increase of $1.3 million,
or 13.2%. Equipment maintenance expenses as a percentage of revenues were 14.7%
in 1996 and 13.7% in 1995. This increase as a percentage of revenues was
attributable primarily to (i) increased use of equipment at the Wilmington
Facility resulting from a full year of operations of Wilmington Stevedores and
(ii) normal maintenance expenses related to Holt's cranes.
 
     Insurance and Safety Expenses.  Insurance and safety expenses increased to
$4.8 million in 1996, from $4.3 million in 1995, an increase of $0.5 million, or
11.8%. This increase was attributable primarily to an increase in premiums
resulting from insurance obtained with respect to Holt's operations at the
Wilmington Facility. Insurance and safety expenses as a percentage of revenues
were 6.6% in 1996, compared to 6.2% in 1995.
 
     Transportation Expenses.  Transportation expenses remained constant at $2.9
million in 1996 and 1995. Transportation expenses as a percentage of revenues
were 4.0% in 1996, compared to 4.1% in 1995. This decrease as a percentage of
revenues was due to the increase in revenues at the Wilmington Facility, where
there are no transportation revenues or expenses as Holt does not engage in
trucking operations at that location.
 
     Depreciation and Amortization Expenses.  Depreciation and amortization
expenses decreased to $4.0 million in 1996 from $4.4 million in 1995, a decrease
of $0.4 million, or 8.0%. Depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage
of revenues were 5.5% for the 1996 period compared to 6.3% for the 1995 period.
 
     Other Operating Expenses.  Other operating expenses, which consist of
operating taxes and licenses, traffic and sales expenses and charges from
Non-consolidated Affiliates, decreased to $1.9 million in 1996 from $3.8 million
in 1995, a decrease of $2.0 million, or 51.4%. Other operating expenses as a
percentage of revenues were 2.6% in 1996 compared to 5.5% for the 1995.
 
   
     Net Income.  Net income increased to $8.3 million for 1996 from $7.3
million for 1995, an increase of $1 million, or 13.7%. Net income as a
percentage of revenues was 11.4% for 1996 compared to 10.5% for 1995. The
increase in net income was primarily attributable to the increased revenues at
the Gloucester Facility due principally to the implementation of a more
efficient intra-terminal handling system for refrigerated cargo.
    
 
   
     EBITDA.  EBITDA increased to $19.8 million in 1996 from $19.5 million in
1995, an increase of $0.2 million, or 1.2%. EBITDA as a percentage of revenues
was 27.1% in 1996 compared to 28.2% in 1995. The increase in EBITDA was
attributable to the changes in revenues and expenses as discussed above.
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF NPR
 
     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, NPR's actual
operating results in thousands of dollars and as a percentage of total revenues:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 MAR. 3 TO DEC. 31,         YEAR ENDED         JAN. 6 TO NOV. 20,
                                                        1995             JANUARY 5, 1997              1997
                                                 ------------------      ----------------      ------------------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Ocean revenues.................................  $228,228     97.6%      $265,110    98.5%      238,670     97.3%
Other revenues.................................     5,539      2.4          3,987     1.5         6,671      3.7
                                                 --------    -----       --------   -----      --------    -----
Total revenues.................................   233,767    100.0        269,097   100.0       245,341    100.0
                                                 --------    -----       --------   -----      --------    -----
 
Operating expenses:
  Vessel.......................................    48,012     20.5%        48,941    18.2%       43,915     17.9%
  Cargo handling...............................    49,006     21.0         57,662    21.4        50,287     20.5
  Terminal.....................................    55,010     23.5         56,145    20.9        52,793     21.5
  Transportation...............................    34,512     14.8         49,535    18.4        42,144     17.2
  Selling, general and administrative..........    42,922     18.3         48,644    18.1        40,108     16.4
  Depreciation and amortization................    10,699      4.6         14,524     5.4        10,618      4.3
                                                 --------    -----       --------   -----      --------    -----
    Total operating expenses...................   240,161    102.7        275,451   102.4       239,865     97.8
                                                 --------    -----       --------   -----      --------    -----
 
Operating income (loss)........................    (6,394)    (2.7)        (6,354)   (2.4)        5,476      2.2
                                                 --------    -----       --------   -----      --------    -----
Net income (loss)..............................   (12,173)    (5.2)       (14,932)   (5.5)        1,493      0.6
                                                 --------    -----       --------   -----      --------    -----
 
Calculation of EBITDA:
  Operating income (loss)......................  $ (6,394)               $ (6,354)                5,476
  Depreciation and amortization................    10,699                  14,524                10,618
  Non-recurring other revenue..................        --                      --                (3,000)
                                                 --------                --------              --------
    EBITDA.....................................     4,305      1.8          8,170     3.0        13,094      6.6
</TABLE>
    
 
     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, NPR's actual
operating results in thousands of dollars and such results expressed per load
(i.e. per loaded container shipped):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 MAR. 3 TO DEC. 31,       YEAR ENDED       JAN. 6 TO NOV. 20,
                                                        1995            JANUARY 5, 1997           1997
                                                 -------------------   -----------------   -------------------
                                                             $/LOAD               $/LOAD               $/LOAD
                                                             -------              ------               -------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>
Loads..........................................    97,641               115,595             107,156
                                                 --------              --------            --------
 
Ocean revenues.................................  $228,228    $2,337    $265,110   $2,293   $238,670    $2,227
Other revenues.................................     5,539        57       3,987       35      6,671        62
                                                 --------    ------    --------   ------   --------    ------
    Total revenues.............................   233,767     2,394     269,097    2,328    245,341     2,289
                                                 --------    ------    --------   ------   --------    ------
 
Operating expenses:
  Vessel.......................................    48,012       492      48,941      423     43,915       410
  Cargo handling...............................    49,006       502      57,662      499     50,287       469
  Terminal.....................................    55,010       563      56,145      486     52,793       493
  Transportation...............................    34,512       353      49,535      429     42,144       393
  Selling, general and administrative..........    42,922       440      48,644      421     40,188       374
  Depreciation and amortization................    10,699       110      14,524      126     10,618        99
                                                 --------    ------    --------   ------   --------    ------
    Total operating expenses...................   240,161     2,460     275,451    2,384    239,865     2,238
                                                 --------    ------    --------   ------   --------    ------
 
Operating income (loss)........................    (6,394)      (65)     (6,354)     (55)     5,476        51
                                                 --------    ------    --------   ------   --------    ------
Net income (loss)..............................   (12,173)    (12.5)    (14,932)    (129)     1,493        14
                                                 --------    ------    --------   ------   --------    ------
 
Calculation of EBITDA:
  Operating income (loss)......................  $ (6,394)             $ (6,354)              5,476
  Depreciation and amortization................    10,699                14,524              10,618
  Non-recurring other revenue..................        --                    --              (3,000)
                                                 --------              --------            --------
    EBITDA.....................................     4,305        44       8,170       71     13,094       150
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>

  PERIOD FROM JANUARY 6, 1997 TO NOVEMBER 20, 1997 COMPARED TO
  YEAR ENDED JANUARY 5, 1997
 
     The Company believes that the comparison of NPR's results of operations in
the period from January 6, 1997 to November 20, 1997 to NPR's results of
operations for the year ended January 5, 1997 is not meaningful due to the
significant difference in the length of time in each such period. However, the
discussion below includes a discussion of each of the operating items on a per
load basis to the extent that the Company believes it is meaningful to the
understanding of such items.
 
     Revenues.  Ocean revenue per load (i.e. per container shipped during the
relevant period) decreased to $2,227 per load for the 1997 period, from $2,293
per load for the 1996 period. This decrease per load was attributable primarily
to: (i) a higher proportion of NPR's total loads coming from northbound cargo,
which typically yields less revenue per load than southbound cargo and (ii) and
competitive pressure on pricing, offset in part by an upward adjustment
resulting from a pricing settlement. Ocean revenues generated in other markets,
such as the Dominican Republic, Trinidad and the Virgin Islands, remained
relatively stable for the period ended November 20, 1997 versus the comparable
period in 1996. Other revenue increased to $6.7 million for the 10.6 months
ended November 20, 1997 from $4.0 million for the twelve months ended December
31, 1996, an increase of $2.7 million. This increase was attributable primarily
to increased third party stevedoring services at the San Juan terminal.
 
   
     Vessel Expenses.  As a percentage of revenues, vessel expenses decreased to
17.9% for the 1997 period from 18.2% for the 1996 period. Vessel expenses per
load decreased to $410 per load for the 10.5 months ended 1997, from $423 per
load for the 1996 period. The decrease per load was attributable primarily to
the higher volume of cargo carried in the 1997 period. The decrease in vessel
expenses is primarily attributable to lower operating costs for the payroll,
fuel expenses and dry-docking expenses totaling $6.2 million. Dry-docking
expense decreased from $3.4 million in 1996 to $1.2 million in the 1997 period,
primarily due to the timing of the dry-docking of the vessels and the related
estimated costs that were substantially accrued for in 1996 which resulted in a
reduction of required accrual of $2.2 million for the 1997 period. The U.S.
Coast Guard extended the vessel dry dock requirement in 1996. Vessel maintenance
and repairs increased $1.2 for the 1997 period primarily due to work performed
on the vessels at sea during 1997.
    
 
     Cargo Handling Expenses.  As a percentage of revenues, cargo handling
expenses decreased to 20.5% for the 1997 period from 21.4% for the 1996 period.
On a per load basis, cargo handling expenses decreased to $469 per load for the
1997 period, from $499 per load for the 1996 period. This decrease as a
percentage of revenues was attributable primarily to higher stevedoring
productivity as more cargo was routed through the Port of Jacksonville instead
of the Port of Elizabeth, New Jersey which has lower stevedoring productivity as
well as higher stevedoring costs and port assessments.
 
     Terminal Expenses.  As a percentage of revenues, terminal expenses
increased to 21.5% for the 1997 period from 20.9% for the 1996 period. On a per
load basis, terminal expenses increased to $493 per load for the 1997 period
from $486 per load for the 1996 period. This increase was attributable primarily
to: (i) costs related to the implementation of a new tire program, (ii) expenses
related to preventive maintenance on rolling stock and (iii) additional labor
costs resulting from the re-negotiation of its labor contract effective October
1, 1996.
 
     Transportation Expenses.  As a percentage of revenues, transportation
expenses decreased to 17.2% for the 1997 period from 18.4% for the 1996 period.
On a per load basis, transportation expenses decreased to $393 per load for the
1997 period, from $429 per load for the 1996 period. This decrease was
attributable primarily to the increased volume and the routing of more cargo to
Jacksonville from more midwestern points in order to save on cargo handling
expenses and assessments in Elizabeth.
 
   
     Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses.  As a percentage of
revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 16.4% for
the 1997 period from 18.1% for the 1996 period. On a per load basis, selling,
general and administrative expenses decreased to $374 per load for the
    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>

   
1997 period, from $421 per load for the 1996 period. The decrease in selling,
general and administrative expenses is a result of the reduction of personnel
which created savings of $7.3 million for payroll and payroll fringes for the
period ended November 20, 1997. Additionally, in 1997, NPR achieved
communication expense savings of $1.2 million primarily as a result of
competitive pricing by its suppliers.
    
 
     Depreciation and Amortization Expenses.  As a percentage of revenues,
depreciation and amortization expenses decreased to 4.3% for the 1997 period
from 5.4% for the 1996 period. On a per load basis, depreciation and
amortization expense decreased to $99 per load for the 1997 period from $126 per
load for the 1996 period. This decrease was attributable primarily to reduced
amortization of drydock costs and elimination of certain assets.
 
   
     Net Income (Loss).  As a percentage of revenues net income increased to
0.6% for the 1997 period from a net loss of 5.5% for the 1996 period and was
attributable to the changes in the revenues and expenses discussed above. On a
per load basis, net income increased to $14 per load for the 1997 period from
- -$129 for the 1996 period.
    
 
     EBITDA.  As a percentage of revenues. EBITDA increased to 6.6% for the 1997
period from 3.0% for the 1996 period. On a per load basis, EBITDA increased to
$150 per load for the 1997 period from $71 for the 1996 period.
 
   
  YEAR ENDED JANUARY 5, 1997 COMPARED TO THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 3, 1995 TO
  DECEMBER 31, 1995
    
 
     The Company believes that the comparison of NPR's results of operations for
the year ended January 5, 1997 to NPR's results of operations for the period
from March 3, 1995 (the date of the Privatization) to December 31, 1995 is not
meaningful due to the significant difference in the length of time in each such
period. However, the discussion below includes a discussion of each of the
operating items on a per load basis to the extent that the Company believes it
is meaningful to the understanding of such items.
 
     Revenues.  Ocean revenues were $265.1 million for the 1996 period and
$228.2 million for the 1995 period remaining constant during the implementation
of NPR's twice-weekly service in 1996. Average ocean revenue per load decreased
to $2,293 per load for the 1996 period, from $2,337 per load for the 1995
period. This decrease in average ocean revenue per load was attributable
primarily to the increase in northbound cargo transported by NPR, which yields
less per load than southbound cargo. This was a result of NPR's efforts to
improve its service and to focus its sales efforts on increasing its share of
the northbound market, which historically had been neglected while NPR was
operated by the Puerto Rico Government.
 
     Vessel Expenses.  Vessel expenses were $48.9 million for the 1996 period
and $48.0 million for the 1995 period. As a percentage of revenues, vessel
expenses decreased to 18.2% in 1996 from 20.5% in 1995. On a per load basis,
vessel expenses decreased to $423 for the 1996 period from $492 for the 1995
period. This decrease was attributable primarily to the elimination of one
vessel from deployment beginning in January 1996.
 
     Cargo Handling Expenses.  Cargo handling expenses were $57.7 million for
the 1996 period and $49.0 million for the 1995 period. As a percentage of
revenues, cargo handling expenses increased to 21.4% in 1996 from 21.0% in 1995.
On a per load basis, cargo handling expenses decreased slightly to $499 in the
1996 period from $502 in the 1995 period. This decrease on a per load basis was
attributable primarily to increased stevedoring productivity and the re-routing
of cargo through fewer port facilities as NPR stopped calling the ports of
Baltimore, Maryland in August 1995, Charleston, South Carolina in September 1995
and New Orleans in January 1996.
 
     Terminal Expenses.  Terminal expenses were $56.1 million for the 1996
period and $55.0 million for the 1995 period. As a percentage of revenues,
terminal expenses decreased to 20.9% in 1996 from 23.5% in 1995. On a per load
basis, terminal expenses decreased to $486 for the 1996
 
                                       54
<PAGE>

period from $563 for the 1995 period. This decrease was attributable primarily
to the elimination of three operating port facilities as discussed above.
 
     Transportation Expenses.  Transportation expenses were $49.5 million for
the 1996 period and $34.5 million for the 1995 period. As a percentage of
revenues, transportation expenses increased to 18.4% in 1996 from 14.8% in 1995.
On a per load basis, transportation expenses increased to $429 for the 1996
period from $353 for the 1995 period. This increase was attributable primarily
to increased variable land transportation costs incurred in lieu of vessel
expenses resulting from the closing of the three operating ports of Baltimore,
Charleston and New Orleans.
 
     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses were $48.6 million for the 1996 period from $42.9
million for the 1995 period. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased to 18.1% in 1996 from 18.3% in 1995. On a per
load basis, such expenses increased to $421 for the 1996 period from $440 for
the 1995 period.
 
     Depreciation and Amortization Expenses.  Depreciation and amortization
expenses were $14.5 million for the 1996 period and $10.7 for the 1995 period.
As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expenses increased to
5.4% in 1996 from 4.6% in 1995. On a per load basis, depreciation and
amortization expenses increased to $126 per load in 1996 from $110 per load in
1995. This increase is attributable primarily to additional depreciation on
newly acquired rolling stock and (ii) additional amortization on drydock costs.
 
   
     Net Loss.  As a percentage of revenues net loss increased to 5.5% for the
1996 period from 5.2% for the 1995 period and was attributable to the changes in
the revenues and expenses discussed above. On a per load basis, net income
decreased to -$129 per load for the 1996 period from -$125 for the 1995 period.
    
 
     EBITDA.  EBITDA was $8.2 million in 1996 and $4.3 million in 1995. As a
percentage of revenues, EBITDA increased to 3.0% in 1996 from 1.8% in 1995.
EBITDA increased to $71 per load in 1996 from $44 per load in 1995.
 
   
  Net Income
    
 
SEASONALITY
 
     Holt handles a variety of cargoes throughout the year ranging from
refrigerated meat and produce to steel and wood products. Holt believes that
this diversified mix of cargoes has negated the effects of seasonality
associated with specific types of cargoes.
 
     Although NPR historically realized a seasonal impact on its revenues during
December (due to Christmas) and May (due to Mother's Day), this seasonal impact
has diminished significantly over the past two years. The Company believes that
this decrease is attributable partially to greater use of TVAs and fixed rate
contracts in NPR's trade, which reduces the fluctuation in cargo volumes
throughout the year.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     The Company's primary source of liquidity is cash flow from operations and
borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. Financing available under the
Revolving Credit Facility consists of a $30.0 million revolver (increased from
$25.0 million as of June 30, 1998), under which approximately $6.4 million in
letters of credit and approximately $6.5 million of borrowings were outstanding
at June 30, 1998. The Company intends to use cash flow from operations and
borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility to finance working capital
requirements.
    
 
   
     The Company's liquidity needs relate primarily to payment of principal and
interest on outstanding indebtedness, including principal and interest payments
on the Notes, the funding of
    
 
                                       55
<PAGE>

   
capital expenditures and the funding of distributions to the Company's sole
shareholder to pay income taxes.

     As of June 30, 1998, the Company had outstanding $226.2 million of
consolidated indebtedness, consisting of (i) $140.0 million principal amount of
the Notes, and (ii) $86.2 million of senior secured indebtedness. See "Risk
Factors -- Substantial Leverage and Ability to Service Debt,"
"-- Asset Encumbrances" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness."

     The Company's mandatory debt service requirements for maturities of
long-term debt for the years ending December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 are $21.8
million, $4.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
    
 
     As substantially all of the Company's operating income is generated by its
subsidiaries, the Company is dependent on dividends and other distributions from
its subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet its obligations. The
ability of the subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Company is subject to, among
other things, the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility and Other Indebtedness
and Financings to which they are subject. Certain of the Other Indebtedness and
Financings restrict distributions from the Issuer's subsidiaries to the Issuer
to a percentage of cumulative net income, subject to certain adjustments.
 
   
     The Company's aggregate capital expenditures for the years ended December
31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1998 were $6.0
million, $6.9 million, $9.7 million and $13.5 million, respectively. The
Company's capital spending in each period related principally to the
construction of certain improvements and purchase of forklift and other moving
equipment at the Gloucester Facility and the Packer Avenue Facility. NPR's
aggregate capital expenditures were $4.1 million for the period from March 6,
1995 to December 31, 1995, $3.3 million for fiscal 1996 and $0.9 million for
fiscal 1997. NPR's capital expenditures related principally to the acquisition
of rolling stock.

     The Company anticipates that capital expenditures for the second half of
1998 will amount to approximately $7.5 million, consisting of $4.0 million for
the relocation of two container cranes to San Juan (including extension of crane
rails), which was completed in the third quarter, and $3.5 million for the
modification of four of NPR's vessels to accommodate 53-foot containers in
addition to all other standard-sized containers. Management plans to fund these
capital expenditures with cash flow from operations and, if necessary, purchase
money indebtedness.

     The Company's Revolving Credit Facility is due on demand of the lender with
respect to $5.0 million of principal amount of indebtedness and expires with
respect to the remaining $25.0 million in November 1998. The Company is
currently in negotiations with the lender to increase the amount available under
the facility to $50.0 million and to extend the term for an additional three
years. There can be no assurance that the changes sought will be successfully
negotiated.
    
 
     The Revolving Credit Facility, the Indenture and certain of the Other
Indebtedness and Financings contain various covenants which impose certain
restrictions on the Company, including with respect to the incurrence of
additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends and the ability to make
acquisitions. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility requires the
maintenance of certain financial ratios. See "Risk Factors."
 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
   
     Hurricane Georges.  The Company's operations in San Juan, Puerto Rico have
been affected by Hurricane Georges which struck the island during September
1998. Although certain of its buildings and cranes located at Puerto Nuevo
suffered damages, NPR was able to continue to conduct business since two of the
Company's high speed cranes were not damaged. Additionally, NPR's fleet of
vessels did not incur any damage.

     Although the extent of the damage has yet to be fully determined, the
Company believes it will be substantially covered by insurance. The Company
believes that rebuilding efforts in the aftermath of
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>

   
the hurricane provide opportunities for higher cargo volumes as emergency goods
are shipped into Puerto Rico and as demand for goods from the mainland
increases.


IMPACT OF YEAR 2000 ON THE COMPANY'S SYSTEMS
 
     Many computer systems were not designed to handle dates beyond the year
1999, and, therefore, computer hardware and software will need to be modified
prior to the year 2000 in order to remain functional. The Company is in the
process of determining whether its computer systems are Year 2000 compliant and
is replacing or upgrading those computer systems that are not.
 
     In particular, the Company is in the process of converting and upgrading
all of its computer systems to be Year 2000 compliant. It also is replacing its
purchased software systems with new versions that are Year 2000 compliant. The
Company's Year 2000 readiness plan includes the scanning, testing and
modification or upgrade (where necessary) of approximately 20,000 programs and
files used throughout the Company's operations. The Company has purchased
additional computers and conversion tools to be used in connection with the
testing and upgrading of existing systems and has hired additional programmers
to assist with the Year 2000 project. The Company expects to complete all
required upgrades by June 1999. The estimated cost of the Company's Year 2000
readiness project is approximately $1.2 million.

     The Company plans to initiate communications with third parties with which
the Company does business in order to identify, to the extent possible, the
status of the third parties' Year 2000 readiness. However, the Company has
limited or no control over the actions taken by these third parties, and
accordingly, there can be no assurance that all third parties with which the
Company does business will successfully resolve all of their Year 2000
compliance issues. The failure of these third parties to resolve their Year 2000
compliance issues could have an adverse effect on the Company.

     The Company's intention is to address its Year 2000 issues prior to being
affected by them. However, if the Company identifies significant risks
associated with Year 2000 compliance issues or if the progress of its current
projects deviates from the expected timeline, the Company will develop a
contingency plan at that time. Management believes that current monitoring and
actions will provide ample response time to avoid material adverse affects on
the Company's business and financial results.
    

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The Company's operations are subject to various federal and state
environmental laws and regulations, including but not limited to, the federal
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"),
which creates liability on the part of the owner or operator of a facility for
the investigation and remediation of hazardous substances, as well as creating
the authority and funding for unilateral response action by the United States
Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA"). In addition, portions of the Gloucester
Facility are part of a multi-property action pursuant to CERCLA to address
historic contamination via radioactive material. Holt has voluntarily entered
into a consent order with the EPA requiring the performance of certain
investigative measures and the proposal of certain remedial measures in
connection with the Gloucester Facility. The Company has conducted recent
environmental assessments at each of its facilities and believes it is in
material compliance with all environmental laws and does not anticipate material
expenditures for environmental compliance in the foreseeable future. See
"Business -- Holt -- Environmental Matters" and "-- NPR -- Environmental
Matters."
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

    
     Set forth below are recent accounting pronouncements which may have a
future effect on the Company's reporting requirements. These pronouncements
should be read in conjunction with the significant accounting policies which the
Company has adopted that are set forth in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements" of the Company.
    
 
                                       57
<PAGE>

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosure about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" (SFAS No. 131) is effective
for financial statements beginning after December 15, 1997. The new standard
requires that public business enterprises report certain information about
operating segments in complete sets of financial statements of the enterprise
and in condensed financial statements of interim periods issued to stockholders.
It also requires that public business enterprises report certain information
about their products and services, the geographic areas in which they operate
and their major customers. The Company does not expect the impact of SFAS No.
131 to have a material effect on its financial reporting.
 
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, "Employers'
Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" (SFAS No. 132) is
effective for financial statements with fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1997. Earlier application is permitted. SFAS No. 132 amends the disclosure
requirements on SFAS No. 87, "Employees Accounting for Pension," No. 88,
"Employees Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Denied Benefit Pension
Plan and Termination Benefits," and No. 106, "Employers Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits other than Pensions." This statement revises employers'
disclosures about pension and other postretirement benefit plans. The impact of
SFAS No. 132 will be to clarify the existing disclosures on the Company's
pension and other postretirement benefit plans.
   
 
     In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" (SFAS No.
133). This statement established accounting and reporting standards for
derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts, (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging
activities. SFAS No. 133 requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as
either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure
those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may
be specifically designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair
value of recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment, (b) a
hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction, or (c)
a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign
operation, an unrecognized firm commitment, an available-for-sale security, or a
foreign currency denominated forecasted transaction.

     SFAS No. 133 amends SFAS No. 52 "Foreign Currency Translation" to permit
special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with
a derivative. It supersedes SFAS No. 80 "Accounting for Futures Contracts, Risk
and Financial Instruments with Concentrations of Credit Risk" and No. 119
"Disclosure and Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial
Instruments." Such statement also amends SFAS No. 107 "Disclosures about Fair
Value of Financial Instruments" to include in SFAS No. 107 the disclosure
provisions about concentrations of credit risk from SFAS No. 105, SFAS No. 133
also nullifies or modifies the consensus reached on a number of issues addressed
by the Emerging Issues Task Force.

     SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning
after June 15, 1999. Initial application of this statement should be as of the
beginning of an entity's fiscal quarter following June 15, 1999. On that date,
hedging relationships must be designated anew and documented pursuant to the
provisions of this statement. Earlier application of all of the provisions of
this statement is encouraged, but it is permitted only as of the beginning of
any fiscal quarter that begins after issuance of this Statement. This statement
should not be applied retroactively to financial statements of prior periods.
The Company does not expect the impact of SFAS No. 133 to have a material affect
on its Financial Reporting.
 
     During April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the
AICPA issued Statement of Position 98-5 "Reporting on the Costs of Start-up
Activities (SOP 98-5). SOP 98-5 requires costs of start-up activities and
organization costs to be expensed as incurred and is effective for financial
statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. The Company does
not expect the impact of SOP 98-5 to have a material effect on its financial
reporting.
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     The Company is a leading provider of integrated cargo transportation and
logistics management services in the United States. The Company's predecessor
was founded in 1926 by Leo A. Holt, Sr., and the Company is wholly owned by his
son, Thomas J. Holt, Sr., the Company's Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer. Through Holt, the Company owns and operates marine terminal facilities,
including the largest private integrated marine terminal complex in the United
States, and provides related services. Through NPR, which commenced operations
through its predecessor in 1974 and was acquired by the Company in November
1997, the Company is a leading operator of cargo ships in the U.S.-Puerto Rico
market under the trade name "Navieras." NPR provides containerized cargo
transportation and related services between the United States, Puerto Rico, the
Caribbean and, through a joint venture, South America. As a result of the
Acquisition, the Company expects to realize significant cost savings and
capitalize on new revenue opportunities. Pro forma for the Acquisition, the
Company's revenues, EBITDA (as defined herein) and net income for the year ended
December 31, 1997 would have been $364.3 million, $34.1 million and 5.3 million,
respectively. At June 30, 1998, the Company had outstanding $226.2 million of
consolidated indebtedness, of which $86.2 million was senior to the Notes. In
addition, at June 30, 1998, the Company had outstanding guarantees of
third-party debt totaling $31.6 million.
    
 
     Through Holt, the Company offers a variety of cargo services, including
stevedoring (the loading and unloading of ships), warehousing (the storage of
cargo) and inland trucking. Holt also leases port facilities to the
Lessee-Operators. These services are performed at the Holt Facilities, all of
which are located on the Delaware River, a key waterway for commerce on the East
Coast of the United States. The Gloucester Facility in Gloucester City, New
Jersey, is owned by the Company and is leased to the Lessee-Operators. The
Packer Avenue Facility in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, which is owned by an
agency of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, is subleased by the Company for a
term expiring in 2040, including all renewal options. At the Packer Avenue
Facility, Holt provides stevedoring, warehousing and inland transportation of
containerized and other cargoes. The Company provides stevedoring services at
the Wilmington Facility, owned by an agency of the State of Delaware, where the
Company's subsidiary, Wilmington Stevedores, has operated since 1974. In 1997,
the Company and the Lessee-Operators loaded and/or discharged an aggregate of
689 ships and 5.5 million tons of cargo at the Holt Facilities.
 
   
     Since inception, the Company has invested over $130.0 million in the
Gloucester Facility and the Packer Avenue Facility. The Gloucester Facility
features 4,200 lineal feet of deep water frontage, 18 warehouses with
approximately one million square feet of dry space and approximately one million
square feet of refrigerated space, and two container cranes. The Packer Avenue
Facility features 3,800 lineal feet of deep water frontage, three dry warehouses
with approximately 278,000 square feet of storage space, one refrigerated
warehouse with approximately 168,000 square feet of storage space and five
container cranes. With the most refrigerated warehouse space of any marine
terminal operator in the United States, the Company believes it is currently the
leader in providing refrigerated facilities and related services in the United
States, with a substantial portion of the frozen beef and fruit imported by ship
to the East Coast passing through the Holt Facilities. The Company is the
leading stevedore in the Wilmington Facility, handling in excess of 95% of the
aggregate container volume and approximately 75% of the aggregate tonnage of
cargo handled in the Wilmington Facility during 1997.

     Through NPR, the Company is a leading provider of containerized cargo
service between the United States, Puerto Rico, the Caribbean and through a
joint venture, South America. Containerized cargo encompasses a variety of goods
transported in standard sized containers. NPR currently operates four ships to
provide service three times per week between San Juan, Puerto Rico and the
United States via the port of Jacksonville, Florida and weekly service between
San Juan and the ports of Miami, Florida and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. These
three ports of entry provide efficient gateways to major commercial areas
throughout the United States and Canada, ranging from the New York metropolitan
area to the West Coast. In addition, through charter arrangements, NPR provides
service three times a
    
 
                                       59
<PAGE>

   
week between San Juan and the Dominican Republic and also, through a slot
charter arrangement, services the Caribbean island of Trinidad and the United
States Virgin Islands.
    
 
   
     NPR's predecessor was formed in 1974 by the Puerto Rico Government and was
sold to an investor group (including certain members of NPR's current
management) in the Privatization in March 1995. Following the Privatization,
NPR's management team significantly improved the operating performance of NPR by
implementing a strategic turnaround plan which consisted of increasing its share
of the cargo transported between the United States and Puerto Rico and reducing
its operating costs. During 1997, NPR transported approximately 31.8% of the
fully containerized cargo carried between the United States and Puerto Rico, as
compared to approximately 26.8% of such cargo during 1996. NPR reduced the
number of vessels in continuous operation from five to four and the number of
ports of call in the United States from five to two (subsequently increased to
three in April 1998), while at the same time increasing the aggregate volume of
cargo carried. In addition, NPR consolidated customer service activities into
one service center located in Tampa, Florida, and trimmed corporate overhead by
reducing the headcount from 676 at the time of the Privatization to 448 at
December 31, 1997. Additional savings were realized through lower intermodal
transportation unit costs due to commitment of higher cargo volumes to railroads
and trucking companies, reduced advertising costs and elimination of excess
container capacity. As a result of these initiatives, NPR's EBITDA increased
from $8.2 million for the year ended January 5, 1997 to $13.1 million for the
period beginning January 6, 1997 and ended November 20, 1997, while for the same
periods its revenues decreased from $269.1 million to $245.3 million and its net
income increased from a loss of $14.9 million to net income of $1.5 million.

     The Company believes numerous benefits will result from integration of the
operations of Holt and NPR, including cost savings and new revenue
opportunities. Integration commenced immediately upon consummation of the
Acquisition when the Company relocated NPR's northeastern port of call from
Elizabeth, New Jersey to the Packer Avenue Facility, and the integration is
continuing. The Acquisition also provides opportunities for the Company to
cross-market its expanded services to Holt's and NPR's respective customer
bases. The Company believes that these expanded services create new revenue
opportunities both in its existing markets and through expansion into new
markets.
    
 
OPERATING STRENGTHS
 
     The Company's objective is to maintain and enhance its position as a
leading provider of integrated cargo transportation and logistics management
services, and to expand its service offerings through controlled internal
growth. The Company intends to achieve its objective by capitalizing on the
following operating strengths:
 
  MARKET LEADERSHIP
 
   
     Holt and NPR are leaders in their respective businesses and the Company
believes that each has significant opportunities to continue to enhance its
market position. Over its 70-year history, Holt has established itself as a
market leader by pursuing a niche-market strategy that focuses on certain
segments of the cargo handling industry. For example, the Holt Facilities
provide the largest amount of refrigerated warehouse space of any marine
terminal operator in the United States, handling a substantial portion of the
frozen beef and fruit imported by ship to the East Coast. The Holt Facilities
became leaders in the handling of refrigerated cargo as a result of Holt's
investment in extensive refrigerated warehousing facilities and development of
expertise in the optimal methods of handling such cargo. NPR also attained a
leading position by implementing a successful operational turnaround since the
Privatization which has resulted in an increase in its market share. During
1997, NPR ranked first overall, having transported approximately 31.8% of the
fully containerized cargo carried between the United States and Puerto Rico.
Further improvements in NPR's market position are expected both from continued
emphasis on elements of the turnaround plan and entry into new market segments.
In order to facilitate its expansion to the 53-foot "big box" container market,
NPR has also commenced modification of four of its vessels to accommodate
53-foot containers in addition to all other standard-sized containers. This "big
box" segment, which the Company believes has attractive growth
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>

   
prospects, currently constitutes approximately 11.8% of the container market
between the United States and Puerto Rico. See "-- NPR -- Overview of
Operations" and "Risk Factors -- Growth Strategies."
    
 
  LONG-TERM COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES
 
     The Company possesses certain long-term competitive advantages to help
sustain its leading market positions. Holt's competitive advantages include the
following: (i) control of scarce waterfront property through its ownership of
the Gloucester Facility and its long-term lease of the Packer Avenue Facility;
(ii) availability of extensive warehouse space, especially refrigerated
warehouse space; (iii) efficient operations derived from years of experience and
expertise; and (iv) superior customer service driven primarily by advanced
capabilities in logistics and management information systems, such as the CTS
cargo tracking system offered to customers at the Holt Facilities. NPR's
competitive advantages include (i) the quality of its service, including its
high-speed vessel service and its efficient routing system; (ii) long-term
customer relationships; (iii) control of approximately 60% of the available
waterfront container terminal facilities at Puerto Nuevo, San Juan, the largest
container port in Puerto Rico which allows for the growth of the Company's
third-party stevedoring business; and (iv) the requirement that only vessels
meeting the requirements of the Jones Act be used in the domestic trade (i.e.,
generally, the ships must be United States built, owned and crewed). All of
NPR's ships meet such requirements, and the limited availability of such vessels
in the marketplace creates a competitive advantage for NPR.
 
  HIGH QUALITY, VALUE-ADDED SERVICES
 
   
     The Company provides high quality, value-added services to its customers.
CTS offers customers at the Holt Facilities a state-of-the-art bar coding system
to provide up-to-the-minute tracking of cargo that can be accessed by customers
remotely via modem. Services and facilities offered at the Holt Facilities are
attractive to customers due to (i) the ability to stevedore, warehouse and
transport cargo at the same facility, which gives customers flexibility and
convenience, (ii) the availability of specialized services, including extensive
refrigerated storage space, and (iii) the efficiency of the operations at the
Holt Facilities which provide reliability and cost efficiency for customers.
Holt's stevedoring operations at the Packer Avenue Facility achieve productivity
levels of up to 30 container lifts per hour and truck turnaround time through
its gates of 30 minutes or less. The Company believes that these productivity
measures are superior to those of other operators in competing ports such as New
York and Baltimore. In addition, in connection with NPR's comprehensive
operational turnaround since the Privatization, NPR has improved the quality and
enhanced the value of its services by, among other things, (i) consolidating its
customer service functions in one location to monitor and maintain consistently
high quality customer service, (ii) enhancing the on-time performance of its
high speed vessel service, and (iii) offering efficient intermodal connections
to trucking and rail carriers.
    
 
  SIGNIFICANT BENEFITS OF THE ACQUISITION
 
     The Company believes the Acquisition creates significant opportunities to
realize cost savings and capitalize on new revenue opportunities.
 
   
     o Cost savings.  The Company believes the combination of Holt and NPR has
       created significant cost saving opportunities, including savings
       resulting from the relocation of NPR's northeastern port of call from
       Elizabeth, New Jersey to Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and efficiencies to
       be realized from improving NPR's stevedoring operations in San Juan. NPR
       initiated service on November 20, 1997 to the Packer Avenue Facility. In
       addition, the Company believes that it can significantly improve the
       efficiency of its stevedoring operations in San Juan, by, among other
       things, the move in the third quarter of 1998 of two of Holt's high-speed
       cranes to that terminal. These cranes are capable of lifting larger
       containers, stacking containers on vessels an additional tier higher and
       operating at greater speeds and with less maintenance than the cranes
       previously operated by NPR.
    
 
                                       61
<PAGE>

   
     o Revenue opportunities.  The combination of Holt and NPR has created
       significant opportunities for growth in revenues upon completion of the
       integration of the operations of Holt and NPR, with little additional
       capital investment. Foremost among these opportunities is the ability to
       cross market Holt's and NPR's services to each other's customer base. The
       Company now positions itself as a one-stop solution to its customers'
       cargo transportation and handling needs. When CTS is integrated into
       NPR's operations, the Company will have the ability to offer this feature
       to all customers shipping to and from Puerto Rico, which the Company
       believes will give NPR a competitive advantage. The CTS technology will
       also enhance the Company's stevedoring business in San Juan, where it
       currently handles third-party ships in addition to its own. In addition,
       the move in the third quarter of 1988 of two of Holt's high-speed cranes
       to San Juan will allow the Company to increase its third-party
       stevedoring business, an incrementally profitable element of the
       Company's strategic growth plan.
    
 
     The Company intends to expand its services, grow its businesses and
increase its revenues and cash flow primarily through controlled internal growth
that capitalizes on the foregoing operating strengths. In addition, although the
Company is not seeking actively to make acquisitions, the Company may, from time
to time, make opportunistic acquisitions of complementary businesses that the
Company believes will enhance its ability to provide fully integrated and
value-added cargo transportation services to its customers.
 
                                      HOLT
 
GENERAL
 
     Holt's predecessor was founded in 1926 by Leo A. Holt, Sr., as a one
man/one truck business, and grew to include warehousing in the 1950s. In 1967,
Holt entered the stevedoring business when it acquired the Gloucester Facility.
From 1967 to 1989, Holt rapidly grew and customized the Gloucester Facility to
include over one million square feet of warehouse space (of which 115,000 square
feet was refrigerated space) and two container cranes. In 1990, to accommodate
planned expansions, Holt began to operate the Packer Avenue Facility, located
directly across the Delaware River from the Gloucester Facility. Holt
consolidated its container operations at this facility in September 1991. The
Packer Avenue Facility is strategically located next to two major interstate
highways and Ameriport, an intermodal facility which services three Class I
railroads including Conrail, CSX and CP Rail. Together, these major interstate
highways and three railroad lines provide an efficient means of land
transportation for the containers and other cargoes loaded and unloaded at the
Packer Avenue Facility. In 1993, Holt began to lease the Gloucester Facility to
Lessee-Operators. From 1994 to 1997, Holt continued to expand and renovate both
the Gloucester Facility and the Packer Avenue Facility. Today, the two
facilities feature an aggregate of 22 warehouses with approximately 2.4 million
square feet of warehouse space, 9 container cranes, approximately 8,000 lineal
feet of river frontage with 18 berths, serviced by a fleet of approximately 150
trucks per day. In 1995, Holt's subsidiary, Murphy Marine, acquired Wilmington
Stevedores, which operates as a contract stevedore at the Wilmington Facility
and provides stevedoring services for a majority of the cargo handled at the
port of Wilmington. During 1997, the Company and the Lessee-Operators loaded
and/or discharged an aggregate of 689 ships and 5.5 million tons of ocean-going
cargo at the Holt Facilities.
 
OVERVIEW OF OPERATIONS
 
     At the Packer Avenue Facility, Holt offers a variety of cargo services,
including stevedoring (the loading and unloading of ships); warehousing (the
storage of cargo), and inland trucking. At the Gloucester Facility, Holt leases
port facilities to the Lessee-Operators, which provide all stevedoring and
warehousing services. Through these facilities, a customer is able to move
inbound cargo from an arriving ship to its final destination via rail or truck
and outbound cargo from the customer's location to its final destination via
rail, truck or ship. When a ship docks at the Gloucester Facility or the Packer
Avenue Facility, Holt, or in the case of the Gloucester Facility, the
Lessee-Operators, provide services
 
                                       62
<PAGE>

to (i) unload cargo from the ship, (ii) move cargo into a warehouse, (iii) store
cargo in refrigerated or dry warehouses, (iv) load cargo onto another ship, or
onto a truck or train for transportation to its final destination, and (v)
transport cargo on an owned or leased truck. At the Wilmington Facility, Holt
provides stevedoring services only.
 
  STEVEDORING
 
     A stevedore contracts with an owner of or an agent for a ship for the
purpose of loading or unloading the ship's cargo. A stevedore employs
longshoremen to load and unload cargoes to or from barges or oceangoing vessels.
In addition to these traditional stevedoring services, Holt and the Lessee-
Operators provide value-added services such as the supervision, equipment and
machinery necessary for conducting cargo handling operations at terminals, and
typically provide most of the portside services the shipping lines require.
These portside services include vessel berthing and line handling, preparing of
cargo stowage plans, documenting cargo and providing other data processing
services, weighing cargoes, providing for security for the cargo, assisting
government agencies such as the United States Customs Service and the Department
of Agriculture, and receiving and delivering the cargo at and from the marine
terminal. Additional services for containerized cargo include parking, storing
and maintaining inventory of containers and chassis, moving containers
throughout the terminal, maintaining and repairing containers and chassis, and
stuffing (loading individual containers) and stripping (unloading individual
containers) cargo.
 
     The principal types of cargo that are handled at the Holt Facilities are as
follows:
 
     o Containerized Cargo.  Containerized cargo comprised approximately 43% of
       aggregate tonnage handled by Holt and the Lessee-Operators at the Holt
       Facilities during 1997. A container is a standardized metal box capable
       of carrying up to 32 tons of cargo and is conducive to intermodal
       handling (shipment by rail, truck and ship). Containers can hold a wide
       variety of cargo from computers to food stuffs. Containers are unloaded
       by shore-cranes with a specially designed spreader lifting mechanism and
       then moved to a storage or marshaling area by straddle carriers, large
       forklifts or top loaders. Alternatively, the container may be placed
       directly on a wheeled chassis and then moved by a truck operator to the
       storage or marshaling area.
 
     o Breakbulk or Unitized Cargo.  Breakbulk cargo, sometimes referred to as
       unitized cargo, comprised approximately 40% of aggregate tonnage handled
       by Holt and the Lessee-Operators at the Holt Facilities during 1997.
       Breakbulk cargo is typically boxed, bagged, or palletized and utilizes
       equipment (shore-based cranes, forklifts, etc.) owned or leased by the
       stevedore. Breakbulk ships also typically have on-board booms or cranes
       (one per hatch) which may be utilized to access the hold. Fruit, steel
       and wood constitute the majority of breakbulk cargo handled at the Holt
       Facilities.
 
     o Other Cargo.  Two other types of cargo handled by Holt are bulk and
       roll-on/roll-off cargo. Bulk cargoes typically are not in any containers,
       and such cargo can be either dry (such as grain, fertilizer and iron ore)
       or wet (such as petroleum products, chemicals and liquid food products).
       Roll-on/roll-off cargoes (such as automobiles, trucks and farm equipment)
       are driven under their own power on board specialized vessels. These
       other cargoes comprised approximately 14% of aggregate tonnage handled by
       Holt and the Lessee-Operators at the Holt Facilities during 1997.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>

  WAREHOUSING
 
     Holt and the Lessee-Operators operate 22 warehouses with approximately 2.4
million square feet of warehouse space, which includes approximately 1.1 million
square feet of refrigerated warehouse space, representing the most refrigerated
warehouse space of any marine terminal operation in the United States. The
warehousing facilities operated by Holt and the Lessee-Operators at the Packer
Avenue Facility and the Gloucester Facility provide customers with additional
services which the Company believes create a substantial competitive advantage.
A shipper directing cargo to one of these facilities, if it so desires, can have
the vessel unloaded, the containers (in the case of containerized cargo)
unstuffed and the cargo stored until it is ready to be delivered to its final
destination. At that point, the cargo can be shipped to its final destination by
Holt or the Lessee-Operators by rail, motor freight line or Holt's own fleet of
trucks.
 
     The utilization of CTS makes the warehousing capabilities at the Packer
Avenue and Gloucester Facilities more efficient and effective. CTS enables Holt,
the Lessee-Operators and the shipper to track specific cargo from the ship to
the warehouse and beyond. This system is especially effective with breakbulk
cargo, such as pallets of fruit, which commonly pass through these facilities.
See "-- Management Information Systems and Technology."
 
  INLAND TRANSPORTATION
 
     Holt's own fleet of 30 tractors and 100 trailers, augmented by
approximately 150 owner-operators, transport truckload freight between the Holt
Facilities and inland points in the United States. Holt maintains a centralized
dispatch and customer service operation located at the Packer Avenue Facility to
schedule pickup and delivery of customer freight. The operations center features
a fully integrated computerized dispatch and customer service network. Customer
service representatives solicit and accept freight, quote freight rates and
serve as the primary contact with customers. Holt intends to utilize the
flexibility of adding and removing owner-operators from its driver work force to
address driver and equipment needs in the future. Owner-operators receive a flat
rate per trip to cover equipment costs, fuel and maintenance.
 
  FACILITY LEASING
 
     Substantially all of the Gloucester Facility is leased to Lessee-Operators
who in turn provide services to their customers. The Lessee-Operators include
container and breakbulk stevedores, warehouse service companies, equipment
rental companies, fruit importers and service companies and a home products
manufacturing company. The Company also provides courtesy offices to the United
States Customs Service and the United States Department of Agriculture. Due to
the size and quality of the Gloucester Facility and the scarce availability of
suitable port facilities in the Philadelphia area, the Company believes that it
has entered into its leases on favorable terms and that any renewals and/or new
contracts could be entered into on substantially similar terms. See "-- Overview
of Port Facilities -- The Gloucester Facility."
 
OVERVIEW OF PORT FACILITIES
 
     Holt's marine terminal operations are conducted at the Holt Facilities, all
of which are located on the Delaware River, a key waterway for commerce on the
East Coast of the United States. Holt's port operations along the Delaware River
are centrally located within the largest consumption market in the United
States. Same-day delivery can be achieved within a 250 mile radius, which
includes points as far west as Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, as far north as
Syracuse, New York, and as far south as Norfolk, Virginia. This access is
extremely important to perishable goods importers who look to rush their product
to market in fresh condition. Shippers of non-perishable goods also find the
Holt Facilities attractive because of their accessibility to the United States
interstate highway system and to major railroads. For example, the Packer Avenue
Facility has direct access to three major Class I railroads (Conrail, CSX and CP
Rail), which makes rail shipment cost effective to shippers throughout North
America, including Toronto and Montreal, Canada. The Company believes the Packer
Avenue Facility is the only marine terminal facility in the country that has
three Class I railroads servicing it, which provides Holt with a major
competitive advantage.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>

     Below is a description of each of the Holt Facilities:
 
  THE GLOUCESTER FACILITY
 
     The Gloucester Facility, which is owned by Holt, consists of approximately
150 acres and features approximately 4,200 lineal feet of deep water frontage,
18 warehouses with approximately one million square feet of dry space,
approximately one million square feet of refrigerated space and two container
cranes. The refrigerated warehouses are located directly adjacent to five deep
water berths and provide for the quick and efficient unloading of refrigerated
cargo directly from vessels to the warehouse. There are also approximately 60
acres of open ground suitable for storing containers, chassis and break-bulk
cargoes which do not need to be stored indoors. The Gloucester Facility has
direct access to rail lines connected to Conrail's South Jersey Line rail yard
and is also in close proximity to major interstate highways, facilitating the
movement of cargoes to and from the Gloucester Facility. Substantially all of
the Gloucester Facility is leased to Lessee-Operators who in turn provide
service to their customers.
 
     The majority of the Lessee-Operators either conduct stevedoring operations
for containerized cargoes and for breakbulk cargo such as steel, wood, and fruit
products or provide long term and temporary warehouse storage at the Gloucester
Facility. Typically, the Lessee-Operators enter into leases, which range in term
from one to five years, for each building or combination of buildings as
necessary to accommodate their business needs. Leases currently in effect
contain expiration dates ranging from 1998 to 2001. Certain of the leases are
terminable by either party at any time upon 90 days prior written notice. In
addition to a fixed lease charge, certain of the Lessee-Operators are required
to pay a variable charge based on the tonnage of cargo or number of containers
moved through the Gloucester Facility by the applicable Lessee-Operators.
 
     Certain of the other Lessee-Operators do not provide stevedoring or
warehousing services. For example, one of the Lessee-Operators at the Gloucester
Facility performs maintenance repair services for forklifts, tractors, chassis,
containers and other types of material handling equipment under a year-to-year
lease. Another Lessee-Operator manufactures wood products for the home building
industry. This manufacturer leases three buildings totaling approximately
200,000 square feet under a lease expiring in 2001. Certain fruit shipping
customers which utilize the Gloucester Facility also rent office space on a
short-term basis from the Company during the fruit import season. The Company
also provides courtesy offices to the United States Department of Agriculture
and United States Customs Service at the Gloucester Facility. These agencies
provide necessary services to the customers at the Gloucester Facility.
 
  THE PACKER AVENUE FACILITY
 
   
     The Packer Avenue Facility, which is owned by an agency of the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania, is subleased by Holt pursuant to a sublease expiring in 2040,
including all renewal options. The Packer Avenue Facility occupies approximately
110 acres, featuring approximately 3,800 lineal feet of deep water frontage,
three dry warehouses with approximately 278,000 square feet of storage space,
one refrigerated warehouse with approximately 168,000 square feet of storage
space, an approximately 45,000 square foot maintenance and repair facility and
five container cranes. The Packer Avenue Facility's direct access to three major
Class I railroads (Conrail, CSX and CP Rail) makes rail shipping cost effective
to shippers throughout North America including Toronto and Montreal, Canada. At
the Packer Avenue Facility, Holt provides stevedoring, warehousing and inland
transportation of containerized and other cargoes through its subsidiary Holt
Cargo Systems, Inc. ("Holt Cargo"). Holt Cargo handles weekly shipments of
containerized general commodities as well as unitized steel.
    
 
  THE WILMINGTON FACILITY
 
     The Wilmington Facility, which is owned by an agency of the State of
Delaware, occupies approximately 80 acres, featuring approximately 2,700 lineal
feet of deep water frontage, four dry warehouses, a bulk orange juice facility,
and two container cranes. The Wilmington Facility is an open terminal which is
available to the Company as well as other stevedoring companies. At the
Wilmington
 
                                       65
<PAGE>

Facility, Holt provides the services of stevedoring, maintenance and repair, and
intraport trucking through its subsidiaries Murphy Marine and Wilmington
Stevedores. These subsidiaries handle weekly shipments of containerized bananas
for Dole Fresh Fruit Company and Chiquita Brands International, Inc.
Additionally, Wilmington Stevedores unloads seasonal fruit, bulk cargoes,
unitized steel and wood cargoes as well as Volkswagen automobiles. The Company
believes it is the leading contract stevedore in the Wilmington Facility, as it
handled in excess of 95% of the aggregate container volume and approximately 75%
of the aggregate tonnage of cargo handled in the Wilmington Facility during
1997.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
     Holt's wide range of services coupled with its willingness to anticipate
customer needs and develop services and facilities to accommodate those needs,
has helped Holt to maintain and expand its customer base and develop strong,
long-term customer relationships. In 1997, Holt's top 15 customers accounted for
$41.4 million, or 48.8%, of total revenues. Holt estimates that it has provided
these top 15 customers with services for between two and 25 years. No customer
accounted for more than 10% of Holt's total revenue for the years ended December
31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, other than Columbus Line, Inc., which accounted for
11.8%, 10.5% and 10.5% of such revenue during such respective periods. Holt
obtains new stevedoring business by negotiating liner service contracts with
shippers (importers and exporters of goods) or attracting spot-market vessels.
 
     Holt typically enters into one to five year contracts with its customers,
with cancellation clauses varying from 30 to 180 days. These contracts also
typically contain provisions with respect to the specific services to be
provided, the volume of and pricing for such services and minimum productivity
levels to be achieved by the Company.
 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY
 
     Holt and the Lessee-Operators utilize automated information systems,
including CTS, which facilitate the movement of cargo to and from the Holt
Facilities and increase the efficiency of the operations at those facilities,
through contracts with SLS. This capability helps differentiate the Holt
Facilities from their competitors with less advanced technology. CTS is owned by
SLS and made available to the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Related Entity
Transactions" and "Certain Transactions."
 
     CTS utilizes a special bar-coding technology which provides customers with
an innovative tracking system for their cargo. The system is especially
effective when the cargo is unitized or characterized by contents of different
weights, moisture content, or other unique characteristics. The system utilizes
bar-code technology and a radio frequency environment linked directly to a
computer. The entire logistic process for cargo, beginning with ship
discharging, then sorting and segregation, and eventually all movements of the
cargo to transit sheds, warehouses or trucks, is captured in real time and
reported to the various cargo receivers immediately. The Company believes that
none of its competitors can provide this level of detail regarding the location
of specific cargo.
 
     CTS allows Holt and the Lessee-Operators to sort cargo by customer type,
grade and destination. Prior to shipment each pallet of cargo is assigned a bar
code on board the vessel. While the cargo is in transit, CTS receives the
vessel's hold layout and location of specific goods, making it easier to
implement an efficient stevedoring plan. Upon arrival, forklift operators scan
these bar codes to determine where the pallets should be stored in the
warehouse. CTS not only allows Holt and the Lessee-Operators to expedite the
stevedoring process but also to optimize the allocation of warehouse space, thus
reducing labor and storage costs. For the customer, CTS provides a process of
pre-sorting inventory. Thus, when trucks arrive for cargo pick-up, the loading
and delivery processes are streamlined, thereby reducing costs.
 
     In addition, a state-of-the-art container computer system is utilized to
control container cargo and equipment movements throughout the Holt Facilities.
The main components of this system include: computerized gate and yard
operations, usage of radio frequency computer terminals to track containers and
chassis movements, on-line inventory and activity reporting to customers, vessel
planning and stowage linked to gate and yard movements for containers, use of
the latest electronic data interchange technology to exchange shipping manifest
and information regarding container
 
                                       66
<PAGE>

movement, booking, and stowage plans with the container lines, and a direct link
to the United States Customs Automated Manifest System to facilitate cargo
releases. Holt intends to introduce the container computer system at NPR's port
in San Juan, where currently there is no similar system in place.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     Holt's sales and marketing efforts address customer desires and employ a
great deal of personal contact. Holt's sales and marketing personnel convey the
Company's ability and desire to provide cost effective, high quality cargo
handling and transport services. Holt's sales and marketing team is supplemented
by marketing services provided by SLS. See "Certain Transactions." Holt has
always provided significant resources for domestic and foreign travel in order
to bring its services, facilities and family ethics direct to the customer.
 
     Holt focuses on developing long term relationships with customers in
certain product niches including perishable products, wood products, steel
products and containerized cargoes by providing specialized services. For
example, each of the warehouses that the Company uses to store frozen imported
meat has an integrated USDA Meat Inspection Department inspection room and
resident inspector. In addition, the Company actively participates in trade
organizations of its niche customers' industries, including the Produce
Marketing Association of America, the International Hardwood Producers
Association, the Meat Importers Council of America, the International
Refrigerated Warehouse Association and the National Industrial Transportation
League.
 
COMPETITION
 
     Holt competes in two separate arenas: (i) inter-port competition and (ii)
intra-port competition. Holt believes the United States ports of Boston, New
York (including Northern New Jersey), Baltimore and Norfolk as well as the
Canadian ports of Saint John and Halifax are Holt's main inter-port competitors.
Inter-port competition is based upon the following factors: (i) price; (ii)
destination of the cargo; (iii) access to other modes of transportation such as
rail and trucks; (iv) geographic location; (v) facilities to accommodate
specific types of cargoes; (vi) quality of service; and (vii) quality of labor
relations. In Wilmington, Holt competes against several stevedoring companies.
In the Philadelphia port, the Gloucester and Packer Avenue Facilities compete
against governmental and privately owned facilities. Intra-port competition is
based upon the following factors: (i) adequacy of terminal facilities; (ii)
quality of service; (iii) presence of value-added services; and (iv) price.
 
     The market for ocean-going cargo handling services is very competitive but
Holt believes it maintains several competitive advantages, including the
following: (i) ownership/long term lease of a substantial portion of the
available waterfront property in the Philadelphia port; (ii) long-standing
customer relationships; and (iii) the largest refrigerated warehousing
capabilities of any marine terminal in the United States.
 
EMPLOYEE AND LABOR RELATIONS
 
     The stevedoring and terminal operator industries are dominated by two large
unions (the International Longshore Worker's Union ("ILWU") on the west coast,
and the ILA in the remaining United States ports). Master labor agreements are
negotiated by the unions not only with the stevedores and marine terminal
operators, but also with steamship lines and steamship agencies. In recent
years, management has negotiated for the introduction of new technology and the
modification of work rules to improve the efficiency of operations.
 
   
     Holt Cargo has relationships with four unions: (i) the ILA with a contract
expiring September 30, 2001; (ii) the International Association of Machinists
(the "IAM" or the "Machinists") with a contract expiring September 30, 2000;
(iii) the Teamsters with contracts expiring March 31, 2003 and December 31,
2000; and (iv) the Security Officers and Police Guard Union with a contract
expiring January 31, 2000. At the Packer Avenue Facility, Holt Cargo employs the
ILA for its stevedoring operations and the IAM for maintenance and repair
operations. At the Gloucester Facility, the Lessee-Operators employ Teamsters
for unloading the ships and warehousing the cargo. Holt presently
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>

   
believes that Holt Cargo and the Lessee-Operators have satisfactory relations
with their unions, notwithstanding two work stoppages by the ILA which occurred
in 1993 and 1996, respectively.
    
 
     The first work stoppage resulted after Holt Cargo terminated its lease at
the Gloucester Facility and Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. ("Holt
Hauling") commenced leasing the facility to the Lessee-Operators, which have
contracts with unions other than the ILA. The ILA claimed this to be in
violation of the collective bargaining agreement between the ILA and Holt Cargo
("CBA") and staged an illegal work stoppage. The resulting arbitrations were
resolved in favor of Holt Cargo, as Holt Hauling was found to have no
obligations under the CBA.
 
     Also in 1993, Holt Cargo withdrew from the Philadelphia Marine Trade
Association ("PMTA"), the local multi-employer collective bargaining unit that
has historically negotiated and signed ILA contracts on behalf of Holt Cargo and
other operators in the Port of Philadelphia. In 1993, while Holt Cargo opted out
of the PMTA, it continued to operate under the terms of the existing CBA in
effect at that time and scheduled to expire on September 30, 1994. At the
expiration of the CBA in September of 1994, Holt Cargo negotiated its own
contract directly with the ILA. When Holt Cargo's contract with the ILA expired
in 1996 (concurrently with the PMTA contract), Holt Cargo attempted to again
negotiate its own contract directly with the ILA. This strategy precipitated the
second incident, a 23-day work stoppage by ILA workers at the Packer Avenue
Facility. During the work stoppage, ships were unloaded and cargo was delivered
by management. The work stoppage was resolved when Holt Cargo rejoined the PMTA
and agreed to be bound by the five-year contract concluded by the PMTA that is
in effect until 2001.
 
     In addition, Murphy Marine and Wilmington Stevedores are members of the
PMTA and are covered by the PMTA contract with the ILA.
 
     Holt's employee workforce engages in (i) stevedoring, (ii) trucking, (iii)
warehousing, (iv) mechanical repairs to material handling equipment and (v)
routine maintenance and repair of the Gloucester Facility and the Packer Avenue
Facility. Stevedoring operations are performed by ILA union longshoremen and
non-union supervisory personnel. Longshoremen are hired on an as-needed basis,
and depending upon the number of vessels being loaded or unloaded at any time,
Holt may employ up to approximately 300 longshoremen.
 
PROPERTIES
 
  GLOUCESTER FACILITY
 
     Holt is headquartered at its Gloucester Facility in Gloucester City, New
Jersey. The Gloucester Facility is comprised of approximately 150 acres of land
and features approximately 4,200 lineal feet of deep water frontage, 18
warehouses with approximately one million square feet of dry space and
approximately one million square feet of refrigerated space, and two container
cranes. The two container cranes facilitate the loading and unloading of vessels
and have the capability of traveling along two thousand feet of crane rail
directly at the wharf. The majority of the warehouses have been constructed
within the last five to seven years. Several of the warehouses are insulated and
have heating capability. Overhead cranes with lifting capability of up to 25
tons are located within several of these dry warehouses.
 
     In order to accommodate customers using the Gloucester Facility, the
facility includes a two-story office building comprising approximately 10,000
square feet and a maintenance and repair shop comprising approximately 41,000
square feet where repairs are made to customers' chassis and containers as well
as the material handling equipment used by the Lessee-Operators. The Gloucester
Facility is located within one mile of a major interstate highway and is
directly across from the Packer Avenue Facility on the Delaware River.
 
  PACKER AVENUE FACILITY
 
   
     The Packer Avenue Facility, located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, is
leased by AHI from the Philadelphia Regional Port Authority (the "PRPA")
pursuant to a lease (the "PRPA Lease") and is subleased by Holt from AHI under a
long term sublease (the "Sublease") which commenced in 1991
    
 
                                       68
<PAGE>

   
and expires in 2000. The terms of the PRPA Lease and the Sublease are renewable
until 2040 through four 10-year renewal options, the last two of which are
exercisable provided that Holt completes certain required capital improvements.
See "Risk Factors -- Related Entity Transactions" and "Certain Transactions."
The Packer Avenue Facility comprises approximately 110 acres and features
approximately 3,800 lineal feet of deep water frontage, three dry warehouses
with approximately 278,000 square feet of storage space, and one refrigerated
warehouse with approximately 168,000 square feet of storage space. Five cranes
at the Packer Avenue Facility are leased by Holt from AHI, including four cranes
which are leased by AHI from the PRPA under the PRPA Lease. The cranes have the
capability of traveling up to 2,500 feet along the wharf providing direct
shipside loading and unloading. The Packer Avenue Facility also has
approximately 15,000 square feet of office space to service customers using the
facility. The Packer Avenue Facility is located directly adjacent to Ameriport,
an intermodal yard serving three Class I railroads and within one half mile of
major interstate highways.
    
 
     The rent payable by Holt under the Sublease is equivalent to the rent
payable by AHI under the PRPA Lease plus fifteen percent of that amount and
consists of several components, including base rent, a container pick fee, a
breakbulk cargo fee and certain other fees. Base rent is payable in equal
monthly installments and increases annually provided that the PRPA completes
certain capital improvements at the facility. Holt also pays a fixed monthly
rental for the container crane owned by AHI. A container pick fee ranging from
$1 to $10 per container is to be paid by Holt upon completion by the PRPA of
certain capital improvements at the Packer Avenue Facility with respect to all
containers loaded or unloaded onto or off any vessels at the Packer Avenue
Facility in excess of 89,999 containers in any one year. Holt has not paid any
container pick fees as of this date as the capital improvements have not been
completed and the threshold level of container picks has not been met. Once the
PRPA has completed these capital improvements, Holt has guaranteed that it will
handle 225,000 container picks at the Packer Avenue Facility during each
consecutive 36-month period. In the event Holt does not handle the required
number of picks, then Holt is obligated to pay $10 per container multiplied by
the difference between 225,000 and the number of containers actually handled. A
"breakbulk cargo fee" is also payable by Holt at a rate of $1.50 per ton of
temperature controlled breakbulk cargo handled at the Packer Avenue Facility,
plus $0.20 per ton or $0.70 per ton, depending upon the type of cargo subject to
certain minimum fees. Holt has agreed to be responsible for certain obligations
such as the requirement to (i) carry general liability and other insurance
applicable to similar companies in the industry, (ii) repair and maintain
certain components of the Packer Avenue Facility such as the fire protection
system, water, sewer and electrical utilities, but excluding structural
maintenance and repair to the buildings and the wharf unless damaged by Holt,
(iii) conduct its business in accordance with all federal, state and local
environmental laws, (iv) not place cargo loads in excess of those permitted at
the Packer Avenue Facility, (v) maintain and repair the cranes located at the
Packer Avenue Facility, (vi) provide access to the Packer Avenue Facility for
the PRPA and its agents, contractors and employees, (vii) pay all utility costs,
(viii) pay any taxes, levies or assessments in connection with the Company's
activities at the Facility, and (ix) not transfer its interest in the Sublease
to any other party except as permitted and with notice to the PRPA.
 
   
     In the event that AHI or the Company fails to pay rent or perform its other
obligations as required under the PRPA Lease or the Sublease, the PRPA and AHI,
respectively, have the right to exercise remedies typically available to a
commercial landlord including the right to terminate the PRPA Lease or the
Sublease and to confess a judgment against AHI or Holt to recover possession of
the Packer Avenue Facility. The PRPA Lease and the Sublease provide that the
PRPA and AHI can only exercise remedies provided that AHI or Holt, respectively,
has been given notice and time to cure the default, except that no notice or
cure period applies after the third monetary default in any twelve-month period.
The Company and AHI are engaged in litigation with the PRPA relating to the PRPA
Lease. See "-- Legal Proceedings."
    
 
                                       69
<PAGE>

  WILMINGTON FACILITY
 
     The Wilmington Facility is an open terminal, owned by an agency of the
State of Delaware, which is available to the Company as well as other
stevedoring companies operating at that facility. The Wilmington Facility
occupies approximately 80 acres, featuring approximately 2,700 lineal feet of
deep water frontage, four dry warehouses, a bulk orange juice facility, and two
container cranes.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     Holt is subject to regulation by various federal and state agencies,
including the Surface Transportation Board, the Federal Maritime Commission, the
United States Coast Guard and various similar federal and state agencies. These
regulatory authorities have broad powers, generally governing activities such as
authority to engage in motor carrier operations, operational safety, tariff
filings of freight rates, and financial reporting. In addition, the Company's
drivers, including owner-operators, also must comply with the safety and fitness
regulations promulgated by the Department of Transportation, including those
relating to drug testing and hours of service.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     Holt's operations are also subject to various federal, state and local
environmental laws and regulations, promulgated by the Environmental Protection
Agency and similar state regulatory agencies. These regulations govern the
management of hazardous wastes, discharge of pollutants into the air, surface
and underground waters, and the disposal of certain substances. The Company is
not aware of any material water or land fuel spills or hazardous substance
contamination on its properties and believes that its operations are in material
compliance with current environmental laws and regulations.
 
     Portions of the Gloucester Facility, including the Armstrong Building which
houses Holt's corporate offices, are considered to be within a broad area which
was designated by the EPA for investigation and possible remediation under the
federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
("CERCLA"). This area, which covers over 65 properties in the Camden/Gloucester
City area, was listed on EPA's National Priorities List ("NPL") on June 17,
1996, thereby invoking eligibility for investigation and remediation utilizing
the federal "Superfund." Superfund activity is necessitated by the discovery, in
1981, that the Camden/Gloucester area contains levels of gamma radiation and
radon/thorium decay products attributable to pre-1940 manufacturing activities
of the former Wellsbach Company. The current Armstrong Building was part of the
former manufacturing facility. Other than the small portion of the building
occupied by office space, the building is primarily empty and unused. Future
plans contemplate demolition of the building. In order to assess the need for
special demolition requirements in light of ongoing EPA activity, in September
1997 Holt commenced a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study ("RI/FS"),
addressing the Armstrong Building pursuant to an Administrative Consent Order
with the EPA. The EPA continues to sample, independently, various outside soil
areas, in addition to its ongoing activities in other portions of the NPL site
area. Pending completion of the RI/FS, Holt has performed recent sampling and
preliminary cost estimate analyses which indicate that it could cost up to
approximately $210,000 to address contaminated areas in conjunction with
building demolition.
 
   
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
    
 
     Holt Cargo, Holt Hauling and AHI (collectively, the "Plaintiffs") commenced
an action in December 1994 in the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of Pennsylvania against the Delaware River Port Authority ("DRPA"), the
Philadelphia Regional Port Authority ("PRPA") and the Port of Philadelphia and
Camden ("PPC") (collectively, the "Defendants"). Certain counts alleging
violations of the Sherman Act and Clayton Act (the "Antitrust Counts") and
breach of the PRPA Lease by the PRPA (the "Breach Counts") filed in the initial
complaint were voluntarily withdrawn by the Plaintiffs after a hearing on the
Defendants' motion to dismiss was conducted by the Court. However the court did
maintain jurisdiction over those counts in the complaint wherein the Plaintiffs
allege that the Defendants along with other non-defendant co-conspirators,
acting under color of state law committed predatory acts under a conspiracy
designed to injure, harass, and appropriate
 
                                       70
<PAGE>

the property of the Plaintiffs. The Plaintiffs are seeking to enjoin this
conduct and damages in an unspecified amount for the Defendants' conduct which
constitutes a violation of the Plaintiffs' substantive due process, equal
protection and procedural due process rights under 42 U.S.C. Section 1983.
 
     Specifically, the Plaintiffs allege that in 1994, after the execution of
the PRPA Lease, Pennsylvania and New Jersey agreed to unify their ports in an
effort to eliminate intra-port competition and to enhance their ability to
compete against other ports and adopted legislation to effectuate this
agreement. The Plaintiffs allege that the DRPA produced a "Strategic Business
Plan" in conjunction with the PRPA, South Jersey Port Corporation, and the PPC
which provided for a unified government agency to take over the entire Port
District by waiting for the existing leases of the PRPA to expire, buying out
the existing leases, or renegotiating out of the leases, or a combination which
formed the basis of a scheme to attempt to terminate the PRPA Lease. The PRPA
Lease does not allow for condemnation and therefore prevents the government port
agencies from implementing their Plan to operate all of the government-owned
facilities in the port as part of the unification process. According to the
Plaintiffs, this scheme was contrary to the underlying express principle of the
unifying legislation and related compact, which was designed to encourage
private enterprise. The Plaintiffs further allege that, in an effort to control
the entire Port District, the Defendants conspired to drive Holt Cargo and AHI
out of the Packer Avenue Facility and other holdings, and to remove Holt Cargo,
AHI, and Holt Hauling from their position within the Port District so government
agencies could control the port district.
 
     The Defendants filed a response to the Complaint and the PRPA asserted a
counterclaim alleging that the Plaintiffs breached their obligations under the
PRPA Lease by operating the Packer Avenue Facility in a manner intended to
benefit the Plaintiffs' other facilities, refusing to operate the Packer Avenue
Facility so as to maximize its use, failing to market the Packer Avenue Facility
in a first class manner and soliciting container business for the Gloucester
Facility to the detriment of the Packer Avenue Facility. PRPA seeks compensatory
damages and a ruling enjoining the Plaintiffs from continuing their alleged
detrimental conduct.
 
     On March 23, 1998, the Court issued a Memorandum and Order granting the
Defendants' Motions for Summary Judgment and dismissing PRPA's counterclaim. The
Plaintiffs have filed their Notice of Appeal with the Court.
 
     As a result of the withdrawal of the Antitrust Counts and the Breach Counts
in the federal action, the Plaintiffs filed a Complaint on May 31, 1996 with the
Federal Maritime Commission against Defendants and Pasha Auto Warehousing Inc.
alleging violations of Section 10 of the Shipping Act of 1984 and Sections 16
and 17 of the Shipping Act of 1916 generally by engaging in unjust and
unreasonable practices, discrimination and unreasonable refusals to deal with
and giving unreasonable preferences to others to the detriment of the Plaintiffs
and breaching the PRPA Lease.
 
   
     The Plaintiffs have requested the Federal Maritime Commission ("FMC") to
issue an order commanding the Defendants to cease and desist from the aforesaid
violations, to establish and put in force such practices as the FMC determines
to be reasonable and to pay damages to the Plaintiffs by way of reparation. The
Defendants have filed motions for summary judgment with the FMC which are still
pending.
    
 
                                       71
<PAGE>

                                      NPR
 
GENERAL
 
     NPR, operating under the trade name "Navieras," provides containerized
cargo service between the United States, Puerto Rico, the Caribbean and through
the TNX joint venture, South America. Based on the total volume of fully
containerized cargo carried between the United States and Puerto Rico during the
year ended December 31, 1997, NPR ranked first overall, having transported
approximately 31.8% of such cargo. At the Puerto Nuevo San Juan facility, NPR
controls approximately 60% of the available waterfront container terminal
facilities which provides significant operating efficiencies and competitive
advantages.
 
     NPR's predecessor was formed in 1974 by the Puerto Rico Government in
recognition of the vital importance of maritime transportation to the economic
development of Puerto Rico. When NPR's predecessor commenced operations, it had
a virtual monopoly. Over time, however, the development of competition combined
with the bureaucratic management style associated with a government controlled
entity had a negative impact on its competitive position and operating
performance. In November 1992, the Puerto Rico Government began to evaluate
publicly the merits of liquidating or divesting its shipping operations.
Uncertainty surrounding the Puerto Rico Government's intentions and the
possibility of liquidation provided competitors with the opportunity to increase
market shares and resulted in significant deterioration in financial
performance. In March 1995, pursuant to the Privatization, an investment group
(including members of NPR's current management) purchased NPR's business. Since
the Privatization, NPR's management has implemented various programs to
significantly improve NPR's performance.
 
OVERVIEW OF OPERATIONS
 
   
     NPR operates four ships which carry primarily containerized cargo in
standard size containers, employing 20-foot, 40-foot, 40HC, refrigerated and
45-foot marine containers. In order to facilitate its expansion to the 53-foot
"big box" segment of the market, NPR has commenced the modification of four of
its vessels to accommodate 53-foot containers as well. For ocean-going
transportation, these containers can be placed both inside the cargo hold and on
the deck of a container ship, and for land transportation are placed on chassis
and pulled by conventional tractors, or on rail cars in single or double stacks.
NPR offers service three times per week between San Juan, Puerto Rico and the
United States via the port of Jacksonville, Florida and weekly service between
San Juan and the ports of Miami, Florida and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. In
April 1998, NPR added Miami as a new port of call in order to increase market
penetration in the South Florida market and reduce intermodal transportation
costs. These three ports of entry provide efficient gateways to major commercial
areas throughout the United States and Canada. In connection with the
Acquisition, NPR now calls at the Packer Avenue Facility in Philadelphia instead
of its previous port of call of Elizabeth, New Jersey, in order to capitalize on
several areas of expected cost savings. Through charter arrangements, NPR
provides service three times a week between San Juan and the Dominican Republic
and also, through a slot charter arrangement (i.e. the use of space on another
carrier's vessel), services the Caribbean island of Trinidad and the United
States Virgin Islands.
    
 
     In addition, NPR has developed and enhanced a sophisticated, efficient
intermodal network which permits NPR to offer daily in-land transportation to
and from the ports of Jacksonville, Miami and Philadelphia via high speed rail
and truck connections throughout the United States. Furthermore, as an operator
of ocean-going vessels, which have sailing times that are generally more
predictable than barges, NPR provides its customers with the convenience of
on-time scheduled departures at all ports served.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>

     NPR owns five vessels, four of which currently are in operation and one of
which is available to be rotated into service to minimize service disruptions
when an operating vessel is in need of maintenance or repairs. All five are
Jones Act vessels. The following table sets forth information regarding the five
ships that NPR currently owns:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 NUEVO SAN JUAN   CAROLINA   GUAYAMA   HUMACAO   MAYAGUEZ
                                                 --------------   --------   -------   -------   --------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
Date Built.....................................       10/70          3/71      6/69      5/68      12/68
Age............................................     27 yrs.       26 yrs.    28 yrs.   29 yrs.   29 yrs.
Gross tons.....................................      19,444        19,454    19,283    19,046     19,203
Net tons.......................................      13,939        13,948    13,806    13,544     13,726
Displacement tons..............................      33,400        33,400    32,565    32,565     32,565
Twenty-foot equivalent units ("TEUs")..........       1,326         1,330     1,292     1,257      1,292
Refrigerated slots ("Reefers") (1).............          90            90        90        90         90
Length ("LOA").................................      704.5'        704.5'    700.5'    700.5'     700.5'
Beam...........................................         90'           90'       90'       90'        90'
Draft..........................................     35.846'       35.846'    35.846'   32.094'   32.094'
Rated Speed....................................     22 kts.       22 kts.    22 kts.   22 kts.   22 kts.
Shaft H.P......................................      27,300        27,300    27,300    27,300     27,300
Crew...........................................          28            28        28        28         28
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
(1) Included in TEUs indicated above.
 
   
     In San Juan, Puerto Rico, NPR leases approximately 60% of the available
waterfront container terminal facilities at Puerto Nuevo through long-term
leases with the Puerto Rico Ports Authority which run through 2018-2021. See "--
Properties". The San Juan port is Puerto Rico's primary port serving Puerto
Rico's 3.7 million residents and businesses. In San Juan, the Company performs
its own stevedoring operations on an approximately 110-acre facility, utilizing
four container cranes. Due to its space advantage, NPR is able to offer a fully
wheeled operation which keeps the containers on chassis at all times and allows
for immediate pick-up and delivery. Stevedoring services for NPR's vessels in
Jacksonville are performed by third parties, while in Philadelphia, they are
performed by Holt at the Packer Avenue Facility. Utilizing its vessels, valuable
port space in San Juan and over 20,000 containers and truck chassis, NPR
provides cargo transportation services for over 2,500 customers.

     Following the Privatization, NPR's management successfully implemented a
number of initiatives to reduce operating expenses. As a result of these
initiatives, NPR's EBITDA increased from $8.2 million for the year ended January
5, 1997 to $13.1 million for the period beginning January 6, 1997 and ended
November 20, 1997, while for the same periods its revenues decreased from $269.1
million to $245.3 million and its net income increased from a loss of $14.9
million to net income of $1.5 million. These initiatives included the following:
    
 
   
          o Increased Routing Efficiency.  At the time of the Privatization,
            NPR's ships were calling five different ports in the United States:
            Elizabeth, New Jersey; Jacksonville, Florida; Baltimore, Maryland;
            Charleston, South Carolina; and New Orleans, Louisiana. After the
            Privatizations, the current management team reduced the number of
            ports of call in the United States from five to two, and was able to
            do so with minimal impact on revenues due to effective use of
            in-land transportation, a concept commonly referred to as
            intermodalism. In April 1998, NPR added Miami, Florida as a third
            port of call in order to increase market penetration in the South
            Florida market and reduce intermodal transportation costs. In
            addition to the reductions in the ports of call, NPR has implemented
            improved vessel deployment. These initiatives have allowed NPR to
            reduce the number of operational vessels from five to four,
            resulting in reduced vessel expenses combined with increased
            capacity utilization while providing the same weekly level of
            service to Puerto Rico. The fifth vessel is rotated into service
            when one of the other vessels is in need of maintenance or repair,
            thereby maintaining continuity of service.
    
 
          o Closure of port facilities.  As a result of the 1995 and 1996
            closing of port facilities in Baltimore, Charleston and New Orleans,
            NPR eliminated annual rent of approximately $1.3 million. In
            addition, the Company closed seven sales and administrative offices
            and consolidated customer service operations at one service center
            in Tampa, Florida, resulting
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
            in annual savings of approximately $141,000. These initiatives,
            while reducing costs, have resulted in more efficient operations and
            improved customer service.
 
          o Reduction in staff.  Subsequent to the Privatization, management
            reduced overhead expenses through reductions in office headcount.
            The number of employees at NPR was reduced by 228, from 676 to 448,
            between the time of the Privatization and December 31, 1997. This
            headcount reduction has resulted in annual savings of approximately
            $11.7 million.
 
   
          o Reduced intermodal transportation costs.  Due to the substantial
            volume of intermodal cargo handled by NPR in the United States, NPR
            significantly reduced its per-unit intermodal transportation costs
            by entering into high-volume contracts with trucking companies and
            railroads at favorable rates. NPR has entered into long-term
            contracts with the railroads which fixes its rail rates through the
            middle of 2000.
    
 
          o Reduced advertising costs.  NPR has curtailed advertising expenses
            it perceived as ineffective, resulting in a decrease in advertising
            expenses from $458,000 in 1995 to $194,000 in 1997.
 
OVERVIEW OF PORT FACILITIES
 
   
     Puerto Nuevo terminal in San Juan, Puerto Rico is the hub for all cargo
handled by NPR. Cargo received from and destined to the United States mainland
and the Caribbean islands passes through this facility en route to its final
destination. At Puerto Nuevo, NPR controls 110 acres, or approximately 60% of
the waterfront container terminal facilities available to these cargo
operations. At the terminal, NPR's facilities include approximately 3,300 feet
of deep water berthing area, office space, gate, maintenance and storage
facilities and four cranes. Three of the cranes are under long-term lease and
one is owned by NPR. San Juan is the only deep water port on the favored north
coast of Puerto Rico.
    
 
     NPR's terminal in Jacksonville, Florida, known as the Blount Island
Terminal, is leased through 2005 and consists of approximately 42 acres. NPR is
entitled to use approximately 5,500 feet of deep water berthing space and has
preferential berthing and use of three cranes on four days of each week. Fees
for dockage, wharfage and cranes are charged on a per load basis. The facility
also includes facilities for maintenance, storage of cargo, office space and a
computerized gate.
 
     In Miami, Florida, NPR's cargo is stevedored by a third-party stevedore.
NPR does not currently operate a terminal in Miami.
 
   
TNX JOINT VENTURE

     On August 6, 1997, NPR and Transroll Navegacao S.A. of Brazil ("Transroll")
announced the formation of Transroll Navieras Express, Inc. ("TNX" or the "TNX
joint venture") to provide cargo transportation service between numerous ports
in the United States, San Juan and certain ports in South America. NPR owns
approximately 40% of TNX. At the height of its operations, TNX leased or shared
a total of six self-sustaining container vessels and was a party to slot
chartering and vessel sharing agreements with several international shipping
companies.

     As a result of overcapacity of vessel tonnage introduced into the trade
lanes where TNX operates which has led to competitive rate pressure, NPR and
Transroll determined in the fourth quarter of 1998 to wind down the TNX
operations. TNX is in the process of terminating all of its vessel sharing, slot
charter and other agreements with other shipping companies and expects to
complete its last voyage by mid-November 1998. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
    
 
CUSTOMERS
 
     NPR has a diversified customer base consisting of both United States-based
and Puerto Rico-based shippers of a variety of goods. Typical shipments to
Puerto Rico include furniture, consumer goods, refrigerated and other food
products, toys, new and used cars and apparel. Typical shipments from Puerto
Rico include health products, electronics, shoes and scrap aluminum. The Company
intends to continue NPR's efforts both to increase business with existing
customers and add new customers. NPR's top 15 customers accounted for 28.5% of
total revenues in 1997. No customer
 
                                       74
<PAGE>

accounted for more than 10% of NPR's total revenues in 1997. NPR maintains a
diversified customer base of over 2,500 companies, including several Fortune 500
companies.
 
     NPR has TVAs or fixed rate contracts covering the majority of its business.
TVAs or fixed rate contracts generally specify service standards and provide
customers with reduced rates in exchange for guaranteed minimum quantities
during a specified time period. A TVA or fixed rate contract typically runs for
a term of at least one year and provides for penalties to shippers in the event
that the terms of the TVA or contract are not met. In 1997, a majority of NPR's
revenues were from customers who were party to one or more TVAs or fixed rate
contracts.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
     NPR's sales and marketing function is led by sales professionals who market
NPR to shippers as a customer-oriented provider of value-priced premium and
dependable service. NPR targets major shippers with high value cargo and high
volume, repetitive shipments. The Company believes that price, speed of service
and reliability are important determinants in marketing its services. The
Company believes that NPR has developed a reputation among shippers in the
United States-Puerto Rico market as a reliable provider of high quality and
responsive service. The reliability of NPR's vessels is particularly important
to its customers who depend on their efficient operation and the effective
management of logistical complexities to deliver cargo in a timely and safe
manner. The Company believes that NPR's commitment to high quality customer
service and support is an important factor in maintaining relationships with
major customers which enables it to market the best available rates as well as
obtain timely information regarding its customers' future vessel requirements.
 
COMPETITION
 
     NPR currently competes with four carriers moving freight between the United
States and Puerto Rico. The current operators in the Puerto Rico trade are
Sea-Land Services, Inc. ("Sea-Land"), Crowley American Transport, Inc.
("Crowley"), Marine Transportation Services Sea-Barge, Inc. ("Sea-Barge") and
Trailer Bridge, Inc ("Trailer Bridge"). Of these operators, NPR and Sea-Land
operate high-speed container vessels while Crowley, Sea-Barge and Trailer Bridge
operate towed, low-speed barges. Competition is based upon the following
factors: (i) price; (ii) timeliness of delivery; (iii) quality of service; and
(iv) locations of ports within the United States. NPR believes it maintains a
competitive advantage by operating vessels which are faster and more reliable
than barges. There can be no assurance that NPR will be able to compete
successfully against current and future service of competition or that the
current and future competitive pressure faced by NPR will not adversely affect
its profitability or financial performance.
 
     NPR management believes other competitors are unlikely to enter the market
as a result of limited port space in Puerto Rico and the requirement that all
cargo traveling between Puerto Rico and the United States be carried exclusively
by Jones Act vessels. Any new market entrant would need significant financial
and other resources to effectively compete. Furthermore, the U.S.-Puerto Rico
market is dominated by TVAs, creating a barrier to entry for any new market
contract. Nevertheless, NPR faces the risk of price competition from, and
potential capacity expansion by, competitors already in the Puerto Rico market,
some of which are part of larger transportation organizations which possess
greater financial resources than the Company.
 
     Sea-Land and Crowley are currently participants in a subsidy program
administered by MARAD which subsidizes certain of these carriers' vessels
operating in international routes. In order to continue receiving these
subsidies, Sea-Land and Crowley are subject to limitations on the number of
container slots they may offer in the U.S.-Puerto Rico market. To the extent
these carriers elect to continue receiving these subsidies, the Company believes
that NPR will enjoy a competitive advantage, as NPR is not subject to any
MARAD-imposed limitation on the number of container slots it may offer to
customers.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
     The Company's marine operations are conducted in the United States domestic
and foreign trade. A set of federal laws known as the Jones Act requires that
only United States built, owned and crewed vessels move freight in the domestic
trade between ports in the United States, including the
 
                                       75
<PAGE>

noncontiguous areas of Puerto Rico, Alaska, Hawaii and Guam. These marine
operations are subject to regulation by various federal agencies, including the
Surface Transportation Board, the successor agency to the Interstate Commerce
Commission, MARAD and the United States Coast Guard. The marine operations in
the United States foreign trade are, in addition, subject to regulation by the
Federal Maritime Commission. These regulatory authorities have broad powers
governing activities such as operational safety, tariff filings of freight
rates, certain mergers, consolidations and acquisitions, contraband and
financial reporting. Management believes that its operations are in material
compliance with current marine laws and regulations, but there can be no
assurance that current regulatory requirements will not change. See "Risk
Factors -- Potential Loss of Jones Act Protection."
 
   
     Pursuant to an agreement between NPR and MARAD, two of NPR's vessels are
deemed to be "qualified agreement vessels" within the meaning of Section 607 of
the United States Merchant Marine Act of 1936, as amended (which pertains to
MARAD's Capital Construction Fund Program). As a result, such vessels are
prohibited until March 3, 2000 from engaging in the contiguous domestic trade
(defined as cargo transportation between ports located within the United States,
excluding Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto Rico). The vessels are deemed "qualified
agreement vessels" due to the use of Capital Construction Fund monies by the
prior owner of the vessels in acquiring the vessels. The Company believes that
the agreement will not have an adverse impact on NPR's operations as NPR's
vessels are engaged in the non-contiguous domestic trade and the Company has no
present intention of engaging in the contiguous domestic trade.
    
 
EMPLOYEE AND LABOR RELATIONS
 
     Approximately 34.2% of NPR's permanent employees are represented by labor
unions, including five unions related to shipping operations and two unions
related to land operations. At sea, NPR employs: (i) Masters, Mates & Pilots
("MMP") with a contract expiring June 30, 1999; (ii) Marine Engineers Beneficial
Association ("MEBA"), with contracts expiring June 15, 1999; (iii) Seafarers
International Union (SIU) with a contract expiring June 15, 2001; and (iv) two
radio officer unions, the American Radio Association and Radio Officers Union,
both with contracts expiring December 31, 1998. On land, NPR employs: (i) the
ILA with a contract expiring September 30, 2001 and (ii) the Office and
Professional Employees International Union ("OPEIU") (the clerical workers'
union) with a contract expiring August 31, 2000. NPR regards its relations with
its unions as satisfactory. The ILA's last strike against NPR was in 1977 and
the OPEIU's last strike against NPR was in 1989.
 
     At December 31, 1997, NPR had 448 employees engaged in sales,
transportation logistics, equipment management, administrative support and
customer service. In addition, NPR employs 112 union shipboard employees.
Longshoremen are hired on an as-needed basis, and depending upon the number of
vessels being loaded or unloaded at any one time, NPR may employ up to 230
longshoremen.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     NPR's operations are subject to various federal, state and local
environmental laws and regulations, promulgated by the Environmental Protection
Agency and similar state regulatory agencies. These regulations govern the
management of hazardous wastes, discharge of pollutants into the air, surface
and underground waters, and the disposal of certain substances. Management is
not aware of any material water or land fuel spills or hazardous substance
contamination on its properties and believes that its operations are in material
compliance with current environmental laws and regulations.
 
     In connection with NPR's acquisition of its business in the Privatization
in March 1995, NPR agreed to assume responsibility for the administration of
certain asbestos-related tort claims against the Puerto Rico Government and the
payment of the first $2 million of such claims. The Puerto Rico Government has
retained liability for claims above the $2 million level. Currently, the number
of filed asbestosis claims is approximately 1,150. A majority of the claims have
been filed as independent actions in the United States District Court for the
Northern District of Ohio.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     NPR is the defendant in a lawsuit filed in November 1996 in the United
States District Court for the District of Puerto Rico (Ocean Logistics
Management, Inc. v. NPR, Inc., No. 96-2388 DRD). The plaintiff seeks damages
arising out of an agreement between the plaintiff and NPR whereby NPR offered a
discounted freight rate to the plaintiff in exchange for shipment of a
guaranteed volume of containers between the mainland United States and Puerto
Rico. The plaintiff claims that NPR unilaterally terminated the agreement
approximately two and one-half months before its termination date, allegedly
causing damages to the plaintiff. In its first amended complaint, the plaintiff
asserted causes of action claiming breach of contract, breach of a distribution
contract pursuant to Puerto Rico law, tortious interference with contractual
relations, liability for outstanding commissions and trucking allowances and
violations of the Sherman Act. The plaintiff seeks $4 million for each of the
first four claims and $12 million for the fifth claim (presumably because of the
treble damages provisions of the Sherman Act). NPR has filed a motion to dismiss
the complaint, which remains pending. NPR intends to vigorously defend itself
against the lawsuit. Although the Company believes that any liability of NPR in
connection with the lawsuit will be substantially less than $4 million, there
can be no assurance in that regard or that the resolution of this lawsuit will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or
results of operations.
 
PROPERTIES
 
     NPR is headquartered in Edison, New Jersey in a one-story leased building
of approximately 65,000 square feet. Currently, 181 administrative employees
work at this facility and approximately 70% of the facility is utilized. The
headquarters' lease expires in February 2001. NPR's San Juan, Puerto Rico
terminal is leased pursuant to multiple agreements with the Puerto Rico Ports
Authority with total acreage of approximately 110 acres, including both
preferential use berthing areas (20 acres for vessels) and exclusive use acreage
(90 acres), with terms expiring from 2018 to 2021, including all renewal
options. A parking lot is leased through 2005.
 
     NPR's approximately 42-acre terminal in Jacksonville, Florida, known as the
Blount Island Terminal, is leased through year 2005. NPR is entitled to use
approximately 5,500 feet of deep water berthing space and has preferential
berthing and use of three cranes on four days of each week.
 
     NPR leases an additional approximately 13,000 square feet of administrative
office space for 37 employees in San Juan, Puerto Rico under a lease which
expires in April 2002, including a renewal option. This office space is
approximately 95% utilized. Six small sales and administrative offices are
leased in Chicago, Miami, Houston, Long Beach, metropolitan Atlanta and
Washington, D.C. under leases with terms expiring from 1998 to 1999. NPR also
leases an approximately 20,000 square feet fully integrated, computerized
customer service center, located in a modern office building in Tampa, Florida,
housing 67 employees, under a lease which expires in February 2003.
 
                                       77

<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the directors
and executive officers of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME                    AGE                  POSITION
                 ----                    ---                  --------
<S>                                      <C>   <C>
Thomas J. Holt.........................  61    Chairman, President and Chief Executive
                                               Officer
Lorraine Robins........................  67    Executive Vice President and Director
Bernard Gelman.........................  57    Vice President, Chief Financial
                                               Officer, Treasurer and Director
John A. Evans..........................  51    General Counsel, Vice President,
                                               Corporate Secretary and Director
Thomas J. Holt, Jr.....................  34    Director
Leo A. Holt............................  33    Director
Michael J. Holt........................  24    Director
The key employees of NPR are as follows:
Ronald M. Katims.......................  63    President and Chief Executive Officer
                                               of NPR
Paul J. Wittig.........................  52    Executive Vice President and Chief
                                               Financial Officer of NPR
Edward W. O'Donnell....................  48    Executive Vice President and Commercial
                                               Director of NPR
Edward G. Cawthon......................  57    Executive Vice President of Operations
                                               of NPR
Carl R. Fox............................  45    Senior Vice President of Strategic
                                               Planning and Administration of NPR
</TABLE>
 
     Thomas J. Holt, Sr. has been Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Issuer since its capitalization in October 1997. He is the son of
the founder of the Holt business. He has been actively involved with Holt for
over 43 years and has served as an executive officer and director of each of the
Holt Subsidiaries since 1965. He is a member of the Philadelphia District Export
Council, World Trade Association of Philadelphia, Inc., Pacific Maritime
Association and Imported Products Association. Mr. Holt is the father of Thomas
J. Holt, Jr., Leo A. Holt and Michael J. Holt, each a director of the Company.
 
     Lorraine Robins has been Executive Vice President and a director of the
Issuer since its capitalization in October 1997. She has worked for Holt for the
last 35 years and has served as Executive Vice President of each of the Holt
Subsidiaries since 1983. She is a member of the World Trade Association of
Philadelphia, Inc., and received the "Woman of the Year" award for outstanding
achievement from the Women's International Trade Association.
 
     Bernard Gelman has been Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
and a director of the Issuer since its capitalization in October 1997. He has
worked for Holt for 29 years and has served as Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer of Holt since 1970. He is a member of both the
Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants and The American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
 
     John A. Evans has been General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and a director
of the Issuer since its capitalization in October 1997 and Vice President since
January 1998. He has worked for Holt for 23 years and has served as Corporate
Secretary and General Counsel since 1983. He is both an attorney
 
                                       78
<PAGE>

and a certified public accountant. He is a member of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants, New Jersey Bar Association, Pennsylvania Bar
Association and the American Bar Association.
 
     Thomas J. Holt, Jr. has been a director of the Issuer since its
capitalization in October 1997. He is a director, executive officer and
shareholder of AHI and SLS and has been involved in the stevedoring, marine
terminal and warehousing business for over 14 years. He is a member of the
Philadelphia Maritime Society and the World Trade Association of Philadelphia.
He is the son of Thomas J. Holt, Sr., Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Issuer and the brother of Leo A. Holt and Michael J. Holt, each a
director of the Issuer.
 
     Leo A. Holt has been a director of the Issuer since its capitalization in
October 1997. He is a director, executive officer and shareholder of AHI and SLS
and has been involved in the stevedoring, marine terminal and warehousing
business for over 13 years. He is a trustee with the Philadelphia Seaman's
Church Institute, a member of both the World Trade Association of Philadelphia
and the Produce Marketing Association. He is the son of Thomas J. Holt, Sr.,
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Issuer and the brother of
Thomas J. Holt, Jr., and Michael J. Holt, each a director of the Company.
 
     Michael J. Holt has been a director of the Issuer since its capitalization
in October 1997. He is a director, executive officer and shareholder of AHI and
SLS and has been involved with the stevedoring, marine terminal and warehousing
business for over three years. He is the son of Thomas J. Holt, Sr., Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Issuer and the brother of Thomas J.
Holt, Jr., and Leo A. Holt, each a director of the Issuer.
 
     Ronald M. Katims has been President and Chief Executive Officer of NPR
since the Privatization in March 1995. He has over 35 years experience in the
maritime industry as a manager, an entrepreneur and a consultant. He served as
President and Executive Vice President of Operations at NPR's predecessor from
1974 to 1978 and in 1989. He has also served as the Vice President of
Engineering and Purchasing for Sea-Land, where his responsibilities included
design and development, acquisition, expansion and construction of all
facilities, cranes and equipment. As a consultant, his experience included
operational and technical studies for Maersk, United States Lines ("USL"),
Matson, Trailer Bridge, ZIM, Lykes, American President Lines and Hanjin.
 
     Paul J. Wittig has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of NPR since the Privatization in March 1995. He began his career in the
audit and tax departments at Ernst & Young from 1971 to 1977, where his tax
clients included Sea-Land, and Puerto Rico Marine Management, Inc. He previously
served as Tax Manager at Union Camp Corp. from 1977 to 1980, and Vice President,
Taxes at USL from 1980 to 1987. He was Chief Tax Executive at Journal Register
Company from 1988 to 1994, where he had a concentration on financial
transactions including acquisitions, financial restructurings and divestitures.
 
     Edward W. O'Donnell has been Executive Vice President and Commercial
Director of NPR since the Privatization in March 1995. He has over 25 years
experience in the maritime industry previously serving in executive capacities
with several major shipping companies including Sea-Land, from 1972 to 1977, USL
from 1979 to 1987 and Crowley from 1987 to 1990. He has particular experience in
developing business in the Latin American markets including Brazil, Argentina
and Venezuela. Prior to joining NPR, he was a consultant to Transroll, NPR's
current joint venture partner, where he consulted on business matters affecting
the United States-Brazil and Argentina trade.
 
     Edward G. Cawthon has been Executive Vice President of Operations of NPR
since November 1995. He has over 30 years experience in the maritime industry.
He previously served as Senior Vice President of Operations for USL from 1975 to
1987, Director of Intermodal Terminal Operations for American President Lines
from 1987 to 1989, and President of Atlantic Towing Turecamo Environmental
Services from 1989 to 1995.
 
     Carl R. Fox has been Senior Vice President of Business Planning and
Administration of NPR since May 1995. He has 22 years experience in the maritime
industry. In this position at NPR he is involved in directing the strategic
planning initiative focusing on development of short and long-term strategy; and
the management of Information Technology, Human Resources, Administrative
Services,
 
                                       79
<PAGE>

and Reengineering. In addition, he has worked in a number of Financial and
Planning positions at Crowley and USL.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     Prior to the capitalization of the Issuer in October 1997, the Issuer did
not pay any compensation to its executive officers. In 1996, decisions
concerning compensation of executive officers were made by the Board of
Directors of Holt, consisting, at that time, of Thomas J. Holt, Sr., Lorraine
Robins and Bernard Gelman. See "Certain Transactions."
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     Directors of the Issuer are not currently compensated for their services as
such. The Issuer reimburses directors for their expenses incurred in connection
with their activities as directors. In the future, the Issuer may elect to
compensate directors for their services as directors.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
   
     The Issuer was capitalized in October 1997 and accordingly, paid no
compensation during the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997. Prior to
1998, all of the Company's executive officers were compensated by Holt. The
following table sets forth, with respect to services rendered during 1996 and
1997, the total compensation paid by Holt to or for the account of the Company's
Chief Executive Officer and the Company's three other executive officers (the
"Named Executive Officers"). None of the Named Executive Officers is a party to
an employment agreement with the Company. The named Executive Officers also
provide services to, and receive additional compensation from certain of the
Non-combined Affiliates. See "Certain Transactions."
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                    --------------------       ALL OTHER
        NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION          YEAR   SALARY($)   BONUS($)    COMPENSATION(1)
        ---------------------------          ----   ---------   --------    ---------------
<S>                                          <C>    <C>         <C>        <C>
Thomas J. Holt, Sr ........................  1997   $254,782    $     --        $  2,906
  Chairman of the Board, President           1996   $261,773          --        $  2,659
  and Chief Executive Officer
Lorraine Robins ...........................  1997   $ 98,530    $     --        $  1,626
  Executive Vice President                   1996    101,820          --           1,557
Bernard Gelman ............................  1997   $116,252    $     --        $  2,013
  Vice President, Chief Financial            1996    120,200          --           1,926
  Officer and Treasurer
John A. Evans .............................  1997   $110,450    $     --        $  1,596
  General Counsel and Secretary              1996    108,786          --           1,552
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
(1) Amounts indicated for 1997 include employer 401(k) contribution in the
    following amounts: Mr. Holt, $2,660; Ms. Robins, $1,380; Mr. Gelman, $1,767;
    and Mr. Evans, $1,350. Also includes $246 in group life insurance premiums
    for each Named Executive Officer.
 
401(K) PLAN
 
     The Company maintains a 401(k) Profit-Sharing Plan ("401(k) Plan") for the
benefit of eligible employees of Holt which consists of a 401(k) component and a
profit-sharing component. The 401(k) Plan, which is intended to be qualified
under the Code, is a salary reduction plan and profit-sharing plan covering
employees of Holt who have completed one year of service, and whose employment
is not governed by a collective bargaining agreement.
 
     Under the 401(k) component, participants may elect to defer between 1% and
10% of their compensation up to a maximum of $9,500 per year, as adjusted by the
IRS for changes in the cost of living, and to deposit such amount in the 401(k)
Plan fund. The Company also currently matches contributions of between 75% and
200% (depending on the participant's years of service) of the first 1% of
compensation deferred by a participant. Under the profit-sharing provisions of
the 401(k) Plan,
 
                                       80
<PAGE>

the Company may make contributions in amounts to be determined by the Company in
its sole discretion. Any such Company profit-sharing contributions will be
allocated among all eligible employees, in proportion to that employee's
compensation from the Company. The Company's matching contributions and
profit-sharing contributions allocated to each participant vest over six years,
or earlier upon attainment of the appropriate retirement age, upon retirement
for disability, upon death or upon termination of the 401(k) Plan.
 
     All contributions under the 401(k) Plan are currently invested, subject to
participant-directed elections, in collective funds managed by PaineWebber
Trust. Payment of 401(k) Plan benefits are generally made in a single lump sum
or installments. Distribution of a participant's vested interest in his or her
account generally occurs on the earlier of termination of employment for any
reason (including retirement, death or disability) or by the April 1 following
the calendar year the participant reaches age 70 1/2 if he or she is still
employed.
 
NPR 1997 PHANTOM STOCK PLAN
 
  GENERAL
 
     Under the NPR Holding Corporation 1997 Phantom Stock Plan (the "Plan"), NPR
Senior Management, including the key employees of NPR listed under "-- Executive
Officers, Directors and Key Employees" (the "Participants"), received grants of
"Phantom Stock Units" in connection with the Acquisition. Each Phantom Stock
Unit represents a conditional contractual right to the payment of compensation
in the future, based on the value of the Phantom Stock Unit at the time payments
are made under the Plan. No Participant contribution or payment is required in
connection with the grant or receipt of payment with respect to Phantom Stock
Units. The Phantom Stock Units granted to NPR Senior Management represent the
value of 10% of the NPR common stock outstanding at the grant date, computed on
a fully diluted basis as if the Phantom Stock Units were outstanding shares of
NPR common stock, subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits and
similar dilutive events.
 
  VESTING OF PHANTOM STOCK UNITS
 
     In general, a participant's Phantom Stock Units will "vest" based on NPR's
achievement of certain financial performance goals. If, for any calendar year
beginning on or after January 1, 1998 and ending December 31, 2002, NPR achieves
the financial performance target listed in the table below, Participants who are
active employees on the last day of that calendar year, or who terminated
employment after June 30 of the calendar year due to disability, death,
resignation with good reason or termination by the Company without cause, will
vest in the corresponding percentage of their Phantom Stock Units, as listed in
the table below. Once an applicable financial performance target has been met
with respect to a year, the applicable percentage of a participant's award is
permanently vested. NPR's meeting (or failure to meet) the financial performance
target with respect to subsequent years does not result in any additional
vesting (or loss of the prior vesting). The financial performance target is
based on NPR's net earnings, before interest, depreciation and amortization as
defined in the Plan (for purposes of this section, "EBITDA").
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                EBITDA TARGET                  VESTING PERCENTAGE
                -------------                  ------------------
<S>                                            <C>
$19.8 million................................          20%
 29.0 million................................          40
 29.4 million................................          60
 40.6 million................................          80
 44.1 million................................         100
</TABLE>
 
     In the event of (i) a public offering of equity securities of the Issuer,
NPR or an affiliate of either (a "Public Offering"), (ii) the liquidation of
NPR, (iii) a merger of NPR, (iv) a change of control of NPR or (v) the sale of
substantially all of the assets of NPR, any of which occurs before January 1,
2003, unvested Phantom Stock Units held by Participants who are active
employees, or who terminated employment with NPR due to disability, death,
resignation with good reason or termination by NPR without cause within six
months of the applicable event, will become fully vested.
 
                                       81
<PAGE>

  PAYMENT OF VALUE OF VESTED PHANTOM STOCK UNITS
 
     As of any date, the value of all Phantom Stock Units in the aggregate is
equal to the sum of (i) five times EBITDA per share of NPR (including, for this
purpose, outstanding shares and Phantom Stock Units) for the immediately
preceding twelve-month period, plus (ii) an amount designed to reflect one-half
of the additional net after-federal-income-tax cost to the Participants of
recognizing income on the payment of the value of the vested Phantom Stock Units
at ordinary income tax rates instead of the income tax rates applicable to the
recognition of long-term capital gains with respect to capital assets that have
been held for more than 18 months.
 
     In general, if a Participant continues in service as an active employee
through December 31, 2002, the value of the vested Phantom Stock Units will be
paid in a cash lump sum within 60 days following the participant's termination
of employment. If a Participant's employment with NPR terminates on or before
December 31, 2002, then depending on the nature of such termination, the value
of the vested Phantom Stock Units will be determined either (i) as of the end of
the year in which the termination occurred, (ii) as of the end of the year
preceding the termination date or (iii) as of December 31, 2002, and such value
will be paid either (a) in a cash lump sum within 60 days following the date of
the Participant's termination of employment, or (b) at a later date, up to 60
days following December 31, 2002.
 
     If there is (i) a liquidation of NPR, (ii) a merger of NPR, (iii) a change
of control of NPR or (iv) the sale of substantially all of the assets of NPR
before January 1, 2003, then the value of the vested Phantom Stock Units,
measured as of the date of such event, will be paid to Participants in a cash
lump sum as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the payment of the value of the vested
Phantom Stock Units in a cash lump sum as described above would violate any
agreement to which the Issuer or NPR is a party, which evidences or governs
indebtedness for borrowed money (and which agreement was effective as of
November 20, 1997, or which is a refinancing or replacement, in whole or in
part, of such an agreement), NPR will pay the Participant as much of the amount
as it can without violating the debt agreement, and pay the balance, plus
interest at three points over the prime rate (as in effect when the payment
would have been made but for the debt agreement) in periodic installments over
the longer of (i) three years or (ii) a period measured by the duration of time
between the Participant's termination of employment and December 31, 2002.
 
  FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
     A participant will recognize income for federal income tax purposes when
and to the extent he receives payments pursuant to the Plan. Assuming that the
payment reflects reasonable compensation for services, NPR will be entitled to
deduct the payments as a compensation expense at the time of payment.
 
                                       82
<PAGE>

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     The Issuer and each of its subsidiaries (the "S Corp. Businesses") are
corporations subject to taxation under Subchapter S of the Code. As a result,
the net taxable income of each S Corp. Business must be included in the taxable
income of its shareholders as the S Corp. Businesses are not subject to tax at
the corporate level with respect to such income. The S Corp. Businesses had
historically made earnings distributions to their shareholders in amounts equal
to or greater than the amount of the shareholders' Federal and State income tax
liabilities arising from the S Corp. Business' status as S Corporations (other
than NPR, Murphy Marine and Wilmington Stevedores, which became S corporations
effective in January 1998). The amount of these distributions were $1.6 million,
$3.0 million and $4.5 million for 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The terms
of the Notes generally will permit the S Corp. Businesses to make distributions
to their shareholders with respect to their tax liabilities attributable to the
S Corp. Businesses, subject to certain requirements described herein. Under
current tax rates, the amount of the distributions are likely to exceed the tax
liability which the S Corp. Businesses would have if they were not S
corporations. See "Description of New Notes."
 
     Holt and the Non-consolidated Affiliates provide services and goods to each
other. Holt provides to the Non-consolidated Affiliates stevedoring services,
rental of warehouse space and building and equipment repair services. In 1995,
1996 and 1997, Holt received a total of $750,000, $9,000 and $55,000,
respectively, for these services. The Non-consolidated Affiliates provide Holt
with rental of warehouse space, building and equipment repairs, management
services and the sale of ice. For 1995, 1996 and 1997, Holt paid the
Non-consolidated Affiliates $3.2 million, $1.7 million and $1.2 million for
these services and goods, respectively. In addition, certain of the Company's
executive officers provide services to and receive compensation from the
Non-consolidated Affiliates. See Note 9 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements" of the Company.
 
     Holt and the Non-consolidated Affiliates historically have made advances to
each other for working capital purposes and have accrued amounts payable to each
other arising out of the sale of services and goods. The outstanding advances
and payables by the Non-consolidated Affiliates to Holt at December 31, 1995 and
1996 and 1997 were $13.4 million, $21.1 million and $21.3 million, respectively.
None of these advances bears interest. The outstanding advances and payables by
Holt to the Non-consolidated Affiliates at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and 1997
were $11.2 million, $10.3 million and $12.2 million, respectively. See Note 9 of
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" of the Company.
 
     AHI subleases the Packer Avenue Facility (which includes four container
cranes) and leases an additional crane to the Company. Pursuant to the PRPA
Lease, which expires in 2040 (including all renewal options), the PRPA leases
the Packer Avenue Facility to AHI and has granted to AHI rights to develop
certain undeveloped additional waterfront property. Under the Sublease between
AHI and Holt, Holt pays AHI the rental payable by AHI to the PRPA plus fifteen
percent of that amount. See "Business -- Holt -- Properties." Thomas J. Holt,
Jr., Leo A. Holt and Michael J. Holt, each a director of the Company and a son
of Thomas J. Holt Sr., own all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital
stock of AHI. Rental expenses and fees paid by Holt to AHI amounted to $2.4
million, $2.5 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997, respectively. See Note 10 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements" of the Company.
 
     Pursuant to agreements between Holt and SLS, SLS provides Holt with
services relating to accounting, billing, management information processing,
insurance risk analysis and coverage and marketing. All logistics and management
information services provided to the Company's customers, including CTS and the
Container Computer System, and certain of the Company's sales and marketing
activities, are provided by SLS on behalf of the Company. As compensation for
these services, Holt pays SLS an amount equal to five percent of Holt's gross
revenue on a monthly basis. The terms of the consulting agreements expire in
2002. Thomas J. Holt, Jr., Leo A. Holt and Michael J. Holt, each a director of
the Company and a son of Thomas J. Holt, Sr., own all of the issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of SLS. Fees paid by Holt to SLS for these
services amounted to $2.8 million, $3.7 million and $4.5 million for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. See Note 10 of "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements" of the Company.
 
                                       83
<PAGE>

   
     In February and April 1998, the Company loaned a total of $5 million to
Thomas J. Holt, Sr., the Company's Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer. The loan bears interest at a rate of 1% over the prime rate and matures
between February and April 1999. Interest is payable quarterly.
    
 
   
     In January 1998, the Company sold to AHI certain refrigeration equipment
which the Company no longer needed in its operations. The $5 million purchase
price for the equipment is payable on or before December 31, 1998.
    
 
   
     Holt has entered into an Option to Purchase and Development Agreement with
Delaware Avenue Enterprises, Inc. ("DAE"), a company owned and operated by
Thomas J. Holt, Jr., Leo A. Holt and Michael J. Holt, directors of the Issuer.
Pursuant to the agreement, Holt paid $8 million to DAE to acquire an option to
purchase 11.5 acres of property located on the Delaware River in Philadelphia
(the "Premises") for a price equal to 120% of any sum expended by DAE to improve
and develop the Premises. The option expires on December 31, 2013. In connection
with the agreement, DAE issued to the Company a $10 million promissory note that
bears interest at 1% over the prime rate and matures on the earlier of December
31, 2013 or the date on which Holt exercises its option and purchases the
Premises. The note is secured by a mortgage and security agreement on the
Premises and a contiguous 28-acre site. See Note 14 of "Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements" of the Company.
    
 
     Holt and certain of the Non-consolidated Affiliates guarantee certain of
each other's indebtedness. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness."
 
                                SOLE STOCKHOLDER
 
     Thomas J. Holt, Sr., the Company's Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer, owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. Other than
the common stock, no other class of capital stock of the Company is authorized.
The business address of the sole stockholder is 701 North Broadway, Gloucester
City, New Jersey 08030.
 
                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
 
     In addition to the Notes, the Company is also subject to the following
indebtedness and obligations (collectively, the "Other Indebtedness and
Financings").
 
OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
 
  REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
 
   
     In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into a revolving
credit facility with CoreStates Bank, N.A. (the "Revolving Credit Facility"),
which provides for up to $30 million of revolving loans and letters of credit
(increased from $25 million in September 1998). Borrowings under the Revolving
Credit Facility may be used for general corporate purposes, including working
capital, and the issuance of up to $10 million in letters of credit. Amounts
outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility will bear interest at a variable
rate at the Company's election of (i) the Base Rate (as defined therein) or (ii)
the LIBO Rate (as defined therein) plus 2.50% per annum. The Company will be
required to pay a letter of credit fee of 2% per annum on letters of credit
outstanding and a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum of the unused portion of the
Revolving Credit Facility. As of June 30, 1998, approximately $6.4 million in
letters of credit and approximately $6.5 million of borrowings were outstanding
under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility is due on
demand of the lender with respect to $5.0 million of principal amount of
indebtedness and expires with respect to the remaining $25.0 million in November
1998. The Company is currently in negotiations with the lender to increase the
amount available under the facility to $50.0 million and to extend the term for
an additional three years. There can be no assurance that the changes sought
will be successfully negotiated.
    
 
     The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by the five United States
Registered Vessels (the "Vessels") owned by NPR pursuant to the terms of First
Preferred Ship Mortgages. Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility is
limited to 65% or 70% of the appraised value of the Vessels, depending on NPR
attaining certain debt to tangible net worth ratios. Borrowings under the
Revolving Credit Facility are subject to the further condition that no material
adverse change has occurred.
 
     The Revolving Credit Facility contains financial covenants including a
minimum net worth test, a debt to tangible net worth test and an interest
coverage ratio test. In addition, the Revolving Credit
 
                                       84
<PAGE>

Facility contains covenants that restrict certain mergers, acquisitions and
sales of assets, the incurrence of indebtedness and making of guarantees, the
payment of dividends, the repurchase of stock, the making of loans to
shareholders and the granting of liens. In addition, the Revolving Credit
Facility contains customary events of default, including any non-payment of
principal, interest or fees when due, non-compliance with covenants, material
breach of a representation or warranty, occurrence of certain bankruptcy and
insolvency events, cross-defaults to other indebtedness, the existence of
certain unstayed and undischarged liens and judgments, and the occurrence of a
material adverse change.
 
  INDUSTRIAL REVENUE BONDS
 
   
     Holt Hauling financed the development of the Gloucester Facility, in
significant part, through a series of Industrial Revenue Bonds (the "NJEDA
Bonds") issued by the New Jersey Economic Development Authority ("NJEDA")
commencing in 1983, with the most recent refunding bonds issued in 1997. The
NJEDA Bonds outstanding as of June 30, 1998, including their interest rates and
maturity dates, are as follows:
    
 
          o $10,000,000 Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling & Warehousing
            System, Inc., 1983 Project), Series G Refunding (non-AMT), bearing
            interest at 8.4% and maturing on December 15, 2015;
 
          o $9,000,000 Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling & Warehousing
            System, Inc., 1983 Project), Series H Refunding (AMT), bearing
            interest at 8.6% and maturing on December 15, 2017;
 
          o $5,000,000 Economic Development Revenue Refunding Bonds (Holt
            Hauling & Warehousing System, Inc., 1983 Project), 1995 Fixed Rate
            Series J, bearing interest at 8.5% and maturing on November 1, 2023;
 
          o $27,250,000 Economic Development Revenue Refunding Bonds (Holt
            Hauling & Warehousing System, Inc. -- 1983 Project), 1997 Series K,
            maturing on March 1, 2027, of which $18,750,000 bears interest at
            7.75% and the remaining $8,500,000 bears interest at 7.90%.
 
     Each of the NJEDA Bonds is secured by mortgages on the Gloucester Facility.
The bond indebtedness thereunder is guaranteed by the other Holt Subsidiaries as
well as the Non-consolidated Affiliates. The respective Loan Agreements and
related documents contain financial covenants including a minimum net worth
test, a debt-to-tangible net worth test and an interest coverage ratio test. In
addition, the applicable documents contain customary events of default,
including any non-payment of principal, interest or fees when due,
non-compliance with covenants, breach of representation or warranty in any
material respect, occurrence of certain bankruptcy and insolvency events,
cross-defaults to other indebtedness, and the existence of certain unstayed and
undischarged liens and judgments.
 
  EQUIPMENT FINANCINGS
 
   
     Pursuant to a Container Lease Purchase Agreement dated as of June 5, 1996
with Interpool Limited ("Interpool"), NPR leased certain equipment from
Interpool on a rolling basis up to a maximum principal amount of approximately
$4.6 million. As of June 30, 1998, approximately $2.6 million was outstanding
under this agreement.
    
 
     Holt Cargo, pursuant to a series of sale-leaseback, capital lease and loan
transactions with Advanta Business Services Corp., The Bank of Gloucester,
General Electric Capital Corporation (subsequently assigned to Michigan National
Bank and MBC (as defined herein)), MetLife Capital Corporation, U.S. Fleet
Leasing and Transamerica Business Credit Corporation, has financed its
acquisition of a significant portion of its equipment. The terms of these
financings are consistent with generally prevailing market terms and range from
36 to 60 months in term, with interest rates ranging from 7.5% to 8.0% fixed, to
variable rates of straight prime or LIBOR plus 0.5% to 1.0%. The indebtedness
under each of these facilities is secured by the specific equipment purchased or
financed under such facilities, respectively.
 
   
     While some of these financing arrangements contain no financial covenants
and other operational restrictions, a number of the agreements do contain
customary covenants, including limitations on (i) the incurring additional
indebtedness, (ii) creating liens, (iii) making restricted payments, including
    
 
                                       85
<PAGE>

   
the payments of dividends, (iv) making investments, (v) engaging in mergers,
consolidations and asset sales, and (vi) engaging in loans, investments and
other transactions with affiliated parties. Certain of the financings include
guarantees by certain of the Non-consolidated Affiliates and the applicable
guarantees contain similar limitations and restrictions on the guarantors
thereunder. As of June 30, 1998, the aggregate amount outstanding under these
facilities was approximately $12.0 million.
    
 
  URBAN DEVELOPMENT ACTION GRANTS AND RELATED LOANS
 
     On December 28, 1983, the City of Gloucester City, New Jersey (the "City")
entered into a Grant Agreement with the United States Department of Housing and
Urban Development ("HUD") for an Urban Development Action Grant, the proceeds of
which were to be loaned to Holt Hauling to assist in the financing of certain
land and equipment acquisitions and port development improvements to the
Gloucester Facility. The low cost loan in the aggregate amount of approximately
$3.6 million (the "UDAG I Loan") was made to Holt Hauling pursuant to a Loan
Agreement dated January 3, 1984, between the City and Holt Hauling.
 
     On August 3, 1984, the City entered into a second Grant Agreement with HUD
for an Urban Development Action Grant, the proceeds of which were to be loaned
to Holt Hauling to assist in the financing of certain additional equipment
acquisitions and an extension of the marginal pier at the Gloucester Facility.
The low cost loan in the amount of $2.0 million (the "UDAG II Loan") was made to
Holt Hauling pursuant to a Loan Agreement dated January 3, 1984, between the
City and Holt Hauling.
 
   
     Pursuant to a Second Amendment to Loan Agreements dated August 1, 1996, the
UDAG I Loan and UDAG II Loans were consolidated and the promissory notes
executed in connection therewith were refinanced by the issuance of an amended
and restated Promissory Note in the restated principal amount of approximately
$5.1 million (the "Restated Note"). The Restated Note bears interest at the rate
of 6% per annum commencing on March 30, 1997, and is payable in 180 equal
monthly payments based on a 25-year amortization, with a balloon payment due on
March 31, 2012. The outstanding balance as of June 30, 1998 under the Restated
Note was approximately $4.9 million.
    
 
  MULTI-CURRENCY FACILITY
 
   
     Riverfront is party to a Multi-Currency Secured Revolving Credit Facility,
dated as of April 16, 1997, with Finansbanken ASA and an Amendment No. 1 to the
Multi-Currency Secured Revolving Credit Facility, dated as of April 23, 1997,
which provide Riverfront with access to a credit facility in the maximum
principal amount of NOK 69.0 million. Riverfront's obligations under this Credit
Facility are secured by a pledge of the shares of the stock of ACL owned by
Riverfront. In addition, Holt Hauling and Holt Cargo serve as guarantors of the
obligations of Riverfront. This credit facility requires Riverfront to maintain
a loan to value ratio of 45% (based on the market value of the ACL stock), and
contains a restriction on dividends but otherwise does not contain financial
covenants. As of June 30, 1998, the outstanding balance was $9.2 million.
    
 
  OTHER TERM LOANS
 
   
     Holt Hauling entered into a Business Loan Agreement dated March 13, 1997
with Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB ("WSFS") pursuant to which WSFS
extended a term loan in the original principal amount of approximately $208,000.
The loan is payable in 35 equal installments of $2,355.66 each, with a final
maturity date of March 13, 2000 and bears interest at a floating rate of prime
plus 0.5% per annum. The WSFS loan is secured by a mortgage on real property and
improvements thereon located at 329 and 701 North King Street, in Gloucester
City, New Jersey. The indebtedness outstanding pursuant to such loan as of June
30, 1998 was approximately $195,000.
    
 
CERTAIN OPERATING LEASES
 
  EQUIPMENT FINANCING -- EMERALD EQUIPMENT LEASING, INC.
 
     On November 20, 1997, NPR sold certain of its assets consisting of
containers, gensets and chassis (the "Emerald Equipment"), to Emerald Equipment
Leasing, Inc. ("Emerald") for a purchase price of $35 million. The Emerald
Equipment was then leased back to NPR and to Holt Cargo (collectively, the
"Lessees"), pursuant to an Equipment Lease Agreement dated as of November 20,
1997 (the "Equipment Lease"). Under the Equipment Lease, the Lessees are
obligated to make monthly payments to Emerald in the amount of approximately
$738,000 per month for a term of 60
 
                                       86
<PAGE>

months. The Equipment Lease also provides that the Lessees may terminate the
Equipment Lease effective as of the fourth anniversary of the Equipment Lease
commencement date, provided that no default of the Lessees exists thereunder and
provided that the Lessees make a lease termination payment to Emerald in the
amount of $2.8 million. The Equipment Lease and payments have been assigned to
MBC Leasing Corp. ("MBC"), which financed Emerald's acquisition of the Emerald
Equipment pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 20,
1997 (the "MBC Credit Agreement"), in the maximum principal amount of up to
$35.0 million (the "Equipment Loan"). The Lessees' obligations under the
Equipment Lease are guaranteed by the Issuer and each of its subsidiaries other
than the Lessees, (the "Lease Guarantors") pursuant to a Lease Guaranty
Agreement dated as of November 20, 1997 (the "Lease Guaranty"), which Lease
Guaranty is also assigned to MBC as additional collateral.
 
     Of the $35.0 million available under the MBC Credit Agreement, $24.0
million was advanced on November 20, 1997 and an additional $6.9 million was
advanced through March 31, 1998. The remaining $4.1 million will be advanced
from time to time by MBC to Emerald upon MBC's obtaining a perfected security
interest in certain of the Emerald Equipment, namely, the chassis, which are
included in the collateral security for the loan. A majority of the outstanding
capital stock of Emerald is owned by certain employees of SLS (who are not
executive officers or directors of SLS).
 
     The Equipment Lease payments were calculated to provide for full
pass-through amortization of the amounts outstanding under the Equipment Loan as
though it had been fully advanced. The initial advance of the Equipment Loan
will bear interest at an annual rate of 9.25%. Subsequent advances will bear
interest at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate for five year Treasury
constant maturities plus 332 basis points. The entire outstanding principal
balance of the Equipment Loan is due and payable on November 20, 2002.
 
     The MBC Credit Agreement contains customary covenants, including
limitations on (i) the incurrence of additional indebtedness, (ii) the creation
of liens, (iii) making restricted payments, including the payments of dividends,
(iv) making investments, (v) engaging in mergers, consolidations and asset
sales, and (vi) engaging in loans, investments and other transactions with
affiliated parties. Similar limitations are imposed on the Lessees and the Lease
Guarantors in the Equipment Lease and the Lease Guaranty. In addition, the Lease
Guarantors, on a consolidated basis, are required to comply with certain
financial covenants including without limitation, (i) a ratio of indebtedness to
tangible net worth, (ii) an interest coverage ratio, and (iii) minimum tangible
net worth, in each case, as specified in the Lease Guaranty.
 
     Emerald will use proceeds of subsequent advances under the MBC Credit
Agreement to make mandatory prepayments of principal outstanding under the
subordinated note in the amount of $11 million issued by Emerald in favor of NPR
on November 20, 1997 (the "Subordinated Note"), which, in turn, will be used to
retire some of the Other Indebtedness relating to Equipment financing described
below. The Subordinated Note bears interest at the Prime Rate as announced from
time to time by CoreStates, and matures on December 31, 1998.
 
  CCIA OPERATING LEASES
 
     Holt Hauling obtained additional financing for terminal improvements
through the issuance by the Camden County Improvement Authority ("CCIA") of
$24.5 million of its Lease Revenue Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System,
Inc. Project), 1996 Series A (the "CCIA-HHW Bonds"). Almost one-third of the
CCIA-HHW Bonds ($7.6 million) bear interest at a rate of 9.625% per annum and
mature on January 1, 2011. The remaining $16.9 million of the CCIA-HHW Bonds
bear interest at a rate of 9.875% and mature on January 1, 2021. The CCIA-HHW
Bonds are secured by a mortgage granted by CCIA on its interest in the terminal
improvements and on its leasehold interest in the land on which such
improvements are located. Payment of the CCIA-HHW Bonds is guaranteed by Holt
Hauling and the Non-combined Affiliates. Holt Hauling granted a mortgage on its
fee interest in the Gloucester Facility to secure repayment of the CCIA-HHW
Bonds.
 
     The Company also financed its development of an additional seven acres of
real property located in the City of Camden (the "Kaighn Point Property")
through the issuance by the CCIA of $19.6 million of its Lease Revenue Bonds,
1997 Series A and 1997 Series B (the "CCIA-KPP Bonds" and, together with the
CCIA-DRW Bonds (as defined herein) and CCIA-HHW Bonds, the "CCIA Bonds"). Of the
$17.9 million of Series A Bonds issued, $500,000 mature on June 1, 2007 and bear
 
                                       87
<PAGE>

interest at a rate of 7.375% per annum and $17.4 million mature on June 1, 2027
and bear interest at 8% per annum. The $1.6 million of Series B Bonds bear
interest at 11.0% per annum and have a maturity date of June 1, 2004. The
CCIA-KPP Bonds are secured by a fee mortgage granted by CCIA and a leasehold
mortgage granted by Holt Hauling on the Kaighn Point Property. Payment of the
CCIA-KPP Bonds is guaranteed by Holt Hauling and the Non-combined Affiliates.
Holt Hauling and one of the Non-combined Affiliates granted a mortgage on their
respective interest in the Gloucester Facility to secure repayment of the
CCIA-KPP Bonds.
 
     The applicable documentation for each of the CCIA Bonds contain financial
covenants including a minimum net worth test, a debt to tangible net worth test
and an interest coverage ratio test. There are also restrictions on certain
mergers, acquisitions and sales of assets, incurrence of additional indebtedness
and the making of guarantees, the payment of dividends, the repurchase of stock,
the making of loans to shareholders and the granting of liens. The documents
contain customary events of default consistent with those contained in the NJEDA
Bond documents.
 
OBLIGATIONS GUARANTEED BY THE COMPANY
 
  DRW BONDS
 
     One of the Lessee-Operators financed its development of a refrigerated
warehouse located at the Gloucester Facility through the issuance by the CCIA of
$18.5 million of its Lease Revenue Bonds (Dockside Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.
Project), Series 1994 (the "CCIA-DRW Bonds"). The CCIA-DRW Bonds bear interest
at a rate of 8.4% per annum and mature on April 1, 2024. The CCIA-DRW Bonds are
secured by a mortgage granted by CCIA on the warehouse and its leasehold
interests in the real property on which the warehouse is located. In addition,
Holt Hauling and one of the Non-combined Affiliates granted a mortgage in their
interest in the Gloucester Facility to secure repayment of the CCIA-DRW Bonds,
which is guaranteed by Holt Hauling and the Non-combined Affiliates.
 
  PAID BONDS
 
     The Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development issued $7.0 million
of its Revenue Bonds (Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc. Project) Series of 1992
(the "PAID Bonds") for the benefit of one of the Non-combined Affiliates. The
PAID Bonds are secured by a mortgage on the Non-combined Affiliate's interest in
the property financed with the PAID Bonds. Interest accrues at a rate of 9.05%
per annum (8.75% following an "Exemption Event" as defined therein). The PAID
Bonds have a maturity date of December 1, 2019. Repayment of the PAID Bonds is
guaranteed by Holt and the other Non-combined Affiliates, and such guarantees
are secured by a mortgage granted by Holt Hauling and one of the Non-combined
Affiliates on their respective interests in the Gloucester Facility. The
guarantors are subject to financial covenants including a minimum net worth
test, a debt to tangible net worth test and an interest coverage ratio test. The
Guaranty also contains restrictions on certain mergers, acquisitions and sales
of assets, incurrence of additional indebtedness and the making of guarantees,
the payment of dividends, the repurchase of stock, the making of loans to
shareholders and the granting of liens. The documents contain customary events
of default consistent with those contained in the NJEDA and CCIA Bond documents.
 
  NJEDA BONDS
 
     The NJEDA issued $6.1 million in Economic Development Refunding Bonds (777
Pattison Avenue Inc. 1988 and 1989 Projects), 1992 Refunding Series, which bear
interest at 8.95% and mature on December 15, 2018 (8.65% following an "Exemption
Event" (as defined therein)). The proceeds from the sale of these Bonds were
loaned to one of the Non-combined Affiliates in order to make certain capital
improvements at the Gloucester Facility. Repayment of the bond indebtedness is
guaranteed by Holt and the other Non-combined Affiliates. The Bonds are secured
by a mortgage on the Gloucester Facility.
 
                                       88
<PAGE>

                            DESCRIPTION OF NEW NOTES
 
     The form and terms of the New Notes will be identical in all material
respects to the form and terms of the Old Notes, except that (i) the New Notes
have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear
legends restricting the transfer thereof, (ii) holders of the New Notes, except
in limited circumstances, will not be entitled to Liquidated Damages, and (iii)
holders of the New Notes will not be, and upon consummation of the Exchange
Offer, Holders of the Old Notes will no longer be, entitled to certain rights
under the Registration Rights Agreement intended for the holders of unregistered
securities. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed consummated upon the occurrence
of the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of New Notes
in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Old
Notes that are validly tendered by holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange
Offer. See "The Exchange Offer -- Termination of Certain Rights" and "--
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes".
 
   
     Set forth below is a summary of the material provisions of the New Notes.
The New Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture (the "Indenture") dated as
of January 21, 1998, by and among The Holt Group, Inc. (the "Company"), the
Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The following
summaries of certain provisions of the Indenture are summaries only, do not
purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to all
of the provisions of the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
Wherever particular provisions of the Indenture are referred to in this summary,
such provisions are incorporated by reference as a part of the statements made
and such statements are qualified in their entirety by such reference.
    
 
GENERAL
 
   
     The New Notes will be senior unsecured, general obligations of the Company,
limited in aggregate principal amount to $200.0 million, of which $140.0
aggregate principal amount is being issued on the Issue Date. The New Notes will
be, jointly and severally, irrevocably, unconditionally and fully guaranteed on
a senior basis by each of the Company's present and future Subsidiaries except
for any Non-Recourse Subsidiaries (the "Guarantors"). The guarantees will rank
pari passu with all existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness of the
Guarantors and senior in right of payment to all existing and future
subordinated indebtedness of the Guarantors. The obligations of each Guarantor
under its guarantee, however, will be limited in a manner intended to avoid it
being deemed a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See "Guarantees;
Certain Bankruptcy Limitations" below. The term "Subsidiaries" as used herein,
however, does not include Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The New Notes will be
issued only in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of
$1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
    
 
     The Indenture provides, in addition to the New Notes being issued on the
Issue Date, for the issuance of up to $60.0 million aggregate principal amount
of additional New Notes having identical terms and conditions to the New Notes
offered hereby (the "Additional New Notes"), subject to compliance with the
covenants contained in the Indenture. Any Additional New Notes will be part of
the same issue as the New Notes offered hereby and will vote on all matters with
the New Notes offered hereby. For purposes of this section, reference to the New
Notes does not include the Additional New Notes.
 
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
 
     The New Notes will mature on January 15, 2006. The New Notes will bear
interest at the rate per annum stated on the cover page hereof from the date of
issuance or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has
been paid or provided for, payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of
each year, commencing July 15, 1998, to the persons in whose names such New
Notes are registered at the close of business on January 1 and July 1
immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be calculated on
the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
 
                                       89
<PAGE>

     Principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
on the New Notes will be payable, and the New Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or exchange, at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose, which office or agency shall be maintained in the
Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, except as set forth below. At the
option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the
holders of the New Notes ("Holders") at the addresses set forth upon the
registry books of the Company. No service charge will be made for any
registration of transfer or exchange of New Notes, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge
payable in connection therewith. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the
Company's office or agency will be the corporate trust office of the Trustee
presently located at the office of the Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York.
 
GUARANTEES; CERTAIN BANKRUPTCY LIMITATIONS
 
     The Company is a holding company, conducting all of its business through
Subsidiaries, which have guaranteed or will guarantee the Company's Obligations
with respect to the New Notes, and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. See "Risk
Factors." Holders of the New Notes will be direct creditors of each Guarantor by
virtue of its guarantee.
 
     Nonetheless, in the event of the bankruptcy or financial difficulty of a
Guarantor, such Guarantor's obligations under its guarantee may be subject to
review and avoidance under state and federal fraudulent transfer laws. Among
other things, such obligations may be avoided if a court concludes that such
obligations were incurred for less than reasonably equivalent value or fair
consideration at a time when the Guarantor was insolvent, was rendered
insolvent, or was left with inadequate capital to conduct its business. A court
would likely conclude that a Guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent
value or fair consideration to the extent that the aggregate amount of its
liability on its guarantee exceeds the economic benefits it receives in the
Offering. The obligations of each Guarantor under its guarantee will be limited
in a manner intended to cause it not to be a fraudulent conveyance under
applicable law, although no assurance can be given that a court would give the
holder the benefit of such provision. See "Risk Factors -- Fraudulent Transfer
Considerations."
 
     If the obligations of a Guarantor under its guarantee were avoided, Holders
of New Notes would have to look to the assets of any remaining Guarantors for
payment. There can be no assurance in that event that such assets would suffice
to pay the outstanding principal and interest on the New Notes.
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
     Except as described in the following paragraph, the Company will not have
the right to redeem any New Notes prior to January 15, 2002. The New Notes will
be redeemable for cash at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any
time on or after January 15, 2002, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60
days notice to each holder of New Notes, at the following redemption prices
(expressed as percentages of the principal amount) if redeemed during the
12-month period commencing January 15 of the years indicated below, in each case
(subject to the right of Holders of record on a Record Date to receive interest
due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to such Redemption Date)
together with accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the Redemption Date:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                PERCENTAGE
- ----                                                ----------
<S>                                                 <C>
2002..............................................   104.8750%
2003..............................................   102.4375%
2004 and thereafter...............................   100.0000%
</TABLE>
 
     Until January 15, 2001 upon a Public Equity Offering of common stock for
cash of the Company, up to 35% of the sum of (i) the original aggregate
principal amount of the New Notes and (ii) the original aggregate principal
amount of any Additional New Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company
within 90 days of such Public Equity Offering, on not less than 30 days, but not
more than
 
                                       90
<PAGE>

60 days, notice to each holder of the New Notes to be redeemed, with cash from
the Net Cash Proceeds of such Public Equity Offering, at a redemption price
equal to 109 3/4% of principal (subject to the right of Holders of record on a
Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or
prior to such Redemption Date), together with accrued and unpaid interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption; provided, however, that
immediately following such redemption not less than 65% of the sum of (i) the
original aggregate principal amount of the New Notes and (ii) the original
aggregate principal amount of any Additional New Notes remains outstanding. In
the case of a partial redemption, the Trustee shall select the New Notes or
portions thereof for redemption on a pro rata basis, by lot or in such other
manner it deems appropriate and fair. The New Notes may be redeemed in part in
multiples of $1,000 only.
 
     The New Notes will not have the benefit of any sinking fund.
 
     Notice of any redemption will be sent, by first class mail, at least 30
days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the
Holder of each Note to be redeemed to such Holder's last address as then shown
upon the registry books of the Registrar. Any notice which relates to a Note to
be redeemed in part only must state the portion of the principal amount equal to
the unredeemed portion thereof and must state that on and after the date of
redemption, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or New Notes in a principal
amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued. On and after the
date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on the New Notes or portions
thereof called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in the payment
thereof.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
     The Indenture contains covenants including the following:
 
  REPURCHASE OF NEW NOTES AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
     The Indenture provides that in the event that a Change of Control has
occurred, unless all New Notes have been called for redemption pursuant to the
provisions described under the caption "Optional Redemption," each holder of New
Notes will have the right, at such holder's option, pursuant to an irrevocable
and unconditional offer by the Company (the "Change of Control Offer"), to
require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such holder's New Notes
(provided that the principal amount of such New Notes must be $1,000 or an
integral multiple thereof) on a date (the "Change of Control Purchase Date")
that is no later than 45 Business Days after the occurrence of such Change of
Control, at a cash price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof (the
"Change of Control Purchase Price"), together with accrued and unpaid interest
and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Change of Control Purchase Date. The
Change of Control Offer shall be made within 10 Business Days following a Change
of Control and shall remain open for 20 Business Days following its commencement
(the "Change of Control Offer Period"). Upon expiration of the Change of Control
Offer Period, the Company promptly shall purchase all New Notes properly
tendered in response to the Change of Control Offer.
 
     As used herein, a "Change of Control" means (i) prior to the consummation
of an initial Public Equity Offering an Excluded Person shall cease to own
beneficially, directly or indirectly and of record 51% of the Capital Stock of
the Company; or (ii) following the consummation of an initial Public Equity
Offering (A) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any person
or any sale, transfer or other conveyance, whether direct or indirect, of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, on a consolidated basis, in one
transaction or a series of related transactions, if, immediately after giving
effect to such transaction(s), any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used
for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not
applicable) (other than an Excluded Person) is or becomes the "beneficial
owner," directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power in
the aggregate normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers,
or trustees, as applicable, of the transferee(s) or surviving entity or entities
unless an Excluded Person "beneficially owns," directly or indirectly, in the
aggregate a greater percentage of the total voting power in the aggregate
normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers, or trustees,
as applicable, of the transferee(s) or surviving entity or entities; or (B) any
"person" or "group" (as such
 
                                       91
<PAGE>

terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act,
whether or not applicable) (other than an Excluded Person) is or becomes the
"beneficial owner," directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting
power in the aggregate of all classes of Capital Stock of the Company then
outstanding normally entitled to vote in elections of directors, unless an
Excluded Person "beneficially owns," directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a
greater percentage of the total voting power of all classes of Capital Stock of
the Company then outstanding normally entitled to vote in the election of
directors; or (iii) during any period of 12 consecutive months after the Issue
Date, individuals who at the beginning of any such 12-month period constituted
the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose
election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the
shareholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the
directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of
such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so
approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of
Directors of the Company then in office.
 
     On or before the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company will (i)
accept for payment New Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent cash sufficient
to pay the Change of Control Purchase Price (together with accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any) of all New Notes so tendered and (iii)
deliver to the Trustee New Notes so accepted together with an Officers'
Certificate listing the New Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the
Company. The Paying Agent promptly will pay the Holders of New Notes so accepted
an amount equal to the Change of Control Purchase Price (together with accrued
and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any), and the Trustee promptly
will authenticate and deliver to such Holders a new Note equal in principal
amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any New Notes not so
accepted will be delivered promptly by the Company to the Holder thereof. The
Company publicly will announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or
as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Purchase Date.
 
     The Change of Control purchase feature of the New Notes may make more
difficult or discourage a takeover of the Company, and, thus, the removal of
incumbent management.
 
     The phrase "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Company will
likely be interpreted under applicable state law and will be dependent upon
particular facts and circumstances. As a result, there may be a degree of
uncertainty in ascertaining whether a sale or transfer of "all or substantially
all" of the assets of the Company has occurred. In addition, no assurances can
be given that the Company will be able to acquire New Notes tendered upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control.
 
     Any Change of Control Offer will be made in compliance with all applicable
laws, rules and regulations, including, if applicable, Regulation 14E under the
Exchange Act and the rules thereunder and all other applicable Federal and state
securities laws. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this covenant, compliance by the
Company or any of its subsidiaries with such laws and regulations shall not in
and of itself cause a breach of its obligations under such covenant.
 
     If a Change of Control Offer is made, there can be no assurance that the
Company will have available funds sufficient to pay the purchase price for all
of the New Notes that might be delivered by Holders seeking to accept the Change
of Control Offer. The failure of the Company to make or consummate the Change of
Control Offer or pay the Change of Control Purchase Price when due will give the
Trustee and the Holders the rights described under "Event of Default."
 
     Certain Indebtedness of the Company contains and future Indebtedness of the
Company may contain prohibitions of the occurrence of certain events that would
constitute a Change of Control or require such Existing Indebtedness or future
Indebtedness to be repaid or repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the
exercise by the Holders of their right to require the Company to repurchase the
New Notes could cause a default under such Existing Indebtedness or future
Indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the
financial effect of such repurchase on the Company. Finally, the Company's
ability to pay cash to the Holders following the occurrence of a Change of
 
                                       92
<PAGE>

Control may be limited by the Company's then existing financial resources. There
can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to
make any required repurchases.
 
     If the Change of Control Purchase Date hereunder is on or after an interest
payment Record Date and on or before the associated Interest Payment Date, any
accrued and unpaid interest (and Liquidated Damages, if any) will be paid to the
person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such
Record Date, and such interest (and Liquidated Damages, if applicable) will not
be payable to Holders who tender the New Notes pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer.
 
 LIMITATION ON INCURRENCE OF ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF
 DISQUALIFIED CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The Indenture provides that, except as set forth in this covenant, the
Company and the Guarantors will not, and will not permit any of their
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, issue, assume, guaranty, incur, become
directly or indirectly liable with respect to (including as a result of an
Acquisition), or otherwise become responsible for, contingently or otherwise
(individually and collectively, to "incur" or, as appropriate, an "incurrence"),
any Indebtedness or issue any Disqualified Capital Stock (including Acquired
Indebtedness), other than Permitted Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
if (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at
the time of, or would occur after giving effect on a pro forma basis to, such
incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock and (ii) on
the date of such incurrence or issuance (the "Incurrence Date"), the
Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company for the Reference Period immediately
preceding the Incurrence Date, after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such
incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock and,
to the extent set forth in the definition of Consolidated Coverage Ratio, the
use of proceeds thereof, would be at least 2.0 to l (the "Debt Incurrence
Ratio"), then the Company may incur such Indebtedness or issue Disqualified
Capital Stock and the Guarantors may incur such Indebtedness (other than
Disqualified Capital Stock).
 
     In addition, the foregoing limitations will not apply to:
 
            (a) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Purchase Money
     Indebtedness on or after the Issue Date; provided, that (i) the aggregate
     principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred on or after the Issue Date
     and outstanding at any time pursuant to this paragraph (a) (including any
     Indebtedness incurred to refinance, replace or refund such Indebtedness)
     shall not exceed $25.0 million, and (ii) in each case, such Indebtedness
     shall not constitute more than 100% of the cost (determined in accordance
     with GAAP) to the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, of the property
     so purchased, leased or financed;
 
          (b) if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
     incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness in an aggregate
     principal amount outstanding at any time (including Indebtedness incurred
     to refinance, replace or refund such Indebtedness) of up to $25.0 million;
 
          (c) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness
     pursuant to the Credit Agreement up to an aggregate principal amount
     outstanding at any time (including any Indebtedness incurred to refinance,
     replace or refund such Indebtedness) of $50.0 million, minus the amount of
     any such Indebtedness (i) retired with the Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset
     Sale applied to reduce permanently the outstanding amounts or the
     commitments with respect to such Indebtedness pursuant to clause (1)(b)(ii)
     of the first paragraph of the covenant "Limitation on Sale of Assets and
     Subsidiary Stock" or (ii) assumed by a transferee in an Asset Sale;
 
          (d) the incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Existing
     Indebtedness; and
 
          (e) the incurrence by any Non-Recourse Subsidiary of Permitted
     Non-Recourse Vessel Indebtedness.
 
     Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of any Person which is
outstanding at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company
(including upon designation of any subsidiary or other person as a Subsidiary)
or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Subsidiary of
 
                                       93
<PAGE>

the Company shall be deemed to have been incurred at the time such Person
becomes such a Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or
consolidated with the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable. The
Indenture provides that the Company and the Guarantors will not, and will not
permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur, or suffer to
exist any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinate in right of payment to
any other Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor unless, by its terms, such
Indebtedness is subordinate to the same extent in right of payment to the New
Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable.
 
  LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company and the Guarantors will not, and
will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any
Restricted Payment if, after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro
forma basis, (1) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, (2) the Company is not permitted to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt Incurrence Ratio in the covenant
"Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Capital Stock," or (3) the aggregate amount of all Restricted
Payments made by the Company and its Subsidiaries, including after giving effect
to such proposed Restricted Payment, from and after the Issue Date, would exceed
the sum of (a) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the Company for
the period (taken as one accounting period), commencing on the first day of the
first full fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date, to and including the
last day of the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of each such
calculation (or, in the event Consolidated Net Income for such period is a
deficit, then minus 100% of such deficit), plus (b) the aggregate Net Cash
Proceeds received by the Company from the sale of its Qualified Capital Stock
(other than (i) to a Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) to the extent applied in
connection with a Qualified Exchange), after the Issue Date.
 
     The foregoing clauses (2) and (3) of the immediately preceding paragraph,
however, will not prohibit (t) pro rata dividends and other distributions on
Equity Interests of a Subsidiary by such Subsidiary, (u) Restricted Investments,
provided that, after giving pro forma effect to any such Investment, the
aggregate amount of all such Investments made on or after the Issue Date that
are outstanding (after giving effect to any such Investments that are returned
to the Company or the Subsidiary that made such prior Investment, without
restriction, in cash on or prior to the date of any such calculation) at any
time does not exceed $10.0 million plus (i) any cash proceeds received by the
Company or any Guarantor from the Packer Avenue Proceeding and (ii) the Net Cash
Proceeds received by the Company from the sale (other than to any of its
Affiliates, to the extent used to effect a Qualified Exchange, or to make
Restricted Payments other than pursuant to this clause (u)) of its Qualified
Capital Stock after the Issue Date, (v) (i) payments pursuant to the Employee
Stock Plan and (ii) repurchases of Capital Stock from employees of the Company
or its Subsidiaries upon their death or disability or the termination of their
employment, such payments under (i) and (ii) collectively not to exceed $15.0
million in the aggregate on and after the Issue Date and (w) payments required
to be made under put rights pursuant to the TNX Shareholders Agreement not to
exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate, and the provisions of the immediately
preceding paragraph will not prohibit (x) a Qualified Exchange, (y) the payment
of any dividend on Qualified Capital Stock within 60 days after the date of its
declaration if such dividend could have been made on the date of such
declaration in compliance with the foregoing provisions and (z) so long as the
Company is a Subchapter S Corporation or substantially similar pass-through
entity for federal income tax purposes, cash distributions paid by the Company
to its shareholders from time to time in amounts permitted by and otherwise in
accordance with the definition of Permitted Tax Distribution. The full amount of
any Restricted Payment made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (t), (u), (v) and
(y) (but not pursuant to clauses (w), (x) and (z)) of the immediately preceding
sentence, however, will be deducted in the calculation of the aggregate amount
of Restricted Payments available to be made referred to in clause (3) of the
immediately preceding paragraph.
 
     For purposes of this covenant, the amount of any Restricted Payment, if
other than in cash, shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in the
good faith reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company.
Additionally, at the time of each Restricted Payment, the Company shall
 
                                       94
<PAGE>

deliver an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee describing in reasonable detail
the nature of such Restricted Payment, stating the amount of such Restricted
Payment, stating in reasonable detail the provisions of the Indenture pursuant
to which such Restricted Payment was made and certifying that such Restricted
Payment was made in compliance with the terms of the Indenture.
 
  LIMITATION ON DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company and the Guarantors will not, and
will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create,
assume or suffer to exist any consensual restriction on the ability of any
Subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends or make other distributions to or on
behalf of, or to pay any obligation to or on behalf of, or otherwise to transfer
assets or property to or on behalf of, or make or pay loans or advances to or on
behalf of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, except (a) restrictions
imposed by the New Notes or the Indenture or by other indebtedness of the
Company (which may also be guaranteed by the Guarantors) ranking pari passu with
the New Notes (and the guarantees, as applicable), provided such restrictions
are no more restrictive than those imposed by the Indenture and the New Notes,
(b) restrictions imposed by applicable law, (c) restrictions under the Existing
Indebtedness and Permitted Non-Recourse Vessel Indebtedness, (d) restrictions
under any Acquired Indebtedness not incurred in violation of the Indenture or
any agreement relating to any property, asset, or business acquired by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which restrictions in each case existed at
the time of acquisition, were not put in place in connection with or in
anticipation of such acquisition and are not applicable to any person, other
than the person acquired, or to any property, asset or business, other than the
property, assets and business so acquired, (e) any such restriction or
requirement imposed by Indebtedness incurred under paragraph (c) of the covenant
"Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Capital Stock," provided such restriction or requirement is no more
restrictive than that imposed by the Credit Agreement as of the Issue Date, (f)
restrictions with respect solely to a Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant
to a binding agreement which has been entered into for the sale or disposition
of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests or assets of such
Subsidiary, provided further such restrictions apply solely to the Equity
Interests or assets of such Subsidiary which are being sold, (g) restrictions on
transfer contained in Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraph
(a) of the covenant "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and
Issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock," provided such restrictions relate only
to the transfer of the property acquired with the proceeds of such Purchase
Money Indebtedness, and (h) in connection with and pursuant to permitted
Refinancings, replacements of restrictions imposed pursuant to clauses (a), (c)
or (d) of this paragraph that are not more restrictive than those being replaced
and do not apply to any other person or assets other than those that would have
been covered by the restrictions in the Indebtedness so refinanced.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither (a) customary provisions restricting
subletting or assignment of any lease entered into in the ordinary course of
business, consistent with industry practice, nor (b) Liens permitted under the
terms of the Indenture on assets securing Senior Debt or Purchase Money
Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the covenant "Limitation on Incurrence
of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock" shall in
and of themselves be considered a restriction on the ability of the applicable
Subsidiary to transfer such agreement or assets, as the case may be.
 
  LIMITATION ON LIENS SECURING INDEBTEDNESS
 
     The Company and the Guarantors will not, and will not permit any of their
Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind,
other than Permitted Liens, upon any of their respective assets now owned or
hereafter acquired on or after the Issue Date of the Indenture or upon any
income or profits therefrom securing any Indebtedness of the Company or any
Guarantor, provided that only with respect to other senior Indebtedness of the
Company (which may also be guaranteed by the Guarantors) ranking on a parity
with the New Notes (and the guarantees, as applicable), the Company provides,
and causes its Subsidiaries to provide, concurrently therewith, that the New
Notes are equally and ratably so secured.
 
                                       95
<PAGE>

  LIMITATION ON SALE OF ASSETS AND SUBSIDIARY STOCK
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company and the Guarantors will not, and
will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, in one or a series of related
transactions, convey, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of, directly
or indirectly, any of its property, business or assets, including by merger or
consolidation (in the case of a Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Company), and
including any sale or other transfer or issuance of any Equity Interests of any
Subsidiary of the Company, whether by the Company or a Subsidiary or through the
issuance, sale or transfer of Equity Interests by a Subsidiary of the Company,
and including any sale and leaseback transaction (any of the foregoing, an
"Asset Sale"), unless (1)(a) the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom (the "Asset Sale
Offer Amount") are applied, subject to the next paragraph below, (i) within 330
days after the date of such Asset Sale, to the optional redemption of (a)
Indebtedness secured by the items so subject to such Asset Sale or (b) the New
Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and other Indebtedness of
the Company ranking on a parity with the New Notes from time to time outstanding
with similar provisions requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase or to
redeem such Indebtedness with the proceeds of asset sales, pro rata in
proportion to the respective principal amounts (or accreted values in the case
of Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount) of the New Notes and
such other Indebtedness then outstanding or (ii) to the repurchase of (a)
Indebtedness secured by the items so subject to such Asset Sale or (b) the New
Notes and such other Indebtedness ranking on a parity with the New Notes and
having similar provisions requiring the Company to purchase or redeem such
Indebtedness with the proceeds from asset sales pursuant to a cash offer subject
only to conditions, if any, required by law (pro rata in proportion to the
respective principal amounts (or accreted values in the case of Indebtedness
issued with an original issue discount) of the New Notes and such other
Indebtedness then outstanding) (the "Asset Sale Offer") at a purchase price of
100% of principal amount (or accreted value in the case of Indebtedness issued
with an original issue discount) (the "Asset Sale Offer Price") together with
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of
payment, made within 330 days of such Asset Sale or (b) within 330 days
following such Asset Sale, the Asset Sale Offer Amount is (i) invested in assets
and property (except in connection with the acquisition of a Wholly-owned
Subsidiary, other than notes, bonds, obligation and securities) which in the
good faith reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company will
immediately constitute or be a part of a Related Business of the Company or such
Subsidiary (if it continues to be a Subsidiary) immediately following such
transaction or (ii) used to retire permanently Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred pursuant to paragraph (c) of the covenant "Limitation on Incurrence of
Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock" (including
that in the case of a revolver or similar arrangement that makes credit
available, such commitment is so permanently reduced by such amount), (2) at
least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale or series of related Asset
Sales consists of Cash or Cash Equivalents, (3) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of, or would occur after
giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to, such Asset Sale, and (4) the Board of
Directors of the Company determines in good faith that the Company or such
Subsidiary, as applicable, receives fair market value for such Asset Sale.
 
     The Indenture provides that an acquisition of New Notes pursuant to an
Asset Sale Offer may be deferred until the accumulated Net Cash Proceeds from
Asset Sales not applied to the uses set forth in clause (1)(a)(i) or clause
(l)(b) above (the "Excess Proceeds") exceeds $10.0 million and that each Asset
Sale Offer shall remain open for 20 Business Days following its commencement
(the "Asset Sale Offer Period"). Upon expiration of the Asset Sale Offer Period,
the Company shall apply the Asset Sale Offer Amount plus an amount equal to
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the purchase of
all Indebtedness properly tendered (on a pro rata basis (in $1,000 increments)
if the Asset Sale Offer Amount is insufficient to purchase all Indebtedness so
tendered) at the Asset Sale Offer Price (together with accrued interest and
Liquidated Damages, if any). To the extent that the aggregate amount of New
Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Asset Sale Offer
Amount, the Company may use any remaining Net Cash Proceeds for general
corporate purposes as otherwise permitted by the Indenture and following each
Asset Sale Offer the Excess Proceeds amount shall be reset to zero. For purposes
of clause (2) above, total consideration received means the total consideration
received for such Asset Sales minus the amount of Purchase
 
                                       96
<PAGE>

Money Indebtedness or Permitted Non-Recourse Vessel Indebtedness secured solely
by and repaid with the proceeds from the assets sold or assumed by a transferee.
 
     Notwithstanding, and without complying with, the provisions of this
covenant:
 
          (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries may, in the ordinary course of
     business, (1) convey, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of
     inventory acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business
     or (2) liquidate Cash Equivalents;
 
          (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries may convey, sell, transfer,
     assign or otherwise dispose of assets pursuant to and in accordance with
     the covenant "Limitation on Merger, Sale or Consolidation" and the covenant
     "Limitation on Restricted Payments";
 
          (iii) the Company and its Subsidiaries may sell or dispose of damaged,
     worn out or other obsolete personal property in the ordinary course of
     business so long as such property is no longer necessary for the proper
     conduct of the business of the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable;
 
          (iv) the Company and the Guarantors may convey, sell, transfer, assign
     or otherwise dispose of assets to the Company or any of its Subsidiary
     Guarantors; and (v) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries may surrender
     or waive contract rights or settle, release or surrender contract, tort or
     other claims of any kind or grant Liens not prohibited by the Indenture.
 
     All Net Cash Proceeds from an Event of Loss (other than the proceeds of any
business interruption insurance) shall be invested, or used to repurchase (a)
Indebtedness secured by the items so subject to such Event of Loss or (b) New
Notes and on a pro rata basis with the New Notes other Indebtedness ranking on a
parity with the New Notes, all within the period and as otherwise provided above
in clauses 1(a) or 1(b) of the first paragraph of this covenant.
 
     In addition to the foregoing, the Company will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make any Asset Sale of any of the
Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Company except (i) pursuant to an
Asset Sale of all the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary or (ii) pursuant to an
Asset Sale of common stock with no preferences or special rights or privileges
and with no redemption or prepayment provisions, provided that after such sale,
the Company or its Subsidiaries own a majority of the voting and economic Equity
Interests of such Subsidiary.
 
     Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made in compliance with all applicable laws,
rules, and regulations, including, if applicable, Regulation 14E of the Exchange
Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and all other applicable Federal
and state securities laws. To the extent that the provisions of any securities
laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this covenant, compliance by
the Company or any of its subsidiaries with such laws and regulations shall not
in and of itself cause a breach of its obligations under such covenant.
 
     If the payment date in connection with an Asset Sale Offer hereunder is on
or after an interest payment Record Date and on or before the associated
Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest (and Liquidated Damages,
if any) will be paid to the person in whose name a Note is registered at the
close of business on such Record Date, and such interest (and Liquidated
Damages, if applicable) will not be payable to Holders who tender New Notes
pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer.
 
  LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
 
     The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
will be permitted on or after the Issue Date to enter into or suffer to exist
any contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction with any Affiliate (an
"Affiliate Transaction"), or any series of related Affiliate Transactions (other
than Exempted Affiliate Transactions), (i) unless it is determined that the
terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to the Company, and
no less favorable to the Company, than could have been obtained in an arm's
length transaction with a non-Affiliate, (ii) if involving consideration to
either party in excess of $1.0 million unless such Affiliate Transaction(s) is
the subject of an Officers' Certificate addressed and delivered to the Trustee
certifying that such
 
                                       97
<PAGE>

Affiliate Transaction (or Transactions) has been approved by a majority of the
members of the Board of Directors that are disinterested in such transaction and
(iii) if involving consideration to either party in excess of $10.0 million,
unless, in addition, the Company, prior to the consummation thereof, obtains a
written favorable opinion as to the fairness of such transaction to the Company
from a financial point of view from an independent investment banking firm of
national reputation or, if pertaining to a matter for which such investment
banking firms do not customarily render such opinions, an appraisal or valuation
firm of national reputation; provided, however, that clause (iii) also will be
applicable to any Affiliate Transaction involving consideration to either party
in excess of $5.0 million but equal to or less than $10.0 million unless such
Affiliate Transaction is only with an Affiliate (x) engaged in business
substantially similar and related to the business then conducted by the Company
and its Subsidiaries (as permitted under the Indenture) and (y) such Affiliate
Transaction is entered into in the ordinary course of business for purposes
customary in the Company's industry.
 
  LIMITATION ON MERGER, SALE OR CONSOLIDATION
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company will not consolidate with or merge
with or into another person or, directly or indirectly, sell, lease, convey or
transfer all or substantially all of its assets (computed on a consolidated
basis), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, to
another Person or group of affiliated Persons or adopt a plan of liquidation,
unless (i) either (a) the Company is the continuing entity or (b) the resulting,
surviving or transferee entity or, in the case of a plan of liquidation, the
entity which receives the greatest value from such plan of liquidation is a
corporation organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or
the District of Columbia and expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of
the obligations of the Company in connection with the New Notes and the
Indenture; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or shall occur
immediately after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such transaction; and
(iii) (unless such transaction is solely the merger of the Company and one of
its previously existing Wholly-owned Subsidiaries which is also a Guarantor and
such transaction is not in connection with any other transaction) immediately
after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the consolidated
resulting, surviving or transferee entity or, in the case of a plan of
liquidation, the entity which receives the greatest value from such plan of
liquidation would immediately thereafter be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt Incurrence Ratio set forth in the
covenant "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Capital Stock."
 
     Upon any consolidation or merger or any transfer of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company or consummation of a plan of liquidation in
accordance with the foregoing, the successor corporation formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such transfer is
made or, in the case of a plan of liquidation, the entity which receives the
greatest value from such plan of liquidation shall succeed to (except in the
case of a lease), and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power
of, the Company under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor
corporation had been named therein as the Company, and (except in the case of a
lease) the Company shall be released from the obligations under the New Notes
and the Indenture except with respect to any obligations that arise from, or are
related to, such transaction.
 
     For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or
otherwise) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or
more Subsidiaries, the Company's interest in which constitutes all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company shall be deemed to
be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the
Company.
 
  LIMITATION ON LINES OF BUSINESS
 
     The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
shall directly or indirectly engage to any substantial extent in any line or
lines of business activity other than that which, in the reasonable good faith
judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is a Related Business.
 
                                       98
<PAGE>

  FUTURE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS
 
     The Indenture provides that all present and future Subsidiaries of the
Company except for Non-Recourse Subsidiaries jointly and severally will guaranty
irrevocably and unconditionally all principal, premium, if any, and interest
(and Liquidated Damages, if any) on the New Notes on a senior basis. The term
Subsidiary does not include Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
 
  RELEASE OF GUARANTORS
 
     The Indenture provides that no Subsidiary Guarantor shall consolidate or
merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving
person) another person unless (i) subject to the provisions of the following
paragraph and certain other provisions of the Indenture, the person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary
Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to
a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee,
pursuant to which such person shall unconditionally guarantee, on a senior
basis, all of such Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under such Subsidiary
Guarantor's guarantee and the Indenture on the terms set forth in the Indenture,
and (ii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such
transaction on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred or be continuing.
 
     Upon the sale or disposition (whether by merger, stock purchase, asset sale
or otherwise) of a Subsidiary Guarantor or all of its assets to an entity which
is not a Subsidiary Guarantor or the designation of a Subsidiary to become an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, which transaction is otherwise in compliance with the
Indenture (including, without limitation, the provisions of the covenant
"Limitations on Sale of Assets and Subsidiary Stock"), such Subsidiary Guarantor
will be deemed released from its obligations under its Guarantee of the New
Notes; provided, however, that any such termination shall occur only to the
extent that all obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under all of its
guarantees of, and under all of its pledges of assets or other security
interests which secure, any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary
of the Company shall also terminate upon such release, sale or transfer.
 
  LIMITATION ON STATUS AS INVESTMENT COMPANY
 
     The Indenture prohibits the Company and its Subsidiaries from being
required to register as an "investment company" (as that term is defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or from otherwise becoming subject
to regulation under the Investment Company Act.
 
  REPORTS
 
     The Indenture provides that whether or not the Company is subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee and to each Holder and to prospective purchasers of
New Notes identified to the Company by an Initial Purchaser, within 15 days
after it is or would have been (if it were subject to such reporting
obligations) required to file such with the Commission, annual and quarterly
financial statements substantially equivalent to financial statements that would
have been included in reports filed with the Commission, if the Company were
subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
including, with respect to annual information only, a report thereon by the
Company's certified independent public accountants as such would be required in
such reports to the Commission, and, in each case, together with a management's
discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations which
would be so required and, unless the Commission will not accept such reports,
file with the Commission the annual, quarterly and other reports which it is or
would have been required to file with the Commission.
 
                                       99
<PAGE>

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
     The Indenture defines an Event of Default as (i) the failure by the Company
to pay any installment of interest (or Liquidated Damages, if any) on the New
Notes as and when the same becomes due and payable and the continuance of any
such failure for 30 days, (ii) the failure by the Company to pay all or any part
of the principal, or premium, if any, on the New Notes when and as the same
becomes due and payable at maturity, redemption, by acceleration or otherwise,
including, without limitation, payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price
or the Asset Sale Offer Price, or otherwise, (iii) the failure by the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company to observe or perform any other covenant or
agreement contained in the New Notes or the Indenture and, subject to certain
exceptions, the continuance of such failure for a period of 30 days after
written notice is given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the
Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the New
Notes outstanding, (iv) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries,
(v) a default in any issue of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $10.0 million (a)
resulting from the failure to pay principal or interest when due or (b) as a
result of which the maturity of such Indebtedness has been accelerated prior to
its stated maturity, and (vi) final unsatisfied judgments not covered by
insurance aggregating in excess of $10.0 million, at any one time rendered
against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and not stayed, bonded or
discharged within 60 days. The Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and
is continuing, the Trustee must, within 90 days after the occurrence of such
default, give to the Holders notice of such default.
 
     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of
Default specified in clause (iv), above, relating to the Company or any of its
Significant Subsidiaries), then in every such case, unless the principal of all
of the New Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee
or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes
then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if
given by Holders) (an "Acceleration Notice"), may declare all principal,
determined as set forth below, and accrued interest (and Liquidated Damages, if
any) thereon to be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified
in clause (iv), above, relating to the Company or any of its Significant
Subsidiaries occurs, all principal and accrued interest (and Liquidated Damages,
if any) thereon will be immediately due and payable on all outstanding New Notes
without any declaration or other act on the part of Trustee or the Holders. The
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of New Notes generally are
authorized to rescind such acceleration if all existing Events of Default, other
than the non-payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (and
Liquidated Damages, if any) on the New Notes which have become due solely by
such acceleration and except a default with respect to any provision requiring a
supermajority approval to amend, which default may only be waived by such a
supermajority, and have been cured or waived.
 
     Prior to the declaration of acceleration of the maturity of the New Notes,
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes at the
time outstanding may waive on behalf of all the Holders any default, except a
default with respect to any provision requiring a supermajority approval to
amend, which default may only be waived by such a supermajority, and except a
default in the payment of principal of or interest (or Liquidated Damages, if
any) on any Note not yet cured or a default with respect to any covenant or
provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder
of each outstanding Note affected. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture
relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee will be under no obligation
to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request,
order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to
the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity. Subject to all provisions of the
Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the New Notes at the time outstanding will have the right to direct
the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available
to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.
 
                                      100
<PAGE>

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company may, at its option and at any time
within one year of the Stated Maturity of the New Notes, elect to have its
obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the
outstanding New Notes ("Legal Defeasance"). Such Legal Defeasance means that the
Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness
represented, and the Indenture shall cease to be of further effect as to all
outstanding New Notes and Guarantees, except as to (i) rights of Holders to
receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
(and Liquidated Damages, if any) on such New Notes when such payments are due
from the trust funds; (ii) the Company's obligations with respect to such New
Notes concerning issuing temporary New Notes, registration of New Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen New Notes, and the maintenance of an office
or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; (iii) the
rights, powers, trust, duties, and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company's
obligations in connection therewith; and (iv) the Legal Defeasance provisions of
the Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time,
elect to have the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors released with
respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture ("Covenant
Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall
not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the New Notes. In
the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment,
bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under
"Events of Default" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect
to the New Notes.
 
     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i)
the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit
of the holders of the New Notes, U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government Obligations
or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion
of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such New Notes on the stated date
for payment thereof or on the redemption date of such principal or installment
of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such New Notes, and the holders
of New Notes must have a valid, perfected, exclusive security interest in such
trust; (ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to
the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to
the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been
published by the Internal Revenue Service, a ruling or (B) since the date of the
Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in
either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall
confirm that, the holders of such New Notes will not recognize income, gain or
loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and
will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had
not occurred; (iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to such Trustee confirming that the holders of such New Notes will
not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result
of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the
same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or
insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned,
at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; (v)
such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under the Indenture or any other material
agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a
party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; (vi) the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating
that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the
holders of such New Notes over any other creditors of the Company or with the
intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of
the Company or others; and (vii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee
an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the
conditions precedent provided for in, in the case of the Officers' Certificate,
(i) through (vi) and, in the case of the opinion of counsel, clauses (i)
 
                                      101
<PAGE>

(with respect to the validity and perfection of the security interest), (ii),
(iii) and (v) of this paragraph have been complied with.
 
AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS
 
     The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company, the Guarantors
and the Trustee to enter into a supplemental indenture for certain limited
purposes without the consent of the Holders. With the consent of the Holders of
not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Notes at the
time outstanding, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee are permitted to
amend or supplement the Indenture or any supplemental indenture or modify the
rights of the Holders; provided that no such modification may, without the
consent of holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of New
Notes at the time outstanding, e.g., modify the provisions (including the
defined terms used therein) of the covenant "Repurchase of New Notes at the
Option of the Holder upon a Change of Control" in a manner adverse to the
holders; and provided, that no such modification may, without the consent of
each Holder affected thereby: (i) change the Stated Maturity on any Note, or
reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate (or extend the time for payment)
of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption at the option of
the Company thereof, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or
currency in which, any Note or any premium or the interest thereon is payable,
or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on
or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption at the
option of the Company, on or after the Redemption Date), or reduce the Change of
Control Purchase Price or the Asset Sale Offer Price or alter the provisions
(including the defined terms used therein) regarding the right of the Company to
redeem the New Notes as a right, or at the option, of the Company in a manner
adverse to the Holders, or (ii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the
outstanding New Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such
amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver provided for in the Indenture, or
(iii) modify any of the waiver provisions, except to increase any required
percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot
be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note
affected thereby.
 
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PARTNERS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES
 
     The Indenture provides that no direct or indirect stockholder, employee,
officer or director, as such, past, present or future of the Company, the
Guarantors or any successor entity shall have any personal liability in respect
of the obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Indenture or the
New Notes solely by reason of his or its status as such stockholder, employee,
officer or director, except that this provision shall not limit the obligation
of any Guarantor pursuant to its guarantee of the New Notes.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
     "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of
any person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company,
including, without limitation, by designation, or is merged or consolidated into
or with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.
 
     "Acquisition" means the purchase or other acquisition of any person of all
or substantially all the assets of any person by any other person, whether by
purchase, merger, consolidation, or other transfer, and whether or not for
consideration.
 
     "Affiliate" means any person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company. For
purposes of this definition, the term "control" means the power to direct the
management and policies of a person, directly or through one or more
intermediaries, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract,
or otherwise, provided that, with respect to ownership interest in the Company
and its Subsidiaries, a Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the total voting
power normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees, as applicable, shall for such purposes be deemed to constitute
control.
 
                                      102
<PAGE>

     "Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
security or instrument, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the
products (a) of the number of years from the date of determination to the date
or dates of each successive scheduled principal (or redemption) payment of such
security or instrument and (b) the amount of each such respective principal (or
redemption) payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal (or redemption)
payments.
 
     "Beneficial Owner" or "beneficial owner" for purposes of the definition of
Change of Control and Affiliate has the meaning attributed to it in Rules 13d-3
and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the Issue Date), whether or
not applicable, except that a "person" shall be deemed to have "beneficial
ownership" of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether
such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time.
 
     "Board of Directors" means, with respect to any person, the board of
directors of such person or any committee of the Board of Directors of such
person authorized, with respect to any particular matter, to exercise the power
of the board of directors of such person.
 
     "Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday
which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
 
     "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any corporation, any and all shares,
interests, rights to purchase (other than convertible or exchangeable
Indebtedness that is not itself otherwise capital stock), warrants, options,
participations or other equivalents of or interests (however designated) in
stock issued by that corporation.
 
     "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, as to any person, the obligations of
such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for
as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition,
the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of
such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
     "Cash Equivalent" means (i) securities issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United
States of America is pledged in support thereof) or (ii) time deposits and
certificates of deposit and commercial paper issued by the parent corporation of
any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus
in excess of $500.0 million or (iii) commercial paper issued by others rated at
least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor's Corporation or at least
P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and in the
case of each of (i), (ii), and (iii) maturing within one year after the date of
acquisition.
 
     "Consolidated Coverage Ratio" of any person on any date of determination
(the "Transaction Date") means the ratio, on a pro forma basis, of (a) the
aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such person attributable to
continuing operations and businesses (exclusive of amounts attributable to
operations and businesses permanently discontinued or disposed of) for the
Reference Period to (b) the aggregate Consolidated Fixed Charges of such person
(exclusive of amounts attributable to operations and businesses permanently
discontinued or disposed of, but only to the extent that the obligations giving
rise to such Consolidated Fixed Charges would no longer be obligations
contributing to such person's Consolidated Fixed Charges subsequent to the
Transaction Date) during the Reference Period; provided, that for purposes of
such calculation, (i) Acquisitions which occurred during the Reference Period or
subsequent to the Reference Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date shall
be assumed to have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, (ii)
transactions giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage
Ratio shall be assumed to have occurred on the first day of the Reference
Period, (iii) the incurrence of any Indebtedness or issuance of any Disqualified
Capital Stock during the Reference Period or subsequent to the Reference Period
and on or prior to the Transaction Date (and the application of the proceeds
therefrom to the extent used to refinance or retire other Indebtedness) shall be
assumed to have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, and (iv) the
Consolidated Fixed Charges of such person attributable to interest on any
Indebtedness or dividends on any Disqualified Capital Stock bearing a floating
interest (or dividend) rate shall be
 
                                      103
<PAGE>

computed on a pro forma basis as if the average rate in effect from the
beginning of the Reference Period to the Transaction Date had been the
applicable rate for the entire period, unless such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party to an Interest Swap or Hedging Obligation (which shall
remain in effect for the 12-month period immediately following the Transaction
Date) that has the effect of fixing the interest rate on the date of
computation, in which case such rate (whether higher or lower) shall be used.
 
     "Consolidated EBITDA" means, with respect to any person, for any period,
the Consolidated Net Income of such person for such period adjusted to add
thereto (to the extent deducted from net revenues in determining Consolidated
Net Income), without duplication, the sum of (i) Consolidated income tax
expense, (ii) Consolidated depreciation and amortization expense, and (iii)
Consolidated Fixed Charges, provided that consolidated depreciation and
amortization expense of a Subsidiary that is a less than wholly owned Subsidiary
shall only be added to the extent of the equity interest of the Company in such
Subsidiary.
 
     "Consolidated Fixed Charges" of any person means, for any period, the
aggregate amount (without duplication and determined in each case in accordance
with GAAP) of: (a) interest expensed or capitalized, paid, accrued, or scheduled
to be paid or accrued (including, in accordance with the following sentence,
interest attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations) of such person and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, including (i) original issue
discount and non-cash interest payments or accruals on any Indebtedness, (ii)
the interest portion of all deferred payment obligations, and (iii) all
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to bankers'
acceptances and letters of credit financings and currency and Interest Swap and
Hedging Obligations, in each case to the extent attributable to such period, (b)
one-third ( 1/3) of Consolidated Rental Expense for such period attributable to
operating leases of such person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, and (c) the
amount of dividends accrued or payable (or guaranteed) by such person or any of
its Consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of Preferred Stock (other than by
Subsidiaries of such person to such person or such person's wholly owned
Subsidiaries). For purposes of this definition, (x) interest on a Capitalized
Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined in good faith by the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in
such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP and (y) interest
expense attributable to any Indebtedness represented by the guaranty by such
person or a Subsidiary of such person of an obligation of another person shall
be deemed to be the interest expense attributable to the Indebtedness
guaranteed.
 
     "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any person for any period,
the net income (or loss) of such person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) for such period,
adjusted to exclude (only to the extent included in computing such net income
(or loss) and without duplication): (a) all gains (but not losses) which are
either extraordinary (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or are either
unusual or nonrecurring (including any gain from the sale or other disposition
of assets outside the ordinary course of business or from the issuance or sale
of any capital stock), (b) the net income, if positive, of any person, other
than a Consolidated Subsidiary, in which such person or any of its Consolidated
Subsidiaries has an interest, except to the extent of the amount of any
dividends or distributions actually paid in cash to such person or a
Consolidated Subsidiary of such person during such period, but in any case not
in excess of such person's pro rata share of such person's net income for such
period, (c) the net income or loss of any person acquired in a pooling of
interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition, and
(d) the net income, if positive, of any of such person's Consolidated
Subsidiaries to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or
similar distributions is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of
its charter or bylaws or any other agreement, instrument, judgment, decree,
order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Consolidated
Subsidiary.
 
     "Consolidated Rental Expense" of any Person means the aggregate rental
obligations of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (not including
taxes, insurance, maintenance and similar expenses that the lessee is obligated
to pay under the terms of the relevant leases), determined on a consolidated
basis in conformity with GAAP, payable in respect of such period under leases of
real or
 
                                      104
<PAGE>

personal property (net of income from subleases thereof, not including taxes,
insurance, maintenance and similar expenses that the sublessee is obligated to
pay under the terms of such sublease), whether or not such obligations are
reflected as liabilities or commitments on a consolidated balance sheet of such
Person and its Subsidiaries or in the notes thereto, excluding, however, in any
event, that portion of Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person representing
payments by such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of
Capitalized Lease Obligations.
 
     "Consolidated Subsidiary" means, for any person, each Subsidiary of such
person (whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired) the financial
statements of which are consolidated for financial statement reporting purposes
with the financial statements of such person in accordance with GAAP.
 
     "Credit Agreement" means the credit agreement dated as of November 20, 1997
by and among the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and CoreStates Bank, N.A.,
providing for an aggregate $25.0 million revolving credit facility, including
any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements
executed in connection therewith, as such credit agreement and/or related
documents may be amended, restated, supplemented, renewed, replaced or otherwise
modified from time to time, whether or not with the same lender, trustee,
representative lenders or holders, and, subject to the proviso to the next
succeeding sentence, irrespective of any changes in the terms and conditions
thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term "Credit
Agreement" shall include agreements in respect of Interest Swap and Hedging
Obligations with lenders party to the Credit Agreement and shall also include
any amendment, amendment and restatement, renewal, extension, restructuring,
supplement or modification to any Credit Agreement and all refundings,
refinancings and replacements of any Credit Agreement, including any agreement
(i) extending the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or
contemplated thereby, (ii) adding or deleting borrowers or guarantors
thereunder, so long as borrowers and issuers include one or more of the Company
and its Subsidiaries and their respective successors and assigns, (iii)
increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or available to be
borrowed thereunder, provided that on the date such Indebtedness is incurred it
would be permitted by paragraph (c) of the covenant "Limitation on Incurrence of
Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock" or (iv)
otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof in a manner not prohibited
by the terms of the Indenture.
 
     "Disqualified Capital Stock" means (a) except as set forth in (b), with
respect to any person, Equity Interests of such person that, by its terms or by
the terms of any security into which it is convertible, exercisable or
exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of an event or the passage of time or
both would be, required to be redeemed or repurchased (including at the option
of the holder thereof) by such person or any of its Subsidiaries, in whole or in
part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date which is following
the Stated Maturity of the New Notes and (b) with respect to any Subsidiary of
such person (including with respect to any Subsidiary of the Company), any
Equity Interests other than any common equity with no preference, privileges, or
redemption or repayment provisions.
 
     "Employee Stock Plan" means the NPR Holding Corporation 1997 Phantom Stock
Plan under which certain members of the management of NPR, Inc. have received
grants of phantom stock units in connection with the acquisition of NPR Holding
Corporation, NPR-Navieras Receivables, Inc., NPR, Inc. and NPR S.A., Inc.
 
     "Equity Interest" of any Person means any shares, interests, participations
or other equivalents (however designated) in such Person's equity, and shall in
any event include any Capital Stock issued by, or partnership or membership
interests in, such Person.
 
     "Event of Loss" means, with respect to any property or asset, any (i) loss,
destruction or damage of such property or asset or (ii) any condemnation,
seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, of
such property or asset, or confiscation or requisition of the use of such
property or asset.
 
                                      105
<PAGE>

     "Excluded Person" means, individually or collectively, Thomas J. Holt, Sr.,
and any of his estates, spouse, heirs, ancestors, lineal descendants, legatees,
and legal representatives and the trustee of any bona fide trust of which one or
more of the foregoing are the sole beneficiaries.
 
     "Exempted Affiliate Transaction" means (a) customary employee compensation
arrangements approved by a majority of independent (as to such transactions)
members of the Board of Directors of the Company, (b) dividends permitted under
the terms of the covenant "Limitation on Restricted Payments" and payable, in
form and amount, on a pro rata basis to all holders of common stock of the
Company, and (c) transactions solely between the Company and any of its wholly
owned Consolidated Subsidiaries or solely among wholly owned Consolidated
Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
     "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company and the
Guarantors (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on
the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid or refinanced in accordance with
the Indenture.
 
     "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles set
forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the
accounting profession in the United States as in effect on the Issue Date.
 
     "Indebtedness" of any person means, without duplication, (a) all
liabilities and obligations, contingent or otherwise, of any such person, to the
extent such liabilities and obligations would appear as a liability upon the
consolidated balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP, (i) in
respect of borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the
whole of the assets of such person or only to a portion thereof), (ii) evidenced
by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments, (iii) representing the
balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services,
except (other than accounts payable or other obligations to trade creditors
which have remained unpaid for more than 60 days past their original due date)
those incurred in the ordinary course of its business that would constitute
ordinarily a trade payable to trade creditors; (b) all liabilities and
obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such person (i) evidenced by bankers'
acceptances or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks, (ii) relating to
any Capitalized Lease Obligation, or (iii) evidenced by a letter of credit or a
reimbursement obligation of such person with respect to any letter of credit;
(c) all net obligations of such person under Interest Swap and Hedging
Obligations; (d) all liabilities and obligations of others of the kind described
in the preceding clause (a), (b) or (c) that such person has guaranteed or that
is otherwise its legal liability or which are secured by any assets or property
of such person; (e) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions, refinancing and
refundings (whether direct or indirect) of, or amendments, modifications or
supplements to, any liability of the kind described in any of the preceding
clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d), or this clause (e), whether or not between or
among the same parties; and (f) all Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person
(measured at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed
repurchase price plus accrued and unpaid dividends). For purposes hereof, the
"maximum fixed repurchase price" of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does
not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the
terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock
were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be
determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or
measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such Fair
Market Value to be determined in good faith by the board of directors of the
issuer (or managing general partner of the issuer) of such Disqualified Capital
Stock.
 
     "Interest Swap and Hedging Obligation" means any obligation of any person
pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement,
interest rate collar agreement, interest rate exchange agreement, currency
exchange agreement or any other agreement or arrangement designed to protect
against fluctuations in interest rates or currency values, including, without
limitation, any arrangement whereby, directly or indirectly, such person is
entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying
either a fixed or floating rate of interest on a stated notional
 
                                      106
<PAGE>

amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such person calculated by
applying a fixed or floating rate of interest on the same notional amount.
 
     "Investment" by any person in any other person means (without duplication)
(a) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) by
such person (whether for cash, property, services, securities or otherwise) of
capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership
interests or other securities, including any options or warrants, of such other
person or any agreement to make any such acquisition; (b) the making by such
person of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to,
such other person (including the purchase of property from another person
subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell
such property to such other person) or any commitment to make any such advance,
loan or extension (but excluding accounts receivable, endorsements for
collection or deposits arising in the ordinary course of business); (c) other
than guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor to the extent
permitted by the covenant "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness
and Issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock," the entering into by such person of
any guarantee of, or other credit support or contingent obligation with respect
to, Indebtedness or other liability of such other person; (d) the making of any
capital contribution by such person to such other person; and (e) the
designation by the Board of Directors of the Company of any person to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Company shall be deemed to make an Investment in an
amount equal to the fair market value of the net assets of any subsidiary (or,
if neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has theretofore made an
Investment in such subsidiary, in an amount equal to the Investments being
made), at the time that such subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, and any property transferred to an Unrestricted Subsidiary from the
Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed an Investment valued at
its fair market value at the time of such transfer.
 
     "Issue Date" means the date of first issuance of the New Notes under the
Indenture.
 
     "Lien" means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise),
privilege, security interest, hypothecation or other encumbrance upon or with
respect to any property of any kind, real or personal, movable or immovable, now
owned or hereafter acquired.
 
     "Net Cash Proceeds" means the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents
received by the Company in the case of a sale of Qualified Capital Stock and by
the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of an Asset Sale plus, in the case
of an issuance of Qualified Capital Stock upon any exercise, exchange or
conversion of securities (including options, warrants, rights and convertible or
exchangeable debt) of the Company that were issued for cash on or after the
Issue Date, the amount of cash originally received by the Company upon the
issuance of such securities (including options, warrants, rights and convertible
or exchangeable debt) less, in each case, the sum of all payments, fees,
commissions and reasonable and customary expenses (including, without
limitation, the fees and expenses of legal counsel and investment banking fees
and expenses) incurred in connection with such Asset Sale or sale of Qualified
Capital Stock, and, in the case of an Asset Sale only, less the amount
(estimated reasonably and in good faith by the Company) of income, franchise,
sales and other applicable taxes required to be paid by the Company or any of
its respective Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Sale.
 
     "Non-Recourse Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary which is a single purpose
company, partnership or other legal person formed for the purpose of incurring
Permitted Non-Recourse Vessel Indebtedness.
 
     "Obligation" means any principal, premium or interest payment, or monetary
penalty, due by the Company or any Guarantor under the terms of the New Notes or
the Indenture, including any liquidated damages due pursuant to the terms of the
Registration Rights Agreement.
 
     "Packer Avenue Proceeding" shall mean that certain outstanding action
commenced by Holt Cargo, Holt Hauling & Warehousing System, Inc. and Astro
Holding, Inc. (the "Plaintiffs") in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Pennsylvania against the Delaware River Port Authority (the
"DRPA"), the Philadelphia Regional Port Authority (the "PRPA") and the Ports of
 
                                      107
<PAGE>

Philadelphia and Camden (together with the DRPA and PPC, the "Defendants"). The
Plaintiffs allege that the Defendants, along with other unnamed co-conspirators,
acting under the color of state law, committed predatory acts under a conspiracy
designed to injure, harass and appropriate the property of the Plaintiffs.
Plaintiffs are seeking damages for Defendants' conduct which constitutes a
violation of Plaintiffs' substantive due process, equal protection and
procedural due process rights under 41 U.S.C. Section 1983.
 
     "Permitted Indebtedness" means any of the following:
 
          a. the Company and the Guarantors may incur up to an aggregate
     principal amount of Indebtedness evidenced by the New Notes and represented
     by the Indenture;
 
          b. the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, may incur
     Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any Indebtedness or Disqualified
     Capital Stock, as applicable, described in clause (a) of this definition or
     incurred under the Debt Incurrence Ratio test of the covenant "Limitation
     on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Disqualified Capital Stock,"
     or which is outstanding on the Issue Date;
 
          c. the Company and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness solely in
     respect of bankers acceptances, letters of credit and performance bonds (to
     the extent that such incurrence does not result in the incurrence of any
     obligation to repay any obligation relating to borrowed money of others),
     all in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary
     industry practices, in amounts and for the purposes customary in the
     Company's industry; provided, that the aggregate principal amount
     outstanding of such Indebtedness (including any Indebtedness issued to
     refinance, refund or replace such Indebtedness) shall at no time exceed
     $20.0 million;
 
          d. the Company may incur Indebtedness to any Subsidiary Guarantor, and
     any Subsidiary Guarantor may incur Indebtedness to any other Subsidiary
     Guarantor or to the Company; provided, that, in the case of Indebtedness of
     the Company, such obligations shall be unsecured and subordinated in all
     respects to the Company's obligations pursuant to the New Notes and the
     date of any event that causes such Subsidiary Guarantor to no longer be a
     Subsidiary Guarantor shall be an Incurrence Date; and
 
          e. any Guarantor may guaranty any Indebtedness of the Company or
     another Guarantor that was permitted to be incurred pursuant to the
     Indenture, substantially concurrently with such incurrence or at the time
     such person becomes a Guarantor.
 
     "Permitted Investment" means (a) Investments in any of the New Notes; (b)
Cash Equivalents; and (c) intercompany notes to the extent permitted under
clause (d) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness.
 
     "Permitted Lien" means (a) Liens existing on the Issue Date; (b) Liens
securing Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Facility in accordance with
clause (c) of the covenant "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness
and Issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock"; (c) Liens imposed by governmental
authorities for taxes, assessments or other charges not yet subject to penalty
or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, if
adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the
Company in accordance with GAAP; (d) statutory liens of carriers, warehousemen,
mechanics, materialmen, landlords, repairmen, crew's wages, wages of stevedores,
salvage or other like Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course
of business (including relating to maritime activities); provided that (i) the
underlying obligations are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days, or
(ii) such Liens are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
and adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the
Company in accordance with GAAP; (e) Liens securing the performance of bids,
trade contracts (other than borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations,
surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like
nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (f) easements, rights-of-
way, zoning, similar restrictions and other similar encumbrances or title
defects which, singly or in the aggregate, do not in any case materially detract
from the value of the property subject thereto (as such property is used by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or interfere with the ordinary conduct of
 
                                      108
<PAGE>

the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (g) Liens arising by
operation of law in connection with judgments, only to the extent, for an amount
and for a period not resulting in an Event of Default with respect thereto; (h)
pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security
legislation; (i) Liens securing the New Notes; (j) Liens securing Indebtedness
of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or is merged
with or into the Company or a Subsidiary or Liens securing Indebtedness incurred
in connection with an Acquisition, provided that such Liens were in existence
prior to the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, were not
incurred in anticipation thereof, and do not extend to any other assets; (k)
Liens arising from Purchase Money Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under
paragraph (a) of the covenant "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock," provided such Liens
relate solely to the property which is subject to such Purchase Money
Indebtedness; (l) leases or subleases granted to other persons in the ordinary
course of business not materially interfering with the conduct of the business
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or materially detracting from the
value of the relative assets of the Company or any such Subsidiary; (m) Liens
arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings
regarding operating leases entered into by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (n) Liens incurred in
connection with Permitted Non-Recourse Vessel Indebtedness; and (o) Liens
securing Refinancing Indebtedness, incurred to refinance any Indebtedness that
was previously so secured in a manner no more adverse to the Holders of the New
Notes than the terms of the Liens securing such refinanced Indebtedness provided
that the Indebtedness secured is not increased and the lien is not extended to
any additional assets or property.
 
     "Permitted Non-Recourse Vessel Indebtedness" means the incurrence by any
Non-Recourse Subsidiary of Indebtedness for so long as (a) the liabilities of
such Non-Recourse Subsidiary in respect thereof are not directly or indirectly
the subject of a guarantee, indemnity or any other form of assurance,
undertaking or support from the Company or any Guarantor which would constitute
Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantor, (b) in respect of which the person
or persons making such Indebtedness available to such Non-Recourse Subsidiary
have no recourse whatsoever to the Company or any Guarantor for the repayment of
or payment of any sum relating to such Indebtedness and (c) which such
Indebtedness is used for the purpose of refinancing seagoing vessels owned on
the Issue Date or financing newly acquired seagoing vessels, any such vessels to
be used solely by the Company, a Guarantor or such Non-Recourse Subsidiary.
 
     "Permitted Tax Distribution" means with respect to each tax year that the
Company or a Guarantor (a "Taxpayer") qualifies as an S Corporation under the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended, or any successor statute), or any
similar provision of state or local law, distributions of Tax Amounts (as
defined below), provided that prior to any distribution of Tax Amounts a
knowledgeable and duly authorized officer of the Taxpayer making such
distribution certifies, and counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee opines,
that such Taxpayer qualifies as an S Corporation for Federal income tax purposes
and for the states in respect of which such distributions are being made and
that at the time of such distributions, the most recent audited financial
statements of the Company covering such Taxpayer provide that such Taxpayer was
treated as an S Corporation for Federal income tax purposes for the period of
such financial statements.
 
     "Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten offering of common stock of
equity securities of the Company not constituting Disqualified Capital Stock for
cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.
 
     "Purchase Money Indebtedness" of any person means any Indebtedness of such
person to any seller or other person incurred to finance the acquisition
(including in the case of a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the lease) of any
after acquired real or personal tangible property which, in the reasonable good
faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is directly related to
a Related Business of the Company and which is incurred within 120 days of such
acquisition and is secured only by the assets so financed.
 
                                      109
<PAGE>

     "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock of the Company that is
not Disqualified Capital Stock.
 
     "Qualified Exchange" means any legal defeasance, redemption, retirement,
repurchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of the Company
issued on or after the Issue Date with the Net Cash Proceeds received by the
Company from the substantially concurrent sale of Qualified Capital Stock or any
exchange of Qualified Capital Stock for any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of the
Company issued on or after the Issue Date.
 
     "Reference Period" with regard to any person means the four full fiscal
quarters (or such lesser period during which such person has been in existence)
ended immediately preceding any date upon which any determination is to be made
pursuant to the terms of the New Notes or the Indenture.
 
     "Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock
(a) issued in exchange for, or the proceeds from the issuance and sale of which
are used substantially concurrently to repay, redeem, defease, refund,
refinance, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in part, or (b)
constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to, or a deferral or
renewal of ((a) and (b) above are, collectively, a "Refinancing"), any
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock in a principal amount or, in the case
of Disqualified Capital Stock, liquidation preference, not to exceed (after
deduction of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection
with the Refinancing) the lesser of (i) the principal amount or, in the case of
Disqualified Capital Stock, liquidation preference, of the Indebtedness or
Disqualified Capital Stock so Refinanced and (ii) if such Indebtedness being
Refinanced was issued with an original issue discount, the accreted value
thereof (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at the time of such Refinancing;
provided, that (A) such Refinancing Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the
Company shall only be used to Refinance outstanding Indebtedness or Disqualified
Capital Stock of such Subsidiary, (B) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall (x)
not have an Average Life shorter than (i) the Indebtedness or Disqualified
Capital Stock to be so refinanced at the time of such Refinancing or (ii) the
New Notes, but only in the case of Refinancing Indebtedness described by (C)(ii)
below, and (y) in all respects, be no less subordinated or junior, if
applicable, to the rights of Holders of the New Notes than was the Indebtedness
or Disqualified Capital Stock to be refinanced, (C) such Refinancing
Indebtedness shall have a final stated maturity or redemption date, as
applicable, no earlier than (i) the final stated maturity or redemption date, as
applicable, of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock to be so
refinanced or (ii) the Stated Maturity, but only if such final stated maturity
or redemption date, as applicable, of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital
Stock to be so refinanced falls after the Stated Maturity and (D) such
Refinancing Indebtedness shall be secured (if secured) in a manner no more
adverse to the Holders of the New Notes than the terms of the Liens securing
such refinanced Indebtedness, including, without limitation, the amount of
Indebtedness secured shall not be increased.
 
     "Related Business" means the business conducted (or proposed to be
conducted) by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any and
all businesses that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the
Company are materially related businesses.
 
     "Restricted Investment" means, in one or a series of related transactions,
any Investment, other than investments in Cash Equivalents and other Permitted
Investments; provided, however, that (i) a merger of another person with or into
the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture shall not be deemed to be a Restricted Investment so long as the
surviving entity is the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) Investments
in any Person, so long as immediately upon such Investment such Person becomes a
Subsidiary Guarantor, shall not be deemed to be a Restricted Investment.
 
     "Restricted Payment" means, with respect to any person, (a) the declaration
or payment of any dividend or other distribution in respect of Equity Interests
of such person or any parent or Subsidiary of such person (including, without
limitation, pursuant to the Employee Stock Plan), (b) any payment on account of
the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity
Interests of such person or any Subsidiary or parent of such person, (c) other
than with the proceeds from the substantially concurrent sale of, or in exchange
for, Refinancing Indebtedness, any purchase, redemption, or other acquisition or
retirement for value of, any payment in respect of any amendment
 
                                      110
<PAGE>

of the terms of or any defeasance of, any Subordinated Indebtedness, directly or
indirectly, by such person or a parent or Subsidiary of such person prior to the
scheduled maturity, any scheduled repayment of principal, or scheduled sinking
fund payment, as the case may be, of such Indebtedness and (d) any Restricted
Investment by such person; provided, however, that the term "Restricted Payment"
does not include (i) any dividend, distribution or other payment on or with
respect to Equity Interests of an issuer to the extent payable solely in shares
of Qualified Capital Stock of such issuer; or (ii) any dividend, distribution or
other payment to the Company, or to any of its Subsidiary Guarantors, by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
     "Senior Debt" of the Company or any Guarantor means Indebtedness of the
Company or such Guarantor arising under the Credit Agreement and without
duplication, certain Existing Indebtedness or Indebtedness that, by the terms of
the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness, is expressly designated
Senior Debt and made senior in right of payment to the New Notes or the
applicable Guarantee; provided, that in no event shall Senior Debt include (a)
Indebtedness to any Subsidiary of the Company or any officer, director or
employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (b) Indebtedness
incurred in violation of the terms of the Indenture, (c) Indebtedness to trade
creditors, (d) Disqualified Capital Stock, (e) Capitalized Lease Obligations,
and (f) any liability for taxes owed or owing by the Company or such Guarantor.
 
     "Significant Subsidiary" shall have the meaning provided under Regulation
S-X of the Securities Act, as in effect on the Issue Date.
 
     "Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any Note, means January 15,
2006.
 
     "Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company or a
Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment by its terms or the terms of
any document or instrument or instrument relating thereto to the New Notes or
such Guarantee, as applicable, in any respect or has a stated maturity after the
Stated Maturity.
 
     "Subsidiary," with respect to any person, means (i) a corporation a
majority of whose Equity Interests with voting power, under ordinary
circumstances, to elect directors is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned
by such person, by such person and one or more Subsidiaries of such person or by
one or more Subsidiaries of such person, (ii) any other person (other than a
corporation) in which such person, one or more Subsidiaries of such person, or
such person and one or more Subsidiaries of such person, directly or indirectly,
at the date of determination thereof has at least majority ownership interest,
or (iii) a partnership in which such person or a Subsidiary of such person is,
at the time, a general partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Unrestricted
Subsidiary shall not be a Subsidiary of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the
Company. Unless the context requires otherwise, Subsidiary means each direct and
indirect Subsidiary of the Company.
 
     "Tax Amounts" with respect to any year means (a) an amount equal to the
higher of (i) the product of (A) the taxable income of the relevant Taxpayer for
such year as determined in good faith by its Board of Directors; and (B) the Tax
Percentage (as defined below), and (ii) the product of (A) the alternative
minimum taxable income attributable to such Taxpayer for such year as determined
in good faith by its Board of Directors; and (B) the Tax Percentage, in either
case, reduced by (b) to the extent not previously taken into account, any income
tax benefit attributable to such Taxpayer solely as a result of the
stockholder's investment in such Taxpayer (including without limitation, tax
losses, alternative minimum tax credits, other tax credits and carryforwards and
carrybacks thereof to the extent such benefit is realized in the year for which
the Tax Amount is being determined); provided, however, that in no event shall
such Tax Percentage exceed the greater of (1) the highest aggregate applicable
statutory marginal rate of Federal, state and local income tax (or, when
applicable, alternative minimum tax), to which a corporation doing business in
New York City would be subject in the relevant year of determination (as
certified to the Trustee by a nationally recognized tax accounting firm); and
(2) 50%. Any part of the Tax Amount not distributed in respect of a tax period
for which it is calculated shall be available for distribution in subsequent tax
periods. The term "Tax Percentage" is the highest aggregate applicable statutory
marginal rate of Federal, state and local income tax or, when applicable,
alternative minimum tax, to which an individual shareholder of the Taxpayer
could be subject in the relevant year of determination (calculated in good faith
by the Taxpayer and certified
 
                                      111
<PAGE>

to the Trustee by a nationally recognized tax accounting firm). Distributions of
Tax Amounts may be made from time to time with respect to a tax year based on
reasonable estimates, with a reconciliation within 40 days of the earlier of (i)
the Taxpayer's filing of the Internal Revenue Service Form 1120S for the
applicable taxable year; and (ii) the last date such form is required to be
filed (without regard to any extensions). The stockholders of each Taxpayer will
enter into a binding agreement with each Taxpayer to reimburse the applicable
Taxpayer for certain positive differences between the distributed amount and the
Tax Amount, which difference must be paid at the time of such reconciliation.
 
     "TNX Shareholders Agreement" means the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of
November 20, 1997, by and among NPR Holding Corporation, certain members of
NPR's senior management and the other entities and individuals signatory
thereto.
 
     "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any subsidiary of the Company that does not
own any Capital Stock of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the
Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company and that, at the time of
determination, shall be an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board
of Directors of the Company); provided, that (i) such subsidiary shall not
engage, to any substantial extent, in any line or lines of business activity
other than a Related Business, (ii) neither immediately prior thereto nor after
giving pro forma effect to such designation would there exist a Default or Event
of Default and (iii) immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto, the
Company could incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt
Incurrence Ratio of the covenant "Limitation on Incurrence of Additional
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock." The Board of Directors
of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary,
provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default is existing or will occur as a
consequence thereof and (ii) immediately after giving effect to such
designation, on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur at least $1.00 of
Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt Incurrence Ratio of the covenant "Limitation
on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Capital
Stock." Each such designation shall be evidenced by filing with the Trustee a
certified copy of the resolution giving effect to such designation and an
Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
foregoing conditions. As of the Issue Date, The Riverfront Development
Corporation shall be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
     "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct noncallable obligations of, or
noncallable obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the
payment of which obligation or guarantee the full faith and credit of the United
States of America is pledged.
 
     "Wholly-owned Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary all the Equity Interests of
which are owned by the Company or one or more Wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the
Company.
 
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY; FORM AND TRANSFERS
 
     The Old Notes were offered and sold to "qualified institutional buyers" in
reliance on Rule 144A. The Old Notes were issued in registered, global form in
minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof.
 
     The Old Notes are represented by one or more Notes in registered, global
form without interest coupons (the "Restricted Global Note"), and, except as set
forth below, the New Notes will be represented by one or more Notes in
registered, global form without interest coupons (the "Unrestricted Global
Note," and together with the Restricted Global Note, the "Global Note"). The
Restricted Global Note was, and the Unrestricted Global Note will be, deposited
upon issuance with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company
("DTC"), in New York, New York and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee,
in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC
as described below.
 
     Except as set forth below, the Global Note may be transferred, in whole and
not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its
nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Note may not be exchanged for Notes
in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. See
"Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes."
 
     The Trustee will act as paying agent and registrar.
 
                                      112
<PAGE>

REGISTRATION RIGHTS; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
 
   
     The Holders of the New Notes are not entitled to any registration rights
with respect to the New Notes. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement,
the Company and the Guarantors agreed to file with the SEC a registration
statement (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement") on the appropriate form
under the Securities Act with respect to the New Notes. The Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part constitutes the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors further agreed to use
their best efforts to have the Exchange Offer Registration Statement declared
effective within 180 days of the Issue Date, as well as to use their best
efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective
continuously, to keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than 30
business days and cause the Exchange Offer to be consummated no later than the
30th business day after it is declared effective by the Commission.
    
 
   
     The Company and the Guarantors agreed that if (i) the Exchange Offer is not
permitted by applicable law or Commission policy or (ii) any Holder of Notes
which are Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined below) notifies the Company
prior to the 20th business day following the consummation of the Exchange Offer
that (a) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the
Exchange Offer, (b) it may not resell the New Notes acquired by it in the
Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus, and the prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or
available for such resales by it, or (c) it is a broker-dealer and holds the
Notes acquired directly from the Company and the Guarantors or any of their
respective affiliates, the Company and the Guarantors will file with the
Commission a Shelf Registration Statement to register for public resale the
Transfer Restricted Securities held by any such Holder who provides the Company
and the Guarantors with certain information for inclusion in the Shelf
Registration Statement.
    
 
   
     For the purposes of the Registration Rights Agreement, "Transfer Restricted
Securities" means each Old Note until the earliest of the date of which (i) such
Old Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer and entitled to be resold to the
public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, (ii) such Old Note has been disposed of in
accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement, (iii) such Old Note is
disposed of by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the "Plan of Distribution"
contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of
the Prospectus contained therein) or (iv) such Old Note is distributed to the
public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
    
 
   
     The Registration Rights Agreement provides that, in the event that any of
the following occur: (i) the Company and the Guarantors fail to file an Exchange
Offer Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to April 21, 1998,
(ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective by the
Commission on or prior to July 20, 1998, (iii) the Exchange Offer is not
consummated on or before the 30th business day after the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement is declared effective, (iv) if obligated to file the
Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors fail to file the
Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to the 30th
business day after such filing obligation arises, (v) if obligated to file a
Shelf Registration Statement, the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared
effective on or prior to the 90th day after the obligation to file a Shelf
Registration Statement arises or (vi) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is declared effective
but thereafter ceases to be effective or useable in connection with resales of
the Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a "Registration Default"), then the
Company and the Guarantors agree to pay to each Holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities affected thereby liquidated damages ("Liquidated Damages") in an
amount equal to $0.05 per week per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer
Restricted Securities held by such Holder for each week or portion thereof that
the Registration Default continues for the first 90-day period immediately
following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The amount of the
Liquidated Damages shall increase by an additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 in
principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to each
subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to
a maximum amount of Liquidated Damages of $0.50 per week, per $1,000 in
principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. The Company shall not be
required to pay
    
 
                                      113
<PAGE>

   
liquidated damages for more than one Registration Default at any given time.
Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated
Damages will cease. All accrued Liquidated Damages shall be paid by the Company
and the Guarantors to Holders entitled thereto in the same manner as interest
payments on the Notes on semi-annual damages payment dates which correspond to
interest payment dates for the Notes.
    
 
     Holders of Notes to be included in a Shelf Registration Statement will be
required to deliver information to be used in connection with the Shelf
Registration Statement and to provide comments on the Shelf Registration
Statement within the time periods set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement
in order to have their Notes included in the Shelf Registration Statement and
benefit from the provisions regarding Liquidated Damages set forth above.
 
     The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus constitutes a part.
 
DEPOSITARY PROCEDURES
 
     DTC has advised the Company that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company
created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively,
the "Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of
transactions in those securities between Participants through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include
securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchaser), banks, trust
companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to
DTC's system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers
and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with
a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the "Indirect
Participants"). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities
held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect
Participants. The ownership interests and transfer of ownership interests of
each actual purchaser of each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded
on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.
 
     DTC has also advised the Company that, pursuant to procedures established
by it, (i) upon deposit of the Global Note, DTC will credit the accounts of
Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers with portions of the principal
amount of the Global Note and (ii) ownership of such interests in the Global
Note will be maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the
Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of
beneficial interests in the Global Note).
 
     Investors in the Global Note may hold their interests therein directly
through DTC, if they are Participants in such system, or indirectly through
organizations which are Participants in such system. All interests in the Global
Note may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. The laws of some
states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of
securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial
interests in a Global Note to such persons will be limited to that extent.
Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn act on behalf
of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a person having
beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to persons or
entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in
respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate
evidencing such interests. For certain other restrictions on the transferability
of the Notes, see "-- Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes."
 
     EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED BELOW, OWNERS OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT
HAVE NOTES REGISTERED IN THEIR NAMES, WILL NOT RECEIVE PHYSICAL DELIVERY OF
NOTES IN CERTIFICATED FORM AND WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED THE REGISTERED OWNERS OR
HOLDERS THEREOF UNDER THE INDENTURE FOR ANY PURPOSE.
 
                                      114
<PAGE>

     Payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest
and Liquidated Damages, if any, on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC
or its nominee will be payable by the Trustee to DTC in its capacity as the
registered Holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the
Company and the Trustee will treat the persons in whose names the Notes,
including the Global Note, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose
of receiving such payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever.
Consequently, neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or
the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for (i) any aspect
of DTC's records or any Participant's or Indirect Participant's records relating
to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global
Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC's records or any
Participant's or Indirect Participants's records relating to the beneficial
ownership interests in the Global Note or (ii) any other matter relating to the
actions and practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect
Participants. DTC has advised the Company that its current practice, upon
receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the Notes (including
principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants
with the payment on the payment date, in amounts proportionate to their
respective holdings in the principal amount of beneficial interests in the
relevant security as shown on the records of DTC unless DTC has reason to
believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Payments by the
Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of Notes
will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be
the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not
be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or the Company. Neither the Company
nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants
in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and the Company and the
Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on
instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.
 
     Interests in the Global Note are expected to be eligible to trade in DTC's
Same-Day Funds Settlement System and secondary market trading activity in such
interests will therefore settle in immediately available funds, subject in all
cases to the rules and procedures of DTC and its participants. Transfers between
Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC's procedures, and
will be settled in same-day funds.
 
     DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a holder of Notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to
whose account with DTC interests in the Global Note are credited and only in
respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as to
which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction.
However, if there is an Event of Default under the Notes, DTC reserves the right
to exchange the Global Note for Notes in certificated form, and to distribute
such Notes to its Participants.
 
     The information in this section concerning DTC and its book-entry system
has been obtained from sources that the Company believes to be reliable, but the
Company takes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof. Neither the Company
nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its
participants or indirect participants of their obligations under the rules and
procedures governing the DTC's operations.
 
EXCHANGE OF BOOK-ENTRY NOTES FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES
 
     The Global Note is exchangeable for definitive Notes in registered
certificated form if (i) DTC (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or
unable to continue as depositary for the Global Note and the Company thereupon
fails to appoint a successor depositary or (y) has ceased to be a clearing
agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Company, at its option,
notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the
Notes in certificated form or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing
an Event of Default or any event which after notice or lapse of time or both
would be an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In all cases,
certificated Notes delivered in exchange for the Global Note or beneficial
interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved
denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with
its customary procedures) and will bear a restrictive legend referred, unless
the Company determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law.
 
                                      115
<PAGE>

            CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
   
     The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax
consequences associated with the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the
Notes applicable to holders of Notes who purchase the Notes upon original
issuance. The summary is based upon current laws, regulations, rulings and
judicial decisions, all of which are subject to change. The discussion below
does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be
relevant to particular holders in the context of their specific investment
circumstances or certain types of holders subject to special treatment under
such laws (for example, financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations and
insurance companies). In addition, the discussion does not address any aspect of
state, local or foreign taxation and assumes that purchasers of the Notes will
hold them as "capital assets" (generally, property held for investment) within
the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
    
 
     For purposes of the discussion, a "U.S. holder" is an individual who is a
citizen or resident of the U.S., a corporation, partnership or other entity
created under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof, or an
estate that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation without regard to the
source of income or a trust whose administration is subject to the primary
supervision of a United States court and which has one or more U.S. Persons who
have authority to control substantial decisions of the trust and a "Non-U.S.
holder" is any holder who is not a U.S. holder.
 
     Prospective purchasers of the Notes are urged to consult their tax advisors
concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning and
disposing of the Notes as well as the application of state, local and foreign
income and other tax laws.
 
U.S. HOLDERS
 
     Except as provided below under "-- Exchange Offer," if a Note is redeemed,
sold or otherwise disposed of, a U.S. holder generally will recognize gain or
loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other
disposition of such Note (to the extent such amount does not represent accrued
but unpaid interest) and such holder's tax basis in the Note. Such gain or loss
will be capital gain or loss, assuming that the holder has held the Note as a
capital asset, and none of the gain is market discount. Capital gain will be
long-term if the holder has held the Note for more than eighteen months at the
time of disposition.
 
     A "market discount Note" is a Note that is acquired other than at the
original issuance, where the tax basis of the Note to the holder is less than
the stated redemption price of the Note at maturity. The excess of such
redemption price over the tax basis is the "market discount." In general, upon
the disposition of a market discount Note, gain on shall be treated as ordinary
income up to the amount of market discount attributable to the holder of the
Note. Holders who acquire a Note after original issuance at a discount should
consult their tax advisors concerning the recognition of the market discount.
 
NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
  PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
 
     No withholding of United States federal income tax will be required with
respect to payments by the Company of interest on a Note to a Non-U.S. Holder of
such Note, provided that (i) the Holder does not actually or constructively own
10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company entitled to vote, is not a controlled foreign corporation that is
related to the Company through stock ownership, a foreign tax-exempt
organization or foreign private foundation for United States federal income tax
purposes, and (ii) the requirements of section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, as
set forth below, are satisfied. Notwithstanding the above, a Non-U.S. Holder
that is engaged in the conduct of a United States trade or business will be
subject to (i) United States federal income tax on interest that is effectively
connected with such trade or business and (ii) if the Non-U.S. Holder is a
corporation, a United States branch profits tax equal to 30% of its "effectively
connected earnings
 
                                      116
<PAGE>

and profits" (as adjusted) for the taxable year, unless it qualifies for an
exemption from such tax or a lower tax rate under an applicable treaty.
 
  GAIN ON SALE OF NOTES
 
     A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to tax on any capital gains
recognized upon the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of a Note
unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a United
States trade or business by the Non-U.S. Holder or (ii) in the case of a
Non-U.S. Holder who is a nonresident alien individual, such holder is present in
the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year and certain other
requirements are met. In the case of (i) above, the Non-U.S. Holder will be
subject to tax on its net income at graduated rates. In the case of (ii) above,
the Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to tax at a rate of 30% on any such capital
gains to the extent that such capital gains exceed his United States source
capital losses.
 
  FEDERAL ESTATE TAX
 
     A Note held by an individual who at the time of death is not a citizen or
resident of the United States will not be subject to United States federal
estate tax as a result of such individual's death, provided that the individual
does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting
power of all classes of stock of the Company entitled to vote and that the
interest accrued on such Notes was not effectively connected with a United
States trade or business.
 
  OWNER STATEMENT REQUIREMENT
 
     Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Code require that either the beneficial
owner of a Note or a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business (a "Financial Institution") and that holds a Note on behalf of such
owner file a statement with the Company or its agent to the effect that the
beneficial owner is not a U.S. person in order to avoid withholding of United
States federal income tax. Under current regulations, this requirement will be
satisfied if the Company or its agent receives (i) a statement (an "Owner's
Statement") from the beneficial owner of a Note in which such owner certifies,
under penalties of perjury, that such owner is not a U.S. person and provides
such owner's name and address, or (ii) a statement from the Financial
Institution holding the Note on behalf of the beneficial owner in which the
Financial Institution certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it has
received the Owner's Statement together with a copy of the Owner's Statement.
The beneficial owner must inform the Company or its agent (or, in the case of a
statement described in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the
Financial Institution) within 30 days of any change in information on the
Owner's Statement.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
 
     Under current United States federal income tax law, a 31% "backup"
withholding tax is applied to certain payments made to, and to the proceeds of
sales before maturity by, certain U.S. persons if such persons (i) fail to
furnish their taxpayer identification numbers which, for an individual, would be
his or her Social Security Number or (ii) in certain circumstances, fail to
certify, under penalties of perjury, that they have both furnished a correct
taxpayer identification number and not been notified by the Internal Revenue
Service that they are subject to backup withholding for failure to report
interest payments. Under current regulations, this backup withholding will not
apply to payments made by the Company or a paying agent on a Note if the Owner's
Statement is received; provided in each case that the Company or the paying
agent, as the case may be, does not have actual knowledge that the payee is a
U.S. person.
 
     Under current regulations, payments of the proceeds of the sale of a Note
to or through a foreign office of a "broker" will not be subject to backup
withholding but will be subject to information reporting if the broker is a U.S.
person, a controlled foreign corporation for United States federal income tax
purposes, or a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is from a United
States trade or business for a specified three-year period unless the broker has
in its records documentary
 
                                      117
<PAGE>

evidence that the holder of a Note is not a U.S. person and certain conditions
are met or the holder of a Note otherwise establishes an exemption. Payment of
the proceeds of a sale to or through the United States office of a broker is
subject to backup withholding and information reporting unless the holder
certifies its non-United States status under penalties of perjury or otherwise
establishes an exemption.
 
     On October 7, 1997, the Treasury Department released new Treasury
Regulations governing the backup withholding and information reporting
requirements described above. The new regulations would not generally alter the
treatment of Non-U.S. Holders who furnish an Owner's Statement to the payor. The
new regulations may change certain procedures applicable to the foreign office
of a United States broker or foreign brokers with certain types of relationships
to the United States. The new regulations generally are effective for payments
made after December 31, 1998.
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
not constitute a significant modification of the terms of the Old Notes and,
therefore, such exchange will not constitute an exchange for United States
federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, such exchange will have no United
States federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of the Old Notes and the
holding period of the New Notes will include the holding period of the Old Notes
and the basis of the New Notes will be the same as the basis of the Old Notes
immediately before the exchange.
 
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT AND STATED INTEREST
 
     The Old Notes were issued and the New Notes will be issued without original
issue discount. Stated interest on the Old and New Notes will be taxable to a
holder as ordinary interest income at the time it is accrued or paid in
accordance with such holder's method of accounting for tax purposes.
 
BOND PREMIUM ON THE NEW NOTES
 
     If a holder of a New Note purchased the Old Notes for an amount in excess
of the amount payable at the maturity date (or a call date, if appropriate) of
the Old Notes, the holder may deduct such excess as amortizable bond premium
over the aggregate terms of the Old Notes and the New Notes (taking into account
earlier call dates, as appropriate), under a yield-to-maturity formula. The
deduction is available only if an election is made by the purchaser or is in
effect. This election is revocable only with the consent of the Service. The
election applies to all obligations owned or subsequently acquired by the
holder. The holder's adjusted tax basis in the Old Notes and the New Notes will
be reduced to the extent of the deduction of amortizable bond premium. Except as
may otherwise be provided in future regulations, under the Code the amortizable
bond premium is treated as an offset to interest income on the Old Notes and the
New Notes rather than as a separate deduction item.
 
MARKET DISCOUNT ON THE NEW NOTES
 
     Tax consequences of a disposition of the New Notes may be affected by the
market discount provisions of the Code. These rules generally provide that if a
holder acquired the Old Notes (other than in an original issue) at a market
discount which equals or exceeds 1/4 of 1% of the stated redemption price of the
Old Notes at maturity multiplied by the number of remaining complete years to
maturity and thereafter recognizes gain upon a disposition (or makes a gift) of
the New Notes, the lesser of (i) such gain (or appreciation, in the case of a
gift) or (ii) the portion of the market discount which accrued while the Old or
New Notes were held by such holder will be treated as ordinary income at the
time of the disposition (or gift). For these purposes, market discount means the
excess (if any) of the stated redemption price at maturity over the basis of
such Old or New Notes immediately after their acquisition by the holder. A
holder of the New Notes may elect to include any market discount (whether
accrued under the Old Notes or the New Notes) in income currently rather than
upon disposition of the New Notes. This election once made applies to all market
discount obligations acquired on or after the first taxable year to which the
election applies, and may not be revoked without the consent of the Service.
 
                                      118
<PAGE>

     A holder of any New Note who acquired the Old Note at a market discount
generally will be required to defer the deduction of a portion of the interest
on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry such Old or New
Note until the market discount is recognized upon a subsequent disposition of
such New Note. Such a deferral is not required, however, if the holder elects to
include accrued market discount in income currently.
 
REDEMPTION OR SALE OF THE NEW NOTES
 
     Generally, any redemption or sale of the New Notes by a holder should
result in taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of
cash and the fair market value of property received (except to the extent that
such cash or property received is attributable to accrued, but previously
untaxed, interest) and the holder's tax basis in the New Notes. The tax basis of
a holder of the New Notes should generally be equal to the price paid for the
Old Notes exchanged therefor, plus any accrued market discount on the New Notes
(and the Old Notes exchanged therefor) included in the holder's income prior to
sale or redemption of the New Notes, or reduced by any amortizable bond premium
applied against the holder's income prior to sale or redemption of the New
Notes. Such gain or loss generally would be long-term capital gain or loss if
the holding period exceeded one year, except to the extent it constitutes
accrued market discount.
 
   
     EACH HOLDER OF THE OLD NOTES SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER TAX ADVISOR WITH
RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM OR HER OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND
DISPOSITION OF THE NEW NOTES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE,
LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS.
    
 
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
     Each broker-dealer that holds Old Notes that were acquired for its own
account as a result of market making or other trading activities (other than Old
Notes acquired directly from the Company), may exchange Old Notes for New Notes
in the Exchange Offer. However, any such broker-dealer may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of such term under the Securities Act and must,
therefore, acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
resale of New Notes received in the Exchange Offer. This prospectus delivery
requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such broker-dealer of this
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time. The Company
has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the effective date of this
Prospectus, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available
to any broker-dealer who receives New Notes in the Exchange Offer for use in
connection with any such sale. The Company will not receive any proceeds from
any sales of New Notes by broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers
for their own accounts pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to
time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination
of such methods of resale, at market prices at the time of resale, at prices
related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale
of New Notes by broker-dealers may be made directly to a purchaser or to or
through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of
commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of
any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells New Notes that were received
by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or
dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Notes may be deemed to be
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any
such resale of New Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such
persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.
The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer other
than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify
Holders (including any broker-dealer) against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
     By acceptance of the Exchange Offer, each broker-dealer that receives New
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer hereby agrees to notify the Company prior
to using the Prospectus in connection with the sale or transfer of New Notes,
and acknowledges and agrees that, upon receipt of notice from the Company of the
happening of any event which makes any statement in the Prospectus untrue in any
 
                                      119
<PAGE>

material respect or which requires the making of any changes in the Prospectus
in order to make the statements herein not misleading (which notice the Company
agrees to deliver promptly to such broker-dealer), such broker-dealer will
suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company has amended or supplemented the
Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and has furnished copies of
the amended or supplemented prospectus to such broker-dealer.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the New Notes offered hereby is being passed upon for the
Company by Pepper Hamilton LLP.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31,
1996 and 1997 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1997 included herein have been audited by BDO Seidman LLP, independent certified
public accountants, as set forth in their report appearing herein, and have been
included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
 
     The consolidated financial statements of NPR Holding Corporation and
Subsidiaries as of January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997 and for the periods
ended December 31, 1995, January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997 included herein
have also been audited by BDO Seidman LLP, independent certified public
accountants, as set forth in their report appearing herein, and have been
included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             CHANGE OF ACCOUNTANTS
 
     On October 21, 1997, the Issuer engaged BDO Seidman LLP ("BDO") as NPR's
independent public accountants. BDO's engagement was approved by the Issuer's
Board of Directors. BDO also serves as independent public accountants to the
Company. Pursuant to such engagement, BDO audited NPR's financial statements for
the period March 3, 1995 through December 31, 1995, the year ended January 5,
1997 and the period January 6, 1997 to November 20, 1997, which financial
statements are included herein. See "Consolidated Financial Statements of NPR
Holding Corporation and Subsidiaries." Prior to such engagement, the Company had
not consulted with BDO on issues relating to NPR's accounting principles or the
type of audit opinion to be issued with respect to NPR's financial statements.
 
     Deloitte & Touche LLP ("Deloitte") were the prior auditors of NPR, and
Deloitte audited the financial statements of NPR for the period from March 3,
1995 through December 31, 1995 and the year ended January 5, 1997. The report of
Deloitte on such financial statements, which is not included herein, did not
contain an adverse opinion nor a disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or
modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. In connection
with the audit by Deloitte for the period from March 3, 1995 through December
31, 1995 and the year ended January 5, 1997, there was no disagreement between
NPR and Deloitte on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial
statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which, if not resolved to
the satisfaction of Deloitte, would have caused them to make reference to the
matter in their report. Deloitte has not been associated with any financial
statements of NPR subsequent to the year ended January 5, 1997. Deloitte's
appointment as NPR's independent public accountants was not renewed following
the completion of Deloitte's engagement to audit NPR's financial statements
described above.
 
                                      120


<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Report of Independent Accountants...........................   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and
  1997......................................................   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
  December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997..........................   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the
  Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997..............   F-6
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the
  years ended December 31, 1995, December 31, 1996 and
  1997......................................................   F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
  December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997..........................   F-8
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements..............   F-9
 
NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Report of Independent Accountants...........................  F-26
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 5, 1997 and
  November 20, 1997.........................................  F-27
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the period from
  March 3, 1995 to December 31, 1995, the fifty-three weeks
  ended January 5, 1997 and the period from January 6, 1997
  to November 20, 1997......................................  F-28
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency)
  for the period from March 3, 1995 to December 31, 1995,
  the fifty-three weeks ended January 5, 1997, and the
  period from January 6, 1997 to November 20, 1997..........  F-29
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from
  March 3, 1995 to December 31, 1995, the fifty-three weeks
  ended January 5, 1997 and the period from January 6, 1997
  to November 20, 1997......................................  F-30
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements..............  F-31
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
Stockholder and Directors
The Holt Group, Inc.
Gloucester City, New Jersey
 
   
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Holt
Group, Inc. and subsidiaries ("Holt") (see Note 1) as of December 31, 1996 and
1997, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income,
stockholder's equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1997. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of Holt's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
    
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Holt as of
December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the consolidated results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
April 24, 1998
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   DECEMBER 31,                  JUNE 30,
                                              ----------------------      ----------------------
                                                1996          1997          1997          1998
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Assets
Current assets:
  Cash..................................      $  1,242      $  8,005      $  5,052      $  2,214
  Marketable securities.................            --        40,156        30,368        39,898
  Receivables
     Trade..............................        22,791        32,610        12,477        44,185
     Tenants............................        14,267        37,076        16,903        25,439
     Other..............................         1,374        17,390         5,408        20,604
  Fuel and supplies.....................            --         2,201            --         1,880
  Prepaid expenses......................         1,060         2,960         1,459         3,964
  Other current assets..................         1,373           189            56         1,297
  Refundable deposits...................         4,175            --            --            --
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
     Total current assets...............        46,282       140,587        71,723       139,481
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
Property, plant and equipment, net of
  accumulated depreciation and
  amortization..........................        90,056       194,427        95,565       190,629
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
Other assets
  Receivables, other....................         5,955        11,288         1,888        24,102
  Investments...........................         3,405         2,925         3,405         2,925
  Unamortized financing costs...........         2,571         4,192         3,096         7,480
  Capitalized overhaul costs, net of
     amortization.......................            --            --            --         2,607
  Other.................................         3,096         7,697         3,092         7,998
  Receivables from non-consolidated
     affiliates.........................        21,114        21,262        19,861        22,165
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
     Total other assets.................        36,141        47,364        31,342        67,277
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
                                              $172,479      $382,378      $198,630      $397,387
                                              ========      ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>
    
 
        See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies and
                  notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS -- (CONTINUED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   DECEMBER 31,                  JUNE 30,
                                              ----------------------      ----------------------
                                                1996          1997          1997          1998
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term debt
     Notes payable, banks...............      $ 33,178      $ 18,678      $ 41,058      $ 16,213
     Other..............................         2,722         3,089         3,476         3,101
  Accounts payable......................         7,408        42,544         8,880        45,520
  Payroll taxes payable.................         1,147         4,235         1,249         4,249
  Accrued expenses......................         4,945        17,964         1,749        15,599
  Payments in excess of billings........            --         3,355            --         3,033
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
     Total current liabilities..........        49,400        89,865        56,412        87,715
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
Long-term debt, net of current
  maturities
  Notes payable, banks..................         2,875         1,864         2,272         1,436
  Notes payable, other..................        60,428       189,802        63,512       205,456
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
     Total long-term debt, net of
        current maturities..............        63,303       191,666        65,784       206,892
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
Payables to non-consolidated
  affiliates............................        10,272        12,190        11,937        14,327
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
Other long term liabilities.............            --        15,928            --        15,841
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock, par value $.01,
     authorized 1,000 shares, issued and
     outstanding 100 shares.............            --            --            --            --
  Additional paid-in capital............           631           631           631         1,131
  Retained earnings.....................        48,873        55,147        56,755        59,686
  Accumulated other comprehensive
     income.............................            --        16,951         7,111        11,795
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
Total stockholder's equity..............        49,504        72,729        64,497        72,612
                                              --------      --------      --------      --------
                                              $172,479      $382,378      $198,630      $397,387
                                              ========      ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>
    
 
        See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies and
                  notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          JUNE 30,
                                         ---------------------------   ------------------
                                          1995      1996      1997      1997       1998
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues
  Operating............................  $59,541   $57,803   $92,326   $32,487   $165,246
  Rental income........................    8,385    14,995    24,007    11,564     16,116
  Other................................      674       269     2,610       146      6,257
  Revenue from non-consolidated
     affiliates........................      750         9        55       600         --
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
        Total revenues.................   69,350    73,076   118,998    44,797    187,619
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
Operating expenses
  Terminal.............................   19,753    24,125    30,431    12,542     55,133
  General and administrative...........    9,591     8,865    26,112     5,595     28,007
  Equipment maintenance................    9,470    10,720    15,796     6,011     24,554
  Insurance and safety.................    4,291     4,797     2,998     1,839      2,550
  Vessel...............................       --        --     5,815        --     23,723
  Transportation.......................    2,857     2,917     9,346     1,473     29,434
  Depreciation and amortization........    4,375     4,025     8,652     2,656      8,163
  Operating taxes and licenses.........      665       165       227        80        275
  Losses on investment in joint
     venture...........................       --        --        --        --      2,910
  Charges from non-consolidated
     affiliates........................    3,175     1,703     1,207       408        416
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
        Total operating expenses.......   54,177    57,317   100,584    30,604    175,165
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
Income from operations.................   15,173    15,759    18,414    14,193     12,454
Interest expense, net..................    7,875     8,154     9,211     4,126      9,338
Other income
  Gain on sale of property and
     equipment.........................       19       694         7        --         53
  Dividends received...................       --        --     1,595     1,595      5,799
  Realized foreign exchange loss.......       --        --       (50)      (47)       (74)
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
        Total other income.............       19       694     1,552     1,548      5,778
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
Net income.............................  $ 7,317   $ 8,299   $10,755   $11,615   $  8,894
                                         =======   =======   =======   =======   ========
</TABLE>
    
 
        See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies and
                  notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,          JUNE 30,
                                         ---------------------------   ------------------
                                          1995      1996      1997      1997       1998
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net income.............................  $ 7,317   $ 8,299   $10,755   $11,615   $  8,894
Other comprehensive income:
  Foreign exchange adjustments.........       --        --       316       264        304
  Changes in market value on marketable
     securities........................       --        --    16,635     6,847     (5,460)
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
     Total other comprehensive
        income.........................       --        --    16,951     7,111     (5,156)
                                         -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
Comprehensive income...................  $ 7,317   $ 8,299   $27,706   $18,726   $  3,738
                                         =======   =======   =======   =======   ========
</TABLE>
    
 
        See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies and
                  notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>

   
                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
               AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       ACCUMULATED
                                     COMMON   ADDITIONAL                  OTHER           TOTAL
                                     STOCK     PAID-IN     RETAINED   COMPREHENSIVE   STOCKHOLDER'S
                                     AMOUNT    CAPITAL     EARNINGS      INCOME          EQUITY
                                     ------   ----------   --------   -------------   -------------
                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>             <C>
Balance, January 1, 1995...........   $ --     $   631     $37,825       $    --         $38,456
Net income.........................     --          --       7,317            --           7,317
Dividends paid.....................     --          --      (1,600)           --          (1,600)
                                      ----     -------     -------       -------         -------
Balance, December 31, 1995.........     --         631      43,542            --          44,173
Net income.........................     --          --       8,299            --           8,299
Dividends paid.....................     --          --      (2,968)           --          (2,968)
                                      ----     -------     -------       -------         -------
 
Balance, December 31, 1996.........     --         631      48,873            --          49,504
Net income.........................     --          --      10,755            --          10,755
Comprehensive income
  Foreign exchange adjustments.....     --          --          --           316             316
  Change in market value on
    marketable securities..........     --          --          --        16,635          16,635
Dividends paid.....................     --          --      (4,481)           --          (4,481)
                                      ----     -------     -------       -------         -------
Balance, December 31, 1997.........     --         631      55,147        16,951          72,729
Period from January 1, 1998 to June
  30, 1998 -- Unaudited
Net income.........................     --          --       8,894            --           8,894
Gain on sale of equipment to
  company owned by relatives of
  Holt's stockholder...............     --         500          --            --             500
Comprehensive income (loss)
  Foreign exchange adjustments.....     --          --          --           304             304
  Change in market value on
    marketable securities..........     --          --          --        (5,460)         (5,460)
Dividends paid.....................                         (4,355)           --          (4,355)
                                      ----     -------     -------       -------         -------
Balance June 30, 1998
  (unaudited)......................     --     $ 1,131     $59,686       $11,795         $72,612
                                      ====     =======     =======       =======         =======
</TABLE>
    
 
        See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies and
                  notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                    THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                           -------------------------------   ------------------
                                                            1995      1996        1997        1997       1998
                                                           -------   -------   -----------   -------   --------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)(UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
  Net income.............................................  $ 7,317   $ 8,299   $    10,755   $11,615   $  8,894
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by (used in) operating activities
    Depreciation and amortization........................    4,375     4,025         8,652     2,656      8,163
    (Gain) on sale of property and equipment.............      (19)     (694)           (7)       (2)       (53)
    Allowance for doubtful accounts......................       --        --            --        --        357
  Changes in assets and liabilities
    (Increase) decrease in assets
    Trade receivables....................................   (5,019)    3,858        20,705    10,314    (11,932)
    Tenants receivables..................................   (4,975)   (5,173)      (22,809)   (2,636)    11,636
    Fuel and Supplies....................................       --        --           (68)                 322
    Prepaid expenses.....................................      829       367           174      (399)    (1,004)
    Other current assets.................................  (10,268)    4,932         5,461     5,492     (1,108)
    Other assets.........................................       79       285        (1,014)       (1)      (326)
    Increase (decrease) in liabilities
    Accounts payable.....................................    2,777       816           374     1,472      2,976
    Payroll taxes payable................................      253       (98)          765       102         14
    Accrued expenses.....................................    1,841       588         2,034    (3,196)    (2,365)
    Payments in excess of billings.......................       --        --          (426)       --       (322)
    Other non-current liabilities........................       --        --           (63)       --        (86)
                                                           -------   -------   -----------   -------   --------
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities......   (2,810)   17,205        24,533    25,417     15,166
                                                           -------   -------   -----------   -------   --------
Cash flows from investing activities
  Payment for NPR acquisition net of cash acquired.......       --        --       (67,105)
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment...........      102       675             7         2      5,054
  Purchases of marketable securities.....................       --        --       (23,521)  (23,521)    (5,202)
  Purchases and construction of property, plant and
    equipment and capitalized overhaul costs.............   (6,034)   (6,936)       (9,674)   (8,114)   (10,235)
  Decrease in refundable deposits........................    8,000        --            --
  Decrease (increase) in other receivables...............   (2,332)   (1,397)       10,911        33    (16,029)
  Decrease (increase) in receivables from
    non-consolidated affiliates..........................   (3,428)   (7,751)         (149)    1,253       (903)
  Decrease (increase) in payables to non-consolidated
    affiliates...........................................      443      (956)        1,917     1,665      2,137
                                                           -------   -------   -----------   -------   --------
Net cash (used in) investing activities..................   (3,249)  (16,365)      (87,614)  (28,682)   (25,178)
                                                           -------   -------   -----------   -------   --------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Redemption of preferred stock..........................       --        --          (740)                  --
  Financing cost incurred................................     (140)     (495)       (3,994)     (572)    (4,501)
  Net payments on term notes.............................  (19,241)       --       (33,940)       43     (2,000)
  Proceeds of long-term debt.............................   36,003    10,986       166,387    40,845    142,527
  Payments on long-term debt.............................   (8,596)   (8,941)      (55,314)  (29,508)  (127,450)
  Dividends paid.........................................   (1,600)   (2,969)       (4,481)   (3,733)    (4,355)
                                                           -------   -------   -----------   -------   --------
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities......    6,426    (1,419)       67,918     7,075      4,221
                                                           -------   -------   -----------   -------   --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash..........................      367      (579)        4,837     3,810     (5,791)
Cash, at beginning of year...............................    1,454     1,821         3,168     1,242      8,005
                                                           -------   -------   -----------   -------   --------
Cash, at end of year.....................................  $ 1,821   $ 1,242   $     8,005   $ 5,052   $  2,214
                                                           =======   =======   ===========   =======   ========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
  Cash paid during the year for interest, net of amounts
    capitalized..........................................  $ 7,794   $ 8,247   $     8,128   $ 4,395   $  5,934
                                                           =======   =======   ===========   =======   ========
Non-cash investing and financing activities
  Change in market value of marketable securities........       --        --   $    16,635   $ 6,847   $ (5,460)
  Unrealized foreign exchange gain.......................       --        --           316       264        304
  Gain on sale of property and equipment to company owned
    by relatives of Holt's stockholder...................       --        --            --        --        500
Acquisition of NPR Holding Corporation (1997) and
  Wilmington Stevedores, Inc. (1995)
  Fair market value of assets acquired...................  $ 1,424   $    --   $   179,709
  Liabilities assumed....................................    1,273        --       110,679
                                                           -------   -------   -----------
  Cash paid..............................................  $   151   $    --   $    69,030
                                                           =======   =======   ===========
</TABLE>
    
 
        See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies and
                  notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
BUSINESS
 
     The Holt Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively ("Holt") is engaged
in stevedoring, trucking, warehousing and distribution services; rental of real
estate and equipment in the Delaware Valley area. Holt also operates vessels and
provides containerized cargo transportation and related services between the
United States, Puerto Rico, the Caribbean and, through a joint venture, provides
similar services in South America.
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     During October 1997, Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., Holt Cargo
Systems, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corporation, Murphy Marine Services,
Inc. and subsidiary (Wilmington Stevedores, Inc.), collectively, the Holt
Subsidiaries, reorganized their operations. In order to effectuate the
reorganization, on October 31, 1997, the Holt Subsidiaries sole stockholder
contributed 100% of the common stock of the Holt Subsidiaries to The Holt Group,
Inc., which is 100% owned by the same stockholder. Holt's wholly-owned
subsidiaries are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
This reorganization has been reflected retroactively for all periods presented.
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     The consolidated financial statements include Holt's wholly owned
subsidiaries, Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. ("HHW"), Holt Cargo
Systems, Inc. ("HCS"), Murphy Marine Services, Inc. and its wholly owned
subsidiary ("MMS"), The Riverfront Development Corporation ("RFD") and
commencing November 21, 1997, NPR Holding Corporation and its wholly owned
subsidiaries ("NPR").
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Holt considers highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or
less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.
 
MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
     Holt classifies its marketable equity securities as available-for-sale.
Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair market value, with unrealized
gains and losses reported as a component of stockholder's equity.
 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
     Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets
ranging from five to fifty years. Costs of construction in progress are
segregated from other property accounts until construction is completed, at
which time depreciation charges commence. Maintenance and repair costs are
charged to operations as incurred and major renewals and betterments are
capitalized. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the related
assets.
 
OVERHAUL COSTS
 
     Costs to be incurred while a vessel is in drydock to satisfy the
requirements of various periodic regulatory inspections will be capitalized and
amortized over the expected benefit period of approximately 2 to 3 years.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)

VALUATION OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
     When events and circumstances warrant, the carrying value of long-lived
assets to be held and used are evaluated. The carrying value of a long-lived
asset is considered impaired when the anticipated undiscounted cash flow from
such asset is less than its carrying value. In that event, a loss is recognized
based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of
the long-lived asset. This position is consistent with SFAS 121 "Accounting for
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of"
which was adopted on January 1, 1995 and upon adoption, did not have a material
effect on Holt. Holt believes that no material impairment existed at December
31, 1997.
 
INTEREST ON CONSTRUCTION
 
     Interest attributable to construction is capitalized into the cost of each
project on a pro rata basis. Interest capitalized in 1995, 1996 and 1997 was
$151, $394 and $650 respectively.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Stevedoring, trucking and distribution services revenue is recognized when
services are provided to customers. Rental revenue is recognized over the term
of each lease. Ocean revenue is recognized based on relative transit time
(amount of days at sea) in each reporting period and related vessel operating
expenses are recognized as incurred.
 
AMORTIZATION OF FINANCING COSTS
 
     Financing costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the terms
of the respective bond issues.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     Separate federal and state income tax returns are filed by the corporations
comprising Holt, some of which are subchapter S corporations. As provided by the
Internal Revenue Code, income of subchapter S corporations is reportable by the
stockholders on their individual tax returns. Accordingly, no provision for
federal or state income taxes has been reflected in the accompanying financial
statements for the subchapter S corporations, which earned substantially all of
the consolidated income for each year.
 
     Deferred income taxes which would apply only to non-subchapter S
corporations are insignificant.
 
     Effective January 1, 1998, all of Holt's wholly owned subsidiaries will be
treated for federal, and for certain state income tax purposes as a subchapter S
corporation as provided by the Internal Revenue Code.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)
   
INTERIM DATA

     The accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 1997
and 1998 and the unaudited consolidated statements of income, comprehensive
income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for the periods then ended include
all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which in the
opinion of management, are necessary for the fair presentation of the financial
position, results of operations and cash flows. The results of operations for
any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations
for a full year.
    
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     Set forth below are recent accounting pronouncements which may have a
future effect on the Company's reporting requirements.
 
   
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income" (SFAS No. 130) was adopted by Holt on January 1, 1998.
SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive
income and its components in a full set of general-purpose financial statements.
SFAS 130 requires unrealized gains or losses on Holt's marketable securities and
unrealized foreign exchange gains, which prior to adoption were reported
separately in stockholder's equity, to be included in other comprehensive
income.
    
 
   
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosure about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" (SFAS No. 131) is effective
for financial statements beginning after December 15, 1997. The new standard
requires that public business enterprises report certain information about
operating segments in complete sets of financial statements of the enterprise
and in condensed financial statements of interim periods issued to stockholders.
It also requires that public business enterprises report certain information
about their products and services, the geographic areas in which they operate
and their major customers. Holt does not expect the impact of SFAS No. 131 to
have a material effect on its financial reporting.
    
 
   
     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, "Employers'
Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" (SFAS No. 132) is
effective for financial statements with fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1997. Earlier application is permitted. SFAS No. 132 amends the disclosure
requirements on SFAS No. 87, "Employees Accounting for Pension," No. 88,
"Employees Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Denied Benefit Pension
Plan and Termination Benefits," and No. 106, "Employers Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits other than Pensions." This statement revises employers'
disclosures about pension and other postretirement benefit plans. The impact of
SFAS No. 132 will be to clarify the existing disclosures on Holt's pension and
other postretirement benefit plans.
    
 
   
     In June 1998, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" (SFAS No.
133). This statement established accounting and reporting standards for
derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts, (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging
activities. SFAS No. 133 requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as
either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure
those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may
be specifically designated as (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair
value of recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment, (b) a
hedge of the exposure to variable cash flows of a forecasted transaction, or (c)
a hedge of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign
operation, an unrecognized firm commitment, an available-for-sale security, or a
foreign currency denominated forecasted transaction.
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)
   
     SFAS No. 133 amends SFAS No. 52 "Foreign Currency Translation" to permit
special accounting for a hedge of a foreign currency forecasted transaction with
a derivative. It supersedes SFAS No. 80 "Accounting for Futures Contracts, Risk
and Financial Instruments with Concentrations of Credit Risk" and No. 119
"Disclosure and Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial
Instruments." Such statement also amends SFAS No. 107 "Disclosures about Fair
Value of Financial Instruments" to include in SFAS No. 107 the disclosure
provisions about concentrations of credit risk from SFAS No. 105. SFAS No. 133
also nullifies or modifies the consensus reached on a number of issues addressed
by the Emerging Issues Task Force.
    
 
   
     SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning
after June 15, 1999. Initial application of this statement should be as of the
beginning of an entity's fiscal quarter following June 15, 1999. On that date,
hedging relationships must be designated anew and documented pursuant to the
provisions of this statement. Earlier application of all of the provisions of
this statement is encouraged, but it is permitted only as of the beginning of
any fiscal quarter that begins after issuance of this Statement. This statement
should not be applied retroactively to financial statements of prior periods.
Holt does not expect the impact of SFAS No. 133 to have a material effect on its
Financial Reporting.
    
 
     During April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the
AICPA issued Statement of Position 98-5 "Reporting on the Costs of Start-up
Activities" (SOP 98-5). SOP 98-5 requires costs of start-up activities and
organization costs to be expensed as incurred and is effective for financial
statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. Holt does not
expect the impact of SOP 98-5 to have a material effect on its financial
reporting.
 
   
RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
     Certain amounts in the December 31, 1997 financial statements have been
reclassified to conform to the June 30, 1998 presentation.
    
 
2.  ACQUISITION OF NPR HOLDING CORPORATION
 
     On November 20, 1997, Holt acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of
NPR Holding Corporation ("NPR") in exchange for $44.0 million cash and $25.0
million in notes to the selling stockholders. The operating plans for the
combined business will have a material impact on Holt and its operations and
financial condition and will require the integration of administrative finance,
sales and marketing functions and the implementation of operating, finance and
management systems and controls between Holt and NPR. This transaction was
accounted for as a purchase and NPR's net assets were recorded at fair values,
and the consolidated statement of income includes NPR's operations from November
21, 1997.
 
     In connection with the acquisition, Holt repaid $39.7 million of existing
debt obligations of NPR. Also, Holt entered into five-year employment agreements
with certain members of NPR management and granted these employees "Phantom
Stock Units" representing the right to receive the value of up to 10% of the
common stock of NPR outstanding on November 20, 1997 (computed on a fully
diluted basis as if the Phantom Stock Units were outstanding shares of NPR
common stock), based on the achievement of specified performance goals, none of
which were earned as of December 31, 1997.
 
   
     In connection with this acquisition, Holt also entered into a
sale/leaseback agreement with a related party whereby certain equipment with a
net book value of $35 million was sold for $24 million cash and a $11 million
note receivable. The note receivable which was outstanding at December 31, 1997,
bears interest at prime rate (8.5% at December 31, 1997) and is due November
1998. No gain or
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
2.  ACQUISITION OF NPR HOLDING CORPORATION -- (CONTINUED)
   
loss was recognized as the sales price was equal to the net carrying value of
the equipment. The agreement provides for monthly rental payments of $738 for 60
months and are included in related party leases (see Note 7). Holt has the
option to terminate the lease at the end of 48 months by returning the equipment
and payment of a termination fee of $2.8 million.
    
 
     Holt relocated NPR's U.S. northeastern port of call from Elizabeth, New
Jersey to Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, a move designed to consolidate operations.
Holt does not believe that the relocation will trigger a multiemployer plan
withdrawal liability, which is estimated to be $17.1 million, plus interest
(which, if triggered, would be payable over an eight-year period). However,
there can be no assurance that the liability, or a portion thereof, will not
become payable in the future.
 
   
     Pro Forma revenues (unaudited) and net income (unaudited) for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 and the year ended December 31, 1997 were $183,706
and $364,339 and $14,332 and $12,248, respectively.
    
 
3.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1996                          1997
                                         ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                          ESTIMATED                   ACCUMULATED                   ACCUMULATED
                            USEFUL                  DEPRECIATION AND              DEPRECIATION AND
                             LIFE          COST       AMORTIZATION       COST       AMORTIZATION
                        --------------   --------   ----------------   --------   ----------------
<S>                     <C>              <C>        <C>                <C>        <C>
Land.................         --         $ 15,644       $    --        $ 15,905       $    --
Buildings............   15 to 50 years     29,411         8,455          29,692         9,206
Improvements.........    5 to 50 years      6,959         4,055          10,046         4,394
Equipment............    5 to 20 years     34,791        19,689          43,695        23,109
Vessels..............   11 to 14 years         --            --          94,104           805
Piers................   40 to 50 years     34,851         9,195          34,851        10,054
Construction in
  progress...........         --            9,794            --          13,702            --
                        --------------   --------       -------        --------       -------
                                         $131,450       $41,394        $241,995       $47,568
                                         ========       =======        ========       =======
</TABLE>
 
4.  MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND INVESTMENTS
 
  MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
   
     In April 1997, Holt purchased shares of common stock, representing 16.9% of
the outstanding shares of Atlantic Container Line AB (ACL), a publicly-traded
foreign corporation at a cost of $23,539. In connection with this purchase, Holt
borrowed $8,539 from a foreign bank with the balance being funded through
working capital. The loan is payable in December 1998 and bears interest at the
Norwegian Inter-bank rate plus 2%. At December 31, 1997, the fair market value
of equity securities exceeded their cost, resulting in an adjustment to
stockholder's equity of $16,635 (see note 14).
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
4.  MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND INVESTMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
   
  INVESTMENTS

  TECHNOLOGY COMPANY

     The investment is in a technology company related to the shipbuilding
industry. The investment is stated at its cost of $2,925 and is included in
Investments in the accompanying financial statements.
    
 
   
  TNX JOINT VENTURE (TNX)

     Holt also has a 40% interest in a joint venture which provides cargo and
transportation service between numerous ports in the United States, San Juan and
certain ports in South America. The investment, the balance of which is
immaterial at December 31, 1997, is accounted for under the equity method.
    
 
   
     During 1997, Holt has advanced TNX $1.5 million to use for working capital
(see note 14).
    
 
     The joint venture required a capital contribution of $500,000, which
approximated the operating loss as of and for the period ended November 20,
1997, the date of Holt's acquisition of NPR (see Note 2).
 
     For the period ended December 31, 1997, Holt's share of the joint venture's
loss was immaterial.
 
5.  LONG-TERM DEBT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ---------------------
                                                            1996          1997
                                                           -------      --------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>
Notes payable, banks....................................   $36,053      $ 20,542
Subordinated unsecured sellers notes....................        --        25,000
Senior unsecured increasing rate notes..................        --       100,000
Bonds payable
  1997 Fixed Rate Series K..............................    27,250        27,250
  1992 Fixed Rate Series G..............................    10,000        10,000
  1992 Fixed Rate Series H..............................     9,000         9,000
  1992 Fixed Rate Series J..............................     5,000         5,000
Construction mortgage payable...........................     4,918         4,989
Equipment financing.....................................     6,502        11,652
Other term note payable.................................       480            --
                                                           -------      --------
                                                            99,203       213,433
Less current maturities
  Notes payable, banks..................................    33,178        18,678
  Other.................................................     2,722         3,089
                                                           -------      --------
                                                           $63,303      $191,666
                                                           =======      ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
5.  LONG-TERM DEBT -- (CONTINUED)

     As of December 31, 1997, maturities of long-term debt over the next five
years are due as follows:
 

      YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
      ------------------------
      1998.......................................   $21,767
      1999.......................................     4,093
      2000.......................................     1,899
      2001.......................................     1,454
      2002.......................................     1,384
                                                    -------
                                                    $30,597
                                                    =======
 
     Substantially all property, plant and equipment are pledged as collateral
for long-term debt.
 
     The bond indentures and loan agreements provide for certain covenants
regarding working capital, net worth, dividend distributions and other financial
matters. At December 31, 1997, Holt is in compliance with the terms of the loan
covenants.
 
  NOTES PAYABLE, BANKS
 
     At December 31, 1997, notes payable, banks, consist of the following term
notes:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Revolving credit facility due in November 1998
  with interest payable monthly at prime, secured
  by the vessels..................................                $ 8,500
Term loan due December 1998 with interest payable
  monthly at NIBOR (4.375% at December 31, 1997)
  plus 2.25%, secured by investments in marketable
  securities......................................                  9,166
Payable in monthly installments of $19 plus
  interest at 1.25% over prime. The final payment
  of $1,186 is due in December 1999...............                  1,653
Payable in monthly installments of $28 plus
  interest at 1% over prime.......................                    528
Payable in monthly installments of $33 plus
  interest at 1% over prime.......................                    195
Payable in monthly installments of $21 plus
  interest at 1% over prime.......................                    500
                                                                  -------
                                                                  $20,542
                                                                  =======
</TABLE>
    
 
     The prime rate noted in these loan agreements at December 31, 1997 was
8.5%.
 
SUBORDINATED UNSECURED SELLERS NOTES
 
     The Subordinated Unsecured Sellers Notes of $25,000 plus accrued interest
were due December 1998. The notes bear interest at 12.5%. The Subordinated
Unsecured Sellers Notes were refinanced in connection with the issuance of the
Senior Notes (see Note 13) and, accordingly, have been classified as long-term
debt in the accompanying balance sheet.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
5.  LONG-TERM DEBT -- (CONTINUED)

SENIOR UNSECURED INCREASING RATE NOTES
 
     The Senior Unsecured Increasing Rate Notes of $100,000 plus accrued
interest were due December 1998. The Senior Unsecured Increasing Rate Notes bear
interest at prime plus 2%. The Senior Unsecured Increasing Rate Notes were
refinanced in connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes (see Note 13)
and, accordingly, have been classified as long-term debt in the accompanying
balance sheet.
 
  BONDS PAYABLE
 
     1997 Fixed Rate Series K
 
     The bonds mature March 1, 2027 and bear interest at an effective rate of
7.8%, payable semi-annually. These bonds redeemed and replaced the 1986 fixed
rate series D and E bonds.
 
     1992 Fixed Rate Series G
 
     The bonds mature at various dates through December 15, 2015, and bear
interest at 8.4%, payable semi-annually. The bond indenture requires annual
principal payments into a sinking fund beginning December 15, 2006 through 2015.
 
     1992 Fixed Rate Series H
 
     The bonds mature at various dates through December 15, 2017, and bear
interest at 8.6%, payable semi-annually. The bond indenture requires annual
principal payments into a sinking fund beginning December 15, 2008 through 2017.
 
     1992 Fixed Rate Series J
 
     The bonds mature at various dates through November 1, 2023, and bear
interest at 8.5%, payable semi-annually. The bond indenture requires annual
principal payments into a sinking fund beginning November 1, 2004 through 2023.
 
  CONSTRUCTION MORTGAGE PAYABLE
 
     The mortgage is payable in monthly installments of $33 including interest
at 6% beginning April 1997; final payment of $2,952 including interest, is due
in March, 2012.
 
  EQUIPMENT FINANCING
 
     The equipment obligations are payable in monthly installments aggregating
$217 plus interest. Interest rates at December 31, 1997 ranged from 7.55% to
11.55%.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
5.  LONG-TERM DEBT -- (CONTINUED)
   
  OTHER LONG TERM LIABILITIES

     December 31, 1997, other long-term liabilities are as follows:

Deferred rental payments...................................  $   267
Reserves for insurance deductible..........................    1,015
Reserve for asbestos claims................................    1,877
Reserve for post retirement benefits.......................    9,228
Reserve for post employment benefits.......................      714
Accrued closing costs -- non-current maturities............    2,517
Other deferred payments....................................      310
                                                             -------
                                                             $15,928
                                                             =======
    
 
6.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     In connection with the acquisition described in Note 2, Holt assumed and
continued all the NPR employee benefit plans.
 
  PENSION PLAN
 
     Substantially all nonunion employees of NPR are covered under a
noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan. The net pension cost for this
plan included the following components:
 
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                1997
                                                            ------------
Service cost-benefits earned during the period...........      $ 118
                                                               -----
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation............        294
                                                               -----
Actual return on plan assets
  Actual.................................................      ($655)
  Asset gain deferred....................................        387
                                                               -----
                                                                (268)
Net amortization of unrecognized gain....................        (13)
                                                               -----
NET PERIODIC PENSION COST................................      $ 131
                                                               =====
 
     Holt amended the plan effective January 31, 1998 freezing the accrued
benefit as of that date. This amendment eliminated for all employees the accrual
of benefits for future service.
 
     A reconciliation of the prepaid pension asset of the plan as of December
31, 1997 is as follows:
 
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                1997
                                                            ------------
Projected benefit obligation.............................     $45,293
Plan assets at fair value (primarily common stocks and
  U.S. obligations)......................................      48,246
                                                              -------
PREPAID PENSION ASSET (INCLUDED IN OTHER NON-CURRENT
  ASSETS)................................................     $ 2,953
                                                              =======
 
     The discount rate used in determining the projected benefit obligation was
7.25% at December 31, 1997. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
was 5% at December 31, 1997. The assumed rate of salary increase was 5% at
December 31, 1997.
 
     This Plan was revalued in connection with the NPR Acquisition resulting in
the subsequent freezing of the plan benefits.
 
                                      F-17

<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
6.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS -- (CONTINUED)

     NPR also provides a defined contribution 401(k) plan for its management
employees. The plan is 100% contributory by the employees.
 
     The remaining employees of NPR are covered by multiemployer retirement
plans. The employer is required to pay contributions to the multiemployer plans
as required by the applicable collective bargaining agreements. Under the
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA), NPR, as well
as the other employers participating in such multiemployer plans may be
contingently liable for its proportional share of the plan's unfunded vested
benefits in the event of plan termination or NPR's withdrawal from such plans
(see Note 7). NPR contributed and charged to expense $349 for the period ended
December 31, 1997.
 
     It is the policy of NPR to fund pension costs in accordance with
actuarially computed funding requirements and the various bargaining agreements.
 
     Certain Holt employees are covered under union-sponsored collectively
bargained defined benefit plans. Expenses for these plans were $2,719 in 1995,
$3,365 in 1996 and $5,373 in 1997, as determined in accordance with negotiated
labor contracts.
 
  POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSION
 
     Holt has an unfunded plan to provide postretirement health care and life
insurance benefits to certain NPR employees who retire with a minimum of 10
years of service. These benefits are accrued over the period the employee
provides services to Holt.
 
     Postretirement benefit expense was $52 for the period ended December 31,
1997. The components of the expense are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                1997
                                                            ------------
<S>                                                         <C>
Service cost.............................................       $12
Interest cost............................................        45
Amortization of losses...................................        (5)
                                                                ---
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT COST..............................       $52
                                                                ===
</TABLE>
 
     In general, retiree health benefits are paid as covered expenses are
incurred. The following table sets forth the unfunded status of the Plan at
December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                               1997
                                                           ------------
<S>                                                        <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit
  Retirees...............................................     $5,075
  Fully eligible active employees........................      1,344
  Other active employees.................................      1,205
                                                              ------
Total accumulated postretirement benefit obligation......      7,423
Add unrecognized net gain................................      1,604
                                                              ------
ACCRUED POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT LIABILITY (INCLUDED IN
  OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES)...........................     $9,228
                                                              ======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
6.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS -- (CONTINUED)

     The discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation was 7.25% at December 31, 1997. The assumed rate of inrease
in administrative charges was 4% at December 31, 1997. The rate of increase in
the per capita cost of covered health care benefits is assumed to be 10.2%,
decreasing gradually to 5.25% by calendar year 2005.
 
7.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS
 
  COMMITMENTS
 
     Contributions to certain labor-related benefit plans are subject to various
assessments under certain collective bargaining agreements. Certain of these
assessments are subject to audit and final determination, and in the opinion of
Holt, the accompanying financial statements include adequate recognition of the
estimated liability for these assessments.
 
     At December 31, 1997, Holt was contingently liable for outstanding standby
letters of credit in the amount of $6,290.
 
  CONTINGENCIES
 
     Holt is the defendant in a lawsuit filed in November 1996 in United States
District Court. Plaintiff seeks damages arising out of an agreement between
plaintiff and Holt whereby Holt offered a discounted freight rate in exchange
for shipment of a guaranteed volume of containers between the mainland United
States and Puerto Rico. Plaintiff claims that Holt unilaterally terminated the
agreement approximately two and one-half months before its termination date,
allegedly causing damages. Plaintiff seeks $28.0 million for such damages. Holt
has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which remains pending. Holt intends
to vigorously defend against the lawsuit. Holt believes that any liability in
connection with the lawsuit will not have a material adverse effect on Holt's
financial condition or results of operations.
 
     Holt is a party to various other legal proceedings, claims and assessments
arising in the course of its business activities. Based upon information
presently available, and in light of legal and other defenses and insurance
coverage and other potential sources of payment available to Holt, management
does not expect these legal proceedings, claims and assessments, individually or
in the aggregate, to have a material impact on Holt's combined financial
position or results of operations.
 
  GUARANTEES
 
   
     A governmental authority owns a building located on Holt's Gloucester
Marine Terminal. The building has been leased out by the owner to a relative of
the stockholder of Holt. Holt has guaranteed the tenant's lease payments
aggregating $18,500 through April 2024. The guarantee is secured by a mortgage
lien on the Gloucester Marine Terminal which is subordinate to the senior
mortgage debt and on a parity with the remaining mortgage debt. In the normal
course of business, Holt performs services for this tenant. In connection with
services and other transactions, at December 31, 1996 and 1997 Receivables
Tenants include $9,055 and $18,046, respectively which are due from this
relative.
    
 
     A governmental authority has issued $7.0 million of its Revenue Bonds for
the benefit of one of the non-consolidated affiliates, all of which is
outstanding at December 31, 1997. The bonds are secured by a mortgage on the
non-consolidated affiliate's interest on the property financed by the bonds. The
bonds bear an interest rate of 9.05% and mature on December 1, 2019. Repayment
of bond indebtedness is guaranteed by Holt and the non-consolidated affiliates.
The guarantee is secured by a mortgage granted by Holt and one of the
non-consolidated affiliates on their respective interests in the
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
7.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS -- (CONTINUED)

Gloucester Facility. The guarantee provides for certain financial covenants,
with which Holt was in compliance for all years presented.
 
     A governmental authority has issued $6.1 million of its Refunding Bonds for
the benefit of one of the non-consolidated affiliates all of which is
outstanding at December 31, 1997. The bonds bear an interest rate of 8.95% and
mature on December 15, 2018. Repayment of bond indebtedness is guaranteed by
Holt and the non-consolidated affiliates. The bonds and the guarantee are
secured by a mortgage granted by Holt and the non-consolidated affiliate on
their respective interests in the Gloucester Facility.
 
  LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
     As of December 31, 1997, Holt leases property and equipment under
noncancelable operating leases requiring minimum annual rentals as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          RELATED
                                           PARTY     OTHER
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,                  LEASES     LEASES     TOTAL
- ------------------------                  -------   --------   --------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>        <C>
1998...................................   $10,226   $ 15,777   $ 26,003
1999...................................    10,281     14,418     24,699
2000...................................    10,301     13,784     24,085
2001...................................     8,856     12,592     21,448
2002...................................     7,380     12,462     19,842
Thereafter.............................        --    113,826    113,826
                                          -------   --------   --------
                                          $47,044   $182,859   $229,903
                                          =======   ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
     Rental payments under the Related Party Lease (referenced above) consist of
several components, including base rent, a container pick fee, a break bulk
cargo fee and certain other fees.
 
     Holt has a 25-year noncancelable lease and a 30-year noncancelable lease
for certain buildings located on the Gloucester Marine Terminal and a marine
terminal facility located in Camden, New Jersey (collectively the "Facilities")
all of which are owned by the same governmental authority referred to in the
first paragraph under "Guarantees" above. Minimum annual rentals are reflected
in the above schedule. Holt has the right to purchase the Facilities throughout
the term of the lease. The purchase price is the greater of the fair market
value of the Facilities or the amount required to optionally redeem or defease
the bonds under the landlord's indenture.
 
     Rent expense under noncancelable lease obligations charged to operations
was $3,955 in 1995, $4,748 in 1996 and $8,364 in 1997.
 
8.  LEASES
 
     Holt is the lessor of substantially all of the Gloucester Marine Terminal
utilizing operating leases for periods generally greater than one year.
 
     Minimum rentals receivable under noncancelable lease arrangements as of
December 31, 1997 were as follows:
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
8.  LEASES -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          RELATED
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,                   PARTY     OTHER      TOTAL
- ------------------------                  -------   --------   --------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>        <C>
1998....................................  $  483    $ 10,656   $ 11,139
1999....................................     483       7,493      7,976
2000....................................     128       7,440      7,568
2001....................................      --       7,440      7,440
2002....................................      --       6,240      6,240
Thereafter..............................      --      91,710     91,710
                                          ------    --------   --------
                                          $1,094    $130,979   $132,073
                                          ======    ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
     Net book value of property being leased was approximately $49 million at
December 31, 1997.
 
9.  NON-CONSOLIDATED AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS
 
     Holt transacts business with companies under the control of Holt's
principal stockholder. These transactions include providing advances to and from
those companies. These advances do not bear interest.
 
     Holt also provided services and goods to these companies which include
stevedoring services, rental of warehouse space and building and equipment
repairs. At December 31, 1996 and 1997, $21,114 and $21,262 was due to Holt in
connection with net advances made and services performed on behalf of certain
non-consolidated affiliates. At December 31, 1996 and 1997, $10,272 and $12,190
was due to certain non-consolidated affiliates in connection with net advances
and services received. Revenue for these services totaled $750, $9 and $55 in
1995, 1996 and 1997. These companies provided services to Holt which included
rental of warehouse space, building and equipment repairs, management services
and sale of ice. Payments for these services totaled $3,175, $1,703 and $1,207
in 1995, 1996 and 1997.
 
     The cost of the goods and services provided by and charged to
non-consolidated affiliates are at prices which management believes are
comparable to those provided to non-related customers.
 
10.  OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
   
     In 1995, 1996, and 1997, Holt leased property and equipment from a company
owned by family members of Holt's stockholder who are also directors of Holt
under a non-cancelable lease which expires December 30, 2000 and which is
renewable through 2040 pursuant to four 10-year renewal options. Rental payments
under this lease totaled $2,397 in 1995, $2,481 in 1996 and $2,981 in 1997 and
are included in the minimum annual rentals disclosed in Note 7 above.
    
 
     Holt has an agreement to purchase general and administrative support
services from another company owned by these same family members. The cost of
the services provided to Holt are negotiated on an arms length basis which are
comparable to those provided to non-related customers during the normal course
of business. Payments for these services totaled $2,755 in 1995, $3,748 in 1996
and $4,492 in 1997.
 
     In the normal course of business, Holt performs services for these
companies. At December 31, 1996 and 1997, Receivables Tenants include $526 and
$1,238, respectively.
 
     Also at December 31, 1996 and 1997, receivables other includes $391 and
$3,500, respectively, due from the company that provides support services to
Holt and other companies owned by the same family members.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
11.  CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
 
     Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited
due to the large number of customers comprising Holt's customer base. Holt does
not require collateral from its customers. During 1995, 1996 and 1997, sales to
one customer accounted for 11.8%, 10.5% and 10.5%, respectively, of revenues.
 
12.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     As of December 31, 1997, the estimated fair values of Holt's financial
instruments and significant assumptions made in determining fair values are as
follows:
 
     -- Cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll taxes payable and
        accrued expenses: The amounts reported in the balance sheet approximate
        fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
 
     -- Receivables, other and long-term debt: The amounts reported in the
        balance sheet are at market rates of interest and approximate fair
        value.
 
     -- Receivable from/payables to non-combined affiliates: Due to uncertain
        repayment terms, it is not practicable to estimate fair market value.
 
   
13. ISSUANCE OF SENIOR NOTES
    
 
     On January 21, 1998, Holt issued $140 million of Senior Notes. The Notes
are due January 2006 and bear interest at 9.75% payable semiannually.
 
     Proceeds received from the issuance of the Senior Notes were used to repay
the $100 million senior unsecured increasing rate notes and the $25 million
subordinated unsecured sellers notes (see Note 5). In addition, Holt charged to
expense in 1998 the remaining unamortized financing costs of approximately $1.1
million.
 
   
     Holt's wholly owned subsidiary, RFD, is not a guarantor on the Senior
Notes. The guarantor subsidiaries are wholly owned and provide full, complete,
unconditional, joint and several guarantees on the Senior Notes. Additionally,
Holt's parent, HGI has no operations or assets other than its investment in
subsidiaries. Accordingly, Holt has not presented separate financial statements
and other disclosures concerning the subsidiary guarantors as management has
determined that such information is not material to investors.
 
     Summarized financial information is as follows (See Note 14):
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1997
                           -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         SUBSIDIARY
                             HGI         GUARANTORS        RFD        ELIMINATIONS      CONSOLIDATED
                           --------      ----------      -------      ------------      ------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>
Current assets...........  $    500       $ 99,943       $40,144        $     --          $140,587
Non-current assets.......   208,048         46,070         3,925        (210,679)           47,364
Current liabilities......    11,134         69,497         9,234              --            89,865
Non-current
  liabilities............   125,000        144,188        14,817         (64,221)          219,784
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
13. ISSUANCE OF SENIOR NOTES -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                           -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         SUBSIDIARY
                             HGI         GUARANTORS        RFD        ELIMINATIONS      CONSOLIDATED
                           --------      ----------      -------      ------------      ------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>
Revenue..................  $     --       $132,746       $    --        $(13,748)         $118,998
Operating income
  (loss).................    (2,344)        20,790          (149)            117            18,414
Net income (loss)........    (3,883)        13,513         1,008             117            10,755
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1996
                           -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         SUBSIDIARY
                             HGI         GUARANTORS        RFD        ELIMINATIONS      CONSOLIDATED
                           --------      ----------      -------      ------------      ------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>
Current assets...........  $     --       $ 46,282       $    --        $     --          $ 46,282
Non-current assets.......    49,222         44,530         3,405         (61,016)           36,141
Current liabilities......        --         48,913           487              --            49,400
Non-current
  liabilities............        --         84,749           620         (11,794)           73,575
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                           -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         SUBSIDIARY
                             HGI         GUARANTORS        RFD        ELIMINATIONS      CONSOLIDATED
                           --------      ----------      -------      ------------      ------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>
Revenue..................  $  8,299       $ 79,198       $     5        $(14,426)         $ 73,076
Operating income.........     8,299         21,886            --         (14,426)           15,759
Net income...............     8,299          8,299            --          (8,299)            8,299
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31, 1995
                           -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         SUBSIDIARY
                             HGI         GUARANTORS        RFD        ELIMINATIONS      CONSOLIDATED
                           --------      ----------      -------      ------------      ------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>
Current assets...........  $     --       $ 50,006       $    --        $     --          $ 50,006
Non-current assets.......    44,172         31,267         3,455         (51,159)           27,735
Current liabilities......        --         16,525         1,157              --            17,682
Non-current
  liabilities............        --        109,887            --          (6,987)          102,900
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                           -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         SUBSIDIARY
                             HGI         GUARANTORS        RFD        ELIMINATIONS      CONSOLIDATED
                           --------      ----------      -------      ------------      ------------
<S>                        <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>
Revenue..................  $  7,317       $ 71,901       $    --        $ (9,868)         $ 69,350
Operating income.........     7,317         17,724            --          (9,868)           15,173
Net income...............     7,317          7,317            --          (7,317)            7,317
</TABLE>
 
     RFD's current assets consist primarily of marketable securities. RFD's
liabilities consist of bank debt and advances from two of the subsidiary
guarantors. RFD's net income is a result of dividends received.
    
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
14.  INTERIM DATA (UNAUDITED)

SALE OF EQUIPMENT
 
     On January 5, 1998, Holt sold certain equipment to a company owned by
relatives of Holt's stockholder who are also directors of Holt for $5 million
which is included in Receivables Other in the accompanying balance sheet. The
sale resulted in a gain of $500 which is included as a component of
stockholder's equity.
 
AGREEMENTS

     Holt has entered into an Option to Purchase and Development Agreement with
Delaware Avenue Enterprises, Inc. ("DAE"), a company owned and operated by
relatives of Holt's stockholder who are also directors of Holt. Pursuant to the
agreement, Holt paid $8 million to DAE to acquire an option to purchase 11.5
acres of property located on the Delaware River in Philadelphia (the "Premises")
for a price equal to 120% of any sum expended by DAE to improve and develop the
Premises for use by Holt in its future operations. The option expires on
December 31, 2013. The cost of the option is included in Non-Current Receivables
Other in the accompanying balance sheet.
 
     In connection with the agreement, DAE issued to the Company a $10 million
promissory note that bears interest at 1% over the prime rate and matures on the
earlier of December 31, 2013 or the date on which Holt exercises its option and
purchases the Premises. The note is secured by a mortgage and security agreement
on the Premises and a contiguous 28-acre site. The Note is included in
Non-Current Receivables Other in the accompanying balance sheet.
 
MARKETABLE SECURITIES

     During April 1998, Holt received a dividend of $5.8 million from ACL (See
Note 4). During June 1998, Holt purchased options to buy approximately 1.5
million shares of ACL Stock (ACL Options) at a cost of $5.2 million. The options
expire in March 1999 and have an exercise price of approximately $13.30 per
share. Should Holt exercise of the ACL Options, their interest in ACL would
increase to approximately 28% of the outstanding shares.
 
     The cost of the options, which approximates fair value, is included in
Marketable Securities in the accompanying balance sheet.

     As of October 23, 1998, the ACL investment and the ACL options had fair
values of $28.2 million ($12.9/share) and $1.9 million ($1.2/option),
respectively representing decreases of $6.5 million and $3.3 million,
respectively, from the June 30, 1998 market values.
 
NOTE RECEIVABLE

     During the period ended June 30, 1998, Holt's principal stockholder
executed three notes totaling $5 million in favor of Holt. The notes bear
interest at prime plus 1% (9 1/2% at June 30, 1998) and are due on or before
April 29, 1999 and are included in Current Receivables Other in the accompanying
balance sheet.
 
FORMATION OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARIES

     In February, 1998, the Company formed two wholly-owned subsidiaries, San
Juan International Terminals, Inc. and SJIT, Inc. to perform terminal and
stevedoring operations in San Juan, Puerto Rico. Both of these subsidiaries are
guarantors of the Senior Notes. Since inception, all of the operations of these
subsidiaries are included in consolidation.
    
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                     THE HOLT GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

         NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
14.  INTERIM DATA (UNAUDITED) -- (CONTINUED)

TNX JOINT VENTURE
 
     As a result of ongoing operating losses, in the fourth quarter of 1998,
Holt began winding down the operations of TNX. TNX is in the process of
terminating all of its vessel sharing, slot charter and other agreements with
other shipping companies and expects to complete its last voyage during November
1998. Costs associated with the termination of TNX operations are expected to be
minimal.
 
     During 1998, Holt advanced $2.9 million to TNX for working capital.
 
     As a result of the losses from TNX operations and the plans to wind down
the operations, Holt fully reserved these advances at June 30, 1998.
 
FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- NON-GUARANTEE SUBSIDIARY

     As of June 30, 1997 and 1998 and for the six months then ended, summarized
financial information is as follows (See note 13):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             JUNE 30, 1997
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                               SUBSIDIARY
                                       HGI     GUARANTORS     RFD     ELIMINATION'S   CONSOLIDATED
                                     -------   ----------   -------   -------------   ------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>             <C>
Current assets.....................  $    --    $ 41,284    $30,439     $      --       $ 71,723
Non-current assets.................   57,650     145,342      4,405       (80,490)       126,907
Current liabilities................       --      47,739      8,673            --         56,412
Non-current liabilities............       --      84,940     15,621       (22,840)        77,721
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                               SUBSIDIARY
                                       HGI     GUARANTORS     RFD     ELIMINATION'S   CONSOLIDATED
                                     -------   ----------   -------   -------------   ------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>             <C>
Revenue............................  $11,879    $ 44,797    $    --     $ (11,879)      $ 44,797
Operating income...................   11,879      14,244        (51)      (11,879)        14,193
Net income.........................   11,879      10,235      1,380       (11,879)        11,615
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             JUNE 30, 1998
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                               SUBSIDIARY
                                       HGI     GUARANTORS     RFD     ELIMINATION'S   CONSOLIDATED
                                     -------   ----------   -------   -------------   ------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>             <C>
Current assets.....................  $ 5,395    $ 93,471    $40,615     $      --       $139,481
Non-current assets.................  225,027     269,322      3,925      (240,368)       257,906
Current liabilities................   12,844      65,922      8,949            --         87,715
Non-current liabilities............  140,000     155,970     15,478       (74,388)       237,060
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------
                                               SUBSIDIARY
                                       HGI     GUARANTORS     RFD     ELIMINATION'S   CONSOLIDATED
                                     -------   ----------   -------   -------------   ------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>             <C>
Revenue............................  $18,067    $199,320    $    --     $ (29,768)      $187,619
Operating income...................   16,083      14,475        (37)      (18,067)        12,454
Net income.........................    9,394      12,190      5,377       (18,067)         8,894
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-25


<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
Stockholders and Directors
NPR Holding Corporation and Subsidiaries
Edison, New Jersey
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NPR Holding
Corporation and Subsidiaries (NPR) as of January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997,
and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity
(deficiency), and cash flows for the periods ended December 31, 1995, January 5,
1997 and November 20, 1997. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of NPR's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of NPR as of
January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997, and the consolidated results of its
operations and its consolidated cash flows for the periods ended December 31,
1995, January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
April 24, 1998
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JANUARY 5,   NOVEMBER 20,
                                                                 1997          1997
                                                              ----------   ------------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................   $  1,850      $  1,926
  Trade and other receivables, net of allowance of $23,838
     at January 5, 1997 and $26,454 at November 20, 1997....     40,342        34,459
  Fuel and operating supplies, net of reserves of $638 at
     January 5, 1997 and $-0- at November 20, 1997..........      2,427         2,533
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................      1,854         2,176
                                                               --------      --------
Total current assets........................................     46,473        41,094
                                                               --------      --------
Vessels, property and equipment, net........................     94,249        83,446
Capitalized overhaul costs and other noncurrent assets,
  net of accumulated amortization of $2,604 at January 5,
  1997 and $3,464 at November 20, 1997......................      2,716         3,546
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $372 at January
  5, 1997 and $551 at November 20, 1997.....................      2,697         2,517
                                                               --------      --------
                                                               $146,135      $130,603
                                                               ========      ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
Current liabilities
  Note payable..............................................   $ 17,104      $  5,649
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................      8,074         8,719
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities..................     48,575        57,587
  Payments in excess of billings............................      7,300         6,587
                                                               --------      --------
     Total current liabilities..............................     81,053        78,542
                                                               --------      --------
Other accrued liabilities...................................     42,843        35,623
Long-term debt, net of current maturities...................     33,539        26,245
Redeemable preferred stock..................................        689           739
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders' equity (deficiency)
  Common stock
     Class A-1; par value $.001; authorized 16,000 shares;
       issued and outstanding 15,177 shares at January 5,
       1997 and November 20, 1997...........................         --            --
     Class A-2; par value $.001; authorized 16,000 shares;
        no shares issued or outstanding.....................         --            --
     Class B; par value $.001; authorized, issued and
       outstanding 450 shares...............................         --            --
     Class C; par value $.001; authorized 2,057 shares,
        issued and outstanding 2,023 shares at January 5,
       1997 and 2,057 at November 20, 1997..................         --            --
     Additional paid-in capital.............................     15,116        15,116
     Accumulated deficit....................................    (27,105)      (25,662)
                                                               --------      --------
Total stockholders' equity (deficiency).....................    (11,989)      (10,546)
                                                               --------      --------
                                                               $146,135      $130,603
                                                               ========      ========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              MARCH 3, 1995     JANUARY 1, 1996    JANUARY 6, 1997
                                                   TO                 TO                 TO
                                            DECEMBER 31, 1995   JANUARY 5, 1997   NOVEMBER 20, 1997
                                            -----------------   ---------------   -----------------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>                 <C>               <C>
Revenues
  Ocean revenue...........................      $228,228           $265,110           $238,670
  Other revenue...........................         5,539              3,987              6,671
                                                --------           --------           --------
        Total revenues....................       233,767            269,097            245,341
                                                --------           --------           --------
Expenses
  Vessel (including vessel fuel of $12,154
     at December 31, 1995, $14,365 at
     January 5, 1997 and $12,484 at
     November 20, 1997....................        48,012             48,941             43,915
  Cargo handling..........................        49,006             57,662             50,287
  Terminal................................        55,010             56,145             52,793
  Transportation..........................        34,512             49,535             42,144
  Selling, general and administrative.....        42,922             48,644             40,108
  Depreciation and amortization...........        10,699             14,524             10,618
                                                --------           --------           --------
        Total operating expenses..........       240,161            275,451            239,865
                                                --------           --------           --------
Income (loss) from operations.............        (6,394)            (6,354)             5,476
                                                --------           --------           --------
Other (income) expense
  Interest expense........................         5,812              7,171              5,973
  Investment loss.........................            --                 --                500
  Miscellaneous expense (income), net.....           (33)             1,407             (2,490)
                                                --------           --------           --------
        Other expenses, net...............         5,779              8,578              3,983
                                                --------           --------           --------
Net income (loss).........................      $(12,173)          $(14,932)          $  1,493
                                                ========           ========           ========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
 
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, SHARES IN WHOLE UNITS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          ADDITIONAL                     TOTAL
                                         COMMON STOCK      PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED   STOCKHOLDER'S
                                       SHARES   AMOUNT     CAPITAL       DEFICIT     (DEFICIENCY)
<S>                                    <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issuance of shares, March 1995.......  17,781   $    --    $15,213       $    --        $15,213
Shares acquired and cancelled........    (438)       --       (150)           --           (150)
Net loss for the period ended
  December 31, 1995..................      --        --         --       (12,173)       (12,173)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stockholders' equity,
  December 31, 1995..................  17,343        --     15,063       (12,173)         2,890
Issuance of shares...................     307        --         53            --             53
Net loss for the period ended
  January 5, 1996....................      --        --         --       (14,932)       (14,932)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stockholders'
  (deficiency),
  January 5, 1997....................  17,650        --     15,116       (27,105)       (11,989)
Issuance of shares...................      34        --         --            --             --
Preferred stock dividends accrued....      --        --         --           (50)           (50)
Net income for period ended
  November 20, 1997..................      --        --         --         1,493          1,493
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stockholders' (deficiency),
  November 20, 1997..................  17,684        --     15,116       (25,662)       (10,546)
                                       ======   =======    =======       =======        =======
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        MARCH 3, 1995     JANUARY 1, 1996    JANUARY 6, 1997
                                                             TO                 TO                 TO
                                                      DECEMBER 31, 1995   JANUARY 5, 1997   NOVEMBER 20, 1997
                                                      -----------------   ---------------   -----------------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>                 <C>               <C>
Increase (decrease) in cash
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)...................................      $(12,173)          $(14,932)           $ 1,493
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
  cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.....................        10,699             14,524             10,618
  Amortization of debt issuance costs...............         1,166              1,385              1,349
  Allowance for bad debts...........................           572              2,536              2,616
  (Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment.....           (21)               582             (2,502)
  Share of TNX operating loss.......................            --                 --                500
Changes in assets and liabilities:
  (Increase) decrease in assets
    Trade and other receivable......................        (4,878)            (5,317)             3,267
    Fuel and operating supplies.....................           (13)               293               (106)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets.......        (1,627)             1,206               (321)
  Increase (decrease) in liabilities
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses...........         1,697             (7,189)             9,719
    Payments in excess of billings..................         2,253              2,200               (714)
    Other noncurrent assets and liabilities.........         8,754             (3,024)           (10,257)
                                                          --------           --------            -------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities........................................         6,429             (7,736)            15,662
                                                          --------           --------            -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash paid to purchase assets of PRMSA...............       (52,780)                                   --
Refund from PRMSA for adjustment of purchase
  price.............................................                            5,654                 --
Cash paid to settle Mills litigation................          (250)                --                 --
Acquisition costs paid..............................        (6,479)                --                 --
Purchase of property and equipment and capitalized
  overhaul costs....................................        (4,063)            (3,342)              (854)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment........           220                756              4,580
Investment in TNX...................................            --                 --               (500)
                                                          --------           --------            -------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
  activities........................................       (63,352)             3,068              3,226
                                                          --------           --------            -------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock..............        15,213                 53                 --
Proceeds from bank loans............................        45,000                 --                 --
Repayments of bank loans............................        (4,056)            (9,723)            (7,357)
Purchase of treasury stock..........................          (150)                --                 --
Net borrowings (payments) under line of credit
  agreement.........................................         2,939             14,165            (11,455)
                                                          --------           --------            -------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
  activities........................................        58,946              4,495            (18,812)
                                                          --------           --------            -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents.......................................         2,023               (173)                76
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period...            --              2,023              1,850
                                                          --------           --------            -------
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period.........      $  2,023           $  1,850              1,926
                                                          ========           ========            =======
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for interest............      $  4,212           $  4,909              3,617
                                                          ========           ========            =======
Noncash investing and financing transactions
Preferred stock dividends accrued...................            --                 --                 50
Details of Acquisition in 1995:
  Fair value of assets acquired.....................       155,856                 --
  Liabilities assumed...............................       108,731                 --
                                                          --------           --------            -------
  Cash paid.........................................      $ 47,125           $     --
                                                          ========           ========            =======
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS
 
  FORMATION OF COMPANY
 
     NPR Holding Corporation ("NPR") was incorporated December 12, 1994. NPR was
established to purchase the net assets of the Puerto Rico Maritime Shipping
Authority ("PRMSA"). On March 3, 1995, NPR acquired all of the stock of the
Puerto Rico Marine Management Inc. ("PRMMI") and assumed certain liabilities of
PRMSA, for a cash payment of $52,780 and the issuance of a $5,000 Promissory
Note. The transaction was financed with the proceeds of NPR's sale of common
stock and the proceeds of a $45,000 collateralized bank loan (Note 6). All
assets and liabilities have been recorded at fair values as of March 3, 1995. On
February 27, 1995, NPR created two wholly owned subsidiaries, NPR-Navieras
Receivables, Inc. and NPR, Inc. to effectuate the purchase of the PRMSA assets.
NPR, Inc. serves as the operating company. NPR and its subsidiaries, operating
under the trade name Navieras, operate a fleet of five Lancer class container
ships and more than 20,000 containers and chassis.
 
     NPR and PRMSA subsequently adjusted the purchase price as provided for in
the agreement dated March 3, 1995. In summary, PRMSA paid NPR $5,654 in cash for
the working capital shortfall pursuant to the purchase agreement, and NPR agreed
to assume $2,000 of PRMSA's liability for asbestos claims and issue an
additional promissory note to PRMSA in the amount of $1,000. This adjustment has
been included in the initial accounting for the purchase.
 
  RESTRUCTURING OF NPR'S OPERATION
 
     Immediately after the purchase, NPR implemented its restructuring and
revitalization plan. The plan installed a new management team to meet NPR's
current and future operating demands, established a new vessel deployment
schedule to accelerate the frequency of its transportation services, closed
unprofitable port facilities, and refurbished NPR's port cranes.
 
     Associated with the acquisition, management committed to a restructuring
plan which involved closing down certain leased facilities. The facilities
consisted of the New Orleans, Baltimore and Charleston operating terminals and
certain sales offices at other locations. Also included was involuntary
severance for management and other employees covered by collective bargaining
agreements at these and other facilities. As of the acquisition date, $7,066 in
restructuring costs, consisting of approximately $5,607 in remaining lease
payments and other facility costs and $1,459 in severance costs, were recognized
as liabilities in the purchase transaction and included in the acquisition cost
allocation. For periods ended December 31, 1995, January 5, 1997, and November
20, 1997, lease payments and other facility costs paid totaled $395, $1,214, and
$127, respectively. Severance cost paid totaled $406, $933, and $0,
respectively, for the same periods.
 
     As of January 5, 1997, the planned closings were completed. The New Orleans
lease commitment, which originally extended through January 2003 was terminated
effective September 25, 1996. The lease termination agreement stipulated that
NPR pay a lease termination fee of $4,804, payable over the remaining life of
the original lease. The closing costs including the lease termination fee, were
included in the restructuring costs referred to above.
 
  SALE OF COMPANY
 
     On November 20, 1997, NPR's outstanding common stock was acquired by The
Holt Group, Inc. (see Note 15). These financial statements present the results
of operations and financial position prior to the acquisition by Holt.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  ACCOUNTING PERIOD
 
     NPR's fiscal year is a 52 or 53 week period ending the Sunday following
December 31, except if December 31, is a Sunday. Since NPR started its
operations on March 3, 1995, after the acquisition of the PRMSA assets, NPR's
first fiscal period which ended December 31, 1995, was a 43 week period (see
Note 1). All costs incurred by NPR during the period between the date of
formation and the acquisition date have been included as either acquisition or
financing costs. Fiscal year 1996 which ended January 5, 1997, consisted of 53
weeks. Fiscal year 1997, which ended November 20, 1997 (see Note 15), consisted
of 45 weeks.
 
  PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
NPR Holding Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, NPR-Navieras
Receivables, Inc. and NPR, Inc. after eliminating intercompany accounts and
transactions.
 
  OCEAN REVENUE AND VESSEL OPERATING EXPENSES
 
     Ocean revenue is recognized based on relative transit time in each
reporting period and related vessel operating expenses are recognized as
incurred.
 
  FUEL AND OPERATING SUPPLIES
 
     Bunker fuel and garage inventories are valued at the lower of first-in,
first-out cost or market.
 
  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     NPR considers highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or
less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.
 
  VESSELS, PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Vessels, property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and
amortization is provided on the straight-line basis over estimated useful lives
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Vessels                                     12 years
 
Vessel betterments                          Over the remaining lives of the vessels
 
Containers and trailers                     12 years (new) and 11 years (used)
 
Chassis                                     12 years (new) and 11 years (used)
 
Terminal property and equipment             3 - 10 years
 
Leasehold rights and improvements           Over the term of the lease
</TABLE>
 
     Expenditures for renewals and betterments which improve or extend the life
of the assets are capitalized. Cost and accumulated depreciation of assets sold,
retired or otherwise disposed of are removed from the accounts and any resulting
gain or loss is included in operations.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)
  LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
     NPR adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of" (SFAS 121) during the period ended December
31, 1995. SFAS 121 establishes accounting standards for the impairment of
long-lived assets, certain identifiable intangibles, and goodwill related to
those assets to be held and used for long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles to be disposed of. The adoption of this standard did not have a
material impact on NPR's results of operations.
 
     When events and circumstances warrant, the carrying value of long-lived
assets to be held and used are evaluated. The carrying value of a long-lived
asset is considered impaired when the anticipated undiscounted cash flows from
such asset is less than its carrying value. In that event, a loss is recognized
based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of
the long-lived asset. NPR believes that no material impairment existed at
November 20, 1997.
 
  MAINTENANCE, REPAIR AND OVERHAUL COSTS
 
     Maintenance and repair costs incurred while the asset is in service are
charged to operations in the current period.
 
     Costs incurred while a vessel is in drydock (e.g., overhaul) to satisfy the
requirements of various periodic regulatory inspections are capitalized and
amortized over the expected benefit period.
 
     Maintenance and repairs to the vessel fleet while in periodic drydock which
do not materially prolong the useful life of an asset are estimated and accrued
over the period of time between drydockings, and such accruals are charged to
operations currently.
 
     The costs to be incurred to restore certain leased equipment to the
condition mandated by the lease agreements are estimated and accrued over the
average in-service life.
 
  EQUIPMENT OFF-HIRE LEASE TERMINATION LIABILITY
 
     NPR operates various equipment under operating leases. NPR is liable for
any damages incurred on the equipment upon lease termination that do not have
damage protection rates included in the lease payments. The liability is based
upon NPR's estimate of expected lease termination charges and the liability is
adjusted by periodic charges to operating expenses as necessary.
 
  CLAIMS NOT COVERED BY INSURANCE
 
     Accrual for claims not covered by NPR's insurance, principally cargo
claims, injuries, property and vessel damages, include an estimate based on
individual claims outstanding and an estimated amount for losses incurred but
not reported on the basis of past experience.
 
  GOODWILL
 
     The excess of the cost of the net assets acquired over their fair value at
the date of acquisition is being amortized on the straight-line method over 15
years. Amortization expense charged to operations for the period March 3, 1995
to December 31, 1995, the period January 1, 1996 to January 5, 1997 and January
6, 1997 to November 20, 1997 was $167, $205 and $179, respectively.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)
  USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and revenues and expenses during the period reported. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.
 
  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     Fair value estimates are based on pertinent information available to
management as of November 20, 1997. The estimated fair value, which approximates
cost of cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, accounts payable and
accrued expenses are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets. The estimated
fair value of long-term debt approximates face amount since substantially all
borrowings are at variable rates. There are no significant instruments with
off-balance sheet risk such as hedging contracts or derivatives.
 
  INCOME TAXES
 
     NPR files its U.S. federal income tax return on a consolidated basis.
Income tax expense is determined pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred
tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are determined based upon differences
between the financial and tax basis of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax
rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
 
3.  LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
 
     The Loan and Security Agreement ("Agreement") as amended January 28, 1997
and referred to in Notes 5 and 6 requires that NPR maintain certain financial
ratios, amounts, and other covenants as defined in that Agreement. NPR, from
time to time, did not meet covenants regarding the delivery of audited annual
financial statements, the delivery or application of the proceeds of NPR's sale
of individual items of collateral, the cash flow coverage ratio and tangible net
worth as of or for certain periods, as specified in that Agreement. On October
20, 1997, the Lenders collectively agreed to amend the Agreement and to waive
any default or event of default for NPR's failure to comply with the covenants
referred to above during periods prior to such amendment. In addition, covenants
regarding tangible net worth were amended for certain future periods up to and
including January 4, 1998.
 
     NPR was in compliance with all terms of the Agreement, as amended. On
November 20, 1997, in conjunction with the sale of NPR (see Note 15), all
amounts outstanding under this agreement were paid in full.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
4.  VESSELS, PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Vessels, property and equipment at January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997
consist of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               JANUARY 5,   NOVEMBER 20,
                                                                  1997          1997
                                                               ----------   ------------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>
Vessels and vessel betterments..............................    $ 54,324      $ 54,324
Containers, chassis and trailers............................      54,296        52,558
Terminal property and equipment.............................       6,315         6,118
Leasehold rights and improvements...........................         572           598
Construction-in-progress....................................         319            97
                                                                --------      --------
                                                                 115,826       113,695
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..............      21,577        30,247
                                                                --------      --------
Vessels, property and equipment, net........................    $ 94,249      $ 83,446
                                                                ========      ========
</TABLE>
 
     Substantially all of the assets of NPR are pledged as collateral for the
Tranche 2 and Tranche 3 loans (see Note 6).
 
     On December 4, 1996, NPR sold the S.S. Ponce. The proceeds were distributed
in accordance with the Ponce Disposition Agreement with PRMSA, whereas, NPR
received approximately $800 as reimbursement of the vessel's lay-up costs. NPR
recorded a loss on the sale of the S.S. Ponce during 1996 of approximately $800.
On April 28, 1997, the Kennedy Building located in San Juan, Puerto Rico was
sold, resulting in a gain of $2,807, which is included in other income on the
accompanying statement of operations.
 
5.  NOTE PAYABLE
 
     On March 3, 1995, NPR as borrower, entered into a Loan and Security
Agreement with LaSalle National Bank as Agent and as Trustee, and with LaSalle
National Bank and Transamerican Business Credit Corporation as Lenders.
Subsequently, on September 20, 1995, this Agreement was modified to include BOT
Financial Corp. as an additional Lender. This Agreement provides for a
three-year term with two additional one-year options at NPR's discretion to
extend, and pledges all accounts receivable as collateral. The Loan and Security
Agreement provides for a line of credit up to 85% of the face amount of eligible
accounts receivable, less the face amount of all issued and outstanding Letters
of Credit, or $20 million, whichever is less. The interest rate on this segment
of the Loan and Security Agreement known as the Tranche 1 Loan, is established
at 1% per annum in excess of the prime rate. During the period January 6, 1997
through November 20, 1997, the Tranche 1 borrowings ranged from a low of $2,818
to a high of $17,104. During the period January 1, 1996 through January 5, 1997,
the Tranche 1 borrowings ranged from a low of $2,067 to a high of $17,109. The
unused line of credit as of November 20, 1997 was $13,778. At November 20, 1997
and January 5, 1997, the effective interest rate was 9.5%, and the
collateralized accounts receivable were $33,636 and $36,030, respectively.
 
     Upon the sale of NPR, Inc. on November 20, 1997, the Tranche 1 Loan was
paid in full. On January 28, 1997, LaSalle National Bank, as sole lender, in
accordance with the March 3, 1995 Credit Agreement and with the consent of the
other Lenders, provided an additional $3 million LaSalle Loan. This Tranche 4
Loan was guaranteed by a Participation Agreement where Berkshire Fund III
Investment Co. provided a $1 million Standby Letter of Credit and Pyramid
Ventures, Inc. contributed $2 million. LaSalle National Bank issued a single $3
million advance to NPR, as a nonrevolving loan. Tranche 4 remained fully
extended, with an 8.5% effective interest rate, until it was paid in full upon
the sale of NPR, Inc. on November 20, 1997.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     The Loan and Security Agreement with LaSalle National Bank (see Note 5)
provides for a maximum $30 Million Tranche 2 Loan and a maximum $15 Million
Tranche 3 Loan. NPR also has a $5 Million and a $1 Million borrowing from Puerto
Rico Maritime Shipping Authority known as the Seller's Notes (see Note 1).
 
     In July 1996, NPR entered into a seven-year lease/purchase agreement with
Interpool, Inc. The principal amount of $3,238 represented the lease/purchase of
594 units of 45-feet high cube steel containers. The total lease obligation of
$4,555 includes $1,317 in total interest payments over the term. Monthly payment
on this lease varies and is calculated on a $3.00 (Three dollar) per diem, per
unit basis. Ownership effectively reverts to NPR at the expiration of the lease
in September 2003.
 
     Following is a summary of long-term debt at January 5, 1997 and November
20, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               JANUARY 5,   NOVEMBER 20,
                                                                  1997          1997
                                                               ----------   ------------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>
Tranche 2
     Payable in various monthly amounts through March 2000,
     plus interest at 1.25% above the prime rate, commenced
     April 1, 1995, secured by equipment, furniture and
     other assets...........................................    $22,833       $18,118
Tranche 3
     Payable in various monthly amounts through March 1999,
     plus interest at 2.25% above the prime rate, secured by
     the vessels............................................      8,885         6,579
PRMSA Notes
     10% unsecured Seller's Notes due March 5, 2005,
     interest calculated semi-annually (NPR has the option
     either to pay the interest semi-annually or to include
     the semi-annual interest as additional principal. For
     the period January 6, 1997 to November 20, 1997 and the
     period January 1, 1996 to January 5, 1997, NPR added to
     principal $707 and $552, respectively).................    $ 6,806       $ 7,513
Interpool
     Payable monthly on a per diem basis, commenced July
     1996 with a seven year term, expiring September 2003...      3,089         2,754
                                                                -------       -------
                                                                 41,613        34,964
     Less current maturities ...............................      8,074         8,719
                                                                -------       -------
     Long-term debt, net of current maturities .............    $33,539       $26,245
                                                                =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
     The Tranche 2, Tranche 3 and the PRMSA Notes were paid in full upon the
sale of NPR (see Note 15).
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
7.  ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JANUARY 5,         NOVEMBER 20,
                                                                     1997                1997
                                                                  ----------         ------------
<S>                                                               <C>                <C>
CURRENT
Accounts payable.........................................          $32,709             $40,724
Accrued liabilities......................................            8,762              10,219
Other liabilities........................................            2,064               1,587
Accrued dry docking costs................................            5,040               5,057
                                                                   -------             -------
                                                                   $48,575             $57,587
                                                                   =======             =======
LONG-TERM
Reserve for insurance deductible.........................          $   904             $   840
Accrued closing cost -- noncurrent maturities............            3,140               3,112
Reserve for equipment off-hire termination...............            6,180               5,903
Reserve for asbestos claims..............................            1,933               1,883
Reserve for employee benefit plans (see Note 8)..........           24,712              23,555
Other....................................................            5,974                 330
                                                                   -------             -------
                                                                   $42,843             $35,623
                                                                   =======             =======
</TABLE>
 
8.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     In connection with the acquisition described (in Note 1), NPR assumed and
continued all the employee benefit plans as defined by PRMSA.
 
  PENSION PLAN
 
     Substantially all nonunion employees of NPR are covered under a
noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan. The net pension cost for this
plan included the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JANUARY 5,         NOVEMBER 20,
                                                                     1997                1997
                                                                  ----------         ------------
<S>                                                               <C>                <C>
Service cost-benefits earned during the period...........          $ 1,550             $ 1,301
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation............            3,457               3,232
Actual return on plan assets.............................           (2,879)             (3,088)
                                                                   -------             -------
Net periodic pension cost................................          $ 2,128             $ 1,445
                                                                   =======             =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
8.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS -- (CONTINUED)
     A reconciliation of the funded status of the Plan as of January 5, 1997 and
November 20, 1997 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               JANUARY 5,   NOVEMBER 20,
                                                                  1997          1997
                                                               ----------   ------------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations
     Vested benefits........................................    $ 40,316      $ 40,208
     Nonvested benefits.....................................       2,283         4,892
                                                                --------      --------
Accumulated benefit obligation..............................      42,599        45,100
Effect on projected future compensation.....................       6,846         6,761
                                                                --------      --------
Projected benefit obligation................................      49,445        51,861
Plan assets at fair value (primarily common stocks and U.S.
  obligations)..............................................      40,377        47,846
                                                                --------      --------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.......      (9,068)       (4,015)
Unrecognized net (gain).....................................      (5,889)       (9,762)
                                                                --------      --------
(Accrued) pension cost......................................    $(14,957)     $(13,777)
                                                                ========      ========
</TABLE>
 
     The discount rate used in determining the projected benefit obligation was
7.5% at January 5, 1997 and 7.25% at November 20, 1997. The expected long-term
rate of return on plan assets was 8% at January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997.
The assumed rate of salary increase was 4.5% at January 5, 1997 and 5% November
20, 1997.
 
     In connection with the sale of NPR (Note 15), NPR's pension plan was frozen
as of January 15, 1998.
 
     NPR also provides a defined contribution 401(k) Plan for its management
employees. The plan is 100% contributory by the employees.
 
     The remaining employees of NPR are covered by multiemployer retirement
plans. The employer is required to pay contributions to the multiemployer plans
as required by the applicable collective bargaining agreements. Under the
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA), NPR, as well
as the other employers participating in such multiemployer plans may be
contingently liable for its proportional share of the plan's unfunded vested
benefits in the event of plan termination or NPR's withdrawal from such plans
(see Note 13). NPR contributed and charged to expense $2,679, $2,670, and
$2,475, respectively for the periods ended December 31, 1995, January 5, 1997
and November 20, 1997.
 
     It is the policy of NPR to fund pension costs in accordance with
actuarially computed funding requirements and the various bargaining agreements.
 
  POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSION
 
     NPR has an unfunded plan to provide postretirement health care and life
insurance benefits to certain employees who retire with a minimum of 10 years of
service. These benefits are accrued over the period the employee provides
services to NPR.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
8.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS -- (CONTINUED)
     Postretirement benefit expense was $672, $769 and $582 for the periods
ended December 31, 1995, January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997, respectively, as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           JANUARY 6,
                                                         MARCH 3,         JANUARY 1,        1997 TO
                                                         1995 TO           1996 TO          NOVEMBER
                                                       DECEMBER 31,       JANUARY 5,          20,
                                                           1995              1997             1997
                                                       ------------       ----------       ----------
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>              <C>
Service cost....................................           $144              $192             $132
Interest cost...................................            528               577              503
Amortization of gain............................             --                --              (53)
                                                           ----              ----             ----
Postretirement benefit cost.....................           $672              $769             $582
                                                           ====              ====             ====
</TABLE>
 
     In general, retiree health benefits are paid as covered expenses are
incurred. The following table sets forth the unfunded status of the Plan at
January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JANUARY 5,       NOVEMBER 20,
                                                                     1997              1997
                                                                  ----------       ------------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit
Retirees...................................................         $5,329            $5,100
Fully eligible active employees............................          1,541             1,337
Other active employees.....................................          1,527             1,186
                                                                    ------            ------
Total APBO.................................................          8,397             7,623
Add unrecognized net gain..................................            717             1,559
                                                                    ------            ------
Accrued postretirement benefit liability...................         $9,114            $9,182
                                                                    ======            ======
</TABLE>
 
     The discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation was 7.5% at January 5, 1997 and 7.25% at November 20, 1997.
The assumed rate of increase in administrative charges are 6% at January 5, 1997
and 4% at November 20, 1997. The rate of increase in the per capita cost of
covered health care benefits is assumed to be 10.2%, decreasing gradually to
5.25% by calendar year 2005.
 
9.  MILLS SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND ISSUANCE OF REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
     On June 1, 1995, NPR entered into an agreement with Mills Capital Advisor,
Inc. ("Mills") and Russel T. Stern, Jr. ("RTS") to settle: (a) certain claims
made by Mills in an action filed in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois,
Chancery Division, captioned Mills Capital Advisors, Inc. V. BT Investment
Partners, Inc., Case No. 95 CH 1725 (the "Litigation"), and (b) all obligations
of the Mills and BT Investment Partners, Inc. ("BTIP") agreement dated March 23,
1995 (the "Settlement Agreement").
 
     NPR authorized 689 shares of preferred stock with a liquidation value of
$.1 per share, no voting rights, a 3% cumulative dividend provision based on the
stock's liquidation value, and a redemption schedule stipulating that the
redeemed preferred shares stock are canceled and not reissued. The first
redemption date was set at June 1, 2002 at which time NPR would be required to
redeem issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock having an aggregate
liquidation value of $258, at a price per share equal to the liquidation value.
The second redemption date was set at June 1, 2003 at which time, NPR would be
required to redeem issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock having an
aggregate liquidation value of $258, at a price per share equal to the
liquidation value plus cumulative
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
9.  MILLS SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AND ISSUANCE OF REDEEMABLE PREFERRED
STOCK -- (CONTINUED)
and unpaid dividends. The final redemption date was set at June 1, 2004 at which
time all outstanding shares of preferred stock would be required to be redeemed
at liquidation value plus cumulative and unpaid dividends.
 
     On November 20, 1997, in conjunction with the sale of NPR (see Note 15),
the Settlement Agreement was satisfied through redemption of all outstanding
preferred stock in consideration of a payment by NPR of $740, including accrued
dividends of approximately $50.
 
10.  COMMON STOCK
 
     All shares of NPR's Common Stock are identical in all respects and entitle
the holders to the same rights and privileges, subject to the same
qualifications, limitations and restrictions except for the voting rights,
dividends and distributions as specified below.
 
     Holders of Class A-1 Common, Class B Common and Class C Common are entitled
to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders of NPR.
Holders of Class A-2 Common have the same voting rights except that they shall
have no voting rights when all Common Stock holders vote as one class on matters
involving: 1) merger or consolidations, 2) sales of substantially all of NPR's
assets, and 3) any amendment of NPR's Certificate of Incorporation.
 
     Dividends or distributions of earnings shall be paid ratably to all of the
holders of the Common Stocks.
 
     At January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997, there were 2,023 and 2,057 shares
of Class C Common Stock outstanding, respectively, held by NPR's management.
Pursuant to the stockholders' agreement establishing certain limitation
features, contingent upon NPR achieving targeted earning levels, or in defined
circumstances upon the sale of stock or results of operations, said stock would
become vested and be entitled to participate fully in the proceeds of such
exchanges and earnings distributions.
 
     Dividends or distributions in connection with the distributions from
sources other than earnings shall be paid ratably to each holder in the class
and in the order set forth below until the sum of all nonearnings distributions
are paid:
 
     Class A (A-1 and A-2) Common up to the first $1,000 per share
 
     Class B Common for the next $1,010 per share
 
     Class C Common for the next $10 per share
 
     Any remaining distributions shall be distributed to all of the holders of
Common Stock ratably.
 
     The Class A-1 Common holders can convert any or all of their shares of
Class A-1 into the same number of shares of Class A-2 Common, and vice versa. On
November 20, 1997, all of the outstanding shares of all classes of common stock
were purchased by The Holt Group, Inc. (See Note 15).
 
11.  INCOME TAXES
 
     No provision for income taxes was provided in any period presented due to
the significant losses that NPR incurred.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
11.  INCOME TAXES -- (CONTINUED)
     The significant components of the Net Deferred Tax Asset (Liability)
consist of the following at January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  JANUARY 5,       NOVEMBER 20,
                                                                     1997              1997
                                                                  ----------       ------------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>
Depreciation and amortization..............................        $(13,005)         $(10,295)
Net operating loss.........................................          21,450            42,915
Foreign tax credit.........................................             714             1,059
Pension and retiree benefits...............................          11,508             9,431
Inventories................................................             111                --
Compensation and benefits..................................             300               505
Receivables................................................          10,914            10,544
Equipment off-hire.........................................           2,830             2,355
Contract dry dock..........................................           4,508             3,571
Intangibles................................................           2,557               822
Other......................................................           1,329             1,140
Deferred tax asset valuation reserve.......................         (43,216)          (62,047)
                                                                   --------          --------
Total......................................................        $     --          $     --
                                                                   ========          ========
</TABLE>
 
     As it is more likely than not that none of the future tax benefits of any
of the components of the deferred tax asset will be realized, a valuation
reserve of $27,213 and $62,047 at January 5, 1997 and November 20, 1997,
respectively has been established.
 
     For income tax reporting, NPR has net operating loss carryforwards
aggregating approximately $9 million available to reduce future U.S. income
taxes and $101 million available to reduce Puerto Rico income taxes. Subsequent
to the acquisition of NPR by The Holt Group, Inc. (See Note 15) the Company
adopted S corporation status, whereby the shareholders' record income and loss
on their personal tax returns and the net operating losses and the deferred tax
asset will be unavailable to reduce future taxable income of NPR.
 
12.  OPERATING LEASES
 
     Future minimum rental payments required under noncancelable operating
leases that have initial or remaining terms in excess of one year, and the
remaining future lease payments and consideration for the early termination of
the leases associated with the facility closings at November 20, 1997 are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>

<S>                                           <C>
December 1997-1998.........................   $ 8,388
1999.......................................     6,531
2000.......................................     5,814
2001.......................................     4,693
2002.......................................     4,574
Thereafter.................................     8,557
                                              -------
                                              $38,557
                                              =======
</TABLE>
 
     Rental expense for the periods ended December 31, 1995, January 5, 1997 and
November 20, 1997 was $4,524, $5,603 and $5,830, respectively.
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
13.  COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS
 
  COMMITMENTS
 
     Contributions to certain labor-related benefit plans are subject to various
assessments under certain collective bargaining agreements. Certain of these
assessments are subject to audit and final determination, and in the opinion of
NPR, the accompanying financial statements include adequate recognition of the
estimated liability for these assessments.
 
  CONTINGENCIES
 
     NPR is the defendant in a lawsuit filed in November 1996 in United States
District Court. Plaintiff seeks damages arising out of an agreement between
plaintiff and NPR whereby NPR offered a discounted freight rate in exchange for
shipment of a guaranteed volume of containers between the mainland United States
and Puerto Rico. Plaintiff claims that NPR unilaterally terminated the agreement
approximately two and one-half months before its termination date, allegedly
causing damages. Plaintiff seeks $28.0 million for such damages. NPR has filed a
motion to dismiss the complaint, which remains pending. NPR intends to
vigorously defend against the lawsuit. There can be no assurance that the
resolution of this lawsuit will not have a material adverse effect on NPR's
financial condition or results of operations.
 
     NPR is a party to various other legal proceedings, claims and assessments
arising in the course of its business activities. Based upon information
presently available, and in light of legal and other defenses and insurance
coverage and other potential sources of payment available to NPR, management
does not expect these legal proceedings, claims and assessments, individually or
in the aggregate, to have a material adverse impact on NPR's consolidated
financial position or results of operations.
 
     As of November 20, 1997, NPR has outstanding letters of credit in the
amount of $1,400, expiring on various dates through October 19, 1998, of which
$110 was fully collateralized.
 
14.  START OF NEW SERVICE, TNX (TRANSROLL NAVIERAS EXPRESS, INC.)
 
     NPR announced a new venture with Transroll Navegacao, S.A. of Brazil (TNX)
whereby a weekly express service in the South American trade lanes will
commence. NPR has a 49.99% share of TNX. TNX's inaugural sailing commenced in
October 1997, calling at the South American ports of Fortaleza-Vitoria, Buenos
Aires, Rio Grande, Imbituba/Sao Francisco de Sul, Santos and Rio de Janeiro. In
connection with this service, NPR has agreed to guarantee to TNX up to $1,500
total reimbursement related to the time chartering of three vessels -- MV
Norpol, MV Antares and MV Aldebaran.
 
     The joint venture requires a $500 capital contribution and advances up to
$2.0 million which will be funded from the proceeds of Holt's proposed offering
of Senior Notes due 2006.
 
     For the period ended November 20, 1997, TNX incurred a net loss of $975.
NPR's share of the loss amounted to approximately $500.
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>
                    NPR HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
15.  SALE OF NPR
 
     On November 20, 1997, NPR's outstanding common stock was acquired by The
Holt Group, Inc. in exchange for $44.0 million cash and $25.0 million in notes
to the selling shareholders. The operating plans for the combined business will
have a material impact on NPR and its operations and financial condition and
will require the integration of administrative finance, sales and marketing
functions and the implementation of operating, finance and management systems
and controls between Holt and NPR.
 
     As part of the sale transaction, Holt contributed $39.7 million to NPR
which was used to repay existing debt obligations of NPR. Also, NPR entered into
five-year employment agreements with certain members of NPR management and
granted these employees "Phantom Stock Units" representing the right to receive
the value of up to 10% of the common stock of NPR outstanding on November 20,
1997 based on the achievement of specified performance goals. NPR then
distributed to its shareholders 10% of the outstanding capital stock of TNX (see
above) and caused $670 in cash bonuses to be distributed to certain management
employees of NPR's in 1997.
 
     In connection with the sale, NPR also entered into a $35 million equipment
sale/leaseback agreement with a related party. The agreement provides for
monthly rental payments of $738 for 60 months. NPR has the option to terminate
the lease at the end of 48 months by returning the equipment and payment of a
termination fee of $2.8 million.
 
     The combined company has relocated its U.S. northeastern port of call from
Elizabeth, New Jersey to Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, a move designed to
consolidate operations. Holt does not believe that the relocation will trigger a
multiemployer plan withdrawal liability, which is estimated to be $17.1 million,
plus interest (which, if triggered, would be payable over an eight-year period).
However, there can be no assurance that the liability, or a portion thereof,
will not become payable in the future.
 
     These financial statements are not representative of the postmerger
business of NPR.
 
                                      F-43

<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
     ALL TENDERED OLD NOTES, EXECUTED LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL AND OTHER RELATED
DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR
ASSISTANCE AND REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS, THE LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL AND OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE EXCHANGE
AGENT AS FOLLOWS.
 
                        BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL:
                              The Bank of New York
                               101 Barclay Street
                        Corporate Trust Services Window
                                  Ground Level
                            New York, New York 10286
                              Attn: Jackie Warren
 
                           BY HAND/OVERNIGHT EXPRESS:
                              The Bank of New York
                             101 Barclay Street, 7E
                            New York, New York 10286
                          Attn: Reorganization Section
 
                            FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION:
 
                                 (212) 815-6339
 
                              TO CONFIRM RECEIPT:
 
                                 (212) 815-5924
 
(ORIGINALS OF ALL DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED BY FACSIMILE SHOULD BE SENT PROMPTLY BY
HAND, OVERNIGHT COURIER OR REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL)
 
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT
CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE
COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION
OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY, NOR
DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION TO SUCH PERSON. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCE CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                             OFFER TO EXCHANGE ALL
                                  OUTSTANDING
                          9 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2006
   
                         ($140,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT)
    
                        FOR 9 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2006
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                              THE HOLT GROUP, INC.
 
                            -----------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                            -----------------------
 
                                            , 1998
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
   
     The Holt Group, Inc. (the "Company"), Holt Cargo Systems, Inc. ("Holt
Cargo"), Murphy Marine Services, Inc. ("Murphy Marine"), Wilmington Stevedores,
Inc. ("Wilmington Stevedores"), San Juan International Terminals, Inc. ("San
Juan"), SJIT, Inc. ("SJIT"), NPR, Inc. ("NPR"), NPR-Navieras Receivables, Inc.
("Navieras"), NPR Holding Corporation ("NPR Holding") and NPR S.A., Inc. ("NPR
S.A.") (collectively, the "Delaware Registrants") are Delaware corporations.
Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
(the "DGCL"), which enables a corporation in its original certificate of
incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal
liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of the director's fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach
of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii)
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct
or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL
(providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or
unlawful stock purchases or redemptions), or (iv) for any transaction from which
the director derived an improper personal benefit. The certificates of
incorporation of the Company, Murphy Marine, San Juan, SJIT and NPR S.A. contain
provisions eliminating or limiting their directors' personal liability to the
corporation or its stockholders to the extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of
the DGCL.
    
 
   
     Reference also is made to Section 145 of the DGCL which provides that a
corporation may indemnify any person, including officers and directors, who was
or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or
completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such
corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer,
director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation or enterprise, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests
and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe
that his conduct was unlawful. The indemnity may include expenses (including
attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding. A Delaware corporation may indemnify its officers, directors,
employees and agents in an action by or in the right of the corporation under
the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without
judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be
liable to the corporation. Where an officer, director, employee or agent is
successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to
above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such
officer, director, employee or agent actually and reasonably incurred in
connection therewith. The certificates of incorporation of Holt Cargo, NPR,
Navieras and NPR Holding and the by-laws of the Company, Murphy Marine,
Wilmington Stevedores and NPR S.A. contain indemnification provisions permitted
by Section 145 of the DGCL.
    
 
     Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. ("Holt Hauling") is a
Pennsylvania corporation. Sections 513 and 518 of the Pennsylvania Corporations
and Unincorporated Associations statute (the "Associations Code") and Sections
1741-1750 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988 (the "BCL")
provide for indemnification of the directors and officers of Holt Hauling. Under
Sections 1741-1750 of the BCL, directors and officers of Holt Hauling may be
indemnified by the Holt Hauling against all expenses actually and reasonably
incurred in connection with actions (including, under certain circumstances,
derivative actions) brought against such director or officer by reason of his or
her status as a representative of Holt Hauling or by reason of the fact that
such director or officer serves or served as a representative of another entity
at the request of Holt Hauling, so long as the director or officer acted in good
faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to,
the best interests of Holt Hauling; and, provided further that with respect to
any criminal proceedings, such officer or director had no reasonable cause to
believe that his or her conduct was
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
unlawful. Section 1745 of the BCL permit Holt Hauling to pay expenses incurred
in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon Holt Hauling's receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of the representative to repay the amount so
advanced if said person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to
indemnification under the BCL. Section 1713 expressly does not permit the
limitation of directors' responsibility or liability arising from any criminal
statute or liability for the payment of taxes pursuant to federal, state or
local law. Under the BCL, the personal liability of the officers and directors
of Holt Hauling shall not be limited if the responsibility or liability arises
under or any criminal statute or the liability concerns for the payment of tax
pursuant to federal, state or local law.
 
     Section 1743 of the BCL mandates indemnification by Holt Hauling of its
officers, directors and representatives when such individuals are ultimately
successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any third-party action or
proceedings, of any or derivative or corporate actions.
 
     Subject to certain limitations and exceptions, the Company and its
subsidiaries have insurance coverage for losses by any person who is or
hereafter may be a director or officer of the Company arising from claims
against that person for any wrongful act in his capacity as a director or
officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
     The foregoing discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
DGCL, the Associations Code, the BCL and the by-laws of the Delaware Registrants
and Holt Hauling.
 
ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
     (a) The following is a complete list of Exhibits filed as part of this
Registration Statement.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>
 *3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
 *3.2   By-laws of the Company.
 *3.3   Certificate of Incorporation of Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.
 *3.4   By-laws of Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.
 *3.5   Articles of Incorporation of Holt Hauling and Warehousing
        Systems, Inc.
 *3.6   By-laws of Holt Hauling and Warehousing Systems, Inc.
 *3.7   Certificate of Incorporation of Murphy Marine Services, Inc.
 *3.8   By-laws of Murphy Marine Services, Inc.
 *3.9   Certificate of Incorporation of Wilmington Stevedores, Inc.
 *3.10  By-laws of Wilmington Stevedores, Inc.
 *3.11  Certificate of Formation of NPR, Inc.
 *3.12  By-laws of NPR, Inc.
 *3.13  Certificate of Incorporation of NPR-Navieras Receivables,
        Inc.
 *3.14  By-laws of NPR-Navieras Receivables, Inc.
 *3.15  Certificate of Incorporation of NPR Holding Corporation.
 *3.16  By-laws of NPR Holding Corporation.
 *3.17  Certificate of Incorporation of NPR S.A., Inc.
 *3.18  By-laws of NPR S.A., Inc.
  3.19  Certificate of Incorporation of San Juan International
        Terminals, Inc.
  3.20  By-laws of San Juan International Terminals, Inc.
  3.21  Certificate of Incorporation of SJIT, Inc.
  3.22  By-laws of SJIT, Inc.
 *4     Indenture, dated January 21, 1998, among the Company, the
        Guarantors and The Bank of New York.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>
**5     Opinion of Pepper Hamilton LLP.
 *10.1  Purchase Agreement, dated January 14, 1998, among the
        Company, the Guarantors and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette.
 *10.2  Exchange Registration Rights Agreement, dated January 21,
        1998, among the Company, its subsidiaries and Donaldson,
        Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.
 *10.3  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 25, 1997, among
        the Company and the selling shareholders of NPR Holding
        Corporation signatory thereto.
  10.4  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated November 20, 1997,
        between the Company and HS Funding, Inc.
 *10.5  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated November 18, 1997,
        among the Company and the persons listed and the signature
        pages attached thereto.
 *10.6  Shareholders Agreement, dated November 20, 1997, among the
        Shareholders signatory thereto.
 *10.7  Agreement, dated August 6, 1997, between Transroll Navagacao
        S.A. and NPR Holding Corporation.
 *10.8  First Amendment to Joint Venture Agreement dated November
        20, 1997.
 *10.9  NPR 1997 Phantom Stock Plan.
  10.10 Settlement Agreement, dated April __, 1997, among The New
        York Shipping Association -- International Longshoreman's
        Association Pension Trust Fund, Puerto Rico Maritime
        Shipping Authority, Government Development Bank for Puerto
        Rico and NPR, Inc.
  10.11 Payment Agreement, dated April __, 1997, among Government
        Development Bank for Puerto Rico, Puerto Rico Maritime
        Shipping Authority, NPR, Inc., and NPR Holding Corporation.
  10.12 United States Pension Services, Inc. 401(k) Plan and Trust.
 *10.13 Loan Agreement, dated January 3, 1984, between the City of
        Gloucester City, New Jersey and Holt Hauling and Warehousing
        System, Inc.
 *10.14 First Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated January 3, 1984,
        dated March 31, 1991, between the City of Gloucester City,
        New Jersey and Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.
 *10.15 Loan Agreement, dated August 3, 1984, between the City of
        Gloucester City, New Jersey and Holt Hauling and Warehousing
        System, Inc.
 *10.16 First Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated August 3, 1984,
        dated March 31, 1991, between Holt Hauling and Warehousing
        System, Inc. and the City of Gloucester City, New Jersey.
 *10.17 Second Amendment to Loan Agreements, dated January 3, 1984,
        and August 3, 1984, dated August 1, 1996.
 *10.18 Multi Currency Secured Revolving Credit Facility dated April
        16, 1997, between The Riverfront Development Corporation and
        Finansbanken ASA.
 *10.19 Amendment No. 1 to Multi Currency Secured Revolving Credit
        Facility dated April 16, 1997, dated April 23, 1997, between
        The Riverfront Development Corporation and Finansbanken ASA.
 *10.20 Equipment Lease Agreement, dated November 18, 1997, between
        Emerald Equipment Leasing, Inc., NPR, Inc. and Holt Cargo
        Systems, Inc.
 *10.21 Lease Guaranty Agreement, dated November 20, 1997, by the
        Company, Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.,
        Wilmington Stevedores, Inc., Murphy Marine Services, Inc.,
        The Riverfront Development Corporation, NPR-Navieras
        Receivables, Inc., and NPR S.A., Ind., for the benefit of
        Emerald Equipment Leasing, Inc. with respect to various
        duties and obligations of NPR, Inc. and Holt Cargo Systems,
        Inc.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>
 *10.22 Amended and Restated Lease and Operating Agreement, dated
        December 30, 1990, between Philadelphia Regional Port
        Authority and Holt Cargo Systems, Inc. for Packer Avenue
        Marine Terminal.
 *10.23 Sublease, dated June 14, 1991, between Astro Holdings, Inc.
        and Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.
 *10.24 Assignment of Lease, dated June 14, 1991, between Holt Cargo
        Systems, Inc. and Astro Holdings, Inc.
  10.25 Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 8, 1989, between
        Holt Cargo Systems, Inc. and Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M.
  10.26 Modification of Loan and Security Agreement, dated November
        13, 1992, between Holt Cargo Systems, Inc. and Bank Leumi
        Le-Israel B.M. and Second Modification of Loan and Security
        Agreement, dated December 31, 1992.
 *10.27 Third Modification of Loan and Security Agreement, dated
        July 1, 1995, between Holt Cargo Systems, Inc. and PNC Bank,
        National Association (successor in interest to Bank Leumi
        Le-Israel B.M.).
 *10.28 Loan Agreement, dated July 20, 1995, among Holt Cargo
        Systems, Inc., Holt Hauling and Warehousing Systems, Inc.,
        Broadway Equipment Leasing Corp., Refrigerated Distribution
        Center, Inc., Triple Seven Ice, Inc., Holt Cargo Systems of
        California, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corporation,
        777 Pattison Avenue, Inc., Holt Warehousing Company, Marine
        Information Technology, Inc., B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., T.
        and L. Leasing Corp., CRT, Inc., Refrigerated Enterprises,
        Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Pattison
        Avenue Warehousing Corp., Murphy Marine Services, Inc.,
        Rockside International Fish Co., Inc., Wilmington
        Stevedores, Inc. and Meridian Bank.
 *10.29 Container Lease Purchase Agreement, dated June 5, 1996,
        between NPR, Inc. and Interpool Limited, and Membership and
        Equipment Lease Agreement dated April 1, 1996 between
        Interpool Limited and NPR, Inc.
  10.30 Credit Agreement, dated November 20, 1997, between the
        Company and CoreStates Bank, N.A.
 *10.31 Business Loan Agreement, dated March 13, 1997, between Holt
        Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and Wilmington Savings
        Fund Society, FSB.
  10.32 Series G Loan Agreement, dated January 2, 1992, between Holt
        Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and the New Jersey
        Economic Development Authority.
  10.33 Series H Loan Agreement, dated January 2, 1992, between Holt
        Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and the New Jersey
        Economic Development Authority.
  10.34 Series G Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated as of
        January 2, 1992, between Holt Hauling and Warehousing
        System, Inc. and Mellon Bank, N.A.
  10.35 Series H Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated January 2,
        1992, between Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and
        Mellon Bank, N.A.
  10.36 Series J Loan Agreement, dated June 1, 1995, between Holt
        Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and the New Jersey
        Economic Development Authority.
 *10.37 Series J Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated June 1,
        1995, between Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and
        The Bank of New York (NJ).
  10.38 Lease Agreement, dated January 15, 1996, between Holt
        Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and Camden County
        Improvement Authority.
 *10.39 Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated January 15, 1996,
        between Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., 777
        Pattison Ave., Inc. and The Bank of New York (NJ).
 *10.40 Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated May 15, 1992, between
        Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., 777 Pattison
        Ave., Inc. and Fidelity Bank, National Association.
 </TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>
 *10.41 Memorandum of Installment Sale Agreement, dated May 15,
        1992, among Philadelphia Authority for Industrial
        Development, Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc., Holt Hauling
        and Warehousing System, Inc., B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc.,
        Refrigerated Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue
        Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo System, Inc., The
        Riverfront Development Corp., CRT, Inc., Triple Seven Ice,
        Inc. and 777 Pattison Ave., Inc.
 *10.42 Installment Sale Agreement, dated May 15, 1992, among
        Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development,
        Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc., Holt Hauling and Warehousing
        System, Inc., B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated
        Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises,
        Incorporated, Holt Cargo Systems, Inc., The Riverfront
        Development Corp., CRT, Inc., Triple Seven Ice, Inc.,
        Pattison Avenue Warehousing Corp., and 777 Pattison Ave.,
        Inc.
  10.43 Series K Loan Agreement, dated February 1, 1997, between New
        Jersey Economic Development Authority and Holt Hauling and
        Warehousing System, Inc.
 *10.44 Series K Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated February 1,
        1997, among Holt Hauling and Warehousing, 777 Pattison Ave.,
        Inc. and New Jersey Economic Development Authority.
  10.45 Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated March 15, 1994, among
        Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., 777 Pattison
        Ave., Inc. and The Bank of New York N.A.
 *10.46 Contract of Sale, dated April __, 1994, between Holt Hauling
        and Warehousing System, Inc. and Camden County Improvement
        Authority.
 *10.47 First Leasehold Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated June
        1, 1997, between Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.
  10.48 Loan Agreement, dated March 2, 1992, among 777 Pattison
        Ave., Inc., Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., B.H.
        Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated Distribution Center,
        Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo
        Systems, Inc., CRT, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corp.,
        Triple Seven Ice, Inc., Pattison Avenue Warehousing Corp.
        and Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc.
 *10.49 Security Agreement, dated January 24, 1997, by Holt Cargo
        System, Inc. in favor of Transamerica Business Credit
        Corporation.
  10.50 Client Services Agreement, dated July 10, 1995, between SLS
        Services, Inc. and Wilmington Stevedores, Inc.
  10.51 Client Services Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, between SLS
        Services, Inc. and Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.
  10.52 Client Services Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, between SLS
        Services, Inc. and Holt Hauling & Warehousing System, Inc.
  10.53 Client Services Agreement, dated July 1, 1994, between SLS
        Services, Inc. and Murphy Marine Services, Inc.
  10.54 Client Services Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, between SLS
        Services, Inc. and The Riverfront Development Corporation.
  10.55 Amendment No. 1 to Client Services Agreement, dated January
        __, 1998, by and among SLS Services, Inc., Holt Cargo
        Systems, Inc., Holt Hauling & Warehousing System, Inc.,
        Murphy Marine Services, Inc., The Riverfront Development
        Corporation and Wilmington Stevedores, Inc.
  10.56 Option to Purchase and Development Agreement, dated March
        27, 1998, between Delaware Avenue Enterprises, Inc. and Holt
        Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.
  10.57 Promissory Notes dated February 25, 1998, April 2, 1998 and
        April 29, 1998 by Thomas J. Holt, Sr. in favor of The Holt
        Group, Inc.
 *21    Subsidiaries of Registrant.
  23.1  Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP.
**23.2  Consent of Pepper Hamilton LLP (to be included in Exhibit 5).
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>
 *25    Form T-1.
  27.1  Financial Data Schedule for The Holt Group, Inc.
        (1993-1997).
  27.2  Financial Data Schedule for The Holt Group, Inc. (June 30,
        1997 and 1998).
  27.3  Financial Data Schedule for NPR Holding Corporation
        (1995-1997).
 *99.1  Form of Letter of Transmittal.
 *99.2  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
  99.3  Form of Exchange Agent Agreement, dated __________, 1998,
        between The Bank of New York and the Company.
</TABLE>
    
 
   
- ------------------
 * Previously filed.
** To be filed by amendment.
    
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
 
     All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not
required, or the required information is included in the Financial Statements or
the notes thereto.
 
ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Delaware Registrants and Holt Hauling pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, the Delaware Registrants and Holt Hauling have been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by a Delaware Registrant or Holt Hauling, of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, a Delaware Registrant or Holt Hauling will, unless in the opinion of
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court
of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     The undersigned registrants hereby undertake: (1) to file, during any
period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to
this registration statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section
10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any
facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement
(or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in
the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in
the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation
from the low or high and of the estimated maximum offering range may be
reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule
424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more
than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the
"Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement;
and (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement; (2) that, for
the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each
such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of
the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant,
THE HOLT GROUP, INC., has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Gloucester City,
New Jersey on the 28th day of October, 1998.
    
 
                                        THE HOLT GROUP, INC.
 
                                        By: /s/ THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                                            President, Chairman of the Board and
                                            Director
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       SIGNATURE                                 TITLE                                 DATE
       ---------                                 -----                                 ----
<S>                           <C>                                               <C>
/s / THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.      President, Chairman of the Board and                October 28, 1998
- ------------------------      Director (The Principal Executive Officer)
Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
 
/s / BERNARD GELMAN           Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and         October 28, 1998
- ------------------------      Director (The Principal Financial Officer
Bernard Gelman                and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
/s / JOHN A. EVANS            Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
John A. Evans
 
/s / LEO A. HOLT              Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Leo A. Holt
 
/s / THOMAS J. HOLT, JR.      Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
 
/s / MICHAEL J. HOLT          Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Michael J. Holt
 
/s / LORRAINE ROBINS          Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Lorraine Robins
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant,
HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC., has duly caused this Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Gloucester
City, New Jersey on the 28th day of October, 1998.
    
 
                                        HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                                        By: /s /  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                                            President, Chairman of the Board and
                                            Director
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       SIGNATURE                                 TITLE                                 DATE
       ---------                                 -----                                 ----
<S>                           <C>                                               <C>
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.     President, Chairman of the Board and                October 28, 1998
- -------------------------    Director (The Principal Executive Officer)
Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
 
/s/  BERNARD GELMAN          Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and         October 28, 1998
- ------------------------     Director (The Principal Financial Officer
Bernard Gelman               and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
/s/  LORRAINE ROBINS         Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Lorraine Robins
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-8
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant,
HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized in Gloucester City, New Jersey on the 28th day of October, 1998.
    
 
                              HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM,
                              INC.
 
                              By: /s /  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.
                                  ------------------------------------
                                  Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                                  President, Chairman of the Board and Director
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       SIGNATURE                                 TITLE                                 DATE
       ---------                                 -----                                 ----
<S>                           <C>                                               <C>
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.      President, Chairman of the Board and                October 28, 1998
- ------------------------      Director (The Principal Executive Officer)
Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
 
/s/  BERNARD GELMAN           Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and         October 28, 1998
- ------------------------      Director (The Principal Financial Officer
Bernard Gelman                and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
/s/  LORRAINE ROBINS          Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Lorraine Robins
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-9
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant,
MURPHY MARINE SERVICES, INC., has duly caused this Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Gloucester
City, New Jersey on the 28th day of October, 1998.
    
 
                                          MURPHY MARINE SERVICES, INC.
 
                                          By: /s /  MARK MURPHY
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Mark Murphy
                                              President
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       SIGNATURE                                 TITLE                                 DATE
       ---------                                 -----                                 ----
<S>                           <C>                                               <C>
/s/  MARK MURPHY              President (The Principal Executive Officer)         October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Mark Murphy
 
/s/  BERNARD GELMAN           Vice President - Finance and Director (The          October 28, 1998
- ------------------------      Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Bernard Gelman                Accounting Officer)
 
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.      Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
 
/s/  LORRAINE ROBINS          Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Lorraine Robins
</TABLE>
    
 
                                     II-10
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant,
WILMINGTON STEVEDORES, INC., has duly caused this Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Gloucester
City, New Jersey on the 28th day of October, 1998.
    
 
                                          WILMINGTON STEVEDORES, INC.
 
                                          By: /s/ MARK MURPHY
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Mark Murphy
                                              President
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       SIGNATURE                                 TITLE                                 DATE
       ---------                                 -----                                 ----
<S>                           <C>                                               <C>
/s/  MARK MURPHY              President (The Principal Executive Officer)         October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Mark Murphy
 
/s/  BERNARD GELMAN           Vice President - Finance and Director (The          October 28, 1998
- ------------------------      Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Bernard Gelman                Accounting Officer)
 
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.      Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
 
/s/  LORRAINE ROBINS          Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Lorraine Robins
</TABLE>
    
 
                                     II-11
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant,
SAN JUAN INTERNATIONAL TERMINALS, INC., has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized in Gloucester City, New Jersey on the 28th day of October, 1998.

                                       SAN JUAN INTERNATIONAL TERMINALS, INC.
    
 
                                       By: /s/ THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
   
                                           President, Chairman of the Board,
                                           Chief Executive Officer and Director
    
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        SIGNATURE                                  TITLE                                DATE
        ---------                                  -----                                ----
<S>                             <C>                                               <C>
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.        President, Chairman of the Board and              October 28, 1998
- --------------------------      Director (The Principal Executive Officer)
Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
 
/s/  BERNARD GELMAN             Vice President - Finance and Director (The        October 28, 1998
- --------------------------      Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Bernard Gelman                  Accounting Officer)
 
/s/  LORRAINE ROBINS            Executive Vice President and Director             October 28, 1998
- --------------------------
Lorraine Robins
 
/s/  JOHN A. EVANS              Director                                          October 28, 1998
- --------------------------
John A. Evans
</TABLE>
    
 
                                     II-12
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant,
SJIT, INC., has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Gloucester City, New
Jersey on the 28th day of October, 1998.

                                        SJIT, INC.
    
 
                                        By: /s/ THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
   
                                            President, Chairman of the Board,
                                            Chief Executive Officer and Director
    
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       SIGNATURE                                 TITLE                                 DATE
       ---------                                 -----                                 ----
<S>                           <C>                                                 <C>
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.        President, Chairman of the Board and                October 28, 1998
- ------------------------        Director (The Principal Executive Officer)
Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
 
/s/  BERNARD GELMAN             Vice President - Finance and Director (The          October 28, 1998
- ------------------------        Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Bernard Gelman                  Accounting Officer)
 
/s/  LORRAINE ROBINS            Executive Vice President and Director               October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
Lorraine Robins
 
/s/  JOHN A. EVANS              Director                                            October 28, 1998
- ------------------------
John A. Evans
</TABLE>
    
 
                                     II-13
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant,
NPR HOLDING CORPORATION, has duly caused this Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Edison,
New Jersey on the 28th day of October, 1998.

                                        NPR HOLDING CORPORATION

                                        By: /s/ RONALD M. KATIMS
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Ronald M. Katims
                                            President, Chief Executive Officer
                                            and Director

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           SIGNATURE                                TITLE                            DATE
           ---------                                -----                            ----
<S>                                  <C>                                      <C>
/s/  RONALD M. KATIMS                President, Chief Executive Officer         October 28, 1998
- -------------------------------      and Director (The Principal
Ronald M. Katims                     Executive Officer)
 
/s/  PAUL J. WITTIG                  Executive Vice President -                 October 28, 1998
- -------------------------------      Administration, Chief Financial
Paul J. Wittig                       Officer and Director
                                     (The Principal Financial Officer
                                     and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.             Director                                   October 28, 1998
- -------------------------------
Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
 
/s/  LORRAINE ROBINS                 Director                                   October 28, 1998
- -------------------------------
Lorraine Robins
 
/s/  BERNARD GELMAN                  Director                                   October 28, 1998
- -------------------------------
Bernard Gelman
 
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, JR.             Director                                   October 28, 1998
- -------------------------------
Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
 
/s/  LEO A. HOLT                     Director                                   October 28, 1998
- -------------------------------
Leo A. Holt
 
/s/  MICHAEL J. HOLT                 Director                                   October 28, 1998
- -------------------------------
Michael J. Holt
 
/s/  EDWARD W. O'DONNELL             Director                                   October 28, 1998
- -------------------------------
Edward W. O'Donnell
</TABLE>
    
 
                                     II-14
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant,
NPR-NAVIERAS RECEIVABLES, INC., has duly caused this Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Edison,
New Jersey on the 28th day of October, 1998.
    
 
                                       NPR-NAVIERAS RECEIVABLES, INC.
 
                                       By: /s/ RONALD M. KATIMS
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Ronald M. Katims
                                           President, Chairman of the Board and
                                           Director
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         SIGNATURE                                TITLE                              DATE
         ---------                                -----                              ----
<S>                              <C>                                          <C>
/s/  RONALD M. KATIMS            President, Chairman of the Board and           October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------      Director (The Principal Executive
Ronald M. Katims                 Officer)
 
/s/  PAUL J. WITTIG              Executive Vice President -                     October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------      Administration, Chief Financial
Paul J. Wittig                   Officer and Director
                                 (The Principal Financial Officer and
                                 Principal Accounting Officer)
 
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.         Director                                       October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
 
/s/  LORRAINE ROBINS             Director                                       October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Lorraine Robins
 
/s/  BERNARD GELMAN              Director                                       October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Bernard Gelman
 
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, JR.         Director                                       October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
 
/s/  LEO A. HOLT                 Director                                       October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Leo A. Holt
 
/s/  MICHAEL J. HOLT             Director                                       October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Michael J. Holt
 
/s/  EDWARD W. O'DONNELL         Director                                       October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Edward W. O'Donnell
</TABLE>
    
 
                                     II-15
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant,
NPR, INC., has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Edison, New Jersey on
the 28th day of October, 1998.
    
 
                                        NPR, INC.
 
                                        By: /s/ RONALD M. KATIMS
                                            ----------------------------------
                                            Ronald M. Katims
                                            President, Chief Executive Officer
                                            and Director
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         SIGNATURE                                TITLE                               DATE
         ---------                                -----                               ----
<S>                              <C>                                           <C>
/s/  RONALD M. KATIMS            President, Chief Executive Officer and          October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------      Director (The Principal Executive
Ronald M. Katims                 Officer)
 
/s/  PAUL J. WITTIG              Executive Vice President -                      October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------      Administration, Chief Financial
Paul J. Wittig                   Officer and Director
                                 (The Principal Financial Officer and
                                 Principal Accounting Officer)
 
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.         Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
 
/s/  LORRAINE ROBINS             Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Lorraine Robins
 
/s/  BERNARD GELMAN              Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Bernard Gelman
 
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, JR.         Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
 
/s/  LEO A. HOLT                 Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Leo A. Holt
 
/s/  MICHAEL J. HOLT             Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Michael J. Holt
 
/s/  EDWARD W. O'DONNELL         Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Edward W. O'Donnell
</TABLE>
    
 
                                     II-16
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant,
NPR S.A., INC., has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Edison, New Jersey on
the 28th day of October, 1998.
    
 
                                        NPR S.A., INC.
 
                                        By: /s/ RONALD M. KATIMS
                                            ----------------------------------
                                            Ronald M. Katims
                                            President, Chief Executive Officer
                                            and Director
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         SIGNATURE                                TITLE                               DATE
         ---------                                -----                               ----
<S>                              <C>                                           <C>
/s/  RONALD M. KATIMS            President, Chief Executive Officer and          October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------      Director (The Principal Executive
Ronald M. Katims                 Officer)
 
/s/  PAUL J. WITTIG              Executive Vice President -                      October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------      Administration, Chief Financial
Paul J. Wittig                   Officer and Director
                                 (The Principal Financial Officer and
                                 Principal Accounting Officer)
 
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, SR.         Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
 
/s/  LORRAINE ROBINS             Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Lorraine Robins
 
/s/  BERNARD GELMAN              Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Bernard Gelman
 
/s/  THOMAS J. HOLT, JR.         Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
 
/s/  LEO A. HOLT                 Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Leo A. Holt
 
/s/  MICHAEL J. HOLT             Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Michael J. Holt
 
/s/  EDWARD W. O'DONNELL         Director                                        October 28, 1998
- ---------------------------
Edward W. O'Donnell
</TABLE>
    
 
                                     II-17
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>
  3.19  Certificate of Incorporation of San Juan International
        Terminals, Inc.
  3.20  By-laws of San Juan International Terminals, Inc.
  3.21  Certificate of Incorporation of SJIT, Inc.
  3.22  By-laws of SJIT, Inc.
  10.4  Securities Purchase Agreement, dated November 20, 1997,
        between the Company and HS Funding, Inc.
  10.11 Payment Agreement, dated April __, 1997, among Government
        Development Bank for Puerto Rico, Puerto Rico Maritime
        Shipping Authority, NPR, Inc., and NPR Holding Corporation.
  10.12 United States Pension Services, Inc. 401(k) Plan and Trust.
  10.25 Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 8, 1989, between
        Holt Cargo Systems, Inc. and Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M.
  10.26 Modification of Loan and Security Agreement, dated November
        13, 1992, between Holt Cargo Systems, Inc. and Bank Leumi
        Le-Israel B.M. and Second Modification of Loan and Security
        Agreement, dated December 31, 1992.
  10.30 Credit Agreement, dated November 20, 1997, between the
        Company and CoreStates Bank, N.A.
  10.32 Series G Loan Agreement, dated January 2, 1992, between Holt
        Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and the New Jersey
        Economic Development Authority.
  10.33 Series H Loan Agreement, dated January 2, 1992, between Holt
        Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and the New Jersey
        Economic Development Authority.
  10.34 Series G Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated as of
        January 2, 1992, between Holt Hauling and Warehousing
        System, Inc. and Mellon Bank, N.A.
  10.35 Series H Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated January 2,
        1992, between Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and
        Mellon Bank, N.A.
  10.36 Series J Loan Agreement, dated June 1, 1995, between Holt
        Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and the New Jersey
        Economic Development Authority.
  10.38 Lease Agreement, dated January 15, 1996, between Holt
        Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and Camden County
        Improvement Authority.
  10.43 Series K Loan Agreement, dated February 1, 1997, between New
        Jersey Economic Development Authority and Holt Hauling and
        Warehousing System, Inc.
  10.45 Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated March 15, 1994, among
        Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., 777 Pattison
        Ave., Inc. and The Bank of New York N.A.
  10.48 Loan Agreement, dated March 2, 1992, among 777 Pattison
        Ave., Inc., Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., B.H.
        Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated Distribution Center,
        Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo
        Systems, Inc., CRT, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corp.,
        Triple Seven Ice, Inc., Pattison Avenue Warehousing Corp.
        and Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc.
  10.50 Client Services Agreement, dated July 10, 1995, between SLS
        Services, Inc. and Wilmington Stevedores, Inc.
  10.51 Client Services Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, between SLS
        Services, Inc. and Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.
  10.52 Client Services Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, between SLS
        Services, Inc. and Holt Hauling & Warehousing System, Inc.
  10.53 Client Services Agreement, dated July 1, 1994, between SLS
        Services, Inc. and Murphy Marine Services, Inc.
</TABLE>
    


<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<S>     <C>
  10.54 Client Services Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, between SLS
        Services, Inc. and The Riverfront Development Corporation.
  10.55 Amendment No. 1 to Client Services Agreement, dated January
        __, 1998, by and among SLS Services, Inc., Holt Cargo
        Systems, Inc., Holt Hauling & Warehousing System, Inc.,
        Murphy Marine Services, Inc., The Riverfront Development
        Corporation and Wilmington Stevedores, Inc.
  10.56 Option to Purchase and Development Agreement, dated March
        27, 1998, between Delaware Avenue Enterprises, Inc. and Holt
        Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.
  10.57 Promissory Notes dated February 25, 1998, April 2, 1998 and
        April 29, 1998 by Thomas J. Holt, Sr. in favor of The Holt
        Group, Inc.
  23.1  Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP.
  27.1  Financial Data Schedule for The Holt Group, Inc.
        (1993-1997).
  27.2  Financial Data Schedule for The Holt Group, Inc. (June 30,
        1997 and 1998).
  27.3  Financial Data Schedule for NPR Holding Corporation
        (1995-1997).
  99.3  Form of Exchange Agent Agreement, dated __________, 1998,
        between The Bank of New York and the Company.
</TABLE>
    



                                                                    Exhibit 3.19


                                State of Delaware
                        Office of the Secretary of State
                                                                PAGE 1
                       ----------------------------------

         I, EDWARD J. FREEL, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO
HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF
INCORPORATION OF "SAN JUAN INTERNATIONAL TERMINALS, INC.", FILED IN THIS OFFICE
ON THE TWENTY-FOURTH DAY OF FEBRUARY, A.D. 1998, AT 1 O'CLOCK P.M.


                                           /s/ Edward J. Freel
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State

2862966    8100         [SEAL]             AUTHENTICATION: 8939461
981071006                                  DATE:  02-25-98



<PAGE>


                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                     SAN JUAN INTERNATIONAL TERMINALS, INC.

                               -------------------

         I, THE UNDERSIGNED, in order to form a corporation for the purposes
hereinafter stated, under and pursuant to the provisions of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as from time to time amended, do
hereby certify as follows:

         FIRST: The name of the Corporation is

                     SAN JUAN INTERNATIONAL TERMINALS, INC.

         SECOND: The registered office of the Corporation in the State of
Delaware is located at 30 Old Rudnick Lane, Suite 100, Dover, in the County of
Kent, Delaware. The name of its registered agent in the State of Delaware at
such address is LEXIS Document Services Inc.

         THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage, directly or
indirectly, in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be
organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as from
time to time in effect.

         FOURTH: The total authorized capital stock of the Corporation shall be
one thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, all of which are par value $.01 per
share, all to the same rights and privileges, subject to the same
qualifications, limitations and restrictions. Except as otherwise required by
applicable law, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one
vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the
Corporation.

         FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the Incorporator is as follows:


           Name:                          Mailing Address
           -----                          ---------------

           Marjorie F. Krumholz           Thompson Coburn
                                          700 14th Street, N.W., Suite 900
                                          Washington, D.C. 20005-2010



<PAGE>


         SIXTH: The business of the Corporation shall be managed under the
direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by law. The
number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by, or
in the manner provided in, the By-Laws. Election of Directors need not be by
written ballot unless the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

         SEVENTH: The Board of Directors may make, alter or repeal the By-Laws
of the Corporation except as otherwise provided in the By-Laws adopted by the
Corporation's stockholders.

         EIGHTH: The Directors of the Corporation shall be protected from
personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent
permitted under the General Corporation Law of the Statc of Delaware as from
time to time in effect.

         1. A Director of the Corporation shall under no circumstances have any
personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages
for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director except for those breaches and acts or
omissions with respect to which the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, as from time to time amended, expressly provides that this provision
shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of Directors. Neither the
modification or repeal of this paragraph 1 of Article EIGHTH nor any amendment
to said General Corporation Law that does not have retroactive application shall
limit the right of Directors hereunder to exculpation from personal liability
for any act or omission occurring prior to such modification, repeal or
amendment.

         2. The Corporation shall indemnify each Director and Officer of the
Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be
otherwise provided in the Corporation's By-Laws, and in furtherance hereof the
Board of Directors is expressly authorized to amend the Corporation's By-Laws
from time to time to give full effect hereto,


                                      -2-

<PAGE>


notwithstanding possible self interest of the Directors in the action being
taken. Neither the modification or repeal of this paragaph 2 of Article EIGHTH
nor any amendment to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware that
does not have retroactive application shall limit the right of Directors and
Officers to indemnification hereunder with respect to any act or omission
occurring prior to such modification, repeal or amendment.

         NINTH. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the
manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 24th day of
February, 1998.


                                  /s/ Marjorie F. Krumholz
                                  -----------------------------
                                  Marjorie F. Krumholz
                                  Incorporator

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA )
                     )     ss:
CITY OF WASHINGTON   ) 

         BE IT REMEMBERED, that on the 24th day of February, 1998, personally
came before me, Brigette A. Walker, a Notary Public in and for the District of
Columbia, City of Washington, aforesaid, MARJORIE F. KRUMHOLZ, the party to the
foregoing Certificate of Incorporation, known to me personally to be such, and
acknowledged the said Certificate to be her act and deed, and that the facts
therein stated are truly set forth.

         GIVEN under my hand and seal of office the day and year aforesaid.


                                       /s/ Brigette A. Walker
                                       -----------------------------
                                       Notary Public
                                       [Notary Seal]



                                       -3-


                                                                    Exhibit 3.20
================================================================================



                                     Minutes



                                       and



                                     By Laws



                                       OF



                             SAN JUAN INTERNATIONAL
                                TERMINALS, INC.



                         INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF
                              the State of Delaware









================================================================================

<PAGE>


                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                     SAN JUAN INTERNATIONAL TERMINALS, INC.
                             a Delaware Corporation

                               ARTICLE I - OFFICES

         The principal Office of the corporation in the State of New Jersey
shall be located at 101 S. King St. of Gloucester City, County of Camden. The
corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of
incorporation as the board of directors may designate or as the business of the
corporation may from time to time require.

                            ARTICLE II - STOCKHOLDERS

1. ANNUAL MEETING.

         The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on the lst day of
April in each year, beginning with the year 1999 at the hour 10:00 o'clock A.M.,
for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other
business as may come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting
shall be a legal holiday such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding
business day.

2. SPECIAL MEETINGS.

         Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes,
unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the president or by the
directors, and shall be called by the president at the request of the holders of
not less than fifty per cent of all the outstanding shares of the corporation
entitled to vote at the meeting.

3. PLACE OF MEETING.

         The directors may designate any place, either within or without the
State unless otherwise prescribed by statute, as the place of meeting for any
annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the directors. A waiver of
notice signed by all stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate

                                   By-Laws 1


<PAGE>


any place, either within or without the state unless otherwise prescribed by
statute, as the place for holding such meeting. If no designation is made, or if
a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the
principal office of the corporation.

4. NOTICE OF MEETING.

         Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the
meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the
meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) days before the
date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the
president, or the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to
each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail,
addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer
books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

5. CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE,

         For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to
vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination
of stockholders for any other proper purpose, the directors of the corporation
may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period
but not to exceed, in any case, thirty (30) days. If the stock transfer books
shall be closed for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, such books shall be closed for at
least fifteen (l5) days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing
the stock transfer books, the directors may fix in advance a date as the record
date for any such determination of stockholders, such date in any case to be not
more than thirty (30) days and, in case of a meeting of stockholders, not less
than fifteen (15) days prior to the date on which the particular action
requiring such determination of stockholders is to be taken. If the stock
transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination
of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders,
or stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which
notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the
directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the
record date for such determination of stockholders. When a determination of
stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders

                                    By-Laws 2


<PAGE>


has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any
adjournment thereof.

6. VOTING LISTS.

         The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for
shares of the corporation shall make, at least one (1) day before each meeting
of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such
meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the
address of and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of
one (1) day prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal office
of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any stockholder at any
time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open
at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of
any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock
transfer book shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the stockholders
entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at the meeting of
stockholders.

7. QUORUM.

         At any meeting of stockholders a majority of the outstanding shares of
the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If less than said number of
the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so
represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At
such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any
business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally notified. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may
continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal
of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

8. PROXIES.

         At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy
executed in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney in
fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or
at the time of the meeting.

9. VOTING.

         Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms and
provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these by-laws shall be
entitled to one vote, in person or by

                                    By-Laws 3



<PAGE>


proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholders. Upon
the demand of any stockholder, the vote for directors and upon any question
before the meeting shall be by ballot. All elections for directors shall be
decided by plurality vote; all other questions shall be decided by majority vote
except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of
this State.

10. ORDER OF BUSINESS.

         The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders, shall be as
follows:

         1. Roll Call.

         2. Proof of notice of meeting or waiver of notice.

         3. Reading of minutes of preceding meeting.

         4. Reports of Officers.

         5. Reports of Committees.

         6. Election of Directors.

         7. Unfinished Business.

         8. New Business.

11. INFORMAL ACTION BY STOCKHOLDERS.

         Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a
meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting
of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing,
setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders
entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

                                    By-Laws 4


<PAGE>


                        ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1. GENERAL POWERS.

         The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its
board of directors. The directors shall in all cases act as a board, and they
may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of their meetings and the
management of the corporation, as they may deem proper, not inconsistent with
these by-laws and the laws of this State.

2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS.

         The number of directors of the corporation shall be four (4). Each
director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and
until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

3. REGULAR MEETINGS.

         A regular meeting of the directors, shall be held without other notice
than this by-law immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting
of stockholders. The directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place
for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such
resolution.

4. SPECIAL MEETINGS.

         Special meetings of the directors may be called by or at the request of
the president or any two directors. The person or persons authorized to call
special meetings of the directors may fix the place for holding any special
meeting of the directors called by them.

5. NOTICE.

         Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least one (l) day
previously thereto by written notice delivered personally, or by telegram or
mailed to each director at his business address. If mailed, such notice shall be
deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed,
with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall
be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph
company. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of
notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the
express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

                                    By-Laws 5


<PAGE>


6. QUORUM.

         At any meeting of the directors a majority shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business, but if less than said number is present at a
meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time
to time without further notice.

7. MANNER OF ACTING.

         The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which
a quorum is present shall be the act of the directors.

8. NEWLY CREATED DIRECTORSHIPS AND VACANCIES.

         Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of
directors and vacancies occurring in the board for any reason except the removal
of directors without cause may be filled by a vote of a majority of the
directors then in office, although less than a quorum exists. Vacancies
occurring by reason of the removal of directors without cause shall be filled by
vote of the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy caused by
resignation, death or removal shall be elected to hold office for the unexpired
term of his predecessor.

9. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

         Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the
stockholders or by action of the board. Directors may be removed without cause
only by vote of the stockholders.

10. RESIGNATION.

         A director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
board, the president or the secretary of the corporation. Unless otherwise
specified in the notice, the resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof
by the board or such officer, and the acceptance of the resignation shall not be
necessary to make it effective.

11. COMPENSATION.

         No compensation shall be paid to directors, as such, for their
services, but by resolution of the board a fixed sum and expenses for actual
attendance at each regular or special meeting of the board may be authorized.
Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from
serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation
therefor.

                                    By-Laws 6


<PAGE>


12. PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT.

         A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the
directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to
have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the
minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such
action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the
adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the
secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting.
Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such
action.

13. EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES.

         The board, by resolution, may designate from among its members an
executive committee and other committees, each consisting of three or more
directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the board.

                                    By-Laws 7


<PAGE>


                              ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

1. NUMBER.

         The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a vice-president,
a secretary and a treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the directors.
Such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be
elected or appointed by the directors.

2. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.

         The officers of the corporation to be elected by the directors shall be
elected annually at the first meeting of the directors held after each annual
meeting of the stockholders. Each officer shall hold office until his successor
shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or
until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter
provided.

3. REMOVAL.

         Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the directors may be
removed by the directors whenever in their judgment the best interests of the
corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice
to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

4. VACANCIES.

         A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal,
disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the directors for the unexpired
portion of the term.

5. PRESIDENT.

         The president shall be the principal executive officer of the
corporation and, subject to the control of the directors, shall in general
supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the corporation. He
shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the
directors. He may sign, with the secretary or any other proper officer of the
corporation thereunto authorized by the directors, certificates for shares of
the corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments
which the directors have authorized to be executed, except in cases where the
signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the directors or
by these by-laws to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be
required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall

                                    By-Laws 8


<PAGE>


perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as
may be prescribed by the directors from time to time,

6. VICE-PRESIDENT.

         In the absence of the president or in event of his death, inability or
refusal to act, the vice-president shall perform the duties of the president,
and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the
restrictions upon the president. The vice-president shall perform such other
duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the
directors.

7. SECRETARY.

         The secretary shall keep the minutes of the stockholders' and of the
directors' meetings in one or more books provided for that purpose, see that all
notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as
required, be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the
corporation and keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder
which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder, have general
charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation and in general perform all
duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to
time may be assigned to him by the president or by the directors.

8. TREASURER.

         If required by the directors, the treasurer shall give a bond for the
faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as
the directors shall determine. He shall have charge and custody of and be
responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; receive and give
receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source
whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such
banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance
with these by-laws and in general perform all of the duties incident to the
office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned
to him by the president or by the directors.

9. SALARIES.

         The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the
directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason
of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation.

                                    By-Laws 9


<PAGE>


                ARTICLE V - CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

1. CONTRACTS.

         The directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents,
to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of
and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined
to specific instances.

2. LOANS.

         No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no
evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a
resolution of the directors. Such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.

3. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.

         All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or
other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be
signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in
such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the
directors.

4. DEPOSITS.

         All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited
from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust
companies or other depositaries as the directors may select.

             ARTICLE VI - CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

1. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.

         Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be in such
form as shall be determined by the directors. Such certificates shall be signed
by the president and by the secretary or by such other officers authorized by
law and by the directors. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively
numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the stockholders, the
number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books
of the corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer
shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the

                                   By-Laws 10


<PAGE>


former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and
canceled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate a
new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation
as the directors may prescribe.

2. TRANSFERS OF SHARES.

         (a) Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the
corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper
evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the
duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, and cancel the old certificate; every such transfer shall be entered on
the transfer book of the corporation which shall be kept at its principal
office.

         (b) The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of
any share as the holder in fact thereof, and, accordingly, shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part
of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice
thereof, except as expressly provided by the laws of this state.

                            ARTICLE VII - FISCAL YEAR

         The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the 1st day of
January in each year.

                            ARTICLE VIII - DIVIDENDS

         The directors may from time to time declare, and the corporation may
pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and
conditions provided by law.

                                ARTICLE IX - SEAL

         The directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be circular in
form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the state of
incorporation, year of incorporation and the words, "Corporate Seal".

                                   By-Laws 11


<PAGE>


                          ARTICLE X - WAIVER OF NOTICE

         Unless otherwise provided by law, whenever any notice is required to be
given to any stockholder or director of the corporation under the provisions of
these by-laws or under the provisions of the articles of incorporation, a waiver
thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice,
whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to
the giving of such notice.

                            ARTICLE XI - AMENDMENTS

         These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed and new by-laws may
be adopted by a vote of the stockholders representing a majority of all the
shares issued and outstanding, at any annual stockholders' meeting or at any
special stockholders' meeting when the proposed amendment has been set out in
the notice of such meeting.

                                   By-Laws 12




                                                                    Exhibit 3.21


                                State of Delaware

                        Office of the Secretary of State
                                                                PAGE 1
                        --------------------------------



         I, EDWARD J. FREEL, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO
HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF
INCORPORATION OF "SJIT, INC.", FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTY-FOURTH DAY OF
FEBRUARY, A.D. 1998, AT 1 O'CLOCK P.M.








                                     [SEAL]







                                         /s/ Edward J. Freel
                                         -----------------------------------
                                         Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State




2863055  8100       [SEAL]               AUTHENTICATION:  8939401

981071060                                DATE:            02-25-98



<PAGE>


                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                                   SJIT, INC.

         I, THE UNDERSIGNED, in order to form a corporation for the purposes
hereinafter stated, under and pursuant to the provisions of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as from time to time amended, do
hereby certify as follows:

         FIRST: The name of the Corporation is

                                   SJIT, INC.

         SECOND: The registered office of the Corporation in the State of
Delaware is located at 30 Old Rudnick Lane, Suite 100, Dover, in the County of
Kent, Delaware. The name of its registered agent in the State of Delaware at
such address is LEXIS Document Services Inc.

         THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage, directly or
indirectly, in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be
organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as from
time to time in effect.

         FOURTH: The total authorized capital stock of the Corporation shall be
one thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, all of which are par value $.01 per
share, all to the same rights and privileges, subject to the same
qualifications, limitations and restrictions. Except as otherwise required by
applicable law, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one
vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the
Corporation.

         FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

         Name                                Mailing Address
         ----                                ---------------

         Marjorie F. Krumholz                Thompson Coburn
                                             700 14th Street, N.W., Suite 900
                                             Washington, D.C. 20005-2010

<PAGE>


         SIXTH: The business of the Corporation shall be managed under the
direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by law. The
number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by, or
in the manner provided in, the By-Laws. Election of Directors need not be by
written ballot unless the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

         SEVENTH: The Board of Directors may make, alter or repeal the By-Laws
of the Corporation except as otherwise provided in the By-Laws adopted by the
Corporation's stockholders.

         EIGHTH: The Directors of the Corporation shall be protected from
personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent
permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as from
time to time in effect


         1. A Director of the Corporation shall under no circumstances have any
personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages
for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director except for those breaches and acts or
omissions with respect to which the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, as from time to time amended, expressly provides that this provision
shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of Directors. Neither the
modification or repeal of this paragraph 1 of Article EIGHTH nor any amendment
to said General Corporation Law that does not have retroactive application shall
limit the right of Directors hereunder to exculpation from personal liability
for any act or omission occurring prior to such modification, repeal or
amendment.

         2. The Corporation shall indemnify each Director and Officer of the
Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be
otherwise provided in the Corporation's By-Laws, and in furtherance hereof the
Board of Directors is expressly authorized to amend the Corporation's By-Laws
from time to time to give full effect hereto,


                                      -2-
<PAGE>


notwithstanding possible self interest of the Directors in the action being
taken. Neither the modification or repeal of this paragraph 2 of Article EIGHTH
nor any amendment to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware that
does not have retroactive application shall limit the right of Directors and
Officers to indemnification hereunder with respect to any act or omission
occurring prior to such modification, repeal or amendment.

         NINTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the
manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 24th day of
February, 1998.

                                           /s/ Marjorie F. Krumholz
                                           -------------------------
                                           Marjorie F. Krumholz
                                           Incorporator

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA )
                     )   ss.:
CITY OF WASHINGTON   )

         BE IT REMEMBERED, that on the 24th day of February, 1998, personally
came before me, Brigettt A. Walker, a Notary Public in and for the District of
Columbia, City of Washington, aforesaid, MARJORIE F. KRUMH0LZ, the party to the
foregoing Certificate of Incorporation, known to me personally to be such, and
acknowledged the said Certificate to be her act and deed, and that the facts
therein stated are truly set forth.

         GIVEN under my hand and seal of office the day and year aforesaid.

                             
                                           /s/ Brigette A. Walker
                                           -------------------------
                                           Notary Public
                                           [Notary Seal]


                                      -3-

                                                                    Exhibit 3.22

================================================================================




                                     Minutes



                                       and



                                     By Laws



                                       OF



                                   SJIT, Inc.



                         INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF



                              The State of Delaware




================================================================================
<PAGE>


                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                                   SJIT, Inc.
                             a Delaware Corporation

                               ARTICLE I - OFFICES

         The principal Office of the corporation in the State of New Jersey
shall be located at 101 S. King St. of Gloucester City, County of Camden.
The corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State
of incorporation as the board of directors may designate or as the business of
the corporation may from time to time require.

                            ARTICLE II - STOCKHOLDERS

1. ANNUAL MEETING.

         The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on the lst day of
April in each year, beginning with the year 1999 at the hour 10:00 o'clock A.M.,
for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other
business as may come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting
shall be a legal holiday such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding
business day.

2. SPECIAL MEETINGS.

         Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes,
unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the president or by the
directors, and shall be called by the president at the request of the holders of
not less than fifty per cent of all the outstanding shares of the corporation
entitled to vote at the meeting.

3. PLACE OF MEETING.

         The directors may designate any place, either within or without the
State unless otherwise prescribed by statute, as the place of meeting for any
annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the directors. A waiver of
notice signed by all stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate

                                    By-Laws 1


<PAGE>


any place, either within or without the state unless otherwise prescribed by
statute, as the place for holding such meeting. If no designation is made, or if
a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the
principal office of the corporation.

4. NOTICE OF MEETING.

         Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the
meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the
meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) days before the
date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the
president, or the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to
each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail,
addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer
books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

5. CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE.

         For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to
vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination
of stockholders for any other proper purpose, the directors of the corporation
may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period
but not to exceed, in any case, thirty (30) days. If the stock transfer books
shall be closed for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, such books shall be closed for at
least fifteen (l5) days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing
the stock transfer books, the directors may fix in advance a date as the record
date for any such determination of stockholders, such date in any case to be not
more than thirty (30) days and, in case of a meeting of stockholders, not less
than fifteen (15) days prior to the date on which the particular action
requiring such determination of stockholders is to be taken. If the stock
transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination
of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders,
or stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which
notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the
directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the
record date for such determination of stockholders. When a determination of
stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders

                                    By-Laws 2


<PAGE>


has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any
adjournment thereof.

6. VOTING LISTS.

         The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for
shares of the corporation shall make, at least one (1) day before each meeting
of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such
meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the
address of and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of
one (1) day prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal
office of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any stockholder
at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and
kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the
inspection of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original
stock transfer book shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the stockholders
entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at the meeting of
stockholders.

7. QUORUM.

         At any meeting of stockholders a majority of the outstanding shares of
the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If less than said number of
the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so
represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At
such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any
business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally notified. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may
continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal
of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

8. PROXIES.

         At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy
executed in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney in
fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or
at the time of the meeting.

9. VOTING.

         Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms and
provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these by-laws shall be
entitled to one vote, in person or by

                                    By-Laws 3



<PAGE>


proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholders. Upon
the demand of any stockholder, the vote for directors and upon any question
before the meeting shall be by ballot. All elections for directors shall be
decided by plurality vote; all other questions shall be decided by majority vote
except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of
this State.

10. ORDER OF BUSINESS.

         The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders, shall be as
follows:

         1. Roll Call.

         2. Proof of notice of meeting or waiver of notice.

         3. Reading of minutes of preceding meeting.

         4. Reports of Officers.

         5. Reports of Committees.

         6. Election of Directors.

         7. Unfinished Business.

         8. New Business.

11. INFORMAL ACTION BY STOCKHOLDERS.

         Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a
meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting
of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing,
setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders
entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

                                    By-Laws 4


<PAGE>


                        ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1. GENERAL POWERS.

         The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its
board of directors. The directors shall in all cases act as a board, and they
may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of their meetings and the
management of the corporation, as they may deem proper, not inconsistent with
these by-laws and the laws of this State.

2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS.

         The number of directors of the corporation shall be four (4). Each
director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and
until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

3. REGULAR MEETINGS.

         A regular meeting of the directors, shall be held without other notice
than this by-law immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting
of stockholders. The directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place
for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such
resolution.

4. SPECIAL MEETINGS.

         Special meetings of the directors may be called by or at the request of
the president or any two directors. The person or persons authorized to call
special meetings of the directors may fix the place for holding any special
meeting of the directors called by them.

5. NOTICE.

         Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least one (l) day
previously thereto by written notice delivered personally, or by telegram or
mailed to each director at his business address. If mailed, such notice shall be
deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed,
with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall
be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph
company. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of
notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the
express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

                                    By-Laws 5


<PAGE>


6. QUORUM.

         At any meeting of the directors a majority shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business, but if less than said number is present at a
meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time
to time without further notice.

7. MANNER OF ACTING.

         The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which
a quorum is present shall be the act of the directors.

8. NEWLY CREATED DIRECTORSHIPS AND VACANCIES.

         Newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of
directors and vacancies occurring in the board for any reason except the removal
of directors without cause may be filled by a vote of a majority of the
directors then in office, although less than a quorum exists. Vacancies
occurring by reason of the removal of directors without cause shall be filled by
vote of the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy caused by
resignation, death or removal shall be elected to hold office for the unexpired
term of his predecessor.

9. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

         Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the
stockholders or by action of the board. Directors may be removed without cause
only by vote of the stockholders.

10. RESIGNATION.

         A director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
board, the president or the secretary of the corporation. Unless otherwise
specified in the notice, the resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof
by the board or such officer, and the acceptance of the resignation shall not be
necessary to make it effective.

11. COMPENSATION.

         No compensation shall be paid to directors, as such, for their
services, but by resolution of the board a fixed sum and expenses for actual
attendance at each regular or special meeting of the board may be authorized.
Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from
serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation
therefor.

                                   By-Laws 6


<PAGE>


12. PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT.

         A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the
directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to
have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the
minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such
action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the
adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the
secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting.
Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such
action.

13. EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES.

         The board, by resolution, may designate from among its members an
executive committee and other committees, each consisting of three or more
directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the board.

                                    By-Laws 7


<PAGE>


                              ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

1. NUMBER.

         The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a vice-president,
a secretary and a treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the directors.
Such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be
elected or appointed by the directors.

2. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.

         The officers of the corporation to be elected by the directors shall be
elected annually at the first meeting of the directors held after each annual
meeting of the stockholders. Each officer shall hold office until his successor
shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or
until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter
provided.

3. REMOVAL.

         Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the directors may be
removed by the directors whenever in their judgment the best interests of the
corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice
to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

4. VACANCIES.

         A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal,
disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the directors for the unexpired
portion of the term.

5. PRESIDENT.

         The president shall be the principal executive officer of the
corporation and, subject to the control of the directors, shall in general
supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the corporation. He
shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the
directors. He may sign, with the secretary or, any other proper officer of the
corporation thereunto authorized by the directors, certificates for shares of
the corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments
which the directors have authorized to be executed, except in cases where the
signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the directors or
by these by-laws to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be
required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall

                                    By-Laws 8


<PAGE>


perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as
may be prescribed by the directors from time to time.

6. VICE-PRESIDENT.

         In the absence of the president or in event of his death, inability or
refusal to act, the vice-president shall perform the duties of the president,
and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the
restrictions upon the president. The vice-president shall perform such other
duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the
directors.

7. SECRETARY.

         The secretary shall keep the minutes of the stockholders' and of the
directors' meetings in one or more books provided for that purpose, see that all
notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as
required, be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the
corporation and keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder
which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder, have general
charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation and in general perform all
duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to
time may be assigned to him by the president or by the directors.

8. TREASURER.

         If required by the directors, the treasurer shall give a bond for the
faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as
the directors shall determine. He shall have charge and custody of and be
responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; receive and give
receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source
whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such
banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance
with these by-laws and in general perform all of the duties incident to the
office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned
to him by the president or by the directors.

9. SALARIES.

         The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the
directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason
of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation.

                                    By-Laws 9


<PAGE>


                ARTICLE V - CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

1. CONTRACTS.

         The directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents,
to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of
and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined
to specific instances.

2. LOANS.

         No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no
evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a
resolution of the directors. Such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.

3. CHECKS, DRAFTSF ETC.

         All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or
other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be
signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in
such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the
directors.

4. DEPOSITS.

         All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited
from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust
companies or other depositaries as the directors may select.

             ARTICLE VI - CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

1. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.

         Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be in such
form as shall be determined by the directors. Such certificates shall be signed
by the president and by the secretary or by such other officers authorized by
law and by the directors. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively
numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the stockholders, the
number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books
of the corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer
shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the

                                   By-Laws 10


<PAGE>


former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and
canceled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate a
new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation
as the directors may prescribe.

2. TRANSFERS OF SHARES.

         (a) Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the
corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper
evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the
duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, and cancel the old certificate; every such transfer shall be entered on
the transfer book of the corporation which shall be kept at its principal
office.

         (b) The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of
any share as the holder in fact thereof, and, accordingly, shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part
of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice
thereof, except as expressly provided by the laws of this state.

                            ARTICLE VII - FISCAL YEAR

         The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the 1st day of
January in each year.

                            ARTICLE VIII - DIVIDENDS

         The directors may from time to time declare, and the corporation may
pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and
conditions provided by law.

                                ARTICLE IX - SEAL

         The directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be circular in
form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the state of
incorporation, year of incorporation and the words, "Corporate Seal".

                                   By-Laws 11


<PAGE>


                          ARTICLE X - WAIVER OF NOTICE

         Unless otherwise provided by law, whenever any notice is required to be
given to any stockholder or director of the corporation under the provisions of
these by-laws or under the provisions of the articles of incorporation, a waiver
thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice,
whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to
the giving of such notice.

                            ARTICLE XI - AMENDMENTS

         These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed and new by-laws may
be adopted by a vote of the stockholders representing a majority of all the
shares issued and outstanding, at any annual stockholders' meeting or at any
special stockholders' meeting when the proposed amendment has been set out in
the notice of such meeting.

                                   By-Laws 12






                          SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                   dated as of

                                November 20, 1997

                                     between

                              THE HOLT GROUP, INC.

                                       and

                                HS FUNDING, INC.

      


                                                          


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
ARTICLE I

          DEFINITIONS

          Section 1.1. Definitions...........................................  1
          Section 1.2. Accounting Terms and Determinations................... 12

ARTICLE II
          PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES, TERMS OF SECURITIES
          Section 2.1.  Commitment to Purchase............................... 13
          Section 2.2.  Takedown Procedures.................................. 14
          Section 2.3.  Fees................................................. 15
          Section 2.4.  Mandatory Termination and Reduction of Commitment ... 16
          Section 2.5.  Optional Reduction of Commitment..................... 17
          Section 2.6.  Interest ............................................ 17
          Section 2.7.  Maturity of Notes; Prepayment of Notes............... 18
          Section 2.8.  Taxes................................................ 20


ARTICLE III

          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
          Section 3.1.  Corporate Existence and Power.......................  23
          Section 3.2.  Authorization, Execution and Enforceability.......... 23
          Section 3.3.  Governmental Authorization........................... 24
          Section 3.4.  Contravention........................................ 24
          Section 3.5.  Financial Information................................ 24
          Section 3.6.  Litigation........................................... 25
          Section 3.7.  Environmental Matters................................ 26
          Section 3.8.  Taxes................................................ 27
          Section 3.9.  Subsidiaries......................................... 28
          Section 3.10. Not an Investment Company............................ 28
          Section 3.11. Full Disclosure...................................... 28
          Section 3.12. Capitalization....................................... 28
          Section 3.13. Solicitation, Access to Information.................. 28
          Section 3.14. Non-fungibility...................................... 29
          Section 3.15. Permits.............................................. 29

                                        i

<PAGE>


          Section 3.16. Representations in Other Financing, Documents and in
                        Material Acquisition Documents....................... 29
          Section 3.17. Compliance with ERISA................................ 29
          Section 3.18. Labor Matters........................................ 30
          Section 3.19. Leases............................................... 30
          Section 3.20. Absence of Any Undisclosed Liabilities or Capital
                        Calls................................................ 30
          Section 3.21. Governmental Regulation.............................. 30
          Section 3.22. Solvency............................................. 30
          Section 3.23. Company Business..................................... 30


ARTICLE IV

          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER........................ 31
          Section 4.1.  Purchase for Investment; Authority; Binding
                        Agreement ........................................... 31

ARTICLE V

          CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO PURCHASE
          Section 5.1.  Conditions to Purchaser's Obligation at Initial
                        Takedown ............................................ 32
          Section 5.2.  Conditions to Purchaser's Obligations on
                        Each Takedown ....................................... 34

ARTICLE VI

          COVENANTS

          Section 6.1.  Information.......................................... 35
          Section 6.2.  Payments of Obligations.............................. 38
          Section 6.3.  Insurance............................................ 38
          Section 6.4.  Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence..... 38
          Section 6.5.  Compliance with Laws................................. 38
          Section 6.6.  Inspection of Property, Books and Records............ 39
          Section 6.7.  Investment Company Act............................... 39
          Section 6.8.  Limitation on Debt................................... 39
          Section 6.9.  Restricted Payments; Voluntary Prepayment............ 39
          Section 6.10. Investments.......................................... 41
          Section 6.11. Negative Pledge...................................... 41
          Section 6.12. Transactions with Affiliates......................... 42
          Section 6.13. Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets;
                        Ownership of Subsidiaries............................ 42
          Section 6.14. Use of Proceeds...................................... 43
          Section 6.15. Restrictions on Certain Amendments................... 43

                                       ii


<PAGE>

          Section 6.16. Permanent Financing ................................. 43
          Section 6.17. Business Activities.................................. 44
          Section 6.18. Tax Consolidation.................................... 44
          Section 6.19. Maintenance of Corporate Separateness................ 44
          Section 6.20. Packer Avenue Proceeding............................. 44
          Section 6.21. Financial Statements................................. 44
          Section 6.22. Subordinated Notes................................... 44
          Section 6.23. Use of MBC Leasing Proceeds.......................... 45
          Section 6.24. Deloitte & Touche Financials......................... 45


ARTICLE VII

          EVENTS OF DEFAULT
          Section 7.1.  Events of Default Defined; Acceleration of Maturity;
                        Waiver of Default.................................... 45


ARTICLE VIII

          LIMITATION ON TRANSFERS
          Section 8.1.  Restrictions on Transfer............................. 48
          Section 8.2.  Restrictive Legends.................................. 48
          Section 8.3.  Notice of Proposed Transfers......................... 48


ARTICLE IX

          MISCELLANEOUS
          Section 9.1   Notice............................................... 49
          Section 9.2.  No Waivers; Amendments............................... 50
          Section 9.3.  Indemnification...................................... 50
          Section 9.4.  Expenses............................................. 53
          Section 9.5.  Payment.............................................. 53
          Section 9.6.  Successors and Assigns............................... 54
          Section 9.7.  Brokers.............................................. 54
          Section 9.8.  New York Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of
                        Jury Trial........................................... 54
          Section 9.9.  Severability......................................... 54

          Section 9.10. Counterparts......................................... 55
                EXHIBIT A................................................... A-1
                EXHIBIT B................................................... B-1
                Annex I to Exhibit B........................................ B-5


                                      iii

<PAGE>


          EXHIBIT C ........................................................ C-1
          Annex A to Exhibit C.............................................. C-9

                                       iv


<PAGE>


                         SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         This SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated as of NOVEMBER 20, 1997
between THE HOLT GROUP, INC. and HS FUNDING, INC.

         The parties hereto agree as follows:


                                     ARTICLE
                                        I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.1. Definitions. The following terms, as used herein, shall
have the following meanings:

         "Acquisition" means the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding common
stock of NPR Holdings all pursuant to and in accordance with the Stock Purchase
Agreement.

         "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that,
directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control
with such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" including, with
correlative meanings, the terms "controlling", "controlled by" and "under common
control with", as used with respect to any Person, means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.

         "Agreement" means this Securities Purchase Agreement, as amended,
restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

         "Asset Sale" means any sale, lease or other disposition (including any
such transaction effected by way of merger or consolidation) by any Credit Party
of any asset, including without limitation any sale-leaseback transaction, but
excluding (i) dispositions of inventory and used, surplus or worn out equipment
in the ordinary course of business, (ii) dispositions to a wholly-owned
Subsidiary of any Credit Party, (iii) operating and real property leases entered
into in the ordinary course of business and (iv) cash payments otherwise
permitted under this Agreement; provided that any disposition not excluded
pursuant to clauses (i)


<PAGE>


through (iv) shall constitute an Asset Sale only if, and solely to the extent
that, the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom, together with the Net Cash Proceeds from
all other such dispositions effected by any Credit Party after the date hereof,
exceed, in the aggregate, $1,000,000.

         "Business Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in the Cities of New York or Philadelphia are authorized
or required by law or other government action to close.

         "Cash Equivalents" means (i) securities issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United
States of America is pledged in support thereof), (ii) time deposits and
certificates of deposit of any domestic commercial bank (including a domestic
branch of a foreign bank) whose outstanding senior long-term debt securities are
rated either A- or higher by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services or A3 or higher
by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of
not more than 7 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause
(i) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause
(ii) above, (iv) commercial paper rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof
by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof
by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., maturing within one year after the date of
acquisition, and (v) investments in money market funds substantially all of
whose assets are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (i)
through (iv) above.

         "Change of Control" means such time as (a) Holt, his spouse, any lineal
descendent of Holt or any spouse of such lineal descendent (including without
limitation (i) any person whose relationship is by legal adoption and (ii)
trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing) shall cease to own beneficially
and of record 51% of the capital stock of the Company; or (b) during any period
of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period
constituted the Board of Directors of any Credit Party (together with any new
directors whose election was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors
then still in office, who either were directors at the beginning of such period
or whose election or nomination for the election was previously so approved)
cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the directors of such Credit
Party then in office.

         "Closing" means the date on which all of the conditions set forth in
Section 5.1 shall have been satisfied.

                                        2


<PAGE>


         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Commitment" means $125,000,000 (subject however to Section 2.1), or
the obligation of Purchaser to purchase Notes hereunder in an aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed such amount, as such
amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Sections 2.4 and 2.5.

         "Company" means The Holt Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         "Company Corporate Documents" means the articles of incorporation and
by-laws of each Credit Party.

         "Consolidated Debt" means, at any date, the Debt of the Company and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis as of such date.

         "Consolidated Subsidiary" means, at any date with respect to any
Person, any Subsidiary or other entity, the accounts of which would be
consolidated with those of such Person in its consolidated financial statements
if such statements were prepared as of such date.

         "Contribution Agreement" means the Contribution Agreement dated as of
October 31, 1997 between Holt and Holt Shipping II, Inc., now known as The Holt
Group, Inc.

         "Credit Party" means, individually, each one of (i) the Company, (ii)
the Holt Companies and (iii) the NPR Companies, and "Credit Parties" means all
of the foregoing, taken collectively.

         "Debt" of any Person means, at any date, (a) all indebtedness of such
Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or
services (other than current trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course
of business) or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar
instrument, (b) all obligations of such Person under Financing Leases, (c) all
obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person to reimburse any bank or
other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit or similar
instrument, (d) all Derivatives Obligations of such Person, (e) all Guarantee
Obligations of such Person in respect of Debt of any other Person and (f) all
liabilities of the types described in clauses (a) through (e) above secured by
any Lien on any property

                                        3

<PAGE>


owned by such Person even though such person has not assumed or otherwise become
liable for the payment thereof

         "Debt Incurrence" means any incurrence by any Credit Party of any Debt
(including without limitation pursuant to the Permanent Financing), other than
Debt permitted under Section 6.8(a) through (d), inclusive.

         "Default" means any Event of Default or any event or condition which,
with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would, unless cured or
waived, become an Event of Default.

         "Deloitte & Touche Financials" shall mean the consolidated balance
sheets of NPR Holding for the years ended December 31, 1995 and January 4, 1997
and the related statements of operations and cash flows for the years then ended
prepared in accordance with GAAP, prepared by Deloitte & Touche.

         "Derivatives Obligations" of any Person means all obligations of such
Person in respect of any rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate
transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap,
equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign
exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction,
currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option
or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of
the foregoing transactions) or any combination of the foregoing transactions.

         "DLJSC" means Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, a
Delaware corporation, and its successors.

         "dollars" or "$" mean lawful currency of the United States of America.

         "Domestic Taxes" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).

         "Engagement Letter" means an engagement letter between the Company and
DLJSC pursuant to which DLJSC shall be engaged as exclusive investment banker
for the Credit Parties for the period as set forth therein.

         "Environmental Laws" means any and all statutes, laws, judicial
decisions, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, codes,
plans, injunctions, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses and
governmental

                                        4

<PAGE>

restrictions, whether now or hereafter in effect, relating to human health, the
environment or to emissions, discharges or releases or pollutants, contaminants,
Hazardous Materials or wastes into the environment, including ambient air,
surface water, ground water or land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture,
processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or
handling of pollutants, contaminants, Hazardous Materials or wastes or the
clean-up or other remediation thereof.

         "Equity Issuance" means the issuance of any equity securities by any
Credit Party (including without limitation any equity securities issued pursuant
to the exercise of stock options or warrants or the Permanent Financing), but
excluding equity securities issued to any other Credit Party.

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, or any successor statute.

         "ERISA Group" means the Company and each Subsidiary, and all members of
a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not
incorporated) under common control which, together with the Company or any
Subsidiary, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Internal
Revenue Code.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "Expiration Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

         "Financing Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes and the
Subsidiary Guaranty.

         "Financing Lease" means any lease of property, real or personal, the
obligations or the lessee in respect of which are required in accordance with
GAAP to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee.

         "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from
time to time in the United States of America.

                                        5

<PAGE>


         "Guarantee Obligation" means as to any Person (the "guaranteeing
person"), without duplication, any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or
(b) another Person (including, without limitation, any bank under any letter of
credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a
reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, in either case
guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Debt, leases, dividends or other
obligations (the "primary obligations") of any other third Person (the "primary
obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without
limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person whether or not contingent,
(i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct
or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the
purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working
capital or equity capital or the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the
net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property,
securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any
such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of
such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof, provided, however, that
the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for
deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or the guaranty
obligation of any primary obligation which does not constitute Debt. The amount
of any Guarantee Obligation of any guarantee person shall be deemed to be the
lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary
obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the
maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the
terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary
obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be
liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such
Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person's maximum reasonably
anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good
faith.

         "Hazardous Materials" means (i) asbestos; (ii) polychlorinated
biphenyls; (iii) petroleum, its derivatives, by-products and other hydrocarbons;
and (iv) any other toxic, radioactive, caustic or otherwise hazardous substance
regulated under Environmental Laws.

         "Hazardous Materials Contamination" means contamination (whether now
existing or hereafter occurring) of the improvements, buildings, facilities,
personalty, soil, groundwater, air or other elements on or of the relevant
property by Hazardous Materials, or any derivatives thereof, or on or of any
other


                                        6

<PAGE>


property as a result of Hazardous Materials, or any derivatives thereof,
generated on, emanating from or disposed of in connection with the relevant
property.

         "Holder" means any holder of any Note.

         "Holt" means Thomas J. Holt, Sr., an individual currently residing in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

         "Holt Companies" means, collectively, Holt Cargo, Holt Hauling and
Warehousing System, Inc., Wilmington Stevedores, Inc., Murphy Marine Services,
Inc. and The Riverfront Development Corporation.

         "Holt Cargo" means Holt Cargo Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         "Initial Takedown" means the first Takedown hereunder.

         "Interest Payment Date" each December 31, March 31, June 30 and
September 30 (or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day).

         "Interest Period" shall mean the period from the date of this Agreement
to but excluding the 30th day thereafter, and thereafter each successive 30-day
period. If any Interest Period would begin or end on a date which is not a
Business Day (as defined below), such Interest period shall begin or end, as the
case may be, on the next succeeding Business Day and any Interest Period that
would extend beyond the Maturity Date shall end on the Maturity Date. Purchaser
may, in its discretion, select Interest Periods of one day for any day on or
after the Notes shall have become due and payable in accordance with the terms
hereof.

         "Investment" means, without duplication, any investment in any Person,
whether by means of share purchase, capital contribution, loan, time deposit or
otherwise.

         "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or any successor statute.

         "LIBOR Rate" with respect to each Interest Period, shall mean for any
day, as determined by Purchaser, the interest rate per annum offered for
deposits in dollars for the Interest Period in the London interbank market which


                                        7

<PAGE>


appears on Telerate Page 3750 or such other page as may replace Telerate Page
3750 on that service or such other service or services as may be nominated by
the British Bankers' Association for the purpose of displaying such rate
(collectively, "Telerate Page 3750") as of 11:00 A.M. London time on the second
Business Day prior to any such date. If the Interest Period is of a duration
falling between the Interest Periods for which such rates appear on Telerate
Page 3750, the LIBOR Rate shall be the rate determined by interpolation between
the rates for the next shorter and the next longer Interest Periods for which
such rate appears on Telerate Page 3750, as determined by Purchaser, whose
determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In the event
that (i) more than one such LIBOR Rate is provided, the average of such rates
shall apply or (ii) no such LIBOR Rate is published, then the LIBOR Rate shall
be determined from such comparable financial reporting company as Purchaser, in
its discretion, shall determine.

         "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit
arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security
interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential
arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement) and any other arrangement
having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

         "Majority Holders" means (i) at any time prior to the issuance of the
Notes, Purchaser and (ii) at any time thereafter, the holders of more than 50%
in aggregate principal outstanding amount of Notes at such time.

         "Material Acquisition Documents" means the Stock Purchase Agreement and
the Contribution Agreement.

         "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse affect on the
assets, business, financial position, results of operations or prospects of (i)
the Company, (ii) the Holt Companies (taken as a whole), (iii) the NPR Companies
(taken as a whole) or (iv) the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole).

         "Material Plan" means at any time a Plan or Plans having aggregate
Unfunded Liabilities in excess of $1,000,000.

         "Maturity Date" means December 31, 1998.


                                        8

<PAGE>


         "Multiemployer Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan
within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any member of the
ERISA Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or
has within the preceding five plan years made contributions, including for these
purposes any Person which ceased to be a member of the ERISA Group during such
five year period.

         "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any transaction, an amount
equal to the cash proceeds received by any Credit Party from or in respect of
such transaction (including any cash proceeds received as income or other
proceeds of any non-cash proceeds of such transaction), less (i) any expenses
(including commissions) reasonably incurred by any Credit Party in respect of
such transaction, (ii) the amount of any Debt secured by a Lien on a related
asset and discharged from the proceeds of such transaction; (iii) any taxes paid
or payable by any Credit Party with respect to such transaction (as reasonably
estimated by such Credit Party's chief financial officer in good faith) and (iv)
amounts thereof required to be paid by any Credit Party to the holders of other
senior secured indebtedness outstanding as of the date of this Agreement (or
refinancings thereof permitted hereunder).

         "Notes" means the Senior Unsecured Increasing Rate Notes issued by the
Company substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit A hereto.

         "NPR Companies" means, collectively, each of NPR Holding, NPR S.A.,
NPR, Inc. and NPR-Navieras.

         "NPR Holding" means NPR Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

         "NPR, Inc." means NPR, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         "NPR-Navieras" means NPR-Navieras Receivables, Inc., a Delaware
corporation.

         "NPR S.A." means NPR S.A., Inc., a Delaware corporation.

         "Other Taxes" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).

         "Packer Avenue Proceeding" shall mean that certain action commenced by
Holt Cargo, Holt Hauling & Warehousing System, Inc. and Astro


                                        9

<PAGE>


Holding, Inc. (the "Plaintiffs") in the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Pennsylvania against the Delaware River Port Authority (the
"DRPA"), the Philadelphia Regional Port Authority (the "PRPA") and the Ports of
Philadelphia and Camden (together with the DRPA and PPC the "Defendants"). The
Plaintiffs allege that the Defendants, along with other unnamed coconspirators,
acting under the color of state law committed predatory acts under a conspiracy
designed to injure, harass and appropriate the property of the Plaintiffs.
Plaintiffs are seeking damage for Defendants' conduct which constitutes a
violation of Plaintiffs' substantive due process, equal protection and
procedural due process rights under 41 U.S.C. Section 1983.

         "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

         "Permanent Financing" means any Debt Incurrence or Equity Issuance
following the date hereof for the purpose of refinancing the Notes and the
Subordinated Notes.

         "Permits" means all domestic and foreign licenses, permits and
approvals required for the full operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, including, without limitation, provincial, state, federal,
city and county permits and approvals.

         "Permitted Liens" means Liens expressly permitted to exist by the
terms of Section 6.11 hereof.

         "Permitted Transferee" means any Person that acquires Notes other than
any Person who acquires such Notes (i) in a public offering or (ii) in the open
market pursuant to sales under Rule 144 of Securities Act or otherwise.

         "Person" means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust,
incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company,
government (or any agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of
any kind.

         "Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan (other than a
Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the
minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code and
either (i) is maintained, or contributed to, by any member of the ERISA Group
for employees of any member of the ERISA Group or (ii) has at any time


                                       10

<PAGE>


within the preceding five years been maintained, or contributed to, by any
Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group for employees of any
Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group.

         "Prime Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the rate of
interest publicly announced by The Bank of New York (or its successor) from time
to time in New York, New York as its prime, reference or base rate, it being
understood that such rate is one of such bank's base rates and serves as a basis
upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making
reference thereto and may not be the lowest of such bank's base rates.

         "Purchaser" means HS Funding, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its
successors.

         "Restricted Payment" means, with respect to any Person (i) any dividend
or other distribution on any shares of the capital stock of such Person (except
dividends payable solely in shares of capital stock of the same class of such
Person) or (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement
or acquisition of (a) any shares of the capital stock of such Person or (b) any
option, warrant or other right to acquire such Person's shares of the capital
stock.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Selling Shareholders" means the "Sellers" as such term is defined in
the Stock Purchase Agreement.

         "Solvent" as to any Person shall mean that (i) the sum of the assets of
such Person, both at a fair valuation and at present fair salable value, will
exceed its liabilities, including contingent liabilities, (ii) such Person will
have sufficient capital with which to conduct its business as presently
conducted and as proposed to be conducted and (iii) such Person has not incurred
debts, and does not intend to incur debts, beyond its ability to pay such debts
as they mature. For purposes of this definition, "debt" means any liability on a
claim, and "claim" means (x) a right to payment, whether or not such right is
reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured,
unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or unsecured, or (y)
a right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives
rise to a payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced
to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed,
secured, or unsecured. With respect to any such contingent liabilities, such
liabilities shall be computed at the amount


                                       11

<PAGE>


which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time,
represents the amount which can reasonably be expected to become an actual or
matured liability net of reasonably expected reimbursements.

         "Stock Purchase Agreement" means the Stock Purchase Agreement dated
September 25, 1997 by and among NPR Holding, each of the Selling Share holders
signatory thereto and Holt Cargo, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

         "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or
other entity of which a majority of the capital stock or other ownership
interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of
directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly
or indirectly owned by such Person.

         "Subsidiary Guaranty" means the Subsidiary Guaranty in the form of
Exhibit C executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

         "Subordinated Notes" shall mean the $25,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of subordinated notes originally issued to the Selling Shareholders as
partial consideration in the Acquisition and any additional notes issued as
interest thereon.

         "Takedown" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

         "Taxes" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).

         "Transfer" means any disposition of Notes that would constitute a sale
thereof under the Securities Act.

         "Unfunded Liabilities" means, with respect to any Plan at any time, the
amount (if any) by which (i) the present value of all benefits under such Plan
exceeds (ii) the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits
(excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions), all determined as of the then
most recent valuation date for such Plan, but only to the extent that such
excess represents a potential liability of a member of the ERISA Group to the
PBGC or any other Person under Title IV of ERISA.

         Section 1.2. Accounting Terms and Determinations. Unless otherwise
specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted,


                                       12

<PAGE>


all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial
statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance
with GAAP applied on a consistent basis (except for changes concurred in by the
Company's independent public accountants).

                                   ARTICLE 11
                    PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES, TERMS OF
                                   SECURITIES

         Section 2.1. Commitment to Purchase. (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth herein and in reliance on the representations and
warranties contained herein and in the other Financing Documents, the Company
may at its option issue and sell, and Purchaser agrees to purchase, Notes in an
aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $125,000,000. A $25,000,000
portion of such Commitment amount (the "$25M Takedown") shall only be made
available for any Takedown (as defined below) (i) which is on or prior to
February 28, 1998 and (ii) when the following condition is met: that Purchaser
shall have received audited consolidated balance sheets of NPR Holding for the
years ending December 31, 1995 and January 4, 1997 and the related statements of
operations and cash flows for the years then ended, prepared in accordance with
GAAP from a nationally recognized accounting firm (which may include BDO Seidman
LLP) which do not disclose results of operations or financial position of NPR
Holding and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole materially worse from the results
of operations or financial position of NPR Holding and its Subsidiaries set
forth in the Deloitte and Touche Financials (it being understood that materially
worse results of operations or financial position resulting from different
applications of GAAP or from the utilization of accounting principles, practices
or methods different from those utilized by Deloitte & Touche or NPR Holding in
preparation of the Deloitte & Touche Financials (so long as such different
accounting principles, practices or methods are in accordance with GAAP) or
events occurring on or after the date of the Acquisition shall not be taken into
account in determining whether the results of operations or financial position
are materially worse), which materially worse results cause DLJSC to be unable
to complete the sale of debt securities intended to refinance the Notes in
accordance with Section 6.16 after DLJSC has used its commercially reasonable
best efforts to complete such sale, it being understood that if DLJSC fails to
sell such debt securities for reasons other than as specified above (eg.
negative performance of the Holt Companies or negative performance of the NPR
Companies (other than negative performance of the NPR Companies for the periods
covered by the December 31, and January 4 financial statements referred to
above)), then this


                                       13

<PAGE>


condition shall be satisfied. The purchase price for the Notes shall be 100% of
the principal amount thereof.

         (b) Termination of Commitment. The Commitment will terminate on the
earliest of (i) the termination of the Stock Purchase Agreement in accordance
with the terms thereof prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, (ii) the
delivery by the Company of a notice of termination of such obligation of
Purchaser, (iii) the consummation of the Acquisition (if such date occurs prior
to the date of the Initial Takedown), (iv) the date on which any Credit Party
commences the marketing of any proposed Permanent Financing with respect to
which DLJSC or any of its Affiliates is not the sole manager or agent or lead
underwriter, as the case may be or (v) 5:00 PM New York City time on December
31, 1997 if the Closing has not occurred by such time (such earliest date, the
"Expiration Date"); provided that if at any time on or after the date hereof an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Purchaser may at its
option terminate the Commitment by notice to the Company, such termination to be
effective upon the giving of such notice; and provided further that the
Commitment shall automatically terminate, without notice to the Company or any
other action on the part of Purchaser, upon the occurrence of any of the events
specified in Sections 7.1(e) and 7.1(f) with respect to any Credit Party.
Notwithstanding the foregoing in no event shall the Commitment terminate
(without the consent of the majority of the holders of the Subordinated Notes)
prior to February 28, 1998.

         (c) The Commitment is not revolving in nature, and principal amounts of
Notes prepaid in accordance with Section 2.7 may not be resold to Purchaser
hereunder.

         Section 2.2. Takedown Procedures. (a) Notice. The Company shall give
Purchaser notice not later than 11:00 AM (New York City time) three Business
Days prior to each proposed purchase and sale of Notes hereunder (a "Takedown"),
which notice shall specify the principal amount of Notes to be purchased and
sold at such Takedown (which amount shall be $2,000,000 or a larger multiple of
$1,000,000, except that any Takedown may be in an amount equal to either (x) the
amount of interest payable on the Notes on the date of Takedown or (y) the
remaining unused amount of the Commitment) and the date of such Takedown (which
shall be a Business Day). There shall not be more than three Takedowns
subsequent to the Initial Takedown hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (i)
the Purchaser acknowledges that an irrevocable notice from the Company with
respect to the $25M Takedown has been delivered at the Closing and that no
further notice from the Company with respect to the $25M Takedown


                                       14

<PAGE>


shall be required and that the $25M Takedown shall occur pursuant to Section 2.1
hereof without further action on the part of the Company; and (ii) in no event
shall there be any Takedown subsequent to the Initial Takedown prior to February
28, 1998 except for the S25M Takedown, the proceeds of which are used to repay
the Subordinated Notes.

         (b) Funding. On the date of each Takedown other than the $25M Takedown,
Purchaser shall deliver by wire transfer, to the account number of the Company
specified by the Company in writing no later than 2:00 PM (New York City time)
two Business Days prior to the date of such Takedown, immediately available
funds in an amount equal to the aggregate purchase price of the Notes to be
purchased by Purchaser hereunder on such date, less the aggregate amount of fees
payable by the Company to Purchaser on such date pursuant to Section 2.3 and
expenses (if any) payable to Purchaser on such date pursuant to Section 9.4. No
more than one Takedown may occur in any calendar week (Sunday through Saturday).
The $25M Takedown shall occur without any further action on the part of the
Company three Business Days after receipt of the audited financial statements
which satisfy the condition to the $25M Takedown set forth in Section 2.1 and
the Purchaser shall deliver by wire transfer, to an account number of the
Selling Shareholders specified by a majority of the Selling Shareholders in
writing no later than 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) two Business Days prior to
the date of such 25M Takedown, immediately available funds in an amount equal to
$25,000,000.

         (c) Delivery of Notes. At each Takedown, against payment as set forth
in subsection (b) of this Section 2.2, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser a
single Note representing the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be purchased
at such Takedown registered in the name of Purchaser, or, if requested by
Purchaser, separate Notes in such other denominations and registered in such
name or names as shall be designated by Purchaser by notice to the Company at
least two Business Days prior to the date of such Takedown. The Purchaser
acknowledges receipt of a Note with respect to the $25M Takedown as of the
Closing and agrees to hold such Note in escrow until the time of the occurrence
of such $25M Takedown.

         Section 2.3. Fees. (a) Commitment Fee. The Company shall pay Purchaser
a commitment fee in the amount equal to one and one-half percent (1.50%) of the
principal amount of the Notes subject to the Commitment (the "Commitment Fee"),
which shall be fully earned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by
the parties hereto and shall be payable in full in dollars on


                                       15


<PAGE>


(1) the date of the consummation of the Acquisition (regardless of whether the
Initial Takedown has occurred on or prior to such date), (ii) the closing of any
other transaction or series of transactions in which any Credit Party or any of
its affiliates acquires or recapitalizes any or all of the NPR Companies within
the next two years or (iii) the payment to the Credit Parties of any break-up
fee or similar reimbursement pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement (in which
case Purchaser will be entitled to receive the lesser of (i) 50% of such
break-up fee or (ii) the Commitment Fees).

         (b) Takedown Fee. On the date of each Takedown hereunder, the Company
shall pay to Purchaser a takedown fee in an amount equal to one and one-half
percent (1.50%) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes being
purchased at such Takedown.

         (c) Funding Fee. If the Notes are still outstanding on the first
anniversary of the date of the Initial Takedown (the "First Anniversary"), the
Company shall pay a cash duration fee (the "Funding Fee") in an amount equal to
three percent (3%) of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the First
Anniversary, payable, in dollars, to Purchaser; provided, that the portion of
such Funding Fee set forth below will be creditable against fees due to DLJSC in
connection with the Permanent Financing in the event that such Permanent
Financing occurs during the corresponding period from the First Anniversary:

                Period from                       Amount
             First Anniversary                  of Credit
             -----------------                  ---------

               0-44 days                          2.75%
               45-89 days                         2.50%
               90-179 days                        2.0%
               180-269 days                       1.0%
               Thereafter                         0%

         Section 2.4. Mandatory Termination and Reduction of Commitment.

         (a) The Commitment shall terminate on the Expiration Date.

         (b) After February 28, 1998, the Commitment shall be reduced by an
amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds received by any Credit Party in respect of
any Asset Sale, Debt Incurrence or Equity Issuance minus the amount of such


                                       16

<PAGE>


Net Cash Proceeds applied to repay outstanding Notes in accordance with Sections
2.7(d). Each such reduction shall be effective on the date of the related
prepayment of the Notes, or if no Notes are at the time outstanding, on the date
of receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds.

         Section 2.5. Optional Reduction of Commitment. The Company (with, prior
to February 28, 1998, the consent of a majority of the holders of the
Subordinated Notes) may, upon not less than three Business Days' notice to
Purchaser, terminate the unused Commitment at any time or reduce the unused
Commitment from time to time in amounts equal to $5,000,000 or any larger
multiple of $1,000,000.

         Section 2.6. Interest. (a) Payment Dates. Interest on each Note shall
be payable in dollars quarterly in arrears, on each Interest Payment Date of
each year in which such Note remains outstanding, commencing with the first
Interest Payment Date after the date of issuance thereof, on the principal sum
of such Note outstanding. Interest on each Note shall be calculated at the rate
per annum set forth in subsection (b) below, and shall accrue from and including
the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid on such
Note (or if no interest has been paid on such Note, from the date of issuance
thereof) to but excluding the date on which payment in full of the principal sum
of such Note has been made.

         (b) Interest Rate. Interest shall be payable at the Prime Rate plus a
spread (the "Spread") or the LIBOR Rate plus the Spread, at the Company's
option. In the event that the Company elects the Prime Rate option, the Spread
will initially be 200 basis points. In the case of a LIBOR option, the Spread
will be 450 basis points. If the Notes are not retired in whole by the end of
the first six month period following the date of their issuance, the Spread will
increase by 100 basis points and shall continue to increase by an additional 50
basis points at the end of each subsequent three month period until the First
Anniversary.

         Commencing on the First Anniversary, interest shall be payable at the
greater of the following as of the beginning of each quarterly period: (i) the
Prime Rate plus 400 basis points, increasing by an additional 50 basis points at
the end of each subsequent three month period for so long as the Notes are
outstanding; (ii) the Treasury Rate (as defined below) plus 750 basis points,
increasing by an additional 50 basis points at the end of each subsequent three
month period for so long as the Notes are outstanding; (iii) the DLJ High Yield
Index Rate plus 150 basis points, increasing by an additional 50 basis points at
the


                                       17

<PAGE>


end of each subsequent three month period for so long as the Notes are
outstanding; and (iv) the rate in effect on the day immediately preceding the
First Anniversary plus 50 basis points, increasing by an additional 50 basis
points at the end of each subsequent three month period for so long as the Notes
are outstanding. "Treasury Rate" means the rate applicable to the most recent
auction of direct obligations of the United States having a maturity closest to
the Notes, as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, at no time
shall the per annum interest rate on the Notes exceed seventeen percent (17%).
In addition, at the option of the Company, that portion, if any, of any interest
payment representing a per annum interest rate in excess of fifteen percent
(15%) shall be paid by issuing Notes with a principal amount equal to such
excess portion of interest. Interest on each Note will be calculated on the
basis of a 365-day year and paid for the actual number of days elapsed.

         Section 2.7. Maturity of Notes; Prepayment of Notes. (a) Maturity Date.
The Notes shall mature on the Maturity Date; provided, however, that the
maturity of the Notes will be automatically extended until six and one-half
years after the First Anniversary if, on the First Anniversary, the following
conditions are met: (i) there shall exist no Default; (ii) there shall exist no
default under any other Debt of any Credit Party; and (iii) all fees due to
Purchaser and DLJSC as of such date shall have been paid in full.

         (b) Optional Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in
part, upon not less than 10 days written notice, at the option of the Company,
at any time at par plus accrued interest to the redemption date; provided, that
the redemption price shall be one hundred three percent (103%) of par plus
accrued interest if the Notes are refunded (whether at the time of redemption or
maturity) with or in anticipation of funds (other than from (x) internally
generated funds or (y) the Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales, (x) and (y)
together not to exceed $35,000,000 in aggregate (the "35M Basket")) raised by
any means other than a transaction in which DLJSC has acted as sole underwriter
or exclusive agent to any Credit Party; provided further, that after the First
Anniversary, the Notes may be redeemed at 100% of principal plus accrued
interest unless DLJSC has delivered a Bona Fide Proposal (as defined below) or
the Company and DLJSC have agreed in their reasonable judgment that no such Bona
Fide Proposal could be made during the time period through such First
Anniversary.


                                       18

<PAGE>


(c) Fixed Rate Option. Commencing on refusal by the Company to execute a Bona
Fide Proposal (as defined in subsection (d) below), the Notes may be sold by
Purchaser, upon 10 days prior notice, to third party purchasers (subject to
applicable law) on a fixed rate basis at an interest rate no greater than
eighteen percent (18%). In such event, the Notes may not be redeemed until the
fifth anniversary of Initial Takedown; thereafter, the Notes may be redeemed, in
whole or in part, upon not less than 10 days written notice, at the option of
the Company, at any time at par plus accrued interest plus a premium equal to
the coupon in effect on the date on which such Notes were sold to third party
purchasers with such premium declining ratably to par one year prior to the
maturity of the Notes.

         (d) Mandatory Prepayments. (i) The Company shall, within five days of
receipt by any Credit Party of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, Debt
Incurrence or Equity Issuance, prepay a principal amount of the Notes equal to
the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds (less any amounts not required to be paid
as a result of the requirement in subsection (e) of this Section 2.7 that all
such prepayments be made in multiples of $1,000), at a redemption price equal to
one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount of the Notes so prepaid
together with accrued interest to the date of prepayment; provided, that the
redemption price shall be one hundred three percent (103%) of par plus accrued
interest if the Notes are redeemed with or in anticipation of funds raised by
any means other than a transaction in which DLJSC has acted as sole underwriter
or exclusive agent to any Credit Party; provided, however, that mandatory
prepayments required hereunder due to Asset Sales, in the aggregate not
exceeding the 35M Basket, may be prepaid at a redemption price equal to one
hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount the Notes so prepaid together
with accrued interest to the date of prepayment; and provided further, that
after the First Anniversary, the Notes may be redeemed at one hundred percent
(100%) of principal plus accrued interest unless (x)(i) prior to such First
Anniversary DLJSC delivered to the Company a proposal to market securities of
all or any Credit Party to one or more financially responsible institutional
investors (or a commitment from DLJSC or another nationally recognized
investment banking firm to underwrite the public sale of such securities, on a
firm commitment basis), on financial and other terms and conditions no less
favorable to the Company than those generally available in the United States
capital markets to issuers of securities having a creditworthiness comparable to
that of the Company, in an amount sufficient to redeem all the Notes (a "Bona
Fide Proposal"), and (ii) the Company did not authorize DLJSC to execute such
Bona Fide Proposal; it being understood that no such proposal shall be deemed to
be a Bona Fide Proposal if DLJSC fails to execute such proposal on


                                       19

<PAGE>


substantially the terms proposed, or (y) the Company and DLJSC have agreed in
their reasonable judgment that no such Bona Fide Proposal could be made.

         (ii) The Company shall, within five (5) days of receipt by any Credit
Party of the proceeds (net of legal fees) of the Packer Avenue Proceeding,
prepay a principal amount of the Notes equal to the amount of such proceeds, at
a redemption price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount
of the Notes so prepaid together with accrued interest to the date of
prepayment.

         (e) Minimum Amount. Any prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section
2.7(b) or (c) shall be in a minimum amount of at least $1,000,000, unless less
than $1,000,000 of the Notes remain outstanding, in which case all of the Notes
must be prepaid. Any prepayment of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.7(d) shall be
in a minimum amount which is a multiple of $1,000 times the number of Holders at
the time of such prepayment.

         (f) Partial Prepayments. Any partial prepayment shall be made so that
the Notes then held by each Holder shall be prepaid in a principal amount which
shall bear the same ratio, as nearly as may be, to the total principal amount
being prepaid as the principal amount of such Notes held by such Holder shall
bear to the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then outstanding. In the
event of a partial prepayment, upon presentation of any Note the Company shall
execute and deliver to or on the order of the Holder, at the expense of the
Company, a new Note in principal amount equal to the remaining outstanding
portion of such Note.

         Section 2.8. Taxes. (a) For the purposes of this Section, the following
terms have the following meanings:

         "Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies,
imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings with respect to any payment by any
Credit Party pursuant to this Agreement or under any Note or any other Financing
Document, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of
Purchaser or any other Holder, taxes imposed on the net income of Purchaser or
such Holder and franchise or similar taxes imposed on Purchaser or such Holder,
by a jurisdiction under the laws of which Purchaser or such Holder is organized
or in which its principal executive office, or the office which holds the Notes
or other Financing Document, is located (all such excluded taxes being
hereinafter referred to as "Domestic Taxes").


                                       20

<PAGE>


         "Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp or documentary taxes
and any other excise or property taxes, or similar charges or levies, which
arise from any payment made pursuant to this Agreement or under any Note or any
other Financing Department or from the execution, delivery, registration,
recordation or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or
any Note or any other Financing Document.

         (b) All payments by any Credit Party to or for the account of Purchaser
or any other Holder under any Financing Document shall be made without deduction
for any Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that, if any Credit Party shall be
required by law to deduct any Taxes or Other Taxes from any such payment, the
sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required
deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under
this Section), Purchaser or such Holder (as the case may be) receives an amount
equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, the
Credit Party shall make such deductions, the Credit Party shall pay the full
amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in
accordance with applicable law and the Company shall promptly furnish to the
Purchaser or such Holder (as the case may be) the original or a certified copy
of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

         (c) The Company agrees to indemnify Purchaser and each other Holder for
the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any
Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable
under this Section) paid by Purchaser or such Holder (as the case may be) and
any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or
with respect thereto.

         (d) The Company shall have no obligations for Taxes under Section
2.8(a) or Section 2.8(b) for or on account of

            (i) any Taxes (other than Other Taxes) imposed by way of deduction
or withholding that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any
present or former connection between such Holder and the jurisdiction imposing
the Tax other than merely holding such Note or any Financing Document, or the
receipt of payments in respect thereof, including, without limitation, such
Holder being or having been a citizen or resident thereof, or being or having
been engaged in a trade or business or having a permanent establishment or other
fixed base therein, or making or having made an election to the effect of which
is to subject such Holder to such Tax;

                                       21


<PAGE>


            (ii) any Taxes (other than (A) Other Taxes or (B) any Taxes imposed
by way of deduction or withholding) that would not have been so imposed but for
the existence of any present or former connection between such Holder or the
beneficial owner (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or
shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such Holder or beneficial owner,
if such Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, a trust, a partnership or
corporation) and the jurisdiction imposing the Tax other than merely holding
such Note or any Financing Document, or the receipt of payments in respect
thereof, including, without limitation, such Holder or beneficial owner (or such
fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, shareholder, or possessor) being or
having been a citizen or resident thereof, or being or having been engaged in a
trade or business or having a permanent establishment or other fixed base
therein, or making or having made an election to the effect of which is to
subject such Holder or beneficial owner (or such fiduciary, settlor,
beneficiary, member, shareholder or possessor) to such Tax;

            (iii) any Taxes in the nature of estate, inheritance or gift taxes;

            (iv) any Tax that is imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of
the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note to comply with a written request by the
Company addressed to such Holder or beneficial owner to provide (A) information
concerning the nationality, residence or identity of such Holder or beneficial
owner that is required under a statute, treaty, regulation or administrative
practice of the jurisdiction imposing such Tax as a precondition to exemption
from all or part of such Tax or (B) the applicable signed form required to be
received by the Credit Parties to qualify for an exemption or reduction of such
Tax;

            (v) in the case of a Holder other than the Purchaser or a person
described in Section 8.3(a)(ii), any Taxes imposed on any payment on a Note to a
Holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or other than sole beneficial owner of
such payment to the extent a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such
fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner would not have
been entitled to the payment of taxes had such beneficiary, settlor, member or
beneficial owner directly received its beneficial or distributive share of such
payment;

            (vi) any Tax that is imposed or withheld, to the extent that the
Holder would have been subject to such Tax at the time of the original

                                       22


<PAGE>


purchase of the Notes upon their original issuance if the Holder had purchased
the Note at that time; and

            (vii) any combination of items (i) through (vi) above.

         (e) Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.8(d) to the contrary, the
Company agrees to indemnify Purchaser and each other Holder for all Domestic
Taxes of Purchaser or such other Holder (calculated based on a hypothetical
basis at the maximum marginal rate for a corporation) and any liability
(including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect
thereto, in each case to the extent that such Domestic Taxes result from any
payment or indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8. This indemnification
shall be paid within 15 days after Purchaser or such Holder (as the case may be)
makes demand therefor.

         (f) The Company agrees that the provisions of this Section shall inure
to the benefit of any transferee of any Note.

                                  ARTICLE III
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Company represents and warrants to Purchaser (both before and after
giving effect to the Acquisition) as set forth below:

         Section 3.1. Corporate Existence and Power. Each Credit Party is a
corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the state of its incorporation, and has all corporate powers and all
governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry
on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted after the
Acquisition except for such governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and
approvals as to which the failure to so maintain could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         Section 3.2. Authorization, Execution and Enforceability. The
execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party party to each of the
Financing Documents and the Material Acquisition Documents and the issuance of
the Notes by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and are within
each such Credit Party's corporate powers. Each of the Financing Documents
(other than the Notes) and Material Acquisition Documents has been duly executed
and delivered by the Credit Parties party thereto and constitutes their valid
and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to

                                       23

<PAGE>


applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors'
rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability. When
executed and delivered by the Company against payment therefor in accordance
with the terms hereof, the Notes will constitute valid and binding obligations
of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditors'
rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability.

         Section 3.3. Governmental Authorization. The execution and delivery by
the Credit Parties party to each of the Financing Documents and Material
Acquisition Documents did not and will not, the issuance and sale of the Notes
by the Company will not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby will not, require any action by or in respect of, or filing
with, any governmental body, agency or governmental official except actions and
filings which, if not taken or made, will not affect in any manner the validity
or enforceability of the Financing Documents or the Material Acquisition
Documents or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         Section 3.4. Contravention. The execution and delivery by the Credit
Parties party to each of the Financing Documents and the Material Acquisition
Documents did not and will not, and the issuance and sale of the Notes by the
Company will not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby will not, contravene or constitute a default under or violation of
any provision of applicable law or regulation, any Company Corporate Documents
or any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument
binding upon any Credit Party or any of its assets, or result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien on any asset of any Credit Party.

         Section 3.5. Financial Information.

         (a) The Holt Companies (i) unaudited financial statements for the Holt
Companies for the three years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 (to include
two balances sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and income statements and
cash flow statements for the three years) and (ii) unaudited financial
statements for the 9 months ended September 30, 1997 and 1996 (to include
balance sheets as of September 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, and income
statements and cash flow statements for the two 9-month periods) fairly present,
in conformity with GAAP, the consolidated financial position of such entities as
of each such date and their consolidated results of operations, changes in
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each period.

                                       24


<PAGE>


         (b) The NPR Companies (i) audited financial statements for the NPR
Companies for the period from March 5, 1995 to December 31, 1995 and the year
ended December 31, 1996 (to include two balance sheets as of December 31, 1995
and 1996, and income statements and cash flow statements for the two periods)
and (ii) unaudited financial statements for the 9 months ended September 30,
1997 and 1996 (to include balance sheets as of September 30, 1997 and December
31, 1996, and income statements and cash flow statements for the two 9-month
periods) fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, the consolidated financial
position of such entities as of each such date and their consolidated results of
operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each period.

         (c) The unaudited pro forma financial statements as of September 30,
1997 (to include one balance sheet as of September 30, 1997, and three income
statements for the year ended December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended
September 30, 1996 and 1997, as adjusted for the issuance and sale of the Notes
and the consummation of the Acquisition fairly present the pro forma
consolidated financial condition of the Company as of such date.

         (d) There has occurred no material adverse change, or development that
could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the
business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance,
properties or prospects of the Company, the Holt Companies, the NPR Companies or
the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case taken as a whole, since September
30, 1997 or in the facts and information supplied to Purchaser through November
20, 1997 with respect thereto.

         Section 3.6. Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6, there is
no action, suit or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party,
threatened against any Credit Party before any court or arbitrator or any
governmental body, agency or official in which there is a reasonable possibility
of an adverse decision which could have a Material Adverse Effect or which
challenges the validity of any Financing Document or of the Acquisition;
provided, however, that except as noted on such Schedule 3.6, all matters listed
therein are covered by adequate insurance. Holt Cargo and Holt Hauling &
Warehousing System, Inc. are named plaintiffs to the Packer Avenue Proceeding
and have a direct right to receive any and all proceeds of the litigation or any
settlement thereof (the "Packer Avenue Proceeds").

                                       25


<PAGE>


         Section 3.7. Environmental Matters. Except as provided on Schedule
3.7:

         (a) Except to the extent the following would not result in a Material
Adverse Effect, other than the generation, use and storage of Hazardous
Materials in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws: (i) no Hazardous
Materials are located on any properties owned, leased or operated by any Credit
Party; (ii) no Hazardous Materials have been released into the environment or
deposited, discharged, placed or disposed of, at, on, under or near any of such
properties; (iii) no portion of any such property is being used for the
disposal, storage, treatment, processing or other handling of Hazardous
Materials; (iv) no such property is affected by Hazardous Materials
Contamination; (v) to the best of any Credit Party's knowledge, no previous
owner or occupant of such properties has used any portion of the properties for
the treatment, storage, disposal, processing or other handling of Hazardous
Materials; (vi) with respect to properties previously owned, leased or operated
by any Credit Party, to the best of any Credit Party's knowledge, no Hazardous
Materials have been released into the environment, or deposited, discharged,
placed or disposed of, at, on, under or near any such properties during the time
of any Credit Party's ownership, lease or operation thereof.

         (b) Except to the extent the following would not result in a Material
Adverse Effect, no asbestos or asbestos-containing materials are present on any
of the properties now or previously owned, leased or operated by any Credit
Party.

         (c) Except to the extent the following would not result in a Material
Adverse Effect, no polychlorinated biphenyls are located on or in any properties
now or previously owned, leased or operated by any Credit Party, in the form of
electrical transformers, fluorescent light fixtures with ballasts, cooling oils
or any other device or form.

         (d) Except to the extent the following would result in a Material
Adverse Effect, no underground storage tanks are located on any properties now
or previously owned, leased or operated by any Credit Party, or were located on
any such property and subsequently removed or filled.

         (e) Except as to the extent the following (or the matters referred to
in any of the following) would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, no
notice, notification, demand, request for information, complaint, citation,

                                       26


<PAGE>


summons, investigation, administrative order, consent order and agreement,
litigation or settlement directed at any Credit Party or any property owned,
leased or operated by any Credit Party with respect to Hazardous Materials or
Hazardous Materials Contamination is in existence or, to any Credit Party's
knowledge, proposed, threatened or anticipated with respect to or in connection
with the operation of any properties now or previously owned, leased or operated
by any Credit Party. Except as to the extent the following would not result in a
Material Adverse Effect, all such properties and their existing and prior uses
comply and at all times have complied with any applicable governmental
requirements relating to environmental matters of Hazardous Materials and there
is no condition on any of such properties which is in violation of any
applicable governmental requirements relating to Hazardous Materials, and no
Credit Party has received any communication from or on behalf of any
governmental authority that any such condition exists.

         (f) There has been no environmental investigation, study, audit, test,
review or other analysis conducted of which any Credit Party has knowledge in
relation to the current or prior business of any Credit Party or any property or
facility now or previously owned, leased or operated by any Credit Party which
has not been delivered to the Purchaser at least five days prior to the date
hereof.

         (g) For purposes of this Section 3.7, the term "Credit Party" shall
include any business or business entity (including a corporation) which is, in
whole or in part, a predecessor of any Credit Party.

         Section 3.8. Taxes. (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.8, all income
tax returns and all other material tax returns which are required to be filed by
or on behalf of any Credit Party have been filed and all taxes shown as due on
such returns have been paid or adequate reserves have been established on the
books of the applicable Credit Party. The charges, accruals and reserves on the
books of the applicable Credit Party and in respect of taxes or other
governmental charges have been established in accordance with GAAP.

         (b) There is no tax, levy, impost, deduction, charge or withholding
imposed by any governmental instrumentality either (i) on or by virtue of the
execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or admissibility into evidence of
any Financing Document or (ii) on any payment to be made by the Company pursuant
to any Financing Document. The Company is permitted under applicable laws to pay
any additional amounts payable by it under Section 2.8.

                                       27


<PAGE>


         Section 3.9. Subsidiaries. The only Subsidiaries of the Company are the
Holt Companies and the NPR Companies.

         Section 3.10. Not an Investment Company. No Credit Party is an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.

         Section 3.11. Full Disclosure. The information heretofore furnished by
the Credit Parties to Purchaser for purposes of or in connection with the
Financing Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby does not, and all
such information hereafter furnished by the Credit Parties to Purchaser will not
(in each case taken together and on the date as of which such information is
furnished), contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. The
Credit Parties have disclosed to Purchaser any and all facts which materially
and adversely affect or may affect (to the extent the Company can now reasonably
foresee), the business, operations or financial condition of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to perform the obligations under the Financing
Documents or to complete the Permanent Financing.

         Section 3.12. Capitalization. At the date of the Initial Takedown and
after giving effect to the Acquisition, the capitalization of each Credit Party
will be as set forth on Schedule 3.12. All of the issued and outstanding shares
of capital stock of each Credit Party are validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable and free and clear of any Lien or other right or claim and the
holders thereof are not entitled to any preemptive or other similar rights.
Other than as set forth on Schedule 3.12, there are no subscriptions, options,
warrants, rights, convertible securities, exchangeable securities or other
agreements or commitments of any character pursuant to which any Credit Party is
required to issue any shares of its capital stock.

         Section 3.13. Solicitation, Access to Information. No form of general
solicitation or general advertising was used by any Credit Party or, to the best
of its knowledge, any other Person acting on behalf of any Credit Party, in
connection with the offer and sale of the Notes. Neither any Credit Party nor
any Person acting on behalf of any Credit Party has, either directly or
indirectly, sold or offered for sale to any Person any of the Notes or any other
similar security of any Credit Party except as contemplated by this Agreement,
and the Company

                                       28


<PAGE>


represents that neither it nor any Credit Party nor any person acting on its
behalf other than Purchaser and its Affiliates will sell or offer for sale to
any Person any such security to, or solicit any offers to buy any such security
from, or otherwise approach or negotiate in respect thereof with, any Person or
Persons so as thereby to bring the issuance or sale of any of the Notes within
the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act.

         Section 3.14. Non-fungibility. When the Notes are issued and delivered
pursuant to this Agreement, the Notes will not be of the same class (within the
meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act) as securities which are (i)
listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the
Exchange Act or (ii) quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system.

         Section 3.15. Permits. Except to the extent any of the following would
not result in a Material Adverse Effect: (a) each Credit Party has all Permits
as are necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as it has been
carried on; (b) all such Permits are in full force and effect, and each Credit
Party has fulfilled and performed all material obligations with respect to such
Permits; (c) no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of
time would allow, revocation or termination by the issuer thereof or which
results in any other impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Permit;
and (d) each Credit Party has no reason to believe that any governmental body or
agency is considering limiting, suspending or revoking any such Permit.

         Section 3.16. Representations in Other Financing Documents and in
Material Acquisition Documents. (a) Each of the representations and warranties
of the Credit Parties set forth in any of the Financing Documents is true and
correct in all material respects.

         (b) Each of the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties
set forth in any of the Material Acquisition Documents is true and correct in
all material respects.

         Section 3.17. Compliance with ERISA. Except as set forth on Schedule
3.17, each member of the ERISA Group has fulfilled its obligations under the
minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code with respect to
each Plan and is in compliance in all material respects with the presently
applicable provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code with respect to
each Plan. No member of the ERISA Group has (i) sought a waiver of the minimum
funding standard under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code in

                                       29


<PAGE>


respect of any Plan, (ii) failed to make any contribution or payment to any Plan
or Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any Benefit Arrangement, or made any
amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement, which has resulted or could result
in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security under
ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code or (iii) incurred any liability under Title
IV or ERISA other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under Section 4007
of ERISA.

         Section 3.18. Labor Matters. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.18, (x)
there are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering
the employees of any Credit Party and (y) none of such Persons has suffered any
strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the
last five years and none of the foregoing is now threatened or imminent.

         Section 3.19. Leases. Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.19 hereto, no
Credit Party is a party to any lease.

         Section 3.20. Absence of Any Undisclosed Liabilities or Capital Calls.
There are no liabilities of any Credit Party of any kind whatsoever, whether
accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise, and there
is no existing condition, situation or set of circumstances which could
reasonably be expected to result in such a liability, other than (i) those
liabilities provided for in the financial statements delivered pursuant to
Section 3.5 hereof, (ii) the liabilities set forth in Schedule 3.20 and (iii)
other undisclosed liabilities which, individually or in the aggregate, are not
material to any Credit Party.

         Section 3.21. Governmental Regulation. No Credit Party is, or will be
upon the issuance and sale of the Notes and the use of the proceeds described
herein, subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of
1935 or the Federal Power Act (each, as amended) or to any federal or state
statute or regulation in a manner which would limit its ability to issue the
Notes and perform its obligations under any Financing Document.

         Section 3.22. Solvency. On the date of the Closing and after giving
effect to the transactions under the Stock Purchase Agreement, each Credit Party
will be Solvent.

         Section 3.23. Company Business. The Company conducts no business other
than the direct or indirect ownership of 100% of the capital stock of the Holt
Companies and the NPR Companies and has no assets or liabilities

                                       30


<PAGE>


other than those reflected in the financial statements delivered pursuant to
this Agreement. At any time after Closing, the Company will conduct no business
other than that expressly permitted hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

         Section 4.1. Purchase for Investment; Authority; Binding Agreement.
Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:

         (a) Purchaser is an Accredited Investor within the meaning of Rule
501(a) under the Securities Act and the Notes to be acquired by it pursuant to
this Agreement are being acquired for its own account and Purchaser will not
offer, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Notes
unless pursuant to a transaction either registered under, or exempt from
registration under, the Securities Act;

         (b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
purchase of the Notes pursuant hereto are within Purchaser's corporate powers
and have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate action;

         (c) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Purchaser;

         (d) this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of
Purchaser enforceable in accordance with its terms; and

         (e) Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and
business matters so as to be capable or evaluating the merits and risks of its
investment in the Notes and Purchaser is capable of bearing the economic risks
of such investment.

                                       31


<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V
                        CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO PURCHASE
                                    

         Section 5.1. Conditions to Purchaser's Obligation at Initial Takedown.
The obligation of Purchaser to purchase the Notes to be issued and sold at the
Initial Takedown hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions contemporaneously with such Takedown:

         (a) (i) Each of the conditions to the parties' obligations under the
Material Acquisition Documents shall have been satisfied or, with the prior
written consent of Purchaser, waived, (ii) the Acquisition shall have been
completed on the terms set forth in the Material Acquisition Documents (as such
terms may have been amended or waived with the consent of Purchaser) and (iii)
the aggregate amount of funds required by the Company with respect to the
Acquisition (including without limitation for the payment of fees, commissions
and expenses) shall not exceed $125,000,000;

         (b) Each of the Material Acquisition Documents, the Financing Documents
and the Company Corporate Documents shall be in full force and effect and no
term or condition thereof shall have been amended, waived or otherwise modified
without the prior written consent of Purchaser;

         (c) Purchaser shall have received the financial statements referred to
in Section 3.5 hereof;

         (d) Purchaser shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that all
governmental, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary in
connection with the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the
Financing Documents and by the Material Acquisition Documents (including without
limitation any Hart-Scott-Rodino filings) have been received and all applicable
waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by any
competent authority that could restrain, prevent or impose any materially
adverse conditions on the Acquisition or such other transactions or that could
seek or threaten any of the foregoing, and no law or regulation shall be
applicable which in the judgment of Purchaser could have any such effect;

         (e) No Credit Party shall have indebtedness for borrowed money other
than (i) the Notes and (ii) as listed on Schedule 5. 1 (e), all of which such
indebtedness for borrowed money will contain terms and conditions satisfactory
in

                                       32

<PAGE>

all respects to Purchaser. No Credit Party shall have preferred stock issued and
outstanding;

         (f) Purchaser shall have completed and be satisfied in all respects
with its business, financial, tax, legal and environmental due diligence
investigations;

         (g) The corporate, tax, capital and ownership structure (including
articles of incorporation and by-laws), shareholders agreements and management
of the Credit Parties before and after the Acquisition shall, except as
contemplated by the Acquisition, be consistent with that previously disclosed to
Purchaser, and shall not have been modified other than without the prior written
consent of Purchaser;

         (h) Absence of any material adverse change in the business, condition
(financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties, prospects or
projections of the Holt Companies, the NPR Companies and their subsidiaries, in
each case taken as a whole, since the end of the most recently ended fiscal year
for which audited financial statements have been provided to Purchaser or in the
facts and information as represented to date;

         (i) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6, there shall exist no pending
or threatened material litigation, proceedings or investigations which (x) would
contest the consummation of the Acquisition or (y) could reasonably be expected
to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, debt service
capacity, liabilities (including environmental liabilities), financial
condition, operations, prospects or projections of any Credit Party;

         j) Purchaser shall have received satisfactory opinions of counsel to
the Company as to the transactions contemplated hereby (including without
limitation the tax aspects thereof and compliance with all applicable securities
laws), and such corporate resolutions, certificates and other documents as
Purchaser shall reasonably request;

         (k) Absence of any Event of Default or event that, with notice and/or
the passage of time, could become an Event of Default and accuracy of all
representations and warranties in all material respects;

                                       33

<PAGE>

         (l) Absence of any disruption or adverse change in the financial or
capital markets generally which could reasonably be expected to materially
adversely affect the purchase of the Notes or the refinancings thereof;

         (m) Purchaser shall have received necessary consent from lenders to the
Credit Parties, if any, concerning the anticipated terms and conditions of the
Notes, and the Permanent Financing including the application of the proceeds
from any such financing;

         (n) The Engagement Letter shall have been executed;

         (o) Purchaser shall have received a solvency certificate substantially
in the form of Exhibit B hereto executed by the Chief Financial Officer of the
Company dated as of the Closing;

         (p) Purchaser shall have received a Subsidiary Guaranty in the form of
Exhibit C executed by each Credit Party other than the Company; and

         (q) All fees and expenses payable to Purchaser or DLJSC hereunder,
under the Engagement Letter or otherwise in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby, shall have been paid in full.

         Section 5.2. Conditions to Purchaser's Obligations on Each Takedown.
The obligation of Purchaser to purchase the Notes to be issued and sold by the
Company hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions
contemporaneously with each Takedown (exclusive of the $25M Takedown, the
proceeds of which are to be used to repay the Subordinated Notes):

         (a) There shall have occurred no material adverse change in the assets,
business, financial position, results of operations or prospects of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since June 30, 1997 or in the facts and
information as represented to Purchaser through November 20, 1997 with respect
thereto.

         (b) There shall not have occurred any disruption or adverse change in
the financial or capital markets generally which could reasonably be expected to
materially adversely affect the purchase of the Notes or the refinancing
thereof.

                                       34
<PAGE>

         (c) The representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained
in the Financing Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on
and as of such Takedown as if made on and as of such time and each of the Credit
Parties shall have performed and complied with all covenants and agreements
required by the Financing Documents to be performed by it or complied with by it
at or prior to such Takedown.

         (d) There shall not exist any Default.

         (e) Purchaser shall have received the Notes to be issued at such
Takedown, duly executed by the Company in the denominations and registered in
the names specified in or pursuant to Section 2.2.

         (f) Purchaser shall have received payment of all fees and expenses
payable to or for the account of Purchaser hereunder at or prior to such time.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    COVENANTS

         The Company agrees (and agrees that it shall cause each Credit Party to
agree) that, from and after the date of the Initial Takedown and so long as the
Commitment remains in effect or any Notes remain outstanding and unpaid or any
other amount is owning to Purchaser or the Holders, and for the benefit of
Purchaser and the Holders:

         Section 6. 1. Information. The Company will deliver to Purchaser:

         (a) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end
of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the
related statements of income and cash flows and stockholders' equity (deficit)
for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures
for the previous fiscal year, all reported on in a manner acceptable to the
Commission by the Company or other independent public accountants of nationally
recognized standing;

         (b) as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end
of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a

                                       35

<PAGE>

consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as
of the end of such quarter and the related consolidated statements of income and
cash flows and stockholders' equity (deficit) for each quarter and for the
portion of the fiscal year ended at the end of such quarter, setting forth in
each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding quarter and the
corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all certified (subject to
footnote presentation and normal year-end adjustments) as to fairness of
presentation, GAAP and consistency by the chief financial officer or the chief
accounting officer of the Company;

         (c) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial
statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate of the chief
financial officer or the chief accounting officer of the Company (i) setting
forth in reasonable detail the calculations required to establish whether the
Company was in compliance with the requirements of Sections 6.8 through 6.11,
inclusive, on the date of such financial statements and (ii) stating whether any
Default exists on the date of such certificate and, if any Default then exists,
setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Company or any of the
Credit Parties are taking or propose to take with respect thereto;

         (d) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial
statements referred to in clause (a) above, a statement of the firm of
independent public accountants which reported on such statements confirming the
calculations set forth in the officer's certificate delivered simultaneously
therewith pursuant to clause (c) above;

         (e) within five days after any officer of any Credit Party obtains
knowledge of a Default or a default under the Subordinated Notes, a certificate
of the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of such Credit
Party setting forth the details thereof and the action which such Credit Party
is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

         (f) promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of all applications,
registration statements or reports which any Credit Party shall have filed with
the Commission or any other national stock exchange;

         (g) promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders of any Credit
Party generally, copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy
statements so mailed;

                                       36
<PAGE>

         (h) if and when any member of the ERISA Group (i) gives or is required
to give notice to the PBGC of any "reportable event" (as defined in Section 4043
of ERISA) with respect to any Plan which might constitute grounds for a
termination of such Plan under Title IV of ERISA, or knows that the plan
administrator of any Plan has given or is required to give notice of any such
reportable event, a copy of the notice of such reportable event given or
required to be given to the PBGC; (ii) receives notice of complete or partial
withdrawal liability under Title IV of ERISA or notice that any Multiemployer
Plan is in reorganization, is insolvent or has been terminated, a copy of such
notice; (iii) receives notice from the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of an intent
to terminate, impose liability (other than for premiums under Section 4007 of
ERISA) in respect of, or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, a copy of
such notice; (iv) applies for a waiver of the minimum funding standard under
Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, a copy of such application; (v) gives
notice of intent to terminate any Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, a copy of
such notice and other information filed with the PBGC; (vi) gives notice of
withdrawal from any Plan pursuant to Section 4063 of ERISA, a copy of such
notice; or (vii) fails to make any payment or contribution to any Plan or
Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any Benefit Arrangement or makes any
amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement which has resulted or could result
in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or other security, a
certificate of the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer of
the relevant Credit Party setting forth details as to such occurrence and
action, if any, which the relevant Credit Party or applicable member of the
ERISA Group is required or proposes to take;

         (i) promptly following the commencement thereof, notice and a
description in reasonable detail of any litigation or proceeding to which any
Credit Party is a party in which the amount involved is $1,000,000 or more;

        (j) promptly following the occurrence thereof, notice and a description
in reasonable detail of any material adverse change in the business, operations,
property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

         (k) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the date
of the Initial Takedown, a combined pro forma balance sheet of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, dated as of September 30, 1997, prepared by management in
conformity with GAAP, adjusted to give effect to (i) the transactions
contemplated by the Material Acquisition Documents, (ii) the purchase of the
Notes purchased

                                       37

<PAGE>

on the date of the Initial Takedown and (iii) the payment of all legal,
accounting and other fees related thereto; and

         (l) from time to time such additional information regarding the
financial position or business of any Credit Party, as Purchaser may reasonably
request.

         Section 6.2. Payments of Obligations. The Company will pay and
discharge, and will cause each Credit Party to pay and discharge, at or before
maturity, all their respective material obligations and liabilities, including,
without limitation, tax liabilities, except where the same may be contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings, and will maintain, and will cause each
Credit Party to maintain, in accordance with GAAP, appropriate reserves for the
accrual of any of the same.

         Section 6.3. Insurance. The Company shall, and shall cause each Credit
Party to, keep its insurable properties adequately insured at all times by
financially sound and reputable insurers, maintain such other insurance, to such
extent and against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by
extended coverage, as is customary with companies in the same or similar
businesses operating in the same or similar locations, including (i) public
liability insurance against claims for personal injury or death or property
damage occurring upon, in, about, in connection with the use of any properties
owned, occupied or controlled by it and (ii) business interruption insurance and
such other insurance as may be required by law.

         Section 6.4. Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence. The
Company will continue, and will cause each Credit Party to continue, to engage
in business of the same general type as now conducted, and will preserve, renew
and keep in full force and effect, and will cause each Subsidiary to preserve,
renew and keep in full force and effect their respective corporate existence and
their respective rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the
normal conduct of business, except that a Credit Party may discontinue any
immaterial line of business if the Board of Directors of such Credit Party
determines that such discontinuation is in the best interest of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and could not cause a Material Adverse
Effect.

         Section 6.5. Compliance with Laws. The Company will comply, and cause
each Credit Party to comply, in all respects with all applicable laws,
ordinances, rules, regulations, and requirements of governmental authorities
(including,

                                       38

<PAGE>

without limitations,  Environmental Laws and ERISA and the rules and regulations
thereunder)  except  where the  failure to so comply  could not cause a Material
Adverse Effect.

         Section 6.6. Inspection of Property, Books and Records. The Company
will keep, and will cause each Credit Party to keep, proper books of record and
account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings
and transactions in relation to its business and activities, and will permit,
and will cause each Subsidiary to permit representatives of Purchaser, at the
expense of the Purchaser, to visit and inspect any of their respective
properties, to examine and make abstracts from any of their respective books and
records and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with
their respective executive officers and independent public accountants at such
reasonable times and as often as may reasonably be desired.

         Section 6.7. Investment Company Act. No Credit Party is or will become
an open-end investment trust, unit investment trust or face-amount certificate
company that is or is required to be registered under Section 8 of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

         Section 6.8. Limitation on Debt. No Credit Party will create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except:

         (a) Debt evidenced by the Notes;

         (b) the Debt described on Schedule 5.1(e) including refinancings
thereof at or within 30 days of the final maturity;

         (c) other Debt incurred after the date hereof, in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $11,000,000;

         (d) Debt evidenced by the Subordinated Notes; and

         (e) other Debt the terms and conditions of which shall have been
approved by the Majority Holders and the Net Cash Proceeds of which are applied
in accordance with Sections 2.4 and 2.7.

         Section 6.9. Restricted Payments; Voluntary Prepayments. (a) No Credit
Party will (i) declare or make any Restricted Payment or (ii) make any capital
expenditures not contained on Schedule 6.9; provided, however, that a

                                       39

<PAGE>

Credit Party may, with respect to each tax year that a Credit Party qualifies as
an S Corporation under the Internal Revenue Code, or any similar provision of
state or local law, make distributions of Tax Amounts (as defined below). Prior
to any distribution of Tax Amounts a knowledgeable and duly authorized officer
of the Credit Party making such distribution certifies, and counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Purchaser opines, that such Credit Party qualifies as an 
S Corporation for Federal income tax purposes and for the states in respect of
which such distributions are being made and that at the time of such
distributions, the most recent audited financial statements of the Company
covering such Credit Party provide that such Credit Party was treated as an 
S Corporation for Federal income tax purposes for the period of such financial
statements.

         "Tax Amounts" with respect to any year means (a) an amount equal to the
higher of (i) the product of (A) the taxable income of the relevant Credit Party
for such year as determined in good faith by its Board of Directors; and (B) the
Tax Percentage (as defined below), and (ii) the product of (A) the alternative
minimum taxable income attributable to such Credit Party for such year as
determined in good faith by its Board of Directors; and (B) the Tax Percentage,
in either case, reduced by (b) to the extent not previously taken into account,
any income tax benefit attributable to such Credit Party solely as a result of
its investment in the Credit Parties (including without limitation, tax losses,
alternative minimum tax credits, other tax credits and carryforwards and
carrybacks thereof to the extent such benefit is realized in the year for which
the Tax Amount is being determined); provided, however, that in no event shall
such Tax Percentage exceed the greater of (1) the highest aggregate applicable
statutory marginal rate of Federal, state and local income tax (or, when
applicable, alternative minimum tax), to which a corporation doing business in
New York City would be subject in the relevant year of determination (as
certified to Purchaser by a nationally recognized tax accounting firm); and (2)
50%. Any part of the Tax Amount not distributed in respect of a tax period for
which it is calculated shall be available for distribution in subsequent tax
periods. The term "Tax Percentage" is the highest aggregate applicable statutory
marginal rate of Federal, state and local income tax or, when applicable,
alternative minimum tax, to which an individual shareholder of the Credit Party
could be subject in the relevant year of determination (calculated in good faith
by the Credit Party and certified to the Purchaser by a nationally recognized
tax accounting firm). Distributions of Tax Amounts may be made from time to time
with respect to a tax year based on reasonable estimates, with a reconciliation
within 40 days of the earlier of (i) the Credit Party's filing of the Internal
Revenue Service Form 1120S for the applicable taxable year; and (ii) the last
date such form is required to be filed (without regard

                                       40

<PAGE>

to any  extensions).  The  stockholders  of each Credit  Party will enter into a
binding  agreement  with each Credit Party to reimburse  the  applicable  Credit
Party for certain positive  differences  between the distributed  amount and the
Tax Amount, which difference must be paid at the time of such reconciliation.

         (b) No Credit Party will directly or indirectly, optionally redeem,
retire, purchase, acquire, defease or otherwise make any payment other than
required interest payments in respect of any Debt other than (i) the Notes or
the Subordinated Notes, (ii) existing Debt described on Schedule 5.1(e) and
(iii) payments in respect of Debt owing to any other Credit Party.

         Section 6.10. Investments. The Company will not, nor will it permit any
Credit Party to, make or acquire any Investment in any Person other than (i)
Investments in direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries and (ii) Investments
in Cash Equivalents.

         Section 6.11. Negative Pledge. No Credit Party will create, assume or
suffer to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it,
except:

         (a) existing Liens listed on Schedule 6.11;

         (b) (i) inchoate mechanics, workmen's and carriers' liens for charges
not delinquent, incident to current construction, (ii) mechanics,
warehousemen's, unpaid vendors' and carriers' liens incident to such
construction, (iii) statutory and common law Liens of landlords under leases to
which any Credit Party is party and (iv) Liens of carriers, warehousemen,
mechanics and materialmen or other similar statutory Liens, in each case
incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums the payment of which is not
delinquent or which are the subject of good faith proceedings by any Credit
Party;

         (c) Liens incurred on deposits made in the ordinary course of business
in connection with workers' compensation, performance bonds, unemployment
insurance and other types of social security, other than any Lien imposed by or
under ERISA;

         (d) Liens for taxes not yet due;

         (e) easements, rights of way, permits, licenses, zoning ordinances,
covenants, restrictions, defects, minor irregularities of title and other
similar Liens

                                       41

<PAGE>

on property which in the case of any particular parcel of real property do not
materially detract from the value or utilization of such real property;

         (f) Liens incurred in connection with Debt permitted pursuant to
Section 6.8(c); and

         (g) Liens arising in the ordinary course of its business which (i) do
not secure Debt, (ii) do not secure any obligation in an amount exceeding
$100,000 and (iii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of
the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or materially
impair the use thereof in the operation of its business.

         Section 6.12. Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will not, nor
will it permit any Credit Party to, directly or indirectly, pay any funds to or
for the account of, make any investment (whether by acquisition of stock or
indebtedness, by loan, advance, transfer of property, guarantee or other
agreement to pay, purchase or service, directly or indirectly, any Debt, or
otherwise) in, lease, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets,
tangible or intangible, to, or participate in, or effect any transaction in
connection with any joint enterprise or other joint arrangement with, any
Affiliate, except (a) on terms no less favorable than terms that could be
obtained from a Person that is not an Affiliate, as determined in good faith by
the Board of Directors of the relevant Credit Party; provided that no
determination of the Board of Directors shall be required with respect to any
such transactions entered into (i) in the ordinary course of business, (ii) if
such transaction, together with all related transactions, does not involve
property, funds, investments or services with a fair market value in excess of
$100,000 or (iii) in connection with the execution or performance of the
Company's obligations under the Engagement Letter; and (b) transactions with
Affiliates in effect on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.12 hereof.

         Section 6.13. Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets; Ownership of
Subsidiaries. (a) No Credit Party will consolidate or merge with or into any
other Person unless the surviving entity is a Credit Party. No Credit Party will
sell, lease or otherwise transfer, directly or indirectly, any substantial part
of the assets of any Credit Party to any other Person which is not a Credit
Party.

         (b) Each Credit Party will at all times continue to own, directly or
indirectly, 100% of the capital stock of each Person which is currently, or
hereafter becomes a Subsidiary of such Credit Party. No new Subsidiaries will be
created after the Closing unless the same execute and deliver the Subsidiary

                                       42

<PAGE>

Guaranty and any other documents Purchaser reasonably requests in connection
therewith.

         Section 6.14. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds from the issuance and sale
of the Notes by the Company pursuant to this Agreement at the Initial Takedown
shall be used to finance in part the consummation of the Acquisition. The
proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Notes by the Company pursuant to this
Agreement at any Takedown (other than the Initial Takedown) shall be used
for general corporate purposes.

         Section 6.15. Restrictions on Certain Amendments. No Credit Party will
amend or waive, or suffer to be amended or waived, any Company Corporate
Document or any Material Acquisition Document from the respective forms thereof
delivered to Purchasers pursuant to Section 5.1 without the prior written
consent of Purchaser.

         Section 6.16. Permanent Financing. (a) The Company will, and will cause
each Credit Party to, take all the actions which, in the reasonable judgment of
DLJSC, are necessary or desirable to obtain Permanent Financing as soon as
practicable through issuance of securities at such interest rates and other
terms as are, in the reasonable opinion of DLJSC, prevailing for new issues of
securities of comparable size and credit rating in the capital markets at the
time such Permanent Financing is consummated and obtained in comparable
transactions made on an arm's length basis between unaffiliated parties. The
amount to be financed shall be in an amount at least sufficient to repay or
redeem the Notes in full in accordance with their terms. The Company hereby
covenants and agrees that the proceeds from the Permanent Financing shall be
used to the extent required to redeem in full the Notes in accordance with their
terms.

         (b) The Company covenants that it will, and will cause each Credit
Party to, enter into such agreements as in the judgment of DLJSC are customary
in connection with the Permanent Financing, make such filings under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended,
and state securities laws as in the reasonable judgment of DLJSC shall be
required to permit consummation of the Permanent Financing and take such steps
as in the judgment of DLJSC are necessary or desirable to cause such filings to
become effective or in the judgment of DLJSC are otherwise required to
consummate the Permanent Financing.

                                       43


<PAGE>


         Section 6.17. Business Activities. The Company will not, and it will
not permit any Credit Party to, enter into any business, either directly or
through any Subsidiary or joint venture, except for those businesses of the same
type as or related to those in which the Credit Parties are engaged on the date
of this Agreement.

         Section 6.18. Tax Consolidation. The Company will not consent to or
permit the filing of or be a party to any consolidated income tax return on
behalf of itself or any of its Subsidiaries with any Person (other than a
consolidated return of the Company and its own Subsidiaries).

         Section 6.19. Maintenance of Corporate Separateness. The Company will,
and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, satisfy customary corporate
formalities, including the holding of regular board of directors' and
shareholders' meetings or action by directors or shareholders without a meeting
and the maintenance of corporate offices and records. Other than pursuant to any
Subsidiary Guaranty entered into pursuant to this Agreement, neither the Company
nor any of its Subsidiaries shall make any payment to a creditor of any other
Subsidiary in respect of any liability of any such Subsidiary. Any financial
statements distributed to any creditors of any Subsidiary shall clearly
establish or indicate the corporate separateness of such Subsidiary from the
Company and its other Subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall take any action, or conduct its affairs in a manner, which is
likely to result in the corporate existence of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries being ignored, or in the assets and liabilities of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries being substantively consolidated with those of any other
such Person in a bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceeding.

         Section 6.20. Packer Avenue Proceeding. Each of Holt Cargo and Holt
Hauling & Warehousing System, Inc. shall cause all Packer Avenue Proceeds to be
payable directly solely to them and not to Astro Holding, Inc.

         Section 6.21. Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver audited
financial statements covering the items in Section 3.05(a) no later than fifteen
(15) Business Days after the date of Closing.

         Section 6.22. Subordinated Notes. Neither the Company nor any Credit
Party shall amend or consent to any amendment of the Subordinated Notes.

                                       44

<PAGE>

         Section 6.23. Use of MBC Leasing Proceeds. To the extent there are
additional borrowings made after the date of Closing under the financing with
MBC Leasing, Inc., the proceeds thereof will be used to pay the indebtedness of
the Credit Parties listed under items 11 thru 22 on Schedule 5.1(e) in such
order as the Credit Parties shall determine.

         Section 6.24. Deloitte & Touche Financials. No Credit Party shall
request the Deloitte & Touche Financials or send the same to Purchaser.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         Section 7.1. Events of Default Defined; Acceleration of Maturity;
Waiver of Default. In case one or more of the following (each, an "Event of
Default"), whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be
voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any
judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation or any
administrative or governmental body, shall have occurred and be continuing:

         (a) default in the payment of all or any part of the principal or
premium, if any, on any of the Notes as and when the same shall become due and
payable either at maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise; or

         (b) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of
the Notes or any fees payable under this Agreement as and when the same shall
become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 5 days;
or

         (c) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform any
of the covenants contained in Sections 6.4 and 6.7 through 6.17 of the
Agreement; or

         (d) failure on the part of any Credit Party duly to observe or perform
any other of the covenants or agreements contained in the Financing Documents,
if such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after the date on which
written notice thereof shall have been given to the Company at the option of and
by a holder of a Note; or

                                       45

<PAGE>

         (e) any Credit Party shall commence a voluntary case or other
proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to
itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction or seeking the appointment of a trustee,
receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any
substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the
appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case
or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for
the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they
become due, or shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the
foregoing; or

         (f) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against
any Credit Party seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with
respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law
now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver,
liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of
its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain
undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief shall
be entered against any Credit Party under the bankruptcy laws as now or
hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction; or

         (g) there shall be a default in respect of any Debt of any Credit Party
in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $1,000,000 whether such Debt now
exists or shall hereafter be created (excluding the Notes but including Debt
owing to any Credit Party) if such default results in acceleration of the
maturity of such Debt or enables the holder of such Debt to accelerate the
maturity thereof, or any Credit Party shall fail to pay at maturity any such
Debt whether such debt now exists or shall hereafter be created; or

         (h) final judgments for the payment of money which in the aggregate at
any one time exceed $1,000,000 shall be rendered against any Credit Party by a
court of competent jurisdiction and shall remain undischarged for a period
(during which execution shall not be effectively stayed) of 60 days after such
judgment becomes final; or

         (i) any representation, warranty, certification or statement made or
deemed made by any Credit Party in any Financing Document or which is contained
in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished at any
time under or in connection with any Financing Document shall prove to have been
untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

                                       46

<PAGE>

         (j) any member of the ERISA Group has failed to pay when due an amount
or amounts aggregating in excess of $100,000 which it shall have become liable
to pay under Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent to terminate a Material Plan
has been filed under Title IV of ERISA by any member of the ERISA Group, any
plan administrator or any combination of the foregoing; or the PBGC has
instituted proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate, to impose liability
(other than for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, or to cause
a trustee to be appointed to administer any Material Plan; or a condition has
existed by reason of which the PBGC is entitled to obtain a decree adjudicating
that any Material Plan must be terminated; or there has occurred a complete or
partial withdrawal from, or a default, within the meaning of Section 4219(c)(5)
of ERISA, with respect to, one or more Multiemployer Plans which could cause one
or more members of the ERISA Group to incur a current payment obligation in
excess of $100,000; or

         (k) a breach under the Engagement Letter has occurred; or

         (1) a Change of Control has occurred;

then, and in each and every such case (other than under clauses (e) and (f) with
respect to any Credit Party), unless the principal of all the Notes shall have
already become due and payable, the Majority Holders (or, if at such time
Purchaser together with its Affiliates no longer holds at least 50% of the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes, Holders of at least 33 1/3%
of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes), by notice in
writing to the Company, may declare the entire principal amount of the Notes
together with accrued interest thereon to be, and upon the Company's receipt of
such notice the entire principal amount of the Notes together with accrued
interest thereon shall become, immediately due and payable. If an Event of
Default specified in clauses (e) or (f) with respect to any Credit Party occurs,
the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes will be immediately due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Holders. If an
Event of Default shall occur and for as long as such Event of Default shall be
continuing, the Purchaser shall have the right to appoint one representative to
sit on the Board of Directors of the Company provided, however, that such right
shall terminate if the Purchaser together with its Affiliates no longer retain
at least 50% of the outstanding Notes.

                                       47

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                             LIMITATION ON TRANSFERS

         Section 8.1. Restrictions on Transfer. From and after the date of the
Initial Takedown and their respective dates of issuance, as the case may be,
none of the Notes shall be transferable except upon the conditions specified in
Sections 8.2 and 8.3, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with
the provisions of the Securities Act in respect of the Transfer of any of such
Notes or any interest therein. Purchaser will cause any proposed transferee of
any Notes (or any interest therein) held by it to agree to take and hold such
Notes (or any interest therein) subject to the provisions and upon the
conditions specified in this Section 8.1 and in Sections 8.2 and 8.3.

         Section 8.2. Restrictive Legends. (a) Each Note issued to Purchaser or
to a subsequent transferee shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions
of Section 8.2(b) or Section 8.3) include a legend in substantially the
following form:

         THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
         AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR
         SOLD, UNLESS IT HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE
         SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE
         AND THEN ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH
         IN THE SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 20,1997, A
         COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISSUER OF THIS SECURITY AT ITS
         PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.

         (b) Any Holders of Notes registered pursuant to the Securities Act and
qualified under applicable state securities laws may exchange such Notes on
transfer for new securities that shall not bear the legend set forth in
paragraph (a) of this Section 8.2.

         Section 8.3. Notice of Proposed Transfers. (a) Five Business Days prior
to any proposed Transfer (other than Transfers of Notes (i) registered under the
Securities Act, (ii) to an Affiliate of DLJSC or a general partnership in which
DLJSC or an Affiliate of DLJSC is one of the general partners or (iii) to be
made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act) of any Notes, the holder
thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such holder's intention to
effect such Transfer, setting forth the manner and circumstances of the proposed
Transfer, 

                                       48

<PAGE>

and shall be accompanied by (i) an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the Company addressed to the Company to the effect that the proposed Transfer of
such Notes may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, (ii)
such representation letters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Company to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and (iii)
such letters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company from
each such transferee stating such transferee's agreement to be bound by the
terms of this Agreement. Such proposed Transfer may be effected only if the
Company shall have received such notice of transfer, opinion of counsel,
representation letters and other letters referred to in the immediately
preceding sentence, whereupon the holder of such Notes shall be entitled to
Transfer such Notes in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the
holder. Each Note transferred as above provided shall bear the legend set forth
in Section 8.2(a) except that such Note shall not bear such legend if the
opinion of counsel referred to above is to the further effect that neither such
legend nor the restrictions on Transfer in Sections 8.1 through 8.3 are required
in order to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

         Five Business Days prior to any proposed Transfer of any Notes to be
made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A"), the holder
thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such holder's intention to
effect such Transfer, setting forth the manner and circumstances of the proposed
Transfer and certifying that such Transfer will be made (i) in full compliance
with Rule 144A and (ii) to a transferee that (A) such holder reasonably believes
to be a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A and (B)
is aware that such Transfer will be made in reliance on Rule 144A. Such proposed
Transfer may be effected only if the Company shall have received such notice of
transfer, whereupon the holder of such Notes shall be entitled to Transfer such
Notes in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the holder. Each
Note transferred as above provided shall bear the legend set forth in Section
8.2(a).

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 9.1. Notice. All notices, demands and other communications to
any party hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopier or similar
writing) and shall be given to such party at its address set forth on the
signature pages hereof, or such other address as such party may hereinafter
specify for the

                                       49

<PAGE>

purpose. Each such notice, demand or other communication shall be effective (i)
if given by telecopy, when such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number
specified on the signature page hereof, or (ii) if given by overnight courier,
addressed as aforesaid or by any other means, when delivered at the address
specified in this Section.

         Section 9.2. No Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay on the
part of any party in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall
operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for
herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be
available to any party at law or in equity or otherwise.

         (b) Any provision of this Agreement may be amended, supplemented or
waived if, but only if, such agreement, supplement or waiver is in writing and
is signed by the Company and the Majority Holders; provided, that without the
consent of each Holder of any Note affected thereby, an amendment, supplement or
waiver may not (a) reduce the aggregate principal amount of Notes whose Holders
must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver, (b) reduce the rate or
extend the time for payment of interest on any Note, (c) reduce the principal
amount of or extend the stated maturity of any Note or alter the redemption
provisions with respect thereto or (d) make any Note payable in money or
property other than as stated in the Notes. In determining whether the Holders
of the requisite principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction,
consent, or waiver as provided in this Agreement or in the Notes, Notes which
are owned by the Company or any other obligor on or guarantor of the Notes, or,
by any Person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with any of
the foregoing, shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the
purpose of any such determination; and provided further that no such amendment,
supplement or waiver which affects the rights of Purchaser and its Affiliates
otherwise than solely in their capacities as Holders of Notes shall be effective
with respect to them without their prior written consent.

         Section 9.3. Indemnification. The Company (the "Indemnifying Party")
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Purchasers, its Affiliates, and each
Person, if any, who controls Purchaser, or any of its affiliates, within the
meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (a "Controlling Person"), and
the respective partners, agents, employees, officers and directors of Purchaser,
its Affiliates and any such Controlling Person (each an "Indemnified Party" and

                                       50

<PAGE>

collectively, the "Indemnified Parties"), from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation and as
incurred, reasonable costs of investigating, preparing or defending any such
claim or action, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto,
arising out of, or in connection with any activities contemplated by this
Agreement or any of the services rendered in connection herewith, including, but
not limited to, losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses arising out of
or based upon any untrue statement or any alleged untrue statement of a material
fact or any omission or any alleged omission to state a material fact in any of
the disclosure or offering or confidential information documents (the
"Disclosure Documents") pertaining to any of the transactions or proposed
transactions contemplated herein, including any eventual refinancing or resale
of the Notes, provided that the Indemnifying Party will not be responsible for
any claims, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses that are determined by
final judgment of court of competent jurisdiction to result from such
Indemnified Party's gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The
Indemnifying Party also agrees that Purchaser shall have no liability (except
for breach of provisions of this Agreement) for claims, liabilities, damages,
losses or expenses, including legal fees, incurred by the Indemnifying Party in
connection with this Agreement unless they are determined by final judgment of a
court of competent jurisdiction to result from (a) Purchaser's gross negligence,
willful misconduct or bad faith, (b) Purchaser's use of Disclosure Documents not
approved by the Indemnifying Party or (c) the failure of Purchaser to furnish to
any purchaser of securities any Disclosure Document furnished to Purchaser by
the Indemnifying Party which corrected any untrue statement of a material fact
or omission to state a material fact contained in a Disclosure Document
previously furnished to such purchaser by Purchaser.

         If any action shall be brought against an Indemnified Party with
respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Indemnifying Party under
this Agreement, such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying
Party in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall, if requested by such
Indemnified Party or if the Indemnifying Party desires to do so, assume the
defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to
such Indemnified Party and payment of all reasonable fees and expenses. The
failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not affect any obligations the
Indemnifying Party may have to such Indemnified Party under this Agreement or
otherwise unless the Indemnifying Party is materially adversely affected by such
failure. Such Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel
in such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses
of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party, unless: (i)
the Indemnifying 

                                       51

<PAGE>

Party has failed to assume the defense and employ counsel or (ii) the named
parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include such
Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall
have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses
available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the
Indemnifying Party, in which case, if such Indemnified Party notifies the
Indemnifying Party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the
expense of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party shall not have the
right to assume the defense of such action or proceeding on behalf of such
Indemnified Party, provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in
connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially
similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out
of the same general allegations or circumstances, be responsible hereunder for
the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one such firm of separate counsel,
in addition to any local counsel, which counsel shall be designated by
Purchaser. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any
such action effected without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party
(which shall not be unreasonably withheld) and the Indemnifying Party agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any loss or
liability by reasons of settlement of any action effected with the consent of
the Indemnifying Party. In addition, the Indemnifying Party will not, without
the prior written consent of Purchaser, settle or compromise or consent to the
entry of any judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or
threatened action, claim, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification
or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Party is
a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise, consent, or termination
includes an express unconditional release of Purchaser and the other Indemnified
Parties, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Purchaser, from all
liability arising out of such action, claim, suit or proceeding.

         If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable (otherwise
than pursuant to the express terms of such indemnity) to an Indemnified Party or
insufficient to hold an Indemnified Party harmless, then in lieu of indemnifying
the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount
paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such claims,
liabilities, losses, damages, or expenses (i) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Indemnifying Party
on the one hand and by Purchaser on the other from the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not
permitted under applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
not only the relative benefits received by the Indemnifying Party on the one
hand and Purchaser on the other, but also the relative 

                                       52

<PAGE>

fault of the Indemnifying Party and Purchaser as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.3,
the aggregate contribution of all Indemnified Parties shall not exceed the
amount of fees actually received by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement. It is
hereby further agreed that the relative benefits to the Indemnifying Party on
the one hand and the Purchaser on the other with respect to the transactions
contemplated hereby shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether any untrue or alleged untrue statements of material fact or the omission
or alleged omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by
the Indemnifying Party or by Purchaser and the party's relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within
the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation.

         The indemnification, contribution and expense reimbursement obligations
set forth in this Section 9.3(i) shall be in addition to any liability the
Indemnifying Party may have to any Indemnified Party at common law or otherwise,
(ii) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment in full of
the Notes and (iii) shall remain operative and in full force and effect
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of Purchaser or any other
Indemnified Party.

         Section 9.4. Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-
pocket costs, expenses and other payments in connection with the purchase and
sale of the Notes as contemplated by this Agreement including without limitation
(i) fees and disbursements of special counsel and any local counsel for
Purchaser incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement, (ii)
all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Purchaser, including reasonable fees
and disbursements of counsel, in connection with any waiver or consent hereunder
or any amendment hereof or any Default or alleged Default hereunder and (iii) if
an Event of Default occurs, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
Purchaser and each holder of Notes, including reasonable fees and disbursements
of a single counsel (which counsel shall be selected by Purchaser if Purchaser
is a holder of Notes when such Event of Default occurs), in connection with such
Event of Default and collection, bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement
proceedings resulting therefrom.

         Section 9.5. Payment. The Company agrees that, so long as Purchaser
shall own any Notes purchased by it from the Company hereunder, the Company will
make payments to Purchaser of all amounts due thereon by wire

                                       53

<PAGE>

transfer by 1:00 PM (New York City time) on the date of payment to such account
as is specified beneath Purchaser's name on the signature page hereof or to such
other account or in such other similar manner as Purchaser may designate to the
Company in writing.

         Section 9.6. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding
upon and shall insure to the benefit of the Company and Purchaser and their
respective successors and assigns; provided that the Company may not assign or
otherwise transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any other
Person without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders. All provisions
hereunder purporting to give rights to DLJSC and its Affiliates or to Holders
are for the express benefit of such Persons.

         Section 9.7. Brokers. The Company represents and warrants that, except
for DLJSC, neither it nor any Credit Party has employed any broker, finder,
financial advisor or investment banker who might be entitled to any brokerage,
finder's or other fee or commission in connection with the Acquisition or the
sale of the Notes.

         Section 9.8. New York Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury
Trial. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE
NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN
DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY
FOR PURPOSES OF ALL LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW
OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN
SUCH A COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT HAS
BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

         Section 9.9. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or
restriction of the Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be

                                       54

<PAGE>

invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions,
covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and
effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

         Section 9.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original with the same effect
as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

                                       55

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective authorized officers, as of the date first
above written.

                                            THE HOLT GROUP, INC.

                                            By /s/ Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name:  Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                                               Title: President

                                               Address:

                                               P.O. Box 8268
                                               Philadelphia, PA 19101-8268
                                               Attention: Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                                               Fax No.: (609) 742-3102


<PAGE>


                                            HS FUNDING, INC.

                                            By: /s/ Paul Thompson III
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Name: Paul Thompson III
                                                Title: Director and President

                                                Address:

                                                277 Park Avenue
                                                New York, New York 10172
                                                Attention: Paul Thompson III
                                                Fax No.: (212) 892-7272

                                 Account Number and Bank for Payments:

                                 Account Name:             DLJ Securities Corp.
                                                           Citibank
                                 ABA Number:               021 000 089
                                 Account Number:           3889-6041

                                 For Further Credit to:    HS Funding, Inc.
                                 Account Number:           275-003457

                                 Attn:                     Bill Spiro


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                     FORM OF

                                      NOTE

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD, UNLESS IT
HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR
UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE AND THEN ONLY IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF NOVEMBER __, 1997, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE HOLT
GROUP, INC. AT ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.

No.____________                                                    $____________


                              THE HOLT GROUP, INC.

                      Senior Unsecured Increasing Rate Note

         THE HOLT GROUP, INC. (the "Company"), for value received hereby
promises to pay to HS FUNDING, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Holder"), the
principal sum of [Amount in words] dollars ($[Amount in numbers]), in lawful
money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, on
December 31, 1998 and to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount, in like
money and funds, for the period commencing on the date of this Note until
payment in full of the principal sum hereof has been made, at the rates per
annum and on the dates provided in the Agreement (as defined below).

         This Senior Unsecured Increasing Rate Note is one of a duly authorized
issue of Senior Unsecured Increasing Rate Notes of the Company (the "Notes")
referred to in the Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of November __, 1997
between the Company and HS Funding, Inc. (as the same may be amended, restated
or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its

                                       A-1


<PAGE>


terms, the "Agreement"). Capitalized terms used in this Note have the respective
meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

         The Notes are transferable and assignable to one or more purchasers in
accordance with the limitations set forth in the Agreement. The Company agrees
to issue from time to time replacement Notes in the form hereof to facilitate
such transfers and assignments.

         The Company shall keep at its principal office a register (the
"Register") in which shall be entered the names and addresses of the registered
holders of the Notes and particulars of the respective Notes held by them and of
all transfers of such Notes. References to the "Holder" or "Holders" shall mean
the Person listed in the Register as the payee of any Note. The ownership of the
Notes shall be proven by the Register.

         Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal hereof and
accrued interest hereon shall become, or may be declared to be, forthwith due
and payable in the manner, upon the conditions and with the effect provided in
the Agreement.

         THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES THEREOF
RELATING TO CONFLICTS OF LAW). THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS NOTE.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly
executed.

Dated:__________, 199_

                                                  THE HOLT GROUP, INC.

                                                  By:_________________________
                                                      Name:
                                                      Title:

                                       A-2


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                                     FORM OF

                              SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

         This Solvency Certificate (this "Certificate") is delivered to HS
Funding, Inc. (the "Purchaser") pursuant to Section 5.1(p) of the Securities
Purchase Agreement dated as of November _, 1997 (the "Agreement") between The
Holt Group, Inc. and the Purchaser. Capitalized terms used herein without
definition have the meanings provided in the Agreement.

         I hereby certify to the Purchaser, in good faith and to the best of my
knowledge and belief, as follows:

         1. I am the duly qualified and acting Chief Financial Officer of each
Credit Party and have been employed in positions involving responsibility for
the management of the financial affairs and the preparation of financial
statements of each Credit Party. I have, together with other officers of each
Credit Party, acted on behalf of each Credit Party in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the Agreement, the other Financing Documents and
the Material Acquisition Documents.

         2. 1 have carefully reviewed the contents of this Certificate and have
conferred with legal counsel for each Credit Party for the purpose of discussing
the meaning of its contents.

         3. In connection with preparing for the transactions contemplated by
the Agreement, the other Financing Documents and the Material Acquisition
Documents, I have assisted in the preparation of and I have reviewed the pro
forma combined balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of September
30, 1997, delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(c) of the Agreement (the "Pro Forma
Balance Sheet"), a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex I. The Pro Forma
Balance Sheet was prepared on the basis of the historical financial statements
delivered pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Agreement.

         4. In connection with the issuance of this Certificate and the
preparation of the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, I have assisted in the preparation
of and have reviewed the historical financial statements described in Section
3.5 of

                                       B-1


<PAGE>


the Agreement. I have no reason to believe that the Pro Forma Balance Sheet is
not a fair and reasonable presentation as of the date hereof of the consolidated
pro forma financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, after giving
effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement,
the other Financing Documents and the Material Acquisition Documents.

         Based upon the foregoing, I have concluded, in good faith and to the
best of my knowledge and belief, that as of the date hereof and after giving
effect to the transactions contemplated by the Agreement, the other Financing
Documents and the Material Acquisition Documents:

               (a) The fair saleable value (as defined below) of each Credit
         Party's assets exceeds the total amount of liabilities (including
         contingent (including full utilization of the Commitment under the
         Agreement), subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, in
         each case valued at the probable liability of each such Credit Party
         with respect thereto) of each Credit Party as they become absolute and
         mature and, therefore, each Credit Party is not "insolvent".

               (b) The present fair saleable value of the assets of each Credit
         Party is not less than the amount that will be required to pay its
         probable liabilities as they become absolute and matured.

               (c) Each Credit Party will be able to realize upon its assets and
         will have sufficient cash flow from operations to enable it to pay its
         debts, other liabilities and contingent obligations as they mature in
         the ordinary course of its business.

               (d) Each Credit Party does not have unreasonably small capital
         with which to engage in its anticipated businesses. In reaching this
         conclusion, I understand that "unreasonably small capital" depends upon
         the nature of the particular business or businesses conducted or to be
         conducted, and I have reached my conclusion based on the needs and
         anticipated needs for capital of the business conducted or anticipated
         to be conducted by each Credit Party.

               (e) Each Credit Party has not incurred any obligation under the
         Agreement or any other Financing Document or made

                                       B-2


<PAGE>


         any conveyance pursuant to or in connection therewith, with actual
         intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors
         of such Credit Party.

         For purposes of this Certificate, the "fair saleable value" of each
Credit Party's assets and investments has been determined on the basis of the
amount which I have concluded, in good faith and to the best of my knowledge and
belief, may be realized within a reasonable time, either through collection or
sale of such investments and other assets at the regular market value,
conceiving the latter as the amount which could be obtained for the property in
question within such period by a capable and diligent business person from an
interested buyer who is willing to purchase under ordinary selling conditions.
Because the sale of any business enterprise involves numerous assumptions and
uncertainties, not all of which can be quantified or ascertained prior to
engaging in an actual selling effort, I make no representation as to whether the
aggregate assets of each Credit Party would actually be sold for the amount I
believe to be their fair saleable value.

         I understand that the Purchaser is relying on the truth and accuracy of
this Certificate and that the delivery of this Certificate is a material
inducement for the Purchaser to enter into the Agreement and consummate the
transactions contemplated thereby, and the undersigned hereby consents to such
reliance.

         I am delivering this Certificate in my capacity as the Chief Financial
Officer of each Credit Party and not in any way in my individual capacity.

                                       B-3


<PAGE>


         I represent the foregoing information to be, in good faith and to the
best of my knowledge and belief, true and correct and have executed this 
Certificate this __ day of ________________, 1997.

                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title: Chief Financial Officer

                                       B-4


<PAGE>


                                                                         Annex I
                                                                    to Exhibit B

                                    Pro Forma

                                [to be attached]

                                       B-5


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                                     FORM OF

                               SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY

         SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY dated as of November __, 1997 made by each of the
corporations party hereto or party to Annex A attached hereto (each, a
"Subsidiary Guarantor").

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, The Holt Group, Inc. (the "Company") has entered into a
Securities Purchase Agreement (as amended from time to time, the "Securities
Purchase Agreement") with HS Funding, Inc. ("DLJ Bridge") pursuant to which DLJ
Bridge has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to
purchase up to $125,000,000 principal amount of the Company's promissory notes;

         WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Guarantor is a direct or indirect wholly-owned
Subsidiary of the Company and has received, and expects to continue to receive,
financial and other support from the Company;

         WHEREAS, it is a condition to the purchase by DLJ Bridge of Notes under
the Securities Purchase Agreement that the Subsidiary Guarantors enter into a
Subsidiary Guaranty substantially in the form of this Subsidiary Guaranty; and

         WHEREAS, the Subsidiary Guarantors are willing to enter into this
Subsidiary Guaranty;

         NOW, THEREFORE, the Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally agree
as follows:

                                       C-1


<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01. Definitions, References.

         Terms used herein which are defined in the Securities Purchase
Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as therein defined.
The following additional terms, as used herein, have the following respective
meanings:

         "Guaranteed Obligations" means (i) all obligations of the Company in
respect of principal of and interest on the Notes, (ii) all other sums payable
by the Company under the Securities Purchase Agreement or the Notes, (iii) all
sums payable by the Company under any Financing Document and (iv) all renewals
or extensions of the foregoing, in each case whether now outstanding or
hereafter arising. The Guaranteed Obligations shall include, without limitation,
any interest, costs, fees and expenses which accrue on or with respect to any of
the foregoing, whether before or after the commencement of any case, proceeding
or other action relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the
Company, and any such interest, costs, fees and expenses that would have accrued
thereon or with respect thereto but for the commencement of such case,
proceeding or other action.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   GUARANTIES

         SECTION 2.01. The Guaranties. Subject to Section 2.03, the Subsidiary
Guarantors hereby jointly and severally unconditionally and irrevocably
guarantee to the Purchaser and each holder from time to time of any Note, and to
each of them, the due and punctual payment of all Guaranteed Obligations as and
when the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by declaration
or otherwise, according to the terms thereof. In case of failure by the Company
punctually to pay the obligations guaranteed hereby, the Subsidiary Guarantors,
subject to Section 2.03, hereby jointly and severally unconditionally agree to
pay such obligations punctually as and when the same shall become due and
payable, whether at maturity or by declaration or otherwise, at the place and in
the manner specified in the applicable Financing Document, and as if such
payment were made by the Company.

                                       C-2


<PAGE>


         SECTION 2.02. Guaranties Unconditional. Subject to Section 2.03, the
obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Article II shall be
unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by, and the
Subsidiary Guarantors, to the extent permitted by law, hereby waive any defense
to any of the obligations hereunder that might otherwise be available on account
of:

               (a) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or
         release in respect of any obligation of the Company under any Financing
         Document, by operation of law or otherwise;

               (b) any modification or amendment of or supplement to any
         Financing Document;

               (c) any modification, amendment, waiver, release, nonperfection
         or invalidity of any direct or indirect security, or of any guarantee
         or other liability of any third party, for any obligation of the
         Company under any Financing Document;

               (d) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership
         of the Company or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other
         similar proceeding affecting the Company or any of its assets or any
         release or discharge of any obligation of the Company contained in any
         Financing Document;

               (e) the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which the
         Subsidiary Guarantors may have at any time against the Company, the
         Purchaser, any holder of any Note or any other Person, whether or not
         arising in connection with any Financing Document; provided that
         nothing herein shall prevent the assertion of any such claim by
         separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

               (f) any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the
         Company for any reason of any Financing Document or any provision of
         applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the
         Company of the principal or interest on any Note or other amount
         payable by the Company under any Financing Document; or

               (g) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the
         Company, the Purchaser, any holder from time to time of any Note or any

                                       C-3


<PAGE>


         other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever that might. but for
         the provisions of this paragraph, constitute a legal or equitable
         discharge of the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this
         Article II.

         SECTION 2.03. Limit of Liability. The obligations of each Subsidiary
Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest
amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance
under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any comparable
provisions of applicable state law.

         SECTION 2.04. Discharge; Reinstatement in Certain Circumstances. (a)
Subject to Section 2.03, the Subsidiary Guarantors' obligations under this
Article II shall remain in full force and effect until the Commitment shall have
terminated and the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and
other amounts payable by the Company under any Financing Document shall have
been paid in full. If at any time any payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the Company under
any Financing Document is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned
upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise,
the Subsidiary Guarantors' obligations under this Article II with respect to
such payment shall be reinstated at such time as though such payment had become
due but had not been made at such time.

         SECTION 2.05. Waiver. The Subsidiary Guarantors irrevocably waive
acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice not provided for
herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any
Person against the Company or any other Person or any property subject to any
Lien securing any obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

         SECTION 2.06. Subrogation. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably
agrees to subordinate any Subrogation Rights (as defined below) to the rights of
the Purchaser or any holder from time to time of any Note to recover from the
Company or any Credit Party with respect to such payment. "Subrogation Rights"
shall mean any and all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration,
contribution or indemnification, any right to participate in any claim or remedy
of payee now has or hereafter acquires in connection with the payment,
performance or enforcement of such Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under this
Subsidiary Guaranty or any Financing Document, whether or not such claim, remedy
or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including

                                       C-4


<PAGE>


the right to take or receive, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property
or by set-off or in any other manner. payment or security on account of such
claim or other rights. To effectuate such subordination, each Subsidiary
Guarantor hereby agrees that it shall not be entitled to any payment by the
Company or any Credit Party in respect of any Subrogation Right until all of the
Guaranteed Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full. If any amount shall
be paid to any Subsidiary Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and
the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall
be deemed to have been paid to such Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of, and
held in trust for, the Purchaser or any holder from time to time of any Note,
and shall forthwith be paid to such Purchaser or any holder from time to time of
any Note to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations, whether
matured or unmatured. Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that it will
receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements
contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement and that the subordination set
forth in this Section is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

         SECTION 2.07. Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for
payment of any Guaranteed Obligation payable by the Company under any Financing
Document is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the
Company, all such Guaranteed Obligations otherwise subject to acceleration under
the terms of the Financing Documents shall nonetheless be payable by the
Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder forthwith on demand by the Agent.

         Section 2.08 Right of Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby
agrees that to the extent that a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than
its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Subsidiary Guarantor
shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other
Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of
such payment. Each Guarantor's right of contribution shall be subject to the
terms and conditions of Section 2.06. The provisions of this Section 2.08 shall
in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary Guarantor
and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount guaranteed
by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

                                       C-5


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 3.01. Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, all notices,
requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing
(including bank wire, telex, facsimile transmission or similar writing) and
shall be given in care of the Company at the Company's address or telex or
facsimile transmission number specified in or pursuant to Section 9.1 of the
Securities Purchase Agreement. Each such notice, request or other communication
shall be effective (i) if given by telex, when such telex in transmitted to the
telex number specified in or pursuant to this Section 3.01 and the appropriate
answerback is received, (ii) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication
is deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as
aforesaid, or (iii) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address
specified in or pursuant to this Section 3.01.

         SECTION 3.02. No Waiver. No failure or delay by the Purchaser or any
holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or privilege under any
Financing Document shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or
partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein
provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies
provided by law.

         SECTION 3.03. Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Subsidiary
Guaranty may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is
in writing and is signed by the Subsidiary Guarantors and is consented to in
writing by the Majority Holders.

         SECTION 3.04. Successors and Assigns. This Subsidiary Guaranty is for
the benefit of the Purchaser, the holders from time to time of the Notes and
their respective successors and assigns and in the event of an assignment of the
Notes or other amounts payable under the Financing Documents, the rights
hereunder, to the extent applicable to the indebtedness so assigned, shall be
transferred with such indebtedness. All of the provisions of this Subsidiary
Guaranty shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns except that the Subsidiary Guarantors may not assign or
transfer any of their rights or obligations under this Subsidiary Guaranty.

                                       C-6


<PAGE>


         SECTION 3.05. Governing Law, Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of
Jury Trial. THIS SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS
HEREBY SUBMIT TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT
COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT
SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY FOR THE PURPOSES OF ALL LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT
OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY. THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE
LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT AND ANY CLAIM
THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. THE
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY
JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUBSIDIARY
GUARANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

                                       C-7


<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Subsidiary Guarantors have caused this
Subsidiary Guaranty to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                                        [SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]

                                                 By:___________________________
                                                    Name:
                                                    Title:

                                       C-8


<PAGE>


                                                                         Annex A
                                                                    to Exhibit C

                         ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR

         The undersigned hereby acknowledges that it has read this Subsidiary
Guaranty and agrees to be liable pursuant to Section I of this Subsidiary
Guaranty and to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Subsidiary Guaranty
to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of
the ___ day of _________________, 19__.

Notice Address:                               [Name of Subsidiary Guarantor], a
                                              [State of Incorporation]
                                                   corporation


                                              By:_______________________________
                                                 Name:
                                                 Title:

                                       C-9





                               PAYMENT AGREEMENT
                               -----------------

         This Payment Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into as of this
____ day of April, 1997, by and among the GOVERNMENT DEVELOPMENT BANK FOR PUERTO
RICO (the "Bank"), a body corporate and politic organized under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the PUERTO RICO MARITIME SHIPPING AUTHORITY
("PRMSA"), a non-stock public corporation organized under the laws of Puerto
Rico, NPR, INC., ("NPR") a Delaware corporation and successor by operation of
law to Puerto Rico Marine Management, Inc. ("PRMMI"), formerly a Delaware
corporation, and NPR HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation and the sole
shareholder of NPR ("Holding").

                                   BACKGROUND
                                   ----------

As of February 1, 1995, PRMSA, PRMMI, NPR and Holding entered into a Purchase
Agreement, pursuant to which NPR acquired certain operating assets and
securities from PRMSA and merged with and into PRMMI (the "Transaction").
Immediately following such merger, PRMMI changed its corporate name to "NPR."
The Transaction was consummated on March 3, 1995, and on August 25, 1995, the
parties to the Transaction executed the First Amendment to the Purchase
Agreement.

         Since consummation of the Transaction, the New York Shipping
Association - International Longshoremen's Association Pension

PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 1


<PAGE>


Trust Fund (the "Fund") has indicated that the Transaction may have caused a
Withdrawal from the Fund by PRMSA, within the meaning of Section 4201(a) of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"), as amended by the
Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980. PRMSA and NPR are in dispute
over which of PRMSA or NPR would be responsible under the Purchase Agreement in
the event the Fund were to assert a claim for Withdrawal liability under ERISA
against PRMSA.

         The Fund, PRMSA and NPR has each determined that any present effort to
enforce their rights would lead to protracted litigation. At the same time, the
Bank has concluded that, in order to provide appropriate support for the
obligations of PRMSA and to otherwise protect and promote the interests of the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, it will undertake certain obligations with regard
to PRMSA and the Fund. In light of the risk and cost of such litigation, the
parties have, contemporaneously with this Payment Agreement, entered into a
Settlement Agreement and Undertaking (the "Settlement Agreement"), a copy of
which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, for the purpose of resolving potential
claims among the parties thereto. In order to induce the Bank to enter into and
perform the Settlement Agreement, and to otherwise minimize the risk of future
litigation, NPR, Holding, PRMSA and the Bank have agreed to enter into this
Payment Agreement.

PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 2


<PAGE>


         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained
herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, the Bank, PRMSA, NPR and Holding each agrees and
covenants as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS
                                  -----------

         1. The following terms shall have the meanings provided in this Article
I. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all terms herein shall have
the meanings ascribed to them in the Settlement Agreement, which is incorporated
as if set forth, in full, herein.

         1.1 The "Affidavit" shall mean the Affidavit of NPR, executed and
delivered to the Judgment Escrow Agent, in the form of Exhibit B to this Payment
Agreement.

         1.2 "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any trade or business which, together
with NPR, is considered a single employer under Section 4001(b) of ERISA (29
U.S.C. ss.1301(b)).

         1.3 The "Judgment Escrow" shall mean the escrow agreement of even date
herewith attached as Exhibit C entered into by and among the Bank, PRMSA, NPR
and Holding.

         1.4 The "Judgment Escrow Agent" shall mean the individual, firm, or
bank identified as the Escrow Agent in the Judgment Escrow Agreement as provided
in Section 1 therein.

         1.5 "Payment Demand" shall mean the notice delivered by the Bank to NPR
specifying the amount the Bank has paid to the Fund

PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 3


<PAGE>


pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, as provided in Section 2.2 of this
Payment Agreement.

         1.6 "Qualified Counsel" shall mean a lawyer or law firm with expertise
in the matters covered by the Settlement Agreement, including ERISA, reasonably
satisfactory to the Bank.

         1.7 A "Withdrawal" shall mean a complete withdrawal as defined under 29
U.S.C. ss.1383 or a partial withdrawal as defined under 29 U.S.C. ss.1385.

                                   ARTICLE II
                               OBLIGATION OF NPR
                               -----------------

         2.1 Covenant of Liability. NPR agrees, understands and acknowledges
that PRMSA and the Bank have entered into the Undertaking as secondary surety to
the Plan for those liabilities resulting from a Withdrawal from the Plan by NPR,
as provided under the terms of the Settlement Agreement. NPR specifically
covenants and agrees that, in the event payment is made by PRMSA or the Bank to
the Fund of all or any portion of the Statutory Withdrawal Liability in
accordance with Section 3.1 of the Settlement Agreement, including, without
limitation, disbursement from the Escrow, then NPR shall unconditionally and
immediately pay and reimburse PRMSA and the Bank for all such amounts. The
parties acknowledge that NPR has no obligation to reimburse PRMSA or the Bank
for any payment other than those payments described in this Section 2.1;
provided, however, that nothing in this Section 2.1 shall limit or impair any
liability of NPR for legal fees and other costs and expenses assessed or awarded
to the

PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 4


<PAGE>


Fund, pursuant to any lawfully constituted arbitration or other legal
proceedings.

         2.2 Demand by Bank or PRMSA. In the event the Bank or PRMSA makes
payment to the Fund of all or any portion of the Statutory Withdrawal Liability
in accordance with Section 3.1 of the Settlement Agreement, then such amount
shall be immediately due and payable by NPR to PRMSA and the Bank, as
applicable, and the Bank may immediately make a Payment Demand on NPR.
Consistent with Section 2.1 of this Agreement, upon receipt of a Payment Demand
NPR shall immediately and fully repay and reimburse the Bank and PRMSA as
applicable for all amounts of the Statutory Withdrawal Liability paid to the
Fund in accordance with Section 3.1 of the Settlement Agreement.

         2.3 Confessed Judgment. The obligations of NPR to the Bank and PRMSA
under Section 2.2 of this Agreement shall be evidenced and secured by a
confessed judgment, which shall be memorialized in an affidavit for judgment by
confession, made and delivered by NPR (the "Affidavit") in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit B. Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, NPR,
Holding, PRMSA and the Bank shall enter into an escrow agreement in the form and
substance attached hereto as Exhibit C (the "Judgment Escrow") and NPR shall
execute and deliver to the Judgment Escrow Agent thereunder the Affidavit
specifying the liability amount therein, equal to the Specified Amount (as that
term is defined in the Settlement Agreement), or so much thereof as may be
advanced and outstanding at any time by PRMSA and the

PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 5


<PAGE>


Bank pursuant to the Settlement Agreement. The confessed judgment shall remain
effective and enforceable so long as PRMSA and the Bank remain liable to the
Fund under the Settlement Agreement.

         2.4 Representation and Warranty of Authority by NPR. NPR represents and
warrants that (a) it is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing, and in
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (b) it has full corporate
power and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under
each of the Settlement Agreement, the Payment Agreement, and the Affidavit, and
(c) each of the Settlement Agreement, the Payment Agreement, and the Affidavit
has been duly authorized and approved by the Board of Directors of NPR, as
evidenced by copies of the appropriate resolutions of the Board of Directors of
NPR, attached hereto as Exhibit D.

         2.5 Representation and Warranty of Authority by the Bank. The Bank
represents and warrants that (a) it is a body corporate and politic organized
under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, (b) it has full corporate
power and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under
each of the Settlement Agreement and the Payment Agreement, and (c) each of the
Settlement Agreement and the Payment Agreement has been ratified by the Board of
Directors of the Bank.

         2.6 Representation and Warranty of Authority for PRMSA. PRMSA
represents and warrants that (a) it is a non-stock public corporation organized
under the laws of Puerto Rico, (b) it has 

PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 6


<PAGE>


full corporate power and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform its
obligations under each of the Settlement Agreement and the Payment Agreement,
and (c) each of the Settlement Agreement and the Payment Agreement has been duly
authorized and approved by the Board of Directors of PRMSA.

                                  ARTICLE III
                   SALE OF ASSETS OR TRANSFER OF STOCK OF NPR
                   ------------------------------------------

         3.1 Sale of Assets. NPR covenants and agrees that, so long as the Bank
remains liable to the Fund pursuant to the Undertaking, any sale or other
transfer by NPR or any ERISA Affiliate of any assets used in its or their
operations with respect to which NPR has an obligation to contribute to the Fund
(an "Asset Sale"), shall be structured, carried out and executed so as not to
constitute a Withdrawal from the Plan by NPR unless such Withdrawal will not
result in the Bank or PRMSA incurring any liability under the Settlement
Agreement.

         3.2 Sale of Stock. Holding and NPR covenant and agree that, so long as
the Bank remains liable to the Fund pursuant to the Undertaking then the sale or
other transfer of any share of capital stock of NPR or any ERISA Affiliate that
carries on any part of the operations with respect to which NPR has an
obligation to contribute to the Fund or any other security that is or may become
convertible into capital stock of NPR or any such ERISA Affiliate (a "Stock
Transfer") shall be structured, carried out and executed so as not to constitute
a Withdrawal from the Plan by NPR unless such Withdrawal will not result in


PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 7


<PAGE>


the Bank or PRMSA incurring any liability under the Settlement Agreement.

         3.3 Opinion of Counsel. Prior to consummation of any Asset Sale or
Stock Transfer, NPR shall give written notice to the Bank of such proposed
transaction, and shall deliver to the Bank a written opinion of Qualified
Counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Bank that (a)
under the applicable provisions of ERISA, a Withdrawal from the Plan by NPR will
not occur solely as a result of the Asset Sale or Stock Transfer, (b) in the
case of an Asset Sale, such transaction will result in the assumption by the
purchaser of all pre-existing Statutory Withdrawal Liability, or (c) assuming
payment of all Statutory Withdrawal Liability to the Fund by NPR, the Asset Sale
or Stock Transfer will not result in the Bank or PRMSA incurring any liability
under the Settlement Agreement.

         3.4 Waivers. The Bank and PRMSA may, in their sole and absolute
discretion, waive any of their respective rights under this Section III;
provided, however, that any such waiver must be in writing, duly authorized by
the board of directors of each entity, and shall become effective only upon
final delivery to NPR or its designee.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                 MISCELLANEOUS
                                 -------------

         4.1 Covenant of Cooperation. The Bank and NPR explicitly agree to
cooperate with one another in exchanging information and providing assistance,
including the execution of additional

PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 8


<PAGE>


documents and the making of additional filings, as may be reasonably requested
by any other party to carry out and give full force and effect to the terms and
intent of this Agreement.

         4.2 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, and other communications
required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been duly given when personally delivered, or when deposited with an overnight
delivery service or when transmitted via telecopy or telex, or on the third
(3rd) business day following the date of mailing, if mailed by first-class,
certified mail, postage prepaid addressed as provided below:

     If to the Bank:

     Government Development Bank for Puerto Rico 
     4th Floor, Minillas Government Center 
     Santurce, Puerto Rico 00940-2001 

     Attention: Marcos Rodriguez-Ema, President

With copies to:

     Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, L.L.P. 
     1333 New Hampshire Avenue, N.W. 
     Suite 400 
     Washington, D.C. 20036

     Attention: Avrum M. Goldberg, Esq.
                Mark J. MacDougall, Esq.

If to NPR:

     NPR, Inc. 
     212 Fernwood Avenue
     Edison, N.J. 08810 

     Attention: President


PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 9


<PAGE>


With copies to:

     Mario F. Escudero
     Senior Vice President 
     NPR, Inc. 
     700 14th Street, N.W. 
     Suite 900
     Washington, D.C. 20005

     Kirkland & Ellis 
     153 East 53rd Street 
     New York, N.Y. 10022

     Attention: John L. Kuehn, Esq.

If to PRMSA:

     Puerto Rico Maritime Shipping Authority 
     c/o Government Development Bank for Puerto Rico 
     4th Floor, Minillas Government Center
     Santurce, Puerto Rico 00940-2001

     Attention: Marcos Rodriguez-Ema, President

With copies to:

     Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld, L.L.P.
     1333 New Hampshire Avenue, N.W.
     Suite 400 
     Washington, D.C. 20036

     Attention: Avrum M. Goldberg, Esq.
                Mark J. MacDougall, Esq.

If to NPR Holding Corporation:

     NPR Holding Corporation 
     212 Fernwood Avenue 
     Edison, N.J. 08810

     Attention:  President

With copies to:

     Mario F. Escudero
     Senior Vice President 
     NPR, Inc. 
     700 14th Street, N.W. 
     Suite 900
     Washington, D.C. 20005


PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 10



<PAGE>


     Kirkland & Ellis 
     153 East 53rd Street 
     New York, N.Y. 10022 
     Attention: John L. Kuehn, Esq.

         4.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes all prior discussions
and agreements among the Fund, PRMSA, the Bank and NPR concerning matters
described herein. This Agreement, together with the Settlement Agreement,
contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect
to the transactions contemplated hereby.

         4.4 Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may be amended only by an
instrument in writing executed by the party against whom enforcement of the
amendment is sought.

         4.5 Counterparts; Headings. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which shall constitute one and the same instrument. The headings herein are for
convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

         4.6 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns, and it may not be assigned by any party without the consent of the
others.

         4.7 Governing Law; Venue. The validity and effect of this Agreement
shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, applicable to contracts made and to be
performed in that commonwealth, without reference to any provisions relating to

PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 11


<PAGE>


conflicts of law. Each of the parties to this Agreement consents and irrevocably
submits to the federal and commonwealth courts in the City of San Juan and the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, having subject matter jurisdiction, for the purpose
of any suit or action under or relating to this Agreement, and agree that
personal jurisdiction in any such suit or action may be obtained over any party
by service of process in the same manner as provided in Section 4.2 of this
Agreement.

         4.8 Severability. If any provision or any part of any provision of this
Agreement is found to be not valid for any reason, such provision shall be
entirely severable from, and shall have no effect upon, the remaining provisions
of this Agreement.

         4.9 No Waiver. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or
the Settlement Agreement to the contrary, including, without limitation, the
provisions of Article 6 of the Settlement Agreement regarding Releases, nothing
contained in the Settlement Agreement, Payment Agreement, or Affidavit shall
constitute a waiver or surrender of any claim, demand, right or remedy available
to the Bank or PRMSA, in law or in equity, against NPR in connection with or
arising out of the Payment Agreement, the Judgment Escrow or the Affidavit.

         4.10 Release by PRMSA and the Bank. Upon the execution and delivery to
PRMSA and the Bank of the Settlement Agreement, the Judgment Escrow, and the
Payment Agreement and execution and delivery to the Escrow Agent of the
Affidavit, each of PRMSA and

PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 12


<PAGE>


the Bank shall forever release, remise and discharge (i) each of Holding (except
with respect to the obligations of Holding under Article III of the Payment
Agreement), Pyramid Ventures, Inc., BT Investment Partners, Inc., BT Securities
Corporation, BT Commercial Corporation and Bankers Trust Company along with
their respective representatives, executors, administrators, assigns,
shareholders, directors, officers, partners, successors, subsidiaries (other
than NPR), affiliates (other than NPR), and trustees from any and all causes of
action, choses in action, suits, debts, dues, liabilities, obligations, claims,
and demands, whatsoever, in law or in equity, known or unknown, choate or
inchoate, liquidated or contingent, which the Bank or PRMSA, or any of their
respective representatives, executors, administrators, assigns, shareholders,
directors, officers, partners, successors, subsidiaries, affiliates, agencies
and trustees has or hereafter can, shall, or may have with respect to or arising
out of or in connection with the Payment Agreement, the Judgment Escrow, the
Affidavit, the Settlement Agreement, or the Purchase Agreement as it relates to
Withdrawal liability to the Fund; and (ii) NPR (except with respect to the
obligations of NPR under the Settlement Agreement, the Judgment Escrow, the
Payment Agreement and the Affidavit) along with its representatives, executors,
administrators, assigns, shareholders, directors, officers, partners,
successors, subsidiaries, affiliates and trustees from any and all causes of
action, choses in action, suits, debts, dues, liabilities,

PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 13


<PAGE>


obligations, claims, and demands, whatsoever, in law or in equity, known or
unknown, choate or inchoate, liquidated or contingent, which the Bank or PRMSA,
or any of their respective representatives, executors, administrators, assigns,
shareholders, directors, officers, partners, successors, subsidiaries,
affiliates, agencies and trustees has or hereafter can, shall, or may have with
respect to or arising out of or in connection with the Purchase Agreement as it
relates to Withdrawal liability to the Fund.

         4.11 Release by NPR. Upon the execution and delivery to NPR of the
Settlement Agreement, the Judgment Escrow, and the Payment Agreement, NPR shall
forever release, remise and discharge each of PRMSA and the Bank (except with
respect to their respective obligations under the Settlement Agreement, the
Judgment Escrow, [the prior escrow] and the Payment Agreement) along with their
respective representatives, executors, administrators, assigns, shareholders,
directors, officers, partners, successors, subsidiaries, affiliates, agencies
and trustees from any and all causes of action, choses in action, suits, debts,
dues, liabilities, obligations, claims, and demands, whatsoever, in law or in
equity, known or unknown, choate or inchoate, liquidated or contingent, which
NPR or any of its representatives, executors, administrators, assigns,
shareholders, directors, officers, successors, subsidiaries, affiliates, and
trustees has or hereafter can, shall, or may have with respect to or arising out

PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 14


<PAGE>


of or in connection with the Purchase Agreement as it relates to Withdrawal
liability to the Fund.

         EXECUTED AND ENTERED INTO, as of the date and year first written above.

THE GOVERNMENT DEVELOPMENT BANK FOR PUERTO RICO

By:______________________________                      Date:____________________
Its:_____________________________

NPR INC. 

By: /s/ Mario Escudero                                 Date: 4-23-97
- ---------------------------------                            -------------------
Its: Senior Vice President


PUERTO RICO MARITIME SHIPPING AUTHORITY

By:______________________________                      Date:____________________
Its:_____________________________


NPR HOLDING CORPORATION (solely with respect to the obligations 
                        set forth in Section 3.2 hereof)

By: /s/ Mario Escudero                                 Date: 4-23-97
- ---------------------------------                            -------------------
Its: Senior Vice President



PAYMENT AGREEMENT - PAGE 15





                       UNITED STATES PENSION SERVICES, INC.
                              401(K) PLAN AND TRUST


 Copyright 1996 United States Pension Services, Inc.


<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

                                   ARTICLE II
                     TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRAT1ON

  2.1    TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS ......................................13
  2.2    DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS ................................13
  2.3    POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER ......................16
  2.4    DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY ..........................16
  2.5    ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES ....................16
  2.6    POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR ...........................17
  2.7    RECORDS AND REPORTS ..............................................18
  2.8    APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS ..........................................18
  2.9    INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER ........................................18
 2.10    PAYMENT OF EXPENSES ..............................................18
 2.11    MAJORITY ACTIONS .................................................18
 2.12    CLAIMS PROCEDURE .................................................18
 2.13    CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE ..........................................18

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   ELIGIBILITY

  3.1    CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY ........................................19
  3.2    EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION ..................................19
  3.3    DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY .....................................19


<PAGE>


 3.4      TERMINATION  OF ELIGIBILITY ....................................20
 3.5      OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE ..................................20
 3.6      INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE................................20
 3.7      ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE ....................................20
 3.8      CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE ..........................20

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

 4.1      FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION .................21
 4.2      PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION .........................21
 4.3      TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION ......................25
 4.4      ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS ............25
 4.5      ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS ................................30
 4.6      ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS ..................32
 4.7      ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS ............................34
 4.8      ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS ..............37
 4.9      MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS ........................................40
 4.10     ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS .......................45
 4.11     TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS ................................. 45
 4.12     VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS .........................................46
 4.13     DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT .....................................47
 4.14     QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS ......................47
 4.15     INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN ...............................48


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE V

                                   VALUATIONS

 5.1     VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND .....................................48
 5.2     METHOD OF VALUATION .............................................48

                                   ARTICLE VI

                   DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 6.1     DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT .......................49
 6.2     DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH ............................49
 6.3     DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY ................50
 6.4     DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION ......................50
 6.5     DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS ........................................53
 6.6     DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH .............................56
 6.7     TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION .............................60
 6.8     DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY ..............................60
 6.9     LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN ..................60
 6.10    PRE-RETIREMENT  DISTRIBUTION ....................................60
 6.11    ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP ...............................61
 6.12    LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS .......................62
 6.13    SPECIAL RULE FOR NON-ANNUITY PLANS ..............................62

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     TRUSTEE

 7.1     BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE ...........................64
 7.2     INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE .....................64
 7.3     OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE .....................................65


<PAGE>


 7.4      LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS ...........................................67
 7.5      DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS ........................69
 7.6      TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES ...................69
 7.7      ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE ....................................69
 7.8      AUDIT ...........................................................70
 7.9      RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE ..................70
 7.10     TRANSFER OF INTEREST ............................................71
 7.11     TRUSTEE INDEMIFICATION ..........................................72
 7.12     EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY ...........................72

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGERS

 8.1      AMENDMENT .......................................................72
 8.2      TERMINATION . ...................................................73
 8.3      MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION .........................................73

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

 9.1     EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS ...............................................73
 9.2     PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS .............................................74
 9.3     ALIENATION .......................................................74
 9.4     CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN .............................................74
 9.5     GENDER AND NUMBER ................................................74
 9.6     LEGAL ACTION .....................................................75
 9.7     PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS ...........................75
 9.8     BONDING ..........................................................75


<PAGE>


 9.9     INSURER'S PR0TECTIVE CLAUSE .....................................75
 9.10    RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS ................................75
 9.11    ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER ..........................................76
 9.12    NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY ..............76
 9.13    HEADINGS ........................................................76
 9.14    APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE ............................76
 9.15    UNIFORMITY ......................................................77
 9.16    PAYMENT OF BENEFITS .............................................77

                                    ARTICLE X

                             PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

 10.1    ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER .....................77
 10.2    REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS .........................77
 10.3    DESIGNATION OF AGENT ............................................77
 10.4    EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS.... ..........................................78
 10.5    PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES ...........78
 10.6    AMENDMENT .......................................................78
 10.7    DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION .................................78
 10.8    ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY .......................................78
 10.9    PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE ...............79


<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the
meanings set forth herein unless a different meaning is clearly required by the
context:

     1.1 "Act" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it
may be amended from time to time.

     1.2 "Administrator" means the person(s) or entity designated by the
Employer pursuant to Section 2.4 to administer the Plan on behalf of the
Employer.

     1.3 "Adoption Agreement" means the separate Agreement which is executed by
the Employer and accepted by the Trustee which sets forth the elective
provisions of this Plan and Trust as specified by the Employer.

     1.4 "Affiliated Employer" means the Employer and any corporation which is a
member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b))
which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated)
which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the
Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an
affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the
Employer; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer
pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o).

     1.5 "Aggregate Account" means with respect to each Participant, the value
of all accounts maintained on behalf of a Participant, whether attributable to
Employer or Employee contributions, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2.

     1.6 "Anniversary Date" means the anniversary date specified in C3 of the
Adoption Agreement.

     1.7 "Beneficiary" means the person to whom a share of a deceased
Participant's interest in the Plan is payable, subject to the restrictions of
Sections 6.2 and 6.6.

     1.8 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced
from time to time.

     1.9 "Compensation" with respect to any Participant means such Participant's
compensation as specified by the Employer in El of the Adoption Agreement that
is paid during the applicable period. Compensation for any Self-Employed
Individual shall be equal to his Earned Income.

        In addition, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation for
all Plan purposes shall also include compensation which is not currently
includible in the Participant's gross income by reason of the application of
Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b).

        Compensation in excess of $200,000 shall be disregarded. Such amount
shall be adjusted at the same time and in such manner as permitted under Code
Section 415(d). In applying this limitation, the family group of a Highly
Compensated Participant who is subject to the Family Member aggregation rules of
Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Participant is either a "five percent owner"
of the Employer or one of the ten

                                       1
<PAGE>


(10) Highly Compensated Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation"
during the year, shall be treated as a single Participant, except that for this
purpose Family Members shall include only the affected Participant's spouse and
any lineal descendants who have not attained age nineteen (19) before the close
of the year. If, as a result of the application of such rules, the adjusted
$200,000 limitation is exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining the
portion of Compensation up to the integration level if this plan is integrated),
the limitation shall be prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to
each such individual's Compensation as determined under this Section prior to
the application of this limitation.

        For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989, the $200,000 limit
(without regard to Family Member aggregation) shall apply only for Top Heavy
Plan Years and shall not be adjusted.

     1.10 "Contract" or "Policy" means any life insurance policy, retirement
income policy, or annuity contract (group or individual) issued by the Insurer.
In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any
insurance contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

     1.11 "Deferred Compensation" means, with respect to any Participant, that
portion of the Participant's total Compensation which has been contributed to
the Plan in accordance with the Participant's deferral election pursuant to
Section 11.2.

     1.12 "Early Retirement Date" means the date specified in the Adoption
Agreement on which a Participant or Former Participant has satisfied the age and
service requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement (Early Retirement Age).
A Participant shall become fully Vested upon satisfying this requirement if
still employed at his Early Retirement Age.

        A Former Participant who terminates employment after satisfying the
service requirement for Early Retirement and who thereafter reaches the age
requirement contained herein shall be entitled to receive his benefits under
this Plan.

     1.13 "Earned Income" means with respect to a Self-Employed Individual, the
net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to
which the Plan is established, for which the personal services of the individual
are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without
regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to
such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a
qualified Plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404. In addition, for
Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1989, net earnings shall be determined
with regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by Code Section 164(f).

     1.14 "Elective Contribution" means the Employer's contributions to the Plan
that are made pursuant to the Participant's deferral election pursuant to
Section 11.2. In addition, if selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement, the
Employer's matching contribution made pursuant to Section 11.1(b) shall be
considered an Elective Contribution for purposes of the Plan. Elective
Contributions shall be subject to the requirements of Sections 11.2(b) and
11.2(c) and shall further be required to satisfy the discrimination requirements
of Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b)(3), the provisions of which are specifically
incorporated herein by reference.

     1.15 "Eligible Employee" means any Employee specified in D1 of the Adoption
Agreement.

     1.16 "Employee" means any person who is employed by the Employer, but
excludes any person who is employed as an independent contractor. The term
Employee shall also include Leased Employees as provided in Code Section 414(n)
or (o).

        Except as provided in the Non-Standardized Adoption Agreement, all
Employees of all entities which are an Affiliated Employer will be treated as
employed by a single employer.


                                        2


<PAGE>


     1.17 "Employer" means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement, any
Participating Employer (as defined in Section 10.1) which shall adopt this
Plan, any successor which shall maintain this Plan and any predecessor which has
maintained this Plan.

     1.18 "Excess Compensation" means, with respect to a Plan that is integrated
with Social Security, a Participant's Compensation which is in excess of the
amount set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

     1.19 "Excess Contributions" means, with respect to a Plan Year, the excess
of Elective Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions made on
behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for the Plan year over the maximum
amount of such contributions permitted under Section 11.4(a).

     1.20 "Excess Deferred Compensation" means, with respect to any taxable year
of a Participant, the excess of the aggregate amount of such Participant's
Deferred Compensation and the elective deferrals pursuant to Section 11.2(f)
actually made on behalf of such Participant for such taxable year, over the
dollar limitation provided for in Code Section 402(g), which is incorporated
herein by reference.

     1.21 "Family Member" means, with respect to an affected Participant, such
Participant's spouse, and such Participant's lineal descendants and ascendants
and their spouses, all as described in Code Section 414(q)(6)(B).

     1.22 "Fiduciary" means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary
authority or discretionary control respecting management of the Plan or
exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition of its
assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or
indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of the Plan or has any
authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary authority or
discretionary responsibility in the administration of the Plan, including, but
not limited to, the Trustee, the Employer and its representative body, and the
Administrator.

     1.23 "Fiscal Year" means the Employer's accounting year as specified in the
Adoption Agreement.

     1.24 "Forfeiture" means that portion of a Participant's Account that is not
Vested, and occurs on the earlier of

          (a) the distribution of the entire Vested portion of a Participant's
     Account, or

          (b) the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs five
     (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.

     Furthermore, for purposes of paragraph (a) above, in the case of a
Terminated Participant whose Vested benefit is zero, such Terminated Participant
shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his Vested benefit upon his
termination of employment. In addition, the term Forfeiture shall also include
amounts deemed to be Forfeitures pursuant to any other provision of this Plan.

     1.25 "Former Participant" means a person who has been a Participant, but
who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason,,

     1.26 "414(s) Compensation" with respect to any Employee means his
Compensation as defined in Section 1.9. However, for purposes of this Section,
Compensation shall be Compensation paid and shall be determined by including, in
the case of a non-standardized Adoption Agreement, any items that are excluded
from Compensation pursuant to the Adoption Agreement. The amount of "414(s)
Compensation" with respect any Employee shall include "414(s) Compensation"
during the entire twelve (12) month period ending on



                                        3


<PAGE>


the last day of such Plan Year, except that for Plan Years beginning prior
to the later of January 1, 1992, or the date that is sixty (60) days after the
date final Regulations are issued, "414(s) Compensation" shall only be
recognized as of an Employee's effective date of participation.

     In addition, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, "414(s) Compensation"
shall also include compensation which is not currently includible in the
Participant's gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections 125,
402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or 403(b), plus Elective Contributions attributable to
Deferred compensation recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions
pursuant to 11.5(a).

     1.27 "415 Compensation" means compensation as defined in Section 4.4(f)(2).

     1.28 "Highly Compensated Employee" means an Employee described in Code
Section 414(q) and the Regulations thereunder and generally means an Employee
who performed services for the Employer during the "determination year" and is
in one or more of the following groups:

          (a) Employees who at any time during the "determination year" or
     "look-back year" were "five percent owners" as defined in Section 1.35(c).

          (b) Employees who received "415 Compensation" during the "look-back
     year" from the Employer in excess of $75,000.

          (c) Employees who received "415 Compensation" during the "look-back
     year" from the Employer in excess of $50,000 and were in the Top Paid Group
     of Employees for the Plan Year.

          (d) Employees who during the "look-back year" were officers of the
     Employer (as that term is defined within the meaning of the Regulations
     under Code Section 416) and received "415 Compensation" during the
     "look-back year" from the Employer greater than 50 percent of the limit in
     effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such Plan Year. The number
     of officers shall be limited to the lesser of (i) 50 employees; or (ii) the
     greater of 3 employees or 10 percent of all employees. If the Employer does
     not have at least one officer whose annual "415 Compensation" is in excess
     of 50 percent of the Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) limit, then the highest paid
     officer of the Employer will be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee.

          (e) Employees who are in the group consisting of the 100 Employees
     paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the "determination year" and
     are also described in (b), (c) or (d) above when these paragraphs are
     modified to substitute "determination year" for "look-back year".

          The "determination year" shall be the Plan Year for which testing is
     being performed, and the "look-back year" shall be the immediately
     preceding twelve-month period. However, if the Plan Year is a calendar
     year, or if another Plan of the Employer so provides, then the "look-back
     year" shall be the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year for
     which testing is being performed, and the "determination year" (if
     applicable) shall be the period of time, if any, which extends beyond the
     "look-back year" and ends on the last day of the Plan Year for which
     testing is being performed (the "lag period"). With respect to this
     election, it shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis to all
     plans, entities, and arrangements of the Employer.

     For purposes of this Section, the determination of "415 Compensation" shall
     be made by including amounts that would otherwise be excluded from a
     Participant's gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections
     125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) and, in the case of Employer contributions
     made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, Code Section 403(b).
     Additionally, the dollar



                                        4


<PAGE>


     threshold amounts specified in (b) and (c) above shall be adjusted at such
     time and in such manner as is provided in Regulations. in the case of such
     an adjustment, the dollar limits which shall be applied are those for the
     calendar year in which the "determination year" or "look back year" begins.

          In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are
     non-resident aliens and who received no earned income (within the meaning
     of Code Section 911(d)) from the Employer constituting United States
     source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be
     treated as Employees. Additionally, all Affiliated Employers shall be taken
     into account as a single employer and Leased Employees within the meaning
     of Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees
     unless such Leased Employees are covered by a plan described in Code
     Section 414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified plan maintained by
     the Employer. The exclusion of Leased Employees for this purpose shall be
     applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all of the Employer's
     retirement plans. In addition, Highly Compensated Former Employees shall be
     treated as Highly Compensated Employees without regard to whether they
     performed services during the "determination year".

     1.29 "Highly Compensated Former Employee" mean a former Employee who had a
separation year prior to the "determination year" and was a Highly Compensated
Employee in the year of separation from service or in any "determination year"
after attaining age 55. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who separated
from service prior to 1987 will be treated as a Highly Compensated Former
Employee only if during the separation year (or year preceding the separation
year) or any year after the Employee attains age 55 (or the last year ending
before the Employee's 55th birthday), the Employee either received "415
Compensation" in excess of $50,000 or was a "five percent owner". For purposes
of this Section, "determination year", "415 Compensation" and "five percent
owner" shall be determined in accordance with section 1.28. Highly Compensated
Former Employees shall be treated as Highly Compensated Employees. The method
set forth in this Section for determining who is a "Highly Compensated Former
Employee" shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all purposes
for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable.

     1.30 "Highly Compensated Participant" means any Highly Compensated Employee
who is eligible to participate in the Plan.

     1.31 "Hour of Service" means (1) each hour for which an Employee is
directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to compensation by the Employer
for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period; (2) each
hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to
compensation by the Employer (irrespective of whether the employment
relationship has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such
as vacation, holidays, sickness, jury duty, disability, lay-off, military duty
or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period; (3) each hour for
which back pay is awarded or agreed to by the Employer without regard to
mitigation of damages. The same Hours of Service shall not be credited both
under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under (3).

        Notwithstanding the above, (i) no more than 501 Hours of Service are
required to be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous
period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period
occurs in a single computation period); (ii) an hour for which an Employee is
directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period
during which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the
Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the
purpose of complying with applicable worker's compensation, or unemployment
compensation or disability insurance laws; and (iii) Hours of Service are not
required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for
medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.



                                        5


<PAGE>



        For purposes of this Section, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or
due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from
the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or
insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of
whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity
are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of
Employees in the aggregate.

        An Hour of Service must be counted for the purpose of determining a Year
of Service, a year of participation for purposes of accrued benefits, a
1-Year Break in Service, and employment commencement date (or reemployment
commencement date). The provisions of Department of Labor regulations
2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.

        Hours of Service will be credited for employment with all Affiliated
Employers and for any individual considered to be a Leased Employee pursuant to
Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder.

        Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the method selected
in the Adoption Agreement.

     1.32 "Insurer" means any legal reserve insurance company which shall issue
one or more policies under the Plan.

     1.33 "Investment Manager" means an entity that (a) has the power to manage,
acquire, or dispose of Plan assets and (b) acknowledges fiduciary responsibility
to the Plan in writing. Such entity must be a person, firm, or corporation
registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a
bank, or an insurance company.

     1.34 "Joint and Survivor Annuity" means an annuity for the life of a
Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant's spouse
which is not less than 1/2, nor greater than the amount of the annuity payable
during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant's spouse. The
Joint and Survivor Annuity will be the amount of benefit which can be purchased
with the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan.

     1.35 "Key Employee" means an Employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) and
the Regulations thereunder. Generally, any Employee or former Employee (as well
as each of his Beneficiaries) is considered a Key Employee if he, at any time
during the Plan Year that contains the "Determination Date" or any of the
preceding four (4) Plan Years, has been included in one of the following
categories:

          (a) an officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within the
     meaning of the Regulations under Code Section 416) having annual "415
     Compensation" greater than 50 percent of the amount in effect under Code
     Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such Plan Year.

          (b) one of the ten employees having annual "415 Compensation" from the
     Employer for a Plan Year greater than the dollar limitation in effect under
     Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the calendar year in which such Plan Year
     ends and owning (or considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section
     318) both more than one-half percent interest and the largest interests in
     the Employer.

          (c) a "five percent owner" of the Employer. "Five percent owner" means
     any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code
     Section 318) more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the
     Employer or stock possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total
     combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an
     unincorporated business, any person who owns more than five percent (5%) of
     the capital or profits interest in the

                                        6


<PAGE>


     Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that
     would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o)
     shall be treated as separate employers.

          (d) a "one percent owner" of the Employer having an annual "415
     Compensation" from the Employer of more than $150,000. "One percent owner"
     means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
     Code Section 318) more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding stock of
     the Employer or stock possessing more than one percent (1%) of the total
     combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an
     unincorporated business, any person who owns more than one percent (1%) of
     the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In determining percentage
     ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated under
     Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate
     employers. However, in determining whether an individual has "415
     Compensation" of more than $150,000, "415 Compensation" from each employer
     required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o)
     shall be taken into account.

          For purposes of this Section, the determination of "415 Compensation"
     shall be made by including amounts that would otherwise be excluded from a
     Participant's gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections
     125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B) and, in the case of Employer contributions
     made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, Code Section 403(b).

     1.36 "Late Retirement Date" means the date of, or the first day of the
month or the Anniversary Date coinciding with or next following, whichever
corresponds to the election made for the Normal Retirement Date, a Participant's
actual retirement after having reached his Normal Retirement Date.

     1.37 "Leased Employee" means any person (other than an Employee of the
recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other
person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for
the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year,
and such services are of a type historically performed by employees in the
business field of the recipient employer. Contributions or benefits provided a
leased employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services
performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the
recipient employer.

        A leased employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient
if, (i) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan
providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent
of compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but including amounts
contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from
the employee's gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or
403(b), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and
(ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient's
nonhighly compensated workforce.

     1.38 "Net Profit" means with respect to any Fiscal Year the Employer's net
income or profit for such Fiscal Year determined upon the basis of the
Employer's books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, without any reduction for taxes based upon income, or for
contributions made by the Employer to this Plan and any other qualified plan.

     1.39 "Non-Elective Contribution" means the Employer's contributions to the
Plan other than those made pursuant to the Participant's deferral election made
pursuant to Section 11.2 and any Qualified Non-Elective Contribution. In
addition, if selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer's Matching
Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.3(b) shall be considered a Non-Elective
Contribution for Purposes of the Plan.



                                        7


<PAGE>


     1.40 "Non-Highly Compensated Participant" means any Participant who is
neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member.

     1.41 "Non-Key Employee" means any Employee or former Employee (and his
Beneficiaries) who is not a Key Employee.

     1.42 "Normal Retirement Age" means the age specified in the Adoption
Agreement at which time a Participant shall become fully Vested in his
Participant's Account.

     1.43 "Normal Retirement Date" means the date specified in the Adoption
Agreement on which a Participant shall become eligible to have his benefits
distributed to him.

     1.44 "1-Year Break in Service" means the applicable computation period
during which an Employee has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service with
the Employer. Further, solely for the purpose of determining whether a
Participant has incurred a 1-Year Break in Service, Hours of Service shall be
recognized for "authorized leaves of absence" and "maternity and paternity
leaves of absence."

        "Authorized leave of absence" means an unpaid, temporary cessation from
active employment with the Employer pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory
policy, whether occasioned by illness, military service, or any other reason.

        A "maternity or paternity leave of absence" means, for Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 1984, an absence from work for any period by
reason of the Employee's pregnancy, birth of the Employee's child, placement of
a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child, or any
absence for the purpose of caring for such child for a period immediately
following such birth or placement. For this purpose, Hours of Service shall be
credited for the computation period in which the absence from work begins, only
if credit therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year
Break in Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following
computation period. The Hours of Service credited for a "maternity or paternity
leave of absence" shall be those which would normally have been credited but for
such absence, or, in any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine
such hours normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total
Hours of Service required to be credited for a "maternity or paternity leave of
absence* shall not exceed 501.

     1.45 "Owner-Employee" means a sole proprietor who owns the entire interest
in the Employer or a partner who owns more than 10% of either the capital
interest or the profits interest in the Employer and who receives income for
personal services from the Employer.

     1.46 "Participant" means any Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan
as provided in Section 3.2 and has not for any reason become ineligible to
participate further in the Plan.

     1.47 "Participant's Account" means the account established and maintained
by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to his total interest
under the Plan resulting from (a) the Employer's contributions in the case of a
Profit Sharing Plan or Money Purchase Plan, and (b) the Employer's Non-Elective
Contributions in the case of a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

     1.48 "Participant's Combined Account" means the account established and
maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to his total
interest under the Plan resulting from the Employer's contributions.

     1.49 "Participant's Elective Account" means the account established and
maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to his total
interest in the Plan and Trust resulting from the Employer's Elective
Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. A separate accounting
shall be

                                        8


<PAGE>


maintained with respect to that portion of the Participant's Elective
Account attributable to Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 11.2,
Employer matching contributions if they are deemed to be Elective Contributions,
and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

     1.50 "Participant's Rollover Account" means the account established and
maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to his total
interest in the Plan resulting from amounts transferred from another qualified
plan or "conduit" Individual Retirement Account in accordance with Section 4.6.

     1.51 "Plan" means this instrument (hereinafter referred to as Mid America
Group Incorporated Regional prototype Defined Contribution Plan and Trust Basic
Plan Document #01) including all amendments thereto, and the Adoption Agreement
as adopted by the Employer.

     1.52 "Plan Year" means the Plan's accounting year as specified in C2 of the
Adoption Agreement.

     1.53 "Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity" means an immediate annuity for the
life of the Participant's spouse, the payments under which must be equal to the
actuarial equivalent of 50% of the Participant's Vested interest in the Plan as
of the date of death.

     1.54 "Qualified Non-Elective Account" means the account established
hereunder to which Qualified NonElective Contributions are allocated.

     1.55 "Qualified Non-Elective Contribution" means the Employer's
contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to E5 of the Adoption Agreement
and Section 11.1(d) which are used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage"
tests. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are nonforfeitable when made and are
distributable only as specified in Sections 11.2(c) and 11.8. In addition, the
Employer's contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to Section 11.7(h)
and which are used to satisfy the "Actual Contribution Percentage" tests shall
be considered Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

     1.56 "Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account" means the account
established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with
respect to his total interest under the Plan resulting from the Participant's
tax deductible qualified voluntary employee contributions made pursuant to
Section 4.9.

     1.57 "Regulation" means the Income Tax Regulations as promulgated by the
Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, and as amended from time to time.

     1.58 "Retired Participant" means a person who has been a Participant, but
who has become entitled to retirement benefits under the Plan.

     1.59 "Retirement Date" means the date as of which a Participant retires for
reasons other than Total and Permanent Disability, whether such retirement
occurs on a Participant's Normal Retirement Date, Early or Late Retirement Date
(see Section 6.1).

     1.60 "Self-Employed Individual" means an individual who has earned income
for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is
established, and, also, an individual who would have had earned income but for
the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year. A
Self-Employed Individual shall be treated as an Employee.

     1.61 "Shareholder-Employee" means a Participant who owns more than five
percent (5%) of the Employer's outstanding capital stock during any year in
which the Employer elected to be taxed as a Small Business Corporation under the
applicable Code Section.


                                        9


<PAGE>


     1.62 "Short Plan Year" means, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, that
the Plan Year shall be less than a 12 month period. If chosen, the following
rules shall apply in the administration of this Plan. In determining whether an
Employee has completed a Year of Service for benefit accrual purposes in the
Short Plan Year, the number of the Hours of Service required shall be
proportionately reduced based on the number of days in the Short Plan Year. The
determination of whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service for vesting
and eligibility purposes shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor
Regulation 2530.203-2(c). In addition, if this Plan is integrated with Social
Security, the integration level shall also be proportionately reduced based on
the number of days in the Short Plan Year.

     1.63 "Super Top Heavy Plan" means a plan described in Section 2.2(b).

     1.64 "Taxable Wage Base" means, with respect to any year, the maximum
amount of earnings which may be considered wages for such year under Code
Section 3121(a)(1).

     1.65 "Terminated Participant" means a person who has been a Participant,
but whose employment has been terminated other than by death, Total and
Permanent Disability or retirement.

     1.66 "Top Heavy Plan" means a plan described in Section 2.2(a).

     1.67 "Top Heavy Plan Year" means a Plan Year commencing after December 31,
1983 during which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

     1.68 "Top Paid Group" shall be determined pursuant to Code Section 414(q)
and the Regulation thereunder and generally means the top 20 percent of
Employees who performed services for the Employer during the applicable year,
ranked according to the amount of "415 Compensation" (as determined pursuant to
Section 1.28) received from the Employer during such year. All Affiliated
Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer, and Leased Employees
shall be treated as Employees pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or (o). Employees
who are non-resident aliens who received no earned income (within the meaning of
Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source
income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as
Employees. Additionally, for the purpose of determining the number of active
Employees in any year, the following additional Employees shall also be
excluded, however, such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose of
identifying the particular Employees in the Top Paid Group:

          (a) Employees with less than six (6) months of service;

          (b) Employees who normally work less than 17 1/2 hours per week;

          (c) Employees who normally work less than six (6) months during a
              year; and

          (d) Employees who have not yet attained age 21.

        In addition, if 90 percent or more of the Employees of the Employer are
covered under agreements the Secretary of Labor finds to be collective
bargaining agreements between Employee representatives and the Employer, and the
Plan covers only Employees who are not covered under such agreements, then
Employees covered by such agreements shall be excluded from both the total
number of active Employees as well as from the identification of particular
Employees in the Top Paid Group.

     The foregoing exclusions set forth in this Section shall be applied on a
uniform and consistent basis for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q)
definition is applicable.

                                       10


<PAGE>


     1.69 "Total and Permanent Disability" means the inability to engage in any
substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or
mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or
can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The
disability of a Participant shall be determined by a licensed physician chosen
by the Administrator. However, if the condition constitutes total disability
under the federal Social Security Acts, the Administrator may rely upon such
determination that the Participant is Totally and Permanently Disabled for the
purposes of this Plan. The determination shall be applied uniformly to all
Participants.

     1.70 "Trustee" means the person or entity named in B6 of the Adoption
Agreement and any successors.

     1.71 "Trust Fund" means the assets of the Plan and Trust as the same shall
exist from time to time.

     1.72 "Vested" means the nonforfeitable portion of any account maintained on
behalf of a Participant.

     1.73 "Voluntary Contribution Account" means the account established and
maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to his total
interest in the Plan resulting from the Participant's nondeductible voluntary
contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7.

     1.74 "Year of Service" means the computation period of twelve (12)
consecutive months, herein set forth, and during which an Employee has completed
at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

        For purposes of eligibility for participation, the initial computation
period shall begin with the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of
Service (employment commencement date). The computation period beginning after a
1-Year Break in Service shall be measured from the date on which an Employee
again performs an Hour of Service. The succeeding computation periods shall
begin with the first anniversary of the Employee's employment commencement date.
However, if one (1) Year of Service or less is required as a condition of
eligibility, then after the initial eligibility computation period, the
eligibility computation period shall shift to the current Plan Year which
includes the anniversary of the date on which the Employee first performed an
Hour of Service. An Employee who is credited with 1,000 Hours of Service in both
the initial eligibility computation period and the first Plan Year which
commences prior to the first anniversary of the Employee's initial eligibility
computation period will be credited with two Years of Service for purposes of
eligibility to participate.

        For vesting purposes, and all other purposes not specifically addressed
in this Section, the computation period shall be the Plan Year, including
periods prior to the Effective Date of the Plan unless specifically excluded
pursuant to the Adoption Agreement.

        Years of Service and breaks in service will be measured on the same
computation period.

        Years of Service with any predecessor Employer which maintained this
Plan shall be recognized. Years of Service with any other predecessor
Employer shall be recognized as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

        Years of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized.


                                       11
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                     TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS AND ADMINISTRATION

 2.1 TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

       For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide the special vesting
requirements of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan and the
special minimum allocation requirements of Code Section 416(c) pursuant to
Section 4.4(i) of the Plan.

 2.2 DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS

       (a) This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year beginning after
December 31, 1983, in which, as of the Determination Date, (1) the Present Value
of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees and (2) the sum of the Aggregate Accounts
of Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group, exceeds
sixty percent (60%) of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits and the Aggregate
Accounts of all Key and Non-Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an
Aggregation Group.

       If any Participant is a Non-Key Employee for any Plan Year, but such
Participant was a Key Employee for any prior Plan Year, such Participant's
Present Value of Accrued Benefit and/or Aggregate Account balance shall not be
taken into account For purposes of determining whether this Plan is a Top Heavy
or Super Top Heavy Plan (or whether any Aggregation Group which includes this
Plan is a Top Heavy Group). In addition, if a Participant or Former Participant
has not performed any services for any Employer maintaining the Plan at any
time during the five year period on the Determination Date, any accrued benefit
for such Participant or Former Participant shall not be taken into account for
the purposes of determining whether this Plan is a Top Heavy or Super Top Heavy
Plan.

       (b) This Plan shall be a Super Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year beginning
after December 1, 1983, in which, as of the Determination Date, (1) the Present
Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees and (2) the sum of the Aggregate
Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan and all plans of an Aggregation Group,
exceeds ninety percent (90%) of the Present Value of Accrued Benefits and the
Aggregate Accounts of all Key and Non-Key Employees under this Plan and all
plans of an Aggregation Group.

       (c) Aggregate Account: A Participant's Aggregate Account as of the
Determination Date is the sum of:

       (1) his Participant's Combined Account balance as of the most recent
valuation occurring within a twelve (12) month period ending on the
Determination Date;

       (2) an adjustment for any contributions due as of the Determination Date.
Such adjustment shall be the amount of any contributions actually made after the
valuation date but on or before the Determination Date, except for the first
Plan Year when such adjustment shall also reflect the amount of any
contributions made after the Determination Date that are allocated as of a
date in that first Plan Year;

       (3) any Plan distributions made within the Plan Year that includes the
Determination Date or within the four (4) preceding Plan Years. However, in the
case of distributions made after the valuation date and prior to the
Determination Date, such distributions are not included as distributions for top
heavy purposes to the extent that such distributions are already included in the
Participant's Aggregate Account balance as of the valuation date.
Notwithstanding


                                       12

<PAGE>


anything herein to the contrary, all distributions, including distributions made
prior to January 1, 1984, and distributions under a terminated plan which if it
had not been terminated would have been required to be included in an
Aggregation Group, will be counted. Further, distributions from the Plan
(including the cash value of life insurance policies) of a Participant's
account balance because of death shall be treated as a distribution for the
purposes of this paragraph.

       (4) any Employee contributions, whether voluntary or mandatory. However,
amounts attributable to tax deductible qualified voluntary employee
contributions shall not be considered to be a part of the Participant's
Aggregate Account balance.

       (5) with respect to unrelated rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers (ones
which are both initiated by the Employee and made from a plan maintained by
one employer to a plan maintained by another employer), if this Plan provides
the rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, it shall always consider such rollovers
or plan-to-plan transfers as a distribution for the purposes of this Section. If
this Plan is the plan accepting such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers, it
shall not consider such rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers accepted after
December 31, 1983 as part of the Participant's Aggregate Account balance.
However, rollovers or plan-to-plan transfers accepted prior to January 1, 1984
shall be considered as part of the Participant's Aggregate Account balance.

       (6) with respect to related rollovers and plan-to-plan transfers (ones
either not initiated by the Employee or made to a plan maintained by the
same employer), if this Plan provides the rollover or plan-to-plan transfer, it
shall not be counted as a distribution for purposes of this Section. If this
Plan is the plan accepting such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer, it shall
consider such rollover or plan-to-plan transfer as part of the Participant's
Aggregate Account balance, irrespective of the date on which such rollover or
plan-to-plan transfer is accepted.

       (7) For the purposes of determining whether two employers are to be
treated as the same employer in 2.2(c)(5) and 2.2(c)(6) above, all employers
aggregated under Code Section 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) are treated as same
employer.

       (d) "Aggregation Group" means either a Required Aggregation Group or a
Permissive Aggregation Group as hereinafter determined.

       (1) Required Aggregation Group: In determining a Required Aggregation
Group hereunder, each qualified plan of the Employer, including any
Simplified Employee Pension Plan, in which a Key Employee is a participant in
the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding
Plan Years, and each other qualified plan of the Employer which enables any
qualified plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of
Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410, will be required to be aggregated. Such group
shall be known as a Required Aggregation Group.

       In the case of a Required Aggregation Group, each plan in the group will
be considered a Too Heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group is a Top Heavy
Group. No plan in the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top
Heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

       (2) Permissive Aggregation Group: The Employer may also include any other
plan of the Employer, including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan, not
required to be included in the Required Aggregation Group, provided the
resulting group, taken as a whole, would


                                       13

<PAGE>


continue to satisfy the provisions of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. Such
group shall be known as a Permissive Aggregation Group.

       In the case of a Permissive Aggregation Group, only a plan that is part
of the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the
Permissive Aggregate Group is a Top Heavy Group. No plan in the Permissive
Aggregation Group will be considered a Top Heavy Plan if the Permissive
Aggregation Group is not a Top Heavy Group.

       (3) Only those plans of the Employer in which the Determination Dates
fall within the same calendar year shall be aggregated in order to determine
whether such plans are Top Heavy Plans.

       (4) When aggregating plans, the value of Aggregate Accounts and Accrued
Benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that
fall within the same calendar year.

       (5) An Aggregation Group shall include any terminated plan of the
Employer if it was maintained within the last five (5) years ending on the
Determination Date.

       (e) "Determination Date" means (a) the last day of the preceding Plan
Year, or (b) in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year.

       (f) Present Value of Accrued Benefit: In the case of a defined benefit
plan, the Present Value of Accrued Benefit for a Participant other than a Key
Employee shall be as determined using the single accrual method used for all
plans of the Employer and Affiliated Employers, or if no such single method
exists, using a method which results in benefits accruing not more rapidly than
the slowest accrual race permitted under Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). The
determination of the Present Value of Accrued Benefit shall be determined as of
the most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the 12-month
period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code Section 416
and the Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined
benefit plan.

       However, any such determination must include present value of accrued
benefit attributable to any Plan distributions referred to in Section 2.2(c)(3)
above, any Employee contributions referred to in Section 2.2(c)(4) above or
any related or unrelated rollovers referred to in Sections 2.2(c)(5) and
2.2(c)(6) above.

       (g) "Top Heavy Group" means an Aggregation Group in which, as of the
Determination Date, the sum of:

       (1) the Present Value of Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under all
defined benefit plans included in the group, and

       (2) the Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under all defined
contribution plans included in the group,

       exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all
Participants.

       (h) The Administrator shall determine whether this Plan is a Top Heavy
Plan on the Anniversary Date specified in the Adoption Agreement. Such
determination of the top heavy ratio shall be in accordance with Code Section
416 and the Regulations thereunder.


                                       14

<PAGE>


2.3 POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER

              (a) The Employer shall be empowered to appoint and remove the
       Trustee and the Administrator from time to time as it deems necessary for
       the proper administration of the Plan to assure that the Plan is being
       operated for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
       Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Code, and the
       Act.

              (b) The Employer shall establish a "funding policy and method,"
       i.e., it shall determine whether the Plan has a short run need for
       liquidity (e.g., to pay benefits) or whether liquidity is a long run goal
       and investment growth (and stability of same) is a more current need, or
       shall appoint a qualified person to do so. The Employer or its delegate
       shall communicate such needs and goals to the Trustee, who shall
       coordinate such Plan needs with its investment policy. The communication
       of such a "funding policy and method" shall not, however, constitute a
       directive to the Trustee as to investment of the Trust Funds. Such
       "funding policy and method" shall be consistent with the objectives of
       this Plan and with the requirements of Title I of the Act.

              (c) The Employer may, in its discretion, appoint an Investment
       Manager to manage all or a designated portion of the assets of the Plan.
       In such event, the Trustee shall follow the directive of the Investment
       Manager in investing the assets of the Plan managed by the Investment
       Manager.

              (d) The Employer shall periodically review the performance of any
       Fiduciary or other person to whom duties have been delegated or allocated
       by it under the provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures
       established hereunder. This requirement may be satisfied by formal
       periodic review by the Employer or by a qualified person specifically
       designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or
       through other appropriate ways.

2.4 DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

       The Employer shall appoint one or more Administrators. Any person,
including, but not limited to, the Employees of the Employer, shall be eligible
to serve as an Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify his
acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer. An Administrator may
resign by delivering his written resignation to the Employer or be removed by
the Employer by delivery of written notice of removal, to take effect at a date
specified therein, or upon delivery to the Administrator if no date is
specified.

       The Employer, upon the resignation or removal of an Administrator, shall
promptly designate in writing a successor to this position. If the Employer
does not appoint an Administrator, the Employer will function as the
Administrator.

2.5 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

       If more than one person is appointed as Administrator, the
responsibilities of each Administrator may be specified by the Employer and
accepted in writing by each Administrator. In the event that no such delegation
is made by the Employer, the Administrators may allocate the responsibilities
among themselves, in which event the Administrators shall notify the Employer
and the Trustee in writing of such action and specify the responsibilities 
of each Administrator. The Trustee thereafter shall accept and rely upon any
documents executed by the appropriate Administrator until such time as the
Employer or the Administrators file with the Trustee a written revocation of
such designation.


                                       15

<PAGE>


2.6 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

       The primary responsibility of the Administrator is to administer the Plan
for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, subject
to the specific terms of the Plan. The Administrator shall administer the
Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to
construe the terms of the Plan and determine all questions arising in connection
with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Any such
determination by the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all
persons. The Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply
any information, or reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such
extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the
Plan; provided, however, that any procedure, discretionary act, interpretation
or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon uniform
principles consistently applied and shall be consistent with the intent that the
Plan shall continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of Code
Section 401(a), and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all regulations
issued pursuant thereto. The Administrator shall have all powers necessary or
appropriate to accomplish his duties under this Plan.

       The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general
administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following:

              (a) the discretion to determine all questions relating to the
       eligibility of Employees to participate or remain a Participant hereunder
       and to receive benefits under the Plan;

              (b) to compute, certify, and direct the Trustee with respect to
       the amount and the kind of benefits to which any Participant shall be
       entitled hereunder;

              (c) to authorize and direct the Trustee with respect to all
       nondiscretionary or otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust Fund;

              (d) to maintain all necessary records for the administration of
       the Plan;

              (e) to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make and
       publish such rules for regulation of the Plan as are consistent with the
       terms hereof;

              (f) to determine the size and type of any Contract to be purchased
       from any Insurer, and to designate the Insurer from which such Contract
       shall be purchased;

              (g) to compute and certify to the Employer and to the Trustee from
       time to time the sums of money necessary or desirable to be contributed
       to the Trust Fund;

              (h) to consult with the Employer and the Trustee regarding the
       short and long-term liquidity needs of the Plan in order that the Trustee
       can exercise any investment discretion in a manner designed to accomplish
       specific objectives;

              (i) to prepare and distribute to Employees a procedure for
       notifying Participants and Beneficiaries of their rights to elect Joint
       and Survivor Annuities and Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuities if required
       by the Code and Regulations thereunder;

              (j) to prepare and implement a procedure to notify Eligible
       Employees that they may elect to have a portion of their Compensation
       deferred or paid to them in cash;

              (k) to assist any Participant regarding his rights, benefits, or
       elections available under the Plan.


                                       16

<PAGE>


2.7 RECORDS AND REPORTS

       The Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep
all other books of account, records, and other data that may be necessary for
proper administration of the Plan and shall be responsible for supplying all
information and reports to the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor,
Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law.

2.8 APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS

       The Administrator, or the Trustee with the consent of the Administrator,
may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, and other persons as the
Administrator or the Trustee deems necessary or desirable in connection with the
administration of this Plan.

2.9 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER

       To enable the Administrator to perform his functions, the Employer shall
supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating
to the Compensation of all Participants, their Hours of Service, their Years of
Service, their retirement, death, disability, or termination of employment, and
such other pertinent facts as the Administrator may require; and the
Administrator shall advise the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as may be
pertinent to the Trustee's duties under the Plan. The Administrator may rely
upon such information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or
responsibility to verify such information.

2.10 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

       All expenses of administration may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless
paid by the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the
functioning of the Administrator, including, but not limited to, fees of
accountants, counsel, and other specialists and their agents, and other costs of
administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of
the Trust Fund. However, the Employer may reimburse the Trust Fund for any
administration expense incurred. Any administration expense paid to the Trust
Fund as a reimbursement shall not be considered an Employer contribution.

2.11 MAJORITY ACTIONS

       Except where there has been an allocation and delegation of
administrative authority pursuant to Section 2.5, if there shall be more than
one Administrator, they shall act by a majority of their number, but may
authorize one or more of them to sign all papers on their behalf.

2.12 CLAIMS PROCEDURE

       Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the
Administrator. Written notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished
to the claimant within 90 days after the application is filed. In the event the
claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in
the notice in language calculated to be understood by the claimant, pertinent
provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an explanation as
to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided. In addition, the
claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of the Plan's claims review
procedure.

2.13 CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE

       Any Employee, former Employee, or Beneficiary of either, who has been
denied a benefit by a decision of the Administrator pursuant to Section 2.12
shall be entitled to request the Administrator to give further consideration to
his claim by filing with the Administrator a written request for a hearing. Such
request,


                                       17

<PAGE>


together with a written statement of the reasons why the claimant believes his
claim should be allowed, shall be filed with the Administrator no later than 60
days after receipt of the written notification provided for in Section 2.12. The
Administrator shall then conduct a hearing within the next 60 days, at which the
claimant may be represented by an attorney or any other representative of his
choosing and expense and at which the claimant shall have an opportunity to
submit written and oral evidence and arguments in support of his claim. At the
hearing (or prior thereto upon 5 business days written notice to the
Administrator) the claimant or his representative shall have an opportunity to
review all documents in the possession of the Administrator which are pertinent
to the claim at issue and its disallowance. Either the claimant or the
Administrator may cause a court reporter to attend the hearing and record the
proceedings. In such event, a complete written transcript of the proceedings
shall be furnished to both parties by the court reporter. The full expense of
any such court reporter and such transcripts shall be borne by the party causing
the court reporter to attend the hearing. A final decision as to the allowance
of the claim shall be made by the Administrator within 60 days of receipt of the
appeal (unless there has been an extension of 60 days due to special
circumstances, provided the delay and the special circumstances occasioning it
are communicated to the claimant within the 60 day period). Such communication
shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and
shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the
pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.


                                   ARTICLE III
                                   ELIGIBILITY

3.1 CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY

     Any Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate hereunder on the
date he has satisfied the requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement.

3.2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION

     An Eligible Employee who has become eligible to be a Participant shall
become a Participant effective as of the day specified in the Adoption
Agreement.

     In the event an Employment who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility
requirements and would otherwise have become a Participant shall go from a
classification of noneligible Employee to an Eligible Employee, such Employee
shall become a Participant as of the date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

     In the event an Employee who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility
requirements and would otherwise become a Participant shall go from a
classification of an Eligible Employee to a noneligible Employee and becomes
ineligible to participate and has not incurred a 1-Year Break in Service, such
Employee shall participate in the Plan as of the date he returns to an eligible
class of Employees. If such Employee does incur a 1-Year Break in Service,
eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules of the Plan.

3.3 DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     The Administrator shall determine the eligibility or each Employee for
participation in the Plan based upon information furnished by the Employer. Such
determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons, as long as the
same is made pursuant to the Plan and the Act. Such determination shall be
subject to review per Section 2.13.


                                       18

<PAGE>


3.4 TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     In the event a Participant shall go from a classification of an Eligible
Employee to an ineligible Employee, such Former Participant shall continue to
vest in his interest in the Plan for each Year of Service completed while a
noneligible Employee, until such time as his Participant's Account shall be
forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Additionally, his
interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund.

3.5 OMISSION OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

     If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included as a Participant
in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made
until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the
Employer shall make a subsequent contribution, if necessary after the
application of Section 4.4(e), so that the omitted Employee receives a total
amount which the said Employee would have received had he not been omitted. Such
contribution shall be made regardless of whether or not it is deductible in
whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

3.6 INCLUSION OF INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE

     If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a
Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect
inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the
Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to
the ineligilible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable
with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with
respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a Forfeiture for the Plan Year
in which the discovery is made.

3.7 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

     An Employee may, subject to the approval of the Employer, elect voluntarily
not to participate in the Plan. The election not to participate must be
communicated to the Employer, in writing, at least thirty (30) days before the
beginning of a Plan Year. For Standardized Plans, a Participant or an Eligible
Employee may not elect not to participate. Furthermore, the foregoing election
not to participate shall not be available with respect to partners in a
partnership.

3.8 CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE

          (a) If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
     Owner-Employees who control both the business for which this Plan is
     established and one or more other entities, this Plan and the plan
     established for other trades or businesses must, when looked at as a single
     Plan, satisfy Code Sections 401(a) and (d) for the Employees of this and
     all other entities.

          (b) If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
     Owner-Employees who control one or more other trades or businesses, the
     employees of the other trades or businesses must be included in a plan
     which satisfies Code Sections 401(a) and (d) and which provides
     contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided for
     Owner-Employees under this Plan.

          (c) If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans
     of two or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and the
     individual controls a trade or business, then the benefits or contributions
     of the employees under the plan of the trades or businesses which are
     controlled must be as favorable as those provided for him under the most
     favorable plan of the trade or business which is not controlled.


                                       19

<PAGE>


          (d) For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee, or
     two or more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control an entity if the
     Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together:

               (1) own the entire interest in an unincorporated entity, or

               (2) in the case of a partnership, own more than 50 percent of
          either the capital interest or the profits interest in the
          partnership.

          (e) For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or two
     or more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning any interest in a
     partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership which
     such Owner-Employee, or such two or more Owner-Employees, are considered to
     control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                          CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

4.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

     For each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan:

          (a) The amount of the total salary reduction elections of all
     Participants made pursuant to Section 4.2(a), which amount shall be deemed
     an Employer's Elective Contribution, plus

          (b) If specified in E3 of the Adoption Agreement, a matching
     contribution equal to the percentage specified in the Adoption Agreement of
     the Deferred Compensation of each Participant eligible to share in the
     allocations of the matching contribution, which amount shall be deemed an
     Employer's Non-Elective or Elective Contribution as selected in the
     Adoption Agreement, plus

          (c) If specified in E4 of the Adoption Agreement, a discretionary
     amount, if any, which shall be deemed an Employer's Non-Elective
     Contribution, plus

          (d) If specified in E5 of the Adoption Agreement, a Qualified
     Non-Elective Contribution.

          (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Employer's
     contributions for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount
     allowable as a deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code
     Section 404. All contributions by the Employer shall be made in cash or in
     such property as is acceptable to the Trustee.

          (f) Except, however, to the extent necessary to provide the top heavy
     minimum allocations, the Employer shall make a contribution even if it
     exceeds current or accumulated Net Profit or the amount which is deductible
     under Code Section 404.

4.2 PARTICIPANT'S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION

          (a) Each Participant may elect to defer his Compensation which would
     have been received in the Plan Year, but for the deferral election, subject
     to the limitations of this Section and the Adoption Agreement. A deferral
     election (or modification of an earlier election) may not be made with
     respect to Compensation which is currently available on or before the date
     the Participant executed such election, or if later, the latest of the date
     the Employer adopts this cash or deferred


                                       20

<PAGE>


arrangement, or the date such arrangement first became effective. Any
elections made pursuant to this Section shall become effective as soon as is
administratively feasible.

     Additionally, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may
elect to defer and have allocated for a Plan Year all or a portion of any cash
bonus attributable to services performed by the Participant for the Employer
during such Plan Year and which would have been received by the Participant on
or before two and one-half months following the end of the Plan Year but for the
deferral. A deferral election may not be made with respect to cash bonuses which
are currently available on or before the date the Participant executed such
election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, cash bonuses attributable to services
performed by the Participant during a Plan Year but which are to be paid to the
Participant later than two and one-half months after the close of such Plan Year
will be subjected to whatever deferral election is in effect at the time such
cash bonus would have otherwise been received.

     The amount by which Compensation and/or cash bonuses are reduced shall be
that Participant's Deferred Compensation and be treated as an Employer Elective
Contribution and allocated to that Participant's Elective Account.

     Once made, a Participant's election to reduce Compensation shall remain in
effect until modified or terminated. Modifications may be made as specified in
the Adoption Agreement, and terminations may be made at any time. Any
modification or termination of an election will become effective as soon as is
administratively feasible.

          (b) The balance in each Participant's Elective Account shall be fully
     Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason.

          (c) Amounts held in the Participant's Elective Account and Qualified
     Non-Elective Account may be distributable as permitted under the Plan, but
     in no event prior to the earlier of:

               (1) a Participant's termination of employment, Total and
          Permanent Disability, or death;

               (2) a Participant's attainment of age 59 1/2;

               (3) the proven financial hardship of a Participant, subject to
          the limitations of Section 6.11;

               (4) the termination of the Plan without the existence at the time
          of Plan termination of another defined contribution plan (other than
          an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section
          4975(e)(7)) or the establishment of a successor defined contribution
          plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code
          Section 4975(e)(7)) by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer within
          the period ending twelve months after distribution of all assets
          from the Plan maintained by the Employer;

               (5) the date of the sale by the Employer to an entity that is not
          an Affiliated Employer of substantially all of the assets (within the
          meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) with respect to a Participant who
          continues employment with the corporation acquiring such assets; or

               (6) the date of the sale by the Employer or an Affiliated
          Employer of its interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code
          Section 409(d)(3)) to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer
          with respect to a Participant who continues employment with such
          subsidiary.


                                       21

<PAGE>


       (d) In any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1986, a Participant's
Deferred Compensation made under this Plan and all other plans, contracts or
arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan shall not exceed the
limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in effect for the calendar year in
which such Plan Year began. If such dollar limitation is exceeded solely from
elective deferrals made under this Plan or any other Plan maintained by the
Employer, a Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrator of
such excess amount which shall be distributed in a manner consistent with
Section 4.2(f). This dollar limitation shall be adjusted annually pursuant to
the method provided in Code Section 415(d) in accordance with Regulations.

       (e) In the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution
pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-l(d)(2)(iii)(B)from any other plan maintained by
the Employer or from his Participant's Elective Account pursuant to Section
6.11(c), then such Participant shall not be permitted to elect to have Deferred
Compensation contributed to the Plan on his behalf for a period of twelve (12)
months following the receipt of the distribution. Furthermore, the dollar
limitation under Code Section 402(g) shall be reduced, with respect to the
Participant's taxable year following the taxable year in which the hardship
distribution was made, by the amount of such Participant's Deferred
Compensation, if any, made pursuant to this Plan (and any other plan maintained
by the Employer) for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

       (f) If a Participant's Deferred Compensation under this Plan together
with any elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation 1.402(g)-1(b)) under
another qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code Section
401(k)), a simplified employee pension (as defined in Code Section 408(k)), a
salary reduction arrangement (within the meaning of Code Section 3121(a)(5)(D)),
a deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, or a trust described in
Code Section 501(c)(18) cumulatively exceed the limitation imposed by Code
Section 402(g)(as adjusted annually in accordance with the method provided in
Code Section 415(d) pursuant to Regulations) for such Participant's taxable
year, the Participant may, not later than March 1st following the close of his
taxable year, notify the Administrator in writing of such excess and request
that his Deferred Compensation under this Plan be reduced by an amount specified
by the Participant. In such event, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to
distribute such excess amount (and any Income allocable to such excess amount)
to the Participant not later than the first April 15th following the close of
the Participant's taxable year. Distributions in accordance with this paragraph
may be made for any taxable year of the Participant which begins after December
31, 1986. Any distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess Deferred
Compensation and Income shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess
Deferred Compensation and Income. The amount distributed shall not exceed the
Participant's Deferred Compensation under the Plan for the taxable year. Any
distribution on or before the last day of the Participant's taxable year must
satisfy each of the following conditions:

          (1) the Participant shall designate the distribution as Excess
     Deferred Compensation;

          (2) the distribution must be made after the date on which the Plan
     received the Excess Deferred Compensation; and

          (3) the Plan must designate the distribution as a distribution of
     Excess Deferred Compensation.

       Any distribution under this Section shall be made first from unmatched
Deferred Compensation and, thereafter, simultaneously from Deferred Compensation
which is matched and matching contributions which relate to such Deferred
Compensation. However, any such matching contributions which are not Vested
shall be forfeited in lieu of being distributed.


                                       22

<PAGE>


       For the purpose of this Section, "Income" means the amount of income or
loss allocable to a Participant's Excess Deferred Compensation and shall be
equal to the sum of the allocable gain or loss for the taxable year of the
Participant and the allocable gain or loss for the period between the end of the
taxable year of the Participant and the date of distribution ("gap period"). The
income or loss allocable to each such period is calculated separately and is
determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's
Deferred Compensation for the respective period by a fraction. The numerator of
the fraction is the Participant's Excess Deferred Compensation for the taxable
year of the Participant. The denominator is the balance, as of the last day of
the respective period, of the Participant's Elective Account that is
attributable to the Participant's Deferred Compensation reduced by the gain
allocable to such total amount for the respective period and increased by the
loss allocable to such total amount for the respective period.

       In lieu of the "fractional method" described above, a "safe harbor
method" may be used to calculate the allocable income or loss for the "gap
period." Under such "safe harbor method," allocable income or loss for the "gap
period" shall be deemed to equal ten percent (10%) of the income or loss
allocable to a Participant's Excess Deferred Compensation for the taxable year
of the Participant multiplied by the number of calendar months in the "gap
period." For purposes of determining the number of calendar months in the "gap
period," a distribution occurring on or before the fifteenth day of the month
shall be treated as having been made on the last day of the preceding month and
a distribution occurring after such fifteenth day shall be treated as having
been made on the first day of the next subsequent month.

       Income or loss allocable to any distribution of Excess Deferred
Compensation on or before the last day of the taxable year of the Participant
shall be calculated from the first day of the taxable year of the Participant to
the date on which the distribution is made pursuant to either the "fractional
method" or the "safe harbor method."

       Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section which
is made after August 15, 1991, such distribution shall not include any income
for the "gap period". Further provided, for any distribution under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991, the amount of Income may be computed using
a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.4(c), provided such method
is used consistently for all Participants and for all such distributions for the
Plan Year.

       Notwithstanding the above, for the 1987 calendar year, Income during the
"gap period" shall not be taken into account.

       (g) Notwithstaxiding Section 4.2(f) above, a Participant's Excess
Deferred Compensation shall be reduced, but not below zero, by any distribution
and/or recharacterization of Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 4.6(a) for
the Plan Year beginning with or within the taxable year of the Participant.

        (h) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant
 shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market value of the
 Participant's Elective Account shall be used to provide benefits to the
 Participant or his Beneficiary.

       (i) Employer Elective Contributions made pursuant to this Section may be
segregated into a separate account for each Participant in a federally insured
savings account, certificate of deposit in a bank or savings and loan
association, money market certificate, or other short-term debt security
acceptable to the Trustee until such time as the allocations pursuant to Section
4.4 have been made.


                                       23

<PAGE>


       (j) The Employer and the Administrator shall adopt a procedure necessary
to implement the salary reduction elections provided for herein.

 4.3 TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION

       The Employer shall generally pay to the Trustee its contribution to the
Plan for each Plan Year within the time prescribed by law, including extensions
of time, for the filing of the Employer's federal income tax return for the
Fiscal Year.

       However, Employer Elective Contributions accumulated through payroll
deductions shall be paid to the Trustee as of the earliest date on which such
contributions can reasonably be segregated from the Employer's general assets,
but in any event within ninety (90) days from the date on which such amounts
would otherwise have been payable to the Participants in cash. The provisions of
Department of Labor regulations 2510.3-102 are incorporated herein by reference.
Furthermore, any additional Employer contributions which are allocable to the
Participant's Elective Account for a Plan Year shall be paid to the Plan no
later than the twelve-month period immediately following the close of such Plan
Year.

 4.4 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

       (a) The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the name
of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each
Anniversary Date, or other valuation date, all amounts allocated to each such
Participant as set forth herein.

       (b) The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information
required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of the Employer's
contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the
date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the Administrator
shall allocate such contribution as follows:

       (1) With respect to Employer's Elective Contribution made pursuant to
Section 4.1(a), to each Participant's Elective Account in an amount equal to
each such Participant's Deferred Compensation for the year.

       (2) With respect to the Employer's Matching Contribution made pursuant to
Section 4.1(b), to each Participant's Account, or Participant's Elective Account
as selected in E3 of the Adoption Agreement, in accordance with Section 4.1(b).

Except, however, a Participant who is not credited with a Year of Service during
any Plan Year shall or shall not share in the Employer's Matching Contribution
for that year as provided in E3 of the Adoption Agreement. However, for Plan
Years beginning after 1989, if this is a standardized Plan, a Participant shall
share in the Employer's Matching Contribution regardless of Hours of Service.

       (3) With respect to the Employer's Non-Elective Contribution made
pursuant to Section 4.1(c), to each Participant's Account in accordance with the
provisions of E4 of the Adoption Agreement.

However, if an integrated allocation formula is selected at E4 of the Adoption
Agreement, then such contribution shall be allocated to each Participant's
Combined Account in a dollar amount equal to 5.7% of the sum of each
Participant's total Compensation plus Excess Compensation. If the Employer does
not contribute such amount for all Participants, each Participant will be
allocated a share of the contribution in the same proportion that his total
Compensation plus his total Excess Compensation for the Plan Years bears to the
total


                                       24

<PAGE>


     Compensation plus the total Excess Compensation of all Participants for
     that year. The balance of the contribution, if any, will be allocated in
     the same proportion that his total Compensation bears to the total
     Compensation of all Participants eligible to share in the allocation.

     Regardless of the preceding, 4.3% shall be substituted for 5.7% above if
     Excess Compensation is based on more than 20% and less than or equal to 80%
     of the Taxable Wage Base. If Excess Compensation is based on less than 100%
     and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base, then 5.4% shall be substituted
     for 5.7% above.

     (4) With respect to the Employer's Qualified Non-Elective Contribution made
     pursuant to Section 4.1(d), to each Participant's Qualified Non-Elective
     Contribution Account in the same proportion that each such Participant's
     Compensation for the year bears to the total Compensation of all
     Participants for such year.

     (5) Regardless of the preceding, a Participant who is not credited with a
     Year of Service during a Plan Year shall not share in the allocation of the
     Employer's Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.1(c) and
     the Employer's Qualified Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section
     4.1(d), unless reduced pursuant to Section 4.4(h). However, for Plan Years
     beginning after 1989, for a standardized plan, and if elected in the
     non-standardized Adoption Agreement, a Participant shall share in the
     allocation of such contributions regardless of whether a Year of Service
     was completed during the Plan Year.

     (c) As of each Anniversary Date or other valuation date, before allocation
of Employer contributions and Forfeitures. any earnings or losses (net
appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund shall be allocated in the
same proportion that each Participant's and Former Participant's nonsegregated
accounts bear to the total of all Participants' and Former Participants'
nonsegregated accounts as of such date. If any nonsegregated account of a
Participant has been distributed prior to the Anniversary Date or other
valuation date subsequent to a Participant's termination of employment, no
earnings or losses shall be credited to such account.

        Notwithstanding the above, with respect to contributions made to a
401(k) Plan after the previous Anniversary Date or allocation date, the method
specified in the Adoption Agreement shall be used.

     (d) Participants' Accounts shall be debited for any insurance or annuity
premiums paid, if any, and credited with any dividends or interest received on
insurance contracts.

     (e) As of each Anniversary Date any amounts which became Forfeitures since
the last Anniversary Date shall first be made available to reinstate previously
forfeited account balances of Former Participants, if any, in accordance with
Section 6.4(g)(2) or be used to satisfy any contribution that may be required
pursuant to Section 3.5 and/or 6.9. The remaining Forfeitures, if any, shall be
treated in accordance with the Adoption Agreement. Provided, however, that in
the event the allocation of Forfeitures provided herein shall cause the "annual
addition" (as defined in Section 4.9) to any Participant's Account to exceed the
amount allowable by the Code, the excess shall be reallocated in accordance with
Section 4.10. Except, however, for any Plan Year beginning prior to January 1,
1990, and if elected in the non-standardized Adoption Agreement for any Plan
Year beginning on or after January 1, 1990, a Participant who performs less than
a Year of Service during any Plan Year shall not share in the Plan Forfeitures
for that year, unless there is a Short Plan Year or a contribution required
pursuant to Section 4.4(h).


                                       25

<PAGE>


     (f) Minimum Allocations Required for Top Heavy Plan Years: Notwithstanding
the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the sum of the Employer's
contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of
each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to at least three percent (3%) of such
Non-Key Employee's "415 Compensation" (reduced by contributions and forfeitures,
if any, allocated to each Non-Key Employee in any defined contribution plan
included with this plan in a Required Aggregation Group). However, if (i) the
sum of the Employer's contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the
Participant's Combined Account of each Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year
is less than three percent (3%) of each Key Employee's "415 Compensation" and
(ii) this Plan is not required to be included in an Aggregation Group to enable
a defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or
410, the sum of the Employer's contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the
Participant's Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the
largest percentage allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of any Key
Employee. However, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, in
determining whether a Non-Key Employee has received the required minimum
allocation, such Non-Key Employee's Deferred Compensation and matching
contributions used to satisfy the "Actual Deferral Percentage" test pursuant to
Section 4.5(a) or the "Actual Contribution Percentage" test of Section 4.7(a)
shall not be taken into account.

        If this is an integrated Plan, then for any Top Heavy Plan Year the
Employer's contribution shall be allocated as follows:

     (1) An amount equal to 3% multiplied by each Participant's Compensation for
     the Plan Year shall be allocated to each Participant's Account. If the
     Employer does not contribute such amount for all Participants, the amount
     shall be allocated to each Participant's Account in the same proportion
     that his total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
     Compensation of all Participants for such year.

     (2) The balance of the Employer's contribution over the amount allocated
     under subparagraph (1) hereof shall be allocated to each Participant's
     Account in a dollar amount equal to 3% multiplied by a Participant's Excess
     Compensation. If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all
     Participant's, each Participant will be allocated a share of the
     contribution in the same proportion that his Excess Compensation bears to
     the total Excess Compensation of all Participants for that year.

     (3) The balance of the Employer's contribution over the amount allocated
     under subparagraph (2) hereof shall be allocated to each Participant's
     Account in a dollar amount equal to 2.7% multiplied by the sum of each
     Participant's total Compensation plus Excess Compensation. If the Employer
     does not contribute such amount for all Participants, each Participant will
     be allocated a share of the contribution in the same proportion that his
     Total Compensation plus his total Excess Compensation for the Plan Year
     bears to the total Compensation plus the total Excess Compensation of all
     Participants for that year.

     Regardless of the preceding, 1.3% shall be substituted for 2.7% above if
     Excess Compensation is based on more than 20% and less than or equal to 80%
     of the Taxable Wage Base. If Excess Compensation is based on less than 100%
     and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base, then 2.4% shall be substituted
     for 2.7% above.

     (4) The balance of the Employer's contributions over the amount allocated
     above, if any, shall be allocated to each Participant's Account in the same
     proportion that his total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
     Compensation of all Participants for such year. 


                                       26

<PAGE>


        For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant in this Plan and another
non-paired defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, the minimum 3%
allocation specified above shall be provided as specified in F3 of the Adoption
Agreement.

     (g) For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the percentage
allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of any Key Employee shall be
equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer's contributions and Forfeitures
allocated on behalf of such Key Employee divided by the "415 Compensation" for
such Key Employee.

     (h) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth above
shall be allocated to the Participant's Combined Account of all Non-Key
Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the Employer on the last
day of the Plan Year, including Non-Key Employees who have (1) failed to
complete a Year of Service; or (2) declined to make mandatory contributions (if
required) or salary reduction contributions to the Plan.

     (1) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any Plan Year in
which the Employer maintains both this Plan and a defined benefit pension plan
included in a Required Aggregation Group which is top heavy, the Employer shall
not be required to provide a Non-Key Employee with both the full separate
minimum defined benefit plan benefit and the full separate defined contribution
plan allocations. Therefore, if the Employer maintains both a Defined Benefit
and a Defined Contribution Plan that are a Top Heavy Group, the top heavy
minimum benefits shall be provided as follows:

Applies if F1b of the Adoption Agreement is selected -

     (1) The requirements of section 2.1 shall apply except that each Non-Key
     Employee who is a Participant in this Plan or a Money Purchase Plan and who
     is also a Participant in the Defined Benefit Plan shall receive a minimum
     allocation of five percent (5%) of such Participant's "415 Compensation"
     from the applicable Defined Contribution Plan(s).

     (2) For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant only in the Defined
     Benefit Plan, the Employer will provide a minimum non-integrated benefit in
     the Deferred Benefit Plan equal to 2% of his highest five consecutive year
     average "415 Compensation" for each Year of Service while a Participant in
     the Plan, in which the Plan is top heavy, not to exceed ten.

     (3) For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant only in this Defined
     Contribution Plan, the Employer will provide a contribution equal to 3% of
     his "415 Compensation."

Applies if F1c of the Adoption Agreement is selected -

     (4) The minimum allocation specified in Section 4.4(i)(1) shall be 7 1/2%
     for years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

     (5) The minimum benefit specified in Section 4.4(i)(2) shall be 3% for
     years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

     (6) The minimum allocation specified in Section 4.4(i)(3) shall be 4% for
     years in which the Plan is Top Heavy, but not Super Top Heavy.

     (j) For the purpose of this Section "415 Compensation" shall be limited to
$200,000 (unless adjusted in such manner as permitted under Code Section
415(d)). However, for Plan Years


                                       27

<PAGE>


beginning prior to January 1, 1989, the $200,000 limit shall apply only for
Top Heavy Plan Years and shall not be adjusted.

     (k) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, participants who
terminated employment during the Plan Year shall share in the salary reduction
contributions made by the Employer for the year of termination without regard to
the Hours of Service credited.

     (l) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (other than Sections
4.4(k) and 6.6(h)(1)), any Participant who terminated employment during the Plan
Year for reasons other than death, Total and Permanent Disability, or retirement
shall or shall not share in the allocations of the Employer's Matching
Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the Employer's Non-Elective
Contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(c), the Employer's Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section 4.1(d), and Forfeitures as
provided in the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan
Years beginning after 1989, if this is a standardized Plan, any such terminated
Participant shall share in such allocations provided the terminated Participant
completed more than 500 Hours of Service.

     (m) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Participants
terminating for reasons of death, Total and Permanent Disability, or retirement
shall share in the allocation of the Employer's Matching Contribution made
pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the Employer's Non-Elective Contributions made
pursuant to Section 4.1(c), the Employer's Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
made pursuant to Section 4.1(d), and Forfeitures as provided in this Section
regardless of whether they completed a Year of Service during the Plan Year.

     (n) If a Former Participant is reemployed after five (5) consecutive 1-Year
Breaks in Service, then separate accounts shall be maintained as follows:

     (1) one account for nonforfeitable benefits attributable to pre-break
     service; and

     (2) one account representing his status in the Plan attributable to
     post-break service.

     (o) Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary,
if this is a non-standardized Plan that would otherwise fail to meet the
requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(26), 410(b)(1), or 410(b)(2)(A)(i) and the
Regulations thereunder because Employer matching Contributions made pursuant to
Section 4.1(b), Employer Non-Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section
4.1(c) or Employer Qualified Non-Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section
4.1(d) have not been allocated to a sufficient number or percentage of
Participants for a Plan Year, then the following rules shall apply:

     (1) Allocations of the respective contribution and Forfeitures shall first
     be made to all active Participants who are employed on the last day of the
     Plan Year, regardless of the number of Hours of Service completed; and

     (2) If after application of paragraph (1) above, the applicable test is
     still not satisfied, then the group of Participants eligible to share in
     the Employer's contribution and Forfeitures for the Plan Year shall be
     further expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who are not
     actively employed on the last day of the Plan Year as are necessary to
     satisfy the applicable test. The specific Participants who shall become
     eligible to share shall be those Participants, when compared to similarly
     situated Participants, who have completed the greatest number of Hours of
     Service in the Plan Year before terminating employment.


                                       28

<PAGE>


          Nothing in this Section shall permit the reduction of a Participant's
     accrued benefit. Therefore any amounts that have previously been allocated
     to Participants may not be reallocated to satisfy these requirements. In
     such event, the Employer shall make an additional contribution equal to the
     amount such affected Participants would have received had they been
     included in the allocations, even if it exceeds the amount which would be
     deductible under Code Section 404. Any adjustment to the allocations
     pursuant to this paragraph shall be considered a retroactive amendment
     adopted by the last day of the Plan Year.

4.5 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

          (a) Maximum Annual Allocation: For each Plan Year beginning after
     December 31, 1986, the annual allocation derived from Employer Elective
     Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions to a Participant's
     Elective Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account shall satisfy one of
     the following tests:

          (1) The "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Highly Compensated
          Participant group shall not be more than the "Actual Deferral
          Percentage" of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group multiplied
          by 1.25, or

          (2) The excess of the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Highly
          Compensated Participant group over the "Actual Deferral Percentage"
          for the Non-Highly Compensated Participant group shall not be more
          than two percentage points. Additionally, the "Actual Deferral
          Percentage" for the Highly Compensated Participant group shall not
          exceed the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for the Non-Highly Compensated
          Participant group multiplied by 2. The provisions of Code Section
          401(k)(3) and Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b) are incorporated herein by
          reference.

          However, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, to prevent
          the multiple use of the alternative method described in (2) above and
          Code Section 401(m)(9)(A), any Highly Compensated Participant eligible
          to make elective deferrals pursuant to Section 4.2 and to make
          Employee contributions or to receive matching contributions under this
          Plan or under any other plan maintained by the Employer or an
          Affiliated Employer shall have his actual contribution ratio reduced
          pursuant to Regulation 1.401(m)-2, the provisions of which are
          incorporated herein by reference.

          (b) For the purposes of this Section "Actual Deferral Percentage"
     means, with respect to the Highly Compensated Participant group and
     Non-Highly Compensated Participant group for a Plan Year, the average of
     the ratios, calculated separately for each Participant in such group, of
     the amount of Employer Elective Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective
     Contributions allocated to each Participant's Elective Account and
     Qualified Non-Elective Account for such Plan Year, to such Participant's
     "414(s) Compensation" for such Plan Year. The actual deferral ratio for
     each Participant and the "Actual Deferral Percentage" for each group, for
     Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, shall be calculated to the
     nearest one-hundredth of one percent of the Participant's "414(s)
     Compensation." Employer Elective Contributions allocated to each Non-Highly
     Compensated Participant's Elective Account shall be reduced by Excess
     Deferred Compensation to the extent such excess amounts are made under this
     Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer.

          (c) For the purpose of determining the actual deferral ratio of a
     Highly Compensated Participant who is subject to the Family Member
     aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Participant is
     either a "five percent owner" of the Employer or one of the ten (10) Highly
     Compensated Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the year,
     the following shall apply:


                                       29

<PAGE>


          (1) The combined actual deferral ratio for the family group (which
          shall be treated as one Highly Compensated Participant) shall be the
          greater of: (i) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer Elective
          Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of all eligible Family Members
          who are Highly Compensated Participants without regard to family
          aggregation; and (ii) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer
          Elective Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of all eligible
          Family Members (including Highly Compensated Participants). However,
          in applying the $200,000 limit to "414(s) Compensation" for Plan Years
          beginning after December 31, 1988, Family Members shall include only
          the affected Employee's spouse and any lineal descendants who have not
          attained age 19 before the close of the Plan Year.

          (2) The Employer Elective Contributions and "414(s) Compensation" of
          all Family Members shall be disregarded for purposes of determining
          the "Actual Deferral Percentage" of the Non-Highly Compensated
          Participant group except to the extent taken into account in paragraph
          (1) above.

          (3) If a Participant is required to be aggregated as a member of more
          than one family group in a plan, all Participants who are members of
          those family groups that include the Participant are aggregated as one
          family group in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

          (d) For the purposes of Sections 4.5(a) and 4.6, a Highly Compensated
     Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any
     Employee eligible to make a deferral election pursuant to Section 4.2,
     whether or not such deferral election was made or suspended pursuant to
     Section 4.2.

          (e) For the purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),
     410(b) and 401(k), if two or more plans which include cash or deferred
     arrangements are considered one plan for the purposes of Code Section
     401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than Code Section 401(b)(2)(A)(ii) as in effect
     for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988), the cash or deferred
     arrangements included in such plans shall be treated as one arrangement. In
     addition. two or more cash or deferred arrangements may be considered as a
     single arrangement for purposes of determining whether or not such
     arrangements satisfy Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(k). In such
     a case, the cash or deferred arrangements included in such plans and the
     plans including such arrangements shall be treated as one arrangement and
     as one plan for purposes of this Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4),
     410(b) and 401(k). For plan years beginning after December 31, 1989. plans
     may be aggregated under this paragraph (e) only if they have the same plan
     year.

             Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after December
     31, 1988, an employee stock ownership plan described in Code Section
     4975(e)(7) may not be combined with this Plan for purposes of determining
     whether the employee stock ownership plan or this Plan satisfies this
     Section and Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(k).

          (f) For the purposes of this Section, if a Highly Compensated
     Participant is a Participant under two (2) or more cash or deferred
     arrangements (other than a cash or deferred arrangement which is part of an
     employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7) for
     Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988) of the Employer or an
     Affiliated Employer, all such cash or deferred arrangements shall be
     treated as one cash or deferred arrangement for the purpose of determining
     the actual deferral ratio with respect to such Highly Compensated
     Participant. However, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, if
     the cash or deferred arrangements have different Plan Years, this paragraph
     shall be applied by treating all cash or deferred arrangements ending with
     or within the same calendar year as a single arrangement.


                                       30

<PAGE>


4.6 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

     In the event that the initial allocations of the Employer's Elective
Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section
4.4 do not satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5, for Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 1986, the Administrator shall adjust Excess
Contributions pursuant to the options set forth below:

          (a) On or before the fifteenth day of the third month following the
     end of each Plan Year, the Highly Compensated Participant having the
     highest actual deferral ratio shall have his portion of Excess
     Contributions distributed to him and/or at his election recharacterized as
     a voluntary Employee contribution pursuant to Section 4.12 until one of the
     tests set forth in Section 4.5 is satisfied, or until his actual deferral
     ratio equals the actual deferral ratio of the High1v Compensated
     Participant having the second highest actual deferral ratio. This process
     shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 4.5 is
     satisfied. For each Highly Compensated Participant, the amount of Excess
     Contributions is equal to the Elective Contributions and Qualified
     Non-Elective Contributions made on behalf of such Highly Compensated
     Participant (determined prior to the application of this paragraph) minus
     the amount determined by multiplying the Highly Compensated Participant's
     actual deferral ratio (determined after application of this paragraph) by
     his "414(s) Compensation." However, in determining the amount of Excess
     Contributions to be distributed and/or recharacterized with respect to an
     affected Highly Compensated Participant as determined herein, such amount
     shall be reduced by any Excess Deferred Compensation previously distributed
     to such affected Highly Compensated Participant for his taxable year ending
     with or within such Plan Year. Any distribution and/or recharacterization
     of Excess Contributions shall be made in accordance with the following:

          (1) With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions pursuant
          to (a) above, such distribution:

               (i) may be postponed but not later than the close of the Plan
               Year following the Plan Year to which they are allocable;

               (ii) shall be made first from unmatched Deferred Compensation
               and, thereafter, simultaneously from Deferred Compensation which
               is matched and matching contributions which relate to such
               Deferred Compensation. However, any such matching contributions
               which are not Vested shall be forfeited in lieu of being
               distributed;

               (iii) shall be made from Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
               only to the extent that Excess Contributions exceed the balance
               in the Participant's Elective Account attributable to Deferred
               Compensation and Employer matching contributions;

               (iv) shall be adjusted for Income; and

               (v) shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of
               Excess Contributions (and Income).

          (2) With respect to the recharacterization of Excess Contributions
          pursuant to (a) above, such recharacterized amounts:

               (i) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date on which the
               last of those Highly Compensated Participants with Excess
               Contributions to be recharacterized is notified of the
               recharacterization and the tax consequences of such
               recharacterization;


                                       31

<PAGE>


               (ii) for Plan Years ending on or before August 8, 1988, may be
               postponed but not later than October 24, 1988;

               (iii) shall not exceed the amount of Deferred Compensation on
               behalf of any Highly Compensated Participant for any Plan Year;

               (iv) shall be treated as voluntary Employee contributions for
               purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) and Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b).
               However, for purposes of Sections 2.2 and 4.4(f), recharacterized
               Excess Contributions continue to be treated as Employer
               contributions that are Deferred Compensation. For Plan Years
               beginning after December 31, 1988, Excess Contributions
               recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions shall
               continue to be nonforfeitable and subject to the same
               distribution rules provided for in Section 4.9(f);

               (v) which relate to Plan Years ending on or before October 24,
               1988, may be treated as either Employer contributions or
               voluntary Employee contributions and therefore shall not be
               subject to the restrictions of Section 4.2(c);

               (vi) are not permitted if the amount recharacterized plus
               voluntary Employee contributions actually made by such Highly
               Compensated Participant, exceed the maximum amount of voluntary
               Employee contributions (determined prior to application of
               Section 4.7(a)) that such Highly Compensated Participant is
               permitted to make under the Plan in the absence of
               recharacterization;

               (vii) shall be adjusted for Income.

          (3) Any distribution and/or recharacterization of less than the entire
          amount of Excess Contributions shall be treated as a pro rata
          distribution and/or recharacterization of Excess Contributions and
          Income.

          (4) The determination and correction of Excess Contributions of a
          Highly Compensated Participant whose actual deferral ratio is
          determined under the family aggregation rules shall be accomplished as
          follows:

               (i) If the actual deferral ratio for the Highly Compensated
               Participant is determined in accordance with Section
               4.5(c)(1)(ii), then the actual deferral ratio shall be reduced as
               required herein and the Excess Contributions for the family unit
               shall be allocated among the Family Members in proportion to the
               Elective Contributions of each Family Member that were combined
               to determine the group actual deferral ratio.

               (ii) If the actual deferral ratio for the Highly Compensated
               Participant is determined under Section 4.5(c)(1)(i), then the
               actual deferral ratio shall first be reduced as required herein,
               but not below the actual deferral ratio of the group of Family
               Members who are not Highly Compensated Participants without
               regard to family aggregation. The Excess Contributions resulting
               from this initial reduction shall be allocated (in proportion to
               Elective Contributions) among the Highly Compensated Participants
               whose Elective Contributions were combined to determine the
               actual deferral ratio. If further reduction is still required,
               then Excess Contributions resulting from this further reduction
               shall be determined by taking into account the contributions of
               all Family Members and shall be allocated among them in
               proportion to their respective Elective Contributions.

          (b) Within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the
     Employer shall make a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution on behalf
     of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in


                                       32

<PAGE>


     an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section
     4.5(a). Such contribution shall be allocated to the Participant's Qualified
     Non-Elective Account of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant in the same
     proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant's Compensation for
     the year bears to the total Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated
     Participants.

          (c) For purposes of this Section, "Income" means the income or loss
     allocable to Excess Contributions which shall equal the sum of the
     allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year and the allocable gain or loss for
     the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution
     ("gap period"). The income or loss allocable to Excess Contributions for
     the Plan Year and the "gap period" is calculated separately and is
     determined by multiplying the income or loss for the Plan Year or the "gap
     period" by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess
     Contributions for the Plan Year. The denominator of the fraction is the
     total of the Participant's Elective Account attributable to Elective
     Contributions and the Participant's Qualified Non-Elective Account as of
     the end of the Plan Year or the "gap period," reduced by the gain allocable
     to such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap period" and increased by
     the loss allocable to such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap
     period."

          In lieu of the "fractional method" described above, a "safe harbor
     method" may be used to calculate the allocable Income for the "gap period."
     Under such "safe harbor method," allocable Income for the "gap period"
     shall be deemed to equal ten percent (10%) of the Income allocable to
     Excess Contributions for the Plan Year of the Participant multiplied by the
     number of calendar months in the "gap period." For purposes of determining
     the number of calendar months in the "gap period," a distribution occurring
     on or before the fifteenth day of the month shall be treated as having been
     made on the last day of the preceding month and a distribution occurring
     after such fifteenth day shall be treated as having been made on the first
     day of the next subsequent month.

          Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section
     which is made after August 15, 1991, such distribution shall not include
     any Income for the "gap period". Further provided, for any distribution
     under this Section which is made after August 15, 1991, the amount of
     Income may be computed using a reasonable method that is consistent with
     Section 4.4(c), provided such method is used consistently for all
     Participants and for all such distributions for the Plan Year.
    
          Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years which began in 1987, Income
     during the "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

          (d) Any amounts not distributed or characterized within 2 1/2 months
     after the end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the 10% Employer excise
     tax imposed by Code Section 4979.

4.7 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

          (a) The "Actual Contribution Percentage," for Plan Years beginning
     after the later of the Effective Date of this Plan or December 31, 1986,
     for the Highly Compensated Participant group shall not exceed the greater
     of:

          (1) 125 percent of such percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated
          Participant group; or

          (2) the lesser of 200 percent of such percentage for the Non-Highly
          Compensated Participant group, or such percentage for the Non-Highly
          Compensated Participant group plus 2 percentage points. However, for
          Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, to prevent the multiple
          use of the alternative method described in this paragraph and Code
          Section 401(m)(9)(A), any Highly Compensated Participant eligible to
          make elective deferrals pursuant


                                       33

<PAGE>


          to Section 4.2 or any other cash or deferred arrangement maintained by
          the Employer or an Affiliated Employer and to make Employee
          contributions or to receive matching contributions under any plan
          maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer shall have his
          actual contribution ratio reduced pursuant to Regulation 1.401(m)-2.
          The provisions of Code Section 401(m) and Regulations 1.401(m)-1(b)
          and 1.401(m)-2 are incorporated herein by reference.

          (b) For the purposes of this Section and Section 4.8, "Actual
     Contribution Percentage" for a Plan Year means, with respect to the Highly
     Compensated Participant group and Non-Highly Compensated Participant group,
     the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in
     each group) of:

          (1) the sum of Employer matching contributions pursuant to Section
          4.1(b) (to the extent such matching contributions are not used to
          satisfy the tests set forth in Section 4.5), voluntary Employee
          contributions made pursuant to Section 4.12 and Excess Contributions
          recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to
          Section 4.6(a) contributed under the Plan on behalf of each such
          Participant for such Plan Year; to

          (2) the Participant's "414(s) Compensation" for such Plan Year.

          (c) For purposes of determining the "Actual Contribution Percentage"
     and the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to Section
     4.8(e), only Employer matching contributions (excluding matching
     contributions forfeited or distributed pursuant to Section 4.2(f), 4.6(a)
     or 4.8(a)) contributed to the Plan prior to the end of the succeeding Plan
     Year shall be considered. In addition, the Administrator may elect to take
     into account, with respect to Employees eligible to have Employer matching
     contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) or voluntary Employee
     contributions made pursuant to Section 4.12 allocated to their accounts,
     elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation 1.402(g)-1(b)) and qualified
     non-elective contributions (as defined in Code Section 401(m)(4)(C))
     contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer. Such elective deferrals
     and qualified non-elective contributions shall be treated as Employer
     matching contributions subject to Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b)(2) which is
     incorporated herein by reference. However, for Plan Years beginning after
     December 31, 1988, the Plan Year must be the same as the plan year of the
     plan to which the elective deferrals and the qualified non-elective
     contributions are made.

          (d) For the purpose of determining the actual contribution ratio of a
     Highly Compensated Employee who is subject to the Family Member aggregation
     rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) because such Employee is either a "five
     percent owner" of the Employer or one of the ten (10) Highly Compensated
     Employees paid the greatest "415 Compensation" during the year, the
     following shall apply:

          (1) The combined actual contribution ratio for the family group (which
          shall be treated as one Highly Compensated Participant) shall be the
          greater of: (i) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer matching
          contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) (to the extent such
          matching contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in
          Section 4.5), voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to
          Section 4.12, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary
          Employee contributions pursuant to Section 4.6(a) and "414(s)
          Compensation" of all eligible Family Members who are Highly
          Compensated Participants without regard to family aggregation; and
          (ii) the ratio determined by aggregating Employer matching
          contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) (to the extent such
          matching contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in
          Section 4.5), voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to
          Section 4.12, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary
          Employee contributions pursuant to Section 4.6(a) and "414(s)
          Compensation" of all eligible Family Members (including Highly
          Compensated Participants). However, in applying the $200,000


                                       34

<PAGE>


       Limit to "414(s) Compensation" for Plan Years beginning after December
       31, 1988. Family members shall include only the affected Employee's
       spouse and any lineal descendants who have not attained age 19 before the
       close of the Plan Year.

              (2) The Employee matching contributions made pursuant to Section
       4.1(b) (to the extent such matching contributions are not used to satisfy
       the tests set forth in Section 4.5) voluntary Employee contributions made
       pursuant to Section 4.12, Excess Contributions recharacterized as
       voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 4.6(a) and "414(s)
       Compensation" of all Family Members shall be disregarded for purposes of
       determining the "Actual Contribution Percentage" of the Non-Highly
       Compensated Participant group except to the extent taken into account in
       paragraph (1) above.

              (3) If a Participant is required to be aggregated as a member of
       more than one family group in a plan, all Participants who are members of
       those family groups that include the Participant are aggregated as one
       family group in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2) above.

       (e) For purposes of this Section and Codes Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and
410(m), if two or more plans of the Employer to which matching contributions,
Employee contributions, or both, are made or are treated as one plan for
purposes of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than the average benefits
test under Code Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii) as in effect for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1988), such plans shall be treated as one plan. In addition,
two or more plans of the Employer to which matching contributions, Employee
contributions, or both, are made may be considered as a single plan for purposes
of determining whether or not such plans satisfy Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b)
and 401(m). In such a case, the aggregated plans must satisfy this Section and
Code Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m) as though such aggregated plans were
a single plan. For plan years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be
aggregated under this paragraph only if they have the same plan year.

       Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
1988, an employee stock ownership plan described in Code Section 4975(e)(7) may
not be aggregated with this Plan for purposes of determining whether the
employee stock ownership plan or this Plan satisfies this Section and Code
Sections 401(a)(4), 410(b) and 401(m).

       (f) If a Highly Compensated Participant is a Participant under two or
more plans (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code
Section 4975(e)(7) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988) which are
maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to which matching
contributions, Employee contributions, or both, are made, all such contributions
on behalf of such Highly Compensated Participant shall be aggregated for
purposes of determining such Highly Compensated Participant's actual
contribution ratio. However, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988,
if the plans have different plan years, this paragraph shall be applied by
treating all plans ending with or within the same calendar year as a single
plan.

       (g) For purposes of section 4.7(a) and 4.8, a Highly Compensated
Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee
eligible to have matching contributions made pursuant to section 4.1(b) (whether
or not a deferred election was made or suspended pursuant to Section 4.2(e))
allocated to his account for the Plan Year or to make salary deferrals pursuant
to section 4.2 (if the Employer uses salary deferrals to satisfy the provisions
of this Section) or voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 4.12
(whether or not voluntary Employee contributions are made) allocated to his
account for the Plan Year.

       (h) For purposes of this Section, "Matching Contribution" shall mean an
Employer contribution made to the Plan, or to a contract described in Code
Section 403(b), on behalf of a

                                       35

<PAGE>


Participant on account of a Employee contribution made by such Participant, or
on account of a participant's deferred compensation, under a plan maintained by
the Employer.

4.8 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

              (a) In the event that for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
       1986, the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the Highly Compensated
       Participant group exceeds the "Actual Contribution Percentage" for the
       Non-Highly Compensated Participant group pursuant to Section 4.7(a), the
       Administrator (on or before the fifteenth day of the third month
       following the end of the Plan Year, but in no event later than the close
       of the following Plan Year) shall direct the Trustee to distribute to the
       Highly Compensated Participant having the highest actual contribution
       ratio, his portion of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income
       allocable to such contributions) or, if forfeitable, forfeit such
       non-Vested Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to Employer
       matching contributions (and Income allocable to such Forfeitures) until
       either one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a) is satisfied, or
       until his actual contribution ratio equals the actual contribution ratio
       of the Highly Compensated Participant having the second highest actual
       contribution ratio. This process shall continue until one of the tests
       set forth in Section 4.7(a) is satisfied. The distribution and/or
       Forfeiture of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be made in the
       following order:

                     (1) Employer matching contributions distributed and/or
              forfeited pursuant to Section 4.6(a)(1);

                     (2) Voluntary Employee contributions including Excess
              Contributions recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions
              pursuant to Section 4.6(a)(2);

                     (3) Remaining Employer matching contributions.


              (b) Any distribution or Forfeiture of less than the entire amount
       of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and Income) shall be treated as a pro
       rata distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions and Income.
       Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be designated by the
       Employer as a distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and
       Income). Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated
       in accordance with Section 4.4. However, no such Forfeiture may be
       allocated to a Highly Compensated Participant whose contributions are
       reduced pursuant to this Section.

              (c) Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to amounts other
       than voluntary Employee contributions, including forfeited matching
       contributions, shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of
       Code Sections 404 and 415 even if distributed from the Plan.

              (d) For the purposes of this Section and Section 4.7, "Excess
       Aggregate Contributions" means, with respect to any Plan Year, the
       excess of:

                     (1) the aggregate amount of Employer matching contributions
              made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) (to the extent such contributions
              are taken into account pursuant to Section 4.7(b)), voluntary
              Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.12, Excess
              Contributions recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions
              pursuant to Section 4.6(a) and any Qualified Non-Elective
              Contributions or elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to
              Section 4.7(c) actually made on behalf of the Highly Compensated
              Participant group for such Plan Year, over

                     (2) the maximum amount of such contributions permitted
              under the limitations of Section 4.7(a).


                                       36

<PAGE>


       (e) For each Highly Compensated Participant, the amount of Excess
Aggregate Contributions is equal to the total Employer matching contributions
made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) (to the extent taken into account pursuant to
Section 4.7(b)), voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.12,
Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions
pursuant to Section 4.6(a) and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or
elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section 4.7(c) on behalf of
the Highly Compensated Participant (determined prior to the application of this
paragraph) minus the amount determined by multiplying the Highly Compensated
Participant's actual contribution ratio (determined after application of this
paragraph) by his "414(s) Compensation." The actual contribution ratio must be
rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1988. In no case shall the amount of Excess Aggregate
Contribution with respect to any Highly Compensated Participant exceed the
amount of Employer matching contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) (to
the extent taken into account pursuant to Section 4.7(b)), voluntary Employee
contributions made pursuant to Section 4.12, Excess Contributions
recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 4.6(a)
and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or elective deferrals taken into
account pursuant to Section 4.7(c) on behalf of such Highly Compensated
Participant for such Plan Year.

       (f) The determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions
with respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first determining the Excess
Contributions, if any, to be treated as voluntary Employee contributions due to
recharacterization for the plan year of any other qualified cash or deferred
arrangement (as defined in Code Section 401(k)) maintained by the Employer that
ends with or within the Plan Year or which are treated as voluntary Employee
contributions due to recharacterization pursuant to Section 4.6(a).

       (g) The determination and correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions of
a Highly Compensated Participant whose actual contribution ratio is determined
under the family aggregation rules shall be accomplished as follows:

              (1) If the actual contribution ratio for the Highly Compensated
       Participant is determined in accordance with Section 4.7(d)(1)(ii),
       then the actual contribution ratio shall be reduced and the Excess
       Aggregate Contributions for the family unit shall be allocated among the
       Family Members in proportion to the sum of Employer matching
       contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1(b) (to the extent taken into
       account pursuant to Section 4.7(b)), voluntary Employee contributions
       made pursuant to Section 4.12, Excess Contributions recharacterized as
       voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 4.6(a) and any
       Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or elective deferrals taken into
       account pursuant to Section 4.7(c) of each Family Member that were
       combined to determine the group actual contribution ratio.

              (2) If the actual contribution ratio for the Highly Compensated
       Participant is determined under Section 4.7(d)(1)(i), then the actual
       contribution ratio shall first be reduced, as required herein, but not
       below the actual contribution ratio of the group of Family Members who
       are not Highly Compensated Participants without regard to family
       aggregation. The Excess Aggregate Contributions resulting from this
       initial reduction shall be allocated among the Highly Compensated
       Participants whose Employer matching contributions made pursuant to
       Section 4.1(b) (to the extent taken into account pursuant to Section
       4.7(b)), voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant Section 4.12,
       Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary Employee contributions
       pursuant to section 4.6(a) and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
       or elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section 4.7(c) were
       combined to determine the actual contribution ratio. If further reduction
       is still required, then Excess Aggregate Contributions resulting from
       this further reduction shall be determined by taking into account the
       contributions of all Family Members and shall be allocated among them in
       proportion to their respective Employer matching contributions made
       pursuant to Section 4.1(b) (to the extent taken into account pursuant to


                                       37

<PAGE>


       Section 4.7(b)), voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to
       Section 4.12, Excess Contributions recharacterized as voluntary Employee
       contributions pursuant to Section 4.6(a) and any Qualified Non-Elective
       Contributions or elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to
       Section 4.7(c).

       (h) Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after the end of
the Plan Year, the Employer may make a special Qualified Non-Elective
Contribution on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount
sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 4.7(a). Such
contribution shall be allocated to the Participant's Qualified Non-Elective
Account of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant in the same proportion that
each Non-Highly Compensated Participant's Compensation for the year bears to the
total Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants. A separate
accounting shall be maintained for the purpose of excluding such contributions
from the "Actual Deferral Percentage" tests pursuant to Section 4.5(a).

       (i) For purposes of this Section, "Income" means the income or loss
allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions which shall equal the sum of the
allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year and the allocable gain or loss for the
period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution ("gap
period"). The income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions for the
Plan Year and the "gap period" is calculated separately and is determined by
multiplying the income or loss for the Plan Year or the "gap period" by a
fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Aggregate Contributions
for the Plan Year. The denominator of the fraction is the total Participant's
Account and Voluntary Contribution Account attributable to Employer matching
contributions subject to Section 4.7, voluntary Employee contributions made
pursuant to Section 4.12, and any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and
elective deferrals taken into account pursuant to Section 4.7(c) as of the end
of the Plan Year or the "gap period" reduced by the gain allocable to such total
amount for the Plan Year or the "gap period" and increased by the loss allocable
to such total amount for the Plan Year or the "gap period."

       In lieu of the "fractional method" described above, a "safe harbor
method" may be used to calculate the allocable Income for the "gap period."
Under such "safe harbor method," allocable Income for the "gap period" shall be
deemed to equal ten percent (10%) of the Income allocable to Excess Aggregate
Contributions for the Plan Year of the Participant multiplied by the number of
calendar months in the "gap period." For purposes of determining the number of
calendar months in the "gap period," a distribution occurring on or before the
fifteenth day of the month shall be treated as having been made on the last day
of the preceding month and a distribution occurring after such fifteenth day
shall be treated as having been made on the first day of the next subsequent
month.

       The Income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions resulting from
recharacterization of Elective Contributions shall be determined and distributed
as if such recharacterized Elective Contributions had been distributed as Excess
Contributions.

       Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section which
is made after August 15, 1991, such distribution shall not include any Income
for the "gap period". Further provided, for any distribution under this Section
which is made after August 15, 1991, the amount of Income may be computed using
a reasonable method that is consistent with Section 4.4(c), provided such method
is used consistently for all Participants and for all such distributions for the
Plan Year.


       Notwithstanding the above, for any distribution under this Section which
is made after August 15, 1991, such distribution shall not include any Income
for the "gap period." Further


                                       38

<PAGE>


provided, for any distribution under this Section which is made after August 15,
1991, the amount of Income may be computed using a reasonable method that is
consistent with Section 4.4(c), provided such method is used consistently for
all Participants and for all such distributions for the Plan Year.

       Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years which began in 1987, Income
during the "gap period" shall not be taken into account.

4.9 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS

       (a)(1) If the Participant does not participate in, and has never
participated in another qualified plan maintained by the Employer, or a welfare
benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)), maintained by the Employer, or
an individual medical account (as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2)) maintained
by the Employer, which provides Annual Additions, the amount of Annual Additions
which may be credited to the Participant's accounts for any Limited Year shall
not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation
contained in this Plan. If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be
contributed or allocated to the Participant's accounts would cause the Annual
Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the
amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for
the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.

       (2) Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the
Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a
Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant's
Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants
similarly situated.

       (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for such Limitation Year shall
be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual compensation for such
Limitation Year.

       (4) If there is an excess amount pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.5,
the excess will be disposed of in one of the following manners, as uniformly
determined by the Plan Administrator for all Participants similarly situated:

              (i) Any Deferred Compensation or nondeductible Voluntary Employee
       Contributions, to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be
       distributed to the Participant;

              (ii) If, after the application of subparagraph (i), an Excess
       Amount still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the
       end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount in the Participant's
       account will be used to reduce Employer contributions (including any
       allocation of Forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation
       Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

              (iii) If, after the application of subparagraph (i), an Excess
       Amount still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at
       the end of a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be held unallocated
       in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce
       future Employer contributions (including allocation of any Forfeitures)
       for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each
       succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

              (iv) If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
       Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, it will not participate in the
       allocation of investment gains and losses. If


                                       39

<PAGE>


       a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular
       limitation year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated
       and reallocated to participants' accounts before any employer
       contributions or any employee contributions may be made to the plan for
       that limitation year. Excess amounts may not be distributed to
       participants or former participants.

       (b)(1) This subsection applies if, in addition to this Plan, the
Participant is covered under another qualified Prototype defined contribution
plan maintained by the Employer, or a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code
Section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer; or an individual medical account (as
defined in Code Section 415(l)(2)) maintained by the Employer, which provides
Annual Additions, during any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be
credited to a Participant's accounts under this Plan for any such Limitation
Year shall not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual
Additions credited to a Participant's accounts under the other plans and welfare
benefit funds for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect
to the participant under other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit
funds maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount
and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated
to the Participant's accounts under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions
for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or
allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and
welfare benefit funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible
Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under such other
defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds in the aggregate are equal
to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed
or allocated to the Participant's account under this Plan for the Limitation
Year.

       (2) Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the
Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a
Participant in the manner described in Section 4.9(a)(2).

       (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be
determined on the basis of the Participant's actual Compensation for the
Limitation Year.

       (4) If, pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(2) or Section 4.10, a Participant's
Annual Additions under this Plan and such other plans would result in an Excess
Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the
Annual Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to a
welfare benefit fund or individual medical account will be deemed to have been
allocated first regardless of the actual allocation date.

       (5) If an Excess Amount was allocated to a participant on an allocation
date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the
Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of:

              (i) the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times

              (ii) the ratio of (1) the Annual Additions allocated to the
       Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to
       (2) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the
       Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified
       defined contribution plans.

       (6) Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the
manner described in Section 4.9(a)(4).


                                       40

<PAGE>


       (c) If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a Prototype Plan,
Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's account under this
Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with Section 4.9(b),
unless the Employer provides other limitations in the Adoption Agreement.

       (d) If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified
defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan the sum of the
Participant's Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan
Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which
may be credited to the Participant's account under this Plan for any Limitation
Year will be limited in accordance with the Limitation on Allocations Section of
the Adoption Agreement.

       (e) For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the
transfer of funds from one qualified plan to another is not an "annual
addition." In addition, the following are not Employee contributions for the
purposes of Section 4.8(f)(1)(2): (1) rollover contributions (as defined in Code
Sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3)); (2) repayments of loans
made to a Participant from the Plan; (3) repayments of distributions received by
an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(7)(B) (cash-outs); (4) repayments of
distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(3)(D)
(mandatory contributions); and (5) Employee contributions to a simplified
employee pension excludable from gross income under Code Section 408(k)(6).

       (f) For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as
follows:

              (1) Annual Additions means the sum credited to a Participant's
       accounts for any Limitation Year of (1) Employer contributions, (2)
       effective with respect to "limitation years" beginning after December 31,
       1986, Employee contributions, (3) forfeitures, (4) amounts allocated,
       after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in
       Code Section 415(1)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan
       maintained by the Employer and (5) amounts derived from contributions
       paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after
       such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits
       allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code
       Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code
       Section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer. Except, however, the "415
       Compensation" percentage limitation referred to in paragraph (a)(2) above
       shall not apply to: (1) any contribution for medical benefits (within the
       meaning of Code Section 419A(f)(2)) after separation from service which
       is otherwise treated as an "annual addition," or (2) any amount otherwise
       treated as an "annual addition" under Code Section 415(l)(1).
       Notwithstanding the foregoing, for "limitation years" beginning prior to
       January 1, 1987, only that portion of Employee contributions equal to the
       lesser of Employee contributions in excess of six percent (6%) of "415
       Compensation" or one-half of Employee contributions shall be considered
       an "annual addition."

              For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under Sections
       4.9(a)(4) and 4l9(b)(6) in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer
       contributions shall be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation
       Year.

              (2) Compensation means a Participant's Compensation as elected in
       the Adoption Agreement. However, regardless of any selection made in the
       Adoption Agreement, "415 Compensation" shall exclude compensation which
       is not currently includible in the participant's gross income by reason
       of the application of Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h)(1)(B), or
       403(b).

              For limitation years beginning after December 31, 1991, for
       purposes of applying the limitations of this article, compensation for a
       limitation year is the compensation actually paid or made available
       during such limitation year.


                                       41

<PAGE>


              Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, compensation for a
       participant in a defined contribution plan who is permanently and totally
       disabled (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code) is
       the compensation such participant would have received for the limitation
       year if the participant had been paid at the rate of compensation paid
       immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled; such
       imputed compensation for the disabled participant may be taken into
       account only if the participant is not a Highly Compensated Employee and
       contributions made on behalf of such participant are nonforfeitable when
       made.

              (3) Defined Benefit Fraction means a fraction, the numerator of
       which is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under all
       of the defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by
       the Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent
       of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year under Code
       Sections 415(b) and (d) or 140 percent of his Highest Average
       Compensation including any adjustments under Code Section 415(b).

              Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant as
       of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December
       31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer
       which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction
       will not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under
       such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the end of the close
       of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987,
       disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan after
       May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit
       plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of
       Code Section 415 for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1,
       1987.

              Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, 100
       shall be substituted for 125 unless the extra minimum allocation is being
       made pursuant to the Employer's election in F1 of the Adoption Agreement.
       However, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super Top Heavy Plan,
       100 shall be substituted for 125 in any event.

              (4) Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation means $30,000, or, if
       greater, one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in
       Code Section 415(b)(1) as in effect for the Limitation Year.

              (5) Defined Contribution Fraction means a fraction, the numerator
       of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's account
       under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated)
       maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior Limitation
       Years, (including the Annual Additions attributable to the Participant's
       nondeductible voluntary employee contributions to any defined benefit
       plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer and the
       annual additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined in
       Code Section 419(e), and individual medical accounts, as defined in Code
       Section 415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of
       which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the current and all
       prior Limitation Years of Service with the Employer (regardless of
       whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer). The
       maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of 125
       percent of the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation or 35 percent of
       the Participant's Compensation for such year. For Limitation Years
       beginning prior to January 1, 1987, the "annual addition" shall not be
       recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as an Annual Addition.


                                       42

<PAGE>


       If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first day of the
       first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more
       defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were in
       existence on May 5, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted
       if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction would
       otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment,
       an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the
       fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will be
       permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The
       adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as
       of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987,
       and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan made
       after May 5, 1986, but using the Code Section 415 limitation applicable
       to the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

              Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, 100
       shall be substituted for 125 unless the extra minimum allocation is being
       made pursuant to the Employer's election in F1 of the Adoption Agreement.
       However, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super Top Heavy Plan,
       100 shall be substituted for 125 in any event.

              (6) Employer means the Employer that adopts this Plan and all
       Affiliated Employers, except that for purposes of this Section,
       Affiliated Employers shall be determined pursuant to the modification
       made by Code Section 415(h).

              (7) Excess Amount means the excess of the Participant's Annual
       Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

              (8) Highest Average Compensation means the average Compensation
       for the three consecutive Years of Service with the Employer that
       produces the highest average. A Year of Service with the Employer is the
       12 consecutive month period defined in Section E1 of the Adoption
       Agreement which is used to determine Compensation under the Plan.

              (9) Limitation Year means the Compensation Year (a 12 consecutive
       month period) as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. All
       qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation
       Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12 consecutive
       month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the
       Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

              (10) Master or Prototype Plan means a plan the form of which is
       the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue
       Service.

              (11) Maximum Permissible Amount means the maximum Annual Addition
       that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's account under the
       plan for any Limitation Year, which shall not exceed the lesser of:

                   (i) the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or

                   (ii) 25 percent of the Participant's Compensation for the
                   Limitation Year.

                   The Compensation Limitation referred to in (ii) shall not
                   apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the
                   meaning of Code Sections 401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) which is
                   otherwise treated as an annual addition under Code Sections
                   415(l)(l) or 419A(d)(2).


                                       43

<PAGE>


                   If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment
                   changing the Limitation Year to a different 12 consecutive
                   month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed
                   the Defined Contribution Dollar Contribution multiplied by
                   the following fraction:

                 number of months in the short Limitation Year
                 ---------------------------------------------
                                       12

              (12) Projected Annual Benefit means the annual retirement benefit
       (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such
       benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or
       qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the Participant would be
       entitled under the terms of the plan assuming:

                   (i) the Participant will continue employment until Normal
                   Retirement Age (or current age, if later), and

                   (ii) the Participant's Compensation for the current
                   Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to
                   determine benefits under the Plan will remain constant for
                   all future Limitation Years.

         (g) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary,
the limitations, adjustments and other requirements prescribed in this Section
shall at all times comply with the provisions of Code Section 415 and the
Regulations thereunder, the terms of which are specifically incorporated herein
by reference.

4.10 ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS

         (a) If as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable error
in estimating a Participant's annual Compensation, a reasonable error in
determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section
402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any Participant under the limits of
Section 4.9, or other facts and circumstances to which Regulation 1.415-6(b)(6)
shall be applicable, the "annual additions" under this Plan would cause the
maximum provided in Section 4.9 to be exceeded, the Administrator shall treat
the excess in accordance with Section 4.9(a)(4).

4.11 TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS

         (a) If specified in the Adoption Agreement and with the consent of the
Administrator, amounts may be transferred from other qualified plans, provided
that the trust from which such funds are transferred permits the transfer to be
made and the transfer will not jeopardize the tax exempt status of the Plan or
create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. The amounts transferred shall
be set up in a separate account herein referred to as a "Participant's Rollover
Account." Such account shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be
subject to forfeiture for any reason.

         (b) Amounts in a Participant's Rollover Account shall be held by the
Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may not be withdrawn by, or
distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as provided in
Paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section.

         (c) Amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined in
Regulation 1.401(k)-l(g)(4)), including amounts treated as elective
contributions, which are transferred from another qualified plan in a
plan-to-plan transfer shall be subject to the distribution limitations provided
for in Regulation 1.401(k)-l(d).


                                       44

<PAGE>


       (d) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant or
his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market value of
the Participant's Rollover Account shall be used to provide additional benefits
to the Participant or his Beneficiary. Any distributions of amounts held in a
Participant's Rollover Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent
with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to,
all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the
Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, such amounts shall be considered as part of
a Participant's benefit in determining whether an involuntary cash-out of
benefits without Participant consent may be made.

       (e) The Administrator may direct that employee transfers made after a
valuation date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until
such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time
they may remain segregated or be invested as part of the general Trust Fund, to
be determined by the Administrator.

       (f) For purposes of this Section, the term "qualified plan" shall mean
any tax qualified plan under Code Section 401(a). The term "amounts transferred
from other qualified plans" shall mean: (i) amounts transferred to this Plan
directly from another qualified plan; (ii) lump-sum distributions received by an
Employee from another qualified plan which are eligible for tax free rollover to
a qualified plan and which are transferred by the Employee to this Plan within
sixth (60) days following his receipt thereof; (iii) amounts transferred to this
Plan from a conduit individual retirement account provided that the conduit
individual retirement account has no assets other than assets which (A) were
previously distributed to the Employee by another qualified plan as a lump-sum
distribution (B) were eligible for tax-free rollover to a qualified plan and (C)
were deposited in such conduit individual retirement account within sixty (60)
days of receipt thereof and other than earnings on said assets; and (iv) amounts
distributed to the Employee from a conduit individual retirement account meeting
the requirements of clause (iii) above, and transferred by the Employee to this
Plan within sixty (60) days of his receipt thereof from such conduit individual
retirement account.

       (g) Prior to accepting any transfers to which this Section applies, the
Administrator may require the Employee to establish that the amounts to be
transferred to this Plan meet the requirements of this Section and may also
require the Employee to provide an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the
Employer that the amounts to be transferred meet the requirements of this
Section.

       (h) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transfer directly
to this Plan from another qualified plan (or a transaction having the effect of
such a transfer) shall only be permitted if it will not result in the
elimination or reduction of any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit" as
described in Section 8.1.

4.12 VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS

       (a) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may, at the
discretion of the Administrator in a nondiscriminatory manner, elect to
voluntarily contribute a portion of his compensation earned while a Participant
under this Plan. Such contributions shall be paid to the Trustee within a
reasonable period of time but in no event later than 90 days after the receipt
of the contribution.

       (b) The balance in each Participant's Voluntary Contribution Account
shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for
any reason.

       (c) A Participant may elect to withdraw his voluntary contributions from
his Voluntary Contribution Account and the actual earnings thereon in a manner
which is consistent with and


                                       45

<PAGE>


satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all
notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the
Regulations thereunder. If the Administrator maintains sub-accounts with respect
to voluntary contributions (and earnings thereon) which were made on or before a
specified date, a Participant shall be permitted to designate which sub-account
shall be the source for his withdrawal. No Forfeitures shall occur solely as a
result of an Employee's withdrawal of Employee contributions.

       In the event such a withdrawal is made, or in the event a Participant has
received a hardship distribution pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(B)
from any other plan maintained by the Employer or from his Participant's
Elective Account pursuant to Section 6.11, then such Participant shall be barred
from making any voluntary contributions to the Trust Fund for a period of twelve
(12) months after receipt of the withdrawal or distribution.

       (d) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant or
his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market value of
the Voluntary Contribution Account shall be used to provide additional benefits
to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

       (e) The Administrator may direct that voluntary contributions made after
a valuation date be segregated into a separate account until such time as the
allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may remain
segregated or be invested as part of the general Trust Fund, to be determined by
the Administrator.

4.13 DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT

       (a) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants may direct the
Trustee as to the investment of all or a portion of any one or more of their
individual account balances. Participants may direct the Trustee in writing to
invest their account in specific assets as permitted by the Administrator
provided such investments are in accordance with the Department of Labor
regulations and are permitted by the Plan. That portion of the account of any
Participant so directing will thereupon be considered a Directed Investment
Account.

       (b) A separate Directed Investment Account shall be established for each
Participant who has directed an investment. Transfers between the Participant's
regular account and their Directed Investment Account shall be charged and
credited as the case may be to each account. The Directed Investment Account
shall not share in Trust Fund Earnings, but it shall be charged or credited as
appropriate with the net earnings, gains, losses and expenses as well as any
appreciation or depreciation in market value during each Plan Year attributable
to such account.

       (c) The administrator shall establish a procedure, to be applied in a
uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, setting forth the permissible investment
options under this Section, how often changes between investments may be made,
and any other limitations that the Administrator shall impose on a Participant's
right to direct investments.

4.14 QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

       (a) If this amendment to a Plan that previously permitted deductible
voluntary contributions, then each Participant who made a "Qualified Voluntary
Employee Contribution" within the meaning of Code Section 219(e)(2) as it
existed prior to the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, shall have his
contribution held in a separate Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution
Account which shall be fully Vested at all times. Such contributions, however,
shall not be permitted if they are attributable to taxable years beginning after
December 31, 1986.

                                       46

<PAGE>


       (b) A Participant may, upon written request delivered to the
Administrator, make withdrawals from his Qualified Voluntary Employee
Contribution Account. Any distribution shall be made in a manner which is
consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not
limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and
417 and the Regulations thereunder.

       (c) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant or
his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market value of
the Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account shall be used to provide
additional benefits to the Participant or his Beneficiary.

       (d) Unless the Administrator directs Qualified Voluntary Employee
Contributions made pursuant to this Section be segregated into a separate
account for each Participant, they shall be invested as part of the general
Trust Fund and share in earnings and losses.

4.15 INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN

         If the Employer and/or an Affiliated Employer maintain qualified
retirement plans integrated with Social Security such that any Participant in
this Plan is covered under more than one of such plans, then such plans will be
considered to be one plan and will be considered to be integrated if the extent
of the integration of all such plans does not exceed 100%. For purposed of the
preceding sentence, the extent of integration of a plan is the ratio, expressed
as a percentage, which the actual benefits, benefit rate, offset rate, or
employer contribution rate, whatever is applicable under the Plan bears to the
limitation applicable to such Plan. If the Employer maintains two or more
standardized paired plans, only one plan may be integrated with Social Security.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                   VALUATIONS

5.1 VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

         The Administrator shall direct the Trustee, as of each Anniversary
Date, and at such other date or dates deemed necessary by the Administrator,
herein called "valuation date" to determine the net worth of the assets
comprising the Trust Fund as it exists on the "valuation date." In determining
such net worth, the Trustee shall value the assets comprising the Trust Fund at
their fair market value as of the "valuation date" and shall deduct all expenses
for which the Trustee has not yet obtained reimbursement from the Employer or
the Trust Fund.

5.2 METHOD OF VALUATION

       In determining the fair market value of securities held in the Trust Fund
which are listed on a registered stock exchange, the Administrator shall direct
the Trustee to value the same at the prices they were last traded on such
exchange preceding the close of business on the "valuation date." If such
securities were not traded on the "valuation date," or if the exchange on which
they are traded was not open for business on the "valuation date," then the
securities shall be valued at the prices at which they were last traded prior to
the "valuation date." Any unlisted security held in the Trust Fund shall be
valued at its bid price next preceding the close of business on the "valuation
date," which bid price shall be obtained from a registered broker or an
investment banker. In determining the fair market value of assets other than
securities for which trading or bid prices can be obtained, the Trustee may
appraise such assets itself, or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers
for that purpose and rely on the values established by such appraiser or
appraisers.


                                       47

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI
                   DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT

         Every Participant may terminate his employment with the Employer and
retire for the purposes hereof on or after his Normal Retirement Date or Early
Retirement Date. Upon such Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date, all
amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account shall become
distributable. However, a Participant may postpone the termination of his
employment with the Employer to a later date, in which event the participation
of such Participant in the Plan, including the right to receive allocations
pursuant to Section 4.4, shall continue until his Late Retirement Date. Upon a
Participant's Retirement Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, the
Administrator shall direct the distribution of all amounts credited to such
Participant's Combined Account in accordance with Section 6.5.

6.2 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

              (a) Upon the death of a Participant before his Retirement Date or
       other termination of his employment, all amounts credited to such
       Participant's Combined Account shall become fully Vested. The
       Administrator shall direct, in accordance with the provisions of Sections
       6.6 and 6.7, the distribution of the deceased Participant's accounts to
       the Participant's Beneficiary.

              (b) Upon the death of a Former Participant, the Administrator
       shall direct, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7,
       the distribution of any remaining amounts credited to the accounts of
       such deceased Former Participant to such Former Participant's
       Beneficiary.

              (c) The Administrator may require such proper proof of death and
       such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value
       of the account of a deceased Participant or Former Participant as the
       Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator's determination of
       death and of the right of any person to receive payment shall be
       conclusive.

              (d) Unless otherwise elected in the manner prescribed in Section
       6.6, the Beneficiary of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be the
       Participant's spouse. Except, however, the Participant may designate a
       Beneficiary other than his spouse for the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
       if:

              (1) the Participant and his spouse have validly waived the
              Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in the manner prescribed in
              Section 6.6, and the spouse has waived his or her right to be the
              Participant's Beneficiary, or

              (2) the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned
              (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court
              order to such effect (and there is no "qualified domestic
              relations order" as defined in Code Section 414(p) which provides
              otherwise), or

              (3) the Participant has no spouse, or

              (4) the spouse cannot be located.

              In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a
       form satisfactory to the Administrator. A Participant may at any time
       revoke his designation of a Beneficiary or change his Beneficiary by
       filing written notice of such revocation or change with the
       Administrator. However, the Participant's spouse must again consent in
       writing to any change in Beneficiary unless the original consent
       acknowledged that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to a
       specific Beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elected to
       relinquish such right. The Participant may, at


                                       48

<PAGE>


any time, designate a Beneficiary for death benefits payable under the Plan that
are in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. In the event no valid
designation of Beneficiary exists at the time of the Participant's death, the
death benefit shall be payable to his estate.

     (e) If the Plan provides an insured death benefit and a Participant dies
before any insurance coverage to which he is entitled under the Plan is
effected, his death benefit from such insurance coverage shall be limited to the
standard rated premium which was or should have been used for such purpose.

     (f) In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the
terms of any Contract issued hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

6.3 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY

     In the event of a Participant's Total and Permanent Disability prior to his
Retirement Date or other termination of his employment, all amounts credited to
such Participant's Combined Account shall become fully Vested. In the event of a
Participant's Total and Permanent Disability, the Administrator, in accordance
with the provisions of Section 6.5 and 6.7, shall direct the distribution to
such Participant of all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined Account
as though he had retired.

6.4 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

     (a) On or before the Anniversary Date coinciding with or subsequent to the
termination of a Participant's employment for any reason other than retirement,
death, or Total and Permanent Disability, the Administrator may direct the
Trustee to segregate the amount of the Vested portion of such Terminated
Participant's Combined Account and invest the aggregate amount thereof in a
separate, federally insured savings account, certificate of deposit, common or
collective trust fund of a bank or a deferred annuity. In the event the Vested
portion of a Participant's Combined Account is not segregated, the amount shall
remain in a separate account for the Terminated Participant and share in
allocations pursuant to Section 4.4 until such time as a distribution is made to
the Terminated Participant. The amount of the portion of the Participant's
Combined Account which is not Vested may be credited to a separate account
(which will always share in gains and losses of the Trust) and at such time as
the amount becomes a Forfeiture shall be treated in accordance with the
provisions of the Plan regarding Forfeitures.

     Regardless of whether distributions in kind are permitted, in the event
that the amount of the Vested portion of the Terminated Participant's Combined
Account equals or exceeds the fair market value of any insurance Contracts, the
Trustee, when so directed by the Administrator and agreed to by the Terminated
Participant, shall assign, transfer, and set over to such Terminated Participant
all Contracts on his life in such form or with such endorsements, so that the
settlement options and forms of payment are consistent with the provisions of
Section 6.5. In the event that the Terminated Participant's Vested portion does
not at least equal the fair market value of the Contracts, if any, the
Terminated Participant may pay over to the Trustee the sum needed to make the
distribution equal to the value of the Contracts being assigned or transferred,
or the Trustee, pursuant to the Participant's election, may borrow the cash
value of the Contracts from the Insurer so that the value of the Contracts is
equal to the Vested portion of the Terminated Participant's Combined Account and
then assign the Contracts to the Terminated Participant.

     Distribution of the funds due to a Terminated Participant shall be made on
the occurrence of an event which would result in the distribution had the
Terminated Participant remained in the employ of the Employer (upon the
Participant's death. Total and Permanent Disability, Early or Normal
Retirement). However, at the election of the Participant, the Administrator
shall direct that


                                       49

<PAGE>


the entire Vested portion of the Terminated Participant's Combined Account to be
payable to such Terminated Participant provided the conditions, if any, set
forth in the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied. Any distribution under 
this paragraph shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies
the provisions of Section 6.5, including but not limited to, all notice and
consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations
thereunder.

     Notwithstanding the above, if the value of a Terminated Participant's
Vested benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed,
and at the time of any prior distribution, has never exceeded $3.500, the
Administrator shall direct that the entire Vested benefit to paid to such
Participant in a single lump-sum without regard to the consent of the
Participant or the Participant's spouse. A Participant's Vested benefit shall
not include Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions within the meaning of
Code Section 72(o)(5)(B) for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

     (b) The Vested portion of any Participant's Account shall be a percentage 
of such Participant's Account determined on the basis of the Participant's 
number of Years of Service according to the vesting schedule specified in the
Adoption Agreement.

     (c) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, one of the minimum top heavy vesting
schedules as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement will 
automatically apply to the Plan. The minimum top heavy vesting schedule applies 
to all benefits within the meaning of Code Section 411(a)(7) except those
attributable to Employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the
effective date of Code Section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became 
top heavy. Further, no decrease in a Participant's Vested percentage may occur 
in the event the Plan's status as top heavy changes for any Plan Year. However,
this Section does not apply to the account balances of any Employee who does 
not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become top heavy and
the Vested percentage of such Employee's Participant's Account shall be 
determined without regard to this Section 6.4(c).

     If in any subsequent Plan Year, the Plan ceases to be a Top Heavy Plan, the
Administrator shall continue to use the vesting schedule in effect while the
Plan was a Top Heavy Plan for each Employee who had an Hour of Service during a
Plan Year when the Plan was Top Heavy.

     (d) Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, upon the complete
discontinuance of the Employer's contributions to the Plan or upon any full or
partial termination of the Plan, all amounts credited to the account of any
affected Participant shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter be
subject to Forfeiture.

     (c) If this is an amended or restated Plan, then notwithstanding the
vesting schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Vested percentage of a
Participant's Account shall not be less than the Vested percentage attained as
of the later of the effective date or adoption date of this amendment and
restatement. The computation of a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage of his
interest in the Plan shall not be reduced as the result of any direct or
indirect amendment to this Article, or due to changes in the Plan's status as a
Top Heavy Plan.

     (f) If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or if the Plan is amended
in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the 
Participant's nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by an 
automatic change to a top heavy vesting schedule, then each Participant with at
least 3 Years of Service as of the expiration date of the election period may
elect to have his nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without
regard to such amendment or change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan 
Years beginning before January 1, 1989, or with respect to Employees who fail 
to complete at least one (1) Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning


                                       50

<PAGE>


after December 31, 1988, five (5) shall be substituted for three (3) in the
preceding sentence. If a Participant fails to make such election, then such
Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The Participant's
election period shall commence on the adoption date of the amendment and shall
end 60 days after the latest of:

     (1) the adoption date of the amendment,

     (2) the effective date of the amendment, or

     (3) the date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment from
     the Employer or Administrator.

     (g)(1) If any Former Participant shall be reemployed by the Employer before
a 1-Year Break in Service occurs, he shall continue to participate in the Plan
in the same manner as if such termination had not occurred.

     (2) If any Former Participant shall be reemployed by the Employer before
     five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, and such Former Participant
     had received a distribution of his entire Vested interest prior to his
     reemployment, his forfeited account shall be reinstated only if he repays
     the full amount distributed to him before the earlier of five (5) years
     after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by
     the Employer or the close of the first period of 5 consecutive 1-Year
     Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution. If a distribution
     occurs for any reason other than a separation from service, the time for
     repayment may not end earlier than five (5) years after the date of
     separation. In the event the Former Participant does repay the full amount
     distributed to him, the undistributed portion of the Participant's Account
     must be restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring
     subsequent to the Anniversary Date or other valuation date preceding his
     termination. If an employee receives a distribution pursuant to this
     section and the employee resumes employment covered under this plan, the
     employee's employer-derived account balance will be restored to the amount
     on the date of distribution if the employee repays to the plan the full
     amount of the distribution attributable to employer contributions before
     the earlier of 5 years after the first date on which the participant is
     subsequently re-employed by the employer, or the date the participant
     incurs 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in service following the date of the
     distribution. If a non-Vested Former Participant was deemed to have
     received a distribution and such Former Participant is reemployed by the
     Employer before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, then such
     Participant will be deemed to have repaid the deemed distribution as of the
     date of reemployment.

     (3) If any Former Participant is reemployed after a 1-Year Break in Service
     has occurred, Years of Service shall include Years of Service prior to his
     1-Year Break in Service subject to the following rules:

          (i) Any Former Participant who under the Plan does not have a
          nonforfeitable right to any interest in the Plan resulting from
          Employer contributions shall lose credits if his consecutive 1-Year
          Breaks in Service equal or exceed the greater of (A) five (5) or (B)
          the aggregate number of his pre-break Years of Service;

          (ii) After five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, a Former
          Participant's Vested Account balance attributable to pre-break service
          shall not be increased as a result of post-break service;


                                       51

<PAGE>


          (iii) A Former Participant who is reemployed and who has not had his
          Years of Service before a 1-Year Break in Service disregarded pursuant
          to (i) above, shall participate in the Plan as of his date of
          reemployment;

          (iv) If a Former Participant completes a Year of Service (a 1-Year
          Break in Service previously occurred, but employment had not
          terminated), he shall participate in the Plan retroactively from the
          first day of the Plan Year during which he completes one (1) Year of
          Service.

     (h) In determining Years of Service for purposes of vesting under the Plan,
     Years of Service shall be excluded as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

6.5 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

     (A)(1) Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Participant who is
married on the "annuity starting date" and who does not die before the "annuity
starting date" shall receive the value of all of his benefits in the form of a
Joint and Survivor Annuity. The Joint and Survivor Annuity is an annuity that
commences immediately and shall be equal in value to a single life annuity.
Such joint and survivor benefits following the Participant's death shall 
continue to the spouse during the spouse's lifetime at a rate equal to 50% of 
the rate at which such benefits were payable to the Participant. This Joint and
Survivor Annuity shall be considered the designated qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity and automatic form of payment for the purposes of this Plan. However,
the Participant may elect to receive a smaller annuity benefit with continuation
of payments to the spouse at a rate of seventy-five percent (75%) or one 
hundred percent (100%) of the rate payeble to a Participant during his lifetime
which alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be equal in value to the
automatic Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity. An unmarried Participant shall receive
the value of his benefit in the form of a life annuity. Such unmarried 
Participant, however, may elect in writing to waive the life annuity. The 
election must comply with the provisions of this Section as if it were an 
election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity by a married Participant, but
without the spousal consent requirement. The Participant may elect to have any 
annuity provided for in this Section distributed upon the attainment of the
"earliest retirement age" under the Plan. The "earliest retirement age" is the 
earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive 
retirement benefits.

     (2) Any election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity must be made by
     the Participant in writing during the election period and be consented to
     by the Participant's spouse. If the spouse is legally incompetent to give
     consent, the spouse's legal guardian, even if such guardian is the
     Participant, may give consent. Such election shall designate a Beneficiary
     (or a form of benefits) that may not be changed without spousal consent
     (unless the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the
     Participant without the requirement of further consent by the spouse). Such
     spouse's consent shall be irrevocable and must acknowledge the effect of
     such election and be withnessed by a Plan representative or a notary
     public. Such consent shall not be required if it is established to the
     satisfaction of the Administrator that the required consent cannot be
     obtained because there is no spouse, the spouse cannot be located, or other
     circumstances that may be prescribed by Regulations. The election made by
     the Participant and consented to by his spouse may be revoked by the
     Participant in writing without the consent of the spouse at any time during
     the election period. The number of revocations shall not be limited. Any
     new election must comply with the requirements of this paragraph. A former
     spouse's waiver shall not be binding on a new spouse.

     (3) The election period to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be
     the 90 day period ending on the "annuity starting date."


                                       52

<PAGE>


     (4) For purposes of this Section and Section 6.6, the "annuity starting
     date" means the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid
     as an annuity, or, in the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an
     annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitles the
     Participant to such benefit.

     (5) With regard to the election, the Administrator shall provide to the
     participant no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the
     "annuity starting date" a written explanation of:

         (i)   the terms and conditions of the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

         (ii)  the Participant's right to make and the effect of an election to
     waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

         (iii) the right of the Participant's spouse to consent to any election
     to waive the Joint and Surviror Annuity, and

         (iv)  the right of the Participant to revoke such election, and the
     effect of such revocation.

     (b) In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to paragraph
(a)(2) above not to receive his benefit in the form of a Joint and Survivor
Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the form of a life annuity,
the Administrator, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the
distribution to a Participant or his Beneficiary any amount to which he is
entitled under the Plan is one or more of the following methods which are
permitted pursuant to the Adoption Agreement:

        (1) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

        (2) Payments over a period certain in monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or
     annual cash installments. In order to provide such installment payments,
     the Administrator may direct that the Participant's interest in the Plan be
     segregated and invested separately, and that the funds in the segregated
     account be used for the payment of the installments. The period over which
     such payment is to be made shall not extend beyond the Participant's life
     expectancy (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated
     Beneficiary);

        (3) Purchase of or providing an annuity. However, such annuity may not
     be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending
     beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant
     and his designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant
     (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary).

     (c) The present value of a Participant's Joint and Survivor Annuity
derived from Employer and Employee contributions may not be paid without his
written consent if the value exceeds, or has ever exceeded at the time of any
prior distribution, $3,500. Further, the spouse of a Participant must consent
in writing to any immediate distribution. If the value of the Participant's
benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $3,500
and has never exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior distribution, the
Administrator may immediately distribute such benefit without such Participant's
consent. No distribution may be made under the preceding sentence after the
"annuity starting date" unless the Participant and his spouse consent in writing
to such distribution. Any written consent required under this paragraph must be
obtained not more than 90 days before commencement of the distribution and shall
be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2).

     (d) Any distribution to a Participant who has a benefit which exceeds, or
has ever exceeded at the time of any prior distribution, $3,500 shall require
such Participant's consent if such


                                       53

<PAGE>


distribution commences prior to the later of his Normal Retirement Age or 
age 62. With regard to this required consent:

     (1) No consent shall be valid unless the Participant has received a general
     description of the material features and an explanation of the relative
     values of the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan that would
     satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417.

     (2) The Participant must be informed of his right to defer receipt of the
     distribution. If a Participant fails to consent, it shall be deemed an
     election to defer the commencement of payment of any benefit. However, any
     election to defer the receipt of benefits shall not apply with respect to
     distributions which are required under Section 6.5(e}.

     (3) Notice of the rights specified under this paragraph shall be provided
     no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before the "annuity starting
     date."

     (4) Written consent of the Participant to the distribution must not be made
     before the Participant receives the notice and must not be made more than
     90 days before the "annuity starting date."

     (5) No consent shall be valid if a significant detriment is imposed under
     the Plan on any Participant who does not consent to the distribution.

     (e) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the
distribution of a Participant's benefits, made on or after January 1, 1985,
whether under the Plan or through the purchase of an annuity Contract, shall be
made in accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise comply
with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder (including Regulation
Section 1.401(a)(9)-2), the provisions of which are incorporated herein by
reference:

     (1) A Participant's benefits shall be distributed to him not later than
     April 1st of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year
     in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 or (ii) the calendar year in
     which the Participant retires, provided, however, that this clause (ii)
     shall not apply in the case of a Participant who is a "five (5) percent
     owner" at any time during the five (5) Plan Year period ending in the
     calendar year in which he attains age 70 1/2 or, in the case of a
     Participant who becomes a "five (5) percent owner" during any subsequent
     Plan Year, clause (ii) shall no longer apply and the required beginning
     date shall be the April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar
     year in which such subsequent Plan Year ends. Alternatively, distributions
     to a Participant must begin no later than the applicable April 1st as
     determined under the preceding sentence and must be made over the life of
     the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and the Participant's
     designated Beneficiary) or, if benefits are paid in the form of a Joint and
     Survivor Annuity, the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life
     expectancies of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary) in
     accordance with Regulations. For Plan Years beginning after December 31,
     1988, clause (ii) above shall not apply to any Participant unless the
     Participant had attained age 70 1/2 before January 1, 1988 and was not a
     "five (5) percent owner" at any time during the Plan Year ending with or
     within the calendar year in which the Participant attained age 66 1/2 or
     any subsequent Plan Year.

     2) Distributions to a Participant and his Beneficiaries shall only be made
     in accordance with the incidental death benefit requirements of Code
     Section 401(a)(9)(G) and the Regulations thereunder.


                                       54

<PAGE>


       Additionally, for calendar years beginning before 1989, distributions may
also be made under an alternative method which provides that the then present
value of the payments to be made over the period of the Participant's life
expectancy exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the then present value of the total
payments to be made to the Participant and his Beneficiaries.

       (f) For purposes of this Section, the life expectancy of a Participant
and a Participant's spouse (other than in the case of a life annuity) shall be
redetermined annually in accordance with Regulations if permitted pursuant to
the Adoption Agreement. If the Participant or the Participant's spouse may elect
whether recalculations will be made, then the election, once made, shall be
irrevocable. If no election is made by the time distributions must commence,
then the life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's spouse shall
not be subject to recalculation. Life expectancy and joint and last survivor
expectancy shall be computed using the return multiples in Tables V and VI of
Regulation 1.72-9.

       (g) All annuity Contracts under this Plan shall be non-transferable when
distributed. Furthermore, the terms of any annuity Contract purchased and
distributed to a Participant or spouse shall comply with all of the requirements
of this Plan.

       (h) Subject to the spouse's right of consent afforded under the Plan, the
restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a Participant has, prior
to January 1, 1984, made a written designation to have his retirement benefit
paid in an alternative method acceptable under Code Section 401(a) as in effect
prior to the enactment of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

       (i) If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant who has not
terminated employment is not fully Vested in his Participant's Account and the
Participant may increase the Vested percentage in such account:

          (1) A separate account shall be established for the Participant's
     interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and

          (2) At any relevant time the Participant's Vested portion of the
     separate account shall be equal to an amount ("X") determined by the
     formula:

                  X equals P(AB plus (RxD)) - (R x D)

       For purposes of applying the formula: P is the Vested percentage at the
relevant time, AB is the account balance at the relevant time, D is the amount
of distribution, and R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time
to the account balance after distribution.

6.6 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

       (a) Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Vested Participant who
dies before the annuity starting date and who has a surviving spouse shall have
the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity paid to his surviving spouse. The
Participant's spouse may direct that payment of the Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity commence within a reasonable period after the Participant's death. If
the spouse does not so direct, payment of such benefit will commence at the time
the Participant would have attained the later of his Norman Retirement Age or
age 62. However, the spouse may elect a later commencement date. Any
distribution to the Participant's spouse shall be subject to the rules specified
in Section 6.6(h).


                                       55

<PAGE>


       (b) Any election to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity before the
Participant's death must be made by the Participant in writing during the
election period and shall require the spouse's irrevocable consent in the same
manner provided for in Section 6.5(a)(2). Further, the spouse's consent must
acknowledge the specific nonspouse Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the nonspouse Beneficiary need not be acknowledged, provided the consent of the
spouse acknowledges that the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a
specific Beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such
right.

       (c) The election period to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
shall begin on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains
age 35 and end on the date of the Participant's death. An earlier waiver (with
spousal consent) may be made provided a written explanation of the
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity is given to the Participant and such waiver
becomes invalid at the beginning of the Plan Year in which the Participant turns
age 35. In the event a Vested Participant separates from service prior to the
beginning of the election period, the election period shall begin on the date of
such separation from service.

       (d) With regard to the election, the Administrator shall provide each
Participant within the applicable period, with respect to such Participant (and
consistent with Regulations), a written explanation of the Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity containing comparable information to that required pursuant to
Section 6.5(a)(4). For the purposes of this paragraph, the term "applicable
period" means, with respect to a Participant, whichever of the following periods
ends last:

          (1) The period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which
     the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year
     preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35;

          (2) A reasonable period after the individual becomes a Participant.
     For this purpose, in the case of an individual who becomes a Participant
     after age 32, the explanation must be provided by the end of the three-year
     period beginning with the first day of the first Plan Year for which the
     individual is a Participant;

          (3) A reasonable period ending after the Plan no longer fully
     subsidizes the cost of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity with respect to
     the Participant;

          (4) A reasonable period ending after Code Section 401(a)(11) applies
     to the Participant; or

          (5) A reasonable period after separation from service in the case of a
     Participant who separates before attaining age 35. For this purpose, the
     Administrator must provide the explanation beginning one year before the
     separation from service and ending one year after separation.

       (e) The Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity provided for in this Section
shall apply only to Participants who are credited with an Hour of Service on or
after August 23, 1984. Former Participants who are not credited with an Hour of
Service on or after August 23, 1984 shall be provided with rights to the
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in accordance with Section 303(e)(2) of the
Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

       (f) If the value of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity derived from
Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $3,500 and has never
exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior distribution, the Administrator shall
direct the immediate distribution of such amount to the Participant's spouse. No
distribution may be made under the preceding sentence after the annuity starting
date unless the spouse consents in writing. If the value exceeds, or has ever
exceeded at the time


                                       56

<PAGE>


of any prior distribution, $3,500, an immediate distribution of the entire
amount may be made to the surviving spouse, provided such surviving spouse
consents in writing to such distribution. Any written consent required under
this paragraph must be obtained not more than 90 days before commencement of the
distribution and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2).

       (g)(1) In the event there is an election to waive the Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity, and for death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity, such death benefits shall be paid to the Participant's
Beneficiary by either of the following methods, as elected by the Participant
(or if no election has been made prior to the Participant's death, by his
Beneficiary) subject to the rules specified in Section 6.6(h) and the selections
made in the Adoption Agreement:

               (i) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property;

               (ii) Payment in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual cash
          installments over a period to be determined by the Participant or his
          Beneficiary. After periodic installments commence, the Beneficiary
          shall have the right to reduce the period over which such periodic
          installments shall be made, and the cash amount of such periodic
          installments shall be adjusted accordingly;

               (iii) If death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor
          Annuity are to be paid to the surviving spouse, such benefits may be
          paid pursuant to (i) or (ii) above, or used to purchase an annuity so
          as to increase the payments made pursuant to the Pre-Retirement
          Survivor Annuity;

          (2) In the event the death benefit payable pursuant to Section 6.2 is
     payable in installments, then, upon the death of the Participant, the
     Administrator may direct that the death benefit be segregated and invested
     separately, and that the funds accumulated in the segregated account be
     used for the payment of the installments.

       (h) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary,
distributions upon the death of a Participant made on or after January 1, 1985,
shall be made in accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise
comply with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder.

          (1) If it is determined, pursuant to Regulations, that the
     distribution of a Participant's interest has begun and the Participant dies
     before his entire interest has been distributed to him, the remaining
     portion of such interest shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under
     the method of distribution selected pursuant to Section 6.5 as of his date
     of death.

          (2) If a Participant dies before he has begun to receive any
     distributions of his interest in the Plan or before distributions are
     deemed to have begun pursuant to Regulations, then his death benefit shall
     be distributed to his Beneficiaries in accordance with the following rules
     subject to the selections made in the Adoption Agreement and Subsections
     6.6(h)(3) and 6.6(i) below:

               (i) The entire death benefit shall be distributed to the
          Participant's Beneficiaries by December 31st of the calendar year in
          which the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death occurs;

               (ii) The 5-year distribution requirement of (i) above shall not
          apply to any portion of the deceased Participant's interest which is
          payable to or for the benefit of a designated Beneficiary. In such
          event, such portion shall be distributed over the life of such
          designated Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life
          expectancy of such


                                       57

<PAGE>


          designated Beneficiary) provided such distribution begins not later
          than December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the
          calendar year in which the Participant died;

          (iii) However, in the event the Participant's spouse (determined as of
          the date of the Participant's death) is his designated Beneficiary,
          the provisions of (ii) above shall apply except that the requirement
          that distributions commence within one year of the Participant's death
          shall not apply. In lieu thereof, distributions must commence on or
          before the later of: (1) December 31st of the calendar year
          immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died;
          or (2) December 31st of the calendar year in which the Participant
          would have attained age 70 1/2. If the surviving spouse dies before
          distributions to such spouse begin, then the 5-year distribution
          requirement of this Section shall apply as if the spouse was the
          Participant.

     (3) Notwithstanding subparagraph (2) above, or any selections made in the
     Adoption Agreement, if a Participant's death benefits are to be paid in the
     form of a Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, then distributions to the
     Participant's surviving spouse must commence on or before the later of: (1)
     December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year
     in which the Participant died; or (2) December 31st of the calendar year in
     which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.

     (i) For purposes of Section 6.6(h)(2), the election by a designated
Beneficiary to be excepted from the 5-year distribution requirement (if
permitted in the Adoption Agreement) must be made no later than December 31st of
the calendar year following the calendar year of the Participant's death.
Except, however, with respect to a designated Beneficiary who is the
Participant's surviving spouse, the election must be made by the earlier of:
(1) December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year
in which the Participant died or, if later, the calendar year in which the
Participant would have attained age 70 1/2; or (2) December 31st of the calendar
year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of the Participant's
death. An election by a designated Beneficiary must be in writing and shall be
irrevocable as of the last day of the election period stated herein. In the
absence of an election by the Participant or a designated Beneficiary, the
5-year distribution requirement shall apply.

     (j) For purposes of this Section, the life expectancy of a Participant and
a Participant's spouse (other than in the case of a life annuity) shall or shall
not be redetermined annually as provided in the Adoption Agreement and in
accordance with Regulations. If the Participant or the Participant's spouse may
elect, pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, to have life expectancies
recalculated, then the election, once made shall be irrevocable. If no election
is made by the time distributions must commence, then the life expectancy of the
Participant and the Participant's spouse shall not be subject to recalculation.
Life expectancy and joint and last survivor expectancy shall be computed using
the return multiples in Tables V and VI of Regulation Section 1.72-9.

     (k) In the event that less than 100% of a Participant's interest in the
Plan is distributed to such Participant's spouse, the portion of the
distribution attributable to the Participant's Voluntary Contribution Account
shall be in the same proportion that the Participant's Voluntary Contribution
Account bears to the Participant's total interest in the Plan.

     (l) Subject to the spouse's right of consent afforded under the Plan, the
restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a Participant has, prior
to January 1, 1984, made a written designation to have his death benefits paid
in an alternative method acceptable under Code Section 401(a) as in effect prior
to the enactment of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.


                                       58

<PAGE>


6.7  TIME OF SEGREGATION OR DISTRIBUTION

     Except as limited by Sections 6.5 and 6.6, whenever a distribution is to be
made, or a series of payments are to commence, on or as of an Anniversary Date,
the distribution or series of payments may be made or begun on such date or as
soon thereafter as is practicable, but in no event later than 180 days after the
Anniversary Date. However, unless a Former Participant elects in writing to
defer the receipt of benefits (such election may not result in a death benefit
that is more than incidental), the payment of benefits shall begin not later
than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the
following events occurs: (a) the date on which the Participant attains the
earlier of age 65 or the Normal Retirement Age specified herein; (b) the 10th
anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the
Plan; or (c) the date the Participant terminates his service with the Employer.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and, if
applicable, the Participant's spouse, to consent to a distribution pursuant to
Section 6.5(d), shall be deemed to be an election to defer the commencement of
payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.

6.8  DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR BENEFICIARY

     In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor, then the
Administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian,
or if none, to a parent of such Beneficiary or a responsible adult with whom the
Beneficiary maintains his residence, or to the custodian for such Beneficiary
under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted
by the laws of the state in which said Beneficiary resides. Such a payment to
the legal guardian, custodian or parent of a minor Beneficiary shall fully
discharge the Trustee, Employer, and Plan from further liability on account
thereof.

6.9  LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN

     In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a
Participant or his Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the
Participant's attainment of age 62 or his Normal Retirement Age, remain unpaid
solely by reason of the inability of the Administrator, after sending a
registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address, and
after further diligent effort, to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant
or his Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture
pursuant to the Plan. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located
subsequent to his benefit being reallocated, such benefit shall be restored,
first from Forfeitures, if any, and then from an additional Employer
contribution if necessary.

6.10  PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION

     If elected in the Adoption Agreement, at such time as a Participant shall
have attained the age specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator, at
the election of the Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute up to
the entire amount then credited to the accounts maintained on behalf of the
Participant.  However, no such distribution may be made to any Participant
unless his Participant's Account has become fully Vested. In the event that the
Administrator makes such a distribution, the Participant shall continue to be
eligible to participate in the Plan on the same basis as any other Employee. Any
distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner consistent
with Section 6.5, including but not limited to, all notice and consent
requirements required by Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations
thereunder.

     Notwithstanding the above, pre-retirement distributions from a
Participant's Elective Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account shall not be
permitted prior to the Participants attaining 59 1/2 except as otherwise
permitted under the terms of the Plan.


                                       59

<PAGE>


6.11 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

     (a) The Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the
Trustee to distribute to any Participant in any one Plan Year up to the lesser
of (1) 100% of his accounts as specified in the Adoption Agreement valued as of
the last Anniversary Date or other valuation date or (2) the amount necessary to
satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. Any
distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be made as of the
first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the valuation date immediately
preceding the date of distribution, and the account from which the distribution
is made shall be reduced accordingly. Withdrawal under this Section shall be
authorized only if the distribution is on account of one of the following or any
other items permitted by the Internal Revenue Service:

     (1) Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the
     Participant, his spouse, or any of his dependents (as defined in Code
     Section 152) or expenses necessary for these persons to obtain medical
     care;

     (2) The purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for
     the Participant;

     (3) Funeral expenses for a member of the Participant's family;

     (4) Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months
     of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children, or
     dependents; or

     (5) The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal
     residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's principal
     residence.

     (b) No such distribution shall be made from the Participant's Account until
such Account has become fully Vested.

     (c) No distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section unless the
Administrator, based upon the Participant's representation and such other facts
as are known to the Administrator, determines that all of the following
conditions are satisfied:

     (1) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and
     heavy financial need of the Participant (including any amounts necessary to
     pay any federal, state, or local taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated
     to result from the distribution);


                                       60

<PAGE>


          (2) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than
          hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available
          under all plans maintained by the Employer;

          (3) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide
          that the Participant's elective deferrals and voluntary Employee
          contributions will be suspended for at least twelve (12) months after
          receipt of the hardship distribution; and

          (4) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide
          that the Participant may not make elective deferrals for the
          Participant's taxable year immediately following the taxable year of
          the hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code
          Section 402(g) for such next taxable year less the amount of such
          Participant's elective deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship
          distribution.

          (d) Notwithstanding the above, distributions from the Participant's
     Elective Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account pursuant to this
     Section shall be limited solely to the Participant's Deferred Compensation
     and any income attributable thereto credited to the Participant's Elective
     Account as of December 31, 1988.

          (e) Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a
     manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section
     6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of
     Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

6.12  LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     All rights and benefits, including elections, provided to a Participant in
this Plan shall be subject to the rights afforded to any "alternate payee" under
a "qualified domestic relations order." Furthermore, a distribution to an
"alternate payee" shall be permitted if such distribution is authorized by a
"qualified domestic relations order," even if the affected Participant has not
reached the "earliest retirement age" under the Plan. For the purposes of this
Section, "alternate payee," "qualified domestic relations order" and "earliest
retirement age" shall have the meaning set forth under Code Section 414(p).

6.13  SPECIAL RULE FOR NON-ANNUITY PLANS

     If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the following shall apply to a
Participant in a Profit Sharing Plan and to any distribution, made on or after
the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 1988, from or
under a separate account attributable solely to accumulated deductible employee
contributions, as defined in Code Section 72(o)(5)(B), and maintained on behalf
of a participant in a money purchase pension plan, (including a target benefit
plan):

          (a) The Participant shall be prohibited from electing benefits in the
     form of a life annuity;

          (b) Upon the death of the Participant, the Participant's entire Vested
     account balances will be paid to his or her surviving spouse, or, if there
     is no surviving spouse or the surviving spouse has already consented to
     waive his or her benefit, in accordance with Section 6.6, to his designated
     Beneficiary;

          (c) Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section and
     Section 6.5(h), the other provisions of Sections 6.2, 6.5 and 6.6 regarding
     spousal consent and the forms of distributions shall be inoperative with
     respect to this Plan.


                                       61

<PAGE>


     (d) If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the
Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30
days after the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax
Regulations is given, provided that:

          (1) the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the
     Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after the notice to
     consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if
     applicable, a particular distribution option), and

          (2) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects
     a distribution.


                                       62

<PAGE>


     This Section shall not apply to any Participant if it is determined that
this Plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit plan or money
purchase plan, or a target benefit plan, stock bonus or profit sharing plan
which would otherwise provide for a life annuity form of payment to the
Participant.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                    TRUSTEE

7.1 BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE

     The Trustee shall have the following categories of responsibilities:

          (a) Consistent with the "funding policy and method" determined by the
     Employer to invest, manage, and control the Plan assets subject, however,
     to the direction of an Investment Manager if the Employer should appoint
     such manager as to all or a portion of the assets of the Plan;

          (b) At the direction of the Administrator, to pay benefits required
     under the Plan to be paid to Participants, or, in the event of their death,
     to their Beneficiaries;

          (c) To maintain records of receipts and disbursements and furnish to
     the Employer and/or Administrator for each Plan Year a written annual
     report per Section 7.7; and

          (d) If there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by a
     majority of their number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign
     papers on their behalf.

7.2 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

          (a) The Trustee shall, except as provided in the Adoption Agreement,
     invest and reinvest the Trust Fund to keep the Trust Fund invested without
     distinction between principal and income and in such securities or
     property, real or personal, wherever situated, as the Trustee shall deem
     advisable, including, but not limited to, stocks, common or preferred,
     bonds and other evidences of indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or
     any interest therein. The Trustee shall at all times in making investments
     of the Trust Fund consider, among other factors, the short and long-term
     financial needs of the Plan on the basis of information furnished by the
     Employer. In making such investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted
     to securities or other property of the character expressly authorized by
     the applicable law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give
     due regard to any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all
     times this Plan may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust.

          (b) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to the
     terms of its usual and customary bank agency agreement, under which the
     duties of such bank or trust company shall be of a custodial, clerical and
     record-keeping nature.

          (c) The Trustee may from time to time transfer to a common,
     collective, or pooled trust fund maintained by any corporate Trustee
     hereunder pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-100, all or such part of the Trust
     Fund as the Trustee may deem advisable, and such part or all of the Trust
     Fund so transferred shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of the
     common, collective, or pooled trust fund which contemplate the commingling
     for investment purposes of such trust assets with trust assets of other
     trusts. The Trustee may withdraw from such common, collective, or pooled
     trust fund all or such part of the Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem
     advisable.


                                       63

<PAGE>


         (d) The Trustee, at the direction of the Administrator and pursuant to
instructions from the individual designated in the Adoption Agreement for such
purpose and subject to the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement, shall
ratably apply for, own, and pay all premiums on Contracts on the lives of the
Participants. Any initial or additional Contract purchased on behalf of a
Participant shall have a face amount of not less than $1,000, the amount set
forth in the Adoption Agreement, or the limitation of the Insurer, whichever is
greater. If a life insurance Contract is to be purchased for a Participant, the
aggregate premium for ordinary life insurance for each Participant must be less
than 50% of the aggregate contributions and Forfeitures allocated to a
Participant's Combined Account. For purposes of this limitation, ordinary life
insurance Contracts are Contracts with both non-decreasing death benefits and
non-increasing premiums. If term insurance or universal life insurance is
purchased with such contributions, the aggregate premium must be 25% or less of
the aggregate contributions and Forfeitures allocated to a Participant's
Combined Account. If both term insurance and ordinary life insurance are
purchased with such contributions, the amount expended for term insurance plus
one-half of the premium for ordinary life insurance may not in the aggregate
exceed 25% of the aggregate Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated to
a Participant's Combined Account. The Trustee must distribute the Contracts to
the Participant or convert the entire value of the Contracts at or before
retirement into cash or provide for a periodic income so that no portion of such
value may be used to continue life insurance protection beyond retirement.
Notwithstanding the above, the limitations imposed herein with respect to the
purchase of life insurance shall not apply, in the case of a Profit Sharing
Plan, to the portion of a Participant's Account that has accumulated for at
least two (2) Plan Years.

         Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, amounts credited
to a Participant's Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account pursuant to
Section 4.14, shall not be applied to the purchase of life insurance contracts.

         (e) The Trustee will be the owner of any life insurance Contract
purchased under the terms of this Plan. The Contract must provide that the
proceeds will be payable to the Trustee; however, the Trustee shall be required
to pay over all proceeds of the Contract to the Participant's designated
Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of Article VI. A
Participant's spouse will be the designated Beneficiary pursuant to Section 6.2,
unless a qualified election has been made in accordance with Sections 6.5 and
6.6 of the Plan, if applicable. Under no circumstances shall the Trust retain
any part of the proceeds. However, the Trustee shall not pay the proceeds in a
method that would violate the requirements of the Retirement Equity Act, as
stated in Article VI of the Plan, or Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations
thereunder.

7.3 OTHER POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE

         The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common
law, statutory authority, including the Act, and other provisions of this Plan,
shall have the following powers and authorities, except as provided in the
Adoption Agreement, to be exercised in the Trustee's sole discretion:


               (a) To purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other
          property and to retain the same. In conjunction with the purchase of
          securities, margin accounts may be opened and maintained;

               (b) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to
          purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property
          held by the Trustee, by private contract or at public auction. No
          person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the
          application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity,
          expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition, with
          or without advertisement;


                                       64

<PAGE>


         (c) To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give
general or special proxies or powers of attorney with or without power of
substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or
other options, and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to
consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or other
changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary powers,
and to pay any assessments or charges in connection therewith; and generally to
exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds,
securities, or other property;

         (d) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the
Trustee's own name or in the name of one or more of the Trustee's nominees, and
to hold any investments in bearer form, but the books and records of the Trustee
shall at all times show that all such investments are part of the Trust Fund;

         (e) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such
amount, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem advisable;
and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to
secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any part, of the Trust Fund;
and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to see to the
application of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or
propriety of any borrowing;

         (f) To keep such portion of the Trust Fund in cash or cash balances as
the Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the best interests of the
Plan, without liability for interest thereon;

         (g) To accept and retain for such time as the Trustee may deem
advisable any securities or other property received or acquired as Trustee
hereunder, whether or not such securities or other property would normally be
purchased as investments hereunder;

         (h) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of
transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary
or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

         (i) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts,
or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or
legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all suits and
legal and administrative proceedings;

         (j) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable
expenses and compensation, and such agent or counsel may or may not be agent or
counsel for the Employer;

         (k) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment of the
Trust Fund such annuity, or other Contracts (on the life of any Participant) as
the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise, at any time or from time to
time, whatever rights and privileges may be granted under such annuity, or other
Contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for the proceeds of all such annuity,
or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof;

         (l) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts
bearing a reasonable rate of interest in the Trustee's bank;

         (m) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States
government obligations;

         (n) To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options
are traded on and purchased through a national securities exchange registered
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are
not traded on a national securities exchange, are guaranteed by a member firm of
the New York Stock Exchange;


                                       65

<PAGE>


              (o) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or
       certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations:

              (p) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with
       assets belonging to any other qualified employee pension benefit trust
       created by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, and to commingle such
       assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint accounts on
       behalf of this Plan and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided
       shares or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets
       of the two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests;

              (q) To do all such acts and exercise all such rights and
       privileges, although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee
       may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

              (r) Directed Investment Account. The powers granted to the
       Trustees shall be exercised in the sole fiduciary discretion of the
       Trustee. However, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant
       may direct the Trustee to separate and keep separate all or a portion of
       his interest in the Plan; and further each Participant is authorized and
       empowered, in his sole and absolute discretion, to give directions to the
       Trustee in such form as the Trustee may require concerning the investment
       of the Participant's Directed Investment Account, which directions must
       be followed by the Trustee subject, however, to restrictions on payment
       of life insurance premiums. Neither the Trustee nor any other persons
       including the Administrator or otherwise shall be under any duty to
       question any such direction of the Participant or to review any
       securities or other property, real or personal, or to make any
       suggestions to the Participant in connection therewith, and the Trustee
       shall comply as promptly as practicable with directions given by the
       Participant hereunder. Any such direction may be of a continuing nature
       or otherwise and may be revoked by the Participant at any time in such
       form as the Trustee may require. The Trustee may refuse to comply with
       any direction from the Participant in the event the Trustee, in its sole
       and absolute discretion, deems such directions improper by virtue of
       applicable law, and in such event, the Trustee shall not be responsible
       or liable for any loss or expense which may result. Any costs and
       expenses related to compliance with the Participant's directions shall be
       borne by the Participant's Directed Investment Account.

              Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, the Trustee
       shall not, at any time after December 31, 1981, invest any portion of a
       Directed Investment Account in "collectibles" within the meaning of that
       term as employed in Code Section 408(m).

7.4 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

              (a) If specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee (or, if
       loans are treated as Directed Investment pursuant to the Adoption
       Agreement, the Administrator) may, in the Trustee's (or, if applicable,
       the Administrator's) sole discretion, make loans to Participant's or
       Beneficiaries under the following circumstances: (1) loans shall be made
       available to all Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably 
       equivalent basis; (2) loans shall not be made available to Highly
       Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available
       to other Participants; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate of
       interest; (4) loans shall be adequately secured; and (5) shall provide
       for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time.

              (b) Loans shall not be made to any Shareholder-Employee or
       Owner-Employee unless an exemption for such loan is obtained pursuant to
       Act Section 408 and further provided that such loan would not be subject
       to tax pursuant to Code Section 4975.

              (c) Loans shall not be granted to any Participant that provide for
       a repayment period extending beyond such Participant's Normal Retirement
       Date.


                                       66

<PAGE>


              (d) Loans made pursuant to this Section (when added to the
       outstanding balance of all other loans made by the Plan to the
       Participant) shall be limited to the lesser of:

                     (1) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest
              outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to the Participant
              during the one year period ending on the day before the date on
              which such loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans
              from the Plan to the Participant on the date on which such loan
              was made, or

                     (2) the greater of (A) one-half (1/2) of the present value
              of the non-forfeitable accrued benefit of the Employee under the
              Plan, or (B), if permitted pursuant to the Adoption Agreement,
              $10,000.

              For purposes of this limit, all plans of the Employer shall be
       considered one plan. Additionally, with respect to any loan made prior to
       January 1, 1987, the $50,000 limit specified in (1) above shall be
       unreduced.

              (e) No Participant loan shall take into account the present value
       of such Participant's Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account.

              (f) Loans shall provide for level amortization with payments to be
       made not less frequently than quarterly over a period not to exceed five
       (5) years. However, loans used to acquire any dwelling unit which, within
       a reasonable time, is to be used (determined at the time the loan is
       made) as a principal residence of the Participant shall provide for
       periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time that may exceed five
       (5) years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, loans made prior to January 1,
       1987 which are used to acquire, construct, reconstruct or substantially
       rehabilitate any dwelling unit which, within a reasonable period of time
       is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal
       residence of the Participant or a member of his family (within the
       meaning of Code Section 267(c)(4)) may provide for periodic repayment
       over a reasonable period of time that may exceed five (5) years.
       Additionally, loans made prior to January 1, 1987, may provide for
       periodic payments which are made less frequently than quarterly and which
       do not necessarily result in level amortization.

              (g) An assignment or pledge of any portion of a Participant's
       interest in the Plan and a loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to
       any insurance Contract purchased under the Plan, shall be treated as a
       loan under this Section.

              (h) Any loan made pursuant to this Section after August 18, 1985
       where the Vested interest of the Participant is used to secure such loan
       shall require the written consent of the Participant's spouse in a manner
       consistent with Section 6.5(a) provided the spousal consent requirements
       of such Section apply to the Plan. Such written consent must be obtained
       within the 90-day period prior to the date the loan is made. Any security
       interest held by the Plan by reason of an outstanding loan to the
       Participant shall be taken into account in determining the amount of the
       death benefit or Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. However, no spousal
       consent shall be required under this paragraph if the total accrued
       benefit subject to the security is not in excess of $3,500.

              (i) With regard to any loans granted or renewed on or after the
       last day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, a
       Participant loan program shall be established which must include, but
       need not be limited to, the following:

                     (1) the identity of the person or positions authorized to
              administer the Participant loan program;


                                       67

<PAGE>


              (2) a procedure for applying for loans;

              (3) the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;

              (4) limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans
              offered, including what constitutes a hardship or financial need
              if selected in the Adoption Agreement;

              (5) the procedure under the program for determining a reasonable
              rate of interest;

              (6) the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan;
              and

              (7) the events constituting default and the steps that will be
              taken to preserve plan assets.

                  Such Participant loan program shall be contained in a separate
         written document which, when properly executed, is hereby incorporated
         by reference and made a part of this plan. Furthermore, such
         Participant loan program may be modified or amended in writing from
         time to time without the necessity of amending this Section of the
         Plan.

7.5 DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE REGARDING PAYMENTS

         At the direction of the Administrator, the Trustee shall, from time to
time, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, make payments out of the Trust
Fund. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the application of
such payments.

7.6 TRUSTEE'S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES

         The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as set forth in
the Trustee's fee schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or as agreed
upon in writing by the Employer and the Trustee. An individual serving as
Trustee who already receives full-time pay from the Employer shall not receive
compensation from this Plan. In addition, the Trustee shall be reimbursed for
any reasonable expenses, including reasonable counsel fees incurred by it as
Trustee. Such compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund unless
paid or advanced by the Employer. All taxes of any kind and all kinds whatsoever
that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect
of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the Trust Fund.


7.7 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE

         Within a reasonable period of time after the later of the Anniversary
Date or receipt of the Employer's contribution for each Plan Year, the Trustee,
or its agent, shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written
statement of account with respect to the Plan Year for which such contribution
was made setting forth:

              (a) the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund;

              (b) the gains, or losses, realized by the Trust Fund upon sales or
         other disposition of the assets;

              (c) the increase, or decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund;

              (d) all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and


                                       68

<PAGE>


              (e) such further information as the Trustee and/or Administrator
         deems appropriate. The Employer, forthwith upon its receipt of each
         such statement of account, shall acknowledge receipt thereof in writing
         and advise the Trustee and/or Administrator of its approval or
         disapproval thereof. Failure by the Employer to disapprove any such
         statement of account within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof
         shall be deemed an approval thereof. The approval by the Employer of
         any statement of account shall be binding as to all matters embraced
         therein as between the Employer and the Trustee to the same extent as
         if the account of the Trustee had been settled by judgment or decree in
         an action for a judicial settlement of its account in a court of
         competent jurisdiction in which the Trustee, the Employer and all
         persons having or claiming an interest in the Plan were parties;
         provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall deprive the
         Trustee of its right to have its accounts judicially settled if the
         Trustee so desires.

7.8 AUDIT

              (a) If an audit of the Plan's records shall be required by the Act
         and the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator
         shall direct the Trustee to engage on behalf of all Participants an
         independent qualified public accountant for that purpose. Such
         accountant shall, after an audit of the books and records of the Plan
         in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, within a
         reasonable period after the close of the Plan Year, furnish to the
         Administrator and the Trustee a report of his audit setting forth his
         opinion as to whether any statements, schedules or lists, that are
         required by Act Section 103 or the Secretary of Labor to be filed with
         the Plan's annual report, are presented fairly in conformity with
         generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently.

              (b) All auditing and accounting fees shall be an expense of and
         may, at the election of the Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund.

              (c) If some or all of the information necessary to enable the
         Administrator to comply with Act Section 103 is maintained by a bank,
         insurance company, or similar institution, regulated and supervised and
         subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency, it shall
         transmit and certify the accuracy of that information to the
         Administrator as provided in Act Section 103(b) within one hundred
         twenty (120) days after the end of the Plan Year or such other date as
         may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

7.9 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE

              (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the
         Employer, at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a
         written notice of his resignation.

              (b) The Employer may remove the Trustee by mailing by registered
         or certified mail, addressed to such Trustee at his last known address,
         at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice
         of his removal.

              (c) Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any
         Trustee, a successor may be appointed by the Employer; and such
         successor, upon accepting such appointment in writing and delivering
         same to the Employer, shall, without further act, become vested with
         all the estate, rights, powers, discretions, and duties of his
         predecessor with like respect as if he were originally named as a
         Trustee herein. Until such a successor is appointed, the remaining
         Trustee or Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of
         the Plan.

              (d) The Employer may designate one or more successors prior to the
         death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of a Trustee. In the event a
         successor is so designated by the Employer and


                                       69

<PAGE>


         accepts such designation, the successor shall, without further act,
         become vested with all the estate, rights, powers, discretions, and
         duties of his predecessor with the like effect as if he were originally
         named as Trustee herein immediately upon the death, resignation,
         incapacity, or removal of his predecessor.

              (e) Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases to serve as such, he
         shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statememt of
         account with respect to the portion of the Plan Year during which he
         served as Trustee. This statement shall be either (i) included as part
         of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year required under
         Section 7.7 or (ii) set forth in a special statement. Any such special
         statement of account should be rendered to the Employer no later than
         the due date of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year. The
         procedures set forth in Section 7.7 for the approval by the Employer of
         annual statements of account shall apply to any special statement of
         account rendered hereunder and approval by the Employer of any such
         special statement in the manner provided in Section 7.7 shall have the
         same effect upon the statement as the Employer's approval of an annual
         statement of account. No successor to the Trustee shall have any duty
         or responsibility to investigate the acts or transactions of any
         predecessor who has rendered all statements of account required by
         Section 7.7 and this subparagraph.

7.10 TRANSFER OF INTEREST

         Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Plan, the Trustee
at the direction of the Administrator shall transfer the Vested interest, if
any, of such Participant in his account to another trust forming part of a
pension, profit sharing, or stock bonus plan maintained by such Participant's
new employer and represented by said employer in writing as meeting the
requirements of Code Section 401(a), provided that the trust to which such
transfers are made permits the transfer to be made.

     (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, with respect
to distributions made after December 31, 1992, a Participant shall be permitted
to elect to have any "eligible rollover distribution" transferred directly to an
"eligible retirement plan" specified by the Participant. The Plan provisions
otherwise applicable to distributions continue to apply to the direct transfer
option. The Participant shall, in the time and manner prescribed by the
Administrator, specify the amount to be directly transferred and the "eligible
retirement plan" to receive the transfer. Any portion of a distribution which is
not transferred shall be distributed to the Participant.

     (b) For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible rollover distribution"
means any distribution other than a distribution of substantially equal periodic
payments over the life or life expectancy of the Participant (or joint life or
joint life expectancies of the Participant and the designated beneficiary) or a
distribution over a period certain of ten years or more. Amounts required to be
distributed under Code Section 401(a)(9) are not eligible rollover
distributions. The direct transfer option described in subsection (a) applies
only to eligible rollover distributions which would otherwise be includible in
gross income if not transferred.

     (c) For purposes of this Section, the term "eligible retirement plan" means
an individual retirement account as described in Code Section 408(a), an
individual retirement annuity as described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity
plan as described in Code Section 403(a), or a defined contribution plan as
described in Code Section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code Section
501(a) and which accepts rollover distributions.

     (d) The election described in subsection (a) also applies to the surviving
spouse after the Participant's death; however, distributions to the surviving
spouse may only be transferred to an individual retirement account or individual
retirement annuity. For purposes of subsection (a), a spouse or former spouse
who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined
in Code Section 414(p) will be treated as the Participant.


                                       70

<PAGE>


         For purposes of this section, the term "eligible retirement plan" has
the meaning given such term by Code Section 402(c)(8)(B), except that a 
qualified trust shall be considered an eligible retirement plan only if it is
a defined contribution plan, the terms of which permit the acceptance of
rollover distributions.

7.11 TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION

         The Employer agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Trustee against
any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses and liabilities the Trustee may
incur in the exercise and performance of the Trustee's powers and duties
hereunder, unless the same are determined to be due to gross negligence or
willful misconduct.

7.12 EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY

         The Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold "qualifying
Employer securities" and "qualifying Employer real property," as those terms
are defined in the Act. However, no more than 100% of the fair market value of
all the assets in the Trust Fund may be invested in "qualifying Employer
securities" and "qualifying Employer real property."

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                      AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGERS

8.1 AMENDMENT

         (a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend this Plan
subject to the limitations of this Section. However, any amendment which
affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee and Administrator
may only be made with the Trustee's and Administrator's written consent. Any
such amendment shall become effective as provided therein upon its execution.
The Trustee shall not be required to execute any such amendment unless the
amendment affects the duties of the Trustee hereunder.

         (b) The Employer may (1) change the choice of options in the Adoption
Agreement, (2) add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when such
language is necessary to satisfy Code Sections 415 or 416 because of the
required aggregation of multiple plans, and (3) add certain model amendments
published by the Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their
adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as an individually designed plan.
An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the
minimum funding requirement under Code Section 412(d), will no longer
participate in this Prototype Plan and will be considered to have an
individually designed plan.

         (c) The Employer expressly delegates authority to the sponsoring
organization of this Plan, the right to amend this Plan by submitting a copy of
the amendment to each Employer who has adopted this Plan after first having
received a ruling or favorable determination from the Internal Revenue Service
that the Plan as amended qualifies under Code Section 401(a) and the Act. For
purposes of this Section, the mass submitter shall be recognized as the agent of
the sponsoring organization. If the sponsoring organization does not adopt the
amendments made by the mass submitter, it will no longer be identical to or a
minor modifier of the mass submitter plan.

         (d) No amendment to the Plan shall be effective if it authorizes or
permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part as is required to pay
taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to any purpose
other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries
or estates; or causes any reduction in the amount credited to the account of any


                                       71

<PAGE>


Participant; or causes or permits any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or
become property of the Employer.


         (e) Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation
1.411(d)(4)), no Plan amendment or transaction having the effect of a Plan
amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer or similar transaction) shall be
effective if it eliminates or reduces any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit"
or adds or modifies conditions relating to "Section 411(d)(6) protected
benefits" the result of which is a further restriction on such benefit unless
such protected benefits are preserved with respect to benefits accrued as of the
later of the adoption date or effective date of the amendment. "Section
411(d)(6) protected benefits" are benefits described in Code Section
411(d)(6)(A), early retirement benefits and retirement-type subsidies, and
optional forms of benefit.

8.2 TERMINATION

         (a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate the Plan
by delivering to the Trustee and Administrator written notice of such
termination. Upon any full or partial termination all amounts credited to the
affected Participants' Combined Accounts shall become 100% Vested and shall not
thereafter be subject to forfeiture, and all unallocated amounts shall be
allocated to the accounts of all Participants in accordance with the provisions
hereof.

         (b) Upon the full termination of the Plan, the Employer shall direct
the distribution of the assets to Participants in a manner which is consistent
with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5. Distributions to a Participant
shall be made in cash (or in property if permitted in the Adoption Agreement) or
through the purchase of irrevocable nontransferable deferred commitments from
the Insurer. Except as permitted by Regulations, the termination of the Plan
shall not result in the reduction of "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" as
described in Section 8.1.

8.3 MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

         This Plan may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or
liabilities may be transferred to any other plan only if the benefits which
would be received by a Participant of this Plan, in the event of a termination
of the plan immediately after such transfer, merger or consolidation, are at
least equal to the benefits the Participant would have received if the Plan had
terminated immediately before the transfer, merger or consolidation and such
merger or consolidation does not otherwise result in the elimination or
reduction of any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" as described in 
Section 8.1(e).

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS

         (a) Any organization may become the Employer hereunder by executing the
Adoption Agreement in form satisfactory to the Trustee, and it shall provide
such additional information as the Trustee may require. The consent of the
Trustee to act as such shall be signified by its execution of the Adoption
Agreement.

         (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the affiliation of the
Employer and the participation of its Participants shall be separate and apart
from that of any other employer and its participants hereunder.


                                       72

<PAGE>


9.2 PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS

       This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the
Employer and any Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement for the
employment of any Participant or Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall
be deemed to give any Participant or Employee the right to be retained in the
service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to
discharge any Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which
such discharge shall have upon him as a Participant of this Plan.

9.2 ALIENATION

              (a) Subject to the exceptions provided below, no benefit which
       shall be payable to any person (including a Participant or his
       Beneficiary) shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation,
       sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any
       attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge,
       encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no such benefit shall in
       any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts,
       liabilities, engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it be
       subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person, and
       the same shall not be recognized except to such extent as may be required
       by law.

              (b) This provision shall not apply to the extent a Participant or
       Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan, for any reason, under any provision
       of this Plan. At the time a distribution is to be made to or for a
       Participant's or Beneficiary's benefit, such proportion of the amount to
       be distributed as shall equal such indebtedness shall be paid to the
       Plan, to apply against or discharge such indebtedness. Prior to making a
       payment, however, the Participant or Beneficiary must be given written
       notice by the Administrator that such indebtedness is to be so paid in
       whole or part from his Participant's Combined Account. If the Participant
       or Beneficiary does not agree that the indebtedness is a valid claim
       against his Vested Participant's Combined Account, he shall be entitled
       to a review of the validity of the claim in accordance with procedures
       provided in Sections 2.12 and 2.13.

              (c) This provision shall not apply to a "qualified domestic
       relations order" defined in Code Section 414(p), and those other domestic
       relations permitted to be so treated by the Administrator under the
       provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. The Administrator shall
       establish a written procedure to determine the qualified status of
       domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such
       qualified orders. Further, to the extent provided under a "qualified
       domestic relations order," a former spouse of a Participant shall be
       treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes under the
       Plan.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN

       This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced according to the Act
and the laws of the State or Commonwealth in which the Employer's principal
office is located, other than its laws respecting choice of law, to the extent
not pre-empted by the Act.

9.5 GENDER AND NUMBER

       Wherever any word are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter
gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender
in all cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein
in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as though they were also
used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply.


                                       73

<PAGE>


9.6 LEGAL ACTION

       In the event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the
Trust and/or Plan established hereunder to which the Trustee or the
Administrator may be a party, and such claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in
favor of the Trustee or Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed
from the Trust Fund for any and all costs, attorney's fees, and other expenses
pertaining thereto incurred by them for which they shall have become liable.

9.7 PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS

              (a) Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted
       by law, it shall be impossible by operation of the Plan or of the Trust,
       by termination of either, by power of revocation or amendment, by the
       happening of any contingency, by collateral arrangement or by any other
       means, for any part of the corpus or income of any Trust Fund maintained
       pursuant to the Plan or any funds contributed thereto to be used for, or
       diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit or Participants,
       Retired Participants, or their Beneficiaries.

              (b) In the event the Employer shall make a contribution under a
       mistake of fact pursuant to Section 403(c)(2)(A) of the Act, the
       Employer may demand repayment of such contribution at any time within one
       (1) year following the time of payment and the Trustees shall return such
       amount to the Employer within the one (1) year period. Earnings of the
       Plan attributable to the contributions may not be returned to the
       Employer but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so
       returned.

9.8 BONDING

       Every Fiduciary, except a bank or an insurance company, unless exempted
by the Act and regulations thereunder, shall be bonded in an amount not less
than 10% of the amount of the funds such Fiduciary handles; provided, however,
that the minimum bond shall be $1,000 and the maximum bond, $500,000. The amount
of funds handled shall be determined at the beginning of each Plan Year by the
amount of funds handled by such person, group, or class to be covered and their
predecessors, if any, during the preceding Plan Year, or if there is no
preceding Plan Year, then by the amount of the funds to be handled during the
then current year. The bond shall provide protection to the Plan against any
loss by reasons of acts of fraud or dishonesty by the Fiduciary alone or in
connivance with others. The surety shall be a corporate surety company (as such
term is used in Act Section 412(a)(2)), and the bond shall be in a form approved
by the Secretary of Labor. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
the cost of such bonds shall be an expense of and may, at the election of the
Administrator, be paid from the Trust Fund or by the Employer.

9.9 INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

       The Insurer who shall issue Contracts hereunder shall not have any
responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of
this Plan. The Insurer shall be protected and held harmless in acting in
accordance with any written direction of the Trustee, and shall have no duty to
see to the application of any funds paid to the Trustee, nor be required to
question any actions directed by the Trustee. Regardless of any provision of
this Plan, the Insurer shall not be required to take or permit any action or
allow any benefit or privilege contrary to the terms of any Contract which it
issues hereunder, or the rules of the Insurer.

9.10 RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS

       Any payment to any Participant, his legal representative, Beneficiary, or
to any guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in
accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall, to the extent thereof, be in
full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and the Employer.


                                       74

<PAGE>


9.11 ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER

       Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or
required to do or perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and
performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.

9.12 NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY

       The "named Fiduciaries" of this Plan are (1) the Employer, (2) the
Administrator, (3) the Trustee, and (4) any Investment Manager appointed
hereunder. The named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties,
responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan.
In general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making the
contributions provided for under Section 4.1; and shall have the sole authority
to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan's
"funding policy and method"; and to amend the elective provisions of the
Adoption Agreement or terminate, in whole or in part, the Plan. The
Administrator shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the
Plan, which responsibility is specifically described in the Plan. The Trustee
shall have the sole responsibility of management of the assets held under the
Trust, except those assets, the management of which has been assigned to an
Investment Manager, who shall be solely responsible for the management of the
assets assigned to it, all as specifically provided in the Plan. Each named
Fiduciary warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or action
taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, authorizing
or providing for such direction, information or action. Futhermore, each named
Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information or action of another
named Fiduciary as being proper under the Plan, and is not required under the
Plan to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action.
It is intended under the Plan that each named fiduciary shall be responsible for
the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations
under the Plan. No named Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner
against investment loss or depreciation in asset value. Any person or group may
serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity.

9.13 HEADINGS

       The headings and subheadings of this Plan have been inserted for
convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the
provisions hereof.

9.14 APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

              (a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, pursuant
       to a timely application filed by or in behalf of the Plan, the
       Commissioner of Internal Revenue Service or his delegate should determine
       that the Plan does not initially qualify as a tax-exempt plan under Code
       Sections 401 and 501, and such determination is not contested, or if
       contested, is finally upheld, then if the Plan is a new plan, it shall be
       void ab initio and all amounts contributed to the Plan, by the Employer,
       less expenses paid, shall be returned within one year and the Plan shall
       terminate, and the Trustee shall be discharged from all further
       obligations. If the disqualification relates to an amended plan, then the
       Plan shall operate as if it had not been amended and restated.

              (b) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary, except
       Sections 3.5, 3.6, and 4.1(f), any contribution by the Employer to the
       Trust Fund is conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution by
       the Employer under the Code and, to the extent any such deduction is
       disallowed, the Employer may within one (1) year following the
       disallowance of the deduction, demand repayment of such disallowed
       contribution and the Trustee shall return such contribution within one
       (1) year following the disallowance. Earnings of the Plan attributable to
       the excess contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but any
       losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned.


                                       75

<PAGE>


              (c) If an Employer's Plan fails to attain or retain qualification,
       then such Plan will no longer participate in this Prototype Plan and will
       be considered an individually designed plan.

9.15 UNIFORMITY

       All provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a
uniform, nondiscriminatory manner.

9.16 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

       Benefits under this Plan shall be paid, subject to Section 6.10 and
Section 6.11 only upon death, Total and Permanent Disability, normal or early
retirement, termination of employment, or upon Plan Termination.

                                   ARTICLE X
                            PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

10.1 ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER

       Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the consent of the
Employer and Trustee, any Affiliated Employer may adopt this Plan and all of the
provisions hereof, and participate herein and be known as a Participating
Employer, by a properly executed document evidencing said intent and will of
such Participating Employer.

10.2 REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

              (a) Each Participating Employer shall be required to select the
       same Adoption Agreement provisions as those selected by the Employer
       other than the Plan Year, the Fiscal Year, and such other items that
       must, by necessity, vary among employers.

              (b) Each such Participating Employer shall be required to use the
       same Trustee as provided in this Plan.

              (c) The Trustee may, but shall not be required to, commingle, hold
       and invest as one Trust Fund all contributions made by Participating
       Employers, as well as all increments thereof.

              (d) The transfer of any Participant from or to an Employer
       participating in this Plan, whether he be an Employee of the Employer or
       a participating Employer, shall not affect such Participant's rights
       under the Plan, and all amounts credited to such Participant's Combined
       Account as well as his accumulated service time with the transferor or
       predecessor, and his length of participation in the Plan, shall continue
       to his credit.

              (e) Any expenses of the Plan which are to be paid by the Employer
       or borne by the Trust Fund shall be paid by each Participating Employer
       in the same proportion that the total amount standing to the credit of
       all Participants employed by such Employer bears to the total standing to
       the credit of all Participants.

10.3 DESIGNATION OF AGENT

       Each Participating Employer shall be deemed to be a part of this Plan;
provided, however, that with respect to all of its relations with the Trustee
and Administrator for the purpose of this Plan, each Participating Employer
shall be deemed to have designated irrevocably the Employer as its agent. Unless
the context of the


                                       76

<PAGE>


Plan clearly indicates the contrary, the work "Employer" shall be deemed to
include each Participating Employer as related to its adoption of the Plan.

10.4 EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS

       It is anticipated that an Employee may be transferred between
Participating Employers, and in the event of any such transfer, the Employee
involved shall carry with him his accumulated service and eligibility. No such
transfer shall effect a termination of employment hereunder, and the
Participating Employer to which the Employee is transferred shall thereupon
become obligated hereunder with respect to such Employee in the same manner as
was the Participating Employer from whom the Employee was transferred.

10.5 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES

       Any contribution or Forfeiture subject to allocation during each Plan
Year shall be allocated among all Participants of all Participating Employers in
accordance with the provisions of this Plan. On the basis of the information
furnished by the Administrator, the Trustee shall keep separate books and
records concerning the affairs of each Participating Employer hereunder and as
to the accounts and credits of the Employees of each Participating Employer. The
Trustee may, but need not, register Contracts so as to evidence that a
particular Participating Employer is the interested Employer hereunder, but in
the event of an Employee transfer from one Participating Employer to another,
the employing Employer shall immediately notify the Trustee thereof.

10.6 AMENDMENT

       Amendment of this Plan by the Employer at any time when there shall be a
Participating Employer hereunder shall only be by the written action of each and
every Participating Employer and with the consent of the Trustee where such
consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

10.7 DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION

       Except in the case of a Standardized Plan, any Participating Employer
shall be permitted to discontinue or revoke its participation in the Plan at
any time. At the time of any such discontinuance or revocation, satisfactory
evidence thereof and of any applicable conditions imposed shall be delivered to
the Trustee. The Trustee shall thereafter transfer, deliver and assign Contracts
and other Trust Fund assets allocable to the Participants of such Participating
Employer to such new Trustee as shall have been designated by such Participating
Employer, in the event that it has established a separate pension plan for its
Employees provided, however, that no such transfer shall be made if the result
is the elimination or reduction of any "Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits" in
accordance with Section 8.1(e). If no successor is designated, the Trustee shall
retain such assets for the Employees of said Participating Employer pursuant to
the provisions of Article VII hereof. In no such event shall any part of the
corpus or income of the Trust Fund as it relates to such Participating Employer
be used for or diverted for purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
the Employees of such Participating Employer.

10.8 ADMINISTRATOR'S AUTHORITY

       The Administrator shall have authority to make any and all necessary
rules or regulations, binding upon all participating Employers and all
Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this Article.


                                       77

<PAGE>


10.9 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE

       If any Participating Employer is prevented in whole or in part from
making a contribution which it would otherwise have made under the Plan by
reason of having no current or accumulated earnings or profits, or because such
earnings or profits are less than the contribution which it would otherwise have
made, then, pursuant to Code Section 404(a)(3)(B), so much of the contribution
which such Participating Employer was so prevented from making may be made, for
the benefit of the participating employees of such Participating Employer, by
other Participating Employers who are members of the same affiliated group
within the meaning of Code Section 1504 to the extent of their current or
accumulated earnings or profits, except that such contribution by each such
other Participating Employer shall be limited to the proportion of its total
current and accumulated earnings or profits remaining after adjustment for its
contribution to the Plan made without regard to this paragraph which the total
prevented contribution bears to the total current and accumulated earnings or
profits of all the Participating Employers remaining after adjustment for all
contributions made to the Plan without regard to this paragraph.

       A Participating Employer on behalf of whose employees a contribution is
made under this paragraph shall not be required to reimburse the contributing
Participating Employers.


                                       78





                          LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

         THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made this 8th day of August, 1989,
by and between HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("BORROWER"),
and BANK LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M. ("BANK").

                                   BACKGROUND

         A. BORROWER is engaged in the storage, shipping and common carriage of
goods. BORROWER has requested that BANK extend certain credit facilities to
BORROWER and BANK has agreed to extend a line of credit, a term loan, and a time
loan aggregating $3,500,000 in original principal amount, subject to the terms
and conditions hereinafter more particularly set forth.

         B. The purposes of the Loan hereunder are to acquire and/or refinance
certain material handling equipment and to provide working capital.

         C. To induce BANK to extend the aforementioned credit facilities, and
to secure the repayment thereof, BORROWER has agreed: (i) to grant to BANK a
first lien and security interest in and to all of BORROWER'S Financed Equipment;
(ii) to cross-collateralize such lien with each credit facility hereunder;
(iii) to cause its affiliates to guaranty the Indebtedness hereunder; and (iv)
to cause its principal stockholder, Thomas J. Holt, to guaranty the line of
credit and the time loan.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual
covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound,
hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                   DEFINITIONS, CERTAIN RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

         1.1 Defined Terms. Each of the terms listed below shall have the
meaning herein ascribed to it for the purposes hereof and for each of the Loan
Documents.

             "Agreement" means this Loan and Security Agreement and any
amendments, modifications or extensions to this Loan and Security Agreement.

             "BANK Costs" means all reasonable costs and expenses of any kind
paid or incurred by BANK in connection with the preparation, execution,
delivery, amendment, modification, administration or termination of this
Agreement or any other Loan


<PAGE>


Document or Interim Loan Document, any transaction contemplated herein and the
preservation, enforcement, defense and protection of BANK'S rights and remedies,
in any manner concerning this Agreement or any other Loan Document or Interim
Loan Document (limited solely to legal fees incurred), or any transaction
contemplated herein, including, but not limited to: (a) expenditures of every
nature and kind of BORROWER paid or incurred by BANK as permitted under this
Agreement, (b) filing, recording publication, appraisal and search costs related
to the Collateral, including, but not limited to, costs paid to perfect,
maintain and preserve the existence and priority of liens on the Collateral; (c)
costs incurred in collecting and gaining possession of, maintaining, handling,
preserving, storing, shipping, selling, preparing for sale and advertising to
sell the Collateral; and (d) reasonable attorneys' fees and other expenses paid
or incurred by BANK in enforcing, obtaining legal advise in preparing,
reviewing, consummating, amending, restructuring, extending, terminating,
defending, or preserving or protecting BANK'S rights and remedies in any manner
concerning, this Agreement or any Loan Document, or any transaction contemplated
herein.

             "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any
day designated by BANK as a "holiday." References to time of day shall be the
then prevailing time in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

             "Capital Lease" means any lease of any property (real, personal or
mixed) which, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the
balance sheet of the lessee.

             "Cash Advance" means the cash which BANK advances from time to time
to or for the benefit of BORROWER under the Cash Line subject to and in
accordance with the provisions of Article II hereof.

             "Cash Line" means the aggregate amount of Cash Advances evidenced
by the Cash Note which BANK may extend to BORROWER subject to and in accordance
with the provisions of Article II hereof.

             "Cash Note" means the promissory note of BORROWER in favor of BANK
to evidence BORROWER'S payment obligations under this Agreement with respect to
the Cash Line.

             "Closing" means the day on which this Agreement is executed.

             "Collateral" means those assets of BORROWER described in Paragraph
3.1 hereof.


                                       (2)

<PAGE>


             "Corporate Guarantors" means and refers to Oregon Avenue
Enterprises, Incorporated, Marine Information Technology, Inc., CRT, Inc., The
Riverfront Development Corporation, Holt Warehousing Company, T and L Leasing
Corp., Broadway Equipment Leasing Corp., Refrigerated Distribution Center, Inc.,
Holt Cargo Systems of California, B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., and Holt Hauling &
Warehousing Systems, Inc.

             "Debt" means funds necessary to service principal payments due and
owing on all debts of BORROWER (including, but not limited to, payments owing
under any Capital Leases).

             "Designated Rate" means that floating annual rate of interest,
calculated on a 365 day basis but charged for the number of days actually
elapsed, in any year or part thereof, established and published by BANK from
time to time as its reference rate in making loans, but which rate may not
reflect the lowest rate of interest charged to any particular borrower or class
of borrowers.

             "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended from time to time.

             "Event of Default" means each of the events listed in Paragraph 8.1
hereof.

             "Financing Statements" means any and all financing statements,
amendments and/or continuation statements required to perfect and keep perfected
in favor of BANK any security interest created hereby or under any Loan Document
pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in any state having
jurisdiction over the Collateral.

             "Financial Statements" means the financial statements of BORROWER
prepared on a combined basis by an independent certified public accountant
acceptable to BANK or by BORROWER'S Chief Financial Officer, as more
particularly described in Paragraph 6.1.1 hereof.

             "Financed Equipment" means all material handling equipment used or
useful in BORROWER'S business purchased or refinanced with Term Advances.

             "Governmental Approvals" means all authorizations, consents,
approvals, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and
reports to, all governmental bodies.

             "Guarantors" means the Corporate Guarantors and the Individual
Guarantor each of which has executed and delivered to BANK the Guaranty and any
other Person which may in the future guaranty the Indebtedness on behalf of the
BORROWER.


                                       (3)

<PAGE>


             "Guaranty" means the joint and several unconditional surety and
guaranty by the Corporate Guarantors and the limited surety and guaranty of the
Individual Guarantor of BORROWER'S obligations under this Agreement, the Notes
and the Loan Documents to be executed and delivered by each of GUARANTORS at
Closing.

             "Individual Guarantor" means Thomas J. Holt.

             "Indebtedness" means all amounts due from BORROWER to BANK pursuant
to Article II hereof and otherwise arising out of or in correction with this
Agreement or any other Loan Document.

             "Interim Loan Documents" means and refers to the Surety Agreement,
dated July 17, 1989, between BANK and BORROWER and BORROWER'S Note, dated July
17, 1989.

             "Loan" means the aggregate amount of the loan described in this
Agreement in the form of the Cash Line, the Term Loan, and the Time Loan.

             "Loan Documents" means any and all documents, agreements,
assignments, notes, mortgages, certificates, opinions or other instruments
required to be given by or for BORROWER or any of GUARANTORS pursuant to the
terms hereof or in connection with the Loan, other than this Agreement.

             "Materially Adverse Effect" means a materially adverse effect upon
BORROWER'S business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of
operations, or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the
Notes and the Loan Documents to which it is a party, all in accordance with
their respective terms.

             "Maximum Cash Line" means the maximum aggregate principal amount
which BANK shall make available to BORROWER at any time from the Closing until
the Termination Date, which amount shall not exceed $1,000,000.

             "Maximum Term Loan" means the maximum aggregate amount of Term
Advances, which amount shall not exceed the lesser of $1,000,000 or 80% of the
cost of refinancing of the Financed Equipment to be so purchased or refinanced
with the Term Advances.

             "Minimum Cash Flow" means net profit after taxes plus depreciation
and amortization.

             "Omnibus Agreement" means the Omnibus Agreement by and among
BORROWER and the Corporate Guarantors.

             "Operating Lease" means any lease of any property which is not a
Capital Lease.


                                       (4)

<PAGE>


             "Notes" means collectively the Cash Note, the Term Note and the
Time Note.

             "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust or
unincorporated organization, or a government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

             "Proceeds of Sale or Refinance of Assets" means net proceeds
outstanding at any time arising from the sale or refinance of BORROWER'S assets
not used by BORROWER to purchase or acquire capital assets to replace those sold
or to provide other capital assets to BORROWER.

             "RICO" means the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations
Act, as amended by the Comprehensive Crime Control Act of 1984, 18 U.S.C.
ss.1961-68.

             "Rules" means any law, regulation, or rule of practice by which
BANK is bound or to which it adheres.

             "Tangible Net Worth" means the combined sum of BORROWER'S: (i)
capital stock, (ii) capital in excess of par or stated value of shares of
capital stock, (iii) retained earnings, (iv) any debt of BORROWER to the owners
of its capital stock which is subordinated to the Indebtedness on terms and
conditions satisfactory to BANK, and (v) any other account which, in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, constitutes
shareholders' equity; less the sum of: (a) any capital write-up resulting from
re-appraisal of assets or investments previously set forth on the combined
balance sheet of BORROWER at a lower amount, (b) treasury stock, and (c) any
intangible assets carried on the books of BORROWER.

             "Term Advance" means the cash which BANK advances to or for the
benefit of BORROWER under the Term Loan subject to and in accordance with the
provisions of Article II hereof.

             "Termination Date" means May 31, 1990.

             "Term Loan" means the term facility granted hereby by BANK to
BORROWER, evidenced by the Term Note, subject to and in accordance with the
provisions of Article II hereof.

             "Term Note" means the promissory note of BORROWER in favor of BANK
to evidence BORROWER'S payment obligations under this Agreement with respect to
the Term Loan.

             "Time Loan" means the $1,500,000 which BANK advanced to BORROWER on
July 17, 1989, pursuant to the Interim Loan Documents.


                                       (5)

<PAGE>


             "Time Note" means the promissory note of BORROWER in favor of BANK
to evidence BORROWER'S payment obligations under this Agreement with respect to
the Time Loan.

             "Unmatured Event of Default" means and refers to any event, act or
occurrence which with the passage of time or giving of notice or both becomes an
Event of Default.

         1.2 Construction of Definitions. All terms defined herein shall be
construed to include the plural or the singular, and references to persons in
the masculine or neuter gender shall refer to all persons or entities, as the
context requires.

         1.3 Accounting Reports and Principles. The character or amount of any
asset, liability, account or reserve and of any item of income or expense to be
determined, and any combination or other accounting computation to be made, and
the construction of any definition containing a financial term, pursuant to this
Agreement or any Loan Document, shall be construed, determined or made, as the
case may be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
consistently applied and in effect as of the date of such determination,
computation or construction, unless such principles are inconsistent with any
express provision of this Agreement. All financial statements required to be
provided hereunder shall be made in combination and on a combined basis.

         1.4 Business Days. etc. Whenever any payment or other obligation
hereunder or under any of the Notes or Loan Documents is due on a day other than
a Business Day, such shall be paid or performed on the Business Day next
following the prescribed due date, and such extension of time shall be included
in the computation of interest and charges.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                    THE LOAN

         2.1 The Cash Line. Provided that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and subject to the terms and
conditions set forth herein, commencing with the date hereof and expiring on the
Termination Date, BANK will extend to BORROWER the Cash Line pursuant to which
the BANK will make aggregate Cash Advances to or for the benefit of BORROWER up
to the Maximum Cash Line, which BORROWER may from time to time borrow, repay and
reborrow.

             2.1.1 Mandatory Payments. In the event that the principal amount
outstanding under the Cash Line shall at any time exceed the Maximum Cash Line,
BORROWER shall immediately pay such


                                       (6)

<PAGE>


excess to BANK within five (5) days of BANK'S written demand upon BORROWER.

             2.1.2 Interest Rate. All Cash Advances shall bear interest from the
date the Cash Advance is made until repaid in full, at an interest rate equal to
the sum of the Designated Rate plus one-half percent (1/2%) per annum.

             2.1.3 Maturity/Repayment Schedule. All Cash Advances shall be
repaid as follows:

                  2.1.3.1 Interest shall be paid on the outstanding principal
balance of all Cash Advances, at the interest rate provided in Paragraph 2.1.2
hereof, on the first day of each month, commencing the first day of the month
after the month in which the first Cash Advance is made; and

                  2.1.3.2 Principal and any accrued and unpaid interest shall be
due and payable on demand on or after the Termination Date.

             2.1.4 Cash Note. To evidence BORROWER'S obligations under this
Agreement with respect to the Cash Line, BORROWER shall execute and deliver to
BANK the Cash Note.

         2.2 The Time Loan. BANK has fully funded the Time Loan for BORROWER'S
working capital needs.

             2.2.1 Interest Rate. The Time Loan shall bear interest at the fixed
rate of eleven (11%) percent per annum.

             2.2.2 Maturity/Repayment Schedule. The Time Loan shall be repaid as
follows:

                  2.2.2.1 Interest shall be payable at the interest rate
provided in Paragraph 2.2.1 hereof, on the first day of each month, commencing
August 1, 1989 through and including July 1, 1990.

                  2.2.2.2 Principal and any accrued and unpaid interest shall be
due and payable on demand on or after July 17, 1990.

             2.2.3 Prepayment Penalty. Any prepayment of the principal of the
Time Loan shall be accompanied by a payment of a prepayment premium equal to 5%
of the principal amount outstanding for any prepayments made during the first
six months after the date hereof, and a prepayment premium equal to 2% of the
principal amount outstanding for any prepayments made after the six month
period following the date hereof.


                                       (7)

<PAGE>


             2.2.4 Time Note. To evidence BORROWER'S obligations under this
Agreement with respect to the Time Loan and to replace BORROWER'S Note dated
July 17, 1989 in original principal amount of $1,000,000, BORROWER shall execute
and deliver to BANK The Time Note.

         2.3 The Term Loan. Provided that no Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth
herein, commencing with the date hereof and expiring on the ninetieth day
following the date hereof, BANK will extend to BORROWER the Term Loan, pursuant
to which BANK will make Term Advances to or for the benefit of BORROWER up to
the lesser of the aggregate sum of One Million ($1,000,000) or 80% of the cost
or refinancing of the Financed Equipment to be purchased or refinanced with the
Term Advances. $-0- shall be drawn at Closing, and provided that no Event of
Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, not
less than $100,000 may be drawn by BORROWER upon three (3) days prior written
notice to BANK at any time within ninety days from the date hereof, and all such
requests for Term Advances, including Closing, shall be accompanied by a list of
Financed Equipment in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.3, together with
Uniform Commercial Code termination statements with respect thereto to release
previous liens on Financed Equipment and Financing Statements with respect
thereto, and together with certificates of insurance pursuant to paragraph 6.1.7
hereof covering the Financed Equipment and the Landlord's Waiver pursuant to
paragraph 4.1.6 hereof. Unless BANK consents thereto, BORROWER shall have no
right to reborrow under the Term Loan and no amounts will be advanced after the
90th day following Closing. Notwithstanding Paragraph 2.3.2.2, in the event that
the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan shall at any time exceed
the Maximum Term Loan, BORROWER shall immediately pay such excess to BANK within
five (5) days of BANK'S written demand upon BORROWER.

             2.3.1 Interest Rate. All Term Advances shall bear interest from the
date the Term Advance is made at an interest rate equal to the sum of the
Designated Rate plus three-fourths (3/4%) percent per annum.

             2.3.2 Maturity/Payment Schedule. The Term Loan shall be repaid as
follows:

                  2.3.2.1 Interest shall be paid at the interest rate provided
in Paragraph 2.3.1 hereof on the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan,
in arrears on and to the first day of each month, commencing the first month
following Closing; and

                  2.3.2.2 Principal shall be paid in sixty equal monthly
installments of $16, 666.66 commencing on the first day of the fourth month
following Closing with all remaining unpaid principal and accrued interest being
due and payable on the first day of the month which is five years and four
months following Closing.


                                       (8)

<PAGE>


                  2.3.3.1 BORROWER may pre-pay the principal balance of the Term
Loan in whole or in part at any time, without premium or penalty.

                  2.3.3.2 All Proceeds of Sales or Refinance of Assets shall be
applied dollar-for-dollar to the repayment of the Term Loan, unless BORROWER
purchases or acquires capital assets of equal or greater value to replace those
sold and grants to BANK a first priority security interest in and lien on such
Financed Equipment. All such mandatory repayments shall be credited to principal
in inverse order of maturity.

                  2.3.3.3 Voluntary prepayments under Paragraph 2.3.3.1 shall be
credited in the following order of priority: (i) to reimburse BANK for any fees,
costs or expenses as provided hereunder or under any of the Notes or Loan
Documents (as are customarily charged by the BANK to its customers under similar
circumstances); (ii) to all accrued and unpaid interest in connection with the
Term Loan; and (iii) in inverse order of maturity of installments of principal
under the Term Loan. So long as any principal in connection with the Term Loan
remains unpaid, no Prepayment shall relieve BORROWER from its obligation to make
scheduled payments of principal under the Term Note.

             2.3.4 Term Note. To evidence BORROWER'S obligations under this
Agreement with respect to the Term Loan, BORROWER shall execute and deliver to
Bank the Term Note.

        2.4 General Provisions

             2.4.1 Application of Funds. Except as provided in Paragraph 2.3.3.3
hereof, and provided that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default had
occurred hereunder or under any of the Notes of the Loan Documents, all payments
shall be credited at the direction of BORROWER to the Cash Note, the Term Note
or the Demand Note, and payments shall be applied by BANK in the following order
of priority: (i) to reimburse BANK for any fees, costs, disbursements or
expenses as provided hereunder or under any of the Notes or the Loan Documents
(as are customarily charged by the BANK to its customers under similar
circumstances); (ii) to interest; and (iii) to principal. Upon the occurrence of
any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, BANK may, at BANK's
election, credit so much of any payment received from BORROWER to the Cash Note,
Term Note or the Demand Note or any other portion of the Indebtedness as BANK
shall see fit.

             2.4.2 Bank Costs. BORROWER shall, upon written request of BANK, pay
BANK the amount of all unpaid BANK costs within


                                       (9)

<PAGE>


ten (10) days after such notice. Until paid, all past due and owing BANK Costs
shall be deemed to be part of the principal balance of the Loan, bear interest
as provided in Paragraph 2.3.1 hereof and be secured by the Collateral.

             2.4.3 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Cash Line and Time Loan
shall be used for BORROWER'S working capital purposes. The proceeds of the Term
Loan shall be used to purchase or refinance a maximum of eighty percent of the
purchase price or refinancing cost of Financed Equipment purchased or
refinanced.

             2.4.4 Interest; Late Payments. Interest under each of the Notes
shall be calculated on a 365-day basis but charged for the number of days
actually elapsed during any year or part thereof. The Designated Rate shall be
adjusted daily to reflect changes in the Designated Rate and each adjustment
shall be effective on the day the change occurs. If during any period of time
the interest rate under any Note would exceed the maximum rate of interest
allowed by applicable law, the interest rate under such Note during such period
of time shall equal the maximum rate of interest allowed by applicable law. If
any amounts of principal and interest due and owing hereunder are not paid when
due, BORROWER shall pay to BANK a late payment fee equal to 2% of the amount of
such past due principal and interest if paid on or before the 10th day after the
same becomes due, and a late payment fee equal to 4% of the amount of any past
due principal and interest paid after the 10th day after the same becomes due.

             2.4.5 Cash Advance and Term Advance Procedure. BANK shall make a
good faith effort to make all Cash Advances and Term Advances to BORROWER on the
same Business Day as BANK receives a request from BORROWER for the Cash Advance
or the Term Advance, provided that such request is received by BANK no later
than 1 P.M. of that Business Day, but in any event within two (2) Business Days
thereafter. BANK shall have or incur no liability to BORROWER in acting upon any
telephonic notice requesting a Cash Advance or a Term Advance which BANK
believes in good faith to have been given by a duly authorized officer or other
person authorized to borrow on behalf of BORROWER or for otherwise acting in
good faith under this Paragraph.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    SECURITY

         3.1 Collateral Generally.

             3.1.1 Security Interest in Financed Equipment. As security for the
payment of the Term Note and as conditional security for the payment of the Cash
Note, the Demand Note, and performance and discharge of all of the Indebtedness,
BORROWER hereby grants to


                                      (10)

<PAGE>


BANK a first lien security interest in and to all of BORROWER'S Financed
Equipment.

             3.1.2 Cross Default upon Event of Default. An Event of Default
under the Cash Line, Time Loan or Term Loan shall be deemed an Event of Default
under the Loan and entitle BANK to the remedies set forth in Article VIII
hereof.

         3.2 Security Agreement. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree
that the provisions of this Agreement are intended to constitute a security
agreement under the Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code.

         3.3 Titles to Financed Equipment. BORROWER agrees to deliver when
acquired by BORROWER all certificates of title to any of the Financed Equipment
for which a certificate of title is issued, duly endorsed and with all
additional documents required to record valid liens thereon.

         3.4 Financing Statements. BORROWER agrees to execute and deliver to
BANK any and all financing statements requested by BANK to perfect and keep
perfected any security interest created under this Agreement or under any Loan
Document and under the Uniform Commercial Code of any state having jurisdiction
over the Collateral.

         3.5 Guaranty. To secure the performance of BORROWER hereunder, BANK has
requested, and made a condition of Closing, the guaranties of the Guarantors.

         3.6 Interim Loan Documents Replaced. This Agreement, the Notes, and the
other Loan Documents supplant in their entirety the Interim Loan Documents.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         4.1 Documents to be Produced. As conditions precedent to the
performance by BANK of any of BANK'S obligations hereunder, BORROWER and each of
Guarantors, where applicable, shall deliver to BANK, in form and substance
satisfactory to BANK and BANK'S counsel, in addition to this Agreement, the
following documents and instruments:

             4.1.1 The Cash Note;

             4.1.2 The Time Note;

             4.1.3 The Term Note;


                                      (11)

<PAGE>


             4.1.4 The Guaranties of the Corporate Guarantors and the Individual
Guarantor;

             4.1.5 Omnibus Agreement;

             4.1.6 Landlords' Waivers in the form attached hereto as Schedule
4.1.6 for all of BORROWER'S places of business as listed on Schedule 4.1.6
hereto;

             4.1.7 On behalf of BORROWER: (i) a copy of its Articles of
Incorporation, By-laws, and Resolutions adopted by its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the
Notes, the Omnibus Agreement, the Loan Documents to which BORROWER is a party
and all other documents and instruments required by BANK for the implementation
of this Agreement, each certified by BORROWER'S Secretary to be true and correct
copies of the originals and to be in full force and effect as of the date of
Closing; and (ii) an Incumbency and Signature Certificate with respect to its
officers authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Notes, the Loan
Documents to which BORROWER is a party and all other documents and instruments
required by BANK for the implementation of this Agreement;

             4.1.8 On behalf of each Corporate Guarantor: (i) a copy of its
Articles of Incorporation, By-laws, and Resolutions adopted by its Board of
Directors authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Guaranty,
the Omnibus Agreement, the Loan Documents to which it is a party and all other
documents and instruments required by BANK for the implementation of this
Agreement, each certified by its Secretary to be true and correct copies of the
originals and to be in full force and effect as of the date of Closing; and (ii)
an Incumbency and Signature Certificate with respect to its Officers authorized
to execute and deliver the Guaranty and other Loan Documents to which it is a
party and all other documents and instruments required by BANK for the
implementation of this Agreement;

             4.1.9 A Certificate of Good Standing, or a telegram to that effect,
with respect to BORROWER and each Corporate Guarantor, issued by the Secretary
of State BORROWER'S and each Corporate Guarantor's respective state of
incorporation, dated within twenty-one (21) days of Closing and a certificate or
telegram from the appropriate governmental agency indicating that BORROWER and
each of the Corporate Guarantors is duly qualified as a foreign corporation in
each state in which its activities require such qualification;

             4.1.10 All Loan Documents, and all other documents and instruments
required by BANK for the implementation of this Agreement, to which BORROWER or
any of the Guarantors, as the case may be, is a party;


                                      (12)

<PAGE>


             4.1.11 Such Financing Statements as may be requested by BANK;

             4.1.12 Certificates of Title to Financed Equipment refinanced at
Closing;

             4.1.13 Such security interest, lien and judgment searches
pertaining to BORROWER, any of Guarantors or the Collateral as BANK may request;

             4.1.14 Opinions of BORROWER'S and Guarantors' counsel pertaining
to Paragraphs 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 5.1.5, 5.1.6, 5.1.7, 5.1.8 (to counsel's knowledge)
and 5.1.11, dated the date of Closing;

             4.1.15 The combined Financial Statement of BORROWER and the
Corporate Guarantors dated as of March 31, 1989, all as more particularly
described in Paragraph 6.1.1 hereof, prepared on a combined basis in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and certified
to BANK by the Chief Financial Officers of BORROWER and each Corporate
Guarantor;

             4.1.16 Certificates of insurance regarding all policies of
insurance insuring all of the Financed Equipment of BORROWER, all in conformance
with the requirements set forth in Section 6.1.7 hereof; and

             4.1.17 Such additional documents or instruments as BANK may
reasonably require.

         4.2 Pre-Closing Legal Expenses. As a condition precedent to the
execution of this Agreement by BANK and BANK'S performance hereunder, BORROWER
shall pay BANK an amount equal to the legal fees and expenses incurred by BANK
arising out of the pre-Closing preparation of this Agreement, the Notes and the
other Loan Documents and the attendance at Closing of BANK'S counsel.

         4.3 Other Conditions Precedent. As additional conditions precedent to
the performance by BANK of any of its present or future obligations hereunder:
(i) all representations and warranties made by BORROWER or any of Guarantors
hereunder or under any Loan Document shall be true, complete and correct in all
material respects as of the date made; and (ii) BORROWER and each Guarantor
shall be in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
the Notes, the Guaranty and each of the other Loan Documents.


                                      (13)

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE V
                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

         5.1 BORROWER represents and warrants to BANK as follows:

             5.1.1 Good Standing. BORROWER is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its
incorporation; has the corporate power and authority to own and operate its
properties and to carry on its businesses where and as contemplated; is duly
qualified as a foreign corporation to do business in, and is in good standing
in, every jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires such
qualification; and BORROWER does not employ or has not employed during the last
five (5) years any fictitious or trade names except as listed on Schedule 5.1.1
hereof.

             5.1.2 Power and Authority. The making, execution, issuance and
performance by BORROWER of this Agreement, the Notes and each of the Loan
Documents to which it is a party, has been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action of BORROWER and will not violate any provision of law or
regulation, or charter or by-laws of BORROWER, and will not violate any
agreement, trust or other indenture or instrument to which BORROWER is a party
or by which BORROWER or any of its property is bound, so that this Agreement,
the Notes and each of the Loan Documents, when executed, issued and delivered,
will be valid and binding obligations of BORROWER, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms, except to the extent that enforceability is limited
or affected by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally;

             5.1.3 Priority of Liens: Location and Condition of Collateral. The
Collateral will be owned absolutely by BORROWER, free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances, security interests or other rights of third parties, subject only
to the rights and interests granted BANK herein and in the Loan Documents;

             5.1.4 Financial Condition. The combined financial statements of
BORROWER dated as of December 31, 1988, together with the interim financial
statements of BORROWER as of March 31, 1989 heretofore furnished to BANK, are
each complete and correct in all material respects, have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
and fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of BORROWER
as of said dates. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1.4 attached hereto,
BORROWER has no fixed, accrued or contingent obligation or liability for taxes
or otherwise that is not disclosed or reserved against on BORROWER'S balance
sheets. BORROWER has filed all tax returns required to be filed by BORROWER with
any taxing authority. Since December 31, 1988, there has been no change in the


                                      (14)

<PAGE>


condition of BORROWER financial or otherwise, from that set forth in the
respective balance sheets as of said dates set forth therein that would have a
Materially Adverse Effect upon BORROWER, other than changes previously disclosed
to BANK in writing. BORROWER has no actual knowledge of facts or circumstances,
after due inquiry, which would give BORROWER reason to believe, that there has
been or will be a change relating to the business of BORROWER that would cause a
Materially Adverse Effect;

             5.1.5 No Litigation. Claims or Tax Liens. Except as set forth on
Exhibit 5.1.5 attached hereto, there are no suits, proceedings or tax liens
pending or in existence, or, to the knowledge of BORROWER after due inquiry,
threatened against or affecting BORROWER which have not already been disclosed
to BANK, and BORROWER is not in default in the performance of any agreement to
which it is a party or by which it is bound or with respect to any order, writ,
injunction or decree of any court, or any federal, state, municipal or other
government agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign that would have a
Material Adverse Effect on BORROWER;

             5.1.6 Compliance. Except as set forth on Exhibit 5.1.6 hereof,
BORROWER has all Governmental Approvals necessary for the conduct of its
business and the conduct of such business is not and has not been in violation
of any such Governmental Approvals or any applicable federal or state law, rule
or regulation. BORROWER does not require any Governmental Approvals to enter
into, or perform under, this Agreement, the Notes or any of the Loan Documents;

             5.1.7 Compliance with Regulations U and X. BORROWER is not engaged
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending
credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the
meanings of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System);


                                       (15)

<PAGE>


Individual Guarantor to furnish to BANK, within one hundred twenty (120) days
after the end of each fiscal year, the Individual Guarantor's balance sheet as
of the last day of such year;

             6.1.2 Maintain and cause the Corporate Guarantors to maintain their
respective corporate existence and all necessary foreign qualifications in good
standing; continue to comply with all applicable statutes, rules and regulations
with respect to the conduct of BORROWER'S and the Corporate Guarantors'
businesses and maintain all necessary licenses and permits required for the
conduct of BORROWER'S and the Corporate Guarantors' businesses; and immediately
notify BANK of: (i) any proposed merger, consolidation or acquisition with, by,
or of any other entity (which notice shall not, in and of itself be deemed an
Event of Default); (ii) any borrowing or debt from a source other than BANK in
excess of $500,000 per transaction and not otherwise included in financial
projections delivered to BANK prior to Closing; (iii) any Capital Lease or
Operating Lease expense in excess of $500,000 per transaction; and (iv) any
change in BORROWER'S or any Corporate Guarantor's name (including trade names)
or principal places of business or the location of any records, offices,
registered agents or Collateral;

             6.1.3 Establish and maintain with BANK a money market or other
interest-bearing account in original principal amount of not less than
$200,000.

             6.1.4 Promptly pay and discharge all taxes, governmental charges
and assessments levied and assessed or imposed upon the Collateral or any
portion thereof, or upon the purchase, ownership, delivery, leasing, possession,
use, operation, return or other disposition thereof, or upon or with respect to
this Agreement, the Notes or any of the Loan Documents, and pay all other claims
which, if unpaid, might become liens or charges upon the Collateral, provided,
however, that nothing in this Paragraph shall require BORROWER to pay any such
taxes, assessments or claims so long as BORROWER shall in good faith contest the
amount or validity thereof and shall establish reserves against such taxes,
assessments or claims in kind and amount reasonably satisfactory to BANK;

             6.1.5 Provide BANK at any time or from time to time on request with
such Financing Statements and such additional instruments or documents as BANK
may deem necessary or appropriate in order to perfect, protect and maintain the
security interests and liens granted to BANK pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement or any of the Loan Documents;

             6.1.6 With reasonable promptness, furnish to BANK such additional
information and data concerning the business and financial condition of BORROWER
or any Corporate Guarantor as may be reasonably requested by BANK and afford
BANK or BANK'S agents access to the financial books and records (including
computer tapes, discs


                                      (16)

<PAGE>


or other computer prepared information) and properties of BORROWER at all
reasonable times upon reasonable prior notice and permit BANK or BANK'S agents
to make copies and abstracts of same and to remove such copies and abstracts
from the premises of BORROWER;

             6.1.7 Maintain general public liability, casualty and workers'
compensation insurance with respect to each of BORROWER'S businesses and assets
in such amounts and against such hazards and liabilities as is customarily
maintained by similarly situated companies operating similar businesses
(including but not limited to, fire and casualty with extended coverage,
vandalism and malicious mischief), with respect to each and every location where
BORROWER operates Financed Equipment, and with such insurance companies as are
rated B+ or better by A.M. Best. All policies of insurance covering the
Collateral shall be in such amounts sufficient to satisfy any applicable
co-insurance requirements, insure BANK as BANK'S interest may appear. All
policies of insurance shall provide no less than thirty (30) days notice of
cancellation or material change endorsements in favor of BANK and if available
shall contain a waiver of the right of the insurer to assert against BANK any
defenses which the insurer could assert against BORROWER;

             6.1.8 Promptly defend all actions, proceedings or claims affecting
BORROWER or any of its business property and promptly notify BANK of the
institution of, or any change in, any uninsured action, proceeding or claim if
the same is in excess of $100,000 and would have a Materially Adverse Effect on
the financial condition of BORROWER;

             6.1.9 Maintain, preserve, protect and keep in good order and
condition all Collateral and all other property used in the conduct of
BORROWER'S business and, from time to time, make all necessary or appropriate
repairs, replacements and improvements thereto;

             6.1.10 Promptly give written notice to BANK of the occurrence or
imminent occurrence of any event which in the reasonable opinion of BORROWER
causes or would imminently cause a Materially Adverse Effect or any
representation or warranty made in Article V hereof to be untrue at any time, or
which would cause BORROWER to be in default hereunder or under any of the Notes
or Loan Documents for any reason, or of any material casualty to any of the
Collateral or other property of BORROWER;

             6.1.11 Maintain the character and nature of BORROWER'S businesses
as they exist as of Closing;

             6.1.12 On a combined basis and as determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied:


                                      (17)

<PAGE>


                  6.1.12.1 Calculated annually as of the end of the last day of
the fiscal year, maintain a Debt to Tangible Net Worth ratio of not more than
4.0 to 1.0 from Closing until December 31, 1989; from January 1, 1990 to
December 31, 1990, a ratio of no less than 3.75 to 1.0; and from January 1, 1991
to December 31, 1991, a ratio of not less than 3.50 to 1.0;

                  6.1.12.2 Have a Tangible Net Worth of no less than the
following amounts for the periods set beside each amount:

                  as of December 31, 1989 - $26,500,000

                  as of December 31, 1990 - $29,500,000

                  as of December 31, 1991 - $33,500,000

                  6.1.12.3 Maintain a Minimum Cash Flow of $8,000,000 at
December 31, 1989; $9,000,000 at December 31, 1990; and $10,000,000 at December
31, 1991; and

                  6.1.12.4 Not make any capital expenditure, or any commitment
therefor, or purchase or enter into a Capital Lease for any real or personal
property in any one fiscal year which, when aggregated with all such
expenditures, commitments, purchases and Capital Leases of BORROWER are in
excess of the following amounts: (i) $22,500,000 during the period from the date
hereof until December 31, 1989; (ii) $10,000,000 during the next succeeding
twelve months; and (iii) $8,000,000 during the next succeeding twelve months;

             6.1.13 Comply in all material respects with ERISA and furnish to
BANK, as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after
BORROWER knows that any reportable event, as defined in Title IV of ERISA, has
occurred with respect to any plan subject to Title IV of ERISA and maintained
for the employees of BORROWER or any corporation, trade, business or affiliated
service group (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control with
BORROWER or any affiliate of any of them, and is treated as a single employer
with BORROWER under section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1954, as amended (a "Plan"), or that the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or
BORROWER instituted or, to BORROWER'S knowledge, intends to institute
proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Plan, a certificate of the
Chief Financial Officers of BORROWER setting forth details as to such reportable
event and the action which BORROWER propose to take with respect thereto,
together with a copy of any notice of such reportable event that may be required
to be filed with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any notice
delivered by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation evidencing its intent to
institute such proceedings or any notice to the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation that such Plan is to be terminated, as the case may be; and


                                      (18)

<PAGE>


             6.1.14 Maintain the management of BORROWER among the persons listed
on Schedule 6.1.14 hereto; and

             6.1.15 Maintain or keep all of the Financed Equipment at the
BORROWER'S principal place of business at 701 N. Broadway, Gloucester City, New
Jersey.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

         7.1 BORROWERS' Covenants.

             7.1.1 So long as any portion of the Indebtedness shall remain
outstanding and unpaid, BORROWER covenants and agrees that, in the absence of
prior written consent of BANK, BORROWER will not:

                  7.1.1.1 Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any mortgage,
lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance upon any of its
accounts receivable, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except: (i)
security interests which may be given with respect to money borrowed from BANK;
(ii) liens for taxes or governmental claims not yet due or which are being duly
contested and reserved in accordance with Paragraph 6.1.4 hereof, and will not
permit any of the Collateral to be levied upon under any legal process; and
(iii) as permitted pursuant to Paragraph 5.1.3 hereof;

             7.1.2 So long as any portion of the Indebtedness shall remain
outstanding and unpaid, BORROWER covenants and agrees that without notice to
BANK (which notice shall not itself constitute an Event of Default), BORROWER
will not:

                  7.1.2.1 Create, assume, incur or otherwise become liable to
any Person, including Capital Lease and Operating Lease expense in the ordinary
course of business, for amounts in excess of $500,000 per transaction and not
otherwise included in financial projections delivered to BANK prior to Closing;

                  7.1.2.2 Change the general character of BORROWER'S business
from that in which it is currently engaged; enter into proceedings in total or
partial dissolution;

                  7.1.2.3 Declare any dividends, whether in cash or stock, or
make any other distributions to Shareholders except as permitted under the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to Shareholders of "S" Corporations.

                  7.1.2.4 Use any part of the proceeds of the Loan to purchase
or carry, or to reduce, retire or refinance any


                                      (19)

<PAGE>


credit incurred to purchase or carry, any margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or
to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin
stock. If requested by BANK, BORROWER will furnish to BANK statements in
conformity with the requirements of Federal Reserve Form U-1 referred to in said
Regulation;

                  7.1.2.5 Engage in any conduct or take or fail to take any
actions which will, or could, if the facts and circumstances relative thereto
were discovered, give rise to any criminal indictment or civil action against
BORROWER under RICO.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                     DEFAULT

         8.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the
following events shall constitute an "Event of Default" hereunder, under the
Notes and under each of the Loan Documents:

             8.1.1 Failure by BORROWER to pay any Indebtedness or any portion
thereof within ten (10) days after the same becomes due;

             8.1.2 Failure by BORROWER, any Corporate Guarantor or the
Individual Guarantor to observe or perform any agreement, condition,
undertaking, term, provision or covenant (other than the covenants set forth in
Paragraph 6.1.12 hereof) in this Agreement, the Notes or any Loan Document, by,
between or among BORROWER or any Corporate Guarantor and BANK;

             8.1.3 The default by Borrower or any of the Guarantors in the
payment when due (subject to any applicable grace period), whether by
acceleration or otherwise, of any Outstanding Indebtedness (as hereinafter
defined) of Borrower or any of the Guarantors in excess of $1,000,000 in the
aggregate (except any Outstanding Indebtedness from Borrower or any Guarantor to
any other Guarantor) or any interest or premium thereon, or in the performance
or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to any Outstanding
Indebtedness if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of any
such Outstanding Indebtedness or to permit the holder or holder thereof, or any
trustee or agent for such holders, to cause such Outstanding Indebtedness to
become due and payable prior to its expressed maturity, and such Outstanding
Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid
(other than by a regularly scheduled prepayment) prior to stated maturity
whether or not any such default shall subsequently be cured. For purposes of
this paragraph 8.1.3, the term "Outstanding Indebtedness" shall mean all
indebtedness of Borrower


                                      (20)

<PAGE>


or any Guarantors to any person as reflected on Borrower's Financial Statements
as of March 31, 1989 or otherwise incurred thereafter.

             8.1.4 Failure of BORROWER to timely and completely perform and
comply with each of the covenants set forth in Paragraph 6.1.12 hereof;

             8.1.5 Failure of any Corporate Guarantor or the Individual
Guarantor to observe or perform any agreement, condition, undertaking, term,
provision or covenant in the Guaranty;

             8.1.6 A determination by BANK in its reasonable opinion that any
material representation or warranty made in this Agreement, the Notes, the
Guaranty or any other Loan Document furnished by BORROWER any Corporate
Guarantor, or the Individual Guarantor in connection with this Agreement, the
Notes, any of the Loan Documents or otherwise in connection with the making of
the Loan hereunder is untrue in any material respect or fails to contain a
material fact necessary in order to make the representation or warranty true and
correct in all material respects.

             8.1.7 BORROWER, any Corporate Guarantor, or the Individual
Guarantor shall become insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or
files a voluntary petition or suffers any involuntary petition to be filed
against it under any provision of any state or Federal bankruptcy or insolvency
statute (which involuntary petition has not been dismissed or discharged within
sixty (60) days of filing), or makes an assignment or any other transfer of
assets for the benefit of its or his creditors, or applies for, or consents to
the appointment of, a receiver for its or his assets, or suffers the filing
against its property of any attachment or garnishment and the same shall not be
released or stayed within sixty (60) days;

             8.1.8 Entry of a final judgment or judgments against BORROWER, or
any Guarantor in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000 in any twelve (12)
month period, which is not covered by insurance, enforcement of which judgment
or judgments has not been stayed or satisfied within thirty (30) days after
entry; or

             8.1.9 BORROWER shall fail to give BANK prompt written notice of the
imposition of any lien or series of liens, other than consensual liens as may be
permitted hereunder, against BORROWER or any Guarantor or any of their
respective property arising by operation of law in an amount in excess of an
aggregate collective amount of $1,000,000 which lien or liens are not discharged
or stayed pending appeal within thirty (30) days of entry.

         8.2 Cross Default. Any Event of Default hereunder, whether under the
Cash Line, Time Loan or Term Loan shall entitle BANK to the remedies provided in
this Article VIII.


                                      (21)

<PAGE>


         8.3 Cure Period For Non-monetary Default. Notwithstanding anything
contained herein to the contrary, no Event of Default shall be deemed to have
occurred or to exist to the extent any event, condition or state of affairs
exists, other than the failure to pay any monetary obligations for interest and
principal on the Loan when due, under Paragraphs 8.1.2 through 8.1.9 hereof,
unless BORROWER shall have had the right to eliminate, resolve, remove or "cure"
same within thirty (30) days after written notice with respect thereto has been
given to BORROWER by BANK; provided however, that nothing contained herein shall
be deemed to enlarge any grace period provided for in the Cash Note, the Term
Note, the Time Note or any other Loan Document.

         8.4 Remedies on Default. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default,
BANK may at its election, forthwith declare all Indebtedness to be immediately
due and payable, without protest, demand or other notice (which are hereby
expressly waived by BORROWER) and, in addition to the rights specifically
granted hereunder or now or hereafter existing in equity or at law by virtue of
statute or otherwise (each of which rights may be exercised at any time and from
time to time), may exercise its rights and remedies available to it at law or in
equity or under this Agreement, the Notes, the Guaranty or any other Loan
Document, or any other agreement between BORROWER and BANK or any Guarantor and
BANK, in accordance with the respective provisions thereof.

         8.5 Assembly of Collateral, etc. BANK may require BORROWER, at
BORROWER'S expense, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to BANK at
the place or places to be reasonably designated by BANK. BANK shall have the
right to sell such Collateral at public or private sale(s) in one or more lots
or parcels. BORROWER will pay, as part of the Indebtedness, all reasonable
amounts (including but not limited to BANK'S reasonable attorneys' fees, where
permitted by applicable law) paid or incurred by BANK: (i) for taxes, levies and
insurance on, or maintenance of, such Collateral; and (ii) in taking possession
of, disposing of or preserving such Collateral. The requirement of reasonable
notice of the time and place of disposition of such Collateral by BANK shall be
conclusively met if such notice is personally delivered or mailed, postage
prepaid, to BORROWER'S address as specified in this Agreement at least fifteen
(15) days before the time of the sale or disposition. BANK may bid upon and
purchase any or all of such Collateral at any public sale thereof. BANK may
dispose of all or any part of such Collateral in one or more lots or parcels and
at one or more times and from time to time, and upon such terms and conditions,
including a credit sale, as it determines in its sole discretion. BANK shall
apply the net proceeds of any such disposition of such Collateral or any part
thereof, after deducting all costs of BANK incurred in connection therewith, or
incidental to the holding, preparing for sale, in whole or part, of the
Collateral,


                                      (22)

<PAGE>


including reasonable attorneys' fees, in such order as BANK may elect, to the
Indebtedness, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, whereupon the
remaining proceeds shall be paid to BORROWER.

         8.6 Set-Off Rights Upon Default. Upon and during the continuance of
any Event of Default, BANK in addition to any remedies set forth above, shall
have the right at any time and from time to time without notice to BORROWER (any
such notice being expressly waived by BORROWER), and to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable Rules, to set off, to exercise any banker's lien or any
right of attachment or garnishment and apply any and all balances, credits,
deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), accounts or
monies at any time held by BANK to or for the account of BORROWER, against any
and all of the Indebtedness and other obligations of BORROWER now or hereafter
existing under this Agreement, the Notes or any Loan Document, whether or not
BANK shall have made any demand hereunder or thereunder.

         8.7 Singular or Multiple Exercise; Non-Waiver. The remedies provided
herein, in the Notes, in the Loan Documents or otherwise available to BANK at
law or in equity, and any warrants of attorney therein contained, shall be
cumulative and concurrent, and may be pursued singly, successively or together
at the sole discretion of BANK, and may be exercised as often as occasion
therefor shall occur; and the failure to exercise any such right or remedy shall
in no event be construed as a waiver or release of the same.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1 Integration. This Agreement, the Notes and the Loan Documents shall
be construed as one agreement, and in the event of any inconsistency, the
provisions of the Notes shall control over the provisions of this Agreement or
any Loan Document, and the provisions of this Agreement shall control over the
provisions of any Loan Document. This Agreement, the Notes and the Loan
Documents contain all the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to the
subject matter of each thereof and supersede all prior agreements with respect
to such subject matter.

         9.2 Modification. Modifications, waivers, amendments or extensions of
or to the provisions of this Agreement, the Notes or any Loan Document shall be
effective only if set forth in a written instrument signed by BANK and BORROWER.

         9.3 Notices. Any notice of other communication by one party hereto to
the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly given if
personally delivered, three (3) days after


                                      (23)

<PAGE>


mailing certified mail return receipt requested, or delivered by a recognized
delivery service addressed as follows:

         If to BORROWER:

                  Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.
                  701 N. Broadway
                  Gloucester City, NJ 08030
                  Attn: Bernard Gelman, Vice President

                  With a copy to:

                  John Evans, Esquire

         If to BANK:

                  Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M.
                  1511 Walnut Street
                  Philadelphia, PA l9102
                  Attn: Robert R. Keeley, Jr., Vice President

                  With a copy to:

                  Mesirov, Gelman, Jaffe, Cramer & Jamieson
                  1500 The Fidelity Building
                  Philadelphia, PA 19109-1088
                  Attn: Meryl D. Gindin, Esquire

BANK and BORROWER may from time to time specify to the other a different address
to which all notices and communications are to be given to such party by giving
the other party notice of such different address in accordance with this
Paragraph.

         9.4 Survival. The terms of this Agreement and all agreements,
representations, warranties and covenants made by BORROWER or any Guarantor
herein or in any of the Notes or Loan Documents shall survive the issuance and
payment of the Notes and shall continue as long as any portion of the
Indebtedness shall remain outstanding and unpaid; provided, however, that the
covenants set forth in Paragraph 2.4.2 shall survive the payment of the
Indebtedness. BORROWER hereby acknowledge that BANK has relied upon the
foregoing in making the Loan.

         9.5 Successors and Assigns; Governing Law. This Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns
of the parties hereto; provided, however, that BORROWER shall not assign this
Agreement or any rights or duties arising hereunder without the express prior
written consent of BANK. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in
accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for
contracts made and to be performed in Pennsylvania.


                                      (24)

<PAGE>


         9.6 Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Any and all actions, at law or
in equity, directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement
or the Indebtedness, shall be brought, and jurisdiction and venue shall be had
exclusively, in the courts of Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania and the United
States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, AND BANK AND
BORROWER HEREBY SUBMIT AND CONSENT IN ADVANCE TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF
SUCH COURTS. The exclusive choice of forum set forth in this Paragraph shall not
be deemed to preclude the enforcement by BANK of any judgment obtained in such
forum or the commencement of any action by BANK in any appropriate jurisdiction.

         9.7 Participation. BANK may, upon giving 10 days' prior written notice
to BORROWER, in its sole discretion enter into a participation arrangement with
respect to any loan made under this Agreement and may, with BORROWER'S prior
consent, provide all information in its possession relating to BORROWER or any
Guarantor to any prospective or current participating lender.

         9.8 Excess Payments. If BORROWER shall pay any interest under the terms
of the Notes at a rate higher than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law,
then such excess payment shall be credited as a payment of principal unless
BORROWER notifies BANK in writing to return the excess payment to BORROWER.

         9.9 Partial Invalidity. If any provision of this Agreement shall for
any reason be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof, but this Agreement
shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had never been
contained herein.

         9.10 Compliance with Rules. Neither BANK nor BORROWER shall be required
by operation or effect of any provision of this Agreement to violate any statute
or regulation under state or federal law, including all Rules.


                                      (25)

<PAGE>


         9.11 Headings. The heading of any Article, Section or Paragraph
contained in this Agreement is for convenience of reference only and shall not
be deemed to amplify, limit, modify or give full notice of the provisions
thereof.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound hereby, BANK and
BORROWER have each executed this Agreement under seal, as of the day and year
first above written.

                                        BANK:

                                             BANK LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M.

                                             By: /s/ Robert R. Keeley, Jr.
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Robert R. Keeley, Jr., Vice
                                                 President

                                        BORROWER:


Attest:                                      HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.

/s/ John Evans                               By: /s/ John Evans
- ------------------------------                   ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                            John Evans, Assistant Vice
[Corporate Seal]                                 President  


                                      (26)

<PAGE>


                                   CASH NOTE

$1,000,000                                        Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
                                                                 August 8, 1989

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, (herein "BORROWER"), promises to
pay to the order of BANK LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M., with offices at 1511 Walnut
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19102 (herein the "BANK") the principal sum of One
Million ($1,000,000) Dollars or so much thereof as shall have been advanced to,
or on behalf of, BORROWER as Cash Advances and then be outstanding, together
with interest thereon at an interest rate equal to the BANK'S Designated Rate
plus one-half (1/2%) percent per annum, calculated on a 365-day basis but
charged for the number of days actually elapsed during any year or any part
thereof. The interest rate shall be adjusted daily to reflect changes in the
BANK'S Designated Rate, and each adjustment shall be effective on the day the
change occurs. If during any period of time the interest rate that would result
from the foregoing calculation would exceed the maximum rate of interest allowed
by applicable law, the interest rate during such period of time shall equal the
maximum rate of interest allowed by applicable law. Principal and interest
hereunder shall be payable as follows:

                    (a)  Interest shall be paid on the outstanding principal
                         balance of all Cash Advances, on the first day of each
                         month, commencing the first day of the month after the
                         month in which the first Cash Advance is made and on
                         the first day of each month thereafter; and

                    (b)  Principal and any accrued and unpaid interest shall be
                         due and payable in full on demand on or after the
                         Termination Date (as defined in the Loan Agreement
                         hereinafter described).

         This Cash Note is made and issued pursuant to a Loan and Security
Agreement bearing even date herewith, by and between the BANK and the
undersigned as BORROWER, (the "Loan Agreement"), to evidence BORROWER'S
obligations in connection with the Cash Line thereunder. All capitalized terms
used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement
unless the context clearly requires to the contrary.

         BORROWER may prepay any amount of the principal hereunder without
premium or penalty at any time. All payments hereunder shall be made at BANK'S
offices, 1511 Walnut Street, Philadelphia, PA 19102, or at such other location
as the holder hereof shall, from time to time, designate upon thirty (30) days


<PAGE>


prior written notice to BORROWER. In the event that the principal amount
outstanding under the Cash Line shall at any time exceed the Maximum Cash Line,
BORROWER shall immediately pay such excess to BANK within five (5) days of
BANK's written demand upon BORROWER.

         In the event the due date of any payment hereunder is not a Business
Day, such payment shall be due on the next succeeding Business Day, provided
that any such payment bearing interest shall continue to accrue interest until
paid.

         If any amounts of principal and interest due and owing hereunder are
not paid when due, BORROWER shall pay to BANK a late payment fee equal to 2% of
the amount of such past due principal and interest if paid on or before the 10th
day after the same becomes due, and a late fee equal to 4% of the amount of any
past due principal and interest if paid after the 10th day after the same
becomes due.

         In addition to other remedies of BANK as set forth in this Cash Note,
the Loan Agreement, or the Loan Documents, upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default, without demand or notice to BORROWER, BANK may cause this Cash Note to
become immediately due and payable in full.

         Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Agreement, BORROWER hereby
waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor or acceleration,
protest or notice of protest and any and all notices or demands in connection
with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Cash
Note.

         The liabilities and obligations of BORROWER hereunder shall be
unconditional without regard to the liability or obligations of any other party
and shall not be in any manner affected by any allowance whatsoever granted or
consented to by BANK, including, but without being limited to, any release of
any party or of any Collateral, extension of time, renewal, waiver or other
modification. Any failure of BANK to exercise any right hereunder shall not be
construed as a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other right at
any time and from time to time thereafter.

         This Cash Note shall be governed as to its validity, interpretation and
effect by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for contracts
made and to be performed in Pennsylvania. BANK and BORROWER hereby submit and
consent in advance to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of
Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania and the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Pennsylvania in any and all actions and proceedings between
BANK and BORROWER. BANK and BORROWER hereby irrevocably agree to service of
process by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to BANK at
the address above and


                                       (2)

<PAGE>


to BORROWER at BORROWER'S address appearing on BANK'S records. BORROWER and BANK
do not have any oral agreements.

         This Cash Note may not be changed orally but only by an agreement in
writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change,
modification, or discharge is sought.

         If any provision of this Cash Note shall for any reason be held to be
invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect
any other provision hereof, but this Cash Note shall be construed as if such
invalid or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, BORROWER
has executed this Cash Note as an instrument uncle seal as of the day and year
first above written.




Attest:                                      HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.

/s/ John Evans                               By: /s/ John Evans
- -----------------------------                    ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                            John Evans, Assistant 
                                                 Vice President

[Corporate Seal]


                                      (3)

<PAGE>


                                   TIME NOTE

$1,500,000                                           Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
                                                                 August 1, 1991

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, (herein "BORROWER"), promises to
pay to the order of BANK LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M., with offices at 1511 Walnut
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19102 (herein the "BANK") the principal sum of One
Million Five Hundred Thousand ($1,500,000) Dollars, together with interest equal
to the sum of the rate of interest designated by the Bank, and in effect from
time to time at its designated rate, plus (1/2%), calculated on a 365-day basis
but charged for the number of days actually elapsed during any year or any part
thereof. If during any period of time the interest rate hereunder would exceed
the maximum rate of interest allowed by applicable law, the interest rate during
such period of time shall equal the maximum rate of interest allowed by
applicable law. Principal and interest hereunder shall be payable as follows:

                    (a)  Interest shall be paid on the first day of each month
                         commencing September 1, 1991 through and including
                         August 1, 1992; and

                    (b)  Principal and any accrued and unpaid interest shall be
                         payable on demand on or after August 1, 1992.

         This Time Note is made and issued pursuant to a Loan and Security
Agreement bearing even date herewith, by and between BANK and the undersigned as
BURROWER, (the "Loan Agreement"), to evidence BOPROWER'S obligations in
connection with the Time Loan thereunder. All capitalized terms used herein
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement unless the
context clearly requires to the contrary.

         All payments hereunder shall be made at BANK'S offices, 1511 Walnut
Street, Philadelphia, PA. 19102, or at such other location as the holder hereof
shall, from time to time, designate upon thirty (30) days prior written notice
to BORROWER.

         Any prepayment of principal hereunder shall be accompanied by the
payment of a prepayment premium equal to 5% of the principal outstanding if
prepayment occurs within six months after Closing and 2% of the principal
outstanding if prepayment occurs after six months after Closing.

         In the event the due date of any payment hereunder is not a Business
Day, such payment shall be due on the next succeeding Business Day, provided
that any such payment bearing interest shall continue to accrue interest until
paid.


<PAGE>


         If any amounts of principal and interest due and owing hereunder are
not paid when due, BORROWER shall pay to BANK a late payment fee equal to 2% of
the amount of such past due principal and interest if paid on or before the 10th
day after the same becomes due, and a late fee equal to 4% of the amount of any
past due principal and interest if paid after the 10th day after the same
becomes due.

         In addition to other remedies of BANK as set forth in this Time Note,
the Loan Agreement, or the Loan Documents, upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default, without demand or notice to BORROWER, BANK may cause this Time Note to
become immediately due and payable in full.

         Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Agreement, BORROWER hereby
waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor or acceleration,
protest or notice of protest and any and all notices or demands in connection
with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Time
Note.

         The liabilities and obligations of BORROWER hereunder shall be
unconditional without regard to the liability or obligations of any other party
and shall not be in any manner affected by any allowance whatsoever granted or
consented to by BANK, including, but without being limited to, any release of
any party or of any Collateral, extension of time, renewal, waiver or other
modification. Any failure of BANK to exercise any right hereunder shall not be
construed as a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other right at
any time and from time to time thereafter.

         This Time Note shall be governed as to its validity, interpretation and
effect by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for contracts
made and to be performed in Pennsylvania. BANK and BORROWER hereby submit and
consent in advance to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of
Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania and the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Pennsylvania in any and all actions and proceedings between
BANK and BORROWER. BANK and BORROWER hereby irrevocably agree to service of
process by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to BANK at
the address above and to BORROWER at BORROWER'S address appearing on BANK'S
records. BORROWER and BANK do not have any oral agreements.

         This Time Note may not be changed orally but only by an agreement in
writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change,
modification, or discharge is sought.

         If any provision of this Time Note shall for any reason be held to be
invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect
any other provision hereof, but this Time Note shall be construed as if such
invalid or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.


                                      (2)

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, BORROWER
has executed this Time Note as an instrument under seal as of the day and year
first above written.


Attest:                                     HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.

/s/ John Evans                              By: /s/ John Evans
- -----------------------------                   -------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                           John Evans, Assistant 
                                                Vice President

[Corporate Seal]


                                      (3)

<PAGE>


                                   TERM NOTE

$1,000,000                                            Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
                                                                  August 8, 1989

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, (herein "BORROWER"), promises to
pay to the order of BANK LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M., with offices at 1511 Walnut
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19102 (herein the "BANK") the principal sum of One
Million ($1,000,000) Dollars or so much thereof as shall have been advanced to
or on behalf of Borrower as Term Advances hereunder and pursuant to the Loan and
Security Agreement between BORROWER and BANK of even date herewith ("Loan
Agreement") together with interest thereon at an interest rate equal to the
BANK'S Designated Rate plus three-fourths (3/4%) percent per annum until all
sums due and payable hereunder shall have been paid in full. All capitalized
terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan
Agreement unless the context clearly requires to the contrary. All interest
shall be calculated on a 365-day basis, but charged for the number of days
actually elapsed during any year or any part thereof. The interest rate shall be
adjusted daily to reflect changes in the BANK'S Designated Rate, and each
adjustment shall be effective on the day the change occurs. If during any period
of time the interest rate that would result from the foregoing calculations
would exceed the maximum rate of interest allowed by applicable law, the
interest rate during such period of time shall equal the maximum rate of
interest allowed by applicable law. Principal and interest hereunder shall be
payable as follows:

                    (a)  Interest shall be paid on the outstanding principal
                         balance in arrears on and to the first day of each
                         month, commencing the first month following Closing.

                    (b)  Principal shall be paid in sixty equal monthly
                         installments of $16,666.66 commencing on the first day
                         of the fourth month following Closing with all
                         remaining unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid
                         interest being due and payable on the first day of the
                         month which is five years and four months following
                         Closing.

         BORROWER may prepay the principal hereunder in whole or in part at any
time without penalty or premium; provided however that any such prepayment shall
be credited as provided in the Loan Agreement and shall not delay or defer the
next scheduled principal or interest payments hereunder. All Proceeds of Sales
or Refinance of Assets shall be applied dollar-for-dollar to the repayment of
the Term Loan, unless BORROWER purchases or acquires capital assets of equal or
greater value to replace those sold. Such mandatory


<PAGE>


prepayments shall be credited to principal in inverse order of maturity.

         All payments hereunder shall be made at BANK'S offices, 1511 Walnut
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19102, or at such other location as the holder hereof
shall, from time to time, designate upon thirty (30) days prior written notice
to BORROWER.

         In the event the due date of any payment hereunder is not a Business
Day, such payment shall be due on the next succeeding Business Day, provided
that any such payment bearing interest shall continue to accrue interest until
paid.

         In addition to other remedies of BANK as set forth in this Term Note,
the Loan Agreement, or the Loan Documents, upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default, without demand or notice to BORROWER, BANK may cause this Term Note to
become immediately due and payable in full.

         If any amounts of principal and interest due and owing hereunder are
not paid when due, BORROWER shall pay to BANK a late payment fee equal to 2% of
the amount of such past due principal and interest if paid on or before the 10th
day after the same becomes due, and a late fee equal to 4% of the amount of any
past due principal and interest if paid after the 10th day after the same
becomes due.

         Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Agreement, BORROWER hereby
waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor or acceleration,
protest or notice of protest and any and all notices or demands in connection
with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Term
Note.

         The liabilities and obligations of BORROWER hereunder shall be
unconditional without regard to the liability or obligations of any other party
and shall not be in any manner affected by any allowance whatsoever granted or
consented to by BORROWER, including, but without being limited to, any release
of any party or of any Collateral, extension of time, renewal, waiver or other
modification. Any failure of BANK to exercise any right hereunder shall not be
construed as a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other right at
any time and from time to time thereafter.

         This Term Note shall be governed as to its validity, interpretation and
effect by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for contracts
made and to be performed in Pennsylvania. BANK and BORROWER hereby submit and
consent in advance to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of
Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania and the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Pennsylvania any and all actions and


                                       (2)

<PAGE>


proceedings between BANK and BORROWER. BANK and BORROWER hereby irrevocably
agree to service of process by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid to BANK at the address above and to BORROWER at BORROWER'S address
appearing on BANK'S records. BORROWER and BANK do not have any oral agreements.

         This Term Note may not be changed orally but only by an agreement in
writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change,
modification, or discharge is sought.

         If any provision of this Term Note shall for any reason be held to be
invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect
any other provision hereof, but this Term Note shall be construed as if such
invalid or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, BORROWER
has executed this Term Note as an instrument under seal as of the day and year
first above written.



Attest:                                      HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.

/s/ John Evans                               By: /s/ John Evans
- -----------------------------                    ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                            John Evans, Assistant 
                                                 Vice President

[Corporate Seal]


                                       (3)



                             MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

     MODIFICATION made this 13th day of November, 1992 between HOLT CARGO
SYSTEMS, INC. ("Borrower") and BANK LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M. ("Bank").

                                   BACKGROUND

     A. Pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank
dated August 8, 1989 (together with the Consolidating Amendment referred to in
Paragraph B below, the "Loan Agreement"), Bank extended to Borrower (i) a
$1,000,000 line of credit ("Cash Line"), (ii) a $1,500,000 time loan ("Time
Loan") and (iii) a $1,000,000 term loan ("Term Loan").

     B. Pursuant to a Consolidating Amendment to Loan and Security Agreements
dated December 20, 1989 between Borrower and Bank, Bank (i) extended a
$3,500,000 term loan secured by certain real estate in Gloucester City, New
Jersey ("Real Estate Loan"), (ii) issued a $500,000 standby letter of credit to
Chemical Bank, N.A. to back up Chemical Bank, N.A.'s letter of credit previously
issued for the benefit of National Union Fire Insurance Company with regard to
payment of insurance premiums ("Back up Letter of Credit") and (iii) increased
the maximum amount available under the Cash Line to $2,000,000.

     C. Pursuant to an Application and Agreement for Irrevocable Standby Letter
of Credit dated January 22, 1990, Bank issued its $500,000 standby letter of
credit for the account of Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. ("Holt
Hauling") and for the benefit of National Union Fire Insurance Company)


<PAGE>


("Initial Letter of Credit") which Initial Letter of Credit replaced the Back up
Letter of Credit.


     D. Pursuant to an Application and Agreement for Irrevocable Standby Letter
of Credit dated June 10, 1991, Bank issued an additional $500,000 letter of
credit for the account of Holt Hauling and for the benefit of National Union
Fire Insurance Company ("Second Letter of Credit").

     E. Borrower has now requested that (i) Bank increase the maximum amount
available under the Cash Line to $3,500,000 and in connection therewith retire
the Time Loan and (ii) modify certain of the covenants and conditions contained
in the Loan Agreement, all of which Bank has agreed to do, all as more fully set
forth herein.

     F. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
remaining given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

                                   AGREEMENTS

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby
agree as follow:

     1. Amendments to Loan Agreement. Effective as of the date of this
Modification:

          (a) The definition of the following terms contained in Article I of
the Loan Agreement shall be amended and restated as follows:

          "'Cash Note' means BORROWER'S promissory note in favor of BANK
          evidencing BORROWER'S payment obligations under this Agreement with
          respect to the Cash Line, together with all amendments, substitutions
          and replacements thereof."


                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>


          "'Corporate Guarantors' means Broadway Equipment Leasing Corp.,
          Refrigerated Distribution Center, Inc. Oregon Avenue Enterprises,
          Inc., Pattison Avenue Warehousing Corp., Holt Hauling and Warehousing
          System, Inc., Triple Seven Ice, Inc., Holt Cargo Systems of
          California, The Riverfront Development Corporation, 777 Pattison
          Avenue, Inc., Holt Warehousing Company, Marine Information Technology,
          Inc., B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc. T&L Leasing Corp., CRT, Inc.,
          Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc. and Dockside International Fish Co.,
          Inc."

          "'Guaranty' means the Surety Agreements of the Guarantors (including
          without limitation all guaranties and surety agreements executed by
          Broadway Equipment Leasing Corp. pursuant to the Princeton Agreement)
          and all amendments, replacements and substitutions of the same."

          "'Indebtedness' means all amounts due from BORROWER to BANK pursuant
          to Article II hereof and all amounts due from Holt Hauling to Bank in
          connection with the Initial Letter of Credit and/or the Second Letter
          of Credit and otherwise, in all cases, arising out of or in connection
          with this Agreement, the Applications or any other Loan Document."

          "'Loan' means the aggregate of the Cash Line, the Term Loan, the
          Initial Letter of Credit, the Real Estate Loan and the Second Letter
          of Credit."

          "'Maximum Cash Line' means the maximum aggregate principal amount
          which BANK shall make available to BORROWER at any time from the
          Closing Date until the Termination Date, which amount shall not exceed
          $3,500,000."

          "'Termination Date' means May 31, 1993 or such later date to which the
          same may be extended from time to time in the exercise of BANK'S
          discretion."

          (b) The following definitions shall be added to Article I of the Loan
Agreement:

          "'Applications' means those certain Applications and Agreements for
          Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit dated January 22, 1990 and June
          10, 1991


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>


          from Holt Hauling to Bank relating to the Initial Letter of Credit and
          the Second Letter of Credit."

          "'Combined' means the combination of the accounts of BORROWER and
          Corporate Guarantors in accordance with generally accepted accounting
          principles consistently applied, including principles of combination,
          applied in a manner consistent with the application of such principles
          in the preparation of the audited financial statements mentioned in
          Section 5.1.4 hereof."

          "'Holt Hauling' means Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc."

          "'Initial Letter of Credit' means BANK'S $500,000 Letter of Credit No.
          S-736 dated January 22, 1990 issued for the benefit of National Union
          Insurance Company."

          "'Second Letter of Credit' means BANK'S $500,000 Letter of Credit No.
          S-754 dated June 10, 1991 issued for the benefit of National Union
          Insurance Company."

          (c) All definitions of and references to the "Time Loan" and the "Time
Note" contained in the Loan Agreement are deleted in their entirety. All
definitions of and references to the "Backup Letter of Credit" or "Letter of
Credit" contained in the Loan Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the
"Initial Letter of Credit."

          (d) Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 of the Loan Agreement are hereby restated
in their entirety as follows:

               "3.1.1 Security Interest in Financed Equipment. As security for
          the payment of the Term Note and as conditional security for (A) the
          payment of the Cash Note, (B) the payment of all obligations of Holt
          Hauling to BANK in connection with the Initial Letter of Credit and
          the Second Letter of Credit pursuant to the Applications, in
          connection with BORROWER'S surety thereof, or otherwise, and (C) the
          payment and discharge of all of the Indebtedness, BORROWER hereby
          grants to BANK (and confirms the prior grant to BANK of) a


                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>


          security interest in and to all of BORROWER'S Financed Equipment."

               "3.1.2. Cross Default Upon Event of Default. An Event of Default
          under the Cash Line, Term Loan, Real Estate Loan or under Holt
          Hauling's obligations to BANK in connection with the Initial Letter of
          Credit or the Second Letter of Credit shall be deemed an Event of
          Default under the Loan and entitle BANK to the remedies set forth in
          Article VIII herein."

          (e) Section 6.1.12 of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety
and the following substituted in its place:

               "6.1.12. On a Combined basis and as determined in accordance with
          generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied:

               "6.1.12.1. Maintain a ratio of Debt to Tangible Net Worth of not
          more than the following amounts at the following times:

          June 30, 1992 and as of each fiscal quarter thereafter including
          September 30, 1993 ......................................... 3.0 to 1.

          December 31, 1993 and as of each fiscal year thereafter.....2.75 to 1.

               6.1.12.2. Maintain Tangible Net Worth of not less than the
          following amounts at the following times:

          June 30, 1992 and as of each fiscal quarter thereafter
          including September 30, 1992.............................. $33,500,000

          December 31, 1992 and as of each fiscal quarter thereafter 
          including September 30, 1993.............................. $37,500,000

          December 31, 1993 and as of each fiscal quarter thereafter $39,500,000

               "6.1.12.3. Maintain a ratio of net income before interest and
          taxes to interest charges for the then current and three prior fiscal
          quarters of not less than the following amount at the following times:

                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>


          June 30, 1992 and as of each fiscal quarter thereafter including
          September 30, 1992.......................................... 1.35 to 1

          December 31, 1992 and as of each fiscal quarter thereafter including
          September 30, 1993........................................... 1.4 to 1

          December 31, 1993 and as of each fiscal quarter thereafter... 1.5 to 1

               "6.1.12.4. Maintain a ratio of current assets to current
          liabilities of not less than 1.0 to 1 at December 31, 1992 and as of
          each fiscal quarter thereafter.

               "6.1.12.5. Maintain a ratio of (A) net income after taxes plus
          depreciation to (B) current maturities of long term debt (excluding
          the outstanding principal balance of amounts due to Meridian Bank
          under that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated June 16, 1992
          between BORROWER and Meridian Bank) for the immediately prior fiscal
          year plus current maturities of Capital Lease obligations for the
          immediately prior fiscal year, plus capital expenditures for the
          fiscal year, less, in each case, balloon payments classified as
          current liabilities, of not less than .90 to 1 at December 31, 1992
          and as of each December 31 thereafter."

          (f) A new Section 6.1.16 is added to the Loan Agreement and shall read
as follows:

               "6.1.16. Notify BANK immediately upon the creation and/or
          acquisition of any new affiliate of BORROWER or any Corporate
          Guarantor."

          (g) Section 8.2 of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety and
the following substituted in its place:

               "8.2. Cross Default. Any Event of Default hereunder whether under
          the Cash Line, Term Loan, Real Estate Loan or arising under Holt
          Hauling's obligations to BANK in connection with the Initial Letter of
          Credit or the Second Letter of Credit, shall entitle BANK to the
          remedies provided in this Article VIII."


                                     - 6 -

<PAGE>


     2. Conditions Precedent. The obligation of Bank to effect the modifications
contained in this Modification is subject to the conditions precedent that Bank
shall have received all of the following documents, each of which shall be in
form and substance satisfactory to Bank:

        (a) Copies of resolutions of the boards of directors of Borrower and
Corporate Guarantors authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this
Modification and all other documents and instruments required hereby (including
without limitation as to Borrower, the Replacement Note (as defined below) and,
as to Borrower and Corporate Guarantors, the Surety Agreements referred to in
paragraph 2(c) below), certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of
Borrower and Corporate Guarantors (as the case may be).

        (b) A written certificate of the secretary or an assistant secretary of
Borrower and Corporate Guarantors as to the names and true signatures of the
officers of Borrower and Corporate Guarantors, as the case may be, authorized to
sign this Modification and all other documents and instruments required hereby.

        (c) Agreements (i) by which Pattison Avenue Warehousing Corp., Triple
Seven Ice, Inc. 777 Pattison Avenue, Inc., Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc., and
Dockside International Fish Co, Inc., ("New Guarantors") become surety for all
liabilities of Borrower to Bank, (ii) from the remaining Corporate Guarantors,
which replacement Surety Agreements shall


                                     - 7 -

<PAGE>


supercede and replace (but not extinguish such Corporate Guarantors' liability
under or act as a novation of) the existing Surety Agreements, as amended, all
of which shall be the Surety Agreements referred to in the Loan Agreement for
all purposes, and (iii) by which Borrower and Guarantors become surety for all
liabilities of Holt Hauling to Bank in connection with the Initial Letter of
Credit and Second Letter of Credit.

        (d) Certified copies of the Articles of Incorporation and By-laws of New
Guarantors together with evidence that the Articles of Incorporation and By-laws
of Borrower and the remaining Corporate Guarantors have not been modified or
amended (or if so, the nature and extent thereof) since August 8, 1989 and are
in full force and effect.

        (e) Good standing certificates (dated not more than 15 days prior to the
date hereof) for Borrower and Corporate Guarantors.

        (f) A favorable opinion of counsel to Borrower and Corporate Guarantors
as to the matters mentioned in Paragraphs 4(a), (b) and (c) herein.

        (g) Promissory Note from Borrower to Bank dated the date of this
Modification, in the principal amount of $3,500,000 ("Replacement Note"), which
Replacement Note shall supercede and replace (but not extinguish Borrower's
liability under or act as a novation of) Borrower's August 8, 1989 Cash Note, as
amended and shall be the "Cash Note" referred to in the Loan Agreement for all
purposes.


                                     - 8 -

<PAGE>


        (h) Agreements pursuant to which the 1984 Mortgage and the 1989 Mortgage
are modified so as to secure, inter alia, all of Borrower's obligations to Bank
in connection with the Replacement Note, the Real Estate Note and all of
Borrower's obligations to Bank in connection with the Initial Letter of Credit
and the Second Letter of Credit.

        (i) Bringdown and endorsement (to be issued at Borrower's sole cost and
expense) to Mortgagee Title Policy No. 31-0041-02-006389 issued by Chicago Title
Insurance Company insuring the Mortgages, as modified, free and clear of all
liens and encumbrances except as may appear in the original policy and as may
otherwise be expressly agreed to by Bank in writing.

        (j) Updated Appraisal of the property covered by the 1984 Mortgage and
the 1989 Mortgage prepared by an appraiser and on terms satisfactory to Bank
showing an appraised value in an amount satisfactory to Bank.

        (k) Such other documents or instruments as Bank may have requested under
the terms of this Modification or otherwise.

     3. Representations and Warranties. In order to induce Bank to enter into
this Modification, Borrower represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

        (a) The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and Corporate
Guarantors of this Modification and any other documents and instruments required
by Bank for the implementation of this Modification (including without
limitation the Replacement Note and Surety Agreements) have been duly


                                      - 9 -

<PAGE>


authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not violate any
provision of law or of the charter or by-laws of Borrower or any Corporate
Guarantor or any agreement, trust or other indenture or instrument to which
Borrower or any Guarantor is a party, or by which any of their properties may be
bound or affected.

        (b) This Modification constitutes and the other documents and
instruments required hereby when executed and delivered will constitute the
legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower and Guarantors, enforceable in
accordance with their terms.

        (c) No authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption or any other
action by and no registration, qualification or filing with any governmental
agency or authority is or will be necessary in connection with the execution,
delivery and performance of this Modification or the other documents and
instruments required hereby by Borrower or Guarantors.

        (d) The Combined balance sheet and profit and loss and surplus
statements of Borrower and Corporate Guarantors as of December 31, 1991,
certified by Fishbein & Company, copies of which have been furnished to Bank,
are complete and correct, show all material liabilities, direct and contingent,
and present fairly the financial position, the results of operations and charges
in Combined financial position of Borrower and Corporate Guarantors at such date
and for the period ended on such date,


                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>


all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals consistently
applied. Since December 31, 1991, there has been no material adverse change in
such financial position or such results of operations.

        (e) On and as of the date of this Modification, there has occurred no
Event of Default and no event which with notice or lapse of time or both would,
if unremedied, be an Event of Default.

        (f) The representations and warranties made by Borrower to Bank in the
Loan Agreement are true and correct as though made on and as of the date of this
Modification.

        (g) The Loan Agreement is in full force and effect and Borrower has no
defense, set-off or counterclaim to its performance thereunder.

     4. Miscellaneous.

        (a) This Modification shall be deemed, to the extent inconsistent
therewith, a modification of the Loan Agreement and all other instruments and
documents executed by Borrower in connection with the Loan Agreement (the
"Collateral Documents"). Subject to the foregoing, the terms and conditions of
the Loan Agreement and the Collateral Documents are ratified and confirmed,
shall remain in full force and effect and Borrower acknowledges and agrees that
the same shall secure all of Borrower's liabilities to Bank under the Loan
Agreement.


                                     - 11 -


<PAGE>


        (b) This Modification shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

        (c) Borrower shall pay on demand all costs and expenses of Bank in
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration and
enforcement of this Modification and the other documents and instruments
required hereby (including the fees and out of pocket costs of counsel with
respect thereto). The agreement set forth in this paragraph 4(c) shall survive
the repayment of the Indebtedness and the cancellation or expiration of the
Initial Letter of Credit and Second Letter of Credit.

        (d) Paragraph headings used in this Modification are for convenience
only and shall not affect the construction of this Modification.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Modification as
of the date written above.


Attest:                                     HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                           By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------                   -------------------------------
          (Seal)                                Vice President


                                            BANK LEUMI LE-ISRAEL B.M.

                                            By: /s/ Illegible
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Vice President


                                     - 12 -

<PAGE>


                              CONSENT AND JOINDER

     Each of the undersigned, surety for all obligations of Borrower to Bank
pursuant to its Surety Agreement dated of even date herewith and August 8, 1989
as amended and replaced of even date herewith (as the case may be), hereby
consents to the foregoing Modification and the other documents and instruments
referred to therein and ratifies, affirms and agrees that its Surety Agreement
shall continue in full force and effect. Each of the Corporate Guarantors agrees
that the "Debtor Liabilities" referred to in its Surety Agreement shall mean and
include without limitation Borrower's obligations to Bank in connection with the
Indebtedness as modified by the foregoing Modification. Thomas J. Holt agrees
that the "Debtor Liabilities" referred to in his Surety Agreement shall mean and
include (i) the principal amounts advanced under the Cash Line, as modified by
the foregoing Modification, and (ii) accrued interest payable thereon by
Borrower; provided, however, Bank shall be limited in recourse against him for
Debtor Liabilities to $4,000,000.

     In addition to the foregoing, in order to induce Bank to enter into the
foregoing Modification, New Guarantors agree, represent and warrant, each as
applicable to it, with the intent to be legally bound:

        1. All of the representations and warranties in the Loan Agreement
applicable to it as a Corporate Guarantor are true and correct as if made by it.

        2. It shall comply fully with all covenants contained in the Loan
Agreement applicable to it as a Corporate Guarantor as if it were a party to the
Loan Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Consent and Joinder
this 13th day of November, 1992

Witness:


/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Thomas J. Holt
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Thomas J. Holt


Attest:                                  BROADWAY EQUIPMENT LEASING CORP.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                      (signatures continued on next page)


                                     - 13 -


<PAGE>


                   (signatures continued from previous page)


                                         REFRIGERATED DISTRIBUTION CENTER, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         OREGON AVENUE ENTERPRISES, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING CORP.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         PATTISON AVENUE WAREHOUSING CORP.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         TRIPLE SEVEN ICE, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS OF CALIFORNIA

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         THE RIVERFRONT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         777 PATTISON AVENUE, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                      (signatures continued on next page)


                                     - 14 -

<PAGE>


                   (signatures continued from previous page)


                                         HOLT WAREHOUSING COMPANY

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         MARINE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         B.H. SOBELMAN & C0., INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         T. & L. LEASING CORP.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         CRT, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         REFRIGERATED ENTERPRISES, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                         DOCKSIDE INTERNATIONAL FISH CO., INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
John A. Evans                                Vice President


                                     - 15 -

<PAGE>


STATE OF NEW JERSEY  :
                     :   SS
COUNTY OF CAMDEN     :

     On this 13th day of November, 1992, before me, a Notary Public, personally
appeared Thomas J. Holt, who acknowledged himself to be the person who executed
the foregoing Consent and Joinder dated November 13th, 1992, for the purposes
therein contained.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.


                                                         /s/ Stephen A. Genovese
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         Notary Public

                                                    STEPHEN A. GENOVESE
                                                NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY
                                             My Commission Expires May 31, 1995


<PAGE>


               SECOND MODIFICATION OF LOAN AND SECURTTY AGREEMENT

     Modification made as of December 31, 1992 between HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.
("Holt Cargo"), ("Borrower") and BANK LEUMI LE-ISRAEL, B.M. ("Bank").

                                   BACKGROUND

     A. Borrower and Bank are party to a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of
August 8, 1989 (as amended December 20, 1989 and November 13, 1992, the "Loan
Agreement") pursuant to which Bank, inter alia, (i) extended a line of credit
in favor of Borrower in the maximum amount of $3,500,000, (ii) issued letters of
credit for the account of Borrower and Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.
("Holt Hauling"), and (iii) extended a term loan in the original principal
amount of $3,500,000.

     B. Borrower and Bank now wish to further modify the Loan Agreement to amend
certain covenants and conditions set forth in the Loan Agreement, all of which
Bank has agreed to do on the terms and conditions set forth in this
Modification.

     C. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Modification shall
have the meaning given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

                                   AGREEMENTS

     Borrower and Bank, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:


<PAGE>


     1. Amendment to Loan Agreement. Effective as of the date of this
Modification, for the purposes of measuring the covenants and ratios contained
in Sections 6.1.12.1, 6.1.12.2, 6.1.12.3, 6.1.12.4 and 6.1.12.5 of the Loan
Agreement at the end of each fiscal quarter through and including March 31,
1993, all funds expended by Borrower and/or Holt Hauling in connection with its
or their construction of a new refrigerated warehouse at the Gloucester Marine
Terminal, Gloucester City, New Jersey, shall be excluded, as applicable.

     2. Conditions Precedent. The obligation of Bank to effect the modification
contained in this Modification is subject to the condition precedent that Bank
shall have received all of the following documents, each of which shall be in
form and substance satisfactory to Bank:

        (a) Copy of October 27, 1992 Bond Resolution of the South Jersey Port
Corporation relating to the issuance of bonds, a portion of the proceeds of
which will be disbursed to Borrower and/or Holt Hauling in connection with its
or their construction of a new refrigerated warehouse at the Gloucester Marine
Terminal, Gloucester City, NJ.

        (b) Copies of resolutions of the boards of directors of Borrower and
Holt Hauling authorizing the execution and delivery of this Modification and all
other documents and instruments required hereby, certified by the secretary or
an assistant secretary of Borrower or Holt Hauling, as the case may be.


                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>


        (c) A written certificate of the secretary or an assistant secretary of
Borrower and Holt Hauling as to the names and true signatures of the officers of
Borrower and Holt Hauling, as the case may be, authorized to sign this
Modification and all other documents and instruments required hereby.

        (d) A favorable opinion of counsel to Borrower and Affiliates as to the
matters mentioned in Paragraphs 3(a), (b) and (c) herein.

        (e) Such other documents or instruments as Bank may have requested under
the terms of this Modification or otherwise.

     3. Representations and Warranties. In order to induce Bank to enter into
this Modification, Borrower represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

        (a) The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and Corporate
Guarantors of this Modification and any other documents and instruments required
by Bank for the implementation of this Modification have been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate action and do not and will not violate any provision of
law or of the charter or by-laws of Borrower or any Corporate Guarantor or any
agreement, trust or other indenture or instrument to which Borrower or any
Guarantor is a party, or by which any of its or their properties may be bound or
affected; provided, however, that this representation does not apply to Broadway
Equipment Leasing Corporation, Holt Cargo


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>


Systems of California, Inc., Holt Warehousing Company, Marine Information
Technology, Inc. or T&L Leasing Corp.

        (b) This Modification constitutes and the other documents and
instruments required hereby when executed and delivered will constitute the
legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower and Guarantors, enforceable in
accordance with their terms; provided, however, that this representation does
not apply to Broadway Equipment Leasing Corporation, Holt Cargo Systems of
California, Inc., Holt Warehousing Company, Marine Information Technology, Inc.
or T&L Leasing Corp.

        (c) No authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption or any other
action by and no registration, qualification or filing with any governmental
agency or authority is or will be necessary in connection with the execution,
delivery and performance of this Modification or the other documents and
instruments required hereby.

        (d) The Combined balance sheet and profit and loss and surplus
statements of Borrower and Corporate Guarantors as of December 31, 1991,
certified by Fishbein & Company, and the Combined balance sheet and profit and
loss and surplus statements of Borrower and Corporate Guarantors as of September
30, 1992, prepared by Borrower, copies of all of which have been furnished to
Bank, are complete and correct, show all material liabilities, direct and
contingent, and present fairly the financial position, the results of operations
and charges in Combined financial position of Borrower and Corporate Guarantors
at such dates and


                                     - 4 -

<PAGE>


for the period ended on such dates, all in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principals consistently applied. Since September 30, 1992, there has
been no material adverse change in such financial position or such results of
operations.

        (e) On and as of the date of this Modification, there has occurred no
Event of Default and no event which with notice or lapse of time or both would,
if unremedied, be an Event of Default.

        (f) Except with respect to the good standing of Broadway Equipment
Leasing Corporation, Holt Cargo Systems of California, Inc., Holt Warehousing
Company, Marine Information Technology, Inc., and T & L Leasing Corp., the
representations and warranties made by Borrower to Bank in the Loan Agreement
are true and correct as though made on and as of the date of this Modification.

        (g) The Loan Agreement is in full force and effect and Borrower has no
defense, set-off or counterclaim to its performance thereunder.

     4. Miscellaneous.

        (a) This Modification shall be deemed, to the extent inconsistent
therewith, a modification of the Loan Agreement and all other instruments and
documents executed by Borrower in connection with the Loan Agreement (the
"Collateral Documents"). Subject to the foregoing, the terms and conditions of
the Loan Agreement and the Collateral Documents are ratified and confirmed,
shall remain in full force and effect and Borrower


                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>


acknowledges and agrees that the same shall secure all of Borrower's liabilities
to Bank under the Loan Agreement.

        (b) This Modification shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

        (c) Borrower shall pay on demand all costs and expenses of Bank in
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration and
enforcement of this Modification and the other documents and instruments
required hereby (including the fees and out of pocket costs of counsel with
respect thereto). The agreement set forth in this paragraph 4(c) shall survive
the repayment of the Loans and the cancellation or expiration of the Initial
Letter of Credit and the Second Letter of Credit.

        (d) Paragraph headings used in this Modification are for convenience
only and shall not affect the construction of this Modification.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Modification as
of the date written above.


Attest:                                  HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.

/s/ Illegible                            By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------                ----------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         BANK LEUM1 LE-ISRAEL B.M.

                                         By: /s/ Illegible
                                             -----------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>


                                    CONSENT

     Each of the undersigned, surety for all obligations of Borrower to Bank
pursuant to its Surety Agreement dated August 8, 1989 and November 13, 1992
hereby consents to the foregoing Modification and the other documents and
instruments referred to therein and ratifies, affirms and agrees that its Surety
Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Consent as of
December 31, 1992.


Witness:

/s/ John A. Evans                        /s/ Thomas J. Holt
- -----------------------------            ---------------------------------------
                                             Thomas J. Holt


Attest:
                                         HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
                                         SYSTEM, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Title


                                         BROADWAY EQUIPMENT LEASING CORP.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         REFRIGERATED DISTRIBUTION CENTER, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                      (signatures continued on next page)


                                     - 7 -

<PAGE>


                   (signatures continued from previous page)


                                         OREGON AVENUE ENTERPRISES, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         PATTISON AVENUE WAREHOUSING CORP.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         TRIPLE SEVEN ICE, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS OF CALIFORNIA

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         RIVERFRONT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         777 PATTISON AVENUE, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         HOLT WAREHOUSING COMPANY

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         MARINE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         B.H. SOBELMAN & CO., INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                       (signatures continued on next page)


                                     - 8 -

<PAGE>


                   (signatures continued from previous page)


                                         T. & L. LEASING CORP.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         CRT, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         REFRIGERATED ENTERPRISES, INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                         DOCKSIDE INTERNATIONAL FISH CO., INC.

/s/ John A. Evans                    By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------            --------------------------------------
                                             Vice President


                                     - 9 -

<PAGE>


STATE OF NEW JERSEY  :
                     :  SS
COUNTY OF CAMDEN     :


     On this 27 day of April, 1993, before me, a Notary Public, personally
appeared Thomas J. Holt, who acknowledged himself to be the person who executed
the foregoing Consent dated as of December 31, 1992, for the purposes therein
contained.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.


                                         /s/ Stephen A. Genovese
                                         --------------------------------------
                                             Notary Public

                                                STEPHEN A. GENOVESE
                                            NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY
                                         My Commission Expires May 31, 1995


                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>


STATE OF NEW JERSEY  :
                     :  SS
COUNTY OF CAMDEN     :


     On this 27th day of April, 1993, before me, a Notary Public, personally
appeared Bernard Gelman, who acknowledged himself to be the vice president of
Holt Cargo Systems, Inc., Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., Broadway
Equipment Leasing Corp., Refrigerated Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue
Enterprises, Inc., Pattison Avenue Warehousing Corp., Triple Seven Ice, Inc.,
Holt Cargo Systems of California, Riverfront Development Corporation, 777
Pattison Avenue, Inc., Holt Warehousing Company, Marine Information Technology,
Inc., B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., T. & L. Leasing Corp., CRT, Inc., Refrigerated
Enterprises, Inc. and Dockside International Fish Co., Inc. corporations, and
that he as such officer being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing
document dated as of December 31, 1992 for the purposes therein contained by
signing the name of the corporations by himself as such officer.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.


                                         /s/ Stephen A. Genovese
                                         --------------------------------------
                                             Notary Public

                                                STEPHEN A. GENOVESE
                                            NOTARY PUBLIC OF NEW JERSEY
                                         My Commission Expires May 31, 1995


                                     - 11 -


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                  CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                   $25,000,000

                                     between

                              THE HOLT GROUP, INC.
                            HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.
                    HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.
                          MURPHY MARINE SERVICES, INC.
                             NPR HOLDING CORPORATION
                                    NPR, INC.
                         NPR-NAVIERAS RECEIVABLES, INC.
                                    NPR, S.A.
                           THE RIVERFRONT DEVELOPMENT
                                   CORPORATION
                           WILMINGTON STEVEDORES, INC.

                                       and

                              CORESTATES BANK, N.A.

                                      dated

                                November 20, 1997



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>


                                Table of Contents


1. Certain Definitions ...................................................  1
      1.1. Definitions ...................................................  1
      1.2. Accounting Terms ..............................................  9

2. The Credit ............................................................  9
      2.1. Credit Facilities .............................................. 9
           (a) The Loans .................................................. 9
           (b) Letters of Credit ..........................................10
      2.2. The Note .......................................................11
      2.3. Funding Procedures .............................................11
           (a) Requests for Advance .......................................11
           (b) Irrevocability . ...........................................11
           (c) Availability of Funds ......................................11
           (d) Funding of Net Amount ......................................12
      2.4. Interest .......................................................12
           (a) Base Rate ..................................................12
           (b) LIBO Rate ..................................................12
           (c) Renewals and Conversions of Loans ..........................12
           (d) Automatic Reinstatement ....................................12
      2.5. Fees ...........................................................13
      2.6. Reduction or Termination of Commitment .........................13
           (a) Voluntary ..................................................13
           (b) Loan Commitment Termination ................................13
      2.7. Voluntary Prepayments ..........................................13
           (a) Base Rate Loans ............................................13
           (b) LIBO Rate Loans ............................................13
      2.8. Payments .......................................................13
           (a) Base Rate Loans ............................................13
           (b) LIBO Rate Loans ............................................13
           (c) Form of Payments, Application of Payments, Payment 
               Administration, Etc ........................................13
           (d) Net Payments ...............................................14
           (e) Prepayment of LIBO Rate Loans ..............................14
           (f) Demand Deposit Account .....................................15
      2.9. Changes in Circumstances; Yield Protection .....................15
     2.10. Illegality .....................................................16

3. Representations and Warranties .........................................17
      3.1. Organization, Standing .........................................17
      3.2. Corporate Authority, Validity, Etc. ............................17
      3.3. Litigation .....................................................17
      3.4. ERISA ..........................................................17
      3.5. Financial Statements ...........................................18


                                      - i -
<PAGE>


      3.6. Not in Default, Judgments, Etc. ................................18
      3.7. Taxes ..........................................................18
      3.8. Permits, Licenses, Etc. ........................................19
      3.9. No Materially Adverse Contracts, Etc. ..........................19
     3.10. Compliance with Laws, Etc. .....................................19
           (a) Compliance Generally .......................................19
           (b) Hazardous Wastes, Substances and Petroleum Products ........19
     3.11. Solvency .......................................................19
     3.12. Subsidiaries, Etc. .............................................20
     3.13. Title to Properties, Leases ....................................20
     3.14. Public Utility Holding Company; Investment Company .............20
     3.15. Margin Stock ...................................................20
     3.16. Use of Proceeds ................................................20
     3.17. Appraisal of Vessels ...........................................20
     3.18. Disclosure Generally ...........................................20

 4. Conditions Precedent ..................................................21
      4.1. All Loans ......................................................21
           (a) Documents ..................................................21
           (b) Borrowing Base Certificate .................................21
           (c) Covenants; Representations .................................21
           (d) Defaults ...................................................21
           (e) Material Adverse Change ....................................21
 4.2. Conditions to First Loan ............................................21
           (a) Articles, Bylaws ...........................................21
           (b) Evidence of Authorization ..................................21
           (c) Legal Opinions .............................................21
           (d) Incumbency .................................................21
           (e) Note .......................................................22
           (f) Security Agreements ........................................22
           (g) Pro Forma Balance Sheet ....................................22
           (h) Documents ..................................................22
           (i) Consents ...................................................22
           (j) Other Agreements ...........................................22
           (k) Repayment of Loans under 1995 Credit Agreement .............22
           (1) Fees, Expenses .............................................22

5. Affirmative Covenants ..................................................22
      5.1. Financial Statements and Reports ...............................22
           (a) Annual Statements ..........................................22
           (b) Quarterly Statements .......................................23
           (c) Compliance Certificate .....................................23
           (d) ERISA ......................................................23
           (e) Material Changes ...........................................23
           (f) Borrowing Base Certificate .................................23


                                      - ii-



<PAGE>


           (g) Summary Annual Budget ......................................24
           (h) Other Information ..........................................24
      5.2. Corporate Existence ............................................24
      5.3. ERISA ..........................................................24
      5.4. Compliance with Regulations ....................................24
      5.5. Conduct of Business; Permits and Approvals, Compliance with
           Laws ...........................................................24
      5.6. Maintenance of Insurance .......................................24
      5.7. Payment of Debt; Payment of Taxes, Etc. ........................25
      5.8. Notice of Events ...............................................25
      5.9. Inspection Rights ..............................................26
     5.10. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles .......................26
     5.11. Compliance with Material Contracts .............................26
     5.12. Use of Proceeds ................................................26
     5.13. Further Assurances .............................................26
     5.14. Restrictive Covenants in Other Agreements ......................26
     5.15. Appraisal of Vessels ...........................................26

 6. Negative Covenants ....................................................26
      6.1. Consolidation and Merger .......................................27
      6.2. Liens ..........................................................27
      6.3. Guarantees .....................................................27
      6.4. Margin Stock ...................................................27
      6.5. Acquisitions and Investments ...................................27
      6.6. Transfer of Assets; Nature of Business .........................27
      6.7. Restricted Payments ............................................27
      6.8. Accounting Change ..............................................28
      6.9. Transactions with Affiliates ...................................28
     6.10. Intentionally Omitted ..........................................28
     6.11. Indebtedness ...................................................28

 7. Financial Covenants ...................................................28
      7.1. Debt to Tangible Net Worth .....................................28
      7.2. Minimum Tangible Net Worth .....................................29
      7.3. Interest Coverage ..............................................29
      7.4. Borrowing Base .................................................29

 8. Default ...............................................................29
      8.1. Events of Default ..............................................29
           (a) Payments ...................................................29
           (b) Covenants ..................................................29
           (c) Representations, Warranties ................................29
           (d) Bankruptcy .................................................29
           (e) Certain Other Defaults .....................................30
           (f) Judgments ..................................................30
           (g) Attachments ................................................30


                                      - iii -


<PAGE>


            (h) ERISA .....................................................30
            (i) Security Interests ........................................30
            (j) Material Adverse Change ...................................31

 9. Collateral ............................................................31
      9.1.  Collateral ....................................................31
      9.2.  Release of Collateral .........................................31

10.  Miscellaneous ........................................................32
     10.1.  Waiver ........................................................32
     10.2.  Amendments ....................................................32
     10.3.  Governing Law .................................................32
     10.4.  Participations and Assignments ................................32
     10.5.  Captions ......................................................32
     10.6.  Notices .......................................................32
     10.7.  Expenses; Indemnification .....................................33
     10.8.  Survival of Warranties and Certain Agreements .................33
     10.9.  Severability ..................................................33
     10.10. No Fiduciary Relationship .....................................33
     10.11. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS ................33
     10.12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL ..........................................34
     10.13. Counterparts; Effectiveness ...................................34
     10.14. Use of Defined Terms ..........................................34
     10.15. Offsets .......................................................34
     10.16. Entire Agreement ..............................................34
     10.18. Consolidated Basis ............................................35
     10.19. 1995 Credit Agreement .........................................35

- ----------------------------------------
 EXHIBIT A        NOTE FORM
 EXHIBIT B        FIRST PREFERRED SHIP MORTGAGE FORM
 SCHEDULE 1       DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
 SCHEDULE 2       COLLATERAL SCHEDULE


                                      - iv -


<PAGE>


                                Credit Agreement

     This Credit Agreement, dated November 20, 1997, is entered into by and
between THE HOLT GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation, HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation ("Cargo"), HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., a
Pennsylvania corporation ("Hauling"), MURPHY MARINE SERVICES, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Murphy"), NPR HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("NPR
Holding"), NPR, INC., a Delaware corporation ("NPR, Inc."), NPR-NAVIERAS
RECEIVABLES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("NPR-Navieras"), NPR S.A., Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("NPR S.A."), THE RIVERFRONT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, a New
Jersey corporation ("Riverfront"), and WILMINGTON STEVEDORES, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Wilmington"), (together, sometimes referred to herein as the "Holt
Companies" and individually, as a "Holt Company"), and CORESTATES BANK. N.A., a
national banking association ("CoreStates", "CoreStates Bank" or the "Bank").

                              Preliminary Statement

     WHEREAS, The Holt Group, Inc. has this date acquired all of the issued and
the outstanding capital stock of NPR Holding and restructured its ownership of
various affiliated entities such that the ownership by The Holt Group, Inc. of
the other Holt Companies is as set forth in Schedule I attached hereto.

     WHEREAS, all obligations of the Holt Companies, and any of them, to
CoreStates Bank which are outstanding at the date of this Agreement have been
repaid in full, including any unpaid fees and expenses.

     WHEREAS, the Holt Companies have requested, and CoreStates has agreed, that
a credit facility as herein described be established for their joint benefit,
under the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and promises hereinafter
set forth and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

                             1. Certain Definitions

     1.1. Definitions.

     "1995 Credit Agreement" shall mean that certain Loan Agreement, dated July
20, 1995, between Cargo, Hauling, Murphy, Riverfront, Wilmington and various
affiliates, and CoreStates Bank, as successor by merger to Meridian Bank.

     "1995 Letter of Credit" shall have the meaning set forth in ss.2.1(b).

     "Additional Amount" shall have the meaning set forth in ss.2.8.(e).


 Credit Agreement                     -1-                          November 1997

<PAGE>


     "Afffliate" shall mean any Person: (1) which directly or indirectly
controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with any Holt Company;
(2) which directly or indirectly beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or
more of any class of voting stock of any Holt Company; or (3) ten percent (10%)
or more of whose voting stock is directly or indirectly owned or held by any
Holt Company. The term "control" means the possession, directly or indirectly,
of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of
a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or
otherwise. For purposes hereof, Atlantic Container Line Aktiebolag, a Swedish
corporation, and FastShip, Inc., a Delaware corporation, shall not be deemed
affiliates.

     "Agreement" shall mean this Credit Agreement, as amended, supplemented,
modified, replaced, substituted for or restated from time to time and all
exhibits and schedules attached hereto.

     "Appraised Value" shall mean that value determined by an independent
appraiser or appraisers of recognized standing who shall be selected by the Holt
Companies with the consent of the Bank (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld) as the aggregate of the fair market values of each item of Collateral
listed on Schedule 2 hereto as such schedule shall exist at the time of the
appraisal. Appraised Value shall be adjusted at the time any item of Collateral
is withdrawn or added to Schedule 2 hereto and full compliance with the terms
and conditions hereof with respect to the Collateral shall have been completed.
The fair market value of deletions and additions to the Collateral shall be
determined in good faith by the Holt Companies at the time of the addition on a
basis consistent with that employed by the appraiser in connection with the most
recent appraisal, provided, however, if the Bank shall object to the value
placed on any such addition or deletion, the proposed addition or deletion shall
have no value for this purpose until (1) a valuation is agreed upon by the Bank
and the Holt Companies, or (2) a valuation is completed for such item at the
time of the next appraisal.

     "Base Rate" shall mean, for any day, the higher of the Federal Funds Rate
plus 1/2 of 1% or the prime commercial lending rate of CoreStates Bank, N.A., as
announced from time to time at its head office, calculated on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

     "Borrowing Base" shall mean an amount equal to (1) 65% of the Appraised
Value of the Collateral if the ratio of Debt to Tangible Net Worth of the Holt
Companies as contemplated by ss.7.1 hereof is more than 5.00:1 at the time of
determination of the Borrowing Base, or (2) 70% of the Appraised Value of the
Collateral if the ratio of Debt to Tangible Net Worth of the Holt Companies is
5.00:1 or less at such time.

     "Borrowing Base Certificate" shall mean a certificate setting forth
detailed information with respect to the Borrowing Base which shall be in the
form and substance requested by the Bank, as such may be modified from time to
time, and shall be signed by the chief financial officer, treasurer or
controller of The Holt Group, Inc.

     "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other
day on which commercial banks in Philadelphia are authorized or required to
close under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.


Credit Agreement                      -2-                          November 1997


<PAGE>


     "Capitalized Lease" shall mean all lease obligations of any Person for any
property (whether real, personal or mixed) which have been or should be
capitalized on the books of the lessee in accordance with General Accepted
Accounting Principles.

     "Capitalized Lease Obligations" with respect to any Person, shall mean the
aggregate amount which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be reported as a
liability on the balance sheet of such Person at such time in respect of such
Person's interest as lessee under a Capital Lease.

     "Cash Flow" shall mean, for any period, without duplication, the amounts
for such period, taken as a single accounting period, of (i) net income, (ii)
non-cash charges, (iii) interest expense, and (iv) to the extent reducing net
income, income tax expenses, as such items are shown in the consolidated
financial statements of the Holt Companies.

     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time, and all rules and regulations with respect thereto in effect from time
to time.

     "Collateral" shall have the meaning set forth in ss.9.1.

     "Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in ss.2.5.

     "Compliance Certificate" shall mean a certificate with respect to the
compliance by the Holt Companies with the provisions of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, including calculations with respect to compliance with the
financial covenants set forth in Article 7 hereof. The Compliance Certificate
shall be in the form and substance requested by the Bank, as such may be
modified from time to time, and shall be signed by the chief financial officer,
treasurer or controller of The Holt Group, Inc.

     "Credit Termination Date" shall have the meaning set forth in ss.2.2.

     "Debt" shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to the Holt
Companies, without duplication, (i) all items which in accordance with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles would be included in determining total
liabilities as shown on the liability side of a consolidated balance sheet of
the Holt Companies as of the date on which Debt is to be determined, (ii) all
indebtedness of others with respect to which any Holt Company has become liable
by way of a guarantee or endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in
the ordinary course of business), (iii) all liabilities of any Holt Company in
connection with letter of credit reimbursement obligations, and (iv) lease
obligations that, in conformity with GAAP, have been capitalized on the Holt
Companies' consolidated balance sheet.

     "Default Rate" on any Loan shall mean the higher of 2% per annum above the
Base Rate or 2% per annum above the rate of interest otherwise in effect for
such Loan.

     "Dollars" shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

     "Environmental Control Statutes" shall mean each and every applicable
federal, state, county or municipal environmental statute, ordinance, rule,
regulation, order, directive or requirement, together with all successor
statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, directives or

Credit Agreement                      -3-                          November 1997


<PAGE>


requirements,  of any Governmental Authority, including without limitation laws
in any way related to Hazardous Substances.

     "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
it may be amended from time to time.

     "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any corporation which is a member of the same
controlled group of corporations as any Holt Company within the meaning of
ss.414(b) of the Code, or any trade or business which is under common control
with any Holt Company within the meaning of ss.414(c) of the Code.

     "Event of Default" shall have the meaning set forth in ss.8.1.

     "Federal Funds Rate" shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average
of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal
Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such
day, provided that if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a
Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such
transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next
succeeding Business Day.

     "First Preferred Ship Mortgage" shall mean the First Preferred Ship
Mortgage in the form and substance attached hereto as Exhibit B.

     "Fiscal Quarter" shall mean a fiscal quarter of the Holt Companies, which
shall be any quarterly period ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 or
December 31 of any year.

     "Fiscal Year" shall mean a fiscal year of the Holt Companies, which shall
end on the last day of December.

     "Generally Accepted Accounting Principles" or "GAAP" shall mean generally
accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United
States, consistently applied.

     "Governmental Authority" shall mean the federal, state, county or municipal
government, or any department, agency, bureau or other similar type body
obtaining authority therefrom or created pursuant to any laws, including without
limitation Environmental Control Statutes.

     "Hazadous Substances" shall mean without limitation, any regulated
substance, toxic substance, hazardous substance, hazardous waste, pollution,
pollutant or contaminant, as defined or referred to in the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C., ss.2601 et seq.: the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 33 U.S.C. ss.1251 et
seq., the federal underground storage tank law, Subtitle I of the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, P.L. 98-616, 42 U.S.C. ss.6901 et
seq.; together with any amendments thereto, regulations promulgated thereunder
and all substitutions thereof, as well as words of similar purport or meaning
referred to in any other federal, state, county or municipal environmental
statute, ordinance, rule or regulation.

Credit Agreement                      -4-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


     "Indebtedness for Borrowed Money" shall mean (i) all indebtedness,
liabilities, and obligations, now existing or hereafter arising, for money
borrowed by any Holt Company or any Subsidiary, whether or not evidenced by any
note, indenture, or agreement (including, without limitation, the Note and any
indebtedness for money borrowed from an Affiliate) and (ii) all indebtedness of
others for money borrowed (including indebtedness of an Affiliate) with respect
to which any Holt Company or any Subsidiary has become liable by way of a
guarantee or indemnity.

     "Interest Period" shall mean with respect to any LIBO Rate Loan, each
period commencing on the date any such Loan is made, or, with respect to a Loan
being renewed, the last day of the next preceding Interest Period with respect
to a Loan, and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no
numerically corresponding day, on the last day of the calendar month) in the
first, second or third calendar month thereafter as selected under the
procedures specified in ss.2.3, if the Bank is then offering LIBO Rate Loans for
such period; provided that each LIBO Rate Loan Interest Period which would
otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day (or, for purposes of Loans to
be repaid on a London Business Day, such day is not a London Business Day) shall
end on the next succeeding Business Day (or London Business Day, as appropriate)
unless such next succeeding Business Day (or London Business Day, as
appropriate) falls in the next succeeding calendar month, in which case the
Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day (or London Business
Day, as appropriate).

     "Investment" in any Person shall mean without duplication (a) the
acquisition (whether for cash, property, services or securities or otherwise) of
capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or other ownership
interests or other securities of such Person; (b) any deposit with, or advance,
loan or other extension of credit to, such Person (other than any such deposit,
advance, loan or extension of credit having a term not exceeding 90 days in the
case of unaffiliated Persons and 120 days in the case of Affiliates representing
the purchase price of inventory or supplies purchased in the ordinary course of
business) or guarantee or assumption of, or other contingent obligation with
respect to, Indebtedness for Borrowed Money or other liability of such Person;
and (c) (without duplication of the amounts included in (a) and (b)) any amount
that may, pursuant to the terms of such investment, be required to be paid,
deposited, advanced, lent or extended to or guaranteed or assumed on behalf of
such Person.

     "Letter of Credit" shall have the meaning set forth in ss.2.1(b).

     "LIBO Rate" shall mean, for the applicable Interest Period, (i) the rate,
rounded upwards to the next one-sixteenth of one percent, determined by the Bank
three London Business Days prior to the date of the corresponding LIBO Rate
Loan, at which the Bank is offered deposits in dollars at approximately 11:00
A.M., London time by leading banks in the interbank eurodollar or eurocurrency
market for delivery on the date of such Loan in an amount and for a period
comparable to the amount and Interest Period of such Loan and in like funds,
divided by (ii) a number equal to one (1.0) minus the LIBO Rate Reserve
Percentage. The LIBO Rate shall be adjusted automatically with respect to any
LIBO Rate Loan outstanding on the effective date of any change in the LIBO Rate
Reserve Percentage, as of such effective date. LIBO Rate shall be calculated on
the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

     "LIBO Rate Loans" shall mean Loans accruing interest based on the LIBO
Rate.

Credit Agreement                      -5-                          November 1997


<PAGE>


     "LIBO Rate Reserve Percentage" shall mean, for any LIBO Rate Loan for any
Interest Period therefor, the daily average of the stated maximum rate
(expressed as a decimal) at which reserves (including any marginal,
supplemental, or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such
Interest Period under Regulation D by the Bank against "Eurocurrency
liabilities" (as such term is used in Regulation D) but without benefit of
credit proration, exemptions, or offsets that might otherwise be available to
the Bank from time to time under Regulation D. Without limiting the effect of
the foregoing, the LIBO Rate Reserve Percentage shall reflect any other reserves
required to be maintained by the Bank against (1) any category of liabilities
which includes deposits by reference to which the rate for LIBO Rate Loans is to
be determined; or (2) any category of extension of credit or other assets which
include LIBO Rate Loans.

     "Lien" shall mean any lien, mortgage, security interest, chattel mortgage,
pledge or other encumbrance (statutory or otherwise) of any kind securing
satisfaction of an obligation of any Holt Company or any Subsidiary of any Holt
Company, including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional
sales or other title retention agreement, and the filing of or the agreement to
give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any
jurisdiction or similar evidence of any encumbrance, whether within or outside
the United States.

     "Loan" or "Loans" shall mean the meanings set forth in ss.2.1.

     "Loan Commitment" shall have the meaning set forth in ss.2.1.

     "Loan Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the Note, any Security
Agreement and all other documents directly related or incidental to said
documents, the Loans or the Collateral.

     "London Business Day" shall mean any Business Day on which banks in London,
England are open for business.

     "Material Adverse Change" shall mean any event or condition which (a) is
reasonably likely to result in a material adverse change in the financial
condition, assets, operations or prospects of the Holt Companies taken as a
group, or (b) gives reasonable grounds to conclude that any Holt Company will
not be able to perform or observe (in the normal course) its obligations under
the Loan Documents to which it is a party, including but not limited to the
Note.

     "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean any event or condition which (a) is
reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition,
assets, operations or prospects of the Holt Companies taken as a group, (b)
gives reasonable grounds to conclude that any Holt Company will not be able to
perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party,
including but not limited to the Note, or (iii) is reasonably likely to affect
legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Note or the rights
and remedies of the holder(s) of the Loans.

     "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in ERISA
ss.4001(a)(3), which covers employees of any Holt Company or any ERISA
Affiliate.

     "Note" shall have the meaning set forth in ss.2.2.

Credit Agreement                      -6-                          November 1997


<PAGE>


     "Obligations" shall mean all now existing or hereafter arising debts,
obligations, covenants, and duties of payment or performance of every kind,
matured or unmatured, direct or contingent, owing, arising, due, or payable to
the Bank by or from any Holt Company arising out of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, including, without limitation, all obligations to repay principal
of and interest on the Loans, and to pay interest, fees, costs, charges,
expenses, professional fees, and all sums chargeable to any Holt Company or for
which any Holt Company is liable as indemnitor under the Loan Documents, whether
or not evidenced by any note or other instrument.

     "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any
successor thereto.

     "Pension Plan" shall mean, at any time, any Plan (including a Multiemplover
Plan), the funding requirements of which (under ERISA ss.302 or Code ss.412)
are, or at any time within the six years immediately preceding the time in
question, were in whole or in part, the responsibility of any Holt Company or
any ERISA Affiliate.

     "Permitted Liens" shall mean (a) any Liens for current taxes, assessments
and other governmental charges not yet due and payable or being contested in
good faith by any Holt Company by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate
reserves have been established by the Holt Company as reflected in the Holt
Companies' consolidated financial statements; (b) any mechanic's, materialman's,
carrier's, warehousemen's or similar Liens for sums not yet due or being
contested in good faith by any Holt Company by appropriate proceedings and for
which adequate reserves have been established by the Holt Company as reflected
in the Holt Companies' consolidated financial statements; (c) easements,
rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances on the real property
or fixtures of any Holt Company incurred in the ordinary course of business
which individually or in the aggregate are not substantial in amount and which
do not in any case materially detract from the value or marketability of the
property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business
of any Holt Company; (d) Liens (other than Liens imposed on any property of any
Holt Company pursuant to ERISA or ss.412 of the Code) incurred or deposits made
in the ordinary course of business, including Liens in connection with workers'
compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security and
Liens to secure performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal
bonds (in the case of appeal bonds such Liens shall not secure any reimbursement
or indemnity obligation in an amount greater than $250,000), bids, leases that
are not Capitalized Leases, performance bonds (in the case of performance bonds
such Liens shall not secure any reimbursement or indemnity obligation in an
amount greater than $1,000,000 in the aggregate), sales contracts and other
similar obligations, in each case, not incurred in connection with the obtaining
of credit or the payment of a deferred purchase price, and which do not, in the
aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; (e) Liens, if any, existing on
the date hereof and listed in Schedule 1 hereto; (f) Liens related to any
capital lease obligations and/or purchase money security interests limited to
assets so leased, purchased, or financed, the aggregate unpaid balance of which
shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time; (g) Liens in the leasehold interests
of the Holt Companies and any of them in any equipment leased from Emerald
Equipment Leasing, Inc. and in the leases themselves, which liens are granted in
favor of MBC Leasing Corp; and (h) liens with respect to the Vessels as
expressly permitted by the First Preferred Ship Mortgages applicable to each.

     "Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, association, company, business trust or entity, or other entity of
whatever nature.


Credit Agreement                      -7-                          November 1997

<PAGE>


     "Plan" shall mean an employee benefit plan as defined in ss.3(3) of ERISA,
other than a Multiemployer Plan, whether formal or informal and whether legally
binding or not.

     "Potential Default" shall mean an event, condition or circumstance that
with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of
Default.

     "Prohibited Transaction" shall mean a transaction that is prohibited under
Code ss.4975 or ERISA ss.406 and not exempt under Code ss.4975 or ERISA ss.408.

     "Regulation" shall mean any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, order or
rule of any United States or foreign, federal, state, local or other government
or governmental body, including, without limitation, those covering or related
to banking, financial transactions, securities, public utilities, environmental
control, energy, safety, health, transportation, bribery, record keeping,
zoning, antidiscrimination, antitrust, wages and hours, employee benefits, and
price and wage control matters.

     "Regulation D" shall mean Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, as it may be amended from time to time.

     "Regulatory Change" shall mean any change after the date of this Agreement
in any Regulation (including Regulation D) or the adoption or making after such
date of any interpretations, directives or requests of or under any Regulation
(whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or
monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof
applying to a class of banks but excluding any foreign office of the Bank.

     "Release" shall mean without limitation, the presence, leaking, leaching,
pouring, emptying, discharging, spilling, using, generating, manufacturing,
refining, transporting, treating, or storing of Hazardous Substances at, into,
onto, from or about the property or the threat thereof, regardless of whether
the result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission, and which is
in violation of any applicable law, including Environmental Control Statutes.

     "Reportable Event" shall mean, with respect to a Pension Plan: (a) any of
the events set forth in ERISA Sections 4043(b) (other than a reportable event as
to which the provision of 30 days' notice to the PBGC is waived under applicable
regulations) or 4063(a) or the regulations thereunder, (b) an event requiring
any Holt Company or any ERISA Affiliate to provide security to a Pension Plan
under Code ss.401(a)(29) and (c) any failure by any Holt Company or any ERISA
Affiliate to make payments required by Code ss.412(m).

     "Security Agreement" shall mean a security agreement in form and substance
acceptable to the Bank, which shall be executed and delivered to the Bank on or
before the first advance as set forth in ss.4.2(f) hereof.

     "Solvent" shall mean, with respect to any Person, that the aggregate
present fair saleable value of such Person's assets is in excess of the total
amount of its probable liabilities on its existing debts as they become absolute
and matured, such Person has not incurred debts beyond its foreseeable ability
to pay such debts as they mature, and such Person has capital adequate to
conduct the business it is presently engaged in or is about to engage in.

Credit Agreement                      -8-                          November 1997


<PAGE>


     "Subsidiary" shall mean a corporation or other entity the shares of stock
or other equity interests of which having ordinary voting power (other than
stock or other equity interests having such power only by reason of the
happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or
other managers of such corporation are at the time owned, or the management of
which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries or both, by any Holt Company.

     "Tangible Assets" shall mean total assets, excluding patents, copyrights,
capitalized research and development costs, goodwill, operating rights and other
intangible assets on a consolidated basis.

     "Tangible Net Worth" shall mean Tangible Assets less total liabilities
shown on the balance sheet.

     "Taxes" shall have the meaning set forth in ss.2.8.(d).

     "Termination Event" shall mean, with respect to a Pension Plan: (a) a
Reportable Event, (b) the termination of a Pension Plan, or the filing of a
notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan, or the treatment of a Pension Plan
amendment as a termination under ERISA ss.4041(c), (c) the institution of
proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan under ERISA ss.4042 or (d) the
appointment of a trustee to administer any Pension Plan under ERISA ss.4042.

     "Unfunded Pension Liabilities" shall mean, with respect to any Pension Plan
at any time, the amount, if any, determined by taking the accumulated benefit
obligation, as disclosed in accordance with Statement of Accounting Standards
No. 87, and deducting the fair market value of Pension Plan assets.

     "Unrecognized Retiree Welfare Liability" shall mean, with respect to any
Plan that provides post-retirement benefits other than pension benefits, the
amount of the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation, as determined in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, as of the
most recent valuation date. Prior to the date such statement is applicable to
any Holt Company. such amount of the obligation shall be based on an estimate
made in good faith.

     1.2. Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein
shall be construed in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
consistent with those applied in the preparation of the financial statements
referred to in ss.3.5, and all financial data submitted pursuant to this
Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with such principles.



Credit Agreement                      -9-                          November 1997


<PAGE>


                                  2. The Credit

     2.1. Credit Facilities.

     (a) The Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth,
CoreStates Bank agrees to make loans (herein called individually a "Loan" and
collectively, the "Loans") to the Holt Companies upon receipt of loan requests
therefor. All Loans together and the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit
outstanding shall not exceed an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any
time of TWENTY-FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($25,000,000) from the date hereof through
the Credit Termination Date (such amount, as the same may be reduced pursuant to
ss.2.6 or ss.2.10 hereof being hereinafter called the "Loan Commitment"). The
maturity date of the Note, as provided in ss.2.2 below, shall be the Credit
Termination Date. All Loans shall be made to the Holt Companies at the main
office of the Bank, Broad and Chestnut Streets, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
19101.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holt Companies shall not be entitled to
any Loan if, after giving effect to such Loan, the aggregate unpaid amount of
the Loan, when added to the aggregate amount of Letters of Credit outstanding as
provided below, would exceed the Loan Commitment. Further, the Holt Companies
shall not be entitled to any Loan if, after giving effect to such Loan, the
unpaid amount of the Loan when added to the aggregate amount of Letters of
Credit outstanding would exceed the current Borrowing Base, as stated in the
most recent Borrowing Base Certificate furnished to the Bank as provided herein.
Within the limits of the Loan Commitment and the Borrowing Base, the Holt
Companies may borrow, prepay and reborrow.

     Each Base Rate Loan shall not be subject to a minimum principal amount.
Each LIBO Rate Loan shall be in the minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or,
if greater, then in such minimum amount plus a $1,000,000 multiple thereof.

     (b) Letters of Credit. The Bank, under the terms and subject to the
conditions of this Agreement, agrees to provide letters of credit at the request
and for the account of the Holt Companies, from time to time prior to the Credit
Termination Date, as requested by the Holt Companies, provided that:

          (i) the aggregate amount of Letters of Credit outstanding at any one
     time shall not exceed $10,000,000, at any time hereafter, or such lesser
     amount, if any, as will, when added to the amount of the Loans then
     outstanding, aggregate $25,000,000 (or such lesser amount as the Holt
     Companies are entitled to borrow hereunder at such time by reason of the
     limitation of the Borrowing Base or otherwise);

          (ii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued after the Credit Termination
     Date and no Letter of Credit shall be for a term longer than one year; and

          (iii) Letters of Credit shall be issued primarily to support insurance
     premium requirements of any one or more of the Holt Companies.

     As used in this Agreement, "Letter of Credit" shall mean only those letters
of credit issued pursuant to a completed application on the form of letter of
credit application required by the Bank at the time of the request for each
Letter of Credit. If and to the extent that any provision of any letter of
credit application required by the Bank shall be inconsistent with or otherwise
be in conflict with this Agreement, this Agreement shall govern.

Credit Agreement                      -10-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


The $5,000,000 Letter of Credit (as defined in the 1995 Credit Agreement)
dated June 28, 1989, the beneficiary of which is National Union Fire Insurance
Company of Pittsburgh, PA, issued for the account of Cargo under the 1995 Credit
Agreement ("1995 Letter of Credit") shall be deemed a Letter of Credit for
purposes of this Agreement for so long as it shall continue in effect and shall
be included in the calculation of Letters of Credit outstanding hereunder.

     The four letters of credit issued by the Bank dated November 10, 1997 in
the aggregate amount of $1,415,000 to National Union Fire Insurance Company of
Pittsburgh, PA, Consolidated Rail Company, US Atlantic & Gulf/Southeastern
Caribbean Agreement c/o Associated Conference, and US Atlantic & Gulf Hispaniola
Steamship Freight Association c/o Associated Conferences at the request of NPR,
Inc. shall be deemed Letters of Credit issued hereunder.

     The Holt Companies shall request a Letter of Credit by delivering a
completed letter of credit application to the Bank not less than one Business
Day prior to the date specified by the Holt Companies as the date the Letter of
Credit is to be issued.

     Letters of Credit shall not bear interest until drawn upon but shall each
be subject to an annual charge, payable quarterly in arrears from the date of
issuance, equal to 200 basis points (2.00%) times the aggregate amount of all
Letters of Credit outstanding.

     Within the foregoing limit, the Holt Companies may request issuance of
Letters of Credit, pay them upon a drawing thereunder and request new issuances.
Any obligation of the Holt Companies to pay money in connection with any Letter
of Credit shall be secured as if made as a Loan hereunder. In the event the Holt
Companies shall terminate the Loan Commitment as provided in ss.2.6 and shall
pay the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in full and with interest or
the Credit Termination Date shall occur at a time when one or more Letters of
Credit remain outstanding, then the Holt Companies shall furnish to the Bank
within three Business Days such amount of cash, to be held as cash collateral
and invested in certificates of deposit of the Bank, as will pay the maximum
amount which may be drawn by beneficiaries of Letters of Credit outstanding at
the date of such termination or Credit Termination Date, as applicable.

     2.2. The Note. The Loans made by the Bank shall be evidenced by a single
promissory note of the Holt Companies under which they shall be jointly and
severally liable (such promissory note as it may be amended, extended, modified,
restated, replaced, substituted for or renewed, being referred to herein as the
"Note") in principal face amount equal to TWENTY-FIVE MILLION DOLLARS
($25,000,000) payable to the order of the Bank and otherwise in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Note shall be dated November 20, 1997, shall
bear interest at the rate per annum and be payable as to principal and interest
in accordance with the terms hereof. The Note shall mature on the earliest to
occur of (i) the date the maturity of the Note is accelerated as provided in
ss.8.1 hereof, or (ii) November 20, 1998 (this date to be deemed the "Credit
Termination Date"). Upon maturity, the Loan evidenced by the Note shall be due
and payable. The Bank shall maintain records of all Loans evidenced by the Note
and of all payments thereon, which records shall be conclusive absent manifest
error.





Credit Agreement                     -11-                          November 1997


<PAGE>


     2.3. Funding Procedures.

     (a) Requests for Advance. Each request for a Loan or the conversion or
renewal of an interest rate with respect to a Loan shall be made not later than
11:00 a.m. on a Business Day by delivery to the Bank of a written request signed
by the Holt Companies or in the alternative a telephone request followed
promptly by written confirmation of the request, specifying the date and amount
of the Loan to be made, converted or renewed, selecting the interest rate option
applicable thereto, and in the case of a LIBO Rate Loan, specifying the Interest
Period applicable to such Loan. Each request shall be received not less than one
Business Day prior to the date of the proposed borrowing, conversion or renewal
in the case of Base Rate Loans and three London Business Days prior to the date
of the proposed borrowing, conversion or renewal in the case of LIBO Rate Loans.
No request shall be effective until actually received in writing by the Bank.
Any request may be made by submission of such request by facsimile transmission
with the signed original being promptly transmitted to the Bank. The Bank shall
be entitled to rely on a facsimile of the signed original as fully as it had
received the signed original.

     (b) Irrevocability. Upon receipt of a request for a Loan by the Bank, the
request shall not be revocable by the Holt Companies.

     (c) Availability of Funds. Unless the Bank knows that any applicable
condition specified herein has not been satisfied, it will make funds
immediately available to the Holt Companies on the date of each Loan by a credit
to the account designated by the Holt Companies at the Bank's address set forth
opposite its name on the signature page hereof or to such other destination and
in such other form as the Holt Companies may request, in writing.

     (d) Funding of Net Amount. If the Bank makes a Loan on a day on which all
or any part of an outstanding Loan from the Bank is to be repaid, the Bank shall
apply the proceeds of its new Loan to make such repayment and only an amount
equal to the difference (if any) between the amount being borrowed and the
amount being repaid shall be made available by the Bank to the Holt Companies as
provided in clause (c).

     2.4. Interest. The following interest rates may be applicable to any Loan
or Loans, as requested by the Holt Companies from time to time.

     (a) Base Rate. Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the principal
amount thereof from the date made until such Loan is paid in full or converted,
at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate.

     (b) LIBO Rate. Each LIBO Rate Loan shall bear interest on the principal
amount thereof from the date made until such Loan is paid in full, renewed, or
converted, at a rate per annum equal to the LIBO Rate plus 250 basis points
(2.50%). After receipt of a request for a LIBO Rate Loan, the Bank shall proceed
to determine the LIBO Rate to be applicable thereto. The Bank shall give prompt
notice by telephone or facsimile to the Holt Companies of the LIBO Rate thus
determined in respect of each LIBO Rate Loan or any change therein. Not more
than five LIBO Rate Loans shall be in existence at any one time in any
combination of LIBO Rates applicable to the Loans.

     (c) Renewals and Conversions of Loans. On the last day of each Interest
Period, the LIBO Rate Loan then maturing shall automatically be renewed for a
new Interest Period of like duration, unless the Holt Companies shall have given
the Bank notice of a permitted conversion or renewal for an Interest


Credit Agreement                      -12-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


Period of different duration as provided in ss.2.3 hereof, or an Event of
Default, or Potential Default exists or would thereby occur. If no Event of
Default or Potential Default exists or would thereby occur, the Holt Companies
shall have the right to convert Base Rate Loans into LIBO Rate Loans, to convert
LIBO Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans, and to renew LIBO Rate Loans for Interest
Periods of different duration, from time to time, provided that it shall give
the Bank notice of each permitted conversion or renewal as provided in ss.2.3
hereof, and LIBO Rate Loans may be converted or renewed for different Interest
Periods only as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period for such
Loans. The Bank shall use its best efforts to notify the Holt Companies of the
effectiveness of such conversion or renewal (automatic or not automatic), and
the new interest rate to which the converted or renewed Loan is subject, as soon
as practicable after the conversion or renewal; provided, however, that any
failure to give such notice shall not affect the Holt Companies' obligations or
the Bank's rights and remedies hereunder in any way whatsoever. In the event a
LIBO Rate Loan is not automatically renewed as provided herein and the Holt
Companies shall not have selected an alternative Interest Period for any LIBO
Rate Loan maturing as provided herein, such Loan shall be automatically
converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for such
Loan.

     (d) Automatic Reinstatement. The liability of the Holt Companies under
this ss.2.4 shall continue to be effective or be automatically reinstated, as
the case may be, if at any time payment, in whole or in part, of any of the
payments to the Bank is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon
the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the
Holt Companies, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a custodian,
receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to any of
the Holt Companies or any substantial part of their property, all as though such
payment had not been made.

     2.5. Fees. The Holt Companies agree to pay the Bank as compensation for its
Loan Commitment, a fee ("Commitment Fee") computed at the rate of 25 basis
points (0.25%) per annum on the average daily amount of the unused portion of
the Loan Commitment accrued from and after the date hereof. The unused portion
of the Loan Commitment shall mean the Loan Commitment less the principal amount
of the outstanding Loan and Letters of Credit issued hereunder. The Commitment
Fee shall be calculated and be payable quarterly in arrears and on the Credit
Termination Date. The Commitment Fee shall be calculated on the basis of a
360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

     2.6. Reduction or Termination of Commitment.

     (a) Voluntary. The Holt Companies may at any time and from time to time, on
not less than five (5) days' written notice, (i) permanently reduce the Loan
Commitment, provided that any such reduction shall be in the amount of
$5,000,000 or a multiple thereof and that no such reduction shall cause the
principal amount of Loans outstanding to exceed the Loan Commitment as reduced,
or (ii) terminate the Loan Commitment.

     (b) Loan Commitment Termination. In the event the Loan Commitment is
terminated, the Credit Termination Date shall accelerate to such date of
termination and the Holt Companies shall, simultaneously with such termination,
repay the Base Rate Loans and LIBO Rate Loans in accordance with ss.2.8.




 Credit Agreement                     -13-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


     2.7. Voluntary Prepayments.

     (a) Base Rate Loans. On one Business Day's notice to the Bank, the Holt
Companies may, at their option, prepay any Base Rate Loan in whole at any time
or in part from time to time.

     (b) LIBO Rate Loans. On one Business Day's notice to the Bank, the Holt
Companies may, at their option prepay any LIBO Rate Loan provided that if they
shall prepay a LIBO Rate Loan prior to the last day of the applicable Interest
Period, or shall fail to borrow any LIBO Rate Loan on the date such Loan is to
be made, they shall pay to the Bank, in addition to the principal and interest
then to be paid in the case of a prepayment, on such date of prepayment, the
Additional Amount (as defined in ss.2.8(e) below) incurred or sustained by the
Bank as a result of such prepayment or failure to borrow.

     2.8. Payments.

     (a) Base Rate Loans. Accrued interest on all Base Rate Loans shall be due
and payable on the first Business Day of each calendar month and upon the Credit
Termination Date.

     (b) LIBO Rate Loans. Accrued interest on LIBO Loans with Interest Periods
of one, two or three months shall be due and payable on the last day of such
Interest Period.

     (c) Form of Payments, Application of Payments, Payment Administration, Etc.
Provided that no Event of Default or Potential Default then exists, all payments
and prepayments shall be applied to the Loans in such order and to such extent
as shall be specified by the Holt Companies, by written notice to the Bank at
the time of such payment or prepayment. Except as otherwise provided herein, all
payments of principal, interest, fees, or other amounts payable by the Holt
Companies hereunder shall be remitted to the Bank at the address set forth
opposite its name on the signature page hereof or at such office or account as
the Bank shall specify to the Holt Companies, in immediately available funds not
later than 2:00 p.m. on the day when due. Whenever any payment is stated as due
on a day which is not a Business Day, the maturity of such payment shall, except
as otherwise provided in the definition of "Interest Period," be extended to the
next succeeding Business Day and interest shall continue to accrue during such
extension. The Holt Companies authorize the Bank to deduct from any account of
any Holt Company maintained at the Bank or over which the Bank has control any
amount payable under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document. The
Bank's failure to deliver any bill, statement or invoice with respect to
principal amounts due shall not affect the Holt Companies' obligation to pay
such principal when due and payable.

     (d) Net Payments. All payments made to the Bank by the Holt Companies
hereunder, under the Note or under any other Loan Document will be made without
set off, counterclaim or other defense. All such payments will be made free and
clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future taxes,
levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature
now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or any political subdivision or
taxing authority thereof or therein (but excluding, except as provided below,
any tax imposed on or measured by the net income of the Bank (including all
interest, penalties or similar liabilities related thereto) and any tax imposed
on or measured by the gross income of the Bank pursuant to the laws of the
United States of America or any political subdivision thereof, or taxing
authority of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof,
in which the principal office or applicable lending office of the Bank is
located), and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect
thereto (collectively, all such non-excluded amounts being "Taxes"). If any
Taxes are so levied or imposed, the Holt Companies agree to pay the full amount
of such Taxes, and


Credit Agreement                      -14-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every payment of all amounts
due hereunder, under the Note or under any other Loan Document, after
withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes, will not be less than
the amount provided for herein or in the Note. The Holt Companies will furnish
to the Bank upon request certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such
payment by them. The Holt Companies will indemnify and hold harmless the Bank,
and reimburse the Bank upon its written request, for the amount of any Taxes so
levied or imposed and paid or withheld by the Bank.

     (e) Prepayment of LIBO Rate Loans. If any principal of a LIBO Rate Loan
shall be repaid (whether upon prepayment, reduction of the Loan Commitment after
acceleration or for any other reason) or converted to a Base Rate Loan prior to
the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such LIBO Rate Loan or if the
Holt Companies fail for any reason to borrow a LIBO Rate Loan after giving
irrevocable notice pursuant to ss.2.3, the Holt Companies shall pay to the Bank,
in addition to the principal and interest then to be paid, such additional
amounts as may be necessary to compensate the Bank for all direct and indirect
costs and losses (including losses resulting from redeployment of prepaid or
unborrowed funds at rates lower than the cost of such funds to the Bank, and
including lost profits incurred or sustained by the Bank) as a result of such
repayment or failure to borrow (the "Additional Amount"). The Additional Amount
(which the Bank shall take reasonable measures to minimize) shall be specified
in a written notice or certificate delivered to the Holt Companies by the Bank.
Such notice or certificate shall contain a calculation in reasonable detail of
the Additional Amount to be compensated and shall be conclusive as to the facts
and the amounts stated therein, absent manifest error.

     (f) Demand Deposit Account. At least one of the Holt Companies shall
maintain at least one demand deposit account with the Bank for purposes of this
Agreement. The Holt Companies authorize the Bank (but the Bank shall not be
obligated) to deposit into said account all amounts to be advanced to the Holt
Companies hereunder. Further, the Holt Companies authorize the Bank (but the
Bank shall not be obligated) to deduct from said account, or any other account
maintained by any Holt Company at the Bank, any amount payable hereunder on or
after the date upon which it is due and payable. Such authorization shall
include but not be limited to amounts payable with respect to principal,
interest, fees and expenses.

     2.9. Changes in Circumstances; Yield Protection.

     (a) If any Regulatory Change or compliance by the Bank with any request
made after the date of this Agreement by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System or by any Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank or fiscal,
monetary or similar authority (in each case whether or not having the force of
law) shall:

          (i) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, special deposit,
     Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation premium or similar requirement or
     imposition against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, or
     loans made by, or any other acquisition of funds for loans or advances by,
     the Bank; or

          (ii) impose on the Bank any other condition regarding the Note.

and the result of any of the foregoing events is to increase the cost to the
Bank of making or maintaining any Loan or to reduce the amount of principal,
interest or fees to be received by the Bank hereunder in respect of any Loan,
the Bank will immediately so notify the Holt Companies. If the Bank determines
in good faith that the effects of the change resulting in such increased cost or
reduced amount cannot

Credit Agreement                      -15-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


reasonably be avoided or the cost thereof mitigated, then upon notice by the
Bank to the Holt Companies, the Holt Companies shall pay to the Bank on each
interest payment date of the Loan, such additional amount as shall be necessary
to compensate the Bank for such increased cost or reduced amount.

     (b) If the Bank shall determine that any Regulation regarding capital
adequacy or the adoption of any Regulation regarding capital adequacy, which
Regulation is applicable to banks (or their holding companies) generally and not
CoreStates Bank (or its holding company) specifically, or any change therein, or
any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental
authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, or compliance by the Bank (or its holding company) with
any such request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having
the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, has
the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Bank's capital as a consequence
of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which the Bank could have
achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration
the Bank's policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by the
Bank to be material, the Holt Companies shall promptly pay to the Bank, upon the
demand of the Bank, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the
Bank for such reduction.

     (c) If the Bank shall determine that by reason of abnormal circumstances
affecting the interbank eurodollar or applicable eurocurrency market, adequate
and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBO Rate to be
applicable to the requested LIBO Rate Loan or that eurodollar or eurocurrency
funds in amounts sufficient to fund all the LIBO Rate Loans are not obtainable
on reasonable terms, the Bank shall give notice of such inability or
determination by telephone and thereupon the obligations of the Bank to make,
convert other Loans to, or renew such LIBO Rate Loan shall be excused, subject,
however, to the right of the Holt Companies at any time thereafter to submit
another request.

     (d) Determination by the Bank for purposes of this Section 2.9 of the
effect of any Regulatory Change or other change or circumstance referred to
above on its costs of making or maintaining Loans or on amounts receivable by it
in respect of the Loans and of the additional amounts required to compensate the
Bank in respect of any additional costs, shall be made in good faith and shall
be evidenced by a certificate, signed by an officer of the Bank and delivered to
the Holt Companies, as to the fact and amount of the increased cost incurred by
or the reduced amount accruing to the Bank owing to such event or events. Such
certificate shall be prepared in reasonable detail and shall be conclusive as to
the facts and amounts stated therein, absent manifest error.

     (e) The Bank will notify the Holt Companies of any event occurring after
the date of this Agreement that will entitle the Bank to compensation pursuant
to this Section as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof
and determines to request such compensation. Said notice shall be in writing,
shall specify the applicable Section or Sections of this Agreement to which it
relates and shall set forth the amount or amounts then payable pursuant to this
Section. The Holt Companies shall pay the Bank the amount shown as due on such
notice within 30 days after its receipt of the same.

     2.10. Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if
the adoption of any applicable Regulation, or any change therein, or any change
in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority,
central bank, or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, or compliance by the Bank with any request or directive
(whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank, or
comparable agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for the Bank to (1)
maintain its Loan Commitment, then upon notice to the Holt Companies by


Credit Agreement                      -16-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


the Bank, the Loan Commitment shall terminate; or (2) maintain or fund its LIBO
Rate Loans, then upon notice to the Holt Companies of such event, the Holt
Companies' outstanding LIBO Rate Loans shall be converted into Base Rate Loans.

                        3. Representations and Warranties

     Each of the Holt Companies represents and warrants to the Bank that:

     3.1. Organization, Standing. It (i) is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation, (ii) has the corporate power and authority necessary to own its
assets, carry on its business and enter into and perform its obligations
hereunder and under each Loan Document, and (iii) is qualified to do business
and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business or
the ownership of its properties requires such qualification, except where the
failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.2. Corporate Authority, Validity, Etc. The making and performance of the
Loan Documents to which it is a party are within its power and authority and
have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. Except as has been
obtained, the making and performance of the Loan Documents do not and under
present law will not require any consent or approval of any of its shareholders
or any other person, do not and under present law will not violate any law,
rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or
award, do not violate any provision of its charter or by-laws, do not and will
not result in any breach of any material agreement, lease or instrument to which
it is a party, by which it is bound or to which any of its assets are or may be
subject, and do not and will not give rise to any Lien upon any of its assets,
except for the liens provided for herein. The number of shares and classes of
the capital stock of each of the Holt Companies and the ownership thereof are
accurately set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto; all such shares are validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance and sale thereof are in
compliance with all applicable federal and state securities and other applicable
laws. Further, none of the Holt Companies is in default under any such
agreement, lease or instrument except to the extent such default reasonably
could not have a Material Adverse Effect. No authorizations, approvals or
consents of, and no filings or registrations with, any governmental or
regulatory authority or agency are necessary for the execution, delivery or
performance by the Holt Companies of any Loan Document or for the validity or
enforceability thereof. Each Loan Document, when executed and delivered, will be
the legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the Holt Companies
enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

     3.3. Litigation. Except as disclosed on Schedule 1, there are no actions,
suits or proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting any of the Holt
Companies or any of their assets before any court, government agency, or other
tribunal which if adversely determined reasonably could have a Material Adverse
Effect upon the ability of the Holt Companies or any of them to perform under
the Loan Documents. If there is any disclosure on Schedule 1, the status
(including the tribunal, the nature of the claim and the amount in controversy)
of each such litigation matter as of the date of this Agreement is set forth in
Schedule 1.

     3.4. ERISA. (a) the Holt Companies and each ERISA Affiliate are in
compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of ERISA and
the regulations promulgated thereunder; and, except as disclosed on Schedule 1,
since April 29, 1980, none of the Holt Companies or any ERISA


Credit Agreement                      -17-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


Affiliate has withdrawn from participation in any "multiemployer plan" (as
defined in section 4001 of ERISA) to which it makes contributions such that any
withdrawal liability has been or may be assessed and remains unpaid, and none of
the Holt Companies or any ERISA Affiliate has received any notice and is not
aware that any multiemployer plan to which it contributes is insolvent or in
reorganization status within the meaning of ERISA. With respect to multiemployer
plans to which the Holt Companies or any ERISA Affiliate makes contributions but
does not participate in the administration of such plans, none of the Holt
Companies or any ERISA Affiliate has received any information from any such
multiemployer plan which would indicate that any of the foregoing representation
would be incorrect as applied to such multiemployer plan; (b) neither the Holt
Companies nor any ERISA Affiliate sponsors or maintains any Plan under which
there is an accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of ss.412 of the
Code, whether or not waived; (c) the aggregate liability for accrued benefits
and other ancillary benefits under each Plan that is or will be sponsored or
maintained by the Holt Companies or any ERISA Affiliate (determined on the basis
of the actuarial assumptions prescribed for valuing benefits under terminating
single-employer defined benefit plans under Title IV of ERISA) does not exceed
the aggregate fair market value of the assets under each such defined benefit
pension Plan; (d) the aggregate liability of the Holt Companies and each ERISA
Affiliate arising out of or relating to a failure of any Plan to comply with the
provisions of ERISA or the Code, will not have a Material Adverse Effect, (e)
there does not exist any unfunded liability (determined on the basis of
actuarial assumptions utilized by the actuary for the plan in preparing the most
recent Annual Report) of the Holt Companies or any ERISA Affiliate under any
plan, program or arrangement providing post-retirement life or health benefits;
and (f) none of the Plans which are "employee pension benefit plans" (as defined
by ERISA) or the trusts created thereunder have been terminated since September
2, 1974; nor has any such Plan incurred any material liability to the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to ERISA, other than for
required insurance premiums which have been paid when due, or incurred any
material "accumulated funding deficiency," (as defined by ERISA) whether or not
waived; nor has there been any "reportable event" (as defined by ERISA), or
other event or condition, which represents a material risk of termination of any
such Plan by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

     3.5. Financial Statements. The combined financial statements of Hauling and
its affiliated companies as of and for the Fiscal Years ending December 31, 1995
and December 31, 1996 and for the interim six-month period ending June 30, 1997,
consisting in each case of a balance sheet, a statement of operations, a
statement of shareholders' equity, a statement of cash flows and accompanying
footnotes (except in the case of interim financial statements), furnished to the
Bank in connection herewith, present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position, results of operations and operating statistics of the Holt
Companies as of the dates and for the periods referred to, in conformity with
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Except as set forth on Schedule 1
hereto, there are no material liabilities, fixed or contingent, which are not
reflected in such financial statements, other than liabilities which are not
required to be reflected in such balance sheets. There has been no Material
Adverse Change since June 30, 1997.

     3.6. Not in Default, Judgments, Etc. No Event of Default or Potential
Default under any Loan Document has occurred and is continuing. Each of the Holt
Companies has satisfied all judgments and is not in default with respect to any
judgment, writ, injunction, decree, rule, or regulation of any court,
arbitrator, or federal, state, municipal, or other governmental authority,
commission, board, bureau, agency, or instrumentality, domestic or foreign which
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


Credit Agreement                      -18-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


     3.7. Taxes. Each of the Holt Companies has filed all federal, state, local
and foreign tax returns and reports which it is required by law to file and as
to which its failure to file would have a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid
all taxes, including wage taxes, assessments, withholdings and other
governmental charges which are presently due and payable, other than those being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, if any, and/or disclosed on
Schedule 1. The tax charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Holt
Companies are adequate to pay all such taxes that have accrued but are not
presently due and payable.

     3.8. Permits, Licenses, Etc. Each of the Holt Companies possesses all
permits, licenses, franchises, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and patents
necessary to the conduct of its business as presently conducted or as presently
proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to possess the same would not
have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.9. No Materially Adverse Contracts, Etc. None of the Holt Companies is
subject to any charter, corporate or other legal restriction, or any judgment,
decree, order, rule or regulation which in the judgment of its directors or
officers has or is reasonably expected in the future to have a Material Adverse
Effect upon it or any Subsidiary. Neither the Holt Companies nor any Subsidiary
is a party to any contract or agreement which in the judgment of its directors
or officers has or is reasonably expected to have any Material Adverse Effect
except as otherwise reflected in adequate reserves.

     3.10. Compliance with Laws, Etc.

     (a) Compliance Generally. Each of the Holt Companies is in compliance in
all material respects with all Regulations applicable to its business (including
obtaining all authorizations, consents, approvals, orders, licenses, exemptions
from, and making all filings or registrations or qualifications with, any court
or governmental department, public body or authority, commission, board, bureau,
agency, or instrumentality), the noncompliance with which reasonably could have
a Material Adverse Effect.

     (b) Hazardous Wastes, Substances and Petroleum Products. Except as
disclosed on Schedule 1, (i) each of the Holt Companies has received all permits
and filed all notifications necessary to carry on its business; and is in
compliance in all respects with all Environmental Control Statutes, (ii) none of
the Holt Companies has not given any written or oral notice, nor has it failed
to give required notice, to the Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") or any
state or local agency with regard to any actual or imminently threatened Release
of Hazardous Substances on properties owned, leased or operated by it or used in
connection with the conduct of its business and operations; (iii) none of the
Holt Companies has received notice that it is potentially responsible for costs
of clean-up or remediation of any actual or imminently threatened Release of
Hazardous Substances pursuant to any Environmental Control Statute, (iv) no real
property owned or leased by any of the Holt Companies is in violation of any
Environmental Laws and no Hazardous Substances are present on said real property
in violation of applicable law; and (v) none of the Holt Companies has been
identified in any litigation, administrative proceedings or investigation as a
potentially responsible party for any liability under any Environmental Laws,
where such liability could have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.11. Solvency. Each of the Holt Companies is, and after giving effect to
the transactions contemplated hereby, will be, Solvent. In determining solvency,
each Holt Company shall be entitled to treat as an asset (in the form of
receivables from the other Holt Companies) the contribution obligations of the
other Holt Companies to the determining Holt Company in the event the
determining Holt Company


Credit Agreement                      -19-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


were to pay the entirety of Loans outstanding under this Agreement, provided,
however each contribution obligation shall be net of a reserve for any doubt in
the ability of the applicable contribution obligor to pay its contribution
obligation.

     3.12. Subsidiaries. Etc. None of the Holt Companies has any Subsidiaries,
except as set forth in Schedule 1 hereto. Set forth in Schedule 1 hereto is a
complete and correct list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all Investments
held by the Holt Companies in any joint venture or other Person.

     3.13. Title to Properties, Leases. Each of the Holt Companies has good and
marketable title to all assets and properties reflected as being owned by it in
its financial statements as well as to all assets and properties acquired since
said date (except property disposed of since said date in the ordinary course of
business). Except for the Liens set forth in Schedule 1 hereto and any other
Permitted Liens, there are no Liens on any of such assets or properties. Each of
the Holt Companies has the right to, and does, enjoy peaceful and undisturbed
possession under all material leases under which it is leasing property as a
lessee. All such leases are valid, subsisting and in full force and effect, and
none of such leases is in default, except where such default, either
individually or in the aggregate, could not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.14. Public Utility Holding Company; Investment Company. None of the Holt
Companies is a "public utility company" or a "holding company", or a "subsidiary
company" of a "holding company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of
a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", as such terms are defined in the
Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended; or a "public utility"
within the meaning of the Federal Power Act, as amended. Further, none of the
Holt Companies is an "investment company" or an "affiliated person" of an
"investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" as
such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended

     3.15. Margin Stock. None of the Holt Companies is or will be engaged
principally or as one of its important activities in the business of extending
credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying or trading in any margin stocks
or margin securities (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System as amended from time to time). None of
the Holt Companies will use or permit any proceeds of the Loans to be used,
either directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or
ultimate, of buying or carrying margin stocks or margin securities.

     3.16. Use of Proceeds. The Holt Companies will use the proceeds of each
Loan only for general corporate purposes.

     3.17. Disclosure Generally. The representations and statements made by each
of the Holt Companies or on its behalf in connection with this credit facility
and the Loans, including representations and statements in each of the Loan
Documents, do not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the
representations made not materially misleading. No written information, exhibit,
report, brochure or financial statement furnished by any of the Holt Companies
to the Bank in connection with this credit facility, the Loans, or any Loan
Document contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to
state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained
therein not misleading.



Credit Agreement                      -20-                         November 1997

<PAGE>


                             4. Conditions Precedent

     4.1. All Loans. After this Agreement has become effective, the obligation
of the Bank to make any Loan (including but not limited to the first Loan
hereunder) is conditioned upon the following:

     (a) Documents. The Holt Companies shall have delivered and the Bank shall
have received a request for a Loan in such form as the Bank may request from
time to time.

     (b) Borrowing Base Certificate. The Holt Companies shall have delivered and
the Bank shall have received a Borrowing Base Certificate dated the date of the
Loan requested under this Agreement.

     (c) Covenants; Representations. The Holt Companies shall be in compliance
with all covenants, agreements and conditions in each Loan Document and each
representation and warranty contained in each Loan Document shall be true with
the same effect as if such representation or warranty had been made on the date
such Loan is made or issued.

     (d) Defaults. Immediately prior to and after giving effect to such
transaction, no Event of Default or Potential Default shall exist.

     (e) Material Adverse Change. Since June 30, 1997, there shall not have been
any Material Adverse Change with respect to the Holt Companies or any
Subsidiary.

     4.2. Conditions to First Loan. In addition to the conditions to all Loans
as provided in ss.4.1, the obligation of the Bank to make the first Loan
hereunder is conditioned upon the following:

     (a) Articles, Bylaws. The Bank shall have received copies of the Articles
of Incorporation and Bylaws of each Holt Company certified by its Secretary or
Assistant Secretary; together with a Certificate of Good Standing from any
jurisdiction where the nature of its business or the ownership of its properties
requires such qualification except where the failure to be so qualified would
not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (b) Evidence of Authorization. The Bank shall have received copies
certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Holt Company of all
corporate or other action taken by such Holt Company to authorize its execution
and delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and to authorize the Loans,
together with such other related papers as the Bank shall reasonably require.

     (c) Legal Opinions. The Bank shall have received a favorable written
opinion in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank from Pepper, Hamilton &
Scheetz LLP, Mario F. Escudero, Esq., John A. Evans, Esq., as counsel for the
Holt Companies, and Thompson Coburn, which shall be addressed to the Bank and be
dated the date of the first Loan.

     (d) Incumbency. The Bank shall have received a certificate signed by the
secretary or assistant secretary of each Holt Company, together with the true
signature of the officer or officers authorized to execute and deliver the Loan
Documents and certificates thereunder, upon which the Bank shall be entitled to
rely conclusively until it shall have received a further certificate of the
secretary or assistant secretary of such Holt Company amending the prior
certificate and submitting the signature of the

Credit Agreement                      -21-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


officer or officers named in the new certificate as being authorized to execute
and deliver Loan Documents and certificates thereunder.

     (e) Note. The Bank shall have received the Note duly executed, completed
and issued in accordance herewith.

     (f) Security Agreements. The Bank shall have received a First Preferred
Ship Mortgage duly executed, completed and issued in accordance herewith
pertaining to each seagoing vessel included in the Collateral each in form and
substance acceptable to the Bank.

     (g) Pro Forma Balance Sheet. The Bank shall have received a pro forma
balance sheet with respect to the Holt Companies and their Subsidiaries dated as
of November 20, 1997.

     (h) Documents. The Bank shall have received all certificates, instruments
and other documents then required to be delivered pursuant to any Loan
Documents, in each instance in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it.

     (i) Consents. The Holt Companies shall have provided to the Bank evidence
satisfactory to it that all governmental, shareholder and third party consents
and approvals necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby
have been obtained and remain in effect.

     (j) Other Agreements. The Holt Companies shall have executed and delivered
each other Loan Document required hereunder.

     (k) Repayment of Loans under 1995 Credit Agreement. The applicable Holt
Companies shall have paid in full all outstanding indebtedness and satisfied all
of obligations under the 1995 Credit Agreement other than with respect to the
1995 Letters of Credit.

     (l) Fees, Expenses. The Holt Companies shall simultaneously pay or shall
have paid all fees and expenses due hereunder or any other Loan Document.

                            5. Affirmative Covenants

     The Holt Companies covenant and agree, individually and collectively, that
from and after the date hereof and so long as the Loan Commitment is in effect
or any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding, they and each of them will and
their subsidiaries will:

     5.1. Financial Statements and Reports. Furnish to the Bank the following
financial information:

     (a) Annual Statements. No later than one hundred and twenty (120) days
after the end of each Fiscal Year or such earlier date as the Holt Companies
shall file their annual financial statements with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the consolidated and consolidating balance sheet (which
consolidating balance sheets may be unaudited and prepared by management of the
Holt Companies) of the Holt Companies as of the end of such year and the prior
year in comparative form, and related statements of operations, shareholders'
equity, and cash flows for the Fiscal Year and the prior Fiscal Year


Credit Agreement                      -22-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


in comparative form. The financial statements shall be in reasonable detail with
appropriate notes and be prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles. The consolidated annual financial statements shall be
certified (without any qualification or exception) by BDO Seidman LLP or such
other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing
reasonably acceptable to the Bank. Such financial statements shall be
accompanied by a report of such independent certified public accountants stating
that, in the opinion of such accountants, such financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position, and the results of
operations and the cash flows of the Holt Companies for the period then ended in
conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, except for
inconsistencies resulting from changes in accounting principles and methods
agreed to by such accountants and specified in such report, and that, in the
case of such financial statements, the examination by such accountants of such
financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards and accordingly included examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. In addition to the
annual financial statements, the Holt Companies shall, promptly upon receipt
thereof, furnish to the Bank a copy of each other report submitted to its board
of directors by its independent accountants in connection with any annual,
interim or special audit made by them of the financial records of the Holt
Companies.

     (b) Quarterly Statements. No later than sixty (60) days after the end of
each Fiscal Quarter of each Fiscal Year or such earlier date as the Holt
Companies shall file their quarterly financial statements with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, the consolidated balance sheet and related statements
of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows of the Holt Companies for
such quarterly period and for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year
to the end of such Fiscal Quarter and a corresponding financial statement for
the same periods in the preceding Fiscal Year certified by the chief financial
officer of the Holt Companies as having been prepared in accordance with
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (subject to changes resulting from
audits and year-end adjustments).

     (c) Compliance Certificate. Simultaneously with the delivery of the
financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section, a
Compliance Certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Holt
Companies.

     (d) ERISA. All reports and forms filed with respect to all Plans, except as
filed in the normal course of business and that would not result in an adverse
action to be taken under ERISA, and details of related information of a
Reportable Event, promptly following each filing.

     (e) Material Changes. Notification to the Bank of any litigation,
administrative proceeding, investigation, business development, or change in
financial condition which could reasonably have a Material Adverse Effect,
promptly following its discovery.

     (f) Borrowing Base Certificate. In the event the Holt Companies shall not
have delivered a Borrowing Base Certificate to the Bank during a calendar month,
they will deliver to the Bank, no later than thirty (30) days after the end of
such calendar month as of the last day of the preceding calendar month, a
Borrowing Base Certificate signed by the chief executive officer, chief
financial officer, treasurer or controller of The Holt Group, Inc.

     (g) Summary Annual Budget. Within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days
after the end of each Fiscal Year, a budget for the then current Fiscal Year
setting forth in reasonable detail at least by

Credit Agreement                      -23-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


Fiscal Quarters projected profit or loss, resulting balance sheets, cash flows
and anticipated Loans under this credit facility.

     (h) Other Information. Promptly, upon request by the Bank from time to time
(which may be on a monthly or other basis), the Holt Companies shall provide
such other information and reports regarding its operations, business affairs,
prospects and financial condition as the Bank may reasonably request.

     5.2. Corporate Existence. Preserve their, and cause their Subsidiaries to
preserve their, corporate existence and all material franchises, licenses,
patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names consistent with good business
practice; and maintain, keep, and preserve all of their properties (tangible
and intangible) necessary or useful in the conduct of their businesses in good
working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear expected.

     5.3. ERISA. Comply in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA to
the extent applicable to any Plan maintained for the employees of the Holt
Companies or any ERISA Affiliate; do or cause to be done all such acts and
things that are required to maintain the qualified status of each Plan and tax
exempt status of each trust forming part of such Plan; not incur any material
accumulated funding deficiency (within the meaning of ERISA and the regulations
promulgated thereunder), or any material liability to the PBGC (as established
by ERISA); not permit any event to occur as described in ss.4042 of ERISA or
which may result in the imposition of a lien on their properties or assets;
notify the Bank in writing promptly after it has come to the attention of senior
management of the Holt Companies of the assertion or threat of any "reportable
event" or other event described in ss.4042 of ERISA (relating to the soundness
of a Plan) or the PBGC's ability to assert a material liability against it or
impose a lien on their, or any ERISA Affiliates' properties or assets, and
refrain from engaging in any Prohibited Transactions or actions causing possible
liability under ss.5.02 of ERISA.

     5.4. Compliance with Regulations. Comply, and cause their Subsidiaries to
comply, in all material respects with all Regulations applicable to their
businesses, the noncompliance with which reasonably could have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     5.5. Conduct of Business; Permits and Approvals, Compliance with Laws.
Continue to engage, and cause their Subsidiaries to continue to engage, in an
efficient and economical manner in businesses substantially the same as
conducted by them on the date of this Agreement; maintain, and cause their
Subsidiaries to maintain, in full force and effect, its and their franchises,
and all licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, contracts, permits,
approvals and other rights necessary to the profitable conduct of their
businesses.

     5.6. Maintenance of Insurance. Keep and maintain, and cause their
Subsidiaries to keep and maintain, all of its and their property and assets
covered by insurance with reputable and financially sound insurance companies
against such hazards and in such amounts as is customary in the industry, under
policies requiring the insurer to furnish thirty (30) days' prior notice to the
Bank and opportunity to cure any non-payment of premiums prior to termination of
coverage; and furnish the Bank with certificates of such insurance and cause the
Bank to be named as an additional insured and the loss payee thereof with
respect to the Collateral, as its interest may appear.



Credit Agreement                      -24-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


     5.7. Payment of Debt; Payment of Taxes, Etc. Where the amount involved
exceeds $1,000,000 or where the non-payment or non-discharge would otherwise
have a Material Adverse Effect on the Holt Companies or any of their
Subsidiaries, or any of their assets: promptly pay and discharge, and cause
their Subsidiaries to promptly pay and discharge, (a) all of their Debt in
accordance with the terms thereof, (b) all taxes, assessments, and governmental
charges or levies imposed upon them or upon their income and profits, upon any
of their property, real, personal or mixed, or upon any part thereof, before the
same shall become in default; (c) all lawful claims for labor, materials and
supplies or otherwise, which, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon such
property or any part thereof; provided, however, that so long as the Holt
Companies first notifies the Bank of their intention to do so, the Holt
Companies or their Subsidiaries shall not be required to pay and discharge any
such Debt, tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the failure to so
pay or discharge does not constitute or result in an Event of Default or a
Potential Default hereunder and so long as no foreclosure or other similar
proceedings shall have been commenced against any property or any part thereof
and so long as the validity thereof shall be contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently pursued and they shall have set aside on
their consolidated books adequate reserves with respect thereto.

     5.8. Notice of Events. Promptly upon discovery of any of the following
events, the Holt Companies shall provide telephone notice to the Bank (confirmed
within three (3) calendar days by written notice), describing the event and all
action the Holt Companies proposes to take with respect thereto:

     (a) an Event of Default or Potential Default under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document;

     (b) any default or event of default under a contract or contracts and the
default or event of default involves payments by the Holt Companies in an
aggregate amount equal to or in excess of $1,000,000;

     (c) a default or event of default under or as defined in any evidence of or
agreements for Indebtedness for Borrowed Money under which any Holt Company's or
its Subsidiaries' liability is equal to or in excess of $1,000,000, singularly
or in the aggregate, whether or not an event of default thereunder has been
declared by any party to such agreement or any event which, upon the lapse of
time or the giving of notice or both, would become an event of default under any
such agreement or instrument or would permit any party to any such instrument or
agreement to terminate or suspend any commitment to lend to the Holt Companies
or their Subsidiaries or to declare or to cause any such indebtedness to be
accelerated or payable before it would otherwise be due;

     (d) the institution of, any material adverse determination in, or the entry
of any default judgment or order or stipulated judgment or order in, any suit,
action, arbitration, administrative proceeding, criminal prosecution or
governmental investigation against the Holt Companies or their Subsidiaries in
which the amount in controversy is in excess of $1,000,000, singularly or in the
aggregate; or

     (e) any change in any Regulation, including, without limitation, changes in
tax laws and regulations, which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Holt
Companies or any of their Subsidiaries.


Credit Agreement                      -25-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


     5.9. Inspection Rights. During regular business hours and then as often as
reasonably requested of the Holt Companies by the Bank, permit the Bank, or any
authorized officer, employee, agent, or representative of the Bank to examine
and make abstracts from the records and books of account of the Holt Companies
and their Subsidiaries, wherever located, and to visit the properties of the
Holt Companies and their Subsidiaries; and to discuss the affairs, finances, and
accounts of the Holt Companies and their Subsidiaries with The Holt Group,
Inc.'s chief executive officer, any executive vice president, its chief
financial officer, treasurer, controller or (with prior written notice to any of
the listed officers) independent accountants.

     5.10. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Maintain books and records
at all times in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

     5.11. Compliance with Material Contracts. The Holt Companies and their
Subsidiaries will comply in all material respects with all obligations, terms,
conditions and covenants, as applicable, in all Debt of the Holt Companies or
their Subsidiaries and all instruments and agreements related thereto, and all
other instruments and agreements to which any of them is a party or by which any
of them is bound or any of their properties is affected and in respect of which
the failure to comply reasonably could have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.12. Use of Proceeds. The Holt Companies will use the proceeds of each
Loan made pursuant hereto for general corporate purposes.

     5.13. Further Assurances. Do such further acts and things and execute and
deliver to the Bank such additional assignments, agreements, powers and
instruments, as the Bank may reasonably require or reasonably deem advisable to
carry into affect the purposes of this Agreement or to better assure and confirm
unto the Bank its rights, powers and remedies hereunder.

     5.14. Restrictive Covenants in Other Agreements. In the event that any
Holt Company shall enter into or otherwise become subject to or suffer to exist
any agreement pertaining to Debt which contains financial covenants or
restrictions that are more restrictive on it than the covenants and restrictions
contained in this Agreement, each and every such financial covenant and
restriction shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference as fully as if set
forth herein. Said financial covenant or restriction shall continue in effect
for so long as the agreement containing said financial covenant or restriction
shall remain in effect, provided however, said agreement may be amended to
change any said financial covenant or restriction so long as the purpose of said
amendment is not to eliminate or avoid an event of default or to a potential
default thereunder. If and to the extent that any such financial covenant or
restriction shall be inconsistent with or otherwise be in conflict with any
covenant or restriction set forth herein (other than by reason of its being more
restrictive), the covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement shall
govern.

     5.15. Appraisal of Vessels. On or before January 19, 1998, the Holt
Companies will deliver to the Bank an appraisal of the five vessels owned by
NPR, Inc. for which First Preferred Ship Mortgages have been delivered to the
Bank, such appraisal to be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the
Bank and performed by an appraiser reasonably acceptable to the Bank.


Credit Agreement                      -26-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


                              6. Negative Covenants

     The Holt Companies covenant and agree, individually and collectively, that
from and after the date hereof and so long as the Loan Commitment is in effect
or any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding, they and each of them will not
and will not permit their Subsidiaries to:

     6.1. Consolidation and Merger. (a) Dissolve, (b) adopt or enter into any
plan or agreement of liquidation, or (c) merge or consolidate with or into any
corporation or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any Person,
unless the surviving entity is a Holt Company.

     6.2. Liens. Create, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any of their
properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any
income or profits therefrom, except Permitted Liens.

     6.3. Guarantees. Except as set forth in Schedule 1 hereto, guarantee or
otherwise in any way become or be responsible for indebtedness or obligations
(including working capital maintenance, take-or-pay contracts) of any other
Person, contingently or otherwise, in any amounts that would exceed $1,000,000
in the aggregate.

     6.4. Margin Stock. Use or permit any proceeds of the Loans to be used,
either directly or indirectly, for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or
ultimate, of buying or carrying margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U
of The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended from time to
time.

     6.5. Acquisitions and Investments. Except as permitted in ss.ss.6.1 and
6.11 and except for the purchase of additional shares of Atlantic Container Line
Aktiebolag, purchase or otherwise acquire (including without limitation by way
of share exchange) any part or amount of the capital stock or assets of, or make
any Investments in any other Person; or enter into any new business activities
or ventures not directly related to their present businesses, or create any
Subsidiary, except (a) they may acquire and hold stock, obligations or
securities received in settlement of debts (created in the ordinary course of
business) owing to them, and (b) they may make and own (i) Investments in
certificates of deposit or time deposits having maturities in each case not
exceeding one year from the date of issuance thereof and issued by a Bank, or
any FDIC-insured commercial bank incorporated in the United States or any state
thereof having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $150,000,000,
(ii) Investments in marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally
guaranteed by the United States of America, any agency thereof, or backed by the
full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case maturing
within one year from the date of issuance or acquisition thereof, (iii)
Investments in commercial paper issued by a corporation incorporated in the
United States or any State thereof maturing no more than one year from the date
of issuance thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of A-1 (or
better) by Standard & Poor's Corporation or P-1 (or better) by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc., and (iv) Investments in money market mutual funds all of the
assets of which are invested in cash or investments described in the immediately
preceding clauses (i), (ii) and (iii).

     6.6. Transfer of Assets; Nature of Business. Sell, transfer, assign or
otherwise dispose of any of their assets unless such sale or disposition shall
be in the ordinary course of their businesses for value received; or discontinue
or liquidate in any material respect any substantial part of their operations or
business.


Credit Agreement                      -27-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


     6.7. Restricted Payments.

     (a) Make or pay any redemptions, repurchases, dividends or distributions of
any kind with respect to the capital stock of The Holt Group, Inc., except that
(i) as long as no Event of Default or Potential Default shall be in existence,
The Holt Group, Inc. may pay dividends or make distributions in any Fiscal Year
ending after September 30, 1997, up to but not exceeding, in the aggregate, an
amount which is fifty percent (50%) of net income for the immediately preceding
Fiscal Year in the case of each Fiscal Year ending after September 30, 1997; and
(ii) as long as no Event of Default or Potential Default shall be in existence,
The Holt Group, Inc. or its Affiliates may purchase the stock of Transroll
Navieras Express, Inc. from former shareholders of NPR Holding Corporation.

     (b) Make any repayment or advance any monies to any Subsidiary or Affiliate
in respect of intercompany obligations, except that as long as no Event of
Default or Potential Default shall be in existence repayments or advances may be
made to any Subsidiary or Affiliate in the ordinary course of the business of
the applicable Holt Company.

     6.8. Accounting Change. Make or permit any change in financial accounting
policies or financial reporting practices, except as required by Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles or regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, if applicable.

     6.9. Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction (including,
without limitation, the purchase, sale or exchange of property, the rendering of
any services or the payment of management fees) with any Affiliate, except
transactions in the ordinary course of, and pursuant to the reasonable
requirements of, their businesses, and in good faith and upon commercially
reasonable terms.

     6.10. Intentionally Omitted.

     6.11. Indebtedness. Create, enter into or allow to exist any Indebtedness
for Borrowed Money of the Holt Companies or any of their Subsidiaries except (i)
the Loans hereunder and the Letters of Credit issued pursuant hereto, (ii)
indebtedness in existence at the date hereof and listed in Schedule 1 hereto,
and refinancing and substitutions thereof, (iii) capital lease obligations
and/or purchase money security interests limited to assets leased, purchased, or
financed, the aggregate unpaid balance of which shall not exceed $10,000,000 at
any time, (iv) performance bonds which shall not exceed $1,000,000 in the
aggregate outstanding at any time, and (v) indebtedness by and among the Holt
Companies.











Credit Agreement                      -28-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


                             7. Financial Covenants

         The Holt Companies covenant and agree, individually and collectively,
that from and after the date hereof and so long as the Loan Commitment is in
effect or any Obligation remains unpaid or outstanding:

     7.1. Debt to Tangible Net Worth. The ratio of Debt to Tangible Net Worth of
the Holt Companies, on a consolidated basis, will not exceed 7.0:1 prior to a
144A Transaction by the Holt Companies, or 7.7:1 from and after the date of a
144A Transaction by the Holt Companies. The term "144A Transaction" shall mean a
private placement by the Holt Companies of approximately $125,000,000 of
debt securities pursuant to a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A
under the Securities Act of 1933.

     7.2. Minimum Tangible Net Worth. At the date hereof and at the end of each
Fiscal Quarter, Tangible Net Worth of the Holt Companies, on a consolidated
basis, will not at any time be less than the sum of (i) $50,500,000 prior to a
144A Transaction by the Holt Companies, or $46,500,000 from and after the date
of a 144A Transaction by the Holt Companies, (ii) fifty percent (50%) of net
income for each Fiscal Year ending after September 30, 1997 without deduction
for any net losses and (iii) 100% of the amount of any additional equity issued
after the date hereof, provided however any additions to equity after the date
hereof which are made for the sole purpose of enabling the Holt Companies to be
in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document shall not increase the minimum Tangible Net Worth requirement if at the
time of such addition the Holt Companies shall provide written notice of such
purpose to the Bank specifying the amount required therefor.

     7.3. Interest Coverage. The ratio of Cash Flow to Interest Expense of the
Holt Companies for the four (4) most recently ended consecutive Fiscal Quarters
shall not be less than 1.50:1.

     7.4. Borrowing Base. The Borrowing Base will not at any time be less than
the aggregate amount of all Loans and Letters of Credit then outstanding;
provided, however, that this covenant shall not be deemed breached if, at the
time the Borrowing Base is less than the aggregate amount of all Loans and
Letters of Credit outstanding, within thirty (30) days after the earlier of the
date any Holt Company first has knowledge of such deficiency or the date of the
next Borrowing Base Certificate disclosing the existence of such deficiency, an
addition is made to the Collateral or a reduction of the Loans outstanding is
made in an amount sufficient to assure continued compliance with this covenant
in the future.

                                   8. Default

     8.1. Events of Default. The Holt Companies shall be in default if any one
or more of the following events (each an "Event of Default") occurs:

     (a) Payments. The Holt Companies fail to pay any principal of or interest
on the Note when due and payable (whether at maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise) or fail to pay when it is due and payable any other amount payable
under any Loan Document, and such failure shall continue for a period of five
days or more.

     (b) Covenants. The Holt Companies fail to observe or perform (1) any term,
condition or covenant set forth in ss.ss.5.2 (with respect to corporate
existence only), 5.6 and 5.15; ss.ss.6.1 through


Credit Agreement                      -29-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


6.11 or ss.ss.7.1 through 7.4 of this Agreement, as and when required, or (2)
any term, condition or covenant contained in this Agreement or any other Loan
Document other than as set forth in (1) above, as and when required and such
failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days or more.

     (c) Representations, Warranties. Any representation or warranty made or
deemed to be made by the Holt Companies herein or in any Loan Document or in any
exhibit, schedule, report or certificate delivered pursuant hereto or thereto
shall prove to have been false, misleading or incorrect in any material respect
when made or deemed to have been made.

     (d) Bankruptcy. Any Holt Company or any Subsidiary of any Holt Company is
dissolved or liquidated, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, files
a petition in bankruptcy, is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt, petitions or
applies to any tribunal for any receiver or trustee, commences any proceeding
relating to itself under any bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment of debt,
dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction, has commenced
against it any such proceeding which remains undismissed for a period of sixty
(60) days, or indicates its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such
proceeding, or any receiver of or trustee for any Holt Company or any Subsidiary
of any Holt Company or any substantial part of the property of any Holt Company
or any Subsidiary of any Holt Company is appointed, or if any such receivership
or trusteeship to continues undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days.

     (e) Certain Other Defaults. Any Holt Company or any Subsidiary of any Holt
Company shall fail to pay when due any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money, which
singularly or in the aggregate exceeds $1,000,000, and such failure shall
continue beyond any applicable cure period, or any the Holt Company or any
Subsidiary of any Holt Company shall suffer to exist any default or event of
default in the performance or observance, subject to any applicable grace
period, of any agreement, term, condition or covenant with respect to any
agreement or document relating to Indebtedness for Borrowed Money if the effect
of such default is to permit, with the giving of notice or passage of time or
both, the holders thereof, or any trustee or agent for said holders, to
terminate or suspend any commitment (which is equal to or in excess of
$1,000,000) to lend money or to cause or declare any portion of any borrowings
thereunder to become due and payable prior to the date on which it would
otherwise be due and payable, provided that during any applicable cure period
the Bank's obligations hereunder to make further Loans shall be suspended.

     (f) Judgments. Any judgments against any Holt Company or any Subsidiary of
any Holt Company or against their assets or property for amounts in excess of
$1,000,000 in the aggregate remain unpaid, unstayed on appeal, undischarged,
unbonded and undismissed for a period of thirty (30) days.

     (g) Attachments. Any assets of any Holt Company or any Subsidiary of any
Holt Company shall be subject to attachments, levies, or garnishments for
amounts in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate which have not been dissolved
or satisfied within thirty (30) days after service of notice thereof to the Holt
Company or any Subsidiary.

     (h) ERISA. Excluding any liability related to withdrawal from Port
Elizabeth as disclosed on Schedule 1, any Reportable Event or any other fact or
circumstance which the Bank in good faith determines constitutes ground for the
termination of any employee benefit plan maintained for


Credit Agreement                      -30-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


employees of any Holt Company or any ERISA Affiliate and covered by Title IV of
ERISA or grounds for the appointment by an appropriate United States District
Court of a trustee to administer any such plan, shall have occurred and be
continuing for five days, or any such plan shall be terminated within the
meaning of such Title IV, or a trustee shall be appointed by the appropriate
United States District Court to administer such plan or the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation shall institute proceedings to terminate any such plan or
to appoint a trustee to administer such plan, if upon the termination of the
plan or plans with respect to which any of the foregoing events shall have
occurred there is or would be, in the reasonable judgment of the Bank, a
material resultant liability of the Holt Companies or any ERISA Affiliate.

     (i) Security Interests. Any security interest created pursuant to any Loan
Document shall cease to be in full force and effect, or shall cease in any
material respect to give the Bank, the Liens, rights, powers and privileges
purported to be created thereby (including, without limitation, a perfected
security interest in, and Lien on, all of the Collateral), superior to and prior
to the rights of all third Persons, and subject to no other Liens.

     (j) Material Adverse Change. There occurs any Material Adverse Change.

THEN and in every such event other than those specified in clause (d) above, the
Bank may, in its sole discretion, terminate the Loan Commitment (the date of
such termination being a Credit Termination Date) and declare the Notes together
with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable under any Loan
Document to be, and the same shall thereupon become, due and payable without
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby waived by the Holt Companies. Upon the occurrence of any event specified
in clause (d) above, the Loan Commitment shall automatically terminate and the
Notes together with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable under
any Loan Document shall immediately be due and payable without presentment,
demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by
the Holt Companies. From and after the date an Event of Default shall have
occurred and for so long as any Event of Default shall be continuing, the Loan
shall bear interest at the Default Rate. Upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default, in addition to the rights set forth above, the Bank shall have the
immediate right to enforce or realize on any collateral security granted to it
in any manner or order it deems expedient without regard to any equitable
principles of marshaling or otherwise. In addition to any rights granted
hereunder or in any of the other Loan Documents, the Bank shall have all the
rights and remedies granted by applicable law, all of which shall be cumulative
in nature.

                                  9. Collateral

         9.1. Collateral. Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein or
in any other Loan Document, any Loans and Letters of Credit made and outstanding
and their repayment at all times shall be secured by a first priority,
perfected, security interest in certain assets owned by one or more of the Holt
Companies as listed and described in Schedule 2 attached hereto.

         9.2. Release of Collateral. The Holt Companies may request at any time
and from time to time that the security interest of the Bank in one or more
assets included in the Collateral be released and the Bank shall release such
security interest, provided that (i) immediately following the requested
release, the Borrowing Base represented by assets remaining subject to the first
priority, perfected, lien and security interest of the Bank is at least equal to
the Loans and Letters of Credit then outstanding, and (ii) in the case


Credit Agreement                      -31-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


of a requested release of a vessel subject to a First Preferred Ship Mortgage,
the identity of the vessel to be released shall be determined by the Bank, it is
sole discretion. In connection with any such release, the Bank shall do such
things as are reasonably requested by the Holt Companies to effect the release.
Upon the payment in full of the entire principal balance of all Loans and
Letters of Credit and any interest, fees and other amounts payable under all
Loan Documents, and the termination of the Loan Commitment, the Bank shall
release the lien and security interest it holds in assets owned by one or more
of the Holt Companies and do such things as are reasonably requested by the Holt
Companies to effect such release.

                                10. Miscellaneous

     10.1. Waiver. No failure or delay on the part of the Bank or any holder of
the Note in exercising any right, power or remedy under any Loan Document shall
operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
the exercise of any other right, power or remedy under any Loan Document. The
remedies provided under the Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of
any remedies provided by law.

     10.2. Amendments. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any
Loan Document or any provision thereof nor any consent to any departure by the
Holt Companies therefrom shall be effective unless the same shall have been
approved in writing by the Bank, be in writing and be signed by the Bank and the
Holt Companies and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in
the instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No notice to or
demand on the Holt Companies shall entitle the Holt Companies to any other or
further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

     10.3. Governing Law. The Loan Documents and all rights and obligations of
the parties thereunder shall be governed by and be construed and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to
Pennsylvania or federal principles of conflict of laws.

     10.4. Participations and Assignments. The Holt Companies hereby acknowledge
and agree that CoreStates may at any time with the consent of the Holt Group,
Inc. (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld): (a) grant
participations in all or any portion of the Note or of its right, title and
interest therein or in or to this Agreement (collectively, "Participations") to
any other lending office of CoreStates or to any other bank, lending institution
or other entity which has the requisite sophistication to evaluate the merits
and risks of investments in Participations ("Participants"); provided, however,
that: (i) all amounts payable by the Holt Companies hereunder shall be
determined as if CoreStates had not granted such Participation; and (ii) any
agreement pursuant to which CoreStates may grant a Participation: (x) shall
provide that CoreStates shall retain the sole right and responsibility to
enforce the obligations of the Holt Companies hereunder including, without
limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any
provisions of this Agreement; and (y) such participation agreement may provide
that CoreStates will not agree to any modification, amendment or waiver of this
Agreement without the consent of the Participant if such modification, amendment
or waiver would reduce the principal of or rate of interest on any Loan or
postpone the date fixed for any payment of principal of or interest on any Loan;
and (b) assign any of its obligations under this Agreement and the Loan
Documents, provided it shall retain at least $15,000,000 of the Loan Commitment
and shall serve as agent for all assignees.


Credit Agreement                      -32-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


     10.5. Captions. Captions in the Loan Documents are included for convenience
of reference only and shall not constitute a part of any Loan Document for any
other purpose.

     10.6. Notices. All notices, requests, demands, directions, declarations and
other communications between the Bank and the Holt Companies provided for in any
Loan Document shall, except as otherwise expressly provided, be mailed by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or telegraphed, or
faxed, or delivered in hand to the applicable party at its address indicated
opposite its name on the signature pages hereto. The foregoing shall be
effective and deemed received three days after being deposited in the mails,
postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid and shall whenever sent by telegram,
telegraph or fax or delivered in hand be effective when received. Any party may
change its address by a communication in accordance herewith.

     10.7. Expenses; Indemnification. The Holt Companies will from time to time
reimburse the Bank promptly following demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) in
connection with (i) the preparation of the Loan Documents, (ii) the making of
any Loans, (iii) the administration of the Loan Documents, and (iv) the
enforcement of the Loan Documents. In addition to the payment of the foregoing
expenses, the Holt Companies hereby agrees to indemnify, protect and hold the
Bank and any holder of the Note and the officers, directors, employees, agents,
affiliates and attorneys of the Bank and such holder (collectively, the
"Indemnitees") harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and
disbursements of any kind or nature, including reasonable fees and expenses of
legal counsel, which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against such
Indemnitee by the Holt Companies or other third parties and arise out of or
relate to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any other matter
whatsoever related to the transactions contemplated by or referred to in this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that the Holt
Companies shall have no obligation to an Indemnitee hereunder to the extent that
the liability incurred by such Indemnitee has been determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be the result of gross negligence or willful
misconduct of such Indemnitee.

     10.8. Survival of Warranties and Certain Agreements. All agreements,
representations and warranties made or deemed made herein shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of the Loans hereunder and
the execution and delivery of the Note. Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of the Holt
Companies set forth in ss.ss.2.8, ss.2.9, and 10.7 shall survive the payment of
the Loans and the termination of this Agreement. This Agreement shall remain in
full force and effect until the repayment in full of all amounts owed by the
Holt Companies under the Note or any other Loan Document.

     10.9. Severability. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in any
jurisdiction of any provision in or obligation under this Agreement, the Note or
other Loan Documents shall not affect or impair the validity, legality or
enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations under this Agreement,
the Note or other Loan Documents or of such provision or obligation in any other
jurisdiction.

     10.10. No Fiduciary Relationship. No provision in this Agreement or in any
of the other Loan Documents and no course of dealing between the parties shall
be deemed to create any fiduciary duty by the Bank to any Holt Company.


Credit Agreement                      -33-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


     10.11. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH HOLT COMPANY
AND CORESTATES HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT
LOCATED WITHIN THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF PENNSYLVANIA AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT,
ANY ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE NOTE, THIS
AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAYBE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS. EACH HOLT
COMPANY AND CORESTATES ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES,
GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID
COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO
BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY
NOTE, OR SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT.

     10.12. WAIVE OF JURY TRIAL. EACH HOLT COMPANY AND CORESTATES HEREBY WAIVES
ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON
OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY DEALINGS
BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE
LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED HEREBY. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS
INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN
ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL
OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH HOLT COMPANY AND CORESTATES
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO THE TRANSACTION, THAT
EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THE WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT
EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THE WAIVER IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH
HOLT COMPANY AND CORESTATES FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT EACH HAS
REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND
VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL
COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY
SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS, MODIFICATIONS, REPLACEMENTS OR
RESTATEMENTS TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR
AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY
BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

     10.13. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement and any amendment hereto
or waiver hereof may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and
hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement and any amendments hereto
or waivers hereof shall become effective when the Bank shall have received
signed counterparts or notice by fax of the signature page that the counterpart
has been signed and is being delivered to it or facsimile that such counterparts
have been signed by all the parties hereto or thereto.

     10.14. Use of Defined Terms. All words used herein in the singular or
plural shall be deemed to have been used in the plural or singular where the
context or construction so requires. Any defined term used in the singular
preceded by "any" shall be taken to indicate any number of the members of the
relevant class.


Credit Agreement                      -34-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


     10.15. Offsets. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver or
prohibition of the Bank's right of banker's lien or offset.

     10.16. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Note issued hereunder and the
other Loan Documents constitute the entire understanding of the parties hereto
as of the date hereof with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and
supersede any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect hereto or thereto.

     10.17. 1995 Credit Agreement. Simultaneously with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, the commitment of CoreStates Bank to make loans or
issue letters of credit under the 1995 Credit Agreement is hereby terminated,
and CoreStates Bank shall be deemed released in full for all matters in
connection therewith or relating thereto.

     10.18. Consolidated Basis. Unless the context otherwise requires,
references to the Holt Companies in this Agreement shall mean the Holt Companies
and their Subsidiaries, and financial information shall be provided on a
consolidated basis.

     10.19. 1995 Credit Agreement. Simultaneous with the execution and delivery
of this Agreement, the commitment of the Bank to make loans or issue letters of
credit under the 1995 Credit Agreement are hereby terminated.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have each caused this Agreement to
be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first
above written.

THE HOLT GROUP, INC.                            NPR HOLDING CORPORATION, INC.
HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.                        NPR, INC.
HOLT HAULING AND WARE-                          NPR-NAVIERAS RECEIVABLES, INC.
  HOUSING SYSTEM, INC.                          NPR S.A., INC.
MURPHY MARINE SERVICES, INC.
THE RIVERFRONT DEVEL-
  OPMENT CORPORATION
WILMINGTON STEVEDORES, INC.



By /s/ Lorraine Robins                  By /s/ Ronald M. Katims
   -----------------------------           -----------------------------  
   Name: Lorraine Robins                   Name: Ronald M. Katims
   Title: EVP                              Title: President
                                         
 Notices To:
 Mr. Bernard Gelman
 The Holt Group, Inc.
 701 North Broadway
 Gloucester City, NJ 08030
 FAX No. (609) 742-3066

 Credit Agreement                     -35-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


                                         CORESTATES BANK, N.A.


                                         By /s/ William Hieb               
                                            -----------------------------  
                                            Name: William Hieb             
                                            Title: Vice President          
                                         
Notices To:
Mr. William Hieb
Vice President
CoreStates Bank, N.A.
Transportation Leasing and Construction Industry Services
FC 1-8-11-24
1339 Chestnut Street
Philadelphia, PA 19107
FAX No. 215-786-7704



















Credit Agreement                     -36-                         November 1997
<PAGE>

                         Reference Table of Definitions

 definition                                             page defined

 1995 Credit Agreement ............................................1
 1995 Letter of Credit ...........................................10
 Additional Amount ...............................................14
 Affiliate ........................................................2
 Agreement ........................................................2
 Appraised Value ..................................................2
 Bank .............................................................1
 Base Rate ........................................................2
 Borrowing Base ...................................................2
 Borrowing Base Certificate .......................................2
 Business Day .....................................................2
 Capitalized Lease ................................................3
 Capitalized Lease Obligations ....................................3
 Cargo ............................................................1
 Cash Flow ........................................................3
 Code .............................................................3
 Commitment Fee ..................................................13
 Compliance Certificate ...........................................3
 CoreStates .......................................................1
 CoreStates Bank ..................................................1
 Credit Termination Date .........................................11
 Debt .............................................................3
 Default Rate .....................................................3
 Dollars ..........................................................3
 Environmental Control Statutes ...................................3
 ERISA ............................................................4
 ERISA Affiliate ..................................................4
 Event of Default ................................................29
 Federal Funds Rate ...............................................4
 Fiscal Quarter ...................................................4
 Fiscal Year ......................................................4
 GAAP .............................................................4
 Generally Accepted Accounting Principles .........................4
 Governmental Authority ...........................................4
 Hauling ..........................................................1
 Hazardous Substances .............................................4
 Holt Companies ...................................................1
 Holt Company .....................................................1
 Indebtedness for Borrowed Money ..................................4
 Indemnitees .....................................................33
 Interest Period ..................................................5

 Credit Agreement                     -37-                         November 1997


<PAGE>


 Investment .......................................................5
 Letter of Credit.................................................10
 LIBO Rate.........................................................5
 LIBO Rate Loans ..................................................5
 LIBO Rate Reserve Percentage .....................................5
 Lien .............................................................6
 Loan .............................................................9
 Loan Commitment ..................................................9
 Loan Documents ...................................................6
 Loans ............................................................9
 Material Adverse Change ..........................................6
 Material Adverse Effect ..........................................6
 Multiemployer Plan ...............................................6
 Murphy............................................................1
 Note.............................................................11
 NPR...............................................................1
 NPR Holding.......................................................1
 NPR S.A...........................................................1
 NPR, Inc..........................................................1
 NPR-Navieras......................................................1
 Obligations ......................................................6
 Participants ....................................................32
 Participations ..................................................32
 PBGC .............................................................7
 Pension Plan .....................................................7
 Permitted Liens ..................................................7
 Person ...........................................................7
 Plan .............................................................7
 Potential Default ................................................8
 Prohibited Transaction ...........................................8
 Regulation .......................................................8
 Regulation D .....................................................8
 Regulatory Change ................................................8
 Release ..........................................................8
 Reportable Event .................................................8
 Riverfront .......................................................1
 Security Agreement ...............................................8
 Solvent ..........................................................8
 Subsidiary .......................................................8
 Tangible Assets ..................................................9
 Tangible Net Worth ...............................................9
 Taxes ............................................................9
 Termination Event ................................................9
 Unfunded Pension Liabilities .....................................9
 Unrecognized Retiree Welfare Liability ...........................9
 Wilmington .......................................................1


Credit Agreement                      -38-                         November 1997


<PAGE>

                                     [LOGO]
                                                                       EXHIBIT A



                                      Note

$25,000,000                                                     Philadelphia, PA
                                                               November 20, 1997

For Value Received, THE HOLT GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation, HOLT CARGO
SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Cargo"), HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
SYSTEM, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation ("Hauling"), MURPHY MARINE SERVICES,
INC., a Delaware corporation ("Murphy"), NPR HOLDING CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation ("NPR Holding"), NPR, INC., a Delaware corporation ("NPR"),
NPR-NAVIERAS RECEIVABLES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("NPR-Navieras"), NPR
S.A., Inc., a Delaware corporation ("NPR S.A."), THE RIVERFRONT DEVELOPMENT
CORPORATION, a New Jersey corporation ("Riverfront"), and WILMINGTON STEVEDORES,
INC., a Delaware corporation ("Wilmington"), (together, sometimes referred to
herein as the "Holt Companies" and individually, as a "Holt Company"), jointly
and severally, hereby promise to pay to the order of CORESTATES BANK, N.A. (the
"Bank"), in lawful currency of the United States of America in immediately
available funds at the Bank's offices located at Broad and Chestnut Streets,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, on the earlier to occur of acceleration of the
maturity date as provided in the Credit Agreement described below or the Credit
Termination Date as therein defined, the principal sum of TWENTY FIVE MILLION
DOLLARS ($25,000,000) or, if less, the then unpaid principal amount of all Loans
made by the Bank pursuant to the Credit Agreement (defined below).

The Holt Companies promise also to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount
hereof in like money at such office from the date hereof until paid in full at
the rates and at the times provided in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is the Note referred to in, is entitled to the benefits of and is
secured by security interests referred to in the Credit Agreement, dated
November 20, 1997 by and between the Holt Companies and the Bank (as such may be
amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time, the
"Credit Agreement"). Capitalized terms used in this Note but not defined herein
shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement. This
Note is subject to voluntary prepayment and mandatory repayment prior to demand,
acceleration of maturity or the Credit Termination Date, in whole or in part, as
provided in the Credit Agreement.

In case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the maturity date of
the principal of and the accrued interest on this Note may be accelerated and be
declared to be due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the
Credit Agreement.

The Holt Companies hereby waive presentment, demand, protest or notice of any
kind in connection with this Note.


Note                                  -1-                          November 1997


<PAGE>


Notwithstanding the face amount of this Note, the Holt Companies liability
hereunder shall be limited, at all times, to the actual aggregate outstanding
indebtedness to the Bank relating to the Bank's Loans, including all principal
and interest, together with all fees and expenses as provided in the Credit
Agreement, as established by the Bank's books and records which shall be
conclusive absent manifest error.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF
THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA WITHOUT REGARD TO PENNSYLVANIA OR FEDERAL
PRINCIPLES OR CONFLICT OF LAWS.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, each of the Holt
Companies has caused this Note to be executed by its duly authorized officer as
of the date and year first above written.

THE HOLT GROUP, INC.                           NPR HOLDING CORPORATION, INC.
HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.                       NPR, INC.
HOLT HAULING AND WARE-                         NPR-NAVIERAS RECEIVABLES, INC.
 HOUSING SYSTEM, INC.                          NPR S.A., INC.
MURPHY MARINE SERVICES, INC.
THE RIVERFRONT DEVEL-
 OPMENT CORPORATION
WILMINGTON STEVEDORES, INC.


By /s/ L. Robins                               By /s/ Ronald Katims
   ----------------------------                   ----------------------------
Name:  Lorraine Robins                         Name:  Ronald M. Katims
Title: EVP                                     Title: President

















Note                                  -2-                          November 1997


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                          FIRST PREFERRED SHIP MORTGAGE

     THIS FIRST PREFERRED SHIP MORTGAGE made effective as of November 20, 1997
by and between NPR, Inc., a Delaware corporation whose address is P.O. Box
3170, 212 Fernwood Avenue, Edison, New Jersey 08818 (the "Mortgagor"), and
CoreStates Bank, N.A., a national banking association which is a federally
insured depository institution and whose address is 1339 Chestnut Street,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19107 (the "Mortgagee"). The Mortgagee shall be a
Mortgagee in 100% of the Vessel described below.

                                   WITNESSETH:

     MORTGAGE AMOUNT: THE AMOUNT OF THE DIRECT OR CONTINGENT OBLIGATIONS THAT
ARE OR MAY BECOME SECURED BY THIS FIRST PREFERRED SHIP MORTGAGE, EXCLUDING
INTEREST, EXPENSES AND FEES, IS $25,000,000.

     WHEREAS, the Mortgagor is the sole owner of the whole of the following
vessel:

                  Name: 
                  Official No.: 
                  Hailing Port: 
                  Gross Tons:
                  Net Tons:
                  Built:
                  Length Overall:
                  Depth:

which vessel is duly documented under and pursuant to the laws of the United
States; and

     WHEREAS, the Mortgagor is justly indebted to Mortgagee in the principal sum
of up to Twenty-Five Million United States Dollars ($25,000,000.00) (hereinafter
referred to as the "Principal Sum"), and interest thereon, which indebtedness is
evidenced, inter alia, by a certain Credit Agreement attached as Exhibit A
hereto and a Note dated November 20, 1997, between Mortgagor and Mortgagee in
the amount of the Principal Sum (the "Credit Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, the Principal Sum, all interest thereon, all late charges as set
forth in the Credit Agreement, all other costs and expenses incurred by the
Mortgagee in the enforcement and administration of the Credit Agreement, the
Note, and this Mortgage, and any and all future advances as may be made from
Mortgagee to Mortgagor the total of which, however, shall not exceed the
Principal Sum, shall be collectively referred to hereafter as the "Secured
Obligations"; and

     WHEREAS, the Mortgagor, for the purpose of securing payment to the
Mortgagee of the Secured Obligations, as more fully set forth herein, has duly
executed and delivered this First Preferred Ship Mortgage on the
_____________________to the Mortgagee;


NOW, THEREFORE, THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH:

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

     In consideration of the foregoing recitals and of the sum of One Dollar
($1.00) to the Mortgagor duly paid by the Mortgagee at and before the sealing
and delivery of these presents, and for other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and in order to secure the payment
of the Secured Obligations, the Mortgagor, by these presents, does grant,
bargain, sell, convey, transfer, assign, remise, mortgage, set over, pledge,
create a security interest in, and confirm to the Mortgagee, its successors and
assigns, the following described property:

     The whole of all that certain vessel designated and known as_, Official
No._, together with all her engines, boilers, machinery, masts, spars, motors,
tools, booms, cranes, rigs, pumps, pipe, tanks, anchors, cables, rigging,
tackle, apparel, fixtures, furniture, boats, chains, equipment, supplies,
fittings, and all her other appurtenances thereunto appertaining and belonging,
whether aboard or removed from the said vessel, together with any and all
additions, improvements, and/or replacements which may hereafter be made to, on
or in said Vessel or any part thereof, whether on board or not, and in or to its
equipment and appurtenances aforesaid, and all rents, charters, charter parties,
charter hire, freights, sub-freights, cargoes, operating agreements and
revenues, lighterage, and all issues, revenues, profits and proceeds of any of
the foregoing, but in no event shall the Vessel include: (a) any accounts of
Mortgagor arising in connection with the operation of the Vessel by Mortgagor,
or the containers, gensets, chassis or other equipment described in clause (b),
and (b) any containers, gensets, chassis, or other equipment leased by Mortgagor
and used on or in connection with the operation of the Vessel, all of the
foregoing being hereinafter referred to as the "VESSEL."

     TO HAVE AND TO HOLD all of the Vessel unto the Mortgagee, its successors
and assigns, forever upon the terms herein set forth to secure the performance
and observance of and compliance with the covenants, terms and conditions in
this Mortgage and the Credit Agreement contained; provided, however, that if the
Mortgagor shall pay, or cause to be paid, to the Mortgagee, its successors or
assigns, the debt aforesaid, with interest thereon, as and when the same shall
become due and payable by maturity or otherwise, under the terms and in the
manner provided the Credit Agreement and this Preferred Ship Mortgage, and
keeps, performs and observes all and singular the covenants and promises in the
Credit Agreement and in these presents expressed to be kept, performed, and
observed by or on the part of the Mortgagor, then this First Preferred Ship
Mortgage and the estate and rights hereby granted shall cease.

     PAYMENT SCHEDULE: The Mortgagor shall pay or cause to be paid to the
Mortgagee, its successors or assigns, the Principal Sum with the interest
thereon, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement.

     MORTGAGE OBLIGATION: The Mortgagor hereby agrees to pay the Principal Sum
and the interest thereon as stipulated, and to fulfill, perform and observe
each and every one of the covenants, agreements, and conditions contained in
this First Preferred Ship Mortgage and in the Note and the Credit Agreement;
and hereby covenants and agrees to and with the Mortgagee, its successors and
assigns, that the Vessel and the appurtenances thereunto appertaining and
belonging, and all additions, improvements and/or replacements which may
hereafter be made to, on or in said Vessel are to become subject hereto, and
are to be held subject to this First Preferred Ship Mortgage and the further
covenants, representations, warranties, conditions and uses hereinafter set
forth as follows:

Article 1. Corporate Representations and Warranties. Corporate representations
and warranties shall be as set forth in Article 3 of the Credit Agreement.


                                        2


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

Article 2. Validity of Mortgage. The Mortgagor covenants that this Mortgage is
and will be a valid and enforceable obligation of the Mortgagor in accordance
with its terms.

Article 3. Ownership of Vessel. The Mortgagor warrants that it is and shall
continue to be a citizen of the United States as defined and within the meaning
of the Shipping Act, 1916, as amended, 46 App. U.S.C. Section 802, and a
corporation established under the laws of the United States or of a State, whose
president or other chief executive officer and chairman of its board of
directors are citizens of the United States and no more of its directors are
noncitizens than a minority of the number necessary to constitute a quorum,
within the meaning of Section 7 of the Act of August 26, 1983, P.L. 98-89, 97
Stat. 585, as amended, 46 U.S.C. Section 12102, as amended. The Mortgagor
warrants that it is the true, lawful and sole owner of the whole of the Vessel,
including her engines, boilers, machinery, masts, anchors, cables, rigging
tackle, apparel, furniture, small boats, and all other appurtenances, and that
its ownership is free and clear of all suits, liens, claims, charges, or
encumbrances of any kind or nature except for (a) liens arising prior to the
date of this Mortgage which arose in the ordinary course of business and by
operation of law, which liens are no greater than approximately $1,750,000 as of
this date and (b) liens granted to Mortgagee, and that all action necessary and
required by law for the execution and delivery of this Mortgage has been duly
and effectively taken, and that this Mortgage is a valid and binding obligation
of the Mortgagor enforceable in accordance with its terms, and that it will
forever warrant and defend its title and possession for the benefit of the
Mortgagee against any and all claims and demands.

Article 4. Insurance.

     (a) The Mortgagor at its own cost and expense as long as any part of the
Secured Obligations are unpaid shall keep the Vessel insured with responsible
underwriters in good standing and reasonably satisfactory to the Mortgagee fully
and adequately protecting the Vessel and the Mortgagee's interest therein
against any marine perils and disasters and all hazards, risks, or liabilities
in any way arising out of the ownership, operation or maintenance of the Vessel,
as more fully provided the aforesaid Credit Agreement, including but not limited
to insurance as follows:

          (i) Marine Hull and Machinery, Increased Value, and War Risk insurance
     an amount not less than the full market value of the Vessel, with
     responsible underwriters and under policy forms satisfactory to the
     Mortgagee, covering the hull and all equipment and appurtenances of the
     Vessel against all usual marine risks subject, with respect to an accident,
     occurrence, or event that does not result in an actual or constructive
     total loss of the Vessel, to no deductible in excess of $250,000.

          (ii) Protection and Indemnity Insurance with underwriters and under
     policy forms and in amounts reasonably satisfactory to the Mortgagee.

          (iii) When and while the Vessel is laid up, and in lieu of the
     aforesaid insurance referred to in paragraph (i) of this section, Port Risk
     Insurance on the Vessel may be taken out by the Mortgagor under forms of
     port risk policies and with underwriters satisfactory to the Mortgagee.

          (iv) Insurance protecting against claims under the Longshoremen's and
     Harbor Workers, Compensation Act, workmen's Compensation and public
     liability.

          (v) Upon the request of the Mortgagee, Mortgagee's Interest
     Insurance, including Breach of Warranty insurance if reasonably available,
     with responsible underwriters and under policy forms satisfactory to
     Mortgagee.

          (vi) Collision and property damage insurance with underwriters and
     under policy forms and in amounts satisfactory to the Mortgagee.


                                        3


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

          (vii) Wreck removal and fire insurance with underwriters and under
     policy forms and in amounts satisfactory to the Mortgagee.

          (viii) Insurance against loss of hire and strikes with a daily
     indemnity of not less than $12,000 per day, commencing after 3 days and
     continuing for up to 21 days per instance.

          (ix) MII Additional Perils (Pollution) insurance with underwriters and
     under policy forms and in amounts satisfactory to the Mortgagee.

     (b) All Hull and Machinery insurance shall be taken out in the name of the
Mortgagor, but all losses shall be payable to the Mortgagee for distribution by
it, as its interests may appear, except that: (i) in the case of a total loss,
the Mortgagee consents that the underwriters pay direct to the Mortgagor the
amount by which the total loss exceeds the amount then due under the Mortgage
and the Note, unless and to the extent that the Mortgagor elects to use the
proceeds for the purchase of a replacement vessel under terms and conditions
which are reasonably acceptable to the Mortgagee and with the prior written
consent of the Mortgagee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; and (ii) 'in
the event of a partial loss, if there is not a default under this Mortgage, the
Mortgagee agrees that the underwriters may pay directly for repairs, salvage, or
other charges and/or reimburse the Mortgagor therefor; however, (iii) in any
event, if the amount of the partial loss is less than $2,000,000, Mortgagee
consents that the underwriters may pay directly to the Mortgagor. If the
Mortgagor is in default under this Mortgage or the Note, the Mortgagee shall be
entitled to receive the proceeds of any such insurance and shall apply such
proceeds in the manner provided in Article 10(f).

     (c) All insurance shall be taken out in the names of the Mortgagor and any
bareboat charterer, with Mortgagee named as an additional insured or loss payee
as follows: (i) Hull and Machinery Insurance and Port Risk Insurance shall name
the Mortgagee as first preferred Mortgagee and loss payee; (ii) Protection &
Indemnity Insurance shall name the Mortgagee as an additional insured.

     (d) With respect to both the Mortgagee's Interest and the MII Additional
Perils (Pollution) policies, Mortgagor shall effect and maintain, or, at the
option of the Mortgagee from time to time, reimburse to the Mortgagee on the
Mortgagee's first demand from time to time all costs and expenses incurred by
the Mortgagee in effecting and maintaining, on such terms, in such amounts as is
customary in the industry, and with such insurers as the Mortgagee shall
consider reasonably appropriate.

     (e) Copies of all policies, binders and cover notes, together with original
underwriter's certificates, shall be delivered to the Mortgagee from time to
time upon its request for approval and custody.

     (f) Mortgagor will pay or cause to be paid the premiums on and costs of all
such insurance and all renewals thereof, when and as the same become payable,
and will forthwith furnish to Mortgagee evidence satisfactory to the Mortgagee
that the same has been paid if requested by the Mortgagee.

     (g) The Mortgagor will keep the aforesaid insurance and renewals thereof
valid at all times while this First Preferred Ship Mortgage remains in force,
will comply and will cause any charterer or subcharterer to comply with all
Institute Warranties and Clauses, and will not suffer or permit the Vessel to
engage in any voyage or to carry any cargo not permitted by the policies of
insurance in effect at the time of the voyage, nor do, omit, neglect, or permit
to be done anything whereby any insurance, whether procured by the Mortgagor or
Mortgagee, is or is liable to be impaired or defeated. If at any time (i)
Mortgagor shall fail to deliver to and maintain with the Mortgagee, upon
request, original policies or other insurance documents and other evidence
satisfactory to the Mortgagee that the insurance has been effected and
maintained as hereinabove and in the Credit Agreement required or (ii) any
insurance required to be maintained hereunder or under the Credit Agreement is
canceled, terminated or fails to be renewed without replacement coverage
complying with the requirements hereof and of the Credit Agreement, then the
Mortgagee may procure the insurance, and from the date of such expenditure the

                                        4


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

costs and expenses thereof, with interest at the rate provided in the Credit
Agreement, shall be an additional indebtedness due from the Mortgagor secured by
this First Preferred Ship Mortgage and shall be paid by the Mortgagor on demand.
The Mortgagee shall not be under any obligation to procure any such insurance.

     (h) Each insurance policy shall prohibit cancellation or substantial
modification by the insurer without the written consent of both the Mortgagor
and the Mortgagee, or, in the absence of such consent, without at least 10
days' prior written notice to Mortgagor and Mortgagee. Mortgagor shall request
that its P&I Club shall give the Mortgagee as much notice as possible of
Mortgagor's failure to renew its entry in the Club, and in any event Mortgagor
shall so notify Bank immediately if its entry in the Club is not renewed.

     (i) Each insurance policy shall provide that there shall be no recourse
against the Mortgagee for premiums in respect thereof

     (j) On the date hereof and on or before April 30 of each year thereafter,
the Mortgagor will furnish to the Mortgagee a report signed by a recognized
marine insurance broker(s) selected by the Mortgagor and reasonably satisfactory
to the Mortgagee with respect to the insurance maintained under this Mortgage
(including, without limitation, as to each policy, its number, the amount, the
insurer, the named assureds, the type of risk, the loss payees and the
expiration date).

Article 5. Environmental Matters

          (a) The Mortgagor shall operate the Vessel in material compliance with
     all Environmental Law, including but not limited to the Oil Pollution Act
     of 1990. The Mortgagor has a Vessel Response Plan and a Spill Prevention
     Plan and Contingency Plan in force.

          (b) The Mortgagor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Mortgagee and
     its successors and assigns from and against all losses, costs, injuries,
     damages (including consequential, punitive or treble damages) and expenses
     (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) and, at the Mortgagee's
     request, defend any indemnified person under this provision against any
     action, suit, or other proceeding resulting from, arising out of or in any
     way connected directly or indirectly with any violation of or liability
     under any Environmental Law with respect to the ownership, custody,
     management, operation or control of the Vessel or the generation of waste
     by, or the transportation of waste from, the Vessel.

          (c) The Mortgagor shall maintain a Certificate of Financial
     Responsibility issued by the United States pursuant to the Federal Water
     Pollution Control Act, and any other applicable legislation.

Article 6. Creation of Liens.

          (a) Neither the Mortgagor, the managing owner, ship's husband, master,
     or any other person to whom the management of the Vessel may be entrusted,
     or any charterer or subcharterer shall have any right, power or authority
     to create, incur, or permit to be placed or imposed on the Vessel any liens
     or encumbrances whatsoever, other than Ordinary Maritime Liens, which liens
     consist of (a) liens in favor of Mortgagee or (b) statutory liens for
     crew's wages, wages of stevedores, or for salvage (including contract
     salvage), or general average or (c) liens arising in the ordinary course
     of business prior to the date hereof or (d) other liens incurred in the
     ordinary course of business which are not past due, but only to the extent
     that such other liens are subordinate to the lien of this Mortgage.

          (b) The Mortgagor shall carry a properly certified copy of this First
     Preferred Ship Mortgage with the ship's papers and shall exhibit the same
     to any person having business with the Vessel which may give rise to any
     lien other than for crew's wages or salvage, or to the sale, mortgage or
     other conveyance thereof. The Mortgagor shall place and keep prominently in
     the pilot house, master's cabin, or engine room of the Vessel a printed or
     typewritten notice written as follows:

                                        5


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

          "This Vessel is owned by NPR, Inc. and is subject to a First Preferred
          Ship Mortgage dated effective as of November 20, 1997, in favor of
          CORESTATES BANK, N.A. under authority of the Act of November 23, 1988,
          P.L. 100-710, as amended, and under the terms of said Mortgage,
          neither the owner, the master nor any other person has any right,
          power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this
          vessel, its freights, sub-freights, cargoes, profits, hire, charter
          hire or revenues, any liens whatsoever, other than for crew's wages or
          salvage, including contract salvage or general average."

          (c) In the event that a claim for salvage is asserted against the
     Vessel, Mortgagor and/or Mortgagee, the Mortgagor shall discharge any
     ultimate lien, liability and/or judgment. Any amount paid by the Mortgagee,
     whether in settlement of a claim or in satisfaction of a judgment, shall
     be a debt which is part of the Secured Obligations, the repayment of which
     is secured by the lien of this First Preferred Ship Mortgage and shall be
     payable when demanded by the Mortgagee, with interest at the rate provided
     in the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Mortgagee.

          (d) In the event that the title or ownership of the Vessel shall be
     requisitioned, purchased or taken by the United States of America or any
     government of any other country or any department, agency or representative
     thereof, pursuant to any present or future law, proclamation, decree, order
     or otherwise, the lien of this Mortgage shall be deemed to attach to the
     claim for compensation, and the compensation, purchase price, reimbursement
     or award for such requisition, purchase or other taking of such title or
     ownership is hereby declared payable to Mortgagee, who shall be entitled to
     receive the same and shall apply it to the prepayment of the Note; and in
     the event of any such requisition, purchase or taking, the Mortgagor shall
     promptly execute and deliver to Mortgagee such documents, if any, as in the
     opinion of counsel for Mortgagee may be necessary or useful to facilitate
     or expedite the collection by Mortgagee of such compensation, purchase
     price, reimbursement or award.

          (c) In the event that the United States of America or any government
     of any other country or any department, agency or representative thereof
     shall not take the title or ownership of the Vessel but shall requisition,
     charter, or in any manner take over the use of such Vessel pursuant to any
     present or future law, proclamation, decree, order or otherwise, and in
     the event Mortgagor is in default of the terms of this Mortgage, all
     charter hire and compensation resulting therefrom shall be payable to
     Mortgagee, and if, as a result of such requisitioning, chartering or taking
     of the use of such Vessel such government, department, agency or
     representative thereof shall pay or become liable to pay any sum by reason
     of the loss of or injury to or depreciation of the Vessel any such sum is
     hereby made payable to Mortgagee, and in the event of any such
     requisitioning, chartering or taking of the use of the Vessel, the
     Mortgagor shall promptly execute and deliver to Mortgagee such documents,
     if any, and shall promptly do and perform such acts, if any, as in the
     opinion of counsel for Mortgagee may be necessary or useful to facilitate
     or expedite the collection by Mortgagee of such claims arising out of the
     requisitioning, chartering or taking of the use of such Vessel.

Article 7. Maintenance of Vessel.

          (a) The Vessel is tight, staunch, strong and well and sufficiently
     tackled, appareled, victualed, fitted, manned, furnished, and equipped, and
     in every respect seaworthy and in good running condition and repair and in
     all respects fit for service. At all times, at its own cost and expense,
     the Mortgagor will exercise due diligence to maintain and preserve the
     Vessel in as good condition, working order and repair as at the time of
     the execution of this First Preferred Ship Mortgage, ordinary wear and tear
     and depreciation excepted, and will maintain the Vessel in accordance with
     good marine maintenance


                                        6


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

     practice and procedures and applicable legal or regulatory requirements for
     the service in which it then is or will be engaged, and in such condition
     as will enable her to pass such inspection as may be required by marine
     underwriters as a condition of their writing such insurance and in such
     amounts as is required under this First Preferred Ship Mortgage.
     Furthermore, if the vessel is not temporarily laid-up, the Mortgagor will
     cause the Vessel to be periodically inspected, drydocked and recoated
     (hull paint), and its machinery overhauled in accordance with normal
     marine practices or as may be required by the United States Coast Guard or
     applicable Classification Society.

          (b) The Mortgagor shall afford the Mortgagee or its authorized
     representatives, at their own risk and expense, full and complete access to
     the Vessel for the purpose of inspecting the same and her cargoes and
     papers.

          (c) Mortgagor shall certify as often as required by Mortgagee that all
     wage and other claims which give rise to liens have been paid, but in the
     absence of a default or a potential default, no more often than once a
     quarter.

          (d) The Mortgagor will keep the Vessel duly documented as a vessel of
     the United States, under the flag of the United States, and will not suffer
     or permit it to be operated in any manner prohibited by the laws or
     regulations applicable to the Vessel under its certificate of documentation
     or its classification, and will duly comply with all laws and governmental
     regulations and contracts applicable to the Vessel and its operation.
     Mortgagor will never operate the Vessel outside the navigational limits of
     the insurance carried pursuant to Article 4.

          (e) Mortgagor shall keep the Vessel in such condition as will entitle
     her to the highest classification and rating for a Vessel of the same age,
     trade and type in the American Bureau of Shipping (NABSO) or such other
     classification society as shall be acceptable to Mortgagee, and, upon
     request, Mortgagor shall furnish to Mortgagee a certificate by such
     classification bureau or society in which the Vessel is then entered that
     such classification is maintained.

          (f) The Mortgagor will furnish the Mortgagee within thirty (30) days
     after receipt by the Mortgagor, copies of all Certificates of Inspection
     delivered by the United States Coast Guard and/or Inspection Reports with
     respect to the Vessel delivered by the American Bureau of Shipping
     including (as may apply) Annual Classification Surveys, Special Periodic or
     Continuous Surveys, Annual Load-Line Surveys and Drydock Surveys.

Article 8. Release of Vessel.

     If a libel should be filed against the Vessel or if the Vessel is otherwise
levied against, attached, arrested or taken into custody by virtue of any legal
proceedings in any court, the Mortgagor will, within thirty (30) days
thereafter, cause the Vessel to be released and the lien to be discharged.

Article 9. Payment of Charges.

     The Mortgagee shall have the right, but shall be under no obligation, to
make any payments and to do any acts which, under the terms of this First
Preferred Ship Mortgage, the Mortgagor is required to make or do, but the making
of any such payment or the doing of any such act by the Mortgagee shall not
relieve the Mortgagor of any default in that respect or constitute in any
respect a waiver of such default. The Mortgagor will reimburse the Mortgagee
promptly, with interest at the rate or rates provided in the Credit Agreement,
for any and all payments and expenditures so made by it and for any and all
advances and expenses made or incurred by the Mortgagee at any time in taking
possession of Vessel or otherwise protecting its rights hereunder and for any
and all damages sustained by the Mortgagee from or by reason of any default or
defaults of the Mortgagor and such payments, expenditures, advances and expenses
shall be and are secured by this First Preferred Ship Mortgage.

Article 10. Events of Default.

                                        7


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

       (a) The following shall constitute "Events of Default" hereunder:

               (i) If the Mortgagor shall (a) sell or transfer, or attempt to
          sell or transfer by operation of law or otherwise, its interest in the
          Vessel, or (b) permit the attachment of any suit, lien, claim, charge
          or encumbrance of any kind (i) in excess of $2,500,000 in the
          aggregate at any time if the Vessel is in drydock, (ii) which is not
          released within 60 days after it first attaches if the Vessel is in
          drydock, (iii) in excess of $1,750,000 in the aggregate at any time if
          the Vessel is not in drydock and the costs relate to items other than
          non-drydock repairs made while the Vessel is at port, (iv) which is
          not released within 45 days after it first attaches if the Vessel is
          not in drydock and the costs relate to items other than non-drydock
          repairs made while the Vessel is at port, (v) in excess of $500,000
          in the aggregate at any time if the Vessel is not in drydock and the
          costs are for non-drydock repairs made while the Vessel is at port,
          and (vi) which is not released within 30 days after it first attaches
          if the Vessel is not in drydock and the costs are for non-drydock
          repairs made while the Vessel is at port; or

               (ii) If the Mortgagor shall remove or attempt to remove the
          Vessel beyond the limits of the United States, save on voyages with
          the intention of returning to the United States, or shall abandon the
          Vessel; or

               (iii) If the Vessel shall be libeled and levied upon or taken by
          virtue of any attachment or execution against the Mortgagor and such
          libel or levy is not released by Mortgagor within 15 days; or

               (iv) The occurrence of an "Event of Default" under the Credit
          Agreement; or

               (v) The title or ownership of the Vessel shall be requisitioned,
          purchased or taken by the government of any country or by any
          department, agency or representative thereof and there shall not have
          been paid to Mortgagee an amount in cash in United States dollars
          equal to the fair value of such Vessel within ninety (90) days after
          such event occurs;

       (b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default the Mortgagee may:

               (i) Declare the Secured Obligations to be due and payable
          forthwith, whereupon such Secured Obligations shall become and be
          immediately due and payable;

               (ii) Exercise all of the rights, powers and remedies in
          foreclosure and otherwise given to the Mortgagee by the provisions of
          Chapter 313 of title 46, United States Code, and acts amendatory
          thereof and supplemental thereto;

               (iii) Recover judgment for any amount due on the debt and collect
          the same out of any property of the Mortgagor without its security
          under this First Preferred Ship Mortgage being in any way affected or
          impaired thereby;

               (iv) Demand and receive all freights, hires, charter hires,
          earnings/or profits of the Vessel, due or to become due from any
          person whomsoever;

               (v) With or without legal process re-enter and take possession of
          the Vessel at any time wherever it may be found and, without being
          responsible for loss or damage, hold, lease, charter, operate or
          otherwise use the Vessel for such time and on such terms as the
          Mortgagee may deem advisable and collect and retain all freights,
          hires, earnings, and/or other moneys due or to become due and arising
          therefrom, and/or if it seems desirable to the Mortgagee, and without
          being responsible for loss or damage, with or without possession, sell
          the Vessel free from any claim by the Mortgagor in admiralty, in
          equity, at law or by statute, after first giving notice of the time
          and place of sale, with a general description of the property, by
          publishing such notice in such manner as may be required by applicable
          rules of court and as may be reasonably calculated to give adequate
          notice of the sale to potential buyers through trade publication, via
          brokers, or otherwise, and by mailing a similar notice to the
          Mortgagor at its

                                        8


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

          last known business address on the day of first publication. Such sale
          may be held at any place and at such time as the Mortgagee may
          specify, and in such manner as the Mortgagee may deem advisable, and
          may be conducted without bringing the Vessel to the place of sale, and
          the Mortgagee may become a purchaser at the sale. From time to time
          the Mortgagee may adjourn any such sale by announcement at the time
          and place appointed for such sale or by any adjourned sale; and
          without notice or publication, the Mortgagee may make such sale at the
          time and place to which the same shall be so adjourned.

               (vi) Bring suit at law, in equity or in admiralty, as it may be
          advised, to recover judgment for any and all amounts due, and collect
          the same from Mortgagor and/or out of any and all property of
          Mortgagor whether covered by this Mortgage or otherwise;

               (vii) Commence a civil action in rem to foreclose this First
          Preferred Ship Mortgage and obtain an order to sell, and sell, the
          Vessel, pursuant to the provisions of the Act of November 23, 1988,
          P.L. 100-710, 102 Stat. 4735, as amended, 46 U.S.C. 31325 and 31326,
          or their successor provisions, or by other judicial process as may be
          provided in the statutes.

          (c) Mortgagor hereby consents to the appointment of a custodian of the
     Vessel by Mortgagee with the costs thereof to be a cost of the sale to be
     paid from the proceeds of the sale or by Mortgagor.

          (d) Each and every power or remedy herein specifically given to the
     Mortgagee shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other power
     or remedy herein specifically given or now or hereafter existing at law,
     in equity, in admiralty or by statute, and each and every power or
     remedy, whether specifically herein given or otherwise so existing may be
     exercised from time to time and as often and at such order as may be deemed
     expedient by the Mortgagee, and the exercise or the beginning of the
     exercise of any power or remedy shall not be deemed a waiver of the right
     to exercise at the same time or thereafter any other power or remedy. No
     delay or omission by the Mortgagee in the exercise of any right or power
     accruing upon any Event of Default shall be construed to be a waiver of
     such default or any acquiescence therein; nor shall the acceptance by the
     Mortgagee of any security or of any payment after such default or any
     payment on account of any past default be deemed a waiver of any right to
     take advantage of any other default or of any past default not completely
     cured thereby.

          (e) If, at any time after an Event of Default and previous to the
     actual sale of the Vessel by the Mortgagee or to any foreclosure
     proceedings, the Mortgagor completely cures all Events of Default and pays
     all expenses, advances and damages to the Mortgagee consequent on such
     Event of Default with interest at the rate provided in the Credit
     Agreement, then the Mortgagee shall accept such payment and cure and
     restore the Mortgagor to its former position, but such actions shall not
     affect any subsequent Event of Default, nor impair any rights consequent
     thereon.

          (f) The proceeds of any sale, and the net earnings of any charter,
     operation or other use of the Vessel by the Mortgagee under any of the
     powers herein specified, and the proceeds of any Judgment collected by the
     Mortgagee for any default hereunder and the proceeds of any insurance or of
     any claim for damages on account of the Vessel, received by the Mortgagee
     while exercising any such power, and any and all other proceeds collected
     by the Mortgagee, or in any proceedings hereunder, the application of
     which has not elsewhere been specifically provided for, shall be applied as
     follows:

          First: To payment of all expenses and charges, including expenses of
          any sale, expense of any retaking, attorney's fees, court costs, and
          any other expenses made or incurred by the Mortgagee in the
          protection of its rights hereunder, and to the payment of any damages
          sustained by the Mortgagee from any default of the Mortgagor hereunder
          with interest as provided herein; and

                                        9


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

          to provide adequate indemnity against liens having priority over this
          First Preferred Ship Mortgage.

          Second: To the payment of the balance due and outstanding upon the
          Secured Obligations or otherwise due under the Credit Agreement,
          including accrued and unpaid interest to the date of such payment,
          with such payment to be applied pro rata to such outstanding principal
          and interest and to the payment of all other unpaid items, costs or
          expenses constituting part of the Secured Obligations.

          Third: Any surplus thereafter remaining shall be paid to the
          Mortgagor.

          (g) Any sale of the Vessel made in pursuance of this Mortgage,
     whether under the power of sale hereby granted or any judicial proceedings,
     shall operate to divest all right, title, and interest of any nature
     whatsoever of the Mortgagor therein and thereto, and shall bar the
     Mortgagor, its successors and assigns, and all persons claiming by,
     through, or under them. At any such sale Mortgagee or other holder of the
     Note (the "holder/purchaser") may bid for and purchase such Vessel and upon
     compliance with the terms of the sale may hold, retain and dispose of such
     property without further accountability therefor. In case of any such sale
     the holder/purchaser shall be entitled, for the purpose of making
     settlement or payment for the property purchased, to use and apply the Note
     or any portion thereof in order that there may be credited against the
     amount remaining due and unpaid thereon the sums payable to the
     holder/purchaser out of the net proceeds of such sale after allowing for
     the costs and expense of sale and other charges; and thereupon the
     holder/purchaser shall be credited, on account of such purchase price, with
     the net proceeds that shall have been so credited upon the Note. No
     purchase shall be bound to inquire whether notice has been given, or
     whether any default has occurred, or as to the propriety of the sale or
     as to the application of the proceeds thereof.

          (h) Whenever any right to enter and take possession of the Vessel
     accrues to Mortgagee, it may require the Mortgagor to deliver, and the
     Mortgagor shall on demand, at its own cost and expense, deliver such Vessel
     to Mortgagee as demanded. If any legal proceedings shall be taken to
     enforce any rights under this Mortgage, Mortgagee shall be entitled as a
     matter of right to the appointment of a receiver of the Vessel and the
     freights, hire, earnings, issues, revenues, income and profits due or to
     become due and arising from the operation thereof.

          (i) Mortgagee is hereby appointed attorney-in-fact of the Mortgagor to
     execute and deliver to any purchaser and is hereby vested with full power
     and authority to make, in the name and in behalf of the Mortgagor, a good
     conveyance of the title to the Vessel so sold. In the event of any sale of
     the Vessel, under any power herein contained, the Mortgagor will, if and
     when required by Mortgagee, execute such form of conveyance of such Vessel
     as Mortgagee may direct or approve.

          (j) Mortgagee is hereby appointed attorney-in-fact of the Mortgagor
     upon the happening of any Event of Default, in the name of the Mortgagor
     to demand, collect, receive, compromise and sue for, so far as may be
     permitted by law, all freights, hire, earnings, tolls, rents, issues,
     revenues, income and profits of the Vessel and all amounts due from
     underwriters under any insurance thereon as payment of losses or as return
     premiums or otherwise, salvage awards and recoveries, recoveries in general
     average or otherwise, and all other sums, due or to become due at the time
     of the happening of any Event of Default in respect to the Vessel, or in
     respect of any insurance thereof from any person whomsoever, and to make,
     give and execute in the name of the Mortgagor acceptances, receipts,
     releases, or other discharges for the same, whether under seal or
     otherwise, and to endorse and accept in the name of the Mortgagor the
     other instruments in writing with respect to the foregoing. All amounts so
     received shall

                                       10


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

     first be applied to operating expenses and then to unpaid interest and then
     to unpaid principal on the Note.

          (k) If the Mortgagor shall default in the observance or performance
     of any of the covenants, conditions or agreements in this Mortgage on its
     part to be performed or observed (and such default shall constitute an
     Event of Default), the Mortgagee may in its discretion, but shall be under
     no obligation to, do all acts and make all expenditures necessary to remedy
     such default, including, without limitation of the foregoing, entry upon
     the Vessel to make repairs, and the Mortgagor shall forthwith reimburse the
     Mortgagee, with interest at the Interest Rate, for any and all expenditures
     so made or incurred and, until the Mortgagor has so reimbursed the
     Mortgagee for such expenditures, the amount thereof shall be a debt due
     from the Mortgagor to the Mortgagee secured by a first priority claim on
     the Vessel, provided, that the making of any such expenditure shall not
     relieve the Mortgagor from the consequences of any such default. The
     Mortgagor shall also forthwith reimburse the Mortgagee, with interest at
     the Interest Rate, for any and all advances made or expenses of Mortgagee
     at any time in taking the Vessel or otherwise protecting its rights
     hereunder, and for any and all damages sustained by the Mortgagee from or
     by reason of any default or defaults of the Mortgagor, and the amount of
     such advances, expenses and damages shall be a debt due from the Mortgagor
     to the Mortgagee secured by a first priority claim on the Vessel.

          (l) In the event that the Vessel shall be arrested or detained by a
     marshal or other officer of any court of law, equity or admiralty
     jurisdiction or by any government or other authority, and shall not be
     released from arrest or detention within thirty days from the date of
     arrest or detention, the Mortgagor hereby irrevocably authorizes and
     empowers the Mortgagee and its appointee or appointees, with full power of
     substitution, in the name and at the expense of the Mortgagor, to apply
     for, claim and receive or take possession of the Vessel with all rights and
     powers that the Mortgagor might have and exercise in any such event. The
     Mortgagor also irrevocably authorizes and empowers any such persons to
     appear, in the name of the Mortgagor, or against the Vessel in any court
     of any country or nation of the world where a suit is pending against the
     Vessel, because of or on account of any alleged lien against the Vessel
     from which the same has not been released, and to take such proceedings as
     they or any of them may deem proper for the defense of such suit and for
     the release of the Vessel therefrom in the event that the Mortgagor shall
     not be taking proceedings reasonably satisfactory to Mortgagee, and in such
     case all expenditures made or incurred by Mortgagee or its appointees for
     the purpose of such defense or discharge shall be a debt due from the
     Mortgagor, its successors and assigns, to Mortgagee, and shall be secured
     by the lien of this Mortgage in like manner and extent as if the amount
     and description thereof were written herein.

Article 11. Possession Prior to Default. Until one or more of the Events of
Default hereinbefore described shall happen, the Mortgagor shall retain actual
possession of the Vessel, and manage, operate and use the same and collect,
receive, take and use and enjoy the earnings, income, rents, freights, issues
and profits thereof.

Article 12. Statutory Compliance.

     (a) The Mortgagor shall comply with and satisfy all applicable formalities
and provisions of the laws and regulations of the United States of America,
including but not limited to the provisions of 46 U.S.C. Chapter 313 et seq,
as amended, including without limitation the provisions of the Act of November
23, 1988, P.L. 100-710, 102 Stat. 4735, as amended, in order to perfect,
establish and maintain this First Preferred Ship Mortgage, and any supplement or
amendment thereto upon the Vessel and upon all renewals, as a first preferred
mortgage thereunder, and the Mortgagor shall not sell, mortgage, transfer, nor
merge or consolidate with any other person, firm or corporation, or dissolve,
nor change the flag, name or the port of documentation of the

                                       11


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

Vessel, without the written consent of the Mortgagee first obtained. Any such
written consent to any one sale, merger, consolidation, transfer, mortgage or
change of flag, name or port of documentation, shall not be deemed or held to
be a waiver of this provision in respect to any subsequent sale, merger,
consolidation, transfer, mortgage or change of flag, name or port of
documentation.

     (b) The Mortgagor will pay and discharge, when due and payable from time to
time, all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges, fines and penalties
lawfully imposed upon the Vessel; provided, however, that the Mortgagor may omit
to pay any such tax, assessment, governmental charge, fine or penalty, so long
as it, in good faith and by appropriate legal proceedings, shall contest the
validity thereof and the Mortgagor shall set aside on its books adequate
reserves in the opinion of the Mortgagor with respect to any such tax,
assessment, charge, fine or penalty so contested, unless and until foreclosure,
distraint, sale or other similar proceedings shall have been commenced with
respect to the property which is subject to any such tax, assessment, charge,
fine or penalty. The right of the Mortgagor to contest the validity of any claim
contemplated by this Article 12 shall in no event be construed as permitting
any libel, attachment or other seizure of the Vessel, under process or color of
legal authority to remain undissolved or undischarged for a period in excess of
30 days.

Article 13. Further Assurances. In the event that this First Preferred Ship
Mortgage or the Credit Agreement, or the Note, or any provision of this First
Preferred Ship Mortgage or the Credit Agreement or the Note is deemed
invalidated, in whole or in part, by any present or future law or court
decision, the Mortgagor shall execute such other or further instruments, as in
the opinion of counsel for the Mortgagee, will carry out the true intent and
spirit of this Mortgage. From time to time, the Mortgagor shall execute such
other assurances as, in the opinion of such counsel, may be required more
effectually to subject the Vessel herein mortgaged or intended to be mortgaged
to the payment of the Credit Agreement secured by this Mortgage.

Article 14. Lawful Operation. The Mortgagor covenants and agrees to comply with
all the laws of the United States of America and/or any subdivision thereof
where the Vessel may be, pertaining to its operation. The Mortgagor will not
cause or permit the Vessel to be used in any manner contrary to law and will
not engage in any unlawful trade or carry any cargo that will expose the Vessel
to penalty, forfeiture, or capture, and will not do, or suffer or permit to be
done, anything which can or may injuriously affect the registration or
enrollment or flag of the Vessel under the laws and regulations of the United
States. Mortgagee does not authorize or consent to any act, failure or omission
on the part of the Mortgagor or any other person which would permit or give
rise to the risk of forfeiture of the Vessel for a violation of any law of the
United States or any other governmental authority.

Article 15. Copy of Entire Agreement. The Mortgagor acknowledges receipt from
the Mortgagee of a true copy of this First Preferred Ship Mortgage which
comprises the entire agreement between the parties respecting the mortgage of
the Vessel, and supersedes any and all other agreements respecting the Vessel,
except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

Article 16. Continuity of Provisions. All the covenants, stipulation and
agreements contained in this First Preferred Ship Mortgage shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the Mortgagor, its successors and assigns, and
the Mortgagee, its successors and assigns. Throughout this Mortgage, the
singular shall include the plural.

Article 17. Applicable Law. This instrument shall be construed in accordance
with the statutory and maritime law of the United States, and, where such law
is silent or inapplicable, then under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.

                                       12


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

Article 18. Separate Discharge. Although it is not intended that this Mortgage
include any property other than the Vessel, if any determination is made at
any time that for any reason this Mortgage does include any property other
than a "Vessel" within the meaning of Chapter 313 of title 46, United States
Code, such property may be separately discharged from the lien of this
Mortgage, but only with the consent of the Mortgagee, by the payment of .01%
of the said total amount.

Article 19. Notice. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be
sufficient if given in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

Article 20. Defined Terms. Any capitalized terms which are not otherwise defined
herein shall have the respective meanings, if any, assigned thereto in the
Credit Agreement.

Article 21. Remedies Not Exclusive. Each and every right, power and remedy
given to the Mortgagee in this Mortgage or in the other Operative Documents
shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right, power and
remedy herein specifically given or now or hereafter existing at law, in
equity, in admiralty, or by statute, and each and every right, power and remedy
whether specifically herein given or otherwise existing may be exercised from
time to time and as often and in such order as may be determined by the
Mortgagee, and the exercise or the beginning of the exercise of any right, power
or remedy shall not be construed to be a waiver of the right to exercise at the
same time or thereafter any other right, power or remedy. No delay or omission
by the Mortgagee in the exercise of any right, power or remedy shall impair any
such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver of any default or to
be any acquiescence therein nor shall the acceptance by the Mortgagee or any
Holder of any security or of any payment of or on account of the Notes maturing
after a default or of any payment on account of any past default be construed to
be a waiver of any right to take advantage of any future default or of any past
default not completely cured thereby.


                                       13


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mortgagor has caused these presents to be
executed and attested by its duly authorized officers as of the day and year
first above written.

Attest:                                            NPR, Inc.


- -------------------------------------              ----------------------------
By:                                                By:
Title:                                             Title:











                                       14






<PAGE>






                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA       :

COUNTY OF PHILADELPHIA                        :
                                              :     SS.

     On the_ day of November, 1997, before me came __________________ to me
known who, being duly sworn, did depose and say that he is __________________ of
NPR, Inc., the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing
instrument and that he signed his name thereto by like order and acknowledged to
me that he executed the said Mortgage as the ___________________ of said
corporation, and that the same is the free and voluntary act and deed of said
corporation and of himself as _______________________ thereof for the uses and
purposes expressed in said Mortgage.


                                                  _____________________________
                                                  Notary Public

                                                  My commission expires:

                                       15



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                    NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

                                       AND

                    HOLT HAULING and WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.

                             -----------------------

                             SERIES G LOAN AGREEMENT

                             -----------------------


                           Dated as of January 2, 1992


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         The interest of the NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (the
"Issuer") in this Loan Agreement has been assigned (except for certain rights
expressly reserved by the Issuer) pursuant to the Indenture of Trust dated as of
the date hereof from the Issuer to MELLON BANK, N.A., as trustee (the
"Trustee"), and is subject to the security interest of the Trustee thereunder.

 
<PAGE>


                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

         (This Table of Contents is only for convenience of reference and is not
intended to define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of
this Loan Agreement.)

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

 PARTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

 PREAMBLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

 Section 1.1. Definitions . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1
 Section 1.2. Interpretation and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-12

                                   ARTICLE II

                    REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES

 Section 2.1. Representations and Covenants of the Issuer . . . . . . . . . II-1
 Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . . . . . . . . II-1
 Section 2.3. Tax-Exempt Status of the Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .II-6
 Section 2.4. Covenants of the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .II-8

                                   ARTICLE III

                         ISSUANCE OF THE SERIES G BONDS

 Section 3.1. Agreement to Issue the Series G Bonds:
              Application of Series G Bond Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . .III-1
 Section 3.2. Disbursements from the Project Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . .III-1
 Section 3.3. Furnishing Documents to the Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . .III-1
 Section 3.4. Special Arbitrage Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .III-1

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 LOAN PROVISIONS

 Section 4.1. Loan of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .IV-1
 Section 4.2. Amounts Payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IV-1
 Section 4.3. Obligations of Company Unconditional. . . . . . . . . . . . . IV-2


                                      -i-


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE V

                                   THE PROJECT

 Section 5.1. Disbursements from the Project Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V-1
 Section 5.2. Maintenance and Modification of the Project
              Facility by the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V-2
 Section 5.3. Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility
              Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V-3
 Section 5.4. Insurance Required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V-4
 Section 5.5. Additional Provisions Concerning Insurance. . . . . . . . . . .V-4
 Section 5.6. Worker's Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .V-5

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

 Section 6.1. Damage, Destruction and Condemnation . . . . . . . . . . . . .VI-1
 Section 6.2. Application of Net Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VI-1
 Section 6.3. Insufficiency of Net Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VI-2

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

 Section 7.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by
              Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-1
 Section 7.2. Access to the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-1
 Section 7.3. Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments . . . . . . . .VII-1
 Section 7.4. Issuer and Company Representatives. . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-1
 Section 7.5. Financing Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-1
 Section 7.6. Compliance with Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-2
 Section 7.7. Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-2
 Section 7.8. (Intentionally Omitted] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-2
 Section 7.9. Annual Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-2

                                  ARTICLE VIII

            PROJECT USERS; MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; MERGE, SELL, TRANSFER;
                           INDEMNIFICATION; REDEMPTION

 Section 8.1. Project Users; Maintain Existence; Merge,
              Sell, Transfer . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-1
 Section 8.2. Release and Indemnification Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-2
 Section 8.3. Redemption of Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-3
 Section 8.4. Issuer to Grant Security Interest to Trustee  . . . . . . . VIII-3
 Section 8.5. Indemnification of Trustee . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . VIII-3

                                      -ii-

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 Section 9.1. Defaults Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .IX-1
 Section 9.2. Trustee's Remedies on Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-3
 Section 9.3. Issuer's Remedies on Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-3
 Section 9.4. Specific Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-5
 Section 9.5. No Remedy Exclusive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-5
 Section 9.6. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses . . . . . . . . IX-5
 Section 9.7. No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver. . . . . . . . . . IX-6

                                    ARTICLE X

                         OPTIONS TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

 Section 11.1.  Term of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI-1
 Section 11.2.  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI-1
 Section 11.3.  Binding Effect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI-1
 Section 11.4.  Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI-1
 Section 11.5.  Amounts Remaining in Funds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI-1
 Section 11.6.  Amendments, Changes and Modification. . . . . . . . . . . . XI-2
 Section 11.7.  Execution in Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI-2
 Section 11.8.  Applicable Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI-2
 Section 11.9.  Captions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI-2


                                     -iii-


<PAGE>


EXHIBIT A - Project Facility

EXHIBIT B - Form of Requisition

EXHIBIT C - Permitted Encumbrances

EXHIBIT D - Form of Annual Certificate


                                      -iv-



<PAGE>


         THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is dated as of January 2, 1992, between the NEW
JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (the "Issuer"), a public body corporate
and politic constituting an instrumentality of the State of New Jersey and HOLT
HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., a corporation duly organized and validly
existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the "Company").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the New Jersey Economic Development Authority Act, as amended
and supplemented, N.J.S.A. ss.34:1B-1, et seq. (the "Act"), declares that the
Legislature has determined that Department of Labor and Industry statistics of
recent years indicate a continuing decline in manufacturing employment within
the State which is a contributing factor to the drastic unemployment existing
within the State, which far exceeds the national average, thus adversely
affecting the economy of the State and the prosperity, safety, health and
general welfare of its inhabitants and their standard of living; and that the
availability of financial assistance and suitable facilities are important
inducements to new and varied employment promoting enterprises to locate in the
State, and to existing enterprises to remain and expand in the State; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer was created to aid in remedying the aforesaid
conditions and to implement the purposes of the Act, and the Legislature has
determined that the authority and powers conferred upon the Issuer under the Act
and the expenditure of moneys pursuant thereto constitute a serving of a valid
public purpose and that the enactment of the provisions set forth in the Act is
in the public interest and for the public benefit and good and has been so
declared to be as a matter of express legislative determination; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer, to accomplish the purposes of the Act, is
empowered (i) to extend credit or make loans to any person for the planning,
designing, acquiring, constructing, reconstructing, improving, equipping and
furnishing of a project, which credit or loans may be secured by loan and
security agreements, mortgages, leases, and any other instruments, upon such
terms and conditions as the Issuer shall deem reasonable; (ii) to require the
inclusion in any mortgage, lease, contract, loan and security agreement or other
instruments of such provisions for the construction, use, operation and
maintenance and financing of a project as the Issuer may deem necessary or
desirable; and (iii) to enter into contracts with respect to the planning,
designing, financing, constructing, reconstructing, improving, equipping,
furnishing, operating and maintaining of a project, for such consideration and
upon such terms and conditions as the Issuer may determine to be reasonable; and

 
<PAGE>


         WHEREAS, as an inducement to the Company to undertake a certain project
consisting of the acquisition and filling of approximately 18.6 acres of
tidewater property (including the cost of off-site mitigation required by
environmental permits), the renovation of an existing building of approximately
36,500 square feet into a refrigerated warehouse and certain additional building
renovations, the performance of certain site improvements, including the
renovation of a collapsed pier, the construction of two marginal piers and
certain paving, grading and filling costs, and the purchase and installation of
machinery and equipment, including container cranes, bulldozers, forklift trucks
and other peripheral equipment for use in the loading and unloading of
ocean-going vessels, all part of a public port facility and property
functionally related and subordinate thereto (the "Project"), said Project to be
located in the City of Gloucester City, County of Camden, New Jersey, the
Issuer, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, made certain findings and
determinations and preliminarily approved the application of the Company for the
financing of the Project by resolution duly adopted on May 24, 1983 and by
further resolution duly adopted on August 7, 1984 authorized the issuance of its
Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in the principal amount of $13,500,000 (the "Series
A Bonds") for the purpose of providing funds for the making of a loan to the
Company to finance a portion of the Project and to enable the Company to refund
certain outstanding bonds; and

         WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer
heretofore issued the Series A Bonds for the Company in the City of Gloucester
City, Camden County, New Jersey on August 24, 1984, and loaned the proceeds from
the sale thereof to the Company pursuant to a Loan Agreement dated as of August
1, 1984 between the Issuer and the Company; and

         WHEREAS as a further inducement to the Company to undertake certain
additional costs in connection with the Project and in furtherance of the
purposes of the Act, the Issuer by resolution duly adopted on September 4, 1985
authorized the issuance of its Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds
(Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in the aggregate
principal amount of $17,500,000, consisting of its Series B Variable/Fixed Rate
Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983
Project) in the principal amount of $7,500,000 (the "Series B Bonds") and its
Series C Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and
Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in the principal amount of $10,000,000
(the "Series C Bonds"), all for the purpose of providing funds for the
making of loans to the Company to finance a portion of the Project; and

          WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer
 heretofore issued the Series B Bonds for the Company in the City Of Gloucester
 City, Camden County, New Jersey, on December 6, 1985, and loaned the proceeds
 from the sale thereof to the Company

 
<PAGE>


pursuant to a loan agreement dated as of November 1, 1985 between the Issuer and
the Company; and

         WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer
heretofore issued the Series C Bonds for the Company in the City of Gloucester
City, Camden County, New Jersey, on December 30, 1985, and loaned the proceeds
from the sale thereof to the Company pursuant to a loan agreement dated as of
December 1, 1985 between the Issuer and the Company; and

         WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Issuer to
refund the Series C Bonds and, as an inducement to the Company to refund the
Series C Bonds, the Issuer duly adopted an amended final resolution on January
8, 1986 authorizing the issuance of its Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling
and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) 11.85% 1986 Series in the aggregate
principal amount of $10,000,000 (the "1986 Series Bonds") and providing for the
securing of the payment of said 1986 Series Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be
received by the Issuer and the assignment of certain rights of the, Issuer with
respect to the Project, which pledge and assignment further secured the payment
of the principal of and interest on the 1986 Series Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the 1986 Series Bonds on February 25, 1986
and applied the proceeds of the 1986 Series Bonds to make a loan to the Company
to refund the Series C Bonds in accordance with a certain loan agreement between
the Issuer and the Company and a certain indenture of trust between the Issuer
and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, both dated as of February 1, 1986,
providing, in part, for payments by the Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet
installments of interest and principal on the 1986 Series Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Issuer to
refund the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds, and, as an inducement to the
Company to refund the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds, the Issuer duly
adopted an amended final resolution on July 1, 1986 authorizing the issuance of
its Series D Senior Mortgage Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and
Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in an aggregate principal amount Of
$18,750,000 (the "Series D Bonds") and providing for the securing of the payment
of said Series D Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be received by the Issuer and
the assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with respect to the Project,
which pledge and assignment further secured the payment of the principal of and
interest on the Series D Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the Series D Bonds on September 18, 1986 and
applied the proceeds of the Series D Bonds to make a loan to the Company to
refund the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds in accordance with a certain
loan agreement between the Issuer and the Company and a certain indenture of
trust between the Issuer and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, both dated as of
August 1, 1986, providing, in part, for payments by the Company to


<PAGE>


the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of interest and principal on the
Series D Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Issuer to
finance certain additional costs in connection with the Project and as a further
inducement to the Company to undertake such costs and in furtherance of the
purposes of the Act, the Issuer duly adopted an amended final resolution on
December 2, 1986 authorizing the issuance of its Series E Senior Mortgage
Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983
Project) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $8,500,000 (the "Series E Bonds")
and secured the payment of said Series E Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be
received by the Issuer and the assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with
respect to the Project, which pledge and assignment further secured the payment
of the principal of and interest on the Series E Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the Series E Bonds on December 30, 1986 and
applied the proceeds of the Series E Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the
financing of a portion of the costs of the Project, all in accordance with a
certain loan agreement between the Issuer and the Company and a certain
indenture of trust between the Issuer and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee,
both dated as of December 1, 1986, providing, in part, for payments by the
Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of interest and principal
on the Series E Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Company thereafter amended the Application, revising
certain aspects thereof to reflect cost overruns incurred with respect to the
Project and requested that the Issuer reconfirm its approval of the project
described in the Application; and

         WHEREAS, the Company requested a further loan from the Issuer to
finance certain additional costs in connection with the Project and as a further
inducement to the Company to undertake such additional costs and in furtherance
of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer duly adopted an amended final resolution
on August 4, 1987 (the "August Resolution") authorizing the issuance of its
Series F Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. -
1983 Project) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $9,000,000 (the
"Series F Bonds") and providing for the securing of the payment of said Series F
Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be received by the Issuer and the assignment of
certain rights of the Issuer with respect to the Project, which pledge and
assignment further secured the payment of the principal of and interest on the
Series F Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer was thereafter requested and agreed to amend the
form of bonds approved in the August Resolution and to substitute Fidelity Bank,
National Association as trustee in the place of Bankers Trust Company, New York,
New York, and duly adopted an amended final resolution on December 1, 1987
authorizing the amended form of Series F Bonds and the substitution of trustee,
and otherwise ratifying and confirming the August Resolution; and


<PAGE>


         WHEREAS, the Issuer issued its Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development
Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project), Series F, in
the aggregate principal amount of $9,000,000 on December 24, 1987 and applied
the proceeds of the Series F Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the
financing of a portion of the costs of the Project, all in accordance with a
certain loan agreement between the Issuer and the Company and a certain
indenture of trust between the Issuer and Fidelity Bank, National Association,
as trustee, both dated as of December 1, 1987, providing, in part, for payments
by the Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of interest and
principal on the Series F Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Company has requested an additional loan from the Issuer
to refund the 1986 Series Bonds and the Series F Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue its Economic Development Bonds
(Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) Series G Refunding
(Non-AMT) in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 (the "Bonds") and
proposes to apply the proceeds of the Bonds to make a loan to the Company (the
"Loan") to refund the 1986 Series Bonds, all pursuant to the Act and the Bond
Resolution (as hereinafter defined); and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue its Economic Development Bonds
(Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) Series H Refunding
(AMT) (the "Series H Bonds") and proposes to apply the proceeds of the Series H
Bonds to make a loan to the Company (the "Series H Loan" and, together with the
Loan, the "Loans") to refund the Series F Bonds, all pursuant to the Act and the
Bond Resolution (as hereinafter defined); and

         WHEREAS, the Loan shall be secured by the pledge of payments to be made
by the Company hereunder and by a mortgage lien on the Project Facility, and
shall be guaranteed by B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated Distribution
Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.,
The Riverfront Development Corp., CRT, Inc. and any other person required to be
a Guarantor (collectively, the "Guarantor") pursuant to the Guaranty (as such
term is hereinafter defined); and

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Issuer each have full right and lawful
authority to enter into this Series G Loan Agreement (hereinafter referred to as
the "Agreement"), and to perform and observe the provisions hereof on their
respective parts to be performed and observed.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto covenant, agree and bind
themselves as follows; provided, that any obligation of the Issuer created by or
arising out of this Agreement shall never constitute a debt or a pledge of the
faith and credit or the taxing power of the Issuer or any political

 
<PAGE>


subdivision or taxing district of the State of New Jersey but shall be payable
solely out of the Trust Estate (as defined in the Indenture), anything herein
contained to the contrary by implication or otherwise notwithstanding:


<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.1. Definitions. All capitalized, undefined terms used herein
shall have the same meanings as used in Article I of the hereinafter defined
Indenture. In addition, the following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:

         "Act" means The New Jersey Economic Development Authority Act, as
amended, N.J.S.A. ss.34:1B-1, et seq. or any successor legislation, and any
regulations and administrative pronouncements promulgated thereunder.

         "Affiliate" means B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated Distribution
Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.,
CRT, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corp., and any other Person under the
control of or in common control or ownership (direct or indirect) of or with the
Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. For the purposes of this
definition and the definition of Related Party below, "control" shall mean
ownership or control (direct or indirect) of five percent or more of the voting
stock of the Person for which such determination is to be made or the exercise
of management control over the business and affairs of such Person.

         "Agreement" or "Loan Agreement" means this Series G Loan Agreement as
the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in
accordance with its terms.

         "Application" means the application for financial assistance of the
Company dated April 25, 1983, submitted to the Authority, including any
amendments thereto as are on file at the Authority's offices.

         "Assignment" means the Series G Assignment dated the Closing Date by
and between the Issuer, as assignor, and the Trustee, as assignee, assigning,
subject to such reservations as are contained therein, all of the Issuer's
right, title and interest in and to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

         "Bond" or "Bonds" or "Series G Bond" or "Series G Bonds" means one or
more of the Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System,
Inc. - 1983 Project), Series G Refunding (Non-AMT) of the Issuer in the
aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 authorized to be issued pursuant to
the Bond Resolution, delivered under and pursuant to the Bond Resolution and
Indenture and any bonds issued in lieu of or in substitution therefor.


                                      I-1

<PAGE>


         "Bond Counsel" with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Bonds
means Wolff & Samson, A Professional Corporation, having its office at 5 Becker
Farm Road, Roseland, New Jersey 07068, and subsequent thereto, such firm or any
other nationally recognized bond counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer
and the Trustee.

         "Bond Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and
created pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Indenture.

         "Bond Purchase Agreement" means the bond purchase agreement dated as of
January 2, 1992 by and between the Issuer, the Company, the Purchaser and
Fidelity Spartan New Jersey Municipal High Yield Fund, as purchaser of the
Series H Bonds, relating to the issuance and sale of the Bonds and the Series H
Bonds, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

         "Bond Resolution" means the resolution of the Issuer adopted on
 January 7, 1992 and entitled "Amended Final Resolution" (Holt Hauling and
 Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) authorizing the issuance and sale of
 the Bonds and the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture, the
 Bond Purchase Agreement, the Assignment, the other Loan Documents and the
 Series H Loan Documents and determining other matters in connection with the
 Project.

         "Bond Year" means the one year period beginning on the day after
 expiration of the preceding Bond Year. The first Bond Year begins on the Date
 of Issuance and ends on December 31, 1992.

         "Business Day" means a day on which the Trustee and banks located in
Pittsburgh are open for the purpose of conducting a commercial banking business.

         "Cancellation Date" means the effective date of the Issuer's notice of
cancellation of the Bonds given pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof.

         "Cash Flow" of a Person shall mean Net Income of such Person plus
depreciation and other non-cash charges to income plus (or minus) any increase
(or decrease) in deferred taxes.

         "Chief Financial Officer" shall mean Bernard Gelman, the Vice President
and Treasurer of the Company, or such other individual functioning in a
substantially similar capacity on behalf of the Company as the Company shall
designate in a notice to the Trustee from time to time.

         "Closing Date" means January 28, 1992 or such other date which shall be
the date of the execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement and the making of
the Loan.

                                       I-2


<PAGE>


         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
successor legislation, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Collateral" means all of the rights and assets of the Company or any
other Person in which the Issuer or the Trustee is now or hereafter granted a
lien or security interest in order to secure the performance of the Company's
obligations under this Loan Agreement, or any of the Loan Documents, the
obligations of the Issuer hereunder or under the Bonds or the obligations of any
Guarantor under the Guaranty.

         "Combined Cash Flow", "Combined Interest Charges", "Combined Net
Income" and "Combined Net Income Before Interest and Taxes" for any period shall
mean, respectively, the Cash Flow Interest Charges Net Income and Net Income
Before Interest Taxes of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for such
period, combined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.

         "Combined Indebtedness" means (i) the Combined Total Assets less (ii)
the total combined stockholders' equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates plus deferred taxes, each determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as such combination is
effective in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied as at any date on which the amount thereof shall be
determined.

         "Combined Tangible Net Worth" means (i) total combined shareholders'
equity in the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as such
combination is effected in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, less (ii) the aggregate net amount of the
following items to the extent, if any, that they were included in consolidated
assets or deducted from consolidated liabilities in computing shareholders'
equity:

         (a) All licenses, patents, copyrights, tradenames, trademarks,
franchises, good will, experimental or organizational expense, unamortized debt
discount and expense, treasury stock and all other assets which under generally
accepted accounting principles are deemed intangible; and


         (b) Any write-up of assets (other than current assets written up in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied)
made after January 1, 1984. 

         "Combined Total Assets" means the assets of the Company, its 
Subsidiaries and Affiliates, combined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied.

                                       I-3

 
<PAGE>


         "Company Representative" means the person or persons at the time
designated to act on behalf of the Company by written certificate furnished to
the Issuer and the Trustee containing the signature of such person or persons
and signed on behalf of the Company by its President or any Vice President. Such
certificate may designate an alternate or alternates.

         "Cost" with respect to the Project shall be deemed to include all items
permitted to be financed under the provisions of the Act, including, but not
limited to:

                  (i) all costs which the Issuer or the Company shall be
         required to pay under the terms of any contract or contracts for the
         acquisition, construction, improving, or equipping of the Project;

                  (ii) obligations of the Company incurred for labor and
         materials (including obligations payable to the Company) in connection
         with the acquisition, construction, improving or equipping of the
         Project, including reimbursement to the Company for all advances and
         payments made in connection with the Project prior to or after delivery
         of the Bonds;

                  (iii) the cost of performance or other bonds and any and all
         types of insurance that may be necessary or appropriate to have in
         effect during the course of construction of the Project;

                  (iv) the cost of refunding the 1986 Series Bonds;

                  (v) all costs of engineering and architectural services,
         including the costs of the Company for test borings, surveys,
         estimates, plans and specifications and preliminary investigations
         therefor, and for supervising construction, as well as for the
         performance of all other duties required by or consequent to the proper
         construction of the Project;

                  (vi) all expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of
         the Bonds, including but not limited to, compensation, fees and
         expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee including reasonable counsel
         fees, compensation to any financial consultant, underwriters or
         placement agents, legal fees and expenses, costs of printing and
         engraving, and recording and filing fees and costs of title insurance,
         if any; and

                  (vii) any sums required to reimburse the Company for advances
         made by the Company for any of the above items or for any other costs
         incurred which are properly chargeable to the Project.

                                      I-4

<PAGE>



        "Cumulative Combined Net Income" for any specified periods means the sum
of Combined Net Income for each of such periods (subtracting Combined Net Income
for any period in which it is negative, as appropriate).

     "Date of Issue" or "Issue Date" means the date of issue of the Bonds as
such term is defined in Treasury Regulation ss.1.103-13(b)(6), being the Closing
Date.

     "Debt Service" means, for any Bond Year, the scheduled amount of interest
and amortization of principal payable for that Bond Year with respect to the
Bonds; provided, however, that in determining Debt Service for any Bond Year,
there shall not be taken into account amounts scheduled with respect to any
Bonds (or portion thereof) that have been retired before the beginning of the
Bond Year. The determination of Debt Service on the Bonds shall be made on the
first day of each Bond Year in the manner provided in Section 148(d) of the Code
and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "Default" means any Default under this Agreement as specified in and
defined by Section 9.1 hereof.

     "Distribution Fund" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)
hereof.

     "ERISA" means the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

     "Event of Cancellation" means any Event of Cancellation as defined in
Section 9.3(A) hereof.

     "Excess Amount" means, as of any payment date, the amount in the Bond Fund
on such date in excess of the amount required for the payment of principal,
accrued interest and premium, if any, on the Bonds due on such date.

     "Fiscal Year" means January 1 through December 31.

     "Gross Proceeds" means:

     (a) Original proceeds (as defined in Section 1.148-8T(d)(3) of the
Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 148 of the Code);

     (b) Investment proceeds (as defined in Section 1.148-8T(d)(5) of the
Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 148 of the Code);


                                      I-5

<PAGE>


     (c) Transferred proceeds (as defined in Section 1.148-81(d)(5) of the
Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 148 of the Code);

     (d) Amounts treated as proceeds of the issue under Section 1.103-13 (g) of
the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 103(c) of the 1954 Code
(relating to invested sinking funds);

     (e) Amounts invested in a reasonably required reserve or replacement fund
(as defined in Section 148(d) of the Code);

     (f) Securities or obligations pledged, directly or indirectly, as security
for payment of debt service on the Bonds by the Issuer, a governmental unit of
which the Issuer is a part, the Company, a person or entity that is related to
the Company, or any other substantial beneficiary of the proceeds of the Bonds;

     (g) Amounts received with respect to acquired purpose obligations as
defined in Section 1.148-8T (e) (10) of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations
promulgated under Section 148 of the Code;

     (h) Other amounts used to pay debt service on the Bonds; and

     (i) Other amounts received as a result of investing the amounts described
above with respect to the Bonds.

     "Guarantor" means any of B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated
Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo
Systems, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corp., and CRT, Inc., and any other
Person required to be a guarantor under the Guaranty.

     "Guaranty" means the Series G Guaranty Agreement dated as of January 2,
1992 among the Guarantors, the Purchaser and the Trustee, and any amendments or
supplements thereto.

     "Indebtedness" means, for any Person, (i) all indebtedness of such Person
for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property, (ii) all
direct or indirect guaranties of such Person in respect of and all obligations
or undertakings (contingent or otherwise) of such Person to purchase or
otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of,
indebtedness of any other Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
price of property and (iii) all other obligations, contingent or otherwise,
which in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied shall be classified upon the obligor's balance sheet as liabilities,
including liabilities secured by any lien on any property owned or acquired by
the obligor or a Subsidiary thereof, whether or not the liabilities secured
thereby shall have been assumed, capitalized


                                      I-6

<PAGE>


leases and all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations. For
purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness of a Person, the total amount
of Indebtedness of another Person as to which such Person is obligated described
in clause (ii) or (iii) above, or the total possible payments which such Person
may become obligated to make in respect of a contingent liability, shall be
considered Indebtedness of such Person.

     "Indemnified Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b).

     "Indenture" means the Series G Indenture of Trust dated as of January 2,
1992 between the Issuer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Bonds are
authorized to be issued, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

     "Initial Temporary Period" means the period described in Treasury
Regulation ss.1.103-14(b)(1).

     "Issuer" means the New Jersey Economic Development Authority, a public body
corporate and politic constituting an instrumentality of the State, exercising
governmental functions and any body, board, authority, agency or political
subdivision or other instrumentality of the State which shall hereafter succeed
to the powers, duties and functions thereof.

     "Issuer Representative" means such person or persons at the time designated
by the Issuer to act on its behalf.

     "Liens" means any mortgages, pledges, liens or other charges or
encumbrances of any kind (including the charge upon property purchased under
conditional sale or other title retention agreements) upon, or any security
interest in, any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible.

     "Loan" means the Series G loan in the aggregate principal amount of
$10,000,000 made by the Issuer, as lender, from the proceeds of the sale of the
Series G Bonds, to the Company, as borrower, to provide funds for the refunding
of the 1986 Series Bonds the proceeds of which were used to provide funds for
the refunding of the Series C Bonds, the proceeds of the Series C Bonds having
been used to finance a portion of Costs of the Project, all in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement.

     "Loan Documents" means any or all of this Agreement, the Indenture, the
Bond Purchase Agreement, the Mortgage, the Guaranty, the Assignment and all
documents, certificates and instruments executed in connection therewith.

     "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.


                                      I-7

<PAGE>


     "Mortgage" means the Series G Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of
January 2, 1992 from the Company to the Trustee under which the Company grants
to the Trustee a mortgage lien on and a security interest in the Project
Facility to secure payment of the Company's obligations contained in Section
4.2(a) hereof, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

     "Net Proceeds," when used with respect to any insurance proceeds or any
condemnation award, means the amount remaining after deducting all expenses
(including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred in the collection of such
proceeds or award from the gross proceeds thereof.

     "1954 Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as in effect on the
day prior to the effective date of the Code.

     "1986 Series Bonds" means one or more of the Economic Development Bonds
(Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project), 11.85% 1986 Series
of the Issuer in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 which were issued
on February 25, 1986, and are being refunded with the proceeds of the Series G
Bonds.

     "Nonpurpose Obligation" means any evidence of indebtedness that represents
a "nonpurpose investment" within the meaning of Section 1.148-8T(e)(9) of the
Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 148 of the Code.

     "Owner" means the person or persons in whose name or names a Bond shall be
registered on the books of the Issuer kept for that purpose in accordance with
the provisions of the Indenture.

     "Permitted Encumbrances" means, as of any particular time, (i) those items
shown in Exhibit C hereto, and (ii) any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the
Project Facility hereafter incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

     "Person" or "Persons" means any one or more individuals, corporations,
partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, unincorporated organizations, governmental
agencies or political subdivisions.

     "Plans" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(h) hereof.

     "Prime Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the rate
published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time as the prime lending
rate; any change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is
published in the Wall Street Journal.


                                      I-8

<PAGE>


     "Private Activity Bond" means a private activity bond as defined in Section
141 of the Code.

     "Project" means the acquisition and filling of approximately 18.6 acres of
tidewater property (including the cost of off-site mitigation required by
environmental permits), the renovation of an existing building of approximately
36,500 square feet into a refrigerated warehouse and certain additional building
renovations, the performance of certain site improvements, including the
renovation of a collapsed pier, the construction of two marginal piers and
certain paving, grading and filling costs, and the purchase and installation of
machinery and equipment, including container cranes, bulldozers, forklift trucks
and other peripheral equipment for use in the loading and unloading of ocean-
going vessels, all part of a public port facility and property functionally
related and subordinate thereto, all to be located in the Project Municipality.

     "Project Facility" means the marine terminal complex, consisting of land
and improvements existing or to be constructed thereon, and all fixtures and
other personalty affixed thereto, which is or will be owned by the Company and
located in the Project Municipality, the location of which is more fully
described in Exhibit A annexed hereto, including any additions, substitutions
and replacements which have been or will be acquired and constructed thereon.

     "Project Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and
created pursuant to Section 5.05 of the Indenture.

     "Project Municipality" means the City of Gloucester City, County of Camden,
New Jersey.

     "Purchaser" means, with respect to the Series G Bonds, Fidelity Aggressive
Tax Free Portfolio and Fidelity Spartan Municipal Income Portfolio, and, with
respect to the Series H Bonds, Fidelity Spartan New Jersey Municipal High Yield
Fund, and their respective successors and assigns.

     "Rebate Fund" means the fund so designated which is established pursuant to
Section 5.12 of the Indenture.

     "Rebate Requirement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(b) of
the Indenture.

     "Related Party" means the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate, any Person
controlling the Company or Affiliate and any director or employee of the
Company, any Subsidiary, or any Affiliate.

     "Related Person" means a related person within the meaning of Section
103(b)(6)(C) of the 1954 Code.


                                      I-9

<PAGE>


     "Requisition" means a written request for a disbursement from the Project
Fund or the separate trust fund described in Section 6.2 hereof, as the case may
be, signed by a Company Representative, substantially in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit B and satisfactorily completed as contemplated by said form.

     "Restricted Payment" means:

          (i) The declaration of any dividend on, or the incurrence of any
     liability to make any other payment or distribution in respect of, any
     shares of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than one
     payable solely in its common shares);

          (ii) Any payment or distribution on an account of the purchase,
     redemption or other retirement of any shares of the Company, its
     Subsidiaries or Affiliates or of any warrant, option or other right to
     acquire such shares, or any other payment or distribution made in respect
     thereof, either directly or indirectly, except any payment or distribution
     on account of (A) the principal of and prepayment charge, if any, on
     convertible debt, or (B) the purchase, redemption or other retirement of
     shares of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in exchange for, or
     out of the net cash proceeds received by the Company, its Subsidiaries or
     Affiliates from a substantially concurrent sale of, other shares of the
     Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; and

          (iii) Any payment or distribution on account of the principal and
     prepayment charge, if any, with respect to subordinated debt of the
     Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates other than mandatory sinking fund
     or other retirement payments required by the terms thereof, and other than
     any working capital line of credit secured by a mortgage.

     The amount of Restricted Payment in property shall be deemed to be the
greater of its fair market value (as determined by an independent recognized
appraiser) or its net book value.

     "Security Ratio" means at any time the value of the property subject to the
lien of the Mortgage, as such value is determined by an appraisal required by
Section 2.4(k) hereof, divided by the sum of (i) the amount (including interest
which has accrued and is being deferred) of Senior Indebtedness, plus (ii) the
amount of the Bonds outstanding, plus (iii) the amount (including interest which
has accrued and is being deferred) of the Indebtedness outstanding to the City
of Gloucester secured by the mortgages described in Exhibit C hereto.

     "Senior Indebtedness" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(k)
hereof.


                                      I-10

<PAGE>


     "Series F Bonds" means one or more of the Variable/Fixed Rate Economic
Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project),
Series F, of the Issuer in the aggregate principal amount of $9,000,000 which
were issued on December 24, 1987, were used to provide funds for the financing
of a portion of the Costs of the Project, and are being refunded with the
proceeds of the Series H Bonds.

     "Series H Agreement" means the Series H Loan Agreement, dated as of January
2, 1992, between the Issuer and the Company, as the same may be amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

     "Series H Assignment" means the Series H Assignment dated the Closing Date
by and between the Issuer, as Assignor, and the Trustee, as Assignee, assigning,
subject to such reservations as are contained therein, all of the Issuer's
right, title and interest in and to the Series H Agreement and the other Series
H Loan Documents, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time
to time.

     "Series H Bond" or "Series H Bonds" means one or more of the Economic
Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project),
Series H Refunding (AMT) of the Issuer in the aggregate principal amount of
$9,000,000 authorized to be issued pursuant to the Bond Resolution, delivered
under and pursuant to the Bond Resolution and the Series H Indenture and any
bonds issued in lieu of or in substitution therefor.

     "Series H Guaranty" means the Series H Guaranty Agreement, dated as of
January 2, 1992, among the Guarantors, the Purchaser and the Trustee, and any
amendments or supplements thereto.

     "Series H Indenture" means the Series H Indenture of Trust dated as of
January 2, 1992 between the Issuer and Trustee, pursuant to which the Series H
Bonds are authorized to be issued, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

     "Series H Loan" means the Series H Loan in the aggregate principal amount
of $9,000,000 made by the Issuer, as lender, from the proceeds of the sale of
the Series H Bonds, to the Company, as borrower, to provide funds for the
refunding of the Series F Bonds which were used to finance a portion of the
Costs of the Project, all in accordance with the terms of the Series H
Agreement.

     "Series H Loan Documents" means any or all of the Series H Agreement, the
Series H Indenture, the Bond Purchase Agreement, the Series H Mortgage, the
Series H Guaranty, the Series H Assignment and all documents, certificates and
instruments executed in connection therewith.


                                      I-11

<PAGE>


     "Series H Mortgage" means the Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of
January 2, 1992 from the Company to the Trustee under which the Company grants
to the Trustee a mortgage lien on and a security interest in the Project
Facility to secure payment of the Company's obligations contained in Section
4.2(a) of the Series H Agreement, and any amendments and supplements thereto.


     "S & P" means Standard & Poor's Corporation.

     "State" means the State of New Jersey.

     "Subsidiary" means any entity of which at least a majority of the
outstanding stock having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a
majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether
or not at the time stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall
have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingencies)
is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Company or one
or more of its subsidiaries.

     "Substantial User" means a substantial user within the meaning of Section
103 (b) (13) of the 1954 Code or Section 147 (a) of the Code.

     "Taxes" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 hereof.

     "Term of Agreement" means the term of this Agreement as specified in
Section 11.1 hereof.

     "Trustee" means Mellon Bank, N.A., a national banking association, and its
successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation or
merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor trustee at
the time serving as successor trustee under the Indenture.

     "Principal Office" of the Trustee means the address specified in Section
12.04 of the Indenture or such other address as may be designated in writing to
the Issuer and the Company.

     "Uniform Commercial Code" means the Uniform Commercial Code, Title 12A of
the New Jersey Statutes, as enacted and in force and effect in the State.

     "Yield" means that yield which is computed pursuant to Treasury Regulation
ss.1.103-13 (c) except that the yield on the Bonds shall be determined on the
basis of the "issue price." For this purpose, "issue price" shall have the same
meaning given it by Sections 1273(b) and 1274 of the Code.

     Section 1.2. Interpretation and Construction. In this Loan Agreement,
unless the context otherwise requires:


                                      I-12

<PAGE>


        (1) Articles and Sections mentioned by number only are the respective
Articles and Sections of this Loan Agreement so numbered as originally executed;

        (2) Words importing a particular gender mean and include every other
gender, and words importing the singular number mean and include the plural
number and vice versa;

        (3) Words importing persons mean and include firms, associations,
partnerships (including limited partnerships), societies, trusts, public or
private corporations or other legal entities, including public or governmental
bodies, as well as natural persons;

        (4) Any headings preceding the texts of the several Articles and
Sections of this Loan Agreement, and any table of contents or marginal notes
appended to copies hereof, shall be solely for convenience of reference and
shall not constitute a part of this Loan Agreement, nor shall they affect its
meaning, construction or effect;

        (5) If any clause, provision or section of this Loan Agreement or the
application thereof to any circumstance shall be ruled invalid or unenforceable
by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable any of the remaining provisions hereof or the application
of such clause, provision or section to circumstances other than those as to
which it is held invalid or unenforceable.

        (6) References herein to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Company and the
Purchaser shall include their respective successors and assigns.


                               [END OF ARTICLE I]


                                      I-13


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                   REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES


     Section 2.1. Representations and Covenants of the Issuer. (a) The Issuer
represents and covenants that:

     (1) The Issuer is a public body corporate and politic constituting an
instrumentality of the State duly organized and existing under the laws of the
State. Under the provisions of the Act, the issuer is authorized to enter into
the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement and the Indenture and to
carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The Issuer has been duly
authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Indenture.

     (2) The Issuer covenants that it will not pledge the amounts derived from
this Loan Agreement other than as contemplated by the Indenture.

     (b) All covenants, stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations of
the Issuer set forth herein shall be deemed to be the covenants, stipulations,
promises, agreements and obligations of the Issuer and not of any member,
officer or employee of the Issuer in his or her individual capacity, and no
recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal or redemption price of or
interest on the Bonds or for any claim based thereon or hereunder against any
member, officer or employee of the Issuer or any person executing the Bonds.

     Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
represents and warrants that:

     (a) Corporate Status. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates is a duly organized and validly existing corporation in good
standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation. The Company and each
of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates are duly qualified or licensed as foreign
corporations in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the
respective businesses conducted makes such qualification or licensing necessary.
The Company has no Subsidiary or Affiliate other than as listed in the
definition of the term "Affiliate" set forth in Article I hereof.

     (b) Corporate Power and Authority. The Company has the corporate power and
authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which
it is engaged or presently proposes to engage. The Company is not in violation
of any provision of its Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. The Company
and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates has the corporate power and
authority to execute, deliver, perform its obligations under, and


                                      II-1

<PAGE>


consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to which each is a party; and has taken all necessary corporate action
(including, without limitation, any consent of stockholders required by law or
by its charter or by-laws) to authorized the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which each is a party. This
Agreement and the Loan Documents to which the Company and its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates are parties each constitutes the legal, valid, and binding
obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, as applicable,
enforceable in accordance with their terms subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, or other similar laws relating to creditors' rights generally.

     (c) No Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or
investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or
affecting the Company, its officers, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any of
their respective properties, by or before any court, arbitrator or governmental,
administrative, or public body or agency, nor to the best knowledge of the
Company is there any basis therefor, which might result in any material adverse
change in the operations, business, property, or assets or in the condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates or
which involves the possibility of materially adversely affecting the ability of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to comply with this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates is a party, or which would adversely affect, in any
way, the validity or enforceability of the Bonds, this Agreement, any of the
Loan Documents to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is
a party, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party, used or
contemplated for use in the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby. The Company is not, nor to the knowledge of the Company are any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates, in default in any material respect with respect to
any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, rule or regulation of any
governmental instrumentality or agency.

     (d) No Violation. (i) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement
or the Loan Documents, nor the consummation of any of the transactions herein or
therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and
provisions hereof or thereof, will contravene any provision of any law, statute,
rule or regulation to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates
is subject or any judgment, decree, license, order, or permit applicable to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or will conflict or be
inconsistent with, or will result in any breach of, any of the terms, covenants,
conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the
creation or imposition of any Lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance
whatsoever upon any of the property or assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries
or Affiliates pursuant to



                                      II-2


<PAGE>

the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement, or other
instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is a
party or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of them may be
subject, or violate any provision of the charter or by-laws of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

     (ii) Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries is a
party to any contract or agreement or subject to any charter or other corporate
restriction which materially and adversely affects its business, property,
assets or financial condition. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or
Affiliate is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in, any
instrument evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary or
Affiliate, any agreement relating thereto, or any other contract or agreement
(including its charter) which restricts or otherwise limits the incurring of the
Indebtedness to be represented by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

     (e) Governmental Approval. No consent or approval of, or filing with, or
exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority is required to
authorize, or is required in connection with the execution, delivery, and
performance of, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or of any of
the instruments or agreements herein or therein referred to, or the taking of
any action hereby or thereby contemplated. The Company and its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates and the Project Facility are in compliance in all material respects
with all applicable requirements of all federal, state, regional and local laws
and with rules and regulations of federal, state, regional and local
governmental and regulatory bodies. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company
and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and the Project and Project Facility are in
compliance with all applicable environmental laws, including without limitation
the permits, licenses and approvals issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
pursuant to the Federal Clean Water Act and the Federal River and Harbors Act
and by the New Jersey Department of Environmental Affairs for waterfront
development, stream encroachment and the grant of riparian rights.

     (f) Margin Regulations. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates is engaged principally in, or as one of its important activities is
involved in, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying any Margin Stock (as defined in 12 C.F.R. 221.3(v) or in any successor
provision thereto). The proceeds of the loans made pursuant to the Loan
Agreement will not be used in violation of Regulation U of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect or any
successor thereto.

     (g) Financial Condition. The combined comparative balance sheet of the
Company, its Subsidiaries, and its combined

                                      II-3

<PAGE>

Affiliates as at December 31, 1990, and the combined comparative statements of
income, changes in financial position and retained earnings of the Company, its
Subsidiaries, and its Affiliates for the fiscal year ending on said date, all
certified by Fishbein & Co., and the unaudited combined balance sheet of the
Company, its Subsidiaries and its combined Affiliates as at September 30, 1991,
and the combined comparative financial statements of income, changes in
financial position and retained earnings of the Company, its Subsidiaries and
its Affiliates for the nine months ending on such date, all of which have
heretofore been furnished to the Purchaser, fairly reflect the combined
comparative financial condition of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its
Affiliates at the respective dates thereof, and the results of the operations of
the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its Affiliates for the periods covered
thereby. The financial statements included in the Application or otherwise
supplied to the Issuer or the Purchaser (including any related schedules or
notes) are true and correct in all material respects (subject, as to interim
statements, to changes resulting from audits and year-end adjustments) and have
been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved and show all
liabilities, direct and contingent, of the Company and its consolidated
Subsidiaries and Affiliates required to be shown in accordance with such
principles. Since September 30, 1991 there has been no material adverse change
in the combined financial condition of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its
Affiliates from that shown by the balance sheet as at that date.

     (h) Compliance with ERISA. The pension or other employee benefit plans
which are established or maintained by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates (the "Plans") are in substantial compliance with ERISA; no Plan
is insolvent or in reorganization; no plan has an accumulated or waived funding
deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code; neither the Company
nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor any ERISA Affiliate, has incurred
any material liability (including any material contingent liability) to or on
account of a Plan pursuant to Section 4062, 4063, 4064, 4201, or 4204 of ERISA
or expects to incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections on account
of the termination of participation in or contributions to any such Plan; no
proceedings have been instituted to terminate any Plan; no condition exists
which presents a material risk to the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Affiliate,
respectively, of incurring a liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to
any of the foregoing Sections of ERISA; and no lien imposed under the Code or
ERISA on the assets of the Company or any Affiliate or Subsidiary exists or is
likely to arise on account of any Plan.

     (i) Title to Property. To the best of the Company's knowledge, the Company
and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates have good and marketable title to all their
respective properties and assets (i) reflected on the latest combined balance
sheet referred

                                      II-4

<PAGE>

to in Section 2.2(g) and (ii) comprising the Project Facility (as defined in the
Indenture) and the property subject to the Mortgage, and all such properties and
assets are free and clear of Liens, except (A) Liens disclosed on such balance
sheet, (B) materialmen's and mechanic's Liens which do not materially detract
from the value or interfere with the present or anticipated business use of the
properties subject thereto, (C) those Permitted Encumbrances described on
Exhibit C annexed hereto. To the best of the Company's knowledge, upon execution
and delivery of this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby and upon
any filings or recordings made in connection therewith, the Mortgage will be a
valid lien on the Project Facility subject and subordinate only to such
imperfections of title or encumbrances as are shown on Exhibit C.

     (j) Tax Returns. All tax returns and tax reports of the Company and each of
its former and present Subsidiaries and Affiliates required by law to be filed
have been duly filed, and all taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges
or levies (other than those presently payable without penalty and those
currently being contested in good faith for which adequate reserves have been
established) upon the Company or any of its former or present Subsidiaries and
Affiliates (or any of their properties) which are due and payable have been paid
in full. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its
affiliates in respect of federal income tax for all periods are adequate in the
opinion of the Company.


     (k) Disclosure. There is no fact known to the Company which materially
adversely affects or in the future may (so far as the Company can now foresee)
materially adversely affect the business, property, assets, or financial
condition of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates which has not
been set forth in the Loan Documents.

     (l) The Project. The Project is included within the definition of a
"project" in the Act and the Company will operate or cause the Project Facility
to be operated as a "project" under the Act.

     (m) [Intentionally Omitted]

     (n) Compliance with Laws. The Company will cause the Project and the
Project Facility to be operated in accordance with the laws, rulings,
regulations, and ordinances of federal and state governmental bodies and the
departments, agencies and political subdivisions thereof. The Company has
obtained or caused to be obtained all requisite approvals or permits or licenses
of the State and of other federal, state, regional and local governmental bodies
for the acquisition, construction, improving, and equipping of the Project and
the operation of the Project Facility, and will

                                      II-5


<PAGE>


obtain or cause to be obtained any such approvals, permits or licenses as may
be required in the future from time to time.

     (o) Information in Application Accurate. All information and data contained
in the Application relating to the Company were true, correct, and complete in
all material respects as of the date thereof. Aside from financial information
relating to the Company, which information has not been updated since the date
of submission of the Application, no information has been omitted therefrom
which would make the Application misleading in any untrue material respect, and
the Application does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and
does not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained therein not misleading or incomplete.

     (p) Inducement. The availability of financial assistance from the Issuer as
provided for herein was an important inducement to the Company to undertake the
Project and to locate the Project in the State.

     (q) No Untrue Statements. The representations, statements, and warranties
of the Company set forth in the Application, this Agreement, or any other Loan
Document (1) are true, correct, and complete in all material respects, (2) do
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact, and (3) do not omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein
or therein not misleading or incomplete. The Company understands that all such
statements, representations, and warranties have been relied upon as an
inducement by the Issuer to make the Loan and the Purchaser to purchase the
Bonds.

     (r) Brokerage Commissions. No Person is entitled to receive from the
Company or any other Person any brokerage commission, finder's fee, or similar
fee or payment in connection with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

     (s) Commencement of Project. Except as otherwise disclosed in the
Application, the Project commenced subsequent to May 24, 1983, the date upon
which the Authority adopted a resolution preliminarily approving the Project,
and prior to such date neither the Company nor any Related Person commenced or
caused to be commenced any off-site production or entered into an agreement
binding the Company or any Related Person to proceed with the Project.

     (t) Prevailing Wages and Affirmative Action. The Company is fully familiar
with the Issuer's Prevailing Wage Regulations and Affirmative Action Program and
has submitted to the Issuer all reports and certificates required to date
pursuant to the Prevailing Wage Regulations and Affirmative Action Program.


                                      II-6

<PAGE>


     Section 2.3. Tax-Exempt Status of the Bonds. The Company hereby represents,
covenants and warrants that:

     (a) The Project did not reach a degree of completion which permitted
operation at substantially the level for which it was designed, and the Project
was not, in fact, operated at substantially the level for which it was designed
(determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 103(b) of the 1954 Code
and Treas. Reg. ss.1.103-8(a)(5)) more than one year prior to the date of
issuance of the Series F Bonds.

     (b) No Person who was a Substantial User of the Project at any time during
the five year period immediately preceding the date hereof, and who will
receive, directly or indirectly, proceeds of the Bonds in an amount equal to 5%
or more of the face amount of the Bonds, in payment for his interest in the
Project, will be a Substantial User of the Project at any time during the five
year period beginning on the Date of Issue of the Bonds.

     (c) (i) The entire proceeds from the sale of the Bonds will be used to
refund the 1986 Series Bonds on the Date of Issue, all of the proceeds of which
were used to refund the Series C Bonds. At least 90% of the proceeds from the
sale of the Series C Bonds and investment earnings thereon were expended for
Costs of the Project relating to the acquisition or construction after May 23,
1983 of docks or wharves which are part of a public port facility (i.e., a port
facility which is available for use by members of the general public or for use
by common carriers or charter carriers which serve members of the general
public) or to acquire or construct lands, buildings or other property which are
functionally related and subordinate to such facility within the meaning of
Section 103(b)(4)(D) of the 1954 Code.

     (ii) The entire proceeds from the sale of the Series H Bonds will be used
to refund the Series F Bonds, at least 95% of the proceeds from the sale of
which, and investment earnings thereon, were expended for Costs of the Project
relating to the acquisition or construction after May 23, 1983 of docks or
wharves which are part of a public port facility (i.e., a port facility which is
available for use by members of the general public or for use by common carriers
or charter carriers which serve members of the general public) or to acquire or
construct lands, buildings or other property which are functionally related and
subordinate to such facility within the meaning of Section 103(b)(4)(D) of the
1954 Code. Of the remaining 5% of such proceeds, not more than 2% of the
proceeds from the sale of the Series F Bonds were used to finance issuance costs
with respect to the Series F Bonds.

     (iii) No portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Series C Bonds, the
1986 Series Bonds or the Series F Bonds was used to provide a facility the
primary purpose of which is retail food and beverage services, automobile sales
or service, or the

                                      II-7

<PAGE>


provision of recreation or entertainment, and no portion of the proceeds of the
Series C Bonds, the 1986 Series Bonds or the Series F Bonds was used to provide
any private or commercial golf course, country club, massage parlor, tennis
club, skating facility (including rollerskating, skateboard and ice skating),
racquet sports facility (including any handball or racquetball court), hot tub
facility, suntan facility, racetrack, airplane, skybox or other private luxury
box, health club facility, facility primarily used for gambling or store the
principal business of which is the sale of alcoholic beverages for consumption
off premises. Less than 25% of the proceeds of the Series C Bonds, the 1986
Series Bonds and the Series F Bonds was used for the acquisition of land (or any
interest therein) to be used for nonfarming purposes.

     (iv) None of the proceeds of the Series C Bonds, the 1986 Series Bonds or
the Series F Bonds were used for the acquisition of any property (or an interest
therein) unless the first use of such property was pursuant to such acquisition.

     (d) The average weighted maturity of the Bonds and of the Series H Bonds
will not exceed 120% of the useful lives of the assets comprising the Project
(all determined pursuant to the Code and the rulings promulgated thereunder),
and the Company shall deliver a letter of its accountants to that effect on the
Closing Date.

     (e) The Bonds and the Series H Bonds are not and shall not become directly
or indirectly federally guaranteed. Bonds will be considered to be "federally
guaranteed" if the payment of principal or interest with respect to such bonds
is guaranteed (in whole or in part) by the United States (or any agency or
instrumentality thereof) or 5% or more of the proceeds of the bonds are used in
making loans or the payment of principal or interest with respect to which are
guaranteed or invested (directly or indirectly) in federally insured deposits or
accounts.

     (f) The information contained in Internal Revenue Form 8038 prepared in
connection with the issuance of the Bonds is true, accurate and complete. The
Company acknowledges that Form 8038 was prepared by Wolff & Samson from
information provided by the Company or its accountants, and that the Company or
its accountants are responsible for the accuracy of Form 8038. The Company will
hold harmless the Issuer, the Trustee, the Purchaser and Bond Counsel, against
any and all consequences of any inaccuracy, omission or misrepresentation in
Form 8038.

     (g) Promptly after the Company first becomes aware of any Determination of
Taxability (as defined in the Indenture), the Company shall give written notice
thereof to the Issuer and the Trustee.

                                      II-8

<PAGE>


     Section 2.4. Covenants of the Company. The Company agrees that, so long as
any of the Bonds are outstanding or any amounts are due under this Agreement or
under any of the Loan Documents, it shall comply and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates to comply with the following provisions:

     (a) Compliance with Agreement. The Company shall observe and perform all of
its obligations under this Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it is a
party. The Company shall fully and faithfully perform all the duties and
obligations which the Issuer has covenanted and agreed in the Indenture to cause
the Company to perform and any duties and obligations which the Company is
required in the Indenture to perform.

     (b) Notice of Default, Litigation, Etc. (i) The Company shall furnish to
the Trustee as soon as possible and in any event within five (5) Business Days
after the discovery by any executive officer of the Company of any Default, a
certificate setting forth the details of such Default, and the action which the
Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

     (ii) The Company shall give prompt notice to the Trustee of any litigation
or governmental proceeding pending, involving or, to its knowledge, threatened
against the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate which (A) involves an
uninsured claim or the uninsured portion or deductible of an insured claim which
is over $500,000 or (B) if adversely determined, would have a material adverse
effect on the business or financial condition of the Company, any Subsidiary, or
any Affiliate.

     (c) Corporate Existence. The Company covenants that it shall maintain its
corporate existence in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to maintain
its corporate existence in good standing under the laws of its respective
jurisdiction of incorporation, and shall maintain, in each jurisdiction where
material to the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates or the maintenance of the Collateral, its and each of their right to
transact business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its or their
business or the character of the properties which it or they own or lease
requires qualification as a foreign corporation and where failure to so qualify
would permanently preclude the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates,
as the case may be, from enforcing it rights with respect to its assets. No
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be incorporated in any jurisdiction if in the
opinion of the Trustee the laws of such jurisdiction would restrict or otherwise
adversely affect the ability of such Subsidiary or Affiliate to perform its
obligations under the Guaranty. The Company and each Subsidiary and Affiliate
will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations, and requirements of governmental authorities, except where
the necessity of


                                      II-9

<PAGE>


compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
the effect of non-compliance during such contest will not have a material
adverse effect upon the business, properties, or condition, financial or
otherwise, of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or result in the
imposition of any Lien on the properties of any of them (unless the enforcement
of any such Lien has been and continues to be effectively stayed). The Company
will and will cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to preserve and keep in full
force and effect all rights, licenses, registrations, and franchises necessary
(i) to the proper conduct of their business or affairs and (ii) to continue to
operate their business as presently operated.


         (d) Acquisition. Merger or Consolidation; Sale of Substantially All
Assets. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall sell, lease,
assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any assets from and after the date
hereof (i) for less than fair value or (ii) if the total of the net book value
of all assets sold, leased, or otherwise assigned or disposed of from and after
the date hereof exceeds 25% of total combined assets of the Company and all of
its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, as the case may be. The Company shall not
permit in any event any such event to occur unless the Company has complied with
the provisions of Section 8.1. In addition, in the event of any sale of any
property subject to the lien of the Mortgage or any part thereof, the Company
shall make or set aside in trust for prepayments or payments of Senior
Indebtedness, or if no such Indebtedness is outstanding, the Bonds and any
Indebtedness on a parity with the Bonds incurred in compliance with Section
2.4(h) of this Agreement, in an amount equal to the greater of (x) the sales
price of such Property sold or (y) 60% of the appraised fair market value
thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the company nor any Subsidiary
or Affiliate shall sell, lease, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any asset
if, after giving effect to such sale, lease, or other transfer or disposition,
there shall exist any Default.

         Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall merge or
consolidate with or into or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of
any other Person, provided that the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may
merge or consolidate with or into or acquire all or substantially all of such
assets of another corporation (i) if the acquiring corporation is the Company or
a corporation duly organized in good standing under the laws of a State of
the United States, (ii) if each of the representations and warranties set forth
in paragraphs (a) through (f), inclusive, (h), (i), (j), and (n) of Section
2.2 of this Agreement remains true and correct immediately after giving effect
to such merger, consolidation or asset acquisition, (iii) if the surviving
corporation is not the Company, the surviving corporation expressly assumes all
of the covenants and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement and
each of the Loan Documents and otherwise


                                      II-10

<PAGE>


in respect of the Bonds, (iv) the Company or the surviving corporation could
immediately after giving effect to the transaction, incur at least $1.00 of
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.4(h) hereof, (v) if the surviving corporation
has rated debt securities, such debt securities are rated by a nationally
recognized credit rating agency and such rating is investment grade or better
(e.g., if by S & P, "BBB" or better and if by Moody's, "Baa" or better), and
(vi) the Trustee shall have received an opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect
that such merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets will not adversely
affect the exemption of interest on the Series G Bonds from federal income
taxation, a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer stating that none of the
covenants contained in this Agreement will be violated as a result of such
merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets, and such other agreements,
certificates, opinions, and documents as the Trustee shall have reasonably
requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such transaction must comply in
all respects with the conditions of Section 8.1. The Company agrees to notify
the Purchaser of its intent to merge, consolidate or acquire assets pursuant to
this paragraph at least 10 days prior to entering into any binding agreements
with respect to such acquisition.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right at any
time and from time to time to (i) merge or consolidate any Subsidiary or
Affiliate with or into it (provided the Company is the surviving corporation) or
with or into any other Subsidiary or Affiliate, or (ii) acquire substantially
all of the assets, or cause any other Subsidiary or Affiliate to acquire
substantially all of the assets, of any Subsidiary or Affiliate (other than the
Company), without regard to the provisions of the immediately preceding
paragraph of this Section 2.4(d), but subject to the provisions of Section 8.1.

         (e) Financial Statements; Inspections. (i) The Company shall deliver to
the Trustee and the Purchaser (A) as soon as available but in any event within
120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year a combined and combining
comparative statement of income, reconciliation of capital accounts and related
balance sheets for the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Affiliates for such
year prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied and in reasonable detail (such combined statements to be
audited and certified by an accounting firm acceptable to the Trustee with an
unqualified opinion and such combining statements to be unaudited and certified
by the Chief Financial Officer, whose certificate shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee), (B) as soon as available but in any event within 60 days after the end
of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year, a combined
comparative statement of income, reconciliation of capital accounts, and related
balance sheet for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then
fiscal year to the end of such quarter, prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied


                                     II-11

<PAGE>


(subject to year-end adjustments) and in reasonable detail (all of which shall
be unaudited and certified by the Chief Financial Officer, whose certificate
shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) for the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its
Affiliates, (C) upon request, copies of all such regular or periodic reports,
which are available for public inspection, which the Company may be required to
file with any federal or state department, bureau, commission, or agency, (D)
such other financial data as the Trustee or the Purchaser may reasonably request
and which is reasonably available to the Company, and (E) copies of any
statements, notices, certificates, and other information required to be
furnished to the Issuer under this Agreement, including without limitation
Section 7.9 hereof, on the date such information is required to be so
furnished. In addition, the Company shall deliver within 90 days after the end
of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year combining
statements for any such reporting period during which the Company's investment
in any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall account for 15% or more of Combined
Tangible Net Worth or 15% or more of combined sales and revenues, such combining
statements to be unaudited and certified by the Chief Financial Officer, whose
certificate shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and the Purchaser. All
financial statements specified in clauses (A) and (B) above shall be furnished
in combined comparative form for the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its
Affiliates with comparative figures for the corresponding period in the
preceding year, and shall be accompanied by a certificate signed by the Chief
Financial Officer, with appropriate documentation substantiating all financial
calculations, stating that there exists no Default or, if any such Default
exists, stating the nature thereof and what action the Company proposes to take
with respect thereto.

         (ii) The Company shall permit, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates to permit, any Person designated by the Issuer, the Trustee or
the Purchaser, at their own expense, to visit and inspect the properties of the
Company and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to examine the books and
records, including financial records of the Company, its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates, and make copies or extracts thereof, and to discuss the affairs,
finances, and accounts of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, with its
and their officers, at such reasonable times as the Issuer or the Trustee may
reasonably request.

         (f) Restricted Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall make any Restricted Payment or set aside any
funds therefor unless, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate of such
Restricted Payments for all such purposes subsequent to the Closing Date would
not exceed the sum (as in effect from time to time, hereinafter referred to as
the "Distribution Fund") of (i) 50% of the Company's Cumulative Combined Net
Income subsequent to December 31, 1991 so long as the Company's Combined
Tangible Net Worth is greater than $31,051,000, (ii) the aggregate of the net
cash proceeds received by the Company


                                     II-12

<PAGE>


from any issuance or sale of capital shares of the Company subsequent to the
Closing Date, and (iii) the aggregate of the net cash proceeds received by the
Company from, any issuance of any Indebtedness of the Company which has been
converted into capital shares of the Company subsequent to the Closing Date,
which amount shall be added to the Distribution Fund only after such conversion.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may acquire its own capital shares
for an aggregate amount from and after the Closing date equal to the greater of
(x) the sum of (i) 25% of the Cumulative Combined Net Income of the Company
subsequent to December 31, 1991, plus (ii) $500,000, or (y) the amount then
available under the Distribution Fund, which amount shall be charged to the
Distribution Fund. No Restricted Payment may be made in other than cash or
securities which are actively traded on a nationally recognized public market
and have a readily ascertainable market value (which value shall be the amount
of such Restricted Payment), unless the Company shall have received a report
from an independent recognized appraiser as to the fair value of the property to
be distributed or transferred, in which case the amount of such Restricted
Payment shall be deemed to be the greater of its fair value (as determined by
such appraiser) or its net book value on the books of the Company.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall make any Restricted Payment if at
the time or after giving effect thereto, there shall exist any Default.

         (g) Maintenance of Combined Tangible Net Worth. The Company shall at
all times maintain a Combined Tangible Net Worth of (i) not less than
$31,051,000, plus 50% of the Company's Aggregate Combined Net Income at the end
of each fiscal year subsequent to the fiscal year ending December 31, 1991 and
(ii) not less than 25% of Combined Long Term Indebtedness but in no event less
than $31,051,000.

         (h) Limitation of Total Indebtedness. Neither the Company nor any of
its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall incur additional Indebtedness if, at the
time such Indebtedness is incurred and after giving effect thereto and to any
concurrent reduction of Indebtedness, Combined Indebtedness would exceed 400% of
Combined Tangible Net Worth.

         (i) Times Interest Earned. The ratio of (i) the Company's Combined Net
Income Before Interest and Taxes to (ii) the Company's Combined Interest Charges
calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter beginning December 31, 1991 for
the period including such quarter and the immediately prior three fiscal
quarters, combined, will be at least 1.35 for each of said periods.

         (j) Cash Flow. The Combined Cash Flow of the Company shall not be less
than $7,000,000 at the end of any Fiscal Year commencing January 1, 1991.


                                      II-13

<PAGE>


         (k) Limitation on Primary Debt. After the date hereof, neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall incur additional Indebtedness
having a Lien on the Project Facility or any part thereof senior to any lien
securing the Series G Bonds or the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary
or Affiliate under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, provided that
the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may incur such senior indebtedness in
an aggregate amount of up to $5,000,000 without regard to any limitation or
requirements otherwise stated under this Section 2.4(k), provided there shall
not exist any Default. After the date hereof, neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall incur additional Indebtedness having a Lien on the
Project Facility or any part thereof of equal priority with any lien securing
the Series G Bonds or the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents (all of such
Indebtedness, together with any indebtedness incurred pursuant to the preceding
sentence whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred being referred to as
"Senior Indebtedness") other than the Liens created by the Series H Loan
Documents if, at the time it is incurred and after giving effect thereto, (i)
the Security Ratio would be less than 2.2 to 1; provided that no additional
Senior Indebtedness (including interest which has accrued and is being deferred)
shall be incurred without providing to the Trustee and to the Purchaser an
appraisal performed not more than two years prior to such incurrence by an
independent appraiser of recognized standing of the value of the property
subject to the lien of the Mortgage; or (ii) if, at the time of or after giving
effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, there shall exist any Default.
Prior to the incurrence of any Senior Indebtedness by the Company or any
Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the
Purchaser a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer demonstrating in
reasonable detail compliance by the Company and such Subsidiary or Affiliate
with the provisions of this Section 2.4(k). In connection with the incurrence of
Senior Indebtedness meeting the requirements of this Section 2.4(k), the Trustee
shall execute and deliver a subordination of the Mortgage or a parity agreement
with respect to the Mortgage, provided that no such agreement shall amend or
modify any provisions of the Mortgage, but only the priority thereof.

         (l) Investments in Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Etc. Neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall purchase any capital stock or
other security issued by, make any loan, advance, or extension of credit to,
purchase any of the business or integral part of the business of, or otherwise
make any investment in, any Subsidiary, Affiliate, or any other Person if,
immediately before or after giving effect thereto, there shall exist any
Default.

         (m) Compliance with ERISA. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates shall meet all minimum funding


                                      II-14

<PAGE>


requirements applicable to any Plans which are subject to ERISA or to Section
412 of the Code and will at all times comply in all material respects with the
provisions of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code which are applicable to the
Plans. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate will permit any event
or condition to exist which would permit any of the Plans which is not a
multi-employer plan to be terminated under circumstances which would cause the
lien provided for in Section 4068 of ERISA to attach to the assets of the
Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate. Promptly after the occurrence of a
"reportable event", as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, or after the Company or
a Subsidiary or Affiliate receives notice that the Pension Benefit Guarantee
Corporation has instituted or intends to institute termination proceedings with
respect to any Plan, and prior to the termination of any Plan by the
administrator thereof, the Company shall notify the Trustee and provide such
documentation, data and other information with respect thereto as the Trustee
may reasonably request.

         (n) Transactions with Related Parties. Neither the company nor any
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall engage in or effect any transactions with any
Related Party (other than the Company) on a basis less favorable to the Company
or such Subsidiary or Affiliate, as the case may be, than would be the case if
such transaction had been effected with a Person which was not a Related Party.


                              [END OF ARTICLE II]


                                     II-15

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE III

                         ISSUANCE OF THE SERIES G BONDS

         Section 3.1. Agreement to Issue the Series G Bonds: Application of
Series G Bond Proceeds. In order to provide funds to finance a portion of the
Cost of the Project, the Issuer, concurrently with the execution of this
Agreement, will issue, sell, and deliver the Series G Bonds. The Issuer will
deposit the net proceeds of the Series G Bonds with the Trustee to be applied to
refund the 1986 Series Bonds.

         Section 3.2. Disbursements from the Project Fund. The Issuer has, in
the Indenture, authorized and directed the Trustee to disburse the Series G Bond
proceeds on the closing Date from the Series G Account within the Project Fund
to refund the 1986 Series Bonds. The Trustee shall not make any disbursement
from the Project fund until the Company shall have provided the Trustee with a
Requisition and the other documents required by Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

         Section 3.3 Furnishing documents to the Trustee. The Company agrees to
cause such Requisitions to be directed to the Trustee as may be necessary to
effect payments out of the Project fund in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof.

         Section 3.4. Special Arbitrage Certifications. The Issuer covenants not
to cause or direct any moneys on deposit in any fund or account to be used in a
manner which would cause the Bonds or the series H Bonds to be classified as
"arbitrage bonds" within the meaning of Section 148 of the Code, and the Company
certifies and covenants to and for the benefit of the Issuer and the Owners of
the Bonds that so long as there are any Bonds Outstanding, moneys on deposit in
any fund or account in connection with the transactions contemplated herein,
whether such moneys were derived from the proceeds of the sale of the Bonds or
from any other sources, will not be used in a manner which will cause the Bonds
or the Series H Bonds to be classified as "arbitrage bonds" within the meaning
of Section 148 of the Code.

                              [END OF ARTICLE III]

                                     III-1

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                LOAN PROVISIONS

         Section 4.1. Loan of Proceeds. The Issuer agrees, upon the terms and
conditions contained in this Agreement and the Indenture, to make a loan to the
Company in the principal amount of TEN MILLION DOLLARS ($10,000,000), equal to
the proceeds received by the Issuer from the sale of the Series G Bonds. Such
proceeds shall be disbursed to or on behalf of the Company as provided in
Section 3.3 hereof.

         Section 4.2. Amounts Payable.

         (a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees to repay the Loan, as
follows: on or before the Business Day preceding any interest payment date for
the Series G Bonds or any other date that any payment of interest, premium, if
any, or principal is required to be made in respect of the Series G Bonds
pursuant to the Indenture, until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on the Series G Bonds shall have been fully paid or provision for the payment
thereof shall have been made in accordance with the Indenture, in immediately
available funds, a sum which, together with any moneys available for such
payment in the Bond Fund, will enable the Trustee to pay the amount payable on
such date as principal of (whether at maturity or upon redemption or
acceleration or otherwise), premium, if any, and interest on the Series G Bonds
as provided in the Indenture.

         It is understood and agreed that all payments payable by the Company
under subsection (a) of this Section 4.2 are assigned by the Issuer to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Owners of the Bonds. The Company assents to such
assignment. The Issuer hereby directs the Company and the Company hereby agrees
to pay to the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee all payments
payable by the Company pursuant to this subsection. Payments by the Company to
the Trustee as aforesaid or as otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents shall be sufficient to discharge the obligation of the
Company with respect to the amounts so paid, and the Company shall not be liable
to the Issuer, the Owners or to any other party by reason of the failure of the
Trustee to remit such amounts to the Owners, or otherwise to apply such
amounts, as provided in the Indenture.

         (b) The Company will also pay the reasonable expenses of the Issuer
related to the issuance of the Series G Bonds, including the payment on the
Closing Date of a fee equal to $25,000. The Company shall also pay on the
Closing Date the fees and expenses of Bond Counsel, of counsel to the Purchaser
and of counsel to the Trustee with respect to the 1986 Series Bonds.


                                      IV-1

<PAGE>


         (c) The Company will also pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the
Trustee under the Indenture and all other amounts which may be payable to the
Trustee under Section 9.02 of the Indenture, such amounts to be paid directly to
the Trustee for the Trustee's own account as and when such amounts become due
and payable.

         (d) In the event the Company should fail to make any of the payments
required in this Section 4.2, the item or installment so in default shall
continue as an obligation of the Company until the amount in default shall have
been fully paid, and the Company agrees to pay the same with interest thereon,
to the extent permitted by law, from the date when such payment was due, at the
rate set forth in the Series G Bonds.

         Section 4.3. Obligations of Company Unconditional. The obligations of
the Company to make the payments required in Section 4.2 hereof and to perform
and observe the other agreements contained herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be subject to any defense or any right of setoff,
counterclaim or recoupment arising out of any breach by the Issuer or the
Trustee of any obligation to the Company, whether hereunder or otherwise, or out
of any indebtedness or liability at any time owing to the Company by the Issuer,
the Trustee or the Purchaser, and, until such time as the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the Series G Bonds shall have been fully paid or
provision for the payment thereof shall have been made in accordance with the
Indenture, the Company (i) will not suspend or discontinue any payments provided
for in Section 4.2 hereof, (ii) will perform and observe all other agreements
contained in this Agreement and (iii) except as provided in Article X hereof,
will not terminate the Term of Agreement for any cause, including, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the occurrence of any acts or
circumstances that may constitute failure of consideration, eviction or
constructive eviction, destruction of or damage to the Project Facility, the
taking by eminent domain of title to or temporary use of any or all of the
Project Facility, commercial frustration of purpose, any change in the tax or
other laws of the United States of America or of the State or any political
subdivision of either thereof or any failure of the Issuer or the Trustee to
observe any agreement, whether express or implied, or any duty, liability or
obligation arising out of or connected with this Agreement. Nothing contained in
this Section shall be construed to release the Issuer from the performance of
any of the agreements on its part herein contained, and in the event the Issuer
or the Trustee should fail to perform any such agreement on its part, the
Company may institute such action against the Issuer or the Trustee as the
Company may deem necessary to compel performance so long as such action does not
abrogate the obligations of the Company contained in the first sentence of this
Section.

                              [END OF ARTICLE IV]

                                      IV-2

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE V

                                  THE PROJECT

         Section 5.1. Disbursements from the Project Fund. (a) In the Indenture,
the Issuer has authorized and directed the Trustee to make disbursements from
the Project Fund as required by this Agreement. Disbursement of the entire
$10,000,000 of proceeds from the sale of the Series G Bonds shall be made from
the Series G Account to refund the 1986 Series Bonds, upon receipt by the
Trustee of a requisition signed by a Company Representative stating with respect
to such disbursement to be made: (1) that it is requisition no. 1; (2) that
payment is to be made to the Trustee of the 1986 Series Bonds; (3) that the
amount to be paid is $10,000,000; (4) that each obligation mentioned therein has
been properly incurred after May 24, 1983, is a proper charge, is unpaid or
unreimbursed, and has not been the basis of any previous disbursement; and (5)
that on the date thereof there has not occurred any act which, with the giving
of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default.

         (b) The Company further agrees that as a condition precedent to the
disbursement from the Project Fund on the Closing Date of the entire proceeds of
the Series G Bonds to be used to refund the 1986 Series Bonds, there shall be
furnished to the Trustee, in writing, unless waived by the Purchaser, the
following:

         (1) evidence of fee and mortgage title insurance, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Issuer, the Purchasers and the Trustee;

         (2) proof that the insurance required to be maintained pursuant to
Section 5.4 is in full force and effect and that all premiums have been paid;

         (3) proof of flood insurance as required in Section 5.4(c);

         (4) verification evidencing that all permits, consents, approvals and
agreements required by all governmental boards and bureaus have been secured and
remain in full force and effect;

         (5) such evidence as the Issuer, the Purchaser or the Trustee may
require to demonstrate exemption from or compliance with all applicable
building, zoning, health and safety laws, ordinances and regulations; and

         (6) such other additional documents, financing statements, affidavits
or certificates of the Company or any other person or entity as the Issuer, the
Purchaser or the Trustee may reasonably request.


                                      V-1

<PAGE>


         (c) The Company hereby agrees that it shall pay all costs incurred by
the Company or the Trustee in making such disbursement from the Project Fund. In
making any such disbursements from the Project Fund, the Trustee may rely on
such requisitions and other documents delivered to it and the Trustee shall be
relieved of all liability with respect to the making of such disbursements if
made in accordance with the foregoing.

         Section 5.2. Maintenance and Modification of the Project Facility by
the Company. (a) The Company shall operate and maintain the Project Facility in
accordance with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances, approvals, rules
and regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, zoning,
sanitary, pollution, environmental and safety ordinances, laws and rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder and in accordance with the terms of the
riparian grant from the State of New Jersey to the Company dated December 22,
1983 as recorded January 23, 1984, in Deed Book 3947, Page 279 in the Office of
the Camden County Register of Deeds.

         (b) The Company shall (1) maintain, preserve and keep the Project
Facility or cause the Project Facility to be maintained, preserved and kept in
good repair, working order and condition, (2) from time to time, make or cause
to be made all necessary and proper repairs, replacements and renewals thereto
and (3) from time to time, make such substitutions, additions, modifications and
improvements as may be necessary and as shall not impair the structural
integrity, operating efficiency and economic value of the Project Facility. Any
alterations, replacements, renewals or additions made pursuant to this Section
shall become and constitute a part of the Project Facility and shall be
performed in accordance with Section 5.2(a).

         (c) The Company shall operate or cause the Project to be operated as an
authorized project for a purpose and use as provided for under the Act until the
expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

         (d) The Company shall not relocate the Project or any part thereof out
of the State.

         (e) The Company shall not remove, relocate, discontinue the use of or
sell, fail to restore, or otherwise dispose of any part of the Project Facility
except as may be permitted pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof.

         (f) The Company shall cause to be performed a supplemental
environmental site assessment to supplement the Preliminary Environmental Site
Assessment performed by EEC Environmental Inc. dated January 27, 1992. Such
supplemental assessment shall be performed by an independent environmental
consultant reasonably accepted to the Purchaser and shall include


                                      V-2
<PAGE>


a review of currently available federal, state and local governmental and
regulatory information with respect to releases or threats of release of oil
or hazardous materials (as such terms are defined in applicable federal, state
and local laws and regulations) which may affect the Project Facility and with
respect to compliance of the Project Facility with regulations governing storage
of such oil or hazardous materials. In addition, such supplemental assessment
shall include subsurface investigation of the Project Facility, and related
testing of soil and groundwater, as deemed necessary in the reasonable judgment
of the environmental consultant to determine whether the Project Facility has
been affected by any release or threat of release of oil or hazardous materials.
Such supplemental assessment shall be completed reasonably promptly and, in any
event, within six months of the date of issuance of the Series G Bonds. In the
event such supplemental assessment determines that the Project Facility has been
affected by any such release or threat of release, the Company shall promptly
cause such actions to be taken as may be required by applicable federal, state
or local laws and regulations, including without limitation any giving of notice
or remedial action or response action, as the case may be. The Company shall
provide a copy of the supplemental assessment to the Purchaser promptly upon its
receipt by the Company, and shall give prompt notice to the Purchaser of all
actions to be taken by the Company in response to such supplemental assessment
and the estimated costs thereof.

         Section 5.3. Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges. (a)
The Company covenants that it and each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates shall
duly and punctually pay all taxes, assessments (including deficiency
assessments), and governmental charges or levies of any kind whatsoever
("Taxes") imposed on it or on its respective income or profits or on any of its
respective properties or assets, including, without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, any taxes levied upon the Project Facility which, if not paid,
will become a Lien or charge upon the Project Facility or upon any payment
pursuant to this Agreement, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto.
The Company shall also pay all utility, water and sewer rents, and other charges
incurred in connection with the Project Facility and all assessments and charges
lawfully made by any governmental body for public improvements that may be
secured by a Lien on the Project Facility.

         (b) The Company may, at its own expense and in its own name and in good
faith, contest any such taxes, assessments, and other charges, provided that
such contest shall not result in a lien being placed on the Project Facility or
any part thereof or result in the Project Facility being subject to loss or
forefeiture, and further provided that the Company gives notice in writing of
such contest to the Issuer and the Trustee. Nothing herein shall preclude the
Company, at its own expense and in its own name and behalf, from applying for
any tax exemption allowed by the federal 


                                      V-3

<PAGE>


government, the State, or any political subdivision which grants or may grant
such tax exemption.

         Section 5.4. Insurance Required. The Company shall obtain and maintain
insurance on the Project Facility and all parts thereof and operations conducted
therein and thereon in such manner and against such loss, damage and liability,
including liability to third parties, as is customary with property owners in
the same or similar business in the State. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing sentence, such insurance shall include, without limitation:

         (a) Public liability insurance insuring against any and all liability
or claims of liability arising out of, occasioned by, or resulting from any
accident or otherwise resulting in or about the Project Facility, in a minimum
amount of $5,000,000 for the death of or bodily injury to one person, $5,000,000
for the death of or bodily injury in any one accident or occurrence and
$5,000,000 for loss or damage to the property of any Person or Persons,
provided, however, that in the event the Company is unable at any time to obtain
such insurance in such amounts, the failure of the Company to obtain such
insurance shall not constitute a Default hereunder so long as its obtains such
insurance in such lesser amounts as is available;

         (b) Property damage and broad form fire and extended coverage insurance
with respect to the Project Facility and insurance insuring against such other
hazards, casualties and contingencies as the Issuer and the Purchaser may
require, which insurance shall provide coverage at replacement cost and with no
provisions for coinsurance penalties and shall be in an amount equal to,
initially, $25,000,000, and within 30 days after the Closing Date, the lesser of
(i) $40,000,000, or (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Loan
and all Senior Indebtedness; and

         (c) If the Project Facility is required to be insured pursuant to the
Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Act of
1968, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, flood insurance with respect
to the Project Facility in an amount not less than $10,000,000 or the maximum
limit of coverage available, whichever amount is less.

         Section 5.5. Additional Provisions Concerning Insurance. (a) Any
insurance required hereunder shall be written by insurance companies authorized
or licensed to do business in the State and shall be on such forms and written
by such companies as shall be approved by the Issuer and the Purchaser. Such
insurance coverage may be effected under overall blanket or excess coverage
policies of the Company provided that the Company shall not be deemed to be a
co-insurer thereunder. Each insurance policy maintained pursuant to this
Agreement shall contain a provision to the effect that such


                                      V-4

<PAGE>


policy shall not be cancelled or altered unless the Trustee is notified at least
fifteen (15) days prior to such cancellation or alteration. At least thirty (30)
days prior to the expiration of any such policy, the Company shall furnish
evidence satisfactory to the Trustee that such policy has been renewed or
replaced or is no longer required by this Agreement.

         (b) Each insurance policy maintained pursuant to this Agreement and
providing insurance against loss of or damage to property shall be written or
endorsed so as to name the Trustee as an additional insured as its interests may
appear and to have the proceeds thereof payable directly to the Trustee as loss
payee. Each policy providing public liability coverage shall be written or
endorsed so as to name the Trustee as an additional insured.

         (c) Duplicate copies of any insurance policies and evidence of renewal
or replacement thereof shall promptly be furnished to the Trustee for its
records. Evidence of the payment of the first year's premiums on such policies
shall be delivered to the Trustee on the Closing Date. Thereafter, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee evidence of the payment of all additional premiums
prior to the expiration or renewal dates of all such policies.

         (d) In the event of loss or damage to the Project Facility, the Net
Proceeds of any insurance provided hereunder shall be deposited with the
Trustee and applied as set forth in Article VI hereof, and in the event of a
public liability occurrence, the Net Proceeds of any insurance provided
hereunder shall be applied towards satisfaction of such liability.

         Section 5.6. Worker's Compensation. The Company shall comply with the
laws of the State relating to Worker's Compensation and similar worker's
protection laws.

                               [END OF ARTICLE V]

                                      V-5

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

         Section 6.1. Damage, Destruction and Condemnation. Unless the company
shall have exercised its option to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the
provisions of paragraphs (A) or (B) of Article X hereof, if prior to full
payment of the Series G Bonds (or prior to provision for payment thereof having
been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) (i) the Project or
any portion thereof is destroyed (in whole or in part) or is damaged by fire or
other casualty or (ii) title to or any interest in, or the temporary use of, the
Project or any part thereof shall be taken under the exercise of the power of
eminent domain by any governmental body or by any person, firm or corporation
acting under governmental authority, the Company shall be obligated to continue
to pay the amounts specified in Section 4.2 hereof.

         Section 6.2. Application of Net Proceeds. The Net Proceeds of any
insurance proceeds or condemnation award resulting from any event described in
Section 6.1 hereof shall be immediately deposited in a separate trust fund to be
held by the Trustee. All Net Proceeds so deposited shall be applied in one or
more of the following ways as shall be elected by the Company in a written
notice to the Trustee, which notice shall be received by the Trustee within 60
days after the receipt by the company or the Trustee, as the case may be, of the
Net Proceeds:

         (a) To the prompt repair, restoration, modification or improvement of
the Project Facility, and the Issuer has, in the Indenture, authorized and
directed the Trustee to make disbursements from such separate trust fund for
such purposes. Such disbursements shall be made by the Trustee only upon
receipt of Requisitions therefor. Any balance of the Net Proceeds remaining
after such work has been completed shall be transferred into the Bond fund to be
applied in accordance with subsection (b) of this Section, or if the Bonds have
been fully paid (or provisions for payment thereof has been made in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture), any balance remaining in such separate
trust fund shall be paid in accordance with Section 6.11 of the Indenture.

         (b) To the redemption at par of the Bonds and the Series H Bonds, pro
rata in proportion to their respective then outstanding principal balances, on
the earliest practicable redemption date as specified in a written notice by the
Company to the Trustee, provided that no part of such Net Proceeds may be
applied for such redemption unless (1) all of the Bonds are to be redeemed in
accordance with the Indenture upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to
clauses (A) or (B) of Article X hereof or (2) in the event that less than all of
the Bonds are to be redeemed, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee a
certificate of a Company


                                      VI-1
<PAGE>


Representative stating that (i) the property forming the part of the Project
Facility that was damaged or destroyed by such casualty or was taken by such
condemnation proceedings is not essential to the use, operation or possession of
the Project by the Company or (ii) the Project Facility has been repaired,
restored, modified or improved to operate as designed.

         (c) If the Company elects to repair, restore, modify or improve the
Project Facility or pay the cost thereof and fails to do so diligently, the
Issuer or the Trustee may (but shall be under no obligation to) do so on behalf
of the Company and recover the reasonable costs thereof from the company, less
the amount, if any, collected from Net Proceeds on account of such costs. No
such payment by the Trustee or the Issuer shall affect or impair any rights of
the Issuer hereunder or of the Trustee or the Owners under the Indenture arising
as a result of such failure by the Company.

         (d) If the Company fails to give the notice required under subsection
(a) of this Section within the specified time period, the Issuer or the Trustee,
upon notice to the other and to the Company, may direct the Company to take
either of the actions therein described and the Company shall be obligated to
take such action.

         (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing the Net Proceeds from a certain
action pending in the Superior Court of New Jersey Law Division, Camden County,
Docket No. L-8037-90, and entitled "State of New Jersey, by the Commissioner of
Transportation, Plaintiff v. Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., a
corporation of Pennsylvania, et al., Defendants" shall be paid directly to the
Company and shall not be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs (a) through (d)
of this Section 6.2.

         Section 6.3. Insufficiency of Net Proceeds. If the Net Proceeds are
insufficient to pay in full the cost of any repair, restoration, modification or
improvement referred to in Section 6.2(a) hereof, the Company will nonetheless
complete the work and will pay any cost in excess of the amount of the Net
Proceeds held by the Trustee. The Company agrees that if by reason of any such
insufficiency of the Net Proceeds, the Company shall make any payments pursuant
to the provisions of this Section 6.3, the Company shall not be entitled to any
reimbursement therefor from the Issuer, the Trustee or the Owners, nor shall the
Company be entitled to any diminution of the amounts payable under Section 4.2
hereof.

                               [END OF ARTICLE VI]

                                      VI-2
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VII

                               SPECIAL COVENANTS

         Section 7.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by Issuer. THE
ISSUER MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE PROJECT OR THE
CONDITION THEREOF, OR THAT THE PROJECT WILL BE SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSES OR
NEEDS OF THE COMPANY. THE ISSUER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, THAT THE COMPANY WILL HAVE QUIET AND PEACEFUL POSSESSION OF THE
PROJECT. THE ISSUER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
WITH RESPECT TO THE MERCHANTABILITY, CONDITION OR WORKMANSHIP OR ANY PART OF THE
PROJECT OR ITS SUITABILITY FOR THE COMPANY'S PURPOSES.

         Section 7.2. Access to the Project. The Company agrees that the Issuer,
the Trustee, the Purchaser and their duly authorized agents, attorneys, experts,
engineers, accountants and representatives shall have the right to inspect the
Project at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice. The Issuer, the
Trustee and their duly authorized agents shall also be permitted, at all
reasonable times, to examine the books and records of the Company with respect
to the Project.

         Section 7.3. Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments. The Issuer
and the Company agree that they will, from time to time, execute, acknowledge
and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, such
supplements hereto and such further instruments as may reasonably be required
for carrying out the expressed intention of this Agreement and the other Loan
Document.

         Section 7.4. Issuer and Company Representatives. Whenever under the
provisions of this Agreement the approval of the Issuer or the Company is
required or the Issuer or the Company is required to take some action at the
request of the other, such approval or such request shall be given for the
Issuer by an Issuer Representative and for the Company by a Company
Representative. The Trustee shall be authorized to act on any such approval or
request.

         Section 7.5. Financing Statements. The Company agrees to execute and
file or cause to be executed and filed any and all financing statements or
amendments thereof or continuation statements necessary to perfect and continue
the perfection of the security interests granted in the Mortgage and the
Indenture. Within three months of the expiration date of any financing
statements or continuation statements, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee
evidence satisfactory to the Trustee that such filing has taken place. The
Company shall pay all reasonable costs of the preparation and filing of such
instruments.

                                     VII-1


<PAGE>


         Section 7.6. Compliance with Code. The Company shall at all times do
and perform all acts and things permitted by law and necessary or desirable in
order to assure that interest paid on the Bonds shall for the purposes of
federal income taxation be excludable from the gross income of the holders of
the Bonds, except in the event that any such holder is a Substantial User or
Related Person thereto. For purposes of this Section 7.6, any and all actions of
any Related Person shall be deemed to be actions of the Company. In addition,
any and all actions to be undertaken by the Company or by any other person as to
which the Issuer or the Trustee must, pursuant to the terms hereof, consent or
approve in advance, shall be deemed to be the actions of the Company or such
other person (and not the actions of the Issuer or the Trustee). The Company
shall cause any Related Person to comply with all of the provisions of this
Section as to its own operations. A breach of this Section 7.6 shall not
constitute a Default but shall be governed by the provisions of Section 3.01 of
the Indenture.

         Section 7.7. Further Assurances. The Issuer and the Company shall, from
time to time, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed,
acknowledged and delivered, such supplements hereto and such further instruments
as may reasonably be required for carrying out the intention of or facilitating
the performance of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

         Section 7.8. [Intentionally Omitted]

         Section 7.9. Annual Certificate. On each anniversary hereof, the
Company shall furnish to the Issuer, with copies to the Purchaser and the
Trustee, the following:

         (a) a certificate indicating whether or not the Company is aware of any
condition, event or act which constitutes a Default, or which would constitute a
Default with the giving of notice or passage of time, under any of the Loan
Documents;

         (b) a written description of the present use of the Project and a
description of any anticipated material change in the use of the Project or in
the number of employees employed at the Project, and

         (c) a report from every entity that leases or occupies space at the
Project indicating the number of persons the entity employs at the Project in
the form annexed hereto as Exhibit E.

                              [END OF ARTICLE VII]

                                     VII-2
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII

           PROJECT USERS; MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; MERGE, SELL, TRANSFER;
                          INDEMNIFICATION; REDEMPTION

         Section 8.1. Project Users; Maintain Existence; Merge, Sell, Transfer.

         (a) Upon the request of the Issuer from time to time, the Company shall
cause a Project Occupant Information Form to be submitted to the Issuer by every
prospective lessee, sublessee or lease assignee of all or any part of the
Project. The Company shall not permit any such leasing, subleasing or assigning
of leases of all or any part of the Project that would impair the excludability
of interest paid on the Series G Bonds from the gross income of the Owners
thereof for the purposes of federal income taxation, or that would impair the
ability of the Company to operate the Project, or would cause the Project not to
be operated, as an authorized project under the Act.

         (b) The Company shall maintain its existence as a legal entity and
shall not sell, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of the Project or
substantially all of its assets. The Company may merge with or into or
consolidate with another entity, and the Project or this Agreement may be
transferred without violating this Section 8.1(b) provided (i) the Company
causes the proposed surviving, resulting or transferee company to furnish the
Issuer with a Change of Ownership Information Form: (ii) the net worth of the
surviving, resulting or transferee company following the merger, consolidation
or transfer is equal to or greater than the net worth of the Company immediately
preceding the merger, consolidation or transfer; (iii) any litigation or
investigations in which the surviving, resulting or transferee company or its
officers and directors are involved, and any court, administrative or other
orders to which the surviving, resulting or transferee company or its officers
and directors are subject, relate to matters arising in the ordinary course of
business; (iv) the merger, consolidation or transfer shall not impair the
excludability of interest paid on the Series G Bonds from the gross income of
the Owners thereof for purposes of federal income taxation pursuant to an
opinion of Bond Counsel; (v) the survivng, resulting or transferee company
assumes in writing the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the
Loan Documents, and (vi) after the merger, consolidation or transfer the Project
shall be operated as an authorized project under the Act.

         (c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 8.1 shall be in
addition to its obligations under Section 2.4(d).


                                     VIII-1
<PAGE>

         Section 8.2. Release and Indemnification Covenants.

         (a) The Issuer, the members, agents, servants, officers or employees
thereof, the Trustee and the Purchaser shall not be liable for (1) any loss,
damage or injury to, or death of, any person occurring at or about or resulting
from any defect in the Project Facility, (2) any damage or injury to the persons
or property of the Company or any user of the Project Facility, or their
officers, agents, servants or employees, or any other person who may be about
the Project Facility, caused by an act of negligence of any person (other than
the Issuer or its members, officers, agents, servants and employees, the Trustee
and the Purchaser, as the case may be), or (3) any costs, expenses or damages
incurred as a result of any lawsuit commenced because of action taken in good
faith by the Issuer in connection with the Project and the Project Facility, and
the Company shall and does hereby indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless
the Issuer, the members, agents, servants, officers or employees thereof, the
Trustee and the Purchaser from and against any and all losses, damages,
injuries, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) and from and
against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions or other proceedings
whatsoever, brought by any person or entity whatsoever arising or purportedly
arising from any of the foregoing.

         (b) The Company shall and does hereby indemnify, protect, defend and
hold harmless the Issuer, the State and every agency of the State, the Trustee,
any Person who controls the Issuer, the State or any agency of the State or the
Trustee (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended) and any member, officer, director, official, employee and attorney of
the Issuer, the State and every agency of the State and the Trustee (each an
"Indemnified Party"), from and against any and all losses, damages, injuries,
costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) and from and against any
and all claims, demands, suits, actions or other proceedings whatsover, brought
by any person or entity whatsoever (except the Company) and arising or
purportedly arising fom this Agreement, the Indenture or the Bonds or from the
performance of the Indenture.

         (c) The Company agrees to and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless
the Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys'
fees suffered or incurred by any of the Indemnified Parties or the Purchaser and
caused by, relating to, arising out of, resulting from or in any way connected
with (i) the condition, use, possession, conduct, management, planning, design,
acquisition, construction, installation, financing (in the case of financing, as
to the Indemnified Parties only) or sale of the Project or any part thereof
including without limitation the Indemnified Matters referenced in the next
paragraph; (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of

                                     VIII-2
<PAGE>

a material fact contained in the Application or any other information submitted
or to be submitted by or on behalf of the Company to the Indemnified Parties or
the Trustee in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the
issuance and purchase of the Bonds; or (iii) any omission or alleged omission of
a material fact necessary to be stated thereon in order to make such statements
to the Indemnified Party not misleading or incomplete.

         (d) The Company covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to
indemnify, protect and save the Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser (the
"Indemnitees") harmless against and from any and all damages, losses,
liabilities, obligations, penalties, claims, litigation, demands, defenses,
judgments, suits, proceedings, costs, disbursements or expenses (including,
without limitation, attorneys' and experts' reasonable fees and disbursements)
of any kind or of any nature whatsoever (collectively, the "Indemnified
Matters") which may at any time be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or
awarded against Indemnitees and arising from or out of:

         (1) any hazardous materials, as defined under any Laws as defined
below, on, in, under or affecting all or any portion of the property subject to
the Mortgage or any surrounding areas (but in the case of hazardous materials in
surrounding areas, only if the source of such materials is or is alleged to be
the Company or the mortgaged property), or

         (2) the enforcement of this paragraph or the assertion by the Company
of any defense to its obligations hereunder (except the successful defense of
actual performance not subject to further appeal),

whether any of such matters arise before or after the Closing Date or before or
after foreclosure of the Mortgage or other taking of title to the Company's
interest in all or any portion of the mortgaged property by Indemnitees or any
affiliate of Indemnitees. Indemnified Matter shall include, without
limitation, all of the following: (i) the costs of removal of any and all
hazardous materials from all or any portion of the property or any surrounding
areas (except that the indemnity provided for under this paragraph shall not
cover the costs of such removal unless either (a) such removal is required by
any federal or state law, regulation or regulatory agency ("Laws") or (b) any
present or future use, operation, development, construction, alteration or
reconstruction of all or any portion of the mortgaged property is or would be
conditioned in any way upon, or is or would be limited in any way until the
completion of, such removal in accordance with any Laws), (ii) additional costs
required to take necessary precautions as required by law to protect against
the release of hazardous materials on, in, under or affecting the mortgaged
property into the air, any body of water, any other public domain

                                     VIII-3
<PAGE>

or any surrounding areas and (iii) costs incurred to comply, in connection with
all or any portion of the mortgaged property or any surrounding areas, with all
applicable Laws with respect to hazardous materials. If any Indemnitee or any
affiliate of an Indemnitee takes title to the Company's interest in the
mortgaged property at a foreclosure sale, at a sale pursuant to a power of sale
under the Mortgage or by deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, then the
indemnity provided for under this paragraph shall not apply to hazardous
materials which are initially placed on, in or under all or any portion of the
mortgaged property after the date Indemnitee or such affiliate so takes title to
such interest in the Property. At any time during the six months prior to any
such foreclosure sale, sale pursuant to a power of sale under the Mortgage or by
deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise by which any Indemnitee or affiliate
takes title to such interest in the mortgage property, such Indemnitee or
affiliate shall have the right, at its sole discretion and at the Company's sole
cost and expense, to have performed an environmental site assessment of the
mortgaged property to determine whether any hazardous materials are present.

     (e) In case any action shall be brought against one or more of the
Indemnified Parties or the Purchaser based upon any of the above and in respect
of which indemnity may be sought against the Company, such Indemnified Parties
or the Purchaser shall promptly notify the Company in writing, and the Company
shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel
satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties, the payment of all expenses and the
right to negotiate and consent to settlement. Any one or more of the Indemnified
Parties or the Purchaser shall have the right to employ separate counsel at the
Company's expense in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof.
The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any such action effected
without its consent, but if settled with the consent of the Company or if there
be a final judgment for the claimant in any such action, the Company shall
discharge the liability and indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties
and the Purchaser from and against any loss or liability by reason of such
settlement or judgment. The provision of this Section 8.2 shall survive the
repayment of the Bonds.

     Section 8.3. Redemption of Bonds. The Company shall have and is hereby
granted the option to cause all or a portion of the Bonds to be redeemed at the
times, at the prices and in the manner permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer,
at the request of the Company, shall forthwith take all steps (other than the
payment of the money required for such redemption) necessary under the
applicable redemption provisions of the Indenture to effect redemption of all or
part of the Outstanding Bonds, as may be specified by the Company, on the date
established for such redemption.

     Section 8.4. Issuer to Grant Security Interest to Trustee. The parties
hereto agree that pursuant to the Indenture,


                                     VIII-4

<PAGE>


the Issuer shall assign to the Trustee, in order to secure payment of the Bonds,
all of the Issuer's right, title, and interest in and to this Agreement, except
for certain of the Issuer's rights as are expressly reserved pursuant to the
granting clauses of the Indenture.

     Section 8.5. Indemnification of Trustee. The Company shall be and hereby
agrees to indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any
loss, liability or expense (including the costs and expenses of defending
against any claim of liability) incurred without gross negligence or willful
misconduct by the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with its acting as
Trustee under the Indenture, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document.


                                     VIII-5

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     Section 9.1. Defaults Defined. The following shall be "Defaults" under this
Agreement and the term "Default" shall mean, whenever it is used in this
Agreement, any one or more of the following events:

     (a) Failure by the Company to pay any amount required to be paid under
subsection (a) of Section 4.2 hereof when due.

     (b) Failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to
observe and perform any covenant, condition or agreement on its part to be
observed or performed under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, other
than as referred to in Section 9.1 (a) or 9.1 (l), for a period of ninety (90)
days after it first becomes known to any officer of the Company.

     (c) The occurrence of a Default under the Indenture or any other Loan
Document.

     (d) The occurrence of a Default under the Series H Agreement or the other
Series H Loan Documents.

     (e) If any warranty or representation by or on behalf of the Company
contained in this Agreement, the Indenture, the Bond Purchase Agreement, the
Loan Documents, the Guaranty, the Series H Loan Documents or in any instrument
or certificate furnished in compliance with same proves false or misleading in
any material respect as of the time it was made.

     (f) Failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to make
one or more payments due with respect to aggregate Indebtedness exceeding
$500,000 within any applicable periods for cure; or if any event shall occur or
any condition shall exist, the effect of which event or condition is to cause
more than $500,000 of aggregate Indebtedness or other securities of the Company
or any Subsidiary of Affiliate to become due or subject to mandatory redemption
or repurchase before its (or their) stated maturity or before its (or their)
regularly scheduled dates of payment, redemption or purchase.

     (g) If a custodian, receiver or liquidator is appointed for the Company or
any Subsidiary or Affiliate or the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is
adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or an order or relief is entered under the
Federal Bankruptcy Code against the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or
any of its property is sequestered by court order and the order remains in
effect for more than 60 days; or a petition is filed is against the Company or
Subsidiary or Affiliate under any bankruptcy,


                                      IX-1


<PAGE>


reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or
liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect, and
is not dismissed within 60 days after filing.

     (h) If the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate commences a voluntary
case or files a petition in voluntary bankruptcy where seeking relief under any
provision of the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or
liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect; or
consents to the filing of any petition against it under any such law; or applies
for or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian,
receiver, trustee or liquidator of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or
of all or any part of its property; or makes an assignment for the benefit of
its creditors; or admits in writing its inability to pay its debt generally as
they become due.

     (i) Any of the Loan Documents shall not be, or shall cease to be, the
legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each of the parties thereto
in accordance with its terms, or any of the Loan Documents shall not be or shall
cease to be in full force and effect.

     (j) There shall exist any Subsidiary or Affiliate which has not, within 90
days after becoming a Subsidiary or Affiliate, duly authorized, executed and
delivered to the Trustee, a counterpart of the Guaranty or a document evidencing
its agreement to be bound by the Guaranty which is the legal, valid, binding and
enforceable obligation of such Subsidiary or Affiliate in accordance with its
terms.

     (k) There shall occur a foreclosure with respect to any of the following
mortgages, as amended and supplemented:

          (i) Mortgage dated March 15, 1984 between the Company and the City of
     Gloucester City,

          (ii) Mortgage dated April 18, 1984 between the Company and the City of
     Gloucester City,

          (iii) Mortgage dated August 22, 1984 between the Company and the City
     of Gloucester City.

          (iv) Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of August 1, 1986
     between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee.

          (v) Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of December 1, 1986
     between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, or


                                      IX-2

<PAGE>


          (vi) The Series H Mortgage.

     (l) Failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to
observe and perform the covenant set forth in Section 2.4 (d).

     Section 9.2. Trustee's Remedies on Default. Whenever any Default referred
to in Section 9.1 hereof shall have happened and be continuing, the Trustee may
(subject in the case of the Trustee to its mandatory obligations upon the
occurrence of certain Defaults) take one or any combination of the following
remedial steps:

     (a) If the Trustee has declared the Bonds immediately due and payable
pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Indenture, by written notice to the Company,
declare an amount equal to all amounts then due and payable on the Bonds,
whether by acceleration of maturity (as provided in the Indenture) or otherwise,
to be immediately due and payable as liquidated damages under this Agreement and
not as a penalty, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable;

     (b) Have reasonable access to and inspect, examine and make copies of the
books and records and any and all accounts, data and income tax and other tax
returns of the Company during regular business hours of the Company if
reasonably necessary in the opinion of the Trustee; or

     (c) Take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or
desirable to collect the amounts then due and thereafter to become due, or to
enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant of
the Company under this Agreement, the Indenture and the Loan Documents.

     (d) Exercise any and all rights and remedies of a creditor or secured party
under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law.

     Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall be
paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture. The rights specified in this Section 9.2 are in addition to, and not
in limitation of, any other obligations of the Company which may arise upon a
default or acceleration in respect of the Bonds, including without limitation,
under Section 4.2 hereof.

     Section 9.3. Issuer's Remedies on Default.

     (A) The occurrence of a Default referred to in Section 9.1 (b) or 9.1(e)
hereof (other than a default resulting from a breach of the covenant contained
in Section 2.4 (e) hereof) shall constitute an Event of Cancellation hereunder,
and at any time


                                      IX-3


<PAGE>


thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Cancellation, the Issuer may,
by written notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 hereof to
the Trustee, call and cancel the Series G Bonds. The trustee and any assigns and
the Company hereby expressly agree that the Series G Bonds may be called and
cancelled by the Issuer in the manner provided above, and upon the Cancellation
Date specified in the notice from the Issuer, which shall be at least 30 and no
more than 60 days after the giving of such notice, the Series G Bonds will be
called and cancelled, and the Trustee may, at its option, declare the
obligations evidenced by this Agreement immediately due and payable. The Trustee
will deliver the Series G Bonds to the Issuer for cancellation upon the
Cancellation Date, but even if such delivery does not occur, the Series G Bonds
will be considered cancelled and of no further force or effect on the
Cancellation Date.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 9.4. hereof, the remedies set forth in
this Section 9.3 are the sole and exclusive remedies of the Issuer in the event
of an occurrence of an Event of Cancellation as set forth herein.

     (B) Upon the Cancellation Date, this Agreement will evidence the
indebtedness from the Company to the Trustee and the Bondholders and, in the
event the payment obligations hereunder are not accelerated by the Trustee as
hereinabove provided, all of the terms of this Agreement, including the interest
rate and payment terms herein specified, will control the obligations of the
Company to the Trustee and the Bondholders except that from the Cancellation
Date, the per annum interest rate will remain 8.4% for a period of six (6)
months, after which the interest rate will change to the greater or (i) two
percent (2%) in excess of the Prime Rate, or (ii) the quotient obtained by
dividing 8.4% by the difference between one (1) and the highest marginal federal
income tax rate at the time in effect. The issuer will no longer be a party to
the transaction and shall have no further rights with respect thereto and shall
be released of any and all debts, liabilities and obligations to any other party
under this Agreement, the Series G Bonds or any other Loan Document. The Issuer
and the Trustee will execute and deliver to each other such other documents and
agreements as the other may reasonably request in order to evidence the
cancellation of the Series G Bonds and the withdrawal of the Issuer from the
transaction.

     (C) Upon cancellation of the Series G Bonds pursuant to the provisions
hereof, the Issuer hereby agrees that the Trustee shall automatically be vested
with all of the Issuer's right, title and interest in and to the Loan Documents.
Any amounts remaining in the Bond Fund on the Cancellation Date after the
deduction therefrom of amounts which may be due the Issuer pursuant to the terms
of this Agreement are hereby assigned to the Trustee to be disbursed in
accordance with the Indenture.


                                      IX-4

<PAGE>


     (D) In the event that there is a dispute among any of the parties
concerning the right of the Issuer to cancel the Series G Bonds pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 9.3, the Company will nevertheless comply with all of
the terms of this Agreement as hereinabove amended and make all payments
required hereunder from and after the Cancellation Date directly to the Trustee
at the new interest rate. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines
finally that the Issuer's attempted cancellation of the Series G Bonds violated
the terms of this Agreement, the Series G Bonds will be reinstated in accordance
with the final order of the court, but until such final order is made, the
Company will continue to comply with the terms of this Agreement as hereinabove
amended. Any overpayment by the Company will be returned to it by the Trustee
upon reinstatement of the Series G Bonds.


     Section 9.4. Specific Performance. In addition to the rights and remedies
provided for in Section 9.2 hereof, if the Company commits a breach or threatens
to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Indenture or
the Loan Documents, the Issuer and the Trustee shall each have the right,
without posting bond or other security, to seek injunctive relief or specific
performance, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened
breach will cause irreparable injury to the Issuer and the Trustee and that
money damages will not provide an adequate remedy.


     Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall be
paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

     Section 9.5. No Remedy Exclusive. Subject to Section 9.02 of the
Indenture, no remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Issuer or the
Trustee is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies,
but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at
law or in equity. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing
upon any Default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to
be a waiver thereof, but any such right or power may be exercised from time to
time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle the Issuer or
the Trustee to exercise any remedy reserved to it in this Article, it shall not
be necessary to give any notice, other than such notice as may be required in
this Article. Such rights and remedies as are given to the Issuer hereunder
shall also extend to the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Owners of the Bonds,
subject to the provisions of the Indenture, shall be entitled to the benefit of
all covenants and agreements herein contained.


     Section 9.6. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses. In the event
the Company should default under any of the provisions of this Agreement and the
Issuer should employ attorneys


                                      IX-5

<PAGE>


or incur other expenses for the collection of payments required hereunder or the
enforcement of performance or observance of any obligation or agreement on the
part of the Company herein contained, the Company agrees that it will on demand
therefor pay to the Issuer the reasonable fee of such attorneys and such other
expenses so incurred by the Issuer.

     Section 9.7. No Additional Waiver Implied by one Waiver. In the event any
agreement contained in this Agreement should be breached by either party and
thereafter waived by the other party, such waiver shall be limited to the
particular breach so waived and shall not be deemed to waive any other breach
hereunder.


                                      IX-6

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE X

                         OPTIONS TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT

     The Company shall have, and is hereby granted, the option to terminate its
obligations under this Agreement if any of the events set forth below shall
occur:

     (A) The Project shall have been damaged or destroyed (1) to such extent
that it cannot, in the Company's reasonable judgment, be reasonably restored
within a period of six (6) months to the condition thereof immediately preceding
such damage or destruction, and (2) to such extent that the Company is thereby
prevented, in the Company's reasonable judgment, from carrying on its normal
operations at the Project for a period of six (6) months or more.

     (B) Title to, or the temporary use for a period of six (6) months or more
of, all or substantially all the Project, or such part thereof as shall
materially interfere, in the Company's reasonable judgment, with the operation
of the Project for the purpose for which the Project is designed, shall have
been taken under the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any governmental
body or by any person, firm or corporation acting under governmental authority
(including such a taking or takings as results in the Company being thereby
prevented from carrying on its normal operations at the Project for a period of
six (6) months or more).

     (C) Changes which the Company cannot reasonably control or overcome in the
economic availability of materials, supplies, labor, equipment and other
properties and things necessary for the efficient operation of the Project for
the purposes contemplated by this Agreement shall have occurred, or
technological or other changes shall have occurred which in the reasonable
judgment of the Company render the continued operation of the Project uneconomic
for such purposes.

     (D) As a result of any changes in the Constitution of the State or the
Constitution of the United States of America or of legislative or administrative
action (whether state or federal) or by final decree, judgment or order of any
court or administrative body (whether state or federal) entered after the
contest thereof by the Company in good faith, this Agreement shall have become
void or unenforceable or impossible of performance in accordance with the intent
and purposes of the parties as expressed in this Agreement, or unreasonable
burdens or excessive liabilities shall have been imposed on the Company in
respect to the Project, including, without limitation, federal, state or other
ad valorem, property, income or other taxes not being imposed on the date of
this Agreement. To exercise such option, the Company shall within 


                                       X-1
<PAGE>

ninety (90) days following the event authorizing such termination, give written
notice to the Issuer and the Trustee and shall specify therein the date of
redemption of Bonds pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture, which date shall
be the next interest payment date in respect of the Bonds for which the required
notice of redemption can practicably be given. In accordance with the terms of
the indenture, the Company shall make arrangements for the Trustee to give the
required notice of redemption. In order to exercise such option, the Company
shall pay, or cause to be paid, on or prior to the applicable redemption date,
to the Trustee, an amount equal to the sum of the following:

     (1) An amount of money which, when added to the amount then on deposit and
available in the Bond Fund, will be sufficient to retire and redeem all the
Outstanding Bonds on the earliest possible redemption date after notice as
provided in the Indenture, including, without limitation, the principal amount
thereof, all interest to accrue to said redemption date, and the applicable
redemption premium, if any, plus

     (2) An amount of money equal to the Trustee's fees and expenses under the
Indenture accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of the
Bonds, plus

     (3) An amount of money equal to the Issuer's fees and expenses under this
Agreement accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of the
Bonds.

     In addition, the Company shall simultaneously exercise its option to
terminate its obligations under the Series H Agreement in accordance with
Article X thereof.

                               [END OF ARTICLE X]


                                      X-2
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 11.1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall remain in full force
and effect from the date hereof to and including such time as all of the Series
G Bonds and the fees and expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee and all amounts
payable hereunder shall have been fully paid or provision made for such payment.

     Section 11.2. Notices. All notices, certificates or other communications
hereunder shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given when delivered
or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed as
follows: if to the Issuer, to 200 South Warren Street, Capital Place One -- CN
990, Trenton, New Jersey 08625, Attention: Executive Director; if to the
Trustee, to Mellon Bank, N.A., One Mellon Bank Center, Room 3440, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania 15258, Attention: Corporate Trust Division; if to the Company, to
Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., P.O. Box 8698, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania 19101, Attention: Mr. Bernard Gelman, Vice President; and if to the
Purchasers, to Fidelity Aggressive Tax Free Portfolio and Fidelity Spartan
Municipal Income Portfolio c/o Fidelity Management and Research Company, Inc.,
82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 92109, Attention: Mr. James Valone.
A duplicate copy of each notice, certificate or other communication given
hereunder by the Issuer or the Company shall also be given to the Trustee. The
Issuer, the Company, the Trustee and the Purchaser may, by written notice given
hereunder, designate any further or different addresses to which subsequent
notices, certificates or other communications shall be sent.

     Section 11.3. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and shall be binding upon the Issuer, the Company, the Trustee, the Owners of
the Bonds and their respective successors and assigns, subject, however, to the
limitations contained in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

     Section 11.4. Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement
shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction,
such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision
hereof.

     Section 11.5. Amounts Remaining in Funds. Subject to the provisions of
Section 5.12 of the Indenture, it is agreed by the parties hereto that any
amounts remaining in the Bond Fund, the Project Fund, or any other fund created
under the Indenture upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and
the Series H Agreement, as provided in this Agreement, after payment in full of
the Bonds (or provision for payment thereof having been 


                                      XI-1
<PAGE>

all amounts which may be due under the Bond Purchase Agreement, the Mortgage,
any Loan Document, the Guaranty or any Series H Loan Document, shall belong to
and be paid to the Company by the Trustee.


     Section 11.6. Amendments, Changes and Modification. Subsequent to the
issuance of Bonds and prior to their payment in full (or provision for the
payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture), and except as otherwise herein expressly provided, this Agreement
may not be effectively amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated without
the written consent of the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

     Section 11.7. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be
simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an
original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

     Section 11.8. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State.

     Section 11.9. Captions. The captions and headings in this Agreement are for
convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of
any provisions or Sections of this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Agreement to be executed in
its name and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name
all as of the date first above written.

ATTEST:                                      NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 
                                             AUTHORITY


/s/ Frank T. Mancini, Jr.                By: /s/ Vito R. Nardelli
- -------------------------                    ------------------------
Frank T. Mancini, Jr.,                       Vito R. Nardelli
Asst. Sec.                                   Chief Financial Officer

[SEAL]

ATTEST:                                      HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
                                             SYSTEM, INC.


/s/ John Evans                           By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------                    ------------------------
John Evans                                   Bernard Gelman





- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

                                       AND

                    HOLT HAULING and WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.

                        -------------------------------

                             SERIES H LOAN AGREEMENT

                        -------------------------------

                           Dated as of January 2, 1992


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The interest of the NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (the
"Issuer") in this Loan Agreement has been assigned (except for certain rights
expressly reserved by the Issuer) pursuant to the Indenture of Trust dated as of
the date hereof from the Issuer to MELLON BANK, N.A., as trustee (the
"Trustee"), and is subject to the security interest of the Trustee thereunder.


<PAGE>


                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

     (This Table of Contents is only for convenience of reference and is not
intended to define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of
this Loan Agreement.)

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

PARTIES ..................................................................    1

PREAMBLES ................................................................    1

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1.  Definitions ................................................  I-1
Section 1.2.  Interpretation and Construction ............................ I-12

                                   ARTICLE II

                    REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.1.  Representations and Covenants of the Issuer ................ II-1
Section 2.2.  Representations and Warranties of the Company .............. II-1
Section 2.3.  Tax-Exempt Status of the Bonds ............................. 11-6
Section 2.4.  Covenants of the Company ................................... 11-8

                                   ARTICLE III

                         ISSUANCE OF THE SERIES H BONDS

Section 3.1.  Agreement to Issue the Series H Bonds:
              Application of Series H Bond Proceeds ......................III-1
Section 3.2.  Disbursements from the Project Fund ........................III-1
Section 3.3.  Furnishing Documents to the Trustee ........................III-1
Section 3.4.  Special Arbitrage Certifications ...........................III-1

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 LOAN PROVISIONS

Section 4.1.  Loan of Proceeds............................................ IV-1
Section 4.2.  Amounts Payable ............................................ IV-1
Section 4.3.  Obligations of Company Unconditional ....................... IV-2


                                      -i-

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE V

                                   THE PROJECT

Section 5.1.  Disbursements from the Project Fund ........................  V-1
Section 5.2.  Maintenance and Modification of the Project
              Facility by the Company ....................................  V-2
Section 5.3.  Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges ......  V-3
Section 5.4.  Insurance Required .........................................  V-4
Section 5.5.  Additional Provisions Concerning Insurance .................  V-4
Section 5.6.  Worker's Compensation ......................................  V-5

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

Section 6.1.  Damage, Destruction and Condemnation ....................... VI-1
Section 6.2.  Application of Net Proceeds ................................ VI-1
Section 6.3.  Insufficiency of Net Proceeds .............................. VI-2

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

Section 7.1.  No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by Issuer ..........VII-1
Section 7.2.  Access to the Project.......................................VII-1
Section 7.3.  Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments...............VII-1
Section 7.4.  Issuer and Company Representatives .........................VII-1
Section 7.5.  Financing Statements .......................................VII-1
Section 7.6.  Compliance with Code .......................................VII-2
Section 7.7.  Further Assurances......................................... VII-2
Section 7.8.  [Intentionally Omitted].....................................VII-2
Section 7.9.  Annual Certificate..........................................VII-2

                                  ARTICLE VIII

           PROJECT USERS; MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; MERGE, SELL, TRANSFER;
                           INDEMNIFICATION; REDEMPTION

Section 8.1.  Project Users; Maintain Existence; Merge, Sell, Transfer...VIII-1
Section 8.2.  Release and Indemnification Covenants .....................VIII-2
Section 8.3.  Redemption of Bonds .......................................VIII-3
Section 8.4.  Issuer to Grant Security Interest to Trustee ..............VIII-3
Section 8.5.  Indemnification of Trustee.................................VIII-3


                                      -ii-

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 9.1.  Defaults Defined ........................................... IX-1
Section 9.2.  Trustee's Remedies on Default .............................. IX-3
Section 9.3.  Issuer's Remedies on Default ............................... IX-3
Section 9.4.  Specific Performance ....................................... IX-5
Section 9.5.  No Remedy Exclusive ........................................ IX-5
Section 9.6.  Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses............... IX-5
Section 9.7.  No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver ................. IX-6

                                    ARTICLE X

                         OPTIONS TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1. Term of Agreement .......................................... XI-1
Section 11.2. Notices..................................................... XI-1
Section 11.3. Binding Effect ............................................. XI-1
Section 11.4. Severability ............................................... XI-1
Section 11.5. Amounts Remaining in Funds ................................. XI-1
Section 11.6. Amendments, Changes and Modification ....................... XI-2
Section 11.7. Execution in Counterparts .................................. XI-2
Section 11.8. Applicable Law ............................................. XI-2
Section 11.9. Captions ................................................... XI-2


                                      -iii-

<PAGE>


EXHIBIT A  -  Project Facility
EXHIBIT B  -  Form of Requisition
EXHIBIT C  -  Permitted Encumbrances
EXHIBIT D  -  Form of Annual Certificate


                                      -iv-

<PAGE>


     THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is dated as of January 2, 1992, between the NEW JERSEY
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (the "Issuer"), a public body corporate and
politic constituting an instrumentality of the State of New Jersey and HOLT
HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., a corporation duly organized and validly
existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the "Company").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the New Jersey Economic Development Authority Act, as amended and
supplemented, N.J.S.A. ss.34:lB-1, et seq. (the "Act"), declares that the
Legislature has determined that Department of Labor and Industry statistics of
recent years indicate a continuing decline in manufacturing employment within
the State which is a contributing factor to the drastic unemployment existing
within the state, which far exceeds the national average, thus adversely
affecting the economy of the State and the prosperity, safety, health and
general welfare of its inhabitants and their standard of living; and that the
availability of financial assistance and suitable facilities are important
inducements to new and varied employment promoting enterprises to locate in the
State, and to existing enterprises to remain and expand in the State; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer was created to aid in remedying the aforesaid
conditions and to implement the purposes of the Act, and the Legislature has
determined that the authority and powers conferred upon the Issuer under the Act
and the expenditure of moneys pursuant thereto constitute a serving of a valid
public purpose and that the enactment of the provisions set forth in the Act is
in the public interest and for the public benefit and good and has been so
declared to be as a matter of express legislative determination; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer, to accomplish the purposes of the Act, is empowered
(i) to extend credit or make loans to any person for the planning, designing,
acquiring, constructing, reconstructing, improving, equipping and furnishing of
a project, which credit or loans may be secured by loan and security agreements,
mortgages, leases, and any other instruments, upon such terms and conditions as
the Issuer shall deem reasonable; (ii) to require the inclusion in any mortgage,
lease, contract, loan and security agreement or other instruments of such
provisions for the construction, use, operation and maintenance and financing of
a project as the Issuer may deem necessary or desirable; and (iii) to enter into
contracts with respect to the planning, designing, financing, constructing,
reconstructing, improving, equipping, furnishing, operating and maintaining of a
project, for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Issuer
may determine to be reasonable; and


<PAGE>


     WHEREAS, as an inducement to the Company to undertake a certain project
consisting of the acquisition and filling of approximately 18.6 acres of
tidewater property (including the cost of off-site mitigation required by
environmental permits), the renovation of an existing building of approximately
36,500 square feet into a refrigerated warehouse and certain additional building
renovations, the performance of certain site improvements, including the
renovation of a collapsed pier, the construction of two marginal piers and
certain paving, grading and filling costs, and the purchase and installation of
machinery and equipment, including container cranes, bulldozers, forklift trucks
and other peripheral equipment for use in the loading and unloading of
ocean-going vessels, all part of a public port facility and property
functionally related and subordinate thereto (the "Project"), said Project to be
located in the City of Gloucester City, County of Camden, New Jersey, the
Issuer, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, made certain findings and
determinations and preliminarily approved the application of the Company for the
financing of the Project by resolution duly adopted on May 24, 1983 and by
further resolution duly adopted on August 7, 1984 authorized the issuance of its
Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in the principal amount of $13,500,000 (the "Series
A Bonds") for the purpose of providing funds for the making of a loan to the
Company to finance a portion of the Project and to enable the Company to refund
certain outstanding bonds; and

     WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer heretofore
issued the Series A Bonds for the Company in the City of Gloucester City, Camden
County, New Jersey on August 24, 1984, and loaned the proceeds from the sale
thereof to the Company pursuant to a Loan Agreement dated as of August 1, 1984
between the Issuer and the Company; and

     WHEREAS, as a further inducement to the Company to undertake certain
additional costs in connection with the Project and in furtherance of the
purposes of the Act, the Issuer by resolution duly adopted on September 4, 1985
authorized the issuance of its Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds
(Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in the aggregate
principal amount of $17,500,000, consisting of its Series B Variable/Fixed Rate
Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983
Project) in the principal amount of $7,500,000 (the "Series B Bonds") and its
Series C Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and
Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in the principal amount of $10,000,000
(the "Series C Bonds"), all for the purpose of providing funds for the making of
loans to the Company to finance a portion of the Project; and

     WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer heretofore
issued the Series B Bonds for the Company in the City of Gloucester City, Camden
County, New Jersey, on December 6, 1985, and loaned the proceeds from the sale
thereof to the Company


<PAGE>


pursuant to a loan agreement dated as of November 1, 1985 between the Issuer and
the Company; and

     WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer heretofore
issued the Series C Bonds for the Company in the City of Gloucester City, Camden
County, New Jersey, on December 30, 1985, and loaned the proceeds from the sale
thereof to the Company pursuant to a loan agreement dated as of December 1, 1985
between the Issuer and the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Issuer to refund
the Series C Bonds and, as an inducement to the Company to refund the Series C
Bonds, the Issuer duly adopted an amended final resolution on January 8, 1986
authorizing the issuance of its Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and
Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) 11.85% 1986 Series in the aggregate
principal amount of $10,000,000 (the "1986 Series Bonds") and providing for the
securing of the payment of said 1986 Series Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be
received by the Issuer and the assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with
respect to the Project, which pledge and assignment further secured the payment
of the principal of and interest on the 1986 Series Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the 1986 Series Bonds on February 25, 1986 and
applied the proceeds of the 1986 Series Bonds to make a loan to the Company to
refund the Series C Bonds in accordance with a certain loan agreement between
the Issuer and the Company and a certain indenture of trust between the Issuer
and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, both dated as of February 1, 1986,
providing, in part, for payments by the Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet
installments of interest and principal on the 1986 Series Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Issuer to refund
the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds, and, as an inducement to the Company
to refund the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds, the Issuer duly adopted an
amended final resolution on July 1, 1986 authorizing the issuance of its Series
D Senior Mortgage Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in an aggregate principal amount Of $18,750,000
(the "Series D Bonds") and providing for the securing of the payment of said
Series D Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be received by the Issuer and the
assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with respect to the Project, which
pledge and assignment further secured the payment of the principal of and
interest on the Series D Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the Series D Bonds on September 18, 1986 and
applied the proceeds of the Series D Bonds to make a loan to the Company to
refund the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds in accordance with a certain
loan agreement between the Issuer and the Company and a certain indenture of
trust between the Issuer and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, both dated as of
August 1, 1986, providing, in part, for payments by the Company to

<PAGE>

the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of interest and principal on the
Series D Bonds; and

       WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Issuer to
finance certain additional costs in connection with the Project and as a further
inducement to the Company to undertake such costs and in furtherance of the
purposes of the Act, the Issuer duly adopted an amended final resolution on
December 2, 1986 authorizing the issuance of its Series E Senior Mortgage
Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983
Project) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $8,500,000 (the "Series E Bonds")
and secured the payment of said Series E Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be
received by the Issuer and the assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with
respect to the Project, which pledge and assignment further secured the payment
of the principal of and interest on the Series E Bonds; and

       WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the Series E Bonds on December 30, 1986 and
applied the proceeds of the Series E Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the
financing of a portion of the costs of the Project, all in accordance with a
certain loan agreement between the Issuer and the Company and a certain
indenture of trust between the Issuer and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee,
both dated as of December 1, 1986, providing, in part, for payments by the
Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of interest and principal
on the Series E Bonds; and

       WHEREAS, the Company thereafter amended the Application, revising certain
aspects thereof to reflect cost overruns incurred with respect to the Project
and requested that the Issuer reconfirm its approval of the project described in
the Application; and

       WHEREAS, the Company requested a further loan from the Issuer to finance
certain additional costs in connection with the Project and as a further
inducement to the Company to undertake such additional costs and in furtherance
of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer duly adopted an amended final resolution
on August 4, 1987 (the "August Resolution") authorizing the issuance of its
Series F Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. -
1983 Project) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $9,000,000 (the
"Series F Bonds") and providing for the securing of the payment of said Series F
Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be received by the Issuer and the assignment of
certain rights of the Issuer with respect to the Project, which pledge and
assignment further secured the payment of the principal of and interest on the
Series F Bonds; and

       WHEREAS, the Issuer was thereafter requested and agreed to amend the form
of bonds approved in the August Resolution and to substitute Fidelity Bank,
National Association as trustee in the Place of Bankers Trust Company, New York,
New York, and duly adopted an amended final resolution on December 1, 1987
authorizing the amended form of Series F Bonds and the substitution of trustee,
and otherwise ratifying and confirming the August Resolution; and


<PAGE>

       WHEREAS, the Issuer issued its Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development
Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project), Series F, in
the aggregate principal amount of $9,000,000 on December 24, 1987 and applied
the proceeds of the Series F Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the
financing of a portion of the costs of the Project, all in accordance with a
certain loan agreement between the Issuer and the Company and a certain
indenture of trust between the Issuer and Fidelity Bank, National Association,
as trustee, both dated as of December 1, 1987, providing, in part, for payments
by the Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of interest and
principal on the Series F Bonds; and

       WHEREAS, the Company has requested an additional loan from the Issuer to
refund the 1986 Series Bonds and the Series F Bonds; and

       WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue its Economic Development Bonds
(Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) Series G Refunding
(Non-AMT) in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 (the "Series G
Bonds") and proposes to apply the proceeds of the Bonds to make a loan to the
Company (the "Series G Loan") to refund the 1986 Series Bonds, all pursuant to
the Act and the Bond Resolution (as hereinafter defined); and

       WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue its Economic Development Bonds
(Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) Series H Refunding
(AMT) (the "Bonds") and proposes to apply the proceeds of the Bonds to make a
loan to the Company (the "Loan" and, together with the Series G Loan, the
"Loans") to refund the Series F Bonds, all pursuant to the Act and the Bond
Resolution (as hereinafter defined); and

       WHEREAS, the Loan shall be secured by the pledge of payments to be made
by the Company hereunder and by a mortgage lien on the Project Facility, and
shall be guaranteed by B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated Distribution
Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.,
The Riverfront Development Corp., CRT, Inc. and any other person required to be
a Guarantor (collectively, the "Guarantor") pursuant to the Guaranty (as such
term is hereinafter defined); and

       WHEREAS, the Company and the Issuer each have full right and lawful
authority to enter into this Series H Loan Agreement (hereinafter referred to as
the "Agreement"), and to perform and observe the provisions hereof on their
respective parts to be performed and observed.

       NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
hereinafter contained, the parties hereto covenant, agree and bind themselves as
follows; provided, that any obligation of the Issuer created by or arising out
of this Agreement shall never constitute a debt or a pledge of the faith and
credit or the taxing power of the Issuer or any political


<PAGE>

subdivision or taxing district of the State of New Jersey but shall be payable
solely out of the Trust Estate (as defined in the Indenture), anything herein
contained to the contrary by implication or otherwise notwithstanding:


<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

       Section 1.1. Definitions. All capitalized, undefined terms used herein
shall have the same meanings as used in Article I of the hereinafter defined
Indenture. In addition, the following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:

       "Act" means The New Jersey Economic Development Authority Act, as
amended, N.J.S.A. ss.34:1B-1, et seq. or any successor legislation, and any
regulations and administrative pronouncements promulgated thereunder.

       "Affiliate" means B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated Distribution
Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.,
CRT, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corp., and any other Person under the
control of or in common control or ownership (direct or indirect) of or with the
Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. For the purposes of this
definition and the definition of Related Party below, "control" shall mean
ownership or control (direct or indirect) of five percent or more of the voting
stock of the Person for which such determination is to be made or the exercise
of management control over the business and affairs of such Person.

       "Agreement" or "Loan Agreement" means this Series H Loan Agreement as the
same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance
with its terms.

       "Application" means the application for financial assistance of the
Company dated April 25, 1983, submitted to the Authority, including any
amendments thereto as are on file at the Authority's offices.

       "Assignment" means the Series H Assignment dated the closing Date by and
between the Issuer, as assignor, and the Trustee, as assignee, assigning,
subject to such reservations as are contained therein, all of the Issuer's
right, title and interest in and to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

       "Bond" or "Bonds" or "Series H Bond" or "Series H Bonds" means one or
more of the Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System,
Inc. - 1983 Project), Series H Refunding (AMT) of the Issuer in the aggregate
principal amount of $9,000,000 authorized to be issued pursuant to the Bond
Resolution, delivered under and pursuant to the Bond Resolution and Indenture
and any bonds issued in lieu of or in substitution therefor.

                                      I-1

<PAGE>


       "Bond Counsel" with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Bonds
means Wolff & Samson, A Professional Corporation, having its office at 5 Becker
Farm Road, Roseland, New Jersey 07068, and subsequent thereto, such firm or any
other nationally recognized bond counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer
and Trustee.

       "Bond Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and created
pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Indenture.

       "Bond Purchase Agreement" means the bond purchase agreement dated as of
January 2, 1992 by and between the Issuer, the Company, the Purchaser and
Fidelity Aggressive Tax Free Portfolio and Fidelity Spartan Municipal Income
Portfolio, as purchaser of the Series G Bonds, relating to the issuance and sale
of the Bonds and the Series G Bonds, as the same may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time.

       "Bond Resolution" means the resolution of the Issuer adopted on January
7, 1992 and entitled "Amended Final Resolution" (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc. - 1983 Project) authorizing the issuance and sale of the Bonds and
the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Bond Purchase
Agreement, the Assignment, the other Loan Documents and the Series H Loan
Documents and determining other matters in connection with the Project.

       "Bond Year" means the one year period beginning on the day after
expiration of the preceding Bond Year. The first Bond Year begins on the Date of
Issuance and ends on December 31, 1992.

       "Business Day" means a day on which the Trustee and banks located in
Pittsburgh are open for the purpose of conducting a commercial banking
business.

       "Cancellation Date" means the effective date of the Issuer's notice of
cancellation of the Bonds given pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof.

       "Cash Flow" of a Person shall mean Net Income of such Person plus
depreciation and other non-cash charges to income plus (or minus) any increase
(or decrease) in deferred taxes.

       "Chief Financial Officer" shall mean Bernard Gelman, the Vice President
and Treasurer of the Company, or such other individual functioning in a
substantially similar capacity on behalf of the Company as the Company shall
designate in a notice to the Trustee from time to time.

       "Closing Date" means January 28, 1992 or such other date which shall be
the date of the execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement and the making of
the Loan.

                                       I-2

<PAGE>


       "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
successor legislation, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

       "Collateral" means all of the rights and assets of the Company or any
other Person in which the Issuer or the Trustee is now or hereafter granted a
lien or security interest in order to secure the performance of the Company's
obligations under this Loan Agreement, or any of the Loan Documents, the
obligations of the Issuer hereunder or under the Bonds or the obligations of any
Guarantor under the Guaranty.

       "Combined Cash Flow", "Combined Interest Charges", "Combined Net Income"
and "Combined Net Income Before Interest and Taxes" for any period shall mean,
respectively, the Cash Flow Interest Charges Net Income and Net Income Before
Interest Taxes of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for such period,
combined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.

       "Combined Indebtedness" means (i) the Combined Total Assets less (ii) the
total combined stockholders' equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates plus deferred taxes, each determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as such combination is
effective in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied as at any date on which the amount thereof shall be
determined.

       "Combined Tangible Net Worth" means (i) total combined shareholders'
equity in the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as such
combination is effected in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, less (ii) the aggregate net amount of the
following items to the extent, if any, that they were included in consolidated
assets or deducted from consolidated liabilities in computing shareholders'
equity:

       (a) All licenses, patents, copyrights, tradenames, trademarks,
franchises, good will, experimental or organizational expense, unamortized debt
discount and expense, treasury stock and all other assets which under generally
accepted accounting principles are deemed intangible; and

       (b) Any write-up of assets (other than current assets written up in
accordance with generally accepted accounting Principles consistently applied)
made after January 1, 1984.

       "Combined Total Assets" means the assets of the Company, its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates, combined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied.

                                       I-3

<PAGE>


       "Company Representative" means the person or persons at the time
designated to act on behalf of the Company by written certificate furnished to
the Issuer and the Trustee containing the signature of such person or persons
and signed on behalf of the Company by its President or any Vice President. Such
certificate may designate an alternate or alternates.

       "Cost" with respect to the Project shall be deemed to include all items
permitted to be financed under the provisions of the Act, including, but not
limited to:

          (i) all costs which the Issuer or the Company shall be required to pay
     under the terms of any contract or contracts for the acquisition,
     construction, improving, or equipping of the Project;

          (ii) obligations of the Company incurred for labor and materials
     (including obligations payable to the Company) in connection with the
     acquisition, construction, improving or equipping of the Project, including
     reimbursement to the Company for all advances and payments made in
     connection with the Project prior to or after delivery of the Bonds;

          (iii) the cost of performance or other bonds and any and all types of
     insurance that may be necessary or appropriate to have in effect during the
     course of construction of the Project,

          (iv) the cost of refunding the 1986 Series Bonds;

          (v) all costs of engineering and architectural services, including the
     costs of the Company for test borings, surveys, estimates, plans and
     specifications and preliminary investigations therefor, and for supervising
     construction, as well as for the performance of all other duties required
     by or consequent to the proper construction of the Project;

          (vi) all expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the
     Bonds, including but not limited to, compensation, fees and expenses of the
     Issuer and the Trustee including reasonable counsel fees, compensation to
     any financial consultant, underwriters or placement agents, legal fees and
     expenses, costs of printing and engraving, and recording and filing fees
     and costs of title insurance, if any; and

          (vii) any sums required to reimburse the Company for advances made by
     the Company for any of the above items or for any other costs incurred
     which are properly chargeable to the Project.

                                       I-4

<PAGE>

       "Cumulative Combined Net Income" for any specified periods means the sum
of Combined Net Income for each of such periods (subtracting Combined Net Income
for any period in which it is negative, as appropriate).

       "Date of Issue" or "Issue Date" means the date of issue of the Bonds as
such term is defined in Treasury Regulation ss.1.103-3(b)(6), being the Closing
Date.

       "Debt Service" means, for any Bond Year, the scheduled amount of interest
and amortization of principal payable for that Bond Year with respect to the
Bonds; provided, however, that in determining Debt Service for any Bond Year,
there shall not be taken into account amounts scheduled with respect to any
Bonds (or portion thereof) that have been retired before the beginning of the
Bond Year. The determination of Debt Service on the Bonds shall be made on the
first day of each Bond Year in the manner provided in Section 148(d) of the Code
and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

       "Default" means any Default under this Agreement as specified in and
defined by Section 9.1 hereof.

       "Distribution Fund" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)
hereof.

       "ERISA" means the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

       "Event of Cancellation" means any Event of Cancellation as defined in
Section 9.3(A) hereof.

       "Excess Amount" means, as of any payment date, the amount in the Bond
Fund on such date in excess of the amount required for the payment of principal,
accrued interest and premium, if any, on the Bonds due on such date.

       "Fiscal Year" means January 1 through December 31.

       "Gross Proceeds" means:

       (a) original proceeds (as defined in Section 1.148-8T(d)(3) of the
Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 148 of the Code);

       (b) Investment proceeds (as defined in Section 1.148-8T(d)(5) of the
Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 148 of the Code);


                                       I-5

<PAGE>


       (c) Transferred proceeds (as defined in Section 1.148-8T(d)(5) of the
Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 148 of the Code);

       (d) Amounts treated as proceeds of the issue under Section 1.103-13(g)
of the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 103(c) of the 1954 Code
(relating to invested sinking funds);

       (e) Amounts invested in a reasonably required reserve or replacement fund
(as defined in Section 148(d) of the Code);

       (f) Securities or obligations pledged, directly or indirectly, as
security for payment of debt service on the Bonds by the Issuer, a governmental
unit of which the Issuer is a part, the Company, a person or entity that is
related to the Company, or any other substantial beneficiary of the proceeds of
the Bonds;

       (g) Amounts received with respect to acquired purpose obligations as
defined in Section 1.148-8T(e)(10) of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations
promulgated under Section 148 of the Code;

       (h) Other amounts used to pay debt service on the Bonds; and

       (i) Other amounts received as a result of investing the amounts described
above with respect to the Bonds.

       "Guarantor" means any of B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated
Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo
Systems, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corp., and CRT, Inc., and any other
Person required to be a guarantor under the Guaranty.

       "Guaranty" means the Series H Guaranty Agreement dated as Of January 2,
1992 among the Guarantors, the Purchaser and the Trustee, and any amendments or
supplements thereto.

       "Indebtedness" means, for any Person, (i) all indebtedness of such Person
for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property, (ii) all
direct or indirect guaranties of such Person in respect of and all obligations
or undertakings (contingent or otherwise) of such Person to purchase or
otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of,
indebtedness of any other Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
price of property and (iii) all other obligations, contingent or otherwise,
which in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied shall be classified upon the obligor's balance sheet as liabilities,
including liabilities secured by any lien on any property owned or acquired by
the obligor or a Subsidiary thereof, whether or not the liabilities secured
thereby shall have been assumed, capitalized

                                       I-6

<PAGE>

leases and all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations. For
purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness of a Person, the total amount
of Indebtedness of another Person as to which such Person is obligated described
in clause (ii) or (iii) above, or the total possible payments which such Person
may become obligated to make in respect of a contingent liability, shall be
considered Indebtedness of such Person.

       "Indemnified Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b).

       "Indenture" means the Series H Indenture of Trust dated as of January 2,
1992 between the Issuer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Bonds are
authorized to be issued, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

       "Initial Temporary Period" means the period described in Treasury
Regulation ss.1.103-14(b)(1).

       "Issuer" means the New Jersey Economic Development Authority, a public
body corporate and politic constituting an instrumentality of the State,
exercising governmental functions and any body, board, authority, agency or
political subdivision or other instrumentality of the State which shall
hereafter succeed to the powers, duties and functions thereof.

       "Issuer Representative" means such person or persons at the time
designated by the Issuer to act on its behalf.

       "Liens" means any mortgages, pledges, liens or other charges or
encumbrances of any kind (including the charge upon property purchased under
conditional sale or other title retention agreements) upon, or any security
interest in, any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible.

       "Loan" means the Series H loan in the aggregate principal amount of
$9,000,000 made by the Issuer, as lender, from the proceeds of the sale of the
Series H Bonds, to the Company, as borrower, to provide funds for the refunding
of the Series F Bonds the proceeds of which were used to finance a portion of
Costs of the Project, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

       "Loan Documents" means any or all of this Agreement, the Indenture, the
Bond Purchase Agreement, the Mortgage, the Guaranty, the Assignment and all
documents, certificates and instruments executed in connection therewith.

       "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

       "Mortgage" means the Series H Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of
January 2, 1992 from the Company to the Trustee under which the Company grants
to the Trustee a mortgage

                                       I-7

<PAGE>


lien on and a security interest in the Project Facility to secure payment of the
Company's obligations contained in Section 4.2(a) hereof, and any amendments and
supplements thereto.

       "Net Proceeds," when used with respect to any insurance proceeds or any
condemnation award, means the amount remaining after deducting all expenses
(including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred in the collection of such
proceeds or award from the gross proceeds thereof.

       "1954 Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as in effect on the
day prior to the effective date of the Code.

       "1986 Series Bonds" means one or more of the Economic Development Bonds
(Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project), 11.85% 1986 Series
of the Issuer in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 which were issued
on February 25, 1986, and are being refunded with the proceeds of the Series G
Bonds.

       "Nonpurpose Obligation" means any evidence of indebtedness that
represents a "nonpurpose investment" within the meaning of Section
1.148-8T(e)(9) of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section
148 of the Code.

       "Owner" means the person or persons in whose name or names a Bond shall
be registered on the books of the Issuer kept for that purpose in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture.

       "Permitted Encumbrances" means, as of any particular time, (i) those
items shown in Exhibit C hereto, and (ii) any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on
the Project Facility hereafter incurred by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

       "Person" or "Persons" means any one or more individuals, corporations,
partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, unincorporated organizations, governmental
agencies or political subdivisions.

       "Plans" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(h) hereof.

       "Prime Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the
rate published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time as the prime lending
rate; any change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is
published in the Wall Street Journal.

       "Private Activity Bond" means a private activity bond as defined in
Section 141 of the Code.

                                      I-8

<PAGE>

       "Project" means the acquisition and filling of approximately 18.6 acres
of tidewater property (including the cost of off-site mitigation required by
environmental permits), the renovation of an existing building of approximately
36,500 square feet into a refrigerated warehouse and certain additional building
renovations, the performance of certain site improvements, including the
renovation of a collapsed pier, the construction of two marginal piers and
certain paving, grading and filling costs, and the purchase and installation of
machinery and equipment, including container cranes, bulldozers, forklift trucks
and other peripheral equipment for use in the loading and unloading of
ocean-going vessels, all part of a public port facility and property
functionally related and subordinate thereto, all to be located in the Project
Municipality.

       "Project Facility" means the marine terminal complex, consisting of land
and improvements existing or to be constructed thereon, and all fixtures and
other personalty affixed thereto, which is or will be owned by the Company and
located in the Project Municipality, the location of which is more fully
described in Exhibit A annexed hereto, including any additions, substitutions
and replacements which have been or will be acquired and constructed thereon.

       "Project Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and
created pursuant to Section 5.05 of the Indenture.

       "Project Municipality" means the City of Gloucester City, County of
Camden, New Jersey.

       "Purchaser" means, with respect to the Series H Bonds, Fidelity Spartan
New Jersey High Yield Fund, and their respective successors and assigns, and
with respect to the Series G Bonds, Fidelity Aggressive Tax Free Portfolio and
Fidelity Spartan Municipal Income Portfolio.

       "Rebate Fund" means the fund so designated which is established pursuant
to Section 5.12 of the Indenture.

       "Rebate Requirement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(b)
of the Indenture.

       "Related Party" means the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate, any
Person controlling the Company or Affiliate and any director or employee of the
Company, any Subsidiary, or any Affiliate.

       "Related Person" means a related person within the meaning of Section
103(b)(6)(C) of the 1954 Code.

       "Requisition" means a written request for a disbursement from the Project
Fund or the separate trust fund described in

                                       I-9

<PAGE>


Section 6.2 hereof, as the case may be, signed by a Company Representative,
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and satisfactorily
completed as contemplated by said form.

       "Restricted Payment" means:

          (i) The declaration of any dividend on, or the incurrence of any
     liability to make any other payment or distribution in respect of, any
     shares of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than one
     payable solely in its common shares);

          (ii) Any payment or distribution on an account of the purchase,
     redemption or other retirement of any shares of the Company, its
     Subsidiaries or Affiliates or of any warrant, option or other right to
     acquire such shares, or any other payment or distribution made in respect
     thereof, either directly or indirectly, except any payment or distribution
     on account of (A) the principal of and prepayment charge, if any, on
     convertible debt, or (B) the purchase, redemption or other retirement of
     shares of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in exchange for, or
     out of the net cash proceeds received by the Company, its Subsidiaries or
     Affiliates from a substantially concurrent sale of, other shares of the
     Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; and

          (iii) Any payment or distribution on account of the principal and
     prepayment charge, if any, with respect to subordinated debt of the
     Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates other than mandatory sinking fund
     or other retirement payments required by the terms thereof, and other than
     any working capital line of credit secured by a mortgage.

       The amount of Restricted Payment in property shall be deemed to be the
greater of its fair market value (as determined by an independent recognized
appraiser) or its net book value.

       "Security Ratio" means at any time the value of the property subject to
the lien of the Mortgage, as such value is determined by an appraisal required
by Section 2.4(k) hereof, divided by the sum of (i) the amount (including
interest which has accrued and is being deferred) of Senior Indebtedness, plus
(ii) the amount of the Bonds outstanding, plus (iii) the amount (including
interest which has accrued and is being deferred) of the Indebtedness
outstanding to the City of Gloucester secured by the mortgages described in
Exhibit C hereto.

       "Senior Indebtedness" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(k)
hereof.

                                      I-10

<PAGE>

       "Series F Bonds" means one or more of the Variable/Fixed Rate Economic
Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project),
Series F, of the Issuer in the aggregate principal amount of $9,000,000 which
were issued on December 24, 1987, were used to provide funds for the financing
of a portion of the Costs of the Project, and are being refunded with the
proceeds of the Series H Bonds.

       "Series G Agreement" means the Series G Loan Agreement, dated as of
January 2, 1992, between the Issuer and the Company, as the same may be amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

       "Series G Assignment" means the Series G Assignment dated the Closing
Date by and between the Issuer, as Assignor, and the Trustee, as Assignee,
assigning, subject to such reservations as are contained therein, all of the
Issuer's right, title and interest in and to the Series G Agreement and the
other Series G Loan Documents, as the same may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time.

       "Series G Bond" or "Series G Bonds" means one or more of the Economic
Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project),
Series G Refunding (Non-AMT) of the Issuer in the aggregate principal amount of
$10,000,000 authorized to be issued pursuant to the Bond Resolution, delivered
under and pursuant to the Bond Resolution and the Series G Indenture and any
bonds issued in lieu of or in substitution therefor.

       "Series G Guaranty" means the Series G Guaranty Agreement, dated as of
January 2, 1992, among the Guarantors, the Purchaser and the Trustee, and any
amendments or supplements thereto.

       "Series G Indenture" means the Series G Indenture of Trust dated as of
January 2, 1992 between the Issuer and Trustee, pursuant to which the Series G
Bonds are authorized to be issued, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

       "Series G Loan" means the Series G Loan in the aggregate principal amount
of $10,000,000 made by the Issuer, as lender, from the proceeds of the sale of
the Series G Bonds, to the Company, as borrower, to provide funds for the
refunding of the 1986 Series Bonds, all in accordance with the terms of the
Series H Agreement.

       "Series G Loan Documents" means any or all of the Series G Agreement, the
Series G Indenture, the Bond Purchase Agreement, the Series G Mortgage, the
Series G Guaranty, the Series G Assignment and all documents, certificates and
instruments executed in connection therewith.

                                      I-11

<PAGE>


       "Series G Mortgage" means the Series G Mortgage and Security Agreement
dated as of January 2, 1992 from the Company to the Trustee under which the
Company grants to the Trustee a mortgage lien on and a security interest in the
Project Facility to secure payment of the Company's obligations contained in
Section 4.2(a) of the Series G Agreement, and any amendments and supplements
thereto.

       "S & P" means Standard & Poor's Corporation.

       "State" means the State of New Jersey.

       "Subsidiary" means any entity of which at least a majority of the
outstanding stock having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a
majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether
or not at the time stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall
have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingencies)
is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Company or one
or more of its subsidiaries.

       "Substantial User" means a substantial user within the meaning of Section
103(b)(13) of the 1954 Code or Section 147(a) of the Code.

       "Taxes" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 hereof.

       "Term of Agreement" means the term of this Agreement as specified in
Section 11.1 hereof.

       "Trustee" means Mellon Bank, N.A., a national banking association, and
its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation
or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor trustee
at the time serving as successor trustee under the Indenture. "Principal Office"
of the Trustee means the address specified in Section 12.04 of the Indenture or
such other address as may be designated in writing to the Issuer and the
Company.

       "Uniform Commercial Code" means the Uniform Commercial Code, Title 12A of
the New Jersey Statutes, as enacted and in force and effect in the State.

       "Yield" means that yield which is computed pursuant to Treasury
Regulation ss.1.103-13(c) except that the yield on the Bonds shall be
determined on the basis of the "issue price." For this Purpose, "issue price"
shall have the same meaning given it by Sections 1273(b) and 1274 of the Code.

       Section 1.2. Interpretation and Construction. In this Loan Agreement,
unless the context otherwise requires:

                                      I-12

<PAGE>


       (1) Articles and Sections mentioned by number only are the respective
Articles and Sections of this Loan Agreement so numbered as originally executed;

       (2) Words importing a particular gender mean and include every other
gender, and words importing the singular number mean and include the plural
number and vice versa;

       (3) Words importing persons mean and include firms, associations,
partnerships (including limited partnerships), societies, trusts, public or
private corporations or other legal entities, including public or governmental
bodies, as well as natural persons;

       (4) Any headings preceding the texts of the several Articles and Sections
of this Loan Agreement, and any table of contents or marginal notes appended to
copies hereof, shall be solely for convenience of reference and shall not
constitute a part of this Loan Agreement, nor shall they affect its meaning,
construction or effect;

       (5) If any clause, provision or section of this Loan Agreement or the
application thereof to any circumstance shall be ruled invalid or unenforceable
by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable any of the remaining provisions hereof or the application
of such clause, provision or section to circumstances other than those as to
which it is held invalid or unenforceable.

       (6) References herein to the Issuer, the Trustee, the company and the
Purchaser shall include their respective successors and assigns.

                                      I-13

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II

                   REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES

     Section 2.1. Representations and Covenants of the Issuer. (a) The Issuer
represents and covenants that:

     (1) The Issuer is a public body corporate and politic constituting
an instrumentality of the State duly organized and existing under the laws of
the State. Under the provisions of the Act, the Issuer is authorized to enter
into the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement and the Indenture
and to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The Issuer has been
duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Indenture.

     (2) The Issuer covenants that it will not pledge the amounts derived from
this Loan Agreement other than as contemplated by the Indenture.

     (b) All covenants, stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations of
the Issuer set forth herein shall be deemed to be the covenants, stipulations,
promises, agreements and obligations of the Issuer and not of any member,
officer or employee of the Issuer in his or her individual capacity, and no
recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal or redemption price of
or interest on the Bonds or for any claim based thereon or hereunder against
any member, officer or employee of the Issuer or any person executing the Bonds.

     Section 2.2 Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
represents and warrants that:

     (a) Corporate Status. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates is a duly organized and validly existing corporation in good standing
under the laws of the state of its incorporation. The Company and each of its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates are duly qualified or licensed as foreign
corporations in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the
respective businesses conducted makes such qualification or licensing necessary.
The Company has no Subsidiary or Affiliate other than as listed in the
definition of the term "Affiliate" set forth in Article I hereof.

     (b) Corporate Power and Authority. The Company has the corporate power and
authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which
it is engaged or presently proposes to engage. The Company is not in violation
of any provision of its Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. The Company
and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates has the corporate power and
authority to execute, deliver, perform its obligations under, and


                                      II-1
<PAGE>

consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to which each is a party; and has taken all necessary corporate action
(including, without limitation, any consent of stockholders required by law or
by its charter or by-laws) to authorize the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which each is a party. This
Agreement and the Loan Documents to which the Company and its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates are parties each constitutes the legal, valid, and binding
obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, as applicable,
enforceable in accordance with their terms subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, or other similar laws relating to creditors' rights generally.

     (c) No Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or
investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against
or affecting the Company, its officers, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any
of their respective properties, by or before any court, arbitrator or
governmental, administrative, or public body or agency, nor to the best
knowledge of the Company is there any basis therefor, which might result in any
material adverse change in the operations, business, property, or assets or in
the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates or which involves the possibility of materially adversely affecting
the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to comply
with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is a party, or which would adversely
affect, in any way, the validity or enforceability of the Bonds, this Agreement,
any of the Loan Documents to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates is a party, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
party, used or contemplated for use in the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby. The Company is not, nor to the knowledge of the Company,
are any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, in default in any material respect
with respect to any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, rule or
regulation of any governmental instrumentality or agency.

     (d) No Violation. (i) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement
or the Loan Documents, nor the consummation of any of the transactions herein
or therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms 
and provisions hereof or thereof, will contravene any provision of any law,
statute, rule or regulation to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
or Affiliates is subject or any judgment, decree, license, order, or permit
applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or will
conflict or be inconsistent with, or will result in any breach of, any of the
terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under,
or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien, security interest, charge
or encumbrance whatsoever upon any of the property or assets of the Company
or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates pursuant to


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement, or other
instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is a
party or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of them may be
subject, or violate any provision of the charter by-laws of the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

        (ii) Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries is a
party to any contract or agreement or subject to any to any charter or other
corporate restriction which materially and adversely affects its business,
property, assets or financial condition. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
or Affiliate is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in,
any instrument evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary or
Affiliate, any agreement relating thereto, or any other contract or agreement
(including its charter) which restricts or otherwise limits the incurring
of the Indebtedness to be represented by this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.

     (e) Governmental Approval. No consent or approval of, or filing with, or
exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority is required to
authorize, or is required in connection with the execution, delivery, and
performance of, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or of any of
the instruments or agreements herein or therein referred to, or the taking of
any action hereby or thereby contemplated. The Company and its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates and the Project Facility are in compliance in all material
respects with all applicable requirements of all federal, state, regional
and local laws and with rules and regulations of federal, state, regional and
local governmental and regulatory bodies. Without limiting the foregoing, the
Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and the Project and Project Facility
are in compliance with all applicable environmental laws, including without
limitation the permits, licenses and approvals issued by the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers pursuant to the Federal Clean Water Act and the Federal River and
Harbors Act and by the New Jersey Department of Environmental Affairs for
waterfront development, stream encroachment and the grant of riparian rights.

     (f) Margin Regulations. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
or Affiliates is engaged principally in, or as one of its important activities
is involved in, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing
or carrying any Margin Stock (as defined in 12 C.F.R. 221.3(v) or in any
successor provision thereto). The proceeds of the loans made pursuant to the
Loan Agreement will not be used in violation of Regulation U of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect or any
successor thereto.

     (g) Financial Condition. The combined comparative balance sheet of the
Company, its Subsidiaries, and its combined


                                      II-3
<PAGE>


Affiliates as at December 31, 1990, and the combined comparative statements
of income, changes in financial position and retained earnings of the Company,
its Subsidiaries, and its Affiliates for the fiscal year ending on said date,
all certified by Fishbein & Co., and the unaudited combined balance sheet of the
Company, its Subsidiaries and its combined Affiliates as at September 30, 1991,
and the combined comparative statements of income, changes in financial
position and retained earnings of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its
Affiliates for the nine months ending on such date, all of which have
heretofore been furnished to the Purchaser, fairly reflect the combined
comparative financial condition of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its
Affiliates at the respective dates thereof, and the results of the operations
of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its Affiliates for the periods covered
thereby. The financial statements included in the Application or otherwise
supplied to the Issuer or the Purchaser (including any related schedules or
notes) are true and correct in all material respects (subject, as to interim
statements, to changes resulting from audits and year-end adjustments) and have
been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved and show all
liabilities, direct and contingent, of the Company and its consolidated
Subsidiaries and Affiliates required to be shown in accordance with such
principles. Since September 30, 1991 there has been no material adverse change
in the combined financial condition of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its
Affiliates from that shown by the balance sheet as at that date.

     (h) Compliance with ERISA. The pension or other employee benefit plans
which are established or maintained by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates (the "Plans") are in substantial compliance with ERISA; no Plan
is insolvent or in reorganization; no plan has an accumulated or waived funding
deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code; neither the Company
nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor any ERISA Affiliate, has incurred
any material liability (including any material contingent liability) to or on
account of a Plan pursuant to Section 4062, 4063, 4064, 4201, or 4204 of ERISA
or expects to incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections on
account of the termination of participation in or contributions to any such
Plan; no proceedings have been instituted to terminate any Plan; no condition
exists which presents a material risk to the Company, any Subsidiary, or any
Affiliate, respectively, of incurring a liability to or on account of a Plan
pursuant to any of the foregoing Sections of ERISA; and no lien imposed under
the Code or ERISA on the assets of the Company or any Affiliate or Subsidiary
exists or is likely to arise on account of any Plan.

     (i) Title to Property. To the best of the Company's knowledge, the Company
and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates have good and marketable title to all their
respective properties and assets (i) reflected on the latest combined balance
sheet referred

                                      II-4

<PAGE>

to in Section 2.2(g) and (ii) comprising the Project Facility (as defined in the
Indenture) and the property subject to the Mortgage, and all such properties and
assets are free and clear of Liens, except (A) Liens disclosed on such balance
sheet, (B) materialmen's and mechanic's Liens which do not materially detract
from the value or interfere with the present or anticipated business use of the
properties subject thereto, and (C) those Permitted Encumbrances described on
Exhibit C annexed hereto. To the best of the Company's knowledge, upon execution
and delivery of this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby and upon
any filings or recordings made in connection therewith, the Mortgage will be a
valid lien on the Project Facility subject and subordinate only to such
imperfections of title or encumbrances as are shown on Exhibit C.

     (j) Tax Returns. All tax returns and tax reports of the Company and each of
its former and present Subsidiaries and Affiliates required by law to be filed
have been duly filed, and all taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges
or levies (other than those presently payable without penalty and those
currently being contested in good faith for which adequate reserves have been
established) upon the Company or any of its former or present Subsidiaries and
Affiliates (or any of their properties) which are due and payable have been paid
in full. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its
affiliates in respect of federal income tax for all periods are adequate in the
opinion of the Company.

     (k) Disclosure. There is no fact known to the Company which materially
adversely affects or in the future may (so far as the Company can now foresee)
materially adversely affect the business, property, assets, or financial
condition of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates which has not
been set forth in the Loan Documents.

     (l) The Project. The Project is included within the definition of a
"project" in the Act and the Company will operate or cause the Project Facility
to be operated as a "project" under the Act.

     (m) [Intentionally Omitted]

     (n) Compliance with Laws. The Company will cause the Project and the
Project Facility to be operated in accordance with the laws, rulings,
regulations, and ordinances of federal and state governmental bodies and the
departments, agencies and political subdivisions thereof. The Company has
obtained or caused to be obtained all requisite approvals or permits or licenses
of the State and of other federal, state, regional and local governmental bodies
for the acquisition, construction, improving, and equipping of the Project and
the operation of the Project Facility, and will


                                      II-5


<PAGE>

obtain or cause to be obtained any such approvals, permits or licenses as may
be required in the future from time to time.

     (o) Information in Application Accurate. All information and data contained
in the Application relating to the Company were true, correct, and complete in
all material respects as of the date thereof. Aside from financial information
relating to the Company, which information has not been updated since the date
of submission of the Application, no information has been omitted therefrom
which would make the Application misleading in any material respect, and the
Application does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and does
not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained therein not misleading or incomplete.

     (p) Inducement. The availability of financial assistance from the Issuer as
provided for herein was an important inducement to the Company to undertake the
Project and to locate the Project in the State.

     (q) No Untrue Statements. The representations, statements, and warranties
of the Company set forth in the Application, this Agreement, or any other Loan
Document (1) are true, correct, and complete in all material respects, (2) do
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact, and (3) do not omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein
or therein not misleading or incomplete. The Company understands that all such
statements, representations, and warranties have been relied upon as an
inducement by the Issuer to make the Loan and the Purchaser to purchase the
Bonds.

     (r) Brokerage Commissions. No Person is entitled to receive from the
Company or any other Person any brokerage commission, finder's fee, or similar
fee or payment in connection with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

     (s) Commencement of Project. Except as otherwise disclosed in the
Application, the Project commenced subsequent to May 24, 1983, the date upon
which the authority adopted a resolution preliminarily approving the Project,
and prior to such date neither the Company nor any Related Person commenced or
caused to be commenced any off-site production or entered into an agreement
binding the Company or any Related Person to proceed with the Project.

     (t) Prevailing Wages and Affirmative Action. The Company is fully familiar
with the Issuer's Prevailing Wage Regulations and Affirmative Action Program and
has submitted to the Issuer all reports and certificates required to date
pursuant to the Prevailing Wage Regulations and Affirmative Action Program.


                                      II-6

<PAGE>


         Section 2.3. Tax-Exempt Status of the Bonds. The Company hereby
represents, covenants and warrants that:

         (a) The Project did not reach a degree of completion which permitted
operation at substantially the level for which it was designed, and the Project
was not, in fact, operated at substantially the level for which it was designed
(determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 103(b) of the 1954 Code
and Treas. Reg. ss.1.103-8(a)(5)) more than one year prior to the date of
issuance of the Series F Bonds.

         (b) No Person who was a Substantial User of the Project at any time
during the five year period immediately preceding the date hereof, and who will
receive, directly or indirectly, proceeds of the Bonds in an amount equal to 5%
or more of the face amount of the Bonds, in payment for his interest in the
Project, will be a Substantial User of the Project at any time during the five
year period beginning on the Date of Issue of the Bonds.

         (c) (i) The entire proceeds from the sale of the Series G Bonds will be
used to refund the 1986 Series Bonds on the Date of Issue, all of the proceeds
of which were used to refund the Series C Bonds. At least 90% of the proceeds
from the sale of the Series C Bonds and investment earnings thereon were
expended for Costs of the Project relating to the acquisition or construction
after May 23, 1983 of docks or wharves which are part of a public port facility
(i.e., a port facility which is available for use by members of the general
public or for use by common carriers or charter carriers which serve members of
the general public) or to acquire or construct lands, buildings or other
property which are functionally related and subordinate to such facility within
the meaning of Section 103(b)(4)(D) of the 1954 Code.

         (ii) The entire proceeds from the sale of the Bonds will be used to
refund the Series F Bonds, at least 95% of the proceeds from the sale of which,
and investment earnings thereon, were expended for Costs of the Project relating
to the acquisition or construction after May 23, 1983 of docks or wharves which
are part of a public port facility (i.e., a port facility which is available for
use by members of the general public or for use by common carriers or charter
carriers which serve members of the general public) or to acquire or construct
lands, buildings or other property which are functionally related and
subordinate to such facility within the meaning of Section 103(b)(4)(D) of the
1954 Code. Of the remaining 5% of such proceedings, not more than 2% of the
proceeds from the sale of the Series F Bonds were used to finance issuance costs
with respect to the Series F Bonds.

         (iii) No portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Series C Bonds,
the 1986 Series Bonds or the Series F Bonds was used to provide a facility the
primary purpose of which is retail food and beverage services, automobile sales
or service, or the


                                      II-7

<PAGE>


provision of recreation or entertainment, and no portion of the proceeds of the
Series C Bonds, the 1986 Series Bonds or the Series F Bonds was used to provide
any private or commercial golf course, country club, massage parlor, tennis
club, skating facility (including rollerskating, skateboard and ice skating),
racquet sports facility (including any handball or racquetball court), hot tub
facility, suntan facility, racetrack, airplane, skybox or other private luxury
box, health club facility, facility primarily used for gambling or store the
principal business of which is the sale of alcoholic beverages for consumption
off premises. Less than 25% of the proceeds if the Series C Bonds, the 1986
Series Bonds and the Series F Bonds was used for the acquisition of land (or any
interest therein) to be used for non farming purposes.

         (iv) None of the proceeds of the Series C Bonds, the 1986 Series Bonds
or the Series F Bonds were used for the acquisition of any property (or an
interest therein) unless the first use of such property was pursuant to such
acquisition.

         (d) The average weighted maturity of the Bonds and of the Series G
Bonds will not exceed 120% of the useful lives of the assets comprising the
Project (all determined pursuant to the Code and the rulings promulgated
thereunder), and the Company shall deliver a letter of its accountants to that
effect on the Closing Date.

         (e) The Bonds and the Series G Bonds are not and shall not become
directly or indirectly federally guaranteed. Bonds will be considered to be
"federally guaranteed" if the payment of the principal or interest with respect
to such bonds is guaranteed (in whole or in part) by the United States (or any
agency or instrumentality thereof) or 5% or more of the proceeds of the bonds
are used in making loans or the payment of principal or interest with respect to
which are guaranteed or invested (directly or indirectly) in federally insured
deposits or accounts.

         (f) The information contained in Internal Revenue Form 8038 prepared in
connection with the issuance of the Bonds is true, accurate and complete. The
Company acknowledges that Form 8038 was prepared by Wolff & Samson from
information provided by the Company or its acountants, and that the Company or
its accountants are responsible for the accuracy of Form 8038. The Company will
hold harmless the Issuer, the Trustee, the Purchaser and Bond Counsel, against
any and all consequences of any inaccuracy, omission or misrepresentation in
Form 8038.

         (g) Promptly after the Company first becomes aware of any Determination
of Taxability (as defined in the Indenture), the Company shall give written
notice thereof to the Issuer and the Trustee.


                                      II-8

<PAGE>


         Section 2.4. Covenants of the Company. The Company agrees that, so long
as any of the Bonds are outstanding or any amounts are due under this Agreement
or under any of the Loan Documents, it shall comply and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates to comply with the following provisions:

         (a) Compliance with Agreement. The Company shall observe and perform
all of its obligations under this Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it
is a party. The Company shall fully and faithfully perform all the duties and
obligations which the issuer has covenanted and agreed in the Indenture to cause
the Company to perform and any duties and obligations which the Company is
required in the Indenture to perform.

         (b) Notice of Default, Litigation, Etc. (i) The Company shall furnish
to the Trustee as soon as possible and in any event within five (5) Business
Days after the discovery by any executive officer of the Company of any Default,
a certificate setting forth the details of such Default, and the action which
the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

         (ii) The Company shall give prompt notice to the Trustee of any
litigation or governmental proceeding pending, involving or, to its knowledge,
threatened against the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate which (A)
involves an uninsured claim or the uninsured portion or deductible of an insured
claim which is over $500,000 or (B) if adversely determined, would have a
material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Company,
any Subsidiary, or any Affiliate.

         (c) Corporate Existence. The Company covenants that it shall maintain
its existence in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to maintain
its corporate existence in good standing under the laws of its respective
jurisdiction of incorporation, and shall maintain, in each jurisdiction where
material to the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates or the maintenance of the Collateral, its and each of their right to
transact business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its or their
business or the character of the properties which it or they own or lease
requires qualification as a foreign corporation and where failure to so qualify
would permanently preclude the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates,
as the case may be, from enforcing its rights with respect to its assets. No
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be incorporated in any jurisdiction if in the
opinion of the Trustee the laws of such jurisdiction would restrict or otherwise
adversely affect the ability of such Subsidiary or Affiliate to perform its
obligations under the Guaranty. The Company and each Subsidiary and Affiliate
will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations, and requirements of governmental authorities, except where
the necessity of


                                      II-9

<PAGE>


compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
the effect of non compliance during such contest will not have a material
adverse effect upon the business, properties, or condition, financial or
otherwise, of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or result in the
imposition of any Lien on the properties of any of them (unless the enforcement
of any such Lien has been and continues to be effectively stayed). The Company
will and will cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to preserve and keep in full
force and effect all rights, licenses, registrations, and franchises necessary
(i) to the proper conduct of their business or affairs and (ii) to continue to
operate their business as presently operated.

           (d) Acquisition, Merger or Consolidation; Sale of Substantially All
Assets. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall sell, lease,
assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any assets from and after the date
hereof (i) for less than fair value or (ii) if the total of the net book value
of all assets sold, leased, or otherwise assigned or disposed of from and after
the date hereof exceeds 25% of total combined assets of the Company and all of
its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, as the case may be. The Company shall not
permit in any event any such event to occur unless the Company has complied with
the provisions of Section 8.1. In addition, in the event of any sale of any
property subject to the lien of the Mortgage or any part thereof, the Company
shall make or set aside in trust for prepayments or payments of Senior
Indebtedness, or if no such Indebtedness is outstanding, the Bonds and any
Indebtedness on a parity with the Bonds incurred in compliance with Section
2.4(h) of this Agreement, in an amount equal to the greater of (x) the sales
price of such property sold or (y) 60% of the appraised fair market value
thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
or Affiliate shall sell, lease, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any asset
if, after giving effect to such sale, lease, or other transfer or disposition,
there shall exist any Default.

           Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall merge or
consolidate with or into or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of
any other Person, provided that the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may
merge or consolidate with or into or acquire all or substantially all of such
assets of another corporation (i) if the acquiring corporation is the Company or
a corporation duly organized in good standing under the laws of a State of the
United States, (ii) if each of the representations and warranties set forth in
paragraphs (a) through (f), inclusive, (h), (i), (j), and (n) of Section 2.2 of
this Agreement remains true and correct immediately after giving effect to such
merger, consolidation or asset acquisition, (iii) if the surviving corporation
is not the Company, the surviving corporation expressly assumes all of the
covenants and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement and each of
the Loan Documents and otherwise

                                      II-10


<PAGE>


in respect of the Bonds, (iv) the Company or the surviving corporation could
immediately after giving effect to the transaction, incur at least $1.00 of
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.4(h) hereof, (v) if the surviving corporation
has rated debt securities, such debt securities are rated by a nationally
recognized credit rating agency and such rating is investment grade or better
(e.g., if by S & P, "BBB" or better and if by Moody's, "Baa" or better), and
(vi) the Trustee shall have received an opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect
that such merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets will not adversely
affect the exemption of interest on the Series G Bonds from federal income
taxation, a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer stating that none of the
covenants contained in this Agreement will be violated as a result of such
merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets, and such other agreements,
certificates, opinions, and documents as the Trustee shall have reasonably
requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such transaction must comply in
all respects with the conditions of Section 8.1. The Company agrees to notify
the Purchaser of its intent to merge, consolidate or acquire assets pursuant to
this paragraph at least 10 days prior to entering into any binding agreements
with respect to such acquisition.

           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right at
any time and from time to time to (i) merge or consolidate any Subsidiary or
Affiliate with or into it (provided the Company is the surviving corporation) or
with or into any other Subsidiary or Affiliate, or (ii) acquire substantially
all of the assets, or cause any other Subsidiary or Affiliate to acquire
substantially all of the assets, of any Subsidiary or Affiliate (other than the
Company), without regard to the provisions of the immediately preceding
paragraph of this Section 2.4(d), but subject to the provisions of Section 8.1.

           (e) Financial Statements; Inspections. (i) The Company shall deliver
to the Trustee and the Purchaser (A) as soon as available but in any event
within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year a combined and combining
comparative statement of income, reconciliation of capital accounts and related
balance sheets for the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Affiliates for such
year prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied and in reasonable detail (such combined statements to be
audited and certified by an accounting firm acceptable to the Trustee with an
unqualified opinion and such combining statements to be unaudited and certified
by the Chief Financial Officer, whose certificate shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee), (B) as soon as available but in any event within 60 days after the end
of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year, a combined
comparative statement of income, reconciliation of capital accounts, and related
balance sheet for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then
fiscal year to the end of such quarter, prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied


                                     II-11
<PAGE>


(subject to year-end adjustments) and in reasonable detail (all of which shall
be unaudited and certified by the Chief Financial Officer, whose certificate
shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) for the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its
Affiliates, (C) upon request, copies of all such regular or periodic reports,
which are available for public inspection, which the Company may be required to
file with any federal or state department, bureau, commission, or agency, (D)
such other financial data as the Trustee or the Purchaser may reasonably request
and which is reasonably available to the Company, and (E) copies of any
statements, notices, certificates, and other information required to be
furnished to the Issuer under this Agreement, including without limitation
Section 7.9 hereof, on the date such information is required to be so furnished.
In addition, the Company shall deliver within 90 days after the end of each of
the first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year combining statements for any
such reporting period during which the Company's investment in any Subsidiary or
Affiliate shall account for 15% or more of Combined Tangible Net Worth or 15% or
more of combined sales and revenues, such combining statements to be unaudited
and certified by the Chief Financial Officer, whose certificate shall be
satisfactory to the Trustee and the Purchaser. All financial statements
specified in clauses (A) and (B) above shall be furnished in combined
comparative form for the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its Affiliates with
comparative figures for the corresponding period in the preceding year, and
shall be accompanied by a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer,
with appropriate documentation substantiating all financial calculations,
stating that there exists no Default or, if any such Default exists, stating the
nature thereof and what action the Company proposes to take with respect
thereto.

                  (ii) The Company shall permit, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates to permit, any Person designated by the Issuer, the
Trustee or the Purchaser, at their own expense, to visit and inspect the
properties of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to
examine the books and records, including financial records of the Company, its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and make copies or extracts thereof, and to discuss
the affairs, finances, and accounts of the Company, its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates, with its and their officers, at such reasonable times as the Issuer
or the Trustee may reasonably request.

           (f) Restricted Payments.  Neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall make any Restricted Payment or set aside any
funds therefor unless, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate of such
Restricted Payments for all such purposes subsequent to the Closing Date would
not exceed the sum (as in effect from time to time, hereinafter referred to as
the "Distribution Fund") of (i) 50% of the Company's Cumulative Combined Net
Income subsequent to December 31, 1991 so long as the Company's Combined
Tangible Net Worth is greater than $31,051,000, (ii) the aggregate of the net
cash proceeds received by the Company

                                      11-12


<PAGE>


from any issuance or sale of capital shares of the Company subsequent to the
Closing Date, and (iii) the aggregate of the net cash proceeds received by the
Company from any issuance of any Indebtedness of the Company which has been
converted into capital shares of the Company subsequent to the Closing Date,
which amount shall be added to the Distribution Fund only after such conversion.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may acquire its own capital shares
for an aggregate amount from and after the Closing date equal to the greater of
(x) the sum of (i) 25% of the Cumulative Combined Net Income of the Company
subsequent to December 31, 1991, plus (ii) $500,000, or (y) the amount then
available under the Distribution Fund, which amount shall be charged to the
Distribution Fund. No Restricted Payment may be made in other than cash or
securities which are actively traded on a nationally recognized public market
and have a readily ascertainable market value (which value shall be the amount
of such Restricted Payment), unless the Company shall have received a report
from an independent recognized appraiser as to the fair value of the property to
be distributed or transferred, in which case the amount of such Restricted
Payment shall be deemed to be the greater of its fair value (as determined by
such appraiser) or its net book value on the books of the Company.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall make any Restricted Payment if at
the time or after giving effect thereto, there shall exist any Default.

           (g) Maintenance of Combined Tangible Net Worth. The Company shall at
all times maintain a Combined Tangible Net Worth of (i) not less than
$31,051,000, plus 50% of the Company's Aggregate Combined Net Income at the end
of each fiscal year subsequent to the fiscal year ending December 31, 1991 and
(ii) not less than 25% of Combined Long Term Indebtedness but in no event less
than $31,051,000.

           (h) Limitation of Total Indebtedness. Neither the Company nor any of
its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall incur additional Indebtedness if, at the
time such Indebtedness is incurred and after giving effect thereto and to any
concurrent reduction of Indebtedness, Combined Indebtedness would exceed 400% Of
Combined Tangible Net Worth.

           (i) Times Interest Earned. The ratio of (i) the Company's Combined
Net Income Before Interest and Taxes to (ii) the Company's Combined Interest
Charges calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter beginning December 31,
1991 for the period including such quarter and the immediately prior three
fiscal quarters, combined, will be at least 1.35 for each of said periods.

           (j) Cash Flow. The Combined Cash Flow of the Company shall not be
less than $7,000,000 at the end of any Fiscal Year commencing January 1, 1991.


                                     II-13



<PAGE>


           (k) Limitation on Primary Debt. After the date hereof, neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall incur additional Indebtedness
having a Lien on the Project Facility or any part thereof senior to any lien
securing the Series H Bonds or the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary
or Affiliate under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, provided that
the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may incur such senior indebtedness in
an aggregate amount of up to $5,000,000 without regard to any limitation stated
or requirements otherwise stated under this Section 2.4(k), provided there shall
not exist any Default. After the date hereof, neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall incur additional Indebtedness having a Lien on the
Project Facility or any part thereof of equal priority with any lien securing
the Series G Bonds or the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents (all of such
Indebtedness, together with any indebtedness incurred pursuant to the preceding
sentence whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred being referred to as
"Senior Indebtedness") other than the Liens created by the Series H Loan
Documents if, at the time it is incurred and after giving effect thereto, (i)
the Security Ratio would be less than 2.2 to 1; provided that no additional
Senior Indebtedness (including interest which has accrued and is being deferred)
shall be incurred without providing to the Trustee and to the Purchaser an
appraisal performed not more than two years prior to such incurrence by an
independent appraiser of recognized standing of the value of the property
subject to the lien of the Mortgage; or (ii) if, at the time of or after giving
effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, there shall exist any Default.
Prior to the incurrence of any Senior Indebtedness by the Company or any
Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the
Purchaser a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer demonstrating in
reasonable detail compliance by the Company and such Subsidiary or Affiliate
with the provisions of this Section 2.4(k). In connection with the incurrence of
Senior Indebtedness meeting the requirements of this Section 2.4(k), the Trustee
shall execute and deliver a subordination of the Mortgage or a parity agreement
with respect to the Mortgage, provided that no such agreement shall amend or
modify any provisions of the Mortgage, but only the priority thereof.

           (1) Invesments in Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Etc. Neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall purchase any capital stock or
other security issued by, make any loan, advance, or extension of credit to,
purchase any of the business or integral part of the business of, or otherwise
make any investment in, any Subsidiary, Affiliate, or any other Person if,
immediately before or after giving effect thereto, there shall exist any
Default.

           (m) Compliance with ERISA. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates shall meet all minimum funding

                                      II-14


<PAGE>


requirements applicable to any Plans which are subject to ERISA or to Section
412 of the Code and will at all times comply in all material respects with the
provisions of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code which are applicable to the
Plans. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate will permit any event
or condition to exist which would permit any of the Plans which is not a
multiemployer plan to be terminated under circumstances which would cause the
lien provided for in Section 4068 of ERISA to attach to the assets of the
Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate. Promptly after the occurrence of a
"reportable event", as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, or after the Company or
a Subsidiary or Affiliate receives notice that the Pension Benefit Guarantee
Corporation has instituted or intends to institute termination proceedings with
respect to any Plan, and prior to the termination of any Plan by the
administrator thereof, the Company shall notify the Trustee and provide such
documentation, data and other information with respect thereto as the Trustee
may reasonably request.

           (n) Transactions with Related Parties. Neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall engage in or effect any transactions with any
Related Party (other than the Company) on a basis less favorable to the Company
or such Subsidiary or Affiliate, as the case may be, than would be the case if
such transaction had been effected with a Person which was not a Related Party.



                              [END OF ARTICLE II]


                                     II-15

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE III

                         ISSUANCE OF THE SERIES H BONDS

         Section 3.1 Agreement to Issue the Series H Bonds: Application of
Series H Bond Proceeds. In order to provide funds to finance a portion of the
Cost of the Project, the Issuer, concurrently with the execution of this
Agreement, will issue, sell, and deliver the Series H Bonds. The Issuer will
deposit the net proceeds of the Series H Bonds with the Trustee to be applied to
refund the Series F Bonds.

         Section 3.2. Disbursements from the Project Fund. The Issuer has, in
the Indenture, authorized and directed the Trustee to disburse the Series H Bond
proceeds on the Closing Date from the Project Fund to refund the the Series F
Bonds. The Trustee shall not make any disbursement from the Project Fund until
the Company shall have provided the Trustee with a Requisition and the other
documents required by Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

         Section 3.3 Furnishing documents to the Trustee. The Company agrees to
cause such Requisitions to be directed to the Trustee as may be necessary to
effect payments out of the Project Fund in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof.

         Section 3.4. Special Arbitrage Certifications. The Issuer covenants not
to cause or direct any moneys on deposit in any fund or account to be used in a
manner which would cause the Bonds or the Series G Bonds to be classified as
"arbitrage bonds" within the meaning of Section 148 of the Code, and the Company
certifies and covenants to and for the benefit of the Issuer and the Owners of
the Bonds that so long as there are any Bonds Outstanding, moneys on deposit in
any fund or account in connection with the transactions contemplated herein,
whether such moneys were derived from the proceeds of the sale of the Bonds or
from any other sources, will not be used in a manner which will cause the Bonds
or the Series G Bonds to be classified as "arbitrage bonds" within the meaning
of Section 148 of the Code.

                              [END OF ARTICLE III]

                                     III-1
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                                LOAN PROVISIONS

         Section 4.1. Loan of Proceeds. The Issuer agrees, upon the terms and
conditions contained in this Agreement and the Indenture, to make a loan to the
Company in the principal amount of NINE MILLION DOLLARS ($9,000,000), equal to
the proceeds received by the Issuer from the sale of the Series H Bonds. Such
proceeds shall be disbursed to or on behalf of the Company as provided in
Section 3.3 hereof.

         Section 4.2. Amounts Payable.

         (a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees to repay the Loan, as
follows: on or before the Business Day preceeding any interest payment date for
the Series H Bonds or any other date that any payment of interest, premium, if
any, or principal is required to be made in respect of the Series H Bonds
pursuant to the Indenture, until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on the Series H Bonds shall have been fully paid or provision for the payment
thereof shall have been made in accordance with the indenture, in immediately
available funds, a sum which, together with any moneys available for such
payment in the Bond Fund, will enable the Trustee to pay the amount payable on
such date as principal of (whether at maturity or upon redemption or
acceleration or otherwise), premium, if any, and interest on the Series H Bonds
as provided in the Indenture.

         It is understood and agreed that all payments payable by the Company
under subsection (a) of this Section 4.2 are assigned by the Issuer to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Owners of the Bonds. The Company assents to such
assignment. The Issuer hereby directs the Company and the Company hereby agrees
to pay to the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee all payments
payable by the Company pursuant to this subsection. Payments by the Company to
the Trustee as aforesaid or as otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents shall be sufficient to discharge the obligation of the
Company with respect to the amounts so paid, and the Company shall not be liable
to the Issuer, the Owners or to any other party by reason of the failure of the
Trustee to remit such amounts to the Owners, or otherwise to apply such amounts,
as provided in the Indenture.

         (b) The Company will also pay the reasonable expenses of the Issuer
related to the issuance of the Series H Bonds, including the payment on the
Closing Date of a fee equal to $22,500. The Company shall also pay on the
Closing Date the fees and expenses of Bond Counsel, of counsel to the Purchaser
and of counsel to the trustee with respect to the Series F Bonds.


                                      IV-1

<PAGE>


         (c) The Company will also pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the
Trustee under the Indenture and all other amounts which may be payable to the
Trustee under Section 9.02 of the Indenture, such amounts to be paid directly to
the Trustee for the Trustee's own account as and when such amounts become due
and payable.

         (d) In the event the Company should fail to make any of the payments
required in this Section 4.2, the item or installment so in default shall
continue as an obligation of the Company until the amount in default shall have
been fully paid, and the Company agrees to pay the same with interest thereon,
to the extent permitted by law, from the date when such payment was due, at the
rate set forth in the Series G Bonds.

         Section 4.3. Obligations of Company Unconditional. The obligations of
the Company to make the payments required in Section 4.2 hereof and to perform
and observe the other agreements contained herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be subject to any defense or any right of setoff,
counterclaim or recoupment arising out of any breach by the Issuer or the
Trustee of any obligation to the Company, whether hereunder or otherwise, or out
of any indebtedness or liability at any time owing to the Company by the Issuer,
the Trustee or the Purchaser, and, until such time as the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the Series G Bonds shall have been fully paid or
provision for the payment thereof shall have been made in accordance with the
Indenture, the Company (i) will not suspend or discontinue any payments provided
for in Section 4.2 hereof, (ii) will perform and observe all other agreements
contained in this Agreement and (iii) except as provided in Article X hereof,
will not terminate the Term of Agreement for any cause, including, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the occurrence of any acts or
circumstances that may constitute failure of consideration, eviction or
constructive eviction, destruction of or damage to the Project Facility, the
taking by eminent domain of title to or temporary use of any or all of the
Project Facility, commercial frustration of purpose, any change in the tax or
other laws of the United States of America or of the State or any political
subdivision of either thereof or any failure of the Issuer or the Trustee to
perform and observe any agreement, whether express or implied, or any duty,
liability or obligation arising out of or connected with this Agreement. Nothing
contained in this Section shall be construed to release the Issuer from the
performance of any of the agreements on its part herein contained, and in the
event the Issuer or the Trustee should fail to perform any such agreement on its
part, the Company may institute such action against the Issuer or the Trustee as
the Company may deem necessary to compel performance so long as such action does
not abrogate the obligations of the Company contained in the first sentence of
this Section.

                              [END OF ARTICLE IV]

                                      IV-2

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE V

                                  THE PROJECT

         Section 5.1. Disbursements from the Project Fund. (a) In the Indenture,
the Issuer has authorized and directed the Trustee to make disbursements from
the Project Fund as required by this Agreement. Disbursement of the entire
$9,000,000 of proceeds from the sale of the Series H Bonds shall be made from
the Project Fund to refund the Series F Bonds, upon receipt by the Trustee of a
requisition signed by a Company Representative stating with respect to such
disbursement to be made: (1) that it is requisition no. 1; (2) that payment is
to be made to Meridian Bank, as issuer of the Letter of Credit with respect to
the Series F Bonds; (3) that the amount to be paid is $9,000,000; (4) that each
obligation mentioned therein has been properly incurred after May 24, 1983, is a
proper charge, is unpaid or unreimbursed, and has not been the basis of any
previous disbursement; and (5) that on the date thereof there has not occurred
any act which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would
constitute a Default.

         (b) The Company further agrees that as a condition precedent to the
disbursement from the Project Fund on the Closing Date of the entire proceeds of
the Series H Bonds to be used to refund the Series F Bonds, there shall be
furnished to the Trustee, in writing, unless waived by the Purchaser, the
following:

         (1) evidence of fee and mortgage title insurance, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Issuer, the Purchasers and the Trustee;

         (2) proof that the insurance required to be maintained pursuant to
Section 5.4 is in full force and effect and that all premiums have been paid;

         (3) proof of flood insurance as required in Section 5.4(c);

         (4) verification evidencing that all permits, consents, approvals and
agreements required by all governmental boards and bureaus have been secured and
remain in full force and effect;

         (5) such evidence as the Issuer, the Purchaser or the Trustee may
require to demonstrate exemption from or compliance with all applicable
building, zoning, health and safety laws, ordinances and regulations; and

         (6) such other additional documents, financing statements, affidavits
or certificates of the Company or any other 


                                      V-1

<PAGE>

person or entity as the Issuer, the Purchaser or the Trustee may reasonably
request.

         (c) The Company hereby agrees that it shall pay all costs incurred by
the Company or the Trustee in making such disbursement from the Project Fund. In
making any such disbursements from the Project Fund, the Trustee may rely on
such requisitions and other documents delivered to it and the Trustee shall be
relieved of all liability with respect to the making of such disbursements if
made in accordance with the foregoing.

         Section 5.2. Maintenance and Modification of the Project Facility by
the Company. (a) The Company shall operate and maintain the Project Facility in
accordance with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances, approvals, rules
and regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, zoning,
sanitary, pollution, environmental and safety ordinances, laws and rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder and in accordance with the terms of the
riparian grant from the State of New Jersey to the Company dated December 22,
1983 as recorded January 23, 1984, in Deed Book 3947, Page 279 in the Office of
the Camden County Register of Deeds.

         (b) The Company shall (1) maintain, preserve and keep the Project
Facility or cause the Project Facility to be maintained, preserved and kept in
good repair, working order and condition, (2) from time to time, make or cause
to be made all necessary and proper repairs, replacements and renewals thereto
and (3) from time to time, make such substitutions, additions, modifications and
improvements as may be necessary and as shall not impair the structural
integrity, operating efficiency and economic value of the Project Facility. Any
alterations, replacements, renewals or additions made pursuant to this Section
shall become and constitute a part of the Project Facility and shall be
performed in accordance with Section 5.2(a).

         (c) The Company shall operate or cause the Project to be operated as an
authorized project for a purpose and use as provided for under the Act until the
expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

         (d) The Company shall not relocate the Project or any part thereof out
of the State.

         (e) The Company shall not remove, relocate, discontinue the use of or
sell, fail to restore, or otherwise dispose of any part of the Project Facility
except as may be permitted pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof.

         (f) The Company shall cause to be performed a supplemental
environmental site assessment to supplement the Preliminary Environmental Site
Assessment performed by EEC 

                                      V-2
<PAGE>

Environmental dated January 27, 1992. Such supplemental assessment shall be
performed by an independent environmental consultant reasonably accepted to the
Purchaser and shall include a review of currently available federal, state and
local governmental and regulatory information with respect to releases or
threats of release of oil or hazardous materials (as such terms are defined in
applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations) which may affect the
Project Facility and with respect to compliance of the Project Facility with
regulations governing storage of such oil or hazardous materials. In addition,
such supplemental assessment shall include subsurface investigation of the
Project Facility, and related testing of soil and groundwater, as deemed
necessary in the reasonable judgment of the environmental consultant to
determine whether the Project Facility has been affected by any release or
threat of release of oil or hazardous materials. Such supplemental assessment
shall be completed reasonably promptly and, in any event, within six months of
the date of issuance of the Series H Bonds. In the event such supplemental
assessment determines that the Project Facility has been affected by any such
release or threat of release, the Company shall promptly cause such actions to
be taken as may be required by applicable federal, state or local laws and
regulations, including without limitation any giving of notice or remedial
action or response action, as the case may be. The Company shall provide a copy
of the supplemental assessment to the Purchaser promptly upon its receipt by the
Company, and shall give prompt notice to the Purchaser of all actions to be
taken by the Company in response to such supplemental assessment and the
estimated costs thereof.

         Section 5.3. Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges. (a)
The Company covenants that it and each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates shall
duly and punctually pay all taxes, assessments (including deficiency
assessments), and governmental charges or levies of any kind whatsoever
("Taxes") imposed on it or on its respective income or profits or on any of its
respective properties or assets, including, without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, any taxes levied upon the Project Facility which, if not paid,
will become a Lien or charge upon the Project Facility or upon any payment
pursuant to this Agreement, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto.
The Company shall also pay all utility, water and sewer rents, and other charges
incurred in connection with the Project Facility and all assessments and charges
lawfully made by any governmental body for public improvements that may be
secured by a Lien on the Project Facility.

         (b) The Company may, at its own expense and in its own name and in good
faith, contest any such taxes, assessments, and other charges, provided that
such contest shall not result in a lien being placed on the Project Facility or
any part thereof or result in the Project Facility being subject to loss or
forefeiture, and further provided that the Company gives notice in writing of


                                      V-3

<PAGE>


such contest to the Issuer and the Trustee. Nothing herein shall preclude the
Company, at its own expense and in its own name and behalf, from applying for
any tax exemption allowed by the federal government, the State, or any political
subdivision which grants or may grant such tax exemption.

         Section 5.4. Insurance Required. The Company shall obtain and maintain
insurance on the Project Facility and all parts thereof and operations conducted
therein and thereon in such manner and against such loss, damage and liability,
including liability to third parties, as is customary with property owners in
the same or similar business in the State. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing sentence, such insurance shall include, without limitation:

         (a) Public liability insurance insuring against any and all liability
or claims of liability arising out of, occasioned by, or resulting from any
accident or otherwise resulting in or about the Project Facility, in a minimum
amount of $5,000,000 for the death of or bodily injury to one person, $5,000,000
for the death of or bodily injury in any one accident or occurrence and
$5,000,000 for loss or damage to the property of any Person or Persons,
provided, however, that in the event the Company is unable at any time to obtain
such insurance in such amounts, the failure of the Company to obtain such
insurance shall not constitute a Default hereunder so long as its obtains such
insurance in such lesser amounts as is available;

         (b) Property damage and broad form fire and extended coverage insurance
with respect to the Project Facility and insurance insuring against such other
hazards, casualties and contingencies as the Issuer and the Purchaser may
require, which insurance shall provide coverage at replacement cost and with no
provisions for coinsurance penalties and shall be in an amount equal to,
initially, $25,000,000, and within 30 days after the Closing Date, the lesser of
(i) $40,000,000, or (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Loan
and all Senior Indebtedness; and

         (c) If the Project Facility is required to be insured pursuant to the
Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Act of
1968, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, flood insurance with respect
to the Project Facility in an amount not less than $10,000,000 or the maximum
limit of coverage available, whichever amount is less.

         Section 5.5. Additional Provisions Concerning Insurance. (a) Any
insurance required hereunder shall be written by insurance companies authorized
or licensed to do business in the State and shall be on such forms and written
by such companies as shall be approved by the Issuer and the Purchaser. Such
insurance coverage may be effected under overall blanket or excess coverage
policies 

                                      V-4

<PAGE>


of the Company provided that the Company shall not be deemed to be a co-insurer
thereunder. Each insurance policy maintained pursuant to this Agreement shall
contain a provision to the effect that such policy shall not be cancelled or
altered unless the Trustee is notified at least fifteen (15) days prior to such
cancellation or alteration. At least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of
any such policy, the Company shall furnish evidence satisfactory to the Trustee
that such policy has been renewed or replaced or is no longer required by this
Agreement.

         (b) Each insurance policy maintained pursuant to this Agreement and
providing insurance against loss of or damage to property shall be written or
endorsed so as to name the Trustee as an additional insured as its interests may
appear and to have the proceeds thereof payable directly to the Trustee as loss
payee. Each policy providing public liability coverage shall be written or
endorsed so as to name the Trustee as an additional insured.

         (c) Duplicate copies of any insurance policies and evidence of renewal
or replacement thereof shall promptly be furnished to the Trustee for its
records. Evidence of the payment of the first year's premiums on such policies
shall be delivered to the Trustee on the Closing Date. Thereafter, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee evidence of the payment of all additional premiums
prior to the expiration or renewal dates of all such policies.

         (d) In the event of loss or damage to the Project Facility, the Net
Proceeds of any insurance provided hereunder shall be deposited with the
Trustee and applied as set forth in Article VI hereof, and in the event of a
public liability occurrence, the Net Proceeds of any insurance provided
hereunder shall be applied towards satisfaction of such liability.

         Section 5.6. Worker's Compensation. The Company shall comply with the
laws of the State relating to Worker's Compensation and similar worker's
protection laws.

                               [END OF ARTICLE V]

                                      V-5

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

     Section 6.1. Damage, Destruction and Condemnation. Unless the Company shall
have exercised its option to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the provisions
of paragraphs (A) or (B) of Article X hereof, if prior to full payment of the
Series G Bonds (or prior to provision for payment thereof having been made in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) (i) the Project or any portion
thereof is destroyed (in whole or in part) or is damaged by fire or other
casualty or (ii) title to or any interest in, or the temporary use of, the
Project or any part thereof shall be taken under the exercise of the power of
eminent domain by any governmental body or by any person, firm or corporation
acting under governmental authority, the Company shall be obligated to continue
to pay the amounts specified in Section 4.2 hereof.

     Section 6.2. Application of Net Proceeds. The Net Proceeds of any insurance
proceeds or condemnation award resulting from any event described in Section 6.1
hereof shall be immediately deposited in a separate trust fund to be held by the
Trustee. All Net Proceeds so deposited shall be applied in one or more of the
following ways as shall be elected by the Company in a written notice to the
Trustee, which notice shall be received by the Trustee within 60 days after the
receipt by the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, of the Net Proceeds:

     (a) To the prompt repair, restoration, modification or improvement of the
Project Facility, and the Issuer has, in the Indenture, authorized and directed
the Trustee to make disbursements from such separate trust fund for such
purposes. Such disbursements shall be made by the Trustee only upon receipt of
Requisitions therefor. Any balance of the Net Proceeds remaining after such work
has been completed shall be transferred into the Bond Fund to be applied in
accordance with subsection (b) of this Section, or if the Bonds have been fully
paid (or provision for payment thereof has been made in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture), any balance remaining in such separate trust fund
shall be paid in accordance with Section 6.11 of the Indenture.

     (b) To the redemption at par of the Bonds and the Series G Bond, pro rata
in proportion to their respective outstanding principal balances, on the
earliest practicable redemption date as specified in a written notice by the
Company to the Trustee, provided that no part of such Net Proceeds may be
applied for such redemption unless (1) all of the Bonds are to be redeemed in
accordance with the Indenture upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to
clauses (A) or (B) of Article X hereof or (2) in the event that less than all of
the Bonds are to be redeemed, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee a
certificate of a Company

                                      VI-1


<PAGE>


Representative stating that (i) the property forming the part of the Project
Facility that was damaged or destroyed by such casualty or was taken by such
condemnation proceedings is not essential to the use, operation or possession of
the Project by the Company or (ii) the Project Facility has been repaired,
restored, modified or improved to operate as designed.


     (c) If the Company elects to repair, restore, modify or improve the Project
Facility or pay the cost thereof and fails to do so diligently, the Issuer or
the Trustee may (but shall be under no obligation to) do so on behalf of the
Company and recover the reasonable costs thereof from the Company, less the
amount, if any, collected from Net Proceeds on account of such costs. No such
payment by the Trustee or the Issuer shall affect or impair any rights of the
Issuer hereunder or of the Trustee or the Owners under the Indenture arising as
a result of such failure by the Company.

     (d) If the Company fails to give the notice required under subsection (a)
of this Section within the specified time period, the Issuer or the Trustee,
upon notice to the other and to the Company, may direct the Company to take
either of the actions therein described and the Company shall be obligated to
take such action.

     (e) Notwithstanding the forgoing the Net Proceeds from a certain action
pending in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, Camden County, Docket
No. L-8037-90, and entitled "State of New Jersey, by the Commissioner of
Transportation, Plaintiff v. Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., a
corporation of Pennsylvania, et al., Defendants" shall be paid directly to the
Company and shall not be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs (a) through (d)
of this Section 6.2.

     Section 6.3. Insufficiency of Net Proceeds. If the Net Proceeds are
insufficient to pay in full the cost of any repair, restoration, modification or
improvement referred to in Section 6.2(a) hereof, the Company will nonetheless
complete the work and will pay any cost in excess of the amount of the Net
Proceeds held by the Trustee. The Company agrees that if by reason of any such
insufficiency of the Net Proceeds, the Company shall make any payments pursuant
to the provisions of this Section 6.3, the Company shall not be entitled to any
reimbursement therefor from the Issuer, the Trustee or the Owners, nor shall the
Company be entitled to any diminution of the amounts payable under Section 4.2
hereof.

                              [END OF ARTICLE VI]


                                      VI-2


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VII

                               SPECIAL COVENANTS

     Section 7.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by Issuer. THE ISSUER
MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE PROJECT OR THE CONDITION
THEREOF, OR THAT THE PROJECT WILL BE SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSES OR NEEDS OF THE
COMPANY. THE ISSUER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
THAT THE COMPANY WILL HAVE QUIET AND PEACEFUL POSSESSION OF THE PROJECT. THE
ISSUER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO
THE MERCHANTABILITY, CONDITION OR WORKMANSHIP OF ANY PART OF THE PROJECT OR ITS
SUITABILITY FOR THE COMPANY'S PURPOSES.

     Section 7.2. Access to the Project. The Company agrees that the Issuer, the
Trustee, the Purchaser and their duly authorized agents, attorneys, experts,
engineers, accountants and representatives shall have the right to inspect the
Project at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice. The Issuer, the
Trustee and their duly authorized agents shall also be permitted, at all
reasonable times, to examine the books and records of the Company with respect
to the Project.

     Section 7.3. Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments. The Issuer and
the Company agree that they will, from time to time, execute, acknowledge and
deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, such supplements
hereto and such further instruments as may reasonable be required for carrying
out the expressed intention of this Agreement and the other Loan Document.

     Section 7.4. Issuer and Company Representatives. Whenever under the
provisions of this Agreement the approval of the Issuer or the Company is
required or the Issuer or the Company is required to take some action at the
request of the other, such approval or such request shall be given for the
Issuer by an Issuer Representative and for the Company by a Company
Representative. The Trustee shall be authorized to act on any such approval or
request.

     Section 7.5. Financing Statements. The Company agrees to execute and file
or cause to be executed and filed any and all financing statements or amendments
thereof or continuation statements necessary to perfect and continue the
perfection of the security interests granted in the Mortgage and the Indenture.
Within three months of the expiration date of any financing statements or
continuation statements, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee evidence
satisfactory to the Trustee that such filing has taken place. The Company shall
pay all reasonable costs of the preparation and filing of such instruments.

                                     VII-1


<PAGE>


     Section 7.6. Compliance with Code. The Company shall at all times do and
perform all acts and things permitted by law and necessary or desirable in order
to assure that interest paid on the Bonds shall for the purposes of federal
income taxation be excludable from the gross income of the holders of the Bonds,
except in the event that any such holder is a Substantial User or Related Person
thereto. For purposes of this Section 7.6, any and all actions of any Related
Person shall be deemed to be actions of the Company. In addition, any and all
actions to be undertaken by the Company or by any other person as to which the
Issuer or the Trustee must, pursuant to the terms hereof, consent or approve in
advance, shall be deemed to be the actions of the Company or such other person
(and not the actions of the Issuer or the Trustee). The Company shall cause any
Related Person to comply with all of the provisions of this Section as to its
own operations. A breach of this Section 7.6 shall not constitute a Default but
shall be governed by the provisions of Section 3.01 of the Indenture.

     Section 7.7. Further Assurances. The Issuer and the Company shall, from
time to time, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed,
acknowledged and delivered, such supplements hereto and such further instruments
as may reasonably be required for carrying out the intention of or facilitating
the performance of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 

     Section 7.8. [Intentionally Omitted]

     Section 7.9. Annual Certificate. On each anniversary hereof, the Company
shall furnish to the Issuer, with copies to the Purchaser and the Trustee, the
following:

     (a) a certificate indicating whether or not the Company is aware of any
condition, event or act which constitutes a Default, or which would constitute a
Default with the giving of notice or passage of time, under any of the Loan
Documents;

     (b) a written description of the present use of the Project and a
description of any anticipated material change in the use of the Project or in
the number of employees employed at the Project, and

     (c) a report from every entity that leases or occupies space at the Project
indicating the number of persons the entity employs at the Project in the form
annexed hereto as Exhibit E.

                              [END OF ARTICLE VII]

                                     VII-2

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII

            PROJECT USERS; MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; MERGE, SELL, TRANSFER;
                          INDEMNIFICATION; REDEMPTION

          Section 8.1  Project Users; Maintain Existence; Merge, Sell, Transfer.

           (a) Upon the request of the Issuer from time to time, the Company
shall cause a Project Occupant Information Form to be submitted to the Issuer
by every prospective lessee, sublessee or lease assignee of all or any part of
the Project. The Company shall not permit any such leasing, subleasing or
assigning of leases of all or any part of the Project that would impair the
excludability of interest paid on the Series H Bonds from the gross income of
the Owners thereof for purposes of federal income taxation, or that would impair
the ability of the Company to operate the Project, or would cause the Project
not to be operated, as an authorized project under the Act.

           (b) The Company shall maintain its existence as a legal entity and
shall not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Project or
substantially all of its assets. The Company may merge with or into or
consolidate with another entity, and the Project or this Agreement may be
transferred without violating this Section 8.1(b) provided (i) the Company
causes the proposed surviving, resulting or transferee company to furnish the
Issuer with a Change of Ownership Information Form; (ii) the net worth of the
surviving, resulting or transferee company following the merger, consolidation
or transfer is equal to or greater than the net worth of the Company immediately
preceding the merger, consolidation or transfer; (iii) any litigation or
investigations in which the surviving, resulting or transferee company or its
officers and directors are involved, and any court, administrative or other
orders to which the surviving, resulting or transferee company or its officers
and directors are subject, relate to matters arising in the ordinary course of
business; (iv) the merger, consolidation or transfer shall not impair the
excludability of interest paid on the Series G Bonds from the gross income of
the Owners thereof for purposes of federal income taxation pursuant to an
opinion of Bond Counsel; (v) the surviving, resulting or transferee company
assumes in writing the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the
Loan Documents, and (vi) after the merger, consolidation or transfer the Project
shall be operated as an authorized project under the Act.

           (c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 8.1 shall be in
addition to its obligations under Section 2.4(d).


                                     VIII-1

<PAGE>


           Section 8.2. Release and Indemnification Covenants.

           (a) The Issuer, the members, agents, servants, officers or employees
thereof, the Trustee and the Purchaser shall not be liable for (1) any loss,
damage or injury to, or death of, any person occurring at or about or resulting
from any defect in the Project Facility, (2) any damage or injury to the persons
or property of the Company or any user of the Project Facility, or their
officers, agents, servants or employees, or any other person who may be about
the Project Facility, caused by an act of negligence of any person (other than
the Issuer or its members, officers, agents, servants and employees, the Trustee
and the Purchaser, as the case may be), or (3) any costs, expenses or damages
incurred as a result of any lawsuit commenced because of action taken in good
faith by the Issuer in connection with the Project and the Project Facility, and
the Company shall and does hereby indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless
the Issuer, the members, agents, servants, officers or employees thereof, the
Trustee and the Purchaser from and against any and all losses, damages,
injuries, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) and from and
against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions or other proceedings
whatsoever, brought by any person or entity whatsoever and arising or
purportedly arising from any of the foregoing.

           (b) The Company shall and does hereby indemnify, protect, defend and
hold harmless the Issuer, the State and every agency of the State, the Trustee,
any Person who controls the Issuer, the State or any agency of the State or the
Trustee (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended) and any member, officer, director, official, employee and attorney of
the Issuer, the State and every agency of the State and the Trustee (each an
"Indemnified Party"), from and against any and all losses, damages, injuries,
costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) and from and against any
and all claims, demands, suits, actions or other proceedings whatsoever, brought
by any person or entity whatsoever (except the Company) and arising or
purportedly arising from this Agreement, the Indenture or the Bonds or from the
performance of the Indenture.

           (c) The Company agrees to and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless
the Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys'
fees suffered or incurred by any of the Indemnified Parties or the Purchaser and
caused by, relating to, arising out of, resulting from or in any way connected
with (i) the condition, use, possession, conduct, management, planning, design,
acquisition, construction, installation, financing (in the case of financing, as
to the Indemnified Parties only) or sale of the Project or any part thereof
including without limitation the Indemnified Matters referenced in the next
paragraph; (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of


                                     VIII-2

<PAGE>


a material fact contained in the Application or any other information submitted
or to be submitted by or on behalf of the Company to the Indemnified Parties or
the Trustee in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the
issuance and purchase of the Bonds; or (iii) any omission or alleged omission of
a material fact necessary to be stated thereon in order to make such statements
to the Indemnified Party not misleading or incomplete.

           (d) The Company covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense,
to indemnify, protect and save the Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser (the
"Indemnitees") harmless against and from any and all damages, losses,
liabilities, obligations, penalties, claims, litigation, demands, defenses,
judgments, suits, proceedings, costs, disbursements or expenses (including,
without limitation, attorneys' and experts' reasonable fees and disbursements)
of any kind or of any nature whatsoever (collectively, the "Indemnified
Matters") which may at any time be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or
awarded against Indemnitees and arising from or out of:

           (1) any hazardous materials, as defined under any Laws as defined
below, on, in, under or affecting all or any portion of the property subject to
the Mortgage or any surrounding areas (but in the case of hazardous materials in
surrounding areas, only if the source of such materials is or is alleged to be
the Company or the mortgaged property), or

           (2) the enforcement of this paragraph or the assertion by the Company
of any defense to its obligations hereunder (except the successful defense of
actual performance not subject to further appeal), whether any of such matters
arise before or after the Closing Date or before or after foreclosure of the
Mortgage or other taking of title to the Company's interest in all or any
portion of the mortgaged property by Indemnitees or any affiliate of
Indemnitees. Indemnified Matter shall include, without limitation, all of the
following: (i) the costs of removal of any and all hazardous materials from all
or any portion of the property or any surrounding areas (except that the
indemnity provided for under this paragraph shall not cover the costs of such
removal unless either (a) such removal is required by any federal or state law,
regulation or regulatory agency ("Laws") or (b) any present or future use,
operation, development, construction, alteration or reconstruction of all or any
portion of the mortgaged property is or would be conditioned in any way upon, or
is or would be limited in any way until the completion of, such removal in
accordance with any Laws), (ii) additional costs required to take necessary
precautions as required by law to protect against the release of hazardous
materials on, in, under or affecting the mortgaged property into the air, any
body of water, any other public domain


                                     VIII-3

<PAGE>


or any surrounding areas and (iii) costs incurred to comply, in connection with
all or any portion of the mortgaged property or any surrounding areas, with all
applicable Laws with respect to hazardous materials. If any Indemnitee or any
affiliate of an Indemnitee takes title to the Company's interest in the
mortgaged property at a foreclosure sale, at a sale pursuant to a power of sale
under the Mortgage or by deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, then the
indemnity provided for under this paragraph shall not apply to hazardous
materials which are initially placed on, in or under all or any portion of the
mortgaged property after the date Indemnitee or such affiliate so takes title to
such interest in the Property. At any time during the six months prior to any
such foreclosure sale, sale pursuant to a power of sale under the Mortgage or by
deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise by which any Indemnitee or affiliate
takes title to such interest in the mortgage property, such Indemnitee or
affiliate shall have the right, at its sole discretion and at Indemnitor's sole
cost and expense, to have performed an environmental site assessment of the
mortgaged property to determine whether any hazardous materials are present.

           (e) In case any action shall be brought against one or more of the
Indemnified Parties or the Purchaser based upon any of the above and in respect
of which indemnity may be sought against the Company, such Indemnified Parties
or the Purchaser shall promptly notify the Company in writing, and the Company
shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel
satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties, the payment of all expenses and the
right to negotiate and consent to settlement. Any one or more of the Indemnified
Parties or the Purchaser shall have the right to employ separate counsel at the
Company's expense in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof.
The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any such action effected
without its consent, but if settled with the consent of the Company or if there
be a final judgment for the claimant in any such action, the Company shall
discharge the liability and indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties
and the Purchaser from and against any loss or liability by reason of such
settlement or judgment. The provision of this Section 8.2 shall survive the
repayment of the Bonds.

           Section 8.3. Redemption of Bonds. The Company shall have and is
hereby granted the option to cause all or a portion of the Bonds to be redeemed
at the times, at the prices and in the manner permitted by the Indenture. The
Issuer, at the request of the Company, shall forthwith take all steps (other
than the payment Of the money required for such redemption) necessary under the
applicable redemption provisions of the Indenture to effect redemption of all or
part of the Outstanding Bonds, as may be specified by the Company, on the date
established for such redemption.

                                     VIII-4


<PAGE>


           Section 8.4. Issuer to Grant Security Interest to the Trustee. The
parties hereto agree that pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer shall assign to
the Trustee, in order to secure payment of the Bonds, all of the Issuer's right,
title, and interest in and to this Agreement, except for certain of the Issuer's
rights as are expressly reserved pursuant to the granting clauses of the
Indenture.

           Section 8.5. Indemnification of Trustee. The Company shall and hereby
agrees to indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any
loss, liability or expense (including the costs and expenses of defending
against any claim of liability) incurred without gross negligence or willful
misconduct by the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with its acting as
Trustee under the Indenture, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document.



                                     VIII-5


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

           Section 9.1. Defaults Defined. The following shall be "Defaults"
under this Agreement and the term "Default" shall mean, whenever it is used in
this Agreement, any one or more of the following events:

           (a) Failure by the Company to pay any amount required to be paid
under subsection (a) of Section 4.2 hereof when due.

           (b) Failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates
to observe and perform any covenant, condition or agreement on its part to be
observed or performed under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, other
than as referred to in Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(1), for a period of ninety (90)
days after it first becomes known to any officer of the Company.

           (c) The occurrence of a Default under the Indenture or any other Loan
Document;

           (d) The occurrence of a Default under the Series H Agreement or the
other Series H Loan Documents.

           (e) If any warranty or representation by or on behalf of the Company
contained in this Agreement, the Indenture, the Bond Purchase Agreement, the
Loan Documents, the Guaranty, the Series H Loan Documents or in any instrument
or certificate furnished in compliance with same proves false or misleading in
any material respect as of the time it was made.

           (f) Failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates
to make one or more payments due with respect to aggregate Indebtedness
exceeding $500,000 within any applicable periods for cure; or if any event shall
occur or any condition shall exist, the effect of which event or condition is to
cause more than $500,000 of aggregate Indebtedness or other securities of the
Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to become due or subject to mandatory
redemption or repurchase before its (or their) stated maturity or before its (or
their) regularly scheduled dates of payment, redemption or purchase.

           (g) If a custodian, receiver or liquidator is appointed for the
Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or an order of relief is entered
under the Federal Bankruptcy Code against the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate or any of its property is sequestered by court order and the order
remains in effect for more than 60 days; or a petition is filed is against the
Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate under any bankruptcy, re-

                                      IX-1


<PAGE>


organization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or
liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect, and
is not dismissed within 60 days after filing.

           (h) If the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate commences a
voluntary case or files a petition in voluntary bankruptcy where seeking relief
under any provision of the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or
liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect; or
consents to the filing of any petition against it under any such law; or applies
for or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian,
receiver, trustee or liquidator of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or
of all or any part of its property; or makes an assignment for the benefit of
its creditors; or admits in writing its inability to pay its debt generally as
they become due.

           (i) Any of the Loan Documents shall not be, or shall cease to be, the
legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each of the parties thereto
in accordance with its terms, or any of the Loan Documents shall not be or shall
cease to be in full force and effect.

           (j) There shall exist any Subsidiary or Affiliate which has not,
within 90 days after becoming a Subsidiary or Affiliate, duly authorized,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, a counterpart of the Guaranty or a
document evidencing its agreement to be bound by the Guaranty which is the
legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Subsidiary or Affiliate
in accordance with its terms.

           (k) There shall occur a foreclosure with respect to any of the
following mortgages, as amended and supplemented:

                  (i) Mortgage dated March 15, 1984 between the Company and the
     City of Gloucester City,

                  (ii) Mortgage dated April 18, 1984 between the Company and the
     City of Gloucester City,

                  (iii) Mortgage dated August 22, 1984 between the Company and
     the City of Gloucester City,

                  (iv) Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of August 1,
     1986 between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee,

                  (v) Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of December 1,
     1986 between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, or

                                      IX-2


<PAGE>


                  (vi) The Series H Mortgage.

           (1) Failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates
to observe and perform the covenant set forth in Section 2.4(d).

           Section 9.2. Trustee's Remedies on Default. Whenever any Default
referred to in Section 9.1 hereof shall have happened and be continuing, the
Trustee may (subject in the case of the Trustee to its mandatory obligations
upon the occurrence of certain Defaults) take one or any combination of the
following remedial steps:

           (a) If the Trustee has declared the Bonds immediately due and payable
pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Indenture, by written notice to the Company,
declare an amount equal to all amounts then due and payable on the Bonds,
whether by acceleration of maturity (as provided in the Indenture) or otherwise,
to be immediately due and payable as liquidated damages under this Agreement and
not as a penalty, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable;

           (b) Have reasonable access to and inspect, examine and make copies of
the books and records and any and all accounts, data and income tax and other
tax returns of the Company during regular business hours of the Company if
reasonably necessary in the opinion of the Trustee; or

           (c) Take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or
desirable to collect the amounts then due and thereafter to become due, or to
enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant of
the Company under this Agreement, the Indenture and the Loan Documents.

           (d) Exercise any and all rights and remedies of a creditor or secured
party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law.

           Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section
shall be paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions
of the Indenture. The rights specified in this Section 9.2 are in addition to,
and not in limitation of, any other obligations of the Company which may arise
upon a default or acceleration in respect of the Bonds, including without
limitation, under Section 4.2 hereof.

           Section 9.3. Issuer's Remedies on Default.

           (A) The occurrence of a Default referred to in Section 9.1(b) or
9.1(e) hereof (other than a default resulting from a breach of the covenant
contained in Section 2.4(e) hereof) shall constitute an Event of Cancellation
hereunder, and at any time

                                      IX-3


<PAGE>


thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Cancellation, the Issuer may,
by written notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 hereof to
the Trustee, call and cancel the Bonds. The Trustee and any assigns and the
Company hereby expressly agree that the Bonds may be called and cancelled by the
Issuer in the manner provided above, and upon the Cancellation Date specified in
the notice from the Issuer, which shall be at least 30 and no more than 60 days
after the giving of such notice, the Bonds will be called and cancelled, and the
Trustee may, at its option, declare the obligations evidenced by this Agreement
immediately due and payable. The Trustee will deliver the Bonds to the Issuer
for cancellation upon the Cancellation Date, but even if such delivery does not
occur, the Bonds will be considered cancelled and of no further force or effect
on the Cancellation Date.

           Subject to the provisions of Section 9.4 hereof, the remedies set
forth in this Section 9.3 are the sole and exclusive remedies of the Issuer in
the event of an occurrence of an Event of Cancellation as set forth herein.

           (B) Upon the Cancellation Date, this Agreement will evidence the
indebtedness from the Company to the Trustee and the Bondholders and, in the
event the payment obligations hereunder are not accelerated by the Trustee as
hereinabove provided, all of the terms of this Agreement, including the interest
rate and payment terms herein specified, will control the obligations of the
Company to the Trustee and the Bondholders except that from the Cancellation
Date, the per annum interest rate will remain 8.6% for a period of six (6)
months, after which the interest rate will change to the greater of (i) two
percent (2%) in excess of the Prime Rate, or (ii) the quotient obtained by
dividing 8.6% by the difference between one (1) and the highest marginal federal
income tax rate at the time in effect. The Issuer will no longer be a party to
the transaction and shall have no further rights with respect thereto and shall
be released of any and all debts, liabilities and obligations to any other party
under this Agreement, the Bonds or any other Loan Document. The Issuer and the
Trustee will execute and deliver to each other such other documents and
agreements as the other may reasonably request in order to evidence the
cancellation of the Bonds and the withdrawal of the Issuer from the transaction.

           (C) Upon cancellation of the Bonds pursuant to the provisions hereof,
the Issuer hereby agrees that the Trustee shall automatically be vested with all
of the Issuer's right, title and interest in and to the Loan Documents. Any
amounts remaining in the Bond Fund on the Cancellation Date after the deduction
therefrom of amounts which may be due the Issuer pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement are hereby assigned to the Trustee to be disbursed in accordance with
the Indenture.

                                      IX-4


<PAGE>


           (D) In the event that there is a dispute among any of the parties
concerning the right of the Issuer to cancel the Bonds pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 9.3, the Company will nevertheless comply with all of
the terms of this Agreement as hereinabove amended and make all payments
required hereunder from and after the Cancellation Date directly to the Trustee
at the new interest rate. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines
finally that the Issuer's attempted cancellation of the Bonds violated the terms
of this Agreement, the Bonds will be reinstated in accordance with the final
order of the court, but until such final order is made, the Company will
continue to comply with the terms of this Agreement as hereinabove amended. Any
overpayment by the Company will be returned to it by the Trustee upon
reinstatement of the Bonds.

           Section 9.4. Specific Performance. In addition to the rights and
remedies provided for in Section 9.2 hereof, if the Company commits a breach or
threatens to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the
Indenture or the Loan Documents, the Issuer and the Trustee shall each have the
right, without posting bond or other security, to seek injunctive relief or
specific performance, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or
threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Issuer and the Trustee
and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy.

           Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section
shall be paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions
of the Indenture.

           Section 9.5. No Remedy Exclusive. Subject to Section 9.02 of the
Indenture, no remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Issuer or the
Trustee is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies,
but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at
law or in equity. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing
upon any Default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to
be a waiver thereof, but any such right or power may be exercised from time to
time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle the Issuer or
the Trustee to exercise any remedy reserved to it in this Article, it shall not
be necessary to give any notice, other than such notice as may be required in
this Article. Such rights and remedies as are given the Issuer hereunder shall
also extend to the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Owners of the Bonds, subject
to the provisions of the Indenture, shall be entitled to the benefit of all
covenants and agreements herein contained.

           Section 9.6. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses. In the
event the Company should default under any of the Provisions of this Agreement
and the Issuer should employ attorneys

                                      IX-5


<PAGE>


or incur other expenses for the collection of payments required hereunder or the
enforcement of performance or observance of any obligation or agreement on the
part of the Company herein contained, the Company agrees that it will on demand
therefor pay to the Issuer the reasonable fee of such attorneys and such other
expenses so incurred by the Issuer.

           Section 9.7. No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver. In the event
any agreement contained in this Agreement should be breached by either party and
thereafter waived by the other party, such waiver shall be limited to the
particular breach so waived and shall not be deemed to waive any other breach
hereunder.


                               [END OF ARTICLE IX]



                                      IX-6



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE X

                         OPTIONS TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT

     The Company shall have, and is hereby granted, the option to terminate its
obligations under this Agreement if any of the events set forth below shall
occur:

     (A) The Project shall have been damaged or destroyed (1) to such extent
that it cannot, in the Company's reasonable judgment, be reasonably restored
within a period of six (6) months to the condition thereof immediately preceding
such damage or destruction, and (2) to such extent that the Company is thereby
prevented, in the Company's reasonable judgment, from carrying on its normal
operations at the Project for a period of six (6) months or more.

     (B) Title to, or the temporary use for a period of six (6) months or more
of, all or substantially all the Project or such part thereof as shall
materially interfere, in the Company's reasonable judgment, with the operation
of the Project for the purpose for which the Project is designed, shall have
been taken under the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any governmental
body or by any person, firm or corporation acting under governmental authority
(including such a taking or takings as results in the Company being thereby
prevented from carrying on its normal operations at the Project for a period of
six (6) months or more).

     (C) Changes which the Company cannot reasonably control or overcome in the
economic availability of materials, supplies, labor, equipment and other
properties and things necessary for the efficient operation of the Project for
the purposes contemplated by this Agreement shall have occurred, or
technological or other changes shall have occurred which in the reasonable
judgment of the Company render the continued operation of the Project uneconomic
for such purposes.

     (D) As a result of any changes in the Constitution of the State or the
Constitution of the United States of America or of legislative or administrative
action (whether state or federal) or by final decree, judgment or order of any
court or administrative body (whether state or federal) entered after the
contest thereof by the Company in good faith, this Agreement shall have become
void or unenforceable or impossible of performance in accordance with the intent
and purposes of the parties as expressed in this Agreement, or unreasonable
burdens or excessive liabilities shall have been imposed on the Company in
respect to the Project, including, without limitation, federal, state or other
ad valorem, property, income or other taxes not being imposed on the date of
this Agreement. To exercise such option, the Company shall within ninety


                                       X-1
<PAGE>

(90) days following the event authorizing such termination, give written notice
to the Issuer and the Trustee and shall specify therein the date of redemption
of Bonds pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture, which date shall be the next
interest payment date in respect of the Bonds for which the required notice of
redemption can practicably be given. In accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the Company shall make arrangements for the Trustee to give the
required notice of redemption. In order to exercise such option, the Company
shall pay, or cause to be paid, on or prior to the applicable redemption date,
to the Trustee, an amount equal to the sum of the following:

     (1) An amount of money which, when added to the amount then on deposit and
available in the Bond Fund, will be sufficient to retire and redeem all the
Outstanding Bonds on the earliest possible redemption date after notice as
provided in the Indenture, including, without limitation, the principal amount
thereof, all interest to accrue to said redemption date, and the applicable
redemption premium, if any, plus

     (2) An amount of money equal to the Trustee's fees and expenses under the
Indenture accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of the
Bonds, plus

     (3) An amount of money equal to the Issuer's fees and expenses under this
Agreement accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of the
Bonds.

     In addition, the Company shall simultaneously exercise its option to
terminate its obligations under the Series G Agreement in accordance with
Article X thereof.

                               [END OF ARTICLE X]


                                      X-2
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 11.1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall remain in full force
and effect from the date hereof to and including such time as all of the Series
G Bonds and the fees and expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee and all amounts
payable hereunder shall have been fully paid or provision made for such payment.

     Section 11.2. Notices. All notices, certificates or other communications
hereunder shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given when delivered
or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed as
follows: if to the Issuer, to 200 South Warren Street, Capital Place One -- CN
990, Trenton, New Jersey 08625, Attention: Executive Director; if to the
Trustee, to Mellon Bank, N.A., One Mellon Bank Center, Room 3440, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania 15258, Attention: Corporate Trust Division; if to the Company, to
Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., P.O. Box 8698, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania 19101, Attention: Mr. Bernard Gelman, Vice President; and if to the
Purchaser, to Fidelity Spartan New Jersey Municipal High Yield Fund c/o
Fidelity Management and Research Company, Inc., 82 Devonshire Street, Boston,
Massachusetts 02109, Attention: Mr. James Valone. A duplicate copy of each
notice, certificate or other communication given hereunder by the Issuer or the
Company shall also be given to the Trustee. The Issuer, the Company, the Trustee
and the Purchaser may, by written notice given hereunder, designate any further
or different addresses to which subsequent notices, certificates or other
communications shall be sent.

     Section 11.3. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and shall be binding upon the Issuer, the Company, the Trustee, the Owners of
the Bonds and their respective successors and assigns, subject, however, to the
limitations contained in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

     Section 11.4. Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement
shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction,
such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision
hereof.

     Section 11.5. Amounts Remaining in Funds. Subject to the provisions of
Section 5.12 of the Indenture, it is agreed by the parties hereto that any
amounts remaining in the Bond Fund, the Project Fund, or any other fund created
under the Indenture upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement and
the Series H Agreement, as provided in this Agreement, after payment in full of
the Bonds (or provision for payment thereof having been made in accordance with
the provisions of the Indenture), the fees



                                      XI-1
<PAGE>

all amounts which may be due under the Bond Purchase Agreement, the Mortgage,
any Loan Document, the Guaranty or any Series H Loan Document, shall belong to
and be paid to the Company by the Trustee.


     Section 11.6. Amendments, Changes and Modification. Subsequent to the
issuance of Bonds and prior to their payment in full (or provision for the
payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture), and except as otherwise herein expressly provided, this Agreement
may not be effectively amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated without
the written consent of the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

     Section 11.7. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be
simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an
original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

     Section 11.8. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State.

     Section 11.9. Captions. The captions and headings in this Agreement are for
convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of
any provisions or Sections of this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Agreement to be executed in
its name and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name
all as of the date first above written.

ATTEST:                                      NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 
                                             AUTHORITY


/s/ Frank T. Mancini, Jr.                    By: /s/ Vito R. Nardelli
- -------------------------                        --------------------
Frank T. Mancini, Jr.,                           Vito R. Nardelli
Asst. Sec.                                       Chief Financial Officer

[SEAL]

ATTEST:                                      HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
                                             SYSTEM, INC.


/s/ John Evans                               By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------                        ------------------
John Evans                                       Bernard Gelman








================================================================================

                    HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.
                                  As Mortgager

                                       AND

                                MELLON BANK, N.A.
                                   As Trustee

                    ----------------------------------------

                    SERIES G MORTGAGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                    ----------------------------------------

                           Dated as of January 2, 1992

================================================================================

This Mortgage and Security Agreement secures an obligation incurred for the
construction of improvements on land and contains afteracquired property
provisions.

This Mortgage and Security Agreement also constitutes a fixture filing under
Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions, N.J.S.A 12A:9-402
(3) and (6).



Prepared by and Return and Record To:

/s/ M. Jeremy Ostow, Esq.
- -------------------------
M. Jeremy Ostow, Esq.
Wolff & Samson
A Professional corporation
5 Becker Farm Road
Roseland, New Jersey 07068


<PAGE>


     THIS SERIES G MORTGAGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of January 2, 1992
(the "Mortgage") made by HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., a
Pennsylvania corporation, having an address at 701 N. Broadway, Gloucester City,
New Jersey 08030, as mortgagor (the "Mortgagor") in favor of MELLON BANK, N.A.,
a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States
of America, having an address at One Mellon Bank Center, Room 3440, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the "Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the New Jersey Economic Development Authority (the "Issuer")
intends to issue its Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc. - 1983 Project) Series G Refunding (Non-AMT) (the "Bonds") in the
aggregate principal amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), maturing
December 15, 2015, pursuant to an Indenture of Trust dated as of January 2, 1992
(as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture") between the
Issuer and the Trustee and in accordance with the provisions of the New Jersey
Economic Development Authority Act, as amended, N.J.S.A. 34:1B-1, et seq. (the
"Act"), the proceeds from the sale of which are to be loaned to the Mortgagor in
order to permit the Mortgagor to refund a certain issue of 1986 Series Bonds (as
defined in the Agreement), all with respect to a project located in the City of
Gloucester City, Camden County, New Jersey, all pursuant to a Series G Loan
Agreement dated as of January 2, 1992 (as amended from time to time, the
"Agreement") between the Issuer and the Mortgagor; and

     WHEREAS, all of the Issuer's rights under the Agreement (except for such
rights as are specifically reserved) are to be assigned to the Trustee pursuant
to the Indenture, and this Mortgage is being granted directly to the Trustee as
a result of such assignment; and

     WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the Bonds, certain subsidiaries
and affiliates of the Mortgagor (the "Guarantors") have entered into a Series G
Guaranty Agreement dated as of January 2, 1992 (as amended from time to time,
the "Guaranty");

     NOW, THEREFORE, to equally and ratably secure (without preference or
priority) payment of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the
Bonds, the Mortgagor's payment obligations pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (d) of
Section 4.2 of the Agreement (herein called the "Loan Obligations"), and payment
of any and all other amounts required to paid pursuant to, and the performance
of all covenants, agreements and obligations required to be performed by the
Mortgagor or the Guarantors under this Mortgage, the Guaranty, the Agreement or
the other Loan documents (collectively, the "Secured Agreements"), whether
direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing
or hereafter arising and howsoever evidenced, plus all expenses of enforcing
this Mortgage, the Mortgagor, for and in


<PAGE>


consideration of Ten Dollars and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, does by these presents
GRANT, BARGAIN, SELL, CONVEY AND MORTGAGE unto the Trustee (for the ratable
benefit of the owners of the Bonds) and its respective successors and assigns,
all of its right, title and interest in and to the following property, interests
and rights (collectively, the "Mortgaged Property"):

     THAT certain parcel of real estate described in Exhibit A hereto (the
"Site");

     TOGETHER with all and singular the ways, easements, rights, privileges and
appurtenances belonging or in any wise appertaining to the Site;

     TOGETHER with the buildings and improvements now erected and hereafter
to be erected upon the Site, including any repairs, restorations or replacements
therefore or any changes, alterations or additions thereto (collectively, the
"Improvements");

     TOGETHER with all right, title and interest, if any, of the Mortgagor in
and to any land lying in the bed of any street, avenue or alley adjoining the
Site to the center line thereof;

     TOGETHER with the fixtures, building equipment and other personal property
owned by the Mortgagor and located on and used in connection with the
maintenance of the Improvements, including, without limitation, the equipment as
described in Exhibit B hereto but excluding any personal property or equipment
which is not a fixture but is used in connection with the business conducted on
the Mortgaged Property and excluding specifically container cranes, forklifts,
trucks and other vehicles (subject to such exclusions, collectively, the
"Equipment"); and

     TOGETHER with all the rents, issues and profits of the Mortgaged Property,
and all the estate, right, title, interest and all claim and demand whatsoever,
at law or in equity, of the Mortgagor in and to the same, including but not
limited to:

     (a) All rents, issues, profits, revenues, royalties, rights and benefits
derived from the Mortgaged Property now existing or hereafter created, reserving
to the Mortgagor, however, so long as there is no "Default" under the Indenture,
the right to receive and retain all such rents, issues and profits.

     (b) All judgements, awards of damages, insurance proceeds and settlements
hereafter made resulting from condemnation proceedings or the taking of the
Mortgaged Property or any part thereof under the power of eminent domain, or for
any damage (whether caused by such taking or otherwise) to the Mortgaged


                                      -2-

<PAGE>


Property or any part thereof, or to any rights appurtenant thereto, including
any award for change of grade of streets.

     TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the above granted and described property equally and
ratably unto the Trustee and its respective successors and assigns, forever. The
Mortgagor does hereby fully warrant good and marketable fee simple title to the
Site and the Improvements and good and marketable title to the Equipment and
will defend the same against the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever,
subject only to the exceptions set forth in Exhibit C hereto and made a part
hereof (the "Permitted Encumbrances") and that it has good and lawful authority
to sell, convey, mortgage and grant a security interest in the Mortgaged
Property.

     PROVIDED, ALWAYS that if the Mortgagor or its successors or assigns shall
pay to the Trustee or its respective successors or assigns all amounts secured
hereby, including without limitation the Loan Obligations, all amounts due under
the Secured Agreements, and all other amounts due hereunder, and shall perform,
observe and comply with all of the terms, conditions, covenants and agreements
contained herein and in the Secured Agreements, and if no Bonds remain
Outstanding (as defined in the Indenture), then this Mortgage shall be
absolutely void; otherwise the same shall remain in full force and effect.

     This Mortgage is subject and subordinate to (i) a certain Mortgage dated
March 15, 1984 between the Mortgagor and the City of Gloucester City and
recorded in the Camden County Register's Office in Book 2785, Page 543, (ii) a
certain Mortgage dated April 18, 1984 between the Mortgagor and the City of
Gloucester City and recorded in the Camden county Register's Office in Book
2793, Page 973, (iii) a certain Mortgage dated August 22, 1984 between the
Mortgagor and the City of Gloucester City recorded in the Camden County
Register's Office in Book 2823, Page 135, (iv) a certain Mortgage and Security
Agreement dated as of August 1, 1986 between the Mortgagor and Bankers Trust
Company, as trustee and recorded in the Camden County Register's Office in Book
3092, Page 059. This Mortgage is pari passu and on a parity with a certain
Series H Mortgage and Security Agreement, of even date herewith, between the
Mortgagor and the Trustee.

     The Mortgagor further covenants and agrees as follows:

     1. Payment. The Mortgagor shall pay all sums, including interest, secured
hereby when due, as provided for in the Secured Agreements and in this Mortgage,
and any renewal, extension or modification of any thereof.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>


     2. Compliance with Laws. The Mortgagor shall comply with all presents and
future laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, covenants, conditions and
restrictions affecting the Mortgagor, the Mortgaged Property or the use and
occupancy thereof, and not suffer or permit any violation thereof.

     3. Maintenance and Modification of Mortgaged Property by the Mortgagor. The
Mortgagor agrees that at all times, the Mortgagor will maintain, preserve and
keep the Mortgaged Property or cause the mortgaged Property to be maintained,
preserved and kept, with the appurtenances and every part and parcel thereof in
good repair, working order, and condition as more particularly described in
Section 5.2 of the Agreement, and that the Mortgagor will from time to time make
or cause to be made all repairs, replacements and renewals deemed proper and
necessary by it.

     In addition, the Mortgagor shall have the privilege of remodeling the
Mortgaged Property or, subject to the limitations imposed by Section 5.2 of the
Agreement making substitutions, modifications and improvements to the Mortgaged
Property from time to time as the Mortgagor, in its discretion, may deem to be
desirable for the Mortgagor's use for such purposes as shall be permitted by the
Act, the costs of which remodeling, substitutions, modifications and
improvements shall be paid by the Mortgagor, and the same shall be the property
of the Mortgagor and be included under the terms of this Mortgage as part of the
Mortgaged Property; provided, however, that such remodeling, substitutions,
modifications and improvements shall not interfere with the operation of the
Mortgaged Property in the manner contemplated in the Application and in the
Agreement or in any way damage the Mortgaged Property, and provided that the
Mortgaged Property, as remodeled, improved or altered, upon completion of such
remodeling, substitutions, modifications and improvements made pursuant to this
Section shall be of a value not less than the value of the Mortgaged Property
immediately prior to the remodeling or the making of substitutions,
modifications and improvements. Any property for which a substitution or
replacement is made pursuant to this Section may be disposed of by the Mortgagor
in any manner and in the sole discretion of the Mortgagor.

     4. Liens. The Mortgagor will not permit any mechanic's or other lien other
than Permitted Encumbrances to be established or remain against the Mortgaged
Property, provided that if the Mortgagor shall first notify the Trustee of its
intention to do so, the Mortgagor may in good faith contest at the Mortgagor's
expense any mechanic's or other lien filed or established against the Mortgaged
Property, and in such event may permit the item so contested to remain
undischarged and unsatisfied during the period of such contest and any appeal
therefrom unless any nonpayment of any such item the security afforded by this
Mortgage will be materially endangered or the Mortgaged Property or any part
thereof will be


                                      -4-

<PAGE>


subject to loss or forfeiture, in which event the Mortgagor shall promptly pay
and cause to be satisfied and discharged such unpaid item.

     5. Taxes and Governmental and Utility Charges. The Mortgagor will pay or
cause to be paid, as the same respectively become due, all taxes and
governmental charges of any kind whatsoever that may at any time be lawfully
assessed or levied against or with respect to the Mortgaged Property or any part
thereof, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all ad
valorem taxes levied against the Mortgaged Property and any other taxes levied
upon the Mortgaged Property which, if not paid, will become a charge on the
receipts from the Mortgaged Property or a lien against the Mortgaged Property or
any interest therein or the revenues derived therefrom; all utility and other
charges incurred in the operation, maintenance, use, occupancy and upkeep of the
Mortgaged Property; and all assessments and charges lawfully made by any
governmental body for public improvements that may be secured by a lien on the
Mortgaged Property, provided that with respect to special assessments or other
governmental charges that may lawfully be paid in installments over a period of
years, the Mortgagor shall be obligated to pay only such installments when and
as they are required to be paid.

     The Mortgagor may, at the Mortgagor's expense, in good faith contest any
such taxes, assessments and other charges, all in the manner and subject to the
conditions set forth in Section 5.3 (b) of the Agreement.

     6. Casualty and Other Insurance. The Mortgagor agrees to insure or cause to
be insured the Mortgaged Property against loss or damage by fire and other
hazards as more particularly described in Sections 5.4 and 5.5 of the Agreement.
The mortgagor will not do or suffer to be done anything which will increase the
risk of fire or other hazard to the Mortgaged Premises or any part thereof
without first causing such increased risk to be fully and adequately covered by
insurance.

     7. Worker's Compensation Coverage. The Mortgagor shall maintain worker's
compensation coverage or cause the same to be maintained to the extent required
by applicable law.

     8. Self-Insurance. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6 and 7, but
subject to the requirements of Article V of the Agreement, if the Mortgagor
shall insure similar properties by self-insurance, the Mortgagor, at the
Mortgagor's election, may insure the Mortgaged Property, partially or wholly by
means of an adequate self-insurance fund set aside and maintained out of its
earnings, or in conjunction with other companies through an insurance trust or
other arrangement.


                                      -5-


<PAGE>


       9. Condemnation. The net proceeds of any taking by the power of eminent
domain of all or a portion of the Mortgaged Property shall be applied as
provided in Section 6.2 of the Agreement.

       10. Advances. If the Mortgagor fails to pay, subject to any right
hereunder to contest, any claim, lien, or encumbrance (other than Permitted
Encumbrances), or, prior to delinquency, any tax or assessment, or, when due,
any insurance premium, or to keep the Mortgaged Property in repair, or shall
commit or permit waste, or if there shall be commenced any action or proceeding
affecting the Mortgagee Property or the title thereto, or the interest of the
Trustee therein, including, but not limited to, eminent domain and bankruptcy or
reorganization proceedings, then the Trustee, at its option, may pay said claim,
lien, encumbrance, tax, assessment or premium, with right of subrogation
thereunder, may make such repairs and take such steps as it deems advisable to
prevent or cure such waste, and may appear in any such action or proceeding and
retain counsel therein, and take such action therein as the Trustee deems
advisable, and for any of said purposes the Trustee may advance such sums of
money, including all costs, reasonable attorneys' fees and other items of
expense as it deems necessary. The Mortgagor shall pay to the Trustee all sums
of money so advanced by the Trustee together with interest on each such advance
at two (2%) in excess of the Prime Rate, and the repayment of such advances
shall be secured hereby. In making any payment or securing any performance
relating to any obligation of the Mortgagor under this Mortgage, the Trustee, so
long as it acts in good faith, shall be the sole judge of the legality, validity
and amount of any lien or encumbrance and of all other matters necessary to be
determined in satisfaction thereof. No such action of the Trustee shall ever be
considered as a waiver of any right accruing to it hereunder. The Trustee shall
not ever be held accountable for any delay in making any such payment, which
delay may result in any additional interest, costs, charges or expenses.

       11. Attorneys' Fees. In case of any action or any proceedings in any
court to collect any sums payable or secured by this Mortgage or to protect the
lien of the Trustee or in any other case permitted by law in which attorneys'
fees may be collected from the Mortgagor or charged upon the Mortgaged Property,
the Mortgagor agrees to pay reasonable attorneys' fees.

       12. Remedies. Subject always to the provisions of Section 13 hereof, upon
the occurrence of a "Default" as defined and specified in the Indenture and the
declaration of an acceleration of the Bonds pursuant to the Indenture, the
Trustee may exercise one or more of the following remedies (no remedy hereunder
intended to be exclusive of any other remedy hereunder, under any of the Secured
Agreements or under the Indenture):

                                       6
<PAGE>

       (a) The Trustee may require the Mortgagor, upon demand of the Trustee, to
forthwith surrender, and the Trustee may, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, by such officer, agent or receiver as it may appoint, all without regard to
the value of the security hereof, take possession of, all or any part of the
Mortgaged Property together with the books, papers and accounts of the Mortgagor
pertaining thereto, and make all needful repairs and improvements as the Trustee
shall deem necessary or appropriate, and lease or sell the Mortgaged Property or
any part thereof in the name and for the account of the Mortgagor and collect,
receive and sequester the rental therefrom, and out of the same and any moneys
received from any receiver pay, or set up proper reserves for the payment of,
all proper costs and expenses of so taking, holding, leasing, selling and
managing the same, including reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents
and counsel, and any charges of the Trustee hereunder, and any taxes and
assessments and other charges due and payable which the Trustee may deem it wise
to pay, and all expenses of such repairs and improvements, and apply the
remainder of the moneys so received to the payment of the indebtedness secured
hereby. Whenever all that is due upon the indebtedness secured hereby shall have
been paid and all defaults made good, the Trustee shall surrender whatever
possession the Trustee shall retain to the Mortgagor; the same right of entry,
however, shall exist upon any subsequent default.

       (b) The Trustee may enter and take possession of the Mortgaged Property,
and lease the Mortgaged Property for the account of the Mortgagor, holding the
Mortgagor liable for all payments due to the effective date of such leasing and
for the difference in the rent and other amounts paid by the lessee pursuant to
such lease and the amounts payable by the Mortgagor on account of the
indebtedness secured hereby.

       (c) Subject to any mandatory requirements of applicable law, the Trustee
may sell the Mortgaged Property as an entirety or from time to time in part to
the highest bidder at public auction at such place and at such time (which sale
may be adjourned from time to time in the discretion of the Trustee by
announcement at the time and place fixed for such sale, without further notice)
and upon such terms as the Trustee may fix and briefly specify in a notice of
sale to be published once each week for four (4) successive weeks prior to such
sale in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the Mortgaged
Property is located and in such event the Trustee may bid for or become the
purchaser of the Mortgaged Property at the public auction and be entitled to
have the purchase price payable at the public auction payable by credit for the
balance due and payable hereunder in respect of the indebtedness secured hereby.

       (d) The Trustee may foreclose this Mortgage by judicial proceedings in
the manner provided by the laws of the State of New

                                        7
<PAGE>
       Jersey for the foreclosure of mortgages, and in such event the Trustee
may bid for or become the purchaser of the Mortgaged Property at the foreclosure
sale and be entitled to have the purchase price payable at foreclosure sale
payable by credit to the judgement for the balance, if any, due and payable
hereunder in respect of the indebtedness secured hereby.

       (e) The Trustee may exercise all rights and remedies available to secured
creditors under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of New
Jersey.

       13. Option To Release Certain Real Estate. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Mortgage, the Trustee hereby agrees, subject to the
provisions of the Agreement, at any time and from time to time, to release from
this Mortgage (i) any unimproved part of the Site, provided such release shall
not adversely affect the value of the Mortgaged Property, or (ii) any part of
the Site with respect to which fee title is to be conveyed to a railroad, public
utility or public body in order that railroad service, utility services or roads
may be provided for the Mortgaged Property, upon receipt of:

       (a) Copies of the instrument of release, in recordable form.

       (b) A certificate of the Mortgagor (i) stating that no "Default" or any
condition or event which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or
both would constitute a "Default" has occurred under the Secured Agreements or
the Indenture, (ii) giving an adequate legal description of that portion of the
Site to be released, (iii) stating the purpose for which the release is desired,
(iv) requesting such release, and (v) approving such release.

       (c) If applicable, a copy of the instrument conveying the portion of the
Site to be released.

       (d) Any instrument or instruments required by the terms of such release.

       (e) A certificate of an independent engineer acceptable to the Trustee
dated not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of the release and stating
that, in the opinion of such engineer (i) the portion of the Site so proposed to
be released is necessary or desirable in order to obtain railroad service,
utility services or roads to benefit the Mortgaged Property, or is not otherwise
needed for the efficient operation of the Mortgaged Property for the
purpose stated in the Agreement and (ii) the release so proposed to be made will
not impair the usefulness of the Mortgaged property as a facility for the
purposes for which it was designed and for such purposes as shall be permitted
by the Act

                                       8
<PAGE>

and will not destroy the means of ingress thereinto and egress therefrom.

       Provided, however, that if the portion of the Site to be released has
transportation or utility facilities located upon it, the Mortgagor shall retain
an easement to use such facilites to the extent necessary for the efficient
operation of the Mortgaged Property.

       The Trustee agrees that upon receipt of the items required in this
section to be furnished by the Mortgagor, it will promptly execute and deliver
the proposed release covering the portion of the Site to be released. In the
event of any such release, the Mortgagor shall not be entitled to any
postponement, abatement or diminution of amounts payable on account of the
indebtedness secured hereby.

       14. Release of Items of Equipment. In any instance where the Mortgagor in
its sole discretion determines that any items of the Equipment have become
obsolete, worn out, unsuitable, inappropriate or unnecessary for its purposes,
and so long as no "Default" or any condition or event which, with the giving of
notice or the passage of time of both would constitute a "Default" has occurred
under the Secured Agreements or the Indenture, the Mortgagor may remove such
Equipment from the Mortgaged Property and sell, trade-in, exchange or otherwise
dispose of such Equipment (as a whole or in part) without any responsibility or
accountability to the Trustee therefor, provided that the Mortgagor shall
substitute and install anywhere in the Mortgaged Property other machinery or
equipment having equal or greater utility or value (but not necessarily having
the same function) in the operation of the Mortgaged Property as a modern
facility, all of which substituted machinery or equipment shall be free of all
liens and encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) and shall become part
of the property secured hereunder.

       The removal from the Mortgaged Property of any portion of the Equipment
pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall not entitle the Mortgagor to
any postponement, abatement or diminution in amounts payable on account of the
indebtedness secured hereby.

       Upon the request of the Mortgagor, the Trustee shall deliver and cause to
be delivered to the Mortgagor, such instruments as are reasonably necessary to
confirm the release of removed items of the Equipment from the lien of this
Mortgage and cancel any security interest with respect thereto, provided that
such request is accompanied by a certificate of an officer of the Mortgagor to
the effect that such release complies in all respects with this Section.

                                       9
<PAGE>


       15. Granting of Easements. If no "Default" or any condition or event
which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute
a "Default" has occurred under the Secured Agreements or the Indenture, the
Mortgagor may at any time or times, grant easements, licenses, rights-of-way
(including the dedication of public highways) and other rights or privileges in
the nature of easements with respect to any property or rights included in the
Mortgaged Property, free from the lien and security interest afforded by or
under this Mortgage or the Mortgagor may reconvey existing easements, licenses,
rights-of-way and other rights and privileges with or without consideration, and
the Trustee agrees to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered
any instrument necessary or appropriate to confirm and grant or convey any such
easement, license, right-of-way or other grant or privilege upon receipt of: (1)
a copy of the instrument of grantor reconveyance; (2) a written statement signed
by an officer of the Mortgagor stating (i) that such grant or reconveyance will
not impair the effective use or interfere with the operation of the Mortgaged
Property and (ii) that such grant or reconveyance is not detrimental to the
proper conduct of the business of the Mortgagor; and (3) an opinion of
Independent Counsel (as defined in the Indenture) that such grant or
reconveyance will not materially weaken, diminish or impair the security
afforded pursuant to the terms of this Mortgage, and will not violate the terms,
convenants or conditions of any agreement or grant which the Mortgagor or the
Issuer may have with the United States, the State of New Jersey or any agency,
department or political subdivision thereof with respect to the Mortgaged
Property or the Indenture.

       16. No Waiver. No failure, forbearance or delay by the Trustee in
exercising any right or remedy hereunder, under any Secured Agreement, or under
the Indenture, or otherwise afforded by law, shall operate as a waiver thereof
or preclude the exercise thereof in accordance herewith or therewith. No waiver
by the Trustee of any default shall constitute a waiver of or consent to
subsequent defaults. No withdrawal or abandonment of foreclosure proceedings by
the Trustee shall be taken or construed as a waiver of its right to exercise any
right or remedy hereunder by reason of any past, present or future default; and,
in like manner, the procurement of insurance or the payment of taxes or other
liens or charges by the Trustee shall not be taken or construed as a waiver of
its rights or remedies hereunder.

       17. Waiver of Mortgagor. The Mortgagor, on behalf of itself and all
persons now or hereafter interested in the Mortgaged Property, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, hereby waives all rights under all
appraisement, homestead, moratorium, valuation, exemption, stay, extension,
redemption and marshalling statutes, laws or equities now or hereafter existing,
and the Mortgagor agrees that no defense, claim or right based on any thereof
will be asserted, or may be enforced, in any action enforcing or relating to
this Mortgage or any of the Mortgaged Property.

                                       10
<PAGE>

Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Mortgagor, on its
own behalf and on behalf of each and every person acquiring any interest in or
title to the Mortgaged Property subsequent to the date of this Mortgage, hereby
irrevocably waives any and all rights of redemption from sale under any power
contained herein or under any sale pursuant to any statute, order, decree or
judgment of any court.

       18. Definitions. In this Mortgage, all words and terms defined in the
Agreement and the Indenture shall have the respective meanings and be construed
as provided therein unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context.
Reference herein to, or citation herein of, any provisions of the Agreement, or
the Indenture shall be deemed to incorporate such provisions as a part hereof in
the same manner and with the same effect as if the same were fully set forth
herein.

       19. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained in this Mortgage shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal
or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability
shall not affect any other provision of this Mortgage, but this Mortgage shall
be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never
been contained herein or therein.

       20. Successors and Assigns. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the terms
"Issuer", "Mortgagor" and "Trustee" as used herein include each of their
respective successors in interest and assigns.

       21. Notices. All notices, certificates or other communications hereunder
shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given when delivered or mailed
by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: if to
the Mortgagor, to Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., P.O. Box 8698,
Philadephia, Pennsylvania 19101, Attention: Mr. Bernard Gelman, Vice President;
and if to the Trustee, Mellon Bank, N.A., One Mellon Bank Center, Room 3440,
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Attention: Corporate Trust Division. Any party hereto
may, by written notice given hereunder, designate any further or different
addresses to which subsequent notices, certificates or other communications
shall be sent.

       22. New Jersey Uniform Commercial Code Security Interest and Financing
Statement. This instrument is intended to be a security agreement pursuant to
the New Jersey Uniform Commercial Code covering any of the items or types of
property included as part of the Mortgaged Property that may be subject to a
security interest pursuant to the New Jersey Uniform Commercial Code, and the
Mortgagor hereby grants to the Trustee, its successors and assigns a security
interest in such items or types of property. This Mortgage or a reproduction
hereof is deemed to constitute a fixture filing to be filed of record in the
real estate records maintained

                                       11
<PAGE>


by the Clerk of Camden County, pursuant to N.J.S.A. 12A:9-402(3) and (6). In
addition, the Mortgagor will execute, deliver and file any financing statements
or amendments thereof or continuation statements thereto that may be required to
perfect or to continue the perfection of a security interest in said items or
types of property. The Mortgagor shall pay all reasonable costs of the
preparation and filing of such instruments.

         23. Amendments. Except as may otherwise be specifically provided
herein, no charge, amendment, modification, cancellation or discharge hereof, or
any part hereof, shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the parties
hereto.

         24. The parties to this Mortgage may mutually agree to change the
interest rate, due date or other term or terms of this Mortgage or of the
obligations secured by this Mortgage. If the parties mutually agree to a change,
which change is a "modification" as defined in New Jersey P.L. 1985, c. 353,
this Mortgage shall be subject to the priority provisions of that law.

         25. Captions. The captions herein are inserted only for convenience of
reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this
Mortgage or any particular paragraph or section hereof, nor the proper
construction hereof.

         26. Governing Law. This Mortgage is to be governed and construed
according to the laws of the State of New Jersey.

         27. RECEIPT. THE MORTGAGOR HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A TRUE COPY
OF THIS MORTGAGE, WITHOUT CHARGE.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mortgagor has caused this instrument to be
executed in its name by one of its duly authorized officers; and the Trustee has
evidenced its acceptance of this instrument by having caused this instrument to
be executed in its corporate name by one of its duly authorized officers, as of
the date first above written.

[SEAL]                                       HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
                                             SYSTEM, INC., a Pennsylvania
                                             corporation 
Attest:

/s/ John Evans                               By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------------                    -----------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                            Bernard Gelman, Vice 
                                                 President

[SEAL]                                       MELLON BANK, N.A., as Trustee

Attest:

/s/ R. Mellick                               By: /s/ J.H. McAnulty
- -----------------------------                    -----------------------------
R. Mellick, Officer                              J.H. McAnulty
                                                 Vice President


                                       12
<PAGE>

STATE OF NEW JERSEY )
                    : SS.:
COUNTY OF ESSEX     )


         I, Barbara Jaworski, do hereby certify that Bernard Gelman and John
Evans, the Vice President and Secretary of HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM,
INC., a Pennsylvania corporation, personally known to me to be the same persons
whose names are subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this
day in person and acknowledged that they signed and delivered such instrument
with full authority as such Vice President and Secretary on behalf of Holt
Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., as their free and voluntary act for the
uses and purposes therein set forth.

         Given under my hand and official seal, this 28th day of January, 1992.



                                             /s/ Barbara  Jaworski
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                  Notary Public


My Commission Expires:                                 BARBARA JAWORSKI
                      ------------------------- A Notary Public of New Jersey 
                                             My Commission Expires Oct. 16, 1994


                                       13
<PAGE>

COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA  )     
                              : SS.:
COUNTY OF ALLEGHENY           )     
                              


         I, Kristine M. Baker, do hereby certify that J.H. McAnulty and R.
Mellick, a Vice President and an Officer of MELLON BANK, N.A., a banking
corporation organized under the laws of the United States of America, personally
known to me to be the same persons whose names are subscribed to the foregoing
instrument, appeared before me this day in person and acknowledged that they
signed and delivered such instrument with full authority as such Vice President
and Officer on behalf of Mellon Bank, N.A., as their free and voluntary act for
the uses and purposes therein set forth.

         Given under my hand and official seal, this 24th day of January, 1992.
 


                                             /s/ Kristine M. Baker
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                  Notary Public
                                                  
                                                   Notorial Seal     
My Commission Expires:  3/20/95           Kristine M. Baker, Notary Public
                      ----------           Pittsburgh, Allegheny County
                                         My Commission Expires March 20, 1995
                                    Member, Pennsylvania Association of Notaries


                                       14


================================================================================

                    HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.
                                  As Mortgagor

                                       AND

                                MELLON BANK, N.A.
                                   As Trustee


                    ----------------------------------------

                    SERIES H MORTGAGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                    ----------------------------------------



                           Dated as of January 2, 1992

================================================================================

This Mortgage and Security Agreement secures an obligation incurred for the
construction of improvements on land and contains after-acquired property
provisions.

This Mortgage and Security Agreement also constitutes a fixture filing under
Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions, N.J.S.A.
12A:9-402 (3) and (6).



Prepared by and Return and Record To:


M. Jeremy Ostow, Esq.
Wolff and Samson
A Professional Corporation
5 Becker Farm Road
Roseland, New Jersey 07068


<PAGE>


     THIS SERIES H MORTGAGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of January 2, 1992
(the "Mortgage") made by HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., a
Pennsylvania corporation, having an address at 701 N. Broadway, Gloucester City,
New Jersey 08030, as mortgagor (the "Mortgagor"), in favor of MELLON BANK, N.A.,
a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States
of America, having an address at One Mellon Bank Center, Room 3440, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the "Trustee").

                            W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the New Jersey Economic Development Authority (the "Issuer")
intends to issue its Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc. - 1983 Project) Series H Refunding (AMT) (the "Bonds") in the
aggregate principal amount of Nine Million Dollars ($9,000,000), maturing
December 15, 2017, pursuant to an Indenture of Trust dated as of January 2, 1992
(as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture") between the
Issuer and the Trustee and in accordance with the provisions of the New Jersey
Economic Development Authority Act, as amended, N.J.S.A. 34:1B-1, et seq. (the
"Act"), the proceeds from the sale of which are to be loaned to the Mortgagor in
order to permit the Mortgagor to refund a certain issue of Series F Bonds (as
defined in the Agreement), all with respect to a project located in the City of
Gloucester City, Camden County, New Jersey, all pursuant to a Series H Loan
Agreement dated as of January 2, 1992 (as amended from time to time, the
"Agreement") between the Issuer and the Mortgagor; and

     WHEREAS, all of the Issuer's rights under the Agreement (except for such
rights as are specifically reserved) are to be assigned to the Trustee pursuant
to the Indenture, and this Mortgage is being granted directly to the Trustee as
a result of such assignment; and

     WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the Bonds, certain subsidiaries
and affiliates of the Mortgagor (the "Guarantors") have entered into a Series H
Guaranty Agreement dated as of January 2, 1992 (as amended from time to time,
the "Guaranty");

     NOW, THEREFORE, to equally and ratably secure (without preference or
priority) payment of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the
Bonds, the Mortgagor's payment obligations pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (d) of
Section 4.2 of the Agreement (herein called the "Loan Obligations"), and the
payment of any and all other amounts required to be paid pursuant to, and the
performance of all covenants, agreements and obligations required to be
performed by the Mortgagor or the Guarantors under this Mortgage, the Guaranty,
the Agreement or the other Loan Documents (collectively, the "Secured
Agreements"), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to
become due, now existing or hereafter arising and howsoever evidenced, plus all
expenses of enforcing this Mortgage, the Mortgagor, for and in


<PAGE>

consideration of Ten Dollars and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, does by these presents
GRANT, BARGAIN, SELL, CONVEY AND MORTGAGE unto the Trustee (for the ratable
benefit of the owners of the Bonds) and its respective successors and assigns,
all of its right, title and interest in and to the following property, interests
and rights (collectively, the "Mortgaged Property"):

     THAT certain parcel of real estate described in Exhibit A hereto (the
"Site");

     TOGETHER with all and singular the ways, easements, rights, privileges and
appurtenances belonging or in any wise appertaining to the Site;

     TOGETHER with the buildings and improvements now erected an hereafter to be
erected upon the Site, including any repairs, restorations or replacements
thereof or any changes, alterations or additions thereto (collectively, the
"Improvements");

     TOGETHER with all right, title and interest, if any, of the Mortgagor in
and to any land lying in the bed of any street, avenue or alley adjoining the
Site to the center line thereof;

     TOGETHER with the fixtures, building equipment and other personal property
owned by the Mortgagor and located on and used in connection with maintenance of
the Improvements, including, without limitation, the equipment as described in
Exhibit B hereto but excluding any personal property or equipment which is not a
fixture but is used in connection with the business conducted on the Mortgaged
Property and excluding specifically container cranes, forklifts, trucks, and
other vehicles (subject to such exclusions, collectively, the "Equipment"); and

     TOGETHER with all the rents, issues and profits of the Mortgaged Property,
and all the estate, right, title, interest and all claim and demand whatsoever,
at law or in equity, of the Mortgagor in and to the same, including but not
limited to:

          (a) All rents, issues, profits, revenues, royalties, rights and
     benefits derived from the Mortgaged Property from time to time accruing,
     whether under leases or tenancies or contracts of sale now existing or
     hereafter created, reserving to the Mortgagor, however, so long as there is
     no "Default" under the Indenture, the right to receive and retain all such
     rents, issues, and profits.

          (b) All judgements, awards of damages, insurance proceeds and
     settlements hereafter made resulting from condemnation proceedings or the
     taking of the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof under the power of
     eminent domain, or for any damage (whether caused by such taking or
     otherwise) to the Mortgaged

                                        2

<PAGE>

     Property or any part thereof, or to any rights appurtenant thereto,
     including any award for change of grade of streets.

     TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the above granted and described property equally and
ratably unto the Trustee and its respective successors and assigns, forever. The
Mortgagor does hereby fully warrant good and marketable fee simple title to the
Site and the Improvements and good and marketable title to the Equipment and
will defend the same against the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever,
subject only to the exceptions set forth in Exhibit C hereto and made a part
hereof (the "Permitted Encumbrances") and that it has good and lawful authority
to sell, convey, mortgage and grant a security interest in the Mortgaged
Property.

     PROVIDED, ALWAYS that if the Mortgagor or its successors or assigns shall
pay to the Trustee or its respective successors or assigns all amounts secured
hereby, including without limitation the Loan Obligations, all amounts due under
the Secured Agreements, and all other amounts due hereunder, and shall perform,
observe and comply with all of the terms, conditions, covenants and agreements
contained herein and in the Secured Agreements, and if no bonds remain
Outstanding (as defined in the Indenture), then this Mortgage shall be
absolutely void; otherwise the same shall remain in full force and effect.

     This Mortgage is subject and subordinate to (i) a certain Mortgage dated
March 15, 1984 between the Mortgagor and the City of Gloucester City and
recorded in the Camden County Register's Office in Book 2785, Page 543, (ii) a
certain Mortgage dated April 18, 1984 between the Mortgagor and the City of
Gloucester City and recorded in the Camden County Register's Office in Book
2793, Page 937, (iii) a certain Mortgage dated August 22, 1984 between the
Mortgagor and the City of Gloucester City recorded in the Camden County
Register's Office in Book 2823, Page 135, (iv) a certain Mortgage and Security
Agreement dated as of August 1, 1986 between the Mortgagor and Bankers Trust
Company, as trustee and recorded in the Camden County Register's Office in Book
3050, Page 0689, and (v) a certain Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of
December 1, 1986 between the Mortgagor and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee and
recorded in the Camden County Register's Office in Book 3092, Page 059. This
Mortgage and Security Agreement, of even date herewith, between the Mortgagor
and the Trustee.

     The Mortgagor further covenants and agrees as follows:

     1. Payment. The Mortgagor shall pay all sums, including interest, secured
hereby when due, as provided for in the Secured Agreements and in this Mortgage,
and any renewal, extension or modification of any thereof.

                                        3


<PAGE>


     2. Compliance with Laws. The Mortgagor shall comply with all present and
future laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, convenants, conditions and
restrictions affecting the Mortgagor, the Mortgaged Property or the use and
occupancy thereof, and not suffer or permit any violation thereof.

     3. Maintenance and Modification of Mortgaged Property by the Mortgagor. The
Mortgagor agrees that at all times, the Mortgagor will maintain, preserve and
keep the Mortgaged Property or cause the Mortgaged Property to be maintained,
preserved and kept, with the appurtenances and every part and parcel thereof in
good repair, working order, and condition as more particularly described in
Section 5.2 of the Agreement, and that the Mortgagor will from time to time make
or cause to be made all repairs, replacements and renewals deemed proper and
necessary by it.

     In addition, the Mortgagor shall have the privilege of remodeling the
Mortgaged Property or, subject to the limitations imposed by Section 5.2 of the
Agreement making substitutions, modifications and improvements to the Mortgaged
Property from time to time as the Mortgagor, in its discretion, may deem to be
desirable for the Mortgagor's use for such purposes as shall be permitted by the
Act, the costs of which remodeling, substitutions, modifications and
improvements shall be paid by the Mortgagor, and the same shall be the property
of the Mortgagor and be included under the terms of this Mortgage as part of the
Mortgaged Property; provided, however, that such remodeling, substitutions,
modifications and improvements shall not interfere with the operation of the
Mortgaged Property in the manner contemplated in the Application and in the
Agreement or in any way damage the Mortgaged Property, and provided that the
Mortgaged Property, as remodeled, improved or altered, upon completion of such
remodeling, substitutions, modifications and improvements made pursuant to this
Section shall be of a value not less than the value of the Mortgaged Property
immediately prior to the remodeling or the making of substitutions,
modifications and improvements. Any property for which a substitution or
replacement is made pursuant to this Section may be disposed of by the Mortgagor
in any manner and in the sole discretion of the Mortgagor.

     4. Liens. The Mortgagor will not permit any mechanic's or other lien other
than Permitted Encumbrances to be established or remain against the Mortgaged
Property, provided that if the Mortgagor shall first notify the Trustee of its
intention to do so, the Mortgagor may in good faith contest at the Mortgagor's
expense any mechanic's or other lien filed or established against the Mortgaged
Property, and in such event may permit the item so contested to remain
undischarged and unsatisfied during the period of such contest and any appeal
therefrom unless by nonpayment of any such item the security afforded by this


                                       4
<PAGE>


Mortgage will be materially endangered or the Mortgaged Property or any part
thereof will be subject to loss or forfeiture, in which event the Mortgagor
shall promptly pay and cause to be satisfied and discharged such unpaid item.

     5. Taxes and Governmental and Utility Charges. The Mortgagor will pay or
cause to be paid, as the same respectively become due, all taxes and
governmental charges of any kind whatsoever that may at any time be lawfully
assessed or levied against or with respect to the Mortgaged Property or any part
thereof, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all ad
valorem taxes levied against the Mortgaged Property and any other taxes levied
upon the Mortgaged Property which, if not paid, will become a charge on the
receipts from the Mortgaged Property or a lien against the Mortgaged Property or
any interest therein or the revenues derived therefrom; all utility and other
charges incurred in the operation, maintenance, use, occupancy and upkeep of the
Mortgaged Property; and all assessments and charges lawfully made by any
governmental body for public improvements that may be secured by a lien or the
Mortgaged Property, provided that with respect to special assessments or other
governmental charges that may lawfully be paid in installments over a period of
years, the Mortgagor shall be obligated to pay only such installments when and
as they are required to be paid.

     The Mortgagor may, at the Mortgagor's expense, in good faith contest any
such taxes, assessments and other charges, all in the manner and subject to the
conditions set forth in Section 5.3(b) of the Agreement.

     6. Casualty and Other Insurance. The Mortgagor agrees to insure or cause to
be insured the Mortgaged Property against loss or damage by fire and other
hazards as more particularly described in Sections 5.4 and 5.5 of the Agreement.
The Mortgagor will not do or suffer to be done anything which will increase the
risk of fire or other hazard to the Mortgaged Premises or any part thereof
without first causing such increased risk to be fully and adequately covered by
insurance.

     7. Worker's Compensation Coverage. The Mortgagor shall maintain worker's
compensation coverage or cause the same to be maintained to the extent required
by applicable law.

     8. Self-Insurance. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6 and 7, but
subject to the requirements of Article V of the Agreement, if the Mortgagor
shall insure similar properties by self-insurance, the Mortgagor, at the
Mortgagor's election, may insure the Mortgaged Property, partially or wholly by
means of an adequate self-insurance fund set aside and maintained out of its
earnings, or in conjunction with other companies through an insurance trust or
other arrangement.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     9. Condemnation. The net proceeds of any taking by the power of eminent
domain of all or a portion of the Mortgaged Property shall be applied as
provided in Section 6.2 of the Agreement.

     10. Advances. If the Mortgagor fails to pay, subject to any right hereunder
to contest, any claim, lien or encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances),
or, prior to delinquency, any tax or assessment, or, when due, any insurance
premium, or to keep the Mortgaged Property in repair, or shall commit or permit
waste, or if there shall be commenced any action or proceeding affecting the
Mortgagee Property or the title thereto, or the interest of the Trustee therein,
including, but not limited to, eminent domain and bankruptcy or reorganization
proceedings, then the Trustee, at its option, may pay said claim, lien,
encumbrance, tax, assessment or premium, with right of subrogation thereunder,
may make repairs and take such steps as it deems advisable to prevent or cure
such waste, and may appear in any such action or proceeding and retain counsel
therein, and take such action therein as the Trustee deems advisable, and for
any of said purposes the Trustee may advance such sums of money, including all
costs, reasonable attorneys' fees and other items of expense as it deems
necessary. The Mortgagor shall pay to the Trustee all sums of money so advanced
by the Trustee together with interest on each such advance at two percent (2%)
in excess of the Prime Rate, and the repayment of such advances shall be secured
hereby. In making any payment or securing any performance relating to any
obligation of the Mortgagor under this Mortgage, the Trustee, so long as it acts
in good faith, shall be the sole judge of the legality, validity and amount of
any lien or encumbrance and of all other matters necessary to be determined in
satisfaction thereof. No such action of the Trustee shall ever be considered as
a waiver of any right accruing to it hereunder. The Trustee shall not ever be
held accountable for any delay in making any such payment, which delay may
result in any additional interest, costs, charges or expenses.

     11. Attorneys' Fees. In case of any action or any proceedings in any court
to collect any sums payable or secured by this Mortgage or to protect the lien
of the Trustee or in any other case permitted by law in which attorneys' fees
may be collected from the Mortgagor or charged upon the Mortgaged Property, the
Mortgagor agrees to pay reasonable attorneys' fees.

     12. Remedies. Subject always to the provisions of Section 13 hereof, upon
the occurrence of a "Default" as defined and specified in the Indenture and the
declaration of an acceleration of the Bonds pursuant to the Indenture, the
Trustee may exercise one or more of the following remedies (no remedy hereunder
intended to be exclusive of any other remedy hereunder, under any of the Secured
Agreements or under the Indenture):

                                       6
<PAGE>

         (a) The Trustee may require the Mortgagor, upon demand of the Trustee,
to forthwith surrender, and the Trustee may, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, by such officer, agent or receiver as it may appoint, all
without regard to the value of the security hereof, take possession of, all or
any part of the Mortgaged Property together with the books, papers and accounts
of the Mortgagor pertaining thereto, and make all needful repairs and
improvements as the Trustee shall deem necessary or appropriate, and lease or
sell the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof in the name and for the account
of the Mortgagor and collect, receive and sequester the rental therefrom, and
out of the same and any moneys received from any receiver pay, or set up proper
reserves for the payment of, all proper costs and expenses of so taking,
holding, leasing, selling and managing the same, including reasonable
compensation to the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any charges of the
Trustee hereunder, and any taxes and assessments and other charges due and
payable which the Trustee may deem it wise to pay, and all expenses of such
repairs and improvements, and apply the remainder of the moneys so received to
the payment of the indebtedness secured hereby. Whenever all that is due upon
the indebtedness secured hereby shall have been paid and all defaults made good,
the Trustee shall surrender whatever possession the Trustee shall retain to the
Mortgagor; the same right of entry, however, shall exist upon any subsequent
default.

         (b) The Trustee may enter and take possession of the Mortgaged
Property, and lease the Mortgaged Property for the account of the Mortgagor,
holding the Mortgagor liable for all payments due to the effective date of such
leasing and for the difference in the rent and other amounts paid by the lessee
pursuant to such lease and the amounts payable by the Mortgagor on account of
the indebtedness secured hereby.

         (c) Subject to any mandatory requirements of applicable law, the
Trustee may sell the Mortgaged property as an entirety or from time to time in
part to the highest bidder at public auction at such place and at such time
(which sale may be adjourned from time to time in the discretion of the Trustee
by announcement at the time and place fixed for such sale, without further
notice) and upon such terms as the Trustee may fix and briefly specify in a
notice of sale to be published once each week for four (4) successive weeks
prior to such sale in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which
the Mortgaged Property is located and in such event the Trustee may bid for or
become the purchaser of the Mortgaged Property at the public auction and be
entitled to have the purchase price payable at the public auction payable by
credit for the balance due and payable hereunder in respect of the indebtedness
secured hereby.

         (d) The Trustee may foreclose this Mortgage by judicial proceedings in
the manner provided by the laws of the State of New Jersey for the foreclosure


                                       7
<PAGE>

of mortgages, and in such event the Trustee may bid for or become the purchaser
of the Mortgaged Property at the foreclosure sale and be entitled to have the
purchase price payable at foreclosure sale payable by credit to the judgment for
the balance, if any, due and payable hereunder in respect of the indebtedness
secured hereby.

         (e) The Trustee may exercise all rights and remedies available to
secured creditors under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of
New Jersey.

     13. Option To Release Certain Real Estate. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Mortgage, the Trustee hereby agrees, subject to the
provisions of this Agreement, at any time and from time to time, to release from
this Mortgage (i) any unimproved part of the Site, provided such release shall
not adversely affect the value of the Mortgaged Property, or (ii) any part of
the Site with respect to which fee title is to be conveyed to a railroad, public
utility or public body in order that railroad service, utility services or roads
may be provided for the Mortgaged Property, upon receipt of:

         (a) Copies of the instrument of release, in recordable form.

         (b) A certificate of the Mortgagor (i) stating that no "Default" or any
condition or event which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or
both would constitute a "Default" has occurred under the Secured Agreements or
the Indenture, (ii) giving an adequate legal description of that portion of the
Site to be released, (iii) stating the purpose for which the release is desired,
(iv) requesting such release, and (v) approving such release.

         (c) If applicable, a copy of the instrument conveying the portion of
the Site to be released.

         (d) Any instrument or instruments required by the terms of such
release.

         (e) A certificate of an independent engineer acceptable to the Trustee
dated not more than (60) days prior to the date of the release and stating that,
in the opinion of such engineer (i) the portion of the Site so proposed to be
released is necessary or desirable in order to obtain railroad service, utility
services or roads to benefit the Mortgaged Property, or is not otherwise needed
for the efficient operation of the Mortgaged Property for the purpose stated in
the Agreement and (ii) the release so proposed to be made will not impair the
usefulness of the Mortgaged Property as a facility for the purposes for which it



                                       8
<PAGE>

was designed and for such purposes as shall be permitted by the Act and will not
destroy the means of ingress thereinto and egress thereform.

     Provided, however, that if the portion of the Site to be released has
transportation or utility facilities located upon it, the Mortgagor shall retain
an easement to use such facilities to the extent necessary for the efficient
operation of the Mortgaged Property.

     The Trustee agrees that upon receipt of the items required in this Section
to be furnished by the Mortgagor, it will promptly execute and deliver the
proposed release covering the portion of the Site to be released. In the event
of any such release, the Mortgagor shall not be entitled to any postponement,
abatement or diminution of amounts payable on account of the indebtedness
secured hereby.

     14. Release of Items of Equipment. In any instance where the Mortgagor in
its sole discretion determines that any items of the Equipment have become
obsolete, worn out, unsuitable, inappropriate or unnecessary for its purposes,
and so long as no "Default" or any condition or event which, with the giving of
notice or the passage of time or both would constitute a "Default" has occurred
under the Secured Agreements or the Indenture, the Mortgagor may remove such
Equipment from the Mortgaged Property and sell, trade-in, exchange or otherwise
dispose of such Equipment (as a whole or in part) without any responsibility or
accountability to the Trustee therefor, provided that the Mortgagor shall
substitute and install anywhere in the Mortgaged Property other machinery or
equipment having equal or greater utility or value (but not necessarily having
the same function) in the operation of the Mortgaged Property as a modern
facility, all of which substituted machinery or equipment shall be free of all
liens and encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) and shall become a
part of the property secured hereunder.

     The removal from the Mortgaged Property of any portion of the Equipment
pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall not entitle the Mortgagor to
any postponement, abatement or diminution in amounts payable on account of the
indebtedness secured hereby.

     Upon the request of the Mortgagor, the Trustee shall deliver and cause to
be delivered to the Mortgagor, such instruments as are reasonably necessary to
confirm the release of removed items of the Equipment from the lien of this
Mortgage and cancel any security interest with respect thereto, provided that
such request is accompanied by a certificate of an officer of the Mortgagor to
the effect that such release complies in all respects with this Section.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     15. Granting of Easements. If no "Defaults" or any condition or event
which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute
a "Default" has occurred under the Secured Agreements or the Indenture, the
Mortgagor may at any time or times, grant easements, licenses, rights-of-way
(including the dedication of public highways) and other rights or privileges in
the nature of easements with respect to any property or rights included in the
Mortgaged Property, free from the lien and security interest afforded by or
under this Mortgage or the Mortgagor may reconvey existing easements, licenses,
rights-of-way and other rights and privileges with or without consideration, and
the Trustee agrees to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered
any instrument necessary or appropriate to confirm and grant or convey any such
easement, license, right-of-way or other grant or privilege upon receipt of: (1)
a copy of the instrument of grant or reconveyance; (2) a written statement
signed by an officer of the Mortgagor stating (i) that such grant or
reconveyance will not impair the effective use or interfere with the operation
of the Mortgaged Property and (ii) that such grant or reconveyance is not
detrimental to the proper conduct of the business or the Mortgagor; and (3) an
opinion of Independent Counsel (as defined in the Indenture) that such grant or
reconveyance will not materially weaken, diminish or impair the security
afforded pursuant to the terms of this Mortgage, and will not violate the terms,
covenants or conditions of any agreement or grant which the Mortgagor or the
Issuer may have with the United States, the State of New Jersey or any agency,
department or political subdivision thereof with respect to the Mortgaged
Property or the Indenture.

     16. No Waiver. No failure, forbearance or delay by the Trustee in
exercising any right or remedy hereunder, under any Secured Agreement, or under
the Indenture, or otherwise afforded by law, shall operate as a waiver thereof
or preclude the exercise thereof in accordance herewith or therewith. No waiver
by the Trustee of any default shall constitute a waiver of or consent to
subsequent defaults. No withdrawal or abandonment of foreclosure proceedings by
the Trustee shall be taken or construed as a waiver of its right to exercise any
right or remedy hereunder by reason of any past, present or future default; and,
in like manner, the procurement of insurance or the payment of taxes or other
liens or charges by the Trustee shall not be taken or construed as a waiver of
its rights or remedies hereunder.

     17. Waiver of Mortgagor. The Mortgagor, on behalf of itself and all persons
now or hereafter interested in the Mortgaged Property, to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, hereby waives all rights under all appraisement,
homestead, moratorium, valuation, exemption, stay, extension, redemption and
marshalling statutes, laws or equities now or hereafter existing, and the
Mortgagor agrees that no defense, claim or right based on any thereof will be
asserted, or may be enforced, in any action enforcing or relating to this
Mortgage or any of the Mortgaged Property. 


                                       10
<PAGE>


Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Mortgagor, on its
own behalf and on behalf of each and every person acquiring any interest in or
title to the Mortgaged Property subsequent to the date of this Mortgage, hereby
irrevocably waives any and all rights of redemption from sale under any power
contained herein or under any sale pursuant to any statute, order, decree or
judgment of any court.

     18. Definitions. In this mortgage, all words and terms defined in the
Agreement and the Indenture shall have the respective meanings and be construed
as provided therein unless different meaning clearly appears from the context.
Reference herein to, or citation herein of, any provisions of the Agreement, or
the Indenture shall be deemed to incorporate such provisions as a part hereof in
the same manner and with the same effect as if the same were fully set forth
herein.

     19. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained in this Mortgage shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal
or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability
shall not affect any other provision of this Mortgage, but this Mortgage shall
be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never
been contained herein or therein.

     20. Successors and Assigns. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the terms
"Issuer", "Mortgagor" and "Trustee" as used herein include each of their
respective successors in interest and assigns.

     21. Notices. All notices, certificates or other communications hereunder
shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given when delivered or mailed
by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: if to
the Mortgagor, to Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., P.O. Box 8698,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101, Attention: Mr. Bernard Gelman, Vice President;
and if to the Trustee, Mellon Bank, N.A., One Mellon Bank Center, Room 3440,
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Attention: Corporate Trust Division. Any party hereto
may, by written notice given hereunder, designate any further or different
addresses to which subsequent notices, certificates or other communications
shall be sent.

     22. New Jersey Uniform Commercial Code Security Interest and Financing
Statement. This instrument is intended to be a security agreement pursuant to
the New Jersey Uniform Commercial Code covering any of the items or types of
property included as part of the Mortgaged Property that may be subject to a
security interest pursuant to the New Jersey Uniform Commercial Code, and the
Mortgagor hereby grants to the Trustee, its successors and assigns a security
interest in such items or types of property. This Mortgage or a reproduction
hereof is deemed to constitute a fixture filing to be filed of record in the


                                       11
<PAGE>


real estate records maintained by the Clerk of Camden County, pursuant to
N.J.S.A. 12A:9-402(3) and (6). In addition, the Mortgagor will execute, deliver
and file any financing statements or amendments thereof or continuation
statements thereto that may be required to perfect or to continue the perfection
of a security interest in said items or types of property. The Mortgagor shall
pay all reasonable costs of the preparation and filing of such instruments.

     23. Amendments. Except as may otherwise be specifically provided herein, no
charge, amendment, modification, cancellation or discharge hereof, or any part
hereof, shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

     24. The parties to this Mortgage may mutually agree to change the interest
rate, due date or other term or terms of this Mortgage or of the obligations
secured by this Mortgage. If the parties mutually agree to a change, which
change is a "modification" as defined in New Jersey P.L. 1985, c. 353, this
Mortgage shall be subject to the priority provisions of that law.

     25. Captions. The captions herein are inserted only for convenience of
reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this
Mortgage or any particular paragraph or section hereof, nor the proper
construction hereof.

     26. Governing Law. This Mortgage is to be governed and construed according
to the laws of the State of New Jersey.

     27. RECEIPT. THE MORTGAGOR HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A TRUE COPY OF
THIS MORTGAGE, WITHOUT CHARGE.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Mortgagor has caused this instrument to be executed
in its name by one of its duly authorized officers; and the Trustee has
evidenced its acceptance of this instrument by having caused this instrument to
be executed in its corporate name by one of its duly authorized officers; as of
the date first above written.




















[SEAL]                                          HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING 
                                                SYSTEM, INC., a PENNSYLVANIA 
Attest:                                         corporation                  
                                                                             
/s/ John Evans                                  By: /s/ Bernard Gelman       
- ----------------------------------              -----------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                           Bernard Gelman,              
                                                  Vice President             
                                                                             
[SEAL]                                          MELLON BANK, N.A., as Trustee
                                                                             
Attest:                                         By: /s/ J.H. McAnulty        
                                                -----------------------------
/s/ R. Mellick                                  J.H. McAnulty                
- ----------------------------------                Vice President             
R. Mellick, Officer                                                          
                                                


                                       12
<PAGE>


STATE OF NEW JERSEY                  )
                                     : ss.:
COUNTY OF ESSEX                      )

     I, Barbara Jaworski, do hereby certify that Bernard Gelman and John Evans,
the Vice President and Secretary of HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., a
Pennsylvania corporation, personally known to me to be the same persons whose
names are subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day in
person and acknowledged that they signed and delivered such instrument with full
authority as such Vice President and Secretary on behalf of Holt Hauling and
Warehousing System, Inc., as their free and voluntary act for the uses and
purposes therein set forth.

     Given under my hand and official seal, this 28th day of January, 1992.

                                              
                                           /s/ Barbara Jaworski
                                       ------------------------------
                                                Notary Public

                                             BARBARA JAWORSKI
                                        A Notary Public of New Jersey
My Commission Expires:______________My Commission Expires Oct. 16, 1994.



                                       13
<PAGE>


COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA          )
                                      : ss.:
COUNTY OF ALLEGHENY                   )

     I, Kristine M. Baker, do hereby certify that J.H. McAnulty and R. Mellick,
a Vice President and an Officer of MELLON BANK, N.A., a banking corporation
organized under the laws of the United States of America, personally known to me
to be the same persons whose names are subscribed to the foregoing instrument,
appeared before me this day in person and acknowledged that they signed and
delivered such instrument with full authority as such Vice President and Officer
on behalf of Mellon Bank, N.A., as their free and voluntary act for the uses and
purposes therein set forth.

     Given under my hand and official seal, this 24th day of January, 1992.



                                                 /s/ Kristine M. Baker 
                                                ------------------------- 
                                                      Notary Public
                                               
                                                      Notary Seal
                                                Kristine M. Baker, Notary Public
                                                Pittsburgh, Allegheny County
My Commission Expires: 3/20/95              My commission Expires March 20, 1995
                                    Member, Pennsylvania Association of Notaries


                                       14




===============================================================================


                    NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY


                                       AND


                    HOLT HAULING and WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.



                             -----------------------


                             SERIES J LOAN AGREEMENT


                             -----------------------



                            Dated as of June 1, 1995



===============================================================================



           The interest of the NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (the
"Issuer") in this Loan Agreement has been assigned (except for certain rights
expressly reserved by the Issuer) pursuant to the Indenture of Trust dated as of
the date hereof from the Issuer to THE BANK OF NEW YORK (NJ), as trustee (the
"Trustee"), and is subject to the security interest of the Trustee thereunder.






<PAGE>


                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

           (This Table of Contents is only for convenience of reference and is
not intended to define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions
of this Loan Agreement.)

                                                                     Page
                                                                     ----

 PARTIES.........................................................       1

 PREAMBLES.......................................................       1

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1. Definitions....................................     I-1

     Section 1.2. Interpretation and Construction................    I-11

                                   ARTICLE II

                    REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES

     Section 2.1. Representations and Covenants of the
                   Issuer........................................    II-1
     Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of the
                   Company.......................................    II-1
     Section 2.3. [Intentionally Omitted]........................    11-6
     Section 2.4. Covenants of the Company.......................    11-6

                                   ARTICLE III

                         ISSUANCE OF THE SERIES J BONDS

     Section 3.1. Agreement to Issue the Series J Bonds:
                   Application of Series J Bond Proceeds.........   III-1
     Section 3.2. Disbursements from the Project Fund............   III-1
     Section 3.3. Furnishing Documents to the Trustee............   III-1
     Section 3.4. Special Arbitrage Certifications...............   III-1

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 LOAN PROVISIONS

     Section 4.1. Loan of Proceeds...............................   IV-1
     Section 4.2. Amounts Payable................................   IV-1
     Section 4.3. Obligations of Company Unconditional...........   IV-2

                                       -i-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE V

                                   THE PROJECT

     Section 5.1. Disbursements from the Project Fund............     V-1 
     Section 5.2. Maintenance and Modification of the
                   Project Facility by the Company...............     V-2 
     Section 5.3. Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and
                   Utility Charges...............................     V-2
     Section 5.4. Insurance Required.............................     V-3
     Section 5.5. Additional Provisions Concerning
                   Insurance.....................................     V-4
     Section 5.6. Worker's Compensation..........................     V-4

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

     Section 6.1. Damage, Destruction and Condemnation...........     VI-1
     Section 6.2. Application of Net Proceeds....................     VI-1
     Section 6.3. Insufficiency of Net Proceeds..................     VI-2

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

     Section 7.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability
                   by Issuer.....................................    VII-1
     Section 7.2. Access to the Project..........................    VII-1
     Section 7.3. Further Assurances and Corrective
                   Instruments...................................    VII-1
     Section 7.4. Issuer and Company Representatives.............    VII-1 
     Section 7.5. Financing Statements...........................    VII-1
     Section 7.6. Compliance with Code...........................    VII-2
     Section 7.7. Further Assurances ............................    VII-2
     Section 7.8. [Intentionally Omitted]........................    VII-2
     Section 7.9. Annual Certificate.............................    VII-2

                                  ARTICLE VIII

     PROJECT USERS;   MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; MERGE, SELL, TRANSFER;
                      INDEMNIFICATION; REDEMPTION

     Section 8.1. Project Users; Maintain Existence;
                   Merge, Sell, Transfer........................    VIII-1
     Section 8.2. Release and Indemnification Covenants.........    VIII-2
     Section 8.3. Redemption of Bonds...........................    VIII-4
     Section 8.4. Issuer to Grant Security Interest to
                   Trustee.......................................   VIII-5
     Section 8.5. Indemnification of Trustee.....................   VIII-5


                                      -ii-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     Section 9.1. Defaults Defined...............................     IX-1
     Section 9.2. Trustee's Remedies on Default..................     IX-3
     Section 9.3. Issuer's Remedies on Default...................     IX-4
     Section 9.4. Specific Performance...........................     IX-5
     Section 9.5. No Remedy Exclusive............................     IX-5
     Section 9.6. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and
                   Expenses......................................     IX-6
     Section 9.7. No Additional Waiver Implied by One
                   Waiver........................................     IX-6

                                    ARTICLE X

     OPTIONS TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT..............................      X-1

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

    Section 11.1. Term of Agreement..............................     XI-1
    Section 11.2. Notices........................................     XI-1
    Section 11.3. Binding Effect.................................     XI-1
    Section 11.4. Severability...................................     XI-1
    Section 11.5. Amounts Remaining in Funds.....................     XI-1
    Section 11.6. Amendments, Changes and Modification...........     XI-3
    Section 11.7. Execution in Counterparts......................     XI-3
    Section 11.8. Applicable Law.................................     XI-3
    Section 11.9. Captions.......................................     XI-3

 EXHIBIT A - Project Facility

 EXHIBIT B - Form of Requisition

 EXHIBIT C - Permitted Encumbrances

 EXHIBIT D - Form of Annual Certificate



                                      -iii-


<PAGE>


     THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is dated as of June 1, 1995, between the NEW JERSEY
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (the "Issuer"), a public body corporate and
politic constituting an instrumentality of the State of New Jersey and HOLT
HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., a corporation duly organized and validly
existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the "Company").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the New Jersey Economic Development Authority Act, as amended and
supplemented, N.J.S.A. ss.34:1B-1, et seq. (the "Act"), declares that the
Legislature has determined that Department of Labor and Industry statistics of
recent years indicate a continuing decline in manufacturing employment within
the State which is a contributing factor to the drastic unemployment existing
within the State, which far exceeds the national average, thus adversely
affecting the economy of the State and the prosperity, safety, health and
general welfare of its inhabitants and their standard of living; and that the
availability of financial assistance and suitable facilities are important
inducements to new and varied employment promoting enterprises to locate in the
State, and to existing enterprises to remain and expand in the State; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer was created to aid in remedying the aforesaid
conditions and to implement the purposes of the Act, and the Legislature has
determined that the authority and powers conferred upon the Issuer under the Act
and the expenditure of moneys pursuant thereto constitute a serving of a valid
public purpose and that the enactment of the provisions set forth in the Act is
in the public interest and for the public benefit and good and has been so
declared to be as a matter of express legislative determination; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer, to accomplish the purposes of the Act, is empowered
(i) to extend credit or make loans to any person for the planning, designing,
acquiring, constructing, reconstructing, improving, equipping and furnishing of
a project, which credit or loans may be secured by loan and security agreements,
mortgages, leases, and any other instruments, upon such terms and conditions as
the Issuer shall deem reasonable; (ii) to require the inclusion in any mortgage,
lease, contract, loan and security agreement or other instruments, such
provisions for the construction, use, operation and maintenance and financing of
a project as the Issuer may deem necessary or desirable; and (iii) to enter into
contracts with respect to the planning, designing, financing, constructing,
reconstructing, improving, equipping, furnishing, operating and maintaining of a
project, for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Issuer
may determine to be reasonable; and

<PAGE>


     WHEREAS, as an inducement to the Company to undertake a certain project
consisting of the acquisition and filling of approximately 18.6 acres of
tidewater property (including the cost of off-site mitigation required by
environmental permits), the renovation of an existing building of approximately
36,500 square feet into a refrigerated warehouse and certain additional building
renovations, the performance of certain site improvements, including the
renovation of a collapsed pier, the construction of two marginal piers and
certain paying, grading and filling costs, and the purchase and installation of
machinery and equipment, including container cranes, bulldozers, forklift trucks
and other peripheral equipment for use in the loading and unloading of
oceangoing vessels, all part of a public port facility and property functionally
related and subordinate thereto (the "Project"), said Project to be located in
the City of Gloucester City, County of Camden, New Jersey, the Issuer, in
furtherance of the purposes of the Act, made certain findings and determinations
and preliminarily approved the application of the Company for the financing of
the Project by resolution duly adopted on May 24, 1983 and by further resolution
duly adopted on August 7, 1984 authorized the issuance of its Variable/Fixed
Rate Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.--1983
Project) in the principal amount of $13,500,000 (the "Series A Bonds") for the
purpose of providing funds for the making of a loan to the Company to finance a
portion of the Project and to enable the Company to refund certain outstanding
bonds; and

     WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer heretofore
issued the Series A Bonds for the Company in the City of Gloucester City, Camden
County, New Jersey on August 24, 1984, and loaned the proceeds from the sale
thereof to the Company pursuant to a Loan Agreement dated as of August 1, 1984
between the Issuer and the Company; and

     WHEREAS, as a further inducement to the Company to undertake certain
additional costs in connection with the Project and in furtherance of the
purposes of the Act, the Issuer by resolution duly adopted on September 4, 1985
authorized the issuance of its Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds
(Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.--1983 Project) in the aggregate
principal amount of $17,500,000, consisting of its Series B Variable/Fixed Rate
Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.--1983
Project) in the principal amount of $7,500,000 (the "Series B Bonds") and its
Series C Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and
Warehousing System, Inc.--1983 Project) in the principal amount of $10,000,000
(the "Series C Bonds"), all for the purpose of providing funds for the making of
loans to the Company to finance a portion of the Project; and

     WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer heretofore
issued the Series B Bonds for the Company in the City of

                                        2


<PAGE>


Gloucester City, Camden County, New Jersey, on December 6, 1985, and loaned the
proceeds from the sale thereof to the Company pursuant to a loan agreement dated
as of November 1, 1985 between the Issuer and the Company; and

     WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer heretofore
issued the Series C Bonds for the Company in the City of Gloucester City, Camden
County, New Jersey, on December 30, 1985, and loaned the proceeds from the sale
thereof to the Company pursuant to a loan agreement dated as of December 1, 1985
between the Issuer and the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Issuer to refund
the Series C Bonds and, as an inducement to the Company to refund the Series C
Bonds, the Issuer duly adopted an amended final resolution on January 8, 1986
authorizing the issuance of its Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and
Warehousing System, Inc.--1983 Project) 11.85% 1986 Series in the aggregate
principal amount of $10,000,000 (the "1986 Series Bonds") and providing for the
securing of the payment of said 1986 Series Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be
received by the Issuer and the assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with
respect to the Project, which pledge and assignment further secured the payment
of the principal of and interest on the 1986 Series Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the 1986 Series Bonds on February 25, 1986 and
applied the proceeds of the 1986 Series Bonds to make a loan to the Company to
refund the Series C Bonds in accordance with a certain loan agreement between
the Issuer and the Company and a certain indenture of trust between the Issuer
and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, both dated as of February 1, 1986,
providing, in part, for payments by the Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet
installments of interest and principal on the 1986 Series Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Issuer to refund
the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds, and, as an inducement to the Company
to refund the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds, the Issuer duly adopted an
amended final resolution on July 1, 1986 authorizing the issuance of its Series
D Senior Mortgage Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc.--1983 Project) in an aggregate principal amount of $18,750,000
(the "Series D Bonds") and providing for the securing of the payment of said
Series D Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be received by the Issuer and the
assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with respect to the Project, which
pledge and assignment further secured the payment of the principal of and
interest on the Series D Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the Series D Bonds on September 18, 1986 and
applied the proceeds of the Series D Bonds to make a loan to the Company to
refund the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds

                                       3

<PAGE>


in accordance with a certain loan agreement between the Issuer and the Company
and a certain indenture of trust between the Issuer and Bankers Trust Company,
as trustee, both dated as of August 1, 1986, providing, in part, for payments by
the Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of interest and
principal on the Series D Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Issuer to
finance certain additional costs in connection with the Project and as a further
inducement to the Company to undertake such costs and in furtherance of the
purposes of the Act, the Issuer duly adopted an amended final resolution on
December 2, 1986 authorizing the issuance of its Series E Senior Mortgage
Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.--1983
Project) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $8,500,000 (the "Series E Bonds")
and secured the payment of said Series E Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be
received by the Issuer and the assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with
respect to the Project, which pledge and assignment further secured the payment
of the principal of and interest on the Series E Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the Series E Bonds on December 30, 1986 and
applied the proceeds of the Series E Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the
financing of a portion of the costs of the Project, all in accordance with a
certain loan agreement between the Issuer and the Company and a certain
indenture of trust between the Issuer and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee,
both dated as of December 1, 1986, providing, in part, for payments by the
Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of interest and principal
on the Series E Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company thereafter amended the Application, revising certain
aspects thereof to reflect cost overruns incurred with respect to the Project
and requested that the Issuer reconfirm its approval of the project described in
the Application; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested a further loan from the Issuer to finance
certain additional costs in connection with the Project and as a further
inducement to the Company to undertake such additional costs and in furtherance
of the purposes of the Act, the Issuer duly adopted an amended final resolution
on August 4, 1987 (the "August Resolution") authorizing the issuance of its
Series F Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, 
Inc.--1983 Project) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $9,000,000
(the "Series F Bonds") and providing for the securing of the payment of said
Series F Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be received by the Issuer and the
assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with respect to the Project, which
pledge and assignment further secured the payment of the principal of and
interest on the Series F Bonds; and

                                        4


<PAGE>


     WHEREAS, the Issuer was thereafter requested and agreed to amend the form
of bonds approved in the August Resolution and to substitute Fidelity Bank,
National Association as trustee in the place of Bankers Trust Company, New York,
New York, and duly adopted an amended final resolution on December 1, 1987
authorizing the amended form of Series F Bonds and the substitution of trustee,
and otherwise ratifying and confirming the August Resolution; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer issued its Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development
Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.--1983 Project), Series F, in
the aggregate principal amount of $9,000,000 on December 24, 1987 and applied
the proceeds of the Series F Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the
financing of a portion of the costs of the Project, all in accordance with a
certain loan agreement between the Issuer and the Company and a certain
indenture of trust between the Issuer and Fidelity Bank, National Association,
as trustee, both dated as of December 1, 1987, providing, in part, for payments
by the Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of interest and
principal on the Series F Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Issuer to refund
the 1986 Series Bonds and the Series F Bonds and, as an inducement to the
Company to refund such Bonds, the Issuer duly adopted an amended final
resolution on January 7, 1992 authorizing the issuance of its Economic
Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.--1983 Project),
Series G in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 (the "Series G
Bonds"), and its Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc.--1983 Project), Series H in the aggregate principal amount of
$9,000,000 (the "Series H Bonds"), and provided for the securing of the payment
of said Series G Bonds and the Series H Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be
received by the Issuer and the assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with
respect to the Project, which pledge and assignment are hereby declared to
further secure the payment of the principal of and interest on the Series G
Bonds and the Series H Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the Series G Bonds on January 28, 1992 and
applied the proceeds of the Series G Bonds to make a loan to the Company to
refund the 1986 Series Bonds in accordance with a certain loan agreement between
the Issuer and the Company, and a certain indenture of trust between the Issuer
and Mellon Bank, N.A., as trustee, both dated as of January 2, 1992 providing,
in part, for payments by the Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet
installments of interest and principal on the Series G Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the Series H Bonds on January 28, 1992 and
applied the proceeds of the Series H Bonds to make a loan to the Company to
refund the Series F Bonds in accordance with a certain loan agreement between
the Issuer and the Company, and a certain indenture of trust between the Issuer
and Mellon Bank,

                                        5





<PAGE>


N.A., as trustee, both dated as of January 2, 1992, providing, in part, for
payments by the Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of
interest and principal on the Series H Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Issuer to
undertake certain additional costs in connection with the Project and, as an
inducement to the Company to undertake such costs and in furtherance of the
purposes of the Act, the Issuer duly adopted a final resolution on September 7,
1993 authorizing the issuance of its Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling
and Warehousing System, Inc.--1983 Project), 1993 Series I in the aggregate
principal amount of $5,000,000 (the "Series I Bonds"), and secured the Series I
Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be received by the Issuer and the assignment of
certain rights of the Issuer with respect to the Project, which pledge and
assignment are hereby declared to further secure the payment of the principal of
and interest on the Series I Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the Series I Bonds on November 10, 1993 and
applied the proceeds of the Series I Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the
financing of a portion of the additional costs in connection with the Project,
all in accordance with a certain loan agreement between the Issuer and the
Company, and a certain indenture of trust between the Issuer and The Bank of New
York (NJ), as trustee, both dated as of November 1, 1993 providing, in part,
for payments by the Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of
interest and principal on the Series I Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company has requested an additional loan from the Issuer to
refund the Series I Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue its Economic Development Revenue
Refunding Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.--1983 Project) 1995
Series J in the aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 (the "Bonds"), and to
secure the Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be received by the Issuer and the
assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with respect to the Project, which
pledge and assignment are hereby declared to further secure the payment of the
principal of and interest on the Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to apply the proceeds of the Bonds to make a
loan to the Company to refund the Series I Bonds, all in accordance with a
certain loan agreement (the "Loan Agreement") between the Issuer and the
Company, and a certain indenture of trust (the "Indenture") between the Issuer
and The Bank of New York (NJ) (the "Trustee"), providing, in part, for payments
by the Company to the Issuer sufficient to meet installments of interest and
principal on the Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Issuer each have full right and lawful
authority to enter into this Loan Agreement (hereinafter

                                        6


<PAGE>


referred to as the "Agreement"), and to perform and observe the provisions
hereof on their respective parts to be performed and observed.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
hereinafter contained, the parties hereto covenant, agree and bind themselves as
follows; provided, that any obligation of the Issuer created by or arising out
of this Loan Agreement shall never constitute a debt or a pledge of the faith
and credit or the taxing power of the State or any political subdivision or
taxing district of the State (other than the Issuer, to the limited extent
provided in the Indenture) but shall be payable solely out of the Trust Estate
(as hereinafter defined), anything herein contained to the contrary by
implication or otherwise notwithstanding:














                                       7



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1. Definitions. All capitalized, undefined terms used herein
shall have the same meanings as used in Article I of the hereinafter defined
Indenture. In addition, the following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:

     "Act" means the New Jersey Economic Development Authority Act, as amended,
N.J.S.A. ss.34:1B-1, et seq. or any successor legislation, and any regulations
and administrative pronouncements promulgated thereunder, as amended and
supplemented.

     "Affiliate" means any Person under the control of or in common control or
ownership (direct or indirect) of or with the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate of the Company. For the purposes of this definition and the definition
of Related Party below, "control" shall mean ownership or control (direct or
indirect) of five percent or more of the voting stock of the Person for which
such determination is to be made or the exercise of management control over the
business and affairs of such Person. The term "Affiliate" shall not be deemed
to include any Person any portion of which is owned or held by the Company
solely for investment purposes provided that (i) the Company does not own or
hold more than 49% of such Person and (ii) such Person is not included in the
Company's consolidated financial statements.

     "Agreement" or "Loan Agreement" means this Series J Loan Agreement as the
same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance
with its terms.

     "Application" means the application for financial assistance of the Company
dated April 28, 1983, submitted to the Issuer, including any amendments thereto
as are on file at the Issuer's offices.

     "Assignment" means the Series J Assignment dated the Closing Date by and
between the Issuer, as assignor, and the Trustee, as assignee, assigning,
subject to such reservations as are contained therein, all of the Issuer's
right, title and interest in and to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

     "Bond" or "Bonds" or "Series J Bond" or "Series J Bonds" means one or more
of the Economic Development Revenue Refunding Bonds (Holt Hauling and
Warehousing System, Inc.--1983 Project) 1995 Series J of the Issuer in the
aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 authorized to be issued pursuant to
the Bond Resolution,

                                       I-1


<PAGE>


delivered under and pursuant to the Bond Resolution and Indenture and any bonds
issued in lieu of or in substitution therefor.

     "Bond Counsel" with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Bonds means
Wolff & Samson, A Professional Corporation, having its office at 5 Becker Farm
Road, Roseland, New Jersey 07068, and subsequent thereto, such firm or any other
nationally recognized bond counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the
Trustee.

     "Bond Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and created
pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Indenture.

     "Bond Placement Agreement" means the bond placement agreement dated as of
June 1, 1995 by and among the Issuer, the Company and the Placement Agent,
relating to the placement of the Bonds, as the same may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time.

     "Bond Resolution" means the resolution of the Issuer adopted on May 9, 1995
and entitled "Amended Final Resolution (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System,
Inc.--1983 Project)" authorizing the issuance and sale of the Bonds and the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Bond Placement
Agreement, the Assignment and the other Loan Documents and determining other
matters in connection with the Project.

     "Bond Year" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Tax
Certificate.

     "Business Day" means a day on which the Trustee and banks located in West
Paterson, New Jersey or New York City, New York are open for the purpose of
conducting a commercial banking business.

     "Cancellation Date" means the effective date of the Issuer's notice of
cancellation of the Bonds given pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof.

     "Cash Flow" of a Person shall mean Net Income of such Person plus
depreciation and other non-cash charges to income plus (or minus) any increase
(or decrease) in deferred taxes.

     "Chief Financial Officer" shall mean Bernard Gelman, the Vice President and
Treasurer of the Company, or such other individual functioning in a
substantially similar capacity on behalf of the Company as the Company shall
designate in a notice to the Trustee from time to time.

     "Closing Date" means June 7, 1995 or such other date which shall be the
date of the execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement and the making of the
Loan.

                                       I-2

<PAGE>



     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
successor legislation, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and
including, to the extent not inconsistent with the Code, Treasury Regulations
promulgated under the 1954 Code.

     "Collateral" means all of the rights and assets of the Company or any other
Person in which the Issuer or the Trustee is now or hereafter granted a lien or
security interest in order to secure the performance of the Company's
obligations under this Loan Agreement, or any of the Loan Documents, the
obligations of the Issuer hereunder or under the Bonds or the obligations of any
Guarantor under the Guaranty.

     "Combined Cash Flow", "Combined Interest Charges", "Combined Net Income"
and "Combined Net Income Before Interest and Taxes" for any period shall mean,
respectively, the Cash Flow, Interest Charges, Net Income and Net Income Before
Interest and Taxes of the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for such
period, combined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.

     "Combined Indebtedness" means (i) the Combined Total Assets less (ii) the
total combined stockholders' equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates plus deferred taxes, each determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as such combination is
effected in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied as at any date on which the amount thereof shall be
determined.

     "Combined Tangible Net Worth" means (i) total combined shareholders' equity
in the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as such
combination is effected in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, less (ii) the aggregate net amount of the
following items to the extent, if any, that they were included in consolidated
assets or deducted from consolidated liabilities in computing shareholders,
equity:

     (a) All licenses, patents, copyrights, tradenames, trademarks, franchises,
good will, experimental or organizational expense, unamortized debt discount and
expense, treasury stock and all other assets which under generally accepted
accounting principles are deemed intangible; and

     (b) Any write-up of assets (other than current assets written up in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied)
made after January 1, 1984.


                                       I-3


<PAGE>


     "Combined Total Assets" means the assets of the Company, its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates, combined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied.

     "Company Representative" means the person or persons at the time designated
to act on behalf of the Company by written certificate furnished to the Issuer
and the Trustee containing the signature of such person or persons and signed on
behalf of the Company by its President or any Vice President. Such certificate
may designate an alternate or alternates.

     "Cost" with respect to the Project shall be deemed to include all items
permitted to be financed under the provisions of the Act, including, but not
limited to:

           (i) all costs which the Issuer or the Company shall be required to
     pay under the terms of any contract or contracts for the acquisition,
     construction, improving, or equipping of the Project;

           (ii) obligations of the Company incurred for labor and materials
     (including obligations payable to the Company) in connection with the
     acquisition, construction, improving or equipping of the Project,
     including reimbursement to the Company for all advances and payments made
     in connection with the Project prior to or after delivery of the Bonds;

           (iii) the cost of performance or other bonds and any and all types of
     insurance that may be necessary or appropriate to have in effect during the
     course of construction of the Project;

           (iv) the cost of refunding the Series I Bonds;

           (v) all costs of engineering and architectural services, including
     the costs of the Company for test borings, surveys, estimates, plans and
     specifications and preliminary investigations therefor, and for supervising
     construction, as well as for the performance of all other duties required
     by for consequent to the proper construction of the Project;

           (vi) all expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the
     Bonds, including but not limited to, compensation, fees and expenses of the
     Issuer and the Trustee including reasonable counsel fees, compensation to
     any financial consultant, underwriters or placement agents, legal fees and
     expenses, costs of printing and engraving, and recording and filing fees
     and costs of title insurance, if any; and

           (vii) any sums required to reimburse the Company for advances made by
     the Company for any of the above items or for

                                       I-4




<PAGE>


     any other costs incurred which are properly chargeable to the Project.

     "Cumulative Combined Net Income" for any specified period means the sum of
Combined Net Income for each of such periods (subtracting Combined Net Income
for any period in which it is negative, as appropriate).

     "Date of Issue" or "Issue Date" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax
Certificate.

     "Debt Service" means, for any Bond Year, the scheduled amount of interest
and amortization of principal payable for that Bond Year with respect to the
Bonds; provided, however, that in determining Debt Service for any Bond Year,
there shall not be taken into account amounts scheduled with respect to any
Bonds (or portion thereof) that have been retired before the beginning of the
Bond Year. The determination of Debt Service on the Bonds shall be made on the
first day of each Bond Year in the manner provided in Section 148(d) of the Code
and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "Default" means any Default under this Agreement as specified in and
defined by Section 9.1 hereof.

     "Distribution Fund" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)
hereof.

     "ERISA" means the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

     "Event of Cancellation" means any Event of Cancellation as defined in
Section 9.3(A) hereof.

     "Excess Amount" means, as of any payment date, the amount in the Bond Fund
on such date in excess of the amount required for the payment of principal,
accrued interest and premium, if any, on the Bonds due on such date.

     "Fiscal Year" means January 1 through December 31.

     "Gross Proceeds" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Certificate.

     "Guarantor" means any of B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated
Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo
Systems, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corp., CRT, Inc., Triple Seven Ice,
Inc., Pattison Avenue Warehousing Corp., Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc., 777
Pattison Ave., Inc., Dockside International Fish Co., Inc. and Murphy Marine

                                      I-5

<PAGE>


Services, Inc. and any other Person required to be a guarantor under the 
Guaranty.

     "Guaranty" means the Series J Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 1, 1995
among the Guarantors and the Trustee, and any amendments or supplements thereto.

     "Indebtedness" means, for any Person, (i) all indebtedness of such Person
for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property, (ii) all
direct or indirect guaranties of such Person in respect of and all obligations
or undertakings (contingent or otherwise) of such Person to purchase or
otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of,
indebtedness of any other Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
price of property and (iii) all other obligations, contingent or otherwise,
which in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied shall be classified upon the obligor's balance sheet as liabilities,
including liabilities secured by any lien on any property owned or acquired by
the obligor or a Subsidiary thereof, whether or not the liabilities secured
thereby shall have been assumed, capitalized leases and all guaranties,
endorsements and other contingent obligations. For purposes of determining the
amount of Indebtedness of a Person, the total amount of Indebtedness of another
Person as to which such Person is obligated described in clause (ii) or (iii)
above, or the total possible payments which such Person may become obligated to
make in respect of a contingent liability, shall be considered Indebtedness of
such Person.

     "Indemnified Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b).

     "Indenture" means the Series J Indenture of Trust dated as of June 1, 1995
between the Issuer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Bonds are authorized
to be issued, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

     "Initial Temporary Period" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax
Certificate.

     "Issuer" means the New Jersey Economic Development Authority, a public body
corporate and politic constituting an instrumentality of the State, exercising
governmental functions and any body, board, authority, agency or political
subdivision or other instrumentality of the State which shall hereafter succeed
to the powers, duties and functions thereof.

     "Issuer Representative" means such person or persons at the time designated
by the Issuer to act on its behalf.

     "Liens" means any mortgages, pledges, liens or other charges or
encumbrances of any kind (including the charge upon

                                       I-6


<PAGE>


property purchased under conditional sale or other title retention agreements)
upon, or any security interest in, any property, real or personal, tangible or
intangible.

     "Loan" means the Series J loan in the aggregate principal amount of
$5,000,000 made by the Issuer, as lender, from the proceeds of the sale of the
Series J Bonds, to the Company, as borrower, to provide funds for the refunding
of the Series I Bonds, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     "Loan Documents" means any or all of this Agreement, the Indenture, the
Bond Placement Agreement, the Mortgage, the Guaranty, the Assignment and all
documents, certificates and instruments executed in connection therewith.

     "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     "Mortgage" means the Series J Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of
June 1, 1995 from the Company to the Trustee under which the Company grants to
the Trustee a mortgage lien on and a security interest in the Project Facility
to secure payment of the Company's obligations contained in Section 4.2(a)
hereof, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

     "Net Proceeds," when used with respect to any insurance proceeds or any
condemnation award, means the amount remaining after deducting all expenses
(including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred in the collection of such
proceeds or award from the gross proceeds thereof.

     "1954 Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as in effect on the
day prior to the effective date of the Code.

     "Nonpurpose Obligation" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax
Certificate.

     "Owner" means the person or persons in whose name or names a Bond shall be
registered on the books of the Issuer kept for that purpose in accordance with
the provisions of the Indenture.

     "Permitted Encumbrances" means, as of any particular time, (i) those items
shown in Exhibit C hereto, and (ii) any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the
Project Facility hereafter incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

     "Person" or "Persons" means any one or more individuals, corporations,
partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, unincorporated organizations, limited
liability companies, governmental agencies or political subdivisions.

                                       I-7


<PAGE>


     "Plans" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(h) hereof.

     "Placement Agent" means PaineWebber Incorporated and its successors and
assigns.

     "Placement Memorandum" means the placement memorandum distributed in
connection with the placement of the Bonds.

     "Prime Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the rate
published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time as the prime lending
rate; any change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is
published in The Wall Street Journal.

     "Private Activity Bond" means a private activity bond as defined in Section
141 of the Code.

     "Project" means the acquisition and filling of approximately 18.6 acres of
tidewater property (including the cost of off-site mitigation required by
environmental permits), the renovation of an existing building of approximately
36,500 square feet into a refrigerated warehouse and certain additional building
renovations, the performance of certain site improvements, including the
renovation of a collapsed pier, the construction of two marginal piers and
certain paving, grading and filling costs, and the purchase and installation of
machinery and equipment, including container cranes, bulldozers, forklift trucks
and other peripheral equipment for use in the loading and unloading of
ocean-going vessels, all part of a public port facility and property
functionally related and subordinate thereto, all to be located in the Project
Municipality.

     "Project Facility" means the marine terminal complex, consisting of land
and improvements existing or to be constructed thereon, and all fixtures and
other personalty affixed thereto, which is or will be owned by the Company and
located in the Project Municipality, the location of which is more fully
described in Exhibit A annexed hereto, including any additions, substitutions
and replacements which have been or will be acquired and constructed thereon.

     "Project Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and
created pursuant to Section 5.05 of the Indenture.

     "Project Municipality" means the City of Gloucester City, County of Camden,
New Jersey.

     "Purchaser" means the purchaser or purchasers of the Series J Bonds, and
their successors and assigns.

                                       I-8




<PAGE>


     "Rebate Fund" means the fund so designated which is established pursuant to
Section 5.12 of the Indenture.

     "Rebate Requirement" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax
Certificate.

     "Related Party" means the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate, any Person
controlling the Company or Affiliate and any director or employee of the
Company, any Subsidiary, or any Affiliate.

     "Related Person" means a related person within the meaning of Section
103(b)(6)(C) of the 1954 Code.

     "Requisition" means a written request for a disbursement from the Project
Fund or the separate trust fund described in Section 6.2 hereof, as the case may
be, signed by a Company Representative, substantially in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit B and satisfactorily completed as contemplated by said form.

     "Restricted Payment" means:

           (i) The declaration of any dividend on, or the incurrence of any
     liability to make any other payment or distribution in respect of, any
     shares of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than one
     payable solely in its common shares);

           (ii) Any payment or distribution on an account of the purchase,
     redemption or other retirement of any shares of the Company, its
     Subsidiaries or Affiliates or of any warrant, option or other right to
     acquire such shares, or any other payment or distribution made in respect
     thereof, either directly or indirectly, except any payment or distribution
     on account of (A) the principal of and prepayment charge, if any, on
     convertible debt, or (B) the purchase, redemption or other retirement of
     shares of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in exchange for, or
     out of the net cash proceeds received by the Company, its Subsidiaries or
     Affiliates from a substantially concurrent sale of, other shares of the
     Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; and

           (iii) Any payment or distribution on account of the principal and
     prepayment charge, if any, with respect to subordinated debt of the
     Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates other than mandatory sinking fund
     or other retirement payments required by the terms thereof, and other than
     any working capital line of credit secured by a mortgage.


                                       I-9


<PAGE>


     The amount of a Restricted Payment in property shall be deemed to be the
greater of its fair market value (as determined by an independent recognized
appraiser) or its net book value.

     "Security Ratio" means at any time the value of the property subject to the
lien of the Mortgage, as such value is determined by an appraisal required by
Section 2.4(k) hereof, divided by the sum of (i) the amount (including interest
which has accrued and is being deferred) of Senior Indebtedness, plus (ii) the
amount of the Bonds outstanding, plus (iii) the amount (including interest which
has accrued and is being deferred) of the Indebtedness outstanding to the City
of Gloucester City secured by the mortgages described in Exhibit C hereto.

     "Senior Indebtedness" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(k)
hereof.

     "Series I Bonds" means one or more of the Variable/Fixed Rate Economic
Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.--1983 Project)
1993 Series I of the Issuer in the aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000
which were issued on November 10, 1993, and are being refunded with the
proceeds of the Series J Bonds.

     "S & P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group.

     "State" means the State of New Jersey.

     "Subsidiary" means any entity of which at least a majority of the
outstanding stock having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a
majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether
or not at the time stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall
have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingencies)
is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Company or one
or more of its subsidiaries.

     "Substantial User" means a substantial user within the meaning of Section
103(b)(13) of the 1954 Code or Section 147(a) of the Code.

     "Tax Certificate" means the Certificate as to Arbitrage and Compliance with
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 executed and delivered by the Company and the
Issuer on the Date of Issue.

     "Taxes" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 hereof.

     "Term of Agreement" means the term of this Agreement as specified in
Section 11.1 hereof.

                                      I-10





<PAGE>


     "Trustee" means The Bank of New York (NJ), a national banking association,
and its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any
consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any
successor trustee at the time serving as successor trustee under the Indenture.
"Principal Office" of the Trustee means the address specified in Section 12.04
of the Indenture or such other address as may be designated in writing to the
Issuer and the Company.

     "Uniform Commercial Code" means the Uniform Commercial Code, Title 12A of
the New Jersey Statutes, as enacted and in force and effect in the State.

     "Yield" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Certificate.

     Section 1.2. Interpretation and Construction. In this Loan Agreement,
unless the context otherwise requires:

     (1) Articles and Sections mentioned by number only are the respective
Articles and Sections of this Loan Agreement so numbered as originally executed;

     (2) Words importing a particular gender mean and include every other
gender, words importing the singular number mean and include the plural
number and vice versa;

     (3) Words importing persons mean and include firms, associations,
partnerships (including limited partnerships), societies, trusts, public or
private corporations or other legal entities, including public or governmental
bodies, as well as natural persons;

     (4) Any headings preceding the texts of the several Articles and Sections
of this Loan Agreement, and any table of contents or marginal notes appended to
copies hereof, shall be solely for convenience of reference and shall not
constitute a part of this Loan Agreement, nor shall they affect its meaning,
construction or effect;

     (5) If any clause, provision or section of this Loan Agreement or the
application thereof to any circumstance shall be ruled invalid or unenforceable
by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable any of the remaining provisions hereof or the application
of such clause, provision or section to circumstances other than those as to
which it is held invalid or unenforceable.




                                      I-11




<PAGE>


     (6) References herein to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Company and the
Purchaser shall include their respective successors and assigns.

                               [END OF ARTICLE I]






                                      I-12

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II

                    REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES

         Section 2.1. Representations and Covenants of the Issuer. (a) The
Issuer represents and covenants that:

         (1) The Issuer is a public body corporate and politic constituting an
instrumentality of the State duly organized and existing under the laws of the
State. Under the provisions of the Act, the Issuer is authorized to enter into
the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement and the Indenture and to
carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The Issuer has been duly
authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Indenture.

         (2) The Issuer covenants that it will not pledge the amounts derived
from this Loan Agreement other than as contemplated by the Indenture.

         (b) All covenants, stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations
of the Issuer set forth herein shall be deemed to be the covenants,
stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations of the Issuer and not of any
member, officer or employee of the Issuer in his or her individual capacity,
and no recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal or redemption
price of or interest on the Bonds or for any claim based thereon or hereunder
against any member, officer or employee of the Issuer or any person executing
the Bonds.

         Section 2. 2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The
Company represents and warrants that:

         (a) Corporate Status. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates is a duly organized and validly existing corporation in good standing
under the laws of the state of its incorporation. The Company and each of its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates are duly qualified or licensed as foreign
corporations in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the
respective businesses conducted makes such qualification or licensing necessary.
The Company has no Subsidiary or Affiliate other than as listed in the
definition of the term "Affiliate" set forth in Article I hereof.

         (b) Corporate Power and Authority. The Company has the corporate power
and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in
which it is engaged or presently proposes to engage. The Company is not in
violation of any provision of its Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. The
Company and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates has the corporate power and
authority to execute, deliver, perform its obligations under, and

                                      II-1


<PAGE>


consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to which each is a party; and has taken all necessary corporate action
(including, without limitation, any consent of stockholders required by law or
by its charter or by-laws) to authorize the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which each is a party. This
Agreement and the Loan Documents to which the Company and its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates are parties each constitutes the legal, valid, and binding
obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, as applicable,
enforceable in accordance with their terms subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, or other similar laws relating to creditors' rights generally.

         (c) No Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or
investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or
affecting the Company, its officers, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any of
their respective properties, by or before any court, arbitrator or governmental,
administrative, or public body or agency, nor to the best knowledge of the
Company is there any basis therefor, which might result in any material adverse
change in the operations, business, property, or assets or in the condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates or
which involves the possibility of materially adversely affecting the ability of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to comply with this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates is a party, or which would adversely affect, in any
way, the validity or enforceability of the Bonds, this Agreement, any of the
Loan Documents to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is
a party, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party, used or
contemplated for use in the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby. The Company is not, nor to the knowledge of the Company are any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates, in default in any material respect with respect to
any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, rule or regulation of any
governmental instrumentality or agency.

         (d) No Violation. (i) Neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement or the Loan Documents, nor the consummation of any of the
transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of or
compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof, will contravene any
provision of any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is subject or any judgment, decree, license,
order, or permit applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates, or will conflict or be inconsistent with, or will result in any
breach of, any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or
constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien,
security interest, charge or encumbrance whatsoever upon any of the property or
assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates pursuant to

                                      II-2


<PAGE>


the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement, or other
instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is a
party or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of them may be
subject, or violate any provision of the charter or by-laws of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

             (ii) Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries
is a party to any contract or agreement or subject to any charter or other
corporate restriction which materially and adversely affects its business,
property, assets or financial condition. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
or Affiliate is a party to, or otherwise subject to any provision contained in,
any instrument evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary or
Affiliate, any agreement relating thereto, or any other contract or agreement
(including its charter) which restricts or otherwise limits the incurring of the
Indebtedness to be represented by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

         (e) Governmental Approval. No consent or approval of, or filing with,
or exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority is required to
authorize, or is required in connection with the execution, delivery, and
performance of, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or of any of
the instruments or agreements herein or therein referred to, or the taking of
any action hereby or thereby contemplated. The Company and its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates and the Project Facility are in compliance in all material respects
with all applicable requirements of all federal, state, regional and local laws
and with rules and regulations of federal, state, regional and local
governmental and regulatory bodies. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company
and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and the Project and Project Facility are in
compliance with all applicable environmental laws, including without limitation
the permits, licenses and approvals issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
pursuant to the Federal Clean Water Act and the Federal River and Harbors Act
and by the New Jersey Department of Environmental Affairs for waterfront
development, stream encroachment and the grant of riparian rights.

         (f) Margin Regulations. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
or affiliates is engaged principally in, or as one of its important activities
is involved in, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing
or carrying any Margin Stock (as defined in 12 C.F.R. 221.3(v) or in any
successor provision thereto). The proceeds of the loans made pursuant to the
Loan Agreement will not be used in violation of Regulation U of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System as from time to time in effect or any
successor thereto.

         (g) Financial Condition. The combined comparative balance sheet of the
Company, its Subsidiaries, and its combined

                                      II-3


<PAGE>


Affiliates as at December 31, 1994, and the combined comparative statements of
income, changes in financial position and retained earnings of the Company, its
Subsidiaries, and its Affiliates for the fiscal year ending on said date, all
certified by BDO Seidman, all of which have heretofore been furnished to the
Purchaser, fairly reflect the combined comparative financial condition of the
Company, its Subsidiaries and its Affiliates at the respective dates thereof,
and the results of the operations of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its
Affiliates for the periods covered thereby. The financial statements included in
the Placement Memorandum (including any related schedules or notes) are true and
correct in all material respects (subject, as to interim statements, to changes
resulting from audits and year-end adjustments) and have been prepared in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent
basis throughout the periods involved and show all liabilities, direct and
contingent, of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and Affiliates
required to be shown in accordance with such principles. Since December 31, 1994
there has been no material adverse change in the combined financial condition of
the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its Affiliates from that shown by the balance
sheet as at that date.

         (h) Compliance with ERISA. The pension or other employee benefit plans
which are established or maintained by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries
and Affiliates (the "Plans") are in substantial compliance with ERISA; no Plan
is insolvent or in reorganization; no plan has an accumulated or waived funding
deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code; neither the Company
nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor any ERISA Affiliate, has incurred
any material liability (including any material contingent liability) to or on
account of a Plan pursuant to Section 4062, 4063, 4064, 4201, or 4204 of ERISA
or expects to incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections on account
of the termination of participation in or contributions to any such Plan; no
proceedings have been instituted to terminate any Plan; no condition exists
which presents a material risk to the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Affiliate,
respectively, of incurring a liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to
any of the foregoing Sections of ERISA; and no lien imposed under the Code or
ERISA on the assets of the Company or any Affiliate or Subsidiary exists or is
likely to arise on account of any Plan.

         (i) Title to Property. To the best of the Company's knowledge, the
Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates have good and marketable title to
all their respective properties and assets (i) reflected on the latest combined
balance sheet referred to in Section 2.2(g) and (ii) comprising the Project
Facility (as defined in the Indenture) and the property subject to the Mortgage,
and all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, except (A) Liens
disclosed on such balance sheet, (B) materialmen's and mechanic's Liens which do
not materially detract from the value

                                      II-4


<PAGE>


or interfere with the present or anticipated business use of the properties
subject thereto, and (C) those Permitted Encumbrances described on Exhibit C
annexed hereto. To the best of the Company's knowledge, upon execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby and upon any
filings or recordings made in connection therewith, the Mortgage will be a valid
lien on the Project Facility subject and subordinate only to Permitted
Encumbrances.

         (j) Tax Returns. All tax returns and tax reports of the Company and
each of its former and present Subsidiaries and Affiliates required by law to be
filed have been duly filed, and all taxes, assessments, and other governmental
charges or levies (other than those presently payable without penalty and those
currently being contested in good faith for which adequate reserves have been
established) upon the Company or any of its former or present Subsidiaries and
Affiliates (or any of their properties) which are due and payable have been paid
in full. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its
affiliates in respect of federal income tax for all periods are adequate in the
opinion of the Company.

         (k) Disclosure. There is no fact known to the Company which materially
adversely affects or in the future may (so far as the Company can now foresee)
materially adversely affect the business, property, assets, or financial
condition of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates which has not
been set forth in the Loan Documents.

         (1) The Project. The Project is included within the definition of a
"project" in the Act and the Company will operate or cause the Project to be
operated as a "project" under the Act.

         (m) [Intentionally omitted]

         (n) Compliance with Laws. The Company will cause the Project and the
Project Facility to be operated in accordance with the laws, rulings,
regulations, and ordinances of federal and state governmental bodies and the
departments, agencies and political subdivisions thereof. The Company has
obtained or caused to be obtained all requisite approvals or permits or licenses
of the State and of other federal, state, regional and local governmental bodies
for the acquisition, construction, improving, and equipping of the Project and
the operation of the Project Facility, and will obtain or cause to be obtained
any such approvals, permits or licenses as may be required in the future from
time to time.

         (o) Information in Application Accurate. All information and data
contained in the Application relating to the Company were true, correct, and
complete in all material respects as of the date thereof. Aside from financial
information relating to the Company, which information has not been updated
since the date of

                                      II-5


<PAGE>


submission of the Application, no information has been omitted therefrom which
would make the Application misleading in any material respect, and the
Application does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and does
not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained therein not misleading or incomplete.

         (p) Inducement. The availability of financial assistance from the
Issuer as provided for herein was an important inducement to the Company to
undertake the Project and to locate the Project in the State.

         (q) No Untrue Statements. The representations, statements, and
warranties of the Company set forth in the Application, this Agreement, or any
other Loan Document (1) are true, correct, and complete in all material
respects, (2) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact, and (3) do
not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained herein or therein not misleading or incomplete. The Company
understands that all such statements, representations, and warranties have been
relied upon as an inducement by the Issuer to make the Loan and the Purchaser to
purchase the Bonds.

         (r) Brokerage Commissions. Except for a placement fee payable to the
Placement Agent, no Person is entitled to receive from the Company or any other
Person any brokerage commission, finder's fee, or similar fee or payment in
connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.

         (s) Commencement of Project. Except as otherwise disclosed in the
Application, the Project commenced subsequent to May 24, 1983, the date upon
which the Issuer adopted a resolution preliminarily approving the Project, and
prior to such date neither the Company nor any Related Person commenced or
caused to be commenced any off-site production or entered into an agreement
binding the Company or any Related Person to proceed with the Project.

         (t) Prevailing Wages and Affirmative Action. The Company is fully
familiar with the Issuer's Prevailing Wage Regulations and Affirmative Action
Program and has submitted to the Issuer all reports and certificates required to
date pursuant to the Prevailing Wage Regulations and Affirmative Action Program.

         Section 2.3. [Intentionally Omitted]

         Section 2.4. Covenants of the Company. The Company agrees that, so long
as any of the Bonds are outstanding or any amounts are due under this Agreement
or under any of the Loan Documents, it shall comply and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates to comply with the following provisions:

                                      II-6


<PAGE>


         (a) Compliance with Agreement. The Company shall observe and perform
all of its obligations under this Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it
is a party. The Company shall fully and faithfully perform all the duties and
obligations which the Issuer has covenanted and agreed in the Indenture to cause
the Company to perform and any duties and obligations which the Company is
required in the Indenture to perform.

         (b) Notice of Default, Litigation, Etc. (i) The Company shall furnish
to the Trustee as soon as possible and in any event within five (5) Business
Days after the discovery by any executive officer of the Company of any Default,
a certificate setting forth the details of such Default, and the action which
the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

             (ii) The Company shall give prompt notice to the Trustee of any
litigation or governmental proceeding pending, involving or, to its knowledge,
threatened against the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate which (A)
involves an uninsured claim or the uninsured portion or deductible of an insured
claim which is over $500,000 or (B) if adversely determined, would have a
material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Company,
any Subsidiary, or any Affiliate.

         (c) Corporate Existence. The Company covenants that it shall maintain
its corporate existence in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to maintain
its corporate existence in good standing under the laws of its respective
jurisdiction of incorporation, and shall maintain, in each jurisdiction where
material to the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates or the maintenance of the Collateral, its and each of their right to
transact business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its or their
business or the character of the properties which it or they own or lease
requires qualification as a foreign corporation and where failure to so qualify
would permanently preclude the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates,
as the case may be, from enforcing its rights with respect to its assets. No
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be incorporated in any jurisdiction if in the
opinion of the Trustee the laws of such jurisdiction would restrict or otherwise
adversely affect the ability of such Subsidiary or Affiliate to perform its
obligations under the Guaranty. The Company and each Subsidiary and Affiliate
will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations, and requirements of governmental authorities, except where
the necessity of compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and the effect of non compliance during such contest will not have a
material adverse effect upon the business, properties, or condition, financial
or otherwise, of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or result in the
imposition of any Lien on the properties of any of them (unless the enforcement
of any

                                      II-7


<PAGE>


such Lien has been and continues to be effectively stayed). The Company will and
will cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to preserve and keep in full force
and effect all rights, licenses, registrations, and franchises necessary (i) to
the proper conduct of their business or affairs and (ii) to continue to operate
their business as presently operated.

         (d) Acquisition, Merger or Consolidation; Sale of Substantially All
Assets. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall sell, lease,
assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any assets from and after the date
hereof (i) for less than fair market value or (ii) if the total of the net book
value of all assets sold, leased, or otherwise assigned or disposed of from and
after the date hereof exceeds 25% of total combined assets of the Company and
all of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, as the case may be. The Company shall
not permit in any event any such event to occur unless the Company has complied
with the provisions of Section 8.1. In addition, in the event of any sale of any
property subject to the lien of the Mortgage or any part thereof, the Company
shall make or set aside in trust for prepayments or payments of Senior
Indebtedness, or if no such Indebtedness is outstanding, the Bonds and any
Indebtedness on a parity with the Bonds incurred in compliance with Section
2.4(h) of this Agreement, in an amount equal to the greater of (x) the
sales price of such property sold or (y) 60% of the appraised fair market value
thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
or Affiliate shall sell, lease, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any asset
if, after giving effect to such sale, lease, or other transfer or disposition,
there shall exist any Default.

         Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall merge or
consolidate with or into or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of
any other Person, provided that the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may
merge or consolidate with or into or acquire all or substantially all of such
assets of another corporation (i) if the acquiring corporation is the Company or
a corporation duly organized in good standing under the laws of a State of the
United States, (ii) if each of the representations and warranties set forth in
paragraphs (a) through (f), inclusive, (h), (i), (j), and (n) of Section 2.2
of this Agreement remains true and correct immediately after giving effect to
such merger, consolidation or asset acquisition, (iii) if the surviving
corporation is not the Company, the surviving corporation expressly assumes all
of the covenants and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement and
each of the Loan Documents and otherwise in respect of the Bonds, (iv) the
Company or the surviving corporation could immediately after giving effect to
the transaction, incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.4(h)
hereof, (v) if the surviving corporation has rated debt securities, such debt
securities are rated by a nationally recognized credit rating agency and such
rating is investment grade

                                      II-8


<PAGE>


or better (e.g., if by S & P, "BBB" or better and if by Moody's, "Baa" or
better), and (vi) the Trustee shall have received an opinion of Bond Counsel to
the effect that such merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets will not
adversely affect the exemption of interest on the Series J Bonds from federal
income taxation, a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer stating that none
of the covenants contained in this Agreement will be violated as a result of
such merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets, and such other agreements,
certificates, opinions, and documents as the Trustee shall have reasonably
requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such transaction must comply in
all respects with the conditions of Section 8.1.

         The Company agrees to notify the Purchaser of its intent to merge,
consolidate or acquire assets pursuant to this paragraph at least 10 days prior
to entering into any binding agreements with respect to such acquisition.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right at any
time and from time to time to (i) merge or consolidate any Subsidiary or
Affiliate with or into it (provided the Company is the surviving corporation) or
with or into any other Subsidiary or Affiliate, or (ii) acquire substantially
all of the assets, or cause any other Subsidiary or Affiliate to acquire
substantially all of the assets, of any Subsidiary or Affiliate (other than the
Company), without regard to the provisions of the immediately preceding
paragraph of this Section 2.4(d), but subject to the provisions of Section 8.1.

         (e) Financial Statements; Inspections. (i) The Company shall deliver to
the Trustee and the Purchaser (A) as soon as available but in any event within
120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year a combined and combining comparative
statement of income, reconciliation of capital accounts and related balance
sheets for the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Affiliates for such year
prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied and in reasonable detail (such combined statements to be
audited and certified by an accounting firm with an unqualified opinion and such
combining statements to be unaudited and certified by the Chief Financial
Officer, (B) as soon as available but in any event within 60 days after the end
of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year, a combined
comparative statement of income, reconciliation of capital accounts, and related
balance sheet for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then
fiscal year to the end of such quarter, prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied (subject to year-end
adjustments) and in reasonable detail (all of which shall be unaudited and
certified by the Chief Financial Officer, whose certificate shall be
satisfactory to the Trustee) for the Company, its Subsidiaries, and its
Affiliates, (C) upon request, copies of all such regular or periodic reports,
which are available for

                                      II-9


<PAGE>


public inspection, which the Company may be required to file with any federal or
state department, bureau, commission, or agency, (D) such other financial data
as the Trustee may reasonably request and which is reasonably available to the
Company, and (E) copies of any statements, notices, certificates, and other
information required to be furnished to the Issuer under this Agreement,
including without limitation Section 7.9 hereof, on the date such information is
required to be so furnished. In addition, the Company shall deliver within 90
days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal
Year combining statements for any such reporting period during which the
Company's investment in any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall account for 15% or
more of Combined Tangible Net Worth or 15% or more of combined sales and
revenues, such combining statements to be unaudited and certified by the Chief
Financial Officer. All financial statements specified in clauses (A) and (B)
above shall be furnished in combined comparative form for the Company, its
Subsidiaries, and its Affiliates with comparative figures for the corresponding
period in the preceding year, and shall be accompanied by a certificate signed
by the Chief Financial Officer, with appropriate documentation substantiating
all financial calculations, stating that there exists no Default or, if any such
Default exists, stating the nature thereof and what action the Company proposes
to take with respect thereto.

             (ii) The Company shall permit, and shall cause each of its 
Subsidiaries and Affiliates to permit, any Person designated by the Issuer, the
Trustee or the Purchaser, at their own expense, to visit and inspect the
properties of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to
examine the books and records, including financial records of the Company, its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and make copies or extracts thereof, and to discuss
the affairs, finances, and accounts of the Company, its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates, with its and their officers, at such reasonable times as the Issuer
or the Trustee may reasonably request.

         (f) Restricted Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall make any Restricted Payment or set aside any
funds therefor unless, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate of such
Restricted Payments for all such purposes subsequent to the Closing Date would
not exceed the sum (as in effect from time to time, hereinafter referred to as
the "Distribution Fund") of (i) 50% of the Company's Cumulative Combined Net
Income subsequent to December 31, 1991 so long as the Company's Combined
Tangible Net Worth is greater than $31,051,000, (ii) the aggregate of the net
cash proceeds received by the Company from any issuance or sale of capital
shares of the Company subsequent to the Closing Date, and (iii) the aggregate of
the net cash proceeds received by the Company from any issuance of any
Indebtedness of the Company which has been converted into capital shares of the
Company subsequent to the Closing Date, which amount shall be added to the
Distribution Fund only after such conversion.

                                      II-10


<PAGE>


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may acquire its own capital shares
for an aggregate amount from and after the Closing date equal to the greater of
(x) the sum of (i) 25% of the Cumulative Combined Net Income of the Company
subsequent to December 31, 1991, plus (ii) $500,000, or (y) the amount then
available under the Distribution Fund, which amount shall be charged to the
Distribution Fund. No Restricted Payment may be made in other than cash or
securities which are actively traded on a nationally recognized public market
and have a readily ascertainable market value (which value shall be the amount
of such Restricted Payment), unless the Company shall have received a report
from an independent recognized appraiser as to the fair value of the property to
be distributed or transferred, in which case the amount of such Restricted
Payment shall be deemed to be the greater of its fair value (as determined by
such appraiser) or its net book value on the books of the Company.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall make any Restricted Payment if at
the time or after giving effect thereto, there shall exist any Default.

         (g) Maintenance of Combined Tangible Net Worth. The Company shall at
all times maintain a Combined Tangible Net Worth of (i) not less than
$31,051,000, plus 50% of the Company's Aggregate Combined Net Income at the end
of each fiscal year subsequent to the fiscal year ending December 31, 1991 and
(ii) not less than 25% of Combined Long Term Indebtedness but in no event less
than $31,051,000.

         (h) Limitation of Total Indebtedness. Neither the Company nor any of
its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall incur additional Indebtedness if, at the
time such Indebtedness is incurred and after giving effect thereto and to any
concurrent reduction of Indebtedness, Combined Indebtedness would exceed 400% of
Combined Tangible Net Worth.

         (i) Times Interest Earned. The ratio of (i) the Company's Combined Net
Income Before Interest and Taxes to (ii) the Company's Combined Interest Charges
calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter beginning December 31, 1991 for
the period including such quarter and the immediately prior three fiscal
quarters, combined, will be at least 1.35 for each of said periods.

         (j) Cash Flow. The Combined Cash Flow of the Company shall not be less
than $7,000,000 at the end of any Fiscal Year commencing January 1, 1991.

         (k) Limitation on Primary Debt. After the date hereof, neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall incur additional Indebtedness
having a Lien on the Project Facility or any part thereof senior to any lien
securing the Series J Bonds or the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary
or Affiliate under

                                      II-11


<PAGE>



this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents. After the date hereof, neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall incur additional Indebtedness
having a Lien on the Project Facility or any part thereof of equal priority with
any lien securing the Series J Bonds or the obligations of the Company or any
Subsidiary or Affiliate under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents (all
of such Indebtedness, together with any indebtedness incurred pursuant to the
preceding sentence whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred being referred
to as "Senior Indebtedness") if, at the time it is incurred and after giving
effect thereto, (i) the Security Ratio would be less than 2.2 to 1; provided
that no additional Senior Indebtedness (including interest which has accrued
and is being deferred) shall be incurred without providing to the Trustee an
appraisal performed not more than two years prior to such incurrence by an
independent appraiser of recognized standing of the value of the property
subject to the lien of the Mortgage; or (ii) if, at the time of or after giving
effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, there shall exist any Default.
Prior to the incurrence of any Senior Indebtedness by the Company or any
Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee a certificate
of the Chief Financial Officer demonstrating in reasonable detail compliance by
the Company and such Subsidiary or Affiliate with the provisions of this Section
2.4(k). In connection with the incurrence of Senior Indebtedness meeting the
requirements of this Section 2.4(k), the Trustee, at the written direction of
the Company, shall execute and deliver a subordination of the Mortgage or a
parity agreement with respect to the Mortgage, provided that no such agreement
shall amend or modify any provisions of the Mortgage, but only the priority
thereof.

         (l) Investments in Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Etc. Neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall purchase any capital stock or
other security issued by, make any loan, advance, or extension of credit to,
purchase any of the business or integral part of the business of, or otherwise
make any investment in, any Subsidiary, Affiliate, or any other Person if,
immediately before or after giving effect thereto, there shall exist any
Default.

         (m) Compliance with ERISA. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries and
Affiliates shall meet all minimum funding requirements applicable to any Plans
which are subject to ERISA or to Section 412 of the Code and will at all times
comply in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA and Section 412 of
the Code which are applicable to the Plans. Neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary or Affiliate will permit any event or condition to exist which would
permit any of the Plans which is not a multi-employer plan to be terminated
under circumstances which would cause the lien provided for in Section 4068 of
ERISA to attach to the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.
Promptly after the occurrence of a "reportable event", as defined in Section
4043 of ERISA, or after the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate

                                      II-12


<PAGE>





receives notice that the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation has instituted or
intends to institute termination proceedings with respect to any Plan, and prior
to the termination of any Plan by the administrator thereof, the Company shall
notify the Trustee and provide such documentation, data and other information
with respect thereto as the Trustee may reasonably request.

         (n) Transactions with Related Parties. Neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall engage in or effect any transactions with any
Related Party (other than the Company) on a basis less favorable to the Company
or such Subsidiary or Affiliate, as the case may be, than would be the case if
such transaction had been effected with a Person which was not a Related Party.

                               [END OF ARTICLE II]









                                      II-13

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III

                         ISSUANCE OF THE SERIES J BONDS

         Section 3.1. Agreement to Issue the Series J Bonds: Application of
Series J Bond Proceeds. In order to provide funds to finance a portion of the
Cost of the Project, the Issuer, concurrently with the execution of this
Agreement, will issue, sell, and deliver the Series J Bonds. The Issuer will
deposit the net proceeds of the Series J Bonds with the Trustee to be applied to
refund the Series I Bonds.

         Section 3.2. Disbursements from the Project Fund. The Issuer has, in
the Indenture, authorized and directed the Trustee to disburse the Series J Bond
proceeds on the Closing Date from the Series J Account within the Project Fund
to refund the Series I Bonds. The Trustee shall not make any disbursement from
the Project Fund until the Company shall have provided the Trustee with a
Requisition and the other documents required by Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

         Section 3.3. Furnishing Documents to the Trustee. The Company agrees to
cause such Requisitions to be directed to the Trustee as may be necessary to
effect payments out of the Project Fund in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof.

         Section 3.4. Special Arbitrage Certifications. The Issuer covenants not
to cause or direct any moneys on deposit in any fund or account to be used in a
manner which would cause the Bonds to be classified as "arbitrage bonds" within
the meaning of Section 148 of the Code, and the Company certifies and covenants
to and for the benefit of the Issuer and the Owners of the Bonds that so long as
there are any Bonds Outstanding, moneys on deposit in any fund or account in
connection with the transactions contemplated herein, whether such moneys were
derived from the proceeds of the sale of the Bonds or from any other sources,
will not be used in a manner which will cause the Bonds to be classified as
"arbitrage bonds" within the meaning of Section 148 of the Code.

                              [END OF ARTICLE III]

                                      III-1


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 LOAN PROVISIONS

         Section 4.1. Loan of Proceeds. The Issuer agrees, upon the terms and
conditions contained in this Agreement and the Indenture, to make a loan to the
Company in the principal amount of FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($5,000,000), equal to
the proceeds received by the Issuer from the sale of the Series J Bonds. Such
proceeds shall be disbursed to or on behalf of the Company as provided in
Section 3.3 hereof.

         Section 4.2. Amounts Payable.

         (a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees to repay the Loan, as
follows: on or before the Business Day preceding any interest payment date for
the Series J Bonds or any other date that any payment of interest, premium, if
any, or principal is required to be made in respect of the Series J Bonds
pursuant to the Indenture, until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on the Series J Bonds shall have been fully paid or provision for the payment
thereof shall have been made in accordance with the Indenture, in immediately
available funds, a sum which, together with any moneys available for such
payment in the Bond Fund, will enable the Trustee to pay the amount payable on
such date as principal of (whether at maturity or upon redemption or
acceleration or otherwise), premium, if any, and interest on the Series J Bonds
as provided in the Indenture.

         It is understood and agreed that all payments payable by the Company
under subsection (a) of this Section 4.2 are assigned by the Issuer to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Owners of the Bonds. The Company assents to such
assignment. The Issuer hereby directs the Company and the Company hereby agrees
to pay to the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee all payments
payable by the Company pursuant to this subsection. Payments by the Company to
the Trustee as aforesaid or as otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents shall be sufficient to discharge the obligation of the
Company with respect to the amounts so paid, and the Company shall not be liable
to the Issuer, the Owners or to any other party by reason of the failure of the
Trustee to remit such amounts to the Owners, or otherwise to apply such amounts,
as provided in the Indenture.

         (b) The Company will also pay the reasonable expenses of the Issuer
related to the issuance of the Series J Bonds, including the payment on the
Closing Date of a fee equal to $12,500. The Company shall also pay on the
Closing Date the fees and expenses of Bond Counsel, of counsel to the Purchaser
and of counsel to the Trustee.

                                      IV-1


<PAGE>


         (c) The Company will also pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the
Trustee under the Indenture and all other amounts which may be payable to the
Trustee under Section 9.02 of the Indenture, such amounts to be paid directly to
the Trustee for the Trustee's own account as and when such amounts become due
and payable.

         (d) In the event the Company should fail to make any of the payments
required in this Section 4.2, the item or installment so in default shall
continue as an obligation of the Company until the amount in default shall have
been fully paid, and the Company agrees to pay the same with interest thereon,
to the extent permitted by law, from the date when such payment was due, at the
rate set forth in the Series J Bonds.

         Section 4.3. Obligations of Company Unconditional. The obligations of
the Company to make the payments required in Section 4.2 hereof and, to perform
and observe the other agreements contained herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be subject to any defense or any right of setoff,
counterclaim or recoupment arising out of any breach by the Issuer or the
Trustee of any obligation to the Company, whether hereunder or otherwise, or out
of any indebtedness or liability at any time owing to the Company by the Issuer
or the Trustee, and, until such time as the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Series J Bonds shall have been fully paid or provision for the
payment thereof shall have been made in accordance with the Indenture, the
Company (i) will not suspend or discontinue any payments provided for in Section
4.2 hereof, (ii) will perform and observe all other agreements contained in this
Agreement and (iii) except as provided in Article X hereof, will not terminate
the Term of Agreement for any cause, including, without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, the occurrence of any acts or circumstances that may
constitute failure of consideration, eviction or constructive eviction,
destruction of or damage to the Project Facility, the taking by eminent domain
of title to or temporary use of any or all of the Project Facility, commercial
frustration of purpose, any change in the tax or other laws of the United States
of America or of the State or any political subdivision of either thereof or any
failure of the Issuer or the Trustee to perform and observe any agreement,
whether express or implied, or any duty, liability or obligation arising out of
or connected with this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Section shall be
construed to release the Issuer from the performance of any of the agreements on
its part herein contained, and in the event the Issuer or the Trustee should
fail to perform any such agreement on its part, the Company may institute such
action against the Issuer or the Trustee as the Company may deem necessary to
compel performance so long as such action does not abrogate the obligations of
the Company contained in the first sentence of this Section.

                               [END OF ARTICLE IV]

                                      IV-2


<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V

                                   THE PROJECT

         Section 5.1. Disbursements from the Project Fund. (a) In the Indenture,
the Issuer has authorized and directed the Trustee to make disbursements from
the Project Fund as required by this Agreement. Disbursement of the entire
$5,000,000 of proceeds from the sale of the Series J Bonds shall be made from
the Series J Account to refund the Series I Bonds, upon receipt by the Trustee
of a requisition signed by a Company Representative stating with respect to such
disbursement to be made: (1) that it is requisition no. 1; (2) that payment is
to be made to the Trustee of the Series I Bonds; (3) that the amount to be paid
is $5,000,000; and (4) that on the date thereof there has not occurred any act
which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute a
Default.

         (b) The Company further agrees that as a condition precedent to the
disbursement from the Project Fund on the Closing Date of the entire proceeds of
the Series J Bonds to be used to refund the Series I Bonds, there shall be
furnished to the Trustee, in writing, unless waived by the Purchaser, the
following:

         (1) evidence of fee and mortgage title insurance, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Issuer;

         (2) proof that the insurance required to be maintained pursuant to
Section 5.4 is in full force and effect and that all premiums have been paid;

         (3) proof of flood insurance as required in Section 5.4(c);

         (4) verification evidencing that all permits, consents, approvals and
agreements required by all governmental boards and bureaus have been secured and
remain in full force and effect;

         (5) such evidence as the Issuer or the Trustee may require to
demonstrate exemption from or compliance with all applicable building, zoning,
health and safety laws, ordinances and regulations; and

         (6) such other additional documents, financing statements, affidavits
or certificates of the Company or any other person or entity as the Issuer or
the Trustee may reasonably request.

         (c) The Company hereby agrees that it shall pay all costs incurred by
the Company or the Trustee in making such disbursement from the Project Fund. In
making any such disbursements

                                       V-1


<PAGE>


from the Project Fund, the Trustee may conclusively rely on such requisitions
and other documents delivered to it and the Trustee shall be relieved of all
liability with respect to the making of such disbursements if made in accordance
with the foregoing.

         Section 5.2. Maintenance and Modification of the Project Facility by
the Company. (a) The Company shall operate and maintain the Project Facility in
accordance with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances, approvals, rules
and regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, zoning,
sanitary, pollution, environmental and safety ordinances, laws and rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder and in accordance with the terms of the
riparian grant from the State of New Jersey to the Company dated December 22,
1983 as recorded January 23, 1984, in Deed Book 3947, Page 279 in the Office of
the Camden County Register of Deeds.

         (b) The Company shall (1) maintain, preserve and keep the Project
Facility or cause the Project Facility to be maintained, preserved and kept in
good repair, working order and condition, (2) from time to time, make or cause
to be made all necessary and proper repairs, replacements and renewals thereto
and (3) from time to time, make such substitutions, additions, modifications and
improvements as may be necessary and as shall not impair the structural
integrity, operating efficiency and economic value of the Project Facility. Any
alterations, replacements, renewals or additions made pursuant to this Section
shall become and constitute a part of the Project Facility and shall be
performed in accordance with Section 5.2(a).

         (c) The Company shall operate or cause the Project to be operated as an
authorized project for a purpose and use as provided for under the Act until the
expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

         (d) [Intentionally Omitted]

         (e) The Company shall not remove, relocate, discontinue the use of or
sell, fail to restore, or otherwise dispose of any part of the Project except as
may be permitted pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof.

         (f) The Company shall not relocate the Project or any part thereof
outside the State.

         Section 5.3. Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges.
(a) The Company covenants that it and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates
shall duly and punctually pay all taxes, assessments (including deficiency
assessments), and governmental charges or levies of any kind whatsoever
("Taxes") imposed on it or on its respective income or profits or on any of its
respective properties or assets, including, without limiting

                                       V-2


<PAGE>


the generality of the foregoing, any taxes levied upon the Project Facility
which, if not paid, will become a Lien or charge upon the Project Facility or
upon any payment pursuant to this Agreement, prior to the date on which
penalties attach thereto. The Company shall also pay all utility, water and
sewer rents, and other charges incurred in connection with the Project Facility
and all assessments and charges lawfully made by any governmental body for
public improvements that may be secured by a Lien on the Project Facility.

         (b) The Company may, at its own expense and in its own name and in good
faith, contest any such taxes, assessments, and other charges, provided that
such contest shall not result in a lien being placed on the Project Facility or
any part thereof or result in the Project Facility being subject to loss or
forfeiture, and further provided that the Company gives notice in writing of
such contest to the Issuer and the Trustee. Nothing herein shall preclude the
Company, at its own expense and in its own name and behalf, from applying for
any tax exemption allowed by the federal government, the State, or any political
subdivision which grants or may grant such tax exemption.

         Section 5.4. Insurance Required. The Company shall obtain and maintain
insurance on the Project Facility and all parts thereof and operations conducted
therein and thereon in such manner and against such loss, damage and liability,
including liability to third parties, as is customary with property owners in
the same or similar business in the State. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing sentence, such insurance shall include, without limitation:

         (a) Public liability insurance insuring against any and all liability
or claims of liability arising out of, occasioned by, or resulting from any
accident or otherwise resulting in or about the Project Facility, in a minimum
amount of $5,000,000 for the death of or bodily injury to one person, $5,000,000
for the death of or bodily injury in any one accident or occurrence and
$5,000,000 for loss or damage to the property of any Person or Persons,
provided, however, that in the event the Company is unable at any time to obtain
such insurance in such amounts, the failure of the Company to obtain such
insurance shall not constitute a Default hereunder so long as its obtains such
insurance in such lesser amounts as is available;

         (b) Property damage and broad form fire and extended coverage insurance
with respect to the Project Facility and insurance insuring against such other
hazards, casualties and contingencies as the Issuer may require, which insurance
shall provide coverage at replacement cost and with no provisions for
coinsurance penalties and shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of (i)
$40,000,000, or (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Loan and
all Senior Indebtedness; and

                                       V-3


<PAGE>


         (c) If the Project Facility is required to be insured pursuant to the
Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Act of
1968, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, flood insurance with respect
to the Project Facility in an amount not less than $5,000,000 or the maximum
limit of coverage available, whichever amount is less.

         Section 5.5. Additional Provisions Concerning Insurance. (a) Any
insurance required hereunder shall be written by insurance companies authorized
or licensed to do business in the State and shall be on such forms and written
by such companies as shall be approved by the Issuer. Such insurance coverage
may be effected under overall blanket or excess coverage policies of the Company
provided that the Company shall not be deemed to be a co-insurer thereunder.
Each insurance policy maintained pursuant to this Agreement shall contain a
provision to the effect that such policy shall not be canceled or altered unless
the Trustee is notified at least fifteen (15) days prior to such cancellation or
alteration. At least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such
policy, the Company shall furnish evidence satisfactory to the Trustee that such
policy has been renewed or replaced or is no longer required by this Agreement.

         (b) Each insurance policy maintained pursuant to this Agreement and
providing insurance against loss of or damage to property shall be written or
endorsed so as to name the Trustee as an additional insured as its interests may
appear and to have the proceeds thereof payable directly to the Trustee as loss
payee. Each policy providing public liability coverage shall be written or
endorsed so as to name the Trustee as an additional insured.

         (c) Duplicate copies of any insurance policies and evidence of renewal
or replacement thereof shall promptly be furnished to the Trustee for its
records. Evidence of the payment of the first year's premiums on such policies
shall be delivered to the Trustee on the Closing Date. Thereafter, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee evidence of the payment of all additional premiums
prior to the expiration or renewal dates of all such policies.

         (d) In the event of loss or damage to the Project Facility, the Net
Proceeds of any insurance provided hereunder shall be deposited with the Trustee
and applied as set forth in Article VI hereof, and in the event of a public
liability occurrence, the Net Proceeds of any insurance provided hereunder shall
be applied towards satisfaction of such liability.

         Section 5.6. Worker's Compensation. The Company shall comply with the
laws of the State relating to Worker's Compensation and similar worker's
protection laws.

                               [END OF ARTICLE V]

                                       V-4


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

         Section 6.1. Damage, Destruction and Condemnation. Unless the Company
shall have exercised its option to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the
provisions of paragraphs (A) or (B) of Article X hereof, if prior to full
payment of the Series J Bonds (or prior to provision for payment thereof having
been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) (i) the Project or
any portion thereof is destroyed (in whole or in part) or is damaged by fire or
other casualty or (ii) title to or any interest in, or the temporary use of, the
Project or any part thereof shall be taken under the exercise of the power of
eminent domain by any governmental body or by any person, firm or corporation
acting under governmental authority, the Company shall be obligated to continue
to pay the amounts specified in Section 4.2 hereof.

         Section 6.2. Application of Net Proceeds. The Net Proceeds of any
insurance proceeds or condemnation award resulting from any event described in
Section 6.1 hereof shall be immediately deposited in a separate trust fund to be
held by the Trustee. All Net Proceeds so deposited shall be applied in one or
more of the following ways as shall be elected by the Company in a written
notice to the Trustee, which notice shall be received by the Trustee within 60
days after the receipt by the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, of the
Net Proceeds:

         (a) To the prompt repair, restoration, modification or improvement of
the Project Facility, and the Issuer has, in the Indenture, authorized and
directed the Trustee to make disbursements from such separate trust fund for
such purposes. Such disbursements shall be made by the Trustee only upon receipt
of Requisitions therefor. Any balance of the Net Proceeds remaining after such
work has been completed shall be transferred into the Bond Fund to be applied in
accordance with subsection (b) of this Section, or if the Bonds have been fully
paid (or provision for payment thereof has been made in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture), any balance remaining in such separate trust fund
shall be paid in accordance with Section 6.11 of the Indenture.

         (b) To the redemption at par of the Bonds, pro rata in proportion to
their respective then outstanding principal balances, on the earliest
practicable redemption date as specified in a written notice by the Company to
the Trustee, provided that no part of such Net Proceeds may be applied for such
redemption unless (1) all of the Bonds are to be redeemed in accordance with the
Indenture upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to clauses (A) or (B) of
Article X hereof or (2) in the event that less than all of the Bonds are to be
redeemed, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee a certificate of a Company
Representative stating that

                                      VI-I


<PAGE>


(i) the property forming the part of the Project Facility that was damaged or
destroyed by such casualty or was taken by such condemnation proceedings is not
essential to the use, operation or possession of the Project by the Company or
(ii) the Project Facility has been repaired, restored, modified or improved to
operate as designed.

         (c) If the Company elects to repair, restore, modify or improve the
Project Facility or pay the cost thereof and fails to do so diligently, the
Issuer or the Trustee may (but shall be under no obligation to) do so on behalf
of the Company and recover the reasonable costs thereof from the Company, less
the amount, if any, collected from Net Proceeds on account of such costs. No
such payment by the Trustee or the Issuer shall affect or impair any rights of
the Issuer hereunder or of the Trustee or the Owners under the Indenture arising
as a result of such failure by the Company.

         (d) If the Company fails to give the notice required under subsection
(a) of this Section within the specified time period, the Issuer or the Trustee,
upon notice to the other and to the Company, may direct the Company to take
either of the actions therein described and the Company shall be obligated to
take such action.

         Section 6.3. Insufficiency of Net Proceeds. If the Net Proceeds are
insufficient to pay in full the cost of any repair, restoration, modification or
improvement referred to in Section 6.2(a) hereof, the Company will nonetheless
complete the work and will pay any cost in excess of the amount of the Net
Proceeds held by the Trustee. The Company agrees that if by reason of any such
insufficiency of the Net Proceeds, the Company shall make any payments pursuant
to the provisions of this Section 6.3, the Company shall not be entitled to any
reimbursement therefor from the Issuer, the Trustee or the Owners, nor shall the
Company be entitled to any diminution of the amounts payable under Section 4.2
hereof.

                               [END OF ARTICLE VI]





                                      VI-2


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

         Section 7.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by Issuer. THE
ISSUER MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE PROJECT OR THE
CONDITION THEREOF, OR THAT THE PROJECT WILL BE SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSES OR
NEEDS OF THE COMPANY. THE ISSUER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, THAT THE COMPANY WILL HAVE QUIET AND PEACEFUL POSSESSION OF THE
PROJECT. THE ISSUER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
WITH RESPECT TO THE MERCHANTABILITY, CONDITION OR WORKMANSHIP OF ANY PART OF THE
PROJECT OR ITS SUITABILITY FOR THE COMPANY'S PURPOSES.

         Section 7.2. Access to the Project. The Company agrees that the Issuer,
the Trustee, the Purchaser and their duly authorized agents, attorneys, experts,
engineers, accountants and representatives shall have the right to inspect the
Project at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice. The Issuer, the
Trustee and their duly authorized agents shall also be permitted, at all
reasonable times, to examine the books and records of the Company with respect
to the Project.

         Section 7.3. Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments. The Issuer
and the Company agree that they will, from time to time, execute, acknowledge
and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, such
supplements hereto and such further instruments as may reasonably be required
for carrying out the expressed intention of this Agreement and the other Loan
Document.

         Section 7.4. Issuer and Company Representatives. Whenever under the
provisions of this Agreement the approval of the Issuer or the Company is
required or the Issuer or the Company is required to take some action at the
request of the other, such approval or such request shall be given for the
Issuer by an Issuer Representative and for the Company by a Company
Representative. The Trustee shall be authorized to act on any such approval or
request.

         Section 7.5. Financing Statements. The Company agrees to execute and
file or cause to be executed and filed any and all financing statements or
amendments thereof or continuation statements necessary to perfect and continue
the perfection of the security interests granted in the Mortgage and the
Indenture. Within three months of the expiration date of any financing
statements or continuation statements, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee
evidence satisfactory to the Trustee that such filing has taken place. The
Company shall pay all reasonable costs of the preparation and filing of such
instruments.

                                      VII-1




<PAGE>


         Section 7.6. Compliance with Code. The Company shall at all times do
and perform all acts and things permitted by law and necessary or desirable in
order to assure that interest paid on the Bonds shall for the purposes of
federal income taxation be excludable from the gross income of the holders of
the Bonds, except in the event that any such holder is a Substantial User or
Related Person thereto. For purposes of this Section 7.6, any and all actions of
any Related Person shall be deemed to be actions of the Company. In addition,
any and all actions to be undertaken by the Company or by any other person as to
which the Issuer or the Trustee must, pursuant to the terms hereof, consent or
approve in advance, shall be deemed to be the actions of the Company or such
other person (and not the actions of the Issuer or the Trustee). The Company
shall cause any Related Person to comply with all of the provisions of this
Section as to its own operations. A breach of this Section 7.6 shall not
constitute a Default but shall be governed by the provisions of Section 3.01 of
the Indenture.

         Section 7.7. Further Assurances. The Issuer and the Company shall, from
time to time, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed,
acknowledged and delivered, such supplements hereto and such further instruments
as may reasonably be required for carrying out the intention of or facilitating
the performance of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

         Section 7.8. [Intentionally Omitted]

         Section 7.9. Annual Certificate. On each anniversary hereof, the
Company shall furnish to the Issuer, with a copy to the Trustee, the following:

         (a) a certificate indicating whether or not the Company is aware of any
condition, event or act which constitutes a Default, or which would constitute a
Default with the giving of notice or passage of time, under any of the Loan
Documents;

         (b) a written description of the present use of the Project and a
description of any anticipated material change in the use of the Project or in
the number of employees employed at the Project, and

         (c) a report from every entity that leases or occupies space at the
Project indicating the number of persons the entity employs at the Project in
the form annexed hereto as Exhibit D.

                              [END OF ARTICLE VII]





                                      VII-2

<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VIII

            PROJECT USERS; MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; MERGE, SELL, TRANSFER;
                           INDEMNIFICATION; REDEMPTION

         Section 8.1. Project Users; Maintain Existence; Merge, Sell, Transfer.

         (a) Upon the request of the Issuer from time to time, the Company shall
cause a Project Occupant Information Form to be submitted to the Issuer by every
prospective lessee, sublessee or lease assignee of all or any part of the
Project. The Company shall not permit any such leasing, subleasing or assigning
of leases of all or any part of the Project that would impair the excludability
of interest paid on the Series J Bonds from the gross income of the Owners
thereof for purposes of federal income taxation, or that would impair the
ability of the Company to assure the continued operation of the Project, or
would cause the Project not to be operated, as an authorized project under the
Act.

         (b) The Company shall maintain its existence as a legal entity and
shall not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Project or
substantially all of its assets. The Company may merge with or into or
consolidate with another entity, and the Project or this Agreement may be
transferred without violating this Section 8.1(b) provided (i) the Company
causes the proposed surviving, resulting or transferee company to furnish the
Issuer with a Change of Ownership Information Form; (ii) the net worth of the
surviving, resulting or transferee company following the merger, consolidation
or transfer is equal to or greater than the net worth of the Company immediately
preceding the merger, consolidation or transfer; (iii) any litigation or
investigations in which the surviving, resulting or transferee company or its
officers and directors are involved, and any court, administrative or other
orders to which the surviving, resulting or transferee company or its officers
and directors are subject, relate to matters arising in the ordinary course of
business; (iv) the merger, consolidation or transfer shall not impair the
excludability of interest paid on the Series J Bonds from the gross income of
the Owners thereof for purposes of federal income taxation pursuant to an
opinion of Bond Counsel; (v) the surviving, resulting or transferee company
assumes in writing the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the
Loan Documents, and (vi) after the merger, consolidation or transfer the Project
shall be operated as an authorized project under the Act.

         (c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 8.1 shall be in
addition to its obligations under Section 2.4(d).


                                     VIII-1

<PAGE>


         Section 8.2. Release and Indemnification Covenants.

         (a) The Issuer, the members, agents, servants, officers or employees
thereof, the Trustee and the Purchaser shall not be liable for (1) any loss,
damage or injury to, or death of, any person occurring at or about or resulting
from any defect in the Project Facility, (2) any damage or injury to the persons
or property of the Company or any user of the Project Facility, or their
officers, agents, servants or employees, or any other person who may be about
the Project Facility, caused by an act of negligence of any person (other than
the Issuer or its members, officers, agents, servants and employees, the Trustee
and the Purchaser, as the case may be), or (3) any costs, expenses or damages
incurred as a result of any lawsuit commenced because of action taken in good
faith by the Issuer in connection with the Project and the Project Facility, and
the Company shall and does hereby indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless
the Issuer, the members, agents, servants, officers or employees thereof, the
Trustee and the Purchaser from and against any and all losses, damages,
injuries, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) and from and
against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions or other proceedings
whatsoever, brought by any person or entity whatsoever and arising or
purportedly arising from any of the foregoing.

         (b) The Company shall and does hereby indemnify, protect, defend and
hold harmless the Issuer, the State and every agency of the State, the Trustee,
any Person who controls the Issuer, the State or any agency of the State or the
Trustee (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended) and any member, officer, director, official, employee and attorney of
the Issuer, the State and every agency of the State and the Trustee (each an
"Indemnified Party"), from and against any and all losses, damages, injuries,
costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) and from and against any
and all claims, demands, suits, actions or other proceedings whatsoever, brought
by any person or entity whatsoever (except the Company) and arising or
purportedly arising from this Agreement, the Indenture or the Bonds or from the
performance of the Indenture.

         (c) The Company agrees to and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless
the Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys'
fees suffered or incurred by any of the Indemnified Parties or the Purchaser and
caused by, relating to, arising out of, resulting from or in any way connected
with (i) the condition, use, possession, conduct, management, planning, design,
acquisition, construction, installation, financing (in the case of financing, as
to the Indemnified Parties only) or sale of the Project or any part thereof
including without limitation the Indemnified Matters referenced in the next
paragraph; (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of


                                     VIII-2

<PAGE>


a material fact contained in the Application or any other information submitted
or to be submitted by or on behalf of the Company to the Indemnified Parties or
the Trustee in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the
issuance and purchase of the Bonds; or (iii) any omission or alleged omission of
a material fact necessary to be stated thereon in order to make such statements
to the Indemnified Party not misleading or incomplete.

         (d) The Company covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to
indemnify, protect and save the Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser (the
"Indemnitees") harmless against and from any and all damages, losses,
liabilities, obligations, penalties, claims, litigation, demands, defenses,
judgments, suits, proceedings, costs, disbursements or expenses (including,
without limitation, attorneys' and experts' reasonable fees and disbursements)
of any kind or of any nature whatsoever (collectively, the "Indemnified
Matters") which may at any time be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or
awarded against Indemnitees and arising from or out of:

         (1) any hazardous materials, as defined under any Laws as defined
below, on, in, under or affecting all or any portion of the property subject to
the Mortgage or any surrounding areas (but in the case of hazardous materials
in surrounding areas, only if the source of such materials is or is alleged to
be the Company or the property subject to the Mortgage), or

         (2) the enforcement of this paragraph or the assertion by the Company
of any defense to its obligations hereunder (except the successful defense of
actual performance not subject to further appeal), whether any of such matters
arise before or after the Closing Date or before or after foreclosure of the
Mortgage or other taking of title to the Company's interest in all or any
portion of the mortgaged property by Indemnitees or any affiliate of
Indemnitees. Indemnified Matter shall include, without limitation, all of the
following: (i) the costs of removal of any and all hazardous materials from all
or any portion of the property or any surrounding areas (except that the
indemnity provided for under this paragraph shall not cover the costs of such
removal unless either (a) such removal is required by any federal or state law,
regulation or regulatory agency ("Laws") or (b) any present or future use,
operation, development, construction, alteration or reconstruction of all or any
portion of the mortgaged property is or would be conditioned in any way upon, or
is or would be limited in any way until the completion of, such removal in
accordance with any Laws), (ii) additional costs required to take necessary
precautions as required by law to protect against the release of hazardous
materials on, in, under or affecting the mortgaged property into the air, any
body of water, any other public domain


                                     VIII-3

<PAGE>


or any surrounding areas and (iii) costs incurred to comply, in connection with
all or any portion of the mortgaged property or any surrounding areas, with all
applicable Laws with respect to hazardous materials. If any Indemnitee or any
affiliate of an Indemnitee takes title to the Company's interest in the
mortgaged property at a foreclosure sale, at a sale pursuant to a power of sale
under the Mortgage or by deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, then the
indemnity provided for under this paragraph shall not apply to hazardous
materials which are initially placed on, in or under all or any portion of the
mortgaged property after the date Indemnitee or such affiliate so takes title to
such interest in the Property. At any time during the six months prior to any
such foreclosure sale, sale pursuant to a power of sale under the Mortgage or by
deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise by which any Indemnitee or affiliate
takes title to such interest in the mortgage property, such Indemnitee or
affiliate shall have the right, at its sole discretion and at the Company's sole
cost and expense, to have performed an environmental site assessment of the
mortgaged property to determine whether any hazardous materials are present.

         (e) In case any action shall be brought against one or more of the
Indemnified Parties or the Purchaser based upon any of the above and in respect
of which indemnity may be sought against the Company, such Indemnified Parties
or the Purchaser shall promptly notify the Company in writing, and the Company
shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel
satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties, the payment of all expenses and the
right to negotiate and consent to settlement. Any one or more of the Indemnified
Parties or the Purchaser shall have the right to employ separate counsel at the
Company's expense in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof.
The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any such action effected
without its consent, but if settled with the consent of the Company or if there
be a final judgment for the claimant in any such action, the Company shall
discharge the liability and indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties
and the Purchaser from and against any loss or liability by reason of such
settlement or judgment. The provisions of this Section 8.2 shall survive the
repayment of the Bonds.

         Section 8.3. Redemption of Bonds. The Company shall have and is hereby
granted the option to cause all or a portion of the Bonds to be redeemed at the
times, at the prices and in the manner permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer,
at the request of the Company, shall forthwith take all steps (other than the
payment of the money required for such redemption) necessary under the
applicable redemption provisions of the Indenture to effect redemption of all or
part of the Outstanding Bonds, as may be specified by the Company, on the date
established for such redemption.


                                     VIII-4

<PAGE>


         Section 8.4. Issuer to Grant Security Interest to Trustee. The parties
hereto agree that pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer shall assign to the
Trustee, in order to secure payment of the Bonds, all of the Issuer's right,
title, and interest in and to this Agreement, except for certain of the Issuer's
rights as are expressly reserved pursuant to the granting clauses of the
Indenture.

         Section 8.5. Indemnification of Trustee. The Company shall and hereby
agrees to indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any
loss, liability or expense (including the costs and expenses of defending
against any claim of liability) incurred without gross negligence or willful
misconduct by the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with its acting as
Trustee under the Indenture, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document.

                              [END OF ARTICLE VIII]


                                     VIII-5

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

         Section 9.1. Defaults Defined. The following shall be "Defaults" under
this Agreement and the term "Default" shall mean, whenever it is used in this
Agreement, any one or more of the following events:

         (a) Failure by the Company to pay any amount required to be paid under
subsection (a) of Section 4.2 hereof when due.

         (b) Failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to
observe and perform any covenant, condition or agreement on its part to be
observed or performed under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, other
than as referred to in Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(1), for a period of ninety (90)
days after it first becomes known to any officer of the Company.

         (c) The occurrence of a Default under the Indenture or any other Loan
Document.

         (d) [Intentionally omitted]

         (e) If any warranty or representation by or on behalf of the Company
contained in this Agreement, the Indenture, the Bond Placement Agreement, the
Loan Documents, the Guaranty or in any instrument or certificate furnished in
compliance with same proves false or misleading in any material respect as of
the time it was made.

         (f) Failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to
make one or more payments due with respect to aggregate Indebtedness exceeding
$500,000 within any applicable periods for cure; or if any event shall occur
or any condition shall exist, the effect of which event or condition is to cause
more than $500,000 of aggregate Indebtedness or other securities of the Company
or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to become due or subject to mandatory redemption
or repurchase before its (or their) stated maturity or before its (or their)
regularly scheduled dates of payment, redemption or purchase.

         (g) If a custodian, receiver or liquidator is appointed for the Company
or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is
adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or an order of relief is entered under the
Federal Bankruptcy Code against the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or
any of its property is sequestered by court order and the order remains in
effect for more than 60 days; or a petition is filed is against the Company or
Subsidiary or Affiliate under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
insolvency, readjustment of debt,


                                      IX-1

<PAGE>


dissolution or liquidation law of any Jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently
in effect, and is not dismissed within 60 days after filing.

         (h) If the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate commences a voluntary
case or files a petition in voluntary bankruptcy or seeking relief under any
provision of the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or
liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect; or
consents to the filing of any petition against it under any such law; or applies
for or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian,
receiver, trustee or liquidator of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or
of all or any part of its property; or makes an assignment for the benefit of
its creditors; or admits in writing its inability to pay its debt generally as
they become due.

         (i) Any of the Loan Documents shall not be, or shall cease to be, the
legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each of the parties thereto
in accordance with its terms, or any of the Loan Documents shall not be or shall
cease to be in full force and effect.

         (j) There shall exist any Subsidiary or Affiliate which has not, within
90 days after becoming a Subsidiary or Affiliate, duly authorized, executed and
delivered to the Trustee, a counterpart of the Guaranty or a document evidencing
its agreement to be bound by the Guaranty which is the legal, valid, binding and
enforceable obligation of such Subsidiary or Affiliate in accordance with its
terms.

         (k) There shall occur a foreclosure with respect to any of the
following mortgages, as amended and supplemented:

             (i) Mortgage dated March 15, 1984 between the Company and the City
         of Gloucester City,

             (ii) Mortgage dated April 18, 1984 between the Company and the City
         of Gloucester City,

             (iii) Mortgage dated August 22, 1984 between the Company and the
         City of Gloucester City,

             (iv) Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of August 1, 1986
         between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee,

             (v) Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of December 1, 1986
         between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee,


                                      IX-2

<PAGE>


             (vi) Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of January 2, 1992
         between the Company and Mellon Bank, N.A., as trustee (Series G),

             (vii) Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of January 2, 1992
         between the Company and Mellon Bank, N.A., as trustee (Series H), or

             (viii) Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of March 15, 1994
         between the Company and 777 Pattison Ave., Inc., jointly and severally,
         and The Bank of New York (NJ).

         (1) Failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to
observe and perform the covenant set forth in Section 2.4(d).

         Section 9.2. Trustee's Remedies on Default. Whenever any Default
referred to in Section 9.1 hereof shall have happened and be continuing, the
Trustee may (subject in the case of the Trustee to its mandatory obligations
upon the occurrence of certain Defaults) take one or any combination of the
following remedial steps:

         (a) If the Trustee has declared the Bonds immediately due and payable
pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Indenture, by written notice to the Company,
declare an amount equal to all amounts then due and payable on the Bonds,
whether by acceleration of maturity (as provided in the Indenture) or otherwise,
to be immediately due and payable as liquidated damages under this Agreement and
not as a penalty, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable;

         (b) Have reasonable access to and inspect, examine and make copies of
the books and records and any and all accounts, data and income tax and other
tax returns of the Company during regular business hours of the Company if
reasonably necessary in the opinion of the Trustee; or

         (c) Take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or
desirable to collect the amounts then due and thereafter to become due, or to
enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant of
the Company under this Agreement, the Indenture and the Loan Documents.

         (d) Exercise any and all rights and remedies of a creditor or secured
party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law.

         Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall
be paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture. The rights specified in this Section 9.2 are in addition to, and not
in limitation of, any other


                                      IX-3

<PAGE>


obligations of the Company which may arise upon a default or acceleration in
respect of the Bonds, including without limitation, under Section 4.2 hereof.

         Section 9.3. Issuer's Remedies on Default.

         (A) The occurrence of a Default referred to in Section 9.1(b) or 9.1(e)
hereof (other than a default resulting from a breach of the covenant contained
in Section 2.4(e) hereof) shall constitute an Event of Cancellation hereunder,
and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Cancellation,
the Issuer may, by written notice in accordance with the provisions of Section
11.2 hereof to the Trustee, call and cancel the Series J Bonds. The Trustee and
any assigns and the Company hereby expressly agree that the Series J Bonds may
be called and canceled by the Issuer in the manner provided above, and upon the
Cancellation Date specified in the notice from the Issuer, which shall be at
least 30 and no more than 60 days after the giving of such notice, the Series J
Bonds will be called and canceled, and the Trustee may, at its option, declare
the obligations evidenced by this Agreement immediately due and payable. The
Trustee will deliver the Series J Bonds to the Issuer for cancellation upon the
Cancellation Date, but even if such delivery does not occur, the Series J Bonds
will be considered canceled and of no further force or effect on the
Cancellation Date.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 9.4 hereof, the remedies set
forth in this Section 9.3 are the sole and exclusive remedies of the Issuer in
the event of an occurrence of an Event of Cancellation as set forth herein.

         (B) Upon the Cancellation Date, this Agreement will evidence the
indebtedness from the Company to the Trustee and the Bondholders and, in the
event the payment obligations hereunder are not accelerated by the Trustee as
hereinabove provided, all of the terms of this Agreement, including the interest
rate and payment terms herein specified, will control the obligations of the
Company to the Trustee and the Bondholders except that from the Cancellation
Date, the per annum interest rate will remain __% for a period of six (6)
months, after which the interest rate will change to the greater of (i) two
percent (2%) in excess of the Prime Rate, or (ii) the quotient obtained by
dividing ________% by the difference between one (1) and the highest marginal
federal income tax rate at the time in effect. The Issuer will no longer be a
party to the transaction and shall have no further rights with respect thereto
and shall be released of any and all debts, liabilities and obligations to any
other party under this Agreement, the Series J Bonds or any other Loan Document.
The Issuer and the Trustee will execute and deliver to each other such other
documents and agreements as the other may reasonably request in order to
evidence the cancellation of the Series J Bonds and the withdrawal of the Issuer
from the transaction.


                                      IX-4

<PAGE>


         (C) Upon cancellation of the Series J Bonds pursuant to the provisions
hereof, the Issuer hereby agrees that the Trustee shall automatically be vested
with all of the Issuer's right, title and interest in and to the Loan Documents.
Any amounts remaining in the Bond Fund on the Cancellation Date after the
deduction therefrom of amounts which may be due the Issuer pursuant to the terms
of this Agreement are hereby assigned to the Trustee to be disbursed in
accordance with the Indenture.

         (D) In the event that there is a dispute among any of the parties
concerning the right of the Issuer to cancel the Series J Bonds pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 9.3, the Company will nevertheless comply with all of
the terms of this Agreement as hereinabove amended and make all payments
required hereunder from and after the Cancellation Date directly to the Trustee
at the new interest rate. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines
finally that the Issuer's attempted cancellation of the Series J Bonds violated
the terms of this Agreement, the Series J Bonds will be reinstated in accordance
with the final order of the court, but until such final order is made, the
Company will continue to comply with the terms of this Agreement as hereinabove
amended. Any overpayment by the Company will be returned to it by the Trustee
upon reinstatement of the Series J Bonds.

         Section 9.4. Specific Performance. In addition to the rights and
remedies provided for in Section 9.2 hereof, if the Company commits a breach or
threatens to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the
Indenture or the Loan Documents, the Issuer and the Trustee shall each have the
right, without posting bond or other security, to seek injunctive relief or
specific performance, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or
threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Issuer and the Trustee
and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy.

         Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall
be paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

         Section 9.5. No Remedy Exclusive. Subject to Section 9.02 of the
Indenture, no remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Issuer or the
Trustee is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies,
but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at
law or in equity. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing
upon any Default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to
be a waiver thereof, but any such right or power may be exercised from time to
time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle the Issuer or
the Trustee to exercise any remedy reserved to it in this Article, it shall not
be necessary to give any notice, other than such notice as may be


                                      IX-5

<PAGE>


required in this Article. Such rights and remedies as are given the Issuer
hereunder shall also extend to the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Owners of
the Bonds, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, shall be entitled to the
benefit of all covenants and agreements herein contained.

         Section 9.6. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses. In the
event the Company should default under any of the provisions of this Agreement
and the Issuer should employ attorneys or incur other expenses for the
collection of payments required hereunder or the enforcement of performance or
observance of any obligation or agreement on the part of the Company herein
contained, the Company agrees that it will on demand therefor pay to the Issuer
the reasonable fee of such attorneys and such other expenses so incurred by the
Issuer.

         Section 9.7. No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver. In the event
any agreement contained in this Agreement should be breached by either party and
thereafter waived by the other party, such waiver shall be limited to the
particular breach so waived and shall not be deemed to waive any other breach
hereunder.

                               [END OF ARTICLE IX]


                                      IX-6

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE X

                         OPTIONS TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT

         The Company shall have, and is hereby granted, the option to terminate
its obligations under this Agreement at any time if any of the events set forth
below shall occur:

         (A) The Project shall have been damaged or destroyed (1) to such extent
that it cannot, in the Company's reasonable judgment, be reasonably restored
within a period of six (6) months to the condition thereof immediately preceding
such damage or destruction, and (2) to such extent that the Company is thereby
prevented, in the Company's reasonable judgment, from carrying on its normal
operations at the Project for a period of six (6) months or more.

         (B) Title to, or the temporary use for a period of six (6) months or
more of, all or substantially all the Project, or such part thereof as shall
materially interfere, in the Company's reasonable judgment, with the operation
of the Project for the purpose for which the Project is designed, shall have
been taken under the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any governmental
body or by any person, firm or corporation acting under governmental authority
(including such a taking or takings as results in the Company being thereby
prevented from carrying on its normal operations at the Project for a period of
six (6) months or more).

         (C) Changes which the Company cannot reasonably control or overcome in
the economic availability of materials, supplies, labor, equipment and other
properties and things necessary for the efficient operation of the Project for
the purposes contemplated by this Agreement shall have occurred, or
technological or other changes shall have occurred which in the reasonable
judgment of the Company render the continued operation of the Project uneconomic
for such purposes.

         (D) As a result of any changes in the Constitution of the State or the
Constitution of the United States of America or of legislative or administrative
action (whether state or federal) or by final decree, judgment or order of any
court or administrative body (whether state or federal) entered after the
contest thereof by the Company in good faith, this Agreement shall have become
void or unenforceable or impossible of performance in accordance with the intent
and purposes of the parties as expressed in this Agreement, or unreasonable
burdens or excessive liabilities shall have been imposed on the Company in
respect to the Project, including, without limitation, federal, state or other
ad valorem, property, income or other taxes not being imposed on the date of
this Agreement. To exercise such option, the Company shall within


                                       X-1

<PAGE>


ninety (90) days following the event authorizing such termination, give written
notice to the Issuer and the Trustee and shall specify therein the date of
redemption of Bonds pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture, which date shall
be the next interest payment date in respect of the Bonds for which the required
notice of redemption can practicably be given. In accordance with the terms of
the Indenture, the Company shall make arrangements for the Trustee to give the
required notice of redemption. In order to exercise such option, the Company
shall pay, or cause to be paid, on or prior to the applicable redemption date,
to the Trustee, an amount equal to the sum of the following:

         (1) An amount of money which, when added to the amount then on deposit
and available in the Bond Fund, will be sufficient to retire and redeem all the
Outstanding Bonds on the earliest possible redemption date after notice as
provided in the Indenture, including, without limitation, the principal amount
thereof, all interest to accrue to said redemption date, and the applicable
redemption premium, if any, plus

         (2) An amount of money equal to the Trustee's fees and expenses under
the Indenture accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of
the Bonds, plus

         (3) An amount of money equal to the Issuer's fees and expenses under
this Agreement accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption
of the Bonds.

                               [END OF ARTICLE X]


                                       X-2

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 11.1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect from the date hereof to and including such time as all of the
Series J Bonds and the fees and expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee and all
amounts payable hereunder shall have been fully paid or provision made for such
payment.

         Section 11.2. Notices. All notices, certificates or other
communications hereunder shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given
when delivered or mailed by first class mail or by registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: if to the Issuer, to 200 South
Warren Street, Capital Place One -- CN 990, Trenton, New Jersey 08625,
Attention: Executive Director; if to the Trustee, to The Bank of New York (NJ),
385 Rifle Camp Road, West Paterson, New Jersey 07424, Attention: Corporate Trust
Department; to the Company, to Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., P.O.
Box 8698, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101, Attention: Mr. Bernard Gelman, Vice
President; and if to the Purchaser, to John Hancock Advisors, 101 Hungtington
Avenue, 7th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02199. A duplicate copy of each notice,
certificate or other communication given hereunder by the Issuer or the Company
shall also be given to the Trustee. The Issuer, the Company, the Trustee and the
Purchaser may, by written notice given hereunder, designate any further or
different addresses to which subsequent notices, certificates or other
communications shali be sent.

         Section 11.3. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of and shall be binding upon the Issuer, the Company, the Trustee, the Owners of
the Bonds and their respective successors and assigns, subject, however, to the
limitations contained in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

         Section 11.4. Severability. In the event any provision of this
Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent
jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any
other provision hereof.

         Section 11.5. Amounts Remaining in Funds. Subject to the provisions of
Section 5.12 of the Indenture, it is agreed by the parties hereto that any
amounts remaining in the Bond Fund, the Project Fund, or any other fund created
under the Indenture upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, as
provided in this Agreement, after payment in full of the Bonds (or provision for
payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture), the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the
Indenture and all amounts which may be due under the Bond Placement Agreement,
the Mortgage, any Loan Document

                            [CONTINUED ON PAGE XI-2]


                                      XI-1

<PAGE>


or the Guaranty, shall belong to and be paid to the Company by the Trustee.

         Section 11. 6. Amendments, Changes and Modification. Subsequent to the
issuance of Bonds and prior to their payment in full (or provision for the
payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture), and except as otherwise herein expressly provided this Agreement may
not be effectively amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated without the
written consent of the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

         Section 11.7. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be
simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an
original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         Section 11.8. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State.

         Section 11.9. Captions. The captions and headings in this Agreement are
for convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent
of any provisions or Sections of this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Agreement to be executed
in its name and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name
all as of the date first above written.

 ATTEST:                                         NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
                                                 AUTHORITY


                                                 
/s/ Frank T. Mancini, Jr                          By: /s/ Caren S. Franini
- ------------------------                              ---------------------
 Frank T. Mancini, Jr.                               Caren S. Franini
 Assistant Secretary                                 Executive DiVector

 [SEAL)

 ATTEST:                                         HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
                                                 SYSTEM, INC.
/s/ John Evans                                   By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -----------------------                              ---------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                                Bernard Gelman, 
                                                     Vice President

                                      XI-2




                       CAMDEN COUNTY IMPROVEMENT AUTHORITY
                                     Lessor

                                       AND

                    HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.
                                     Lessee




                                 LEASE AGREEMENT



                          Dated as of January 15, 1996





   The interest of the CAMDEN COUNTY IMPROVEMENT AUTHORITY (the "Issuer") in
   this Lease Agreement has been assigned (except for certain rights expressly
   reserved by the Issuer) pursuant to the Indenture of Trust dated as of the
   date hereof from the Issuer to The Bank of New York (NJ), as trustee (the
   "Trustee"), and is subject to the security interest of the Trustee
   thereunder.


<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

(This Table of Contents is only for convenience of reference and is not
intended to define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions
of this Lease Agreement.)

                                                             Page

PARTIES ....................................................... 1

PREAMBLES ..................................................... 1

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1. Definitions .............................. I-1
     Section 1.2. Interpretation and Construction .......... I-15

                                   ARTICLE II

                        REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES

     Section 2.1. Representations and Covenants of the
                  Issuer. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .  II-1
     Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of the
                  Company ...............................   II-1
     Section 2.3. Environmental Representations, Warranties
                  and Covenants .........................   II-6
     Section 2.4. Covenants of the Company ..............   II-7

                                   ARTICLE III

               ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS; CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT

     Section 3.1. Agreement to Issue the Bonds: Application
                  of Bond Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . III-1
     Section 3.2. Disbursements from the Project Fund. . . III-1
     Section 3.3. Furnishing Documents to the Trustee. . . III-1
     Section 3.4. Special Arbitrage Certifications. . . .  III-1
     Section 3.5. Agreement to Construct the Project . . . III-1
     Section 3.6. Company Required to Pay Project Costs if
                  Project Fund Insufficient. . . . . . . . III-2

                                       -i-


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IV

                               LEASING OF PROJECT

     Section 4.1. Leasing of Project and Project Site . . . IV-1
     Section 4.2. Subordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IV-1
     Section 4.3. Possession and Quiet Enjoyment . . . . .. IV-1

                                    ARTICLE V

                          TERM OF LEASE; TERMINATION OF
                         LEASE AGREEMENT BY THE COMPANY;
                         OPTION TO PURCHASE THE PROJECT

     Section 5.1. Term of Lease Agreement . . . . . . . . .  V-1
     Section 5.2. Termination of this Lease Agreement
                  by the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .V-1
     Section 5.3. Option to Renew this Lease Agreement . . . V-1 
     Section 5.4. Right of First Refusal . . . . . . . . . . V-1 
     Section 5.5. Option to Purchase the Project . . . . . . V-2

                                   ARTICLE VI

                        RENT AND OTHER REQUIRED PAYMENTS

     Section 6.1. Amounts Payable . . . . . . . . . . . .  VI-1
     Section 6.2. Obligations of Company Unconditional. .  VI-2
     Section 6.3. Lease Agreement a Net Lease. . . . . . . VI-3
     Section 6.4. Nature of obligations of the Issuer. . . VI-3

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   THE PROJECT

     Section 7.1. Disbursements from the Project Fund . . VII-1
     Section 7.2. Maintenance and Modification of the
                  Project by the Company . . . . . . . .  VII-2 
     Section 7.3. Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and
                  Utility Charges . . . . . . . . . . .   VII-3 
     Section 7.4. Insurance Required. . . . . . . . . . . VII-3 
     Section 7.5. Additional Provisions Concerning
                  Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII-4 
     Section 7.6. Worker's Compensation . . . . . . . . . VII-5

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

     Section 8.1. Damage, Destruction and Condemnation . VIII-1
     Section 8.2. Application of Net Proceeds . . . . .  VIII-1

                                      -ii-


<PAGE>


     Section 8.3. Insufficiency of Net Proceeds . . . .  VIII-2 
     Section 8.4. Conduct of Insurance or Condemnation
                  Claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-3

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

     Section 9.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by
                  Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-1 
     Section 9.2. Access to the Project . . . . . . . . .  IX-1 
     Section 9.3. Further Assurances and Corrective
                  Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  IX-1 
     Section 9.4. Issuer and Company Representatives . . . IX-1 
     Section 9.5. Financing Statements . . . . . . . . . . IX-1 
     Section 9.6. Compliance with Code . . . . . . . . . . IX-2 
     Section 9.7. Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . IX-2 
     Section 9.8. Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-2 
     Section 9.9. Annual Certificate . .. . . . . . ... .  IX-2

                                    ARTICLE X

                        MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; MERGE, SELL,
                      TRANSFER; INDEMNIFICATION; REDEMPTION

     Section 10.1. Maintain Existence; Merge, Sell,
                   Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X-1 
     Section 10.2. Release and Indemnification Covenants .  X-2 
     Section 10.3. Redemption or Defeasance of Bonds . . .  X-4
     Section 10.4. Issuer to Grant Security Interest to
                   Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  X-5 
     Section 10.5. Indemnification of Trustee . . . . . . . X-5

                                   ARTICLE XI

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     Section 11.1. Defaults Defined .. . . . .  . . . . .  XI-1
     Section 11.2. Issuer's Remedies on Default . . . . .  XI-2
     Section 11.3. [Intentionally Omitted] . . . . . . . . XI-3
     Section 11.4. Specific Performance . . . . . . . . .  XI-3
     Section 11.5. No Remedy Exclusive . . . . . . . . . . XI-4
     Section 11.6. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and
                   Expenses . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . XI-4 
     Section 11.7. No Additional Waiver Implied by One
                   Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  XI-4

                                   ARTICLE XII

                           OPTIONS TO PREPAY RENT AND
                 TERMINATE OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER . . . . .XII-1

                                      -iii-


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 13.1. Term of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . XIII-1 
     Section 13.2. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .  XIII-1 
     Section 13.3. Binding Effect . . . .. . . . . . . . XIII-1 
     Section 13.4. Severability . . .. . . . . . . . . . XIII-1
     Section 13.5. Amounts Remaining in Funds . . . . .  XIII-1 
     Section 13.6. Amendments, Changes and Modification  XIII-2 
     Section 13.7. Execution in Counterparts . . . . . . XIII-2 
     Section 13.8. Applicable Law . . . . . . . . . . .  XIII-2 
     Section 13.9. Captions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. XIII-2 


EXHIBIT A - Legal Description
EXHIBIT B - Form of Requisition
EXHIBIT C - Permitted Encumbrances
EXHIBIT D - Form of Coordinate Lien Agreement
EXHIBIT E - Form of Standstill Agreement

                                       -iv


<PAGE>


         THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is dated as of January 15, 1996, between the
CAMDEN COUNTY IMPROVEMENT AUTHORITY (the "Issuer"), a public body politic and
corporate and an instrumentality exercising public and essential governmental
functions, organized and existing under the County Improvement Authorities Law,
L. 1960, c. 183, N.J.S.A. 40:37A-44 et seg. and HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
SYSTEM, INC., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws
of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the "Company").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Issuer was created pursuant to the Act for the purposes,
among other things, of providing within the County structures, franchises,
equipment and facilities for operation of public transportation or for terminal
purposes, including development and improvement of port terminal structures,
facilities and equipment, for public use in counties, in, along or through which
a navigable river flows; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer is authorized, pursuant to the Act, to issue its
bonds for the purpose of financing the cost of any public facility or
facilities; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to provide financial assistance in
connection with a certain project ("Project") consisting of the construction of
new public warehouse facilities on land to be leased to the Issuer within the
marine terminal complex owned by the Company in the City of Gloucester City,
County of Camden and State of New Jersey, such facilities to be leased to the
Company pursuant to this Agreement; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue its Lease Revenue Bonds (Holt
Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. Project) 1996 Series A in the aggregate
principal amount of $24,500,000 (the "Bonds") pursuant to an Indenture of Trust
dated as of January 15, 1996 (the "Indenture") between the Issuer and The Bank
of New York (NJ), as trustee (the "Trustee") and proposes to apply the proceeds
of the sale of the Bonds to finance the construction of the Project (as
hereinafter defined); and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to lease the Project to the Company
pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall covenant to make
lease payments to the Issuer sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any,
and interest when due on the Bonds and other amounts payable in connection with
the Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Bonds shall be secured by the pledge of payments to be
made by the Company under this Agreement and by a mortgage from the Company and
777 Pattison Ave., Inc. to the Trustee on the Project Site, Project and Terminal
and a security interest in certain machinery and equipment constituting fixtures
of the


<PAGE>


Company and of 777 Pattison Ave., Inc., subject and subordinate to the
Senior Mortgage Debt; and

         WHEREAS, the Bonds shall be further secured by a mortgage on the
Project and a leasehold mortgage on the Project Site from the Issuer to the
Trustee which shall be subject and subordinate to the Senior Mortgage Debt; and

         WHEREAS, the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and
payments due on the Bonds shall be guaranteed by the Company, B.H. Sobelman &
Co., Inc., Refrigerated Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises,
Incorporated, Holt Cargo Systems, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corp., CRT,
Inc., Triple Seven Ice, Inc., Pattison Avenue Warehousing Corp., 777 Pattison
Ave., Inc., Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc., Dockside International Fish Co.,
Inc., Murphy Marine Services, Inc., Wilmington Stevedores, Inc. and any other
person required to be a Guarantor (collectively, the "Guarantor") pursuant to
the Guaranty; and

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Issuer each have full right and lawful
authority to enter into this Agreement, and to perform and observe the
provisions hereof on their respective parts to be performed and observed.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto covenant, agree and bind
themselves as follows; provided, that any obligation of the Issuer created by or
arising out of this Agreement shall never constitute a debt or a pledge of the
faith and credit of the Issuer, the County or any political subdivision or
taxing district of the State of New Jersey or of the taxing power of the County
or any political subdivision or taxing district of the State of New Jersey (the
Issuer has no taxing power), but shall be payable solely out of the Trust Estate
(as defined in the Indenture), anything herein contained to the contrary by
implication or otherwise notwithstanding:

                                        2


<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.1. Definitions. All capitalized, undefined terms used herein
shall have the same meanings as used in Article I of the hereinafter defined
Indenture. In addition, the following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:

         "Act" means The County Improvement Authorities Act constituting Chapter
183 of the Pamphlet Laws of 1960 of the State of New Jersey as amended and
supplemented or any successor legislation, and any regulations and
administrative pronouncements promulgated thereunder.

         "Affiliate" means any Person under the control of or in common control
or ownership (direct or indirect) of or with the Company or any Affiliate of the
Company or that is included on the Company's combined financial statements. For
the purposes of this definition and the definition of Related Party below,
"control" shall mean ownership or control (direct or indirect) of five percent
or more of the voting stock of the Person for which such determination is to be
made or the exercise of management control over the business and affairs of such
Person. The term "Affiliate" shall not be deemed to include any Person any
portion of which is owned or held by the Company solely for investment purposes
provided that (i) the Company does not own or hold more than 49% of such Person
and (ii) such Person is not included in the Company's consolidated financial
statements.

         "Aggregate Combined Net Income" of a group of Persons for any specified
periods means the sum of the Combined Net Income of such group for each such
period in which Combined Net Income was greater than zero.

         "Aggregate Debt Service" for any period shall mean with respect to the
Bonds, as of any date of calculation the sum of the amounts of the Debt Service
for such period with respect to all of the Bonds.

         "Agreement" or "Lease Agreement" means this Lease Agreement as the same
may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with
its terms.

         "Assignment" means the Assignment dated the Closing Date by and between
the Issuer, as assignor, and the Trustee, as assignee, assigning, subject to
such reservations as are contained therein, all of the Issuer's right, title and
interest in and to this Agreement and the other Lease Documents, as the same may
be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

                                       I-1


<PAGE>


         "Application" means the application submitted by the Company to the
Issuer requesting approval of the financing of the Project.

         "Balloon Indebtedness" means Indebtedness more than 25% of the
principal amount of which is payable during any consecutive twelve-months,
whether at maturity, by mandatory sinking fund redemption or purchase, by
redemption or purchase at the option of the holders, or otherwise (other than
upon acceleration, optional prepayment or redemption, special mandatory
prepayment or redemption upon casualty to or condemnation of the Mortgaged
Premises and similar extraordinary events). The term "Balloon Indebtedness"
shall not include (i) a reimbursement obligation in respect of a drawing under a
letter of credit which is issued to secure or provide liquidity for Indebtedness
which would not otherwise be Balloon Indebtedness as defined in the immediately
preceding sentence or (ii) Indebtedness more than 25% of the principal amount of
which is payable during any consecutive twelve months by redemption or purchase
at the option of the holders and which would not otherwise be Balloon
Indebtedness as defined in the immediately preceding sentence, if the redemption
or purchase price is payable from a drawing under a letter of credit or other
liquidity facility.

         "Bond" or "Bonds" means one or more of the Lease Revenue Bonds (Holt
Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. Project) 1996 Series A of the Issuer in the
aggregate principal amount of $24,500,000 authorized to be issued pursuant to
the Bond Resolution, delivered under and pursuant to the Bond Resolution and
Indenture and any bonds issued in lieu of or in substitution therefor.

         "Bond Counsel" with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Bonds
means Wolff & Samson, A Professional Corporation, having its offices at 5 Becker
Farm Road, Roseland, New Jersey 07068, and subsequent thereto, such firm or any
other nationally recognized bond counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer
and the Trustee.

         "Bond Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and
created pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Indenture.

         "Bond Purchase Agreement" means the bond purchase agreement dated as of
February 6, 1996 by and between the Issuer, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Underwriter relating to the issuance and sale of the Bonds, as the same may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

         "Bond Resolution" means the resolution of the Issuer adopted on
September 14, 1995 authorizing the issuance and sale of the Bonds and the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Bond Purchase
Agreement, the Assignment, the other Lease Documents and determining other
matters in connection with the Project.

                                        I-2


<PAGE>


         "Bond Year" means the one year period beginning on the day after
expiration of the preceding Bond Year. The first Bond Year begins on the Date of
Issue and ends on December 31, 1996.

         "Business Day" means a day on which the Trustee and banks located in
New Jersey are open for the purpose of conducting a commercial banking business.

         "Cash Flow" of a Person shall mean Net Income of such Person plus
depreciation and amortization charges and other non-cash charges to income plus
(or minus) any increase (or decrease) in deferred taxes.

         "Chief Financial Officer" shall mean Bernard Gelman, the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, or such other individual functioning in a
substantially similar capacity on behalf of the Company as the Company shall
designate in a notice to the Trustee from time to time.

         "Closing Date" means February 23, 1996.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
successor legislation, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Collateral" means all of the rights and assets of the Company or any
other Person in which the Issuer or the Trustee is now or hereafter granted a
lien or security interest in order to secure the performance of the Company's
obligations under this Lease Agreement, or any of the Lease Documents, the
obligations of the Issuer hereunder or under the Bonds or the obligations of any
Guarantor under the Guaranty.

         "Combined Cash Flow", "Combined Interest Charges", "Combined Net
Income" and "Combined Net Income Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and
Amortization" for any period shall mean, respectively, the Cash Flow, Interest
Charges, Net Income and Net Income Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and
Amortization of the Company and its Affiliates for such period, combined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

         "Combined Indebtedness" means the aggregate Indebtedness of the Company
and its Affiliates.

         "Combined Long Term Indebtedness" means Long Term Indebtedness of the
Company and its Affiliates as such combination is effected in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied as to any date on
which the amount thereof shall be determined.

         "Combined Net Income" for any period shall mean Net Income of the
Company and its Affiliates for such period, combined in

                                       I-3


<PAGE>


accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied.

         "Combined Net Income Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and
Amortization" for any period shall mean the Net Income Before Interest, Taxes,
Depreciation Charges and Amortization of the Company and its Affiliates for such
period, combined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.

         "Combined Tangible Net Worth" means (i) total combined shareholders'
equity in the Company and its Affiliates, determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as such
combination is effected in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, less (ii) the aggregate net amount of the
following items to the extent, if any, that they were included in consolidated
assets or deducted from consolidated liabilities in computing shareholders'
equity:

         (a) All licenses, patents, copyrights, tradenames, trademarks,
franchises, good will, experimental or organizational expense, unamortized debt
discount and expense, treasury stock and all other assets which under generally
accepted accounting principles are deemed intangible; and

         (b) Any write-up of assets (other than current assets written up in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied)
made after January 1, 1996.

         (c) Any stock or other security representing an investment subsequent
to January 1, 1996 that is a Restricted Payment under clause (v) of the
definition of Restricted Payment.

         "Combined Total Assets" means the assets of the Company and its
Affiliates, combined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.

         "Company" means Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., a
Pennsylvania corporation.

         "Company Mortgage" means the Mortgage and Security Agreement from the
Company and 777 Pattison Ave., Inc. to the Trustee dated as of January 15, 1996,
pursuant to which the Company and 777 Pattison Ave., Inc. are granting to the
Trustee a mortgage lien on and security interest in the Mortgaged Premises,
subject and subordinate to the Senior Mortgage Debt.

         "Company Representative" means the person or persons at the time
designated to act on behalf of the Company by written certificate furnished to
the Issuer and the Trustee containing the signature of such person or persons
and signed on behalf of the Company by its President or any Vice President. Such
certificate may designate an alternate or alternates.

                                       I-4


<PAGE>


         "Condemnation Claims" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
8.4(b).

         "Construction Monitor" means the Person, which may be the Issuer,
engaged by the Company, with the consent of the Bondholders owning not less than
50% in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds Outstanding, to perform the
functions specified in Section 3.2 or Section 3.5 of this Agreement.

         "Cost" with respect to the Project shall be deemed to include all items
permitted to be financed under the provisions of the Act, including, but not
limited to:

         (a) the cost of planning all or any part of the Project and of all or
any property, rights, easements, privileges, agreements and franchises deemed by
the Issuer to be necessary or useful and convenient therefor or in connection
therewith, including interest or discount on the Bonds;

         (b) costs of issuance of the Bonds;

         (c) architectural, engineering and inspection costs and legal expenses;

         (d) costs of financial, professional and other estimates and advice;

         (e) organization, administrative, operating and other expenses of the
Company prior to and during such construction;

         (f) all costs which the Issuer or the Company shall be required to pay
under the terms of any contract or contracts for the construction, improving, or
equipping of the Project;

         (g) obligations of the Company incurred for labor and materials
(including obligations payable to the Company) in connection with the
construction, improving or equipping of the Project, including reimbursement to
the Company for all advances and payments made in connection with the Project
prior to or after delivery of the Bonds;

         (h) the cost of performance or other bonds and any and all types of
insurance that may be necessary or appropriate to have in effect during the
course of construction of the Project;

         (i) any sums required to reimburse the Company for advances made by the
Company for any of the above items or for any other costs incurred which are
properly chargeable to the Project; and

         (j) such other expenses as may be necessary or incident to the
financing or operation of the Project and the placing of the

                                       I-5


<PAGE>


same fully in operation, and also such provision or reserves for working
capital, operating, maintenance or replacement expenses or for payment or
security of principal and other interest on the Bonds during or after such
construction as the Issuer may determine, and also reimbursement to the Issuer
or any governmental unit or person of any monies theretofore expended for the
purposes of the Project.

         "County" shall mean the County of Camden in the State of New Jersey.

         "Cumulative Combined Net Income" for any specified periods means the
sum of Combined Net Income for each of such periods (subtracting Combined Net
Income for any period in which it is negative, as appropriate).

         "Date of Issue" or "Issue Date" shall have the meaning set forth in the
Tax Certificate.

         "Debt Service" means, for any Bond Year, the scheduled amount of
interest and amortization of principal payable for that Bond Year with respect
to the Bonds; provided, however, that in determining Debt Service for any Bond
Year, there shall not be taken into account amounts scheduled with respect to
any Bonds (or portion thereof) that have been retired before the beginning of
the Bond Year. The determination of Debt Service on the Bonds, for purposes of
complying with the applicable provisions of Sections 103 and 141-150 of the
Code, shall be made on the first day of each Bond Year in the manner provided in
Section 148 (d) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Default" means any Default under this Agreement as specified in and
defined by Section 11.1 hereof.

         "Depreciation Charges" means for any Person for any period the
aggregate of (i) depreciation expense as reflected in the Company's combined
statement of income for such period in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied plus (ii) in the case of property
leased pursuant to operating leases, the average of the amount described in
clause (A) in the Operating Lease Schedule for such year and in the Operating
Lease Schedule for the preceding year.

         "Discount Rate" shall be the interest rate described as the Discount
Rate in the definition of "Operating Lease Schedule."

         "Distribution Fund" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)
hereof.

         "ERISA" means the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

                                       I-6


<PAGE>


         "Excess Amount" means, as of any payment date, the amount in the Bond
Fund on such date in excess of the amount required for the payment of
principal, accrued interest and premium, if any, on the Bonds due on such date.

         "Extraordinary Tax Liability" shall mean any tax liability payable by
any shareholders of the Company or any Affiliate in respect of extraordinary or
non-recurring items of income or non-operating revenues or revenues other than
operating revenues of the Company or any Affiliate consisting of the receipt of
cash by, or the accrual of cash payable to, the Company or an Affiliate.

         "Fiscal Year" means January 1 through December 31.

         "Gross Proceeds" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax
Certificate.

         "Ground Lease" means the Ground Lease Agreement between the Company and
the Issuer dated as of January 15, 1996.

         "Guarantor" means any of the Company, B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc.,
Refrigerated Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated,
Holt Cargo Systems, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corp., CRT, Inc., Triple
Seven Ice, Inc., Pattison Avenue Warehousing Corp., Refrigerated Enterprises,
Inc., 777 Pattison Ave., Inc., Dockside International Fish Co., Inc., Murphy
Marine Services, Inc., Wilmington Stevedores, Inc. and any other Person required
to be a guarantor under the Guaranty.

         "Guaranty" means the Guaranty Agreement dated as of January 15, 1996
among the Guarantors, the Issuer and the Trustee, and any amendments or
supplements thereto.

         "Indebtedness" means, for any Person, (i) all indebtedness of such
Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property, (ii)
all direct or indirect guaranties of such Person in respect of and all
obligations or undertakings (contingent or otherwise) of such Person to purchase
or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect
of, indebtedness of any other Person for borrowed money or for the deferred
purchase price of property, (iii) Operating Lease Debt, as most recently
calculated, (iv) any guaranty of another Person's Indebtedness, to the extent
such liability or contingent liability has not otherwise been included as
Indebtedness and (v) all other obligations, contingent or otherwise, which in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
shall be classified upon the obligor's balance sheet as liabilities, including
liabilities secured by any lien on any property owned or acquired by the obligor
or a Subsidiary thereof, whether or not the liabilities secured thereby shall
have been assumed, capitalized leases and all guaranties, endorsements and other
contingent obligations. For purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness
of

                                       I-7


<PAGE>


a Person, the total amount of Indebtedness of another Person as to which such
Person is obligated as described in clause (ii) or (iv) above, or the total
possible payments which such Person may become obligated to make in respect of a
contingent liability, shall be considered Indebtedness of such Person.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Indebtedness, for any Person,
shall not mean the amount available to be drawn under any letters of credit
issued with respect to a liability or contingent liability of the Company or any
of its Affiliates.

         "Indemnified Matters" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
10.2(d) hereof.

         "Indemnified Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
10.2(b).

         "Indemnitees" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(d)
hereof.

         "Indenture" means the Indenture of Trust dated as of January 15, 1996
between the Issuer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Bonds are authorized
to be issued, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

         "Interest" means, for any period, interest accruing during such period
on Indebtedness, provided that (i) interest on a capitalized lease shall consist
of the interest component of each lease payment and (ii) with respect to
Operating Lease Debt, interest shall consist of the amount set forth in clause
(v) of the applicable Operating Lease Schedule.

         "Interest Charges" means for any Person for any four consecutive
quarterly fiscal periods, the aggregate of (i) all interest expenses (including,
without limitation, any letter of credit fees) as reflected on the Company's
combined statement of income for such period in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied, plus (ii) any other
Interest accruing in such period on Indebtedness of such Person, to the extent
not included in clause (i).

         "Issuer" means the Camden County Improvement Authority, a body politic
and corporate constituting an instrumentality exercising governmental functions
and any body, board, authority, agency or political subdivision or other
instrumentality of the State which shall hereafter succeed to the powers, duties
and functions thereof.

         "Issuer's Mortgage" means a mortgage and security agreement from the
Issuer to the Trustee dated as of January 15, 1996, pursuant to which the Issuer
is granting to the Trustee a leasehold mortgage on the Issuer's interest in the
Project Site and a

                                       I-8


<PAGE>


mortgage on the Issuer's fee interest in the Project, subject and
subordinate to the Senior Mortgage Debt.

         "Issuer Representative" means the Chairman, Vice Chairman, Executive
Director/Secretary or such other person or persons at the time designated by the
Issuer to act on its behalf.

         "Laws" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(d) hereof.

         "Lease Documents" means any or all of this Agreement, the Indenture,
the Bond Purchase Agreement, the Ground Lease, the Guaranty, the Issuer's
Mortgage, the Company Mortgage and all documents, certificates and instruments
executed in connection therewith.

         "Lease Term" shall mean the term of this Lease Agreement as set forth
in Section 5.1 hereof.

         "Liens" means any mortgages, pledges, liens or other charges or
encumbrances of any kind (including the charge upon property purchased under
conditional sale or other title retention agreements) upon, or any security
interest in, any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible.

         "Long Term Indebtedness" means all Indebtedness which would, in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied,
constitute long term debt, but in any event shall include:

         (i) any portion thereof included in current liabilities,

         (ii) any Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit or similar
agreement providing for borrowings (and renewals and extensions thereof) over a
period of more than one year notwithstanding that any such Indebtedness may be
payable on demand or not more than one year after the creation thereof, and

         (iii) any guarantee with respect to Long Term Indebtedness (of the kind
otherwise described in this definition) of another Person.

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

         "Mortgaged Premises" means, collectively, the Project, the Project Site
and the Terminal.

         "Mortgages" means, collectively, the Company Mortgage and the Issuer's
Mortgage.

         "Net Income" of a Person means the net income of such Person determined
in accordance with generally accepted accounting

                                       I-9


<PAGE>


principles consistently applied, (i) exclusive of extraordinary or non-recurring
items of income and of any non-operating revenues or revenues other than
operating revenues, and (ii) provided that prior to application of this clause
(ii) the Company and its Affiliates would be permitted to incur at least $1.00
of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.4(h) of this Agreement, exclusive of
extraordinary or non-recurring losses, deductions or expenses or losses,
deductions and expenses other than operating losses, deductions and expenses. In
determining Net Income for purposes of this Agreement, interest expense shall be
adjusted to reflect Interest Charges, depreciation expense shall be adjusted to
reflect Depreciation Charges and selling, general and administrative expense
shall be reduced by the amount of any Interest Charges and Depreciation Charges
attributable to Operating Lease Debt.

         "Net Income Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization" of a
Person means the Net Income of such Person, plus the amounts deducted for
Interest, taxes based upon the income of such Person, Depreciation Charges and
amortization in determining such Net Income.

         "Net Proceeds," when used with respect to any insurance proceeds or
any condemnation award, means the amount remaining after deducting all expenses
(including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred in the collection of such
proceeds or award from the gross proceeds thereof.

         "Nonpurpose Investment" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax
Certificate.

         "Operating Lease Debt" shall be the capitalized equivalent of the
operating leases of the Company and its Affiliates, as set forth in clause (iv)
of the applicable Operating Lease Schedule.

         "Operating Lease Schedule" means a schedule, to be filed by the Company
with the Trustee each year together with its audited financial statements and to
be filed retroactively with respect to the 1994 fiscal year, that sets forth the
following data: (i) operating lease payments due in each of the five fiscal
years succeeding the most recent fiscal year for which audited combined
financial statements of the Company exist, as reflected in the footnotes to such
financial statements; (ii) the aggregate operating lease payments due after the
five year period described in clause (i) (the "Thereafter Amount"); (iii) the
Thereafter Amount divided by the operating lease payments (the "Fifth Year
Payments") due in the last year described in clause (i) (such quotient, the
"Number of Thereafter Years"); (iv) the present value on the applicable date of
calculation, using a rate equal to the Discount Rate, of the payments described
in clause (i) and of the Thereafter Amount, assuming that the Thereafter Amount
is paid in installments equal to the Fifth Year Payments for the Number of

                                      I-10


<PAGE>


Thereafter Years, beginning in the first fiscal year after the end of the period
described in clause (i) (such present value referred to herein as "Operating
Lease Debt"); (v) the Discount Rate times the average of Operating Lease Debt
for such year and the Operating Lease Debt determined in the Operating Lease
Schedule filed for the immediately preceding fiscal year. The "Discount Rate"
shall be the interest rate in effect on the date of calculation on the Company's
line of credit, or, if there shall be more than one line of credit in effect on
such date, the average of such interest rates or, if there shall be no line of
credit in effect at the time, the interest rate that would be applicable on the
date of calculation if the most recent line of credit of the Company were still
in effect.

         "Owner" means the person or persons in whose name or names a Bond shall
be registered on the books of the Issuer kept for that purpose in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture.

         "Parity Indebtedness" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.4(k) hereof.

         "Permitted Encumbrances" means, as of any particular time, (i) those
items shown in Exhibit C hereto, and (ii) any Lien on the facilities financed as
part of the Mortgaged Premises securing Indebtedness hereafter incurred by the
Company or any of its Affiliates, and any lease of the whole or any part of the
facilities financed as part of the Mortgaged Premises, provided such Lien or
lease is expressly permitted under this Agreement.

         "Person" or "Persons" means any one or more individuals, corporations,
partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, unincorporated organizations, governmental
agencies or political subdivisions.

         "Plans" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(f) hereof.

         "Prime Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the
rate published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time as the prime lending
rate; any change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is
published in the Wall Street Journal.

         "Project" shall mean (i) the construction by the Company of
approximately 155,000 square feet of refrigerated warehouse space, (ii) the
construction by the Company of approximately 31,000 square feet of dry
warehouse space, and (iii) the construction by the Company of approximately
20,000 square feet of office space, all to be located on a portion of the
Terminal in the City of Gloucester City, Camden County, New Jersey.

         "Project Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and
created pursuant to Section 5.05 of the Indenture.

                                      I-11


<PAGE>


         "Project Municipality" means the City of Gloucester City, County of
Camden, New Jersey.

         "Project Site" means the land leased by the Company to the Issuer
pursuant to the Ground Lease and subleased by the Issuer to the Company herein,
located in the Project Municipality, as more particularly described in Exhibit A
hereto and to the Ground Lease.

         "Purchaser" shall mean the initial purchaser or purchasers of the Bonds
from the Underwriter and their respective successors and assigns.

         "Rebate Amount" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax
Certificate.

         "Rebate Fund" means the fund so designated which is established
pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Indenture.

         "Refunding Senior Indebtedness" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.4(k) hereof.

         "Related Party" means the Company or any Affiliate, any Person
controlling the Company or Affiliate and any director or employee of the Company
or any Affiliate.

         "Related Person" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax
Certificate.

         "Rent" shall mean the lease payments specified in Section 6.1(a) of
this Lease Agreement.

         "Requisition" means a written request for a disbursement from the
Project Fund or the separate trust fund described in Section 8.2 hereof, as the
case may be, signed by a Company Representative, substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit B and satisfactorily completed as contemplated by
said form.

         "Restricted Payment" means:

                  (i) The declaration of any dividend on, or the incurrence of
         any liability to make any other payment or distribution in respect of,
         any shares of the Company or its Affiliates (other than one payable
         solely in its common shares); provided, however, that any dividend to
         the Company from any Affiliate shall not constitute a Restricted
         Payment;

                  (ii) Any payment or distribution on account of the purchase,
         redemption or other retirement of any shares of the Company or its
         Affiliates or of any warrant, option or other right to acquire such
         shares, or any other payment or distribution made in respect thereof,
         either directly or indirectly, except any payment or distribution on
         account of

                                      I-12


<PAGE>


                  (A) the principal of and prepayment charge, if any, on
         convertible debt, or (B) the purchase, redemption or other retirement
         of shares of the Company, or its Affiliates in exchange for, or out of
         the net cash proceeds received by the Company, or its Affiliates from a
         substantially concurrent sale of, other shares of the Company, its
         Affiliates;

                  (iii) Any payment or distribution on account of the principal
         and prepayment charge, if any, with respect to subordinated debt of the
         Company, or its Affiliates other than mandatory sinking fund or other
         retirement payments required by the terms thereof, and other than any
         working capital line of credit;

                  (iv) Any payment (including any deemed payment under Section
         2.4(i)) on account of principal, including mandatory sinking fund or
         other retirement payments, in respect of Balloon Indebtedness issued or
         incurred subsequent to the date of issuance of the Bonds (other than
         (a) payments on account of Refunding Senior Indebtedness incurred to
         refinance Senior Indebtedness with a Lien on the Mortgaged Premises
         Senior to the Lien of the Mortgages, or (b) any repayment of
         Indebtedness under a working capital line of credit incurred in
         compliance with this Agreement); and

                  (v) Any investment by the Company or any Affiliate in, or
         transfer (other than in the ordinary course of business) of cash or
         other assets by the Company or any Affiliate to, any Person other than
         the Company or an Affiliate; provided that investments in publicly
         traded securities in the ordinary course of business shall not be
         considered Restricted Payments.

         The amount of any Restricted Payment in property shall be deemed to be
the greater of its fair market value (as determined by an independent
recognized appraiser) or its net book value.

         "Security Ratio" means at any time the value of the property subject to
the lien of the Mortgages, as such value is determined by an appraisal required
by Paragraph 2.4 (k) hereof, divided by the aggregate amount of Indebtedness
secured by the Mortgaged Premises or any portion thereof.

         "Senior Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness secured by a lien on all
or any portion of the Mortgaged Premises which is senior to, or on a parity
with, the lien of the Mortgages securing the Bonds, whether now outstanding or
hereafter incurred.

         "Senior Mortgage Debt" means all obligations of the Issuer, the Company
or any Guarantor in respect of or relating to (i) $18,750,000 New Jersey
Economic Development Authority Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and
Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983

                                      I-13


<PAGE>


Project) Series D Senior Mortgage; (ii) $8,500,000 New Jersey Economic
Development Authority Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc. - 1983 Project) Series E Senior Mortgage; (iii) $5,000,000 New
Jersey Economic Development Authority Economic Development Bond (Holt Hauling
and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) 1995 Series J; (iv) indebtedness
secured by a mortgage made by the Company to the City of Gloucester City, dated
March 15, 1984 in the original principal amount equal to $3,345,533; (v)
indebtedness secured by a mortgage made by the Company to the City of Gloucester
City dated April 18, 1984, in the original principal amount equal to $250,000;
(vi) indebtedness secured by a mortgage made by the Company to the City of
Gloucester City dated August 22, 1984 in the original principal amount equal to
$2,000,000; (vii) $10,000,000 New Jersey Economic Development Authority
Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983
Project) Series G Refunding (Non-AMT); (viii) $9,000,000 New Jersey Economic
Development Authority Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc.-1983 Project) Series H Refunding (AMT); (ix) $6,140,000 New Jersey
Economic Development Authority Economic Development Bond (777 Pattison Ave.,
Inc. - 1988 and 1989 Projects) 1992 Refunding Series; (x) $7,000,000
Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (Refrigerated
Enterprises, Inc. Project) Series of 1992; and (xi) $18,500,000 Camden County
Improvement Authority Lease Revenue Bonds (Dockside Refrigerated Warehouses,
Inc. Project) Series 1994 and any Senior Indebtedness secured by a lien on the
Mortgaged Premises senior to the lien securing the Bonds incurred hereafter by
the Company or any Affiliate in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.

         "S & P" means Standard & Poor's Corporation.

         "State" means the State of New Jersey.

         "Subsidiary" means any entity of which at least a majority of the
outstanding stock having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a
majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether
or not at the time stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall
have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingencies)
is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Company or one
or more of its subsidiaries.

         "Substantial User" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax
Certificate.

         "Tax Certificate" means the Tax Regulatory Agreement entered into
between the Issuer and the Company on the Closing Date.

         "Taxes" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(o) and 7.3(a)
hereof.

                                      I-14


<PAGE>


         "Term" or "Lease Term" means the term of this Agreement as specified in
Article V hereof.

         "Terminal" means the marine terminal complex owned by the Company and
located on the land more particularly described in Schedule A of the Company
Mortgage.

         "Trustee" means The Bank of New York (NJ), a state banking corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, and its
successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation or
merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor trustee at
the time serving as successor trustee under the Indenture. "Principal Office"
of the Trustee means the address specified in Section 12.04 of the Indenture or
such other address as may be designated in writing to the Issuer and the
Company.

         "Underwriter" means PaineWebber Incorporated and its successors and
assigns.

         "Uniform Commercial Code" means the Uniform Commercial Code, Title 12A
of the New Jersey Statutes, as enacted and in force and effect in the State.

         "Yield" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Certificate.

         Section 1.2. Interpretation and Construction. In this Lease Agreement,
unless the context otherwise requires:

         (1) Articles and Sections mentioned by number only are the respective
Articles and Sections of this Lease Agreement so numbered as originally
executed;

         (2) Words importing a particular gender mean and include every other
gender, and words importing the singular number mean and include the plural
number and vice versa;

         (3) Words importing persons mean and include firms, associations,
partnerships (including limited partnerships), societies, trusts, public or
private corporations or other legal entities, including public or governmental
bodies, as well as natural persons;

         (4) Any headings preceding the texts of the several Articles and
Sections of this Lease Agreement, and any table of contents or marginal notes
appended to copies hereof, shall be solely for convenience of reference and
shall not constitute a part of this Lease Agreement, nor shall they affect its
meaning, construction or effect;

                                      I-15


<PAGE>


         (5) If any clause, provision or section of this Lease Agreement or the
application thereof to any circumstance shall be ruled invalid or unenforceable
by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable any of the remaining provisions hereof or the application
of such clause, provision or section to circumstances other than those as to
which it is held invalid or unenforceable; and

         (6) References herein to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Company and the
Purchaser shall include their respective successors and assigns.

                               [END OF ARTICLE I]

                                      I-16


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II

                         REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND
                                   WARRANTIES

         Section 2.1. Representations and Covenants of the Issuer.

         (a) The Issuer represents and covenants that:

         (1) The Issuer is a public body politic and corporate and an
instrumentality exercising essential governmental functions, duly organized and
existing under the Act. Under the provisions of the Act, the Issuer is
authorized to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Lease Agreement,
the Ground Lease, the Issuer's Mortgage and the Indenture and to carry out its
obligations hereunder and thereunder. The Issuer has been duly authorized to
execute and deliver this Agreement, the Ground Lease, the Issuer's Mortgage and
the Indenture and the other Lease Documents to which it is a party.

         (2) The Issuer covenants that it will not pledge the amounts derived
from this Lease Agreement other than as contemplated by the Indenture.

         (b) All covenants, stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations
of the Issuer set forth herein shall be deemed to be the covenants,
stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations of the Issuer and not of any
member, officer or employee of the Issuer in his or her individual capacity, and
no recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal or redemption price of
or interest on the Bonds or for any claim based thereon or hereunder against any
member, officer or employee of the Issuer or any person executing the Bonds.

         Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
represents and warrants that:

         (a) Corporate Status. Each of the Company and each Affiliate is a duly
organized and validly existing corporation in good standing under the laws of
the state of its incorporation. Each of the Company and each Affiliate is duly
qualified or licensed as a foreign corporation in good standing in every
jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such
qualification or licensing necessary.

         (b) Corporate Power and Authority. Each of the Company and each
Affiliate has the corporate power and authority to own its property and assets
and to transact the business in which it is engaged or presently proposes to
engage. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate is in violation of any provision
of its Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. Each of the Company and each
Affiliate has the corporate power and authority to execute,

                                      II-1


<PAGE>


deliver, perform its obligations under, and consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the other Lease Documents to which it is a
party; and has taken all necessary corporate action (including, without
limitation, any consent of stockholders required by law or by its charter or
by-laws) to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of
the other Lease Documents to which it is a party. This Agreement and the Lease
Documents to which the Company is a party each constitutes the legal, valid, and
binding obligations of the Company, in accordance with their terms subject to
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar laws relating to creditors'
rights generally.

         (c) No Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or
investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or any Affiliate,
threatened against or affecting the Company or any Affiliate, their officers, or
any of their respective properties, by or before any court, arbitrator or
governmental, administrative, or public body or agency, nor to the best
knowledge of the Company is there any basis therefor, which might result in any
material adverse change in the operations, business, property, or assets or in
the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company or any Affiliate which
involves the possibility of materially adversely affecting the ability of the
Company to comply with this Agreement or any of the other Lease Documents to
which the Company is a party, or which would adversely affect, in any way, the
validity or enforceability of the Bonds, this Agreement, any of the Lease
Documents to which the Company is a party, or any agreement or instrument to
which the Company or any Affiliate is a party, used or contemplated for use in
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither the Company
nor any Affiliate is in default in any material respect with respect to any
judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, rule or regulation of any
governmental instrumentality or agency.

         (d) No Violation.

         (i) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Lease
Documents, nor the consummation of any of the transactions herein or therein
contemplated, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions
hereof or thereof, will contravene any provision of any law, statute, rule or
regulation to which the Company or any Affiliate is subject or any judgment,
decree, license, order, or permit applicable to the Company or any Affiliate, or
will conflict or be inconsistent with, or will result in any breach of, any of
the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default
under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien, security interest,
charge or encumbrance whatsoever upon any of the property or assets of the
Company or an Affiliate pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed
of trust, agreement, or other instrument to which the Company or any Affiliate
is a party or by which any of

                                      II-2


<PAGE>


them may be bound, or to which any of them may be subject, or violate any
provision of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any Affiliate.

         (ii) Neither the Company nor any Affiliate is a party to any contract
or agreement or subject to any charter or other corporate restriction which
materially and adversely affects its business, property, assets or financial
condition. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate is a party to, or otherwise
subject to, any provision contained in any instrument evidencing Indebtedness of
the Company or such Affiliate, any agreement relating thereto, or any other
contract or agreement (including its charter) which restricts or otherwise
limits the incurring of the Indebtedness to be represented by this Agreement and
the other Lease Documents which has not been waived in connection with such
Indebtedness.

         (e) Governmental Approval. No consent or approval of, or filing with,
or exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority is required to
authorize, or is required in connection with the execution, delivery, and
performance of, this Agreement, any of the other Lease Documents, or of any of
the instruments or agreements herein or therein referred to, or the taking of
any action hereby or thereby contemplated. Each of the Company and each
Affiliate and the Project is in compliance in all material respects with all
applicable requirements of all federal, state, regional and local laws and with
rules and regulations of federal, state, regional and local governmental and
regulatory bodies. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the Company, each
Affiliate and the Project is in compliance with all applicable environmental
laws, except as disclosed in the reports of Pennoni Associates, Inc.,
respectively dated March 7, 1994, April 11, 1995 and January 29, 1996,
heretofore furnished by the Company to the Issuer, the Underwriter and the
Purchaser.

         (f) Compliance with ERISA. The pension or other employee benefit plans
which are established or maintained by the Company and its Affiliates (the
"Plans"), if any, are in substantial compliance with ERISA; no Plan is insolvent
or in reorganization; no plan has an accumulated or waived funding deficiency
within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code; neither the Company nor any of
its Affiliates, nor any other Person treated as part of the same "controlled
group" as the Company or any Affiliate within the meaning of Paragraph 414 of
the Code, has incurred any material liability (including any material contingent
liability) to or on account of a Plan pursuant to Paragraph 4062, 4063, 4064,
4201, or 4204 of ERISA or expects to incur any liability under any of the
foregoing Paragraphs on account of the termination of participation in or
contributions to any such Plan; no proceedings have been instituted to terminate
any Plan; no condition exists which presents a material risk to the Company or
any of its Affiliates, respectively, of incurring a liability to or on account
of a Plan pursuant to any of the foregoing Paragraphs of

                                      II-3


<PAGE>


ERISA; and no lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of the Company
or any of its Affiliates exists or is likely to arise on account of any Plan.

         (g) Title to Property. The Company and each of its Affiliates have good
and marketable title to all of their respective properties and assets, and the
Company has a good and valid leasehold in the Project, and all such properties
and assets are owned or leased free and clear of Liens, except (A) materialmen's
and mechanic's Liens which do not materially detract from the value or interfere
with the present or anticipated business use of the properties subject thereto,
and (B) Permitted Encumbrances. Upon execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the documents contemplated hereby and upon any filings or recordings made in
connection therewith, the Company Mortgage will be a valid lien on the Project
subject and subordinate only to Permitted Encumbrances.

         (h) Tax Returns. All tax returns and tax reports of the Company and
each former and present Affiliate required by law to be filed have been duly
filed, and all taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges or levies
(other than those presently payable without penalty and those currently being
contested in good faith for which adequate reserves have been established) upon
the Company, or any of its former or present Affiliates (or any of their
properties) which are due and payable have been paid in full. The charges,
accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its Affiliates in respect
of federal income tax for all periods are adequate in the opinion of the
Company.

         (i) Disclosure. There is no fact known to the Company which materially
adversely affects or in the future may (so far as the Company can now foresee)
materially adversely affect the business, property, assets, or financial
condition of the Company or any Affiliate which has not been disclosed to the
Issuer and the Purchaser.

         (j) The Project. The Project is included within the definition of a
"public facility" in the Act and the Company will operate or cause the Project
to be operated as a "public facility" under the Act.

         (k) Compliance with Laws. The Company will cause the Project to be
constructed and operated in accordance with the laws, rulings, regulations, and
ordinances of federal and state governmental bodies and the departments,
agencies and political subdivisions thereof. The Company has obtained or caused
to be obtained all requisite approvals or permits or licenses of the State and
of other federal, state, regional and local governmental bodies for the
operation of the Project, and will obtain or cause to be obtained any such
approvals, permits or licenses as may be required in the future from time to
time.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

         (1) Information in Application Accurate. All information and data
contained in the Application relating to the Company were true, correct, and
complete in all material respects as of the respective dates thereof. Aside from
financial information relating to the Company, which information has not been
updated since the dates of submission of the Application, no information has
been omitted therefrom which would make the Application misleading in any
material respect, and the Application does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact and does not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to
make the statements contained therein not misleading or incomplete.

         (m) No Untrue Statements. The representations, statements, and
warranties of the Company set forth in the Application, this Agreement, or any
other Lease Document (1) are true, correct, and complete in all material
respects, (2) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact, and (3) do
not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained herein or therein not misleading or incomplete. The Company
understands that all such statements, representations, and warranties have been
relied upon as an inducement by the Issuer to issue the Bonds and the Purchaser
to purchase the Bonds.

         (n) Brokerage Commissions. Except for a fee payable to the Underwriter,
no Person is entitled to receive from the Company or any other Person any
brokerage commission, finder's fee, or similar fee or payment in connection with
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         (o) ownership of Guarantors. Thomas Holt owns not less than eighty
(80%) percent of the issued and outstanding voting stock of each Guarantor other
than Dockside International Fish Co., Inc., of which he owns seventy (70%)
percent of the issued and outstanding voting stock, and other than Wilmington
Stevedores, Inc. one hundred (100%) percent of the stock of which is owned by
Murphy Marine Services, Inc.

         (p) Inactive Affiliates. The following entities are inactive and have
no assets or revenues: Holt Cargo Systems of California, Inc., Holt Warehousing
Company, Marine Information Technology, Inc., T. and L. Leasing Corp., Broadway
Equipment Leasing Corp. If any such entity becomes active or obtains assets or
revenues, the Company shall cause it, if it is an Affiliate, to become a
Guarantor upon the occurrence of such event.

         (q) Agrgements with Working Capital Credit Provider. The Company is in
good standing under its July 20, 1995 loan agreement with Meridian Bank and any
other existing credit facilities with Meridian Bank (collectively, the "Meridian
Agreements"). The Company has received no communications from Meridian Bank as
to any defaults or potential defaults under the

                                      II-5


<PAGE>


Meridian Agreements. The Company will notify the Bondholders promptly upon
receipt of any communication from Meridian Bank alleging that the Company is in
default or potential default under the Meridian Agreements or to the effect that
the Meridian Agreements or the availability of additional advances of credit
thereunder have been terminated or suspended.

         Section 2.3. Environmental Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

         (a) The Company represents and warrants that:

         (i) the Company has never discharged any radioactive substances and is
not in any way responsible for the presence of radioactive substances at the
Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. Marine Terminal Facility in
Gloucester, New Jersey (the "Facility");

         (ii) the release of radioactive substances at the Company and any
damage resulting therefrom were caused solely by the act or omission of a third
party other than (a) an employee or agent of the Company or (b) one whose act or
omission occurred in connection with a contractual relationship existing
directly or indirectly with the Company;

         (iii) the Company has done nothing to disturb the radioactive
substances located at the facility and otherwise has exercised due care with
respect to the radioactive substances concerned, taking into consideration the
characteristics of such radioactive substances, in light of all relevant facts
and circumstances;

         (iv) the Company has taken precautions against (a) foreseeable acts or
omissions of any third party described in paragraph (ii) above, and (b) the
consequences that could forseeably result from such acts or omissions;

         (v) the Company acquired the Facility in 1970, after the disposal,
discharge or placement of the radioactive substances on, in or at the Facility;

         (vi) at the time the Company acquired the Facility, the Company did not
know and had no reason to know that any radioactive substances were disposed of
on, in or at the Facility;

         (vii) the Company undertook, at the time of acquisition, all
appropriate inquiry into the previous ownership and uses of the property
consistent with good commercial and customary practice; and

                                      II-6


<PAGE>


         (viii) the Company was first advised of the existence of radioactive
substances on its property by the New Jersey Department of Environmental
Protection in February, 1991.

         (b) The Company covenants that it shall complete the actions described
in Section 5. 07 (c) (i) - (v) of the Indenture (other than receipt of No
Further Action letters from the State of New Jersey) no later than April 30,
1996 and that is shall diligently pursue such No Further Action letters and the
delivery of the report from Pennoni Associates referenced in Section 5.07(c) of
the Indenture.

         Section 2.4. Covenants of the Company. The Company agrees that, so long
as any of the Bonds are outstanding or any amounts are due under this Agreement
or under any of the Lease Documents, it shall comply and shall cause each of its
Affiliates to comply with the following provisions:

         (a) Compliance with Agreement. The Company shall observe and perform
all of its obligations under this Agreement and the Lease Documents to which it
is a party. The Company shall fully and faithfully perform all the duties and
obligations which the Issuer has covenanted and agreed in the Indenture to cause
the Company to perform and any duties and obligations which the Company is
required in the Indenture to perform.

         (b) Notice of Default, Litigation, Etc.

         (i) The Company shall furnish to the Trustee as soon as possible and in
any event within five (5) Business Days after the discovery by any executive
officer of the Company of any Default, a certificate setting forth the details
of such Default, and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect
thereto.

         (ii) The Company shall give prompt notice to the Trustee of any
litigation or governmental proceeding pending, involving or, to its knowledge,
threatened against the Company or any Affiliate which (A) involves an uninsured
claim or the uninsured portion or deductible of an insured claim which is over
$500,000 or (B) if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on
the business or financial condition of the Company or any Affiliate.

         (c) Corporate Existence. The Company covenants that it shall maintain
its corporate existence in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, shall cause each of its Affiliates to maintain its corporate
existence in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of
incorporation, and shall maintain, in each jurisdiction where material to the
business of the Company or any of its Affiliates or the maintenance of the
Collateral, its and each of their right to transact business in

                                      II-7


<PAGE>


each jurisdiction in which the nature of its or their business or the character
of the properties which it or they own or lease requires qualification as a
foreign corporation and where failure to so qualify would permanently preclude
the Company or any of its Affiliates, as the case may be, from enforcing its
rights with respect to its assets. No Affiliate shall be incorporated in any
jurisdiction if the laws of such jurisdiction would restrict or otherwise
adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the
Lease Documents. The Company and each Affiliate will comply in all material
respects with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and
requirements of governmental authorities, except where the necessity of
compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
the effect of non compliance during such contest will not have a material
adverse effect upon the business, properties, or condition, financial or
otherwise, of the Company or any Affiliate or result in the imposition of any
Lien on the properties of any of them (unless the enforcement of any such Lien
has been and continues to be effectively stayed). The Company will and will
cause its Affiliates to preserve and keep in full force and effect all rights,
licenses, registrations, and franchises necessary (i) to the proper conduct of
its or their business or affairs and (ii) to continue to operate its or their
business as presently operated.

         (d) Acquisition, Merger or Consolidation; Sale of Substantially All
Assets. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall sell, lease, assign,
transfer, or otherwise dispose of any assets from and after the date hereof (i)
for less than fair value (such fair value to be conclusively established by an
appraisal in the case of any sale, lease, assignment or other disposition of
assets having an aggregate fair value exceeding $5,000,000) or (ii) if the
combined total of the net book value of all assets sold, leased, or otherwise
assigned or disposed of from and after the date hereof exceeds 25% of Combined
Total Assets of the Company and all of its Affiliates, as the case may be. In
addition, in the event of any sale of any property subject to the Lien of the
Company Mortgage or any part thereof, the Company shall make or set aside in
trust for prepayments or payments of Senior Indebtedness an amount equal to the
sales price of such property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) neither the
Company nor any Affiliate shall sell, lease, or otherwise transfer or dispose of
any asset if, after giving effect to such sale, lease, or other transfer or
disposition, there shall exist any Default, and (ii) the Company and its
Affiliates shall have the right at any time and from time to time, in connection
with the issuance of tax-exempt Indebtedness, to lease, for nominal
consideration, any vacant portion of the property that, after such transaction,
remains subject to the Lien of the Company Mortgage, to any governmental issuer
of tax-exempt bonds, notes or other obligations in order to establish compliance
with the governmental ownership requirement of Section 142 of the Code, without
regard to the provisions of this Section 2.4 (d) but subject and subordinate in
all cases to the lien

                                      II-8


<PAGE>


of the Mortgages, and provided that such lease and the use to be made of the
leased property shall not impair the operations of the Company and its
Affiliates or the value of the Mortgaged Premises and that the Company shall
retain all easements with respect to such leased property that are reasonably
required for the Company's operations.

         Neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall merge or consolidate with
or into or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person,
provided that the Company or any Affiliate may merge or consolidate with or into
or acquire all or substantially all of such assets of another corporation (i) if
the acquiring corporation is a corporation duly organized in good standing under
the laws of a State of the United States, (ii) if each of the representations
and warranties set forth in this Agreement remains true and correct immediately
after giving effect to such merger, consolidation or asset acquisition, (iii) if
the surviving corporation is not a Guarantor, the surviving corporation
expressly assumes all of the covenants and obligations of its predecessor under
the Guaranty, (iv) the surviving corporation could immediately after giving
effect to the transaction, incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to
Paragraph 2.4(h) hereof, (v) if the surviving corporation has rated debt
securities, such debt securities are rated by a nationally recognized credit
rating agency and such rating is investment grade or better (e.g., if by S & P,
"BBB" or better and if by Moody's, "Baa" or better), and (vi) if there shall
be delivered to the Trustee a certificate of the Company stating that none of
the covenants contained in this Agreement will be violated as a result of such
merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets, and such other agreements,
certificates, opinions, and documents as the Trustee shall have reasonably
requested. The Company or any Affiliate agrees to notify the Bondholders of its
intent to merge, consolidate or acquire assets pursuant to this paragraph at
least 10 days prior to entering into any binding agreements with respect to such
acquisition.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right at any
time and from time to time to (i) merge or consolidate any Affiliate with or
into it (provided the Company is the surviving corporation) or with or into any
other Affiliate, or (ii) acquire substantially all of the assets, or cause any
other Affiliate to acquire substantially all of the assets, of any Affiliate
(other than the Company), without regard to the provisions of the immediately
preceding paragraph.

         (e) Financial Statements; Inspections.

         (i) The Company shall cause to be delivered to the Trustee, the Issuer
and any Bondholder owning $500,000 or more in aggregate principal amount of the
Bonds Outstanding who shall request the same in writing from the Company (A) as
soon as

                                      II-9


<PAGE>


available but in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal
Year a combined and combining comparative statement of income, reconciliation of
capital accounts and related balance sheets for the Company and its Affiliates,
for such year prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied and in reasonable detail (such combined
statements to be audited and certified by a firm of certified public accountants
with an unqualified opinion and such combining statements to be unaudited and
certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company), (B) as soon as
available but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first
three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year, a combined comparative statement of
income, reconciliation of capital accounts, and related balance sheet for such
quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then fiscal year to the end
of such quarter, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied (subject to year-end adjustments) and in
reasonable detail (all of which shall be unaudited and certified by the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company) for the Company and its Affiliates, (C) copies
of all such regular or periodic reports, which are available for public
inspection, which the Company may be required to file with any federal or state
department, bureau, commission, or agency, (D) such other financial data as is
reasonably requested and which is reasonably available to the Company, (E)
copies of any statements, notices, certificates, and other information required
to be furnished to the Issuer by the Company under this Agreement on the date
such information is required to be so furnished and (F) commencing on January 1,
1997 and each January 1 thereafter, financial projections of the Company and the
Affiliates prepared by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company for minimum
projection periods of five years, such projections to include a combined balance
sheet, statement of income and retained earnings, statement of changes in
financial position, statement of changes in working capital and relevant
assumptions. In addition, the Company shall deliver within 90 days after the end
of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year to any Bondholder
owning $500,000 or more in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds Outstanding
who shall request the same in writing from the Company combining statements for
any such reporting period during which the Company's investment in any Affiliate
shall account for 5% or more of Combined Tangible Net Worth or 5% or more of
combined sales and revenues, such combining statements to be unaudited and
certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. All financial
statements specified in clauses (A) and (B) above shall be furnished in combined
comparative form for the Company and its Affiliates with comparative figures for
the corresponding period in the preceding year, and shall be accompanied by a
certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, with
appropriate documentation substantiating all financial calculations, stating
that there exists no Default or, if any such Default exists, stating the nature
thereof and what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

                                      II-10

<PAGE>


         (ii) The Company shall permit, and shall cause each of its Affiliates
to permit, any Person designated by the Issuer, the Trustee or any Bondholder
(including any prospective Bondholder), at their own expense, to visit and
inspect the properties of the Company and each of its Affiliates and to examine
the books and records, including financial records of the Company and its
Affiliates, and to make or obtain copies or extracts thereof or of the materials
described in clause (i), and to discuss the affairs, finances, and accounts of
the Company and its Affiliates, with its and their officers, at such reasonable
times as the Issuer, the Trustee or such Bondholder may reasonably request. The
Trustee shall have no obligation to review any financial statements delivered
hereunder for form or content.

         (iii) As a condition of providing any non-public reports, financial or
operating data or other non-public information to any Bondholder pursuant to any
of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall have the right to require
that such Bondholder agree in writing not to disclose the same to any Person
(except in the ordinary course of such Bondholder's business and except as
otherwise required by law or legal process) without the prior written consent of
the Company.

         (f) Restricted Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates
shall make any Restricted Payment or set aside any funds therefor unless, after
giving effect thereto, the aggregate of such Restricted Payments for all such
purposes subsequent to the Closing Date would not exceed the sum (as in effect
from time to time, hereinafter referred to as the "Distribution Fund") of (i)
50% of the Company's Cumulative Combined Net Income subsequent to December 31,
1994 so long as the Company's Combined Tangible Net Worth is greater than
$44,280,093, (ii) the aggregate of the net cash proceeds received by the Company
from any issuance or sale of capital shares of the Company subsequent to the
Closing Date, and (iii) the aggregate of the net cash proceeds received by the
Company from any issuance of any Indebtedness of the Company which has been
converted into capital shares of the Company subsequent to the Closing Date,
which amount shall be added to the Distribution Fund only after such conversion.
For the sole purpose of applying the provisions of this Section 2.4(f) to any
Restricted Payment to be made to enable any shareholder of the Company or any
Affiliate to pay any Extraordinary Tax Liability, 50% of any cash received
during any fiscal year on account of any extraordinary or nonrecurring items of
income or non-operating revenues or revenues other than operating revenues that
produced an Extraordinary Tax Liability and not included or includable in Net
Income may be distributed to the Person who owes or has paid the Extraordinary
Tax Liability to the extent needed to pay or reimburse such Person for such
Extraordinary Tax Liability. No Restricted Payment may be made in other than
cash or securities which are actively traded on a nationally recognized public
market and have a readily ascertainable market value (which value shall be the
amount of such

                                     II-11


<PAGE>


Restricted Payment), unless the Company shall have received a report from an
independent recognized appraiser as to the fair value of the property to be
distributed or transferred, in which case the amount of such Restricted Payment
shall be deemed to be the greater of its fair value (as determined by such
appraiser) or its net book value on the books of the Company. Notwithstanding
any of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, neither the Company nor any
Affiliate shall make any Restricted Payment if at the time or after giving
effect thereto, there shall exist any Default.

         (g) Maintenance of Combined Tangible Net Worth. The Company shall at
all times maintain a Combined Tangible Net Worth of (i) not less than
$44,280,093 plus 50% of the Company's Aggregate Combined Net Income at the end
of each fiscal year subsequent to the fiscal year ending December 31, 1994 and
(ii) not less than 25% of Combined Long Term Indebtedness but in no event less
than $44,280,093.

         (h) Limitation of Total Indebtedness and Long Term Indebtedness. (i)
Neither the Company nor any Affiliates shall incur additional Indebtedness or
make any Restricted Payment if, at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and
after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent reduction of Indebtedness or
at the time such Restricted Payment is proposed to be made, Combined
Indebtedness ("CI") exceeds or would exceed, for Indebtedness incurred or a
Restricted Payment made (A) up to and including December 30, 1996, 410% of
Combined Tangible Net Worth, (B) on and after December 31, 1996 and up to
December 30, 1997, 380% of Combined Tangible Net Worth, (C) on and after
December 31, 1997 and up to December 30, 1998, 355% of Combined Tangible Net
Worth, (D) on and after December 31, 1998 and up to December 30, 2000, 325% of
Combined Tangible Net Worth, and (E) on and after December 31, 2000, 300% of
Combined Tangible Net Worth. Prior to the incurrence of any additional
Indebtedness or the making of any Restricted Payment, in each case in excess of
$1,000,000, the Company shall submit or cause to be submitted to the Trustee a
certificate of the Chief Financial Officer stating the amount of additional
Indebtedness to be incurred or the amount of the Restricted Payment to be made
and that subsequent to incurring such additional Indebtedness or making such
Restricted Payment, the Company shall be in compliance with this covenant.

         (ii) Prior to December 31, 1996, neither the Company nor its Affiliates
shall incur additional Long Term Indebtedness in an aggregate amount in excess
of $8,000,000 unless, after giving effect to such additional Long Term
Indebtedness and to any concurrent reduction in Long Term Indebtedness, CI shall
not exceed 380% of Combined Tangible Net Worth. For purposes of this Section
2.4(h) the term "Long Term Indebtedness" (A) shall exclude any Indebtedness
outstanding under a revolving credit or similar agreement providing for
borrowings (and renewals and extensions

                                      II-12



<PAGE>


thereof) over a period equal to or more than one year if such Indebtedness is
payable on demand or not more than two years after a borrowing on such credit
facility, and (B) shall include Operating Lease Debt.

         (i) Limitation on Balloon Indebtedness. Neither the Company nor any of
its Affiliates shall incur any Balloon Indebtedness (other than Refunding Senior
Indebtedness incurred to refinance Senior Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the
Mortgaged Premises senior to the Lien of the Mortgages or Indebtedness
consisting of a working capital line of credit) unless the Company delivers to
the Trustee a certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer that the
amount available in the Distribution Fund described in subsection (f) as of the
date of issuance of such Balloon Indebtedness (after deduction of any Restricted
Payments previously made from such Distribution Fund) does not exceed the
principal amount of such Balloon Indebtedness. For purposes of subsection (f),
the Company shall be deemed to have made a Restricted Payment in the amount of
the principal of such Balloon Indebtedness on the date such Balloon Indebtedness
is incurred, and the amount available in the Distribution Fund for future
Restricted Payments shall be reduced accordingly.

         (j) Cash Flow. The Combined Cash Flow of the Company shall not be less
than $8,000,000 at the end of any Fiscal Year, commencing January 1, 1996.

         (k) Limitations on Secured Indebtedness. After the date hereof, neither
the Company nor any Affiliate shall incur additional Senior Indebtedness
(including interest which has accrued and is being deferred) other than
Refunding Senior Indebtedness (as defined below), unless (i) at the time it is
incurred and after giving effect thereto, the Security Ratio would be not less
than 2.2 to 1; (ii) the Trustee, the Issuer and the Bondholders shall have been
provided with an appraisal performed not more than two years prior to such
incurrence by an independent appraiser of recognized standing and not
unacceptable to the Trustee in its reasonable discretion of the value of the
property subject to the liens of the Mortgages, which value shall be determined
in accordance with the methodology used in the appraisal dated August 2, 1995 by
Louis A. Iatorola to arrive at an appraised value as of June 30, 1995 of
$164,000,000; (iii) at the time of or after giving effect to the incurrence of
such Senior Indebtedness, there shall not exist any Default, and (iv) the
Company shall have furnished to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Bondholders a
certificate of its Chief Financial Officer demonstrating in reasonable detail
compliance by the Company and such Affiliate with the provisions of this
subparagraph (k). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of the first
sentence of this subparagraph (k) shall not apply to Refunding Senior
Indebtedness. In addition, in connection with the incurrence of any Refunding
Senior Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder, the Trustee

                                     II-13
<PAGE>


shall, upon the request and written direction of the Company, prior to
the effective date of such Refunding Senior Indebtedness, execute and deliver a
subordination of the Mortgages (but not of the Ground Lease) to the Mortgage
securing such Refunding Senior Indebtedness (but only if the Mortgages were
subordinate to the mortgage securing the Senior Indebtedness refunded by such
Refunding Senior Indebtedness), provided that the mortgagee for such Refunding
Senior Indebtedness shall execute and deliver any coordinate lien,
non-disturbance or other agreement to which the trustee for the Senior
Indebtedness to be refunded by the Refunding Senior Indebtedness is a party and
relating to the Senior Indebtedness to be refunded. Except in the case of
Refunding Senior Indebtedness issued to refinance Senior Indebtedness secured by
a Lien on the Mortgaged Premises that is senior to the Lien of the Mortgages,
neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall incur any Indebtedness secured by a
lien on the Mortgaged Premises, or any portion thereof, that is senior to the
Lien of the Mortgages. As a condition to the issuance of any Senior Indebtedness
secured by a lien on the Mortgaged Premises, or any portion thereof, that is on
a parity with the lien of the Mortgages ("Parity Indebtedness"), the trustee for
or holders of such Parity Indebtedness shall execute with the Trustee a third
lien coordinate lien agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit D. As a further condition to the issuance of any Parity Indebtedness,
the Company shall deliver to the Trustee and the Issuer a Pro Rata Amortization
Schedule. A "Pro Rata Amortization Schedule" shall be a schedule setting forth
for each year (beginning with the year in which the Parity Indebtedness is
issued) (i) the respective amounts of principal of the Bonds and of the Parity
Indebtedness coming due in such year by reason of maturity or mandatory
redemption or purchase, (ii) the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of
the Bonds Outstanding as of the date the Parity Indebtedness is issued and
percentage of the initial principal amount of the Parity Indebtedness
represented by the respective principal payment made in each such year, and
(iii) the cumulative percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Bonds
Outstanding as of the date the Parity Indebtedness is issued and the cumulative
percentage of the initial principal amount of the Parity Indebtedness paid as of
each such year. No Parity Indebtedness shall be issued unless the applicable Pro
Rata Amortization Schedule shows that the cumulative percentage of the Bonds
scheduled to be paid as of each year equals or exceeds the cumulative percentage
of such Parity Indebtedness scheduled to be paid as of such year. For purposes
of this Agreement, the term "Refunding Senior Indebtedness" shall mean Senior
Indebtedness which is the first or any subsequent refinancing of Senior
Indebtedness, but only to the extent that the principal amount of the Senior
Indebtedness so incurred does not exceed the then outstanding amount of the
refinanced Senior Indebtedness. The Company and its Affiliates shall have the
right to incur Indebtedness having a Lien on the property subject to the lien of
the Mortgages or any part thereof which is subordinate to the Lien


                                     II-14
<PAGE>


of the Mortgages and the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under
this Agreement or any of the other Lease Documents if, but only if, either (i)
such Indebtedness meets the requirements for the issuance of Parity Indebtedness
or (ii) such Indebtedness is subject to a standstill agreement in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit E.

         (l) Investments in Affiliates, Etc. Neither the Company nor any
Affiliate shall purchase any capital stock or other security issued by, make any
loan, advance, or extension of credit to, purchase any of the business or
integral part of the business of, or otherwise make any investment in, any
Affiliate, or any other Person if, immediately before or after giving effect
thereto, there shall exist any Default.

         (m) Compliance with ERISA. The Company and each of its Affiliates shall
meet all minimum funding requirements applicable to any Plans which are subject
to ERISA or to Section 412 of the Code and will at all times comply in all
material respects with the provisions of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code which
are applicable to the Plans. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate will permit
any event or condition to exist which would permit any of the Plans which is not
a multiemployer plan to be terminated under circumstances which would cause the
lien provided for in Section 4068 of ERISA to attach to the assets of the
Company or any Affiliate. Promptly after the occurrence of a "reportable event",
as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, or after the Company or any Affiliate
receives notice that the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation has instituted or
intends to institute termination proceedings with respect to any Plan, and prior
to the termination of any Plan by the administrator thereof, the Company shall
notify the Trustee in writing and provide such documentation, data and other
information with respect thereto as the Trustee at the written direction of the
Bondowners of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds Outstanding shall
reasonably request. The Trustee shall give written notice to the Bondowners of
any notification received by it hereunder and shall provide to any Bondowner
requesting same access to, copies of or extracts from any documents, data or
other written information received by it pursuant hereto.

         (n) Transactions with Related Parties. Neither the Company nor any
Affiliate shall engage in or effect any transactions with any Related Party on a
basis less favorable to the Company or such Affiliate, as the case may be, than
would be the case if such transaction had been effected with a Person which was
not a Related Party.

                                     II-15
<PAGE>


         (o) Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges.

               (i) The Company covenants that it and each of its Affiliates
          shall duly and punctually pay all taxes, assessments (including
          deficiency assessments), and governmental charges or levies of any
          kind whatsoever ("Taxes") imposed on it or on its respective income or
          profits or on any of its respective properties or assets, including,
          without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any taxes levied
          upon the Mortgaged Premises which, if not paid, will become a Lien or
          charge upon the Mortgaged Premises or upon any payment pursuant to
          this Agreement, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto.
          The Company shall also pay all utility, water and sewer rents, and
          other charges incurred in connection with the Mortgaged Premises and
          all assessments and charges lawfully made by any governmental body for
          public improvements that may be secured by a Lien on the Mortgaged
          Premises or any of its assets.

               (ii) The Company may, at its own expense and in its own name and
          in good faith, contest any such taxes, assessments, and other charges,
          provided that such contest shall not result in a lien being placed on
          the Mortgaged Premises or any part thereof or result in the Mortgaged
          Premises being subject to loss or forfeiture, and further provided
          that the Company gives notice in writing of such contest to the Issuer
          and the Trustee. Nothing herein shall preclude the Company, at its own
          expense and in its own name and behalf, from applying for any tax
          exemption allowed by the federal government, the State, or any
          political subdivision which grants or may grant such tax exemption.

         (p) Ratio of Combined Net Income Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation
and Amortization/Interest. The ratio of Combined Net Income Before Interest,
Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization to Combined Interest Charges calculated as
of the end of each fiscal quarter beginning March 31, 1996 for the period
including such fiscal quarter and the immediately preceding three fiscal
quarters will be at least (i) 1.75 for each of said periods ending prior to
December 30, 1998 and (ii) 2.00 for each of said periods thereafter.

         (q) Ratio of Combined Net Income Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation
and Amortization/Total Indebtedness. The ratio of Combined Net Income Before
Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization to Combined Indebtedness,
expressed as a percentage and calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter
for the period including such fiscal quarter and the immediately preceding three
fiscal quarters will be at least (i) 11% for each said period ending prior to
December 31, 1996, (ii) 12% for each said period ending on and after December
31, 1996 and prior to December 30, 1997, (iii) 14% for each said period ending
on and after December 31, 1997 and prior to December 30, 1998, (iv) 15% for each
said

                                     II-16
<PAGE>


period ending on and after December 31, 1998, and prior to December 30, 1999,
and (v) 16% for each said period ending on and after December 31, 1999.


                              (END OF ARTICLE II)

                                     II-17
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III

               ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS; CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT

         Section 3.1. Agreement to Issue the Bonds: Application of Bond
Proceeds. In order to provide funds to finance the acquisition of the Project,
the Issuer, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, will issue, sell,
and deliver the Bonds. The Issuer will deposit the net proceeds of the Bonds
with the Trustee to be applied to acquire the Project.

         Section 3.2. Disbursements from the Project Fund. The issuer has, in
the Indenture, authorized and directed the Trustee to disburse the Bond proceeds
on the Closing Date from the Project Fund to acquire the Project. The Trustee
shall not make any disbursement from the Project Fund until the Company has
provided the Trustee with a Requisition acknowledged by the Issuer and approved
by the Construction Monitor (except as otherwise provided in Section 7.1(a)
hereof) and the other documents required by Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

         Section 3.3. Furnishing Documents to the Trustee. The Issuer agrees to
cause such Requisitions to be directed to the Trustee as may be necessary to
effect payments out of the Project Fund in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof.

         Section 3.4. Special Arbitrage Certifications. The Issuer and the
Company covenants not to cause or direct any moneys on deposit in any fund or
account to be used in a manner which would cause the Bonds to be classified as
"arbitrage bonds" within the meaning of Section 148 of the Code, and the Company
certifies and covenants to and for the benefit of the Issuer and the Owners of
the Bonds that so long as there are any Bonds Outstanding, moneys on deposit in
any fund or account in connection with the transactions contemplated herein,
whether such moneys were derived from the proceeds of the sale of the Bonds or
from any other sources, will not be used in a manner which will cause the Bonds
to be classified as "arbitrage bonds" within the meaning of Section 148 of the
Code.

         Section 3.5. Agreement to Construct the Project. The Company agrees to
construct the Project in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the
plans and specifications therefor with all reasonable dispatch and to use its
best efforts to cause said construction to be completed as soon as practicable,
delays incident to strikes, riots, and acts of God or the public enemy beyond
the reasonable control of the Company only excepted, but if said construction is
not completed within the time herein contemplated there shall be no diminution
in or postponement or abatement of the payments required to be paid by the
Company under Article VI of this Agreement. Upon completion of the Project, the


                                     III-1
<PAGE>


Company shall provide to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Bondholders a
completion certificate executed by a Company Representative and acknowledged by
the Construction Monitor.

         Section 3.6. Company Required to Pay Project Costs if Project Fund
Insufficient. If the moneys in the Project Fund available for payment of the
Costs of the Project should not be sufficient to pay the Costs thereof in full,
the Company agrees to complete the Project and to pay all that portion of the
Costs of the Project as may be in excess of the moneys available therefor in the
Project Fund. The Issuer does not make any warranty, either express or implied,
that the moneys which will be paid into the Project Fund and which, under the
provisions hereof, will be available for payment of the Costs of the Project,
will be sufficient to pay all the Costs which will be incurred in that
connection. The Company agrees that if after exhaustion of the moneys in the
Project Fund the Company should pay any portion of the Costs of the Project
pursuant to the provisions of this Section it shall not be entitled to any
reimbursement therefor from the Issuer or from the Trustee or from the Owners of
any of the Bonds, nor shall it be entitled to any diminution in or postponement
or abatement of the payments required to be made by the Company under Article VI
of this Agreement.

                              [END OF ARTICLE III]

                                     III-2
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IV

                               LEASING OF PROJECT

         Section 4.1. Leasing of Project and Project Site. On the terms and
conditions herein set forth, the Issuer hereby demises and leases the Project,
including the Issuer's leasehold interest in the Project Site and all rights,
powers, licenses, easements, rights-of-way, privileges, hereditaments and
franchises now or hereafter situate thereon or pertaining thereto, to the
Company, and the Company hereby takes, hires and leases the Project, including
the Issuer's leasehold interest in the Project Site and all rights, powers,
licenses, easements, rights-of- way, privileges, hereditaments and franchises
now or hereafter situate thereon or pertaining thereto, from the Issuer.

         Section 4.2. Subordination. This Lease Agreement, and all rights of the
Company hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate to the Mortgages.
The provisions of this Section 4.2 shall be self-operative, and no further
instrument of subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such
subordination, the Company shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any
instrument that the Issuer or the Trustee, or any of their respective successors
in interest may reasonably request to evidence such subordination.

         Section 4.3. Possession and Quiet Enjoyment. Subject to compliance by
the Company with the terms hereof, and from and after the effective date hereof,
the Issuer shall provide the Company during the Term of this Lease Agreement
with quiet use and enjoyment of the Project, and the Company shall during such
Lease Term peaceably and quietly have and hold and enjoy the Project and each
and every part thereof, without suit, trouble, molestation or hindrance from the
Issuer or any party claiming under or through the Issuer, except for such rights
of access and other rights of the Issuer as are expressly set forth in this
Lease Agreement, the Ground Lease or the Indenture. The Issuer shall, at the
request of the Company and at the Company's sole cost and expense, join in any
legal action in which the Company asserts its right to such possession and
enjoyment to the extent the Issuer may lawfully do so.

                              [END OF ARTICLE IV]

                                      IV-1


                                      
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V


                       TERM OF LEASE; TERMINATION OF LEASE
                            AGREEMENT BY THE COMPANY;
                         OPTION TO PURCHASE THE PROJECT


         Section 5.1. Term of Lease Aqreement. This Lease Agreement shall be and
remain in effect with respect to the Project and the Project Site for a Lease
Term commencing on the effective date hereof continuing for a term of 25 years
thereafter, unless extended pursuant to Section 5.3 or terminated earlier by the
Issuer upon a Default by the Company as hereinafter defined and described in
Article XI.

         Section 5.2. Termination of this Lease Agreement by the Company.
Except as provided in Article XII hereof, the Company shall not terminate this
Lease Agreement for any reason or cause, including without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, Force Majeure, or any default by the Issuer
hereunder or damage or casualty to or condemnation (of title or a temporary
taking) of the Project or any portions thereof, failure of consideration or of
title, frustration of purpose or circumstances or conditions that may amount to
eviction or constructive eviction of the Company from all or part of the
Project.

         Section 5.3. Option to Renew this Lease Agreement. At the end of the
Lease Term or upon termination of this Agreement (other than resulting from the
occurrence of a Default) and upon payment in full of all the Bonds, the Company
shall have the right to renew this Agreement for three consecutive ten year
terms and a fourth five year term. The rent for each renewal shall be the then
fair rental value of the Project as determined by an independent appraiser
mutually acceptable to the Issuer and the Company. To exercise its renewal
option, the Company shall give the Issuer written notice not later than 12
months prior to the end of the original Lease Term or the most recent renewal
thereof, as the case may be. All costs incurred in connection with the exercise
by the Company of its option hereunder, including the cost of the appraisal,
etc., shall be paid by the Company.

         Section 5.4. Right of First Refusal

         (a) In the event that the Company does not exercise its option to renew
this Agreement as provided in Section 5.3, and the Issuer thereafter receives an
offer from one or more third parties which are not affiliated with the Company,
any Guarantor, or any Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor to lease the
Project, including the Issuer's leasehold interest in the Project Site, the
Issuer shall notify the Company of such offer, and the Company shall have the
option to lease the Project, including the Issuer's leasehold interest in the
Project Site, upon the same terms and


                                      V-1
<PAGE>


conditions as are set forth in the highest third party offer. To exercise its
option, the Company shall give the Issuer written notice within 10 days after
it receives the Issuer's notice of the third party offer.

         (b) In the event the Company exercises its option to purchase the
Project including the Issuer's leasehold interest in the Project Site pursuant
to Section 5.5 hereof and the Bonds are redeemed, the fee interest so acquired
by the Company shall merge with the leasehold interest of the Company hereunder.

         Section 5.5. Option to Purchase the Project. The Company shall have the
right to purchase the Project, including the Issuer's leasehold interest in the
Project Site on any interest payment date during the Lease Term, including any
renewals or extensions thereof. The purchase price shall be the greater of (a)
the fair market value of the Project financed by the net proceeds of the Bonds
(i.e., excluding the Project Site and the Issuer's leasehold interest in the
Project Site), as determined by an independent appraiser mutually acceptable to
the Issuer and the Company or (b) the amount required to redeem the Bonds in
whole pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.02 of the Indenture or to defease the Bonds
pursuant to Article VII of the Indenture, including, but not limited to an
amount equal to principal, interest accrued and to accrue, and redemption
premium, if any, to the date of purchase or, if later, redemption of the Bonds.
To exercise its purchase option, the Company shall give the Issuer written
notice not later than eight months prior to the date of purchase and shall
deliver to the Trustee an opinion of Wolff & Samson or other nationally
recognized bond counsel acceptable to the Owners of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Bonds Outstanding to the effect that such exercise will
not adversely affect the exclusion from gross income of the Holders of the Bonds
for federal income tax purposes of the interest on the Bonds. All costs incurred
in connection with the exercise by the Company of its option hereunder,
including the cost of the appraisal, title work, etc., shall be paid by the
Company.

      In the event the Company exercises its option to purchase the Project,
including the Issuer's interest in the Project Site pursuant to this Section
5.5, the Issuer agrees and directs the Company to transfer to the Trustee the
portion of the purchase price required to redeem the Bonds in whole on the date
of purchase of the Project. The Company covenants and agrees to transfer to the
Issuer the portion of the purchase price in excess of the amount necessary to
redeem the Bonds. Promptly upon receipt from the Company of notice that it shall
exercise its purchase option hereunder, the Issuer shall transmit notice to the
Trustee that the Bonds will be redeemed in whole and directing the Trustee to
(a) transmit notice of redemption to Bondholders in accordance with Section 3.03
of the Indenture and (b) redeem the Bonds in whole on the redemption date.


                                      V-2
<PAGE>


         In the event that the Company exercises its option to purchase the
Project, as set forth above, and becomes the fee owner of the Project and the
Project Site, the Company's fee interest in the Project and the Project Site
shall merge with the Company's leasehold interest under this Agreement.


                               [END OF ARTICLE V]

                                      V-3
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                        RENT AND OTHER REQUIRED PAYMENTS

         Section 6.1. Amounts Payable.

         (a) The Company shall pay to the Issuer as Rent, in immediately
available funds, on or before the fifth day preceding any interest payment date
for the Bonds or preceding any other date that any payment of interest, premium,
if any, or principal is required to be made in respect of the Bonds pursuant to
the Indenture, a sum which, together with the balance on deposit in the Bond
Fund established under the Indenture (taking into account interest earnings on
such Rent until the same is disbursed) and available for the purpose, shall be
sufficient to pay the Aggregate Debt Service that is due on such date, as
provided in the Indenture. All Rent shall be paid directly by the Company in the
full amounts stipulated herein.

         It is understood and agreed that all payments of Rent payable by the
Company under subsection (a) of this Section 6.1 are assigned by the Issuer to
the Trustee for the benefit of the Owners of the Bonds. The Company assents to
such assignment. The Issuer hereby directs the Company and the Company hereby
agrees to pay to the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee all Rent
payments payable by the Company pursuant to this subsection. Payments by the
Company to the Trustee as aforesaid or as otherwise required pursuant to this
Agreement or the other Lease Documents, including, but not limited to, payments
to redeem or defease the Bonds as provided in Section 10.3, shall be sufficient
to discharge the obligation of the Company with respect to the amounts so paid,
and the Company shall not be liable to the Issuer, the Owners or to any other
party by reason of the failure of the Trustee to remit such amounts to the
Owners, or otherwise to apply such amounts, as provided in the Indenture. The
Company further acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Indenture as in
effect on the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement and agrees to all
of the terms and conditions set forth therein.

         (b) The Company will also pay the reasonable expenses of the Issuer
related to the issuance of the Bonds, including the payment on or prior to the
Closing Date of a fee equal to $245,000 and a construction monitoring fee of
$5,000. In the event construction of the Project is not completed within three
months after the Closing Date, the Company shall pay the Issuer on the first day
of each month thereafter an additional construction monitoring fee of $2,000 for
each month or part thereof until construction of the Project is completed. The
Company shall also pay an annual administrative fee to the Issuer in the amount
of $5,000 per year payable on each anniversary of the Closing Date and all
costs and expenses incurred by the Issuer in connection with


                                      VI-1
<PAGE>


the Project, including, but not limited to, auditing and legal expenses.
The Company shall also pay on the Closing Date the fees and expenses of Bond
Counsel, counsel to the Purchaser, counsel to the Issuer and the Issuer's
accountants and financial advisor.

         (c) The Company will also pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the
Trustee under the Indenture and all other amounts which may be payable to the
Trustee under Section 9.02 of the Indenture, such amounts to be paid directly to
the Trustee for the Trustee's own account as and when such amounts become due
and payable.

         (d) In the event the Company should fail to make any of the payments
required in this Section 6.1, the item or installment so in default shall
continue as an obligation of the Company until the amount in default shall have
been fully paid, and the Company agrees to pay the same with interest thereon,
to the extent permitted by law, from the date when such payment was due, at the
rate set forth in the Bonds.

         (e) The Company shall also pay all other amounts hereunder in respect
of the Project, and the operation, maintenance and repair thereof, insurance
coverages thereon, any taxes or payments in lieu thereof all as herein provided,
including without limitation, any amounts payable under Article VII hereof.

         Section 6.2. Obligations of Company Unconditional. The obligations of
the Company to make the payments required in Section 6.1 hereof and to perform
and observe the other agreements contained herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be subject to any defense or any right of setoff,
counterclaim or recoupment arising out of any breach by the Issuer or the
Trustee of any obligation to the Company, whether hereunder or otherwise, or out
of any indebtedness or liability at any time owing to the Company by the Issuer,
the Trustee or the Purchaser, and, until such time as the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the Bonds shall have been fully paid or provision for
the payment thereof shall have been made in accordance with the Indenture, the
Company (1) will not suspend or discontinue any payments provided for in Section
6.1 hereof, and, (2) will perform and observe all other agreements contained in
this Agreement for any cause, including, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the occurrence of any acts or circumstances that may constitute
failure of consideration, eviction or constructive eviction, destruction of or
damage to the Project, the taking by eminent domain of title to or temporary use
of any or all of the Project, commercial frustration of purpose, any change in
the tax or other laws of the United States of America or of the State or any
political subdivision of either thereof or any failure of the Issuer or the
Trustee to perform and observe any agreement, whether express or implied, or any
duty, liability or obligation arising out of or connected with this Agreement.
Nothing contained in this Section


                                      VI-2
<PAGE>


shall be construed to release the Issuer from the performance of any of
the agreements on its part herein contained, and in the event the Issuer or
the Trustee should fail to perform any such agreement on its part, the company
may institute such action against the Issuer or the Trustee as the Company may
deem necessary to compel performance so long as such action does not abrogate
the obligations of the Company contained in the first sentence of this
Section.

         Section 6.3. Lease Agreement a Net Lease. This Agreement is a "net
lease", the intention of the parties being that this Agreement shall yield to
the Issuer the net annual Rent specified herein during the Term of Agreement and
that all costs, expenses and obligations of every kind and nature whatsoever
relating to or arising out of the Project and the Project Site shall be paid by
the Company.

         Section 6.4. Nature of Obligations of the Issuer. The cost and expenses
of the performance by the Issuer of any of its obligations under this Agreement
shall be limited to the availability of the proceeds of the Bonds of the Issuer
issued for such purposes or from other funds received by the Issuer under this
Agreement and available for such purposes. The Issuer shall not otherwise be
legally obligated to meet any such obligations from any other moneys of the
Issuer.

                              [END OF ARTICLE VI]


                                      VI-3

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   THE PROJECT

         Section 7.1. Disbursements from the Project Fund.

         (a) In the Indenture, the Issuer has authorized and directed the
Trustee to make disbursements from the Project Fund as required by this
Agreement. Disbursement of the proceeds from the sale of the Bonds shall be made
from the Project Fund to pay the Costs of the Project, or to reimburse the
Company for such Costs, and to pay Costs of Issuance of the Bonds, upon receipt
by the Trustee of a Requisition in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B signed
by a Company Representative and, subject to the following sentence, acknowledged
by an Issuer Representative and approved by the Construction Monitor, stating
with respect to such disbursement to be made: (1) the requisition number; (2)
that payment is to be made to the Company to pay the Costs of the Project and
costs of issuance of the Bonds; (3) the amount to be paid; (4) that each
obligation mentioned therein has been properly incurred after July 15, 1995, is
a proper charge, is unpaid or unreimbursed, and has not been the basis of any
previous disbursement; and (5) that on the date thereof there has not occurred
any act which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would
constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. Notwithstanding the
foregoing sentence, a Requisition or Requisitions for the reimbursement of the
costs of issuance associated with the Bonds in an amount not to exceed $99,500
in the aggregate shall not require the approval of the Construction Monitor.

         (b) The Company further agrees that as a condition precedent to the
first disbursement from the Project Fund on the Closing Date, there shall be
furnished to the Trustee, in writing, unless waived by the Purchaser, the
following:

         (1) evidence of mortgage title insurance, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Issuer and the Purchasers;

         (2) proof that the insurance required to be maintained pursuant to
Section 7.4 is in full force and effect and that all premiums have been paid;

         (3) proof of flood insurance as required in Section 7.4 (c);

         (4) verification evidencing that all permits, consents, approvals and
agreements required by all governmental boards and bureaus have been secured and
remain in full force and effect;


                                     VII-1
<PAGE>


         (5) such evidence as the Issuer or the Purchaser may require to
demonstrate exemption from or compliance with all applicable building, zoning,
health and safety laws, ordinances and regulations; and

         (6) such other additional documents, financing statements, affidavits
or certificates of the Company or any other person or entity as the Issuer, the
Purchaser or the Trustee may reasonably request.

         (c) The Company hereby agrees that it shall pay all costs incurred by
the Company, the Issuer or the Trustee in making disbursements from the Project
Fund. In making any such disbursements from the Project Fund, the Trustee may
rely on such requisitions and other documents delivered to it and the Trustee
shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the making of such
disbursements if made in accordance with the foregoing.

         Section 7.2. Maintenance and Modification of the Project by the
Company.

         (a) The Company shall construct, operate and maintain the Project in
accordance with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances, approvals, rules
and regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, zoning,
sanitary, pollution, environmental and safety ordinances, laws and rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (b) The Company shall (1) maintain, preserve and keep the Project or
cause the Project to be maintained, preserved and kept in good repair, working
order and condition, (2) from time to time, make or cause to be made all
necessary and proper repairs, replacements and renewals thereto and (3) from
time to time, make such substitutions, additions, modifications and improvements
as may be necessary and as shall not impair the structural integrity, operating
efficiency and economic value of the Project. Any alterations, replacements,
renewals or additions made pursuant to this Section shall become and constitute
a part of the Project and shall be performed in accordance with Section 7.2(a).

         (c) The Company shall operate or cause the Project to be operated as an
authorized public facility for a purpose and use as provided for under the Act.

         (d) [Intentionally Omitted]

         (e) The Company shall not remove, relocate, discontinue the use of or
sell, fail to restore, or otherwise dispose of any part of its leasehold
interest in the Project except as may be permitted pursuant to Section 10.1
hereof.

         (f) [Intentionally Omitted]


                                     VII-2
<PAGE>


         Section 7.3. Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges.

         (a) The Company covenants that it and each of its Affiliates shall duly
and punctually pay all taxes, assessments (including deficiency assessments),
and governmental charges or levies of any kind whatsoever ("Taxes") imposed on
it or on its respective income or profits or on any of its respective properties
or assets, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any
taxes levied upon the Project and the Project Site which, if not paid, will
become a Lien or charge upon the Project or upon any payment pursuant to this
Agreement, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto. The Company
shall also pay all utility, water and sewer rents, and other charges incurred in
connection with the Project and all assessments and charges lawfully made by any
governmental body for public improvements that may be secured by a Lien on the
Project or the Project Site or any of its assets.

         (b) The Company may, at its own expense and in its own name and in good
faith, contest any such taxes, assessments, and other charges, provided that
such contest shall not result in a lien being placed on the Project or the
Project Site or any part thereof or result in the Project or the Project Site
being subject to loss or forfeiture, and further provided that the Company gives
notice in writing of such contest to the Issuer and the Trustee. Nothing herein
shall preclude the Company at its own expense and in its own name and behalf,
from applying for any tax exemption allowed by the federal government, the
State, or any political subdivision which grants or may grant such tax
exemption.

         Section 7.4. Insurance Required. The Company shall obtain and maintain
or cause to be obtained and maintained insurance on the Mortgaged Premises and
all parts thereof and operations conducted therein and thereon in such manner
and against such loss, damage and liability, including liability to third
parties, as is customary with property owners in the same or similar business in
the State. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, such
insurance shall include, without limitation:

         (a) Public liability insurance insuring against any and all liability
or claims of liability arising out of, occasioned by, or resulting from any
accident or otherwise resulting in or about the Mortgaged Premises, in a minimum
amount of $5,000,000 for the death of or bodily injury to one person, $5,000,000
for the death of or bodily injury in any one accident or occurrence and
$5,000,000 for loss or damage to the property of any Person or Persons,
provided, however, that in the event the Company is unable at any time to obtain
such insurance in such amounts, the failure of the Company to obtain such
insurance shall not constitute a Default hereunder so long as it obtains such
insurance in such lesser amounts as is available;


                                     VII-3
<PAGE>


         (b) Property damage and broad form fire and extended coverage insurance
with respect to the Mortgaged Premises and insurance insuring against such other
hazards, casualties and contingencies as the Issuer and the Purchaser may
require, including without limitation, during the period of construction of the
Project, builder's risk insurance on the Project, which insurance shall provide
coverage at the full replacement cost thereof and with no provisions for
coinsurance penalties and shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of (i)
$66,000,000, or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness secured
by the Mortgaged Premises, a policy of business interruption insurance in the
amount of $10,000,000, and a policy of boiler insurance; and

         (c) If the Mortgaged Premises would be required to be insured pursuant
to the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Act
of 1968, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, flood insurance with
respect to the Mortgaged Premises in an amount not less than the amount
determined by the Company's insurance broker at least once every two (2) years
to be adequate to cover the Company's losses in the event of flood or the
maximum limit of coverage available, whichever amount is less.

         Section 7.5. Additional Provisions Concerning Insurance.

         (a) Any insurance required hereunder shall be written by insurance
companies authorized or licensed to do business in the State and shall be on
such forms and written by such companies as shall be approved by the Issuer and
the Purchaser. Such insurance coverage may be effected under overall blanket or
excess coverage policies of the Company provided that the Company shall not be
deemed to be a co-insurer thereunder. Each insurance policy maintained pursuant
to this Agreement shall contain a provision to the effect that such policy shall
not be canceled or altered unless the Trustee and the Issuer are notified at
least fifteen (15) days prior to such cancellation or alteration. At least
thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such policy, the Company shall
furnish evidence to the Trustee that such policy has been renewed or replaced or
is no longer required by this Agreement.

         (b) Each insurance policy maintained pursuant to this Agreement and
providing insurance against loss of or damage to property shall be written or
endorsed so as to name the Trustee and the Issuer as additional insureds as
their interests may appear and to have the proceeds thereof payable directly to
the Trustee as loss payee. Each policy providing public liability coverage shall
be written or endorsed so as to name the Trustee and the Issuer as additional
insureds and loss payees as their interests may appear. The Trustee shall have
no responsibility with respect to any such insurance except to receive insurance
certificates and hold the same for inspection by Bondholders. The Trustee shall
be under no duty or obligation to effect or to renew any policies of insurance,
nor shall the Trustee incur any liability for the failure of the


                                     VII-4
<PAGE>


Company to effect or renew insurance or to report claims thereunder.

         (c) Duplicate copies of any insurance policies and evidence of renewal
or replacement thereof shall promptly be furnished to the Issuer and the Trustee
for their records. Evidence of the payment of the first year's premiums on such
policies shall be delivered to the Trustee on the Closing Date. Thereafter, the
Company shall deliver to the Trustee evidence of the payment of all additional
premiums prior to the expiration or renewal dates of all such policies.

         (d) In the event of loss or damage to the Mortgaged Premises, the Net
Proceeds of any insurance provided hereunder shall be deposited with the Trustee
and applied as set forth in Article VIII hereof, and in the event of a public
liability occurrence, the Net Proceeds of any insurance provided hereunder shall
be applied towards satisfaction of such liability.

         (e) The Company shall retain an insurance consultant with recognized
expertise in assessing insurance needs and not unacceptable to the Trustee in
its reasonable discretion, and shall not later than January 2, 1998 and at least
every second January 2 thereafter file a report with the Trustee and the Issuer
reporting on the adequacy of the types and amounts of insurance and the adequacy
of the insurance carriers furnishing the same pursuant to this Article VII. In
addition, the Company shall comply with any changes recommended by any such
insurance consultant.

         Section 7.6. Worker's Comvensation. The Company shall comply with the
laws of the State relating to Worker's Compensation and similar worker's
protection laws.

                              (END OF ARTICLE VIII)

                                     VII-5
<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

         Section 8. 1. Damage, Destruction and Condemnation. if, during the
Lease Term, (a) the Mortgaged Premises or any portion thereof is destroyed (in
whole or in part) or is damaged by fire or other casualty or (b) title to or any
interest in, or the temporary use of, the Mortgaged Premises or any part thereof
shall be taken under the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any
governmental body or by any person, firm or corporation acting under
governmental authority, the Company shall be obligated to continue to pay the
amounts specified in Section 6.1 hereof.

         Section 8.2. Application of Net Proceeds. Subject to the requirements
of the mortgages securing any Senior Indebtedness, all Net Proceeds of any
insurance proceeds or condemnation award resulting from any event described in
Section 8.1 hereof shall be immediately deposited in a separate trust fund to be
held by the Trustee. All Net Proceeds so deposited shall be applied in one or
more of the following ways as shall be elected by the Company in a written
notice to the Trustee, which notice shall be received by the Trustee within 60
days after the receipt by the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, of the
Net Proceeds:

         (a) To the prompt repair, restoration, modification or improvement of
the Mortgaged Premises, and the Issuer has, in the Indenture, authorized and
directed the Trustee to make disbursements from such separate trust fund for
such purposes. Such disbursements shall be made by the Trustee only upon receipt
of Requisitions therefor. Any balance of the Net Proceeds remaining after such
work has been completed shall be transferred into the Bond Fund to be applied in
accordance with subsection (b) of this Section, or if the Bonds have been fully
paid (or provision for payment thereof has been made in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture), any balance remaining in such separate trust fund
shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.11 of the Indenture.

         (b) To the redemption at par of the Bonds, in whole or in part, on the
earliest practicable redemption date as specified in a written notice by the
Company to the Trustee, provided that no part of such Net Proceeds may be
applied for such redemption unless, (i) in the event that less than all of the
Bonds are to be redeemed, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee a certificate
of a Company Representative stating that (A) the property forming the part of
the Mortgaged Premises that was damaged or destroyed by such casualty or was
taken by such condemnation proceedings is not essential to the use, operation or
possession of the Project by the Company or (B) the Mortgaged Premises has been
repaired, restored, modified or improved to operate as designed, and (ii) in the
case of any damage, destruction or condemnation which does not affect


                                     VIII-1
<PAGE>


the Project, the Owners of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Bonds Outstanding shall consent in writing to such redemption. In the event
the Owners of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds Outstanding
withhold their consent pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding
sentence, the applicable Net Proceeds shall be applied to pay the principal of
the Bonds as the same becomes due and payable, whether at maturity or by
redemption (other than redemption pursuant to this Section 8.2(b)) prior to
maturity and, pending such application, shall be invested, at the direction of a
Company Representative, at a Yield not exceeding the Yield on the Bonds.

         (c) If the Company elects to repair, restore, modify or improve the
Project or pay the cost thereof and fails to do so diligently, the Issuer or the
Trustee may (but shall be under no obligation to) do so on behalf of the Company
and recover the reasonable costs thereof from the Company, less the amount, if
any, collected from Net Proceeds on account of such costs. No such payment by
the Trustee or the Issuer shall affect or impair any rights of the Issuer
hereunder or of the Trustee or the Owners under the Indenture arising as a
result of such failure by the Company.

         (d) If the Company fails to give the notice required under this Section
within the specified time period, the Issuer, upon notice to the Trustee and to
the Company, may direct the Company to take either of the actions therein
described and the Company shall be obligated to take such action.

         (e) The Trustee shall not disburse any Net Proceeds of any insurance or
condemnation award unless the Trustee shall have received a title insurance
policy from a title insurer reasonably satisfactory to a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Bonds Outstanding establishing that the Project, as
repaired, restored, replaced, modified or improved, shall be subject to a
mortgage lien in favor of the Trustee subject to no Liens other than Liens to
which the Mortgages were subject immediately prior to the event giving rise to
the insurance or condemnation award.

         (f) In the event that after application of the Net Proceeds of any
condemnation award in accordance with Section 8.2 hereof, there remains excess
Net Proceeds, such excess Net Proceeds shall be paid first to the Company to
reimburse the Company for Condemnation Claims and the balance shall be paid to
the Issuer.

         Section 8.3. Insufficiency of Net Proceeds. In the event the Company
elects to apply the Net Proceeds to the repair, restoration, modification or
improvement, and if the Net Proceeds are insufficient to pay in full the cost of
any repair, restoration, modification or improvement referred to in Section
8.2(a) hereof, the Company will nonetheless complete the work and prior to the
application of any Net Proceeds shall deposit with the


                                     VIII-2
<PAGE>


Trustee, for deposit into the special trust fund established pursuant
to Section 8.2 and applied as provided therein, funds in an amount sufficient to
pay any cost in excess of the amount of the Net Proceeds held by the Trustee, as
determined by an architect or engineer not unacceptable to the Trustee in its
reasonable discretion. The Company agrees that it shall not be entitled to any
reimbursement therefor from the Issuer, the Trustee or the Owners, nor shall the
Company be entitled to any diminution of the amounts payable under Section 6.1
hereof if by reason of any such insufficiency of the Net Proceeds, the Company
shall make any payments pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8.3.

         Section 8.4. Conduct of Insurance or Condemnation Claims.

         (a) Provided that there shall not then have occurred and then be
continuing a Default hereunder, the Company shall have the right to conduct and
control all proceedings relating to claims arising from any condemnation or
insured loss with respect to the Project and to settle such claims on such terms
as it shall deem reasonable. In the event the Company shall fail to commence
such claims within 30 days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to such
claim, or such shorter period as may be required by law or under the provisions
of the applicable insurance policy, and thereafter to prosecute such claims
diligently, the Issuer and the Trustee shall thereupon have the right (but not
the obligation) to intervene in and assume the prosecution of such claims and to
settle such claims on such terms as they shall determine.

         (b) In any action or other proceeding by any governmental agency or
agencies or quasi-governmental agencies for the taking or use of any interest in
all or part of the Project or in the case of any deed, lease or other conveyance
in lieu thereof (all of which are in the Section referred to as "taking or
conveyance"), the Company, in addition to claims available to it in an
apportionment proceeding and those available by applicable statute or
regulation, including but not limited to the fair market value of the unexpired
portion of the lease term and leasehold interest and moving and related
expenses, shall be entitled to compensation for the value of the equipment,
fixtures, machinery and other articles of real, personal or mixed property owned
by the Company and attached to or situated or installed in or upon the Project
Site or the Project, whether or not such real, personal or mixed property is or
shall be affixed to the Project, the value of personal property rendered
useless, less its salvage value, and the costs and expenses required to be
incurred in order to provide substituted facilities for relocation of the
business, whether in fact substituted facilities are actually obtained and
business interruption losses and other losses relating to the disruption of the
business of the Company and its Affiliates (all of such claims, compensations
and losses collectively the "Condemnation Claims").

                                 [END OF ARTICLE]


                                     VIII-3
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

         Section 9.1. No Warranty of Condtion or Suitability by Issuer. THE
ISSUER MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE PROJECT OR THE
CONDITION THEREOF, OR THAT THE PROJECT WILL BE SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSES OR
NEEDS OF THE COMPANY. THE ISSUER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE MERCHANTABILITY, CONDITION OR WORKMANSHIP OF ANY
PART OF THE PROJECT OR ITS SUITABILITY FOR THE COMPANY'S PURPOSES.

         Section 9.2. Access to the Prolect. The Company agrees that the Issuer,
the Trustee, the Bondholders and their duly authorized agents, attorneys,
experts, engineers, accountants and representatives shall have the right to
inspect the Project at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice. The
Issuer, the Trustee and their duly authorized agents shall also be permitted, at
all reasonable times, to examine the books and records of the Company with
respect to the Project.

         Section 9.3. Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments. Each of the
Issuer and the Company agrees that it will, from time to time, execute,
acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered,
such supplements hereto and such further instruments as may reasonably be
required for carrying out the expressed intention of this Agreement and the
other Lease Documents.

         Section 9.4. Issuer and Company Representatives. Whenever under the
provisions of this Agreement the approval of the Issuer or the Company is
required or the Issuer or the Company is required to take some action at the
request of the other, such approval or such request shall be given for the
Issuer by an Issuer Representative and for the Company by a Company
Representative. The Trustee shall be authorized to act on any such approval or
request.

         Section 9.5. Financing Statements. Each of the Company and the Issuer
agrees to execute and file or cause to be executed and filed any and all
financing statements or amendments thereof or continuation statements necessary
to perfect and continue the perfection of the security interests granted in the
Mortgages and the Indenture. Within three months prior to the expiration date of
any financing statements or continuation statements, the Company shall furnish
to the Trustee evidence that such filing has taken place. The Company shall pay
all reasonable costs of the preparation and filing of such instruments. The
Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever with respect to such financing
statements, including, without limitation, the preparation, review or filing


                                      IX-1
<PAGE>


thereof, provided that the Trustee shall be responsible for filing continuation
statements necessary to continue the perfection of such security interests.

         Section 9.6. Compliance with Code. The Company shall at all times do
and perform all acts and things permitted by law and necessary or desirable in
order to assure that interest paid on the Bonds shall for the purposes of
federal income taxation be excludable from the gross income of the holders of
the Bonds, except in the event that any such holder is a Substantial User or
Related Person thereto. For purposes of this Section 9.6, any and all actions of
any Related Person shall be deemed to be actions of the Company. In addition,
any and all actions to be undertaken by the Company or by any other person as to
which the Issuer or the Trustee must, pursuant to the terms hereof, consent or
approve in advance, shall be deemed to be the actions of the Company or such
other person (and not the actions of the Issuer or the Trustee). The Company
shall cause any Related Person to comply with all of the provisions of this
Section as to its own operations. A breach of this Section 9.6 shall not
constitute a Default but shall be governed by the provisions of Section 3.01 of
the Indenture.

         Section 9.7. Further Assurances. Each of the Issuer and the Company
shall, from time to time, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be
executed, acknowledged and delivered, such supplements hereto and such further
instruments as may reasonably be required for carrying out the intention of or
facilitating the performance of this Lease Agreement and the other Lease
Documents.

         Section 9.8. Assignment. So long as an event of Default has not
occurred under this Agreement, the Issuer covenants and agrees not to sell,
assign or otherwise dispose of or encumber the Project without the written
consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed and shall only be withheld if the Company shall reasonably and in good
faith determine that the proposed sale, assignment or disposition will have a
material adverse effect on the Company's or its Affiliates, business at the
Mortgaged Premises.

         Section 9.9. Annual Certificate. On each anniversary hereof, the
Company shall furnish to the Issuer, with copies to the Trustee, the following:

         (a) a certificate indicating whether or not the Company is aware of any
condition, event or act which constitutes a Default, or which would constitute a
Default with the giving of notice or passage of time, under any of the Lease
Documents; and

         (b) a written description of the present use of the Project and a
description of any anticipated material change in the


                                      IX-2
<PAGE>


use of the Project or in the number of employees employed at the Project.

                               [END OF ARTICLE IX]

                                      IX-3
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE X

                        MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; MERGE, SELL,
                           TRANSFER; INDEMNIFICATION;
                                   REDEMPTION

         Section 10.1. Maintain Existence; Merge, Sell, Transfer.

         (a) Except as permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(b), the Company shall
not assign any of its obligations hereunder to any other party and no purported
assignment thereof shall be effective; provided, however, that the Company shall
be permitted to sublease the Project to another party, but shall remain
obligated to comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and
the other Lease Documents, including, but not limited to, the obligations to pay
Rent under Section 6.1(a) hereof. Prior to subleasing the Project pursuant to
this Section 10.1(a), the Company shall first furnish to the Issuer and the
Trustee an opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect that such subleasing shall not
impair the excludability of interest paid on the Bonds from the gross income of
the Owners thereof for purposes of federal income taxation. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall have the right to sublease the Project to Dockside
Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc., Gloucester Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc. and
Gloucester Marine Terminal, Inc.

         (b) The Company shall maintain its existence as a legal entity and
shall not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of its leasehold interest
in the Project or substantially all of its assets; provided, however, that the
Company may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity, or sell,
assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of its leasehold interest in the Project
or substantially all of its assets without violating this Section 10.1(b)
provided (1) the Company causes the proposed surviving, resulting or transferee
entity to furnish the Issuer with such information as the Issuer shall request;
(2) the net worth of the surviving, resulting or transferee entity following the
merger, consolidation or transfer is equal to or greater than the net worth of
the Company immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or transfer; (3) any
litigation or investigations in which the surviving, resulting or transferee
entity or its officers and directors are involved, and any court, administrative
or other orders to which the surviving, resulting or transferee company or its
officers and directors are subject, relate to matters arising in the ordinary
course of business; (4) the merger, consolidation, sale, assignment or transfer
shall not impair the excludability of interest paid on the Bonds from the gross
income of the owners thereof for purposes of federal income taxation pursuant to
an opinion of Bond Counsel to be delivered to the Trustee and the Issuer; (5)
the surviving, resulting or transferee entity assumes in writing the obligations
of the Company under this Agreement and the Lease Documents; and (6) after the
merger, consolidation, sale,


                                      X-1

<PAGE>


assignment or transfer the Project shall be operated as a public facility under
the Act.

         Section 10.2. Release and Indemnification Covenants.

         (a) The Issuer, the Trustee and their respective members, agents,
servants, officers or employees, and the Bondholders shall not be liable for (1)
any loss, damage or injury to, or death of, any person occurring at or about or
resulting from any defect in the Project, (2) any damage or injury to the
persons or property of the Company or any user of the Project, or their
officers, agents, servants or employees, or any other person who may be about
the Proj      ect, caused by an act of negligence of any person (other than the
Issuer, the Trustee and their respective members, officers, agents, servants and
employees, and the Bondholders, as the case may be), or (3) any costs, expenses
or damages incurred as a result of any lawsuit commenced because of action taken
in good faith by the Issuer in connection with the Project, and the Company
shall and does hereby indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Issuer,
the Trustee and their respective members, agents, servants, officers or
employees, and the Bondholders from and against any and all losses, damages,
injuries, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) and from and
against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions or other proceedings
whatsoever, brought by any person or entity whatsoever and arising or
purportedly arising from any of the foregoing.

         (b) The Company shall and does hereby indemnify, protect, defend and
hold harmless the Issuer, the County, the Trustee, any Person who controls the
Issuer, the County or the Trustee (within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and any member, officer, director, official,
employee and attorney of the Issuer, the County and the Trustee (each an
"Indemnified Party"), from and against any and all losses, damages, injuries,
costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) and from and against any
and all claims, demands, suits, actions or other proceedings whatsoever, brought
by any person or entity whatsoever (except the Company) and arising or
purportedly arising from this Agreement, the Indenture, the other Lease
Documents or the Bonds or from the performance of the Indenture.

         (c) The Company agrees to and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless
the Indemnified Parties and the Bondholders from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys'
fees suffered or incurred by any of the Indemnified Parties or the Bondholders
and caused by, relating to, arising out of, resulting from or in any way
connected with (1) the condition, use, possession, conduct, management,
planning, design, acquisition, construction, installation, financing (in the
case of financing, as to the Indemnified Parties


                                      X-2

<PAGE>


only) or sale or lease of the Project or any part thereof including without
limitation the Indemnified Matters referenced in the next paragraph; (2) any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
information submitted or to be submitted by or on behalf of the Company to the
Indemnified Parties, including the Trustees, in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby or the issuance and purchase of the Bonds; or (3) any
omission or alleged omission of a material fact necessary to be stated therein
in order to make such statements to the Indemnified Party not misleading or
incomplete.

         (d) The Company covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to
indemnify, protect and save the Indemnified Parties and the Bondholders (the
"Indemnitees") harmless against and from any and all damages, losses,
liabilities, obligations, penalties, claims, litigation, demands, defenses,
judgments, suits, proceedings, costs, disbursements or expenses (including,
without limitation, attorneys' and experts' reasonable fees and disbursements)
of any kind or of any nature whatsoever (collectively, the "Indemnified
Matters") which may at any time be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or
awarded against Indemnitees and arising from or out of:

         (1) any hazardous materials, as defined under any Laws as defined
below, on, in, under or affecting the Project or any surrounding areas (but in
the case of hazardous materials in surrounding areas), only if the source of 
such materials is or is alleged to be the Company or the Project, or

         (2) the enforcement of this paragraph or the assertion by the Company
of any defense to its obligations hereunder, whether any of such matters arise
before or after the Closing Date or before or after foreclosure of the Mortgages
or other taking of title to the Company's interest in all or any portion of the
Project by Indemnitees or any affiliate of Indemnitees. Indemnified Matters
shall include, without limitation, all of the following: (i) the costs of
removal of any and all hazardous materials from all or any portion of the
property or any surrounding areas (except that the indemnity provided for under
this paragraph shall not cover the costs of such removal unless either (A) such
removal is required by any federal or state law, regulation or regulatory agency
("Laws") or (B) any present or future use, operation, development, construction,
alteration or reconstruction of all or any portion of the Project is or would be
conditioned in any way upon, or is or would be limited in any way until the
completion of, such removal in accordance with any Laws), (ii) additional costs
required to take necessary precautions as required by law to protect against the
release of hazardous materials on, in, under or affecting the Project into the
air, any body of water, any other public domain or any surrounding areas and
(iii) costs incurred to comply, in connection with all or any portion of the
Project or any surrounding areas, with all


                                      X-3

<PAGE>



applicable Laws with respect to hazardous materials. If any Indemnitee
or any affiliate of an Indemnitee takes title to the Company's interest in the
Project at a foreclosure sale, at a sale pursuant to a power of sale under the
Mortgages or otherwise, then the indemnity provided for under this paragraph
shall not apply to hazardous materials which are initially placed on, in or
under all or any portion of the Project after the date Indemnitee or such
affiliate so takes title to such interest in the Project. At any time during the
six months prior to any such foreclosure sale, sale pursuant to a power of sale
under the Mortgages or otherwise by which any Indemnitee or affiliate takes
title to such interest in the Project, such Indemnitee or affiliate shall have
the right, at its sole discretion and at the Company's sole cost and expense, to
have performed an environmental site assessment of the Project to determine
whether any hazardous materials are present.

         (e) In case any action shall be brought against one or more of the
Indemnified Parties or the Bondholders based upon any of the above and in
respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company, such Indemnified
Parties or the Bondholders shall promptly notify the Company in writing, and the
Company shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel
satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties, the payment of all expenses and the
right to negotiate and consent to settlement. Any one or more of the Indemnified
Parties or the Bondholders shall have the right to employ separate counsel at
the Company's expense in any such action and to participate in the defense
thereof. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any such action
effected without its consent, but if settled with the consent of the Company or
if there be a final judgment for the claimant in any such action, the Company
shall discharge the liability and indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified
Parties and the Bondholders from and against any loss or liability by reason of
such settlement or judgment. The provision of this Section 10.2 shall survive
the repayment of the Bonds.

         Section 10.3. Redemption or Defeasance of Bonds. The Company shall have
and is hereby granted the option to cause all or a portion of the Bonds to be
redeemed or defeased at the times, at the prices and in the manner permitted by
the Indenture. The Issuer and the Trustee, at the request of the Company, shall
forthwith take all steps (other than the payment of the money required for such
redemption or defeasance) necessary under the applicable redemption or
defeasance provisions of the Indenture to effect redemption or defeasance of all
or part of the Outstanding Bonds, as may be specified by the Company, on the
date established for such redemption or defeasance.

In the event that the Company exercises its option to cause all or a
portion of the Bonds to be optionally redeemed or defeased pursuant to this
Section and Section 3.02 of the Indenture, the Company shall transmit written
notice of optional redemption or


                                      X-4
<PAGE>

defeasance to the Issuer and the Trustee at least 60 days prior to the
date fixed for redemption or defeasance. The Company shall, not later than one
Business Day prior to the date fixed for redemption or defeasance, deposit
moneys in an amount which will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any,
and interest accrued and, in the case of defeasance, to accrue, on the Bonds to
be redeemed or defeased on the redemption date.

         In the event that the Company exercises its option to cause all of the
Bonds to be optionally redeemed or defeased pursuant to this Section and Section
3.02 or Article VII of the Indenture and has paid all amounts required to be
paid hereunder and under the Indenture, the Company may continue to occupy the
Project without any additional Rent payments, as a tenant until the earlier to
occur of (i) the end of the Lease Term, or (ii) the occurrence of a Default
hereunder and during such period shall not be obligated to pay any amounts
pursuant to Section 6.1(a) hereof. Upon the occurrence of (i) above, the Company
shall have the right to exercise the options set forth in Section 5.3 hereof.
Upon the occurrence of (ii) above, the Company shall immediately vacate the
Project, deliver the Project to the Issuer free and clear of any lien or claims
and have no further rights or interest in the Project.

         In addition, the Issuer, at the expense of the Company, shall execute,
acknowledge and deliver such mortgages, indentures, agreements and other
documents and instruments as the Company shall reasonably request in order to
enable the Company to refinance the Project, provided such refinancing shall not
impose any additional liabilities on the Issuer or in any way diminish or
interfere with the Issuer's rights in and to the Project, including its
leasehold interest in the Project Site. Prior to any refinancing of the Project
pursuant to this paragraph, the Company shall deliver to the Issuer and the
Trustee, an opinion of Bond Counsel stating that such proposed refinancing will
not adversely impact the exclusion of interest on the Bonds from gross income
for federal income tax purposes.

         Section 10.4. Issuer to Grant Security Interest to Trustee. The parties
hereto agree that pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer shall assign to the
Trustee, in order to secure payment of the Bonds, all of the Issuer's right,
title, and interest in and to this Agreement, except for certain of the Issuer's
rights as are expressly reserved pursuant to the granting clauses of the
Indenture.

         Section 10.5. Indemnification of Trustee. The Company shall and hereby
agrees to indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any
loss, liability or expense (including the costs and expenses of defending
against any claim of liability) incurred without gross negligence or willful
misconduct by the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with its acting as


                                      X-5
<PAGE>



Trustee under the Indenture, the Mortgages or any other Lease Document.

                               [END OF ARTICLE X]


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

         Section 11.1. Defaults Defined. The following shall be "Defaults"
under this Agreement and the term "Default" shall mean, whenever it is used in
this Agreement, any one or more of the following events:

         (a) Failure by the Company to pay any amount required to be paid under
subsection (a) of Section 6.1 hereof when due.

         (b) (i) Failure by the Company to observe and perform any covenant,
condition or agreement on its part to be observed or performed under Section
2.4(d), (f), (g), (h), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n), (o), (p) or (q) of this
Agreement.

         (ii) Failure by the Company to observe and perform any other covenant,
condition or agreement on its part to be observed or performed under this
Agreement or the other Lease Documents, other than as referred to in Section
11.1(a), for a period of thirty (30) days after the Trustee gives notice of such
default to any officer of the Company.

         (c) The occurrence of a Default under the Indenture or any other Lease
Document.

         (d) If any warranty or representation by or on behalf of the Company
contained in this Agreement, the Indenture, the Bond Purchase Agreement, the
Lease Documents, the Guaranty, or in any instrument or certificate furnished in
compliance with same proves false or misleading in any material respect as of
the time it was made.

         (e) Failure by the Company to make one or more payments due with
respect to aggregate Indebtedness exceeding $500,000 within any applicable
periods for cure; or if any event shall occur or any condition shall exist, the
effect of which event or condition is to cause more than $500,000 of aggregate
Indebtedness or other securities of the Company to become due or subject to
acceleration, mandatory redemption or repurchase before its (or their) stated
maturity or before its (or their) regularly scheduled dates of payment,
redemption or purchase.

         (f) If a custodian, receiver or liquidator is appointed for the Company
or the Company is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or an order of relief is
entered under the Federal Bankruptcy Code against the Company or any of its
property is sequestered by court order and the order remains in effect for more
than 60 days; or a petition is filed against the Company under any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment


                                      XI-1

<PAGE>


of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether
now or subsequently in effect, and is not dismissed within 60 days after filing.

         (g) If the Company commences a voluntary case or files a petition in
voluntary bankruptcy where seeking relief under any provision of the Federal
Bankruptcy Code or any other bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any
jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect; or consents to the filing
of any petition against it under any such law; or applies for or consents to the
appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, trustee or
liquidator of the Company or of all or any part of its property; or makes an
assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or admits in writing its inability
to pay its debt generally as they become due.

         (h) Any of the Lease Documents shall not be, or shall cease to be, the
legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each of the parties thereto
in accordance with its terms, or any of the Lease Documents shall not be or
shall cease to be in full force and effect.

         (i) (Intentionally Omitted]

         (j) (Intentionally Omitted]

         (k) There shall occur a foreclosure with respect to any Senior Mortgage
Debt.

         Upon the occurrence of a Default, the Company shall provide prompt
written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, and unless terminated by the
Issuer the obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect.

         Section 11.2. Issuer's Remedies on Default. Whenever any Default
referred to in Section 11.1 hereof shall have happened and be continuing, the
Issuer may take one or any combination of the following remedial steps:

         (a) The Issuer shall have the right to take whatever action at law or
in equity may appear necessary or desirable to collect the payment obligations
then due and thereafter to become due of the Company with respect to the Project
or any part thereof, or to enforce performance and observance of any obligation,
agreement or covenant of the Company under this Agreement, the Mortgage and the
other Lease Documents including but not limited to, the right to accelerate and
demand prepayment of Rent under this Agreement, by transmitting, notice of
prepayment to the Company. In addition, upon the occurrence of a Default
specified in Section 11.1(f) or 11.1(g), all Rent and other amounts due
hereunder and under the other Lease Documents shall be accelerated


                                      XI-2

<PAGE>


and shall become due and immediately without the requirement of any
notice. Upon receipt of notice of prepayment, or upon the occurrence of a
Default specified in Section 11.1(f) or Section 11.1(g), the Company shall pay
to the Issuer, the total Rent and all other amounts that would be payable under
this Agreement;

         (b) With or without terminating this Agreement, re-enter and take
possession and control of the Project and collect and receive all rents,
revenues, income receipts and profits derived, received or receivable therefrom;

         (c) With or without terminating this Agreement, re-enter and take
possession of the Project and use or sublease the Project or any part thereof,
or sell its rights therein, in accordance with the provisions of the Ground
Lease; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall impose an
obligation upon the Issuer to so sublease the Project, but that if subleased, it
shall be done in a commercially reasonable manner, and provided that any excess
proceeds from such disposition shall be applied in accordance with the
provisions of the Ground Lease and this Agreement;

         (d) Have reasonable access to and inspect, examine and make copies of
the books and records and any and all accounts, data and income tax and other
tax returns of the Company during regular business hours of the Company;

         (e) Take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or
desirable to collect the amounts then due and thereafter to become due, or to
enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant of
the Company under this Agreement, the Indenture and the Lease Documents; or

         (f) Exercise any and all rights and remedies of a creditor or secured
party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law.

         Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall
be paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture. The rights specified in this Section 11.2 are in addition to, and not
in limitation of, any other obligations of the Company which may arise upon a
default or acceleration in respect of the Bonds, including without limitation,
under Section 6.1 hereof.

         Section 11.3. [Intentionally Omitted]

         Section 11.4. Specific Performance. In addition to the rights and
remedies provided for in Section 11.2 hereof, if the Company commits a breach or
threatens to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the
Indenture or the Lease Documents, the Issuer shall have the right, without
posting bond or other security, to seek injunctive relief or specific
performance,


                                      XI-3

<PAGE>


it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will
cause irreparable injury to the Issuer and that money damages will not provide
an adequate remedy.

         Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall
be paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

         Section 11.5. No Remedy Exclusive. Subject to Section 9.02 of the
Indenture, no remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Issuer is intended
to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every
such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy
given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity. No
delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Default shall
impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but
any such right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may
be deemed expedient. In order to entitle the Issuer to exercise any remedy
reserved to it in this Article, it shall not be necessary to give any notice,
other than such notice as may be required in this Article. Such rights and
remedies as are given the Issuer hereunder shall also extend to the Trustee, and
the Trustee and the owners of the Bonds, subject to the provisions of the
Indenture, shall be entitled to the benefit of all covenants and agreements
herein contained.

         Section 11.6. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses. In the
event the Company should default under any of the provisions of this Agreement
and the Issuer, the Trustee or any Bondholder should employ attorneys or incur
other expenses for the collection of payments required hereunder or the
enforcement of performance or observance of any obligation or agreement on the
part of the Company herein contained, the Company agrees that it will on demand
therefor pay to the Issuer, the Trustee or any such Bondholder the reasonable
fees of such attorneys and such other expenses so incurred.

         Section 11.7. No Additional Waiver Implied by one Waiver. In the event
any agreement contained in this Agreement should be breached by either party and
thereafter waived by the other party, such waiver shall be limited to the
particular breach so waived and shall not be deemed to waive any other breach
hereunder.

                               [END OF ARTICLE XI]


                                      XI-4

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XII

                           OPTIONS TO PREPAY RENT AND
                         TERMINATE OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER

         (1) The Company shall have, and is hereby granted, the option to prepay
Rent and direct the Issuer to cause the Bonds to be redeemed in whole at par
during the original Lease Term if any of the events set forth below shall occur:

         (a) The Project shall have been damaged or destroyed (1) to such extent
that it cannot, in the Company's reasonable judgment, be reasonably restored
within a period of six (6) months to the condition thereof immediately preceding
such damage or destruction, and (2) to such extent that the Company is thereby
prevented, in the Company's reasonable judgment, from carrying on its normal
operations at the Project for a period of six (6) months or more.

         (b) Title to, or the temporary use for a period of six (6) months or
more of, all or substantially all the Project, or such part thereof as shall
materially interfere, in the Company's reasonable judgment, with the operation
of the Project for the purpose for which the Project is designed, shall have
been taken under the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any governmental
body or by any person, firm or corporation acting under governmental authority
(including such a taking or takings as results in the Company being thereby
prevented from carrying on its normal operations at the Project for a period of
six (6) months or more).

         (c) Changes which the Company cannot reasonably control or overcome in
the economic availability of materials, supplies, labor, equipment and other
properties and things necessary for the efficient operation of the Mortgaged
Premises shall have occurred, or technological or other changes shall have
occurred which in the reasonable judgment of the Company render the continued
operation of the Mortgaged Premises uneconomic.

         (d) As a result of any changes in the Constitution of the State or the
Constitution of the United States of America or of legislative or administrative
action (whether state or federal) or by final decree, judgment or order of any
court or administrative body (whether state or federal) entered after the
contest thereof by the Company in good faith, this Agreement shall have become
void or unenforceable or impossible of performance in accordance with the intent
and purposes of the parties as expressed in this Agreement, or unreasonable
burdens or excessive liabilities shall have been imposed on the Company in
respect to the Mortgaged Premises, including, without limitation, federal, state
or other ad


                                     XII-1

<PAGE>


valorem, property, income or other taxes not being imposed on the date
of this Agreement.

         To exercise such option, the Company shall within ninety (90) days
following the event authorizing such termination, give written notice to the
Issuer and the Trustee and shall specify therein the date of redemption of Bonds
pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture, which date shall be the next interest
payment date in respect of the Bonds for which the required notice of redemption
can practicably be given. In accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
Company shall make arrangements for the Trustee to give the required notice of
redemption. In order to exercise such option, the Company shall pay, or cause to
be paid, on or prior to the applicable redemption date, to the Trustee, an
amount equal to the sum of the following:

         (i) An amount of money which, when added to the amount then on deposit
and available in the Bond Fund, will be sufficient to retire and redeem all the
Outstanding Bonds on the earliest possible redemption date after notice as
provided in the Indenture, including, without limitation, the principal amount
thereof, all interest to accrue to said redemption date, and the applicable
redemption premium, if any, plus

         (ii) An amount of money equal to the Trustee's fees and expenses under
the Indenture accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of
the Bonds, plus

         (iii) An amount of money equal to the Issuer's fees and expenses under
this Agreement accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of
the Bonds.

         In the event that the Company exercises its option to prepay Rent
pursuant to this Article XII, the Company shall have the right to continue to
occupy the Project and to retain exclusive possession and control of the Project
and shall have quiet use and enjoyment of the Project for the remainder of the
original Lease Term, and shall retain the right to exercise its options pursuant
to Section 5.3 hereof and shall have no further obligation to pay any amounts
under Section 6.1(a) hereof in respect of the original Lease Term.

         (2) The Company shall have and is hereby granted the extraordinary
option to prepay Rent and direct the Issuer to cause the Bonds to be redeemed or
purchased in whole or in part, such part to consist of those Bonds owned by all
of the Owners which withhold their consent to the proposed action to be taken by
the Company, at the Redemption Prices set forth at Section 3.01(a)(2) of the
Indenture if:

         (a) the Company or any of its Affiliates desires to make a Restricted
Payment which is not permitted under Section 2.4(f) of

                                     XII-2
<PAGE>


this Agreement calculated as of the date on which the Restricted Payment is to
be made; or

         (b) the Company or any of its Affiliates desires to incur additional
Indebtedness that is not permitted under Sections 2.4(h), (i) or Section 2.4(k)
of this Agreement.

         Provided, however, that prior to the exercise of its option to prepay
as provided in this Section 2 of Article XII, the Company shall have requested
the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Bonds then Outstanding to take any action described in clause (a) or (b) of this
Section 2 of Article XII notwithstanding the applicable restrictions set forth
in this Agreement, and such consent shall have been refused.

         In order to exercise its option to prepay as provided in this Section 2
of Article XII, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, the Owners and the
Issuer the following:

         (i) a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company stating
that the proposed Restricted Payment or additional Indebtedness is permitted to
be paid or incurred under the covenants and agreements relating to all other
existing Indebtedness of the Company; and

         (ii) unless such prepayment is to be made simultaneously with the
payment of the Restricted Payment or incurrence of additional Indebtedness, (A)
in the case of a proposed Restricted Payment, written evidence that the Company
or an Affiliate is legally bound to make such Restricted Payment, or (B) in the
case of proposed additional Indebtedness, a written commitment, bond purchase
contract or other similar written agreement or letter evidencing a purchaser's
or lender's intent to purchase or make the loan constituting such additional
Indebtedness.

                              (END OF ARTICLE XII]


                                     XII-3

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 13.1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect from the date hereof to and including such time as all of the
Bonds and the fees and expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee and all amounts
payable hereunder shall have been fully paid or provision made for such payment.

         Section 13.2. Notices. All notices, certificates or other
communications hereunder shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given
when delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows: if to the Issuer, to 224 Barclay Pavilion, Route 70 East,
Cherry Hill, New Jersey 08034, Attention: Executive Director; if to the Trustee,
to The Bank of New York (NJ), 385 Rifle Camp Road, West Paterson, New Jersey
07424, Attention: Corporate Trust Department; and if to the Company, to Holt
Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., 701 N. Broadway, Gloucester City, New
Jersey 08030, Attention: Mr. Bernard Gelman, Vice President. A duplicate copy of
each notice, certificate or other communication given hereunder by the Issuer or
the Company shall also be given to the Trustee. The Issuer, the Company, the
Trustee and the Purchaser may, by written notice given hereunder, designate any
further or different addresses to which subsequent notices, certificates or
other communications shall be sent.

         Section 13.3. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of and shall be binding upon the Issuer, the Company, the Trustee, the Owners of
the Bonds and their respective successors and assigns, subject, however, to the
limitations contained in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

         Section 13.4. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is
invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public
policy, all other provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full
force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions
contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon
such determination that any provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being
enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this
Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as
possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated
hereby are fulfilled.

         Section 13.5. Amounts Remaining in Funds. Subject to the provisions of
Section 5.12 of the Indenture, it is agreed by the parties hereto that any
amounts remaining in the Bond Fund, the Project Fund, or any other fund created
under the Indenture upon


                                     XIII-1

<PAGE>


expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, as provided in this
Agreement, after payment in full of the Bonds (or provision for payment thereof
having been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), the fees
and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture and all amounts
which may be due under the Bond Purchase Agreement, the Mortgages, any Lease
Document or the Guaranty shall belong to and be paid to the Company by the
Trustee.

         Section 13.6. Amendments, Changes and Modification. Subsequent to the
issuance of Bonds and prior to their payment in full (or provision for the
payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture), and except as otherwise herein expressly provided, this Agreement
may not be effectively amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated without
the written consent of the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

         Section 13.7. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be
simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an
original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         Section 13.8. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State.

         Section 13.9. Captions. The captions and headings in this Agreement are
for convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent
of any provisions or Sections of this Agreement.


                                     XIII-2


<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Agreement to be executed
in its name and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name
all as of the date first above written.


ATTEST                                      CAMDEN COUNTY IMPROVEMENT
                                            AUTHORITY

/s/ Marie J. Burke                          By: /s/ Illegible
- ------------------------                        -------------------------------

[SEAL]

ATTEST:                                     HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
                                            SYSTEM, INC.

/s/ John Evans                              By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- ------------------------                        -------------------------------
                                                Bernard Gelman
                                                Vice President


                       Signature page to Lease Agreement





                    NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

                                       AND

                    HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.




                          -----------------------------
                             SERIES K LOAN AGREEMENT
                          -----------------------------

                          Dated as of February 1, 1997

     The interest of the NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (the
"Authority") in this Loan Agreement has been assigned (except for certain rights
expressly reserved by the Authority) pursuant to the Indenture of Trust dated as
of the date hereof from the Authority to THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee (the
"Trustee"), and is subject to the security interest of the Trustee hereunder.


<PAGE>


                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

     (This Table of Contents is only for convenience of reference and is not
intended to define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of
this Loan Agreement.)


                                                             Page
                                                             ----

      PARTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
      PREAMBLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

      Section 1.1. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-1
      Section 1.2. Interpretation and Construction . . . . . I-11

                                   ARTICLE II

             REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

      Section 2.1.  Representations and Covenants of the
                    Authority  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
      Section 2.2.  Representations and Warranties of the
                    Company  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II-1
      Section 2.3.  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]  . . . . . . . . II-8
      Section 2.4.  Notice of Determination of Taxability. . II-8
      Section 2.5.  Covenants of the Company . . . . . . . . II-8

                                   ARTICLE III

      REFUNDING OF THE SERIES D BONDS AND THE SERIES E BONDS;
                       ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS

      Section 3.1.  Agreement to Issue the Bonds; 
                    Application of Bond Proceeds  . . . . . III-1
      Section 3.2.  Disbursements from the Project Fund . . III-1

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 LOAN PROVISIONS

      Section 4.1.  Loan of Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . .  IV-1
      Section 4.2.  Amounts Payable . . . . . . . . . . . .  IV-1
      Section 4.3.  Obligations of Company Unconditional. .  IV-2


                                        i

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE V

                         DISBURSEMENT FROM PROJECT FUND

      Section 5.1.  Disbursements from the Project Fund  . .  V-1
      Section 5.2.  Maintenance and Modification of the
                    Project Facility  by the Company . . . .  V-2
      Section 5.3.  Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and
                    Utility Charges  . . . . . . . . . . . .  V-3
      Section 5.4.  Insurance Required . . . . . . . . . . .  V-3
      Section 5.5.  Additional Provisions Concerning
                    Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  V-4
      Section 5.6.  Worker's Compensation  . . . . . . . . .  V-5

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

      Section 6.1.  Damage, Destruction and Condemnation . . VI-1
      Section 6.2.  Application of Net Proceeds. . . . . . . VI-1
      Section 6.3.  Insufficiency of Net Proceeds. . . . . . VI-2
      Section 6.4.  Other Net Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . VI-2

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

      Section 7.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability
                   by Authority  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  VII-1
      Section 7.2. Access to the Project . . . . . . . . .  VII-1
      Section 7.3. Further Assurances and Corrective
                   Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  VII-1
      Section 7.4. Authority and Company Representatives .  VII-1
      Section 7.5. Financing Statements  . . . . . . . . .  VII-1
      Section 7.6. Compliance with Code  . . . . . . . . .  VII-2
      Section 7.7. Further Assurances  . . . . . . . . . .  VII-2
      Section 7.8. (INTENTIONALLY OMITTED] . . . . . . . .  VII-2
      Section 7.9. Annual Certificate. . . . . . . . . . .  VII-2

                                  ARTICLE VIII

     PROJECT USERS; MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; MERGE, SELL, TRANSFER;
                           INDEMNIFICATION; REDEMPTION

      Section 8.1. Project Users; Maintain Existence;
                   Merge, Sell, Transfer . . . . . . . . . VIII-1
      Section 8.2. Release and Indemnification Covenants . VIII-2
      Section 8.3. Redemption of Bonds . . . . . . . . . . VIII-5
      Section 8.4. Authority to Grant Security Interest
                   to Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII-5
      Section 8.5. Indemnification of Trustee  . . . . . . VIII-5


                                       ii

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

      Section 9.1. Defaults Defined .  . . . . . . . . . . . IX-1
      Section 9.2. Trustee's Remedies on Default . . . . . . IX-2
      Section 9.3. Authority's Remedies on Default . . . . . IX-3
      Section 9.4. Additional Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . IX-5
      Section 9.5. No Remedy Exclusive . . . . . . . . . . . IX-5
      Section 9.6. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and
                   Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . IX-5
      Section 9.7. No Additional Waiver Implied by One
                   Waiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX-5

                                   ARTICLE X

                  OPTIONS TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT . . . . . .  X-1

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      Section 11.1. Term of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . .  XI-1
      Section 11.2. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  XI-1
      Section 11.3. Binding Effect. . . . . . . . . . . . .  XI-1
      Section 11.4. Severability . . . . .  . . . . . . . .  XI-1
      Section 11-5. Amounts Remaining in Funds  . . . . . .  XI-1
      Section 11.6. Amendments, Changes and Modifications .  XI-2
      Section 11.7. Execution in Counterparts . . . . . . .  XI-2
      Section 11.8. Applicable Law  . . . . . . . . . . . .  XI-2
      Section 11.9. Captions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  XI-2

EXHIBIT A - Project Facility

EXHIBIT B - Form of Requisition

EXHIBIT C - Permitted Encumbrances

EXHIBIT D - Subsidiaries and Affiliates


                                       iii

<PAGE>


     THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is dated as of February 1, 1997, between the NEW JERSEY
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (the "Authority"), a public body corporate and
politic constituting an instrumentality of the State of New Jersey and HOLT
HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., a corporation duly organized and validly
existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the "Company").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the New Jersey Economic Development Authority Act, as amended
and supplemented, N.J.S.A. ss.34:1B-1, et seq. (the "Act"), declares that the
Legislature has determined that Department of Labor and Industry statistics of
recent years indicate a continuing decline in manufacturing employment within
the State which is a contributing factor to the drastic unemployment existing
within the State, which far exceeds the national average, thus adversely
affecting the economy of the State and the prosperity, safety, health and
general welfare of its inhabitants and their standard of living; and that the
availability of financial assistance and suitable facilities are important
inducements to new and varied employment promoting enterprises to locate in the
State, and to existing enterprises to remain and expand in the State; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority was created to aid in remedying the aforesaid
conditions and to implement the purposes of the Act, and the Legislature has
determined that the authority and powers conferred upon the Authority under the
Act and the expenditure of moneys pursuant thereto constitute a serving of a
valid public purpose and that the enactment of the provisions set forth in the
Act is in the public interest and for the public benefit and good and has been
so declared to be as a matter of express legislative determination; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority, to accomplish the purposes of the Act, is empowered
(i) to extend credit or make loans to any person for the planning, designing,
acquiring, constructing, reconstructing, improving, equipping and furnishing of
a project, which credit or loans may be secured by loan and security agreements,
mortgages, leases, and any other instruments, upon such terms and conditions as
the Authority shall deem reasonable; (ii) to require the inclusion in any
mortgage, lease, contract, loan and security agreement or other instruments,
such provisions for the construction, use, operation and maintenance and
financing of a project as the Authority may deem necessary or desirable; and
(iii) to enter into contracts with respect to the planning, designing,
financing, constructing, reconstructing, improving, equipping, furnishing,
operating and maintaining of a project, for such consideration and upon such
terms and conditions as the Authority may determine to be reasonable; and


<PAGE>


     WHEREAS, as an inducement to the Company to undertake a certain project
consisting of the acquisition and filling of approximately 18.6 acres of
tidewater property (including the cost of off-site mitigation required by
environmental permits), the renovation of an existing building of approximately
36,500 square feet into a refrigerated warehouse and certain additional building
renovations, the performance of certain site improvements, including the
renovation of a collapsed pier, the construction of two marginal piers and
certain paving, grading and filling costs, and the purchase and installation of
machinery and equipment, including container cranes, bulldozers, forklift trucks
and other peripheral equipment for use in the loading and unloading of
oceangoing vessels, all part of a public port facility and property functionally
related and subordinate thereto (the "Project"), said Project to be located in
the City of Gloucester City, County of Camden, New Jersey, the Authority, in
furtherance of the purposes of the Act, made certain findings and determinations
and preliminarily approved the application of the Company for the financing of
the Project by resolution duly adopted on May 24, 1983 and by further resolution
duly adopted on August 7, 1984 authorized the issuance of its Variable/Fixed
Rate Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. -
1983 Project) in the principal amount of $13,500,000 (the "Series A Bonds") for
the purpose of providing funds for the making of a loan to the Company to
finance a portion of the Project and to enable the Company to refund certain
outstanding bonds; and

     WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Authority
heretofore issued the Series A Bonds for the Company in the City of Gloucester
City, Camden County, New Jersey on August 24, 1984, and loaned the proceeds from
the sale thereof to the Company pursuant to a Loan Agreement dated as of August
1, 1984 between the Authority and the Company; and

     WHEREAS, as a further inducement to the Company to undertake certain
additional costs in connection with the Project and in furtherance of the
purposes of the Act, the Authority by resolution duly adopted on September 4,
1985 authorized the issuance of its Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development
Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in the
aggregate principal amount of $17,500,000, consisting of its Series B
Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in the principal amount of $7,500,000 (the "Series
B Bonds") and its Series C Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds (Holt
Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in the principal amount of
$10,000,000 (the "Series C Bonds"), all for the purpose of providing funds for
the making of loans to the Company to finance a portion of the Project; and

     WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Authority
heretofore issued the Series B Bonds for the Company in


                               2

<PAGE>


the City of Gloucester City, Camden County, New Jersey, on December 6, 1985, and
loaned the proceeds from the sale thereof to the Company pursuant to a loan
agreement dated as of November 1, 1985 between the Authority and the Company;
and

     WHEREAS, in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, the Authority
heretofore issued the Series C Bonds for the Company in the City of Gloucester
City, Camden County, New Jersey, on December 30, 1985, and loaned the proceeds
from the sale thereof to the Company pursuant to a loan agreement dated as of
December 1, 1985 between the Authority and the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Authority to
refund the Series C Bonds and, as an inducement to the Company to refund the
Series C Bonds, the Authority duly adopted an amended final resolution on
January 8, 1986 authorizing the issuance of its Economic Development Bonds (Holt
Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. 1983 Project) 11.85% 1986 Series in the
aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 (the "1986 Series Bonds") and
providing for the securing of the payment of said 1986 Series Bonds by a pledge
of moneys to be received by the Authority and the assignment of certain rights
of the Authority with respect to the Project, which pledge and assignment
further secured the payment of the principal of and interest on the 1986 Series
Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority issued the 1986 Series Bonds on February 25, 1986
and applied the proceeds of the 1986 Series Bonds to make a loan to the Company
to refund the Series C Bonds in accordance with a certain loan agreement between
the Authority and the Company and a certain indenture of trust between the
Authority and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, both dated as of February 1,
1986, providing, in part, for payments by the Company to the Authority
sufficient to meet installments of interest and principal on the 1986 Series
Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Authority to
refund the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds, and, as an inducement to the
Company to refund the Series A Bonds and the Series B Bonds, the Authority duly
adopted an amended final resolution on July 1, 1986 authorizing the issuance of
its Series D Senior Mortgage Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and
Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) in an aggregate principal amount of
$18,750,000 (the "Series D Bonds") and providing for the securing of the payment
of said Series D Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be received by the Authority and
the assignment of certain rights of the Authority with respect to the Project,
which pledge and assignment further secured the payment of the principal of and
interest on the Series D Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority issued the Series D Bonds on September 18, 1986 and
applied the proceeds of the Series D Bonds to make a loan to the Company to
refund the Series A Bonds and the Series B


                                        3

<PAGE>


Bonds in accordance with a certain loan agreement between the Authority and the
Company (the "Series D Agreement"; the Mortgage as defined in the Series D
Agreement is hereinafter referred to as the "Series D Mortgage") and a certain
indenture of trust between the Authority and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee,
both dated as of August 1, 1986, providing, in part, for payments by the Company
to the Authority sufficient to meet installments of interest and principal on
the Series D Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Authority to
finance certain additional costs in connection with the Project and as a further
inducement to the Company to undertake such costs and in furtherance of the
purposes of the Act, the Authority duly adopted an amended final resolution on
December 2, 1986 authorizing the issuance of its Series E Senior Mortgage
Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983
Project) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $8,500,000 (the "Series E Bonds")
and secured the payment of said Series E Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be
received by the Authority and the assignment of certain rights of the Authority
with respect to the Project, which pledge and assignment further secured the
payment of the principal of and interest on the Series E Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority issued the Series E Bonds on December 30, 1986 and
applied the proceeds of the Series E Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the
financing of a portion of the costs of the Project, all in accordance with a
certain loan agreement between the Authority and the Company (the "Series E
Agreement"; the Mortgage as defined in the Series E Agreement is hereinafter
referred to as the "Series E Mortgage") and a certain indenture of trust between
the Authority and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee, both dated as of December
1, 1986, providing, in part, for payments by the Company to the Authority
sufficient to meet installments of interest and principal on the Series E Bonds;
and

     WHEREAS, the Company thereafter amended the Application, revising certain
aspects thereof to reflect cost overruns incurred with respect to the Project
and requested that the Authority reconfirm its approval of the project described
in the Application; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested a further loan from the Authority to finance
certain additional costs in connection with the Project and as a further
inducement to the Company to undertake such additional costs and in furtherance
of the purposes of the Act, the Authority duly adopted an amended final
resolution on August 4, 1987 (the "August Resolution") authorizing the issuance
of its Series F Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System,
Inc. - 1983 Project) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $9,000,000
(the "Series F Bonds") and providing for the securing of the payment of said
Series F Bonds by


                                        4

<PAGE>


a pledge of moneys to be received by the Authority and the assignment of certain
rights of the Authority with respect to the Project, which pledge and assignment
further secured the payment of the principal of and interest on the Series F
Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority was thereafter requested and agreed to amend the
form of bonds approved in the August Resolution and to substitute Fidelity Bank,
National Association as trustee in the place of Bankers Trust Company, New York,
New York, and duly adopted an amended final resolution on December 1, 1987
authorizing the amended form of Series F Bonds and the substitution of trustee,
and otherwise ratifying and confirming the August Resolution; and,

     WHEREAS, the Authority issued its Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development
Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project), Series F, in
the aggregate principal amount of $9,000,000 on December 24, 1987 and applied
the proceeds of the Series F Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the
financing of a portion of the costs of the Project, all in accordance with a
certain loan agreement between the Authority and the Company and a certain
indenture of trust between the Authority and Fidelity Bank, National
Association, as trustee, both dated as of December 1, 1987, providing, in part,
for payments by the Company to the Authority sufficient to meet installments of
interest and principal on the Series F Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Authority to
refund the 1986 Series Bonds and the Series F Bonds and, as an inducement to the
Company to refund such Bonds, the Authority duly adopted an amended final
resolution on January 7, 1992 authorizing the issuance of its Economic
Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project),
Series G in the aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 (the "Series G
Bonds"), and its Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc. - 1983 Project), Series H in the aggregate principal amount of
$9,000,000 (the "Series H Bonds"), and provided for the securing of the payment
of said Series G Bonds and the Series H Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be
received by the Authority and the assignment of certain rights of the Authority
with respect to the Project, which pledge and assignment are hereby declared to
further secure the payment of the principal of and interest on the Series G
Bonds and the Series H Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority issued the Series G Bonds on January 28, 1992 and
applied the proceeds of the Series G Bonds to make a loan to the Company to
refund the 1986 Series Bonds in accordance with a certain loan agreement between
the Authority and the Company, and a certain indenture of trust between the
Authority and Mellon Bank, N.A., as trustee, both dated as of January 2, 1992
providing, in part, for payments by the Company to the Authority sufficient to
meet installments of interest and principal on the Series G Bonds; and


                                        5

<PAGE>


     WHEREAS, the Authority issued the Series H Bonds on January 28, 1992 and
applied the proceeds of the Series H Bonds to make a loan to the Company to
refund the Series F Bonds in accordance with a certain loan agreement between
the Authority and the Company, and a certain indenture of trust between the
Authority and Mellon Bank, N.A., as trustee, both dated as of January 2, 1992,
providing, in part, for payments by the Company to the Authority sufficient to
meet installments of interest and principal on the Series H Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Authority to
undertake certain additional costs in connection with the Project and, as an
inducement to the Company to undertake such costs and in furtherance of the
purposes of the Act, the Authority duly adopted a final resolution on September
7, 1993 authorizing the issuance of its Economic Development Bonds (Holt Hauling
and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project), 1993 Series I in the aggregate
principal amount of $5,000,000 (the "Series I Bonds"), and secured the
Series I Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be received by the Authority and the
assignment of certain rights of the Authority with respect to the Project, which
pledge and assignment are hereby declared to further secure the payment of the
principal of and interest on the Series I Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority issued the Series I Bonds on November 10, 1993 and
applied the proceeds of the Series I Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the
financing of a portion of the additional costs in connection with the Project,
all in accordance with a certain loan agreement between the Authority and the
Company, and a certain indenture of trust between the Authority and The Bank of
New York, as trustee, both dated as of November 1, 1993 providing, in part, for
payments by the Company to the Authority sufficient to meet installments of
interest and principal on the Series I Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company requested an additional loan from the Authority to
refund the Series I Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority issued its Economic Development Revenue Refunding
Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) 1995 Series J
in the aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 (the "Series J Bonds"), which
Series J Bonds are secured by a pledge of moneys to be received by the Authority
and the assignment of certain rights of the Authority with respect to the
Project, which pledge and assignment further secure the payment of the principal
of and interest on the Series J Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority applied the proceeds of the Series J Bonds to make a
loan to the Company (the "Loan") to refund the Series I Bonds, all in accordance
with a certain loan agreement dated as of June 1, 1995 between the Authority and
the Company and a certain indenture of trust dated as of June 1, 1995 between
the


                                        6

<PAGE>


Authority and The Bank of New York, as trustee for the Series J Bonds providing,
in part, for payments by the Company to the Authority sufficient to meet
installments of interest and principal on the Series J Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company has filed an Application for Refunding NJEDA Bonds,
dated July 22, 1996, with the Authority requesting an additional loan from the
Authority to refund the Series D Bonds and the Series E Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority proposes to issue its Senior Mortgage Economic
Development Revenue Refunding Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. -
1983 Project) 1997 Series K in the aggregate principal amount of $27,250,000
(the "Bonds"), and to secure the Bonds by a pledge of moneys to be received by
the Authority and the assignment of certain rights of the Authority with respect
to the Project, which pledge and assignment are hereby declared to further
secure the payment of the principal of and interest on the Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Authority proposes to apply the proceeds of the Bonds to make
a loan to the Company to refund the Series D Bonds and the Series E Bonds, all
in accordance with a certain loan agreement (the "Loan Agreement") to be entered
into between the Authority and the Company and a certain indenture of trust (the
"Indenture") to be entered into between the Authority and the trustee to be
designated for the Bonds (the "Trustee") providing, in part, for payments by the
Company to the Authority sufficient to meet installments of interest and
principal on the Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Authority each have full right and lawful
authority to enter into this Loan Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the
"Agreement"), and to perform and observe the provisions hereof on their
respective parts to be performed and observed.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
hereinafter contained, the parties hereto covenant, agree and bind themselves as
follows; provided, that any obligation of the Authority created by or arising
out of this Loan Agreement shall never constitute a debt or a pledge of the
faith and credit or the taxing power of the State or any political subdivision
or taxing district of the State (other than the Authority, to the limited extent
provided in the Indenture) but shall be payable solely out of the Trust Estate
(as hereinafter defined), anything herein contained to the contrary by
implication or otherwise notwithstanding:

                                        7


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1 Definitions. All capitalized, undefined terms used herein shall
have the same meanings as used in Article I of the hereinafter defined
Indenture. In addition, the following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:

     "Act" means The New Jersey Economic Development Authority Act, as amended,
N.J.S.A. 34:1B-1, et seq., or any successor legislation, and any regulations and
administrative pronouncements promulgated thereunder.

     "Affiliate" means any Person under the control of or in common control or
ownership (direct or indirect) of or with the Company or any Affiliate of the
Company or that is included on the Company's combined financial statements. For
the purposes of this definition and the definition of Related Party below,
"control" shall mean ownership or control (direct or indirect) of five percent
or more of the voting stock of the Person for which such determination is to be
made or the exercise of management control over the business and affairs of such
Person. The term "Affiliate" shall not be deemed to include any Person any
portion of which is owned or held by the Company solely for investment purposes
provided that (i) the Company does not own or hold more than 49% of such Person
and (ii) such Person is not included in the Company's consolidated financial
statements.

     "Aggregate Combined Net Income" of a group of Persons for any specified
periods means the sum of the Combined Net Income of such group for each such
period in which Combined Net Income was greater than zero.

     "Agreement" or "Loan Agreement" means this Series K Loan Agreement as the
same may be from time to time amended, modified or supplemented in accordance
with its terms.

     "Application" means, collectively (i) the application for financial
assistance of the Company dated April 28, 1983, submitted to the Authority,
including any amendments thereto, and (ii) the application for refunding NJEDA
bonds of the Company dated July 22, 1996, submitted to the Authority, as are on
file at the Authority's offices.

     "Assignment" means the Series K Assignment dated the Closing Date by and
between the Authority, as assignor, and the Trustee, as assignee, assigning,
subject to such reservations as are contained therein, all of the Authority's
right, title and interest in and to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
as

                                       I-1


<PAGE>


the same may be from time to time amended, modified or supplemented.

     "Authority" means the New Jersey Economic Development Authority, a public
body corporate and politic constituting an instrumentality of the State,
exercising governmental functions and any body, board, authority, agency or
political subdivision or other instrumentality of the State which shall
hereafter succeed to the powers, duties and functions thereof.

     "Authority Representative" means the Chairperson, Vice Chairperson,
Executive Director, Managing Director of Investment Banking or any other officer
of the Authority who shall have power to execute contracts pursuant to By-Laws
of the Authority and any resolution adopted thereunder.

     "Bond" or "Bonds" or "Series K Bond" or "Series K Bonds" means one or more
of the Senior Mortgage Economic Development Revenue Refunding Bonds (Holt
Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) 1997 Series K of the
Authority in an aggregate principal amount of $27,250,000 authorized to be
issued pursuant to the Bond Resolution, delivered under and pursuant to the Bond
Resolution and the Indenture and any bonds issued in lieu of or in substitution
therefor.

     "Bond Counsel" with respect to the issuance and delivery of the Bonds means
Wolff & Samson, A Professional Corporation, having its office at 5 Becker Farm
Road, Roseland, New Jersey 07068, and subsequent thereto, such firm or any other
nationally recognized bond counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Authority and
the Trustee.

     "Bond Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and created
pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Indenture.

     "Bond Purchase Agreement" means the bond purchase agreement dated the
Closing Date by and among the Authority, the Company and the Purchaser relating
to the issuance and sale of the Bonds, as the same may be from time to time
amended, modified or supplemented.

     "Bond Resolution" means the resolution of the Authority adopted on
September 9, 1996 and entitled "Final Resolution (Holt Hauling and Warehousing
System, Inc. - 1983 Project)" authorizing the issuance and sale of the Bonds and
the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Bond Purchase
Agreement, the Assignment and the other Loan Documents and determining other
matters in connection with the Project.

     "Bond Year" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Certificate.

                                       I-2


<PAGE>


     "Business Day" means a day on which the Trustee and banks located in West
Paterson, New Jersey or New York City are open for the purpose of conducting a
commercial banking business.

     "Cancellation Date" means the effective date of the Authority's notice of
cancellation of the Bonds given pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof.

     "Cash Flow" of a Person means Net Income of such Person plus depreciation
and other non-cash charges to income plus (or minus) any increase (or decrease)
in deferred taxes.

     "Chief Financial Officer" means Bernard Gelman, the Vice President and
Treasurer of the Company, or such other individual functioning in a
substantially similar capacity on behalf of the Company as the Company shall
designate in a notice to the Trustee from time to time.

     "Closing Date" means March 3, 1997 or such other date which shall be the
date of execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
the issuance and delivery of the Bonds and the making of the Loan.

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be
hereafter modified, supplemented or amended, including the Treasury Regulations
promulgated thereunder, and including, to the extent not inconsistent with the
Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1954,
as amended.

     "Collateral" means all of the rights and assets of the Company or any other
Person in which the Authority or the Trustee is now or hereafter granted a lien
or security interest in order to secure the performance of the Company's
obligations under this Loan Agreement, the Mortgage or any of the Collateral
Documents, the obligations of the Authority hereunder or under the Bonds or the
obligations of any Guarantor under the Guaranty.

     "Collateral Documents" means all documents executed and delivered or to be
executed and delivered and under which the Authority or the Trustee is granted a
lien or security interest in any of the rights and assets of the Company or any
other Person in order to secure the performance of the Company's obligations
under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, the obligations of the
Authority under the Indenture or under the Bonds or the obligations of any
Guarantor under the Guaranty.

     "Combined Cash Flow", "Combined Interest Charges", "Combined Net Income"
and "Combined Net Income Before Interest and Taxes" for any period means,
respectively, the Cash Flow, Interest Charges, Net Income and Net Income Before
Interest and Taxes of the Company and the Guarantors for such period, combined
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied.

                                       I-3


<PAGE>


     "Combined Indebtedness" means (i) the Combined Total Assets less (ii) the
total combined stockholders' equity of the Company and the Guarantors plus
deferred taxes, each determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, as such combination is effected in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied as at any
date on which the amount thereof shall be determined.

     "Combined Long Term Indebtedness" means Long Term Indebtedness of the
Company and the Guarantors as such combination is effected in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied as at any date on
which the amount thereof shall be determined.

     "Combined Tangible Net Worth" means (i) total combined shareholders' equity
in the Company and the Guarantors, determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as such combination is
effected in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied, less (ii) the aggregate net amount of the following items
to the extent, if any, that they were included in consolidated assets or
deducted from consolidated liabilities in computing shareholders' equity:

     (a) All licenses, patents, copyrights, tradenames, trademarks, franchises,
goodwill, experimental or organizational expense, unamortized debt discount and
expense, treasury stock and all other assets which under generally accepted
accounting principles are deemed intangible; and

     (b) Any write-up of assets (other than current assets written up in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied)
made after January 1, 1996.

     "Combined Total Assets" means the assets of the Company and the Guarantors,
combined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.

     "Company" means Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., a corporation
duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania and duly authorized to transact business in the State, and any
surviving, resulting, or transferee entity as provided in Section 2.5(k) hereof.

     "Company Representative" means the person or persons at the time designated
to act on behalf of the Company by written certificate furnished to the
Authority and the Trustee containing the signature of such person or persons and
signed on behalf of the Company by its President or any Vice President. Such
certificate may designate an alternate or alternates.

                                       I-4

<PAGE>



     "Cumulative Combined Net Income" for any specified periods means the sum of
Combined Net Income for each of such periods (subtracting Combined Net Income
for any period in which it is negative, as appropriate).

     "Date of Issue" or "Issue Date" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax
Certificate.

     "Debt Service" means, for any Bond Year, the scheduled amount of interest
and amortization of principal payable for that Bond Year with respect to the
Bonds; provided, however, that in determining Debt Service for any Bond Year,
there shall not be taken into account amounts scheduled with respect to any
Bonds (or portion thereof) that have been retired before the beginning of such
Bond Year. The determination of Debt Service on the Bonds shall be made on the
first day of each Bond Year in the manner provided in Section 148(d) of the Code
and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "Default" means any Default under this Agreement as specified in and
defined by Section 9.1 hereof.

     "Distribution Fund" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(e).

     "ERISA" means the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

     "Event of Cancellation" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(a).

     "Excess Amount" means, as of any payment date, the amount in the Bond Fund
on such date in excess of the amount required for the payment of principal,
accrued interest and premium, if any, on the Bonds due on such date.

     "Extraordinary Tax Liability" shall mean any tax liability payable by any
shareholders of the Company or any Guarantor in respect of extraordinary or
non-recurring items of income or non-operating revenues or revenues other than
operating revenues of the Company or any Guarantor consisting of the receipt of
cash by, or the accrual of cash payable to, the Company or a Guarantor.

     "Fiscal Year" means January 1 through December 31.

     "Gross Proceeds" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Certificate.

     "Guarantor" means any of B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated
Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue Enterprises,

                                       I-5


<PAGE>


Incorporated, Holt Cargo Systems, Inc., The Riverfront Development Corp., CRT,
Inc., Triple Seven Ice, Inc., Pattison Avenue Warehousing Corp., Refrigerated
Enterprises, Inc., 777 Pattison Ave., Inc., Dockside International Fish Co.,
Inc., Murphy Marine Services, Inc., Wilmington Stevedores, Inc. and any other
Person required to be a guarantor under the Guaranty.

     "Guaranty" means the Series K Guaranty Agreement dated as of February 1,
1997 executed by the Guarantors to and in favor of the Authority, and any
amendments or supplements thereto.

     "Indebtedness" means, for any Person (i) all indebtedness of such Person
for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property, (ii) all
direct or indirect guarantees of such Person in respect of, and all obligations
or undertakings (contingent or otherwise) of such Person to purchase or
otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of,
indebtedness of any other Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
price of property and (iii) all other obligations, contingent or otherwise,
which in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied shall be classified on such Person's balance sheet as liabilities,
including liabilities secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such
Person or a Subsidiary thereof, whether or not the liability secured thereby
shall have been assumed, capitalized leases and all guaranties, endorsements and
other contingent obligations. For purposes of determining the amount of
Indebtedness of a Person, the total amount of Indebtedness of another Person as
to which such Person is obligated described in clause (ii) or (iii) above, or
the total possible payments which such Person may become obligated to make in
respect of a contingent liability, shall be considered Indebtedness of such
Person. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Indebtedness, for any
Person, shall not include the amount available to be drawn under any letter of
credit issued with respect to a liability or contingent liability of such
Person.

     "Indenture" means the Series K Indenture of Trust, dated as of February 1,
1997 between the Authority and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Bonds are
authorized to be issued, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

     "Interest Charges" means for any Person for any four consecutive quarterly
fiscal periods, the aggregate of all interest expense (including, without
limitation, any letter of credit fees) as reflected on the Company's combined
statement of income for such period in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied.

     "Liens" means any mortgages, pledges, liens or other charges or
encumbrances of any kind (including the charge upon property purchased under
conditional sale or other title retention

                                       I-6


<PAGE>


agreements) upon, or any security interest in, any property, real or personal,
tangible or intangible.

     "Loan" means the loan in an aggregate principal amount of $27,250,000 made
by the Authority, as lender, from the proceeds of the sale of the Bonds, to the
Company, as borrower, to provide funds for the refunding of the Series D Bonds
and the Series E Bonds, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     "Loan Documents" means any or all of this Agreement, the Indenture, the
Bond Purchase Agreement, the Mortgage, the Guaranty, the Assignment and all
documents, certificates and instruments executed in connection therewith.

     "Long Term Indebtedness" means all Indebtedness which would, in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, constitute
long term debt, but in any event shall include:

          (i) any portion thereof included in current liabilities,

          (ii) any Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit or similar
     agreement providing for borrowings (and renewals and extensions thereof)
     over a period of more than one year notwithstanding that any such
     Indebtedness may be payable on demand or not more than one year after the
     creation thereof, and

          (iii) any guarantee with respect to Long Term Indebtedness (of the
     kind otherwise described in this definition) of another Person.

     "Mortgage" means the Series K Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of
February 1, 1997 from the Company and 777 Pattison Ave., Inc. to the Authority
under which the Company and 777 Pattison Ave., Inc. grant to the Authority a
mortgage lien on and a security interest in their respective interests in the
Project Facility to secure payment of the Company's obligations contained in
Section 4.2(a) hereof and 777 Pattison Ave., Inc.'s payment obligations under
the Guaranty, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

     "Mortgaged Property" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the
Mortgage.

     "Net Income" of a Person means the net income of such Person determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied,
exclusive of extraordinary items of income.

                                       I-7


<PAGE>


     "Net Income Before Interest and Taxes" of a Person means the Net Income of
such Person, plus the amounts deducted for interest and taxes based upon the
income of such Person in determining such Net Income.

     "Net Proceeds," when used with respect to any property and casualty
insurance proceeds or any condemnation award, means the amount remaining after
deducting all expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred in
the collection of such proceeds or award from the gross proceeds thereof.

     "Owner" or "Bondowner" or "Holder" or "Bondholder" means the person or
persons in whose name or names a Bond shall be registered on the books of the
Authority kept for that purpose in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

     "Parity Indebtedness" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(j) of
this Agreement.

     "Permitted Encumbrances" means, as of any particular time, (i) those items
shown in Exhibit C hereto, and (ii) any Lien on the Mortgaged Property hereafter
incurred by the Company or the Guarantors in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement.

     "Person" or "Persons" means any one or more individuals, corporations,
partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures, trusts,
unincorporated organizations, governmental agencies or political subdivisions.

     "Prime Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the rate
published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time as the prime lending
rate; any change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is
published in the Wall Street Journal.

     "Project" means the acquisition and filling of approximately 18.6 acres of
tidewater property (including the cost of off-site mitigation required by
environmental permits), the renovation of an existing building of approximately
36,500 square feet into a refrigerated warehouse and certain additional building
renovations, the performance of certain site improvements, including the
renovation of a collapsed pier, the construction of two marginal piers and
certain paying, grading and filling costs, and the purchase and installation of
machinery and equipment, including container cranes, bulldozers, forklift trucks
and other peripheral equipment for use in the loading and unloading of ocean-
going vessels, all part of a public port facility and property functionally
related and subordinate thereto, all to be located in the Project Municipality.

     "Project Facility" means the marine terminal complex, consisting of land
and improvements existing or to be constructed

                                       I-8


<PAGE>


thereon, and all fixtures and other personalty affixed thereto, which is or will
be owned by the Company and located in the Project Municipality, the location of
which is more fully described in Exhibit A annexed hereto, including any
additions, substitutions and replacements which have been or will be acquired
and constructed thereon.

     "Project Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and
created pursuant to Section 5.05 of the Indenture.

     "Project Municipality" means the City of Gloucester City, County of Camden,
New Jersey.

     "Purchaser" means the purchasers of the Bonds named in the Bond Purchase
Agreement, and any subsequent assignee or purchaser of any of the Bonds.

     "Rebate Requirement" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax
Certificate.

     "Refunding Parity Indebtedness" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.5(j) hereof.

     "Related Party" means the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate, any Person
controlling the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate and any director or
employee of the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

     "Related Person" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Certificate.

     "Requisition" means a written request for a disbursement from the Project
Fund or the separate trust fund described in Section 6.2 hereof, as the case may
be, signed by a Company Representative, substantially in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit B and satisfactorily completed as contemplated by said form.

     "Restricted Payment" means:

          (i) the declaration of any dividend on, or the incurrence of any
     liability to make any other payment or distribution in respect of, any
     shares of the Company its or any Guarantor (other than one payable solely
     in its common shares);

          (ii) any payment or distribution on account of the purchase,
     redemption or other retirement of any shares of the Company or any
     Guarantor or of any warrant, option or other right to acquire such shares,
     or any other payment or distribution made in respect thereof, either
     directly or indirectly, except any payment or distribution on

                                       I-9


<PAGE>


     account of (A) the principal of and prepayment charge, if any, on
     convertible debt, or (B) the purchase, redemption or other retirement of
     shares of the Company or any Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the net
     cash proceeds received by the Company or any Guarantor from a substantially
     concurrent sale of, other shares of the Company or any Guarantor; and

          (iii) any payment or distribution on account of the principal of and
     prepayment charge, if any, with respect to subordinated debt of the Company
     or the Guarantors other than (A) mandatory sinking fund or other retirement
     payments required by the terms thereof, (B) any working capital line of
     credit, and (C) optional redemption or other retirement payments paid from
     the proceeds of Parity Debt of the Company or any Guarantor incurred in
     accordance with the provisions of Section 2.5(j) of this Agreement or other
     subordinated debt of the Company or any Guarantor.

     The amount of any Restricted Payment in property shall be deemed to be the
greater of its fair market value (as determined by an independent recognized
appraiser) or its net book value.

     "Security Ratio" means at any time the value of the property subject to the
lien of the Mortgage, as such value is determined by an appraisal required by
Section 2.5(j) hereof, divided by the sum of (i) the amount (including interest
which has accrued and is being deferred) of Parity Indebtedness (as defined in
Section 2.5(j) hereof) plus (ii) the amount of the Bonds outstanding plus (iii)
the amount (including interest which has accrued and is being deferred) of the
Indebtedness outstanding to the City of Gloucester secured by the mortgages
described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 9.1(k) of this Agreement.

     "Series D Bonds" means one or more of the Series D Senior Mortgage Economic
Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) of
the Authority in the aggregate principal amount of $18,750,000 which were issued
on September 18, 1986, and are being refunded with the proceeds of the Series K
Bonds.

     "Series E Bonds" means one or more of the Series E Senior Mortgage Economic
Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project) of
the Authority in the aggregate principal amount of $8,500,000, which were issued
on December 30, 1986 and are being refunded with the proceeds of Series K Bonds.

     "State" means the State of New Jersey.

     "Subsidiary" means any entity of which at least a majority of the
outstanding stock having by the terms thereof

                                      I-10


<PAGE>


ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such
corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class
or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason
of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned
or controlled by the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

     "Substantial User" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Certificate.

     "Tax Certificate" means the Certificate as to Arbitrage and Compliance with
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 executed and delivered by the Company and the
Authority on the Date of Issue.

     "Term of Agreement" means the term of this Agreement as specified in
Section 12.1 hereof.

     "Trustee" means The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation and
its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation
or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor
trustee at the time serving as successor trustee under the Indenture. "Principal
Office" of the Trustee means the address specified in Section 12.04 of the
Indenture or such other address as may be designated in writing to the Authority
and the Company.

         "Uniform Commercial Code" means the Uniform Commercial Code, Title 12A
of the New Jersey Statutes, as enacted and in force and effect in the State.

     "Yield" shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Certificate.

     Section 1.2. Interpretation and Construction. In this Loan Agreement,
unless the context otherwise requires:

          (1) Articles and Sections mentioned by number only are the respective
     Articles and Sections of this Agreement so numbered as originally executed;

          (2) Words importing a particular gender mean and include every other
     gender, and words importing the singular number mean and include the plural
     number and vice versa;

          (3) Words importing persons mean and include firms, associations,
     partnerships (including limited partnerships), societies, trusts, public or
     private, corporations or other legal entities, including public or
     governmental bodies, as well as natural persons;

                                      I-11


<PAGE>


          (4) Any headings preceding the texts of the several Articles and
     Sections of this Loan Agreement, and any table of contents or marginal
     notes appended to copies hereof, shall be solely for convenience of
     reference and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement, nor shall they
     affect its meaning, construction or effect;

          (5) If any clause, provision or section of this Loan Agreement or the
     application thereof to any circumstance shall be ruled invalid or
     unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall
     not invalidate or render unenforceable any of the remaining provisions
     hereof or the application of such clause, provision or section to
     circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or
     unenforceable; and

          (6) References herein to the Authority, the Trustee, the Company and
     the Purchaser shall include their respective successors and assigns.

                               (END OF ARTICLE I]




                                      I-12


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II

                   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

     Section 2.1. Representations and Covenants of the Authority.

     (a) The Authority represents and covenants that:

          (1) The Authority is a public body corporate and politic constituting
     an instrumentality of the State duly organized and existing under the laws
     of the State. Under the provisions of the Act, the Authority is authorized
     to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the
     Indenture and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and to carry
     out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The Authority has been duly
     authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Indenture.

          (2) The Authority covenants that it will not pledge the amounts
     derived from this Loan Agreement other than as contemplated by the
     Indenture.

     (b) Pursuant to the Act, neither the members of the Authority nor any
person executing bonds for the Authority shall be liable on said bonds by reason
of the issuance thereof. All covenants, stipulations, promises, agreements and
obligations of the Authority set forth herein shall be deemed to be the
covenants, stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations of the Authority
and not of any member, officer or employee of the Authority in his or her
individual capacity, and no recourse shall be had for the payment of the
principal or redemption price of or interest on the Bonds or for any claim based
thereon or hereunder against any member, officer or employee of the Authority or
any person executing the Bonds.

     Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
represents and warrants that:

     (a) Corporate Status. The Company and each of the Guarantors is a duly
organized and validly existing corporation in good standing under the laws of
the state of its incorporation and has the corporate power and authority to own
its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged. The
Company and each of the Guarantors are duly qualified or licensed as foreign
corporations in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the
respective businesses conducted makes such qualification or licensing necessary.
The Company has no Subsidiary or Affiliate other than as listed in Exhibit D
annexed hereto and made a part hereof.


                                      II-1

<PAGE>


     (b) Corporate Power and Authority. The Company and each of the Guarantors
has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the
terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which
each is a party, and has taken all necessary corporate action (including,
without limitation, any consent of stockholders required by law or by its
charter or by-laws) to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement
and each of the other Loan Documents to which each is a party. This Agreement,
the Mortgage, the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to which the Company and
the Guarantors are parties each constitute the legal, valid and binding
obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, enforceable in
accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or
other similar laws relating to creditors' rights generally.

     (c) No Litigation. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or,
to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or
any Subsidiary or Affiliate by or before any court, arbitrator or governmental
or administrative body or agency which might result in any material adverse
change in the operations, business, property or assets or in the condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Company and the Guarantors taken as a whole or
which would materially adversely affect the ability of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates to comply with this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is
a party, or which would adversely affect, in any way, the validity or
enforceability of the Bonds, this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents to
which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is a party. The
Company is not, nor are any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, to the knowledge
of the Company, in default in any material respect with respect to any judgment,
order, writ, injunction, decree, rule or regulation of any governmental
instrumentality or agency.

     (d) No Violation. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
Mortgage, the Guaranty or the other Loan Documents, nor the consummation of any
of the transactions herein or therein contemplated nor compliance with the terms
and provisions hereof or with the terms and provisions thereof, will contravene
any provision of any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is subject or any judgment, decree,
license, order or permit applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates, or will conflict or will be inconsistent with, or will result in any
breach of, any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or
constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien,
security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the property or assets of
the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates pursuant to the terms of, any
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument

                                      II-2


<PAGE>


to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is a party or by
which any of them may be bound, or to which any of them may be subject, or
violate any provision of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

     (e) Governmental Approval. No consent or approval of, or filing with, or
exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority is required to
authorize, or is required in connection with the execution, delivery and
performance of, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or of any of the
instruments or agreements herein or therein referred to, or the taking of any
action hereby or thereby contemplated. The Company and the Guarantors are in
compliance in all material respects with all applicable requirements of all
Federal, state, county and local laws and with rules and regulations of Federal,
state, county and local governmental and regulatory bodies, including without
limitation, with respect to environmental protection and air and water
pollution. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Mortgaged Property are in compliance with all applicable environmental laws,
including without limitation the permits, licenses and approvals issued by the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers pursuant to the Federal Clean Water Act and the
Federal River and Harbors Act and by the New Jersey Department of Environmental
Affairs for waterfront development, stream encroachment and the grant of
riparian rights, except as disclosed in the reports of Pennoni Associates Inc.,
respectively dated March 7, 1994, April 11, 1995, and January 29, 1996,
heretofore furnished by the Company to the Authority and the Purchaser.

     (f) Margin Regulations. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or
Affiliates is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the
business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any
Margin Stock (as defined in 12 C.F.R. 221.3(v) or in any successor provision
thereto). The proceeds of the Loan made pursuant to this Agreement will not be
used in violation of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System as from time to time in effect or any successor thereto.

     (g) Financial Condition. The combined comparative balance sheet of the
Company and the Guarantors as at December 31, 1995, and the combined comparative
statements of income, changes in financial position and retained earnings of.
the Company and the Guarantors for the fiscal year ending on said date, all
certified by BDO Seidman, and the unaudited combined comparative balance sheet
of the Company and the Guarantors as at September 30, 1996, and the combined
comparative statements of income, changes in financial position and retained
earnings of the Company and the Guarantors for the nine months ending on such
date, all of which have heretofore been furnished to the Purchaser, fairly
reflect the combined comparative financial condition of the Company and the
Guarantors at the respective dates thereof, and the results of the

                                      II-3


<PAGE>


operations of the Company and the Guarantors for the periods covered thereby.
The financial statements supplied to the Authority or the Purchaser (including
any related schedules or notes) are true and correct in all material respects
(subject, as to interim statements, to changes resulting from audits and year-
end adjustments) and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods
involved and show all liabilities, direct and contingent, of the Company and the
Guarantors required to be shown in accordance with such principles. Since
September 30, 1996 there has been no material adverse change in the combined
financial condition of the Company and the Guarantors from that shown by the
balance sheet as at that date.

     (h) Compliance with ERISA. The pension or other employee benefit plans
which are established or maintained by the Company and each of the Subsidiaries
and Affiliates (the "Plans") are in substantial compliance with ERISA, no Plan
is insolvent or in reorganization, no Plan has an accumulated or waived funding
deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code, neither the Company
nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor an ERISA Affiliate, has incurred
any material liability (including any material contingent liability) to or on
account of a Plan pursuant to Section 4062, 4063, 4064, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or
expects to incur any liability under any of the foregoing Paragraphs on account
of the termination of participation in or contributions to any such Plan, no
proceedings have been instituted to terminate any Plan, no condition exists
which presents a material risk to the Company or any Guarantor, respectively, of
incurring a liability to or on account of a Plan pursuant to any of the
foregoing Sections of ERISA, and no lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the
assets of any Guarantor exists or is likely to arise on account of any Plan.

     (i) Title to Property. The Company and the Guarantors have good and
marketable title to all their respective properties and assets (i) reflected on
the latest combined balance sheet referred to in paragraph (g) above and (ii)
comprising the Project Facility (as defined in the Indenture) and the property
subject to the Mortgage, and all such properties and assets are free and clear
of Liens, except (A) Liens disclosed on such balance sheet, (B) materialmen's
and mechanic's Liens which do not materially detract from the value or interfere
with the present or anticipated business use of the Project Facility, and (C)
those Permitted Encumbrances described on Exhibit C annexed hereto. To the best
of the Company's knowledge, upon execution and delivery of this Agreement and
the documents contemplated hereby and upon any filings or recordings made in
connection therewith, the Mortgage will be a valid lien on the Mortgaged
Premises subject and subordinate only to Permitted Encumbrances.

                                      II-4


<PAGE>

         (j) Tax Returns. All tax returns and tax reports of the Company and
each of its former and present Affiliates and Subsidiaries required by law to be
filed have been duly filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental
charges or levies (other than those presently payable without penalty and those
currently being contested in good faith for which adequate reserves have been
established) upon the Company or any of its former or present Affiliates and
Subsidiaries (or any of their properties) which are due and payable have been
paid. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its
Affiliates in respect of federal income tax for all periods are adequate in the
opinion of the Company.

         (k) Disclosure. There is no fact known to the Company which materially
adversely affects or in the future may (so far as the Company can now reasonably
foresee) materially adversely affect the business, property, assets, or
financial condition of the Company and the Guarantors which has not been set
forth in the Loan Documents.

         (1) The Project. The Project is included within the definition of a
"project" in the Act and the Company will operate or cause the Project Facility
to be operated as "project" under the Act.

         (m) Use of Proceeds. The proceeds from the sale of the Bonds will be
used only for the payment of the principal of the Series D Bonds and the Series
E Bonds.

         (n) Compliance with Laws. The Company will use due diligence to cause
the Project to be operated in accordance with the laws, rulings, regulations and
ordinances of the State and the departments, agencies and political subdivisions
thereof. The Company has obtained or caused to be obtained all requisite
approvals of the State and of other federal, state, regional and local
governmental bodies for the acquisition, construction, improving and equipping
of the Project and the operation of the Project Facility.

         (o) Information in Application Accurate. All information and data
contained in the Application relating to the Company was true, correct and
complete in all material respects as of the date thereof. Aside from financial
information relating to the Company, which information has not been updated
since the date of submission of the Application, no information has been omitted
therefrom which would make the Application misleading in any material respect,
and the Application does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and
does not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained therein not misleading or incomplete.

                                      II-5


<PAGE>


         (p) Inducement. The availability of financial assistance from the
Authority was an important inducement to the Company to undertake the Project
and to locate the Project in the State.

         (q) No Untrue Statements. The representations, statements and
warranties of the Company set forth in the Application, this Agreement, or any
other Loan Document (1) are true, correct and complete in all material respects,
(2) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact, and (3) do not omit
to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained
herein or therein not misleading or incomplete. The Company understands that all
such statements, representations and warranties have been relied upon as an
inducement by the Authority to issue, and the Purchaser to purchase, the Bonds.

         (r) Brokerage Commissions. No Person is entitled to receive from the
Company or any other Person any brokerage commission, finder's fee or similar
fee or payment in connection with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

         (s) Commencement of Proiect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the
Application, the Project commenced subsequent to May 24, 1983, the date upon
which the Authority adopted a resolution preliminarily approving the Project,
and prior to such date neither the Company nor any Related Person commenced or
caused to be commenced any off-site production or entered into an agreement
binding the Company or any Related Person to proceed with the Project.

         (t) Prevailing Wages and Affirmative Action. The Company is fully
familiar with the Authority's Prevailing Wage Regulations and Affirmative Action
Program and has submitted to the Authority all reports and certificates required
to date pursuant to the Prevailing Wage Regulations and Affirmative Action
Program.

         (u) Environmental Representations and Warranties.

             The Company represents and warrants that:

             (1) The Company has never discharged any radioactive substances 
and is not in any way responsible for the presence of radioactive substances at
the Holt Hauling & Warehousing System, Inc. Marine Terminal Facility in
Gloucester, New Jersey (the "Facility");

             (2) The release of radioactive substances at the Facility and any 
damage resulting therefrom were caused solely by the act or omission of a third
party other than (i) an employee or agent of the Company; or (ii) one whose act
or omission occurred in

                                      II-6


<PAGE>


connection with a contractual relationship existing directly or
indirectly with the Company;

             (3) The Company has done nothing to disturb the radioactive
substances located at the Facility and otherwise has exercised due care with
respect to the radioactive substances concerned, taking into consideration the
characteristics of such radioactive substances, in light of all relevant facts
and circumstances;

             (4) The Company has taken precautions against (i) foreseeable acts
or omissions of any third party described in paragraph (2) above, and (ii) the
consequences that could foreseeably result from such acts or omissions;

             (5) The Company acquired the Facility after the disposal, discharge
or placement of the radioactive substances on, in or at the Facility;

             (6) At the time the Company acquired the Facility, the Company did
not know and had no reason to know that any radioactive substances were disposed
of on, in, or at the Facility;

             (7) The Company undertook, at the time of acquisition, all
appropriate inquiry into the previous ownership and uses of the property
consistent with good commercial and customary practice;

             (8) The Company was first advised of the existence of radioactive
substances on its property by the New Jersey Department of Environmental
Protection in February 1991;

             (9) All monitoring wells on the property have been sealed pursuant
to New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection requirements;

             (10) A stormwater pollution prevention plan has been prepared and
implemented for the site;

             (11) No underground storage tanks exist at the Facility;

             (12) All requirements of the March 17, 1995 and May 14, 1996
asbestos Operations and Maintenance Plans prepared by Property Solutions have
been implemented at the Facility;

             (13) The Company is in compliance with the conditions in the
Declaration of Environmental Restrictions dated June 5, 1996; and

             (14) No releases of oil or hazardous materials have occurred at the
Facility other than as disclosed in reports

                                      II-7


<PAGE>


prepared by Pennoni Associates, Inc. which have been submitted to the
Bondholders.

         (v) Certain Affiliates. The following entities are inactive and have no
assets or revenues: Holt Cargo Systems of California, Inc., Holt Warehousing
Company, Marine Information Technology, Inc., T. and L. Leasing Corp., Broadway
Equipment Leasing Corp. If any such entity becomes active or obtains assets or
revenues, it shall, if it is an Affiliate, become a guarantor upon the
occurrence of such event.

         (w) Default under Meridian Agreements. The Company is in good standing
under its July 20, 1995 loan agreement with Meridian Bank and any other existing
credit facilities with Meridian Bank (collectively, the "Meridian Agreements").
The Company has received no communications from Meridian Bank As to any defaults
or potential defaults under the Meridian Agreements. The Company will notify the
Bondholders promptly upon receipt of any communication from Meridian Bank
alleging that the Company is in default or potential default under the Meridian
Agreements or to the effect that the Meridian Agreements or the availability of
additional advances or credit thereunder have been terminated or suspended.

         (x) Additional Representations. The Company hereby makes the
representations and warranties set forth in the Guaranty as though it were a
Guarantor thereunder, such representations being hereby incorporated by
reference as though they appeared herein.

         Section 2.3. (INTENTIONALLY OMITTED).

         Section 2.4. Notice of Determination of Taxability. Promptly after the
Company first becomes aware of any Determination of Taxability (as defined in
the Indenture), the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Authority
and the Trustee.

         Section 2.5. Covenants of the Company. The Company agrees that, so long
as any of the Bonds are outstanding or any amounts are due under this Agreement
or under any of the Loan Documents, it shall comply and shall cause each of the
Guarantors to comply with the following provisions:

         (a) Compliance with Agreement. The Company shall observe and perform
all of its obligations under this Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it
is a party. The Company shall fully and faithfully perform all the duties and
obligations which the Authority has covenanted and agreed in the Indenture to
cause the Company to perform and any duties and obligations which the Company is
required in the Indenture to perform.

                                      II-8


<PAGE>


         (b) Notice of Default, Litigation, Etc.

             (i) The Company shall furnish to the Trustee as soon as possible
and in any event within five (5) Business Days after the discovery by any
executive officer of the Company of any Default, a certificate setting forth the
details of such Default and the action which the Company proposes to take with
respect thereto.

             (ii) The Company shall give prompt notice to the Trustee of any
litigation or governmental proceeding pending, involving or, to its knowledge,
threatened against the Company or any Guarantor which involves an uninsured
claim or the uninsured or deductible portion of an insured claim in excess of
$500,000 and which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse
effect on the business or financial condition of the Company or any Guarantor.

         (c) Financial Statements; Inspections.

             (i) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee and each Owner owning
$1,000,000 or more in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds who shall request
the same in writing (A) within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year a
combined comparative statement of income, reconciliation of capital accounts and
related balance sheets for the Company and the Guarantors for such year prepared
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied
(such combined statements to be audited and certified by BDO Seidman or another
accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Trustee with an unqualified
opinion); (B) within 90 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
quarters of each Fiscal Year, a combined comparative statement of income,
reconciliation of capital accounts and related balance sheet (all of which shall
be unaudited and certified by the Chief Financial Officer) for such quarter for
the Company and the Guarantors; (C) such other financial data as the Trustee or
such Bondholder may reasonably request and which is reasonably available to the
Company; and (D) copies of any statements, notices, certificates and other
information required to be furnished to the Authority under this Agreement,
including without limitation Section 7.09 hereof, on the date such information
is required to be so furnished. In addition, the Company shall deliver within
120 days after each Fiscal Year and within 90 days after the end of each of the
first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year combining statements for any
such reporting period during which the Company's investment in any Subsidiary or
Affiliate shall account for 15% or more of Combined Tangible Net Worth or 15% or
more of combined sales and revenues, such combining statements to be unaudited
and certified by the Chief Financial Officer. All financial statements specified
in clauses (A) and (B) above shall be furnished in combined comparative form for
the Company and the Guarantors with comparative figures for the corresponding
period in

                                      II-9


<PAGE>


the preceding year, and shall be accompanied by a certificate signed by the
Chief Financial Officer, with appropriate documentation substantiating all
financial calculations, stating that there exists no Default or, if any such
Default exists, stating the nature thereof and what action the Company proposes
to take with respect thereto.

             (ii) The Company shall permit, and shall cause each of the
Guarantors to permit, any Person designated by the Authority or any Bondholder,
at such person's expense, to visit and inspect the properties of the Company and
each of the Guarantors and to examine the books and records, including financial
records of the Company and the Guarantors and make copies or extracts thereof,
and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and the
Guarantors, with its and their officers, at such reasonable times as the
Authority, the Trustee or such Owner may reasonably request.

             (iii) As a condition of providing any non-public reports, financial
or operating data or other non-public information to any Bondholder pursuant to
any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall have the right to
require that such Bondholder agree in writing not to disclose the same to any
Person (except in the ordinary course of such Bondholder's business, including,
without limitation, in connection with any sale or proposed sale of the Bonds by
such Bondholder, and except as otherwise required by law or legal process)
without the prior written consent of the Company.

         (d) Corporate Existence. The Company covenants that it shall maintain
its corporate existence in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, shall cause each of the Guarantors to maintain their corporate
existence in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdiction of
incorporation, and shall maintain, in each jurisdiction where material to the
business of the Company and each of the Guarantors, its and each of their right
to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its or their
business or the character of the properties which it or they own or lease
requires qualification as a foreign corporation and where failure to qualify
would permanently preclude the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates,
as the case may be, from enforcing its rights with respect to its assets. No
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be incorporated in any jurisdiction if the laws of
such jurisdiction would restrict or otherwise adversely affect the ability of
such Subsidiary or Affiliate to perform its obligations under the Guaranty. The
Company and each Subsidiary and Affiliate will comply in all material respects
with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements of
governmental authorities, except where the necessity of compliance therewith is
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the effect of
noncompliance during such contest will not have a material adverse effect upon
the business,

                                      II-10


<PAGE>


properties or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company or any
Subsidiary or Affiliate or result in the imposition of any Lien on the
properties of any of them (unless the enforcement of any such Lien has been and
continues to be effectively stayed).

         (e) Restricted Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall make any Restricted Payment or set aside any
funds therefor unless, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate of such
Restricted Payments for all such purposes subsequent to the Closing Date would
not exceed the sum (as in effect from time to time, hereinafter referred to as
the "Distribution Fund") of (i) 50% of the Company's Cumulative Combined Net
Income subsequent to December 31, 1995 so long as the Company's Combined
Tangible Net Worth is greater than $45,000,000 (ii) the aggregate of the net
cash proceeds received by the Company from any issuance or sale of capital
shares of the Company subsequent to the Closing Date, and (iii) the aggregate of
net cash, proceeds received by the Company from any issuance of any indebtedness
of the Company which has been converted into capital shares of the Company
subsequent to the Closing Date, which amount shall be added to the Distribution
Fund only after such conversion. In addition, for the sole purpose of applying
the provisions of this Section 2.5(e) to any Restricted Payment to be made to
enable any shareholder of the Company or any Affiliate to pay any Extraordinary
Tax Liability, 50% of any cash received during any fiscal year on account of any
extraordinary or non-recurring items of income or non-operating revenues or
revenues other than operating revenues that produced an Extraordinary Tax
Liability and not included or includable in Net Income may be distributed to the
Person who owes or has paid the Extraordinary Tax Liability to the extent needed
to pay or reimburse such Person for such Extraordinary Tax Liability. No
Restricted Payment may be made in other than cash or securities which are
actively traded on a nationally recognized public market and have a readily
ascertainable market value (which value shall be the amount of such Restricted
Payment), unless the Company shall have received a report from an independent
recognized appraiser as to the fair value of the property to be distributed or
transferred, in which case the amount of such Restricted Payment shall be deemed
to be the greater of its fair value (as determined by such appraiser) or its net
book value on the books of the Company. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing
provisions of this paragraph, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or
Affiliate shall make any Restricted Payment if at the time or after giving
effect thereto, there shall exist any Event of Default or Default.

         (f) Maintenance of Combined Tangible Net Worth. The Company shall at
all times maintain a Combined Tangible Net Worth of (i) not less than
$45,000,000, plus 50% of the Company's Aggregate Combined Net Income at the end
of each Fiscal Year subsequent to the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 1995 and
(ii) not less than 25% of Combined Long Term Indebtedness.

                                      II-11


<PAGE>


         (g) Limitation of Total Indebtedness. Neither the Company nor any of
its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall incur additional Indebtedness if, at the
time such Indebtedness is incurred and after giving effect thereto and to any
concurrent reduction of Indebtedness, Combined Indebtedness shall not exceed
400% of Combined Tangible Net Worth.

         (h) Times Interest Earned. The ratio of (i) the Company's Combined Net
Income Before Interest and Taxes to (ii) the Company's Combined Interest
Charges, calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter for the period
including such quarter and the immediately prior three fiscal quarters,
combined, will be at least 1.35 in respect of each fiscal quarter beginning
after September 30, 1996.

         (i) Cash Flow. The Combined Cash Flow of the Company shall not be less
than $5,000,000 at the end of any Fiscal Year commencing on or after January
1, 1996.

         (j) Limitation on Parity Debt. After the date hereof, the Company and
the Guarantors may at any time incur Indebtedness (including interest which has
accrued and is being deferred) having a Lien on the property subject to the lien
of the Mortgage or any part thereof and equal in priority with the lien securing
the Bonds and the obligations of the Company under the Loan Documents (all of
such Indebtedness (but not including the Bonds or the Indebtedness to the City
of Gloucester secured by the mortgages described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)
of Section 9.1(k) of this Agreement), whether now outstanding or hereafter
incurred being referred to as "Parity Indebtedness") if, at the time it is
incurred and after giving effect thereto, the Security Ratio would be not less
than 2.2 to 1; provided that (i) no additional Parity Indebtedness (including
interest which has accrued and is being deferred) shall be incurred without
providing to the Trustee and to each Owner an appraisal not more than two years
prior to such incurrence by an independent appraiser of recognized standing of
the value of the property subject to the lien of the Mortgage; (ii) the Company
must have interest coverage (computed as set forth in Section 2.5(h) hereof)
after giving effect to the additional Parity Indebtedness contemplated of (x)
not less than 1.25 for the four successive fiscal quarters immediately prior to
the date of Parity Indebtedness incurrence and (y) not less than 1.35 for the
four successive fiscal quarters immediately succeeding the date of Parity
Indebtedness incurrence; (iii) at the time of the incurrence of such Parity
Indebtedness and after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent reduction in
Parity Indebtedness, Combined Indebtedness shall not exceed 400% of Combined
Tangible Net Worth; and (iv) at the time of the incurrence of such Parity
Indebtedness and after giving effect thereto, there shall not have occurred and
then be continuing any Default. Prior to the incurrence of any Parity
Indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Company shall
furnish to the Trustee a certificate of the Chief

                                      II-12


<PAGE>


Financial Officer demonstrating in reasonable detail compliance by the Company
and such Subsidiary or Affiliate with the provisions of this paragraph. In
addition, the Company and its Affiliates may at any time incur Indebtedness
(including interest which has accrued and is being deferred) having a Lien on
the property subject to the lien of the Mortgage or any part thereof and
subordinate in priority to the lien securing the Bonds and the obligations of
the Company under the Loan Documents provided that at the time of the incurrence
of such subordinate Indebtedness and after giving effect thereto, there shall
not have occurred and then be continuing any Default. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall have the right to incur Refunding Parity
Indebtedness without regard to the provisions of the preceding sentences of this
Section 2.5(j). For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Refunding Parity
Indebtedness" shall mean Parity Indebtedness which is the first or any
subsequent refinancing of other Parity Indebtedness, but only to the extent that
the principal amount of the Refunding Parity Indebtedness so incurred does not
exceed the then outstanding amount of the refinanced Parity Indebtedness. In
connection with the incurrence of any Parity Indebtedness (including Refunding
Parity Indebtedness) permitted to be incurred hereunder, the Trustee shall, upon
the request and written direction of the Company, prior to the effective date of
such Parity Indebtedness, enter into coordinate lien or other agreements with
the mortgagee for such Parity Indebtedness, substantially in the form of that
certain Amended and Restated Coordinate Lien Agreement dated as of February 1,
1997 by and among the Company, The Bank of New York, as Series J Trustee and the
Trustee and that certain Senior Indebtedness Coordinate Lien Agreement dated as
of March 15, 1994 originally by and among the Company, Dockside Refrigerated
Warehouses, Inc., Bankers Trust Company, as Series D Trustee, Bankers Trust
Company, as Series E Trustee, Meridian Bank and The Bank of New York, as CCIA
Series Trustee, as amended. The provisions of this Section 2.5(j) shall not
apply to the issuance of the Bonds.

         (k) Acquisition, Merger or Consolidation. Neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall merge or consolidate with any other Person (other
than the Company) or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any other
Person, provided that the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may acquire all
or substantially all of such assets and/or merge or consolidate with another
corporation if the surviving or acquiring corporation (i) is the company or a
corporation duly organized in good standing under the laws of a State of the
United States, (ii) each of the representations and warranties set forth in
paragraphs (a) through (f), inclusive, (h), (i), (j) and (n) of Section 2.2 of
this Agreement remains true and correct immediately after giving effect to such
merger or consolidation, (iii) if the surviving corporation is not the Company,
the surviving corporation expressly assumes all of the covenants and obligations
of its predecessor under this Agreement and each of the Loan Documents and
otherwise in respect

                                      II-13


<PAGE>


of the Bonds, (iv) the Company or the surviving corporation could immediately
after giving effect to the transaction, incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness
pursuant to Section 2.5(g) hereof, and (v) the Trustee shall have received an
opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect that such acquisition of assets, merger or
consolidation will not adversely affect the exemption of interest on the Bonds
from federal income taxation, a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer
stating that none of the covenants contained in this Agreement will be violated
as a result of such acquisition of assets, merger or consolidation and such
other agreements, certificates, opinions and documents as the Trustee shall have
reasonably requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such transaction must
comply in all respects with the conditions of Section 8.1 of this Agreement. The
Company agrees to notify the Bondholders of its intent to merge or consolidate
or acquire assets pursuant to this paragraph (k) at least 10 days prior to
entering into any binding agreements with respect to such merger or
consolidation or acquisition.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right at any
time and from time to time to (i) merge or consolidate any Subsidiary or
Affiliate with or into it (provided the Company is the surviving corporation) or
with or into any other Subsidiary or Affiliate, or (ii) acquire substantially
all of the assets, or cause any other Subsidiary or Affiliate to acquire
substantially all of the assets, of any Subsidiary or Affiliate (other than the
Company), without regard to the provisions of the immediately preceding
paragraph of this Section 2.4(d), but subject to the provisions of Section 8.1.

         (1) Sale of Substantially All Assets. Neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose
of any assets from and after the date hereof (i) for less than fair market
value, or (ii) if the total of the net book value of all assets sold, leased,
assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of from and after the date hereof
exceeds 25% of total assets of the Company (including the Guarantors). The
Company shall in any event not permit a Conveyance Event (as defined in Section
8.1 of this Agreement) to occur unless the Company has complied with the
provisions of Section 8.1 of this Agreement. In addition, in the event of any
sale of any property subject to the lien of the Mortgage or any part thereof,
the Company shall make or set aside in trust for prepayments or payments of the
Bonds and any Parity Indebtedness incurred in compliance with Section 2.5(j) of
this Agreement an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the sale price of such
property sold, or (ii) the principal, premium, if any, and interest due on the
Bonds and any such Parity Indebtedness then outstanding. In the event the sale
price of such property sold is less than the principal, premium, if any, and
interest due on the Bonds and any such Parity Indebtedness then outstanding the
amount of the sale price of such property sold shall be allocated on a pro-rata
basis

                                      II-14


<PAGE>


between the Bonds and such Parity Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall sell, lease or
otherwise transfer or dispose of any asset if, after giving effect to such sale,
lease or other transfer or disposition, there shall exist any Default.

         (m) Investments in Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Etc. Neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall purchase any capital stock or
other security issued by, make any loan, advance or extension of credit to,
purchase any of the business or integral part of the business of, or otherwise
make any investment in, any Subsidiary, Affiliate or any other Person if,
immediately before or after giving effect thereto, there shall exist any
Default.

         (n) Compliance with ERISA. The Company and each of the Subsidiaries and
Affiliates shall meet all minimum funding requirements applicable to any Plans
and which are subject to ERISA or to Section 412 of the Code and will at all
times comply in all respects with the provisions of ERISA and Section 412 of the
Code which are applicable to the Plans. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
or Affiliate will permit any event or condition to exist which would permit any
of the Plans which is not a multiemployer plan to be terminated under
circumstances which would cause the lien provided for in Section 4068 of ERISA
to attach to the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate. Promptly
after the occurrence of a "reportable event," as defined in Section 4043 of
ERISA, or after the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate receives notice that
the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation has instituted or intends to institute
termination proceedings with respect to any Plan, and prior to the termination
of any Plan by the administrator thereof, the Company shall notify the Trustee
and provide such documentation, data and other information with respect thereto
as the Trustee may reasonably request.

         (o) Transactions with Related Parties. Neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary or Affiliate shall engage in or effect any transactions with any
Related Party (other than the Company) on a basis less favorable to the Company
or such Subsidiary or Affiliate, as the case may be, than would be the case if
such transaction had been effected with a Person which was not a Related Party.

         (p) Additional Covenants. The Company hereby covenants to comply with
all covenants set forth in the Guaranty as though it were a Guarantor
thereunder, such covenants being hereby incorporated by reference as though they
appeared herein.

                               [END OF ARTICLE II)

                                      II-15


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III

            REFUNDING OF THE SERIES D BONDS AND THE SERIES E BONDS;
                              ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS

         Section 3.1. Agreement to Issue the Bonds; Application of Bond
Proceeds. The Authority, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, will
issue, sell, and deliver the Bonds and deposit the net proceeds thereof with the
Trustee in the Project Fund to be applied to pay a portion of the cost of
refunding the Series D Bonds and the Series E Bonds.

         Section 3.2. Disbursements from the Project Fund. The Authority has, in
the Indenture, authorized and directed the Trustee to disburse the Bond proceeds
from the Project Fund to pay a portion of the costs of refunding the Series D
Bonds and the Series E Bonds. The Trustee shall not make any disbursement from
the Project Fund until the Company shall have provided the Trustee with a
Requisition and the other documents required by Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

                              [END OF ARTICLE III]

                                     III-1
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                LOAN PROVISIONS

         Section 4.1. Loan of Proceeds. The Authority agrees, upon the terms and
conditions contained in this Agreement and the Indenture, to make a loan to the
Company in the principal amount of TWENTY-SEVEN MILLION TWO HUNDRED FIFTY
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($27,250,000), equal to the proceeds received by the Authority
from the sale of the Bonds. Such proceeds shall be disbursed to or on behalf of
the Company as provided in Section 3.2 hereof.

         Section 4.2. Amounts Payable.

         (a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees to repay the Loan, as
follows: on or before the Business Day preceding any interest payment date for
the Bonds or any other date that any payment of interest, premium, if any, or
principal is required to be made in respect of the Bonds pursuant to the
Indenture, until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds
shall have been fully paid or provision for the payment thereof shall have been
made in accordance with the Indenture, in immediately available funds, a sum
which, together with any moneys available for such payment in the Bond Fund,
will enable the Trustee to pay the amount payable on such date as principal of
(whether at maturity or upon redemption or acceleration or otherwise), premium,
if any, and interest on the Bonds as provided in the Indenture.

         It is understood and agreed that all payments payable by the Company
under subsection (a) of this Section 4.2 are assigned by the Authority to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Owners of the Bonds. The Company assents to such
assignment. The Authority hereby directs the Company and the Company hereby
agrees to pay to the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee all payments
payable by the Company pursuant to this subsection.

         (b) The Company will also pay on the Closing Date the Authority's fee
equal to $61,875. All expenses in connection with the preparation, execution,
delivery, recording and filing of this Loan Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage
and other Collateral Documents and in connection with the preparation, issuance
and delivery of the Bonds, the Authority's fees, the fees and expenses of Wolff
& Samson, P.A., the fees and expenses of the Trustee, the fees and expenses of
Trustee's counsel and the fees and expenses of counsel to the initial beneficial
owners of the Bonds shall be paid directly by the Company. The Company shall
also pay throughout the term of the Bonds the Authority's annual fees and
expenses and the Trustee's annual and special fees and expenses under the
Indenture, the Loan Agreement, the Note and the Mortgage, including, but not
limited to, reasonable attorney's fees and all costs of issuing, marketing,
collecting payment on and redeeming the Bonds 

                                      IV-1

<PAGE>

thereunder, and any costs and expenses of any Owner (or beneficial owner) in
connection with any approval, consent or waiver under, or modification of, any
such document.

         (c) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

         (d) In the event the Company should fail to make any of the payments
required in this Section 4.2, the item or installment so in default shall
continue as an obligation of the Company until the amount in default shall have
been fully paid, and the Company agrees to pay the same with interest thereon,
to the extent permitted by law, from the date when such payment was due, at the
rate set forth in the Bonds.

         Section 4.3. Obligations of Company Unconditional. The obligations of
the Company to make the payments required in Section 4.2 hereof and to perform
and observe the other agreements contained herein shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be subject to any defense or any right of setoff,
counterclaim or recoupment arising out of any breach by the Authority or the
Trustee of any obligation to the Company, whether hereunder or otherwise, or out
of any indebtedness or liability at any time owing to the Company by the
Authority, the Trustee or the Owners, and, until such time as the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds shall have been fully paid or
provision for the payment thereof shall have been made in accordance with the
Indenture, the Company (i) will not suspend or discontinue any payments provided
for in Section 4.2 hereof, (ii) will perform and observe all other agreements
contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (iii) except as
provided in Article X hereof, will not terminate the Term of Agreement for any
cause, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, failure of
the Company to complete the acquisition, construction, improving and equipping
of the Project, the occurrence of any acts or circumstances that may constitute
failure of consideration, eviction or constructive eviction, destruction of or
damage to the Project Facility, the taking by eminent domain of title to or
temporary use of any or all of the Project Facility, commercial frustration of
purpose, any change in the tax or other laws of the United States of America or
of the State or any political subdivision of either thereof or any failure of
the Authority or the Trustee to perform and observe any agreement, whether
express or implied, or any duty, liability or obligation arising out of or
connected with this Agreement or any other Loan Document. Nothing contained in
this Section shall be construed to release the Authority from the performance of
any of the agreements on its part herein contained, and in the event the
Authority or the Trustee should fail to perform any such agreement on its part,
the Company may institute such action against the Authority or the Trustee as
the Company may deem necessary to compel performance so long as 


                                      IV-2
<PAGE>

such action does not abrogate the obligations of the Company contained in the
first sentence of this Section.

                               [END OF ARTICLE IV]

                                      IV-3


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE V

                         DISBURSEMENT FROM PROJECT FUND

         Section 5.1. Disbursements from the Project Fund. (a) In the Indenture,
the Authority has authorized and directed the Trustee to make disbursements from
the Project Fund as required by this Agreement. Disbursement of the entire
$27,250,000 of proceeds from the sale of the Series K Bonds shall be made from
the Project Fund to refund the Series D Bonds and the Series E Bonds, upon
receipt by the Trustee of a Requisition signed by a Company Representative
stating with respect to such disbursement to be made: (1) that it is Requisition
no. 1; (2) that payment is to be made to the Trustee of the Series D Bonds and
the Series E Bonds; (3) that the amount to be paid is $27,250,000; and (4) that
on the date thereof there has not occurred any act which, with the giving of
notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default.

         (b) The Company further agrees that as a condition precedent to the
disbursement from the Project Fund on the Closing Date of the entire proceeds of
the Series K Bonds to be used to refund the Series D Bonds and Series E Bonds,
there shall be furnished to the Trustee, in writing, unless waived by the
Purchaser, the following:

         (1) evidence of fee and mortgage title insurance, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Authority and the Purchaser showing that the Trustee has a
first mortgage lien on the Mortgaged Property subject only to Permitted
Encumbrances;

         (2) proof that the insurance required to be maintained pursuant to
Section 5.4 is in full force and effect and that all premiums have been paid;

         (3) proof of flood insurance as required in Section 5.4(c);

         (4) verification evidencing that all permits, consents, approvals and
agreements required by all governmental boards and bureaus have been secured and
remain in full force and effect;

         (5) such evidence as the Authority or the Trustee may require to
demonstrate exemption from or compliance with all applicable building, zoning,
health and safety laws, ordinances and regulations; and

         (6) such other additional documents, financing statements, affidavits
or certificates of the Company or any other person or entity as the Authority or
the Trustee may reasonably request.

                                       V-1


<PAGE>


         (c) The Company hereby agrees that it shall pay all costs incurred by
the Company or the Trustee in making such disbursement from the Project Fund. In
making any such disbursements from the Project Fund, the Trustee may
conclusively rely on such Requisitions and other documents delivered to it and
the Trustee shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the making of
such disbursements if made in accordance with the foregoing.

         Section 5.2. Maintenance and Modification of the Project Facility by
the Company. (a) The Company shall operate and maintain the Project Facility in
accordance with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances, approvals, rules
and regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, zoning,
sanitary, pollution, environmental and safety ordinances, laws and rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder and in accordance with the terms of the
riparian grant from the State of New Jersey to the Company dated December 22,
1983 as recorded January 23, 1984, in Deed Book 3947, Page 279 in the office of
the Camden County Register of Deeds.

         (b) (i) The Company will at all times preserve and protect the Project
in good repair, working order and safe condition, and from time to time will
make, or will cause to be made, all needed and proper repairs, renewals,
replacements, betterments and improvements thereto including those required
after a casualty loss. The Company shall pay all operating costs, utility
charges and other costs and expenses arising out of ownership, possession, use
or operation of the Project. The Authority shall have no obligation and makes no
warranties respecting the condition or operation of the Project. Any
alterations, replacements, renewals or additions made pursuant to this Section
shall become and constitute a part of the Project Facility and shall be
performed in accordance with Section 5.2(a).

             (ii) The Company will not use as a basis for contesting any 
assessment or levy of any tax the financing under the Loan Agreement or the
issuance of the Bonds by the Authority and, if any administrative body or court
of competent jurisdiction shall hold for any reason that the Facility is exempt
from taxation solely by reason of the financing under this Loan Agreement or
issuance of the Bonds by the Authority or other Authority action in respect
thereto, the Company covenants to make payments in lieu of all such taxes in an
amount equal to such taxes and, if applicable, interest and penalties.

         (c) The Company shall operate or cause the Project to be operated as an
authorized project for a purpose and use as provided for under the Act until the
expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

         (d) [Intentionally omitted]

                                       V-2


<PAGE>


         (e) The Company shall not remove, relocate, discontinue the use of or
sell, fail to restore, or otherwise dispose of any part of the Project except as
may be permitted pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof.

         (f) The Company shall not relocate the Project or any part thereof
outside the State.

         Section 5.3. Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges.
(a) The Company covenants that it and each of the Guarantors shall duly and
punctually pay, as the same respectively come due, all taxes, assessments
(including deficiency assessments), and governmental charges or levies of any
kind whatsoever ("Taxes") imposed on it or on its respective income or profits
or on any of its respective properties or assets, including, without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, any taxes levied upon the Project Facility
which, if not paid, will become a Lien or charge upon the Project Facility or
upon any payment pursuant to this Agreement, prior to the date on which
penalties attach thereto. The Company shall also pay when due all utility, water
and sewer rents, and other charges incurred in connection with the Project
Facility and all assessments and charges lawfully made by any governmental body
for public improvements that may be secured by a Lien on the Project Facility.

         (b) The Company may, at its own expense and in its own name and in good
faith, contest any such taxes, assessments, and other charges, provided that
such contest shall not result in a lien being placed on the Project Facility or
any part thereof or result in the Project Facility being subject to loss or
forfeiture, and further provided that the Company gives notice in writing of
such contest to the Authority and the Trustee. Nothing herein shall preclude the
Company, at its own expense and in its own name and behalf, from applying for
any tax exemption allowed by the federal government, the State, or any political
subdivision which grants or may grant such tax exemption.

         Section 5.4. Insurance Required. The Company shall obtain and maintain
insurance on the Mortgaged Property and all parts thereof and operations
conducted therein and thereon in such manner and against such loss, damage and
liability, including liability to third parties, as is customary with property
owners in the same or similar business in the State. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing sentence, such insurance shall include, without
limitation:

         (a) Public liability insurance insuring against any and all liability
or claims of liability arising out of, occasioned by, or resulting from any
accident or otherwise resulting in or about the Mortgaged Property, in a minimum
amount of $5,000,000 for the death of or bodily injury to one person, $5,000,000
for the death of or bodily injury in any one accident or occurrence and

                                       V-3


<PAGE>


$5,000,000 for loss or damage to the property of any Person or Persons,
provided, however, that in the event the Company is unable at any time to obtain
such insurance in such amounts, the failure of the Company to obtain such
insurance shall not constitute a Default hereunder so long as it obtains such
insurance in such lesser amounts as is available;

         (b) Property damage and broad form fire and extended coverage insurance
with respect to the Mortgaged Property and insurance insuring against such other
hazards, casualties and contingencies as the Authority or Company's insurance
consultant may require, which insurance shall provide coverage at replacement
cost and with no provisions for coinsurance penalties and shall be in an amount
equal to the lesser of (i) $40,000,000, or (ii) the aggregate outstanding
principal balance of the Loan and all Parity Indebtedness, and a policy of
boiler insurance; and,

         (c) If the Mortgaged Property would be required to be insured pursuant
to the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Act
of 1968, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, flood insurance with
respect to the Mortgaged Property in an amount not less than (i) the amount
determined by the Company's insurance consultant at least once every two (2)
years to be adequate to cover the Company's losses in the event of flood, or
(ii) the maximum limit of coverage available, whichever amount is less.

         Section 5.5. Additional Provisions Concerning Insurance. (a) Any
insurance required hereunder shall be written by insurance companies authorized
or licensed to do business in the State and shall be on such forms and written
by such companies as shall be approved by the Authority and the Company's
insurance consultant. Such insurance coverage may be effected under overall
blanket or excess coverage policies of the Company provided that the Company
shall not be deemed to be a co-insurer thereunder. Each insurance policy
maintained pursuant to this Agreement shall contain a provision to the effect
that such policy shall not be canceled or altered unless the Trustee is notified
at least fifteen (15) days prior to such cancellation or alteration. At least
thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such policy, the Company shall
furnish evidence satisfactory to the Trustee and, if requested, to the
Authority, that such policy has been renewed or replaced or is no longer
required by this Agreement.

           (b) Each insurance policy maintained pursuant to this Agreement and
 providing insurance against loss of or damage to property shall be written or
 endorsed so as to name the Trustee as an additional insured as its interests
 may appear and to have the proceeds thereof payable directly to the Trustee as
 loss payee. Each policy providing public liability coverage shall be written or
 endorsed so as to name the Trustee and the Authority as additional insureds
 and loss payees as their interests may appear.

                                       V-4


<PAGE>


         (c) Duplicate copies of any insurance policies and evidence of renewal
or replacement thereof shall promptly be furnished to the Trustee for its
records. Evidence of the payment of the first year's premiums on such policies
shall be delivered to the Trustee on the Closing Date. Thereafter, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee evidence of the payment of all additional premiums
prior to the expiration or renewal dates of all such policies.

         (d) In the event of loss or damage to the Mortgaged Property, the Net
Proceeds of any insurance provided hereunder shall be deposited with the Trustee
and applied as set forth in Article VI hereof, and in the event of a public
liability occurrence, the Net Proceeds of any insurance provided hereunder shall
be applied towards satisfaction of such liability.

         (e) The Company shall retain an independent insurance consultant with
recognized expertise in assessing insurance needs and shall not later than
January 2, 1998 and at least every second January 2 thereafter file a report
from such consultant with the Trustee reporting on the adequacy of the types and
amounts of insurance and the adequacy of the insurance carriers furnishing the
same pursuant to this Article V. In addition, the Company shall comply with any
changes recommended by any such insurance consultant.

         Section 5.6. Worker's Compensation. The Company shall comply with the
laws of the State relating to Worker's Compensation and similar worker's
protection laws.

                               [END OF ARTICLE V]

                                       V-5


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI
                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

         Section 6.1. Damage, Destruction and Condemnation. Unless the Company
shall have exercised its option to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the
provisions of paragraphs (A) or (B) of Article X hereof, if prior to full
payment of the Bonds (or prior to provision for payment thereof having been made
in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) (i) the Mortgaged Property
or any portion thereof is destroyed (in whole or in part) or is damaged by
fire or other casualty or (ii) title to or any interest in, or the temporary use
of, the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof shall be taken under the exercise
of the power of eminent domain by any governmental body or by an person, firm or
corporation acting under governmental authority, the Company shall be obligated
to continue to pay the amounts specified in Section 4.2 hereof.

         Section 6.2. Application of Net Proceeds. The Net Proceeds of any
property and casualty insurance proceeds or condemnation award resulting from
any event described in Section 6.1 hereof shall be immediately deposited in a
separate trust fund to be held by the Trustee. All Net Proceeds so deposited
shall be applied in one or more of the following ways as shall be elected by the
Company in a written notice to the Trustee, which notice shall be received by
the Trustee within 60 days after the receipt by the Company of the Net Proceeds:

         (a) To the prompt repair, restoration, modification or improvement of
the Mortgaged Property to a condition of comparable quality, and the Authority
has, in the Indenture, authorized and directed the Trustee to make disbursements
from such separate trust fund for such purposes. Such disbursements shall be
made by the Trustee only upon receipt of proper Requisitions therefor. Any
balance of the Net Proceeds remaining after such work has been completed shall
be transferred into the Bond Fund to be applied to the payment of principal and
interest on the Bonds as the same shall become due and payable, or if the Bonds
have been fully paid (or provision for payment thereof has been made in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), any balance remaining in such
separate trust fund shall be paid in accordance with Section 5.11 of the
Indenture.

         (b) To the redemption at par of the Bonds, in whole or in part, on the
earliest practicable redemption date as specified in a written notice by the
Company to the Trustee, provided that no part of such Net Proceeds may be
applied for such redemption unless (1) all of the Bonds are to be redeemed in
accordance with the Indenture upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to
clauses (A) or (B) of Article X hereof or (2) in the event that less than

                                      VI-1


<PAGE>


all of the Bonds are to be redeemed, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee a
certificate of a Company Representative stating that (i) the property forming
the part of the Mortgaged Property that was damaged or destroyed by such
casualty or was taken by such condemnation proceedings is not essential to the
use, operation or possession of the Mortgaged Property by the Company or (ii)
the Mortgaged Property has been repaired, restored, modified or improved to
operate as designed.

         (c) If the Company elects to repair, restore, modify or improve the
Mortgaged Property or pay the cost thereof and fails to diligently do so, the
Authority or the Trustee may (but shall be under no obligation to) do so on
behalf of the Company and recover the reasonable costs thereof from the Company,
less the amount, if any, collected from Net Proceeds on account of such costs.
No such payment by the Trustee or the Authority shall affect or impair any
rights of the Authority hereunder or of the Trustee or the Owners under the
Indenture arising as a result of such failure by the Company.

         (d) If the Company fails to give the notice required under subsection
(a) of this Section within the specified time period, the Authority or the
Trustee, upon notice to the other and to the Company, may direct the Company to
take either of the actions therein described and the Company shall be obligated
to take such action.

         Section 6.3. Insufficiency of Net Proceeds. If the Net Proceeds are
insufficient to pay in full the cost of any repair, restoration, modification or
improvement referred to in Section 6.2(a) hereof, the Company will nonetheless
complete the work and will pay any cost in excess of the amount of the Net
Proceeds held by the Trustee. The Company agrees that if by reason of any such
insufficiency of the Net Proceeds, the Company shall make any payments pursuant
to the provisions of this Section 6.3, the Company shall not be entitled to any
reimbursement therefor from the Authority, the Trustee or the Owners, nor shall
the Company be entitled to any diminution of the amounts payable under Section
4.2 hereof.

         Section 6.4. Other Net Proceeds. The net proceeds from any business
interruption or extra expense insurance and from any insurance other than
liability or property and casualty insurance shall be paid to the Company.

                              [END OF ARTICLE VI]

                                      VI-2


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VII

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

         Section 7.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by Authority. THE
Authority MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE PROJECT OR THE
CONDITION THEREOF, OR THAT THE PROJECT WILL BE SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSES OR
NEEDS OF THE COMPANY. THE Authority MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, THAT THE COMPANY WILL HAVE QUIET AND PEACEFUL POSSESSION OF THE
PROJECT. THE Authority MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
WITH RESPECT TO THE MERCHANTABILITY, CONDITION OR WORKMANSHIP OF ANY PART OF THE
PROJECT OR ITS SUITABILITY FOR THE COMPANY'S PURPOSES.

         Section 7.2. Access to the Project. The Company agrees that the
Authority, the Trustee, any Bondholder and their duly authorized agents,
attorneys, experts, engineers, accountants and representatives shall have the
right to inspect the Project at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice.
The Authority, the Trustee, the Bondholders and their duly authorized agents
shall also be permitted, at all reasonable times, to examine the books and
records of the Company with respect to the Project.

         Section 7.3. Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments. The
Authority and the Company agree that they will, from time to time, execute,
acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered,
such supplements hereto and such further instruments as may reasonably be
required for carrying out the expressed intention of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.

         Section 7.4. Authority and Company Representatives. Whenever under the
provisions of this Agreement the approval of the Authority or the Company is
required or the Authority or the Company is required to take some action at the
request of the other, such approval or such request shall be given for the
Authority by an Authority Representative and for the Company by a Company
Representative. The Trustee shall be authorized to act on any such approval or
request.

         Section 7.5. Financing Statements. The Company agrees to execute and
file or cause to be executed and filed any and all financing statements or
amendments thereof or continuation statements necessary to perfect and continue
the perfection of the security interests granted in the Mortgage and the
Indenture. Within three months of the expiration date of any financing
statements or continuation statements, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee
evidence satisfactory to the Trustee that such filing has taken place. The
Company shall pay all reasonable costs of the preparation and filing of such
instruments. The Authority shall

                                      VII-1


<PAGE>

have no responsibilities for such filings whatsoever, other than executing the
documents requested by the Company.

         Section 7.6. Compliance with Code. The Company shall at all times do
and perform all acts and things permitted by law and necessary or desirable in
order to assure that interest paid on the Bonds shall for the purposes of
federal income taxation be excludable from the gross income of the holders of
the Bonds, except in the event that any such holder is a Substantial User or
Related Person thereto. For purposes of this Section 7.6, any and all actions of
any Related Person shall be deemed to be actions of the Company. In addition,
any and all actions to be undertaken by the Company or by any other person as to
which the Authority or the Trustee must, pursuant to the terms hereof, consent
or approve in advance, shall be deemed to be the actions of the Company or such
other person (and not the actions of the Authority or the Trustee). The Company
shall cause any Related Person to comply with all of the provisions of this
Section as to its own operations. A breach of this Section 7.6 which results in
the interest on the Bonds being includable in the gross income of any Holder of
the Bonds (other than any Holder who is a Substantial User of the Project
Facility or a Related Person to any such Substantial User) shall not constitute
a Default but shall be governed by the provisions of Section 3.01(b) of the
Indenture.

         Section 7.7. Further Assurances. The Authority and the Company shall,
from time to time, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed,
acknowledged and delivered, such supplements hereto and such further instruments
as may reasonably be required for carrying out the intention of or facilitating
the performance of this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

         Section 7.8. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

         Section 7.9. Annual Certificate. On each anniversary hereof, the
Company shall furnish to the Authority, with a copy to the Trustee, the
following:

         (a) a certificate indicating whether or not the Company is aware of any
condition, event or act which constitutes a Default, or which would constitute a
Default with the giving of notice or passage of time, under any of the Loan
Documents, and, if so, describing the particulars of such condition, event or
act;

         (b) a written description of the present use of the Project and a
description of any anticipated material change in the use of the Project or in
the number of employees employed at the Project, and

                                      VII-2


<PAGE>


         (c) a report from every entity that leases or occupies space at the
Project indicating the number of persons the entity employs at the Project in
the form annexed hereto as Exhibit D.

                              [END OF ARTICLE VII]

                                      VII-3


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                 PROJECT USERS; MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; MERGE, SELL,
                      TRANSFER; INDEMNIFICATION; REDEMPTION

         Section 8.1. Project Users; Maintain Existence; Merge, Sell, Transfer.

         (a) Upon the request of the Authority from time to time, the Company
shall cause a Project Occupant Information Form to be submitted to the Authority
by every prospective lessee, sublessee or lease assignee of all or any part of
the Project. The Company shall not permit any such leasing, subleasing or
assigning of leases of all or any part of the Project that would impair the
excludability of interest paid on the Series K Bonds from the gross income of
the Owners thereof for purposes of federal income taxation, or that would impair
the ability of the Company to assure the continued operation of the Project, or
would cause the Project not to be operated, as an authorized project under the
Act.

         (b) The Company shall maintain its existence as a legal entity and
shall not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Project or
substantially all of its assets. The Company may merge with or into or
consolidate with another entity, and the Project or this Agreement may be
transferred without violating this Section 8.1(b) provided (i) the Company
causes the proposed surviving, resulting or transferee company to furnish the
Authority with a Change of Ownership Information Form; (ii) the net worth of the
surviving, resulting or transferee company following the merger, consolidation
or transfer is equal to or greater than the net worth of the Company immediately
preceding the merger, consolidation or transfer; (iii) any litigation or
investigations in which the surviving, resulting or transferee company or its
officers and directors are involved, and any court, administrative or other
orders to which the surviving, resulting or transferee company or its officers
and directors are subject, relate to matters arising in the ordinary course of
business; (iv) the merger, consolidation or transfer shall not impair the
excludability of interest paid on the Series K Bonds from the gross income of
the Owners thereof for purposes of federal income taxation pursuant to an
opinion of Bond Counsel; (v) the surviving, resulting or transferee company
assumes in writing the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the
Loan Documents, and (vi) after the merger, consolidation or transfer the Project
shall be operated as an authorized project under the Act.

         (c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 8.1 shall be in
addition to its obligations under Section 2.5(d).

                                     VIII-1


<PAGE>


         Section 8.2. Release and Indemnification Covenants.

         (a) The Authority, the members, agents, servants, officers or employees
thereof, the Trustee and the Purchaser shall not be liable for (1) any loss,
damage or injury to, or death of, any person occurring at or about or resulting
from any defect in the Mortgaged Property, (2) any damage or injury to the
persons or property of the Company or any user of the Mortgaged Property, or
their officers, agents, servants or employees, or any other person who may be
about the Mortgaged Property, caused by an act of negligence of any person
(other than the Authority or its members, officers, agents, servants and
employees, the Trustee and any Purchaser, as the case may be), or (3) any
costs, expenses or damages incurred as a result of any lawsuit commenced because
of action taken in good faith by the Authority in connection with the Project
and the Project Facility, and the Company shall and does hereby indemnify,
protect, defend and hold harmless the Authority, the members, agents, servants,
officers or employees thereof, the Trustee and any Purchaser from and against
any and all losses, damages, injuries, costs or expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees) and from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions
or other proceedings whatsoever, brought by any person or entity whatsoever and
arising or purportedly arising from any of the foregoing.

         (b) The Company shall and does hereby indemnify, protect, defend and
hold harmless the Authority, the Trustee, any Person who controls the Authority
or the Trustee (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended) and any member, officer, director, official, employee and attorney
of the Authority and the Trustee (each an "Indemnified Party"), from and against
any and all losses, damages, injuries, costs or expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees) and from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions
or other proceedings whatsoever, brought by any person or entity whatsoever
(except the Company) and arising or purportedly arising from this Agreement, the
Indenture or the Bonds or from the performance of the Indenture.

         (c) The Company agrees to and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless
the Indemnified Parties and any Purchaser from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys'
fees suffered or incurred by any of the Indemnified Parties or any Purchaser and
caused by, relating to, arising out of, resulting from or in any way connected
with (i) the condition, use, possession, conduct, management, planning, design,
acquisition, construction, installation, financing (in the case of financing, as
to the Indemnified Parties only) or sale of the Project or any part thereof
including without limitation the Indemnified Matters referenced in the next
paragraph; (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact contained in the Application or any other

                                     VIII-2


<PAGE>


information submitted or to be submitted by or on behalf of the Company to the
Indemnified Parties or the Trustee in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby or the issuance and purchase of the Bonds; or (iii) any
omission or alleged omission of a material fact necessary to be stated thereon
in order to make such statements to the Indemnified Party not misleading or
incomplete.

         (d) The Company covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to
indemnify, protect and save the Indemnified Parties and any Purchaser (the
"Indemnitees") harmless against and from any and all damages, losses,
liabilities, obligations, penalties, claims, litigation, demands, defenses,
judgments, suits, proceedings, costs, disbursements or expenses (including,
without limitation, attorneys' and experts' reasonable fees and disbursements)
of any kind or of any nature whatsoever (collectively, the "Indemnified
Matters") which may at any time be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or
awarded against Indemnitees and arising from or out of:

         (1) any hazardous materials, as defined under any Laws as defined
below, on, in, under or affecting all or any portion of the property subject to
the Mortgage or any surrounding areas (but in the case of hazardous materials in
surrounding areas, only if the source of such materials is or is alleged to be
the Company or the property subject to the Mortgage), or

         (2) the enforcement of this paragraph or the assertion by the Company
of any defense to its obligations hereunder (except the successful defense of
actual performance not subject to further appeal), whether any of such matters
arise before or after the Closing Date or before or after foreclosure of the
Mortgage or other taking of title to the Company's interest in all or any
portion of the mortgaged property by Indemnitees or any affiliate of
Indemnitees. Indemnified Matter shall include, without limitation, all of the
following: (i) the costs of removal of any and all hazardous materials from all
or any portion of the property or any surrounding areas (except that the
indemnity provided for under this paragraph shall not cover the costs of such
removal unless either (a) such removal is required by any federal or state law,
regulation or regulatory agency ("Laws") or (b) any present or future use,
operation, development, construction, alteration or reconstruction of all or any
portion of the mortgaged property is or would be conditioned in any way upon, or
is or would be limited in any way until the completion of, such removal in
accordance with any Laws), (ii) additional costs required to take necessary
precautions as required by law to protect against the release of hazardous
materials on, in, under or affecting the mortgaged property into the air, any
body of water, any other public domain or any surrounding areas and (iii) costs
incurred to comply, in

                                     VIII-3


<PAGE>


connection with all or any portion of the mortgaged property or any surrounding
areas, with all applicable Laws with respect to hazardous materials. If any
Indemnitee or any affiliate of an Indemnitee takes title to the Company's
interest in the mortgaged property at a foreclosure sale, at a sale pursuant to
a power of sale under the Mortgage or by deed in lieu of foreclosure or
otherwise, then the indemnity provided for under this paragraph shall not apply
to hazardous materials which are initially placed on, in or under all or any
portion of the mortgaged property after the date Indemnitee or such affiliate so
takes title to such interest in the Property. At any time during the six months
prior to any such foreclosure sale, sale pursuant to a power of sale under the
Mortgage or by deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise by which any Indemnitee
or affiliate takes title to such interest in the mortgage property, such
Indemnitee or affiliate shall have the right, at its sole discretion and at the
Company's sole cost and expense, to have performed an environmental site
assessment of the mortgaged property to determine whether any hazardous
materials are present.

         (e) In case any action shall be brought against one or more of the
Indemnified Parties or any Purchaser based upon any of the above and in respect
of which indemnity may be sought against the Company, such Indemnified Parties
or such Purchaser shall promptly notify the Company in writing, and the Company
shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel
satisfactory to the Indemnified Parties, the payment of all expenses and the
right to negotiate and consent to settlement. Any one or more of the Indemnified
Parties or any Purchaser shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any
such action and to participate in the defense thereof, provided that (i) except
as provided in clause (ii), the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid
by the Indemnified Party employing such counsel, unless the employment of such
counsel is authorized in advance by the Company in writing or is required
because of a conflict of interest between the Company and such Indemnified
Party, as determined in good faith by such Indemnified Party, in which case the
fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Company, and (ii) in any
event the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by
Authority, any Person who controls the Authority (within the meaning of Section
15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and any member, officer, director,
official, employee and attorney of the Authority. The Company shall not be
liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its consent, but
if settled with the consent of the Company or if there be a final judgment for
the claimant in any such action, the Company shall discharge the liability and
indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties and any Purchaser from and
against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. The
provisions of this Section 8.2 shall survive the repayment of the Bonds.

                                     VIII-4


<PAGE>


         Section 8.3. Redemption of Bonds. The Company shall have and is hereby
granted the option to cause all or a portion of the Bonds to be redeemed at the
times, at the prices and in the manner permitted by the Indenture. The
Authority, at the request of the Company, shall forthwith take all steps (other
than the payment of the money required for such redemption) necessary under the
applicable redemption provisions of the Indenture to effect redemption of all or
part of the Outstanding Bonds, as may be specified by the Company, on the date
established for such redemption.

         Section 8.4. Authority to Grant Security Interest to Trustee. The
parties hereto agree that pursuant to the Indenture, the Authority shall assign
to the Trustee, in order to secure payment of the Bonds, all of the Authority's
right, title, and interest in and to this Agreement, except for certain of the
Authority's rights as are expressly reserved pursuant to the granting clauses of
the Indenture.

         Section 8.5. Indemnification of Trustee. The Company shall and hereby
agrees to indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any
loss, liability or expense (including the costs and expenses of defending
against any claim of liability) incurred without gross negligence or willful
misconduct by the Trustee and arising out of or in connection with its acting as
Trustee under the Indenture, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document. The
provisions of this Section 8.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement
and the payment of the Bonds.

                              [END OF ARTICLE VIII]

                                     VIII-5


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

         Section 9.1. Defaults Defined. The following s "Defaults" under this
Agreement and the term "Default" shall whenever it is used in this Agreement,
any one or more following events:

         (a) Failure by the Company to pay any amount requ be paid under
subsection (a) of Section 4.2.hereof when du

         (b) Failure by the Company or any of its Subsidia Affiliates to comply
with any covenant, condition or agree, its part to be observed or performed,
other than as referre Section 9. 1 (a) , for a period of thirty (3 0) Business
Day., notice thereof is given by the Authority, the Trustee or an of a Bond or
after it first becomes known to any officer Company.

         (c) The occurrence of a ".Default" under the Ind.

         (d) The occurrence of an "Event of Default" un( Guaranty.

         (e) If any warranty, representation or other statement made by or on
behalf of the Company, by an officer Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate
contained in this Agr the Indenture, the Bond Purchase Agreement, the Col
Documents, the Guaranty or any other Loan Document, or instrument or certificate
furnished in compliance with false or misleading in any material respect as of
the time made or given.

         (f) Failure by the Company or any of its Subsidia Affiliates to make
one or more payments due on ag, Indebtedness exceeding $500,000 within any
applicable peri, cure; or if any event shall occur or any condition shall exi
effect of which event or condition is to cause more than $ of aggregate
Indebtedness or other securities of the Company Subsidiary or Affiliate to
become due or subject to accele mandatory redemption or repurchase before its
(or their) maturity or before its (or their) regularly scheduled dE payment,
redemption or repurchase.

         (g) If a custodian, receiver or liquidator is ap-. for the Company or
any Subsidiary or Affiliate or the Coml any Subsidiary or Affiliate is
adjudicated bankrupt or insk or an order of relief is entered under the Federal
Bankrupt against the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or any property is
sequestered by court order and the order remains in

                                      IX-1


<PAGE>


effect for more than 60 days; or a petition is filed against the Company or any
Subsidiary or Affiliate under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any
jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect, and is not dismissed within
sixty (60) days after filing.

         (h) If the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate commences a voluntary
case or files a petition in voluntary bankruptcy or seeking relief under any
provision of the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or
liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect; or
consents to the filing of any petition against it under any such law; or applies
for or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian,
receiver, trustee or liquidator of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or
of all or any part of its property; or makes an assignment for the benefit of
its creditors; or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as
they become due.

         (i) Any of the Loan Documents shall not be, or shall cease to be, the
legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of each of the parties thereto
in accordance with its terms, or any of the Loan Documents shall not be or cease
to be in full force and effect.

         (j) There shall exist any Subsidiary or Affiliate which has not duly
authorized, executed and delivered to the Trustee a counterpart of the Guaranty
or a document evidencing its agreement to be bound by the Guaranty which is the
legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Subsidiary or Affiliate
in accordance with its terms.

         (k) There shall occur a foreclosure with respect to any mortgage on all
or any portion of the Mortgaged Property.

         (l) The occurrence of any default or event of default under any of the
Loan Documents (other than those identified in clauses (c) or (d) above).

         Section 9.2. Trustee's Remedies on Default. Whenever any Default
referred to in Section 9.1 hereof shall have happened and be continuing, the
Trustee shall, upon the written request of the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Bonds Outstanding, take one or any combination
of the following remedial steps:

         (a) By written notice to the Company, declare an amount equal to the
Outstanding principal amount of the Bonds, plus accrued interest and premium, if
any, due thereon to be due and

                                      IX-2
<PAGE>

payable by acceleration of the Loan, whereupon the same shall become immediately
due and payable;

         (b) Have reasonable access to and inspect, examine and make copies of
the books and records and any and all accounts, data and income tax and other
tax returns of the Company during regular business hours of the Company if
reasonably necessary in the opinion of the Trustee; or

         (c) Take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or
desirable to collect the amounts then due and thereafter to become due, or to
enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant of
the Company under this Agreement, the Indenture, the Collateral Documents and
the other Loan Documents.

         (d) Exercise any and all rights and remedies of a creditor or secured
party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law, or under any of
the Collateral Documents or other Loan Documents.

         Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall
be paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture. The rights specified in this Section 9.2 are in addition to, and not
in limitation of, any other obligations of the Company which may arise upon a
default or acceleration in respect of the Bonds, including without limitation,
under Section 4.2 hereof.

         Section 9.3. Authority's Remedies on Default.

         (a) Either of the following events shall constitute an Event of
Cancellation hereunder: (i) if the Company ceases to operate the Project or to
cause the Project to be operated as an authorized project under the Act for
twelve (12) consecutive months, without first obtaining the prior written
consent of the Authority, or (ii) if any representation or warranty made by the
Company in the Agreement or in any document furnished in connection with the
Agreement proves to have been false or misleading in any material respect when
made. At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Cancellation and during
the continuance thereof, the Authority may, by written notice in accordance with
the provisions of Section 11.2 hereof to the Trustee, redeem and cancel the
Bonds in the manner specified in the Indenture. The Purchaser, the Trustee and
any assigns and the Company hereby expressly agree that the Bonds may be
redeemed and canceled by the Authority in the manner provided above, and upon
the Cancellation Date specified in the notice from the Authority, which shall be
at least 30 and no more than 60 days after the giving of such notice, the Bonds
will be redeemed and canceled, and the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Bonds outstanding may, at its option, declare the
obligations evidenced by this Agreement

                                      IX-3


<PAGE>


immediately due and payable. The Trustee will deliver the Bonds to the Authority
for cancellation upon the Cancellation Date, but even if such delivery does not
occur, the Bonds subject to (b) below, will be considered canceled and of no
further force or effect on the Cancellation Date.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 9.4 hereof, the remedies set forth
in this Section 9.3 are the sole and exclusive remedies of the Authority in the
event of an occurrence of an Event of Cancellation as set forth herein.

         (b) Upon the Cancellation Date, this Agreement will evidence the
indebtedness from the Company to the Trustee and the Bondholders and, in the
event the payment obligations hereunder are not accelerated by the Trustee as
hereinabove provided, all of the terms of this Agreement, including the interest
rate and payment terms herein specified, will control the obligations of the
Company to the Trustee except that from the Cancellation Date, the interest rate
will change to the greater of (i) two percent (2%) in excess of the Prime Rate,
or (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing 7.8% by the difference between one (1)
and the highest marginal federal income tax rate at the time in effect. The
Authority will no longer be a party to the transaction and shall have no further
rights with respect thereto and shall be released of any and all debts,
liabilities and obligations to any other party under this Agreement, the Bonds
or any other Loan Document. The Authority and the Trustee will execute and
deliver to each other such other documents and agreements as the other may
reasonably request in order to evidence the cancellation of the Bonds and the
withdrawal of the Authority from the transaction.

         (c) Upon cancellation of the Bonds pursuant to the provisions hereof,
the Authority hereby agrees that the Trustee shall automatically be vested with
all of the Authority's right, title and interest in and to the Loan Documents,
except for the right to receive any fees and indemnification. Any amounts
remaining in the Bond Fund on the Cancellation Date after the deduction
therefrom of amounts which may be due the Authority pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement are hereby assigned to the Trustee to be disbursed in accordance
with the Indenture.

         (d) In the event that there is a dispute among any of the parties
concerning the right of the Authority to cancel the Bonds pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 9.3, the Company will nevertheless comply with all of
the terms of this Agreement as hereinabove amended and make all payments
required hereunder from and after the Cancellation Date directly to the Trustee
at the new interest rate. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines
finally that the Authority's attempted cancellation of the Bonds violated the
terms of this Agreement, the Bonds will be reinstated in accordance with the
final order of the court, but until such final order is made, the Company will
continue to comply with the

                                      IX-4


<PAGE>


terms of this Agreement as hereinabove amended. Any overpayment by the Company
will be returned to it by the Trustee upon reinstatement of the Bonds.

         Section 9.4. Additional Remedies. In addition to the rights and
remedies provided for in Section 9.2 hereof, if the Company commits a breach or
threatens to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the
Indenture, the Collateral Documents or the other Loan Documents, the Authority
and the Trustee shall each have the right, without posting bond or other
security, to seek injunctive relief or specific performance, it being
acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause
irreparable injury to the Authority and the Trustee and that money damages will
not provide an adequate remedy therefor.

         Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall
be paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

         Section 9.5. No Remedy Exclusive. Subject to Section 9.02 of the
Indenture, no remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Authority or the
Trustee is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies,
but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at
law or in equity. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing
upon any Default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to
be a waiver thereof, but any such right or power may be exercised from time to
time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle the Authority
or the Trustee to exercise any remedy reserved to it in this Article, it shall
not be necessary to give any notice, other than such notice as may be required
in this Article. Such rights and remedies as are given the Authority hereunder
shall also extend to the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Owners of the Bonds,
subject to the provisions of the Indenture, shall be entitled to the benefit of
all covenants and agreements herein contained.

         Section 9.6. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses. In the
event the Company should default under any of the provisions of this Agreement
and the Authority, the Trustee or any Purchaser should employ attorneys or incur
other expenses for the collection of payments required hereunder or the
enforcement of performance or observance of any obligation or agreement on the
part of the Company herein contained, the Company agrees that it will on demand
therefor pay to the Authority, the Trustee or such Purchaser the reasonable fee
of such attorneys and such other expenses so incurred by the Authority.

         Section 9.7. No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver. In the event
any agreement contained in this Agreement should be

                                      IX-5


<PAGE>


breached by either party and thereafter waived by the other party, such waiver
shall be limited to the particular breach so waived and shall not be deemed to
waive any other breach hereunder.

                               [END OF ARTICLE IX]

                                      IX-6


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE X

                         OPTIONS TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT

         The Company shall have, and is hereby granted, the option to terminate
its obligations under this Agreement if any of the events set forth below shall
occur:

         (a) The Project Facility shall have been damaged or destroyed (1) to
such extent that it cannot, in the Company's reasonable judgment, be reasonably
restored within a period of six (6) months to the condition thereof immediately
preceding such damage or destruction, and (2) to such extent that the Company is
thereby prevented, in the Company's reasonable judgment, from carrying on its
normal operations at the Project Facility for a period of six (6) months or
more.

         (b) Title to, or the temporary use for a period of six (6) months or
more of, all or substantially all of the Project Facility, or such part thereof
as shall materially interfere, in the Company's reasonable judgment, with the
operation of the Project Facility for the purpose for which the Project Facility
is designed, shall have been taken under the exercise of the power of eminent
domain by any governmental body or by any person, firm or corporation acting
under governmental authority (including such a taking or takings as results in
the Company being thereby prevented from carrying on its normal operations at
the Project for a period of six (6) months or more).

         (c) Changes which the Company cannot reasonably control or overcome in
the economic availability of materials, supplies, labor, equipment and other
properties and things necessary for the efficient operation of the Project
Facility for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement shall have occurred, or
technological or other changes shall have occurred which in the reasonable
judgment of the Company render the continued operation of the Project Facility
uneconomic for such purposes.

         (d) As a result of any changes in the Constitution of the State or the
Constitution of the United States of America or of legislative or administrative
action (whether state or federal) or by final decree, judgment or order of any
court or administrative body (whether state or federal) entered after the
contest thereof by the Company in good faith, this Agreement shall have become
void or unenforceable or impossible of performance in accordance with the intent
and purposes of the parties as expressed in this Agreement, or unreasonable
burdens or excessive liabilities shall have been imposed on the Company in
respect to the Project Facility, including, without limitation, federal, state
or other ad valorem, property, income, or other taxes not being imposed on the
date of this Agreement.

                                       X-1


<PAGE>


To exercise such option, the Company shall within ninety (90) days following the
event authorizing such termination, give written notice to the Authority and the
Trustee and shall specify therein the date of redemption of Bonds pursuant to
Section 3.01 of the Indenture, which date shall be the next interest payment
date in respect of the Bonds for which the required notice of redemption can
practicably be given. In accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Company
shall make arrangements for the Trustee to give the required notice of
redemption. In order to exercise such option, the Company shall pay, or cause
to be paid, on or prior to the applicable redemption date, to the Trustee, an
amount equal to the sum of the following:

         (1) An amount of money which, when added to the amount then on deposit
and available in the Bond Fund, will be sufficient to retire and redeem all the
Outstanding Bonds on the earliest possible redemption date after notice as
provided in the Indenture, including, without limitation, the principal amount
thereof, all interest to accrue to said redemption date, and the applicable
redemption premium, if any, plus

         (2) An amount of money equal to the Trustee's fees and expenses under
the Indenture accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of
the Bonds, plus

         (3) An amount of money equal to the Authority's fees and expenses under
this Agreement accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of
the Bonds.

                               [END OF ARTICLE X]

                                       X-2


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 11.1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect from the date hereof to and including such time as all of the
Bonds and the fees and expenses of the Authority and the Trustee and all amounts
payable hereunder shall have been fully paid or provisions made for such
payments.

         Section 11.2. Notices. All notices, certificates or other
communications hereunder shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given
when delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows: if to the Authority, to 200 South Warren Street, Capital
Place One -- CN 990, Trenton, New Jersey 08625, Attention: Executive Director;
if to the Trustee, to The Bank of New York, 385 Rifle Camp Road, West Paterson,
New Jersey 07424, Attention: Corporate Trust Department; if to the Company, to
Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., P.O. Box 8798, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania 19101, Attention: Mr. Bernard Gelman, Vice President; and if to the
Purchaser, to c/o Eaton Vance Management, 24 Federal Court, Boston,
Massachusetts 02110, Attention: Karl Ziele. A duplicate copy of each notice,
certificate or other communication given hereunder by the Authority or the
Company shall also be given to the Trustee and the Purchaser. The Authority, the
Company, the Trustee and any Purchaser may, by written notice given hereunder,
designate any further or different addresses to which subsequent notices,
certificates or other communications shall be sent.

         Section 11.3. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of and shall be binding upon the Authority, the Company, the Trustee, the Owners
of Bonds and their respective successors and assigns, subject, however, to the
limitations contained in Section 2.2(b) hereof.

         Section 11.4. Severability. In the event any provision of this
Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent
jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any
other provision hereof.

         Section 11.5. Amounts Remaining in Funds. Subject to the provisions of
Section 6.11 of the Indenture, it is agreed by the parties hereto that any
amounts remaining in the Bond Fund, the Project Fund, or any other fund created
under the Indenture upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement,
provided in this Agreement, after payment in full of the Bonds (or provision for
payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture), the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the
Indenture and all amounts which may be due under the Bond Purchase Agreement,
the Mortgage, any Collateral

                                      XI-1


<PAGE>


Document and the Guaranty, shall belong to and be paid to the Company by the
Trustee.

         Section 11.6. Amendments, Changes and Modifications. Subsequent to the
issuance of Bonds and prior to their payment in full (or provision for the
payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture), and except as otherwise herein expressly provided, this Agreement
may not be effectively amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated
without the written consent of the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of
the Indenture.

         Section 11.7. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be
simultaneously executed in several counterparts each of which shall be an
original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         Section 11.8. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State.

         Section 11.9. Captions. The captions and headings in this Agreement are
for convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent
of any provisions or Sections of this Agreement.

         Section 11.10 Other. For purposes of preserving the priority of the
Series D Mortgage and the Series E Mortgage, this Agreement shall be deemed to
amend and restate the Series D Agreement and the Series E Agreement in their
entirety.

                                      XI-2


<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Authority has caused this Agreement to be executed in
its name and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name
all as of the date first above written.

    ATTEST:                                NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
                                           AUTHORITY


/s/ Frank T. Mancini, Jr.                   By: /s/ Caren S. Franzini
- -------------------------                      -------------------------
Frank T. Mancini, Jr.                          Caren S. Franzini
Assistant Secretary                            Executive Director



(SEAL]

                     (signatures continued on the next page)

                        SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT

                                      XI-3


<PAGE>


    ATTEST:                                HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
                                           SYSTEM, INC.


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------                     -------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                         Bernard Gelman
                                              Vice President



(SEAL]

                        SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AGREEMENT


                                      XI-4




================================================================================

                  HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.
              and 777 PATTISON AVE., INC., jointly and severally
                                 as Mortgagor

                                     AND

                           THE BANK OF NEW YORK NA
                                  as Trustee


                       MORTGAGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


                          Dated as of March 15, 1994

================================================================================

This Mortgage and Security Agreement also constitutes a fixture filing
under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions, N.J.S.A.
12A:9-402(3) and (6).





Prepared by and Return and Record To:

/s/ M. Jeremy Ostow
- ------------------------------
M. Jeremy Ostow, Esq.
Wolff & Samson
A Professional Corporation
5 Becker Farm Road
Roseland, New Jersey 07068


<PAGE>


     THIS MORTGAGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of March 15, 1994 (the
"Mortgage") made by HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., ("Holt") a
Pennsylvania corporation, having an address at 701 N. Broadway, Gloucester
City, New Jersey 08030, and 777 Pattison Ave., Inc., ("Pattison") a
Pennsylvania corporation, jointly and severally (collectively, the
"Mortgagor") in favor of THE BANK OF NEW YORK NA, a national banking
association, having an address at 385 Rifle Camp Road, West Paterson, New
Jersey 07424, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
"Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Issuer was created pursuant to the Act for the purposes,
among other things, of providing within the County structures, franchises,
equipment and facilities for operation of public transportation or for
terminal purposes, including development and improvement of port terminal
structures, facilities and equipment, for public use in counties, in, along
or through which a navigable river flows; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer is authorized, pursuant to the Act, to issue its
bonds for the purpose of financing the cost of any public facility or
facilities; and

     WHEREAS, Pattison, has a leasehold interest in a portion of the Land (as
hereinafter defined) and a fee interest in certain improvements located on
the Land. Holt is the owner of the fee estate in the Mortgage Property (as
hereinafter defined).

     WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to undertake a certain project ("Project")
consisting of the purchase of a newly constructed 312,000 square foot
refrigerated warehouse facility on land to be leased to the Issuer within the
marine terminal complex owned by Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.;
and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue its Lease Revenue Bonds (Dockside
Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc. Project) Series 1994 in the aggregate principal
amount of $18,500,000 (the "Bonds") pursuant to an Indenture of Trust dated
as of March 15, 1994 (the "Indenture") between the Issuer and The Bank of New
York NA as trustee (the "Trustee") and proposes to apply the proceeds of the
sale of the Bonds to finance the acquisition of the Project; and

     WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to lease the Project to the Company
pursuant to the Lease Agreement (as hereinafter defined), pursuant to which
the Company shall covenant to make lease payments to the Issuer sufficient to
pay all principal, interest and premium when due on the Bonds and other
amounts payable in connection with the Bonds; and

     WHEREAS, the Bonds shall be secured by the pledge of payments to be made
by the Company under the Lease Agreement and by a leasehold mortgage lien on
the Project and a security interest in certain machinery and equipment of the
Company constituting fixtures and the obligations of the Company under the
Lease


<PAGE>


Agreement and the payment of the Bonds shall be guaranteed by B.H.
Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon Avenue
Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo Systems, Inc., The Riverfront
Development Corp., CRT, Inc., Triple Seven Ice, Inc., Pattison Avenue
Warehousing Corp., 777 Pattison Ave., Inc., Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc.
and Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. and any other person required
to be a Guarantor (collectively, the "Guarantor") pursuant to the Guaranty;
and

     WHEREAS, the Bonds shall be further secured by a mortgage on the Project
and a leasehold mortgage on the Land from the Issuer to the Trustee pari
passu and on a parity with Senior Mortgage Debt described in clauses (i),
(ii) and (iii) of the definition of Senior Mortgage Debt and subject and
subordinate to the remainder of Senior Mortgage Debt; and

     WHEREAS, the Guaranty shall be secured by this mortgage on the entire
marine terminal complex located in the Project Municipality from Holt to
the Trustee, which shall (a) be pari passu and on a parity with the Senior
Mortgage Debt described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of the definition of
Senior Mortgage Debt, only with respect to the portion of the Mortgaged
Property (as hereinafter defined) consisting of the Project and the real
property upon which the Project is situated and in all other respects subject
and subordinate to the Senior Mortgage Debt and (b) pari passu and on a
parity with the Parity Mortgage Debt; and

     WHEREAS, the Mortgagor and the Trustee each have full right and lawful
authority to enter into this Mortgage, and to perform and observe the
provisions hereof on their respective parts to be performed and observed.

     NOW, THEREFORE, to equally and ratably secure (without preference or
priority) payment of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the
Bonds, the Guarantor's obligations under the Guaranty, and the payment of any
and all other amounts required to be paid pursuant to, and the performance of
all covenants, agreements and obligations required to be performed by the
Mortgagor or the Guarantors under this Mortgage or the Guaranty
(collectively, the "Secured Agreements"), whether direct or indirect,
absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter
arising and howsoever evidenced, plus all expenses of enforcing this
Mortgage, the Mortgagor, for and in consideration of Ten Dollars and other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, does by these presents GRANT, BARGAIN, SELL, CONVEY AND
MORTGAGE unto the Trustee (for the ratable benefit of the owners of the
Bonds) and its respective successors and assigns, all of its right, title and
interest in and to the following property, interests and rights
(collectively, the "Mortgaged Property"):

                                     -2-


<PAGE>


     THAT certain parcel of real estate described in Exhibit A hereto (the
"Land");

     TOGETHER with all and singular the ways, easements, rights, privileges
and appurtenances belonging or in any wise appertaining to the Land;

     TOGETHER with the buildings and improvements now erected and hereafter
to be erected upon the Land, including any repairs, restorations or
replacements thereof or any changes, alterations or additions thereto
(collectively, the "Improvements");

     TOGETHER with all right, title and interest, if any, of the Mortgagor in
and to any land lying in the bed of any street, avenue or alley adjoining the
Land to the center line thereof;

     TOGETHER with the fixtures, building equipment and other personal
property owned by the Mortgagor and located on and used in connection with
the maintenance of the Improvements, but excluding any personal property or
equipment which is not a fixture but is used in connection with the business
conducted on the Mortgaged Property, (subject to such exclusions,
collectively, the "Equipment"); and

     TOGETHER with all the rents, issues and profits of the Mortgaged
Property, and all the estate, right, title, interest and all claim and demand
whatsoever, at law or in equity, of the Mortgagor in and to the same,
including but not limited to:

        (a) All rents, issues, profits, revenues, royalties, rights and
benefits derived from the Mortgaged Property from time to time accruing,
whether under leases or tenancies or contracts of sale now existing or
hereafter created, reserving to the Mortgagor, however, so long as there is
no "Default" under the Indenture, the right to receive and retain all such
rents, issues and profits.

        (b) All judgments, awards of damages, insurance proceeds and
settlements hereafter made resulting from condemnation proceedings or the
taking of the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof under the power of
eminent domain, or for any damage (whether caused by such taking or
otherwise) to the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof, or to any rights
appurtenant thereto, including any award for change of grade of streets.

     TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the above granted and described property equally and
ratably unto the Trustee and its respective successors and assigns, forever.
The Mortgagor does hereby fully warrant good and marketable fee simple title
to the Land and the Improvements and good and marketable title to the
Equipment and will defend the same against the lawful claims of all persons
whomsoever, all subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and that it has good
and

                                     -3-


<PAGE>


lawful authority to sell, convey, mortgage and grant a security interest
in the Mortgaged Property.

     PROVIDED, ALWAYS that if the Mortgagor or its successors or assigns
shall pay to the Trustee or its respective successors or assigns all amounts
secured hereby, including without limitation the Lease Obligations, all
amounts due under the Secured Agreements, and all other amounts due
hereunder, and shall perform, observe and comply with all of the terms,
conditions, covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Secured
Agreements, and if no Bonds remain outstanding (as defined in the Indenture),
then this Mortgage shall be absolutely void; otherwise the same shall remain
in full force and effect.

     This Mortgage is (a) pari passu and on a parity with the Senior Mortgage
Debt described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of the definition of Senior
Mortgage Debt, only with respect to the portion of the Mortgaged Property
consisting of the Project and the real property upon which the Project is
situated and in all other respects subject and subordinate to all mortgages
securing the Senior Mortgage Debt (as defined in the Indenture) and (b) pari
passu and on a parity with each mortgage securing the Parity Mortgage Debt
(as defined in the Indenture).

     Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the
meanings set forth in the Lease Agreement and Indenture.

     The Mortgagor further covenants and agrees as follows:

     1. Payment. The Mortgagor shall pay all sums, including interest,
secured hereby when due, as provided for in the Guaranty and in this
Mortgage, and any renewal, extension or modification of any thereof.

     2. Compliance with Laws. The Mortgagor shall comply with all present and
future laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, covenants, conditions and
restrictions affecting the Mortgagor, the Mortgaged Property or the use and
occupancy thereof, and not suffer or permit any violation thereof.

     3. Maintenance and Modification of Mortgaged Property by the Mortgagor.
The Mortgagor agrees that at all times, the Mortgagor will maintain, preserve
and keep the Mortgaged Property or cause the Mortgaged Property to be
maintained, preserved and kept, with the appurtenances and every part and
parcel thereof in good repair, working order, and condition, and that the
Mortgagor will from time to time make or cause to be made all repairs,
replacements and renewals deemed proper and necessary by it.

     In addition, the Mortgagor shall have the privilege of remodeling the
Mortgaged Property or, making substitutions,

                                     -4-


<PAGE>


modifications and improvements to the Mortgaged Property from time to
time as the Mortgagor, in its discretion, may deem to be desirable for the
Mortgagor's use for such purposes as shall be permitted by the Act, the costs
of which remodeling, substitutions, modifications and improvements shall be
paid by the Mortgagor, and the same shall be the property of the Mortgagor
and be included under the terms of this Mortgage as part of the Mortgaged
Property; provided, however, that such remodeling, substitutions,
modifications and improvements shall not interfere with the operation of the
Mortgaged Property or in any way damage the Mortgaged Property, and provided
that the Mortgaged Property, as remodeled, improved or altered, upon
completion of such remodeling, substitutions, modifications and improvements
made pursuant to this Section shall be of a value not less than the value of
the Mortgaged Property immediately prior to the remodeling or the making of
substitutions, modifications and improvements. Any property for which a
substitution or replacement is made pursuant to this Section may be disposed
of by the Mortgagor in any manner and in the sole discretion of the
Mortgagor.

     4. Liens. The Mortgagor will not permit any mechanic's or other lien
other than Permitted Encumbrances to be established or remain against the
Mortgaged Property, provided that if the Mortgagor shall first notify the
Trustee of its intention to do so, the Mortgagor may in good faith contest at
the Mortgagor's expense any mechanic's or other lien filed or established
against the Mortgaged Property, and in such event may permit the item so
contested to remain undischarged and unsatisfied during the period of such
contest and any appeal therefrom unless by nonpayment of any such item the
security afforded by this Mortgage will be materially endangered or the
Mortgaged Property or any part thereof will be subject to loss or forfeiture,
in which event the Mortgagor shall promptly pay and cause to be satisfied and
discharged such unpaid item. For purposes of this Mortgage, "Permitted
Encumbrances" shall mean (i) those items shown in Exhibit B hereto, and (ii)
any Lien on the Mortgaged Premises hereafter incurred by Holt or any other
Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of the Guaranty.

     5. Taxes and Governmental and Utility Charges. The Mortgagor will pay or
cause to be paid, as the same respectively become due, all taxes and
governmental charges of any kind whatsoever that may at any time be lawfully
assessed or levied against or with respect to the Mortgaged Property or any
part thereof, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
all ad valorem taxes levied against the Mortgaged Property and any other taxes
levied upon the Mortgaged Property which, if not paid, will become a charge
on the receipts from the Mortgaged Property or a lien against the Mortgaged
Property or any interest therein or the revenues derived therefrom; all
utility and other charges incurred in the operation, maintenance, use,
occupancy and upkeep of the Mortgaged Property; and all assessments and
charges lawfully made

                                     -5-


<PAGE>


by any governmental body for public improvements that may be secured by
a lien on the Mortgaged Property, provided that with respect to special
assessments or other governmental charges that may lawfully be paid in
installments over a period of years, the Mortgagor shall be obligated to pay
only such installments when and as they are required to be paid.

     The Mortgagor may, at the Mortgagor's expense, in good faith contest any
such taxes, assessments and other charges, all in the manner and subject to
the conditions set forth in Paragraph 5(o) and (p) of the Guaranty.

     6. Casualty and Other Insurance. The Mortgagor agrees to insure or cause
to be insured the Mortgaged Property against loss or damage by fire and other
hazards of the nature in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 5(q),
(r) and (s) of the Guaranty. The Mortgagor will not do or suffer to be done
anything which will increase the risk of fire or other hazard to the
Mortgaged Premises or any part thereof without first causing such increased
risk to be fully and adequately covered by insurance.

     7. Worker's Compensation Coverage. The Mortgagor shall maintain worker's
compensation coverage or cause the same to be maintained to the extent
required by applicable law.

     8. Self-Insurance. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6 and 7,
but subject to the requirements of Article V of the Lease Agreement, if the
Mortgagor shall insure similar properties by self-insurance, the Mortgagor,
at the Mortgagor's election, may insure the Mortgaged Property, partially or
wholly by means of an adequate self-insurance fund set aside and maintained
out of its earnings, or in conjunction with other companies through an
insurance trust or other arrangement.

     9. Condemnation. The net proceeds of any taking by the power of eminent
domain of all or a portion of the Mortgaged Property shall be applied as
provided in Section 5(p) of the Guaranty.

     10. Advances. If the Mortgagor fails to pay, subject to any right
hereunder to contest, any claim, lien, or encumbrance (other than Permitted
Encumbrances), or, prior to delinquency, any tax or assessment, or, when due,
any insurance premium, or to keep the Mortgaged Property in repair, or shall
commit or permit waste, or if there shall be commenced any action or
proceeding affecting the Mortgagee Property or the title thereto, or the
interest of the Trustee therein, including, but not limited to, eminent
domain and bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings, then the Trustee, at its
option, may pay said claim, lien, encumbrance, tax, assessment or premium,
with right of subrogation thereunder, may make such repairs and take such
steps as it deems advisable to prevent or cure

                                     -6-


<PAGE>


such waste, and may appear in any such action or proceeding and retain
counsel therein, and take such action therein as the Trustee deems advisable,
and for any of said purposes the Trustee may advance such sums of money,
including all costs, reasonable attorneys' fees and other items of expense as
it deems necessary. The Mortgagor shall pay to the Trustee all sums of money
so advanced by the Trustee together with interest on each such advance at two
percent (2%) in excess of the Prime Rate, and the repayment of such advances
shall be secured hereby. In making any payment or securing any performance
relating to any obligation of the Mortgagor under this Mortgage, the Trustee,
so long as it acts in good faith, shall be the sole judge of the legality,
validity and amount of any lien or encumbrance and of all other matters
necessary to be determined in satisfaction thereof. No such action of the
Trustee shall ever be considered as a waiver of any right accruing to it
hereunder. The Trustee shall not ever be held accountable for any delay in
making any such payment, which delay may result in any additional interest,
costs, charges or expenses.

     11. Attorneys' Fees. In case of any action or any proceedings in any
court to collect any sums payable or secured by this Mortgage or to protect
the lien of the Trustee or in any other case permitted by law in which
attorneys' fees may be collected from the Mortgagor or charged upon the
Mortgaged Property, the Mortgagor agrees to pay reasonable attorneys' fees.

     12. Remedies. Subject always to the provisions of Section 13 hereof,
upon the occurrence of a "Default" as defined and specified in the Indenture
and the declaration of an acceleration of the Bonds pursuant to the
Indenture, or of the Company's payment obligations under the Lease Agreement
the Trustee may exercise one or more of the following remedies (no remedy
hereunder intended to be exclusive of any other remedy hereunder, under any
of the Secured Agreements or under the Indenture):

        (a) The Trustee may require the Mortgagor, upon demand of the Trustee,
to forthwith surrender, and the Trustee may, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, by such officer, agent or receiver as it may appoint, all
without regard to the value of the security hereof, take possession of, all
or any part of the Mortgaged Property together with the books, papers and
accounts of the Mortgagor pertaining thereto, and make all needful repairs
and improvements as the Trustee shall deem necessary or appropriate, and
lease or sell the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof in the name and for
the account of the Mortgagor and collect, receive and sequester the rental
therefrom, and out of the same and any moneys received from any receiver pay,
or set up proper reserves for the payment of, all proper costs and expenses
of so taking, holding, leasing, selling and managing the same, including
reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any
charges of the Trustee hereunder, and any taxes and assessments and

                                     -7-


<PAGE>


other charges due and payable which the Trustee may deem it wise to pay,
and all expenses of such repairs and improvements, and apply the remainder
of. the moneys so received to the payment of the indebtedness secured hereby.
Whenever all that is due upon the indebtedness secured hereby shall have been
paid and all defaults made good, the Trustee shall surrender whatever
possession the Trustee shall retain to the Mortgagor; the same right of
entry, however, shall exist upon any subsequent default.

        (b) The Trustee may enter and take possession of the Mortgaged
Property, and lease the Mortgaged Property for the account of the Mortgagor,
holding the Mortgagor liable for all payments due to the effective date of
such leasing and for the difference in the rent and other amounts paid by the
lessee pursuant to such lease and the amounts payable by the Mortgagor on
account of the indebtedness secured hereby.

        (c) Subject to any mandatory requirements of applicable law, the
Trustee may sell the Mortgaged Property as an entirety or from time to time
in part to the highest bidder at public auction at such place and at such
time (which sale may be adjourned from time to time in the discretion of the
Trustee by announcement at the time and place fixed for such sale, without
further notice) and upon such terms as the Trustee may fix and briefly
specify in a notice of sale to be published once each week for four (4)
successive weeks prior to such sale in a newspaper of general circulation in
the county in which the Mortgaged Property is located and in such event the
Trustee may bid for or become the purchaser of the Mortgaged Property at the
public auction and be entitled to have the purchase price payable at the
public auction payable by credit for the balance due and payable hereunder in
respect of the indebtedness secured hereby.

        (d) The Trustee may foreclose this Mortgage by judicial proceedings
in the manner provided by the laws of the State of New Jersey for the
foreclosure of mortgages, and in such event the Trustee may bid for or become
the purchaser of the Mortgaged Property at the foreclosure sale and be
entitled to have the purchase price payable at foreclosure sale payable by
credit to the judgment for the balance, if any, due and payable hereunder in
respect of the indebtedness secured hereby.

        (e) The Trustee may exercise all rights and remedies available to
secured creditors under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State
of New Jersey.

     13. Option To Release Certain Real Estate. Notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Mortgage, the Trustee hereby agrees, subject to the
provisions of the Agreement, at any time and from time to time, to release
from this Mortgage (i) any unimproved part of the Land, provided such release
shall not adversely affect the

                                     -8-


<PAGE>


value of the Mortgaged Property, or (ii) any part of the Land with respect to
which fee title is to be conveyed to a railroad, public utility or public body
in order that railroad service, utility services or roads may be provided for
the Mortgaged Property, upon receipt of:

        (a) Copies of the instrument of release, in recordable form.

        (b) A certificate of the Mortgagor (i) stating that no "Default" or
any condition or event which, with the giving of notice or the passage of
time or both would constitute a "Default" has occurred under the Secured
Agreements or the Indenture, (ii) giving an adequate legal description of
that portion of the Land to be released, (iii) stating the purpose for which
the release is desired, (iv) requesting such release, and (v) approving such
release.

        (c) If applicable, a copy of the instrument conveying the portion of
the Land to be released.

        (d) Any instrument or instruments required by the terms of such
release.

        (e) A certificate of an independent engineer acceptable to the
Trustee dated not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of the release
and stating that, in the opinion of such engineer (i) the portion of the Land
so proposed to be released is necessary or desirable in order to obtain
railroad service, utility services or roads to benefit the Mortgaged
Property, or is not otherwise needed for the efficient operation of the
Mortgaged Property for the purpose stated in the Agreement and (ii) the
release so proposed to be made will not impair the usefulness of the
Mortgaged Property as a facility for the purposes for which it was designed
and for such purposes as shall be permitted by the Act and will not destroy
the means of ingress thereinto and egress therefrom.

     Provided, however, that if the portion of the Land to be released has
transportation or utility facilities located upon it, the Mortgagor shall
retain an easement to use such facilities to the extent necessary for the
efficient operation of the Mortgaged Property.

     The Trustee agrees that upon receipt of the items required in this
Section to be furnished by the Mortgagor, it will promptly execute and
deliver the proposed release covering the portion of the Land to be released.
In the event of any such release, the Mortgagor shall not be entitled to any
postponement, abatement or diminution of amounts payable on account of the
indebtedness secured hereby.


                                     -9-


<PAGE>


     14. Release of Items of Equipment. In any instance where the Mortgagor
in its sole discretion determines that any items of the Equipment have become
obsolete, worn out, unsuitable, inappropriate or unnecessary for its
purposes, and so long as no "Default" or any condition or event which, with
the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute a
"Default" has occurred under the Guaranty or this Mortgage the Mortgagor may
remove such Equipment from the Mortgaged Property and sell, trade-in,
exchange or otherwise dispose of such Equipment (as a whole or in part)
without any responsibility or accountability to the Trustee therefor,
provided that the Mortgagor shall substitute and install anywhere in the
Mortgaged Property other machinery or equipment having equal or greater
utility or value (but not necessarily having the same function) in the
operation of the Mortgaged Property as a modern facility, all of which
substituted machinery or equipment shall be free of all liens and
encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) and shall become a part of
the property secured hereunder.

     The removal from the Mortgaged Property of any portion of the Equipment
pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall not entitle the Mortgagor to
any postponement, abatement or diminution in amounts payable on account of
the indebtedness secured hereby.

     Upon the request of the Mortgagor, the Trustee shall deliver and cause
to be delivered to the Mortgagor, such instruments as are reasonably
necessary to confirm the release of removed items of the Equipment from the
lien of this Mortgage and cancel any security interest with respect thereto,
provided that such request is accompanied by a certificate of an officer of
the Mortgagor to the effect that such release complies in all respects with
this Section.

     15. Granting of Easements. If no "Default" or any condition or event
which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would
constitute a "Default" has occurred under the Guaranty or this Mortgage, the
Mortgagor may at any time or times, grant easements, licenses, rights-of-way
(including the dedication of public highways) and other rights or privileges
in the nature of easements with respect to any property or rights included in
the Mortgaged Property, free from the lien and security interest afforded by
or under this Mortgage or the Mortgagor may reconvey existing easements,
licenses, rights-of-way and other rights and privileges without
consideration, and the Trustee agrees to execute and deliver or cause to be
executed and delivered any instrument necessary or appropriate to confirm and
grant or convey any such easement, license, right-of-way or other grant or
privilege upon receipt of: (1) a copy of the instrument of grant or
reconveyance; (2) a written statement signed by an officer of the Mortgagor
stating (i) that such grant or reconveyance will not impair the effective use
or interfere with the operation of the Mortgaged Property and (ii) that such
grant or reconveyance is not detri-

                                     -10-


<PAGE>


mental to the proper conduct of the business of the Mortgagor; and (3)
an opinion of Independent Counsel (as defined in the Indenture) that such
grant or reconveyance will not materially weaken, diminish or impair the
security afforded pursuant to the terms of this Mortgage, and will not
violate the terms, covenants or conditions of any agreement or grant which
the Mortgagor or the Issuer may have with the United States, the State of
New Jersey or any agency, department or political subdivision thereof with
respect to the Mortgaged Property or the Indenture.

     16. No Waiver. No failure, forbearance or delay by the Trustee in
exercising any right or remedy hereunder, under any Secured Agreement, or
under the Indenture, or otherwise afforded by law, shall operate as a waiver
thereof or preclude the exercise thereof in accordance herewith or therewith.
No waiver by the Trustee of any default shall constitute a waiver of or
consent to subsequent defaults. No withdrawal or abandonment of foreclosure
proceedings by the Trustee shall be taken or construed as a waiver of its
right to exercise any right or remedy hereunder by reason of any past,
present or future default; and, in like manner, the procurement of insurance
or the payment of taxes or other liens or charges by the Trustee shall not be
taken or construed as a waiver of its rights or remedies hereunder.

     17. Waiver of Mortgagor. The Mortgagor, on behalf of itself and all
persons now or hereafter interested in the Mortgaged Property, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, hereby waives all rights under all
appraisement, homestead, moratorium, valuation, exemption, stay, extension,
redemption and marshalling statutes, laws or equities now or hereafter
existing, and the Mortgagor agrees that no defense, claim or right based on
any thereof will be asserted, or may be enforced, in any action enforcing or
relating to this Mortgage or any of the Mortgaged Property. Without limiting
the generality of the preceding sentence, the Mortgagor, on its own behalf
and on behalf of each and every person acquiring any interest in or title to
the Mortgaged Property subsequent to the date of this Mortgage, hereby
irrevocably waives any and all rights of redemption from sale under any power
contained herein or under any sale pursuant to any statute, order, decree or
judgment of any court.

     18. Definitions. In this Mortgage, all words and terms defined in the
Agreement and the Indenture shall have the respective meanings and be
construed as provided therein unless a different meaning clearly appears from
the context. Reference herein to, or citation herein of, any provisions of
the Agreement, or the Indenture shall be deemed to incorporate such
provisions as a part hereof in the same manner and with the same effect as if
the same were fully set forth herein.

     19. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained in this Mortgage shall for any reason be held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such


                                     -11-


<PAGE>


invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other
provision of this Mortgage, but this Mortgage shall be construed as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein
or therein.

     20. Successors and Assigns. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the terms
"Issuer", "Mortgagor" and "Trustee" as used herein include each of their
respective successors in interest and assigns.

     21. Notices. All notices, certificates or other communications hereunder
shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given when delivered or
mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed as
follows: if to the Mortgagor, to Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.,
P.O. Box 8698, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101, Attention: Mr. Bernard
Gelman, Vice President; and if to the Trustee, The Bank of New York NA, 385
Rifle Camp Road, West Paterson, New Jersey 07424, Attention: Corporate Trust
Department. Any party hereto may, by written notice given hereunder,
designate any further or different addresses to which subsequent notices,
certificates or other communications shall be sent.

     22. New Jersey Uniform Commercial Code Security Interest and Financing
Statement. This instrument is intended to be a security agreement pursuant to
the New Jersey Uniform Commercial Code covering any of the items or types of
property included as part of the Mortgaged Property that may be subject to a
security interest pursuant to the New Jersey Uniform Commercial Code, and the
Mortgagor hereby grants to the Trustee, its successors and assigns a security
interest in such items or types of property. This Mortgage or a reproduction
hereof is deemed to constitute a fixture filing to be filed of record in the
real estate records maintained by the Clerk of Camden County, pursuant to
N.J.S.A. 12A:9- 402(3) and (6). In addition, the Mortgagor will execute,
deliver and file any financing statements or amendments thereof or
continuation statements thereto that may be required to perfect or to
continue the perfection of a security interest in said items or types of
property. The Mortgagor shall pay all reasonable costs of the preparation and
filing of such instruments.

     23. Amendments. Except as may otherwise be specifically provided herein,
no charge, amendment, modification, cancellation or discharge hereof, or any
part hereof, shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the parties
hereto.

     24. The parties to this Mortgage may mutually agree to change the
interest rate, due date or other term or terms of this Mortgage or of the
obligations secured by this Mortgage. If the parties mutually agree to a
change, which change is a "modification" as defined in New Jersey P.L. 1985,
c. 353, this Mortgage shall be subject to the priority provisions of that
law.

                                     -12-


<PAGE>


and the Trustee has evidenced its acceptance of this instrument by
having caused this instrument to be executed in its corporate name by one of its
duly authorized officers, as of the date first above written.


[SEAL]                                     HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
                                             SYSTEM, INC., a Pennsylvania
                                             corporation

Attest:

/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman        
- --------------------------------              ----------------------------------
John Evans                                    Bernard Gelman
Secretary                                     Vice President



[SEAL]                                     THE BANK OF NEW YORK, NA
                                           as Trustee

Attest:

/s/ Christine A. Hade                      By: /s/ Michael Sabatino
- --------------------------------              ----------------------------------
CHRISTINE A. HADE AVP                         MICHAEL SABATINO V.P.



[SEAL]                                     777 PATTISON AVE., INC., a

Attest:

/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman     
- --------------------------------              ----------------------------------



                                     -13-


<PAGE>


STATE OF N.J.        )
                     : ss.:
COUNTY OF CAMDEN     )

     I, Barbara Jaworski, do hereby certify that Bernard Gelman and John Evans,
the Vice President and Secretary of HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.,
a Pennsylvania corporation, personally known to me to be the same persons whose
names are subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this day
in person and acknowledged that they signed and delivered such instrument with
full authority as such Vice President and Secretary on behalf of Holt Hauling
and Warehousing System, Inc., as their free and voluntary act for the uses and
purposes therein set forth.


     Given under my hand and official seal, this 14th day of April, 1994.



                                           /s/ Barbara Jaworski
                                           ----------------------------------
                                                    Notary Public


                            BARBARA JAWORSKI
Commission Expires:    A Notary Public of New Jersey
                    -----------------------------------
                    My Commission Expires Oct. 18, 1994






===============================================================================


                    NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

                                       AND

                             777 PATTISON AVE., INC.

                                       AND


     HOLT HAULING and WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., B.H. SOBELMAN & CO., INC.,
     REFRIGERATED DISTRIBUTION CENTER, INC., OREGON AVENUE ENTERPRISES,
     INCORPORATED, HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC., CRT, INC., THE RIVERFRONT
     DEVELOPMENT CORP., TRIPLE SEVEN ICE, INC., PATTISON AVENUE WAREHOUSING
     CORP. and, REFRIGERATED ENTERPRISES, INC., as Guarantors

                                 LOAN AGREEMENT




                            Dated as of March 2, 1992




===============================================================================


         The interest of the NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (the
"Issuer") in this Loan Agreement has been assigned (except for certain rights
expressly reserved by the Issuer) pursuant to the Indenture of Trust dated as of
the date hereof from the Issuer to FIDELITY BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
trustee (the "Trustee"), and is subject to the security interest of the Trustee
thereunder.


<PAGE>


                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

         (This Table of Contents is only for convenience of reference and is not
intended to define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of
this Loan Agreement.)

                                                                      Page


   PARTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .1

   PREAMBLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.1. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . I- 1

         Section 1.2. Interpretation and Construction . . . . . . .. . . I-12

                                   ARTICLE II

                    REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES

         Section 2.1. Representations and Covenants of the
                      Issuer . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . .  . .  . . .II- 1 

         Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of the
                      Company and the Guarantors . . . . . .. . . . . . .II- 1

         Section 2.3. Tax-Exempt Status of the Bonds . . . . .. . . . .. II- 7
         Section 2.4. Covenants of the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . II- 9
         Section 2.5. Covenants of the Company and Guarantors . . . . . .II-11

                                   ARTICLE III

                              ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS

         Section 3.1. Agreement to Issue the Bonds:
                        Application of Bond Proceeds . . . .. . . . ... III- 1
         Section 3.2. Disbursements from the Project Fund . . .. . . . .III- 1
         Section 3.3. Furnishing Documents to the Trustee . .. . .. . . III- 1
         Section 3.4. Special Arbitrage Certifications . . . ... . .. . III- 1

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 LOAN PROVISIONS

         Section 4.1. Loan of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . .  IV- 1
         Section 4.2. Amounts Payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .IV- 1
         Section 4.3. Obligations of Company Unconditional . .  . . . . .IV- 2


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE V

                                   THE PROJECT

         Section 5.1. Disbursements from the Project Fund  . .  . . . . . V- 1
         Section 5.2. Maintenance and Modification of the
                        Project Facility by the Company . . . . .  . . . .V- 2
         Section 5.3. Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and
                        Utility Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V- 2
         Section 5.4. Insurance Required . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . .  .V- 3
         Section 5.5. Additional Provisions Concerning
                        Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . .V- 4
         Section 5.6. Worker's Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V- 5

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

         Section 6.1. Damage, Destruction and Condemnation  . . . . . . .VI- 1
         Section 6.2. Application of Net Proceeds . . . . . . . . . .. . VI- 1
         Section 6.3. Insufficiency of Net Proceeds . . . . .. . . .. .. VI- 2

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

         Section 7.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability
                        by Issuer . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . VII- 1
         Section 7.2. Access to the Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII- 1
         Section 7.3. Further Assurances and Corrective
                        Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII- 1
         Section 7.4. Issuer and Company Representatives . . . .  . . .VII- 1
         Section 7.5. Financing Statements . . . . . . . . . .  . . . .VII- 1
         Section 7.6. Compliance with Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII- 2
         Section 7.7. [Intentionally Omitted] . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII- 2
         Section 7.8. [Intentionally Omitted] . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII- 2
         Section 7.9. Annual Certificate . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . .VII- 2

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       PROJECT USERS; MAINTAIN EXISTENCE;
               MERGE, SELL, TRANSFER; INDEMNIFICATION; REDEMPTION

         Section 8.1. Project Users; Maintain Existence;
                        Merge, Sell, Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII- 1
         Section 8.2. Release and Indemnification Covenants. . . . . .VIII- 2
         Section 8.3. Redemption of Bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII- 4
         Section 8.4. Issuer to Grant Security Interest to
                        Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . .VIII- 4
         Section 8.5. Indemnification of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . .VIII- 5


                                       -ii-


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

         Section 9.1. Defaults Defined. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .IX- 1
         Section 9.2. Trustee's Remedies on Default . . .. . . . . . . .IX- 3
         Section 9.3. Issuer's Remedies on Default . . . . . . . . . . .IX- 3
         Section 9.4. Specific Performance . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . IX- 5
         Section 9.5. No Remedy Exclusive . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . IX- 5
         Section 9.6. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and
                        Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . . .. IX- 6 
         Section 9.7. No  Additional  Waiver Implied by One
                        Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .. IX- 6

                                    ARTICLE X

         OPTIONS TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . X- 1

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 11.1. Term of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .  XI- 1
         Section 11.2. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .. .. . XI- 1
         Section 11.3. Binding Effect . . . . . . . . . . . .  .. . ..  XI- 1
         Section 11.4. Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . .   .. .. . XI- 1
         Section 11.5. Amounts Remaining in Funds . . . . . ..  .. .. ..XI- 1
         Section 11.6. Amendments, Changes and Modification  .. ..  ..  XI- 2
         Section 11.7. Execution in Counterparts . . . . . .  ..  ..  ..XI- 2  
         Section 11.8. Applicable Law . . . . . . . . . .  .  ..  ..  ..XI- 2
         Section 11.9. Captions . . . . . . . . .  . . . .  .  . . . . .XI- 2

EXHIBITS:

EXHIBIT A - Mortgaged Premises

EXHIBIT B - Form of Requisition

EXHIBIT C - Permitted Encumbrances

EXHIBIT D - Form of Annual Certificate

                                      -iii-


<PAGE>


         THIS LOAN AGREEMENT is dated as of March 2, 1992, among the NEW JERSEY
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (the "Issuer"), a public body corporate and
politic constituting an instrumentality of the State of New Jersey, 777 PATTISON
AVE., INC., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the "Company"), and HOLT HAULING AND
WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC., B.H. SOBELMAN & CO., INC., REFRIGERATED DISTRIBUTION
CENTER, INC., OREGON AVENUE ENTERPRISES, INCORPORATED, HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.,
CRT, INC., THE RIVERFRONT DEVELOPMENT CORP., TRIPLE SEVEN ICE, INC., PATTISON
AVENUE WAREHOUSING CORP. and REFRIGERATED ENTERPRISES, INC. (collectively, the
"Guarantors").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the New Jersey Economic Development Authority Act, as amended
and supplemented, N.J.S.A. ss.34:1B-1, et seg. (the "Act"), declares that the
Legislature has determined that Department of Labor and industry statistics of
recent years indicate a continuing decline in manufacturing employment within
the State which is a contributing factor to the drastic unemployment existing
within the State, which far exceeds the national average, thus adversely
affecting the economy of the State and the prosperity, safety, health and
general welfare of its inhabitants and their standard of living; and that the
availability of financial assistance and suitable facilities are important
inducements to new and varied employment promoting enterprises to locate in the
State, and to existing enterprises to remain and expand in the State; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer was created to aid in remedying the aforesaid
conditions and to implement the purposes of the Act, and the Legislature has
determined that the authority and powers conferred upon the Issuer under the Act
and the expenditure of moneys pursuant thereto constitute a serving of a valid
public purpose and that the enactment of the provisions set forth in the Act is
in the public interest and for the public benefit and good and has been so
declared to be as a matter of express legislative determination; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer, to accomplish the purposes of the Act, is
empowered (i) to extend credit or make loans to any person for the planning,
designing, acquiring, constructing, reconstructing, improving, equipping and
furnishing of a project, which credit or loans may be secured by loan and
security agreements, mortgages, leases, and any other instruments, upon such
terms and conditions as the Issuer shall deem reasonable; (ii) to require the
inclusion in any mortgage, lease, contract, loan and security, agreement or
other instruments of such provisions for the construction, use, operation and
maintenance and financing of a project as the Issuer may deem necessary or
desirable; and (iii) to enter into contracts with respect to the planning,
designing, financing,


<PAGE>


constructing, reconstructing, improving, equipping, furnishing, operating and
maintaining of a project, for such consideration and upon such terms and
conditions as the Issuer may determine to be reasonable; and

         WHEREAS, as an inducement to the Company to undertake a certain project
consisting of the acquisition of a vacant building also known as a "transit
shed" of approximately 115,000 square feet situated on approximately three acres
of land to be leased, renovations to the building including the complete
refrigeration thereof and the purchase and installation of machinery and
equipment, all to be used for the processing and packaging of imported frozen
meats for distribution to wholesale and retail outlets, all to be located in the
City of Gloucester City, Camden County, New Jersey (the "1988 Project"), the
Issuer in furtherance of the purposes of the Act and to assist in financing the
cost of the 1988 Project, duly adopted a final resolution on December 6, 1988
authorizing the issuance of its Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds
(777 Pattison Ave., Inc. - 1988 Project) in an aggregate principal amount not to
exceed $4,000,000 (the "1988 Bonds"), and secured the payment of the 1988 Bonds
by a pledge of monies received by the Issuer and the assignment of certain
rights of the Issuer with respect to the 1988 Project, which pledge and
assignment further secured the payment of the principal of and interest on the
1988 Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the 1988 Bonds in the aggregate principal
amount of $4,000,000 on December 27, 1988 and applied to proceeds of the 1988
Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the financing with a certain loan
agreement dated as of December 1, 1988 between the Issuer and the Company, and a
certain indenture of trust dated as of December 1, 1988 between the Issuer and
Fidelity Bank, National Association, as Trustee; and

         WHEREAS, as an inducement to the Company to undertake a certain project
consisting of the construction of an addition of approximately 50,000 square
feet to a building of approximately 115,000 square feet situated on
approximately three acres of land and the renovation of the building to convert
a portion to refrigerated space, a portion to ancillary office space and the
remainder to freezer space, all to be used in the meat processing business
located in the City of Gloucester City, Camden County, New Jersey (the "1989
Project"; the 1988 Project and the 1989 Project are collectively referred to as
the "Projects"), the Issuer in furtherance of the purposes of the Act and to
assist in financing the cost of the 1989 Project, duly adopted a final
resolution on October 3, 1989 authorizing the issuance of its Variable/Fixed
Rate Economic Development Bonds (777 Pattison Ave., Inc. (#2) - 1989 Project) in
an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2,142,000 (the "1989 Bonds"), and
secured the payment of the 1989 Bonds by a pledge of monies received by the
Issuer and the Assignment of certain rights of the Issuer with respect to the
1989 Project, which pledge and assignment further secured the payment of the
principal of and interest on the 1989 Bonds; and


<PAGE>


         WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the 1989 Bonds in the aggregate principal
amount of $2,142,000 on November 30, 1989 and applied the proceeds of the 1989
Bonds to make a loan to the Company for the financing of a portion of the costs
of the 1989 Project, all in accordance with a certain loan agreement between the
Issuer and the Company dated as of November 1, 1989, and a certain indenture of
trust between the Issuer and Fidelity Bank, National Association, as Trustee,
dated as of November 1, 1989; and

         WHEREAS, the Company has requested an additional loan from the Issuer
to refund the 1988 Bonds and the 1989 Bonds; and

         WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to issue its Economic Development Bonds
(777 Pattison Ave., Inc. - 1988 and 1989 Projects) 1992 Refunding Series in the
aggregate principal amount $6,140,000 (the "Bonds") and proposes to apply the
proceeds of the Bonds to make a loan to the Company (the "Loan") to refund the
1988 Bonds and the 1989 Bonds, all pursuant to the Act and the Bond Resolution
(as hereinafter defined); and

         WHEREAS, the Loan shall be secured by the pledge of payments to be made
by the Company hereunder and by a mortgage lien on the Company's interest in the
Project Facility and shall be guaranteed by Holt Hauling and Warehousing System,
Inc., B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon
Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo Systems, Inc., The Riverfront
Development Corp., CRT, Inc., Triple Seven Ice, Inc., Pattison Avenue
Warehousing Corp. and Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc. and any other person
required to be a Guarantor (collectively, the "Guarantors") pursuant to the
Guaranty (as such term is hereinafter defined), and the Guaranty shall be
secured by a mortgage lien on the Mortgaged Premises (as such term is
hereinafter defined); and

         WHEREAS, the Company, the Issuer and the Guarantors each have full
right and lawful authority to enter into this Loan Agreement (hereinafter
referred to as the "Agreement"), and to perform and observe the provisions
hereof on their respective parts to be performed and observed.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto covenant, agree and bind
themselves as follows; provided, that any obligation of the Issuer created by or
arising out of this Agreement shall never constitute a debt or a pledge of the
faith and credit or the taxing power of the Issuer or any political subdivision
or taxing district of the State of New Jersey but shall be payable solely out of
the Trust Estate (as defined in the Indenture anything herein contained to the
contrary by implication or otherwise notwithstanding:


<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.1. Definitions. All capitalized, undefined terms used herein
shall have the same meanings as used in Article I of the hereinafter defined
Indenture. In addition, the following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:

         "Act" means The New Jersey Economic Development Authority Act, as
amended, N.J.S.A. ss.34:1B-1, et seg. or any successor legislation, and any
regulations and administrative pronouncements promulgated thereunder.

         "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person under
the control of or in common control or ownership (direct or indirect) of or with
such Person and, with respect to Holt, any Person included in its combined
annual financial statements including, without limitation, the Company. For the
purposes of this definition and the definition of Related Party below, "control"
shall mean ownership or control (direct or indirect) of five percent or more of
the voting stock of the Person for which such determination is to be made or
the exercise of management control over the business and affairs of such Person.

         "Agreement" or "Loan Agreement" means this Loan Agreement as the same
may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with
its terms.

         "Applications" means the applications for financial assistance of the
Company dated October 6, 1988 and August 10, 1989, respectively, submitted to
the Authority, including any amendments thereto as are on file at the
Authority's offices.

         "Assignment" means the Assignment dated the Closing Date by and between
the Issuer, as assignor, and the Trustee, as assignee, assigning, subject to
such reservations as are contained therein, all of the Issuer's right, title and
interest in and to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as the same may
be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

         "Bond" or "Bonds" means one or more of the Economic Development Bonds
(777 Pattison Ave., Inc. - 1988 and 1989 Projects) 1992 Refunding Series of the
Issuer in the aggregate principal amount of $6,140,000 authorized to be issued
pursuant to the Bond Resolution, delivered under and pursuant to the Bond
Resolution and the Indenture and any bonds issued in lieu of or in substitution
therefor.

         "Bond Counsel" with respect to the issuance and delivery Of the Bonds
means Wolff & Samson, A Professional Corporation, having its office at 5 Becker
Farm Road, Roseland, New Jersey

                                       I-1


<PAGE>


07068, and subsequent thereto, such firm or any other nationally recognized
bond counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.

         "Bond Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and
created pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Indenture.

         "Bond Purchase Agreement" means the bond purchase agreement dated as of
March 2, 1992 by and among the Issuer, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Purchaser, relating to the issuance and sale of the Bonds, as the same may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

         "Bond Resolution" means the resolution of the Issuer adopted on March
3, 1992 and entitled "Amended Final Resolution" authorizing the issuance and
sale of the Bonds and the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
Indenture, the Bond Purchase Aqreement, the Assignment and the other Loan
Documents and determining other matters in connection with the Projects.

         "Bond Year" means the one year period beginning on the day after
expiration of the preceding Bond Year. The first Bond Year begins on the Date of
Issuance and ends on December 31, 1992.

         "Business Day" means a day on which the Trustee and banks located in
Philadelphia are open for the purpose of conducting a commercial banking
business.

         "Cancellation Date" means the effective date of the Issuer's notice of
cancellation of the Bonds given pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof.

         "Cash Flow" of a Person shall mean Net Income of such Person plus
depreciation and other non-cash charges to income plus (or minus) any increase
(or decrease) in deferred taxes.

         "Chief Financial Officer" shall mean Bernard Gelman, the Treasurer of
the Company, or such other individual functioning in substantially similar
capacity on behalf of the Company as the Company shall designate in a notice to
the Trustee from time to time.

         "Closing Date" means March 31, 1992 or such other date which shall be
the date of the execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement and the making of
the Loan.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
successor legislation, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Collateral" means all of the rights and assets of the Company, Holt or
any other Person in which the Issuer or the

                                       I-2


<PAGE>


Trustee is now or hereafter granted a lien or security interest in
order to secure the performance of the Company's obligations under this Loan
Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, the obligations of the Issuer hereunder
or under the Bonds or the obligations of any Guarantor under the Guaranty.

         "Combined Cash Flows", "Combined Interest Charges", "Combined Net
Income" and "Combined Net Income Before Interest and Taxes" for any period shall
mean, respectively, the Cash Flow, Interest Charges, Net Income and Net Income
Before Interest and Taxes of Holt and its Affiliates for such period, combined
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied.

         "Combined Indebtedness" means (i) the Combined Total Assets less (ii)
the total combined stockholders' equity of Holt and its Affiliates plus deferred
taxes, each determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, as such combination is effected in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied as at any
date on which the amount thereof shall be determined.

         "Combined Tangible Net Worth" means (i) total combined shareholders'
equity of Holt and its Affiliates, determined in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as such combination is
effected in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied, less (ii) the aggregate net amount of the following items
to the extent, if any, that they were included in consolidated assets or
deducted from consolidated liabilities in computing shareholders' equity:

         (a) All licenses, patents, copyrights, tradenames, trademarks,
franchises, good will, experimental or organizational expense, unamortized debt
discount and expense, treasury stock and all other assets which under generally
accepted accounting principles are deemed intangible; and


         (b) Any write-up of assets (other than current assets written up in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied)
made after January 1, 1984.

         "Combined Total Assets" means the assets of Holt and its Affiliates,
combined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.

         "Company Representative" means the person or persons at the time
designated to act on behalf of the Company by written certificate furnished to
the Issuer and the Trustee containing the signature of such person or persons
and signed on behalf of the Company by its President or any Vice President. Such
certificate may designate an alternate or alternates.

                                       I-3


<PAGE>


         "Coordinate Lien Agreement" means the Coordinate Lien Agreement, dated
as of March 2, 1992, among Holt, the Company, Mellon Bank, N.A., as Series G
Trustee and Series H Trustee, and the Trustee.

         "Cost" with respect to either Project shall be deemed to include all
items permitted to be financed under the provisions of the Act, including, but
not limited to:

         (i) all costs which the Issuer or the Company shall be required to pay
under the terms of any contract or contracts for the acquisition, construction,
improving, or equipping of such Project;

         (ii) obligations of the Company incurred for labor and materials
(including obligations payable to the Company) in connection with the
acquisition, construction, improving or equipping of such Project, including
reimbursement to the Company for all advances and payments made in connection
with such Project prior to or after delivery of the Bonds;

         (iii) the cost of performance or other bonds and any and all types of
insurance that may be necessary or appropriate to have in effect during the
course of construction of such Project;

         (iv) the cost of refunding the 1988 Bonds or the 1989 Bonds, as the
case may be;

         (v) all costs of engineering and architectural services, including the
costs of the Company for test borings, surveys, estimates, plans and
specifications and preliminary investigations therefor, and for supervising
construction, as well as the performance of all other duties required by or
consequent to the proper construction of such Project;

         (vi) all expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the
Bonds, including but not limited to, compensation, fees and expenses of the
Issuer and the Trustee including reasonable counsel fees, compensation to any
financial consultant, underwriters or placement agents, legal fees and expenses,
costs of printing and engraving, and recording and filing fees and costs of
title insurance, if any; and

         (vii) any sums required to reimburse the Company for advances made by
the Company for any of the above items or for any other costs incurred which are
properly chargeable to such Project.

         "Cumulative Combined Net Income" for any specified periods means the
sum of Combined Net Income for each of such

                                       I-4


<PAGE>


periods (subtracting Combined Net Income for any period in which it is negative,
as appropriate).

         "Date of Issue" or "Issue Date" means the date of issue of the Bonds as
such term is defined in Treasury Regulation ss.1.103-13(b)(6), being the
Closing Date.

         "Debt Service" means, for any Bond Year, the scheduled amount of
interest and amortization of principal payable for that Bond Year with respect
to the Bonds; provided, however, that in, determining Debt Service for any Bond
Year, there shall not be taken into account amounts scheduled with respect to
any Bonds (or portion thereof) that have been retired before the beginning of
the Bond Year. The determination of Debt Service on the Bonds shall be made on
the first day of each Bond Year in the manner provided in Section 148(d) of the
Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Default" means any Default under this Agreement as specified in and
defined by Section 9.1 hereof.

         "Distribution Fund" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)
hereof.

         "ERISA" means the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

         "Escrow Deposit Agreements" means, collectively, the Escrow Deposit
Agreements for each of the 1988 Bonds and the 1989 Bonds, both dated the Closing
Date, among the Issuer, the Company and Fidelity Bank, National Association, as
trustee for the 1988 Bonds and the 1989 Bonds, as the case may be, relating to
the application of the proceeds of the Bonds to refund the 1988 Bonds and the
1989 Bonds.

         "Event of Cancellation" means any Event of Cancellation as defined in
Section 9.3(A) hereof.

         "Excess Amount" means, as of any payment date, the amount in the Bond
Fund on such date in excess of the amount required for the payment of principal,
accrued interest and premium, if any, on the Bonds due on such date.

         "Fiscal Year" means January 1 through December 31.

         "Gross Proceeds" means:

         (a) Original proceeds (as defined in Section 1.148-8T(d)(3) of the
Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 148 of the Code);

                                       I-5


<PAGE>


         (b) Investment proceeds (as defined in Section 1.148-8T(d)(5) of the
Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 148 of the Code);

         (c) Transferred proceeds (as defined in Section 1.148-8T(d)(5) of the
Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 148 of the Code);

         (d) Amounts treated as proceeds of the issue under Section 1.103-13(g)
of the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 103(c) of the 1954 Code
(relating to invested sinking funds);

         (e) Amounts invested in a reasonably required reserve or replacement
fund (as defined in Section 148(d) of the Code);

         (f) Securities or obligations pledged, directly or indirectly as
security for payment of debt service on the Bonds by the Issuer, a governmental
unit of which the Issuer is a part, the Company, a person or entity that is
related to the Company, or any other substantial beneficiary of the proceeds of
the Bonds;

         (g) Amounts received with respect to acquired purpose obligations as
defined in Section 1.148-8T(e)(10) of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations
promulgated under Section 148 of the Code;

         (h) Other amounts used to pay debt service on the Bonds; and

         (i) Other amounts received as a result of investing the amounts
described above with respect to the Bonds.

         "Guarantor" means any or all of Holt Hauling and Warehousing System,
Inc., B.H. Sobelman & Co., Inc., Refrigerated Distribution Center, Inc., Oregon
Avenue Enterprises, Incorporated, Holt Cargo Systems, Inc., The Riverfront
Development Corp., CRT, Inc, Triple Seven Ice, Inc., Pattison Avenue Warehousing
Corp., Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc., and any other Person required to be
a guarantor under the Guaranty.

         "Guaranty" means the Guaranty Agreement dated as of March 2, 1992 by
the Guarantors of the Company's obligations under Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, and any amendments or supplements thereto.

         "Holt" means Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., a Pennsylvania
corporation.

         "Indebtedness" means, for any Person, (i) all indebtedness of such
Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property, (ii)
all direct or indirect guaranties of such person in respect of and all
obligations or undertakings (con-

                                       I-6


<PAGE>


tingent or otherwise) of such Person to purchase or otherwise acquire, or
otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness of any
other Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property
and (iii) all other obligations, contingent or otherwise, which in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied shall be
classified upon the obligor's balance sheet as liabilities, including
liabilities secured by any lien on any property owned or acquired by the obligor
or a subsidiary thereof, whether or not the liabilities secured thereby shall
have been assumed, capitalized leases and all guaranties, endorsements and other
contingent obligations. For purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness
of a Person, the total amount of Indebtedness of another Person as to which such
Person is obligated described in clause (ii) or (iii) above, or the total
possible payments which such Person may become obligated to make in respect of a
contingent liability, shall be considered Indebtedness of such Person.

         "Indemnified Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(b).

         "Indenture" means the Indenture of Trust dated as of March 2, 1992
between the Issuer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Bonds are authorized
to be issued, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

         "Initial Temporary Period" means the period described in Treasury
Regulation ss.1.103-14(b)(1).

         "Issuer" means the New Jersey Economic Development Authority, a public
body corporate and politic constituting an instrumentality of the State,
exercising governmental functions and any body, board, authority, agency or
political subdivision or other instrumentality of the State which shall
hereafter succeed to the powers, duties and functions thereof.

         "Issuer Representative" means such person or persons at the time
designated by the Issuer to act on its behalf.

         "Liens" means any mortgages, pledges, liens or other charges or
encumbrances of any kind (including the charge upon property purchased under
conditional sale or other title retention agreements) upon, or any security
interest in, any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible.

         "Loan" means the loan in the aggregate principal amount Of $6,140,000
made by the Issuer, as lender, from the proceeds of the sale of the Bonds, to
the Company, as borrower, to provide funds for the refunding of the 1988 Bonds
and the 1989 Bonds, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

                                       I-7


<PAGE>


         "Loan Documents" means any or all of this Agreement, the Indenture, the
Bond Purchase Agreement, the Guaranty, the Mortgage, the Assignment and all
documents, certificates and instruments executed in connection herewith or
therewith.

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

         "Mortgage" means the Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of March
2, 1992 from Holt and the Company to the Trustee under which Holt and the
Company grant to the Trustee a mortgage lien on and a security interest in their
respective interests in the Mortgaged Premises to secure payment of the
Company's obligations contained in Section 4.2(a) hereof and of the Guarantors'
obligations contained in the Guaranty, and any amendments and supplements
thereto.

         "Mortgaged Premises" means the Marine Terminal Complex, consisting of
land and improvements existing or to be constructed thereon, and all fixtures
and other personalty affixed thereto, which is or will be owned by Holt or the
Company and located in the Project Municipality, including the Project Facility,
the location of which is more fully described in Exhibit A annexed hereto,
including any additions, substitutions and replacements which have been or will
be acquired and constructed thereon.

         "Net Proceeds", when used with respect to any insurance proceeds or any
condemnation award received by the Trustee as mortgagee under the Mortgage
pursuant to and in accordance with the Coordinate Lien Agreement, means the
amount remaining after deducting all expenses (including attorneys' fees and
disbursements) incurred in the collection of such proceeds or award the gross
proceeds thereof.

         "1954 Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as in effect on
the day prior to the effective date of the Code.

         "1988 Bonds" means one or more of the Variable/Fixed Rate Economic
Development Bonds (777 Pattison Ave., Inc. - 1989 Project) of the Issuer in the
aggregate principal amount of $4,000,000 which were issued on December 27, 1988
and are being refunded with the Proceeds of the Bonds.

         "1988 Project" means the acquisition of a vacant building also known as
a "transit shed" of approximately 115,000 square feet situated on approximately
three acres of land to be leased, renovations to the building including the
complete refrigeration thereof and the purchase and installation of machinery
and equipment all to be used for the processing and packaging of imported frozen
meats for distribution to wholesale and retail outlets, all to be located in the
Project Municipality.


                                       I-8


<PAGE>


         "1989 Bonds" means the Variable/Fixed Rate Economic Development Bonds
(777 Pattison Ave., Inc. (#2) - 1989 Project) of the Issuer in the aggregate
principal amount of $2,142,000 which were issued on November 30, 1989 and are
being refunded with the proceeds of the Bonds.

         "1989 Project" means the construction of an addition of approximately
50,000 square feet to a building of approximately 115,000 square feet situated
on approximately three acres of land and the renovation of the building to
convert a portion to refrigerated space, a portion to ancillary office space and
the remainder to freezer space, all to be used in the meat processing business,
all to be located in the Project Municipality.

         "Nonpurpose Obligation" means any evidence of indebtedness that
represents a "nonpurpose investment" within the meaning of Section
1.148-8T(e)(9) of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section
148 of the Code.

         "Obligations" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3

         "Owner" means the person or persons in whose name or names a Bond shall
be registered on the books of the Issuer kept for that purpose in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture.

         "Permitted Encumbrances" means, as of any particular time, (i) those
items shown in Exhibit C hereto, and (ii) any Lien on the Mortgaged Premises
hereafter incurred by Holt, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

         "Person" or "Persons" means any one or more individuals, corporations,
partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, unincorporated organizations, governmental
agencies or political subdivisions.

         "Plans" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(h) hereof.

         "Prime Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the
rate published in the Wall Street Journal from time to time as the prime lending
rate; any change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is
published in the Wall Street Journal.

         "Principal User" means a "principal user" within the meaning of Section
144(a) of the Code.

         "Private Activity Bond" means a private activity bond as defined in
Section 141 of the Code.

                                       I-9


<PAGE>


         "Project" means either or both of the 1988 Project and the 1989
Project.

         "Project Facility" means the land and improvements thereon existing or
to be constructed thereon, and all fixtures and other personalty affixed
thereto, which is or will be the subject of a ground lease or owned by the
Company and located in the Project municipality, and which constitutes a part of
the Mortgaged Premises, the location of which is more fully described in Exhibit
E attached to this Agreement, including any additions, substitutions and
replacements which have been or may be acquired and constructed thereon.

         "Project Fund" means the fund so designated which is established and
created pursuant to Section 5.05 of the Indenture.

         "Project Municipality" means the City of Gloucester City, County of
Camden, New Jersey.

         "Purchaser" means Fidelity Spartan New Jersey Municipal High Yield Fund
and its successors and assigns.

         "Rebate Fund" means the fund so designated which is established
pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Indenture.

         "Rebate Requirement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
5.12(b) of the Indenture.

         "Related Party" means with respect to any Person, any Affiliate of such
Person, any Person controlling such Person or Affiliate and any director or
employee of such Person or Affiliate.

         "Related Person" means for purposes of Sections 144(a)(4) and
144(a)(10) of the Code, a related person within the meaning of Section 144(a)(3)
of the Code and, for purposes of Section 147(a) of the Code, a related person
within the meaning of Section 147(a)(2) of the Code.

         "Requisition" means a written request for a disbursement from the
Project Fund or the separate trust fund described in Section 6.2 hereof, as the
case may be, signed by a Company Representative, substantially in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit B and satisfactorily completed as contemplated by
said form.

         "Restricted Payment" means:

         (i) The declaration of any dividend on, or the incurrence of any
liability to make any other payment or distribution in respect of, any shares of
Holt or any Holt Affiliate (other than one payable solely in its common shares);

                                      I-10


<PAGE>


         (ii) Any payment or distribution on account of the purchase, redemption
or other retirement of any shares of Holt or any Holt Affiliates or of any
warrant, option or other right to acquire such shares, or any other payment or
distribution made in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, except any
payment or distribution on account of (A) the principal of and prepayment
charge, if any, on convertible debt, or (B) the purchase, redemption or other
retirement of shares Holt or any Holt Affiliate in exchange for, or out of the
net cash proceeds received by Holt or any Holt Affiliate from a substantially
concurrent sale of, other shares of Holt or any Holt Affiliate; and

         (iii) Any payment or distribution on account of the principal and
prepayment charge, if any, with respect to subordinated debt of Holt or any Holt
Affiliate other than mandatory sinking fund or other retirement payments
required by the terms thereof, and other than any working capital line of credit
secured by a mortgage.

         The amount of any Restricted Payment in property shall be deemed to be
the greater of its fair market value (as determined by an independent recognized
appraiser) or its net book value.

         "Security Ratio" means at any time the value of the property subject to
the lien of the Mortgage, as such value is determined by an appraisal required
by Section 2.4(k) hereof, divided by the sum of (i) the amount (including
interest which has accrued and is being deferred) of Senior Indebtedness, plus
(ii) the amount of the Bonds outstanding, plus (iii) the amount (including
interest which has accrued and is being deferred) of the Indebtedness
outstanding to the City of Gloucester secured by the mortgages described in
Exhibit C hereto.

         "Senior Indebtedness" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.5(k) hereof.

         "Series G Agreement" means the Series G Loan Agreement, dated as of
January 2, 1992 between the Issuer and Holt.

         "Series G Bond" or "Series G Bonds" means one or more of the Economic
Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project),
Series G Refunding (Non-AMT) of the Issuer in the aggregate principal amount of
$10,000,000 which were issued on January 28, 1992.

         "Series G Mortgage" means the Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated as
of January 2, 1992, from Holt to Mellon Bank N.A., as trustee for the Series G
Bonds, under which Holt has granted to such trustee a mortgage lien on and a
security interest in the Mortgaged Premises to secure payment of Holt's
obligations in connection with the Series G Bonds.



                                      I-11
<PAGE>


         "Series H Agreement" means the Series H Loan Agreement, dated as of
January 2, 1992 between the Issuer and Holt.

         "Series H Bond" or "Series H Bonds" means one or more of the Economic
Development Bonds (Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc. - 1983 Project),
Series H Refunding (AMT) of the Issuer in the aggregate principal amount of
$9,000,000 which were issued on January 28, 1992.

         "Series H Mortgage" means the Mortgage and Security Aqreement dated as
of January 2, 1992 from Holt to Mellon Bank, N.A., as Trustee for the Series H
Bonds, under which Holt has granted to such trustee a mortgage lien on and a
security interest in the Mortgaged Premises to secure payment of the Company's
ligations in connection with the Series H Bonds.

         "S & P" means Standard & Poor's Corporation.

         "State" means the State of New Jersey.

         "Substantial User" means a substantial user within the meaning of
Section 147(a) of the Code.

         "Taxes" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3 hereof.

         "Term of Agreement" means the term of this Agreement as specified in
Section 11.1 hereof.

         "Trustee" means Fidelity Bank, National Association, a national banking
association, and its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving
any consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any
successor trustee at the time serving as successor trustee under the
Indenture.

         "Principal Office" of the Trustee means the address specified in
Section 12.04 of the Indenture or such other address as may be designated in
writing to the Issuer and the Company.

         "Uniform Commercial Code" means the Uniform Commercial Code, Title 12A
of the New Jersey Statutes, as enacted and in force and effect in the State.

         "Yield" means that yield which is computed pursuant to Treasury
Regulation ss.1.103-13(c) except that the yield on the Bonds shall be determined
on the basis of the "issue price." For this purpose, "issue price" shall have
the same meaning given it by Sections 1273(b) and 1274 of the Code.

         Section 1.2. Interpretation and Construction. In this Loan Agreement,
unless the context otherwise requires:

                                      I-12


<PAGE>


         (1) Articles and Sections mentioned by number only are the respective
Articles and Sections of this Loan Agreement so numbered as originally executed;

         (2) Words imparting a particular gender mean and include every other
gender, and words imparting the singular number mean and include the plural
number and vice versa;

         (3) Words imparting persons mean and include firms, associations,
partnerships (including limited partnerships), societies, trusts, public or
private corporations or other legal entities, including public or governmental
bodies, as well as natural persons;

         (4) Any headings preceding the texts of the several Articles and
Sections of this Loan Agreement, and any table of contents or marginal notes
appended to copies hereof, shall be solely for convenience of reference and
shall not constitute a part of this Loan Agreement, nor shall they affect its
meaning, construction or effect;

         (5) If any clause, provision or section of this Loan Agreement or the
application thereof to any circumstance shall be ruled invalid or unenforceable
by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable any of the remaining provisions hereof or the application
of such clause, provision or section to circumstances other than those as to
which it is held invalid or unenforceable.

         (6) References herein to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Purchaser shall include their respective successors and
assigns.

                               [END OF ARTICLE I]

                                      I-13

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                    REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND WARRANTIES

         Section 2.1. Representations and Covenants of the Issuer. (a) The
Issuer represents and covenants that:

         (1) The Issuer is a public body corporate and politic constituting an
instrumentality of the State duly organized and existing under the laws of the
State. Under the provisions of the Act, the Issuer is authorized to enter into
the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement and the Indenture and to
carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The Issuer has been duly
authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Indenture.

         (2) The Issuer covenants that it will not pledge the amounts derived
from this Loan Agreement other than as contemplated by the Indenture.

         (b) All covenants, stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations
of the Issuer set forth herein shall be deemed to be the covenants,
stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations of the Issuer and not of any
member, officer or employee of the Issuer in his or her individual capacity, and
no recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal or redemption price
of or interest on the Bonds or for any claim based thereon or hereunder against
any member, officer or employee of the Issuer or any person executing the Bonds.

         Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of the Company and the
Guarantors. The Company and each Guarantor represents and warrants that:

         (a) Corporate Status. Each of the Company and each Guarantor is a duly
organized and validly existing corporation in good standing under the laws of
the state of its incorporation. Each of the Company and each Guarantor is duly
qualified or licensed as a foreign corporation in good standing in every
jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such
qualification or licensing necessary. The Company has no Affiliate other than
the entities specifically listed in the definition of the term "Guarantor" set
forth in Article I hereof. Holt has no Affiliate other than the entities
specifically listed in the definition of the term "Guarantor" set forth in
Article I hereof and the Company.

         (b) Corporate Power and Authority. Each of the Company and each
Guarantor has the corporate power and authority to own its property and assets
and to transact the business in which it is engaged or presently proposes to
engage. Neither the Company nor

                                      II-1

<PAGE>

any Guarantor is in violation of any provision of its Certificate of
Incorporation, as amended. Each of the Company and each Guarantor has the
corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, perform its obligations
under, and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents to which it is a party; and has taken all necessary
corporate action (including, without limitation, any consent of stockholders
required by law or by its charter or by-laws) to authorize the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a
party. This Agreement and the Loan Documents to which the Company and the
Guarantors are parties each constitutes the legal, valid, and binding
obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, enforceable in
accordance with their terms subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or
other similar laws relating to creditors' rights generally.

         (c) No Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or
investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or any Guarantor,
threatened against or affecting the Company or any Guarantor, their officers, or
any of their respective properties, by or before any court, arbitrator or
governmental, administrative, or public body or agency, nor to the best
knowledge of the Company or the Guarantors is there any basis therefor, which
might result in any material adverse change in the operations, business,
property, or assets or in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company
or any Guarantor which involves the possibility of materially adversely
affecting the ability of the Company or any Guarantor to comply with this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which the Company or any
Guarantor is a party, or which would adversely affect, in any way, the validity
or enforceability of the Bonds, this Agreement, any of the Loan Documents to
which the Company or any Guarantor is a party, or any agreement or instrument to
which the Company or any Guarantor is a party, used or contemplated for use in
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither the Company
nor any Guarantor is in default in any material respect with respect to any
judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, rule or regulation of any
governmental instrumentality or agency.

         (d) No Violation. (i) Neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement or the Loan Documents, nor the consummation of any of the transactions
herein or therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the
terms and provisions hereof or thereof, will contravene any provision of any
law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company or any Guarantor is
subject or any judgment, decree, license, order, or permit applicable to the
Company or any Guarantor, or will conflict or be inconsistent with, or will
result in any breach of, any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions
of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien,

                                      II-2

<PAGE>

security interest, charge or encumbrance whatsoever upon any of the property or
assets of the Company or the Guarantors pursuant to the terms of any indenture,
mortgage, deed of trust, agreement, or other instrument to which the Company or
any Guarantor is a party or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any
of them may be subject, or violate any provision of the charter or by-laws of
the Company or any Guarantor.

         (ii) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor is a party to any contract
or agreement or subject to any charter or other corporate restriction which
materially and adversely affects its business, property, assets or financial
condition. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor is a party to, or otherwise
subject to, any provision contained in any instrument evidencing Indebtedness of
the Company or such Guarantor, any agreement relating thereto, or any other
contract or agreement (including its charter) which restricts or otherwise
limits the incurring of the Indebtedness to be represented by this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents which has not been waived in connection with such
Indebtedness.

         (e) Governmental Approval. No consent or approval of, or filing with,
or exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority is required to
authorize, or is required in connection with the execution, delivery, and
performance of, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or of any of
the instruments or agreements herein or therein referred to, or the taking of
any action hereby or thereby contemplated. Each of the Company and each
Guarantor and the Project Facility is in compliance in all material respects
with all applicable requirements of all federal, state, regional and local laws
and with rules and regulations of federal, state, regional and local
governmental and regulatory bodies. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company
and the Guarantors and the Project and Project Facility are in compliance with
all applicable environmental laws, including without limitation the permits,
licenses and approvals issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers pursuant to
the Federal Clean Water Act and the Federal River and Harbors Act and by the New
Jersey Department of Environmental Affairs for waterfront development, stream
encroachment and the grant of riparian rights.

         (f) Margin Regulations. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor is
engaged principally in, or as one of its important activities is involved in,
the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any
Margin Stock (as defined in 12 C.F.R. 221.3(v) or in any successor provision
thereto). The proceeds of the loans made pursuant to the Loan Agreement will not
be used in violation of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System as from time to time in effect or any successor thereto.

         (g) Financial condition. The combined comparative balance sheet of Holt
and its Affiliates as at December 31, 1990,

                                      II-3

<PAGE>

and the combined comparative statements of income, changes in financial position
and retained earnings of Holt and the Holt Affiliates for the fiscal year
ending on said date, all certified by Fishbein & Co., and the unaudited combined
balance sheet of Holt and the Holt Affiliates as at September 30, 1991, and the
combined comparative statements of income, changes in financial position and
retained earnings of Holt and the Holt Affiliates for the nine months ending on
such date, all of which have heretofore been furnished to the Purchaser, fairly
reflect the combined comparative financial condition of Holt and the Holt
Affiliates at the respective dates thereof, and the results of the operations of
Holt and the Holt Affiliates for the periods covered thereby. The financial
statements included in the Applications or otherwise supplied to the Issuer or
the Purchaser (including any related schedules or notes) are true and correct in
all material respects (subject, as to interim statements, to changes resulting
from audits and year-end adjustments) and have been prepared in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis
throughout the periods involved and show all liabilities, direct and contingent,
of Holt and the Holt Affiliates required to be shown in accordance with such
principles. Since September 30, 1991 there has been no material adverse change
in the combined financial condition of Holt and or any Holt Affiliate from that
shown by the balance sheet as at that date.

         (h) Compliance with ERISA. The pension or other employee benefit plans
which are established or maintained by the Company, the Guarantors and their
Affiliates (the "Plans") are in substantial compliance with ERISA; no Plan is
insolvent or in reorganization; no plan has an accumulated or waived funding
deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code; neither the Company,
any Guarantor nor any of their Affiliates, nor any other Person treated as part
of the same "controlled group" as the Company, any Guarantor or any Affiliate
within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code, has incurred any material
liability (including any material contingent liability) to or on account of a
Plan pursuant to Section 4062, 4063, 4064, 4201, or 4204 of ERISA or expects to
incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections on account of the
termination of participation in or contributions to any such Plan; no
proceedings have been instituted to terminate any Plan; no condition exists
which presents a material risk to the Company, any Guarantor, or any of their
Affiliates, respectively, of incurring a liability to or on account of a Plan
pursuant to any of the foregoing Sections of ERISA; and no lien imposed under
the Code or ERISA on the assets of the Company, any Guarantor or any of their
Affiliates exists or is likely to arise on account of any Plan.

         (i) Title to Property. To the best of the Company's and the Guarantors'
knowledge, the Company and the Guarantors and their respective Affiliates have
good and marketable title to all of their respective properties and assets (i)
reflected on the latest

                                      II-4

<PAGE>

combined balance sheet referred to in Section 2.2(g) and (ii) comprising the
Project Facility (as defined in the Indenture) and the Mortgaged Premises, and
all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, except (A) Liens
disclosed on such balance sheet, (B) materialmen's and mechanic's Liens which do
not materially detract from the value or interfere with the present or
anticipated business use of the properties subject thereto, and (C) those
Permitted Encumbrances described on Exhibit C annexed hereto. To the best of the
Company's and the Guarantors' knowledge, upon execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby and upon any filings or
recordings made in connection therewith, the Mortgage will be a valid lien on
the Mortgaged Premises subject and subordinate only to such imperfections of
title or encumbrances as are shown on Exhibit C.

         (j) Tax Returns. All tax returns and tax reports of the Company, each
Guarantor and each of their respective former and present Affiliates required by
law to be filed have been duly filed, and all taxes, assessments, and other
governmental charges or levies (other than those presently payable without
penalty and those currently being contested in good faith for which adequate
reserves have been established) upon the Company, any Guarantor or any of their
respective former or present Affiliates (or any of their properties) which are
due and payable have been paid in full. The charges, accruals and reserves on
the books of the Company and the Guarantors in respect of federal income tax for
all periods are adequate in the opinion of the Company and the Guarantors.

         (k) Disclosure. There is no fact known to the Company or any Guarantor
which materially adversely affects or in the future may (so far as the Company
or such Guarantor can now foresee) materially adversely affect the business,
property, assets, or financial condition of the Company or such Guarantor which
has not been set forth in the Loan Documents.

         (1) The Project. The Projects are included within the definition of a
"project" in the Act and the Company will operate or cause the Project Facility
to be operated as a "project" under the Act.

         (m) [Intentionally Omitted]

         (n) Compliance with Laws. The Company will cause the Project and the
Project Facility to be operated in accordance with the laws, rulings,
regulations, and ordinances of federal and state governmental bodies and the
departments, agencies and political subdivisions thereof. The Company has
obtained or caused to be obtained all requisite approvals or permits or licenses
of the State and of other federal, state, regional and local governmental bodies
for the acquisition, construction, improving, and equipping of the Project and
the operation of the Project Facility, and will

                                      II-5

<PAGE>

obtain or cause to be obtained any such approvals, permits or licenses as may be
required in the future from time to time.

         (o) Information in Applications Accurate. All information and data
contained in the Applications relating to the Company were true, correct, and
complete in all material respects as of the respective dates thereof. Aside from
financial information relating to the Company, which information has not been
updated since the dates of submission of the Applications, no information has
been omitted therefrom which would make the Applications misleading in any
material respect, and the Applications do not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact and do not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to
make the statements contained therein not misleading or incomplete.

         (p) Inducement. The availability of financial assistance from the
Issuer as provided for herein was an important inducement to the Company to
undertake the Projects and to locate the Projects in the State.

         (q) No Untrue Statements. The representations, statements, and
warranties of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the Applications, this
Agreement, or any other Loan Document (1) are true, correct, and complete in all
material respects, (2) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact,
and (3) do not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements contained herein or therein not misleading or incomplete. The Company
and the Guarantors understand that all such statements, representations, and
warranties have been relied upon as an inducement by the Issuer to make the Loan
and the Purchaser to purchase the Bonds.

         (r) Brokerage Commissions. No Person is entitled to receive from the
Company or any other Person any brokerage commission, finder's fee, or similar
fee or payment in connection with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

         (s) Commencement of Project. Except as otherwise disclosed in the
Applications, the 1988 Project commenced subsequent to November 1, 1988, and the
1989 Project commenced subsequent to September 5, 1989, the respective dates
upon which the Authority adopted a resolution preliminarily approving each
Project, and prior to such dates neither the Company nor any Related Person
commenced or caused to be commenced any off-site production or entered into an
agreement binding the Company or any Related Person to proceed with the
applicable Project.


<PAGE>

         (t) Prevailing Wages and Affirmative Action. The Company is fully
familiar with the Issuer's Prevailing Wage Regulations and Affirmative Action
Program and has submitted to the

                                      II-6

<PAGE>

Issuer all reports and certificates required to date pursuant to the Prevailing
Wage Regulations and Affirmative Action Program.

         Section 2.3. Tax-Exempt Status of the Bonds. The Company hereby
represents, covenants and warrants that:

         (a) The Project did not reach a degree of completion which permitted
operation at substantially the level for which it was designed, and the Project
was not, in fact, operated at substantially the level for which it was designed
(determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 103(b) of the 1954 Code
and Treas. Reg. ss.1.103-8(a)(5)) more than one year prior to the date of
issuance of the 1989 Bonds.

         (b) No Person who was a Substantial User of the Project at any time
during the five year period immediately preceding the date hereof, and who will
receive, directly or indirectly, proceeds of the Bonds in an amount equal to 5%
or more of the face amount of the Bonds, in payment for his interest in the
Project, will be a Substantial User of the Project at any time during the five
year period beginning on the Date of Issue of the Bonds.

         (c) (i) The entire proceeds from the sale of the Bonds will be used to
refund the 1988 Bonds and the 1989 Bonds in accordance with the terms of the
Escrow Deposit Agreement. At least 95 percent of the proceeds from the sale of
the 1988 Bonds and investment earnings thereon were expended for costs of the
1988 Project relating to the acquisition, construction, reconstruction or
improvement after November 1, 1988 of land or property of a character subject to
the allowance for depreciation, and at least 95 percent of the proceeds from the
sale of 1989 Bonds and investment earnings thereon were expended for Costs of
the 1989 Project relating to the acquisition, construction, reconstruction or
improvement after September 5, 1989 of land or property of a character subject
to the allowance for depreciation. Of the remaining 5 percent of proceeds from
the sale of each of the 1988 Bonds and the 1989 Bonds, not more than 2 percent
of such proceeds were used to finance issuance costs with respect to the 1988
Bonds or the 1989 Bonds, as the case may be.

         (ii) The sum of the following does not exceed $10,000,000:

              A. The aggregate face amount of any outstanding issues of "private
activity bonds" (other than the Bonds), as defined in Section 144 of the Code,
the proceeds of which (whether or not each issue is the same) were used with
respect to facilities located in the Project Municipality, or any facilities
adjacent to or integrated with such facilities of which the Company, a Principal
User of which is a Principal User, or a Related Person thereto, of the Project
Facility;

                                      II-7

<PAGE>

              B. The aggregate amount of any "Capital Expenditures", within the
meaning of Section 144 of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section
1.103-10(b)(2)(ii) and (iii), which (1) are other than those financed out of the
proceeds of the 1988 Bonds, the 1989 Bonds or a bond referred to in Subparagraph
A above, (2) were paid or incurred on or after December 27, 1985, and (3) were
paid or incurred with respect to facilities which are located in the Project
Municipality, or any facilities adjacent to or integrated with such facilities,
a Principal User of which is a Principal User, or a Related Person thereto, of
the Project Facility; and

              C. The aggregate principal amount of the Bonds.

         (iii) The Projects constitute "manufacturing facilities" within the
meaning of Section 144(a)(12)(B) and (C) of the Code. Not more than 25 percent
of the net proceeds from the sale of each of the 1988 Bonds and the 1989 Bonds
were used to provide facilities which are "directly related and ancillary"
within the meaning of Section 144(a)(12)(C) of the Code, to the 1988 Project or
the 1989 Project, as the case may be.

         (iv) During the period beginning on the date of issuance of the 1988
Bonds and ending three years after the later of the date the 1989 Project was
placed in service or the date of issuance of the 1989 Bonds, the aggregate
authorized face amount of the 1988 Bonds and the 1989 Bonds allocated to any
test-period beneficiary of the Project, when increased by the outstanding
tax-exempt facility-related bonds of such beneficiary, did not exceed
$40,000,000, within the meaning and as provided in Section 144(a)(10) of the
Code.

         (v) No portion of the proceeds from the sale of the 1988 Bonds or the
1989 Bonds was used to provide a facility the primary purpose of which is retail
food and beverage service, automobile sales or service, or the provision of
recreation or entertainment, and no portion of the proceeds of the 1988 Bonds or
the 1989 Bonds was used to provide any private or commercial golf course,
country club, massage parlor, tennis club, skating facility (including
rollerskating, skateboard and ice skating), racquet sports facility (including
any handball or racquetball court), hot tub facility, suntan facility,
racetrack, airplane, skybox or other private luxury box, health club facility,
facility primarily used for gambling or store the principal business of which is
the sale of alcoholic beverages for consumption off premises. Less than 25% of
the proceeds of each of the 1988 Bonds and the 1989 Bonds was used for the
acquisition of land (or any interest therein) to be used for non farming
purposes.

         (vi) None of the proceeds of the 1988 Bonds or the 1989 Bonds was used
for the acquisition of any property (or an

                                      II-8

<PAGE>

interest therein) unless the first use of such property was pursuant to such
acquisition.


         (d) The weighted average maturity of the Bonds does not exceed 120% of
the remaining useful lives of the assets comprising the 1988 Project or the 1989
Project.

         (e) The Bonds are not and shall not become directly or indirectly
federally guaranteed. Bonds will be considered to be "federally guaranteed" if
the payment of principal or interest with respect to such bonds is guaranteed
(in whole or in part) by the United States (or any agency or instrumentality
thereof) or 5% or more of the proceeds of the bonds are used in making loans or
the payment of principal or interest with respect to which are guaranteed or
invested (directly or indirectly) in federally insured deposits or accounts.

         (f) The information contained in Internal Revenue Form 8038 prepared in
connection with the issuance of the Bonds is true, accurate and complete. The
Company acknowledges that Form 8038 was prepared by Wolff & Samson from
information provided by the Company or its accountants, and that the Company or
its accountants are responsible for the accuracy of Form 8038. The Company will
hold harmless the Issuer, the Trustee, the Purchaser and Bond Counsel, against
any and all consequences of any inaccuracy, omission or misrepresentation in
Form 8038.

         (g) Promptly after the Company first becomes aware of any Determination
of Taxability (as defined in the Bonds), the Company shall give written notice
thereof to the Issuer and the Trustee.

         Section 2.4. Covenants of the Company. The Company agrees that, so long
as any of the Bonds are outstanding or any amounts are due under this Agreement
or under any of the Loan Documents, it shall comply and shall cause each of its
Affiliates to comply with the following provisions:

         (a) Compliance with Agreement. The Company shall observe and perform
all of its obligations under this Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it
is a party. The Company shall fully and faithfully perform all the duties and
obligations which the Issuer has covenanted and agreed in the Indenture to cause
the Company to perform and any duties and obligations which the Company is
required in the Indenture to perform.

         (b) Notice of Default, Litigation, Etc. (i) The Company shall furnish
to the Trustee as soon as possible and in any event within five (5) Business
Days after the discovery by any executive officer of the Company of any Default,
a certificate setting forth the details of such Default, and the action which
the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

                                      II-9

<PAGE>

         (ii) The Company shall give prompt notice to the Trustee of any
litigation or governmental proceeding pending, involving or, to its knowledge,
threatened against the Company or any Affiliate which (A) involves an uninsured
claim or the uninsured portion or deductible of an insured claim which is over
$500,000 or (B) if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on
the business or financial condition of the Company or any Affiliate.

         (c) Corporate Existence. The Company covenants that it shall maintain
its corporate existence in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, shall cause each of its Affiliates to maintain its corporate
existence in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of
incorporation, and shall maintain, in each jurisdiction where material to the
business of the Company or any of its Affiliates or the maintenance of the
Collateral, its and each of their right to transact business in each
jurisdiction in which the nature of its or their business or the character of
the properties which it or they own or lease requires qualification as a foreign
corporation and where failure to so qualify would permanently preclude the
Company or any of its Affiliates, as the case may be, from enforcing its rights
with respect to its assets. No Affiliate shall be incorporated in any
jurisdiction if the laws of such jurisdiction would restrict or otherwise
adversely affect the ability of such Affiliate to perform its obligations under
the Guaranty. The Company and each Affiliate will comply in all material
respects with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and
requirements of governmental authorities, except where the necessity of
compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
the effect of non compliance during such contest will not have a material
adverse effect upon the business, properties, or condition, financial or
otherwise, of the Company or any Affiliate or result in the imposition of any
Lien on the properties of any of them (unless the enforcement of any such Lien
has been and continues to be effectively stayed). The Company will and will
cause its Affiliates to preserve and keep in full force and effect all rights,
licenses, registrations, and franchises necessary (i) to the proper conduct of
their business or affairs and (ii) to continue to operate their business as
presently operated.

         (d) Reports; Inspections. (i) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee
and the Purchaser (A) upon request, copies of all such regular or periodic
reports, which are available for public inspection, which the Company may be
required to file with any federal or state department, bureau, commission, or
agency, (B) such financial data as the Trustee or the Purchaser may reasonably
request and which is reasonably available to the Company, and (C) copies of any
statements, notices, certificates, and other information required to be
furnished to the Issuer under this Agreement, including without limitation
Section 7.9 hereof, on the date such information is required to be so furnished.

                                      II-10

<PAGE>


         (ii) The Company shall permit, and shall cause each of its Affiliates
to permit, any Person designated by the Issuer, the Trustee or the Purchaser, at
their own expense, to visit and inspect the properties of the Company and each
of its Affiliates and to examine the books and records, including financial
records of the Company, its Affiliates, and make copies or extracts thereof, and
to discuss the affairs, finances, and accounts of the Company, its Affiliates,
which its and their officers, at such reasonable times as the Issuer of the
Trustee may reasonably request.

         (e) Investments in Affiliates, Etc. Neither the Company nor any
Affiliate shall purchase any capital stock or other security isued by, make any
loan, advance, or extension of credit to, purchase any of the business or
integral part of the business of, or otherwise make any investment in, an
Affiliate, or any other Person if, immediately before or after giving effect
thereto, there shall exist any Default.

         (f) Transaction with Related Parties. Neither the Company nor any
Affiliate shall engage in or effect any transactions with any Related Party on a
basis less favorable to the Company or such Affiliate, as the case may be, than
would be the case if such transaction had been effected with a Person which was
not a Related Party.
 
         Section 2.5. Convenants of the Company and Guarantors. Each of the
Company and each Guarantor agrees that, so long as any of the Bonds are
outstanding or any amounts are due under this Agreement or under any of the Loan
Documents, it shall comply and shall cause each of its Affiliates, including the
Company, to comply with the following provisions:

         (a) Compliance with Agreement. Each Guarantor shall observe and perform
all of its obligations under this Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it
is a party.

         (b) Notice of Default, Litigation, Etc. (i) Each Guarantor shall
furnish to the Trustee as soon as possible and in any event within five (5)
Business Days after the discovery by any executive officer of such Guarantor of
any Default, a certificate setting forth the details of such Default, and the
action which the Guarantor proposes to take with respect thereto.

             (ii) Each Guarantor shall give prompt notice to the Trustee of any
litigation or governmental proceeding pending, involving or, to its knowledge,
threatened against such Guarantor or any Affiliate which (A) involves an
uninsured claim or the uninsured portion or deductible of an insured claim which
is over $500,000 or (B) if adversely determined, would have a material adverse
effect on the business or financial condition of such Guarantor or any
Affiliate.

                                     II-11

<PAGE>

         (c) Corporate Existence. Each Guarantor convenants that it shall
maintain its corporate existence in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction of incorporation, shall cause each of its Affiliates to maintain
its corporate existence in good standing under the laws of its respective
jurisdiction of incorporation, and shall maintain, in each jurisdiction where
material to the business of such Guarantor or any of its Affiliates or the
maintenance of the Collateral, its and each of their right to transact business
in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its or their business or the
character of the porperties which it or they own or lease requires qualification
as a foreign corporation and where failure to so qualify would permanently
preclude such Guarantor or any of its Affiliates, as the case may be, from
enforcing its rights with respect to its assets. No Affiliate shall be
incorporated in any jurisdiction if the laws of such jurisdiction would restrict
or otherwise adversely affect the ability of such Affiliate to perform its
obligations under the Guaranty. Each Guarantor and each Affiliate will comply in
all material respects with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations,
and requirements of governmental authorities, except where the necessity of
compliance therewith is contested in good faith by approprate proceedings and
the effect of non compliance during such contest will not have a material
adverse effect upon the business, properties, or condition, financial or
otherwise, of such Guarantor or any Affiliate or result in the imposition of any
Lien on the properties of any of them (unless the enforcement of any such Lien
had been and continues to be effectively stayed). Each Guarantor will and will
cause its Affiliates to preserve and keep in full force and effect all rights,
licences, registrations, and franchises necessary (i) to the proper conduct of
their business or affairs and (ii) to continue to operate their business as
presently operated.

         (d) Acquisition, Merger or Consolidation; Sale of Substantially All
Assets. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor nor any Affiliate shall sell,
lease, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any assets from and after the
date hereof (i) for less than fair values or (ii) if the combined total of the
net book value of all assets sold, leased, or otherwise assigned or disposed of
from and after the date hereof exceeds 25% of total combined assets of Holt and
all of its Affiliates, as the case may be. The Company shall not permit in any
event any such event to occur unless the Company has complied with the
provisions of Section 8.1. In addition, in the event of any sale of any property
subject to the lien of the Mortgage or any part thereof, Holt and the Company,
as the case may be, shall make or set aside in trust for prepayments or payments
of Senior Indebtness with a Lien senior to the Bonds, or if no such Indebtedness
is outstanding, the Bonds and any Senior Indebtedness on a parity with the
Bonds, in an amount equal to the greater of (x) the sales price of such property
sold or (y) 60% of the appraised fair market value thereof. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, neither the Company nor any Guarantor nor any


                                      II-12


<PAGE>

Affiliate shall sell, lease or otherwise transfer or dispose of any asset if,
after giving effect to such sale, lease, or other transfer or disposition, there
shall exist any default.


         Neither the Company nor the Guarantor nor any Affiliate shall merge or
consolidate with or into or acquire all or substantially all the assets of any
other Person, provided that Holt or any Affiliate may merge or consolidate with
or into or acquire all or substantially all of such assets of another
corporation (i) if the acquiring corporation is a corporation duly organized in
good standing under the laws of a State of the United States, (ii) if each of
the representations and warranties set forth in paragraphs (a) through (f),
inclusive, (h), (i), (j), and (n) of the Section 2.2 of this Agreement remains
true and correct immediately after giving effect to such merger, consolidation
or asset acquisition, (iii) if the surviving corporation is not Holt, the
surviving corporation expressly assumes all of the convenants and obligations of
its predecessor under this Agreement and each of the Loan Documents and
otherwise in respect of the Bonds, (iv) Holt or the surviving corporation could
immediately after giving effect to the transaction, incur at least $1.00 of
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.5(h) hereof, (v) if the surviving corporation
has rated debt securities, such debt securities are rated by a nationally
recognized credit rating agency and such rating is investment grade or better
(e.g., if by S & P, "BBB" or better and if by Moody's, "Baa" or better), and
(vi) the Trustee shall have received an opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect
that such merger, consolidation or acquisition of assets will not adversely
affect the exemption of interest on the Bonds from federal income taxation, a
certificate of the Chief Financial Officer stating that none of the convenants
contained in this Aggreement will be violated as a result of such merger,
consolidation or acquisition of assets, and such other agreements, certificates,
opinions, and documents as the Trustee shall have reasonably requested.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such transaction must comply in all respects
with the conditions of Section 8.1. Each of the Company and each Guarantor
agrees to notify the Purchaser of such Guarantor's or the Company's intent to
merge, consolidate or acquire assets pursuant to this paragraph at least 10 days
prior to entering into any binding agreements with respect to such acquisition.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holt shall have the right at any time
and from time to time to (i) merge or consolidate any affiliate with or into it
(provided Holt is the surviving corporation) or with or into any other
Affiliate, or (ii) acquire substantially all of the assets, or cause any other
Affiliate to acquire substantially all of the assets, of any Affiliate (other
than Holt), without regard to the provisions of the immediately preceding
paragraph of this Section 2.5(d), but subject to the provisions of Section 8.1.


                                     II-13


<PAGE>


         (e) Financial Statements; Inspections. (i) The Company and the
Guarantors shall cause to be delivered to the Trustee and the Purchaser (A) as
soon as available but in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal
Year a combined and combining comparative statement of income, reconciliation of
capital accounts and related balance sheets for Holt and its Affiliates,
including the Guarantors and the company, for such year prepared in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied an in
reasonable detail (such combined statements to be audited and certified by a
firm of certified public acountants with an unqualified opinion and such
combining statements to be unauditied and certified by the chief financial
officer of Holt, whose certificate shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), (B) as
soon as available but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the
first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year, a combined comparative
statement of income, reconciliation of capital accounts, and related balance
sheet for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then fiscal
year to the end of such quarter, prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied (subject to year-end adjustments) and
in reasonable detail (all of which shall be unaudited and certified by the chief
financial officer of Holt, whose certificate shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee) for Holt and its Affiliates, including the other Guarantors and the
Company, (C) upon request, copies of all such regular or periodic reports, which
are available for public inspection, which any Guanantor may be required to file
with any federal or state department, bureau, commission, or agency, (D) such
other finacial data as the Trustee or the Purchaser may reasonably request and
which is reasonably available to any Guarantor, and (E) copies of any
statements, notices, certificates, and other information required to be
furnished to the Issuer by each Guarantor under this Agreement, including
without limitation Section 7.9 hereof, on the date such information is required
to be so furnished. In addition, Holt shall deliver within 90 days after the end
of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each Fiscal Year combining
statements for any such reporting period during which Holt's investment in any
Affiliate shall account for 15% or more of Combined Tangible Net Worth or 15% or
more of combined sales and revenues, such combining statements to be unaudited
and certified by the Chief financial officer of Holt, whose certificate shall
be satisfactory to the Trustee and the Purchaser. All financial statements
specified in clauses (A) and (B) above shall be furnished in combined
comparative form for Holt and its Affiliates with comparative figures for the
corresponding periods in the preceding year, and shall be accompanied by a
certificate signed by the chief financial officer of Holt, with appropriate
documentation substantiating all financial calculations, stating that there
exists no Default or, if any such Default exists, stating the nature thereof and
what action Holt proposes to take with respect thereto.

                                     II-14


<PAGE>

             (ii) Each Guarantor shall permit, and shall cause each of its
Affiliates to permit, any person designated by the Issuer, the Trustee or the
Purchaser, at their own expense to visit and inspect the properties of such
Guarantor and each of its Affiliates and to examine the books and records,
including financial records of such Guarantor and its Affiliates, and make
copies or extracts thereof, and to discuss the affairs, finances, and accounts
of such Guarantor and its Affiliates, with its and their officers, at such
reasonable times as the Issuer or the Trustee may reasonably request.

             (iii) In addition to the information required under Section
2.5(e)(i), in connection with a sale by the Purchaser of all or a portion of the
bonds and any or all of its rights under the Guaranty to one or more subsequent
purchasers prior to the occurrence of an Exemption Event, or in connection with
any sale by any subsequent purchaser prior to the occurrence of an Exemption
Event, each of the Guarantors shall deliver to such subsequent purchaser, at the
request of the Purchaser or any subsequent purchaser and on the date specified
in such request, the following information: (A) a statement describing the
nature of the business of the Guarantor's most recent balance sheet and profit
and loss retained earnings statements (which may be presented on a combined
basis for the company and all of the Guarantors), (C) copies of the financial
reports listed in (B) above for the two preceding fiscal years, which reports
shall be audited to the extent available, (D) any other information required
pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as it may be amended
from time to time and (E) a certificate, signed by an authorized officer of each
Guarantor, to the effect that the information set forth in clauses (A) through
(D), as of the date specified in the Purchaser's or subsequent purchaser's
request, is true, accurate and complete in all material respects, and no facts
have come to it attention which would lead the Guarantor to believe that such
information, as of the date of the certificate, contains any untrue statement of
a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading.

         (f) Restricted Payments. Neither Holt nor any of its Affiliates,
including the Company and the other Guarantors, shall make any restricted
Payment or set aside any funds therefor unless, after giving effect thereto, the
aggregate of such Restricted Payments for all such purposes subsequent to the
Closing Date would not exceed the sum (as in effect from time to time
hereinafter referred to as the "Distribution Fund") of (i) 50% of Holt's
Cumulative Combined Net Income subsequent to December 31, 1991 so long as Holt's
combined Tangible Net Worth is greater than $31,051,000, (ii) the aggregate of
the net cash proceeds received by Holt from any issuance or sale of capital
shares of Holt subsequent to the closing Date, and (iii) the aggregate of the
net


                                      II-15

<PAGE>


cash proceeds received by Holt from any issuance of any Indebtedness of Holt
which has been converted into capital shares of Holt subsequent to the Closing
Date, which amount shall be added to the Distribution Fund only after such
conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holt may acquire its own capital
shares for an aggregate amount from and after the closing date equal to the
greater of (x) the sum of (i) 25% of the Cummulative Combined Net Income of Holt
subsequent to December 31, 1991, plus (ii) $500,000 or (y) the amount then
available under the Distribution Fund, which amount shall be charged to the
Distribution Fund. No Restricted Payment may be made in other than cash or
securities which are actively traded on a nationally recognized public market
and have a readily ascertainable market value (which value shall be the amount
of such Restricted Payment), unless Holt shall have received a report from an
independent recognized appraiser as to the fair value of the property to be
distributed or transferred, in which case the amount of such Restricted Payment
shall be deemed to be the greater of its fair value (as determined by such
appraiser) or its net book value on the books of Holt. Notwithstanding any of
the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, neither Holt nor any Affiliate shall
make any Restricted Payment if at the time or after giving effect thereto, there
shall exist any Default.

         (g) Maintenance of Combined Tangible Net Worth. Holt shall at all times
maintain a Combined Tangible Net Worth of (i) not less than $31,051,000, plus
50% of Holt's Aggregate Combined Net Income at the end of each fiscal year
subsequent to the fiscal year ending December 31, 1991 and (ii) not less than
25% of Combined Long Term Indebtedness but in no event less than $31,051,000.

         (h) Limitation of Total Indebtedness. Neither Holt nor any of its
Affiliates, including the Company and the other Guarantors, shall incur
additional Indebtedness if, at the time such indebtedness is incurred and after
giving effect thereto and to any concurrent reduction of Indebtedness, Combined
Indebtedness would exceed 400% of Combined Tangible Net Worth.

         (i) Times Interest Earned. The ratio of (i) Holt's Combined Net Income
Before Interest and Taxes to (ii) Holt's Combined Interest Charges calculated as
of the end of each fiscal quarter beginning December 31, 1991 for the period
including such quarter and the immediately prior three fiscal quarters,
combined, will be at least 1.35 for each of said periods.

         (j) Cash Flow. The Combined Cash Flow of Holt shall not be less than
$7,000,000 at the end of any Fiscal Year, commencing January 1, 1991.

         (k) Limitation on Primary Debt. After the date hereof, neither Holt nor
any Affiliate, including the Company and any other


                                      II-16

<PAGE>


Guarantors, shall incur additional Indebtedness having a Lien on the Mortgaged
Premises or any part thereof senior to any lien securing the Bonds or the
obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under this Agreement or any of the
Loan Documents, provided that Holt or any Affiliate may incur such senior
indebtedness in a aggregate amount of up to $5,000,000 without regard to any
limitation or requirements otherwise stated under this section 2.5(k), provided
there shall not exist any Default. After the date hereof, neither Holt nor any
Affiliate, including the Company and the other Guarantors, shall incur
additional Indebtedness having a Lien on the Mortgaged Premises or any part
thereof of equal priority with any lien securing the Bonds or the obligations of
the Company or any Guarantor under this agreement or any of the Loan Documents
(all of such Indebtedness, together with any indebtedness incurred pursuant to
the preceding sentence whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred being
referred to as "Senior Indebtedness") if, at the time it is incurred and after
giving effect thereto, (i) the Security Ratio would be less than 2.2 to 1;
provided that no additional Senior Indebtedness (including interest which has
accrued and is being deferred) shall be incurred without providing to the
Trustee and to the Purchaser an appraisal performed not more than two years
prior to such incurrence by an independent appraiser of recognized standing of
the value of the property subject to the lien of the Mortgage; of (ii) if, at
the time of or after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, there
shall exist any Default. Prior to the incurrence of any Senior Indebtedness by
Holt or any Affiliate, Holt shall furnish to the Trustees and the Purchaser a
certificate of its chief financial officer demonstrating in reasonable detail
compliance by Holt and such Affiliate with the provisions of this Section
2.5(k). In connection with the incurrence of Senior Indebtedness meeting the
requirements of this section 2.5(k), the Trustee shall execute and deliver a
subordination of the Mortgage or a parity agreement with respect to the
Mortgage, provided that no such agreement shall amend or modify any provisions
of the Mortgage, but only the priorty thereof.

         (l) Investments in Affiliates, Etc. Neither the Company nor any
Guarantor nor any Affiliate shall purchase any capital stock or other security
issued by, make any loan, advance, or extension of credit to, purchase any of
the business or integral part of the business of, or otherwise make any
investment in, any Affiliate, or any other Person if, immediately before or
after giving effect thereof, there shall exist any Default.

         (m) Compliance with ERISA. Each of the Company, each Guarantor and each
of their Affiliates shall meet all minimum funding requirements applicable to
any Plans which are subject to ERISA or to Section 412 of the Code and will at
all times comply in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA and
Section 412 of the Code which are applicable to the Plans. No Guarantor nor any
Affiliate will permit any event or condition to exist which


                                      II-17

<PAGE>



would permit any of the Plans which is not a multiemployer plan to be terminated
under circumstances which would cause the lien provided for in Section 4068 of
ERISA to attach to the assets of such Guarantor or any Affiliate. Promptly after
the occurrence of a "reportable event" as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, or
after any Guarantor or a Affiliate received notice that the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation had instituted or intends to institute termination
proceedings with respect to any Plan, and prior to the termination of any Plan
by the administrator thereof, such Guarantor shall notify the Trustee and
provide such documentation, data and other information with respect thereto as
the Trustee at the written direction of the Owners of 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the Bonds Outstanding shall reasonably request. The Trustees shall
give written notice to the Owners of any notification received by it hereunder
and shall provide to any Owner requesting same access to, copies of or extracts
from any documents, data or other written information received by it pursuant
hereto.

         (n) Transactions with Related Parties. No Guarantor nor any Affiliate
shall engage in or effect any transaction with any Related Party on a basis less
favorable to the Company or such Affiliate, as the case may be, than would be
the case if such transaction had been effected with a Person which was not a
Related Party.

         (o) Supplemental Legal Opinions. Within 30 days after the Closing Date,
the Company and the Guarantors shall cause to be delivered to the Purchaser and
the Trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser
relating to Triple Seven Ice, Inc., Pattison Avenue Warehousing Corp., and
Refrigerated Enterprises, Inc. substantially in the form of the opinions
relating to the other Guarantors delivered at the Closing.


                               {END OF ARTICLE II}


                                      II-18

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE III
                             ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS

         Section 3.1. Agreement to Issue the Bonds: Application of Bond
Proceeds. In order to provide funds to finance a portion of the Cost of the
Project, the Issuer, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, will
issue, sell, and deliver the Bonds. The Issuer will deposit the net proceeds of
the Bonds with the Trustee to be applied to refund the 1988 Bonds and the 1989
Bonds as provided in the Escrow Deposit Agreements.

         Section 3.2. Disbursements from the Project Fund. The Issuer has, in
the Indenture, authorized and directed the Trustee to disburse the Bond proceeds
on the Closing Date from the Project Fund to refund the 1988 Bonds and the 1989
Bonds. The Trustee shall not make any disbursement from the Project Fund until
the Company shall have provided the Trustee with a Requisition and the other
documents required by Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

         Section 3.3. Furnishing Documents to the Trustee. The Company agrees to
cause such Requisitions to be directed to the Trustee as may be necessary to
effect payments out of the Project Fund in accordance with Section 3.2 hereof.

         Section 3.4. Special Arbitrage Certifications. The Issuer covenants not
to cause or direct any moneys on deposit in any fund or account to be used in a
manner which would cause the Bonds, the 1988 Bonds or the 1989 Bonds to be
classified as "arbitrage bonds" within the meaning of Section 148 of the Code,
and the Company certifies and covenants to and for the benefit of the Issuer
and the Owners of the Bonds that so long as there are any Bonds Outstanding,
moneys on deposit in any fund or account in connection with the transactions
contemplated herein, whether such moneys were derived from the proceeds of the
sale of the Bonds or from any other sources, will not be used in a manner which
will cause the Bonds, the 1998 Bonds or the 1989 Bonds to be classified as
"arbitrage bonds" within the meaning of Section 148 of the Code.

                              [END OF ARTICLE III]


                                      III-1





<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                LOAN PROVISIONS

         Section 4.1. Loan of Proceeds. The Issuer agrees, upon the terms and
conditions contained in this Agreement and the Indenture, to make a loan to the
Company in the principal amount of SIX MILLION ONE HUNDRED FORTY THOUSAND
DOLLARS ($6,140,000), equal to the proceeds received by the Issuer from the sale
of the Bonds. Such proceeds shall be disbursed to or on behalf of the Company as
provided in Section 3.2 hereof.

         Section 4.2. Amounts Payable.

          (a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees to repay the Loan, as
follows: on or before the Business Day preceding any interest payment date for
the bonds or any other date that any payment of interest, premium, if any, or
principal is required to be made in respect of the Bonds pursuant to the
Indenture, until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds
shall have been fully paid or provision for the payment thereof shall have been
made in accordance with the Indenture, in immediately available funds, a sum
which, together with any moneys available for such payment in the Bond Fund,
will enable the Trustee to pay the amount payable on such date as principal of
(whether at maturity or upon redemption or acceleration or otherwise), premium,
if any, and interest on the Bonds as provided in the Indenture.

         It is understood and agreed that all payments payable by the Company
under subsection (a) of this Section 4.2 are assigned by the Issuer to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Owners of the Bonds. The Company assents to such
assignment. The Issuer hereby directs the Company and the Company hereby agrees
to pay to the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee all payments
payable by the Company pursuant to this subsection. Payments by the Company to
the Trustee as aforesaid or as otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents shall be sufficient to discharge the obligation of the
Company with respect to the amounts so paid, and the Company shall not be liable
to the Issuer, the Owners or to any other party by reason of the failure of the
Trustee to remit such amounts to the Owners, or otherwise to apply such amounts,
as provided in the Indenture.

         (b) The Company will also pay the reasonable expenses of the Issuer
related to the issuance of the Bonds, including the payment on the Closing Date
of a fee equal to $15,350. The Company shall also pay on the Closing Date the
fees and expenses of Bond Counsel, of counsel to the Purchaser, of counsel to
the trustee with respect to the 1988 Bonds and of counsel to the trustee with
respect to the 1989 Bonds.


                                      IV-1


<PAGE>


         (c) The Company will also pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the
Trustee under the Indenture and all other amounts which may be payable to the
Trustee under Section 9.02 of the Indenture, such amounts to be paid directly to
the Trustee for the Trustee's own account as and when such amounts become due
and payable.

         (d) In the event the Company should fail to make any of the payments
required in this Section 4.2, the item or installment so in default shall
continue as an obligation of the Company until the amount in default shall have
been fully paid, and the Company agrees to pay the same with interest thereon,
to the extent permitted by law, from the date when such payment was due, at the
rate set forth in the Bonds.

         Section 4.3. Obligations of Company Unconditional. The obligations of
the Company to make the payments required in Section 4.2 hereof and to perform
and observe the other agreements contained herein (collectively, the
"Obligations") shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be subject to
any defense or any right of setoff, counterclaim or recoupment arising out of
any breach by the Issuer or the Trustee of any obligation to the Company,
whether hereunder or otherwise, or out of any indebtedness or liability at any
time owing to the Company by the Issuer, the Trustee or the Purchaser, and,
until such time as the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds
shall have been fully paid or provision for the payment thereof shall have been
made in accordance with the Indenture, the Company (i) will not suspend or
discontinue any payments provided for in Section 4.2 hereof, (ii) will perform
and observe all other agreements contained in this Agreement and (iii) except as
provided in Article X hereof, will not terminate the Term of Agreement for any
cause, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
occurrence of any acts or circumstances that may constitute failure of
consideration, eviction or constructive eviction, destruction of or damage to
the Project Facility, the taking by eminent domain of title to or temporary use
of any or all of the Project Facility, commercial frustration of purpose, any
change in the tax or other laws of the United States of America or of the State
or any political subdivision of either thereof or any failure of the Issuer or
the Trustee to perform and observe any agreement, whether express or implied, or
any duty, liability or obligation arising out of or connected with this
Agreement. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to release the
Issuer from the performance of any of the agreements on its part herein
contained, and in the event the Issuer or the Trustee should fail to perform any
such agreement on its part, the Company may institute such action against the
Issuer or the Trustee as the Company may deem necessary to compel performance so
long as such action does not abrogate the obligations of the Company contained
in the first sentence of this Section.

                               [END OF ARTICLE IV]

                                      IV-2

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE V

                                  THE PROJECT

         Section 5.1. Disbursements from the Project Fund. (a) In the Indenture,
the Issuer has authorized and directed the Trustee to make disbursements from
the Project Fund as required by this Agreement. Disbursement of the entire
$6,140,000 of proceeds from the sale of the Bonds shall be made from the Project
Fund to refund the 1988 Bonds and the 1989 Bonds, upon receipt by the Trustee of
a requisition signed by a Company Representative stating with respect to such
disbursement to be made: (1) that it is requisition no. 1; (2) that payment is
to be made (A) to the Trustee of the 1988 Bonds in the amount of $4,000,000, and
(B) to the Trustee of the 1989 Bonds in the amount of $2,140,000; (3) that the
total amount to be paid is $6,140,000; (4) that each obligation mentioned
therein is a proper charge, is unpaid or unreimbursed, and has not been the
basis of any previous disbursement; and (5) that on the date thereof there has
not occurred any act which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or
both, would constitute a Default.

         (b) The Company further agrees that as a condition precedent to the
disbursement from the Project Fund on the Closing Date of the entire proceeds of
the Bonds to be used to refund the 1988 Bonds and the 1989 Bonds, there shall be
furnished to the Trustee, in writing, unless waived in writing by the Purchaser,
the following:

         (1) evidence of fee and mortgage title insurance on the Mortgaged
Premises, in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuer and the Purchaser;

         (2) proof that the insurance required to be maintained pursuant to
Section 5.4 is in full force and effect and that all premiums have been paid;

         (3) proof of flood insurance as required in Section 5.4(c);

         (4) verification evidencing that all permits, consents, approvals and
agreements required by all governmental boards and bureaus have been secured and
remain in full force and effect;

         (5) such evidence as the Issuer or the Purchaser may require to
demonstrate exemption from or compliance with all applicable building, zoning,
health and safety laws, ordinances and regulations; and

         (6) such other additional documents, financing statements, affidavits
or certificates of the Company or any other person or entity as the Issuer, the
Purchaser or the Trustee may reasonably request.

                                      V-1
<PAGE>

         (c) The Company hereby agrees that it shall pay all costs incurred by
the Company or the Trustee in making such disbursement from the Project Fund. In
making any such disbursements from the Project Fund, the Trustee may rely on
such requisitions and other documents delivered to it and the Trustee shall be
relieved of all liability with respect to the making of such disbursements if
made in accordance with the foregoing.

         Section 5.2. Maintenance and Modification of the Project Facility by
the Company. (a) The Company shall operate and maintain the Project Facility in
accordance with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances, approvals, rules
and regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, zoning,
sanitary, pollution, environmental and safety ordinances, laws and rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder and in accordance with the terms of the
riparian grant from the State of New Jersey to Holt dated December 22, 1983 as
recorded January 23, 1984, in Deed Book 3947, Page 279 in the Office of the
Camden County Register of Deeds.

         (b) The Company shall (1) maintain, preserve and keep the Project
Facility or cause the Project Facility to be maintained, preserved and kept in
good repair, working order and condition, (2) from time to time, make or cause
to be made all necessary and proper repairs, replacements and renewals thereto
and (3) from time to time, make such substitutions, additions, modifications and
improvements as may be necessary and as shall not impair the structural
integrity, operating efficiency and economic value of the Project Facility. Any
alterations, replacements, renewals or additions made pursuant to this Section
shall become and constitute a part of the Project Facility and shall be
performed in accordance with Section 5.2(a).

         (c) The Company shall operate or cause the Project to be operated as an
authorized project for a purpose and use as provided for under the Act until the
expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

         (d) The Company shall not relocate the Project or any part thereof out
of the State.

         (e) The Company shall not remove, relocate, discontinue the use of or
sell, fail to restore, or otherwise dispose of any part of the Project Facility
except as may be permitted pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof.

         (f) [Intentionally Omitted]

         Section 5.3. Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges. (a)
Each of the Company and each Guarantor covenants that it and each of its
Affiliates shall duly and punctually pay all taxes, assessments (including
deficiency assessments), and governmental charges or levies of any kind
whatsoever ("Taxes") imposed on it or on its respective income or profits or on
any of its respective properties or assets,

                                       V-2
<PAGE>

including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any taxes levied
upon the Mortgaged Premises which, if not paid, will become a Lien or charge
upon the Mortgaged Premises or upon any payment pursuant to this Agreement,
prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto. Each of the Company and
each Guarantor shall also pay all utility, water and sewer rents, and other
charges incurred in connection with the Mortgaged Premises and all assessments
and charges lawfully made by any governmental body for public improvements that
may be secured by a Lien on the Mortgaged Premises or any of its assets.

         (b) The Company or any Guarantor may, at its own expense and in its own
name and in good faith, contest any such taxes, assessments, and other charges,
provided that such contest shall not result in a lien being placed on the
Mortgaged Premises or any part thereof or result in the Mortgaged Premises being
subject to loss or forfeiture, and further provided that the Company or such
Guarantor gives notice in writing of such contest to the Issuer and the Trustee.
Nothing herein shall preclude the Company or any Guarantor, at its own expense
and in its own name and behalf, from applying for any tax exemption allowed by
the federal government, the State, or any political subdivision which grants or
may grant such tax exemption.

         Section 5.4. Insurance Required. Holt and the Company shall obtain and
maintain insurance on the Mortgaged Premises and all parts thereof and
operations conducted therein and thereon in such manner and against such loss,
damage and liability, including liability to third parties, as is customary with
property owners in the same or similar business in the State. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing sentence, such insurance shall include, without
limitation:

         (a) Public liability insurance insuring against any and all liability
or claims of liability arising out of, occasioned by, or resulting from any
accident or otherwise resulting in or about the Project Facility, in a minimum
amount of $5,000,000 for the death of or bodily injury to one person, $5,000,000
for the death of or bodily injury in any one accident or occurrence and
$5,000,000 for loss or damage to the property of any Person or Persons,
provided, however, that in the event Holt and the Company are unable at any time
to obtain such insurance in such amounts, the failure of Holt and the Company to
obtain such insurance shall not constitute a Default hereunder so long as they
obtain such insurance in such lesser amounts as is available;

         (b) Property damage and broad form fire and extended coverage insurance
with respect to the Mortgaged Premises and insurance insuring against such other
hazards, casualties and contingencies as the Issuer and the Purchaser may
require, which insurance shall provide coverage at replacement cost and with no
provisions for coinsurance penalties and shall be in an amount equal to the
lesser of (i) $40,000,000, or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Bonds
and all Senior Indebtedness; and

                                      V-3
<PAGE>

         (c) If the Mortgaged Premises is required to be insured pursuant to the
Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Act of
1968, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, flood insurance with respect
to the Project Facility in an amount not less than $6,140,000 or the maximum
limit of coverage available, whichever amount is less.

         Section 5.5 Additional Provisions Concerning Insurance. (a) Any
insurance required hereunder shall be written by insurance companies authorized
or licensed to do business in the State and shall be on such forms and written
by such companies as shall be approved by the Issuer and the Purchaser. Such
insurance coverage may be effected under overall blanket or excess coverage
policies of Holt or the Company provided that neither Holt nor the Company shall
be deemed to be a co-insurer thereunder. Each insurance policy maintained
pursuant to this Agreement shall contain a provision to the effect that such
policy shall not be cancelled or altered unless the Trustee is notified at least
fifteen (15) days prior to such cancellation or alteration. At least thirty (30)
days prior to the expiration of any such policy, Holt and the Company shall
furnish evidence satisfactory to the Trustee that such policy has been renewed
or replaced or is no longer required by this Agreement.

         (b) Each insurance policy maintained pursuant to this Agreement and
providing insurance against loss of or damage to property shall be written or
endorsed so as to name the Trustee as an additional insured as its interests may
appear and to have the proceeds thereof payable directly to the Trustee as loss
payee. Each policy providing public liability coverage shall be written or
endorsed so as to name the Trustee as an additional insured.

         (c) Duplicate copies of any insurance policies and evidence of renewal
or replacement thereof shall promptly be furnished to the Trustee for its
records. Evidence of the payment of the first year's premiums on such policies
shall be delivered to the Trustee on the Closing Date. Thereafter, Holt and the
Company shall deliver to the Trustee evidence of the payment of all additional
premiums prior to the expiration or renewal dates of all such policies.

         (d) In the event of loss or damage to the Project Facility, the Net
Proceeds of any insurance provided hereunder shall be deposited with the Trustee
and applied as set forth in Article VI hereof, and in the event of a public
liability occurrence, the Net Proceeds of any insurance provided hereunder shall
be applied towards satisfaction of such liability.

                                       V-4
<PAGE>

         Section 5.6. Worker's Compensation. The Company shall comply with the
laws of the State relating to Worker's Compensation and similar worker's
protection laws.

                               [END OF ARTICLE V]

                                      V-5

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

         Section 6.1. Damage, Destruction and Condemnation. Unless the Company
shall have exercised its option to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the
provisions of paragraphs (A) or (B) of Article X hereof, if prior to full
payment of the Bonds (or prior to provision for payment thereof having been made
in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) (i) the Project or the
Mortgaged Premises or any portion thereof is destroyed (in whole or in part) or
is damaged by fire or other casualty or (ii) title to or any interest in, or the
temporary use of, the Project or the Mortgaged Premises or any part thereof
shall be taken under the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any
governmental body or by any person, firm or corporation acting under
governmental authority, the Company shall be obligated to continue to pay the
amounts specified in Section 4.2 hereof.

         Section 6.2. Application of Net Proceeds. The Net Proceeds of any
insurance proceeds or condemnation award resulting from any event described in
Section 6.1 hereof shall be immediately deposited in a separate trust fund to be
held by the Trustee. All Net Proceeds so deposited shall be applied in one or
more of the following ways as shall be elected by the Company or Holt, as the
case may be, in a written notice to the Trustee, which notice shall be received
by the Trustee within 60 days after the receipt by the Company, Holt or the
Trustee, as the case may be, of the Net Proceeds:

         (a) To the prompt repair, restoration, modification or improvement of
the Project Facility or the Mortgaged Premises, and the Issuer has, in the
Indenture, authorized and directed the Trustee to make disbursements from such
separate trust fund for such purposes. Such disbursements shall be made by the
Trustee only upon receipt of Requisitions therefor. Any balance of the Net
Proceeds remaining after such work has been completed shall be transferred into
the Bond Fund to be applied in accordance with subsection (b) of this Section,
or if the Bonds have been fully paid (or provision for payment thereof has been
made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), any balance remaining
in such separate trust fund shall be paid in accordance with Section XXX.11 of 
the Indenture.

         (b) To the redemption at par of the Bonds on the earliest practicable
redemption date as specified in a written notice by the Company to the Trustee,
provided that no part of such Net Proceeds may be applied for such redemption
unless (1) all of the Bonds are to be redeemed in accordance with the Indenture
upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to clauses (A) or (B) of Article X
hereof or (2) in the event that less than all of the bonds are to be redeemed,
the Company shall furnish to the Trustee a certificate of a Company
Representative stating that (i) the

                                      VI-1
<PAGE>

property forming the part of the Project Facility or the Mortgaged Premises that
was damaged or destroyed by such casualty or was taken by such condemnation
proceedings is not essential to the use, operation or possession of the Project
or the Mortgaged Premises by the Company or Holt, as the case may be, or (ii)
the Project Facility or the Mortgaged Premises has been repaired, restored,
modified or improved to operate as designed.

         (c) If the Company or Holt elects to repair, restore, modify or improve
the Project Facility or the Mortgaged Premises or pay the cost thereof and fails
to do so diligently, the Issuer or the Trustee may (but shall be under no
obligation to) do so on behalf of the Company or Holt and recover the reasonable
costs thereof from the Company or Holt, less the amount, if any, collected from
Net Proceeds on account of such costs. No such payment by the Trustee or the
Issuer shall affect or impair any rights of the Issuer hereunder or of the
Trustee or the Owners under the Indenture arising as a result of such failure by
the Company.

         (d) If the Company or Holt fails to give the notice required at the
beginning of this Section within the specified time period, the Issuer or the
Trustee, upon notice to the other and to the Company, may direct the Company to
take either of the actions therein described and the Company shall be obligated
to take such action.

         (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing the Net Proceeds from a certain
action pending in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, Camden County,
Docket No. L-8037-90, and entitled "State of New Jersey, by the Commissioner of
Transportation, Plaintiff v. Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc., a
corporation of Pennsylvania, et al., Defendants" shall be paid directly to Holt
and shall not be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs (a) through (d) of this
Section 6.2.

         Section 6.3. Insufficiency of Net Proceeds. If the Net Proceeds are
insufficient to pay in full the cost of any repair, restoration, modification or
improvement referred to in Section 6.2(a) hereof, the Company or Holt will
nonetheless complete the work and will pay any cost in excess of the amount of
the Net Proceeds held by the Trustee. The Company agrees that if by reason of
any such insufficiency of the Net Proceeds, the Company shall make any payments
pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.3, the Company shall not be
entitled to any reimbursement therefor from the Issuer, the Trustee or the
Owners, nor shall the Company be entitled to any diminution of the amounts
payable under Section 4.2 hereof.

                               [END OF ARTICLE VI]

                                      VI-2

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VII

                                SPECIAL COVENANTS

         Section 7.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by Issuer. THE
ISSUER MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE PROJECT OR THE
CONDITION THEREOF, OR THAT THE PROJECT WILL BE SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSES OR
NEEDS OF THE COMPANY. THE ISSUER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, THAT THE COMPANY WILL HAVE QUIET AND PEACEFUL POSSESSION OF THE
PROJECT. THE ISSUER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
WITH RESPECT TO THE MERCHANTABILITY, CONDITION OR WORKMANSHIP OF ANY PART OF THE
PROJECT OR ITS SUITABILITY FOR THE COMPANY'S PURPOSES.

         Section 7.2. Access to the Project. The Company agrees that the Issuer,
the Trustee, the Purchaser and their duly authorized agents, attorneys, experts,
engineers, accountants and representatives shall have the right to inspect the
Project at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice. The Issuer, the
Trustee and their duly authorized agents shall also be permitted, at all
reasonable times, to examine the books and records of the Company with respect
to the Project.

         Section 7.3. Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments. The Issuer,
the Guarantors and the Company agree that they will, from time to time, execute,
acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered,
such supplements hereto and such further instruments as may reasonably be
required for carrying out the expressed intention of this Agreement, the
Guaranty and the other Loan Documents.

         Section 7.4. Issuer and Company Representatives. Whenever under the
provisions of this Agreement the approval of the Issuer or the Company is
required or the Issuer or the Company is required to take some action at the
request of the other, such approval or such request shall be given for the
Issuer by an Issuer Representative and for the Company by a Company
Representative. The Trustee shall be authorized to act on any such approval or
request.

         Section 7.5. Financing Statements. Each of the Company and each
Guarantor agrees to execute and file or cause to be executed and filed any and
all financing statements or amendments thereof or continuation statements
necessary to perfect and continue the perfection of the security interests
granted in the Mortgage and the Indenture. Within three months of the expiration
date of any financing statements or continuation statements, the Company shall
furnish to the Trustee evidence satisfactory to the Trustee that such filing has
taken place. The Company shall pay all reasonable costs of the preparation and
filing of such instruments.

                                      VII-1



<PAGE>


         Section 7.6. Compliance with Code. The Company shall at all times do
and perform all acts and things permitted by law and necessary or desirable in
order to assure that interest paid on the Bonds shall for the purposes of
federal income taxation be excludable from the gross income of the holders of
the Bonds, except in the event that any such holder is a Substantial User or
Related Person thereto. For purposes of this Section 7.6, any and all actions of
any Related Person shall be deemed to be actions of the Company. In addition,
any and all actions to be undertaken by the Company or by any other person as to
which the Issuer or the Trustee must, pursuant to the terms hereof, consent or
approve in advance, shall be deemed to be the actions of the Company or such
other person (and not the actions of the Issuer or the Trustee). The Company
shall cause any Related Person to comply with all of the provisions of this
Section as to its own operations. A breach of this Section 7.6 shall not
constitute a Default but shall be governed by the provisions of Section 3.01 of
the Indenture.

         Section 7.7. [Intentionally Omitted]

         Section 7.8. [Intentionally Omitted]

         Section 7.9. Annual Certificate. On each anniversary hereof, the
Company shall furnish to the Issuer, with copies to the Purchaser and the
Trustee, the following:

         (a) a certificate indicating whether or not the Company is aware of any
condition, event or act which constitutes a Default, or which would constitute a
Default with the giving of notice or passage of time, under any of the Loan
Documents;

         (b) a written description of the present use of the Project and a
description of any anticipated material change in the use of the Project or in
the number of employees employed at the Project, and

         (c) a report from every entity that leases or occupies space at the
Project indicating the number of persons the entity employs at the Project in
the form annexed hereto as Exhibit E.



                              [END OF ARTICLE VII]





                                      VII-2


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII

           PROJECT USERS; MAINTAIN EXISTENCE; MERGE, SELL, TRANSFER;
                          INDEMNIFICATION; REDEMPTION

         Section 8.1. Project Users; Maintain Existence; Merge, Sell, Transfer.

         (a) Upon the request of the Issuer from time to time, the Company shall
cause a Project Occupant Information Form to be submitted to the Issuer by every
prospective lessee, sublessee or lease assignee of all or any part of the
Project. The Company shall not permit any such leasing, subleasing or assigning
of leases of all or any part of the Project that would impair the excludability
of interest paid on the Bonds from the gross income of the Owners thereof for
purposes of federal income taxation, or that would impair the ability of the
Company to operate the Project, or would cause the Project not to be operated,
as an authorized project under the Act.

         (b) The Company shall maintain its existence as a legal entity and
shall not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Project or
substantially all of its assets. The Company may merge with or into or
consolidate with another entity, and the Project or this Agreement may be
transferred without violating this Section 8.1(b) provided (i) the Company
causes the proposed surviving, resulting or transferee company to furnish the
Issuer with a Change of Ownership Information Form; (ii) the net worth of the
surviving, resulting or transferee company following the merger, consolidation
or transfer is equal to or greater than the net worth of the Company immediately
preceding the merger, consolidation or transfer; (iii) any litigation or
investigations in which the surviving, resulting or transferee company or its
officers and directors are involved, and any court, administrative or other
orders to which the surviving, resulting or transferee company or its officers
and directors are subject, relate to matters arising in the ordinary course of
business; (iv) the merger, consolidation or transfer shall not impair the
excludability of interest paid on the Bonds from the gross income of the Owners
thereof for purposes of federal income taxation pursuant to an opinion of Bond
Counsel; (v) the surviving, resulting or transferee company assumes in writing
the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and the Loan Documents, and
(vi) after the merger, consolidation or transfer the Project shall be operated
as an authorized project under the Act. 

         (c) The obligations of the Company under this Section 8.1 shall be in
addition to its obligations under Section 2.4(d).


                                     VIII-1


<PAGE>

         Section 8.2. Release and Indemnification Covenants.

         (a) The Issuer, the members, agents, servants, officers or employees
thereof, the Trustee and the Purchaser shall not be liable for (1) any loss,
damage or injury to, or death of, any person occurring at or about or resulting
from any defect in the Project Facility, (2) any damage or injury to the persons
or property of the Company or any user of the Project Facility, or their
officers, agents, servants or employees, or any other person who may be about
the Project Facility, caused by an act of negligence of any person (other than
the Issuer or its members, officers, agents, servants and employees, the Trustee
and the Purchaser, as the case may be), or (3) any costs, expenses or damages
incurred as a result of any lawsuit commenced because of action taken in good
faith by the Issuer in connection with the Project and the Project Facility, and
the Company shall and does hereby indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless
the Issuer, the members, agents, servants, officers or employees thereof, the
Trustee and the Purchaser from and against any and all losses, damages,
injuries, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) and from and
against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions or other proceedings
whatsoever, brought by any person or entity whatsoever and arising or
purportedly arising from any of the foregoing.

         (b) Each of the Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally,
shall and does hereby indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Issuer,
the State and every agency of the State, the Trustee, any Person who controls
the Issuer, the State or any agency of the State or the Trustee (within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and any member,
officer, director, official, employee and attorney of the Issuer, the State and
every agency of the State and the Trustee (each an "Indemnified Party"), from
and against any and all losses, damages, injuries, costs or expenses (including
reasonable attorneys fees) and from and against any and all claims, demands,
suits, actions or other proceedings whatsoever, brought by any person or entity
whatsoever (except the Company or any Guarantor) and arising or purportedly
arising from this Agreement, the Indenture or the Bonds or from the performance
of the Indenture.

         (c) Each of the Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally,
agrees to and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties
and the Purchaser from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities, costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees suffered or
incurred by any of the Indemnified Parties or the Purchaser and caused by,
relating to, arising out of, resulting from or in any way connected with (i) the
condition, use, possession, conduct, management, planning, design, acquisition,
construction, installation, financing (in the case of financing, as to the
Indemnified Parties only) or sale of the Project or any part thereof including
without limitation the Indemnified Matters referenced in the next paragraph;
(ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact

                                     VIII-2


<PAGE>


contained in the Applications or any other information submitted or to be
submitted by or on behalf of the Company to the Indemnified Parties or the
Trustee in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the issuance
and purchase of the Bonds; or (iii) any omission or alleged omission of a
material fact necessary to be stated thereon in order to make such statements to
the Indemnified Party not misleading or incomplete.

         (d) Each of the Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally,
covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to indemnify, protect and
save the Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser (the "Indemnitees") harmless
against and from any and all damages, losses, liabilities, obligations,
penalties, claims, litigation, demands, defenses, judgments, suits, proceedings,
costs, disbursements or expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' and
experts' reasonable fees and disbursements) of any kind or of any nature
whatsoever (collectively, the "Indemnified Matters") which may at any time be
imposed upon, incurred by or asserted or awarded against Indemnitees and arising
from or out of:

         (1) any hazardous materials, as defined under any Laws as defined
below, on, in, under or affecting all or any portion of the property subject to
the Mortgage or any surrounding areas (but in the case of hazardous materials in
surrounding areas, only if the source of such materials is or is alleged to be
the Company, any Guarantor or the Mortgaged Premises), or

         (2) the enforcement of this paragraph or the assertion by the Company
or any Guarantor of any defense to its obligations hereunder (except the
successful defense of actual performance not subject to further appeal),

whether any of such matters arise before or after the Closing Date or before or
after foreclosure of the Mortgage or other taking of title to the Company's or
any Guarantor's interest in all or any portion of the Mortgaged Premises by
Indemnitees or any affiliate of Indemnitees. Indemnified Matters shall include,
without limitation, all of the following: (i) the costs of removal of any and
all hazardous materials from all or any portion of the property or any
surrounding areas (except that the indemnity provided for under this paragraph
shall not cover the costs of such removal unless either (a) such removal is
required by any federal or state law, regulation or regulatory agency ("Laws")
or (b) any present or future use, operation, development, construction,
alteration or reconstruction of all or any portion of the Mortgaged Premises is
or would be conditioned in any way upon, or is or would be limited in any way
until the completion of, such removal in accordance with any Laws), (ii)
additional costs required to take necessary precautions as required by law to
protect against the release of hazardous materials on, in, under or affecting
the Mortgaged Premises into the air, any body of water, any other public domain
or any surrounding areas and (iii) costs incurred to comply, in connection with
all or any portion of the Mortgage Premises or any surrounding areas, with all
applicable Laws with respect to

                                     VIII-3




<PAGE>


hazardous materials. If any Indemnitee or any affiliate of an Indemnitee takes
title to the Company's or any Guarantor's interest in the Mortgaged Premises at
a foreclosure sale, at a sale pursuant to a power of sale under the Mortgage or
by deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, then the indemnity provided for
under this paragraph shall not apply to hazardous materials which are initially
placed on, in or under all or any portion of the Mortgaged Premises after the
date Indemnitee or such affiliate so takes title to such interest in the
Mortgaged Premises. At any time during the six months prior to any such
foreclosure sale, sale pursuant to a power of sale under the Mortgage or by deed
in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise by which any Indemnitee or affiliate takes
title to such interest in the Mortgaged Premises, such Indemnitee or affiliate
shall have the right, at its sole discretion and at the Company's and the
Guarantor's sole cost and expense, to have performed an environmental site
assessment of the Mortgaged Premises to determine whether any hazardous
materials are present.

         (e) In case any action shall be brought against one or more of the
Indemnified Parties or the Purchaser based upon any of the above and in respect
of which indemnity may be sought against the Company or any Guarantor, such
Indemnified Parties or the Purchaser shall promptly notify the Company and such
Guarantor in writing, and the Company and such Guarantor shall assume the
defense thereof, including the employment of counsel satisfactory to the
Indemnified Parties, the payment of all expenses and the right to negotiate and
consent to settlement. Any one or more of the Indemnified Parties or the
Purchaser shall have the right to employ separate counsel at the Company's and
the Guarantor's expense in any such action and to participate in the defense
thereof. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall not be liable for any
settlement of any such action effected without its consent, but if settled with
the consent of the Company or any Guarantor, or if there be a final judgment for
the claimant in any such action, the Company and the Guarantors shall discharge
the liability and indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties and the
Purchaser from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or
judgment. The provision of this Section 8.2 shall survive the repayment of the
Bonds.

         Section 8.3. Redemption of Bonds. The Company shall have and is hereby
granted the option to cause all or a portion of the Bonds to be redeemed at the
times, at the prices and in the manner permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer,
at the request of the Company, shall forthwith take all steps (other than the
payment of the money required for such redemption) necessary under the
applicable redemption provisions of the Indenture to effect redemption of all or
part of the Outstanding Bonds, as may be specified by the Company, on the date
established for such redemption.

         Section 8.4. Issuer to Grant Security Interest to Trustee. The parties
hereto agree that pursuant to the Indenture,


                                     VIII-4

<PAGE>

the Issuer shall assign to the Trustee, in order to secure payment of the Bonds,
all of the Issuer's right, title, and interest in and to this Agreement, except
for certain of the Issuer's rights as are expressly reserved pursuant to the
granting clauses of the Indenture.

         Section 8.5. Indemnification of Trustee. Each of the Company and each
Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall and hereby agrees to indemnify the
Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any loss, liability or
expense (including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of
liability) incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct by the
Trustee and arising out of or in connection with its acting as Trustee under the
Indenture, the Guaranty, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document.

                             [END OF ARTICLE VIII]


                                     VIII-5

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

                             DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

         Section 9.1. Defaults Defined. The following shall be "Defaults" under
this Agreement and the term "Default" shall mean, whenever it is used in this
Agreement, any one or more of the following events:

         (a) Failure by the Company to pay any amount required to be paid under
subsection (a) of Section 4.2 hereof when due.

         (b) Failure by the Company or any Guarantor to observe and perform any
covenant, condition or agreement on its part to be observed or performed under
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, other than as referrred to in
Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(1), for a period of ninety (90) days after it first
becomes known to any officer of the Company or such Guarantor.

         (c) The occurrence of a Default under the Indenture or any other Loan
Document.

         (d) The occurrence of a Default under the Series G Agreement or the
Series H Agreement.

         (e) If any warranty or representation by or on behalf of the Company or
any Guarantor contained in this Agreement, the Indenture, the Bond Purchase
Agreement, the Loan Documents, the Guaranty, or in any instrument or certificate
furnished in compliance with same proves false or misleading in any material
respect as of the time it was made.

         (f) Failure by the Company or any Guarantor to make one or more
payments due with respect to aggregate Indebtedness exceeding $500,000 within
any applicable periods for cure; or if any event shall occur or any condition
shall exist, the effect of which event or condition is to cause more than
$500,000 of aggregate Indebtedness or other securities of the Company or any
Guarantor to become due or subject to mandatory redemption or repurchase before
its (or their) stated maturity or before its (or their) regularly scheduled
dates of payment, redemption or purchase.

         (g) If a custodian, receiver or liquidator is appointed for the Company
or any Guarantor or the Company or any Guarantor is adjudicated bankrupt or
insolvent; or an order of relief is entered under the Federal Bankruptcy Code
against the Company or any Guarantor or any of its property is sequestered by
court order and the order remains in effect for more than 60 days; or a petition
is filed against the Company or any Guarantor under any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt,


                                      IX-1

<PAGE>

dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or
subsequently in effect, and is not dismissed within 60 days after filing.

         (h) If the Company or any Guarantor commences a voluntary case or files
a petition in voluntary bankruptcy where seeking relief under any provision of
the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of
any jurisdiction, whether now or subsequently in effect; or consents to the
filing of any petition against it under any such law; or applies for or consents
to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, trustee or
liquidator of the Company or any Guarantor of all or any part of its property;
or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or admits in writing
its inability to pay its debt generally as they become due.

         (i) Any of the Loan Documents shall not be, or shall cease to be, the
legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each of the parties thereto
in accordance with its terms, or any of the Loan Documents shall not be or shall
cease to be in full force and effect.

         (j) There shall exist any Affiliate of Holt or the Company which has
not, within 90 days after becoming an Affiliate, duly authorized, executed and
delivered to the Trustee, a counterpart of the Guaranty or a document evidencing
its agreement to be bound by the Guaranty which is the legal, valid, binding and
enforceable obligation of such Affiliate in accordance with its terms.

         (k) There shall occur a foreclosure with respect to any of the
following mortgages, as amended and supplemented:

             (i) Mortgage dated March 15, 1984 between the Company and the City
     of Gloucester City,

             (ii) Mortgage dated April 18, 1984 between the Company and the City
     of Gloucester City,

             (iii) Mortgage dated August 22, 1984 between the Company and the
     City of Gloucester City,

             (iv) Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of August 1, 1986
     between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee,

             (v) Mortgage and Security Agreement dated as of December 1, 1986
     between the Company and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee,

             (vi) The Series G Mortgage, or


                                      IX-2


<PAGE>

         (viii) The Series H Mortgage.

         (1) Failure by the Company or any Guarantor to observe and perform the
covenant set forth in Section 2.5(d).

         Section 9.2. Trustee's Remedies on Default. Whenever any Default
referred to in Section 9.1 hereof shall have happened and be continuing, the
Trustee may (subject in the case of the Trustee to its mandatory obligations
upon the occurrence of certain Defaults) take one or any combination of the
following remedial steps:

         (a) If the Trustee has declared the Bonds immediately due and payable
pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Indenture, by written notice to the Company,
declare an amount equal to all amounts then due and payable on the Bonds,
whether by acceleration of maturity (as provided in the Indenture) or otherwise,
to be immediately due and payable as liquidated damages under this Agreement and
not as a penalty, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable;

         (b) Have reasonable access to and inspect, examine and make copies of
the books and records and any and all accounts, data and income tax and other
tax returns of the Company and the Guarantors during regular business hours of
the Company and the Guarantors if reasonably necessary in the opinion of the
Trustee; or

         (c) Take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or
desirable to collect the amounts then due and thereafter to become due, or to
enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant of
the Company or the Guarantors under this Agreement, the Indenture, the Guaranty
and the other Loan Documents.

         (d) Exercise any and all rights and remedies of a creditor or secured
party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law.

         Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall
be paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture. The rights specified in this Section 9.2 are in addition to, and not
in limitation of, any other obligations of the Company which may arise upon a
default or acceleration in respect of the Bonds, including without limitation,
under Section 4.2 hereof.

         Section 9.3. Issuer's Remedies on Default.

         (A) The occurrence of a Default referred to in Section 9.1(b) or 9.1(e)
hereof (other than a default resulting from a breach of the covenant contained
in Section 2.4(e) hereof) shall


                                      IX-3

<PAGE>


constitute an
 Event of Cancellation hereunder, and at any time thereafter
during the continuance of such Event of Cancellation, the Issuer may, by written
notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 hereof to the Trustee,
instruct the Trustee to call and cancel the Bonds. The Trustee and any assigns
and the Company hereby expressly agree that the Bonds may be called and
cancelled by the Issuer in the manner provided above, and upon the Cancellation
Date specified in the notice from the Issuer, which shall be at least 30 and no
more than 60 days after the giving of such notice, the Bonds will be called and
cancelled, and the Trustee shall, unless otherwise directed in writing prior to
the Cancellation Date by the Owners of 50% or more in aggregate principal amount
of Bonds outstanding and indemnified to its satisfaction and provided with legal
opinions as to compliance with the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, declare the obligations evidenced by this Agreement immediately due and
payable. The Trustee will give notice to the Owners within 5 days after it
receives such notice from the Issuer. The Trustee will deliver the Bonds to the
Issuer for cancellation upon receipt thereof from the Owners, but even if such
delivery does not occur, the Bonds will be considered cancelled and of no
further force or effect on the Cancellation Date.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 9.4 hereof, the remedies set forth
in this Section 9.3 are the sole and exclusive remedies of the Issuer in the
event of an occurrence of an Event of Cancellation as set forth herein.

         (B) Upon the Cancellation Date, this Agreement will evidence the
indebtedness from the Company to the Trustee and the Bondholders and, in the
event the payment obligations hereunder are not accelerated by the Trustee as
hereinabove provided, all of the terms of this Agreement, including the interest
rate and payment terms herein specified, will control the obligations of the
Company to the Trustee and the Bondholders except that from the Cancellation
Date, the per annum interest rate will remain the rate then in effect for a
period of six (6) months, after which the interest rate will change to the
greater of (i) two percent (2%) in excess of the Prime Rate in effect as of the
date of such adjustment, or (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing the rate then
in effect by the difference between one (1) and the highest marginal federal
income tax rate at the time in effect. The Issuer will no longer be a party to
the transaction and shall have no further rights with respect thereto and shall
be released of any and all debts, liabilities and obligations to any other party
under this Agreement, the Bonds or any other Loan Document. The Issuer and the
Trustee will execute and deliver to each other such other documents and
agreements as the other may reasonably request in order to evidence the
cancellation of the Bonds and the withdrawal of the Issuer from the transaction.


                                      IX-4


<PAGE>

         (c) Upon cancellation of the Bonds pursuant to the provisions hereof,
the Issuer hereby agrees that the Trustee shall automatically be vested with all
of the Issuer's right, title and interest in and to the Loan Documents. Any
amounts remaining in the Bond Fund on the Cancellation Date after the deduction
therefrom of amounts which may be due the Issuer pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement are hereby assigned to the Trustee to be disbursed in accordance with
the Indenture.

         (d) In the event that there is a dispute among any of the parties
concerning the right of the Issuer to cancel the Bonds pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 9.3, the Company will nevertheless comply with all of
the terms of this Section 9.3 and make all payments required hereunder from and
after the Cancellation Date directly to the Trustee at the new interest rate. If
prior to the redemption or calling for redemption in full of the Bonds a court
of competent jurisdiction determines finally that the Issuer's attempted
cancellation of the Bonds violated the terms of this Agreement, the Bonds will
be reinstated in accordance with the final order of the court, but until such
final order is made, the Company will continue to comply with the terms of this
Section 9.3. Any overpayment by the Company will be returned to it by the
Trustee upon reinstatement of the Bonds.

         Section 9.4. Specific Performance. In addition to the rights and
remedies provided for in Section 9.2 hereof, if the Company or any Guarantor
commits a breach or threatens to commit a breach of any of the provisions of
this Agreement, the Indenture or the Loan Documents, the Issuer and the Trustee
shall each have the right, without posting bond or other security, to seek
injunctive relief or specific performance, it being acknowledged and agreed that
any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Issuer
and the Trustee and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy.

         Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall
be paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

         Section 9.5. No Remedy Exclusive. Subject to Section 9.02 of the
Indenture, no remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Issuer or the
Trustee is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies,
but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at
law or in equity. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing
upon any Default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to
be a waiver thereof, but any such right or power may be exercised from time to
time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle the Issuer or
the Trustee to exercise any remedy reserved to it in this Article, it shall not
be necessary to give any notice, other than such notice as may be

                                      IX-5


<PAGE>


required in this Article. Such rights and remedies as are given the Issuer
hereunder shall also extend to the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Owners of
the Bonds, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, shall be entitled to the
benefit of all covenants and agreements herein contained.

       Section 9.6. Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses. In the event
the Company or any Guarantor should default under any of the provisions of this
Agreement and the Issuer or the Trustee should employ attorneys or incur other
expenses for the collection of payments required hereunder or the enforcement of
performance or observance of any obligation or agreement on the part of the
Company or any Guarantor herein contained, the Company and each Guarantor agrees
that it will on demand therefor pay to the Issuer the reasonable fee of such
attorneys and such other expenses so incurred by the Issuer.

         Section 9.7. No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver. In the event
any agreement contained in this Agreement should be breached by either party and
thereafter waived by the other party, such waiver shall be limited to the
particular breach so waived and shall not be deemed to waive any other breach
hereunder.

                               [END OF ARTICLE IX]


                                      IX-6

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE X

                         OPTIONS TO TERMINATE AGREEMENT

         The Company shall have, and is hereby granted, the option to terminate
its obligations under this Agreement if any of the events set forth below shall
occur:

         (A) The Project shall have been damaged or destroyed (1) to such extent
that it cannot, in the Company's reasonable judgment, be reasonably restored
within a period of six (6) months to the condition thereof immediately preceding
such damage or destruction, and (2) to such extent that the Company is thereby
prevented, in the Company's reasonable judgment, from carrying on its normal
operations at the Project for a period of six (6) months or more.

         (B) Title to, or the temporary use for a period of six (6) months or
more of, all or substantially all the Project, or such part thereof as shall
materially interfere, in the Company's reasonable judgment, with the operation
of the Project for the purpose for which the Project is designed, shall have
been taken under the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any governmental
body or by any person, firm or corporation acting under governmental authority
(including such a taking or takings as results in the Company being thereby
prevented from carrying on its normal operations at the Project for a period of
six (6) months or more).

         (C) Changes which the Company cannot reasonably control or overcome in
the economic availability of materials, supplies, labor, equipment and other
properties and things necessary for the efficient operation of the Project for
the purposes contemplated by this Agreement shall have occurred, or
technological or other changes shall have occurred which in the reasonable
judgment of the Company render the continued operation of the Project uneconomic
for such purposes.

         (D) As a result of any changes in the Constitution of the State or the
Constitution of the United States of America or of legislative or administrative
action (whether state or federal) or by final decree, judgment or order of any
court or administrative body (whether state or federal) entered after the
contest thereof by the Company in good faith, this Agreement shall have become
void or unenforceable or impossible of performance in accordance with the intent
and purposes of the parties as expressed in this Agreement, or unreasonable
burdens or excessive liabilities shall have been imposed on the Company in
respect to the Project, including, without limitation, federal, state or other
ad valorem, property, income or other taxes not being imposed on the date of
this Agreement.

                                      X-1

<PAGE>


         To exercise such option, the Company shall within ninety (90) days
following the event authorizing such termination, give written notice to the
Issuer and the Trustee and shall specify therein the date of redemption of Bonds
pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Indenture, which date shall be the next interest
payment date in respect of the Bonds for which the required notice of redemption
can practicably be given. In accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
Company shall make arrangements for the Trustee to give the required notice of
redemption. In order to exericse such option, the Company shall pay, or cause to
be paid, prior to the applicable redemption date, in immediately available funds
to the Trustee, an amount equal to the sum of the following:

         (1) An amount of money which, when added to the amount then on deposit
and available in the Bond Fund, will be sufficient to retire and redeem all the
Outstanding Bonds on the earliest possible redemption date after notice as
provided in the Indenture, including, without limitation, the principal amount
thereof, all interest to accrue to said redemption date, and the applicable
redemption premium, if any, plus

         (2) An amount of money equal to the Trustee's fees and expenses under
the Indenture accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of
the Bonds, plus

         (3) An amount of money equal to the Issuer's fees and expenses under
this Agreement accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of
the Bonds.

                               [END OF ARTICLE X]


                                      X-2

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 MISCELLANEOUS


         Section 11.1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect from the date hereof to and including such time as all of the
Bonds and the fees and expenses of the Issuer and the Trustee and all amounts
payable hereunder shall have been fully paid or provision made for such payment.

         Section 11.2. Notices. All notices, certificates or other
communications hereunder shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given
when delivered, faxed or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, or overnight delivery service addressed as follows: if to the Issuer,
to 200 South Warren Street, Capital Place One -- CN 990, Trenton, New Jersey
08625, Attention: Executive Director; if to the Trustee, to Fidelity Bank,
National Association, 123 South Broad Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19109,
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, 18MBO; if to the Company or any
Guarantor, to 777 Pattison Ave., Inc., c/o Holt Hauling and Warehousing System,
Inc., P.O. Box 8698, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101, Attention: Mr. Bernard
Gelman, Vice President; and if to the Purchaser, to Fidelity Spartan Municipal
High Yield Fund, c/o Fidelity Management and Research Company, Inc., 82
Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 92109, Attention: Mr. James Valone. A
duplicate copy of each notice, certificate or other communication given
hereunder by the Issuer or the Company shall also be given to the Trustee. The
Issuer, the Company, the Trustee and the Purchaser may, by written notice given
hereunder, designate any further or different addresses to which subsequent
notices, certificates or other communications shall be sent.

         Section 11.3. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of and shall be binding upon the Issuer, the Company, the Guarantors, the
Trustee, the Owners of the Bonds and their respective successors and assigns,
subject, however, to the limitations contained in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

         Section 11.4. Severability. In the event any provision of this
Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent
jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any
other provision hereof.

         Section 11.5. Amounts Remaining in Funds. Subject to the provisions of
Section 5.12 of the Indenture, it is agreed by the parties hereto that any
amounts remaining in the Bond Fund, the Project Fund, or any other fund created
under the Indenture upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, as
provided in this Agreement, after payment in full of the Bonds (or provision for
payment thereof having been made in accordance with the

                                      XI-1

<PAGE>


provisions of the Indenture), the fees and expenses of the Trustee in accordance
with the Indenture and all amounts which may be due under the Bond Purchase
Agreement, the Mortgage, the Guaranty or any other Loan Document, shall belong
to and be paid to the Company by the Trustee.

         Section 11.6. Amendments, Changes and Modification. Subsequent to the
issuance of Bonds and prior to their payment in full (or provision for the
payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture), and except as otherwise herein expressly provided, this Agreement
may not be effectively amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated without
the written consent of the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

         Section 11.7. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be
simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an
original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         Section 11.8. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State.

         Section 11.9. Captions. The captions and headings in this Agreement 
are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or 
intent of any provisions or Sections of this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Agreement to be executed
in its name and the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name
all as of the date first above written.

ATTEST:                                    NEW JERSEY ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
                                             AUTHORITY


_______________________________            By:_______________________________
Frank T. Mancini, Jr.                         Vito R. Nardelli
Assistant Secretary                           Chief Financial Officer

[SEAL]

ATTEST:                                    777 PATTISON AVE., INC.


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------------                ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                          Bernard Gelman, Vice President


                      [SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]



                                      XI-2

<PAGE>


ATTEST:                                    HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
                                             SYSTEM, INC.


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------------                ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                          Bernard Gelman, Vice President


ATTEST:                                    B.H. SOBELMAN & CO., INC.


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------------                ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                          Bernard Gelman, Vice President



ATTEST:                                    REFRIGERATED DISTRIBUTION
                                             CENTER, INC.


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------------                ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                          Bernard Gelman, Vice President



ATTEST:                                    OREGON AVENUE ENTERPRISES,
                                             INCORPORATED


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------------                ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                          Bernard Gelman, Vice President



ATTEST:                                    HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------------                ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                          Bernard Gelman, Vice President



ATTEST:                                    CRT, INC.


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------------                ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                          Bernard Gelman, Vice President



ATTEST:                                    THE RIVERFRONT DEVELOPMENT CORP.


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------------                ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                          Bernard Gelman, Vice President



                      [SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]


                                      XI-3


<PAGE>



ATTEST:                                    TRIPLE SEVEN ICE, INC.


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------------                ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                          Bernard Gelman, Vice President



ATTEST:                                    PATTISON AVENUE WAREHOUSING
                                             CORP.


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------------                ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                          Bernard Gelman, Vice President



ATTEST:                                    REFRIGERATED ENTERPRISES, INC.


/s/ John Evans                             By: /s/ Bernard Gelman
- -------------------------------                ------------------------------
John Evans, Secretary                          Bernard Gelman, Vice President







                            CLIENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

     This Client Services Agreement ("Agreement") is made by and between S L S
Services, Inc. d/b/a Holt Oversight & Logistical Technologies, Inc. ("HOLT") and
Wilmington Stevedores, Inc. ("WSI") this Tenth day of July, 1995.

Recital

HOLT is engaged in the business of providing to its clients a full complement of
services normally performed by business entities in the conduct of their
affairs.

WSI desires to enter into an agreement with HOLT for the furnishing of such
services required for the conduct of its business activities.

NOW THEREFORE, and in consideration of the premises, the parties agree to as
follows:

1.   Purpose.    WSI will purchase and HOLT will provide to WSI the services
     designated on Exhibit A hereto (hereinafter "Services") and such other
     services WSI requests HOLT to perform with respect to the normal business
     activities of WSI. In addition to providing the personnel required to
     perform the Services, HOLT shall provide all equipment, office computer,
     and otherwise necessary to perform the Services.

2.   Term.    The term of this Agreement shall commence effective the date of
     signing and shall continue from year to year unless terminated in
     accordance with this Agreement.

3.   Independent Contractor.    HOLT shall be an independent Contractor in the
     performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Any employees of HOLT
     who perform Services shall be the employees of HOLT solely and WSI shall
     not be a joint employer of any of HOLT's employees. To that end HOLT shall
     have the exclusive right and duty to supervise and direct the day to day
     activities of its employees, including without limitation, the
     responsibility to determine and pay their wages and benefits and to pay all
     Federal, State and local taxes or contributions imposed or required under
     unemployment, workers' compensation, social security, Medicare, wage and
     income tax laws with respect to them. HOLT shall have the sole right to
     add, remove or replace any of its employees performing any of the Services.
     WSI shall have the right to request HOLT to remove, replace or reassign any
     of its personnel based upon a legitimate need to do so but such
     determination shall be made in the sole discretion of HOLT.

4.   Compensation.    As compensation for the Services WSI shall pay a fee to
     HOLT equal to Five percent (5%) of WSI's gross revenues. The fee shall be
     paid monthly on the 30th day of each month following the month for which
     such fee is determined.

5.   Consultations.    In addition to the Services provided, HOLT shall 
     designate and make available to meet and consult with the Board of
     Directors and the officers of WSI the appropriate personnel at reasonable
     times concerning matters pertaining to the organization of WSI's work
     force, the fiscal policy of WSI, the relationship of WSI with


<PAGE>


its employees or with any organization representing its employees and in general
concerning any material problems arising in connection with the business affairs
of WSI.

6.   Standard of Care.    HOLT will discharge its obligations under this
     Agreement with that level of care which a similarly situated administrative
     services provider would exercise under similar circumstances. HOLT shall
     not be liable to any party for any mistake of judgment or other action
     taken in good faith or for any liability, expense, or loss whatsoever,
     unless it is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction
     (not subject to further appeal) to have resulted directly and solely from
     the fraud, criminality, or willful misconduct of HOLT.

7.   Insurance.    HOLT shall obtain and provide WSI with evidence of 
     comprehensive General Liability insurance coverage in an amount no less
     than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in which WSI shall be named as an
     additional insured. HOLT shall furnish to WSI a Certificate of Insurance
     evidencing such insurance coverage which shall be underwritten by an
     insurance carrier reasonably satisfactory to WSI and shall maintain such
     coverage during the term of this Agreement. Such insurance shall provide
     that WSI shall be furnished with thirty (30) days written notice prior to
     the date of any cancellation of such coverage.

8.   Remedies.    Should HOLT become incapable of continuing performance of the
     Services, whether due to circumstances within or outside of its control,
     WSI may terminate this Agreement. Should WSI be in default of compensation
     owing at any time under this Agreement, WSI shall be deemed to be in
     default of this Agreement and HOLT has available to it all legal remedies
     and process.

9.   Termination.    This Agreement shall continue until terminated by either
     party as herein provided. Besides electing to terminate this Agreement as
     an exercise of its remedies as stated above, either party may elect to
     terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the other party as
     stated below:

 TO WSI:                   Mr. M. Murphy
                           President
                           Wilmington Stevedores, Inc.
                           601 Christina Avenue
                           Wilmington, DE 19899

 TO HOLT:                  Mr. Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
                           President
                           Holt Oversight & Logistical Technologies
                           P.O. Box 8268
                           Philadelphia, PA 19101

          Such notice shall be given at least ninety days prior to the proposed
     termination of the Agreement. HOLT shall deliver immediately to WSI all of
     the records in its possession of WSI pertaining to and related to the
     Services. HOLT agrees to keep confidential, and shall not disclose to any
     third party or make use of, any information regarding WSI of any nature
     which HOLT may acquire during the term of this Agreement. HOLT agrees that
     if it violates this provision relating to


                                       2

<PAGE>


     confidentiality, the remedy at law for such violation will be inadequate
     and that WSI will suffer irreparable harm. Therefore, in addition to any
     other remedy which WSI may have under this Agreement, WSI shall be entitled
     to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for equitable relief,
     including specific performance and injunctions restraining HOLT from
     committing or continuing any such violation of this Agreement without the
     necessity of proving actual damages.

10.  Entire Agreement.    This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement
     between the parties and may not be amended except by an instrument in
     writing executed by both of the parties hereto. This Agreement supersedes
     any and all written or verbal agreements between the parties.


Attest:                                     SLS Services, Inc.
                                            d/b/a Holt Oversight & Logistical
BY: /s/ John (Illegible)                    Technologies, Inc.
    -------------------------

                                            BY: /s/ Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
                                                -------------------------------

                                            Date: 7/10/95
                                                  -------


Attest:                                     Wilmington Stevedores, Inc.

BY: /s/ John (Illegible)                    BY: /s/ Mark E. Murphy
    -------------------------                   -------------------------------

                                            Date: 7/10/95
                                                  -------


                                       3

<PAGE>


Exhibit A

Description of Services for Client

Accounting:    Preparation and maintenance of books of original entry including
but not limited to, cash receipts journal, cash disbursements journal. purchase
journal, accounts payable journal, payroll journal, sales journal, preparation
and maintenance intermediate books of entry, final book of entry i.e. general
ledger; preparation of monthly trial balances and financial statements (balance
sheet, statement of income and retained earnings and source and use of cash), if
needed, but in no event not less than on a quarterly basis, no less then sixty
(60) days after the end of the first three quarters of a year and one hundred
twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year; processing of sales
invoices, mailing to customers, collection of payments due and deposit of
collections into client's bank account as designated.

Management Information Processing:    Collection, assembly and computer
processing of data dealing with, but not limited to, and necessary to perform
the accounting services described herein; preparation of operational reports as
required by client's customers including, but not limited to, inventory reports,
productivity reports; the writing and periodic review of computer programs
necessary, and the acquisition and maintenance of any and all computer equipment
necessary to accomplish the management information processing functions
contemplated herein and the professional training of staff so that the
management information processing functions can be completed in a professional
and competent manner.

Insurance:    Review of property, personal injury, business and financial risks
normally associated with operations engaged in by client and the procurement
of insurance coverage with reputable insurance companies to cover such risks
and limit client's financial risk therefore; investigation, processing
settlement the providing of assistance to counsel of insurance carriers and the
communication to underwriters of personal injury and property claims;
investigation, processing, coordinating with outside counsel for the defense of
workmen's compensation claims.

Marketing.    Identifying and soliciting potential customers for client;
traveling to potential market areas to meet with prospective customers for
client; quoting and negotiating of rates and follow-up with customers to insure
customer satisfaction.





                            CLIENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Client Services Agreement ("Agreement") is made by and between S L S
Services, Inc. d/b/a Holt Oversight & Logistical Technologies, Inc. ("HOLT") and
Holt Cargo Systems, Inc. ("HCS") this First day of April, 1994.

Recital

HOLT is engaged in the business of providing to its clients a full
complement of services normally performed by business entities in the conduct of
their affairs.

HCS desires to enter into an agreement with HOLT for the furnishing of such
services required for the conduct of its business activities.

NOW THEREFORE, and in consideration of the premises, the parties agree to as
follows:

     1.   Purpose.    HCS will purchase and HOLT will provide to HCS the 
          services designated on Exhibit A hereto and such other services HCS
          requests HOLT to perform with respect to the normal business
          activities of HCS. In addition to providing the personnel required to
          perform the Services, HOLT shall provide all equipment, office,
          computer, and otherwise necessary to perform the Services.

     2.   Term.    The term of this Agreement shall commence effective the date
          of signing and shall continue from year to year unless terminated in
          accordance with this Agreement.

     3.   Independent Contractor.    HOLT shall be an independent Contractor in
          the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Any employees
          of HOLT who perform Services shall be the employees of HOLT solely and
          HCS shall not be a joint employer of any of HOLT's employees. To that
          end HOLT shall have the exclusive right and duty to supervise and
          direct the day to day activities of its employees, including without
          limitation, the responsibility to determine and pay their wages and
          benefits and to pay all Federal, State and local taxes or
          contributions imposed or required under unemployment, workers'
          compensation, social security, Medicare, wage and income tax laws with
          respect to them. HOLT shall have the sole right to add, remove or
          replace any of its employees performing any of the Services. HCS shall
          have the right to request HOLT to remove, replace or reassign any of
          its personnel based upon a legitimate need to do so but such
          determination shall be made in the sole discretion of HOLT.


                                       1
<PAGE>


     4.   Compensation.    As compensation for the Services HCS shall pay a fee
          to HOLT equal to Five percent (5%) of HCS' gross revenues. The fee
          shall be paid monthly on the 30th day of each month following the
          month for which such fee is determined.

     5.   Consultations.    In addition to the Services provided, HOLT shall
          designate and make available to meet and consult with the Board of
          Directors and the officers of HCS the appropriate personnel to at
          reasonable times concerning matters pertaining to the organization of
          HCS' work force, the fiscal policy of HCS, the relationship of HCS
          with its employees or with any organization representing its employees
          and in general concerning any material problems arising in connection
          with the business affairs of HCS.

     6.   Standard of Care.    HOLT will discharge its obligations under this
          Agreement with that level of care which a similarly situated
          administrative services provider would exercise under similar
          circumstances. HOLT shall not be liable to any party for any mistake
          of judgment or other action taken in good faith or for any liability
          expense or loss whatsoever, unless it is found in a final judgment by
          a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) to
          have resulted directly and solely from the fraud criminality or
          willful misconduct of HOLT.

     7.   Insurance.    HOLT shall obtain and provide HCS with evidence of
          comprehensive General Liability insurance coverage in an amount no
          less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in which HCS shall be
          named as an additional insured. HOLT shall furnish to HCS a
          Certificate of Insurance evidencing such insurance coverage which
          shall be underwritten by an insurance carrier reasonably satisfactory
          to HCS and shall maintain such coverage during the term of this
          Agreement. Such insurance shall provide that HCS shall be furnished
          with thirty (30) days written notice prior to the date of any
          cancellation of such coverage.

     8.   Remedies.    Should HOLT become incapable of continuing performance of
          the Services, whether due to circumstances within or outside of its
          control, HCS may terminate this Agreement. Should HCS be in default of
          compensation owing at any time under this Agreement, HCS shall be
          deemed to be in default of this Agreement and HOLT has available to it
          all legal remedies and process.

     9.   Termination.    This Agreement shall continue until terminated by
          either party as herein provided. Besides electing to terminate this
          Agreement as an exercise of its remedies as stated above, either party
          may elect to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the
          other party as stated below:

TO HCS:                     Mr. Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                            President
                            Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.
                            P.O. Box 8698
                            Phila., PA, 19101

TO HOLT:                    Mr. Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
                            President


                                       2

<PAGE>


                            Holt Oversight & Logistical Technologies
                            PO Box 8268
                            Phila., PA 19101

          Such notice shall be given at least ninety days prior to the proposed
          termination of the Agreement. HOLT shall deliver immediately to HCS
          all of the records in its possession of HCS pertaining to and related
          to the Services. HOLT agrees to keep confidential, and shall not
          disclose to any third party or make use of, any information regarding
          HCS of any nature which HOLT may acquire during the term of this
          Agreement. HOLT agrees that if it violates this provision relating to
          confidentiality, the remedy at law for such violation will be
          inadequate and that HCS will suffer irreparable harm. Therefore, in
          addition to any other remedy which HCS may have under this Agreement,
          HCS shall be entitled to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction
          for equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctions
          restraining HOLT from committing or continuing any such violation of
          this Agreement without the necessity of proving actual damages.

     10.  Entire Agreement.    This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement
          between the parties and may not be amended except by an instrument in
          writing executed by both of the parties hereto. This Agreement
          supersedes any and all written or verbal agreements between the
          parties.

Attest:                                      SLS Services, Inc
        --------------------------           d/b/a Holt Oversight & Logistical
                                             Technologies, Inc.
BY: /s/ Shirley A. Watson                    BY: /s/ Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
    ------------------------------               ------------------------------

                                             Date: 04/01/94
                                                   ----------------------------



 Attest:                                     Holt Cargo Systems, Inc.
        --------------------------
 BY: /s/ Shirley A. Watson                   BY: /s/ Bernard Gelman
     -----------------------------               ------------------------------



                                             Date: 04/01/94
                                                   ----------------------


                                       3

<PAGE>


Exhibit A

Description of Services for Client

Accounting:    Preparation and maintenance of books of original entry
including but not limited to, cash receipts journal, cash disbursements journal,
purchase journal, accounts payable journal, payroll journal, sales journal,
preparation and maintenance intermediate books of entry, final book of entry
i.e. general ledger; preparation of monthly trial balances and financial
statements (balance sheet, statement of income and retained earnings and source
and use of cash), if needed, but in not event not less than on a quarterly
basis, no less than sixty (60) days after the end of the first three quarters of
a year and one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year;
processing of sales invoices, mailing to customers, collection of payments due
and deposit of collections into client's bank account as designated.

Management Information Processing:    Collection, assembly and computer
processing of data dealing with, but not limited to, necessary to perform the
accounting services described herein; as required by client's customers
including, but no limited to, inventory reports, productivity reports; the
writing and periodic review of computer programs necessary to accomplish the
management information processing functions contemplated herein; the acquisition
and maintenance of any and all computer equipment necessary to accomplish the
management information processing functions contemplated herein and the
professional training of staff so that the management information processing
functions can be completed in a professional and competent manner.

Insurance:    Review of property, personal injury, business and financial risks
normally associated with operations engaged in by client and the procurement of
insurance coverage with reputable insurance companies to cover such risks and
limit client's financial risk therefore; investigation, processing settlement
the providing of assistance to counsel of insurance carriers and the
communication to underwriters of personal injury and property claims;
investigation, processing, coordinating with outside counsel for the defense of
workmen's compensation claims.

Marketing.    Identifying and soliciting potential customers for client;
traveling to potential market areas to meet with prospective customers for
client; quoting and negotiating of rates and follow-up with customers to insure
customer satisfaction.


                                        4





                            CLIENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Client Services Agreement ("Agreement") is made by and between S L S
Services, Inc. d/b/a Holt Oversight & Logistical Technologies, Inc. ("HOLT") and
Holt Hauling & Warehousing Systems, Inc. ("HHW") this First day of April, 1994.

Recital

HOLT is engaged in the business of providing to its clients a full
complement of services normally performed by business entities in the conduct
of their affairs.

HHW desires to enter into an agreement with HOLT for the furnishing of such
services required for the conduct of its business activities.

     NOW THEREFORE, and in consideration of the premises, the parties agree to
     as follows:

     1.   Purpose.    HHW will purchase and HOLT will provide to HHW the
          services designated on Exhibit A hereto and such other services HHW
          requests HOLT to perform with respect to the normal business
          activities of HHW. In addition to providing the personnel required to
          perform the Services, HOLT shall provide all equipment, office,
          computer, and otherwise necessary to perform the Services.

     2.   Term.    The term of this Agreement shall commence effective the date
          of signing and shall continue from year to year unless terminated in
          accordance with this Agreement.

     3.   Independent Contractor.    HOLT shall be an independent Contractor in
          the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Any employees
          of HOLT who perform Services shall be the employees of HOLT solely and
          HHW shall not be a joint employer of any of HOLT's employees. To that
          end HOLT shall have the exclusive right and duty to supervise and
          direct the day to day activities of its employees, including without
          limitation, the responsibility to determine and pay their wages and
          benefits and to pay all Federal, State and local taxes or
          contributions imposed or required under unemployment, workers'
          compensation, social security, Medicare, wage and income tax laws with
          respect to them. HOLT shall have the sole right to add, remove or
          replace any of its employees performing any of the Services. HHW shall
          have the right to request HOLT to remove, replace or reassign any of
          its personnel based upon a legitimate need to do so but such
          determination shall be made in the sole discretion of HOLT.


                                        1

<PAGE>


     4.   Compensation.    As compensation for the Services HHW shall pay a fee
          to HOLT equal to Four percent (4%) of HHW' gross revenues. The fee
          shall be paid monthly on the 30th day of each month following the
          month for which such fee is determined.

     5.   Consultations.    In addition to the Services provided, HOLT shall
          designate and make available to meet and consult with the Board of
          Directors and the officers of HHW the appropriate personnel to at
          reasonable times concerning matters pertaining to the organization of
          HHW' work force, the fiscal policy of HHW, the relationship of HHW
          with its employees or with any organization representing its employees
          and in general concerning any material problems arising in connection
          with the business affairs of HHW.

     6.   Standard of Care.    HOLT will discharge its obligations under this
          Agreement with that level of care which a similarly situated
          administrative services provider would exercise under similar
          circumstances. HOLT shall not be liable to any party for any mistake
          of judgment or other action taken in good faith or for any liability
          expense or loss whatsoever, unless it is found in a final judgment by
          a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) to
          have resulted directly and solely from the fraud criminality or
          willful misconduct of HOLT.

     7.   Insurance.    HOLT shall obtain and provide HHW with evidence of
          comprehensive General Liability insurance coverage in an amount no
          less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in which HHW shall be
          named as an additional insured. HOLT shall furnish to HHW a
          Certificate of Insurance evidencing such insurance coverage which
          shall be underwritten by an insurance carrier reasonably satisfactory
          to HHW and shall maintain such coverage during the term of this
          Agreement. Such insurance shall provide that HHW shall be furnished
          with thirty (30) days written notice prior to the date of any
          cancellation of such coverage.

     8.   Remedies.    Should HOLT become incapable of continuing performance of
          the Services, whether due to circumstances within or outside of its
          control, HHW may terminate this Agreement. Should HHW be in default of
          compensation owing at any time under this Agreement, HHW shall be
          deemed to be in default of this Agreement and HOLT has available to it
          all legal remedies and process.

     9.   Termination.    This Agreement shall continue until terminated by 
          either party as herein provided. Besides electing to terminate this
          Agreement as an exercise of its remedies as stated above, either party
          may elect to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the
          other party as stated below:

 TO HHW:                          Mr. Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                                  President
                                  Holt Hauling & Warehousing Systems, Inc.
                                  P.O. Box 8698
                                  Phil., PA, 19101

 TO HOLT:                         Mr. Thomas J. Holt, Jr.


                                       4

<PAGE>


                                  President
                                  Holt Oversight & Logistical Technologies
                                  P.O. Box 8268
                                  Phil., PA 19101

          Such notice shall be given at least ninety days prior to the proposed
          termination of the Agreement. HOLT shall deliver immediately to HHW
          all of the records in its possession of HHW pertaining to and related
          to the Services. HOLT agrees to keep confidential, and shall not
          disclose to any third party or make use of, any information regarding
          HHW of any nature which HOLT may acquire during the term of this
          Agreement. HOLT agrees that if it violates this provision relating to
          confidentiality, the remedy at law for such violation will be
          inadequate and that HHW will suffer irreparable harm. Therefore, in
          addition to any other remedy which HHW may have under this Agreement,
          HEW shall be entitled to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction
          for equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctions
          restraining HOLT from committing or continuing any such violation of
          this Agreement without the necessity of proving actual damages.

     10.  Entire Agreement.    This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement
          between the parties and may not be amended except by an instrument in
          writing executed by both of the parties hereto. This Agreement
          supersedes any and all written or verbal agreements between the
          parties.

Attest:                                      SLS Services, Inc
        --------------------------           d/b/a Holt Oversight & Logistical
                                             Technologies, Inc.
BY: /s/ Shirley A. Watson                    BY: Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
    ------------------------------               ------------------------------

                                             Date: 04/01/94
                                                   ----------------------------
 


 Attest:                                     Holt Hauling and Warehousing
         -------------------------           Systems, Inc.
 BY: /s/ Shirley A. Watson                   BY: /s/ Bernard Gelman
     ------------------------------              ------------------------------

                                             Date: 04/01/94
                                                  ----------------------------


                                       3

<PAGE>


Exhibit A

Description of Services for Client

Accounting:    Preparation and maintenance of books of original entry
including but not limited to, cash receipts journal, cash disbursements journal,
purchase journal, accounts payable journal, payroll journal, sales journal,
preparation and maintenance intermediate books of entry, final book of entry
i.e. general ledger; preparation of monthly trial balances and financial
statements (balance sheet, statement of income and retained earnings and source
and use of cash), if needed, but in not event not less than on a quarterly
basis, no less then sixty (60) days after the end of the first three quarters of
a year and one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year;
processing of sales invoices, mailing to customers, collection of payments due
and deposit of collections into client's bank account as designated.

Management Information Processing:    Collection, assembly and computer
processing of data dealing with, but not limited to, necessary to perform the
accounting services described herein; as required by client's customers
including, but no limited to, inventory reports, productivity reports; the
writing and periodic review of computer programs necessary to accomplish the
management information processing functions contemplated herein; the acquisition
and maintenance of any and all computer equipment necessary to accomplish the
management information processing functions contemplated herein and the
professional training of staff so that the management information processing
functions can be completed in a professional and competent manner.

Insurance:    Review of property, personal injury, business and financial
risks normally associated with operations engaged in by client and the
procurement of insurance coverage with reputable insurance companies to cover
such risks and limit client's financial risk therefore; investigation,
processing settlement the providing of assistance to counsel of insurance
carriers and the communication to underwriters of personal injury and property
claims; investigation, processing, coordinating with outside counsel for the
defense of workmen's compensation claims.

Marketing:    Identifying and soliciting potential customers for client;
traveling to potential market areas to meet with prospective customers for
client; quoting and negotiating of rates and follow-up with customers to
insure customer satisfaction.





                            CLIENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

     This Client Services Agreement ("Agreement") is made by and between S L S
Services, Inc. d/b/a Holt Oversight & Logistical Technologies, Inc. ("HOLT") and
Murphy Marine Services, Inc. ("MURPHY") this First day of July, 1994.

Recital

HOLT is engaged in the business of providing to its clients a full complement of
services normally performed by business entities in the conduct of their
affairs.

MURPHY desires to enter into an agreement with HOLT for the furnishing of such
services required for the conduct of its business activities.

NOW THEREFORE, and in consideration of the premises, the parties agree to as
follows:

     1.   Purpose.    MURPHY will purchase and HOLT will provide to MURPHY the
          services designated on Exhibit A hereto (hereinafter "Services") and
          such other services MURPHY requests HOLT to perform with respect to
          the normal business activities of MURPHY. In addition to providing the
          personnel required to perform the Services, HOLT shall provide all
          equipment, office computer, and otherwise necessary to perform the
          Services.

     2.   Term.    The term of this Agreement shall commence effective the date
          of signing and shall continue from year to year unless terminated in
          accordance with this Agreement.

     3.   Independent Contractor.    HOLT shall be an independent Contractor in
          the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Any employees
          of HOLT who perform Services shall be the employees of HOLT solely and
          MURPHY shall not be a joint employer of any of HOLT's employees. To
          that end HOLT shall have the exclusive right and duty to supervise and
          direct the day to day activities of its employees, including without
          limitation, the responsibility to determine and pay their wages and
          benefits and to pay all Federal, State and local taxes or
          contributions imposed or required under unemployment, workers'
          compensation, social security, Medicare, wage and income tax laws with
          respect to them. HOLT shall have the sole right to add, remove or
          replace any of its employees performing any of the Services. MURPHY
          shall have the right to request HOLT to remove, replace or reassign
          any of its personnel based upon a legitimate need to do so but such
          determination shall be made in the sole discretion of HOLT.

     4.   Compensation.    As compensation for the Services MURPHY shall pay a 
          fee to HOLT equal to Five (5)% of MURPHY's gross revenues. The fee
          shall be paid monthly on the 30th day of each month following the
          month for which such fee is determined.

     5.   Consultations.    In addition to the Services provided, HOLT shall
          designate and make available to meet and consult with the Board of
          Directors and the officers of MURPHY the appropriate personnel at
          reasonable times concerning matters pertaining to the organization of
          MURPHY's work force, the fiscal policy of MURPHY, the


<PAGE>


          relationship of MURPHY with its employees or with any organization
          representing its employees and in general concerning any material
          problems arising in connection with the business affairs of MURPHY.

     6.   Standard of Care.    HOLT will discharge its obligations under this
          Agreement with that level of care which a similarly situated
          administrative services provider would exercise under similar
          circumstances. HOLT shall not be liable to any party for any mistake
          of judgment or other action taken in good faith or for any liability,
          expense, or loss whatsoever, unless it is found in a final judgment by
          a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) to
          have resulted directly and solely from the fraud, criminality, or
          willful misconduct of HOLT.

     7.   Insurance.    HOLT shall obtain and provide MURPHY with evidence of
          comprehensive General Liability insurance coverage in an amount no
          less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in which MURPHY shall be
          named as an additional insured. HOLT shall furnish to MURPHY a
          Certificate of Insurance evidencing such insurance coverage which
          shall be underwritten by an insurance carrier reasonably satisfactory
          to MURPHY and shall maintain such coverage during the term of this
          Agreement. Such insurance shall provide that MURPHY shall be furnished
          with thirty (30) days written notice prior to the date of any
          cancellation of such coverage.

     8.   Remedies.    Should HOLT become incapable of continuing performance of
          the Services, whether due to circumstances within or outside of its
          control, MURPHY may terminate this Agreement. Should MURPHY be in
          default of compensation owing at any time under this Agreement, MURPHY
          shall be deemed to be in default of this Agreement and HOLT has
          available to it all legal remedies and process.

     9.   Termination.    This Agreement shall continue until terminated by
          either party as herein provided. Besides electing to terminate this
          Agreement as an exercise of its remedies as stated above, either party
          may elect to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the
          other party as stated below:

TO MURPHY:                Mr. M. Murphy
                          President
                          Murphy Marine Services, Inc.
                          P. O. Box 208
                          Wilmington, DE 19899

TO HOLT:                  Mr. Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
                          President
                          Holt Oversight & Logistical Technologies
                          P.O. Box 8268
                          Philadelphia., PA 19101

     Such notice shall be given at least ninety days prior to the proposed
termination of the Agreement. HOLT shall deliver immediately to MURPHY all of
the records in its possession of MURPHY pertaining to and related to the
Services. HOLT agrees to keep confidential, and shall not disclose to any third
party or make use of, any information regarding MURPHY of any nature which


<PAGE>


          HOLT may acquire during the term of this Agreement. HOLT agrees that
          if it violates this provision relating to confidentiality, the remedy
          at law for such violation will be inadequate and that MURPHY will
          suffer irreparable harm. Therefore, in addition to any other remedy
          which MURPHY may have under this Agreement, MURPHY shall be entitled
          to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for equitable relief,
          including specific performance and injunctions restraining HOLT from
          committing or continuing any such violation of this Agreement without
          the necessity of proving actual damages.

     10.  Entire Agreement.    This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement
          between the parties and may not be amended except by an instrument in
          writing executed by both of the parties hereto. This Agreement
          supersedes any and a written or verbal agreements between the parties.

 Attest:                                   SLS Services, Inc.
                                           d/b/a Holt Oversight & Logistical
 BY: /s/ John (Illegible)                  Technologies, Inc.
     ------------------------
                                           BY: /s/ (Illegible) Holt
                                               --------------------------------
                                           Date: July 1, 1994
                                                 ------------------------------
 
Attest:                                    Murphy Marine Services, Inc.

BY: /s/ John (Illegible)                   BY: /s/ Mark E. Murphy
    -------------------------                  --------------------------------
                                           Date: July 1, 1994
                                                 ------------------------------


<PAGE>


Exhibit A


Description of Services for Client

Accounting:    Preparation and maintenance of books of original entry including
but not limited to, cash receipts journal, cash disbursements journal, purchase
journal, accounts payable journal, payroll journal, sales journal, preparation
and maintenance intermediate books of entry, final book of entry i.e. general
ledger; preparation of monthly trial balances and financial statements (balance
sheet, statement of income and retained earnings and source and use of cash), if
needed, but in not event not less than on a quarterly basis, no less then sixty
(60) days after the end of the first three quarters of a year and one hundred
twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year; processing of sales
invoices, mailing to customers, collection of payments due and deposit of
collections into client's bank account as designated.

Management Information Processing:    Collection, assembly and computer
processing of data dealing with, but not limited to, and necessary to perform
the accounting services described herein; preparation of operational reports as
required by client's customers including, but not limited to, inventory reports,
productivity reports; the writing and periodic review of computer programs
necessary, and the acquisition and maintenance of any and all computer equipment
necessary to accomplish the management information processing functions
contemplated herein and the professional training of staff so that the
management information processing functions can be completed in a professional
and competent manner.

Insurance:    Review of property, personal injury, business and financial risks
normally associated with operations engaged in by client and the procurement of
insurance coverage with reputable insurance companies to cover such risks and
limit client's financial risk therefore; investigation, processing settlement
the providing of assistance to counsel of insurance carriers and the
communication to underwriters of personal injury and property claims;
investigation, processing, coordination with outside counsel for the defense of
workmen's compensation claims.

Marketing.    Identifying and soliciting potential customers for client; 
traveling to potential market areas to meet with prospective customers for
client; quoting and negotiating of rates and follow-up with customers to insure
customer satisfaction.






                            CLIENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Client Services Agreement ("Agreement") is made by and between S L S
Services, Inc. d/b/a Holt Oversight & Logistical Technologies, Inc. ("HOLT") and
The Riverfront Development Corporation, Inc. ("Riverfront") this First day of
April, 1994.

Recital

HOLT is engaged in the business of providing to its clients a full complement of
services normally performed by business entities in the conduct of their
affairs.

RIVERFRONT desires to enter into an agreement with HOLT for the furnishing of
such services required for the conduct of its business activities.

     NOW THEREFORE, and in consideration of the premises, the parties agree to
     as follows:

     1.   Purpose.    RIVERFRONT will purchase and HOLT will provide to
          RIVERFRONT the services designated on Exhibit A hereto and such other
          services RIVERFRONT requests HOLT to perform with respect to the
          normal business activities of RIVERFRONT. In addition to providing the
          personnel required to perform the Services, HOLT shall provide all
          equipment, office, computer, and otherwise necessary to perform the
          Services.

     2.   Term.    The term of this Agreement shall commence effective the date
          of signing and shall continue from year to year unless terminated in
          accordance with this Agreement.

     3.   Independent Contractor.    HOLT shall be an independent Contractor in
          the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. Any employees
          of HOLT who perform Services shall be the employees of HOLT solely and
          RIVERFRONT shall not be a joint employer of any of HOLT's employees.
          To that end HOLT shall have the exclusive right and duty to supervise
          and direct the day to day activities of its employees, including
          without limitation, the responsibility to determine and pay their
          wages and benefits and to pay all Federal, State and local taxes or
          contributions imposed or required under unemployment, workers'
          compensation, social security, Medicare, wage and income tax laws with
          respect to them. HOLT shall have the sole right to add, remove or
          replace any of its employees performing any of the Services.
          RIVERFRONT shall have the right to request HOLT to remove, replace or
          reassign any of its personnel based upon a legitimate need to do so
          but such determination shall be made in the sole discretion of HOLT.


                                        1

<PAGE>


     4.   Compensation.    As compensation for the Services RIVERFRONT shall pay
          a fee to HOLT equal to Four percent (4%) of RIVERFRONT's gross
          revenues. The fee shall be paid monthly on the 30th day of each month
          following the month for which such fee is determined.

     5.   Consultations.    In addition to the Services provided, HOLT shall
          designate and make available to meet and consult with the Board of
          Directors and the officers of RIVERFRONT the appropriate personnel to
          at reasonable times concerning matters pertaining to the organization
          of RIVERFRONT's work force, the fiscal policy of RIVERFRONT, the
          relationship of RIVERFRONT with its employees or with any organization
          representing its employees and in general concerning any material
          problems arising in connection with the business affairs of
          RIVERFRONT.

     6.   Standard of Care.    HOLT will discharge its obligations under this
          Agreement with that level of care which a similarly situated
          administrative services provider would exercise under similar
          circumstances. HOLT shall not be liable to any party for any mistake
          of judgment or other action taken in good faith or for any liability
          expense or loss whatsoever, unless it is found in a final judgment by
          a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) to
          have resulted directly and solely from the fraud criminality or
          willful misconduct of HOLT.

     7.   Insurance.    HOLT shall obtain and provide RIVERFRONT with evidence
          of comprehensive General Liability insurance coverage in an amount no
          less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in which RIVERFRONT
          shall be named as an additional insured. HOLT shall furnish to
          RIVERFRONTT a Certificate of Insurance evidencing such insurance
          coverage which shall be underwritten by an insurance carrier
          reasonably satisfactory to RIVERFRONT and shall maintain such coverage
          during the term of this Agreement. Such insurance shall provide that
          RIVERFRONT shall be furnished with thirty (30) days written notice
          prior to the date of any cancellation of such coverage.

     8.   Remedies.    Should HOLT become incapable of continuing performance of
          the Services, whether due to circumstances within or outside of its
          control, RIVERFRONT may terminate this Agreement. Should RIVERFRONT be
          in default of compensation owing at any time under this Agreement,
          RIVERFRONT shall be deemed to be in default of this Agreement and HOLT
          has available to it all legal remedies and process.

     9.   Termination.    This Agreement shall continue until terminated by
          either party as herein provided. Besides electing to terminate this
          Agreement as an exercise of its remedies as stated above, either party
          may elect to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the
          other party as stated below:

 TO RIVERFRONT:              Mr. Thomas J. Holt, Sr,
                             President
                             The Riverfront Development Corporation
                             701 N. Broadway Ave.,
                             Gloucester City, NJ 08030


                                        2

<PAGE>


TO HOLT:                     Mr. Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
                             President
                             Holt Oversight & Logistical Technologies
                             PO Box 8268
                             Phil., PA 19101

          Such notice shall be given at least ninety days prior to the proposed
          termination of the Agreement. HOLT shall deliver immediately to
          RIVERFRONT all of the records in its possession of RIVERFRONT
          pertaining to and related to the Services. HOLT agrees to keep
          confidential, and shall not disclose to any third party or make use
          of, any information regarding RIVERFRONT of any nature which HOLT may
          acquire during the term of this Agreement. HOLT agrees that if it
          violates this provision relating to confidentiality, the remedy at law
          for such violation will be inadequate and that RIVERFRONT will suffer
          irreparable harm. Therefore, in addition to any other remedy which
          RIVERFRONT may have under this Agreement, RIVERFRONT shall be entitled
          to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for equitable relief,
          including specific performance and injunctions restraining HOLT from
          committing or continuing any such violation of this Agreement without
          the necessity of proving actual damages.

     10.  Entire Agreement.    This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement
          between the parties and may not be amended except by an instrument in
          writing executed by both of the parties hereto. This Agreement
          supersedes any and all written or verbal agreements between the
          parties.

Attest:                                      SLS Services, Inc
       ---------------------------           d/b/a Holt Oversight & Logistical
BY: /s/ Shirley A. Watson                    Technologies, Inc.
    ------------------------------
                                             BY: /s/ Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
                                                 ------------------------------

                                             Date: April 1, 1994
                                                   ----------------------------


Attest:                                      The Riverfront Development
       ---------------------------           Corporation, Inc.

BY: /s/ Shirley A. Watson                    BY: /s/ Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
    ------------------------------               ------------------------------

                                             Date: April 1, 1994
                                                   ----------------------------


                                        3

<PAGE>


Exhibit A

Description of Services for Client

Accounting:    Preparation and maintenance of books of original entry including
but not limited to, cash receipts journal, cash disbursements journal, purchase
journal, accounts payable journal, payroll journal, sales journal, preparation
and maintenance intermediate books of entry, final book of entry i.e. general
ledger; preparation of monthly trial balances and financial statements (balance
sheet, statement of income and retained earnings and source and use of cash), if
needed, but in not event not less than on a quarterly basis, no less then sixty
(60) days after the end of the first three quarters of a year and one hundred
twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year; processing of sales
invoices, mailing to customers, collection of payments due and deposit of
collections into client's bank account as designated.

Management Information Processing:    Collection, assembly and computer
processing of data dealing with, but not limited to, necessary to perform the
accounting services described herein; as required by client's customers
including, but no limited to, inventory reports, productivity reports; the
writing and periodic review of computer programs necessary to accomplish the
management information processing functions contemplated herein; the acquisition
and maintenance of any and all computer equipment necessary to accomplish the
management information processing functions contemplated herein and the
professional training of staff so that the management information processing
functions can be completed in a professional and competent manner.

Insurance:    Review of property, personal injury, business and financial risks
normally associated with operations engaged in by client and the procurement of
insurance coverage with reputable insurance companies to cover such risks and
limit client's financial risk therefore; investigation, processing settlement
the providing of assistance to counsel of insurance carriers and the
communication to underwriters of personal injury and property claims;
investigation, processing, coordinating with outside counsel for the defense of
workmen's compensation claims.

Marketing.    Identifying and soliciting potential customers for client;
traveling to potential market areas to meet with prospective customers for
client; quoting and negotiating of rates and follow-up with customers to insure
customer satisfaction.

                                       4




                 AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CLIENT SERVICES AGREEMENTS

     This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CLIENT SERVICES AGREEMENTS (this "First Amendment")
is made this ____ day of January, 1998 by and among SLS SERVICES, INC. d/b/a
HOLT OVERSIGHT AND LOGISTICAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC. ("SLS") and HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS,
INC. ("HCS"), HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC. ("HHW"), MURPHY MARINE
SERVICES, INC. ("MURPHY"), THE RIVERFRONT DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
("Riverfront"), and WILMINGTON STEVEDORES, INC. (WSI) (collectively, "the Holt
Companies").

                                   BACKGROUND

     On April 1, 1994, SLS and HCS entered into a Client Services Agreement (the
"HCS Agreement"). On April 1, 1994, SLS and HHW entered into a Client Services
Agreement the "HHW Agreement"). On April 1, 1994, SLS and Riverfront entered
into a Client Services Agreement (the "Riverfront Agreement"). On July 1, 1994,
SLS and MURPHY entered into a Client Services Agreement (the "MURPHY
Agreement"). On July 10, 1995, SLS and WSI entered into a Client Services
Agreement (the "WSI Agreement").

     Pursuant to these five Client Services Agreements (collectively, the
"Agreements") SLS furnishes certain services required by the Holt Companies for
the conduct of their business activities, as more particularly set forth
therein.

     The parties desire to amend the Agreements, as more particularly set forth
herein below, in order to extend the term of the Agreements.

     In conjunction with the extension of the Agreements, SLS is willing to
agree to certain restrictions on SLS's rights to license certain software to
competitors of the Holt Companies, as more particularly described within.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the extension of the Agreements and
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree
as follows:

     1.   Term Amendment. SLS and the Holt Companies hereby substitute and amend
          Paragraph 2 of the Agreements to read as follows:

          "2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence effective the date
          of signing, and shall expire December 31, 2002."

     2.   Exclusive License

          a. SLS and HCS hereby amend the HCS Agreement to add a new paragraph
          5A to read as follows:


<PAGE>


        "5A. Exclusive License    SLS covenants and agrees that during the Term
        of the Agreement, it shall not, without the prior consent of the HCS,
        license its Computer Tracking System ("CTS") software or Computer
        Container System software to any person or entity which competes with
        the HCS, provided however that nothing contained in this Section 5A will
        restrict the ability of SLS to license CTS and the Computer Container
        System software to any current or future affiliate of HCS."

        b. SLS and HHW hereby amend the HHW Agreement to add a new paragraph 5A
to read as follows:

        "5A. Exclusive License    SLS covenants and agrees that during the Term 
        of the Agreement, it shall not, without the prior consent of the HHW,
        license its Computer Tracking System ("CTS") software or Computer
        Container System software to any person or entity which competes with
        the HHW, provided however that nothing contained in this Section 5A will
        restrict the ability of SLS to license CTS and the Computer Container
        System software to any current or future affiliate of HHW."

        c. SLS and Riverfront hereby amend the Riverfront Agreement to add a new
paragraph 5A to read as follows:

        "5A. Exclusive License    SLS covenants and agrees that during the Term
        of the Agreement, it shall not, without the prior consent of the
        Riverfront, license its Computer Tracking System ("CTS") software or
        Computer Container System software to any person or entity which
        competes with the Riverfront, provided however that nothing contained in
        this Section 5A will restrict the ability of SLS to license CTS and the
        Computer Container System software to any current or future affiliate of
        Riverfront."

        d. SLS and MURPHY hereby amend the MURPHY Agreement to add a new
paragraph 5A to read as follows:

        "5A. Exclusive License    SLS covenants and agrees that during the Term
        of the Agreement, it shall not, without the prior consent of the MURPHY,
        license its Computer Tracking System ("CTS") software or Computer
        Container System software to any person or entity which competes with
        the MURPHY, provided however that nothing contained in this Section 5A
        will restrict the ability of SLS to license CTS and the Computer
        Container System software to any current or future affiliate of MURPHY."


                                       -2-

<PAGE>


        e. SLS and WSI hereby amend the WSI Agreement to add a new paragraph 5A
to read as follows:

        "5A. Exclusive License    SLS covenants and agrees that during the Term
        of the Agreement, it shall not, without the prior consent of the WSI,
        license its Computer Tracking System ("CTS") software or Computer
        Container System software to any person or entity which competes with
        the WSI, provided however that nothing contained in this Section 5A will
        restrict the ability of SLS to license CTS and the Computer Container
        System software to any current or future affiliate of WSI."

     3. Confirmation of Agreement. Except as amended or supplemented by this
First Amendment, the Agreements are in all respects ratified and confirmed and
continue in full force and effect, and as so amended and supplemented, all of
the rights, remedies, terms, conditions, covenants and agreements contained in
the Agreements shall apply and remain in full force and effect.

     4. Governing Law. This First Amendment shall be governed by and interpreted
and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania without regard to the conflicts of law doctrine thereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment
No. 1 to Client Services Agreements on the date first written above.


Attest:                                     SLS SERVICES, INC.
                                            d/b/a Holt Oversight & Logistical
                                            Technologies, Inc.


By: /s/ John A. Evans                       By: /s/ Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
    -------------------------                   -------------------------------
Name:  John A. Evans                        Name:  Thomas J. Holt, Jr.
Title: Secretary                            Title: President



Attest:                                     HOLT CARGO SYSTEMS, INC.


By: /s/ John A. Evans                       By: /s/  Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
    -------------------------                   -------------------------------
Name:  John A. Evans                        Name:  Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
Title: Secretary                            Title: President


                             [EXECUTIONS CONTINUED]


                                       -3-


<PAGE>


Attest:                                     HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING
                                            SYSTEM, INC.


By: /s/ John A. Evans                       By:  /s/ Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
    -------------------------                    ------------------------------
Name:  John A. Evans                        Name:  Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
Title: Secretary                            Title: President



Attest:                                     MURPHY MARINE SERVICES, INC.


By: /s/ John A. Evans                       By: /s/ Mark Murphy
    -------------------------                   -------------------------------
Name:  John A. Evans                        Name:  Mark Murphy
Title: Secretary                            Title: President



Attest:                                     THE RIVERSIDE DEVELOPMENT
                                            CORPORATION


By: /s/ John A. Evans                       By: /s/ Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
    -------------------------                   -------------------------------
Name:  John A. Evans                        Name:  Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
Title: Secretary                            Title: President



Attest:                                     WILMINGTON STEVEDORES, INC.


By: /s/ John A. Evans                       By: /s/  Mark Murphy
    -------------------------                   -------------------------------
Name:  John A. Evans                        Name:  Mark Murphy
Title: Secretary                            Title: President


                                       -4-





                                                              City and County of
                                                              ------------------
                                                      Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
                                                      --------------------------

                  OPTION TO PURCHASE AND DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT
                  --------------------------------------------

     This Option to Purchase and Development Agreement ("Agreement") made as of
this 27th day of March, 1998 by and between Delaware Avenue Enterprises, Inc., a
Pennsylvania corporation ("DAE"), and Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation ("Holt").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

     A. DAE is the owner of approximately 11.5 acres of property located on the
Delaware River north of Packer Avenue, in the City and County of Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, identified as Lot 61 in Block __________ on the City of
Philadelphia Tax Map (the "Premises"). The Premises are more particularly
described in Exhibit A attached hereto. The Premises are one of six contiguous
parcels owned by DAE in the area of Delaware Avenue, Bigler Street, the Delaware
River, and Packer Avenue known as the Publicker Industries, Inc. Superfund Site
("Publicker Site" or "Site"). The Publicker Site has been the subject of an
environmental cleanup pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA") of 1980, 42 U.S.C. ss.9601 et seq.

     B. DAE has cleared the Publicker Site of existing aboveground and
underground structures while conducting a portion of the environmental cleanup
under the direction of the United States Environmental Protection Agency
("EPA"), and now plans to develop a marginal port facility on the Publicker
Site.

     C. Holt desires to purchase for Eight Million ($8,000,000) Dollars an
option to acquire the Premises from DAE, and DAE is willing to grant Holt an
option to acquire the Premises, on the terms hereinafter set forth.

     D. As additional consideration for purchasing this option, Holt is willing
to loan DAE Ten Million ($10,000,000) Dollars (the "Holt Loan"), which debt
shall be memorialized in a Note executed contemporaneously with this Agreement
and secured by a Mortgage on the entire Publicker Site. The Holt Loan shall be
used to develop the Premises as part of the overall Publicker Site development,
in exchange for which DAE is willing to expend not less than an additional Forty
Million ($40,000,000) Dollars to develop the Premises.

     NOW, THERFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual promises
contained herein, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as
follows:

     1. Grant of Option. For and in consideration of the payment described in
Paragraph 3 below, DAE grants to Holt, and Holt takes from DAE, the option to


<PAGE>


purchase the Premises (the "Purchase Option") at any time during the term of
this Agreement by giving written notice to DAE (the "Exercise Notice") of its
election to exercise the Purchase Option.

     2. Term and Termination.

        (a) Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the date
hereof and shall end as of 11:59 p.m. on December 31, 2013.

         (b) Termination. Holt may terminate the term of this Agreement at any
time and for any reason whatsoever by giving written notice of such election to
DAE, in which event this Agreement shall become null and void and neither party
shall have any further obligations of liabilities to the other.

     3. Option Payment. Holt has paid to DAE contemporaneously with the
execution of this Agreement the sum of Eight Million ($8,000,000) Dollars in
consideration of DAE's grant of the Purchase Option to Holt (the "Option
Payment").

     4. Agreement of Sale. Upon the date that Holt exercises the Purchase
Option (the "Exercise Date"), this Agreement shall constitute an agreement of
sale between DAE and Holt or its nominee or assignee, whereby DAE agrees to sell
and Holt agrees to purchase the Premises upon the following terms and
conditions:

        (a) Closing. Closing for the purchase of the Premises shall be held
within ninety (90) days of the Exercise Date, at such time, date and place as
shall be set forth in a notice from Holt to DAE after the Exercise Date (the
"Closing"). The closing date shall not be earlier than forty-five (45) days nor
later than ninety (90) days after the Exercise Date (the "Closing Date").

        (b) Purchase Price. The parties agree that the purchase price shall be
one hundred twenty percent (120%) of any sums expended by DAE after the date
hereof for improvements to the Premises, whether financed by the Holt Loan or by
any other sources, it being understood that no portion of the Option Payment
shall be credited against the purchase price.

        (c) Adjustments. DAE shall pay for all transfer taxes, documentary
stamps and recording fees necessary to execute and record the Deed (as defined
in subparagraph 4(d)). Holt shall bear the cost of title insurance described in
subparagraph 4(d), but DAE shall bear all costs in the form of abatement of the
purchase price associated with placing such title in the condition required by
such subparagraph. Real estate taxes and water and sewer rents and charges (if

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

any) shall be apportioned pro rata on a per diem basis as of the Closing Date.

        (d) Condition of Title. At Closing, DAE shall convey to Holt good and
marketable fee simple title to the Premises by delivery of a special warranty
deed, in recordable form (the "Deed"), such title to be free and clear of all
liens, leases, encroachments, easements, restrictions, title company objections,
and other encumbrances, except for those approved by Holt, in its sole
discretion. Holt's title shall be insurable as aforesaid at ordinary rates by
any reputable title company of Holt's choice (the "Title Company") pursuant to
an ALTA Owner's Policy of Title Insurance - 1970 - Form B - Amended October 17,
1970, with such endorsements thereto as Holt shall request.

        (e) Title Affidavits, Etc. DAE agrees that it shall execute any
instruments, agreements, affidavits or other documentation reasonably required
by the title company insuring Holt's title in order to effectuate the
transaction contemplated hereby, and DAE further agrees to execute any and all
affidavits required by such title company as a condition to its insuring such
title as aforesaid.

        (f) Failure of Title. If title to any part of the Premises shall not be
in accordance with the requirements of subparagraph 4(d) above, Holt shall have
the option of taking such title to the Premises as DAE can give with an
appropriate abatement of the purchase price and/or of terminating this Agreement
in which event all sums paid by Holt under paragraph 3 above shall be returned
by DAE to Holt.

        (g) FIRPTA Certification. DAE agrees to sign and deliver at Closing a
certification in form reasonably acceptable to Holt in compliance with the
Foreign Interest in Real Property Transfer Act.

        (h) Survey. DAE recognizes that Holt may obtain a survey plan of the
Premises prepared by a registered surveyor qualified to practice in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. At the option of DAE, a description of the
Premises contained in the Deed shall be based upon the survey as well as the
record description of the Premises.

        (i) Automatic Extension of Term. Holt's delivery to DAE of an Exercise
Notice shall automatically extend the term of this Agreement for a sufficient
period of time beyond the expiration date to accommodate the time periods
provided in this Paragraph 4 (such as, without limitation, the possible
occurrence of Closing on as late as the 90th day after the Exercise Date).

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

     5. Operations Prior to Closing.

        (a) DAE, in further consideration for the Option Payment made by Holt
hereunder, shall make capital improvements to the Premises of not less than
Fifty Million ($50,000,000) Dollars, of which Ten Million ($10,000,000) Dollars
may consist of the Holt Loan, according to the following schedule: on or prior
to the fifth anniversary of this Agreement, DAE shall have spent not less than
Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) on said capital improvements, and not
less than an additional Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) on said
capital improvements on or prior to the tenth anniversary of this Agreement.

        (b) Holt shall have the right to make periodic inspections of DAE's
capital improvements during their construction by giving DAE reasonable advance
notice.

        (c) DAE shall not, without the prior written approval of Holt, enter
into any contract for, or on behalf of, or affecting the Premises, nor enter
into any new lease, or any amendment, modification or terminaton of any existing
lease affecting the Premises.

        (d) All payments required to be made to contractors, subcontractors,
mechanics, materialmen and all other persons in connection with work done or
services performed with respect to the Premises shall be made by DAE as and when
due, but in any event prior to the Closing Date, and as of the Closing Date
there shall be no basis for the filing of any mechanics' or materialmens' liens
against the Premises or any part thereof on the basis of any work done or
services performed with respect to the Premises.

        (e) DAE shall promptly deliver to Holt a copy of any tax bill, notice or
assessment, or notice of change in a tax rate or assessment affecting the
Premises or any part thereof, any notice or claim of violation of any law, any
notice of any taking or condemnation affecting or relating to the Premises or
any part thereof, or any other notice affecting or relating to the Premises or
any part thereof.

     6. Representations and Warranties. DAE, to induce Holt to enter into this
Agreement, represents and warrants to Holt as follows:

        (a) DAE has full power and legal right and authority to enter into and
perform its obligations under this Agreement, and the execution and delivery of
this Agreement requires no further action or approval in order to make this
Agreement a binding and enforceable obligation of DAE.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

         (b) There are no individuals or entities other than those comprising
DAE which have any legal, equitable or other claim or right with respect to the
Premises or any part thereof.

         (c) No consent of any third party is required by DAE to enter into this
Agreement or to consummate the terms of this Agreement, were Holt to exercise
the Purchase Option.

         (d) DAE has no knowledge of any violations of any federal, state or
local law, ordinance, order, regulation or requirement affecting any portion of
the Premises or of any outstanding written notice of any such violation by any
governmental authority as of the date hereof. DAE shall cure, prior to Closing,
any such violation of which DAE or Holt receives notice prior to the Closing
Date.

         (e) There are no leases, tenancies, licenses or other rights of
occupancy or use for any portion of the Premises, and no other contracts or
agreements with respect to or affecting any portion of the Premises.

         (f) No portion of the Premises is the subject of any abatement,
reduction, deferral or "rollback" with regard to real estate taxes nor any
agreement or arrangement whereby the Premises or any part thereof may be subject
to the imposition of real property taxes after the Closing Date on account of
periods of time prior to the Closing Date.

         (g) There are no liens or encumbrances against the Premises and there
are no other parites that have or can assert a lien against the Premises.

        7. Environmental Matters. DAE, under the supervision of EPA, has
substantially completed the environmental cleanup of the Publicker Site of which
the Premises are a part, as a result of which EPA has removed the Publicker Site
from the CERCLA National Priorities List. Although this cleanup has been
performed to EPA's satisfaction, DAE cannot represent or warrant that "hazardous
substances," as defined by CERCLA, the Hazardous Sites Cleanup Act, 35 P.S.
ss6020.101 et seq., or other relevant federal or state statutes and regulations
are not present to some extent in the soil, groundwater, or other media on the
Premises. Accordingly, Holt agrees to obtain this Purchase Option on an "as is"
basis, and would take title to the Premises on the same "as is" basis should
Holt choose to exercise the Purchase Option.

        8. Investigation. DAE shall afford Holt and its representatives full
access to the Premises, to all files, records and other information relevant to
the Premises as Holt shall reasonably request, and Holt shall have the right to
perform such tests and studies (including without limitation topographical
studies, soils tests and engineering, environmental and other tests), prepare

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

such plans and surveys and make such applications, inquires and searches of
governmental records as Holt shall deem necessary or appropriate in connection
with its evaluation of the Premises; and DAE shall cooperate fully with such
investigation of the Premises. With respect to material damage to the Premises
caused by Holt or its representatives during any such investigation, Holt shall
restore such damaged areas to substantially their same condition existing prior
to such studies and tests.

        9. Recording. If requested by Holt, DAE agrees to sign a copy of this
Agreement or a memorandum thereof in recordable form for purposes of
recording this Agreement or such memorandum with the Recorder's Office of
Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania.

        10. Condemnation. DAE has not received any notice of any condemnation
proceeding or other proceedings in the nature of eminent domain or taking in
connection with the Premises, or any part thereof. In the event DAE receives any
such notice, it will forthwith send a copy of such notice to Holt, and Holt
shall have the sole right (in the name of DAE or in its own name) to negotiate
for, to agree to or to contest all offers and awards. If any portion of the
Premises is taken or condemned, Holt shall have the right to terminate this
Agreement within twenty (20) days after first receiving written notice of such
event.

        11. Brokerage. DAE and Holt each represent and warrant to the other that
neither it nor anyone acting on its behalf has dealt with any broker or other
intermediary in connection with this Agreement or the sale of the Premises. DAE
and Holt agree to indemnify, defend and to hold the other harmless from and
against all claims, demands, losses, costs and expenses (including without
limitation reasonable attorney's fees and court costs) arising from any claims
to commissions made by any broker, finder or other intermediary claiming a
commission by or through him.

        12. Assignment. Holt may assign its interests under this Agreement at
any time, and upon such assignment, shall be relieved of any and all liability
hereunder.

        13. Notices. All notices and other communications to be given under this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be hand delivered or sent by reputable,
overnight courier service, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, addressed or sent as follows:

                if intended for DAE:

                Delaware Avenue Enterprises, Inc.
                701 North Broadway
                Gloucester City, NJ 08030
                Attention: _________

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                if intended for Holt:

                Holt Hauling and Warehousing System, Inc.
                701 North Broadway
                Gloucester City, NJ 08030
                Attention: _________


All such notices or other communications shall be deemed to have been given on
the date of delivery thereof if given by hand delivery or telecopier, or on the
date deposited with the courier service or the United States Postal Service if
given by overnight courier service or United States mail, respectively. Notices
by or to the parties may be given on their behalf by their respective attorneys.

        14. Miscellaneous.

         (a) Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of DAE and Holt and their respective heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns.

         (b) Captions. The captions in this Agreement are inserted for
convenience of reference only; they form no part of this Agreement and shall not
affect its interpretation.

         (c) Entire Agreement; Governing Law. This Agreement contains the entire
understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter herof,
supersedes all prior or other negotiations, representations, understandings and
agreements of, by or among the paries, express or implied, oral or written,
which are fully merged herein. The express terms of this Agreement control and
supersede any course of performance and/or customary practice inconsistent with
any such terms. Any agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change,
modify, discharge or effect an abandonment of this Agreement unless such
agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of such
change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought. This Agreement shall
be governed by and construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

         (d) Provisions Separable. The provisions of this Agreement are
independent of and separable from each other, and no provision shall be affected
or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason
any other provision may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

         (e) Survival, Notwithstanding any presumption to the contrary, all
covenants, conditions and representations contained in this Agreement, which, by
their nature, impliedly or expressly, involve performance after settlement, or

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

which cannot be ascertained to have been fully performed until after settlement,
shall survive settlement.

         (f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any
party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together
constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall be binding when one
or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the
signatures of all of the parties reflected on this Agreement as the signatories.

         (g) Interpretation. No provision of this Agreement is to be interpreted
for or against either party because that party or that party's legal
representative or counsel drafted such provision.

         (h) Time. Time is of the essence of this Agreement. In computing the
number of days for purposes of this Agreement, all days shall be counted,
including Saturdays, Sundays and holidays; provided, however, that if the final
day of any time period provided in this Agreement shall end on a Saturday,
Sunday or legal holiday, then the final day shall extend to 5:00 p.m. of the
next full business day. For the purposes of this Section, the term "holiday"
shall mean a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which banks in the state in
which the Real Property is located are or may elect to be closed.

         In witness whereof, and intending to be legally bound, DAE and Holt
have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

                                DELAWARE AVENUE ENTERPRISES, INC.,
                                a Pennsylvania Corporation

[CORPORATE SEAL]                By:
                                   ------------------------------
                                   President

                                HOLT HAULING AND WAREHOUSING SYSTEM, INC.,
                                a Delaware Corporation

[CORPORATE SEAL]                By:
                                   ------------------------------
                                   President






                                PROMISSORY NOTE

$3,000,000.00                                                  February 25, 1998

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THOMAS J. HOLT, SR., residing at 10710 Ellicott Road,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19154 (hereinafter "Borrower"), promises to pay to
the order of THE HOLT GROUP, INC. (hereinafter "Lender"), the sum of Three
Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00).

1.   Interest. The outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear
     interest at the Prime Rate (hereinafter defined) plus one percent (1%) per
     annum, calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a
     year of three hundred and sixty (360) days. "Prime Rate" shall be the rate
     of the same name as published in the Wall Street Journal on February 25,
     1998.

2.   Payments. Borrower shall pay interest only on the outstanding principal
     balance, quarterly in arrears on the 25th day of March, June, September and
     December. Borrower shall pay the entire unpaid balance of principal, all
     accrued interest thereon and all other sums payable under this Note in full
     without set-off or deduction on February 25, 1999 ("Maturity Date"), if not
     sooner due and payable in accordance with this Agreement.

3.   Prepayment. Borrower shall have the right to prepay the principal balance
     of the Note in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, at any time
     prior to the Maturity Date. Any such partial prepayments shall be applied
     first to accrued and unpaid interest then to the reduction of principal
     installments in inverse order of maturity.

4.   Payment Immediately Available; Late Charge. All payments under this Note
     shall be made to Lender in immediately available funds during regular


<PAGE>


     business hours and shall be made in currency of the United States of
     America, which at the time of such payment is the legal tender for the
     payment of public and private debts. Any payment tendered, other than in
     immediately available funds, shall be accepted by Lender subject to
     collection and interest shall accrue on the payment so accepted until the
     business day on which such funds are available for immediate use by Lender.
     If any interest or principal and interest or any other payment is not paid
     when due under the terms of this Note, then there shall also be immediately
     due and payable a late charge at the rate of one percent (1%) of the
     delinquent payment for each month of delinquency.

5.   Default. Should any default be made in the payment of any installment of
     interest or principal and interest on the date which it shall fall due or
     in the performance of any of the agreements, conditions, covenants,
     provisions or stipulations contained in this Note, then Lender, at Lender's
     option and without notice to Borrower, unless expressly required elsewhere
     in this Note, may immediately declare due and payable the entire unpaid
     balance of principal with accrued interest at the applicable rate specified
     above to the date of default and after that date at a "default rate" which
     shall be four percent (4%) higher than the rate specified above.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, any payment may be
     enforced and recovered in whole or in part at any time by one or more of
     the remedies provided to Lender in this Note. Lender may also recover all
     costs of suit, reasonable attorney's fees and other expenses, together with
     interest on any judgment obtained by Lender at the default rate (defined
     above), including interest at the default rate from and after the date of
     any execution, judicial sale until actual payment is made to Lender of the
     full amount due Lender.

6.   No Waiver of Default. If Lender does not declare the Borrower in default on
     any particular occasion, Lender will not be prevented from declaring the
     Borrower in default in the future.

                                       2

<PAGE>



7.   Borrower's Waivers. Borrower hereby waives presentment, notice of dishonor
     and protest of this Note and all other notices in connection with the
     delivery acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of payment of this
     Note.

8.   Unenforceability. If any provision of this Note is held to be invalid or
     unenforceable by a Court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of
     this Note shall remain in full force and effect and shall be liberally
     construed in favor of Lender in order to effectuate the provisions of this
     Note. In addition, in no event shall the rate of interest under this Note
     exceed the maximum rate of interest permitted to be charged by the
     applicable law and any interest paid in excess of the permitted rate shall
     be refunded to Borrower. Such refund shall be made by application of
     the excessive amount of interest paid against any sums outstanding under
     this Note and shall be applied in such order as Lender may determine.

9.   Applicable Law. This Note and all questions relating to its validity,
     interpretation, performance and enforcement shall be governed in accordance
     with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, notwithstanding any
     conflict-of-laws doctrines of such state or other jurisdiction to the
     contrary.

10.  Definitions and Headings. Definitions contained in this Note which identify
     documents shall be deemed to include all amendments and supplements to such
     documents from the date hereof and all future amendments and supplements
     thereto. Headings used in the paragraphs herein are merely for convenience
     and reference and shall have no legal effect.

11.  Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required
     or permitted under this Note between Borrower and Lender shall be in
     writing

                                       3
<PAGE>



     and shall be hand delivered or sent by reputable, overnight courier
     service, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested
     addressed as follows:

         To Borrower:          Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                               10710 Ellicott Road
                               Philadelphia, PA 19154

         To Lender:            The Holt Group, Inc. 
                               101 South King Street
                               Gloucester City, NJ 08030

     All notices shall be deemed effective upon delivery.

12.  Modification. This Note can be modified only by a written agreement signed
     by the Lender and Borrower.

13.  Assignment of Note. The Lender reserves the right to assign its rights to
     collect payment to a third party. Upon doing so, the Lender will direct the
     Borrower to the address of the person or entity to which payment shall be
     made. In the event of such an assignment, the term "Lender" will include
     the person or entity to whom this Note has been assigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, THOMAS J. HOLT, SR., intending to be legally
bound, has executed this Note on the date first written above.


                                      /s/ Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Thomas J. Holt, Sr.


                                       4
<PAGE>


                                PROMISSORY NOTE

$1,000,000.00                                                      April 2, 1998

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THOMAS J. HOLT, SR., residing at 10710 Ellicott Road,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19154 (hereinafter "Borrower"), promises to pay to
the order of THE HOLT GROUP, INC. (hereinafter "Lender") the sum of One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000.00).

1.   Interest. The outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear
     interest at the Prime Rate (hereinafter defined) plus one percent (1%) per
     annum, calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a
     year of three hundred and sixty (360) days. "Prime Rate" shall be the rate
     of the same name as published in the Wall Street Journal on April 2, 1998.

2.   Payments. Borrower shall pay interest only on the outstanding principal
     balance, quarterly in arrears on the 2nd day of June, September, December
     and March. Borrower shall pay the entire unpaid balance of principal, all
     accrued interest thereon and all other sums payable under this Note in full
     without set-off or deduction on April 2, 1999 ("Maturity Date"), if not
     sooner due and payable in accordance with this Agreement.

3.   Prepayment. Borrower shall have the right to prepay the principal balance
     of the Note in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, at any time
     prior to the Maturity Date. Any such partial prepayments shall be applied
     first to accrued and unpaid interest then to the reduction of principal
     installments in inverse order of maturity.

4.   Payment Immediately Available; Late Charge. All payments under this Note
     shall be made to Lender in immediately available funds during regular


                                       5
<PAGE>



     business hours and shall be made in currency of the United States of
     America, which at the time of such payment is the legal tender for the
     payment of public and private debts. Any payment tendered, other than in
     immediately available funds, shall be accepted by Lender subject to
     collection and interest shall accrue on the payment so accepted until the
     business day on which such funds are available for immediate use by Lender.
     If any interest or principal and interest or any other payment is not paid
     when due under the terms of this Note, then there shall also be immediately
     due and payable a late charge at the rate of one percent (1%) of the
     delinquent payment for each month of delinquency.

5.   Default. Should any default be made in the payment of any installment of
     interest or principal and interest on the date which it shall fall due or
     in the performance of any of the agreements, conditions, covenants,
     provisions or stipulations contained in this Note, then Lender, at Lender's
     option and without notice to Borrower, unless expressly required elsewhere
     in this Note, may immediately declare due and payable the entire unpaid
     balance of principal with accrued interest at the applicable rate specified
     above to the date of default and after that date at a "default rate" which
     shall be four percent (4%) higher than the rate specified above.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, any payment may be
     enforced and recovered in whole or in part at any time by one or more of
     the remedies provided to Lender in this Note. Lender may also recover all
     costs of suit, reasonable attorney's fees and other expenses, together with
     interest on any judgment obtained by Lender at the default rate (defined
     above), including interest at the default rate from and after the date of
     any execution, judicial sale until actual payment is made to Lender of the
     full amount due Lender.

6.   No Waiver of Default. If Lender does not declare the Borrower in default on
     any particular occasion, Lender will not be prevented from declaring the
     Borrower in default in the future.

                                       6

<PAGE>



7.   Borrower's Waivers. Borrower hereby waives presentment, notice of dishonor
     and protest of this Note and all other notices in connection with the
     delivery acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of payment of this
     Note.

8.   Unenforceability. If any provision of this Note is held to be invalid or
     unenforceable by a Court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of
     this Note shall remain in full force and effect and shall be liberally
     construed in favor of Lender in order to effectuate the provisions of this
     Note. In addition, in no event shall the rate of interest under this Note
     exceed the maximum rate of interest permitted to be charged by the
     applicable law and any interest paid in excess of the permitted rate shall
     be refunded to Borrower. Such refund shall be made by application of the
     excessive amount of interest paid against any sums outstanding under this
     Note and shall be applied in such order as Lender may determine.

9.   Applicable Law. This Note and all questions relating to its validity,
     interpretation, performance and enforcement shall be governed in accordance
     with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, notwithstanding any
     conflict-of-laws doctrines of such state or other jurisdiction to the
     contrary.

10.  Definitions and Headings. Definitions contained in this Note which identify
     documents shall be deemed to include all amendments and supplements to such
     documents from the date hereof and all future amendments and supplements
     thereto. Headings used in the paragraphs herein are merely for convenience
     and reference and shall have no legal effect.

11.  Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required
     or permitted under this Note between Borrower and Lender shall be in
     writing

                                       7

<PAGE>



     and shall be hand delivered or sent by reputable, overnight courier
     service, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested
     addressed as follows:

         To Borrower:          Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                               10710 Ellicott Road
                               Philadelphia, PA 19154

         To Lender:            The Holt Group, Inc.
                               101 South King Street
                               Gloucester City, NJ 08030

     All notices shall be deemed effective upon delivery.

12.  Modification. This Note can be modified only by a written agreement signed
     by the Lender and Borrower.

13.  Assignment of Note. The Lender reserves the right to assign its rights to
     collect payment to a third party. Upon doing so, the Lender will direct the
     Borrower to the address of the person or entity to which payment shall be
     made. In the event of such an assignment, the term "Lender" will include
     the person or entity to whom this Note has been assigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, THOMAS J. HOLT, SR., intending to be legally
bound, has executed this Note on the date first written above.


                                       /s/ Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                                       ------------------------------
                                       Thomas J. Holt, Sr.


                                       8

<PAGE>

                                PROMISSORY NOTE

$1,000,000.00                                                     April 29, 1998

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THOMAS J. HOLT, SR., residing at 10710 Ellicott Road,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19154 (hereinafter "Borrower"), promises to pay to
the order of THE HOLT GROUP, INC. (hereinafter "Lender"), the sum of One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000.00).

1.   Interest. The outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear
     interest at the Prime Rate (hereinafter defined) plus one percent (1%) per
     annum, calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a
     year of three hundred and sixty (360) days. "Prime Rate" shall be the rate
     of the same name as published in the Wall Street Journal on April 29, 1998.

2.   Payments. Borrower shall pay interest only on the outstanding principal
     balance, quarterly in arrears on the 29th day of June, September, December
     and March. Borrower shall pay the entire unpaid balance of principal, all
     accrued interest thereon and all other sums payable under this Note in full
     without set-off or deduction on April 29, 1999 ("Maturity Date"), if not
     sooner due and payable in accordance with this Agreement.

3.   Prepayment. Borrower shall have the right to prepay the principal balance
     of the Note in whole or in part, without penalty or premium, at any time
     prior to the Maturity Date. Any such partial prepayments shall be applied
     first to accrued and unpaid interest then to the reduction of principal
     installments in inverse order of maturity.

4.   Payment Immediately Available; Late Charge. All payments under this Note
     shall be made to Lender in immediately available funds during regular


                                       9
<PAGE>



     business hours and shall be made in currency of the United States of
     America, which at the time of such payment is the legal tender for the
     payment of public and private debts. Any payment tendered, other than in
     immediately available funds, shall be accepted by Lender subject to
     collection and interest shall accrue on the payment so accepted until the
     business day on which such funds are available for immediate use by Lender.
     If any interest or principal and interest or any other payment is not paid
     when due under the terms of this Note, then there shall also be immediately
     due and payable a late charge at the rate of one percent (1%) of the
     delinquent payment for each month of delinquency.

5.   Default. Should any default be made in the payment of any installment of
     interest or principal and interest on the date which it shall fall due or
     in the performance of any of the agreements, conditions, covenants,
     provisions or stipulations contained in this Note, then Lender, at Lender's
     option and without notice to Borrower, unless expressly required elsewhere
     in this Note, may immediately declare due and payable the entire unpaid
     balance of principal with accrued interest at the applicable rate specified
     above to the date of default and after that date at a "default rate" which
     shall be four percent (4%) higher than the rate specified above.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, any payment may be
     enforced and recovered in whole or in part at any time by one or more of
     the remedies provided to Lender in this Note. Lender may also recover all
     costs of suit, reasonable attorney's fees and other expenses, together with
     interest on any judgment obtained by Lender at the default rate (defined
     above), including interest at the default rate from and after the date of
     any execution, judicial sale until actual payment is made to Lender of the
     full amount due Lender.

6.   No Waiver of Default. If Lender does not declare the Borrower in default on
     any particular occasion, Lender will not be prevented from declaring the
     Borrower in default in the future.


                                       10
<PAGE>



7.   Borrower's Waivers. Borrower hereby waives presentment, notice of dishonor
     and protest of this Note and all other notices in connection with the
     delivery acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of payment of this
     Note,

8.   Unenforceability. If any provision of this Note is held to be invalid or
     unenforceable by a Court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of
     this Note shall remain in full force and effect and shall be liberally
     construed in favor of Lender in order to effectuate the provisions of this
     Note. In addition, in no event shall the rate of interest under this Note
     exceed the maximum rate of interest permitted to be charged by the
     applicable law and any interest paid in excess of the permitted rate shall
     be refunded to Borrower. Such refund shall be made by application of the
     excessive amount of interest paid against any sums outstanding under this
     Note and shall be applied in such order as Lender may determine.

9.   Applicable Law. This Note and all questions relating to its validity,
     interpretation, performance and enforcement shall be governed in accordance
     with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, notwithstanding any
     conflict-of-laws doctrines of such state or other jurisdiction to the
     contrary.

10.  Definitions and Headings. Definitions contained in this Note which identify
     documents shall be deemed to include all amendments and supplements to such
     documents from the date hereof and all future amendments and supplements
     thereto. Headings used in the paragraphs herein are merely for convenience
     and reference and shall have no legal effect.

11.  Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required
     or permitted under this Note between Borrower and Lender shall be in
     writing


                                      11
<PAGE>


     and shall be hand delivered or sent by reputable, overnight courier
     service, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested
     addressed as follows:

         To Borrower:          Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                               10710 Ellicott Road
                               Philadelphia, PA 19154

         To Lender:            The Holt Group, Inc.
                               101 South King Street
                               Gloucester City, NJ 08030

     All notices shall be deemed effective upon delivery,

12.  Modification. This Note can be modified only by a written agreement signed
     by the Lender and Borrower.

13.  Assignment of Note. The Lender reserves the right to assign its rights to
     collect payment to a third party. Upon doing so, the Lender will direct the
     Borrower to the address of the person or entity to which payment shall be
     made. In the event of such an assignment, the term "Lender" will include
     the person or entity to whom this Note has been assigned.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, THOMAS J. HOLT, SR., intending to be legally
bound, has executed this Note on the date first written above.


                                     Thomas J. Holt, Sr.
                                     -------------------------------
                                     Thomas J. Holt, Sr.


                                       12



               Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants

The Holt Group, Inc.
Gloucester City, New Jersey


We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Form S-4 Registration
Statement of our reports dated April 24, 1998, relating to the consolidated
financial statements of The Holt Group, Inc. and subsidiaries and the 
consolidated financial statements of NPR Holding Corporation and subsidiaries
which are contained in the Registration Statement.


We also consent to all references to us contained in the Registration 
Statement.



                                        BDO SEIDMAN, LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
October 28, 1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
     <CIK>                    0001059888
<NAME>                        The Holt Group, Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries
<MULTIPLIER>                  1,000
       
<S>                           <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>                <C>          
<PERIOD-TYPE>                 YEAR            YEAR            YEAR             YEAR               YEAR         
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>             DEC-31-1993     DEC-31-1994     DEC-31-1995      DEC-31-1996        DEC-31-1997  
<PERIOD-END>                  DEC-31-1993     DEC-31-1994     DEC-31-1995      DEC-31-1996        DEC-31-1997  
<CASH>                              2,810           1,454           1,821            1,242              8,005  
<SECURITIES>                            0               0               0                0             40,156  
<RECEIVABLES>                      20,526          26,402          36,416           38,549            114,633  
<ALLOWANCES>                          119             119             138              117             27,557  
<INVENTORY>                             6               0               0                0                  0  
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                   27,879          30,203          50,006           46,282            143,540  
<PP&E>                            134,922         118,404         125,263          131,450            241,995  
<DEPRECIATION>                    (32,565)        (33,077)        (38,250)         (41,394)           (47,568) 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                    147,509         145,556         164,754          172,479            382,378  
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>              37,743          30,148          17,682           49,400             89,865  
<BONDS>                            51,250          51,250          51,250           51,250             51,250  
                   0               0               0                0                  0  
                             0               0               0                0                  0  
<COMMON>                                0               0               0                0                  0  
<OTHER-SE>                            631             631             631              631                631  
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>      147,509         145,556         164,754          172,479            382,378  
<SALES>                            52,139          55,665          69,369           73,770            120,550  
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                   52,139          55,665          69,369           73,770            120,550  
<CGS>                                   0               0               0                0                  0  
<TOTAL-COSTS>                      52,980          45,700          54,117           57,317            100,584  
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                        0               0               0                0                  0  
<LOSS-PROVISION>                        0               0              19                0              1,302  
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                  5,340           6,090           7,875            8,154              9,211  
<INCOME-PRETAX>                    (6,180)          2,619           7,317            8,299             10,755  
<INCOME-TAX>                          556              44               0                0                  0  
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                (5,624)          3,919           7,317            8,299             10,755  
<DISCONTINUED>                          0               0               0                0                  0  
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0               0               0                0                  0  
<CHANGES>                               0               0               0                0                  0  
<NET-INCOME>                       (5,624)          3,919           7,317            8,299             10,755  
<EPS-PRIMARY>                      (56.24)          39.19           73.17            82.99             107.55  
<EPS-DILUTED>                      (56.24)          39.19           73.17            82.99             107.55  
         
                          

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
     <CIK>                    0001059888
<NAME>                        The Holt Group, Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries
<MULTIPLIER>                  1,000
                                                               
<S>                              <C>              <C>          
<PERIOD-TYPE>                    YEAR             YEAR         
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                JUN-30-1997      JUN-30-1998  
<PERIOD-END>                     JUN-30-1997      JUN-30-1998  
<CASH>                                 5,052            2,214  
<SECURITIES>                          30,368           39,898  
<RECEIVABLES>                         34,913          101,455  
<ALLOWANCES>                             125           11,227  
<INVENTORY>                                0            1,880  
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                      71,723          139,481  
<PP&E>                               139,554          244,684  
<DEPRECIATION>                       (43,989)         (54,055) 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                       198,630          397,387  
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                 56,412           87,715  
<BONDS>                               51,250           51,250  
                      0                0  
                                0                0  
<COMMON>                                   0                0  
<OTHER-SE>                                 0                0  
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>         198,630          397,387
<SALES>                               46,345          193,397 
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                      46,345          193,397
<CGS>                                      0                0 
<TOTAL-COSTS>                         30,604          175,165  
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                           0                0  
<LOSS-PROVISION>                           0                0  
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                     4,126            9,338  
<INCOME-PRETAX>                       11,615            8,894  
<INCOME-TAX>                               0                0  
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                   11,615            8,894  
<DISCONTINUED>                             0                0  
<EXTRAORDINARY>                            0                0  
<CHANGES>                                  0                0  
<NET-INCOME>                          11,615            8,894  
<EPS-PRIMARY>                         116.15            88.94  
<EPS-DILUTED>                         116.15            88.94  
                                                               


</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
     <CIK>                    000942269
<NAME>                        NPR Holding Corporation and Subsidiaries
<MULTIPLIER>                  1,000
       
<S>                           <C>              <C>              <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                 10-MOS           YEAR             10-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>             MAR-05-1995      JAN-01-1996      JAN-06-1997
<PERIOD-END>                  DEC-31-1995      JAN-05-1997      NOV-20-1997
<CASH>                              2,023            1,850            1,926
<SECURITIES>                            0                0                0
<RECEIVABLES>                      63,558           64,180           60,913
<ALLOWANCES>                      (20,343)         (23,838)         (26,454)
<INVENTORY>                             0                0                0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                   51,018           46,473           41,094
<PP&E>                            110,925          115,826          113,695
<DEPRECIATION>                     (9,478)         (21,577)         (30,247)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                    161,035          146,135          130,603
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>              72,466           81,053           78,542
<BONDS>                                 0                0                0
                   0                0                0
                             1                1                1
<COMMON>                                0                0                0
<OTHER-SE>                         15,063           15,116           15,116
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>      161,035          146,135          130,603
<SALES>                           228,228          265,110          238,670
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                  233,800          267,690          247,331
<CGS>                                   0                0                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                     240,161          275,451          239,865
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                        0                0                0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                        0                0                0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                  5,812            7,171            5,973
<INCOME-PRETAX>                   (12,173)         (14,932)           1,493
<INCOME-TAX>                            0                0                0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>               (12,173)         (14,932)           1,493
<DISCONTINUED>                          0                0                0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0                0                0
<CHANGES>                               0                0                0
<NET-INCOME>                      (12,173)         (14,932)           1,493
<EPS-PRIMARY>                       (0.80)           (0.98)            0.10
<EPS-DILUTED>                       (0.80)           (0.98)            0.10
        


</TABLE>




                                                            ______________, 199_


                            EXCHANGE AGENT AGREEMENT

The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Trustee Administration
101 Barclay Street - 21st Floor
New York, New York 10286

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     ______________________ (the "Company") proposes to make an offer (the
"Exchange Offer") to exchange its ______________ (the "Old Securities") for its
__________________ (the "New Securities"). The terms and conditions of the
Exchange Offer as currently contemplated are set forth in a prospectus, dated
________________, 199_ (the "Prospectus"), proposed to be distributed to
all record holders of the Old Securities. The Old Securities and the New
Securities are collectively referred to herein as the "Securities".

     The Company hereby appoints The Bank of New York to act as exchange agent
(the "Exchange Agent") in connection with the Exchange Offer. References
hereinafter to "you" shall refer to The Bank of New York.

     The Exchange Offer is expected to be commenced by the Company on or about
___________, 199_. The Letter of Transmittal accompanying the Prospectus (or in
the case of book entry securities, the ATOP system) is to be used by the
holders of the Old Securities to accept the Exchange Offer and contains
instructions with respect to the delivery of certificates for Old Securities
tendered in connection therewith.

     The Exchange Offer shall expire at 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on
_______________, 199_ or on such later date or time to which the Company may
extend the Exchange Offer (the "Expiration Date"). Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the Prospectus, the Company expressly reserves the right
to extend the Exchange Offer from time to time and may extend the Exchange Offer
by giving oral (confirmed in writing) or written notice to you before 9:00 A.M.,
New York City time, on the business day following the previously scheduled
Expiration Date.

     [The Company expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the
Exchange Offer, and not to accept for exchange any Old Securities not
theretofore accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions
of the Exchange Offer specified in the Prospectus under the caption ("The
Exchange Offer -- Certain Conditions to the Exchange



<PAGE>



Offer."] The Company will give oral (confirmed in writing) or written notice of
any amendment, termination or nonacceptance to you as promptly as practicable.]

     In carrying out your duties as Exchange Agent, you are to act in accordance
with the following instructions:

     1. You will perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically
set forth in the section of the Prospectus captioned ("The Exchange Offer"] or
as specifically set forth herein; provided, however, that in no way will your
general duty to act in good faith be discharged by the foregoing.

     2. You will establish an account with respect to the Old Securities at The
Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") for purposes of
the Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of the Prospectus,
and any financial institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility's systems may make book-entry delivery of the Old Securities by causing
the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such Old Securities into your
account in accordance with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedure for
such transfer.

     3. You are to examine each of the Letters of Transmittal and certificates
for Old Securities (or confirmation of book-entry transfer into your account at
the Book-Entry Transfer Facility) and any other documents delivered or mailed to
you by or for holders of the Old Securities to ascertain whether: (i) the
Letters of Transmittal and any such other documents are duly executed and
properly completed in accordance with instructions set forth therein and (ii)
the Old Securities have otherwise been properly tendered. In each case where the
Letter of Transmittal or any other document has been improperly completed or
executed or any of the certificates for Old Securities are not in proper form
for transfer or some other irregularity in connection with the acceptance of the
Exchange Offer exists, you will endeavor to inform the presenters of the need
for fulfillment of all requirements and to take any other action as may be
necessary or advisable to cause such irregularity to be corrected.

     4. With the approval of the President, Senior Vice President, Executive
Vice President, or any Vice President of the Company (such approval, if given
orally, to be confirmed in writing) or any other party designated by such an
officer in writing, you are authorized to waive any irregularities in connection
with any tender of Old Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

     5. Tenders of Old Securities may be made only as set forth in the Letter of
Transmittal and in the section of the Prospectus captioned ["The Exchange Offer
- -- Procedures



                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>



for Tendering Old Securities"], and Old Securities shall be considered properly
tendered to you only when tendered in accordance with the procedures set forth
therein.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph 5, Old Securities which
the President, Senior Vice President, Executive Vice President, or any Vice
President of the Company shall approve as having been properly tendered shall be
considered to be properly tendered (such approval, if given orally, shall be
confirmed in writing).

     6. You shall advise the Company with respect to any Old Securities received
subsequent to the Expiration Date and accept its instructions with respect to
disposition of such Old Securities.

     7. You shall accept tenders:

        (a) in cases where the Old Securities are registered in two or more
names only if signed by all named holders;

        (b) in cases where the signing person (as indicated on the Letter of
Transmittal) is acting in a fiduciary or a representative capacity only when
proper evidence of his or her authority so to act is submitted; and

        (c) from persons other than the registered holder of Old Securities
provided that customary transfer requirements, including any applicable transfer
taxes, are fulfilled.

     You shall accept partial tenders of Old Securities where so indicated and
as permitted in the Letter of Transmittal and deliver certificates for Old
Securities to the transfer agent for split-up and return any untendered Old
Securities to the holder (or such other person as may be designated in the
Letter of Transmittal) as promptly as practicable after expiration or
termination of the Exchange Offer.

     8. Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Exchange
Offer, the Company will notify you (such notice if given orally, to be confirmed
in writing) of its acceptance, promptly after the Expiration Date, of all Old
Securities properly tendered and you, on behalf of the Company, will exchange
such Old Securities for New Securities and cause such Old Securities to be
cancelled. Delivery of New Securities will be made on behalf of the Company by
you at the rate of $1,000 principal amount of New Securities for each $1,000
principal amount of the corresponding series of Old Securities tendered promptly
after notice (such notice if given orally, to be confirmed in writing) of
acceptance of said Old Securities by the Company; provided, however, that in all
cases, Old Securities tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be exchanged
only after timely receipt by you of



                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>


certificates for such Old Securities (or confirmation of book-entry transfer
into your account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility), a properly completed and
duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) with any required
signature guarantees and any other required documents. You shall issue New
Securities only in denominations of $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof.

     9. Tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer are irrevocable, except that,
subject to the terms and upon the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the
Letter of Transmittal, Old Securities tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer
may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

     10. The Company shall not be required to exchange any Old Securities
tendered if any of the conditions set forth in the Exchange Offer are not met.
Notice of any decision by the Company not to exchange any Old Securities
tendered shall be given (and confirmed in writing) by the Company to you.

     11. If, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company does not accept for
exchange all or part of the Old Securities tendered because of an invalid
tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth in the Prospectus under
the caption ["The Exchange Offer -- Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer"]
or otherwise, you shall as soon as practicable after the expiration or
termination of the Exchange Offer return those certificates for unaccepted Old
Securities (or effect appropriate book-entry transfer), together with any
related required documents and the Letters of Transmittal relating thereto that
are in your possession, to the persons who deposited them.

     12. All certificates for reissued Old Securities, unaccepted Old Securities
or for New Securities shall be forwarded by first-class mail.

     13. You are not authorized to pay or offer to pay any concessions,
commissions or solicitation fees to any broker, dealer, bank or other persons or
to engage or utilize any person to solicit tenders.

     14. As Exchange Agent hereunder you:

        (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically
set forth herein or as may be subsequently agreed to in writing by you and the
Company;

        (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no
responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any of
the certificates or the Old Securities represented thereby deposited with you
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and will not be required to and



                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>


will make no representation as to the validity, value or genuineness of the
Exchange Offer;

        (c) shall not be obligated to take any legal action hereunder
which might in your reasonable judgment involve any expense or liability, unless
you shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity;

        (d) may reasonably rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance
upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telegram or other
document or security delivered to you and reasonably believed by you to be
genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties;

        (e) may reasonably act upon any tender, statement, request, comment,
agreement or other instrument whatsoever not only as to its due execution and
validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and
accuracy of any information contained therein, which you shall in good faith
believe to be genuine or to have been signed or represented by a proper person
or persons;

        (f) may rely on and shall be protected in acting upon written or oral
instructions from any officer of the Company;

        (g) may consult with your counsel with respect to any questions relating
to your duties and responsibilities and the advice or opinion of such counsel
shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action
taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by you hereunder in good faith and in
accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel; and

        (h) shall not advise any person tendering Old Securities pursuant to the
Exchange Offer as to the wisdom of making such tender or as to the market value
or decline or appreciation in market value of any Old Securities.

     15. You shall take such action as may from time to time be requested by the
Company or its counsel (and such other action as you may reasonably deem
appropriate) to furnish copies of the Prospectus, Letter of Transmittal and the
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as defined in the Prospectus) or such other forms
as may be approved from time to time by the Company, to all persons requesting
such documents and to accept and comply with telephone requests for information
relating to the Exchange Offer, provided that such information shall relate only
to the procedures for accepting (or withdrawing from) the Exchange Offer. The
Company will furnish you with copies of such documents at your request. All
other requests for information relating to the Exchange Offer shall be directed
to the Company, Attention: _________________________.



                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>


     16. You shall advise by facsimile transmission or telephone, and promptly
thereafter confirm in writing to _______________ of the Company and such other
person or persons as it may request, daily (and more frequently during the week
immediately preceding the Expiration Date and if otherwise requested) up to and
including the Expiration Date, as to the number of Old Securities which have
been tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the items received by you
pursuant to this Agreement, separately reporting and giving cumulative totals as
to items properly received and items improperly received. In addition, you will
also inform, and cooperate in making available to, the Company or any such other
person or persons upon oral request made from time to time prior to the
Expiration Date of such other information as it or he or she reasonably
requests. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, the granting by
you to the Company and such person as the Company may request of access to those
persons on your staff who are responsible for receiving tenders, in order to
ensure that immediately prior to the Expiration Date the Company shall have
received information in sufficient detail to enable it to decide whether to
extend the Exchange Offer. You shall prepare a final list of all persons whose
tenders were accepted, the aggregate principal amount of Old Securities
tendered, the aggregate principal amount of Old Securities accepted and deliver
said list to the Company.

     17. Letters of Transmittal and Notices of Guaranteed Delivery shall be
stamped by you as to the date and the time of receipt thereof and shall be
preserved by you for a period of time at least equal to the period of time you
preserve other records pertaining to the transfer of securities. You shall
dispose of unused Letters of Transmittal and other surplus materials by
returning them to the Company.

     18. You hereby expressly waive any lien, encumbrance or right of set-off
whatsoever that you may have with respect to funds deposited with you for the
payment of transfer taxes by reasons of amounts, if any, borrowed by the
Company, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates pursuant to any loan or credit
agreement with you or for compensation owed to you hereunder.

     19. For services rendered as Exchange Agent hereunder, you shall be
entitled to such compensation as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto.

     20. You hereby acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus and the Letter of
Transmittal and further acknowledge that you have examined each of them. Any
inconsistency between this Agreement, on the one hand, and the Prospectus and
the Letter of Transmittal (as they may be amended from time to time), on the
other hand, shall be resolved in favor of the



                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>


latter two documents, except with respect to the duties, liabilities and
indemnification of you as Exchange Agent, which shall be controlled by this
Agreement.

     21. The Company covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold you harmless in
your capacity as Exchange Agent hereunder against any loss, liability, cost or
expense, including attorneys' fees and expenses, arising out of or in connection
with any act, omission, delay or refusal made by you in reliance upon any
signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order, request, notice,
instruction or other instrument or document reasonably believed by you to be
valid, genuine and sufficient and in accepting any tender or effecting any
transfer of Old Securities reasonably believed by you in good faith to be
authorized, and in delaying or refusing in good faith to accept any tenders or
effect any transfer of Old Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall
not be liable for indemnification or otherwise for any loss, liability, cost or
expense to the extent arising out of your gross negligence or willful
misconduct. In no case shall the Company be liable under this indemnity with
respect to any claim against you unless the Company shall be notified by you, by
letter or by facsimile confirmed by letter, of the written assertion of a claim
against you or of any other action commenced against you, promptly after you
shall have received any such written assertion or notice of commencement of
action. The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the
defense of any such claim or other action, and, if the Company so elects, the
Company shall assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim.
In the event that the Company shall assume the defense of any such suit, the
Company shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of any additional counsel
thereafter retained by you so long as the Company shall retain counsel
satisfactory to you to defend such suit, and so long as you have not determined,
in your reasonable judgment, that a conflict of interest exists between you
and the Company.

     22. You shall arrange to comply with all requirements under the tax laws of
the United States, including those relating to missing Tax Identification
Numbers, and shall file any appropriate reports with the Internal Revenue
Service. The Company understands that you are required to deduct 31% on payments
to holders who have not supplied their correct Taxpayer Identification Number or
required certification. Such funds will be turned over to the Internal Revenue
Service in accordance with applicable regulations.

     23. You shall deliver or cause to be delivered, in a timely manner to each
governmental authority to which any transfer taxes are payable in respect of the
exchange of Old Securities, your check in the amount of all transfer taxes so
payable, and the Company shall reimburse you for the amount of any and all
transfer taxes payable in respect of the exchange



                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>


of Old Securities; provided, however, that you shall reimburse the Company for
amounts refunded to you in respect of your payment of any such transfer taxes,
at such time as such refund is received by you.

     24. This Agreement and your appointment as Exchange Agent hereunder shall
be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York
applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state,
and without regard to conflicts of law principles, and shall inure to the
benefit of, and the obligations created hereby shall be binding upon, the
successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto.

     25. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same agreement.

     26. In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     27. This Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be modified,
amended, rescinded, cancelled or waived, in whole or in part, except by a
written instrument signed by a duly authorized representative of the party to be
charged. This Agreement may not be modified orally.

     28. Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests and other
communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile
or similar writing) and shall be given to such party, addressed to it, at its
address or telecopy number set forth below:



                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>


                    If to the Company:

                         ----------------------------------

                         ----------------------------------

                         ----------------------------------

                         Facsimile: _______________________
                         Attention: _______________________

                    If to the Exchange Agent:


                         The Bank of New York
                         101 Barclay Street
                         Floor 21 West
                         New York, New York 10286

                         Facsimile:    (212) 815-5915
                         Attention:    Corporate Trust Trustee
                                       Administration

     29. Unless terminated earlier by the parties hereto, this Agreement shall
terminate 90 days following the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Paragraphs 19, 21 and 23 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Upon
any termination of this Agreement, you shall promptly deliver to the Company any
certificates for Securities, funds or property then held by you as Exchange
Agent under this Agreement.

     30. This Agreement shall be binding and effective as of the date hereof.



                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>


     Please acknowledge receipt of this Agreement and confirm the arrangements
herein provided by signing and returning the enclosed copy.


                                          ________________ CORPORATION


                                          By:
                                             -----------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


Accepted as of the date
first above written:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Exchange Agent

By:
   -----------------------------
   Name:
   Title:



                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I
                                      FEES







                                     - 11 -


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission